Keepingwatchonthecabal-illuminati-newworldorder-khazarian-zionistspart2.pdf

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

The Raid: In Bungled Spying Operation, NSA, GCSB & SIS Targeted Pro-Democracy Campaigner August 22 2016 | From: TheIntercept

Tony Fullman ia a middle-aged former tax man and a pro-democracy activist. But four years ago, a botched operation launched by New Zealand spies meant he suddenly found himself deemed a potential terrorist - his passport was revoked, his home was raided, and he was placed on a topsecret National Security Agency surveillance list.

The extraordinary covert operation, revealed Sunday by Television New Zealand in collaboration with The Intercept, was launched in 2012 after New Zealand authorities believed they had identified a group planning to violently overthrow Fiji’s military regime.

As part of the spy mission, the NSA used its powerful global surveillance apparatus to intercept the emails and Facebook chats of people associated with a Fijian “thumbs up for democracy” campaign. The agency then passed the messages to its New Zealand counterpart, Government Communications Security Bureau, or GCSB. One of the main targets was Fullman, a New Zealand citizen, whose communications were monitored by the NSA after New Zealand authorities, citing secret evidence, accused him of planning an “an act of terrorism” overseas. But it turned out that the claims were baseless - Fullman, then 47, was not involved in any violent plot. He was a long-time public servant and peaceful pro-democracy activist who, like the New Zealand and Australian governments at that time, was opposed to Fiji’s authoritarian military ruler Frank Bainimarama.

Details about the surveillance are contained in documents obtained by The Intercept from NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden. More than 190 pages of top-secret NSA logs of intercepted communications dated between May and August 2012 show that the agency used the controversial internet surveillance system PRISM to eavesdrop on Fullman and other Fiji prodemocracy advocates’ Gmail and Facebook messages. Fullman is the first person in the world to be publicly identified as a confirmed PRISM target. At the time of the spying, New Zealand’s surveillance agency was not permitted to monitor New Zealand citizens. Despite this, it worked with the NSA to eavesdrop on Fullman’s communications, which suggests he is one of 88 unnamed New Zealanders who were spied on between 2003 and 2012 in operations that may have been illegal, as revealed in an explosive 2013 New Zealand government report. In response to questions for this story, the NSA declined to address the Fullman case directly. A spokesperson for the agency, Michael Halbig, said in a statement to The Intercept that it “works with a number of partners in meeting its foreignintelligence mission goals, and those operations comply with U.S. law and with the applicable laws under which those partners operate.” Antony Byers, a spokesperson for New Zealand’s intelligence agencies, said he would not comment:

"On matters that may or may not be operational.” The country’s spy agencies “operate within the law,” Byers said, adding: “We do not ask partners to do things that would circumvent the law, and New Zealand gets significant value from our international relationships.”

A Fijian military soldier stands guard on Parliament grounds

Unexpected Twist Fullman was born in Fiji in 1965 and emigrated to New Zealand when he was about 21. He became naturalized as a New Zealand citizen and spent most of his working life in the country, including more than 20 years in various roles at the government’s tax department, where he was based out of offices first in Auckland and later in the capital city of Wellington. In his spare time, Fullman worked as an amateur boxing judge and referee and helped out once a month at a Wellington soup kitchen run by a Christian charity. Between 2001 and 2003, he attended graduate school, earning two masters degrees: one in public management, the other in information systems. And in 2009, he decided to return to Fiji after he was offered a job as chief executive of the Fiji Water Authority.

The move back to Fiji, however, led to a dramatic and unexpected twist in the course of his life - partly due to an old childhood friend. Fullman had grown up in Fiji in the port town of Levuka. There, during the 1960s, his mother had worked as secretary to Kamisese Mara, an influental local politician who went on to serve as Fiji’s prime minister between 1970 and 1992. Kamisese had a young son - Ratu Tevita Mara - who was about the same age as Fullman. The two boys became best friends, together attending school, playing rugby, and going on trips.

"Weekends we would go fishing or go up to his mother’s farm, help out on the farm,” Fullman recalled in an interview with The Intercept. “We spent a lot of time together. He was like a brother to me.”

When Fullman left Fiji for New Zealand in his early 20s, he kept in contact with Mara through phone and email. And by the time Fullman returned to Fiji in 2009 to take the water authority job, Mara had become a powerful military officer, serving as the Fijian army’s chief of staff. But the political situation in Fiji was now highly unstable, and Mara was at the center of some of the tensions. The country had experienced three military coups between 1987 and 2006 that were rooted in ethnic and religious divisions. Following the latest coup in 2006, which had brought authoritarian ruler Bainimarama to power, the military government and police were accused of systematically cracking down on freedom of speech and arresting critics and human rights defenders.

Mara was dissatisfied with the leadership and, in May 2011, he became embroiled in a high-profile dispute with the Bainimarama regime. He was accused of plotting to overthrow the government and charged with uttering a seditious comment. He was hauled before a court, where he was threatened with imprisonment for allegedly uttering the words, “This government is fuck all.” Mara was freed on bail while the case against him remained ongoing. But he was concerned about the prospect of ultimately receiving a lengthy jail term.

Fullman (left) and Mara having dinner in Fiji, December 2005

He decided to take a drastic course of action - and fled Fiji, escaping on a boat to nearby Tonga

Following Mara’s dramatic getaway, Fullman was questioned by the Fijian military. It had found records of phone calls between him and Mara dated from shortly before Mara had left. Facing potential punishment over allegations that he helped Mara escape, Fullman decided that he too would have to promptly leave Fiji.

The NSA surveillance file shows a photo of Fullman that he uploaded to Facebook

NSA Spying

By 2012, Fullman had moved to Sydney, Australia, where he was living with his sister and her family. Alongside Mara and other former Fiji residents, he was working with a group called the Fiji Movement for Freedom and Democracy, which was campaigning against the Bainimarama regime. In early July 2012, Fullman and Mara traveled to New Zealand, where they held meetings with some of the group’s supporters in Auckland. The meetings appear to have attracted the attention of New Zealand’s spies- and culminated in an extraordinary sequence of events: Fullman’s home was raided, his passport revoked, and both he and Mara were put under top-secret NSA surveillance. A New Zealand government source familiar with the operation that targeted the democracy group, who spoke on condition of anonymity to discuss classified information, told The Intercept that an investigation was launched after New Zealand’s equivalent of the FBI, the Security Intelligence Service, bugged telephone calls in which it believed it heard people discussing a plot to violently overthrow Bainimarama.

According to the source, security officials were “very excited,” thinking they “finally had some baddies, real live terrorists in New Zealand.” At the time, the New Zealand government had been keeping close tabs on the political situation in Fiji, which consists of some 333 small islands located about a three-hour flight north of Auckland. Fiji has historically maintained strong trading and tourism links with New Zealand, but the relationship had soured in the aftermath of the 2006 military coup.

Ratu Tevita Mara pictured in a video made for the pro-democracy campaign

The New Zealand government expressed its opposition to the Bainimarama regime’s takeover, placing sanctions on Fiji and calling for the restoration of democracy. By mid-2012, however, relations between the countries were beginning to thaw.

New Zealand government officials were openly discussing the possibility of ending the sanctions, in part because they may have been concerned that Fiji seemed to be moving closer to forming an allegiance with China and other Asian nations. At 7am on July 17, 2012, about a week after Fullman had returned to Australia from the trip to New Zealand, a team of more than a dozen Australian security agents and two Australian federal police detectives arrived at his sister’s home in Sydney looking for weapons and other evidence of the suspected plot. They seized computers, phones and documents from the premises and confiscated Fullman’s passport on behalf of the New Zealand authorities.

Teams of New Zealand Security Intelligence Service officers and police simultaneously raided Fullman’s former apartment in the Wellington suburb of Karori and the homes of at least three other Fiji Freedom and Democracy movement supporters in Auckland, seizing their computers and other property. The same day that the raids took place, New Zealand Minister of Internal Affairs Chris Tremain signed a notice canceling Fullman’s passport. The notice said the minister had canceled the passport based on secret details provided by the Security Intelligence Service:

"The majority of [the] information is classified but in summary I have good reason to believe that … you are involved in planning violent action intended to force a change of Government in a foreign state; and you intend to engage in, or facilitate, an act of terrorism overseas.”

Fullman was baffled by the allegations, which he denied, and sought legal advice to challenge them. At the same time, unknown to him, he had also entered onto the radar of the world’s most powerful surveillance agency: the NSA. Between early July and early August 2012, New Zealand spies appear to have requested American assistance to obtain the emails and Facebook communications of Fullman and Mara, including from a “democfiji” email address used by Fullman to organize events for the campaign group, whose slogan was “thumbs up for democracy.” The NSA’s documents contain a “priority list” that names the two men as “Fiji targets” alongside their Gmail addresses and an account number identifying Fullman’s Facebook page. The documents indicate that the NSA began intercepting messages associated with Mara’s accounts on about the July 9, 2012 and on August 3 started spying on Fullman’s messages. The agency also obtained historic messages from the two men dating back to the beginning of May 2012.

A slide from a leaked NSA document about PRISM, published by the Washington Post in 2013

To conduct the electronic eavesdropping, the NSA turned to one of its most controversial surveillance programs: PRISM. The agency uses PRISM to secretly obtain communications that are processed by major technology companies like Google, Apple, Microsoft, and Yahoo, as the Washington Post and The Guardian first reported in 2013. Almost all of the more than 190 pages of intercepted Gmail and Facebook messages from Fullman and Mara is headed “US984XN,” the code for surveillance that is carried out under PRISM. The pages reveal that the legal justifications NSA cited for the surveillance were selected inconsistently. Most of Fullman’s emails and Facebook messages were obtained as “foreign government” targets, while others such as his bank statements and Facebook photographs were collected under the category of “counter-terrorism.” The classification markings on some of the files - “REL TO USA/NZ” - make clear that the intercepted communications were to be released to New Zealand spies. In one of the files showing Fullman’s intercepted emails and Facebook chats, the NSA explicitly noted that the intercepted material had been forwarded to its New Zealand intelligence counterpart, the GCSB. (New Zealand is a member of the Five Eyes, a surveillance alliance that also includes electronic eavesdropping agencies from the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Australia.) Related: Full Disclosure: The Internet Dark Age - Five Eyes Sources And Methods Uncovered Disabling The FVEY ECHELON / GCHQ / NSA / CSEC / DSD / GCHB Systems

The NSA collected Fullman’s bank records (Reproduced here with Fullman’s consent)

The NSA surveillance, however, produced no evidence of a plot. The intercepted messages contained personal information and typical Facebook chit chat. The NSA collected Fullman’s bank statements, which were attached to his emails and showed his visits to a coffee shop, a pharmacy, and purchases at a shoe store. There was correspondence about Fullman working to establish a tourism venture on an island in Tonga, emails about a birthday party, many communications about the Fijian pro-democracy group’s blog posts, and details about alleged abuses committed by Fijian military officials.

Fiji Parliament

There were discussions about an unwell mother and a young relative with a confidential health problem. A top-secret intelligence document even reproduced a photograph of Fullman’s silver Mitsubishi station wagon alongside details of its precise location. But there was not a single hint of any plans for violence or other clandestine activity. It would soon become clear that there was no evidence to support the New Zealand authorities’ suspicions. And gradually, their case would fall apart. On 16 April, 2013, the internal affairs minister, Tremain, wrote again to Fullman. Contrary to the earlier notice he had issued, Tremain now said that “based on advice” provided by the Security Intelligence Service, there were “no longer national security concerns” about Fullman. The cancellation of his passport was lifted “without requiring an application for a replacement, or payment of a fee.” The change of position followed Fullman initiating legal action against the New Zealand government in the Wellington High Court two months earlier.

Another of the pro-democracy members whose home was raided during the operation was former Fiji sports minister and then-grocery store owner Rajesh Singh. After his home was searched by police and security agents, Singh complained to New Zealand’s inspector general of intelligence and security, Andrew McGechan, who questioned the officers involved and reviewed the investigation. His report said the Security Intelligence Service had applied for a domestic intelligence warrant “against a number of individuals” because of “suspicions of a plan to inflict violence.” But McGechan identified neither unlawful behavior by Singh nor evidence of the supposed terrorist plot. His May 2014 report said:

"There is nothing in the issue of the Warrant itself or in the questions and answers that followed… which comes even near to approaching proof of criminal activity or participation in terrorism.” He noted that “no police activity has resulted, or charges been laid.”

The Intercept asked Fullman if he or Mara had ever heard of - or been involved in - discussions about overthrowing or assassinating Bainimarama.

Frank Bainimarama

Far from denying it, he said that sort of talk happened frequently within Fijian pro-democracy circles. However, he said it was just angry ranting, when the alcohol was flowing, something completely different from real plans.

"People would say things like, ‘Please can we just hire the Americans to send one drone to Fiji to get rid of those bastards’, or ‘Let me go back to Fiji and I’ll just get a knife and stab him!’” Fullman said. “It’s venting. It’s our way of maintaining sanity - we just sit and bitch about everything. We don’t want violence. We want something where there’s control, a planned approach. More to the effect where it’s the people who protest and say, ‘Enough is enough. This is wrong. We want to go back to the old constitution and have elections.’”

The New Zealand security agency may not have recognized the difference between eavesdropped venting and an actual plot, prematurely launching its raids and broad secret surveillance operation without any clear evidence. Four days after the raids on Fullman and his fellow campaigners, New Zealand foreign minister Murray McCully traveled to Fiji for trade talks. Fullman believes that the timing was no coincidence - and that the raids targeting the pro-democracy group were used by the New Zealand government as a bargaining chip to curry favor with the Bainimarama regime.

“The minister can go to Fiji and say, ‘look we saved you, let’s be friends again, let’s start talking about how we can help each other again’,” Fullman says. “It was part of the frame up.”

No charges were ever brought against any of the Fiji campaigners, yet the ramifications of the case are still felt. Fullman says he gets pulled out of airline queues for security searches every time he travels, and he has had trouble finding work since news reports following the raids in 2012 linked him to a Fiji assassination plan. He told The Intercept that he was never notified that his private communications had been monitored by New Zealand with the help of American counterparts at the NSA - possibly illegally - nor did he ever receive an apology or compensation for his treatment. As he recalls the saga, there is no anger in Fullman’s voice, only disappointment. Since the affair, he has not felt like returning to live in New Zealand and plans to stay in Australia for the foreseeable future.

"To be betrayed by your own country, it’s really hard,” he says, letting out a sigh. “It puts a sour taste in your mouth.”

Documents published with this story: Tony Fullman NSA files

Mock Human Sacrifice Ritual Caught On Video At CERN Aigust 22 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

A video surfaced online of a strange ceremony taking place at CERN where hooded individuals gathered around the statue of Shiva and staged the ritual “stabbing” of a woman dressed in white.

Can you see the 666 in the CERN logo?

The video, shot from a nearby building, shows several individuals dressed in black hoods, entering the main square of the world’s top physics lab and partaking into an occult ritual culminating into the stabbing of a woman as a “human sacrifice”. Here’s the video:

The ritual took place in front of the statue of Shiva.

This statue of the Hindu god Shiva stands at the entrance of CERN, where the large hadron collider was recently reactivated. Shiva is also known as “The Destroyer” – his duty is to “destroy worlds at the end of creation and dissolve them into nothingness”. This is a strange addition to a scientific building

Shortly before the re-launch of the large hadron collider, CERN released a bizarre video entitled ‘Dance of Destruction’ which gave the scientific event a dark and ritualistic context (the video also features a someone dressed in black ‘sacrificing’ someone dressed in white).

Earlier this year, Switzerland hosted another massive occult ritual: The opening ceremony of the Gotthard Base Tunnel in Switzerland (read my article about it here).

The ceremony culminated with the mass worship of a goat man

A CERN spokeswoman confirmed Wednesday that an investigation has been launched following the release of the video filmed at night on its Geneva campus. In an e-mail sent to AFP, the spokeswoman wrote:

'These scenes were filmed on our premises, but without official permission or knowledge. ‘CERN does not condone this type of spoof, which can give rise to misunderstandings about the scientific nature of our work. The ‘investigation’ under way was an ‘internal matter’. – Mail Online, ‘Human sacrifice’ ceremony at Geneva’s CERN laboratory – involving cloaked men ‘stabbing a woman’ at night – is investigated by chiefs at world-famous science centre

The spokeswoman however confirmed that the area where the ceremony took place was highly secured and that the people in the video most likely carried CERN IDs.

'CERN IDs are checked systematically at each entry to the CERN site whether it is night or day. ‘CERN welcomes every year thousands of scientific users from all over the world and sometimes some of them let their humour go too far. This is what happened on this occasion,’ – Ibid.

While some state that the video is “fake”, a “prank” and product of young people doing it for the “LULZ”, one cannot deny these facts: 1) The ritual actually took place 2) At night 3) In a highly secured area at CERN 4) By people who had CERN IDs 5) Who took the time to obtain necessary wardrobe 6) And stage this ceremony. Why was someone randomly filming the CERN square before any of this even happen? That is something to look into.

No matter what were the actual intentions behind this ritual, the end result is the same: It is yet another strange, ritualistic event associated with CERN.

Related: What is CERN doing? Bizarre clouds over Large Hadron Collider 'prove portals are opening

How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk August 21 2016 | From: TrueActivist

Despite the fact that one can get their daily recommendation of calcium, potassium, and protein from fruits and vegetables, the dairy industry has spent billions of dollars to convince consumers otherwise.

Got Milk? We sure hope not. Despite being a somewhat tasty addition to coffee, tea, and delectable treats, the ingredient – when pasteurized – is highly toxic to the human body. In fact, physicians such as Dr. Willet, who has conducted many studies and reviewed the research on the topic, believe milk to be more of a detriment to the human body than an aid. This is because despite popular belief, the food has never been shown to reduce fracture risk. In fact, according to the Nurses’ Health Study, dairy may increase risk of fractures by 50%! This concerning finding is supported by the fact that countries with lowest rates of dairy and calcium consumption (like those in Africa and Asia) have the lowest rates of osteoporosis.

Considering that approximately 3/4 of the world’s population is unable to digest milk and other dairy products, it seems clear the food is not an ideal substance for consumption. However, the average consumer doesn’t know this. From celebrity endorsements to advertisements by the dairy industry, most have been taught to believe that dairy is an ideal food for optimum health. Because there’s so much misinformation surrounding the subject, Vox recently created a video which illustrates the facade of the dairy industry. One of the points made is that despite the fact that consumers can get the daily recommendation of calcium, potassium, and protein from [properly organic] fruits and vegetables, the dairy industry has spent billions of dollars to convince the populace otherwise. If you were taught that one must drink milk to grow up “big and strong,” you’re not alone. However, now is the time to get educated on the facts.

Because milk is very mucus-forming in the human body, it is believed to contribute to allergies, ear infections, Type 1 diabetes, anemia, and even constipation. In addition, the food may contribute to various types of cancers as consumption of the product increases the body’s level of insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1). The good news is that there are plenty of tasty, creamy dairy alternatives that are not only easy-to-make, they’re affordable. ‘Milks’ from rice, almonds, cashew, hemp, and even coconut can be found in most grocery stores, and some companies even sell dairy-free ice cream – such as Ben & Jerry’s! In fact, the non-dairy milk market has surged within the past few years. Almond milk sales, in particular, have increased by 250 percent from 2000-2015 to almost $895 million. [Avoid Soy milk as it is not good for you and often GMO]. Is it time to ditch dairy?

Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses August 20 2016 | From: JonRappoport

Globalism presents a conception of space, in which billions of people fit into their “best slots.” That’s the theme. That’s the construct.

Of course, its proponents and bosses sell it as if the world couldn’t exist in any other form. Related: The [Attempted] Final Control: TPP, TTIP, TISA Global Corporate Takeover All isms operate in this fashion. Once the definition is laid down, the fictional field is laid out, and people are urged to navigate to their places. “If you don’t, dire things will happen.” People aren’t generally aware of fictional spaces and their psychological impact. Therefore, they go along. This is why a museum can be so instructive. A thousand paintings, each with its own area. I’m not talking about a place on a wall, I’m talking about interior space, which the artist invents and shapes on the canvas. With Globalism, the space is all about establishing control and distribution points for goods and services. It’s about erasing borders and nations. It’s about co-opting the notion of a unified planet, in order to broadcast fake cheesy messages of universal “share and care.” It’s about every individual “having his place.”

When I began painting in 1962, one of the first things I noticed was the abundance of space - on each canvas. Waiting to be shaped. The psychological carry-over was enormous. The notion of “fitting into a position in life” disintegrated. It made no sense and had no impact. Globalism is a hustle in a long, long line of planetary hustles. It erects a space and claims it is the future for all. It’s a minor, minor painting by a group of minor artists, hardly worthy of a spot on the wall of a second-rate museum. If we were living in a reasonably aware society, many people would be asking themselves: “What space do I want to invent, and for what purpose?” Which of course takes things back to the individual and his inner resources. And away from overarching ideologies with their perverse themes. If you were a painter, what would you paint? That question is a lot like asking: if you could invent your future and all the space that comes with it, what would you do? To come up with an answer, you don’t need any of the GPS reference points of Globalism. They would only be a hindrance. They would be delusions, masking your power.

“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” - David Rockefeller, Memoirs, 2002

The man who wrote those words represents a family that has dominated banking, oil, modern medicine, behind-the-scenes politics, and powerhouses of Globalism (e.g., the Council on Foreign Relations) for a century. Globalism asserts that no nation can be independent from “the family” of other nations, as if it were a matter of fact beyond dispute. A nation claiming its sovereignty thus becomes a lunatic traitor to the natural order of things. What really binds nations to one another is propaganda, and treaties which are based on the same propaganda, resulting in engorged super-profits for mega-corporations. Globalism is a secular piece of messianic hype. A Disneyesque altruism is the prow of the ship. Spend 10 minutes educating any street hustler on Globalist principles, and he would recognize it as a standard con. Obama’s warning to the Brits, that their withdrawing from the Globalist European Union would put them at the back of the line in negotiating a separate trade treaty with the United States, was sheer fiction.

Britain, or any nation, that has goods to sell and a desire to buy will find trade partners. An agreement could be scratched out on a napkin over dinner. Impending trade deals like the TPP and TTIP are thousands of pages and take so long to negotiate, because the heavy hitters at the table are looking for new ingenious ways to cut and paste the world into larger profits for themselves. Globalism, hiding behind thousands of academic analyses, picks up jobs from one nation, where wages are reasonable and working conditions are tolerable, and dumps them in hell holes where wages are nearly invisible and conditions are poisonous. It’s that simple, and any moron could see how the job-exporting nations would suffer…if by nations we meant people. Instead of criminal corporations and criminal investors. But all this is layered over with “share and care” sop. The United States government could repeal the NAFTA, CAFTA, and GATT trade treaties tomorrow, and throw current TPP and TTIP negotiating documents out the window…and all would be well. Better. Much better.

Related: Globalisation, Urban Transformation And The Destruction Of Local Economies For instance, without NAFTA, US producers wouldn’t have been able to flood Mexico with cheap corn, throwing 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers into bankruptcy, leading many of them to cross the border and come to the US to find work. No US President since Nixon has disturbed the march of Globalist “free trade.” All Presidents since then have been on board with the Rockefeller plan. And the US economy - which is to say, jobs - has thus faltered. The 2008 financial crash was only one factor in the decline. The promise of cheap imports for sale in the US - the justification for free trade - doesn’t work when people here have no jobs and no purchasing power. Major media, fronting for free-trade, have panicked over Donald Trump’s claim that he’ll reject Globalism. They would have panicked over Bernie Sander’s similar promise, if they thought he had any chance of defeating Hillary Clinton for the Democratic nomination. The media have their orders from on high - the deck is stacked, the cards were dealt long ago.

Hillary Clinton mouths pathetic and empty generalities about creating jobs. Small tax breaks for small businesses that “share profits with employees,” the “removal of government red tape,” “funding breakthroughs in scientific and medical research,” “expanding job training opportunities” - the truth is, her basic method for stimulating the economy has always been: find a war, any war, and fight it. Now, let us consider The Individual. Is he just a tiny force pitted against a colossus? No. Unless he sees himself that way. But what can he do? First: find the thing within himself that defies the odds, supersedes the “normal response,” casts aside all ordinary formulations of what he is. That thing, that power is imagination. Imagination has the ability to come up with solutions and strategies - on both a personal and planetary level - that have never been considered before. Imagination is the wild card. Imagination belongs to The Individual. The individual is not the group.

“Exercises and techniques for accessing and deploying imagination…these would be essential. Exercises that allow the individual to reinstate his basic creative position in life. Exercises that allow the individual to use his imagination in many different ways. Ramping up power.” - Preliminary notes for Exit From the Matrix, Jon Rappoport

What does the individual have to offer? He has everything he is capable of doing, when he liberates himself from petty ideas and limitations about what he is. That journey of liberation is his own. It isn’t anybody else’s. It is, as I’ve pointed out many times, a journey of imagination. Imagination lets a person know what could exist but doesn’t now exist. Imagination lets a person know what he could invent. Imagination lets a person know that, despite claims to the contrary, the future is open and unwritten. Imagination lets a person know that he can think thoughts that have never been thought before. The journey of individual liberation is, therefore, much more than discovering what already exists in one’s own mind. The world as it is, things as they are, Globalism as it is, collectivism, the group - this is the sensation of depleted imagination. Of course, imagination never diminishes, it just waits. For you.

The deployment of imagination unlocks hidden energies. A power, sought after and never found in other endeavors, appears. Imagination is larger than any universe. It needs no sanction from the world. It is not some secret form of physics. It is not religion. It is not cosmology. It is not any one picture of anything. It’s what you invent. The Collective does not have imagination. It poaches on individuals with imagination. The Collective is a graveyard where imagination has been downgraded and forgotten. Imagination soars. It is the individual at the edge of his own exploration. Imagination was the source for the building of modern civilization. But then civilization became dedicated to itself AS THE GROUP. The individual never goes away, and neither does his imagination. Imagination can light up a room, a house, a city, a nation, a planet, a galaxy, a universe. So what will the individual do about Globalism? The challenge isn’t going to be resolved by taking mere traditional approaches. It isn’t going to be solved by thinking along traditional lines. People tend to ask for answers - but what if the ordinary answers don’t work? What if something else has to happen?

What if many individuals have to wake up to the range and scope and power of their own imaginations…and come up with new answers? What if that’s the case? What if that’s the exit from the situation in which we find ourselves? It IS the exit.

Soros Hacked: US Billionaire Manipulated Europeans Into Accepting Maidan The bulk of George Soros' documents hacked and published on DC Leaks website shed the light on the magnates' meddling into Ukrainian affairs and shaping public opinion in Western Europe regarding the February coup of 2014 in Kiev through a series of projects and media campaigns. DC Leaks' release of almost 2,576 files from groups run by US billionaire George Soros, has exposed the magnate's involvement in Ukraine's Euromaidan affairs as well as manipulation of public opinion in Western and Southern Europe in order to "legalize" the February 2014 coup in Kiev.

"The emergence of a New Ukraine carries with it the opportunity to reinvigorate the European project," read a 2015 document by the Open Society Initiative for Europe (OSIFE) entitled "The Ukraine debate in Western Europe." "However, this is complicated by the reluctance of some EU actors to accept the Maidan revolution as democratic and the Ukrainian government as legitimate. These actors have their own agendas - related to geopolitical and economic considerations with Russia - and will therefore be difficult to influence," the OSIFE document underscored, adding that "for other groups and individuals, on the political left and across various social movements, one can detect confusion regarding the state of affairs in Ukraine."

OSIFE specified that this "second group" comprised key opinion-makers, a number of traditional mainstream players, emerging political parties - especially in Southern Europe - such as M5S in Italy, Podemos in Spain and Syriza in Greece, and "a wide range of liberal NGOs in western Europe."

In order to tackle the "problem," the organization offered to kick off a series of initiatives aimed at shaping public opinion in the West regarding the Ukrainian affairs.

The document revealed that OSIFE pursued three major objectives. First, it sought to "stimulate debate and doubt in those democratic left movements, parties and audiences of Western Europe where a negative perception of the transformation of Ukraine is hegemonic, or very preponderant." Second, it wanted to "discredit the idea that the independence and integrity of Ukraine is an ideological cause of the Right." Third, OSIFE intended to "influence the way information about Ukraine is heard and perceived in Southern Europe, especially among the group of doubters."

The issue was dramatically complicated by the fact that the major driving forces of the so-called "Euromaidan Revolution" of February 2014 were the Ukrainian far-right groups, most notably the nationalist All-Ukrainian Union Svoboda and Right Sector, founded by ultra-right Trident and the Ukrainian National Assembly-Ukrainian National Self-Defense (UNA-UNSO) paramilitary group.

Related: Globalists Intend To Use Food As Key Weapon In World Takeover

You’re Looking At The Greatest Monetary Policy Experiment In History: Lord Rothschild August 19 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Currently, the world is experiencing the greatest financial experiment ever in history. Those are the

words of a Rothschild referring to the low interest rates, negative yields on government debt and quantitative easing…

…that have been implemented throughout their entire fiat banking system, i.e. most central banks on the planet, in order to mitigate the effects of the switch to asset-based financial instruments initiated by the BRICS Alliance. Related: The Khazarian Global Checkmate Has Been Sealed RT reports: Low interest rates, negative yields on government debt and quantitative easing are part of the biggest financial experiment in world history, and the consequences are yet unknown, says RIT Capital Partners Chairman Lord Rothschild.

“The six months under review have seen central bankers continuing what is surely the greatest experiment in monetary policy in the history of the world. We are therefore in uncharted waters and it is impossible to predict the unintended consequences of very low interest rates, with some 30 percent of global government debt at negative yields, combined with quantitative easing on a massive scale,” Rothschild writes in the company’s semi-annual financial report.

The banker notes this policy has led to a rapid growth of stock markets – US stocks have grown threefold since 2008 – with investments growing and volatility remaining low. However, the real sector of economy didn’t enjoy such a profit, as “growth remains anemic, with weak demand and deflation in many parts of the developed world,” according to Rothschild.

The billionaire underlined that many risks remain for the global economy with the deteriorating geopolitical situation. Among those risks Rothschild included Britain’s vote to leave the European Union, the US presidential election, and China’s slowing economic growth. Another risk is global terrorism, which Rothschild says is a consequence of the continuing conflict in the Middle East. According to a Bank of America Merrill Lynch report in June, interest rates in developed countries, in particular America’s 0.5 percent, are now at the lowest level in 5,000 years. In their battle against deflation, countries such as Sweden, Switzerland or Japan have even turned to negative key lending rates.

Another woe is negative yields on government bonds. In June, 10-year German government bonds dipped below 0 percent for the first time in history. Janus Capital has estimated that global yields are the lowest in 500 years, and the total amount of such bonds is $10 trillion. The investment group’s lead portfolio manager, Bill Gross, is calling it a “supernova that will explode one day.”

They can admit the experiment they’re doing on your lives because they know [most of you] you would do nothing about it.

An amusing but little known fact is that the characher of Montgomery Burns from The Simpsons was actually based on Jacob Rothschild

All The World’s A Cult August 19 2016 | From: ZenGardner

It’s funny how people get all self righteous about not being religious or belonging to some group and condemn anyone who they think is or has been.

Naturally most people attempt to be careful about what they align themselves with, but do we really see what all of society is made up of and what we’ve each unwittingly participated in to varying degrees? Religions don’t have a corner on the market. Perhaps all of us have been cult-ivated in some way. Cult-ure is called just that for a reason. It’s pretty blatant nomenclature. Merriam-Webster defines culture as the following:

Simple Definition of culture The beliefs, customs, arts, etc., of a particular society, group, place, or time A particular society that has its own beliefs, ways of life, art, etc. A way of thinking, behaving, or working that exists in a place or organization (such as a business)

That just about includes every societal behavior or activity. So-called cults, the word derived from the Latin colere meaning to cultivate, are mere start-ups of new and old ideas of group conformity for some objective. In the 60’s these were everywhere as groups and individuals attempted to harvest the spiritual awakening and longings of an entire generation looking for alternatives to the mad military industrial complex-bound world around them. Some were labeled cults by the orthodox minded, but these included a wide range of groups, organizations, alternative learning centers, spiritual fellowships, institutes, break away churches or other so-called “new religious movements” as they preferred to be called.

And the followers were enthusiastic, the word enthusiastic derived from “spirit, or god within us”. Just about any alternative was deemed good, or at least an effort to break free from the system, so there was a lot of experimentation going on. Some of those groups still exist today. Many have been absorbed by the New Age amoeba and yet others grew into powerful organizations. Mind control experimentation was rife at this time as well as the deliberate introduction of mind altering drugs and manipulated music in an effort to scramble society, diffuse dissent, and make it malleable for further indoctrination. Little did we know. But now we do.

Cults and More Cults When you finally become awakened and grow detached from this massive matrix ensnaring the world you begin to realize it’s all cults.They’ve simply externalized the idea so we don’t recognize the cults we’re already in. Cult of the personality for example, where sycophantic adoration towards an individual takes place. There are the obvious cases as in showbiz and the media and charismatic religious or social leaders, but this is much more prevalent than people would like to realize. It could be anyone in our lives we’re overly enamored with to the point we relinquish our rational thought.

And even worse, our autonomy and individualism, to the charismatic or domineering authority of another, resulting in great devotion to whatever the object and their eventual unquestioned control and spiritual and even physical abuse. These are all forms of disempowerment or containment, the symptoms to look out for. I’ve written about religion and belief systems quite a bit in this regard, but few realize how social and spiritual pressures are brought to bear via many seemingly innocuous relationships, especially with groups and even loose associations. Think about school and all the pressures we felt to conform and survive in that packaging facility. That’s a cult, a carefully structured one with a very clear purpose – entrainment and uniformity.

How about clubs, fraternities and sororities, or the whole sports scene, never mind the military. The even more obvious examples are business organizations and “work” relationships. Then there are the guys at the bar, or the ladies’ coffee cliques. Speaking of cliques, remember those from your school days? They still exist not only in school environments but in adult social circles. Then you get to the source – the oc-cult cultivators. They are the ones that set the imprint. They are all avid adherents to cult control of the very worst and most insidious sort. They may seem to act autonomously or as having authority, but they aren’t and they don’t. They’re under heavier control than any of us could imagine. It’s a blood agreement and they’ve sold their souls to move up the pyramid of control, both in this world and other realms. This is a big subject covered extensively in many books as well as other articles by myself and other researchers.

Cultivating Culture – The Open Hidden Hand The media, corporations and government have a field day playing on this weakness for group think and the need for acceptance, to the extent they’ve created a society that’s complete mush, with the intent that big corp and the nanny state can be the lead dogs in everyone’s life. When you think about how many people are glued to the boob-toob today it’s easy to understand why the masses behave as they do, dress as they do, and eat and drug themselves as they do.

It’s learned. And there is a lot of direct as well as implied pressure to fit in, or else you’ll be mocked, marginalized and excluded, to the extent that any seemingly “anti-social” behavior is now considered suspicious and to be reported, the fear of terrorism coursing through their programmed neurons like molten nano metal. Most of us are aware of these traps and devices, but the vast majority have no idea. They’re swayed like sickened seaweed in an artificially rippled pond of liquified sewage.

Detachment – The Only Way to Live Fully Free This may sound like some vague concept but it really isn’t. If you’re not invested in their sticky entrapping webbery you can live outside of it. Sure, we all have to interact with this engineered madness but we don’t have to give it our energy and obeisance. But it will take some sacrifices and dealing with our own shadow work seeing how we’ve succumbed to this in our past. Each of us have to deal with our own entanglements. Besides religious and belief systems, there are financial interactions with the beast, social obligations we think we have to submit to or endure, or employment entrapments we’d rather have nothing to do with.

Do what you can, but get free, in mind, body and spirit, even if you’re still in it. Some costs will not be comfortable. Old stuck in the mud friends who only bring you down and sap your energy, living or working circumstances that make you curse your situation and absently long for freedom, or how you portray yourself on a daily basis. This is perhaps the most important. Are we being who we truly are? Do we respond honestly, or has the cult-ure of our micro environment, usually hinged on the macro, force us to compromise our convictions and water down what we know to be true, honest and loving? Do you like yourself when you’re forced into artificial social situations and to compromise for the sake of momentary convenience? We all face these situations. These are questions we all ask ourselves, consciously and definitely subconsciously. They need answers. And appropriate action, or inaction, needs to be taken.

The hour is late. It always is when it comes to snapping out of the matrix of deceit. Otherwise it will kill you – spiritually and physically. Something to think about. Time to bust out of the cult of everything. It’s not the real world, it’s fabricated, and often with our permission and subservient compliance. Stop empowering it. Break out and change the world by being your authentic self. Wisely and lovingly, and with centered conviction. This is the stand we each need to make. The rest will follow.

And Now The Government Are Coming For Whistleblowers: New Law Targets People Who Leak Classified Information August 18 2016 | From: TheDailyBlog / NewZealandHerald

The National Government will imprison whistleblowers - if your enemy is people telling the truth, then you have deep deep deep problems. It just got far, far worse.

The new spy powers don’t just allow the SIS and GCSB vast new access to your Government files, gives them warrantless spying for 24 hours which allows them to break into our homes, plant cameras and spy on us and all they need is the pretence of national security to do it all. Related: John Key: “You Want To Spy? You Make The “Business” Plan, I’ll Change The Law!” The SIS won’t be allowed to break into your computers remotely and the GCSB won’t be able to break into your house, BUT (and here’s the joke) if they are operating under a joint warrant, they can do all those things. These new powers follow up the mass surveillance legislation National rammed through Parliament that allowed agencies to ask the GCSB to spy on NZers. These new powers allows the GCSB to do that all on their own. A department that has been caught being racist in private will have huge unchecked powers – but it gets so much worse. Now any whistleblower detailing illegal spying to the media will be punished with up to 5 years in prison. [This reeks of a tantrum-like response from a government that is on the back foot because people are waking up to institutionalised criminality and they are losing control of information and the ability to control the narrative.]

Nicky Hager would have been prosecuted. [Nicky Hager was the person who exposed the existence of the GCSB. Until he did so it was completely secret] Andrea Vance could have been prosecuted. Jon Stephenson could have been prosecuted. This blog could have been prosecuted. The National Government will imprison whistleblowers - if your enemy is people telling the truth, then you have deep deep deep problems. No Government Left or Right should ever be given this level of power. Using terrorism to justify this erosion of our civil liberty is unacceptable. Once more for the breach of data dear friends, once more for the breach. We simply can not and must not allow this to stand, it’s a direct threat to the media’s role of holding the Government to account. Losing that would damage our democracy far more than a lone wolf fanatic going on a rampage. Protest actions will start being planned now.

New Law Targets People Who Leak Classified Information People who leak Government information will be targeted with a new offence that carries a maximum sentence of five years in jail.

Prime Minister John Key has announced legislation that will also let the Government Communications Security Bureau spy on New Zealanders' private information. Related: Unleashing GCSB To Spy On Kiwis One More Step On Road To Police State The bill comes in the same week that information leaked by former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden resulted in media reports about the GCSB's monitoring of a Fiji democracy activist. The Government denied the new power to target whistle blowers was related to the Snowden leaks. Its introduction is a response to a broad-sweeping intelligence review by Sir Michael Cullen and Dame Patsy Reddy, released in March with 107 recommendations.

A new offence will be created for people who hold a government security clearance, or those given access to classified information, who wrongfully communicate, retain or copy it. Intelligence agency employees who encounter evidence of wrong-doing can make a protected disclosure to the Inspector-General of Intelligence and Security. But if they give information to others or the media they face a prison sentence of up to five years in jail.

The new legislation will cover both the SIS and GCSB, and accepts one of the most controversial recommendations allowing the GCSB to spy on Kiwis. That breaks a longstanding split between the SIS and GCSB, under which the GCSB could only spy on foreigners and the SIS on New Zealanders. The current law already allows the GCSB to spy on behalf of other agencies, with an approved warrant. However, in releasing his review in March, Sir Michael said the GCSB had become hesitant to legally assist other agencies in such spying. That happened after it was found to have possibly unlawfully spied on New Zealanders due to confusion over its powers when acting on behalf of other agencies. The review recommended a single warranting regime that would have resulted in the SIS and GCSB having the same powers to collect intelligence. The new legislation does not go quite that far - it will limit the GCSB to conduct remote searches of a computer, for example, while the SIS will be permitted to carry out a physical search of a private property. If the agencies are operating under a joint warrant they will both be able to carry out all activities, including interception of communications, searching including of private premises, seizure and surveillance.

The new law would establish a single warranting framework for both agencies. New Zealanders will be targeted only to protect national security or where they are an agent of a foreign power. A "Type 1" intelligence warrant would be needed to target New Zealanders using otherwise unlawful activities, such as intercepting phone calls. It would need approval from the Attorney-General and a Commissioner of Intelligence Warrants and will be subject to review by the Inspector-General of Intelligence and Security. This has been called a "triple lock" process. There will also be new flexibility in terms of getting warrants, including allowing warrants for classes of people and "purposebased" warrants. The Government gave the example of the intelligence agencies being alerted to a group of unidentified New Zealanders in Syria. A group warrant would allow them to target those people without having exact information on their identities. A purpose-based warrant would specify the type of information sought - for example, a warrant to intercept communications to find out if New Zealanders are fighting with Isis in Syria.

Finally, urgent warrants can be sought in special cases, including where someone's life is at stake or there is a serious threat to New Zealand's national security. In such cases, a warrant must still be applied for within 24 hours and if it is not authorised all information collected would be destroyed. While allowing the GCSB to spy on New Zealanders, the Government says both it and the SIS will only be allowed to do so on the grounds of national security. Labour leader Andrew Little said the definition of national security was too broad and "must be narrowed down to actual threats to security and government". The party will support the legislation at the first hurdle, but wants that and other changes before it would support it further. Little said it was also concerning that the legislation appeared to have ignored recommendations related to protections for personal information.

“These are vital and must be a part of the legislation. In today's world it is too easy to ignore privacy concerns and we have seen what happens in the past when protections aren't clear."

Under the legislation, intelligence agencies would have direct access to other Government database information including birth, death, marriage, name change, citizenship, immigration and Customs information. A warrant is needed to access IRD records, numbers assigned to tertiary students and driver licence photos. The SIS wants to access private student numbers so they can catch spies posing as international students.

Key, who cited the threat from terrorism during a press conference on the changes, said political parties needed to think carefully about opposing the changes.

“It is going to be very difficult for political parties if they don't vote for this legislation and there was ultimately an issue in New Zealand, then clearly fingers would be pointed about whether we could have done more to stop it."

The legislation will be introduced to the House on Thursday. Related: Five Eyes ‘Spy Fee’: New Zealand Annually Forks Out Over $100 Million For Intelligence Funding

9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists” August 18 2016 | From: ZenGardner

The day the masses wake up and understand what the term “conspiracy theory” really means and recognise the truth about “conspiracy theorists,” who they are, what they stand for, the world ruling elite’s hold on humanity will be over.

Their deceptive cover would have been blown wide open and indeed there will be consequences. Related: The Telegraph: Perhaps The World's Conspiracy Theorists Have Been Right All Along So, in light of the above, here are 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.”

“Conspiracy Theorists” 1. …have to put up with much ignorance, and as a knee-jerk reaction, baseless accusation of “conspiracy theory.” “Conspiracy theory” carries with it the deriding insinuation that there are no conspiracies (no conspiracy facts, just theory). Who could be so brainwashed, unquestioningly ignorant, or naïve enough to believe that no country has ever conspired? 2. Are conspiracy factualists. Using evidence they expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world. They expose the deceitful criminal perpetrator networks and authorities. Therefore, the term “conspiracy theorist” is a misnomer.

Related: 10 "Conspiracy Theories" That Came True

3. Give credible accounts of events, diligently challenging the official versions filled with lies, inconsistencies, fake bogeymen enemies and false paradigms… manufactured for power, profit and political gains. Many official versions of these false flag events have big enough holes in their stories to drive double-decker buses in and out of. Further, they expose financial, health, environmental, educational and war agendas, the secret occult societies, paedophilia, organ harvesting and black ops projects… the ruling elite enslavers don’t want you know about. Then there are the eugenics, trans-humanism and depopulation agendas… these blatantly obvious conspiracy facts are there for all to see. 4. As a consequence of 3, are perceived by the ruling elite and their associates as a threat. In order to get away with their crimes and deception they know that “conspiracy theorists” have to be ignored, invalidated, or ridiculed by the masses:

Related: 10 More Conspiracy Theories That Turned Out To Be True The term “conspiracy theory” was originally a 1960s’ CIA invention. Over the years the ruling elite’s owned and controlled intelligence agencies such as the CIA and their mainstream media propaganda machine have used this term to expand its effect of negatively stigmatizing “conspiracy theorists” so that the masses will never realize that these people were right all along. 5. …therefore are truther messengers running the risk of getting shot. They are targeted individuals. Targeted by the likes of the UK’s ex-Prime Minister David Cameron, calling them “non-violent domestic extremists” as one of the many attempts to silence such people who have seen right through the phoney baloney. 6. Are not “coincidence theorists.” How can anyone dismiss the overwhelming number of coincidences pointed out by “conspiracy theorists” to be indicators of crimes and cover-ups tied in with false flag events? Is it really a mere coincidence that it’s always the elite few; the banksters, the puppet senior politicians, the owner/controllers of mega-corporations that benefit from these events?

Related: Conspiracy Theories: Scavenging For Truth

7. Are the freethinking minority able to think for themselves against the backdrop: a world full of sheep-like people going into agreement with the general consensus of the masses while blindly accepting authority viewpoints blurted out in the ruling elite’s bought-off, owned and controlled mainstream media…

Related: Scientific Study: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Are The Sanest Of All

8. Consistent with Arthur Schopenhauer’s statement, in time, with their conspiracy facts, could be the majority stage3: “…accepted as being self-evident.” 9. …Are who the world’s needs most: Unstoppable, increasing in numbers and gathering in momentum. They are laudable investigators. They are peaceful activists, spreading the truth about what’s really going on in the world. Many do their inner work to cocreate a turnaround, away from the planned doom and gloom. Thus, it is their intention to co-create freedom: A new paradigm experience, a world that truly makes a difference for everyone. A shift in mass consciousness is the underlying key principle. This is how these consciously awakened individuals will bring about that freedom. Not an attempt at an exhaustive A-Z account, I realize, but that concludes my 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.” “Conspiracy theorists,” just keep on keeping on! Related: Conspiracy Theorist - The New Normal

The CFR Releases A Promotional Video Trying To Appear Friendly But It’s NWO Propaganda August 17 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

The Council on Foreign Relations tweeted a video promoting its merits using all kinds of celebrities and powerful people. If it tried to appear friendlier to the masses, it failed. It only proved that a select elite truly congregates behind closed doors to push a New World Order agenda.

If you know anything about international politics or the plan for a New World Order, you surely know about the CFR. It was often deemed “the most influential foreign policy think tank in the world” by international journalists.

Related: From: The Conspiracy To Rule The World: The Council On Foreign Relations The list of its members is astonishing, to say the least, as it includes gigantic names in the corporate, financial and political world. Some examples of corporations: ABC News, American Express, Boeing, Coca-Cola, Ford Motor, Google, Halliburton, Heinz, IBM, Nike, Sony Corporation America and Visa. Examples of members: Barack Obama, Zbigniew Brzezinski (Obama’s advisor), Hilary Clinton, Dick Cheney, John McCain and David Rockefeller. Researchers have observed that these figures are working towards a world government and members never truly denied this fact. Shortly after his election, Obama selected the president of the Council on Foreign Relations Richard Haass, along with senior CFR-members Richard Holbrooke and Dennis Ross as special Foreign Envoys/ Foreign Policy Advisors. Here’s the promotional video posted by the CFR.

While this video attempts to put a friendly face on the CFR by using TV celebrities and movie stars, it only ultimately proves that this globalist organization (created by JP Morgan and john D. Rockefeller) is more powerful (and less democratic) than ever. The video basically says:

“The world is complex and geared towards globalization... and we’re the only ones who can deal with this.”

By showcasing its members, the video also showcases who and what the elite truly “owns”. Here are some of the people seen in the video:

Juliette Kayyem CNN National Security Analyst, Robert Rubin Former Treasury Secretary , Co-Chair CFR Juju Chang, ABC News Anchor Dina Habib Powell, Global Head of Impact Investing, Goldman Sachs Condolezza Rice, Former Secretary of State Angelina Jolie, Actress Jon Meacham, CEO Random House Publishing Rev. Chloe Breyer, Interfaith Center of New York Rabbi Elliot Cosgrove, Park Avenue Synagogue Richard Plepler, CEO HBO Jared Cohen, President of Jigsaw Random House is the largest general-interest trade book publisher in the world. Goldman Sachs is one of the largest banking firms in the world (it was rescued as part of a massive U.S. government bailout). CNN, ABC and HBO are some of the largest TV stations in the world. This gives you an idea of the reach of the CFR.

By including Rev. Chloe Breyer, who works at the Interfaith Center of New York, you get a glimpse of the “one world religion” agenda of the NWO. The center is headquarter at the St John the Divine Cathedral in New York – a NWO-friendly “sinister site” I’ve previously analyzed in this article. Jared Cohen is the founder and President of Jigsaw (previously Google Ideas). He’s also an Adjunct Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. Previously, he served as a member of the Secretary of State’s Policy Planning Staff and as a advisor to Condoleezza Rice and later Hillary Clinton.Initially brought in by Condoleezza Rice as a member of the Policy Planning Staff, he was one of a few staffers that stayed under Hillary Clinton.

The video shows Henry Kissinger next to a pile of Foreign Affairs publications (published by the CFR). In case you didn’t know, Henry Kissinger basically shaped the world as we know by dictating the US foreign policy for decades.

In short, this CFR video gives you a glimpse of the tentacular reach of this elite-created organization and how it is pushing towards a world government – despite its claims of not having agenda. Its founding members never shied away from the fact that they DID have an agenda. Proof of this can be found in the following short video about the CFR.

The News Definers: The Truth about the Council on Foreign Relations The Council of Foreign Relations (CFR) is often mentioned on this site as it is one of the major elite organizations pushing for a New World Order.

Related: One World Governance and the Council on Foreign Relations.“We Shall have World Government… by Conquest or Consent.”

Corporate Members

(As of August 16, 2016)

Founders Abraaj Group, The Bank of America Merrill Lynch Chevron Corporation Citi Exxon Mobil Corporation First Eagle Holdings, Inc. Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Google, Inc. Hess Corporation JPMorgan Chase & Co McKinsey & Company, Inc. Morgan Stanley Nasdaq OMX Group, The PepsiCo, Inc. Shell Oil Company

President's Circle Alcoa, Inc. American Express BlackRock Bloomberg BP p.l.c. Bridgewater Associates, LP Coca-Cola Company, The Credit Suisse Dell Inc. Deutsche Bank AG Eni Generali Gilead Sciences, Inc. Glenview Capital Management GoldenTree Asset Management Johnson Controls, Inc. Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Lazard Lockheed Martin Corporation MetLife Moody's Corporation Newmont Mining Corporation Noble Energy Inc. Parsons Corporation Pearson Pitney Bowes Inc. Prudential Financial Reliance Industries Limited S&P Global Soros Fund Management Standard Chartered Bank Thomson Reuters Toyota Motor North America, Inc. Veritas Capital Fund Management LLC

Affiliates Airbus Group, Inc. Allen & Overy LLP Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd.

American International Group Apollo Management, LP AT&T Baker, Nye Advisers, Inc. Baldwin-Gottschalk Group, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, The BASF Corporation Blackstone Group L.P., The Boeing Company, The Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. Bunge Limited C. R. Bard, Inc. Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce Caterpillar Inc. Caxton Associates Centerview Partners, Inc. Chiomenti Chubb Limited Cigna Corporation CNA Colliers International ConocoPhillips Company Control Risks Group Corsair Capital Covington & Burling Craig Drill Capital Corporation Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Deere & Company Deloitte. DNB Bank ASA EMD Serono, Inc. Energy Intelligence Group, Inc. Estée Lauder Companies Inc. Facebook FedEx Corporation Fitch Ratings Freeport-McMoRan Inc. General Atlantic LLC General Electric Company Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP Granite Associates LP Hitachi, Ltd. Houlihan Lokey IBM Corporation Indus Capital Partners, LLC Investcorp International, Inc. Invus Group, LLC ITOCHU International Jacobs Asset Management, LLC Johnson and Johnson KPMG, LLP MacAndrews & Forbes Incorporated Mannheim LLC Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. Marubeni America Corporation Mercantil Servicios Financieros Merck & Co., Inc. Microsoft Corporation Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP Mitsubishi Corporation (Americas) Mitsubishi Heavy Industries America, Inc. Mitsui & Co. (U.S.A.), Inc. Moore Capital Management L.P. Northrop Grumman Olayan Group, The Palantir Technologies PayPal, Inc. Pfizer Inc. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC)

Raytheon Company Rubicon Global salesforce.com, inc. Siguler Guff & Company L.P. Silver Lake Partners Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP Sony Corporation of America Sullivan & Cromwell LLP T. Rowe Price Group Tata Group, The Telefonica Internacional U.S.A. Terna Time Warner Inc. Tishman Speyer Properties, Inc. TOTAL S.A. U.S. Chamber of Commerce Volkswagen Group of America, Inc. Vornado Realty Trust Walmart Warburg Pincus LLC Wells Fargo Western Union White & Case LLP WIND Telecomunicazioni S.p.A. WPP Xerox Corporation Zurich Insurance Group

A quote from CFR’s website:

“The goal should be to redefine sovereignty for the era of globalisation, to find a balance between a world of fully sovereign states and an international system of either world government or anarchy.”

George Soros Hacked, Thousands Of Open Society Foundations Files Released Online August 16 2016 | From: RT

More than 2,500 files from the raft of organizations run by billionaire George Soros have been leaked by hackers.

Saturday’s leak, published by DC leaks, includes hundreds of internal documents from multiple departments of Soros’ groups, predominantly the Open Society Foundations. Related: How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis - And Why

The files are grouped into sections such as geographical region, the World Bank and the President’s Office, and cover the period from 2008 up until 2016, according to The Daily Caller. They reveal work plans, strategies, priorities and other activities by Soros, and include reports on European elections, migration and asylum in Europe.

DC Leaks claims to be the work of American activists who want to present the truth about the “US decision-making process as well as about the key elements of American political life.” US security experts however are blaming the leak on Russian hackers, according to Bloomberg, in a similar reaction seen in the wake of the DNC leaks. Related: ‘Absurd’ election rhetoric: Kremlin, Assange slam Clinton for blaming DNC leaks on Russia The DC Leaks hackers previously released data from the Open Society Foundations in June, a breach that was reported to the FBI, according to spokeswoman Laura Silber.

She said an investigation by a security firm found the intrusion was limited to an intranet system used by board members, staff and foundation partners. DC Leaks also revealed emails from former NATO general Philip Breedlove which showed he tried to provoke President Obama to start US conflict against Russia. Breedlove claimed to CNN in July that the emails were stolen as part of a statesponsored intelligence operation.

An email leaked by WikiLeaks earlier this week showed Soros had advised Hillary Clinton during her tenure as Secretary of State on how to handle unrest in Albania – advice she acted on. Related: US government, Soros funded Panama Papers to attack Putin – WikiLeaks Soros’ Open Society Foundations provides funding to the International Consortium for Investigative Journalists, which came under the spotlight earlier this year after the release of the Panama Papers, which included millions of records from law firm Mossack Fonseca showing how the wealthy are using tax havens. The Panama Papers leak came under criticism from WikiLeaks, who claimed the US government and Soros funded the project to attack Russia and President Vladimir Putin. Related: George Soros: A Psychopath’s Psychopath

Banker John Key’s Corporate Repackaging Of War August 15 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei

With the upcoming ‘celebrations’ around the 2016 NZ DIA (NZ Defense Industry Association) Forum being held in Auckland on 16 - 17 November in conjunction with the RNZN 75th Anniversary celebrations, Operation Neptune, I took a peek at their website.

You can reserve your sponsorship spot with cocktails and trimmings for just $10,000. Related: NZ Defence Force To Get $20bn Upgrade + More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration This is an issue which has been raised on numerous occasions with progressive organizations and WSF activists: you cannot effectively confront neoliberalism and the New World Order elites and expect them to finance your activities.

“The NZ DIA was formed in 1993, as an industry development initiative. Its major emphasis today is on networking, and encouraging the membership to work together on developing joint approaches to defence projects in NZ and overseas”

Right there in the DIA’s mission statement is the strategic use of the word ‘defence’. The corporate bankers have need of war, it’s an integral part of the Rothschild banking empire, however, in order to not be too obvious, they need to sanitize it with ‘nicer’ words. Profiteering from war is no conspiracy but documented fact. Related: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

Cheney’s Halliburton made $39.5 billion on the Iraq war. My elderly father who fought in one of the World Wars and was fortunate enough to return alive, had worked out that fact later in life… that “wars would never end because wars make money”. His oldest brother, a machine gunner, so deeply affected, he wept whenever he talked about war. So, there on the DIA’s website is the standard tribute of poppies to these brave men who served as basically cannon fodder for the war machine, a machine peopled by those who never spent one minute in trenches and never experienced the terror of combat. Remember Mrs Rothschild’s infamous words… “if my sons did not want war there would be none”. Returning to the planned forum for November this year, Key’s corporation parading as a government (NZ is a US SEC registered corporation) put out a White Paper that was compiled we are told from the public’s and the academic community’s views, involving over 300 written submissions and meetings around the country. (See White Paper info here also).

Related: New Zealand’s Homegrown Military-Industrial Complex I don’t particularly recall the road show, perhaps other readers do. Note the Ministry of Defence administers the Defence Act 1990, the era shortly after our nation became corporatized… courtesy of Rogernomics. Corporations are about profits. We are told in the White Paper that “… terrorism remains an enduring global problem”. Those who do their own research will know that the so called war on terror has been effectively drummed up since the very dodgy 9/11 attack that looked extremely like a controlled demolition.

And the current threat to security, ISIS, has equally dodgy origins (watch Truth Media: the Origin of ISIS for more info on that). The war industry is ticking along quite nicely in Aotearoa with banker Key at the helm, and synchronising equally as nicely with his growing partnership with the US.

"The Government”[corporation] says Key, “has provided the Defence Force with a degree of funding certainty [$20 billion] that enables it to plan with confidence out to 2030 and beyond.”

[Agenda 2030, see also Agenda 21/2030 in NZ] Download the White Paper and see what Key and Brownlee are spending your $20 billion on. Remember how ‘well’ they’ve managed the Christchurch disaster that they refer to in there. It’s an integral part of defence.

The ‘interdependence’ of planned global governance under Agenda 21/2030, already operative in both your Government and your Local Government

What I find particularly distasteful about this whole affair is the spin. One of my favourite investigative journalists John Pilger, describes their convoluted rhetoric so well in his essay, ‘Arming the World’ (in his book “Hidden Agendas” p 115). Describing the weapons (defence) industry he says:

“Refined absurdity is always close at hand in the arms business. It squeezes into bed with secrecy, corruption and stupendous greed”.

Asking what a British cluster bomb does (gleaming under “soft backlight, like the latest showroom Jaguar”) he is told they need his request in writing for MOD approval as the information is ‘classified’, the reason for which is also ‘classified’. The cluster bomb, Pilger explains:

“Is not really a bomb at all, but an ‘area denial sub-munition’, a land mine in all but name. It is dropped from the air and explodes into forty-seven little mines, which are shaped like spiders."

These are scattered over a wide area and ‘deny’ life to anything that moves or grows.’ They’ve been found says Pilger, in Bosnia and Croatia where between two and four million mines threaten to main and kill long after the war ends. These salesmen he says, have great difficulty saying words like ‘people’, ‘maim’ and ‘kill’. Describing a cluster bomb’s ‘effectiveness’ he cites the little girl who in a Vietnam village lost her family…

“My mother and father were lying there covered in blood, and my sister… had pieces of metal in her, and so did her doll’.

The corporates know it is wrong, trading in weapons (they’re not averse to supplying both sides), this is why they have difficulty with these words. There is enough of old fashioned conscience there for them to need to cover their wording well, however not enough to stop the killing by curtailing their obscene greed.

They are therefore very adept at reframing and repackaging. And so the weapons trade becomes the defence trade. Now if you have any doubt still about the money involved here, check out the these two exmples of sponsorhip pages for the upcoming conference. Corporate sponsorship of cocktails and food depending on your budget:

However, if you’re a bit strapped for cash, there’s always the $5,000 slot… minus cocktails and food.

A list of members of the NZ DIA can be seen here. You will see Fulton Hogan (that company that liberally sprays your streets and public places with carcinogenic glyphosate) along with Lockheed Martin and others. All proudly members of the Defence / Industry partnership. And to put the proverbial icing on the cake, there are even awards for improvement to defence industry relationships.

“The Award will identify the Defence person or persons who have best contributed to building or improving the Defence / Industry relationship. The aim of the Award is to publicly recognise good performance in this area and provide the opportunity for the NZ DIA and Defence to promote constructive and collegial relationships between Defence and Industry."

Your PM Key continues to tax himself and friends at 2.8%, continues to profit from your country’s indebtedness and the so called global war on terrorism, and is intent on the TPPA agreement which will give both he and his corporate friends even more control. Let’s face it, he is likely not too interested in changing any of the current status quo. Related: Banker Key is Quietly Oiling the US War Machine Related: UK Minister Holds Top-Level Defence Talks In Wellington + John Key Called Out

Trump Is Right: Proof Hillary & Obama Founded ISIS & Obama Admits ‘We’re Training ISIL’ + Hillary’s Medical Records Revealed -This Is What She’s Hiding August 14 2016 | From: Infowars / Infowars / JoeForAmerica / Various

Hillary even admitted U.S. created al-Qaeda, the precursor of ISIS.

Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama are founding members of ISIS by bankrolling, arming and supporting jihadists in Syria and Libya to both destabilize the Middle East and expand the domestic police state. Related: 2012 Pentagon report warned Obama was creating ISIS Clinton even even admitted in 2009 that the U.S. government – staffed with many of her closest allies – was responsible for al-Qaeda, which morphed into ISIS. “I mean, let’s remember here: The people we are fighting today we funded 20 years ago, and we did it because we were locked in this struggle with the Soviet Union,” she said. Clinton continued:

“They invaded Afghanistan, and we did not want to see them control central Asia, and we went to work, and it was President Reagan, in partnership with the Congress, led by Democrats, who said, “You know what? Sounds like a pretty good idea! Let’s deal with the ISI and the Pakistani military, and let’s go recruit these Mujahedin! That’s great! Let’s get some to come from Saudi Arabia and other places, importing their Wahhabi brand of Islam, so that we can go beat the

Soviet Union! And guess what? They retreated, they lost billions of dollars, and it led to the collapse of the Soviet Union. So there’s a very strong argument, which is: It wasn’t a bad investment to end the Soviet Union, but let’s be careful what we sow, because we will harvest.”

She’s right: al-Qaeda was created by Western intelligence and has always been under the influence of the West, starting with al-Qaeda’s precursor, the Mujahideen of Afghanistan. In 1979 the Mujahideen was America’s secret weapon in Operation Cyclone, the CIA project to arm and finance Jihadi warriors in a proxy war against the USSR.

It was geopolitical strategist and Clinton ally Zbigniew Brzezinski, then National Security Advisor under President Jimmy Carter, who used the Mujahideen to draw the Soviet Union into an unwinnable war in Afghanistan.

To aid in this endeavor, U.S. intelligence picked a mujaheddin fighter named Osama bin Laden to lead the Afghan resistance against the USSR and gave him the codename “Tim Osman.”

He was chosen primary because his wealthy family was connected to the Bush family as a long-term business partner in the West.

The CIA also paid Osama to operate a “charity” front called the Maktab al-Khidamat (also known as the as Al-Kifah) which funneled recruits and money to the Mujahideen, and the US government later said MAK was the “precursor organization to al-Qaeda.”

And a few decades later, in 2012, Clinton’s State Dept. was backing al-Qaeda in Iraq, which morphed into ISIS, and other Islamic extremist groups as a proxy army to topple Syrian President Bashir al-Assad, a close ally to Russia and an enemy to Saudi Arabia, an Obama administration ally. “The Salafist [sic], the Muslim Brotherhood and AQI [al-Qaeda in Iraq] are the major forces driving the insurgency in Syria,” a leaked memo between her State Dept. and the Pentagon stated. “The West, Gulf countries, and Turkey support [this] opposition, while Russia, China and Iran ‘support the [Assad] regime.’”

This secret document confirms that Clinton’s State Dept. – and the Obama administration in general – was directly responsible for the rise of ISIS. The former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency, Lieutenant General Michael Flynn, confirmed the document’s importance.

Former DIA Director Admits Obama Created ISIS:

“I don’t know that [the Obama administration] turned a blind eye [to ISIS], I think it was a decision; I think it was a willful decision,” he said.

The document likely stemmed from a discussion during the 2012 Bilderberg conference held in Chantilly, Virginia, in which participants envisioned a Syrian puppet government taking orders from the U.S. State Department, the European Union and NATO.

A couple years later, in 2014 a $1.1 trillion federal spending bill rammed through Congress provided a half-billion dollars to arm and train ISIS-linked Syrian rebels. The spending bill authorized the Secretary of Defense $500,000,000 to equip “appropriately vetted elements of the Syrian opposition” who will defend “the Syrian people from attacks by the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant,” but a few months before, ISIS signed a truce with the remaining rebel groups and they began working together against the Syrian government. That, however, didn’t stop Obama; on Oct. 1, 2015, he authorized a shipment of guns to ISIS-linked militants in Syria.

“The approval came at a National Security Council meeting on Thursday,” CNN reported at the time. “…The President also emphasized to his team that the U.S. would continue to support the Syrian opposition as Russia enters the war-torn country.”

Once again, it should be emphasized that the so-called “Syrian rebels” were either ISIS militants or allied with ISIS.

“We are collaborating with the Islamic State and the Nusra Front by attacking the Syrian Army’s gatherings in… Qalamoun [in Syria],” Bassel Idriss, the commander of a Free Syrian Army rebel brigade, told the Lebanese Daily Star in 2014. “ISIS wanted to enhance its presence in the Western Qalamoun area.” “After the fall of Yabroud and the FSA’s retreat into the hills, many units pledged allegiance to ISIS.”

Another rebel, Abu Ahmed, also said his unit was willing to collaborate with ISIS and its affiliates.

“Fighters feel proud to join al-Nusra [an ISIS affiliate] because that means power and influence,” he told the Guardian.

In fact, at least 29 different Syrian rebel groups had pledged allegiance to the al-Nusra Front.

Clinton even admitted to BBC that these Syrian “rebels” serving the administration’s interests in Syria are terrorists.

“We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition in Syria,” she said.

But that didn’t stop the Obama administration from saving ISIS militants from U.S. airstrikes by giving them a 45minute warning prior to an airstrike on their oil tankers.

“Get out of your trucks now, and run away from them. Warning: air strikes are coming. Oil trucks will be destroyed. Get away from your oil trucks immediately. Do not risk your life,” the warning leaflets given to ISIS read.

U.S. military pilots also confirmed they were ordered not to drop 75% of their ordnance on ISIS targets because they couldn’t get clearance from their superiors – which is exactly the kind of order the Obama administration would give to protect ISIS.

“We can’t get clearance even when we have a clear target in front of us,” said House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman Ed Royce (R-Calif.)

One of the reasons why the Obama administration sponsored and protected ISIS was because Assad stood in the way of a critical natural gas pipeline that would have deposed Russia as Europe’s primary source of energy.

“Syria is the site of the proposed construction of a massive underground gas pipeline that, if completed, could drastically undercut the strategic energy power of U.S. ally Qatar and also would cut Turkey out of the pipeline flow,” Aaron Klein of WND reported. “Dubbed the ‘Islamic pipeline,’ the project may ultimately favor Russia and Iran against Western energy interests.”

In other words, ISIS is a tool used to geopolitically isolate Russia, which under Putin has deflected attempts by the global elite to bring the country under their control – disconnected from the will of the people. Additionally, due to the centuries-old conflict between Sunni and Shia Muslims, Sunni-dominated Saudi Arabia, a close Obama ally, wants Assad’s Shia government out of power. There’s also trillions of dollars in potential oil and gas revenue in Syria that Saudi Arabia could tap into if a Western puppet is placed into power in Syria. Donald Trump is spot-on: Clinton and Obama have aided and abetted ISIS to achieve their geopolitical objectives shared by their close allies and their predecessors who also created the precursors of ISIS. Related: Trump Doubles Down On “Obama Is The Founder Of ISIS” Comment

Flashback: Obama Admits ‘We’re Training ISIL’ "We’re speeding up training of ISIL forces" Donald Trump is taking heat for claiming President Obama and Hillary Clinton are the co-founders of ISIS, but in a speech from July 2015 the president admitted to supporting the terror group.

“As I’ve said before, this aspect of our strategy was moving too slowly. But the fall of Ramadi has galvanized the Iraqi government. So, with the additional steps I ordered last month, we’re speeding up training of ISIL forces, including volunteers from Sunni tribes in Anbar Province.” - Barack Obama

The White House later changed its transcript of the speech online putting the word “Iraqi” in brackets after the word ISIL, correcting Obama’s mistake.

Hillary’s Medical Records Revealed -This Is What She’s Hiding No one is promised tomorrow, anything could take place to bring your life to an end. Some people like Hillary run out of time sooner than others, she has debilitating problems that have just been revealed to the media.

When you’re in the public image there is no secret you can keep, and we all know Hillary has tried to live a double life. Who does she think she is, God? This small piece of information will have a HUGE impact on whether or not voters will bubble her name in the ballot come this November. When it comes to personal health issues, Hillary has plenty, usually, people want to keep things like this “hush hush”, especially this witch.

This leaked letter from Hillary Clinton's Doctor has casused much concern recently also:

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Man Who Leaked Clinton’s Medical Records Found Dead

She doesn’t have that privilege, though, when she is trying to take on the most important job one can acquire in the United States. Would you want to vote for someone who can’t do their job correctly because they’re too sick? We need to spread this news around so people have an idea just who they are inviting into the White house…she’s pretty much a walking corpse.

FOX News’ Sean Hannity sets up the photo and the Clinton response:

The picture, which shows Hillary Clinton apparently needing assistance to climb a flight of stairs at a campaign stop back in February was picked up by the Drudge Report, which posted the headline over the weekend, details Hillary Clinton’s history with falls and speculating that the former Secretary of State could be experiencing a serious undisclosed medical condition. Earlier today we reached out to the Clinton campaign for a statement, and a spokesman told us that the Drudge Report is shameful, and anyone who buys into that medical condition shameful, what is missing is a statement about the health issues.

Dr. Marc Seigel said “the public has a right to know” and speculated on what the issue could be but was more interested in previous spills and a concussion she had in 2012.

“I think the public has a right to know,” Seigel said. “We’re talking in 2008, Sean, I looked over a thousand pages of John McCain’s records because of a melanoma he had 10 years ago. What about Hillary? In 2009, a severe fall. She breaks her elbow. In 2011, she boards a plane, falls. In 2012 she has a severe concussion which Bill Clinton says took her six months to recover from." "Then she ends up with a blood-clot in the brain and a lifetime of blood thinners,” Seigel said. “Just that point alone - if she’s prone to falling, you can see from that picture up there that it looked like she can barely get upstairs without two people carrying her. Guess what if she falls and hits her head? She’ll get a bloodclot.” “I want to know what her neurological records show,” he added. “The picture going up the stairs speaks a million words,” Dr. David Samadi said. “Is she fatigued? Is she dehydrated? One of the main reasons she fell in 2012 and had the concussions was severe dehydration. They’re holding her and going up the stairs. So she may be really dehydrated, she may have arthritis, she may have back pain, she may have fallen again. We don’t know. There are questions that are unanswered. What we know today is she’s on thyroid medication, she suffers from hypothyroid, low thyroid, that can cause fatigue and gaining weight and all of that.”

Why are we asking a woman who can hardly take care of herself to take care of the entire United States? This makes no sense. Dr. Seigel went on to say:

”I think a traumatic brain injury with symptoms down the road is very, very likely here especially since she had a blood-clot on her brain. As David mentioned that could lead to a seizure problem. Someone is carrying a [diazepam]pen that you’d use in case of a seizure, a Valium pen, that makes me wonder about that.”

It is hard to pick just one reason Hillary shouldn’t be president but this is close to the top of the list I would say! Watch below to discover more secrets uncovered about Hillary’s health issues.

What is with Hillary's Recent Bizzarre Behaviour?

Related: Wikileaks Releases New Emails Showing Hillary Taking Orders From George Soros

Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF): The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism August 14 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

This year the World Social Forum is being held in Montreal, regrouping committed social activists, anti-war collectives and prominent intellectuals.

Most of the participants are unaware that the WSF is funded by corporate foundations including Ford, Rockefeller, Tides, et al. Much of this funding is channelled to the WSF organizers under the helm of the WSF International

Council. This is an issue which has been raised on numerous occasions with progressive organizations and WSF activists: you cannot effectively confront neoliberalism and the New World Order elites and expect them to finance your activities. The World Social Forum operating under the banner of “Another World is Possible” was founded in 2001 at its inaugural venue of Porto Alegre. Brazil. From the outset in 2001, the WSF has been upheld as an international umbrella representing grassroots people’s organizations, committed to reversing the tide of globalization. Its stated intent is to challenge corporate capitalism and its dominant neoliberal economic agenda. The World Social Forum at its inaugural meeting defined itself as a counter-offensive to the World Economic Forum (WEF) of business leaders and politicians which meets annually in Davos, Switzerland. The 2001 Porto Alegre WSF was held simultaneously with that of the WEF in Davos.

While there have been many important accomplishments of the WSF, largely as a result of the commitment of grassroots activists, the core leadership of WSF – rather than effectively confronting the New World Order elites– has (often unwittingly) have served their corporate interests. In this process, co-optation has been achieved through the corporate funding of the WSF. Among the two major accomplishments are the participation of the WSF in the February 2003 Worldwide protest against the US led war on Iraq. The WSF has also supported progressive movements and governments, particularly in Latin America. In contrast, at the Tunis 2013 WSF, the final declaration paid lip service to to the US sponsored “Syrian opposition”. Similarly the Al Qaeda affiliated Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) which allegedly led the “Arab Spring” against the government of Muammar Gaddafi was tacitly upheld as a revolutionary force. Several workshops on Libya applauded Western military intervention. A session entitled “Libya’s transition to democracy” focused on “whether Libya was better off without Muammar Gaddafi.”

Funding Dissent From the outset in 2001, the World Social Forum was funded by governments and corporate foundations, including the Ford Foundation which has ties to US intelligence. The anti-globalization movement is opposed to Wall Street and the Texas oil giants controlled by Rockefeller, et al. Yet the foundations and charities of Ford, Rockefeller et al will generously fund progressive anti-capitalist networks as well as environmentalists (opposed to Wall Street and Big Oil), etc. with a view to ultimately overseeing and shaping their various activities. The mechanisms of “manufacturing dissent” require a manipulative environment, a process of arm-twisting and subtle cooptation of a small number of key individuals within “progressive organizations”, including anti-war coalitions, environmentalists and the anti-globalization movement. Many leaders of these organizations have in a sense betrayed their grassroots. The corporations are funding dissent with a view to controlling dissent. The Ford Foundation (which has links to the CIA) provided funding under its “Strengthening Global Civil Society” program during the first three years of the WSF.

When the WSF was held in Mumbai in 2004, the Indian WSF host committee declined support from the Ford Foundation. This in itself did not modify the WSF’s relationship to the donors. While the Ford Foundation formally withdrew, other foundations positioned themselves. The WSF (among several sources of funding is supported by a consortium of corporate foundations under the advisory umbrella of Engaged Donors for Global Equity (EDGE). This organization, which previously went under the name of The Funders Network on Trade and Globalization (FTNG), has played a central role in the funding of successive WSF venues. From the outset in 2001, it had an observer status on the WSF International Council.

In 2013, the Rockefeller Brothers representative Tom Kruse co-chaired EDGE’s program committee. At the Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Kruse was responsible for “Global Governance” under the “Democratic Practice” program. Rockefeller Brothers grants to NGOs are approved under the “Strengthening Democracy in Global Governance” program, which is broadly similar to that put forth by the US State Department. A representative of the Open Society Initiative for Europe currently sits on EDGE’s Board of directors. The Wallace Global Fund is also on its Board of Directors. The Wallace Global Fund is specialized in providing support to “mainstream” NGOs and “alternative media”, including Amnesty International, Democracy Now (which supports Hillary Clinton’s candidacy for president of the US).

Several members of the EDGE BoD, however, are from non-corporative and family foundations with a social mandate. (see below).

In one of its key documents (2012), entitled Funders Network Alliance In Support of Grassroots Organizing and MovementBuilding (link no longer available)EDGE acknowledged its support of social movements which challenge “neoliberal market fundamentalism.” including the World Social Forum, established in 2001:

“From the Zapatista uprising in Chiapas (1994) to the Battle in Seattle (1999) to the creation of the World Social Forum in Porto Alegre (2001), the TINA years of Reagan and Thatcher (There Is No Alternative) have been replaced with the growing conviction that “another world is possible. Counter-summits, global campaigns and social forums have been crucial spaces to articulate local struggles, share experiences and analyses, develop expertise, and build concrete forms of international solidarity among progressive movements for social, economic and ecological justice.”

But at the same time, there is an obvious contradiction: another world is not possible when the campaign against neoliberalism is financed by an alliance of corporate donors firmly committed to neoliberalism and the US-NATO military agenda. The following is the EDGE Montreal WSF Communique. The donors not only fund the activities, they also influence the structure of the WSF venue, which was determined in Puerto Alegre in 2001, namely the decentralized and dispersed mosaic of “do it yourself” workshops.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

With regard to the Montreal WSF, the Consortium of Donors (EDGE) intent is:

“…to develop an intersectional space for funders and various movement partners – organizers thought leaders and practitioners – to build alignment by cultivating a shared understanding of the visions, values, principles and pathways of a “just transition.” (See edgefunders.org)

“Just Transition” implies that social activism has to conform to a “shared vision” with the corporate foundations, i.e. nothing which in a meaningful way might upset the elite structures of global capitalism. From the standpoint of the corporate donors “investing in the WSF” constitutes a profitable (tax deductible) undertaking. It ensures that activism remains within the confines of ”constructive dialogue” and “critique” rather than confrontation. Any deviation immediately results in the curtailment of donor funding:

“Everything the [Ford] Foundation did could be regarded as “making the World safe for capitalism”, reducing social tensions by helping to comfort the afflicted, provide safety valves for the angry, and improve the functioning of government (McGeorge Bundy, National Security Advisor to Presidents John F. Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson (1961-1966), President of the Ford Foundation, (1966-1979))

The limits of social dissent are thereby determined by the “governance structure” of the WSF, which was tacitly agreed upon with the funding agencies at the outset in 2001.

“No Leaders”

The WSF has no leaders. All the events are “self-organized”. The structure of debate and activism is part of an an “open space” (See y Francine Mestrum, The World Social Forum and its governance: a multi-headed monster, CADTM, 27 April 2013, at cadtm.org). This compartmentalized structure is an obstacle to the development of a meaningful and articulate mass movement. How best to control grassroots dissent against global capitalism?

Make sure that their leaders can be easily co-opted and that the rank and file will not develop “forms of international solidarity among progressive movements” (to use EDGE’s own words), which in any meaningful way might undermine the interests of corporate capital. The mosaic of separate WSF workshops, the relative absence of plenary sessions, the creation of divisions within and between social movements, not to mention the absence of a cohesive and unified platform against the Wall Street corporate elites, against the fake US sponsored “global war on terrorism”, which has been used to justify and USNATO’s ”humanitarian R2P interventions (Afghanistan, Syria, Iraq, Libya, Ukraine, etc). The corporate agenda is to “manufacture dissent”.“The limits of dissent” are established by the foundations and governments which ultimately finance this multimillion dollar venue.

The financing is twofold: 1. Core financing of the WSF Secretariat and the Costs of the WSF venue. 2. Many of the constituent NGOs which participate in the venue are recipients of donor and / or government support. 3. The WSF venue in Montreal also receives funding from the Government of Canada as well as from the Quebec provincial government.

What ultimately prevails is a ritual of dissent which does not threaten the New World Order. Those who attend the WSF from the grassroots are often misled by their leaders. Activists who do not share the WSF consensus will ultimately be excluded:

“By providing the funding and the policy framework to many concerned and dedicated people working within the non-profit sector, the ruling class is able to co-opt leadership from grassroots communities, … and is able to make the funding, accounting, and evaluation components of the work so time consuming and onerous that social justice work is virtually impossible under these conditions” - Paul Kivel, You Call this Democracy, Who Benefits, Who Pays and Who Really Decides, 2004, p. 122

“Another World is Possible” is nonetheless an important concept, which characterizes the struggle of the peoples movements against global capitalism as well as the commitment of thousands of committed activists who are currently participated in the Montreal 2016 WSF. Activism is being manipulated: ”Another World is Possible” cannot, however, be achieved under the auspices of the WSF which from the outset was funded by global capitalism and organized in close liaison with its corporate and government donors. The important question for activists in Montreal: Is it possible to build “an Alternative” to global capitalism, which challenges the hegemony of the Rockefellers et al and then asks the Rockefellers et al to foot the bill? We call upon participants of the Montreal World Social Forum (WSF) to raise and debate these issues: the campaign against neoliberalism is financed by corporate foundations (and governments) which are firmly committed not only to the tenets of neoliberalism but also to the US-NATO led military agenda. Why would they fund organizations which are actively campaigning against war and globalization? The answer is obvious.

Varoufakis’ Alert: Financialized Capital May Choose To Support Fascists + On The Need To Re-Boot The World Economy August 12 2016 | From: KiwiWatch / YanisVaroufakis / SOTT

Yanis Varoufakis had the audacity to tell the European banking and political elite something everyone else knows is true. ‘Greece is bankrupt we cannot pay!’ ‘Lets negotiate our way out of this’.

He was forced to resign after being let down by the current Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras who came to power to fight austerity and who folded to German banking demands. His thinking however is clear.

Varoufakis’ alert: financialized capital may choose to support fascists Eric Draitser sits down with economist, and former Greek finance minister, Yanis Varoufakis to discuss the shifts in the political landscape of both Europe and the US, and what they mean for political activism and progressive politics. Eric and Yanis discuss the nature of the EU and whether it can be reformed or democratized, as well as the forces at play within it. The conversation also touches on the US election as Yanis and Eric debate the utility of “lesser evil” politics, while also examining the ascendance of the fascist right in Europe and the US, with particular attention to the Brexit vote and its implications.

The bond bubble and potential economic collapse, the long view of the 2008 crisis, the importance of addressing climate change, the necessity of internationalism, and many other topics are discussed in this wide-ranging interview with one of the best economic minds in the world today. - GlobalInfoFreeExchange

Some interesting parts of Varoufakis’ comments: Brexit is also an economic phenomenon. It’s not just a political revolt against the elites, against the EU, against the city of London – the bankers. The main reason why the English, not the British, the English working class voted to get out of the EU, is the slow burning recession. The fact that living standards in almost every town outside of London, within England is depressed. You walk through city centers in Doncaster, in Leeds, in York and all you find is misery and desperation. A whole working class feels utterly abandoned by the elites, even by the Labor Party, the Social-Democrats, and this is the reason why Brexit won. The period between 2010 and today can be seen from a Greek perspective as an experiment. Greece was a laboratory in which the globalized/financialized elites experimented with how they would try to deal with a crisis of their own making. And the experiment produced monsters.

One of these monsters is the neo-nazis of Golden Dawn. The Donald Trump experience is also quite intimately connected. The very notion that you have somebody like Trump running as candidate of one of the two major political parties in the US, back in 2010-2012 it would be absurd. The cruel, vicious austerity policies that were created in the Greek laboratory were then exported to the rest of Europe. This experiment backfired because you can never deal with financial crisis through austerity. This is one thing we’ve learned from the early 1930s which gave rise to the nazis in Germany. A period of deflation gave rise to the worst kind of xenophobic Right-Wing populism. And this is what we have in the form of the Golden Dawn thugs hitting Greece, Donald Trump in the US, the Right-Wing Brexiters in Britain. What we have now is a bifurcation, word-wide not just in Greece, we are seeing the formation of two political blocs. One is very similar to the troika of creditors that we had to deal with in Greece last year, who crushed us in the end. It’s a technocracy of globalized, financial capital, together with bureaucrats that want to spread their wings and power globally.

They also corporate Atlanticists, those who want to utilize brute force in order to become, or remain the policemen of the Cosmos. This political bloc of globalized, financialized Atlanticists have developed a capacity to be more tolerant with minorities, less tolerant with racism, quite relaxed about migration, as long as it doesn’t threaten their political capital. In opposition to that, we have the xenophobic Populist Right, which is investing on racism, fear and nativist myths about the return to some kind of kingship within the nation-state where you erect walls around your country the riffraff away. It is this toxic confrontation between the nativists xenophobic Populist Right and the financialized, globalized Atlanticists pack who don’t even know how to stabilize the world that they aspired to create. This conflict is always going to give rise to rather unpleasant developments for the whole of humanity. Hillary Clinton never was and never will be part of the Left. The Social-Democrats in Germany are part of the problem, not part of the solution. We have an opportunity now to cease upon the way this global economic and political crisis is developing, in order to do what we failed to do in the 1930s. In other words, to create a solid, internationalist, progressive bloc that opposes the vicious cycle between the globalization elites and the xenophobic populist reaction to it.

Hillary Clinton is part of the problem. Hillary Clinton run an outrageously, scandalously, sinister campaign against Bernie Sanders. Hillary Clinton is in the pocket of the establishment. Hillary Clinton will probably start another war. The crisis that hit us in 2008 has never gone away. It is simply transforming itself taking different guises and different parts of the world even within our own countries. One day it’s the crisis of banks, the next day it’s the crisis of real investment, the third day it’s the crisis of deteriorating the jobs’ quality and so on. But the crisis of Capitalism that hit us in 2008, just like the crisis of Capitalism that hit in 1929 did not go away until the beginning of the WWII. If you look at the 1920s and 1930s, fascism became dominant, hegemonic and took over governments with mass support, only when industrial capital, at some point, in order to stem the rise of the Left Wing that was antithetical to capital’s interests, threw their lot in with the fascists. It was the support of industrialists in Germany and Italy that gave rise to the nazis and the fascist governments.

So far, the establishment, the financialized capital, military-industrial complex and so on, have not thrown the lot in with the fascists movements. It’s what keeping them from power, but we should not take it for granted that this won’t happen and we should be prepared. For the full ull interview visit: CounterPunch

“The next step in the KM take-down plan for America is to build up a big totalitarian internal police force, which can be turned upon the American Masses to oppress and tyrannize them, when necessary."

On The Need To Re-Boot The World Economy Interviewed by David de Jong, Bloomberg News We spoke to Yanis Varoufakis about what it would take to get the global economy back on track and restore investor confidence. As you might expect, he had a very original perspective, and the economics to back it up.

Yanis Varoufakis on the European Constituion, Economic Disintegration and Orwellianism In this video the former finance minister of Greece and founder of DiEM25 (Democracy in Europe Movement 2025), Yanis Varoufakis, provides us an insight into why the European constitution does not represent the people of Europe and lacks substance.

He also talks about disintegration of the European Union, what forces are driving its demise and how Orwellian language is used to hide this.

Do we have a constitution that represents the voice of the European people? Could the EU disintegrate in the near future? What are the observations that are pointing towards a disintegrating European Union? Is Orwellianism being employed to deceive the population? These questions and more are addressed in this video.

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command: Part II August 12 2016 | From: VeteransToday

A core edict of the Top Chieftains of the Khazarian Mafia is to establish a Globalist NWO One-world Government run by them in Jerusalem and Palestine.

What the top Khazarian Mafia Chieftains are really after with their quest to Globalize the world and create their NWO is to degrade all humanity, except for their new artificial race of “fake Jews” they began creating in old Khazaria around 1250 AD. Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command [Part I]

In time, as their NWO Agenda is attained, these Khazarians plan to eliminate all Khazarians except themselves. They expect to be transformed into eternal Gods themselves as their reward for serving Lucifer/Satan and worshiping the Snake, Leviathan, the Great Dragon, or the Serpent. This excellent and quite revealing article is authored by VT’s own Jonas Alexis, who is a major scholar in his own right. In this article Jonas Alexis interviews Texe Marrs who describes some deeply evil, secret religious practices of the Judaic Zionists’ KM Top Command, who basically run the pernicious usury-based private central banking of the Western world.

Old men so Evil that it is unimaginable to most These top Khazarian Chieftains are old, some so old and decrepit they are in wheelchairs and survive only because of glandular fetal hormone extracts injected through a neck port into their spinal fluid. One of the symptoms of this is a stiff neck, and you will never find movies of these individuals turning their heads to either side. The long term secret Globalist NWO Plan of the Top Chieftains of the KM includes the creation of an artificial synthetic race of gene spliced, triple helix based trans-human androids, their long expected merger of “clay” and “Iron”.

It has been alleged by some at the periphery of the KM Top leadership that this genetic splicing-based android project is now underway in joint efforts between select KM defense contractors and a certain Alien ET group in above top secret, unacknowledged, special access Deep Underground Military bases (DUMBs), places like the DUMB at Dulce, New Mexico.

There have been numerous reports that efforts to synthesize the human soul using hundreds of innocent victims that have been kidnapped, drugged and surgically altered have all failed so far, but such efforts are still underway. So far, the best they can do is to have successfully developed sophisticated quantum based artificial intelligence (“A.I”) which some say is actual “Alien Intelligence” based. It has been suspected for some time now that many of the so-called Alien ETs, especially the Greys are actual android type “cloned” synthetic devices that are hived with a quantum-based A.I. system and the queen bee is a Draco, a Dragon or serpent type ET.

Some believe that advance quantum computer-based A.I. is actually Alien ET Intelligence

The Dulce DUMB has been rumored by insiders, some who have worked there, to be a joint Alien ET/human base tasked with developing advanced drug and psychotronic mind-kontrol technologies, synthetic humanoid species, clones and androids, and most importantly synthesizing the human soul. So far all such attempts to synthesize the human soul have failed miserably. Only God Almighty can create an eternal soul. Dulce is a place that has strange helicopter pads at the top of a mountain, large power supply lines that enter the mountain and go to no visible buildings and secret truck deliveries into large camouflaged doorways that open and close in the ground and seem to disappear when closed. Before the KM Top Chieftains can make serious progress toward their take down of the whole world and setting up of a Globalist NWO kingdom run out of Jerusalem and Palestine, they believe they have to develop a believable excuse to create and plant the NWO One-world Government run by them (the Top Khazarian Chieftains) in Palestine at Jerusalem.

Birth of the Palestinian Occupation for “Greater Israel” This is where the Balfour Declaration comes in, as it involved a secret deal whereby the American Zionists agreed to help the British defeat the Germans in WW1 if the British agreed to later confiscate land from the Palestinians to set up their pure but secret High Freemasonry based Khazarian Home-base. After WW2, the Khazarian Mafia greatly expanded the number of Khazarians under their direct control by: 1) convincing Khazarians they had ancient Hebrew blood when they didn’t have any; and, 2) using the Nazi work camps which they call “the Holocaust”, translated means “Fiery Sacrifice”, to get rid of as many real Hebrews as possible.

This was done by a number of very crafty moves in London by the Rothschilds, but one of the craftiest was having needlessly extending the war by bridling General George Patton and bombing the work camp supply lines. And as many insiders know, these work camps were set up under a plan of the City of London Rothschild Zionists, the top ruling bloodline family of the Khazarian Mafia. The so-called holocaust was the KM’s creation and included the “sacrifice of thousands” of genetically ancient Hebrews, and as many as possible. Delaying the end of the war and bombing supply lines resulted in deaths from starvation and cholera.

It was the world’s top expert of the British Royal Family that discovered and documented their faked genealogy, Greg Hallett. Greg Hallett also obtained information from an MI-6 source he refers to as “the Spymaster” that Hitler was a British agent, fully mind-kontrolled at Tavistock Institute long before his rise to power. That is why he was protected and was released after his first coup attempt, and why he let the allies go at Dunkirk. It was also the reason Hitler sent one of his top men, Rudolf Hess, to England to finalize a promise to combine forces against Stalin and Russia. Winston Churchill made this promise when he met secretly with Hitler over Dunkirk in exchange for allowing the Allies to be rescued by ship when they were surrounded and could have been easily captured or completely wiped out by German machine guns and artillery that surrounded them.

“But when Churchill later reneged and jailed Hess and publicly scourged him for war propaganda, Hitler’s fall back strategy was to claim that Hess had become mentally unstable and mentally ill. Hess was never allowed to discuss this publicly, and he was mysteriously “suicided” while serving out his life term for war crimes as sentenced in the Nuremberg Trials."

Not only did the KM institute a very crafty “World Zionism/Greater Israel Plan” to create their own special race of Khazarians, but they worked hard to run numerous covert mass mind-kontrol operations on these Khazarians to convince them to believe they were of real ancient Hebrew blood and had an ancestral right to Palestine as “God’s chosen people”.

Eran Elhaik was a geneticist at Johns Hopkins School of Public Health

We now know for certain according to recent Johns Hopkins genetic studies done by a Judaic MD that 97.5% of Judaic Israelis actually carry no ancient Hebrew blood at all, ZERO - and 80% of Palestinians do. Thus, we now know for certain that the Khazarians have no ancestral right to Palestinian lands, and no right to keep seizing/stealing more and more land from Palestinians. And we also know that the Khazarians and especially the Top Command of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) are the world’s biggest anti-Semites for their oppression, tyranny, genocide and land theft against Palestinians.

The KM top leadership believed this would give the Rothschilds the right to establish the new state of Israel as their official Kingdom on Earth on behalf of these Khazarians sheep-dipped to become fake Hebrews. And they also planned to do all

this to establish Israel, and especially Jerusalem and the old Temple site as their true center of all covert operations. Why this KM obsession with Israel and Jerusalem? Part of it is a strange and deep hatred of Jesus Christ and anyone who believes in him. This is reflected in the ideology and humor of Sarah Silverman, a Judaic comedian.

“One of the main motivations of the Top Chieftains of the KM is to totally degrade humanity, especially Goyim with Christian beliefs by using Hollywood and the Controlled major Mass Media (CMMM) to corrupt them by getting them to accept their Babylonian Talmudic values as normal and desired."

Or how about this Israeli TV treatment of the crucifixion of Jesus Christ?

Or consider this typical Judaic fraternity-style fun in Israel among college aged students

Of course the dumbed down 5013c Christian Church in America seems to have been completely mind-kontrolled by the KM Zios to support Israel, despite the incontestable fact that Israel is an avowed secret enemy of Christians and of America. How do we know that Israel is an avowed enemy of America for certain?

“Because Israel attacked America on 9-11-2001 with the help of traitors inside America at very high levels."

Some researchers have claimed that the very top KM leadership view Jerusalem as an inter-dimensional gateway, a cosmic portal, or a “stargate” from which their Global NWO supernatural leader Lucifer (aka the Great Dragon/Draco or Serpent/Snake) will descend to sit on his throne in the new KM temple, which they plan to construct.

The philosophy and value structure of the Khazarian Mafia is based on ancient Babylonia Talmudism, but some Intel Cowboys claim it is actually secret Baal worship, which requires child sacrifice, and which is done because the KM Chieftains believe it is necessary in order for Baal/Lucifer/Satan to anoint them with secret power, success and riches. Those who doubt that the folks who run the present world are evil just need to do some basic research on the Bohemian Grove’s “Cremation of Care” ritual, held every July in the Redwood Forest outside of San Francisco. Almost every single top world ruler attends, except those who reject the Babylonian Talmudic system and are not high members of this secret worldwide Luciferian/Satanic cult, based on Baal worship.

“It has been reported that this is a male-only club, characterized by massive public homosexual acts and actual human sacrifice of a young child in a burlap bag, with loud death screams broadcast from a radio mic inside the bag.."

But there is even more evil at the core of this deep commitment to Globalize the world and create a greater Israel NWO run by the very top leadership of the KM. It is the KM’s obsession to asset strip, tyrannize, debase, degrade and then destroy Goyim society and especially to destroy (as in depopulate) all Goyim as soon as the KM has attained enough world power and hegemony to do so. This subject has been explicated in three previous articles on KM Disposal Ops, Part I, Part II and Part III. Yes, this is an age old inter-generational unimaginably evil obsession that the Khazarian Mafia Top Chieftains have, to dispose of all Goyim worldwide. It is actually so shocking that most, even if shown concrete proof, will have trouble believing it could even be true.

It is pretty clear that the Khazarian Mafia’s Top Chieftains will dispose of any Cutouts they used to gain world power when they no longer need them.

“You can expect once the KM Top Chieftains take over Jerusalem, most likely through a special Vatican Treaty acting as a UN Peacekeeper or equivalent, the mind-kontrolled Likudists and Israeli supporters will be quickly thrown under the bus."

These Likudists and Israeli Zionists will be likely sacrificed on the alter of the NWO because they will no longer be needed and will be undermined and served up to appease the rest of the world which is tired of their abuse, especially the Islamics. It is important to note that the Top Chieftains of the Khazarian Mafia are hard core Luciferians (Satan worshipers) of the “Order of the Snake” or the Great Dragon/Draco, the Serpent God). This is all they care about and have absolutely no loyalty to any Cutout even though they promote them to positions of high government power, or high status in entertainment or corporations.

Order of the Snake? … Former US Secretary of State Madeleine Albright

Hard core conservative Christian believers of course find it quite revealing that these Luciferians must obey a rigid set of Cosmic Rules of Play laid down by the Creator, God Almighty or the Great “I Am” of the universe. This requires informed consent and advance notice of what they plan to do.

“If you sit down and discuss this subject with those who had been deep inside this Satanic network, they will tell you they left it because they found out that there is an Eternal God."

They will tell you that He is creator of all - far more powerful and good than Lucifer (the Great Dragon/Draco or Serpent God), and that he will deliver justice to the world in due time. And you will more than likely be told that they found out God Almighty is forgiving, loving, and kind and will help anyone who earnestly asks for true help and who is willing to practice the Golden Rule of “Do unto others” by loving their neighbors as themselves. Part III will describe some recent developments in this public exposure of the massive crimes against Americans and most of humanity by the KM based on policies set by the KM’s Top Chieftains.

NZ Judge Lowell Goddard Quits As Head Of UK Inquiry Into Child Sex Abuse August 10 2016 | From: Stuff

New Zealand judge Lowell Goddard has quit as head of a independent UK inquiry into child sex abuse.

The IICSA was announced in July 2014 by then British prime minister David Cameron to interrogate previously covered-up cases of child abuse in hospitals, care homes, churches and schools. Related: There are so many paedophiles we can't jail them all, warns police chief as he calls for softer approach at 'lower levels' of crime Related: VIP child sex abuse: 14 new corruption inquiries leveled against London police Goddard's performance had been under scrutiny during her first year in the role and there has been criticism of the rate of progress and the parameters of such a wide-reaching investigation.

Dame Lowell Goddard has quit as the head of UK independent inquiry into child sexual abuse. She's been criticised for her high salary - and her holidays

She had asked for help with the "local law" and has said she needed "to know the local scene".

A 'Legacy of Failure' Goddard said in a statement that deciding to take on the inquiry after it was beset with problems last year "was a huge step to take as it meant relinquishing my career in New Zealand and leaving behind my beloved family". She said the inquiry had a "legacy of failure" which had been "hard to shake off".

"With hindsight it would have been better to have started completely afresh. While it has been a struggle in many respects I am confident there have been achievements and some very real gains for victims and survivors of institutional child sexual abuse in getting their voices heard."

UK Home Secretary Amber Rudd confirmed Goddard wrote to her to offer her resignation as Chair.

"I want to assure everyone with an interest in the inquiry, particularly victims and survivors, that the work of the inquiry will continue without delay and a new chair will be appointed," Rudd said.

Rudd said she knew it was a "difficult decision" for Goddard to make and was "grateful" for her experience, in a letter of response.

"I know how personally committed you have been to ensuring that the Inquiry is a success for those at its heart: the survivors and victims."

Inquiry in 'Crisis' Abuse victims have felt "betrayed" by the resignation, saying the inquiry has "descended into farce". The BBC labelled Goddard's resignation as a "crisis" for the inquiry, while the Guardian said her departure is a "critical blow" for sexual abuse victims who believed their truths of their experiences would finally be revealed.

Salary Scrutiny

Lowell Goddard's resignation letter to the UK Home Secretary Amber Rudd

Intense scrutiny for such a highly paid public position is the norm and her remuneration package is more than twice the amount paid to the British prime minister. This week, reports surfaced that Goddard had spent three months on holiday or overseas during her first year in the $660,000 job, and was tipped to become the United Kingdom's highest paid public servant. Goddard's basic salary was around £360,000 (NZ$660,000) a year, topped up with perks such as free business class flights home, a £110,000 a year rental allowance, and a car and a driver, all paid for by the Home Office.

A UK child abuse support group hopes the inquiry into child sexual abuse won't be derailed by Lowell Goddard's sudden resignation

She spent 44 working days in New Zealand and Australia after becoming chair of the inquiry, the Times reported. The time spent abroad was on top of her annual leave entitlement of 30 working days, an entitlement arranged when she was appointed by Theresa May, the British home secretary at the time. A spokesman for the inquiry said the judge was on inquiry business in New Zealand and in Australia, she remained "in constant contact" with her London office and conducted "day to day" business.

She also worked with the Australian Royal commission on child abuse to learn about its experiences, the spokesman said. The Australian commission said meetings were held with the [inquiry] on two occasions during 2015 and 2016, the report said. She also received a £12,000 (NZ$25,000) utilities allowance and the British Home Office pays for four return flights to New Zealand per year for Lowell and her husband, Christopher Hodson QC. The report said no evidence has been heard yet and aspects of the fledgling investigation were delayed by months. Acting chair of the Minister and Clergy Sexual Abuse Survivors group Phil Johnson said he was surprised Lowell had spent so much time abroad.

"The inquiry has already spent more than a year without hearing any evidence and we heard last week that hearings on the Anglican church would not take place until late 2017. The immediate imperative should be speeding up its work at home."

Third Chair to Resign Goddard's appointment followed two former chairwomen stepping down owing to potential conflicts of interest. At the time, Goddard said the inquiry would be long, challenging and complex. Goddard has had a trailblazing career as one of the first women appointed a Queen's Counsel in New Zealand in 1988, and in 1992 was made deputy solicitor-general overseeing prosecution of serious crime. It's believed Goddard was the first High Court judge of Maori descent when she was appointed in 1995.

Related Articles:

Police find 30 million images of child abuse in major anti-paedophile operation VIP child sex abuse: 14 new corruption inquiries leveled against London police - accused of coverup NZ judge could be United Kingdom's highest paid civil servant Judge aims to bring truth and justice to UK sex abuse inquiry NZ's Justice Lowell Goddard to head UK sex abuse inquiry Jimmy Savile hospital abuse inquiry widens

Wikileaks Confirms Hillary Sold Weapons To ISIS + Wikileaks Will Release More Emails On The Clinton Foundation – FBI Has Enough Evidence To Indict August 9 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / Infowars / Various

WikiLeaks Exposes Hillary’s Stunning Connection to ISIS - Mainstream Media Blackout Ensues.

Julian Assange, founder of WikiLeaks, claimed during the Democratic National Convention (DNC) that, “We have more material related to the Hillary Clinton campaign.” Related: DNC Insider: Clinton Being Pounded in Polls – Don’t Believe Mainstream Media! Related: We Will Release More Emails on the Clinton Foundation – FBI Has Enough Evidence to Indict

Staying true to their word, WikiLeaks, with one simple tweet, dropped another bomb on the Clinton campaign – one so damaging it will almost surely be ignored by the mainstream media. The latest revelation by the whistleblower organization reveals Hillary Clinton was a director of, and received over $100,000 from, French industrial giant Lafarge, which was recently exposed as secretly sponsoring the Islamic State for profit.

These latest revelations expose the deep relationship between Hillary Clinton and Lafarge - a company proven to be working with and funding ISIS. The information was released one week after a statement made by Wikileaks founder Julian Assange, during an interview with Democracy Now, implicated Clinton as being connected to arming terrorists.

“Hillary’s hacked emails include info on Hillary arming jihadists,” Assange said. According to an investigative report in The Canary by respected academic and journalist Nafeez Ahmed: Related: Paris strikes astonishing partnership with secret Isis sponsor tied to Hillary Clinton Related: Media lie about Hillary’s severe health condition

"Documents obtained by several journalistic investigations reveal that Lafarge has paid taxes to the terror group to operate its cement plant in Syria, and even bought Isis oil for years… Lafarge also has close ties to Democrat presidential candidate Hillary Clinton. Apart from being a regular donor to the Clinton Foundation, Clinton herself was a director of Lafarge in the early 1990s, and did legal work for the firm in the 1980s. During her connection to Lafarge, the firm was implicated in facilitating a CIA-backed covert arms export network to Saddam Hussein. Among its earliest benefactors was former First Lady and current presidential hopeful, Hillary Clinton. From 1990 to 1992, Clinton served on Lafarge’s Board of Directors. Under her tenure, Lafarge’s Ohio subsidiary was caught burning hazardous waste to fuel cement plants. Clinton defended the decision at the time. Then just before her husband, Bill Clinton, was elected president in 1992, Lafarge was fined $1.8 million by the Environmental Protection Agency for these pollution violations. Hillary Clinton had left the board of Lafarge in spring, just after her husband won the Democrat nomination. A year later, under Bill’s presidency, the Clinton administration reduced Lafarge’s EPA fine to less than $600,000.”

This type of quid-pro-quo is found to be common throughout the whole of the political apparatus in the U.S. However, it has become a specialty of the Clintons, a la the Clinton Foundation/State Department pay for play schemes, which we highlighted in a recent article.

The investigative report by The Canary goes on to reveal the nefarious nature of the Clinton/Lafarge connection:

"In the late 1980s, according to an archived investigative report in the American Spectator, Hillary Clinton was connected to Lafarge when the firm was involved in facilitating CIA support for Saddam Hussein’s secret weapons programme.

The American Spectator report from November 1996 cited sources confirming that Hillary Clinton did legal work for Lafarge in the late 1980s before she became a director. The report also claimed that Lafarge’s US subsidiary: “provided key services for the covert arms export network that supplied Saddam Hussein. To prevent exposure of that secret supply line, and collateral damage to Hillary Clinton – who joined Lafarge board in 1990, just as the arms pipeline was being shut down… the Justice Department was told to bury the investigation… But investigators from other US government agencies who worked on the case say they were ‘waved off’ whenever they got too close to exposing the direct involvement of the intelligence community in the arms export scheme.” Lafarge remains close to the Clintons to this day. In 2013, Lafarge’s Executive Vice President for Operations, Eric Olson, was a ‘featured attendee’ at the Clinton Global Initiative’s annual meeting. The company is a regular donor to the Clinton Foundation – the firm’s up to $100,000 donation was listed in its annual donor list for 2015. Lafarge is also listed again as a donor to the Clinton Foundation for the first quarter of 2016."

The dark reality of these connections to the Clinton apparatus should raise serious red flags, and must be brought to light for the American public to see. The American people have a right to see the types of activities that have been carried out by Hillary Clinton and her cronies. Since the mainstream corporate media refuses to provide a modicum of in-depth investigative coverage of the nefarious deeds undertaken by the Clintons, it is up to citizens on social media to help awaken the sleeping masses.

Please share this critical information far and wide and help expose the depths of Hillary’s corruption! Related: WikiLeaks CONFIRMS Hillary Sold Weapons to ISIS… Then Drops Another Bombshell Related: Trump Savages Clinton on ‘Short Circuit’ Remarks: ‘Not Fit,’ ‘Very Dangerous!’

Hillary’s Top 10 “Accomplishments”

Ever wondered what Hillary Clinton has accomplished in her decades-long career in “public service?” Here’s a list of some of her greatest achievements: Related: Hillary Clinton's health in rapid collapse... voters in shock after photos show her unable to walk up small flight of stairs 1) Avoided being charged for sharing classified information over her private email server – including a list of undercover intelligence agents who were likely killed after their identities were compromised 2) Receives protection from the mainstream media which attacks Donald Trump for “controversies” that amount to anthills when compared to the mountain range of her scandals 3) Not questioned by the mainstream media over her poor health and coughing fits 4) Avoided being charged for her role in Benghazi which directly led to the death of four Americans 5) Went nearly a year without holding a press conference and answering questions from reporters 6) Outright stole the presidential nomination from Bernie Sanders, the most popular Democrat in the race who held more influence than President Obama 7) Never held accountable for terrorizing women sexually assaulted by Bill Clinton 8) Avoided being charged for violating the Freedom of Information Act by using a private email server 9) Rarely – if ever – criticized by the mainstream media for her lies and unethical behavior while serving on the Watergate impeachment staff 10) Transformed her failed law career into a political career by marrying Bill Clinton, who gave her name recognition and connections Related: Clinton Murder: Bernie Supporter With Fraud Lawsuit vs. DNC Suddenly Dies

Bill Gates And George Soros Fund Monsanto And A World Depopulation Agenda August 9 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Hitler had a depopulation agenda which he kept under wraps, until so many millions of people disappeared that the world started figuring out what was happening.

What if he had come right out and announced his plan to create a master race and eliminate everyone else by shooting them in the head with two bullets, starving them to death, or putting them in gas chambers? Related: Indian Doctors Sue Bill Gates For Harming Children With Deadly 'Humanitarian' Vaccines + Dr. Robert Rowen Reveals The Raw Truth About Vaccines At The Vaccine World Summit How many people around the world would have supported him and said they liked the idea of getting rid of all the "undesirables" and blaming them for all the world's problems? Well, Bill Gates and George Soros are also all about depopulation, but there's no way they're going to come right out and say it ... or has Bill already done so? What if you found out right now, by video, that Bill Gates, along with his partner in crime, are planning on reducing the world's population by about 5 billion over the next decade, and that they plan on using vaccines and genetically modified food to do so? Here it is.

Related: Top Scientist Resigns From His Post At The University Of California Admitting Global Warming Is A Big Scam United States citizens underestimate the devastating power of consuming pesticides daily. Sure, most Americans say they want labels on GMOs, but they're not getting them anytime soon, so now what? Also, most Americans believe vaccines are a good idea for combating infectious disease, and two out of every three people get a flu shot yearly, but do they know what the typical ingredients are and what chronic damage they're really doing to their brains and nervous, immune and reproductive systems? Bill Gates and George Soros know. These two super rich white dudes are not trying to save poor people in Africa, or India or Brazil.

They don't care at all about the health of underprivileged societies, but what they do care about is making sure these folks can't reproduce, and that if they do reproduce, they are creating deformed, severely autistic, cancer-ridden beings that won't reproduce or even lead productive lives, but rather cost their parents all of their earnings and savings just to care for them. Bill Gates has spoken at a TED conference saying he can reduce the world population by billions using vaccines. How so? If vaccines supposedly prevent infectious disease, how does that equate to killing off people or keeping them from multiplying? Great question.

South African 'test and treat' mass HIV experimentation begins with funding from Bill Gates As of 2016, it's approximated that 7 million people in South Africa have HIV, with over 300,000 new cases arising every year. Of those, nearly 200,000 die each year from an AIDS related death, usually because their immune systems are next to non-existent, so anything from a head cold to the flu could drive them into their graves. What else could "kill off" these "undesirables?" Vaccines that contain known neurotoxins and heavy metal toxins. It's called eugenics, and some tall white guys are running the show. "Trials" are underway, and Bill Gates, the ultimate population control promoter and self-declared philanthropist, is pumping money into the pharma labs to concoct an AIDS vaccine.

Zika hoax, Bill Gates' GM mosquitoes, mass media propaganda scare, followed by mass DNA vaccination agenda The CDC defines DNA vaccines as "purified plasmid preparations containing one or more DNA sequences capable of inducing and/or promoting an immune response against a pathogen," yet there is no proof that this really works as stated, and research shows that when these sequences are injected they can cause "insertional mutagenesis," which means gene and cell mutations can result – and that's also the definition of carcinogenesis, or "cancer."

Care to turn off your tumor suppressor genes? Bill Gates and George Soros would love it if you did. That could help reduce the world population "problem" they are so righteously battling for us. Could these novel sounding DNA vaccines actually create human tolerance to pathogens instead of immunity? Why would billionaires who support and promote cancer-causing, pesticide-laden GM food support a vaccine that creates immunity? It wouldn't make sense. That would be like breeding and releasing millions of poisonous snakes while creating and promoting anti-venom inoculation. Watch out for hoax vaccines that contain neurotoxins. Ask your naturopathic physician if the highly experimental, untested and dangerous Zika, HIV, Ebola, Anthrax, HPV, Swine Flu, MMR and DNA vaccines are "right for you" and your children.

Obama Signals Trump Will Win August 8 2016 | From: Infowars

The Kenyan King resorts to desperation as Hillary falls behind.

If the election was already “in the bag” for Hillary Clinton, President Obama wouldn’t be working overtime to convince the GOP to dump Trump. Related: Trump Slams Hillary DNC Speech: ‘Corruption And Devastation Follows Her’ Instead, he’d be encouraging Trump to speak out more if his words were helping Hillary – but that’s not the case at all. Obama is signaling that the globalists are losing and Hillary is falling too far behind for the technocrats to rig the election in her favor.

"The president implored Republicans to un-endorse him and asked what does it say about the Republican party that Trump is their standard bearer,” Real Clear Politics reported. “Obama called on Republicans to repudiate and condemn the party’s nominee.”

In other words, the president is the Wizard of Oz panicking after Trump pulled the curtain to expose the globalists as the evil they are – and not the saviors of humanity they portray themselves to be. It’s also revealing that Obama made his desperate declaration right after Trump warned the general election is being rigged just like the Democratic nomination, which was rigged in favor of Hillary Clinton – despite the majority of Democrats supporting Bernie Sanders.

"As the leaked DNC emails illustrated, the establishment pre-selected Hillary from the start and the primary process was a complete charade to give the illusion of democratic choice,” Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones stated. “As the Observer’s Michael Sainato writes, ‘Instead of treating Sanders as a viable candidate for the Democratic ticket, the DNC worked against him and his campaign to ensure Clinton received the nomination.’ The elite chose Hillary before any of the primary votes came in, and vowed to select her regardless of the result.” “How in any way is this not a rigged process, as Trump rightly pointed out?”

Did Trump just let the genie out of the bottle the globalists won’t be able to put back in? It appears so.

"Government’s been around for as long as history’s been around and I think they’ve exhausted their experimentation,” Ron Paul once said. “We’ve had some experiments with individual liberty and one great experiment was here and I think right now we’re seeing the fruitions of how we left that experiment in the last 100 years and it continues yet there’s a spirit right now amongst the people who are starting to realize that.”

Related: Stanford University Confirms Democratic Election Fraud - Bernie Would Have Won!

13 Important Elements To Look For In Every Staged Shooting Event August 8 2016 | From: ZenGardner

People who don’t trust government, those who think on their own and tend to question what they hear, by now are all becoming experts at identifying false flag staged events. With so many recent staged psyop events in the news lately many of us are getting a lot of practice at this.

But have you considered that the script has become more complex than you think? Have you considered that you (we) are being fooled in some way as we speak? Have you taken into account that the events happening today are all happening in a post-Jade Helm revelation AI era? Today’s events are happening in a very sophisticated world of unimaginably deep levels of political corruption actively at work and deeply focused on removing all of our rights and freedoms and cementing their new global order. Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag? This complex and deep reality alone is something many people refuse to face; and without facing this you’ll never be able to peel and dig deeper into the deep state’s structure, mind and mechanisms that are behind these chaotic staged psyop false flag events. Notice I’m using the terms “false flag” and “staged events” interchangeably because at times it’s difficult to determine which one is actually happening. So it’s fair to say that false flags are types of staged events. We’re all familiar with the different types of events; mass shooting attacks by crazed supposed lone gunmen who are the selected patsies for the event. We also see shootings where the government conveniently retroactively tells us the shootings are courtesy “ISIS,” “ISIS inspired” or “ISIS related.” In recent events we also saw a focus on the paid-for engineered race war where the selected shooters are looking to shoot ONLY police or only “white” police (Dallas sniper, Baton Rouge shooting).

Conveniently these shootings work great for fanning the flames of race and class tension and division while conveniently boosting the police state and public sympathy for police. Whatever the type of event, notice we rarely if ever get to see any evidence whatsoever of the actual accused patsy shooter at the scene of the crime. For example, consider that it’s been weeks and still no one has any actual evidence of Omar Mateen physically entering the Pulse night club in Orlando and physically firing and killing people. Where are these videos? Yet the majority of people have him at the scene because that’s how the story goes, and apparently it’s almost too stressful to believe something no one else is saying. The same could be said of the accused truck driver “terrorist” in Nice, France or the actual sniper (supposed) lone gunman shooter in Dallas, Texas. You get the picture. This anomaly only scratches the surface on what this article is about. The fact is we are all now getting used to these events, for better or for worse, and there are many elements being shown to us that most of us are not paying attention to.

The events themselves are huge to us only because the mainstream media puts them in our faces 24/7. They are important because the government and their mass media says they are. They (the government and their media) say this because the events are always part of a greater agenda. The agenda and the event itself are inseparable in a world today where the masses are conditioned into reacting to a presented problem whose solution is later sold to them. This process of “problem, reaction, solution” is undeniable and obvious to all today. The mechanisms of the script are openly available for all to see; but, as mentioned earlier, have you considered how deep this “staged event” mechanism goes? Hopefully the following 13 elements we’re about to point out will bring more awareness to these additional possibilities, agendas and factors which are quietly hidden in these events but as you will see are actually hidden in plain view.

1: The “Breaking News” trigger phrase The first thing I want to point out is the whole “breaking news” psyop phrase. Any professional hypnotist will tell you trigger words and phrases are important when it comes to putting someone under your spell, so it shouldn’t surprise us that mainstream media would resort to using key trigger words on the general public.

They would definitely do this because it works. And this is precisely what they do, and “breaking news” is probably as clever and effective a trigger word as there is in America today. It stops you in whatever you are doing and forces you to pay attention to new information that may change your life. I’m sure that if you monitored someone’s vital signs and visceral response under controlled conditions you will find a direct response to trigger phrases like “breaking news” when used in the right context. Let’s be aware of this trigger phrase which always sets the initial tone with typical staged false flag events.

2: Mainstream media voice tone, speech pattern and neuro-linguistic effect Subliminal informational submission is accomplished with classic mainstream media “authority” speech patterns and key use of neuro-linguistic terms (as discussed above) that many of us don’t pay attention to. Go watch any segment of mainstream media news and see how they all talk in a certain form. There is a certain “official” pattern of speech that subliminally tells the audience “this is official and true certified informational.” Here’s a Wikihow page discussing this very topic and notice how news reporters go through a training process to sound official and convincing.

This speech pattern, the use of key words and overall mannerism all contributes to the early hypnotic phase when the initial story is being officially constructed and delivered to the public. Look for it the next time you are watching mainstream media news. Notice how the pattern of the speech is similar with all news anchors and presenters in all the mainstream media related networks.

3: “Body count” used to psychologically manipulate eventual reaction Moving on to the events themselves, notice how the Illuminati CIA controlled media especially lately is using the body count to attach political urgency to each shooting. They are implying that if only 1, 2 or 3 people die then it’s a boring maybe not so important shooting, but if 50 die then we need to get all worked up and act more urgently with political interest and legislation to match the body count somehow. Don’t fall for the “body count” psyop. They are also using the body count psyop to engage you emotionally in their misery and fear as if to imply that a higher body count means this could have been you, which, again, somehow implies that a lower body count is maybe not so likely to have involved you and thus less worthy of your emotional attention.

4: Overly-detailed “eyewitness accounts” containing compelling Hollywood-style human interest elements We are now seeing staged interviews with poor-acting crisis actors giving us Hollywood-style details of what they experienced during the shooting event. Crisis actor Patience Carter, one of many actors who inexplicably packed out the Pulse night club bathrooms instead of actually leaving the club during the Orlando shooting, dramatically tells of how she was lying on the floor when the gun fight broke one of the water pipes and she thought she was “going to drown.” This segment of the story is inserted only to draw your human interest and compel you to empathize with her.

We have also seen the famous Gene Rosen interview during Sandy Hook when he tells of 6 children who came to his house speechless, telling him “our teacher is dead” and how he followed up by giving them cookies and crying with them. Again this segment which was proven a lie with countless inconsistencies, was inserted to add Hollywood-style compelling human interest elements to the story. In the case of Rosen, he ended up getting his own song written after him! And how about the testimony given by the sobbing 15-yearold Kuwaiti girl, Nayirah, following the Iraq invasion of Kuwait in 1990 when she testified:

"They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators, and left the babies on the cold floor to die."

Notice it wasn’t just the floor it had to be the “cold” floor. All of this is staged propaganda just to compel human emotion, a tactic that worked nicely in this case as it triggered the invasion of Iraq. Let’s not fall for this element of the psyop now being used regularly, and lets be on the lookout for it.

5: Control of the information at the ground level usually assigned to a key actor With every “event” we are seeing someone at the ground level, usually a head police officer, now claiming that any “information” not confirmed by them should be assumed to be false until they (and only they) say it’s true. We saw just this in the recent Baton Rouge shooting and the Dallas, Texas sniper shooting. Classically this brings to mind the one and only Lieutenant Paul Vance during Sandy Hook who declared himself the information czar and bearer of truth and reality for the Sandy Hook show.

Again, let’s not fall for the delusion that somehow police has a handle on what is real and verified “truth” surrounding any event as if anyone trusts police. Since the beginning of the modern-day concept of police, police always get their information from the people who were there not the other way around. The police themselves have never been assigned the controllers of information for any crime scene. So why are we suddenly deferring the details of the event to the police? But it’s not just police, at the Orlando nightclub shooting we saw a team of doctors led by doctor “Michael Cheatham” controlling the information on behalf of hundreds of people who would have been at the hospital. We didn’t hear from any maintenance person, nurse assistant, nursing student, radiology tech or anyone else at the hospital in Orlando. Notice only Cheatham (and to a lesser extent his short list of fellow doctors who briefly spoke to the media) was assigned to deliver the carefully controlled information. Let’s realize that information is now entirely controlled and the controllers are now appointing key players at the ground level to control that information. With this control comes the threat of jail for anyone interfering with the official narrative. So in the next event be on the lookout for the ground-level information gatekeeper.

6: Great fluctuations and changes of the narrative in the early phases of the story We’re all familiar with this next element. We listen to the initial version of the official account only to see the body count or number of shooters change dramatically. This goes on until the “authorities” finally agree on the “official” version of what

happened.

The important thing to take notice of is that often we’ll see the death count go from a higher number to a lower number, a clear medical impossibility. Think to yourself, how can a body count go from higher to lower all the time? Shouldn’t it be the other way around? And it’s not just the body count, the number of shooters (if there are any real shooters at all) always seems to be a problem for the controllers, and in the end the smaller number usually works best once the assassins (if there are truly any) are cleared to leave the scene as we’ve seen so many times.

7: Conflicting components potentially deliberately put out to authenticate the “reality” of the event This next element is one of the most important and I urge truth seekers to pay close attention. We all saw the mysterious man running through the woods at Sandy Hook wearing camouflage. Yet to this day no one really knows what was his role at Sandy Hook which we now have reason to believe was not an operational school according to research done by Wolfgang Halbig. So why was this man briefly shown to us on TV in an era where information is so tightly controlled? Did they WANT you to see the man running through the woods just to give the story authenticity? These are the questions we should be asking.

Why were 2 gas masks purposely left on the floor outside the theater at the Aurora Colorado shooting a few years back? Why was even the mainstream media so quick to point out that Omar Mateen had been tracked by FBI and they knew about him? Do you really think that the mainstream media wants you to see that the FBI is incompetent? I discussed this issue in the context of the Orlando shooting before. Regarding the Orlando night club event, ask yourself, why did CNN and the rest of the mainstream media allow the segment to leak out about someone “holding the door” shut at the Orlando shooting so that no one can get out? This segment should have shocked everyone. And why would the mass media then interview a man named Luis Burbano who admits on camera that he was the one holding the door? This without question is one of the deep mysteries of the Orlando shooting “event” which everyone by now has forgotten. See image below.

The point is that I firmly believe that elements are now being inserted that have several distinct effects. They serve the

purpose of authenticating the story. Even the alternative media quickly concluded that the event was real only it was a “real false flag” narrative as in “we believe the event happened, but it was done by paid government mercenaries or operatives.” This narrative may be entirely false but the additional segments that give it reality make it more believable. This again serves the purpose of making the event real in one way or another to everyone but in different ways (divide and conquer) so that those calling the entire event fake thus stand alone isolated in their views. Perhaps this is the point, again think in terms of divide and conquer.

8: Obviously fake elements deliberately inserted to subliminally mock truth seeking community Here’s another element few are paying attention to. At this point I don’t think there’s any doubt that the controllers know that a large segment of humanity has caught on to their staged events. So ask yourself, how would they use this information against us? How about creating an event with possible real components and then float out the obviously fake crisis actors to essentially mock truth seekers. Again, this is a topic I’ve hit on following the landmark Orlando shooting “event” that needs to be reiterated.

Crisis actor victims were magically transported one block down the road only to stage a walk BACK TOWARD the Pulse night club in front of the CNN cameras. Why? We should all be asking this very important question. As I said in my previous articles – did they WANT us to see these obvious crisis actors? The goal is no less than to cause confusion and to potentially mock those who are looking for the truth. How about the crisis actor “eyewitness” posing for the camera at the Dallas, Texas sniper shooting practically wearing the exact same American flag t-shirt as Christopher Hansen, the key crisis actor story teller of the Orlando event? Coincidence? You decide.

We must now become aware of all of these elements to stay on top of the next false flag psyop event.

9: Staged “cell phone footage” to authenticate the story delivered by specific individuals After doing some research I’m very skeptical of the “cell phone footage” released during the Dallas sniper shooting. Listen to the narrator of the video posted below and notice how he carefully narrates to point out where the shooter is. Listen to him saying things like “you see him moving around?” and “this guy is evil … sorry, this guy needs to be killed” even though there is no way that he could know this information from the distance he is located. According to the person who made the video below the narrator even claims to have footage of the actual shooting. Conveniently that footage is missing and the channel he claims to have the video “MK7Wolf” conveniently is “vanished” from YouTube. Can it be because this video never existed? Calling for the shooter’s death again just seems to add to the authenticity of the story and stirs up emotion. Watch the video for yourself beginning at around 12:40 and see what you think. Either way (multiple shooter false flag or staged event) the video as a whole proves that the official story is a lie.

We saw similar conveniently timed sketchy cell phone footage taken of “the chase” at San Bernardino. Authenticating segments of “the chase” was critical to the official story and the character who filmed the video, I believe, was staged there to capture blurry indistinguishable footage that nonetheless lent authenticity to the story. We saw similar seemingly staged cell phone footage segments at the Paris concert shooting as well. So in the next psyop event don’t fall so quickly for the ONE cell phone footage segment. Remind yourself that everyone has a cell phone with a camera and we should be seeing massive amounts of cell phone footage of these events from many different angles not just one.

10 Retroactive construction of the final story often takes days or weeks (or longer)

Does everyone know what stage we are in when it comes to the Orlando shooting event? Right now we are in what I will call for the sake of this article the “extended retroactive story construction period.” This is the period of weeks and months following a staged event when the controllers can roll out other events and stories to capture your attention and get your attention away from the story. During this period they can construct all the evidence they need but, unlike the early moments following the event, they can actually take their time and construct this evidence with more precision and care. For example, during this period they can construct additional surveillance camera video footage, they can pull out “new” images that show the attacker entering the building, they can pull out “new” documents that support the official story, set up their fake death certificates and much more. Recall following 9/11, much later on the government released controlled images of the never before seen “plane wreckage” at the Pentagon (see below) which of course on the day of the event there was “not a sign anywhere of any plane having crashed there” to paraphrase Fox news’ own reporter on the scene.

Realize that you (we) are all being played and that with every day that goes by something else is being done to fool you. We know they can’t possibly have all their evidence ready at first and that is why they need time to synthesize their evidence. This is what is currently happening for all the staged events we’ve witnessed in the recent past (June-July 2016) or so, and I’m not even going to get into the long distance story construction (think: “I shot Bin Laden”) and the eventual Hollywood movie they will release to reinforce the story much later down the road.

11: Long and detailed narration of the aftermath by the mass media Following every “breaking news” 24/7 psyop event notice how for the next week or two we’ll get daily if not hourly fine tuning of the story with lots of behind-the-scenes segments being added like for example “mother of shooter apologizes, didn’t see this coming” or “girlfriend of shooter says he hated white people” or “gays” or whatever it may be. These aftermath segments are all designed to pad the official narrative and make you digest the reality of the context of the event. As time goes on, of course, we’ll always get “details” of the gun purchase, how the shooter obtained training and much more. Obviously we’re all familiar with the usual “manifesto” as well.

12: Early reaction to the event, televised ceremonies create backdrop for multi-million dollar funding campaigns and call for new legislation I’ve already discussed this element in previous articles but it’s worth mentioning again here. The long emotional and morality based ceremonies talking about “god” and “the lord,” “love,” “forgiveness” at a time like this, are all part of the period setting up the big money train and legislation that is to follow.

The ceremonies thus act as a calm before the storm and charges up the participants into an emotional state where they are prepared to take action. Who can forget Sandy Hook crisis actor and fake FBI agent David Wheeler (along with his wife) touring the country telling his compelling story, desperately calling for gun control.

13: Subsequent psyop staged false flag events are used as opportunities to rekindle the “reality” of past events Finally, we are now seeing how staged false flag events are being used as golden opportunities to rekindle the memory of other staged events just in case you have forgotten. Look for this tactic which they are using every time now. This is a reminder that the gun control agenda is a process. It’s not about one event, they are in a mission filled with many events that need reinforcement. The events are playing out differently. Some may have elements of reality and others not. They are potentially mixing realities and challenging you to guess which one it is. Confusion and chaos, as I pointed out in a recent article, are the goal and now the norm.

Plain and simple, as I continue to warn, we’re all being played in one way or another. The deception is so deep I can only present, as I see it, the various segments of these ongoing deceptions. No one said this information war and defending freedom would be easy and for anyone still in the old model of “real event” versus “false flag real event” you are falling behind in the information war. As I said earlier, the tactics are now much more sophisticated and the game has changed. The goal is to confuse you into submission and we have to look at all elements of these events in the context of our new reality. If you agree please share this message. Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

Propaganda War Raging August 7 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

A war has already commenced and it is dangerous as any war in history with the U.S. and western subservient countries on one side with Russia & China on the other. The pitch for our minds is in full motion and nothing will stop this media onslaught aimed at ensuring populations meekly if not blindly follow our leaders to an eventual real shooting war.

Joe Biden wasn’t calling in to just say ‘Hi’ to John Key for the sake of it. He was here to enforce the TPPA deal from foundering as it appears to struggle for traction in the U.S. itself plus negotiate to send (nuclear armed) warships to our waters that encircles New Zealand as a U.S. ally and regrettably therefore potential target. All the years of New Zealand standing up and being counted against nuclear weapons is now put on the line by John Key. Of course U.S. warships will come, who is he kidding that he is considering the situation, the invitation has been sent! The beat-up by the U.S. in the South China Sea is very dangerous as the aim is to force China to back down over the reclaimed atolls pitching the U.S. against China aiming to enforce U.S. domination in Asia and the Pacific. China views the South China Sea as it’s backyard and sphere of influence, is nuclear armed and on high alert. It’s one of New Zealand’s largest trading partners without which we become massively poorer. This is a nuclear armed confrontation for power.

Meanwhile, the anti Russian media frenzy about banning all Russian Olympic athletes from Rio is disgusting hypocrisy. Stirred as always from the U.S. that has politicised the Olympic movement like none other, it is out of control. Has any reporter in New Zealand investigated the report contents? I suggest not, this is pure U.S. media driven propaganda. Canadian lawyer Richard McLaren the author of the so called ‘damning’ report issued by WADA, himself says in an interview to RT (and available for anyone to view if they care to listen to McLaren speak himself) that he ‘only had 57 days’ to write the report. The implication is that a ‘comprehensive’ report actually requires a longer time frame. More importantly McLaren says he did not go to Russia to interview anyone and spoke to no Russian officials or athletes at all. Excuse me, but surely if you are going to make a whole range of accusations that are going to impact hundreds of athletes you would actually go and see for your self just what is going on before judgement?

Apparently not, so how can this be a credible report? It’s massively damaging to Russia but that is the objective of this whole exercise. Demonize and damage Russia however you can. The McLaren report was commissioned in response to accusations made by Grigory Rodchenkov, the former head of the Moscow Anti-Doping Laboratory to the New York Times. Rodchenkov alleged that he switched the athletes’ samples as he dumped “tainted” urine into a nearby toilet, washed out the bottles, dried and filled them with “clean” samples. McLaren calls Rodchenkov a “credible and truthful person,” even though he is facing criminal proceedings in Russia on charges by Russia’s Investigative Committee. Of course, he absconded to the U.S. and is continuing the same line of practice in Los Angeles that he was responsible for in Russia. Someone facing criminal charges in Russia is not an unbiased witness but the blanket ban of all Russian athletes is the outcome based on a report delivered to satisfy the expectations of American and Canadian interests intending to politicise the Olympic movement.

I agree absolutely that doping in sport must be eliminated if at all possible and I have no doubt that there are plenty of Russian drug cheats but this is different, the media frenzy over Russian ‘State Sponsored‘ doping is a charge that is far higher yet McLaren hasn’t talked to any Russian. It’s easy to poke accusations at anyone, make them out to be the worst possible beings and that is what has been achieved in everyone’s mind whatever the truth is about Russian sport. Hypocritically the United States and Canada are far from immune from drug cheating and no doubt some of their athletes will reappear as cheats again. Americans Carl Lewis, Marion Jones, Flo Jo, Tyler Hamilton, Tyson Gay and Canadian Ben Johnson were all drug cheats with Jones, Johnson, Gay and Hamilton all losing their Olympic medals but that is only scratching the surface. The propaganda has worked.

Dying Of Thirst: Privatization Of Water As An Owned Commodity Rather Than A Universal Human Right August 6 2016 | From: Sott

There is no greater natural resource on this earth than water. As the sustenance of all life, water keeps every living and breathing organism, every plant, every animal and every human being on this planet alive. In the same way that without air to breathe, without water we humans cannot sustain life for more than a few days.

Due to "global warming", widespread drought [Read: Geoengineering] and increasingly polluted water systems, the projected availability of clean freshwater in years to come to meet the rising demands of a growing global population is among the most daunting human challenges of this century. Related: Elation As Ashburton Council Backs Out Of Controversial Water Bottling Deal By 2015 a 17% increase in global water demand is projected just for increasing agriculturally produced food. By the same year 2025, the growing global population will increase water consumption needs by a whopping 40%. While oil played the keenly critical role during the twentieth century, water is being deemed the most valued precious natural resource of the twenty-first century. As such, several years ago the United Nations declared access to clean drinking water a universal human right. Conversely, willfully denying it is considered a serious human rights violation that denies life itself. And any calculated decision denying people their universal right to life is nothing short of a murderous, shameful crime against humanity. Despite the human air pollution that has long been dirtying our lungs, while also causing global warming, climate change and increasing catastrophic natural disasters, not to mention the growing global health hazard for us humans, the very thought of making clean air a precious commodity that can opportunistically be packaged and sold by the same corporations that have been ruining our air, that very notion would instantly be criticized, scorned and ridiculed.

Yet that is exactly what has been happening for the last thirty years now all over this planet with the earth's preciously dwindling freshwater drinking supply. The World Bank has been financing global privatization of the earth's water supply making clean water that is so necessary for survival an unaffordable private commodity for the poorest people on earth to even access.

They are literally dying of thirst and disease because of greedy psychopathic corporate profiteers once again placing theft and greed over human welfare and life itself. But then that is the globalist agenda - thinning the human herd down from near seven billion currently to as low as just half a billion. That means 13 out of 14 of us alive today according to their diabolical oligarch plan simply must die within the next few years. And what better way to rapidly kill off the human population than taking full ownership and control over the earth's limited diminishing water supply. More people on this planet are dying presently from waterborne disease from dirty water than are dying from all wars and violence worldwide combined. Every hour 240 babies die from unsafe water. 1.5 million children under five years of age die every year from cholera and typhoid fever due to unsanitary water conditions.

These incredibly sad, alarming facts illustrate just how significant and critical a clean freshwater supply is to staying alive on this planet. Taking control over the earth's clean water supply is achieved by turning water into a privately owned commodity that only the largest corporations and banks control. Simply making water unaffordable and thereby inaccessible to the poorest people on the planet is one extremely effective, albeit most sinister way to reduce the so called overpopulation problem. Three primary ways that the human population decreases significantly every year is death caused by starvation and malnutrition (including lack of drinkable water) at between seven to eight million people, diseases that kill between two to three million (with mounting threats of infectious diseases becoming pandemics) and upwards of near a half million dying each year from war. Behind closed doors oligarchic globalists periodically meet and discuss what is best for humanity and the planet according to them and their megalomaniacal self-interests. For many years now this all important topic of water privatization and control as a convenient and most effective means of addressing the overpopulation problem has been regularly tabled for discussion... along with related topics like geoengineering, GMO's, vaccines, overuse of antibiotics, planned wars over oil and water, devising global policies designed to increase political destabilization, poverty and undermine economies, nuclear radiation and a host of other means for culling the human population.

Time Magazine reported how the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has been financing research at the University of North Carolina among 78 others to develop ultrasound infertility contraception techniques to sterilize male sperm. At a 2010 TED conference Bill Gates spoke openly of depopulating the total of 6.8 billion people living on earth by up to "10 to 15%" using both of his heavily funded vaccine and contraception programs that will render much of the global population infertile. Meanwhile, billionaire Ted Turner went even further, offering his public opinion to decrease the world population by 70% down to "two billion." It too is on tape. Calls to begin sterilizing the human population began surfacing back in the mid-1970's with Henry Kissinger as former Secretary of State and high ranking Bilderberg member in his declassified National Security Council document (1974) entitled "The Implications of World-wide Population Growth on the Security and External Interests of the United States."

This document emphasized highest priority given to implementing birth control programs targeting thirteen Third World nations mostly in South America. Extraordinary resources were allocated through the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) pushing the carrot stick of additional financial aid to countries willing to enact sterilization and depopulation programs. More overt evidence of the callous contempt that globalist oligarchs have toward us 99%-ers is captured in a statement written by Prince Phillip, Queen Elizabeth II's husband in the forward of his book, "I must confess that I am tempted to ask for reincarnation as a particularly deadly virus" to reduce the human population.

It seems readily discernable that an explicit globalist agenda for a New World Order openly propagated with repeated references by President Goerge Bush senior includes depopulation through various means, water control through privatization just one of many in the power elite's arsenal. Humans have been dying from lack of clean water for a long time now and will only continue dying at an even greater frequency if the plan to privatize water continues to unfold unchecked and without opposition. Fortunately forces have been mobilizing to combat water privatization. Just last week on the heels of the World Bank annual convening in Washington DC for several days of conferencing, an international coalition of anti-privatization water rights groups from India and America sent a formal message calling on the World Bank to end its destructive practice of privatizing water around the world under the guise of developmental progress.

The Bank's DC meetings had been touting lies and disinformation in an attempt to paint a glowing report showcasing the so called efficacy and successes that turning water rights over to the private sector have accomplished in recent years. The World Bank's International Finance Corporation (IFC) as the planet's largest funding source for water privatization provides loans and financing to Third World nations for private water management companies to take charge of municipal, regional and national water rights. The director of a global advocacy group called Corporate Accountability International, Shayda Naficy, pointed out that 75% of expenses for running a water utility company should go to infrastructure. In nation after nation private companies have placed the priority of making a profit over the need to invest in necessary infrastructure to connect and adequately service water customers. In efforts to maximize cost efficiency as well as profits, water prices invariably go up and fast become out of reach for poorest customers. Cutting off the water supply to thousands of low income families unable to pay for their rising costs has become the all too frequent inevitable result. The World Bank's 34 percent failure rate for all private water and sewerage contracts between 2000 and 2010 far surpasses its single digit failure rates in the telecommunications, energy and transportation industries. Critics maintain that the public sector is far more accountable to its public constituents than private sector businesses that only answer to its board of directors to show sufficient profits.

Corruption becomes commonplace. Additionally, a conflict of interest exists when the IFC acts as both a money lender and consultant to foreign municipalities in assigning no bid contracts to favored private water utility companies. To best illustrate typical scenarios where water privatization is either not working or already proved a failure deserve close examination. The good news is that in recent years people in various parts of the world have been mobilizing successful efforts and campaigns to stop water privatization in their own backyards. Presently in a number of regions in India, citizens are banding together to confront and fight the myriad of problems with water privatization in their country. Recently in Nagpur, central India's largest city where the country's first municipal partnership with a private utility company is being played out, major tensions have erupted. Three years ago the city signed a 25-year contract with Veolia Water to supply the city of 2.7 million residents with 24 hour-7-days a week water service. Instead unforeseen delays driving up prices manyfold along with unfair water distribution and frequent service breakdowns have led to widespread angry protests in the streets and charges of corruption. City officials point to a series of serious

contract violations. Again cutting corners by refusing to invest in the needed infrastructure appears to be the primary cause for this failed project. The Corporate Accountability International's 2012 report called "Shutting the Spigot on Private Water: The Case for the World Bank to Divest" cites a number of similar cases where privatization has proven ineffective. Bold and empowered citizens in Bolivia in the year 2000 made headlines around the globe when they were victorious in kicking out privatized water there in the form of the Bechtel, the fifth largest private corporation on the planet. Impassioned protestors in Bolivia's third-largest city managed to oppose Bechtel's increasing prices and demanded that the company abandon its hold on their city's municipal water supply, eventually driving the powerful scandalous giant out of the country. Though big business efforts to buy and control water rights in many Latin American nations have each had their turn in nations like Equator and Brazil, only Chile water services are privatized.

Ultimately local residents virtually everywhere privatization has attempted to take hold has been met with such strong resistance from consumers who realize their private utility company has failed miserably in delivering quality service at affordable prices. The story is always the same. That is why advocacy groups like Corporate Accountability International is proactively working toward educating governments and citizens worldwide to ensure water remains under the public domain. The exhaustive and expensive legal process of ending long term contracts and successfully removing privatized foreign corporations once established in a city, state or country is formidable. It is obviously in the best interests of people around the world to ensure privatization of their water supply never gets a local foothold in the first place. Nestlé corporation's marketing campaign targeted wealthy Pakistanis in Lahore, and its brand of bottled water 'Pure Life' became a status symbol for the rich. To bottle its product, Nestlé busily dried up local underground springs that subsequently caused the village poor unable to buy the bottled water stolen from their springs to end up consuming contaminated water.

Nestlé went on to extracting water from two deep wells in Bhati Dilwan village, forcing them to turn to bottled water. A similar story emerged from Nigeria where a single bottled water exceeds the average daily income of a Nigerian citizen. Nestlé is notorious for draining local water supplies used to bottle its water brands, then charge unaffordable prices to the local population whose clean water supply was stolen from them. Corporate Watch released a report exposing some of the unethical and illegal practices that Nestlé has long been committing around the globe, completely disregarding public health concerns while destroying natural environments to ensure huge annual profits of $35 billion just from water bottle sales alone. In Brazil's Serra da Mantiqueira region where the groundwater is rich in mineral content containing medicinal properties, over-pumping has depleted its valuable water resources and caused permanent damage to the natural environment. and long-term damage. Nestlé has also allegedly been involved in human trafficking of child slave labor. A BBC investigative report claimed that:

"Hundreds of thousands of children in Mali, Burkina Faso and Togo were being purchased from their destitute parents and shipped to the Ivory Coast to be sold as slaves to cocoa farms."

Yet Nestlé likely bought the cocoa from the Ivory Coast and Ghana knowing it was produced using child slaves. Finally, Nestlé owns or leases fifty spring sites throughout America. Nestlé controls a third of the domestic market for bottled water in the US. The company is notorious for unlawful extraction of spring water while engaging in price-gouging and reeking havoc in numerous communities. An example of the trouble Nestlé typically causes is Colorado where 80% of the citizens of Aurora were opposed to Nestlé's presence, fully aware of the company's terrible reputation for damaging communities and natural environments. Yet the city council voted in favor 7 to 4 to let the devastation begin and over the next decade Nestlé extracted 650 million gallons of precious Arkansas River valley water that went into its Arrowhead Springs brand of bottled water. For years the embattled townspeople of Aurora fought to rid the company predator from destroying their precious aquifers. Additionally, the plastic non-biodegradable bottles are major pollutants that stay toxically intact for a full millennium. Related: Profits for psychopathic corporations! Nestlé CEO says water should be privatized - not a basic human right

The cumulative grave effects of privatizing water as a global commodity are appalling. The underprivileged residents of Jakarta, Manila and Nairobi pay 5 to 10 times more for water than those living in high-income areas of those same cities. People living in the Third World slums even pay more for water than upscale New Yorkers and Londoners. This kind of unfairness and inequity is obscene. Women in places in Africa where privatized water is beyond their limit walk miles to obtain dirty water from rivers and then too often die along with their children from contamination and disease. Asian farmers are losing their livelihoods if they are unable to receive state funded irrigation. The human suffering caused globally by wealthy private corporations from North America and Europe exploiting people from Third World nations for pure profit is nothing less than pure psychopathic evil. Taking on global privatization of water for the well being and greater good of the people is but an example of the monumental work that needs to be done. Only if informed, caring and committed human beings collectively come together worldwide to take a global stand against this gravest of life and death issues facing humanity can this oligarch agenda be stopped dead in its tracks. As global human rights activists it is up to us to end the global corporate malevolence and malfeasance from further damaging and afflicting our planet like never before.

With the recent formal finding that the western world no longer lives in a democracy but an oligarchy, as if we did not already painfully know, it becomes even more "formally" imperative now that we as ordinary citizens of the world take the vested interest in preserving life on our only planet before it becomes too late. It is high time we take back our planet once and for all from the oligarchic corporatocracy bent on insidiously making our earthly home increasingly uninhabitable for all life forms. Mass extinction of plant and animal species that have thrived on this planet for millions of years is silently, invisibly taking place every single day right before our eyes. At ever-perilous stake now is our own human species as well as all living species inhabiting this earth, suffering at the hands of national governments that have corruptly co-opted with the banking cabal-owned transnational corporations and for too many decades been systematically destroying the richly diverse natural ecosystems of all earthly life forms on an unprecedented scale.

Since governmental co-opting with global fortune 500 corporations has been polluting and poisoning the earth's skies, its waters, food sources and seeds for so long, global theft and destruction has us humans and all life forms teetering now on the brink of complete self-annihilation and extinction, human-induced for the first time on a massive never before seen scale. It is time to hold the oligarchy in the form of corporations responsible for all the damage they have reeked on this earth. No more grotesque "Abama-nations" of bank and Wall Street bailouts at taxpayer expense. Since the 99% in debt to the hilt have been squeezed dry, while the 1% have made this planet nearly unlivable as the only ones filthily richly profiting from their plundering this earth, the transnationals are the sole entities with the financial capital and means to clean up the very mess they created. It is only fair then that after an entire century of mucking the planet up at our expense, that they now need to finally be held accountable for repairing the destruction they directly caused and obscenely profited from.

FLOW - For the Love of Water Irena Salina's award-winning documentary investigation into what experts label the most important political and environmental issue of the 21st Century - The World Water Crisis.

Salina builds a case against the growing privatization of the world's dwindling fresh water supply with an unflinching focus on politics, pollution, human rights, and the emergence of a domineering world water cartel. Interviews with scientists and activists intelligently reveal the rapidly building crisis, at both the global and human scale, and the film introduces many of the governmental and corporate culprits behind the water grab, while begging the question "CAN ANYONE REALLY OWN WATER?" Beyond identifying the problem, FLOW also gives viewers a look at the people and institutions providing practical solutions to the water crisis and those developing new technologies, which are fast becoming blueprints for a successful global and economic turnaround.

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale August 6 2016 | From: NaturalNews

After witnessing how Reuters just blatantly cooked the presidential election polls this week to favor Clinton and how the mainstream media is so terrifyingly biased in favor of Clinton that the very foundation of democracy is now in crisis, it's time to tell you something that perhaps a lot more people are finally ready to hear: EVERYTHING IS RIGGED.

Related: Statement On Clinton Foundation’s Ties To Corporation Funding ISIS Every institution - and not just inin America is sold out, corrupted and politically rigged to favor Big Government and Big Business. "America is a lost country," explains Paul Craig Roberts. "The total corruption of every public and the private institution is complete. Nothing remains but tyranny. And lies. Endless lies." CNN, Reuters and the Associated Press are all now shameless promoters of every big lie across every sector of society, from vaccines and GMOs to elections and politics. The federal government itself is incapable of doing anything other than lying, and it has totally corrupted the entire realm of science by pulling the strings of funding via the National Institutes of Health and the NSF. The FDA is entirely corrupt, as is the USDA. Both function now as little more than marketing propaganda pushers for Big Pharma and Big Biotech. Similarly, Google, Facebook and Twitter are all rigged, too, censoring the voices they don't want anyone to hear while highlighting the establishment lies they wish to promote. Here's what "rigged" really means... the tools of tyranny

When I say "everything is rigged," what does that mean, exactly? All "official sources" are ordered to constantly lie about everything, weaving illusions to push a chosen narrative rooted in fiction (from "there are no Islamic terrorists" to "carbon dioxide is poison to the planet"). All voices of reason and sanity are silenced. Only the most insane, irrational voices are allowed to be magnified through any media (including social media). This is also true across the sciences, where real science has been all but snuffed out by political agendas (biosludge, GMOs, glyphosate, mercury in dentistry, etc.). All facts are obliterated by propaganda. Facts have no place in any debate, and those who invoke facts are shamed and silenced (or even fired from their jobs, expelled from their schools or bullied into a state of suicide on social media). Anyone who invokes facts on things like the actual statistics of police shootings is told they are "part of the problem" because they have the "wrong attitude" about social justice. Every branch of government is weaponized against the people and used as an assault tool against political

enemies who threaten the status quo. (IRS, FDA, FTC, DEA, EPA, USDA, etc.) All science is distorted into absurd, politically-motivated conclusions about everything the government wants to use to control the masses: Vaccines, climate change, GMOs, fluoride, flu shots, chemical agriculture, carbon dioxide and so on.

Every branch of medicine is hijacked by globalist agendas to make sure medicine never makes anyone healthier, more alert or more cognitively capable of thinking for themselves. Every "news item" that's reported from any official source is deliberately distorted to the point of insanity, turning many facts on their heads while attacking anyone who might offer something truly constructive to the world. (Such as reporting that Clinton was "cleared" by the FBI when, in fact, she was indicted by the very facts the FBI presented!) All voices of truth are silenced, then replaced by meaningless, distracting babble (Kardashians) or meaningless, tribal sports competitions (the Rio Olympics). The point is to dumb down the entire population to the point of cultural lunacy. Any true reports that contradict any official narrative are immediately censored. For example, radio host Michael Savage just got blocked by Facebook for posting a true story about an illegal alien who committed murder in America. Emotions are used as weapons to manipulate the masses. For example, when the mom of a Benghazi victim shares her grief with the world, she is ridiculed and shamed. But when a radical Muslim father who's trying to bring Sharia Law to America attacks Trump by expressing his loss of his soldier son, the media turns him into an instant celebrity, praising his "courageous voice" for daring to speak out. The media hypocrisy is enough to make you vomit...

What Exactly is Rigged? The entire mainstream media Google search engine and Google News Facebook and Twitter Political parties (both red asnd blue 100% rigged by globalists) Every government agency The entire justice system (makes a total farce of real justice) Interest rates and the value of the money supply (central banksters) Academia (all public universities) EPA's "safe" limits on pesticides (all rigged by Big Biotech) Food and food labeling (all run by corrupt food companies) Public education (rigged into Common Core anti-knowledge idiocy) Banking and finance (all controlled by globalists) Government economics figures and statistics Medicine and pharmaceuticals (rigged to maximize profits) Big Science (totally rigged by government agenda pushers) The music industry (most top singers can't sing at all) Weapons manufacturers and war corporations

The illegal drug trade (it's run by the government) Political elections (all 100% rigged at the federal level) Political polls (now rigged by Reuters, too) The health insurance industry (rigged by Obamacare) College admissions (legally discriminates against Whites and Asians) 9/11 and domestic terrorism (all rigged "official stories") Oil and energy industries The rule of law (rigged in favor of the rich and powerful) Infectious disease and the CDC (a constant stream of lies) Hollywood (all run by globalists) Climate change science (all a grand science hoax) Press release services (they only allow official narratives) History (what you are taught is mostly a lie) Government grants (only given out to those who further the agenda) Government bids (only awarded to those who kick back funds to corrupt officials) Consciousness and free will (we are all taught consciousness doesn't exist) Ethnobotany (medicinal and spiritual use of healing plants) Life on other plants (the obvious truth is kept from us all) The origin of the universe (the official narrative is a laughable fairy tale)

As a fantastic example of how everything is rigged, consider these paragraphs from this Breitbart.com news story published today:

"Over the weekend and for the past few days since Khan spoke alongside his wife Ghazala Khan about their son, U.S. Army Captain Humayun Khan, who was killed in Iraq in 2004, media-wide reporters, editors, producers, and anchors have tried to lay criticism on Trump over the matter. They thought they had a good one, a specific line of attack that pitted Trump against the military - and supposedly showed him as a big meanie racist in the process. But, as Breitbart News showed on Monday midday, that clearly was not the case. Khizr Khan has all sorts of financial, legal, and political connections to the Clintons through his old law firm, the mega-D.C. firm Hogan Lovells LLP. That firm did Hillary Clinton’s taxes for years, starting when Khan still worked there involved in, according to his own website, matters “firm wide” - back in 2004. It also has represented, for years, the government of Saudi Arabia in the United States. Saudi Arabia, of course, is a Clinton Foundation donor which - along with the mega-bundlers of thousands upon thousands in political donations to both of Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaigns in 2008 and 2016 - plays right into the “Clinton Cash” narrative."

America's transformation into Communist China is nearly complete

If you're pondering where all this is headed, look no further than Communist China, where all independent news has been outlawed by the state. Political prisoners across China have their organs harvested to enrich black market organ traders, and nearly one out of every three urban citizens is a secret spy who snitches on friends for the totalitarian communist government. Hillary Clinton is the embodiment of Communist Chinese totalitarianism. She's such a perfect fit for their disastrous model of human rights abuses, government corruption and systemic criminality that I'm surprised she doesn't live in Beijing. If Clinton gets elected, America is gone forever, replaced by a criminal regime of totalitarians who violate the RICO Act as a matter of policy.

If this entire rigged system of biased media, Facebook censorship, Google search result manipulations and twisted science ends up putting America's most terrifying political criminal into the White House, it's lights out for the American we once knew. Almost immediately, the nation fractures into near Civil War, with calls for secession growing unstoppable as state after state seeks to escape the political wrath of an insane regime of D.C. criminals and tyrants. #TEXIT We now live in two Americas: Half the country is tired of everything being rigged, and the other half can't wait to be exploited by yet another crooked leftist LIAR who rigs everything America is now essentially two nations. On one hand, we have the pro-Trump America, filled with people who are tired of being cheated, censored, punished, stolen from and lied to about everything under the sun. Donald Trump supporters are people who realize everything is rigged... and they're demanding an end to the corruption and criminality of the fascist system under which we all suffer today. Hillary Clinton supporters are people who are too busy chasing political rainbows to realize everything is rigged. They still believe the lies and the propaganda (the "hope and change" that never came, but is still promised by empty politicians). They're living in fairy tale delusional worlds that have been woven into their gullible minds by the skillful social engineers of the radical left.

These people still think the government cares about them... or that CNN only reports truthful news. They can't wait to see another globalist in the White House because they are pathetic, weak-minded empty shells of non-consciousness who are wholly incapable of thinking for themselves. These two camps of Americans can no longer coexist. They have almost nothing in common when it comes to knowledge, wisdom, ethics, morals or philosophy. One camp believes in the rule of law (Trump); the other camp believes that people in power should be above the law (Clinton). One camp believes in states' rights and individual liberty (Trump) while the other camp believes in the consolidation of totalitarian power in the hands of a centralized, domineering government (Clinton). One camp believes in a level playing field, free market competition and rewarding innovation and hard work (Trump), while the other camp believes in free handouts, government "equality" mandates, and the ludicrous idea that "there should be no winners or losers in society." (Clinton)

In other to try to win this election, the Clinton camp has already rigged EVERYTHING from the very start, including the coronation of Hillary, the scheduling of televised debates to minimize their viewership, the surrender of Bernie Sanders to the DNC machine, the mass organization of illegal voting schemes to make sure illegal aliens vote in November, and so much more. No doubt they're also working extremely hard to rig the black box voting machines all across the country. If you're tired of everything being rigged, this November vote against the rigged system by voting for Donald Trump. This is truly your last chance to save America from being overthrown by a totalitarian regime of criminals who will crush every last iota of freedom and liberty in America. Related: Hillary Clinton: A Threat to ALL Humanity: Global Research

New Zealand Troops To Stay In Iraq For Another 18 Months: John Key August 5 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

John Key and his government is going to retain New Zealand troops in Irag for another 18 months also deploying them to a second military base with the total associated costs now reaching $50million for the New Zealand taxpayer to fork out. He says, according to the Hawke’s Bay Today item of June 21st that the ‘Work in Iraq is not done, that it would be difficult to do nothing when 66 other countries were contributing’.

This is rubbish and must be condemned. Contributing to what? Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences The disaster impacting Iraq and costing millions of Iraqi lives either dead, maimed or now displaced and homeless is entirely an American war of aggression, an illegal invasion based on lies (‘weapons of mass destruction’ of which there were none) and into which the U.S. has dragged a number of subservient countries like New Zealand that acquiesce to American commands. John Key is one foreign Prime Minister who serves U.S. expectations at our expense. Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee says we are ‘training’ Iraqi’s to be able to take control of their own lands and fight Islamic State, but this is also a lie. NZ is involved in Iraq because we were pressured to get involved by America so as to make the destruction of this once proud country seem like all of the West (the coalition of the willing) is there fighting terrorism. Rubbish.

Related: Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq The terrorist is the United States itself driven by Washington neocons (predominantly Zionist Jews) with one objective; a destabilised and weakened Middle East being part of the ‘Greater Israel’ policy, part of the original vision enunciated by the founding father of Zionism Theodore Herzl now promoted by the Israeli government and supported in the U.S. by the Jewish Lobby, an immensely powerful political group in the U.S. politics. Greater Israel consists of an area from the Nile to the Euphrates and involves the exclusion of Palestinians from their own lands and the Jewish settlement in occupied Palestinian lands.

Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State” Iraq is predominantly Islamic so which part of Iraqi Islamists are we training? Are they Sunni or Shia and then which sect of these Islamic divisions? Out of the vacuum of destruction delivered by U.S. bombs rose Islamic State, the violent group that the CIA secretly funded for years in Libya and continue to do so now in neighbouring Syria. These are indisputable facts not reported by mainstream to keep us in the dark about American objectives. Among others, it is to grab the oil, oil that is now reported recently contracted by the newly U.S. installed puppet government of Iraq to U.S. oil companies. I wonder why Gerry Brownlee recently visited Israel in early May? The visit was kept pretty quiet, the Blog site ‘Whale Oil’ being the first to reveal the news. Perhaps to discuss trade? Or perhaps to discuss new farming techniques? It’s doubtful that any of these things were discussed.

It is far more likely that Brownlee was there to be ‘bought off’ by the Israeli government to become a strong advocate of continuing war in Iraq and Syria. This is how they operate. So here we are: New Zealand ‘doing its bit’ helping the big players in their dirty war of attrition in Arab lands where we blame the Arabs for all the wrongs in the world as we crush them one country after another creating crises the world over. Maybe even Brexit is an unexpected outcome to the global elites that is a response to the refugee crisis created by the bombing and destruction of Syria. Even more importantly, how many more schools or hospitals are New Zealanders forgoing to remain entrenched, indeed trapped into an American war that is none of our doing or business? Our media and the ‘entertainment’ dished up nightly on Television is all about numbing minds to expect war, indeed to glorify war.

It is outrageous that we are involved with troops in Iraq training the locals to in fact continue to kill even more of themselves because this work will never be complete. There are much bigger agendas in play, none of which are our business accept to object to these policies of destruction, much less to be part of them. We should indeed ‘choose to do nothing’. Bring our troops home now and condemn American led hostilities in Iraq, Syria, Afghanistan, indeed anywhere in the world. Related: Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command August 4 2016 | From: VeteransToday

The Core Edict of the Khazarian Mafia is to transform "We The People" into powerless, selfdefeating, self-hating Goyim.

“We are all born ignorant, but one must work hard to remain stupid.” - Ben Franklin. The last several years Veterans Today directors have disclosed for the very first time publicly, the presence and power of the Khazarian Mafia (KM). Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...] As many VT readers know, the KM is the world’s largest organized crime syndicate, an incredibly evil entity associated with and empowered by the City of London private central banking system. This is a subject no other major online journal has ever dared to even reference, yet alone describe its reach in contemporary political, security, economic, and social affairs. And now after VT’s continuing disclosures on the KM, other alternative media websites are publishing articles where the authors are openly discussing the KM’s fingerprints, with some even using the name, Khazarian Mafia. Several years ago, the Top Directors of VT decided to shift to open source Intel, both in “at the scene” collection, as well as with dissemination.

This shift in VT to open source Intel was not only unprecedented and revolutionary in concept, but has sent shock-waves through the Khazarian Mafia (KM) top leadership circles. And we now know that the KM top Chieftains do not have adequate power to stop it without “like kind” swift retaliation, which so far has been a strong deterrent. This exposure of the KM publicly and open-source Intel would never have been possible with the advent of what is best described as Intel Cowboys and their re-patriatization. Intel Cowboys are a whole new genre of Intelligence agents, operatives and assets, folks who are committed to truth and sick and tired of the evil handiwork of the Khazarian Mafia (KM). And yes, some Intel cowboys are women. And as dissatisfaction has developed within almost every Intel Agency in the world, especially those who are under the direct control of the KM, more and more Intel officers, agents and assets all over the world are secretly rebelling and following the lead of these Intel Cowboys.

The Internet has been a revolutionary development in publishing and information dissemination. Secrecy is dying by the day. Almost every Intel secret, even the most dark evil ones typically protected by the KM Top Chieftains under the falsecloak of their so-called “National Security” is now being leaked. Such major leaks have created havoc within the top leadership of the KM and their Cutouts because, without abject secrecy, their unimaginable evil is being exposed and revealed for what it is, and this progressively dis-empowers them, because they lose public support and true believers. The one common thread which these disgruntled Intel cowboys share is a strong commitment to the truth, which is based on a growing disgust for the KM lies continually broadcast through the KM’s Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM).

Many are either “sandbagging” (secretly dragging, blocking or obfuscating work product), or secretly leaking important disclosures that end up blocking the previously little-challenged power and reach of the KM. So now for the first time in contemporary history, we have disgruntled Intel cowboys all over the world that are secretly battling the KM, neutralizing, blocking and exposing its evil and previously secret presence and acts whenever feasible. Many retired Intel are much more blatant about this and even are speaking out publicly about the Khazarian Mafia (KM) or at least publicly identifying its leaders as international war criminals because of their illegal, unconstitutional, engineered, staged wars for profit in the Mideast and all their synthetic and virtual terror, especially their “War on Terror”. It is this KM synthetic War on Terror that has been used by the KM to transform America into a Terror State, with a large internal secret police army (DHS). The KM has thus transformed America into the world’s biggest Terror State which has been attacking innocent nations on behalf of the KM and Israel, which deploys synthetic terror all over the world to create new enemies that must be attacked by the American Military.

But because America is now the world’s biggest Terror State: the KM has been able to use it as their tool to set up torture at black prison sites (as secret sacrificial rituals to their secret God Baal); mass-murdered millions of innocent civilians in the Middle East and Africa, illegally and unconstitutionally sent millions of American soldiers to be killed, wounded and disabled in these wars; and inflicted aerial terror and death on thousands of innocent civilians with air to ground missile strikes from drones, remotely fired from Denver, Colorado where the KM Secret Shadow Government (SSG) is now run from. And all this has been done to supposedly stop Terrorism and to bring Freedom and Democracy to the Mideast and Africa. No bigger lie in history has ever been told! The hypocrisy of the USG which is right now being run by the KM is so great and is so hidden in plain site by the constant big lies, false-narratives and propaganda of the CMMM, that it is almost unfathomable. This synthetic, phony KM/USG War on Terror of course is done as an excuse and false cover to wage numerous hugely expensive illegal, unconstitutional wars of aggression for the KM in the Mideast and Africa.

And this is all being done to obtain huge profit for the KM private central Banksters and their associated 147 international corporations and defense contractors, and also to attain the KM’s Globalist NWO Agenda. But a central goal of the KM in creating their one-world NWO is also to create a one world “Greater Israel” run only by the KM top Chieftains as one central government for all nations and all peoples.

“Greater Israel Plan” This is referred to by insiders as the “Greater Israel Plan”; and its first phase is to deconstruct all Islamic governments and all neighboring governments to Israel, even Saudi Arabia, which is now under secret attack by Israel. The Saudi Royals have claimed they have Semitic genetic roots, so it seems strange that Israel is working to covertly take the Saudi government down. The explanation perhaps lies in two factors most likely: the Greater Israel Plan which requires the complete 100% genocide of Palestinians and 100% theft of all of Palestinian owned land; and the possibility that the Sauds like the Palestinians do carry real ancient Hebrew blood. This would make a target because we know that the KM is run by Khazarians from the Ukraine area who are converts to Babylonian Talmudism (Baal worship) because the KM and 97.5% of Israeli Judiacs have no real ancient Hebrew blood at all. And the KM top Leadership hates those with real ancient Hebrew Blood.

Related: Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Get Strange 2014 Update The KM Top Chieftains are fully committed to eliminating all true descendants of ancient Hebrew blood as well as all Goyim as a part of their overall Globalist NWO Plan which has a set goal of reducing the world’s population by 90% as reflected in numerous white papers, top secret NSAMs and also the Georgia Guidestones. The major break in the previously closely guarded secret of the Khazarian Mafia’s existence (the world’s largest most powerful and most secret organized crime syndicate) occurred at the International Conference on Terrorism and Religious Extremism in December 2014 held in Damascus Syria. At this conference, the top Directors of Veterans Today were present and Gordon Duff gave the keynote speech. During this historic speech, Gordon Duff made a disclosure that sent shock-waves around the world.

Global Criminal Syndicate At a Counter Terrorism Conference, and for the very first time anywhere, Gordon Duff disclosed the fact that terrorism was not the problem, but that the core problem was the world’s biggest criminal syndicate. Gordon Duff did not name this syndicate specifically, but shortly thereafter, VT Director and Financial Editor Mike Harris publicly fingered this group for the very first time ever as the Khazarian Mafia (KM).

Mike Harris then went on to detail its origin and development which I have described in numerous VT articles, culminating in a “Proposed Declaration of War on the Khazarian Mafia“, a clear battle plan to take apart the KM and one that should be officially adopted by the We The People, the USG and the US Military. We now know for certain who the Khazarian Mafia Top Chieftains are, what their specific overall agenda is and what systemic changes and policies they are rolling out to attain it. Based on all the Internet articles now available it is really quite easy to figure out who these folks are. The Perps who ran the attack on America on 9-11-01 provides an excellent opening into this secret world of who really runs the KM, who are the KM Top Chieftains and who does it stateside dirty work on behalf of the KM.

Their overall Agenda is notably inhuman and evil, and is best described as an inter-generational commitment to establishing a Globalist NWO System run by them alone with no other entities strong enough to ever challenge their rule.

To attain their over inhuman “evil beyond imagination” Globalist NWO Agenda, the KM proceeds with many middle steps which are necessary to obtain heir objectives a bit at a time. This is necessary otherwise the American Sheeple would be shocked into waking up and would perhaps fight the KM at every level inside the USG, US Intel, US LE and the US Military. This is likely to happen anyways in due time as the US Petro Dollar reaches its end and America and the western nations which use the Rothschild’s KM private central FIAT banking franchises go over a coming economic/financial cliff.

Bankster Terrorism The overall goal of the Top Chieftains of the KM is to reduce the power of the human groups they rule over to such a small state that ordinary people, individually or in groups, can never gain back enough power to significantly challenge the authority, control and dominance of the KM.

To do this in America, their main base of KM military and industrial operations, the KM Top Chieftains needed to gain control over all American institutions, governmental, corporate and private/social. This was their first objective and was obtained by infiltrating and hijacking the American monetary manufacturing and distribution process in 1913, with the KM-bribed and bought passage of the Federal Reserve Act. The next step is of course to compromise the US Congress by highly sophisticated covert means and manipulate it to pass laws that are unconstitutional and against the best interests of “We The People”. But to get this illegal and evil legislation signed as law, the KM has had to make sure that US Presidents who are elected serve them and continue to cover up their many years of crimes against We The People that began en masse in 1913.

“The next step in the KM take-down plan for America is to build up a big totalitarian internal police force, which can be turned upon the American Masses to oppress and tyrannize them, when necessary."

To do this the USG consolidated all American Law Enforcement and Alphabets into one central command structure, Homeland Security (DHS), set up and run by sexually perverted Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen traitors who are deeply committed to two things: The first is to militarize all American LE into a Stasi-style secret police army; and the second is to transform America into the world’s largest open-air prison camp, GAZA II with We the People to become the New Palestinians. The KM attack on America on 9-11-01 was intended to create the threat of “World Terror” as a new cause to rally around in order to fight numerous new wars.

It was used as a phony excuse to borrow from the 7 trillion USD from the private Rothschild Federal Reserve System at full interest to fight all these illegal, unconstitutional, undeclared, unprovoked, unwinnable wars of aggression for Israel and the KM to supposedly stop terror. Of course if the USG were really serious about stopping World Terror, the solution is quite straightforward. What would have to be done is to arrest, try, convict and hang (for treason, sedition, war crimes, torture, crimes against humanity and massmurder) all those responsible for 9-11-01 and these wars fought because of this covert operation.

Arrestees would include Bush2, Cheney, Rumsfeld, Meyers and the Top PNACers and Neocons, including many top directors of JINSA and AIPAC and Netanyahu too, folks that planned, executed and covered up 9-11-01 and started and ran all these illegal, unconstitutional Mideast wars of aggression for the KM and Israel. But 9-11-01 has also served as an excuse to create the phony “War on Terror” in order to militarize the American Police and make them quick to shoot and empty their clips over any lack of compliance even if minor, instituted as a means to create continuing strife and division in the American Masses.

“Of course when the CIA sells drugs and guns to inner city gangs and dirties these inner cities up, it creates a powder keg of crime and conflict and continuing conflicts with the police which is now militarized and trained by ADL, IDF and other so-called experts in domestic terror (all extremists and terrorists in their own right)."

The creation of situations in American urban society that cause serious life threatening and continuing conflict and divisions is one of the main motivations of the Top Chieftains of the KM. And this is exactly what they have done and we are experiencing in many urban areas of America right now. The reason members of the US Congress will not address Israel’s genocide of Palestinians and grand theft of their lands is because they sense this is a taboo subject and to pursue it would get them un-elected or assassinated in short order by the KM and their puppets with power and money.

Doubt this, just talk to Cynthia McKinney, or consider the hit Dick Cheney ordered on sitting Senator Paul Wellstone for refusing to support another phony Israeli war of aggression in Iraq. But building up a big internal police state private army and establishing a Globalist NWO run by them only is actually not the main goal of the top Khazarian Mafia Chieftains, the Select Few that sit at the top of the pyramidal Establishment Hierarchy that controls the Western world.

Conclusion The KM is an entity some deep insiders have referred to as the Secret New Roman Empire run by the thirteen “Bloodline families” often described as the “Old Black Nobility” allegedly linked to Canaanite bloodlines, groups based on extreme secret and evil practices of ancient Babylonian Talmudism. he inner circle of these groups are known to practice Luciferian/Satanic Black magic, child sacrifices to Baal and have admitted to individuals at the periphery that they worship Lucifer and make a contract with him for their eternal soul and in exchange receive untold riches, power status and their own non-corporeal spirit guide which helps them manage their affairs.

The more Black-magick rituals they practice, the more power they claim to obtain from the dark side. By their own admission, this KM inner circle believes that Lucifer/Satan is rising to become the ruling God of the universe and has already taken over planet Earth. These particular notably evil and criminally insane beliefs and practices are shielded by a phony and usually positive outward appearance, thus making them two-faced. These twisted evil beliefs create a willingness to secretly murder, poison, buy off and corrupt politicians, officials and judges and do anything they can get away with to make progress toward the attainment of their evil Globalist NWO one-world system. And the KM Top Chieftains believe they have been promised to be the ones running this NWO system if they succeed in their goal of exterminating 90% of the world’s populace by a variety of incredibly sophisticated, evil means. Part II will disclose more of the Core Edicts of the Khazarian Mafia Top Command.

NATO Information Operations: War Is Peace, Freedom Is Slavery August 3 2016 | From: SouthFront

Psychological Operations or PSYOP are planned operations to convey selected information and indicators to audiences to influence their emotions, motives, objective reasoning, and ultimately the behavior of organizations, groups, and individuals.

The beginning of interest in post-Cold War information operations can be traced to the UN intervention in Somalia and the Rwanda Genocide. Relatively honest and direct reporting from these war zones meant that the public opinion of Western countries was a factor that had to be considered by the political classes. Hence the complaining at the time about the so-called “CNN Effect” which forced the politicians to send and/or withdraw troops irrespective of what the elites actually wanted to happen at the time. The early methods of influencing the public opinion by manipulating the media, though reasonably effective, were not enough. We have seen their strengths and limitations during both wars against Iraq, in which the bulk of the media was effectively co-opted through the process of frequent press briefings (featuring no shortage of videos showing NATO bombs unerringly falling toward their obviously evil targets) and later by “embedding” the mostly male reporters in military units, which naturally had the dual effect of stroking their egos and adopting the military’s point of view.

Still, in spite of all that, it proved impossible to control the narrative, and the public support for the various US and NATO wars collapsed under the pressure of inconvenient news coming even from mainstream media which clearly maintained a degree of independence. But if you fast-forward a decade, to the current wars in Libya, Syria, Yemen, Iraq, Ukraine, and others, it is clear that something has changed. There is one dominant narrative that is being pushed by literally every mainstream media source, irrespective of their ostensible ideological bent.

No matter where you turn, you read or hear about Assad’s “barrel bombs”, Gaddafi’s “massacres”, or “Russian aggression.” These reports invariably represent a point of view that is not only completely one-sided, but also factually wrong, even on the most basic of issues. How did US and NATO manage to achieve such an amazing discipline within the supposedly free and independent Western media? There are essentially three parts to the answer: state oversight of the media; co-opting individual reporters; disseminating propaganda through covert means. The first two are obvious enough and have long been practiced. Media corporations are just that – corporations, subject to variety of laws and regulations whose enforcement can be used to steer individual outlets toward adopting a desired point of view. Individual reporter’s coin of the realm is “access” to privileged information, which may be granted or withheld depending on their effectiveness as government propagandist. The third, the covert dissemination of propaganda, is new, and that factor likely explains the lack of variation from one media outlet to the next. The media are no longer merely encouraged to toe the official line–they have the stories planted for them to pick up through social media and other unofficial channels.

The so-called investigations of the MH17 disaster is a case study, though a fairly crude one due to Ukraine’s crude methods of information warfare. But it is evident that nearly all the “evidence” implicating Russia or the Novorossia insurgents was prepared by Ukrainian secret services, then laundered through social media, before being presented to Western audiences as the truth, the only truth, and nothing but the truth. NATO is conducting similar operations which are harder to identify and counter because they are more sophisticated, better institutionalized, and provided with higher levels of funding. The United Kingdom, for example, maintains the 77th Brigade whose subunits include the Media Operations Group and the shadowy 15th Psychological Operations Group that has been dubbed the “Twitter detachment.” Germany has established the ZOpKomBw, or the Bundeswehr Rapid Communications Center. In the US, information operations against the US population appear to be the responsibility of the intelligence community, which is understandable considering the taboo on US military operations on US territory.

As such, they remain largely out of public scrutiny, though their handiwork can be readily seen in the form of unverifiable reports from a variety of war zones, and even placing specially prepared “witnesses” in front of Congressional committees. Even non-NATO countries like Sweden are following suit by establishing their own information operations units intended for waging information war on its own population. At the NATO level, information operations are coordinated by NATO doctrine JP 13-3 Information Operations, with practical applications honed by alliance-wide exercises such as the Multinational Information Operations Experiment (MNIOE). Western voters have been accepting of all these measures because they were sold to them as part of their countries’ counter-terrorism measures.

What they failed to take into account is that terrorism is a phenomenon that knows no borders, with the enemy already present among Western societies.

Which means that, if counter-terrorist information operations are to be effective, they also have to be aimed at Western publics. In the short-term, information operations may be effective in manufacturing popular support for policies that otherwise no free society would accept. In the longer term, bypassing the public opinion means the elites are now more free than ever to embark on highly dangerous international adventures that will likely backfire and lower even further the already low standing of the elites. Therefore the fact that the so-called “free world” elites increasingly have to resort to such dirty tricks in order to stay in power means that their grasp on power is slowly weakening.

Monsanto's Dirty Dozen: 12 More Crimes Against Humanity And The Environment Concocted By The World's Most Evil Corporation + New Evidence About the Dangers of Monsanto’s Roundup August 2 2016 | From: NaturalNews / TheIntercept

Most of the backlash today against Monsanto comes from the public's growing awareness about the dangers of genetically-modified organisms (GMOs), Roundup (glyphosate), and the systemic poisoning of our food supply with these unlabeled chemical additives.

But did you know that the world's most evil corporation actually got its start in the artificial sweetener business? Related: The Complete History Of Monsanto, The World’s Most Evil Corporation The following 12 products – we'll refer to these as Monsanto's Dirty Dozen – are included among the other major crimes against humanity besides GMOs that Monsanto has pumped out over the years for consumer use. Some of these products will be familiar to you, but chances are you weren't aware of their Monsanto ties:

1) Saccharin (Sweet 'N Low). Monsanto's founding was predicated on finding a way to mass produce saccharin, an artificial sugar substitute, for Coca-Cola. With some regulatory arm-twisting, the chemical sweetener, which was shown back in the 1970s to cause cancer in test mice, was a boon for Monsanto, despite its threat to human health, and helped propel the company towards other endeavors.

2) Aspartame (NutraSweet, Equal). An accidental discovery that first emerged from research into chemical weaponry, aspartame, another artificial sugar substitute, gained access to the Monsanto portfolio in 1985. Since then, Monsanto has profited to the tune of tens of billions of dollars, the blood money from a genetically-engineered chemical that's been linked to neurological damage and cancer.

3) Glyphosate (Roundup). Currently the world's most widely used herbicide, glyphosate is the result of Monsanto's aggressive entrance into the agricultural sector following its sweetener successes. Monsanto's Roundup line of glyphosate products maintains a ubiquitous presence in both the commercial and consumer markets, but these chemicals are linked to organ damage, tumors, infertility and cancer.

4) Recombinant bovine growth hormone (rBGH). Monsanto's obsession with genetic engineering hasn't been limited to just tweaking plants and sweeteners; the company is also responsible for unleashing recombinant bovine growth hormone, or rBGH, a genetically-modified animal bulking chemical that causes cows to produce more milk and grow faster. rBGH also causes serious infections, and has been linked to multiple varieties of cancer in humans.

5) "Terminator" seeds. When left in their natural form, plants produce an endless supply of new seeds from which humanity can grow new food for "free" – minus labor and other inputs.

But thanks to Monsanto, much of our processed food supply is now derived from so-called "terminator" seeds that only survive one growing season before self-destructing, enriching the pockets of Monsanto executives at the expense of our agricultural heritage. 6) Petroleum-based fertilizers. Back in the old days, manure, compost and other organic materials served as natural fertilizer for growing food. Today, many farmers apply synthetic, petroleum-based fertilizers produced by none other than Monsanto. Many of these fertilizers deplete soil nutrients and microbes, producing "dead" foods deficient in vitamins and minerals – foods that are making people chronically ill at an alarming rate. 7) Agent orange. Perhaps you're beginning to notice a pattern: Monsanto has mastered the art of producing destructive chemicals that harm the environment and humans. And, if you're at all familiar with the history of Agent Orange, you'll also recognize that many of today's consumer chemicals were previously wartime chemicals.

This chemical defoliant-slash-herbicide is what American soldiers sprayed across Vietnam during the Vietnam War, and components of Agent Orange like 2,4-D are still used today in industrial agriculture. Related: 92 children in Peru poisoned by Monsanto's Roundup after plane fumigates nearby field

8) Dioxins. Speaking of Agent Orange, dioxins are another noxious byproduct of its manufacture. Dioxins are persistent environmental pollutants present in all sorts of chemical compounds and solutions, and once they enter the body they accumulate in fatty tissue, causing all sorts of chronic health issues over time. 9) DDT (dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane). We're often told that the only way to effectively combat pests is to carpet-bomb them with chemicals like DDT, a mosquito repellent of old that's been shown to damage hormones, interfere with reproduction and potentially cause cancer. DDT was banned in the U.S. in 1970, despite years of propaganda from Monsanto claiming DDT was completely safe.

10) The atomic bomb and nuclear weapons. During WWII, Monsanto acquired a chemical company that it incorporated into its "Central Research Department."

This department was responsible for coordinating the efforts of the Manhattan Project, which included the purification and production of plutonium for nuclear weapons and the atomic bomb.

11) PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyl). Another industrial experiment, PCBs were long used in coolant products for cars and electric motors – that is, until toxicity tests conducted some 50 years after their initial use showed serious harm to mammals. Liver disease, neurological disorders and cancer are among the many consequences of PCB exposure. 12) Polystyrene (styrofoam). Despite its immense environmental impact, polystyrene continues to be used in food packaging. Polystyrene contains the toxic substances styrene and benzene, both of which are known neurotoxins and suspected carcinogens.

When exposed to hot liquids and foods, polystyrene leaches out these chemicals, which are directly absorbed into the bloodstream and cell tissue.

New Evidence About the Dangers of Monsanto’s Roundup John Sanders worked in the orange and grapefruit groves in Redlands, California, for more than 30 years. First as a ranch hand, then as a farm worker, he was responsible for keeping the weeds around the citrus trees in check. Roundup, the Monsanto weed killer, was his weapon of choice, and he sprayed it on the plants from a hand-held atomizer year-round.

Frank Tanner, who owned a landscaping business, is also a Californian and former Roundup user. Tanner relied on

the herbicide starting in 1974, and between 2000 and 2006 sprayed between 50 and 70 gallons of it a year, sometimes from a backpack, other times from a 200-gallon drum that he rolled on a cart next to him. Related: Monsanto and the Poisoning of Europe The two men have other things in common, too: After being regularly exposed to Roundup, both developed non-Hodgkin lymphoma, a blood cancer that starts in the lymph cells. And, as of April, both are plaintiffs in a suit filed against Monsanto that marks a turning point in the pitched battle over the most widely used agricultural chemical in history. Until recently, the fight over Roundup has mostly focused on its active ingredient, glyphosate.

But mounting evidence, including one study published in February, shows it’s not only glyphosate that’s dangerous, but also chemicals listed as “inert ingredients” in some formulations of Roundup and other glyphosate-based weed killers. Though they have been in herbicides - and our environment - for decades, these chemicals have evaded scientific scrutiny and regulation in large part because the companies that make and use them have concealed their identity as trade secrets. Now, as environmental scientists have begun to puzzle out the mysterious chemicals sold along with glyphosate, evidence that these so-called inert ingredients are harmful has begun to hit U.S. courts. In addition to Sanders and Tanner, at least four people who developed non-Hodgkin lymphoma after using Roundup have sued Monsanto in recent months, citing the dangers of both glyphosate and the co-formulants sold with it. As Tanner and Sanders’s complaint puts it: Monsanto:

“Knew or should have known that Roundup is more toxic than glyphosate alone and that safety studies of Roundup, Roundup’s adjuvants and ‘inert’ ingredients” were necessary.

Research on these chemicals seems to have played a role in the stark disagreement over glyphosate’s safety that has played out on the international stage over the last year. In March 2015, using research on both glyphosate alone and the complete formulations of Roundup and other herbicides, the World Health Organization’s International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) declared glyphosate a probable human carcinogen.

The IARC report noted an association between non-Hodgkin lymphoma and glyphosate, significant evidence that the chemical caused cancer in lab animals, and strong evidence that it damaged human DNA. Meanwhile, in November the European Food Safety Authority issued a report concluding that the active ingredient in Roundup was “unlikely to pose a carcinogenic hazard to humans.” The discrepancy might be explained by the fact that the EFSA report included only studies looking at the effects of glyphosate alone. Another reason the agencies may have differed, according to 94 environmental health experts from around the world, is that IARC considered only independent studies, while the EFSA report included data from unpublished industry-submitted studies, which were cited with redacted footnotes. On Friday, April 29, the Environmental Protection Agency weighed in - briefly - when it posted a long-awaited report on the reregistration of glyphosate concluding that the herbicide is “not likely to be carcinogenic to humans.” But the agency removed the report and 13 related documents from its website the following Monday, saying the publication had been an error. The U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Science, Space and Technology is looking into the EPA’s “apparent mishandling” of the glyphosate report, and the EPA said it will release the reregistration materials by the end of this year. In response to queries from The Intercept, a spokesperson for the EPA wrote that “the safety of all inert ingredients are considered” during the pesticide registration process, though an 87-page “Cancer Assessment Document,” which was among the documents accidentally released, contains no references to research conducted on the co-formulants.

Naming the Toxins Some European governments have already begun taking action against one of these co-formulants, a chemical known as polyethoxylated tallowamine, or POEA, which is used in Monsanto’s Roundup Classic and Roundup Original formulations, among other weed killers, to aid in penetrating the waxy surface of plants. Related: Global Ban on Glyphosate Called for by Portuguese Medical Association President Germany removed all herbicides containing POEA from the market in 2014, after a forestry worker who had been exposed to it developed toxic inflammation of the lungs. In early April, the French national health and safety agency known as ANSES took the first step toward banning products that combine glyphosate and POEA. A draft of the European Commission’s reregistration report on glyphosate proposed banning POEA. In April, the European Parliament passed a non-binding resolution that supported the POEA ban and also suggested requiring member states to compile a list of other co-formulants to be banned from herbicides. The European Commission’s final vote on glyphosate’s reregistration is expected later this month.

Related: Urine of very single member of the European Parliament tested found to be heavily contaminated with glyphosate weed killer In response to inquiries about POEA, Charla Marie Lord of Monsanto referred The Intercept to the company’s April 8 blog post, which noted that Monsanto has “already been preparing for a gradual transition away from tallowamine to other types of surfactants for commercial reasons.” The post also said that “tallowamine-based products do not pose an imminent risk for human health when used according to instructions.” Independent scientists have been reporting since at least 1991 that pesticides containing glyphosate along with other ingredients were more dangerous than glyphosate on its own. More recently, two papers - one published in 2002, the other in 2004 - showed that Roundup and other glyphosate-containing weed formulations were more likely to cause cell-cycle dysregulation, a hallmark of cancer, than glyphosate alone. In 2005, researchers showed that Roundup was more harmful to rats’ livers than its “active ingredient” by itself. And a 2009 study showed that four formulations of Roundup were more toxic to human umbilical, embryonic, and placental cells than glyphosate by itself.

But because manufacturers of weed killers are required to disclose only the chemical structures of their “active” ingredients and can hide the identity of the rest as confidential business information - for many years no one knew exactly what other chemicals were in these products, let alone how they affected health.

Escaping Regulation In 2012, Robin Mesnage decided to change that. A cellular and molecular toxicologist in London, Mesnage bought nine herbicides containing glyphosate, including five different formulations of Roundup, and reverse engineered some of the other components. After studying the chemicals’ patterns using mass spectrometry, Mesnage and his colleagues came up with a list of possible molecular structures and then compared them with available chemical samples.

“It took around one year and three people (a specialist in pesticide toxicology, a specialist of chemical mixtures, and a specialist in mass spectrometry) to unravel the secrets of Monsanto’s Roundup formulations,” Mesnage explained in an email.

The hard work paid off. In 2013, his team was able not only to deduce the chemical structure of additives in six of the nine formulations but also to show that each of these supposedly inert ingredients was more toxic than glyphosate alone.

That breakthrough helped scientists know exactly which chemicals to study, though obtaining samples remains challenging.

"It took around one year and three people (a specialist in pesticide toxicology, a specialist of chemical mixtures, and a specialist in mass spectrometry) to unravel the secrets of Monsanto’s Roundup formulations,” Mesnage explained in an email. “We still can’t get them to make experiments,” said Nicolas Defarge, a molecular biologist based in Paris. Manufacturers of co-formulants are unwilling to“sell you anything if you are not a pesticide manufacturer, and even less if you are a scientist willing to assess their toxicity.”

So when Defarge, Mesnage, and five other scientists embarked on their most recent research, they had to be creative. They were able to buy six weed killers, including Roundup WeatherMax and Roundup Classic, at the store. But, finding pure samples of the co-formulants in them was trickier. The scientists got one from a farmer who mixes his own herbicide. For another, they went to a company that uses the chemical to make soap. The multi-Academy Award nominated 2007 film "Michael Clayton" revolves around a lawyer for a large law firm working on a multi-billion dollar class action law suit for a giant agricultural chemical company that he knows is guilty. Unorth has a logo with some very similar design emelents to those of the Monsanto logo.

"They were of course not aware that I was going to assess it for toxic and endocrine-disrupting effects,” said Defarge.

András Székács, one of Defarge’s co-authors who is based in Hungary, provided samples of the other three coformulants studied, but didn’t respond to inquiries about how he obtained them. In February, the team published its findings, which showed that each of the five co-formulants affected the function of both the mitochondria in human placental cells and aromatase, an enzyme that affects sexual development. Not only did these chemicals, which aren’t named on herbicide labels, affect biological functions, they did so at levels far below the concentrations used in commercially available products. In fact, POEA - officially an “inert” ingredient - was between 1,200 and 2,000 times more toxic to cells than glyphosate, officially the “active” ingredient. The paper highlights the folly of letting co-formulants fly under the regulatory radar. Although the general public is never exposed to pure glyphosate, government agencies set safe exposure levels for the declared active ingredient in Roundup and other herbicides without considering POEA or any of the other chemicals that are bottled with it. Take a look at this fictional advertisement for "Unorth" from the film Michael Clayton and tell us it doesn't look like a

Monsanto advertisement. If you take the time to watch Michael Clayton it's pretty clear that the movie is a dig at big biotech.

Related: GMO and Toxic Chemicals: Monsanto Is “Feeding the World” In February, the Food and Drug Administration announced plans to monitor food for glyphosate residue. But the agency has no plan to test food for POEA or other additives, according to FDA press officer Lauren Sucher. And the EPA hasn’t focused squarely on POEA because it isn’t officially an active ingredient.

Evidence of Toxicity But the EPA has possessed evidence of POEA’s toxicity for years, including several reports of substantial risk to human health and the environment. One, submitted in 1998, noted that 1,000 fish died after 60 gallons of a mixture of chemicals including POEA spilled into a ditch, according to the company responsible for the spill, whose name is redacted in the document. Related: Group of Nebraska Farmers Files Lawsuit Against Monsanto Claiming RoundUp Gave Them All Cancer Another report, filed by the chemical company BASF in 2013, noted that several rats that inhaled POEA in an experiment died. Researchers exposed rats to four different levels of the chemical, and at each level, at least some animals were killed. Even at the lowest level, 4 out of 10 rats died.

The EPA has also reviewed the long-term environmental effects of POEA, including its impact on frogs. In 2008, the agency reviewed the effects of both POEA-containing Roundup formulations and POEA itself on fish and amphibians, and showed that Roundup Original, which has 15 percent POEA, is moderately toxic to wood frogs and that POEA itself is “highly toxic” to rainbow trout. As evidence of the harms of co-formulants has been building, the U.S. has increased the amount of glyphosate to which it is theoretically safe to be exposed, which has in turn also increased our actual exposure to the chemicals it is packaged with. Almost 300 million pounds of glyphosate was used on crops in the U.S. in 2013, up from approximately 16 million pounds in 1992, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. For the lawyers litigating the cases against Monsanto, the idea that POEA and the other ingredients contribute to the toxicity of Roundup is critical.

“That’s one of the central theories of our case,” said David Wool, an attorney at Andrus Wagstaff, who is working on suits against Monsanto on behalf of four people who developed non-Hodgkin lymphoma after years of regularly using Roundup. “It’s not only that glyphosate is carcinogenic and dangerous,” said Wool. “Monsanto had every reason to know that, by including POEA, it increased the danger of all of these products.”

Robin Greenwald, the Weitz & Luxenberg attorney who filed Sanders and Tanner’s case, is confident that discovery, which will begin over the next few months, will show that Monsanto intentionally mislabeled dangerous co-formulants.

“My assumption is that we will find documents in their files that show they had ample evidence that the surfactants were not inert and that they too had the potential to cause illness in people,” said Greenwald.

But for her client, John Sanders, who is now in remission after undergoing chemotherapy, it doesn’t really matter which chemical did what. When he was using Roundup, Sanders had no idea that anything in the liquid that sometimes dripped on his clothes and skin might cause cancer. “That was never in my wildest dreams,” he said recently. Now Sanders, who is 67, dreams about staying healthy. He is due for a CT scan next month to see if his cancer has returned. When asked to comment on the lawsuits, Monsanto provided the following statement:

“While we have sympathy for the plaintiffs, the science simply does not support the claims made in these lawsuits. The U.S. EPA and other pesticide regulators around the world have reviewed numerous long-term carcinogenicity studies and agree that there is no evidence that glyphosate causes cancer, even at very high doses. Surfactants such as tallowamines are soapy substances that help to reduce surface tension of the water and are found in many everyday products such as toothpaste, deodorant, shampoo, detergent and many other cleaning products. Tallowamine-based products do not pose an imminent risk for human health when used according to instructions. In a 2009 review of toxicological data on tallowamine, the U.S. EPA found no evidence that tallowamines are neurotoxic, mutagenic or clastogenic."

Related Articles: Putin Closes The Door To Monsanto Canadian govt. accused of covering up adverse effects of glyphosate after firing top health official researching Monsanto herbicide Nebraska farmers diagnosed with cancer are suing Monsanto over glyphosate Glyphosate weed killer unleashes grotesque chemical deformations in farm animals... two-headed calves, pigs born with no skin, twisted life forms seem spawned from Hell

Claim That New Zealand Uses ‘Safe Vaccines’ - A Sick Joke August 1 2016 | From: GANZ

A recent statement by Dr. Nicky Turner that New Zealand uses only “safe vaccines” is surely a sick joke! Considering the number of young women who have either died or become very ill following HPV vaccinations, Dr. Turner claim that New Zealand uses ‘safe vaccines’ doesn’t stand up to close examination.

I can only assume that Dr. Turner’s idea of a ‘safe vaccine’ is very different from that of the average parent or even a normal person. Most parents expect vaccines to protect their children’s health, not to cause serious illness or even possibly death. Related: Pharmacist Speaks Out: Get Off Prescription Drugs, Avoid Vaccines An “increasing number of scientific studies” have linked HPV vaccines with serious adverse effects and “provide a scientific explanation” why some previously healthy HPV vaccine recipients have died unexpectedly after receiving the shot. Dr. Nicky Turner made the highly dubious claim that NZ uses ‘safe vaccines that make a dramatic difference to children’s lives’ when she was responding to comments about measles and MMR vaccination made by Katherine Smith from No Forced Vaccines on Radio NZ’s Morning Report on May 17. Dr Turner is frequently interviewed about vaccines as a spokeswoman for the Immunisation Advisory Centre, an organisation that receives funding from both the Ministry of Health and pharmaceutical companies that distribute vaccines in New Zealand. Listen to Katherine Smith's interview here. The Radio New Zealand interviewer herself deserves a brick bat, in my opinion. The audible intakes of breath here and there were indicative of a self-imposed censorship on what Katherine Smith was attempting to get across. Totally unprofessional!

I have to ask myself whether she had in fact down any research on the topic prior to having Katherine on air! I highly doubt it, otherwise she may well have been able to pose thought-provoking questions that could actually take the discussion somewhere! Perhaps she might like to take the time to read the actual Lancet paper By Dr Andrew Wakefield! Read the Lancet paper here. Under the Bill of Rights, you are required by law to receive informed consent prior to vaccination. That means your health practitioner MUST provide disclosure of risk vs benefits. No one has the right to make that decision for you or to coerce you! The information in the Medsafe data sheet ought to read by everyone. Don't rely on the handouts that are sent out through schools or lay in bundles in the doctor's waiting rooms ... if your doctor won't give you the full product data insert, just Google it!

New Zealand families that have been adversely affected by HPV vaccines are planning rallies as part of a global protest about the continuing promotion of HPV vaccines as “safe” by the pharmaceutical industry and some doctors, despite the mounting toll of serious adverse reactions and deaths following HPV vaccinations. Educate yourself, educate your children ... stop being led like lambs to the slaughter, and stop listening to those who would no longer have a high paying job and a significant media presence (denied to those fighting vaccines in all forms!) if vaccines were official disputed for what they truly are!

Related Articles: Vaccination: How Dare You Cripple, Maim And Murder The Minds Of Our Children! Silent Epidemic - The Untold Story of Vaccines The Spanish Influenza Epidemic Of 1918 Was Caused By Vaccinations

Gestapo In The USA: FCC Intimidates Press And Kills Free Speech At 5G Rollout August 1 2016 | From: TakeBackYourPower

In a public meeting at FCC headquarters on July 14, the agency which once served the people instead acted like tyrannical thugs, in an escalating series of remarkable events.

First, they prevented wireless science advocates from displaying a simple sign, violating their First Amendment rights in a public venue. Then, a security guard forcefully prevented a t-shirt from being taken out of a bag, by a former Congressional candidate with opposing views [See the full video at the end of this article, or links to the relevant clips from the images below]. Related: First Study On 4G / LTE Cell Phone Radiation Shows It Affects Brain Activity Next, a Bloomberg reporter had his credentials confiscated - almost unbelievably - for merely talking with the former Congressional candidate. Following these incidents, the reporter, Todd Shields, was visibly irate with FCC Commissioner Tom Wheeler - who also happens to be the former president of CTIA, the wireless industry’s lobbying organization.

“Moments ago I was attempting to talk to to some people who came to attend the meeting and have concerns about radiation and 5G. And your security force intervened - told the guy he couldn’t show me the t-shirt he wished to display at the meeting, forced him to put it away, and confiscated my FCC-issued ID. Is this consonant with the discussion that ought to be taking place here, and what’s your reaction to this action by your staff?” -Todd Shields, Bloomberg reporter, to FCC Chair Wheeler [on video above]

Bloomberg reporter Todd Shields had his credentials confiscated - for talking with a former Congressional candidate about 5G and health concerns

And in the Q&A that followed, the former Congressional candidate Kevin Mottus successfully added another dose of truth the narrative.

“Hey Tom, with the NTP study showing wireless causes cancer sub-thermally, how can you proceed with more wireless expansion, with FCC standards only recognizing thermal effects - ignoring thousands of studies showing cancerous effects, neurological effects, reproductive harm, immune system disorders… people are being electrosensitive…” -Kevin Mottus, former Congressional candidate, to Wheeler [on video above]

After about 20 seconds of yielding the floor to Mottus, Wheeler interrupted, dodged this very appropriate question, and diverted to an FCC-compliant journalist:

“Lydia, do you have a question?]

(Which, on the video, almost sounds like a Wheeler Freudian slip: “Litigate. Do you have a question?”)

There have been thousands of published peer-reviewed studies that indicate the proliferation of microwave (wireless) technologies is not safe to biological life. (See meta-study links here, here, here and here.)

Why is the FCC resorting to Gestapo-like tactics of suppression and outright intimidation? The issue here, is that the Federal Communications Commission just rubber-stamped their rollout of “5G” cellular technology, which while increasing throughput, would blanket all planetary life with ultra-high microwave frequencies 24Ghz and up. The fact that these frequencies have never been tested as safe is not stopping corporate-government plans for an unleashing of “massive infrastructure”. But there have been thousands of published peer-reviewed studies that indicate the proliferation of microwave (wireless) technologies is not safe to biological life. (See meta-study links here, here, here and here.) So, because there’s a lot of money in a wireless economy and the data-harvesting that comes with it - trillions, in fact - Big Industry has bought the science, bought lawmakers, ruled the proliferation of microwaves as “safe”, and infiltrated the FCC along with most international health agencies. And in the face of this willful, for-profit negligence, instead of employing conscience and responsibility, they’re actively silencing all opposition. You know, those of the human species that pay attention to passé concepts like science and reason. Here’s some snippets from FCC Chair Wheeler, at his June 20 press conference:

“5G will use much higher frequency bands [24 to 100+ GHz]… antennas that can aim and amplify signals… massive deployment of small cells… tens of billions of dollars in economic activity… hundreds of billions of microchips… if something can be connected, it will be connected… unlike other countries… we won’t wait for the standards…” – Tom Wheeler, FCC Chair [on video above]

Paraphrased: “We can’t let life get in the way of profit. We want to make billions from all of you, and control everything. And in doing so, we’re not only going to willfully ignore science, we’re going to remove the idea of standards and initiate a free-for-all.”

FCC Chair and former industry lobbyist Tom Wheeler announces proliferation of 5G microwave technology, privatizes rollout and removes oversight and standards. “Nobody quits the CTIA. Once you’re CTIA, you’re family – for life.”

If unchecked, what could this lead to? The implications of all of this are very far-reaching. How far? Well, to find out, let’s start with what we know. It’s pretty clear at this point that we have a government that has been taken over by corporate interests. In order to increase their power and control even more, they plan to exponentially ramp-up the deployment of technology everywhere, which a vast body of science clearly says is harmful. If unchecked, this will almost certainly lead to an increase in cancer and other ailments associated with exposure to electromagnetic radiation. Haven’t we had enough of for-profit agendas putting profits before health? From a surveillance standpoint, we already know there is a sinister spying agenda operating behind the scenes. The rollout of “5G” technology - especially in the standardless, profit-centered way Wheeler describes — would indeed open up a considerable new threat to basic rights. If everything is connected, you can bet that as many details as possible about our actions will be tracked and stored somewhere - like the $2B NSA facility in Blufdale, Utah. And there is extraordinary market value in this. A director at NARUC stated that the value of data harvested just by “smart” utility meters will likely be worth a lot more than electricity itself, which is a $2.2 trillion market globally.

Related: US Intelligence Chief: We Might Use The Internet Of Things To Spy On You But besides being creepy and making the 1% even richer, there are clear warning signs that a control-oriented governing system could easily take an indexed catalog of all of your actions and use it against you in a multitude of ways. For example, increasingly-instrusive “pre-crime” operations are already planned in Miami. And insurance providers are checking their customers’ facebook data to influence premiums and even coverage availability. So it’s really not unreasonable to see how a governing body concerned primarily with staying in power, could restrict rights or remove “privileges” for behavior that is deemed to be not aligned with national interests. So, tracking is not ok unless we are absolutely convinced that the governing body of that system truly respects individual rights and has the best interests of the people in mind. And right now, we are not even close to having such leadership in our governments. Wheeler’s vision of 5G would significantly enable those who are motivated by power and money to use technology to rule over everyone else. In order to protect our lives and future, we must not allow that to happen. While we would all like to have fast internet, we must now look closely at the downside of this technology, and take constructive action. This can understandably be difficult, due to the considerable attachment that we have to both our devices and the sense of immediate gratification that we obtain from using them.

While solutions to out planet’s problems are being actively prevented, steering human culture into a virtual/augmented reality seems to be the insane game of the technocrats. Perhaps “The Matrix” was not far off, after all

How we will save our world: Individual responsibility, accountability and liability In addition to an interview with Kevin Mottus, last Sunday I skyped with Dafna Tachover, an Israel-based attorney who was present at “G-Day”, last Thursday. Tachover, who is among millions now who have directly experienced microwave radiation harm after becoming sensitized to it, says that the only way forward is individual accountability and liability. In my view, she is obviously right. Dafna Tachover is the CEO of We Are The Evidence, an organization which advocates for the rights of those who has been injured by wireless technology:

“Until there’s personal accountability and liability, this systematic problem that repeats itself will happen again, and again, and again, and it has been. So, we learned that the tobacco industry was lying to the public, bluntly - to the public, to the government, to health organizations - without any hesitation…. Was anyone sued? No. Was anyone found personally accountable? No. So that’s actually what enables this kind of behavior to happen again and again.” “This is the action we should take: we should make it clear to those government people - or you know, if we talk about wi-fi in schools, the school principals, who do have personal responsibility and liability to protect children’s health - to make sure they know they will be found personally liable for the harms they cause. They have a position of trust, and they betrayed that trust. And they should be found liable. It should be civil liability and criminal liability.” - Dafna Tachover, attorney [on this video link]

Former Congressional candidate Kevin Mottus spoke about the urgency of the situation.

Kevin Mottus is meeting with reps on the ground in Washington DC, Sept 6 – Oct 6. To meet up with him there, reach him at [email protected].

“My background is as a medical social worker. And when I was in the hospitals I saw young salesman and lawyers coming in with brain tumors, and healthy otherwise, other than the tumor - and doctors asking them about their cell phone use. So I was clued in very early with these heavy users and the tumors it was causing.” “Schools are now our most dangerous places to be. You have 20-40 wireless transmitters in their iPads and wireless laptops, and then you have 2-3 commercial-grade wireless routers…. So you have, really, the setting of the most significant exposure in our country, and the most vulnerable population being exposed are small children - which we know are 3 to 4 times as sensitive to all environmental hazards.” “We are microwaving our population and wondering why our cancer is going through the roof and chronic disease is going through the roof. It’s really very sad.” “I spoke to Congressman Grayson from Florida, and while I was talking with him, one of his staffers, Joe, came up to me. And he said, ‘What are you talking about?’ I said, ‘I’m talking about wireless cell phones causing brain tumors.’ He said, ‘That’s interesting, because I had a brain aneurysm and I’m lucky to be alive. It’s also interesting because my buddy just died from a brain tumor.’” “So, people are definitely getting sick. And you need to ask them, ‘Does your face tingle when you use your cell phone?…. Do you have difficulty sleeping? Have you ever gotten nauseous using the phone? Do you feel funny when you’re around wi-fi, or getting close to it?’ And you’ll be surprised - people are getting sick.” “For instance, I spoke to Congressman Rush. Congressman Rush has a salivary gland tumor, which Israel has associated with cell phone use….” “We need to stop this before they [FCC] auction the [ultra-high frequency] spectrum.” -Kevin Mottus, former Congressional candidate, California [on this video link]

If you are reading this from the United States you can find links about actions you can take within your country at the end of the original article at TakeBackYourPower.

Full Video:

IMPORTANT: The new 5G system they plan on introducing following trials in 2017, described in your info and in the video, are planned to operate between 28GHz – 100GHz is interestingly the SAME FREQUENCY in the Extremely High Frequency (EHF) (30GHz – 300GHz or, wavelengths 10mm – 1mm) spectrum that are already being used in the ACTIVE DENIAL SYSTEM (ADS) non-lethal, directed energy weapon developed by the US military produced by Raytheon – designed for perimeter security and crowd control. It was also used in Afghanistan War. The US Police use it already, and in 2010 the Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department announced that they were going to use reduced versions of it in detention centers to break up prisoner fights etc. See details on the Wiipedia entry here. From Prof Olle Johansson interview on the Alzheimer's and Dementia Summit "If you go back to [EMF] impact on brain function, you have all the pieces that you would look for, in for instance Alzheimer’s and dementia. There are studies regarding loss of concentration capacity, loss of short term memory, impacts on cellular function, including cell death in various rodent models… leakage of the so-called blood-brain barrier, connected also to damage and cell death of nerve cells…. behavioral impacts… impact on sleep quality… various forms of learning tasks…." "The [blood-brain barrier] effect was seen after a short exposure, namely a 1-minute mobile phone call – and also at an exposure level that was five thousand times below the official guideline...." "This is the largest full-scale experiment with mankind, ever, on this planet."

Related: The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The “5G” Rollout

"The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words July 31 2016 | From: EMN / AustralianNationalReview / Various

"They decided to use the monetary system to crush countries instead of armies." - Paul Hellyer

Paul Hellyer is one of Canada’s best known and most controversial politicians. As Former Minister Of Defence, Hellyer has been exposed to the inner workings of Canada’s political and military systems. Related: Ex Canadian Minister Of Defence Hon. Paul Hellyer Calls On Citizens To Oust The Cabal At The Hearing on UFO Disclosure sponsored by the Alien Cosmic Expo in Brantford, Ontario this past June 25, 2016, Hellyer addressed a filled convention hall of people, cameras and reporters, asking the question; “Who is the next Empire?” Pointing to the cabal of banking cartels, the oil cartel, big transnational corporations, the trilateral commission, intelligence agencies in the USA, UK, Israel, and the American military who are working in concert to crush countries economically and rule the world, Hellyer states that the cabal is running the US for the last half century to the point where Presidents have been little more than talking heads with the Congress being clueless as to what is going on.

“The end game is a world government, the New World Order, unelected and accountable only to them.” Heller exclaims. “That’s what they are doing. They decided to use the monetary system to crush countries instead of armies.”

If what we are seeing in Europe with BREXIT and the entire European Union experiencing financial turmoil, Paul Hellyer and his message needs to be heard!

And here's Obama's video, sheesh why don't you say what you really think, Barack?

"And for the international order that we have worked for generations to build. Ordinary men and women are too small minded to govern their own affairs.

That order and progress can only come when individuals surrender their rights to an all-powerful sovereign." - Barack Obama [See video below]

And if we haven't got your attention yet, here's this original old doozey from George H.W. Bush on September 11, 1991:

Followed By This synopsis - David Rockefeller & Co: The One World Order Theory Is True David Rockefeller, one of the oldest billionaires in the world who is turning 101 this June, has said that he is proud to be accused of creating a ‘One World Order,’ a group of selected elites who planned to exploit America for their own interests.

“Some even believe [the Rockefellers] are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterising my family and me as ‘internationalists’ conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I’m proud of it.” - David Rockefeller, 2002.

Enjoy some more juicy NWO quotes here: 150+ New World Order Quotes

David Rockefeller, whose family has been one of the most influential ones in the US - to the extent that they were equated as the Royal Family of the US- does not regret the charges. Nor does he regret that his family has been at the receiving end of the conspiracy theory.

Governor Nelson Rockefeller of New York In an article entitled "Rockefeller Bids Free Lands Unite: Calls at Harvard for Drive to Build New World Order" New York Times, February 1962 The United Nations, he told an audience at Harvard University, "has not been able - nor can it be able - to shape a new world order which events so compellingly demand." ... The new world order that will answer economic, military, and political problems, he said, "urgently requires, I believe, that the United States take the leadership among all free peoples to make the underlying concepts and aspirations of national sovereignty truly meaningful through the federal approach."

Senator Jay Rockefeller

John Davison " Jay " Rockefeller IV roasts Pat Buchanan in 1991 shows his true colors of a globalist psychopath out to manipulate and control the world:

On the other hand, David Rockefeller says he is happy that his family’s name has been dragged into the conspiracy theory, which wants to establish that the Rockefellers and other rich and famous wanted to benefit at the expense of the poor. The only billionaire in the world over 100 years old, David’s family has a tradition of being involved in such controversies. His grandfather John D Rockefeller who died in 1937 was the founder of Standard Oil and the world’s richest individual at that time.

Over the years, the family has had its own time under the sun and was associated with wealth, power, politics, finance, diplomacy, philanthropy, marijuana prohibition, aliens, UFO’s and finally the infamous conspiracy theories. Of course the NWO is not just about the Rockefellers, they an American offshoot - and have probably been more looselipped about the NWO agenda than others. In Europe of course we have the Rothschilds along with a number of other "Illuminati" / Khazarian Zionist families with many interrelated factions and networks.

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

Congressman Larry P. McDonald US Rep. , Killed in Korean Air Lines 007, 1983 - killed in the 747 that was shot down by the Soviets "The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control....

Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent."

As per the purported ‘One World Order’, the elites have been accused of setting up institutions such as the 'Trilateral Commission’ and the ‘Bilderberg Group’ among others to advance their interests nationally and globally.

The Bilderberg Group is a good example of part of the NWO network - the connections are quite clear visually: Just how hyperbolic are allegations that the Bilderbergs run the world? To help readers decide, here is a chart laying out the linkages and various connections - financial, political, statutory and otherwise - between the handful of people who comprise the Bilderberg core and the rest of the world:

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Their aim is to create an international world order to deal with global issues, initiated and controlled by western countries. The order was accused of trying to dominate and manipulate the weak and the fragmented people of the world. Related: The Conspiracy To Rule The World - An Interactive History

Even though the Rockefellers were the most prominent family during their heydays, David is [supposedly] only 603rd among the list of top billionaires in the world.

His grandfather John D Rockefeller, in contrast, has assets equal to 1.5 per cent of US GDP. The falling wealth and prospects of the family have not stopped the Rockefellers from donating to charity and even last year, he donated USD79m and is believed to have donated USD900m over his life time. [These figures are grossly under reported, and in any case the vast majority of funding goes towards Gloablist projects - under the guise of "philanthropy" and "charities."]

David Rockefeller Founder of the Trilateral Commission, in an address to a meeting of The Trilateral Commission, Baden-Baden, Germany, June 1991 (a meeting also attended by then-Governor Bill Clinton and by Dan Quayle) "We are grateful to the Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."

Five of his siblings are dead and David is the last one left and perhaps the most influential of them all. As a child, David was reserved and solitary, with a passion for collecting beetles. As an adult, he is believed to be suave and non-confrontational. During his youth, he knew every politician who mattered on the planet and a journalist and former LBJ aide Bill Moyers once called him “the unelected but indisputable chairman of the American establishment”.

Above: Jacob Rothschild with David Rockefeller The left saw the rich man’s club, promoted by Rockefeller, as promoting free markets and perhaps that is how the rumours spread. However, the Rockefellers have taken the criticism in their stride and are even proud of it.

David Rockefeller In a statement to the United Nations Business Council, 1994 "We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order."

Related: Who / What is "The Crown"? Related: Holy Smoke And Mirrors - The Vatican Conspiracy

Anonymous Hackers Take 9 Rothschild Central Banks Offline July 31 2016 | From: YourNewsWire

The Anonymous campaign against the global banking cartel, OpIcarus: Shut Down The Banks, is gaining momentum as nine Rothschild owned central banks were taken offline after the hacking collective identified the global financial system as the “power behind the throne” of the New World Order, and issued a global call to arms to fight the financial system that is enslaving us.

According to a video released in conjunction with OpIcarus, the attack on Bank of Greece marked the beginning of a “30-day campaign against central bank sites across the world.” This massive push, according to the video, aims to “strike at the heart of [the] empire by once again throw[ing] a wrench into the machine.” Related: Anonymous Strikes The Heart Of The Empire - Takes Down U.S. Federal Reserve Bank In some of the most recent attacks over the weekend, hackers reportedly targeted the Central Bank of the Dominican Republic, the Dutch Central Bank, the Central Bank of Maldives, and Guernsey Financial Services Commission, according to the official @OpIcarus Twitter account.

“We are enslaved within a matrix of institutions with the illusion that each stands alone, fighting for power, for profits, for the scraps on the table that represent humanities dwindling resources. In reality however, these institutions – the arms industries, banking and other financial institutions, government intelligence agencies and countless others, have formed what was once a clandestine coalition whose corruption, and avarice have become increasingly transparent due to WikiLeaks and to the efforts of Anonymous. This coalition seeks the preservation and the perpetuation of the powers that be, and this octopus operates through the tentacles of the IMF, the Federal Reserve, and the World Bank, masterminded by think-tanks such as the Bilderberg group, and the Council on Foreign Relations. But where does the power behind the throne lie? Within the global financial system, centered within the New York Stock Exchange, and Bank of England,” the manifesto reports.

Thefreethoughtproject.com reports:

The National Bank of Panama and the Central Bank of Kenya were also reportedly targeted a day later, according to hacking news publication HackRead.

What began as an Anonymous operation has now become a joint op between Anonymous and the GhostSquadHackers, with reported GSH member, s1ege tweeting about taking the Central Bank of Bosnia-Herzegovina offline and providing a screenshot to verify.

The twitter account @BannedOffline also reported the Central Bank of Mexico had succumbed to a DDoS attack by the hacking collective.

Anonymous has released a list of institutions the collective plans to target, which is divided into four sections; websites associated with the U.S. Federal Reserve, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), sites owned by the World Bank, and over 150 sites associated with national banks around the globe. Thus far, in less than a week, OpIcarus hackers have now hit ten of the financial institutions they’ve listed in an online manifesto, but questions remain as to whether these elite hackers will be able to bypass the intense security measures of the more prestigious institutions on their target list. Related: World's oldest bank nears breaking point, and it could have major implications for future of EU

Checkmate! U.S. Loses Syria & Turkey; Erdogan Will Visit Putin + John McCain Is “Directly Responsible” For ISIS July 30 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Sputnik / Various

It’s confirmed: the United States is being checkmated in Syria and in Turkey. Now, Erdogan is set to visit Moscow early next month.

They will be talking about how to dispense with the CIA “moderate rebels” we know as Daesh Islamic State terrorists. Commenting on the results of the recent meeting on Syria in Geneva between Russia, the UN and the US and on the prospects of a possible ending of the Syrian war, Russian political expert Vyacheslav Matuzov suggests that much will now depend on the talks between Russia and Turkey: if they agree, the rebels and their US / Israeli masters will lose the war.

“Turkish President Erdogan is set to visit Moscow on August 9. Prior to his meeting with President Putin there have already been a number of announcements on the joint economic projects and the readiness to open Turkey for Russian tourists,” Matuzov, former diplomat and an expert in Arab studies told Russia’s Izvestiya newspaper. “This means that certain political agreements are also being prepared,” he added.

The political analyst further explained that first of all, it could be about closing the Turkish-Syrian border and, as a result, cutting-off of the influx of rebels and arms into war-torn Syria. Matuzov suggested that the issue might have been already been agreed upon. If the border is closed, the opposition and their American masters will lose the war in Syria.

Syria: Before and After 'American Dermocracy'

In any further intra-Syrian talks, which could be scheduled at the end of August in Geneva, the US and their so-called allies will have no grounds to dictate any conditions. This point of view has been echoed by Dr. Bassam Abu Abdallah, Director of the Center for Strategic Studies at Damascus University, who told the newspaper that Syria is not counting on the negotiations in Geneva, but rather on a rapprochement between Russia and Turkey.

“The Riyadh-formed High Negotiations Committee (HNC) is prone to US influence and the influence of the Middle Eastern states and is not acting in the interests of Syria,” he said.

While he does not expect any progress in the negotiations, the expert suggests that the failed coup attempt in Turkey will push Ankara to reconsider its foreign policy objectives. The US has been accused of being behind the attempted military overthrow, he said. Washington is also for the further break up of Syria and for creating Kurdish autonomy. All the above, he said, is unacceptable to Turkey, and so it will try to get closer to Russia and Iran and might make the decision to close its border with Syria which will result in a dramatic change in the balance of powers on the battlefield, he concluded.

Recent reports suggest that the next round of intra-Syrian talks could be scheduled for the end of August. The Syrian government delegation, as well as three opposition groups - the Riyadh-formed HNC, the Moscow-Cairo and the Hmeymim groups - have been taking part in the UN-mediated Geneva talks on the peaceful settlement of the conflict. The latest round of talks took place in Geneva on April 13-27. The HNC walked out of the negotiations, citing the continuous fighting in Syria and the lack of progress on humanitarian issues. Both Russia and Syria are now conducting a large scale humanitarian operations after a successful establishment of humanitarian corridors for the civilians trapped inside Aleppo.

Russia and Syria are launching a large-scale humanitarian operation for Aleppo residents, Russia’s Defense Ministry said. Corridors for civilians and militants ready to lay down arms will be created to exit the city, which was Syria’s largest before the war.

“We have repeatedly called on the warring parties to reconcile, but the militants violated the silence mode each time, shelled villages, attacked the positions of government troops. As a result, a tough humanitarian situation has developed in the city of Aleppo and its suburbs,” Russian Defense Minister Sergey Shoigu said on Thursday. “To assist civilians taken hostage by terrorists, as well as militants who chose to lay down their weapons, the Russian center for reconciliation of the warring parties, together with Syrian authorities, will open three humanitarian corridors there,” Shoigu added. “I want to emphasize that we are taking this step, first and foremost, to ensure the safety of Aleppo residents,” the minister said. He has also urged international organizations to take part in the humanitarian operation in Aleppo.

According to the minister, the fourth corridor for the passage of fighters in Aleppo is being set up only because the US has not provided Russia with data on the al-Nusra Front terrorist group, which has recently been attempting to merge with other armed opposition groups in Syria. Obama is also preventing another Saigon-like withdrawal from Afghanistan by not bringing all US soldiers home until he steps down from office.

John McCain Is “Directly Responsible” For ISIS

Related: Turkey’s secret pact with Islamic State exposed by operative behind wave of ISIS attacks

Welfare Cull 'Pushing Vulnerable Off The Books' July 30 2016 | From: NewZealandHerald

A welfare advocacy group is warning that thousands of Kiwis will suffer under newly implemented changes to the beneficiary system.

Auckland Action Against Poverty said the latest round of reforms, which require all sickness beneficiaries, sole parents and widows with no children under 14 to look for fulltime employment like other job seekers, would have a brutal impact on the wellbeing of hundreds of thousands of children and adults who are dependent on the state for survival. Related: PM's homeless remarks untrue - Sallies The reforms, which came into force on July 15, represent the biggest upheaval in the welfare state since the Social Security Act was passed by the first Labour Government in 1938.

Other new obligations include drug-testing for jobseekers in relevant industries. Auckland Action Against Poverty spokeswoman Sarah Thompson said the changes were aimed at decreasing the number of beneficiaries in New Zealand, rather than job creation.

“All New Zealanders who end up on welfare will have more hoops to jump through or face punitive measures as the Government attempts to push them into low-paid insecure work - no matter what the downstream cost. This is not about getting people into decent work [and] it's not about job creation. It's about cutting costs by pushing vulnerable people off the books,'' she said.

The group will hold information stalls outside three Work and Income offices in Auckland today. Ms Thompson said there had been an increase in the number of beneficiaries who had been "sanctioned'' for slip-ups in the last two months. Some had also had their benefits reduced due to Work and Income errors.

What are the changes? The reforms represent the biggest upheaval in the welfare state since the Social Security Act was passed by the first Labour Government in 1938. All sickness beneficiaries, and sole parents and widows with no children under 14, are now subject to the same requirement to look for fulltime work as other jobless people, although sickness may be accepted as a valid reason to postpone work temporarily.

Other new obligations include drug-testing for jobseekers in relevant industries, which is expected to trigger benefit cuts for up to 5800 people, and a requirement for beneficiaries to clear outstanding arrest warrants. About 8000 beneficiaries have arrest warrants outstanding for issues such as unpaid fines. Unless they clear them within 38 days, their benefits will be halved if they have children, or stopped completely if they don't, in what is likely to be the biggest single purge of the benefit rolls since the system was created.

Papakura case study The co-ordinator of the Pikorua Community House in a low-income part of Papakura, Michelle Neho, said many people with outstanding warrants would go back to drug-dealing rather than pay their fines. A Herald investigation into how the changes will affect people's lives in Papakura, as a case study of a high-welfare area, has found widespread fear of the reforms even among those who are supposed to be exempted from the work-search requirements.

“A lot of people are scared about the warrants to arrest," Ms Neho said. "There's a lot of people that have thousands of dollars of fines outstanding." Some would rather come off the benefit than pay all their fines.

The huge reorientation of welfare shifts the focus from the short-term unemployed, which largely left other beneficiaries alone, to a new "investment approach" aimed at finding work for those who are likely to stay on benefits the longest and cost taxpayers the most - mainly the sick, disabled and sole parents.

Work and Income chief Debbie Power said 85,000 people - mainly the sick, long-term unemployed, and sole parents and widows with no children under 14 - would move today into intensive "work-focused case management" with 760 personal case managers to help them find jobs and overcome barriers such as transport and childcare costs, addictions, debts and workplace attitudes to mental illness and other conditions. A further 1000 sole parents and 1000 people with mental health problems will be handed over to contractors who will be paid from $2250 to $16,500 for each person they place in employment for at least a year.

From earlier in the month: Sallies' disagreement over homeless action After the Prime Minister told reporters that people living in cars were refusing help, a rift has opened up between the government and the Salvation Army.

New Zealand Researcher Malcolm Scott - New Zealand's Climate Of Secrecy July 29 2016 | From: SageOfQuay

As part of his post graduate work, Malcolm Scott is writing a thesis on whether New Zealand’s Ministry for the Environment is engaged in a practice of intentional disinformation regarding the ongoing and persistent aerosol program in New Zealand.

Malcolm is a post-graduate student and researcher at the University of Canterbury. He is recognized by the New Zealand Tertiary Education Commission. Prior to joining the University of Canterbury Malcolm has held academic appointments with the University of Otago, Christchurch College of Education and the Christchurch Polytechnic Institute of Technology. Related: Anti-Geoengineering Legal Alliance Files US 60 Day Notice Of Legal Action Malcolm’s interest was piqued when after submitting a freedom of information request – known as an OIA in New Zealand – he received back, by accident, an internal document detailing how the Ministry responds to geoengineering inquiries. That response entailed denying that any such program exists. That document has lead Malcolm to conclude that the New Zealand government is aware and complicit in covering up the covert operation to geoengineer the atmosphere.

Malcolm is a post-graduate student and researcher at the University of Canterbury. He is recognized by the New Zealand Tertiary Education Commission. Prior to joining the University of Canterbury Malcolm has held academic appointments with the University of Otago, Christchurch College of Education and the Christchurch Polytechnic Institute of Technology. New Zealand Ministry for the Environment Document Declassified: Naval Concepts of Chemical and Biological Warfare Department of Defense (1952) Weather Forecaster Discusses Military Chaff (Chemtrails)

Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government July 28 2016 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Breitbart

To anyone who has ever been called a "conspiracy theorist," the world owes you a massive apology. As the leaked DNC emails now exhaustively prove, Hillary Clinton and the DNC actually did conspire to destroy Bernie Sanders.

It was a genuine conspiracy involving a multitude of people who acted in coordinated secrecy to deceive the public, destroy a candidate and coronate their chosen evil globalist (Hillary Clinton) as President. Related: The Clinton Presidential Campaign just went Kaboom! The only thing that makes this conspiracy any different than all the other true conspiracies happening right now is that they got caught. And now, the entire leftist media -- which is also part of the very same conspiracy to thrust Clinton into office -- is trying to distract you from all this by invoking their own hilarious conspiracy theory: The Russians did it! Yep, suddenly now the same leftist media skeptics who ridiculed anyone even hinting that the DNC was running a conspiracy to destroy Sanders is floating its own tin foil hat theories in a desperate bid to hope you won't read any of the emails that actually leaked. Those emails, it turns out, expose the DNC and Hillary Clinton as a cabal of corrupt political mafia bosses who deeply hate voters, democracy and a free press.

The DNC even rewarded top donors with political appointments to the boards of federal organizations. If you give them enough money, they'll make sure Hillary lands you a spot in your favorite federal bureaucracy (the United States Postal Service is apparently in need of several BORED members... ha ha).

Check out some of these email findings for yourself: All the dirt (so far) from the 19,000 leaked emails: TheGatewayPundit DNC staffers revealed as total bigots who tried to destroy Bernie Sanders by attacking his religion: GovtSlaves Obedient MSNBC morons report "cheers" when the audience is BOOING Debbie Wasserman Schultz off the stage: (see the text along bottom of the video): ZeroHedge

It Was the Russians! But you're not supposed to pay any attention to all the admissions of crime and corruption found in these emails. Never mind the fact that all these DNC members need to be arrested, indicted and put behind bars for 20 years to life. They're all corrupt criminals who despise democracy and use the power of their positions to rig elections and place sleazebag politicians into public office. The voters be damned! No, you're supposed to think to yourself, "It was the Russians!" And right on cue, the leftist media is now floating the ludicrous idea that Putin loves Trump and wants Trump to win the presidency. Why is this idea so ludicrous?

Because Hillary Clinton is the sellout who approve the selling of America's uranium reserves to Russian mining companies, sacrificing a strategic national resource so she and her husband Bill could collect a few more million dollars in "speaking fees." (Source: CLINTON CASH book and documentary.) In other words, the Russians get everything they want when democrats are in power, because democrats are corrupt criminals who are willing to sell anything to the Russians (as long as the donation fee is high enough to the Clinton Foundation). Thus, the idea that Putin wouldn't want Clinton in the White House is absurd. But this is all best said by none other than Patrick Buchanan in this WND.com editorial which I offer here as a partial reprint:

Waving off the clerics who had come to administer last rites, Voltaire said: "All my life I have ever made but one prayer to God, a very short one: 'O Lord, make my enemies look ridiculous.' And God granted it." The tale of the thieved emails at the Democratic National Committee is just too good to be true. For a year, 74-year-old socialist Bernie Sanders has been saying that, under DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman

Schultz, the party has been undercutting his campaign and hauling water for Hillary Clinton. From the 19,200 emails dumped the weekend before Clinton's coronation, it appears the old boy is not barking mad. The deck was stacked; the referees were in the tank; the game was rigged. For four decades, some of us have wondered what Jim McCord, security man at CREEP, and his four Cubans were looking for in DNC Chair Larry O'Brien's office at the Watergate. Now it makes sense. Among the lovely schemes the DNC leaders worked up to gut Sanders in Christian communities of West Virginia and Kentucky, was to tell these good folks that Sanders doesn't even believe that there is a God. He's not even an agnostic; he's an atheist. The idea was broached by DNC chief financial officer Brad Marshall in an email to DNC chief executive officer Amy Dacey: "Does [Bernie] believe in a God. He has skated on saying he has a Jewish heritage. I think I read he is an atheist. This could make several points difference with my peeps. My Southern Baptist peeps would draw a big difference between a Jew and atheist." Dacey emailed back, "Amen." In 1960, John F. Kennedy went before the Houston ministers to assert the right of a Catholic to be president of the United States. Is the "Marshall Plan," to quietly spread word Bernie Sanders is a godless atheist, now acceptable politics in the party of Barack Obama? If Marshall and Dacey are still around at week's end, we will know. The WikiLeaks dump came Friday night. By Sunday, Clinton's crowd had unleashed the mechanical rabbit, and the press hounds were dutifully chasing it. The new party line: The Russians did it! Clinton campaign chief Robert Mook told ABC, "experts are telling us that Russian state actors broke in to the DNC, took all these emails, and now they are leaking them out through the Web sites. … some experts are now telling us that this was done by the Russians for the purpose of helping Donald Trump." Monday, Clinton chairman John Podesta said there is a "kind of bromance going on" between Trump and Vladimir Putin. Campaign flack Brian Fallon told CNN, "There is a consensus among experts that it is indeed Russia that is behind this hack of the DNC." Purpose: Change the subject. Redirect the media away from the DNC conspiracy to sabotage Sanders' campaign.

Assange: "A Lot More Material" Will Be Released"

FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email servers, source reveals.

The Clinton Foundation is a “massive spider web of connections and money laundering implicating hundreds of high-level people,” according to an anonymous insider who revealed why the FBI stopped short of indicting Hillary Clinton. Related: IRS Launches Investigation Of Clinton Foundation Before FBI Director James Comey announced the FBI wouldn’t recommend pressing charges against Clinton, an insider with “intimate knowledge of the inner workings of the Clinton case” hosted an little-publicized AMA session on 4Chan, and the statements he made on July 2 corroborate with later developments of the scandal.

“There is enough for her and the entire government to be brought down,” he revealed. “ People do not realize how enormous this whole situation actually is.” “Whether she will be [indicted] or not depends on how much info others involved gets out, and there are a lot of people involved.”

Since then, both the FBI and the DOJ declined to press charges against Clinton, and other sources revealed the Clinton Foundation is now under scrutiny.

“The problem is with the Clinton Foundation as I mentioned, which you should just imagine as a massive spider web of connections and money laundering implicating hundreds of high-level people,” the source said. “Though I do not have a high opinion of Hillary, she is just a piece – albeit a big piece – of this massive sh*tstorm."

Those implicated extends to the Justice Dept.

“The DOJ is most likely looking to save itself,” he continued. “Find everyone involved in the Clinton Foundation, from its donors to its Board of Directors, and imagine they are all implicated.”

This would explain why Bill Clinton forced himself on Attorney General Loretta Lynch’s plane at the Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport last week; Clinton insider Larry Nichols said blackmail was likely involved.

“Bill Clinton met with Lynch, and he was there to assure her that when Hillary gets to be president she’ll be able to keep her job,” said Nichols on the Alex Jones Show Friday. “I would imagine he gave Lynch a slip of paper that had on it a couple of things about the career prosecutors that are working the case. What was on that? The things they have on them. The drugs, women, men, whatever.”

The source indicated the Clinton Foundation is likely a nexus of blackmail material keeping everyone in D.C. in line behind the Clintons – even those with tremendous influence.

“The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email server,” he said. “We received the server from Benghazi, then from the server we found data on the Clinton Foundation.” “Then we realized the situation is much worse than previously thought.”

The server was in Benghazi? Was that one of the reasons why the embassy was attacked, to destroy evidence on the Clinton Foundation?

Additionally, the source said the investigation took so long because FBI Director James Comey didn’t want to face the “Clinton Machine” and the “rest of Washington D.C.”

“…This case would explode into a million other cases if fully brought to light, and then we would be one agency competing against the entire government and a hoard of other interests,” he continued. “It is a very tense and uncomfortable position.”

Interestingly, the insider spoke more about Clinton’s relationship with President Obama, which seems frosty at times despite Obama currently campaigning for his former Secretary of State.

“The real point of interest is the Clinton Foundation, not the email server,” he said. “We received the server from Benghazi, then from the server we found data on the Clinton Foundation.” “Then we realized the situation is much worse than previously thought.” “Obama and Hillary do hate each other,” he said. “Hillary hates black people and Obama dislikes recklessness.” On Thursday, Breitbart reported the FBI is “is still investigating Hillary Clinton in connection with possible corruption related to the Clinton Foundation.”

‘Clinton Cash’ Movie Surpasses 500,000 Views In 48 Hours

News showed the motion picture adaptation of Clinton Cash three times in three-hour windows. In those total nine hours of Saturday and Sunday viewing, there were 290,000 video views.

Pirated versions of the film have already begun sprouting up online, with one YouTube upload alone currently showing more than 215,800 views. In total, more than 500,000 people have pressed play on this film. But, of course, that half million views number does not take into account the massive amount of people who held watch parties or watched Clinton Cash with their family and friends during the weekend. Indeed, several comments have been posted on Breitbart.com and various social media platforms from people saying they and their friends and family were watching the Clinton Cash movie together in groups. It’s hard to know just how many millions of Americans may have tuned in to watch Clinton Cash during its two-day global release. As Breitbart News reported, the film was pushed heavily on social media by more than 283,000 dyed-in-the-wool Bernie Sanders supporters, who helped catapult Clinton Cash to the top of Facebook’s trending topics list on Sunday. Related: 21 New ‘Clinton Cash’ Revelations That Have Imperiled Hillary Clinton’s Campaign Related: 11 Explosive Clinton Cash Facts Mainstream Media Confirm are Accurate

Due to overwhelming response and request, Breitbart News has decided to make Clinton Cash available for free forever. Clinton Cash was directed by M.A. Taylor and was written and produced by Danny Fleurette and Breitbart News Executive Chairman Stephen K. Bannon. The film exposes the alarming pattern of record-high speaking fees to Bill Clinton and donations to the Clinton Foundation from foreign contributors, which coincided with favors for those closest to the Clintons and their foundation donors while Hillary Clinton served as secretary of state. Related: Historic Civil Law Suit against Alleged War Criminal George W. Bush in California: Chilcot Report Submitted to the Ninth Circuit Court

The Atlantic Council: The Marketing Arm Of The Military / Security Complex July 27 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

How much did the military-security complex pay the Atlantic Council to publish this sales pitch to Poland to load up on US weapons systems? The sales pitch was written by arms salesmen Richard Shirreff, a partner at Strategia Worldwide Ltd., and Maciej Olex-Szczytowski, a “business adviser specializing in defense.”

The sales pitch is titled “Arming For Deterrence.” The Kremlin is unpredictable, say the arms salesmen, and could at any moment decide to attack Poland. However the Russian regime “respects a show of force” and would back down if Poland has a sufficient inventory of US weapons. Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World #50: The Atlantic Council The sales pitch encourages Poland to take many aggressive and dangerous steps toward Russia, such as targeting Russia cities and facilities including RT. But before provoking the Bear like this, Poland needs “to join the tactical nuclear capability scheme within NATO, so enabling its F-16s to be carriers of tactical nuclear ordnance.”

Poland also needs to be able to strike deep inside Russia and for this needs to purchase American long-range JASSM airlaunched cruise missiles, the Navy Strike missile coastal missiles, and the Guided Multiple Launch Rocket Systems. Poland also needs “offensive cyber operations” and “more tandem-warhead Anti-Tank Guided Missiles (ATGMs) capable of penetrating reactive armor, and also anti-aircraft (including anti-helicopter) and anti-UAV missiles. “

The bill for this deterrence against non-existent “Russian aggression” comes to “some US $26 billion” on top of planned expenditures of US $34 billion. “Poland should move forward expeditiously with procurements,” say the arms salesmen or risk being attacked by superior Russian forces. The zionist neocons get away with their warmongering because it is profitable for the US military/security complex. Whereas the crazed neocons want real war, the military / security complex only wants the propaganda threat of war. The numerous military / foreign policy think tanks funded by the military / security complex provide the propaganda and made-up threat. This is a dangerous game, because the Russians see a real threat in the hostility that is directed at them.

The anti-Russian propaganda is universal and includes the Olympic Games. Washington wants Russia excluded based on the allegation that only Russians take performance-enhancing substances. What extraordinary nonsense. I have a relative who travels widely to test athletes of every sport, even golf, for the use of performance-enhancing substances. It is not the Russians who have corrupted “clean sports.” It is the money that the corrupt Americans have poured into sports. To be a champion, to win the Masters at Augusta National, to win a gold medal means to be a multi-millionaire. Sports that people once played for enjoyment are now a lucrative profession.

Money corrupts everything, and it is capitalism that turns everything into a commodity that is bought and sold. In capitalist regimes everything is for sale: honor, integrity, justice, truth. Everything is reduced to the filthy lucre. Related: Putin to Western 'Elites': Play-Time is Over

A Generation Of Poisoning With Gender-Bender Chemicals Has Created A New Class Of Youth Who Fail To Recognize Gender At All July 27 2016 | From: NaturalNews

The success of the globalists in perverting the minds of Western youth is evident in a new study by the Innovation Group, which found that most people between the ages of 13 and 20 – what the mainstream media and social engineers have dubbed "Generation Z" – no longer believe in strictly-defined gender identities like "male" and "female."

These gender "binaries," which are really just the pronouns humanity has been using since the beginning of time to differentiate between individuals with external reproductive equipment versus internal reproductive equipment, are now "old-fashioned" to the youth of today, which the study found are more comfortable than previous generations using gender-neutral (and grammatically incorrect) pronouns like "they" and "them" to describe a single, genderless individual. A majority of Gen-Z respondents, 52 percent, indicated that they aren't completely heterosexual, while 35 percent – an 11 percent increase compared to "Millennials" – admit that they fall somewhere along the spectrum of bisexuality. This spectrum identification for sexuality is further reflected in the more than 38 percent of Gen-Zers who claim they don't believe gender defines a person. As far as the types of clothes and accessories they buy, 13–20 year-olds are much more fluid when it comes to sticking to a gender norm. Only 44 percent of Gen-Zers buy clothes exclusively designed for their own gender, while an astounding 70 percent say they support the idea that bathrooms become "genderless," welcoming anyone and everyone who wants to use them.

Gen-Z is likewise more accepting of others who don't identify by any specific gender pronoun, or who identify by "nontraditional" gender pronouns like "ze;" 74 percent of Gen-Zers fall into this category compared to just 62 percent of older Millennials between the ages of 21–34. But the one thing on which both Gen-Zers and Millennials agree? More people than ever are experimenting with their gender identity. A 16-year-old pansexual (genderless) student from Nebraska by the name of "Madeleine" told VICE that "it" (for lack of a better pronoun) learned more about gender and identity from its peers than from older people, and that "agender," or no gender at all, is a young people's phenomenon. "I also notice that people my age are more open to gender and sexuality being fluid and subject to change," Madeleine told VICE. "For a while, I identified as asexual, but as time went on and I changed, I realized that maybe I wasn't that way anymore."

Endocrine-Disrupting Chemicals are Eliminating Sex, Gender This lack of clarity about biological identity is a product of two things: relentless media propaganda and chemical poisoning with gender-bending chemicals found in plastics, herbicides and pesticides sprayed on our food, and environmental pollution. Chemicals like bisphenol-A (BPA), glyphosate, soy and other hormone-disruptors are altering human genes and producing next-generation "robot" humans with no gender, and thus no identity.

It's sad, really, because it could have been prevented through reforms that protect the people rather than the chemical and drug industries that produce these toxins. Food, water, air: It's all tainted with endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs) that, more often than not, mimic the effects of estrogen, meaning they deplete testosterone and create hormone imbalances that not only confuse children, but also affect their growth and development. Young girls are becoming more "masculine," while young boys are becoming more "feminine" – an alchemy of the two sexes both physically and mentally that's changing the landscape of culture and civilization. We've identified many sources of EDCs through our ongoing work at the Natural News Forensics Food Lab, which I encourage you to check out in order to learn more.

Oliver Stone: Pokemon Go Is A New Stage In “Totalitarism” And “Surveillance Capitalism” July 26 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

Film director Oliver Stone believes that Pokemon Go is a tool capable of collecting massive amounts of data about its users and represents a step towards “robot society”.

The director of Platoon, Wallstreet and JFK was at Comic-Con 2016 in San Diego to discuss his new movie Snowden. Considering the topic of the movie, the panel were discussing the NSA, online privacy and government surveillance. A question from a fan lead Oliver Stone to lash out against today’s newest worldwide phenomenon: Pokemon Go.

“It’s a new level of invasion,” Stone said of the game. “Nobody has ever seen, in the history of the world, something like Google, ever. It’s the fastest-growing business ever, and they have invested huge amounts of money into what surveillance is, which is data-mining. They’re data-mining every person in this room for information as to what you’re buying, what it is you like, and above all, your behavior.” - CBS News, Oliver Stone: Pokemon Go is “totalitarianism”

Oliver Stone claims that Pokemon Go is yet another step towards “surveillance capitalism”.

“Pokemon Go kicks into that. It’s everywhere. It’s what some people call surveillance capitalism. It’s the newest stage,” he said. “You’ll see a new form of, frankly, a robot society, where they will know how you want to behave and they will make the mockup that matches how you behave and feed you. It’s what they call totalitarianism.” – Ibid.

Shortly after the game launch, observers worried about the massive amount of permissions requested by Pokemon Go upon installation. The game indeed requested full access to user’s Google Accounts on iOS. Although game developer Niantic claims to have fixed this issue, the app still collects massive amounts of data.

“Niantic may collect - among other things - your email address, IP address, the web page you were using before logging into Pokémon Go, your username, and your location. And if you use your Google account for sign-in and use an iOS device, unless you specifically revoke it, Niantic has access to your entire Google account. That means Niantic could have read and write access to your email, Google Drive docs, and more. (It also means that if the Niantic servers are hacked, whoever hacked the servers would potentially have access to your entire Google account. And you can bet the game’s extreme popularity has made it a target for hackers. Given the number of children playing the game, that’s a scary thought.) You can check what kind of access Niantic has to your Google account here. It also may share this information with other parties, including the Pokémon Company that co-developed the game, “third-party service providers,” and “third parties” to conduct “research and analysis, demographic profiling, and other similar purposes.” It also, per the policy, may share any information it collects with law enforcement in response to a legal claim, to protect its own interests, or stop “illegal, unethical, or legally actionable activity.” Now, none of these privacy provisions are of themselves unique. Location-based apps from Foursquare to Tinder can and do similar things. But Pokémon Go’s incredibly granular, block-by-block map data, combined with its surging popularity, may soon make it one of, if not the most, detailed location-based social graphs ever compiled." – Buzzfeed News, “You Should Probably Check Your Pokémon Go Privacy Settings”

Senator Al Franken, the top Democrat on the Senate Privacy and Technology Subcommittee recently sent a letter to Niantic expressing concerns about privacy.

“The letter notes that Pokémon Go collects profile and account information, location data, and data “obtained through Cookies and Web Beacons.” The game also asks permission to do things like control vibration and prevent the phone from sleeping. Franken wants to know what information and functions exist to support and improve services, and what’s being gathered for “other purposes.” While this release is undoubtedly impressive, I am concerned about the extent to which Niantic may be unnecessarily collecting, using, and sharing a wide range of users’ personal information without their appropriate consent”. – arstechnica, Sen. Franken asks Pokémon Go creator: Why all the privacy problems?

Some might claim that a bunch of apps already collect all of that information and that there is nothing new under the sun.

That is correct. Pokemon Go is simply yet another incremental step towards high tech control, where users are lured to specific locations and tracked during the entire time. In short, it is yet another level of heat in the pot.

“If you drop a frog in a pot of boiling water, it will of course frantically try to clamber out. But if you place it gently in a pot of tepid water and turn the heat on low, it will float there quite placidly. As the water gradually heats up, the frog will sink into a tranquil stupor, exactly like one of us in a hot bath, and before long, with a smile on its face, it will unresistingly allow itself to be boiled to death."

Why Does New Zealand Still Fluoridate? TV Commercial From FFNZ July 25 2016 | From: VinnyEastwood

Why Does NZ Still Fluoridate?

TV Commercial FFNZ

WikiLeaks Founder Julian Assange Says His Next Leak Will virtually Guarantee An Indictment Of Hillary Clinton July 25 2016 | From: ScienceIsConsent

In a recent interview with ITV, Assange said the whistleblowing website will soon be leaking documents that will provide “enough evidence” for the Department of Justice to indict the presumptive Democratic nominee.

WikiLeaks has already published 30,322 emails from Clinton’s private email server, spanning from June 30, 2010 to August 12, 2014. While Assange didn’t specify what exactly was in the emails, he did tell ITV that WikiLeaks had “accumulated a lot of material about Hillary Clinton, which could proceed to an indictment.” Related: WikiLeaks posts 20,000 DNC Emails The founder Sharon Tennison has focused on making people-people connections including the business community, Rotary clubs, etc..This delegation was organized because of concern about escalating international tensions and the danger of a drift toward world threatening military conflict. Assange hinted that the emails slated for publication contain additional information about the Clinton Foundation. He also reminded ITV’s Robert Peston that previously released emails contained one damning piece of communication from Clinton, instructing a staffer to remove the classification settings from an official State Department communication and send it through a “nonsecure” channel. Related: Berto Jongman: 20,000 DNC Emails Showing Malfeasance Now Posted by WikiLeaks with Thanks to Guccifer

Assange then pointed out that the Obama administration has previously prosecuted numerous whistleblowers for violating the government’s procedures for handling classified documents. In regard to the ongoing FBI investigation, however, Assange expressed a lack of confidence in the Obama administration’s Justice Department to indict the former Secretary of State. “[Attorney General Loretta Lynch] is not going to indict Hillary Clinton. It’s not possible that could happen. But the FBI could push for new concessions from the Clinton government in exchange for its lack of indictment.” WikiLeaks has long been a thorn in the side of the former Secretary of State, who called on President Obama to prosecute the whistleblowing site after its 2010 leak of State Department cables. Julian Assange remains confined to the Ecuadorian Embassy in downtown London, as Ecuador has promised to not hand over the WikiLeaks founder to US authorities.

Relayted: Leaked DNC Emails Confirm Democrats Rigged Primary, Reveal Extensive Media Collusion Related: 10 ways the Democratic primary has been rigged from the start

The Myth Of “Aggressive Russia” July 23 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

Recently I went on a 15 day visit to Russia organized by the Center for Citizen Initiatives.The group visited Moscow, the Crimean peninsula, Krasnodar (southern Russia) and St. Petersburg.

In each location we met many locals and heard diverse viewpoints. CCI has a long history promoting friendship and trying to overcome false assumptions between citizens of the USA and Russia. The founder Sharon Tennison has focused on making people-people connections including the business community, Rotary clubs, etc..This delegation was organized because of concern about escalating international tensions and the danger of a drift toward world threatening military conflict. We were in Russia in late June as they were commemorating the 75th anniversary of the Nazi invasion of the Soviet Union. They call it the Great Patriotic War where 27 million Soviet citizens died. In Russia it’s a very sober occasion in which they pay tribute to the fallen, acknowledge the heroes and underscore the horrors of war. Virtually everyone in Russia lost family members in World War 2 and there seems to be a deep understanding of what war and invasion mean.

It is alarming to see the constant drumbeat in Western media that Russia is aggressive, Russia invaded Crimea, Russia is a threat. Hardly a day goes by that the New York Times does not have an editorial or news story with the assertion or insinuation that Russia is “aggressive”. Today’s op-ed by Andrew Foxall is an example. The “think tank “ director bemoans the British departure from the European Union and suggests that Russian President Putin may be behind it:

"Mr. Putin has spent the past 16 years trying to destabilize the West….. After Brexit, the union has lost not only one of its most capable members, but also one of its two nuclear powers and one of its two seats at the United Nations Security Council... Mr. Putin checked the European Union’s expansion when he invaded Ukraine in 2014. The Continent’s security order is now in a perilous plight: If Mr. Putin senses weakness, he will be tempted into further aggression."

It is now common to hear the claim that Russia “invaded” Ukraine and is “occupying” Crimea.

The US and allies have imposed sanctions because of the Crimean decision to separate from Ukraine and rejoin Russia. Tourist cruise ships no longer stop at Crimean ports and international airlines are prohibited from flying directly to the international airport at the Crimean capital, Simferopol. Students from Crimean universities cannot transfer their academic credits to universities internationally. Despite the sanctions and problems, Crimea appears to be doing reasonably well. In the past two years, the airport has been rebuilt and modernized. The streets of Balaclava, Sevastopol, Simferopol and Yalta are busy and bright. No doubt things could be much better and residents want the sanctions lifted, but there were no evident signs of shortages or poverty. On the contrary, kids were enjoying ice cream, parks were full and streets busy late into the night. The famous Artek Youth Camp near Yalta is being refurbished with new dormitories, state of the art swimming pool and gymnasium. Right now they are handling 3,000 youth in the camp at one time with 30,000 kids from all over Russia this year. A 12 mile bridge connecting Crimea to southern Russia is now half complete. A impressive video showing the design is here. After 22 years as part of independent Ukraine following the breakup of the Soviet Union, what drove the people of Crimea to overwhelmingly support a referendum calling for ‘re-unification’ with Russia? Was this the result of intimidation or an ‘occupation’ by Russia?

We received a very strong sense from talking with many different people in Crimea that they are happy with their decision. The impetus was not aggression from Russia; the impetus came from the violence and ultra-nationalism of the foreign backed coup in Ukraine. Protests against Ukraine’s Yanukovych government began in November 2013 in the “Maidan” (central square) in Kiev. Protesters included right wing nationalist and Nazi sympathizers hostile to the Yanukovych government. A significant faction glorified the Ukrainian Nazi collaborator Stepan Bandera. The US was deeply involved in promoting the “Maidan” protests and strategizing how to bring in a new government. Assistant Secy of State Victoria Nuland demanded the Yanukovych government do nothing to stop or prevent the increasing vandalism, attacks and intimidation. With thugs in the street increasingly clashing with police, the US pressed the Ukrainian government to break economic ties with Russia as a condition for closer relations with Europe and loans from the International Monetary Fund. On the surface, the US was encouraging Ukraine to strengthen ties with the European Union but in reality Nuland’s goals were about the US, NATO and undermining Russia. This was dramatically revealed in a secretly recorded phone call between Nuland and the US Ambassador to the Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt.

Nuland and Pyatt discussed who should and should not be in the coup government two weeks before the coup happened. As they conspired over the phone, Nuland expressed her displeasure with the EU’s reluctance to push the coup...

“Fuck the EU” said the woman who six weeks earlier spoke glowingly of Ukraine’s “European aspirations”.

Prior to the coup, Nuland spoke of the high US “investment” in promoting “democracy” in Ukraine. In a December 2013 speech she said:

“Since Ukraine’s independence in 1991 the United States has supported Ukrainians as they build democratic skills and institutions, as they promote civic participation and good governance, all of which are preconditions for Ukraine to achieve its European aspirations. We have invested over $5 billion to assist Ukraine in these and other goals…” (approx 7:30 into the recording / USUkraine Foundation, 13 December 2013).

In mid December hundreds of Crimeans traveled to Kiev in buses to join peaceful protests in opposition to the Maidan protests seen on television. They stayed in Kiev through January and into February until the violence exploded on February 18 (2014). Altogether, 82 persons were killed including 13 police and 1100 injured. At that point, the Crimeans decided peaceful protest was useless and to return home. The bus caravan departed Kiev on Feb 20 but was stopped at night near the town of Korsun. The buses were torched and the Crimean travelers brutalized, beaten and seven killed. When news of this reached Crimea, it was yet another cause for alarm. A video titled “The Crimes of Euromaidan Nazis” documents the events and includes interviews with numerous passengers. These atrocities against unarmed Crimeans were done on a public highway with no intervention from local Ukrainian police.

On Feb 21 the existing government came to a compromise agreement. But that did not appease the most violent protesters or their supporters. A parliamentarian was beaten in broad daylight and threats issued. President Yanukovych fled for his life and a new government, led by Victoria Nuland’s choice Arseniy Yatsenyuk, took charge. The US and western allies quickly recognized the new government while Russia objected it was an illegal coup. In the first days of the new government a bill was passed to make Ukrainian the sole official language of the country. Indeed there was aggression and violence in Ukraine but it was not from Russia. Rather, evidence indicated the violence was from the forces which led the coup. This was revealed in an intercepted phone conversation between British representative to the European Union, Catherine Ashton, and the Estonian Foreign Minister, Urmas Paet. Paet reported that he had been to Kiev and;

“There is a stronger and stronger understanding that behind snipers it was not Yanukovych, it was somebody from the new coalition.”

Instead of probing into the facts behind this dramatic information, Ashton said “Oh gosh. We will need to look into that” and quickly moved on. Crimeans we spoke with described their shock and outrage at the events. In just four months they witnessed violent Maidan protests, the overthrow of the elected government, beatings and killings of citizens returning from Kiev, and then the removal of Russian as an official language. In response, local leaders recommended a Crimea wide referendum with the option to officially re-unite with the country that Crimea had been part of for over two centuries. A referendum was held on March 16. Turnout was 89% with 96% voting in favor of the “reunification of Crimea with Russia”. With the violent overthrow of the Kiev government and clear proof of US involvement in the coup it seems highly inaccurate to say that Russia “invaded” or is “occupying” Crimea. On the contrary, it seems to be the USA and allies which are “aggressive”.

The same reversal of reality is going on with the expansion of NATO. In recent weeks NATO has placed armed forces in Poland, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania. NATO military expenses are already 13 times greater than that of Russia yet NATO plans to increase military spending even more.

Meanwhile the US unilaterally withdrew from the Anti Ballistic Missile (ABM) Treaty in 2002 and is busy building and installing ABM sites in Alaska and now eastern Europe. With a serious face they have previously claimed these sites are being installed because of the danger of “Iranian missiles” but only a fool could take that seriously. There is the additional risk that the same sites could be converted from anti ballistic missiles to contain nuclear warheads. Are NATO and the US preparing for war? The public should be asking hard questions to our political and military leaders as they waste our tax dollars and risk global conflagration. When the audio recording of Nuland and Pyatt discussing how to “midwife” the Kiev coup was revealed, the State Dept spokesperson was grilled about it. She responded “That’s what diplomats do”. Enough of the nonsense that “Russia is aggressive” when the evidence indicates it’s the USA and allies who are destabilizing other countries, escalating a new arms buildup and promoting conflict instead of diplomacy.

HSBC Global Head Of FX Cash Trading Arrested At JFK Airport July 22 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

A historic event took place today ago when Mark Johnson, the global head of cash FX at HSBC was arrested at JFK airport for his role in a "conspiracy to rig currency benchmarks", and specifically for frontrunning customer orders. He is the first person charged by the US in the ongoing FX rigging probe.

As Bloomberg reports, a "senior manager at HSBC Holdings Plc was arrested in New York for his role in a conspiracy to rig currency benchmarks, according to two people familiar with the matter, becoming the first person to be charged in the Justice Department’s three-year investigation into foreign-exchange rigging at global banks." The DOJ adds that Mark Johnson, 50, a U.K. citizen and U.K. and U.S. resident, and Stuart Scott, 43, a U.K. citizen and resident, were charged by complaint with conspiracy to commit wire fraud. Johnson was arrested last night at JFK International Airport in Queens, New York, and will be arraigned later today before U.S. Magistrate Judge Lois Bloom of the Eastern District of New York.

From his bio: Johnson is global head of foreign exchange cash trading at HSBC, based in London. Prior to joining HSBC in 2010, he was founding managing partner and chief investment officer at Johnson Stewart Partners. Before that, he was global head of trading at Deutsche Bank. More details:

Mark Johnson, HSBC’s global head of foreign exchange cash trading in London, was taken into custody at John F. Kennedy International Airport Tuesday and is scheduled to appear before a judge in federal court in Brooklyn Wednesday morning, said the people, who asked not to be named because the case hasn’t been made public. He’s charged with conspiracy to commit wire fraud, the people said. According to Bloomberg, Johnson’s arrest comes more than a year after five global banks pleaded guilty to charges related to the rigging of currency benchmarks. HSBC, which wasn’t part of those criminal cases, in November 2014 agreed to pay $618 million in penalties to U.S. and British regulators to resolve currency manipulation allegations. HSBC, which still faces investigations by the Justice Department and other authorities for the conduct, has set aside $1.3 billion for possible settlements, according to an August filing. Rob Sherman, an HSBC spokesman, and Peter Carr, a Justice Department spokesman, declined to comment.

From the DOJ complaint:

“As alleged, the defendants placed personal and company profits ahead of their duties of trust and confidentiality owed to their client, and in doing so, defrauded their client of millions of dollars,” stated United States Attorney Capers.

“When questioned by their client about the higher price paid for their significant transaction, the defendants wove a web of lies designed to conceal the truth and divert attention away from their fraudulent trades. The charges and arrest announced today reflect our steadfast commitment to hold accountable corporate executives and licensed professionals who use their positions to fraudulently enrich themselves.” “The defendants allegedly betrayed their client’s confidence, and corruptly manipulated the foreign exchange market to benefit themselves and their bank,” said Assistant Attorney General Caldwell. “This case demonstrates the Criminal Division’s commitment to hold corporate executives, including at the world’s largest and most sophisticated institutions, responsible for their crimes.”

The full details, as revealed in the DOJ complaint, allege that in November and December 2011, Johnson and Scott misused information provided to them by a client that hired HSBC to execute a foreign exchange transaction related to a planned sale of one of the client’s foreign subsidiaries. HSBC was selected to execute the foreign exchange transaction – which was going to require converting approximately $3.5 billion in sales proceeds into British Pound Sterling – in October 2011. HSBC’s agreement with the client required the bank to keep the details of the client’s planned transaction confidential. Instead, Johnson and Scott allegedly misused confidential information they received about the client’s transaction. On multiple occasions, Johnson and Scott allegedly purchased Pound Sterling for HSBC’s “proprietary” accounts, which they held until the client’s planned transaction was executed.

The complaint alleges that, as part of the scheme, both Johnson and Scott made misrepresentations to the client about the planned foreign exchange transaction that concealed the self-serving nature of their actions. Specifically, the complaint alleges that Johnson and Scott caused the $3.5 billion foreign exchange transaction to be executed in a manner that was designed to spike the price of the Pound Sterling, to the benefit of HSBC and at the expense of their client. In total, HSBC allegedly generated profits of roughly $8,000,000 from its execution of the FX Transaction for the Victim Company, including profits generated from the front running conduct by Johnson, Scott, and other traders whom they directed.

... Also on Tuesday, the U.S. Federal Reserve banned former UBS Group AG trader Matthew Gardiner from the banking industry for life for his role rigging currency benchmarks. Gardiner used electronic chat rooms, with names including The Cartel and The Mafia, to facilitate the rigging of foreignexchange benchmarks and to disclose confidential customer information to traders at other banks, the Fed said in astatement Tuesday. That matter is separate from the one involving Johnson, the people said. Recall that DOJ unwillingness to prosecute HSBC was the ultimate catalyst that prompted former AG Eric Holder to admit that some banks are "too big to prosecute." Perhaps with this arrest things are slowly starting to change. Now, if frontrunning clients is officially an arrest-worthy offense, we can't wait for the DOJ to unleash a crackdown on criminal HFT algos whose only purpose in "life" is to do just that.

Why The Whole Banking System Is A Scam - Godfrey Bloom MEP July 22 2016 | From: Europarle / UKIPMEPS

Strausberg, 21 May 2013.

Joint debate: Banking Union: Single national supervisory mechanism.

You might also like: Nigel Farage Q&A at the RNC in Cleveland - Donald Trump Brexit

Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong July 21 2016 | From: WakingTimes

Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture.

Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history. An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago.

“Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,” explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich. “Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.”

The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiew, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008. Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.”

The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years.

“The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,” said Dr. Osmanagich.

Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power. Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States.

H2 (History 2) popular series Unearthing Ancient America recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is a complex and massive wall ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground. The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future? Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed-Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says;

“Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.”

Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homosapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm. Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals.

Gobekli Tepe in Eastern Turkey

Results clearly indicate that similar advanced civilizations of humans were present all across the globe at that time in history. For example, Gobekli Tepe located in Eastern Turkey, is a vast complex of enormous megalithic stone circles with a radius of between 10 and 20 meters, much larger than the well-known Stonehenge in Great Britain.

Excavations at Gobekli Tepe that began there in 1995 revealed radio carbon dating at least 11,600 years. German archaeologist Dr. Klaus Schmidt from the German Archaeological Institute, Berlin, Germany, with the support of ArchaeoNova Institute from Heidelberg, Germany, has led the excavation of these recently-discovered pre-historic megalithic circles at the Turkey location. “Gobekli Tepe is one of the most fascinating Neolithic locations in the world,” Dr. Klaus Schmidt claims. But as he explains in a recent report, to understand the new finds, archaeologists need to work closely with specialists in comparative religion, architectural and art theory, cognitive and evolutionary psychology, sociologists using social network theory, and others.

“It is the complex story of the earliest, large settled communities, their extensive networking, and their communal understanding of their world, perhaps even the first organized religions and their symbolic representations of the cosmos,” as reported by Klaus Schmidt.

In addition to the megalithic structures, figures and carvings have been discovered, depicting animals of pre historic nature such as dinosaurs and other wild life. Since excavations started in 1995, four of the circles have been partially cleaned, but it is thought that there are a total of up to 50 circles hidden underground.

These vast monoliths, soaring seven meters in height and 25 tons in mass at Gobekli Tepe, are situated right in the heart of what we perceive as the origin of civilization. This find offers new guidance to the true history of earth and our ancient civilizations. “Our archaeological research goal is not to simply uncover all of the megalithic circles but to try to figure out their purpose,” adds Schmidt.

Bosnian Pyramid Now in Eighth Year: Proof of Advanced Civilizations from over 30,000 years ago The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth.

The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet. Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex.

“This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,” comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site.

The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the Pyramid of the Sun the team has unearthed several megalith stones.

Oh yeah, that one was definitely made with ropes and pulleys too. Sigh.

In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kgs was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. “This is a hugely significant find,”comments Moon. “Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material. We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls. Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past.

“It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.”

Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September. To hear Dr. Sam’s interview on Lost Knowledge go here. For more on the Bosnian Pyramids go to www.icbp.ba.

The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The “5G” Rollout July 20 2016 | From: TakeBackYourPower

If you care about your health, your children, your pets, your environment it is imperative that you understand the implications of this freight train that is headed down the tracks.

I hope you get the same chills down your spine I get when you read this and are compelled to take swift action! After reading this post, get informed about the electronic soup we are all frying in. Watch what 18 world class experts are sharing on the EMF summit. Untested 28GHz radiation blasting from millions of new hidden antennas and tuned-up "smart" meters. A corporate free-forall, with oversight eliminated. Total, for-profit surveillance. An "internet of everything" with "hundreds of billions of microchippable products". Everywhere and everything... and eventually, everyone. This is not sci-fi. This is FCC Commissioner Tom Wheeler's insane new plan, slickly badged as "5G". The US government's own NTP cancer study inconveniently concluded that yes - cellular radiation DOES increase cancer. Now, the industylobbyist-turned-government-czar gave an uber-creepy speech invoking technocracy's endgame with a stomach-churning sense of urgency.

Check out Wheeler's creepy speech for yourself, here. He stammers through it like a man mostly-possessed. This is desperation on their part. They know full well that the next phase of the megalomanic rollout needs to happen before the SHTF for them, and the tipping point is reached in terms of a convergent awareness of wireless health / surveillance / technocratic insanity- and their liability. So let's engage and make some noise. Your voice is needed today. This plan is being fast-tracked & voted on tomorrow, Thursday July 14. Let the FCC and this government know that if they do not listen to science and reason, they will be held accountable and liable for their actions. Money is not only their god - it's their language.

Speak up and stop 5G now. This one is heavy. Hang in there. It is darkest before the dawn. But in the night, act we must. So it's handy when you contact the FCC & reps, here once again is a list of science-based resources: 1) 34 Scientific Studies Showing Adverse Health Effects From Wi-Fi

2) Several thousand studies that indicate a biological effect and/or harm: PowerWatch JustProveIt RMFportal StopSmartMeters

3) Radiofrequency science charts to visually compare studies, radiation intensities and biological effects

4) Apple manual states to keep your iPhone away from your body at all times

5) Study: Mobile phones are cooking men's sperm

6) Brain surgeon Dr Charlie Teo warns against mobiles, wireless home appliances

7) American Academy of Pediatrics warns: Limit children's exposure to cellphones

8) More than 60 international warnings on Wi-Fi and microwave radiation

9) A List of Teacher Unions and Parent Teacher Organizations Taking Action On Wi-Fi (USA, Canada, UK, etc).

10) TED Talk from a former Environmental Engineer in Silicon Valley

11) Insurance giant Swiss RE has given electromagnetic frequencies the HIGHEST possible long term risk rating

12) Another insurance giant, Lloyd's of London, will not insure anything wireless

13) Risk Management Magazine - The Invisible Threat: Radiofrequency Radiation Risk

14) US CDC retracts cellphone radiation warning following pressure from industry lobbyists

15) WHO involved in suppression of additional science showing harm, since 2011

16) Study Uncovers How Electromagnetic Fields Amplify Pain in Amputees

17) CEO of 1 Billion-dollar U.K. company speaks out on microwave sickness

18) Dozens of specific scientific abstracts that all show harm

19) Solutions: Reducing Wirelesss Radiation and EMF

20) Solutions: Reducing Your EMF Exposure

21) Cell Phone Radiation Boosts Cancer Rates in Animals; $25 Million NTP Study Finds Brain Tumors

This is so important and you need to understand it and protect yourself, your family, and your pets. Create a safe environment and use technology wisely!

Update: July 14, 2016 There’s no stopping this freight train.

In a unanimous vote this morning, the Federal Communications Commission approved a plan to begin readying the United States for 5G wireless networks. It’s the biggest expansion yet and will make many more people ill! Now more than ever you need to know how to best protect yourself and your family using technology wisely. Get informed!

The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose July 19 2016 | From: ActivistPost

Under the surface of almost every sociopolitical and economic event in the world there burns an ever-raging, but often unseen, war. This war, for now, is fought with fiction and with truth, with journalistic combat and with quiet individual deeds. It is defined by two sides which could not be more philosophically or spiritually separate.

On one side is a pervasive network of corporate moguls and elites, banking entities, international financial consortiums, think tanks and political puppets. They work tirelessly to reshape public psychology and society as a whole into something they sometimes call the “New World Order;” a completely and scientifically centralized planet in which they control every aspect of government, trade, life and even moral compass. I often refer to them simply as the “Globalists,” which is how they at times refer to themselves. On the other side is a movement that has developed organically and instinctively, growing without direct top-down “leadership,” but still guided through example by various teachers and activists, driven by a concrete set of principles based in natural law. It is composed of the religious, the agnostic and even some atheists. It is soldiered by people of all ethnic and financial backgrounds. These groups are tied together by a singular and resounding belief in the one vital thing they can all agree upon - the inherent and inborn rights of freedom. I call them the “Liberty Movement.” There are those who think they do not have a dog in this fight, those who ignore it and those who are completely oblivious to it. However, EVERYONE can and will be affected by it, no exceptions. This war is for the future of the human race. Its consequences will determine if the next generation will choose the conditions of their environment and maintain the ability to reach their true potential as individuals or if every aspect of their lives will be micromanaged for them by a faceless, soulless bureaucracy that does not have their best interests at heart.

As you can probably tell, I am not unbiased in my examination of these two sides. While some of the more “academically minded” cynics out there do attempt to marginalize the entire conflict by accusing both sides of simply trying to impose “their ideology” on the rest of humanity, I would say that such people are generally ignorant of what is at stake. There is in fact an elemental force behind this war. I would even call it a conflagration between good and evil. For a more indepth analysis on the evil behind globalism, read my article “Are Globalists Evil Or Just Misunderstood?” Some people don’t adhere to such absolutes or they think good and evil are fantasies created by religion to keep society in check. I have no intention of trying to convince them otherwise. All I can say is, I have seen and experienced these absolutes first hand and, therefore, I have no choice but to remain a believer. I would also point out that the general experience of most men and women is that the act of organized and legitimate oppression is inherently evil and such actions in the name of satisfying delusional elitist narcissism are even more evil. While these experiences are subjective, they are also universal, regardless of the culture, place or time in history. Most of us feel the same horror and the same defiance when presented with rising tyranny. We can’t necessarily explain why, but we all know.

While I am firmly on the side of liberty and am willing to fight and trade my life to stop the “New World Order” the globalists are so obsessed with, I will not turn this examination of their tactics into a blind or one-sided farce. I will point out where the elites are effective just as I will point out where they are ineffective. It would do more harm than good to portray the globalists as “stupid” or bumbling in their efforts. They are not stupid. They are actually astonishingly clever and should not be underestimated. They are indeed conniving and industrious, but they are not wise. For if they were wise, they would be able to see the ultimate futility of their goal and the world would be saved decades of tragedy and loss. Their cultism has dulled their senses to reality and they have abandoned truth in the name of control. Here are some of the primary strategies that the globalists are using to gain power and work towards total centralization and why their own mindset has doomed them to failure.

Globalism vs. “Populism” The globalists have used the method of false dichotomies for centuries to divide nations and peoples against each other in order to derive opportunity from chaos. That said, the above dichotomy is about as close to real as they have ever promoted.

As I explained in my article "Globalists Are Now Openly Demanding New World Order Centralization." the recent passage of the Brexit referendum in the U.K. has triggered a surge of new propaganda from establishment media outlets. The thrust of this propaganda is the notion that “populists” are behind the fight against globalization and these populists are going to foster the ruin of nations and the global economy. That is to say - globalism good, populism bad. There is a real fight between globalists and those who desire a free, decentralized and voluntary society. They have just changed some of the labels and the language. We have yet to see how effective this strategy will be for the elites, but it is very useful for them in certain respects. The wielding of the term “populist” is about as sterilized and distant from “freedom and liberty” as you can get. It denotes not just “nationalism,” but selfish nationalism. And the association people are supposed to make in their minds is that selfish nationalism leads to destructive fascism (i.e. Nazis). Therefore, when you hear the term “populist,” the globalists hope you will think “Nazi.” Also, keep in mind that the narrative of the rise of populism coincides with grave warnings from the elites that such movements will cause global economic collapse if they continue to grow. Of course, the elites have been fomenting an economic collapse for years.

We have been experiencing many of the effects of it for some time. In a brilliant maneuver, the elites have attempted to relabel the liberty movement as “populist” (Nazis), and use liberty activists as a scapegoat for the fiscal time bomb THEY created. Will the masses buy it? I don’t know. I think that depends on how effectively we expose the strategy before the breakdown becomes too entrenched. The economic collapse itself has been handled masterfully by the elites, though. There is simply no solution that can prevent it from continuing. Even if every criminal globalist was hanging from a lamp post tomorrow and honest leadership was restored to government, the math cannot be changed and decades of struggle will be required before national economies can be made prosperous again.

Communism vs. Fascism This is a classic ploy by the globalists to divide a culture against itself and initiate a calamity that can be used as leverage for greater centralization down the road. If you have any doubts about fascism and communism being engineered, I highly suggest you look into the very well-documented analysis of Antony Sutton. I do not have the space here to do his investigations justice. Today, we see elites like George Soros funding and aiding the latest incarnation of the communist hordes - namely social justice groups like Black Lives Matter. The collectivist psychosis and Orwellian behavior exhibited by race junkies like BLM and third-wave feminists is thoroughly pissing off conservatives who are tired of being told what to think and how to act every second of every day. And this is the point…

If you want to get a picture of America in 2016, look back at Europe during the 1930s. Communist provocateurs, some real and some fabricated by the establishment itself, ran rampant in Europe creating labor disintegration and fiscal turmoil. The elites then funded and elevated fascism as the “solution” to communism. Normally even-handed conservatives were so enraged by the communist spitting and ankle biting that they became something just as evil in response. The U.S. may be on the same path if we are not careful. The latest shootings in Texas will make hay for the globalists. Think about this for a moment - on one side you have Obama telling the liberals that the answer to police brutality is to federalize law enforcement even more that it already is. On the other side, you have some Republicans arguing that a more militarized police presence will help prevent groups like BLM from causing more trouble. Notice that the only solution we are being offered here is more federal presence on our streets?

I do see, though, a rather large weakness in the plan to ignite a communist vs. fascist meltdown in the U.S., and that weakness is the existence of the Liberty Movement itself. The movement has grown rather sophisticated in its media presence and prevalent in influence. It does have enough sway now to defuse some aspects of a rise to fascism in the political Right. The only option the elites have is to find a way to co-opt us. If they can manipulate the Liberty Movement into supporting a fascist system, then they would be very close to winning the entire fight. This would be highly unlikely given the stubbornness of liberty proponents when adhering to their principles. The 'elites' might be able to get a large part of the public to take sides in their false paradigm, but if they can’t con the millions that make up the Liberty Movement into the fold, then their job becomes much harder.

Moral Compass vs. Moral Relativism Moral relativism is perhaps the pinnacle goal of the globalists. Why? Because if you can convince an entire society that their inherent conscience should be ignored and that their inborn feelings of morality are “open to interpretation,” then eventually ANY evil action can be rationalized. When evil becomes “good,” and good becomes evil, evil men will reign supreme. The problem is, conscience is an inborn psychological product, a result of inherent archetypal dualities universal to almost all people. It is ingrained in our DNA, or our very souls if you believe in such a thing. It cannot be erased easily. Moral relativism requires a person to treat every scenario as a “gray area.” This is not practical. Conscience dictates that we treat every situation as potentially unique and act according to what we feel in our hearts is right given the circumstances. This does not mean, though, that there is no black and white; or that there are no concrete rules.

There is almost always a black and white side to any situation dealing with right and wrong. Moral “dilemmas” are exceedingly rare. In fact, I don’t think I have ever encountered a real moral dilemma in history or in personal experience. The only time I ever see moral dilemmas is in movies and television. Only in television fantasy is moral relativism ever the “only way” to solve a problem. And despite the preponderance of moral relativism in our popular culture, the ideology is still having trouble taking hold. If it was so easy to undermine conscience, then the NWO would have already achieved complete pacification. We are still far from pacification. Whoever hardwired our conscience should be applauded.

Collectivism vs. Individualism The very core of globalism and the NWO is the position that sovereignty and individualism must be sacrificed for the “good of the group;” in other words, they promote collectivism. Of course, groups by their very nature are abstractions; they only exist as long as the individuals within them recognize them as viable. Unfortunately, collectivists do not accept this fact because it would mean that the group, no matter how utopian, is not the pinnacle of human existence – rather, the individual is and always will be the pinnacle of human existence. The elites MUST convince people that individualism is dangerous and that collectivism is the only way to prevent the tragedies wrought by those who wish to be separate. Of course, most of the tragedies we experience on a national or global scale are actually engineered by the elites, not by wild individuals or sovereign nations looking for trouble. They then blame the very concept of sovereignty as a barbaric ritual from the past that must be abolished for the sake of all. In order for the globalists to reinforce the need for collectivism, though, they must engage people on an individual psychological level. Most human beings have an inherent desire to interact with their fellow man, but they also have an inherent identity and drive to pursue their own development without interference. We like to be a part of a group as long as our participation is healthy and voluntary and our associations are a matter of choice.

Human beings are instinctively tribal, but we have psychological and biological limits to the size of the tribe we prefer to be a part of. Robin Dunbar, a professor of evolutionary psychology prevalent in the 1990s, found that there is a cognitive limit to the number of individuals any one person can maintain stable relationships with. Dunbar found this number to be between 100 – 200 people. A limitation also extends to the size of effective groups versus ineffective groups. He found that effective tribes and communities tend to remain between 500 - 2500 people. The human mind does not adapt well to vast tribal groups, and recoils from the idea of a “global tribe.” The truth is, human beings function far better in smaller groups and they do not like to be forced into participating in any group, let alone larger groups. This may account for the feeling of isolation that is common among people who live in metropolitan areas. They are surrounded by millions of neighbors and perhaps hundreds of associates yet they still feel alone because they do not have a functioning tribe of acceptable size.

Vast numbers of people can be tied together by an ideal that resonates with them, which is the only purpose for nations to form (to protect that ideal), but that is as far as the voluntary association goes. Globalist collectivism is simply unnatural. People know it unconsciously, they know it is an act of force and oppression, and will invariably move to sabotage its false tribalism as they begin to see its true colors.

Total Control vs. Reality This is where the globalist philosophy really begins to break down. The elitist pursuit of total information awareness and total social control is truly perverse and insane, and insanity breeds delusion and weakness. The fact is, they will NEVER complete the goal of complete micro-control. It is mathematically and psychologically impossible. First, in any system, and in complex systems most of all, there are always elements that cannot be quantified or predicted. To understand this issue, I recommend studying the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. To summarize, the uncertainty principle dictates that anyone observing a system in action, even from a distance, can still affect the behavior of that system indirectly or unconsciously in ways they could never predict.

They are also limited by their ability to objectively perceive all available elements of what they observe. Unknown quantities result, predictability goes out the window and total control of that system becomes unattainable. This principle also applies to human psychology, as numerous psychoanalysts have discovered when treating patients. The doctor, or the observer, is never able to observe their patient without indirectly affecting the behavior of their patient in unpredictable ways. Therefore, a completely objective analysis of that patient can never be obtained. What the elites seek is a system by which they can observe and influence all of us in minute detail without triggering a reaction that they wouldn’t expect. The laws of physics and psychology derail this level of control. There will always be unknown quantities, free radicals, wild cards, etc. Even a seemingly perfect utopia can be brought down by a single unknown. To break this down even further to the level of pure mathematics, I recommend study into Kurt Godel and his Incompleteness Proof. This, I believe is the ultimate example of the elites struggling against the fact of unknown quantities and failing. Godel’s work revolved around either proving or disproving the idea that mathematicians could define “infinity” in mathematical terms. For, if infinity can be defined, then it can be understood in base mathematical axioms, and if infinity can be understood, then the universe in its entirety can be understood.

Godel discovered the opposite - his Incompleteness Proof established once and for all that infinity is a self-inclusive paradox that CANNOT be defined through mathematics. Keep in mind that a proof is a set of mathematical laws that can never be broken. Two plus two will always equal four; it will never equal anything else. Well-known globalist Bertrand Russell worked tirelessly to show that the entirety of the universe could be broken down into numbers, writing a three-volume monstrosity called the Principia Mathematica. Russell’s efforts were fruitless and Godel’s proof later crushed his theory. Russell railed against Godel’s proof, but to no avail.

Now, why was an elitist like Russell who openly championed scientific dictatorship so concerned by Godel? Well, because Godel, in mathematical terms, destroyed the very core of the globalist ideology. He proved that the globalist aspirations of godhood would never be realized. There are limits to the knowledge of man, and limits to what he can control. This is not something globalists can ever accept, for if they did, every effort they have made for decades if not centuries would be pointless. As mentioned earlier, the issue is one of unknown quantities. Can human society ever be fully dominated? Or, is the act of rebellion against stagnating and oppressive systems a part of nature? Is it possible that the more the elites wrap the world in a cage, the more they inspire unpredictable reactions that could undermine their authority? This might explain the establishment’s constant attention to the idea of the “lone wolf” and the damage one person acting outside the dictates of the system can do. This is what the elites fear most: the possibility that despite all their efforts of surveillance and manipulation, individuals and groups may one day be struck by an unpredictable urge to pick up a rifle and put the globalists out of everyone’s misery. No chatter, no electronic trail, no warning.

This is why they are destined to lose. They can never know all the unknowns. They can never control all the free radicals. There will always be rebellion. There will always be a Liberty Movement. The entirety of their utopian schematic revolves around the need to remove unknowns. They refuse to acknowledge that control at these levels is so frail it becomes useless and mortally dangerous. In their arrogance, they have ignored the warnings of the very sciences they worship and have set their eventual end in stone. While they may leave a considerable path of destruction in their wake, it is already written; they will not win.

The Hidden Costs Of PepsiCo's Palm Oil July 18 2016 | From: SumOfUs / SayNoToPalmOil

What’s the hidden cost of the cheap palm oil used in Doritos, Cheetos, and other PepsiCo snacks found in your supermarket aisles?

It’s the countless workers exploited at the hands of the palm oil industry in South East Asia -- where PepsiCo’s products are made. Related: Palm Oil: The dangerous ingredient you’re eating - and don’t even know it There are stories of workers being lured to Indonesia or Malaysia, only to find themselves trapped on palm oil plantations with no money, no passport, with no days off. Those who work spraying pesticides don’t have the proper equipment, and are exposed to toxic chemicals. Some workers don’t even get paid - especially women and children. But we can help end the exploitation by showing solidarity with palm oil workers. Our friends at Rainforest Action Network have made a video to expose PepsiCo’s ties to the human cost of palm oil.

Please click here to help share this SumOfUs campaign so that more people are aware of these terrible practices and so that pressure can be put on PepsiCo. PepsiCo buys a whopping 450,000 tonnes of cheap palm oil per year. Its sole producer in Indonesia is IndoFood -- one of the largest palm oil growers in the world. IndoFood has been linked to the suffering of countless workers and the clearing of vast swathes of lush rainforest. To feed the rising global demand for palm oil, the homes of orangutans, rhinos, and elephants are being destroyed. One by one we’re losing these endangered animals. It doesn’t have to be this way. Working with our partners, the SumOfUs community has pushed huge companies like McDonald’s, Dunkin’ Donuts, Kellogg’s, Starbucks and many more to adopt sustainable palm oil policies. By standing together, we make ourselves powerful. We can do it again. But we have to amp up the pressure to force PepsiCo to move.

Say No To Palm Oil Palm oil is a type of edible vegetable oil that is derived from the palm fruit, grown on the African oil palm tree. Oil palms are originally from Western Africa, but can flourish wherever heat and rainfall are abundant. Today, palm oil is grown throughout Africa, Asia, North America, and South America, with 85% of all palm oil globally produced and exported from Indonesia and Malaysia; but most of the time not using sustainable measures. The industry is linked to major issues such as deforestation, habitat degradation, climate change, animal cruelty and indigenous rights abuses in the countries where it is produced, as the land and forests must be cleared for the development of the oil palm plantations.

According to the World Wildlife Fund, an area the equivalent size of 300 football fields of rainforest is cleared each hour to make way for palm oil production. This large-scale deforestation is pushing many species to extinction, and findings show that if nothing changes species like the orangutan could become extinct in the wild within the next 5-10 years, and Sumatran tigers less than 3 years. In total, 50 million tons of palm oil is produced annually, supplying over 30% of the world’s vegetable oil production. This single vegetable oil is found in approximately 40-50% of household products in countries such as United States, Canada, Australia and England. Palm oil can be present in a wide variety of products, including: baked goods, confectionery, shampoo, cosmetics, cleaning agents, washing detergents and toothpaste. Read more about palm oil at: SayNoToPalmOil

The Nice Terror Attack, France’s Prime Minister Manuel Valls: “We Must Learn To Live With The Terror, Like Israel” & The Nice Terror Attack: Towards A Permanent State Of Emergency? July 17 2016 | From: GlobalResearch / GlobalResearch / Various

In the aftermath of the tragic ‘terrorist’ attack in Nice, France, one of the most popular talking points which has emerged throughout much of the western media coverage is the idea that terrorism is now a ‘normal part of our everyday lives’ and that a permanent state of military alert at home is something the public needs to get used to.

One of the central voices of this police state talking is French Prime Minister and avid Israeli advocate Manuel Valls. Earlier today Valls stated that, “France has to learn to live with terrorism.” Related: Nice, 14th of July Massacre: Towards Martial Law? The Islamic State (ISIS-Daesh) Claims Responsibility? In this way, the security state is attempting to integrate terrorism as a day-to-day 24/7, 365 day per week agenda issue – which is said to require a hyper-militarized security state, just like Israel (notice how Israel is invoked by neoconservatives and western Zionist supports ad nauseam in the security conversation), to deal with ‘the threat.’ This seems to be the cornerstone of Valls’ political relevance, which he has basically repeated over and over, for the better part of the last two years despite the fact that both the Charlie Hebdo and Paris Bataclan events exhibited very clear signs of GLADIO-style domestic terror stage play. Back in February, at the Munich Security Conference he stated the exact same thing: “We have entered – we all feel it – a new era characterised by the lasting presence of ‘hyper-terrorism.‘

“We must be fully conscious of the threat, and react with a very great force and great lucidity. There will be attacks. Large-scale attacks. It’s a certainty. This hyper-terrorism is here to stay.”

In January 2016, while addressing an Israeli lobby delegation, Valls read off a list of ‘ISIS’ terrorist attacks along with other ‘terrorist’ incidents in Israel, claiming that this was proof that, “we are in a world war”, while not ever uttering a word about Israel’s brutal, militarized occupation and their systematic ethnic cleansing regime waged against the native Palestinian residents since the creation of the State of Israel in 1948. Israeli CRIF spokesman Roger Cukierman applauded Valls’s single-sided adherence to the Israeli lobby, by saying, “On a number of occasions, you said very powerful things: That anti-Zionism is anti-Semitism, that France without its Jews is no longer France,” Cukierman said. “This makes you a dear politician.” Is this a case of the state and its transnational security conglomerates manipulating the public into unquestioningly accepting an indefinite siege mentality and a permanent, full-blown police state? It appears once again, that we are witnessing an attempt to transform large parts of western society – through a further realignment of public and state political and economic priorities into what is commonly referred to as “security theatre,” which, in reality, has nothing to do with actual security, and everything to do with domestic political and geopolitical theatre.

Nice Terror Attack: What They’re NOT Telling You How many dead bodies on the streets of Europe will it take for leftists to realize that we are at war?

The Nice Terror Attack: Towards A Permanent State Of Emergency?

The death toll from the Nice attacks on the 14th of July, 2016 is rising. Latest reports suggest 84 deaths and possibly one hundred more injured. There have been reports of gunfire and the driver of the truck which drove into the crowd near the beach in Nice is reported to have been shot dead.

Once again (as with the Charlie Hebdo and Bataclan attacks) there is no-one to stand trial and truthfully answer the questions that need to be asked – who and why? At this point, there is not much that can be verified about the attack. One cannot exclude the possibility that it may have simply been the action of an insane individual. Atrocities of that type are rare but have happened in the past. But there is, however, the strong suggestion and indeed likelihood that this atrocity is a terrorist attack by ‘Islamists’. So, what does all this mean? French domestic intelligence (DGSI) chief Patrick Calvar warned on the 26th of June 2016 that an ‘Islamist’ attack on French children would be the trigger for a civil war. He said France was currently on the brink of that civil war. Calvar also predicted that ISIS (Da’esh) would use trucks as weapons. It is not unusual in the never-ending war on terror to hear accurate predictions by intelligence officials before attacks, with the same officials seemingly powerless to prevent them.

This ‘uncanny coincidence’ could be the defining event of our time.

French Prime Minister, Manuel Valls is on record stating that the state of emergency in France would be permanent. There has been increasing pressure on the Hollande regime in France to change course in the Middle East. Attempts to reconcile with Russia and lift the sanctions have been blocked by Hollande and Valls. I believe this is the trigger for a civil war French intelligence warned us about. The question is whether the war will become high intensity or continue on a relatively low-intensity trajectory. There have been police ‘whistleblowers’ in France who have warned of huge caches of arms in major cities, capable of arming hundreds of thousands of men. However, one must be cautious in referring to such ‘whistleblowers’ as they have proven to be highly unreliable and may be spreading disinformation. In any case, the public’s belief that we are in a ‘state of war’ and that all military interventions abroad are therefore necessary will be enough to make citizens look to the state for protection – an oligarchic state which is currently pursuing a brutal class war against workers. As 90 percent or more of intelligence operations today involve media disinformation, we cannot possibly assume that any of the reports we are hearing are accurate. However, it is hard to see how a psyop could have been carried out in the Promenade des Anglais which is so central in Nice. What we can say for sure is that the attack serves the two constants of the war on terror dialectic. The narrative would read as follows:

1. Make the state of emergency permanent, empowering the oligarchic state and further demoralising citizens by dividing the working class along religious and racial lines. This is part of NATO’s ‘strategy of tension’ in accordance with the longstanding intelligence operation Gladio. Citizens must turn to the anti-social state for ‘security’, thus precluding social revolt. 2. Justify an all out attack on Syria to finish the job of destroying Arab civilisation, in accordance with US-NATOIsrael geopolitical interests. Only the willfully ignorant could possibly believe that ISIS is an enemy of France when

the French have never had better relations with the country which openly backs them – Saudi Arabia. The intelligence reports, declassified documents and admissions of the highest officials of the French and American governments all confirm that ISIS is Israel’s Arab legion.

Both those two above-mentioned goals serve the interests of US-NATO-Israel and until the French people liberate themselves from its yoke, Zionism will continue to poison the minds of men, making them consent to policies that no honest and compassionate human being would countenance.

An awakening of working-class militancy is occurring but the labour movement in France remains divided and led by socialdemocratic reformists. Now, more than ever, seeing the link between terrorism and class war is essential if any political and social change is to occur. In an era of high-finance treason, oligarchy, austerity, and the triumph of avarice, terror increasingly becomes a feature of the normal rather than an exceptional exercise of state power.

Who Owns New Zealand's Media? July 16 2016 | From: JMAD New Zealand Media Ownership Report / Throng / MadisonLevy / Various

The JMAD 2015 New Zealand Media Ownership Report observes that New Zealand media companies are now owned by a small number of private funds and investment banks. In the case of MediaWorks, financial ownership has intensified its profit imperatives, and led to the demolition of its news and currents affairs programmes.

In this context, it is encouraging that independent news organisations such as the National Business Review (NBR), BusinessDesk and Scoop, have continued to operate in the market. Related: Fraudcast News: You Will Believe What the Media Tells You To In 2015, New Zealand media companies were implementing ‘digital first’ strategies, and integrating newsrooms across the print and online platforms. Unfortunately, this didn’t put ‘journalists first’, and newsroom layoffs continued. The revenue structures of media companies continued to encounter difficulties, and new forms of partnership and collaboration emerged. For example, Fairfax partnered with Sky TV, The Huffington Post and The New York Times; and APN with News Corp and The Washington Post in content delivery.

Additionally, NZME, TVNZ, MediaWorks and Fairfax joined forces in advertising against companies such as Facebook and Google. In 2015, Rupert Murdoch returned to the New Zealand media market by acquiring a 15 per cent stake in APN, publisher of The New Zealand Herald. In contrast, mining billionaire Gina Rinehart sold all of her Fairfax shares. Consequently, the investment bank Morgan Stanley became the company’s largest shareholder. Yet again MediaWorks became owned by one financial institution. In 2013 it went into receivership under its private equity owner Ironbridge Capital. In 2015, American hedge fund Oaktree Capital emerged as the biggest MediaWorks owner.

Key events concerning New Zealand media ownership Billionaire Gina Rinehart exits Fairfax Media Rupert Murdoch becomes the second largest owner in APN MediaWorks becomes owned by Oaktree Capital Scoop crowdfunds to become a not-for-profit outlet Three funds hold 20 per cent of Sky TV’s shares

Read the New Zealand Media Ownership 2015 report

New Zealand Media Ownership and Market Structure From 2010 to 2015, the market structure of New Zealand media has not changed significantly. However, television broadcasting has become increasingly competitive with the arrival of on-demand and video streaming services. During the past five years, the newspaper publishing, radioand televisionmarkets have been dominatedby the same major players: APN/NZME, Fairfax Media, MediaWorks, Sky TV, TVNZ, Radio New Zealand (RNZ), and Maori TV.

Additionally, independent news organisations such as Scoop, Allied Press, the National Business Review and BusinessDesk, maintained operations in an increasingly competitive media environment. New Zealand Media and Entertainment (NZME) is owned by APN News and Media, an Australian media corporation headquartered in Sydney. APN is a publicly listed company owned by its shareholders, which operates both in Australia and New Zealand. Similarly, Fairfax Media is headquartered in Sydney, and is publicly listed and owned by its shareholders. Sky TV (NZ) operates in New Zealand, and is also a public company owned by shareholders. Bauer Media, a privately owned, global media conglomerate, is headquartered in Germany. It entered the New Zealand publishing market in 2013 by purchasing APN’s magazine staples such as The Listener, New Zealand Woman’s Weekly, Simply You and Simply You Living.

MediaWorks is privately owned, ow by American hedge fund Oaktree Capital. New Zealand has three Crown owned companies: Television New Zealand (TVNZ), Radio New Zealand (RNZ) and Maori Television. TVNZ is owned by the state, and it is commercially funded with no public service obligation. Approximately 95 percent of its operations are funded by advertising, and its primary mandate is to pay dividends to the New Zealand government. RNZ is the only public service broadcaster in New Zealand. Its aim is:

“To provide reliable, independent and freely accessible news and information, and to give expression to New Zealand’s national identity and diversity” - Treasury, 2014

Treasury states that “RNZ is an independent Crown entity with public funding, and has a mandate to operate in the broad public interest in accordance with the RNZ Charter”. Maori Television, also funded by the government, is specifically required to revitalise the Maori language. According to Maori TV, its general objective is to be:

“An independent Maori television service that is relevant, effective and widely accessible” - Maori TV, 2014

Company

Ownership

Focus

Most Important NZ Assets

APN/NZME

Shareholders

Commercial

The Radio Network, The New Zealand Herald, nzherald.co.nz, GrabOne

Fairfax

Shareholders

Commercial

The Dominion Post, The Press, stuff.co.nz

MediaWorks

Private

Commercial

TV3, FOUR, EdgeTV, TV3plus1, TV4plus1, 3NOW On Demand, 3news.co.nz, The Edge, More FM, RadioLIVE, The Breeze...

SkyTV

Shareholders

Commercial

SkyTV, MySky, Prime, Igloo, Neon

TVNZ

Crown

Commercial

TV ONE, TV2, TV One plus 1, TV2+1, TVNZ Ondemand, onenews.co.nz

Radio New Zealand

Crown

Public Service

Radio New Zealand National, Radio New Zealand Concert, thewireless.co.nz

Maori TV

Crown

Public Service

Maori Television Channel, Te Reo Channel

Bauer NZ

Private

Commercial

Metro, The Listener, North & South, The New Zealand Women's Weekly

NBR

Private

Commercial

The National Business Review, nbr.co.nz

Scoop

Private

Independent

scoop.co.nz

BusinessDesk

Private

Independent

BusinessDesk

Coliseum Sports Media

Private

Commercial

Coliseum Sports Media

New Zealand Media: Concentration of Ownership The week commencing 9th May 2016 is likely to be remembered by journalists in New Zealand for a very long time. In another twist in the complex, uncertain and volatile media landscape the two Australian media titans, Fairfax Media and APN announced they were engaged in discussions with a view to merging their New Zealand media assets.

These assets are Fairfax NZ and NZME, a merger of which would result in New Zealand being left with one newspaper

group holding an effective monopoly over the newspapers in the large cities, with the Otago Daily Times as the lone independent newspaper. Loss of advertisng revenue as a result of both digital convergence and multi-platform media configurations is adversely impacting the traditional mass media operating model across the developed world. However, these commercial realities and the frequent media ownership concentration that results have very serious potential implications for the quality of journalism.

Media ownership in New Zealand has been gradually concentrating over the past years, first moving to corporate ownership and then more latterly to financial ownership. Nonetheless, given the relatively light media regulation by government, if this move to merger is successful the public will inevitably have less choice and the role of the fourth estate will be at risk of being weakened, at the very time when the worlds of politics and business appear to becoming less and less tranparent. Related: Media Merger Will Change the News

Over the Last Few Weeks [November 2015] Throng has Presented Adhoc Analysis of Ratings on the Free-to-Air Channels. Related: Corporate Media Really Is Dying: Check Out these New Statistics This has shown a staggering 12 point decline in viewing audiences across the combined TV2 and TV3 channels.

So where has that audience gone? Has it migrated to other Freeview channels such as Maori Television, ChoiceTV and the timeshifted channels (TVOne+1,TV2+1 and TV3+1)?

Should advertisers be devoting more analysis to the audience and reach of these other channels? Or has the audience shifted to the, as Throng would have you believe, anachronistic Sky?

This is highly important not just to stimulate discussion in television media in New Zealand but also highly important to the advertising community that essentially funds these channels. A one point movement in audience share in the $614million spent on television advertising in 2014 means $6.14m impact on profitability and the ability to acquire content in subsequent years. Viewers have to go somewhere Audience share, by its very nature, sums to 100%. So a double digit shift in audience share has to go somewhere. At this time the data for other channels (and the plus ones) haven’t been presented and this author doesn’t have access to the audience data that the administrators enjoy. However it would be ironic to think that the audience has migrated to watching more hours of television on the platform that the administrators go to great lengths to harangue and ridicule. Although the demographic is incorrect publically available data shows that over the 2010-2014 Sky TV and Prime have enjoyed a 4% lift in audience share. Something that must increase the bitterness of Throng. It still begs the question – where has 8 percentage points or $50 million worth of advertising share gone? Read more at: Throng

Related: Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media

Print Newspapers and Online News Outlets In 2015, NZME and Fairfax maintained their duopoly in New Zealand’s print newspaper market. The three leading newspapers, including The New Zealand Herald(NZME), The Dominion Post (Fairfax), and The Press (Fairfax), saw declines in their circulation numbers.

Related: German Journalist Reveals That The CIA Has Compromised The Western Media In June 2015, the circulation of The New Zealand Herald was 139,209, down 4.7 per cent from the previous year; the circulation of The Dominion Post was 64,851(-9.6%) and the circulation of The Press61,573(-7.8%). However, The Dominion Post has increased its readership. According to Roy Morgan readership results, in 2015 The Dominion Post’s Monday to Saturday readership increased 3.8 per cent from the previous year to 274,000 readers, a gain of “10,000 readers per average issue”. The readership of The New Zealand Herald was 589,000, down 3.3 per cent from 2014, but the paper remained “the country’s most-read daily newspaper”. The leading Sunday papers lost readers: the Sunday Star Times had 415,000 readers, down 1.4 per cent. However, the Herald on Sunday lost 11 percent of its readers having readership of 290,000 in the 12 months to June 2015. In April 2015, The New Zealand Herald’s editor-in-chief Tim Murphy announced that he was stepping down. In a media statement Jane Hastings, chief executive of NZME said: “Tim has guided The New Zealand Herald through some of the most dynamic years in the paper’s history including changing format from broadsheet to compact in 2012" Murphy was appointed as editor-in-chief in 2001 at the age of 37, and he was the youngest person to edit the paper.

In 2015, New Zealand’s online news - in terms of unique audience - was dominated by Fairfax. Its online site stuff.co.nz became “the most popular” New Zealand based website as it overtook Trade Me as the one most visited. In April 2015, Fairfax appointed the former nzhreald.co.nz editor Jeremy Rees as an editor for its national community titles in New Zealand.

Sinead Boucher, Fairfax Media’s executive editor, said that his role wasto develop “our strategy around communities - in print as well as in digital” as well lead innovation as Fairfax sought “to grow this very important and strong part of business". In May 2015, stuff.co.nz had aunique audience of over 1.8 million. Boucher commented that in New Zealand:

“The digital world is now defined by Google for search, Facebook for social, and Stuff for content”, adding that “usage is the ultimate engagement metric”.

In 2014 nzherald.co.nz had a unique audience of 1.2 million, and according to NZME, in 2015 The New Zealand Herald had a “monthly digital audience of 1,383,000”, and a “total brand audience of 1,821,000". In order to attract an even greater audience, and in preparation for digital subscriptions, The New Zealand Herald launched a new data-journalism website entitled Insights in November 2015. The paper noted that thelaunch was “a further demonstration of its commitment to in-depth journalism and new forms of storytelling". NZME group revenue director Laura Maxwell said in a press release, that the site was “generating interest from advertising agencies which opens up opportunities for revenue generation”. In her view, by using data visualising tools, the new site “creates new immersive and creative opportunities for advertisers to align with these engaged audiences".

Another Local Paywall Goes Up, The New Zealand Herald Yet to Follow In 2015, New Zealand media companies were driving newsroom and other changes to increase their digital and advertising income. Their need to find new revenue sources is clear, and APN illustrates the point. As mentioned earlier,its 2015 halfyear profit shrank 67 per cent from the previous year. In this context,it is not surprising that NZME is contemplating paywalls. In August, the company said thatit would introduce digital registrations for the nzherald.co.nz website by the end of year. This move precedes introduction of digital subscriptions, or a paywall. Earlier in 2015 the company stated its intention to monetise online news with memberships, digital subscriptions, and pay as you click articles. In May APN announced paywalls for its regional newspapers in Australia, and in August 2015 the Toowoomba Chronicle introduced charges for its online news.

In New Zealand, the National Business Review has digital subscriptions, and local newspapers Whakatane Beacon and The Ashburton Guardian have also introduced paywalls. In October another local newspaper, independently owned The Gisborne Herald, announced that it would launch charges for its online content. The paper stated that “some important content on the site will be outside the paywall. Most critically, in a civil defence emergency all news will be freely accessible”. The paper’s digital services cost“about two-thirds the price of a newspaper subscription - $1 for one day of viewing through to $200 for a 12-month subscription”. Fairfax introduced a paywall for the Australian Financial Review in 2011, and for its general newspapers The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald in 2013. Its paywall revenue has gradually increased from AUD$4.8 million in 2013 to AUD$32.7 million in 2015. At the same time its income from digital classified advertising has increased from AUD$109 million to AUD$161.5 million.

Independents In 2015, New Zealand’s independent media outlets included the National Business Review, a privately owned financial news outlet; privately owned newspaper publisher Allied Press; Scoop, which became a trust owned not-for-profit media outlet, and BusinessDesk, a privately owned independent news provider focusing on business and financial news. In September 2015, Scoop, the 16-year old online news publisher, became a non-profit media outlet committed to public interest journalism. The publishing company was “embedded in an independent charitable trust” entitled Scoop Foundation for Public Interest Journalism.

Related: Recharging With Alastair Thompson, Publisher Of Scoop Media The trust owns the publishing arm of Scoop, called The New Scoop Publishing Company. Before this change, the company’s shareholders included Margaret Thompson (Mother of Scoop’s editor and publisher Alastair Thompson), Imarda chief executive Selwyn Pellett, who held 20 per cent of the shares, and journalists Gordon Campbell, Russell Brown and Pattrick Smellie. However, in December 2014, Margaret Thompson took full control in the company. According to the National Business Review, the ownership changes meant that “several shareholders are short of hundreds of thousands of dollars”. Related: Alternative Media Is Winning: 60% Of Americans [ Read: The West ] Distrust Mainstream Media

Bloggers The 2013 JMAD New Zealand media ownership report found that the blogosphere was thriving in New Zealand. As was then stated, the mainstream media was becoming increasingly commercially focused,and therefore there was “a gap in public interest reporting, which bloggers are now trying to fill”.

However, the 2014 JMAD report observed after the revelations in Nicky Hager’s book Dirty Politics, that “blogs are not necessarily a counterweight to commercial media outlets”. The report stated that there is “increasing evidence of unethical alliances among bloggers, politicians, PR companies and legacy media”. In 2015, bloggers kept breaking news stories ahead of the mainstream media. In April, Martyn Bradbury’s The Daily Blog broke a story in which an anonymous waitress revealed that Prime Minister John Key kept pulling her hair against her wishes whenvisiting an Auckland café. After The Daily Blog published an anonymous blog written by the waitress, The New Zealand Herald named her in its story “against her wishes”. However, Shayne Currie, editor of The New Zealand Herald, said that after the paper’s gossip columnist Rachel Glucina interviewed the waitress and the café owners, “no one was in any doubt that the article, quotes and photograph would be appearing in the Herald". After the scandal broke, Prime Minister apologised to the waitress for any offence caused. The story was covered extensively in New Zealand media and abroad by news outlets such as the BBC, the Washington Post, CNN, The Daily Telegraph, The Guardian, The Japan Time sand The Hindu.

Related: It’s Official, Alternative Media Win Over Mainstream Media There is no publicly available, reliable data about blog readership numbers and rankings. When asked, Nielsen New Zealand failed to provide any information concerning blog readership and traffic, and therefore this report cannot discuss the visitor numbers of unique visits to these sites. Some ofthe most well-known blogs in New Zealand include Cameron Slater’s Whale Oil blog, Martyn Bradbury’s The Daily Blog, Russell Brown’s Hard News, David Farrar’s Kiwiblog,The Standard and The Dim-Post. Other well-known blogs include Chris Trotter’s Bowalley Road and Politik, which was established by Front Page Ltd. The company produces television news and current affairs programmes as well as television material for commercial clients. It is headed by the former TVNZ political editor Richard Harman.

New Zealand Media Ownership: Events and Patterns The ownership structures of leading New Zealand media corporations have changed substantially in the past five years. None of the commercial media companies are New Zealand owned, and APN is the only one with a media corporation as a substantial shareholder. In all four commercially operated media companies ownership has concentrated in hands of financial institutions: private equity firms, investment banks, banks and managed funds. In 2015, APN’s ownership changed substantially when long-term shareholder, the Irish Independent News and Media (INM), sold its shares along with telecom billionaire Denis O’Brien (he had substantial holdings in both INM and APN). In March, INM and O’Brien’s investment company Baycliffe Limited sold all their APN shares. Before the sale, INM owned 18.6 per cent of APN’s shares, and Baycliffe 12.2 per cent. Following the sale, Rupert Murdoch’s News Corp purchased a 14.99 per cent of APN to become thesecond largest shareholder.

APN’s Chairman Peter Cosgrove described this ownership change as a “defining moment for APN that also reflects a new era”. News Corp noted that its interest was due to APN’s “high quality portfolio of Australian and New Zealand radio and outdoor media assets and small regional print interests”. Following the transaction, in June 2015, APN’s chief executive officer Michael Miller resigned from APN to become executive chairman of News Corp Australasia. He was followed by Ciaran Davis, who was previously chief executive officer of the Australian Radio Network (ARN) owned by APN.

... In June 2013 MediaWorks was put into receivership, and consequently sold to a new holding company MediaWorks Holdings Limited; a syndicate of banks, hedge funds and private equity companies. In April 2015, MediaWorks announced that American privately owned hedge fund Oaktree Capital owned 77.8 per cent of the company’s shares after purchasing them from Royal Bank of Scotland and Westpac. Mark Weldon, MediaWorks chief executive officer commented that “Oaktree is an experienced, long-terminvestor into media businesses”, referring to the company’s involvement in Australian Nine Entertainment.

According to media reports, Oaktree Capital has increased its stake in MediaWorks to 100 per cent, but this hasn’t been officially confirmed. In October, John Drinnan wrote that “in June, Oaktree took full ownership of MediaWorks, which has suffered low morale and ratings mishaps at its TV operations”. He also noted that after Weldon joined MediaWorks in 2014 as a chief executive officer, he “had a rollercoaster ride with disappointing results from TV amid a strategic shift that downgraded news and current affairs and made more use of reality formats”. Related: The Dumbing Down Of Mainstream Media & The Agendas Driving It Earlier in April, Nick Grant commented that MediaWorks’ CEO makes “ruthless decisions on a financial basis. Most other people will take into account various personalities and issues and stakeholders, but Mr Weldon only has one stakeholder – money”.

Conclusions During the past five years, New Zealand media has undergone some substantial ownership changes. The following table lists some of the major developments in the New Zealand media market from 2011 to 2015. In general, it can be observed that the financial ownership of APN, Fairfax Media and Sky TV has increased, and their future is determined by management funds and investment banks which are the largest shareholders in these companies. In 2015, 20 per cent of Sky TV’s shares were owned by three financial institutions; 32 per cent of APN’s shares were in

hands of four funds; 44.7 per cent of Fairfax’s shares were owned by five financial institutions, and MediaWorks was owned by one hedge fund. At the time of writing, it is clear that the New Zealand media sector has some major structural changes ahead. APN has indicated that it may still float NZME as a separate company on the New Zealand stock market. At the time of writing MediaWorks’s future seemed uncertain, and the company’s management has indicated that it was seeking to sell the company, or to list it onthe local stock market. During 2015 it became evident that media corporations need to pursue new partnerships and alliances while they are trying to recapture audiences, and revenues. In this context it is not surprising that ‘old enemies’ have started to find new ways to co-operate.

Competition in the New Zealand broadcasting market has become fiercer, and new entrants to the market have emerged. In 2015, American companies Netflix and Yahoo TV introduced their video streaming services in New Zealand to compete with existing broadcasters and services. This report also notes examples of technological innovation among New Zealand media companies. The National Business Review launched radio service; RNZ experimented with podcasts and video content; NZME introduced a new data-journalism site, and Scoop used crowd funding to help its transformation to a non-profit news organisation. Additionally some interesting new content providers, such as The Spinoff, emerged. Related: These 6 Corporations Control 90% Of The Media In America

Comment: The consolidation of New Zealand media is no different in real terms than that which has been happening overseas. Such centralisation is not just about fiscal considerations, but power. We see consolidation happening in all industries and countries. It is far easier for those at the top to continue running the show, shaping the narrative and indeed in the case of the media - controlling the news and flow of information - when there are less strings to pull.

Related Articles: 14 Tactics Used By The Mainstream Media To Manufacture Consent For The Oligarchy CIA Agents To Troll Alternative Media Sites In Huge Propaganda Program

Former CBS Reporter Exposes Media Lies, Internet Shills & Astroturfing Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War The CIA And The Media: 50 Facts The World Needs To Know

Year

Company

2011 NZPA

Development Closed after 130 years in operation

Yellow Pages Group

Launch of hyperlocal site Yellow Local

New Zealand Post

Launch of Hyperlocal site Localist

Fairfax

The company sold its 34% stake in auction site TradeMe in an initial public offering (IPO)

2012 TVNZ

TVNZ7 Channel closed after government stopped its funding

APN

Increased its stake in group buying site GrabOne to 100%

SkyTV

Todd Communications sold its entire stake of 11%

Bauer Media

Took over ACP and its magazines such as Metro and N orth & South

Fairfax

Sold the remainder of its TradeMe shares

NBR

Barry Coleman sold the newspaper to Todd Scott

2013 APN

Sold South Island newspapers Christchurch Star and Oamaru Mail to Mainland Media

APN

Sold its New Zealand magazines including The Listener to Bauer Group

TVNZ

Closed its youth channel TVNZ U

SkyTV

Rupert Mursoch's News Limited sold its entire 44% stake in SkyTV

MediaWorks

Entered into receivership, sold to a new holding company owned by financial institutions

2014 APN

INM's ownership shrinks to 18.6%

APN

Rebrands as NZME and prepares for stock market float on NZX

Fairfax

Joint venture StreamCo with Nine Entertainment

2015 APN

INM and Baycliffe sell their APN shares - Rupert Murdoch's News Corp buys 14.99% of the shares, becominf the second largest shareholder

Fairfax

Billionarire Gina Rinehart sells all her shares in Fairfax

MediaWorks

Hedge fund Oaktree Capital becomes the largest shareholder

Scoop

Becomes a trust-owned non-profit media outlet, raises money via crowdfunding

More: Mainstream Media Manipulation, Societal Engineering & Government Propaganda

Brexit And The Matrix & The Sun Sets On The British Empire: Northern Irish Want Out After Brexit July 16 2016 | From: JonRappoport / Sputnik / Various

'Elites': “How horribly stupid Brexit people are”. The European Union and its associated financial institutions were built on the premise that no one would escape. That’s the long and short of it.

But of course, nations could get out if they decided to. Which is what just happened in Britain. Related: Brexit-Beleaguered Banksters Back to Begging for Bailouts! And now that it has, elites and their fear-mongering press outlets are moaning and shouting and whining: “You fools, do you have any idea what you’ve just done? You’ve thrown a wrench into the structure. Are you crazy?” Translation:

“We’re in charge. We’re the lords in the castles. You’re the peasants in the fields.”

Of course, all along, the cover story has been: the EU is a step toward paradise; it bestows grace and beauty on humanity; it erases ugly borders; it makes people One; it fosters share and care; it smooths out conflicts; it makes us brothers and sisters. Sure it does. That’s what all huge faceless bureaucracies accomplish. When they’re exposed, all that fake goodness suddenly goes away. They spew hate. And they scream in anguish. What’s occurring at the moment is very much like an old horror movie, where the humanoid villain is backed up against the wall, and someone tears his face away and exposes… machinery. Nothing but little wheels and cogs and wires and tubes. The truth is out. What a monstrous joke it is that the young, in Britain, voted to remain in the EU. The EU is a right arm of Globalist forces. The same young people yammer and protest against Globalism, but because they’re absolutely clueless, they want to stay

in the EU. The young: turned into hypnotic products of the education system.

There was a day, not so long ago, when the phrase “decentralization of power” meant something. It’s not used anymore. The press has it on their no-fly list. Governments, major media, large foundations have worked the phrase out of existence. Instead, they’ve helped create every kind of special interest group under the sun - they’ve taken people who might actually want decentralization and shoved them into various groups, according to gender, race, religion, needs, and so on… and promised them “equality” and special help…as long as they go along with big government…thereby strengthening Control Central. (And they’ve taken people who already want decentralization and propagandized them as outliers, criminals, psychiatric patients, terrorists, and racists.) That’s the psyop game.

“We’re talking to you helpless masses now. You might want to decentralize government power? No, no, no, no. You’re looking at things the wrong way. First of all, who are you? What’s your religion, race, gender, disability? We have the right group for you. You can achieve all your aims that way, because we help groups. You see? We’re on your side. We, the government, are rebels, too. But we need our power to make change happen. Revolutionary change. Don’t rebel against us. Don’t try to diminish our strength. Join us. Benefits are waiting for you. Lots and lots. Get it?”

For a moment in time, a lot of people in Britain didn’t get it. They went the other way. They peeled off one layer of centralized control over their lives.

This now sets up a classic dialectic situation. Two opposing forces in conflict. And not just in England. The same sort of reaction is peaking in other European countries who want to test the waters of defection from the EU; and of course, in the US, Trump vs. Hillary represents a “perfect polarization.” Whether or not these oppositions were covertly built in the first place behind the scenes, their existence now makes them ripe for overarching manipulation. What shape would that manipulation take? Among other maneuvers, such as “new reports” of increasing unemployment, trading-market chaos and downward trends, we would see an escalation of riots, protests, clashes. And the “solution, for sake of the population,” would be “restoration of order.” Translation: even more centralized power.

However, plans don’t always work. Don’t imagine that control from above is always flawless and god-like. Defection from centralized power can take many forms, exposing many cracks in the foundation. Pillars can fall. Major media are already on oxygen life-support. The Vatican and other crusty mainstay institutions are also sucking some of that oxygen. Because of the Web, untold numbers of people are waking up, in ways too numerous and varied to catalog. Even a few minor whiffs of freedom have their own power, and individual freedom is contagious beyond any kind of political drug or vaccine developed to stop it. The game is afoot. Even the most cynical interpretation of Brexit - that it was set up from behind the curtain as a way to flush out rebellion, which would then be squashed - doesn’t fully explain what just happened in Britain. People can decide they’ve had enough of tyranny. They can take their suspicion of their leaders to a level where palliatives don’t work anymore. They can see the shape of the future that is being created for them, and they can toughen their refusal.

They can push away from the table loaded with goodies and freebies, feeling sick, feeling patronized, feeling diminished. They can turn off the talking heads that preach Official Messages. They can discover further ways their freedom is being stolen from them, and they can rebel more deeply. Eventually, they can come to a place where they rediscover their own existence as individuals, inviolate, alive, absent of the need for a bloated super-structure of “support.” As this rediscovery happens, you won’t see it reflected in charts of trending stories. Newly awakened individuals will be thinking and creating and muscling their way through the decaying anatomy of the Deep State, making futures that cut away the tissues of connections that formerly bound them. But bind them no more. No more. Related: Italy Faces Economic Collapse, Considers Cyprus-Style “Bail-Ins”

Sun Sets On The British Empire: Northern Irish Want Out After Brexit Renewed calls for Irish unity are receiving mass public approval as the UK is in danger of losing more than one province in the wake of their decision to abandon Europe.

The residents of Northern Ireland are lining the streets of Belfast to receive Irish passports and Catholic nationalists once relegated to the backbench of public opinion are now proudly calling for a united Ireland in the wake of the ill-fated Brexit vote that may see a complete unravelling of the United Kingdom. Northern Ireland, like neighboring Scotland, voted to stay in the European Union with 56 percent in favor despite Britain as a whole voting in favor of leaving the political-economic bloc. The chasm in national vision between the various parts of the United Kingdom are beginning to push even Protestant unionists who have long stood against Irish reunification to call for an exit from Britain’s reach.

“I was always a 'small u' unionist. But I could not in all good conscience say I could vote for Northern Ireland to remain a member of the United Kingdom," said Christopher Woodhouse, a 25-year-old from Belfast. "I am softening to the idea of Irish unity, purely on economic issues. I am a European."

For years, a vast majority of Northern Ireland’s residents – many Catholics and virtually all Protestants – favored remaining part of the United Kingdom citing the economic stability compared to joining hands with their southern kin. The fallout from Britain’s June 23 vote trounced that tried-and-true status quo calculation sending world markets reeling and erasing trillions of dollars in British wealth overnight while many wonder just what the next shoe to drop will be.

“People are saying for the first time in their life they would vote for united Ireland, having never contemplated it before," said Steven Agnew, the leader of Northern Ireland’s Green Party.

The decision by many of Northern Ireland’s residents to embrace unification is not based on ethnic pride, but rather on the economic calamity that looks to punish the UK’s most impoverished province more than any other. Northern Ireland’s largest financial institution, Ulster Bank, is already warning that the uncertainty surrounding the terms of Brexit are hindering foreign direct investment into Northern Ireland and look likely to trigger a recession and a surge in unemployment.

A danger also exists, much different than reunification, that in the wake of Brexit that the loss of EU funds for former militants, victims groups, and cross-community youth work tied to the reconciliation between Northern Ireland and the country of Ireland following years of bloody battle may tip the scales to a renewed conflict between north and south.

“We are in danger of a return to conflict – at a low intensity level – if those funds are taken away," said Robert McClenaghan, an Irish Republican Army member turned community worker. "My stomach is churning at all that is happening."

The trigger for renewed fighting among the Irish may ultimately not be the removal of the so-called "peace dividend" distributed by the EU on the condition that the two sides not resume battle, but instead the re-installation of the border checks and military checkpoints of yesteryear which will almost certainly occur to prevent illegal travel by non-EU citizens in the event that Northern Ireland is carried out of the European Union by Westminster.

“This was hardly what the Irish nationalist Sinn Fein party had in mind calling on its supporters to go to the polls and vote to remain in the European Union while the largely Protestant unionist DUP party campaigned for Britain to leave the EU knowing full well it would run roughshod on the existing peace arrangement."

Sinn Fein’s party chairman blasted the unionists and Westminster saying that the Brexit vote meant Britain had "forfeited any mandate to represent the interests of people here." A decision to carry out a referendum remains in the future, but if the vote were carried out today many believe that Northern Ireland would vote in favor of reunification by a small margin.

“Unionists would have to rely on Catholics not wanting to be part of a united Ireland. That has been the trend up to last Friday," said Peter Shirlow, head of the Institute of Irish Studies at the University of Liverpool. "But I think that trend is changing now."

Washington Has Been Obsessed With Punishing Secrecy Violations - Until Hillary Clinton + FBI Director Comey Grilled At Congressional Hearing On Clinton Emails July 15 2016 | From: TheIntercept / JonRappoport / Various

As has been widely noted, the Obama administration has prosecuted more leakers under the 1917 Espionage Act than all prior administrations combined. Secrecy in D.C. is so revered that even the most banal documents are reflexively marked classified, making their disclosure or mishandling a felony.

As former CIA and NSA Director Michael Hayden said back in 2000, “Everything’s secret. I mean, I got an email saying, ‘Merry Christmas.’ It carried a top-secret NSA classification marking.” Related: Hillary Clinton disqualifies herself Related: The head of the FBI's shocking admission: You are no longer under any moral or ethical obligation to obey any federal laws whatsoever... the rule of law is now vacated across America People who leak to media outlets for the selfless purpose of informing the public - Daniel Ellsberg, Tom Drake, Chelsea Manning, Edward Snowden - face decades in prison. Those who leak for more ignoble and self-serving ends - such as enabling hagiography (Leon Panetta, David Petraeus) or ingratiating oneself to one’s mistress (Petraeus) - face career destruction, though they are usually spared if they are sufficiently Important-in-D.C. For low-level, powerless Nobodies-in-D.C., even the mere mishandling of classified information - without any intent to leak but merely to, say, work from home - has resulted in criminal prosecution, career destruction, and the permanent loss of security clearance. This extreme, unforgiving, unreasonable, excessive posture toward classified information came to an instant halt in Washington - just in time to save Hillary Clinton’s presidential aspirations.

FBI Director James Comey, an Obama appointee who served in the Bush DOJ, held a press conference earlier this afternoon in which he condemned Clinton on the ground that she and her colleagues were “extremely careless in their handling of very sensitive, highly classified information,” including top-secret material. Comey also detailed that her key public statements defending her conduct - i.e., that she never sent classified information over her personal email account and had turned over all “work-related” emails to the State Department - were utterly false; insisted:

“That any reasonable person in Secretary Clinton’s position … should have known that an unclassified system was no place for that conversation”; and argued that she endangered national security because of the possibility “that hostile actors gained access to Secretary Clinton’s personal email account.”

Comey also noted that others who have done what Clinton did “are often subject to security or administrative sanctions” such as demotion, career harm, or loss of security clearance. Despite all of these highly incriminating findings, Comey explained, the FBI is recommending to the Justice Department that Clinton not be charged with any crime.

“Although there is evidence of potential violations of the statutes regarding the handling of classified information,” he said, “our judgment is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case.”

To justify this claim, Comey cited “the context of a person’s actions” and her “intent.” In other words, there is evidence that she did exactly what the criminal law prohibits, but it was more negligent and careless than malicious and deliberate.

CBS: FBI Director Grilled Over Clinton Email Investigation

Looked at in isolation, I have no particular objection to this decision. In fact, I agree with it: I don’t think what Clinton did rose to the level of criminality, and if I were in the Justice Department, I would not want to see her prosecuted for it. I do think there was malignant intent: Using a personal email account and installing a home server always seemed to be designed, at least in part, to control her communications and hide them from FOIA and similar disclosure obligations. As the New York Times noted in May about a highly incriminating report from the State Department’s own Auditor General:

“Emails disclosed in the report made it clear that she worried that personal emails could be publicly released under the Freedom of Information Act.” Moreover, Comey expressly found that - contrary to her repeated statements “The FBI also discovered several thousand work-related emails that were not in the group of 30,000 that were returned by Secretary Clinton to State in 2014.” The Inspector General’s report similarly, in the words of the NYT, “Undermined some of Mrs. Clinton’s previous statements defending her use of the server.”

Still, charging someone with a felony requires more than lying or unethical motives; it should require a clear intent to break the law along with substantial intended harm, none of which is sufficiently present here. But this case does not exist in isolation. It exists in a political climate where secrecy is regarded as the highest end, where people have their lives destroyed for the most trivial - or, worse, the most well-intentioned - violations of secrecy laws, even in the absence of any evidence of harm or malignant intent. And these are injustices that Hillary Clinton and most of her stalwart Democratic followers have never once opposed - but rather enthusiastically cheered.

In 2011, Army Private Chelsea Manning was charged with multiple felonies and faced decades in prison for leaking documents that she firmly believed the public had the right to see; unlike the documents Clinton recklessly mishandled, none of those was top secret. Nonetheless, this is what then-Secretary Clinton said in justifying her prosecution:

“I think that in an age where so much information is flying through cyberspace, we all have to be aware of the fact that some information which is sensitive, which does affect the security of individuals and relationships, deserves to be protected and we will continue to take necessary steps to do so."

Comey’s announcement also takes place in a society that imprisons more of its citizens than any other in the world by far, for more trivial offenses than any Western nation - overwhelmingly when they are poor or otherwise marginalized due to their race or ethnicity. The sort of leniency and mercy and prosecutorial restraint Comey extended today to Hillary Clinton is simply unavailable for most Americans. What happened here is glaringly obvious. It is the tawdry byproduct of a criminal justice mentality in which - as I documented in my 2011 book With Liberty and Justice for Some - those who wield the greatest political and economic power are virtually exempt from the rule of law even when they commit the most egregious crimes, while only those who are powerless and marginalized are harshly punished, often for the most trivial transgressions.

Trump Releases Devastating Video Showing Hillary Lie About Classified Information FBI Director James Comey completed his investigation of Hillary Clinton's private email server. His agency recommended to the Justice Department that Clinton not face criminal prosecution, despite calling Clinton and staff, 'extremely careless.' Shortly after that, Donald Trump released this video through Facebook.

Had someone who was obscure and unimportant and powerless done what Hillary Clinton did - recklessly and secretly install a shoddy home server and work with top-secret information on it, then outright lie to the public about it when they were caught - they would have been criminally charged long ago, with little fuss or objection. But Hillary Clinton is the opposite of unimportant. She’s the multimillionaire former first lady, senator from New York, and secretary of state, supported by virtually the entire political, financial, and media establishment to be the next president, arguably the only person standing between Donald Trump and the White House.

Like the Wall Street tycoons whose systemic fraud triggered the 2008 global financial crisis, and like the military and political officials who instituted a worldwide regime of torture, Hillary Clinton is too important to be treated the same as everyone else under the law.

“Felony charges appear to be reserved for people of the lowest ranks. Everyone else who does it either doesn’t get charged or gets charged with a misdemeanor,” Virginia defense attorney Edward MacMahon told Politico last year about secrecy prosecutions.

Washington defense attorney Abbe Lowell has similarly denounced the “profound double standard” governing how the Obama DOJ prosecutes secrecy cases: “Lower-level employees are prosecuted … because they are easy targets and lack the resources and political connections to fight back.” The fact that Clinton is who she is: that is undoubtedly what caused the FBI to accord her the massive benefit of the doubt when assessing her motives. Her identity, rather than her conduct, was clearly a major factor in his finding nothing that was - in the words of Comey -

“Clearly intentional and willful mishandling of classified information; or vast quantities of materials exposed in such a way as to support an inference of intentional misconduct; or indications of disloyalty to the United States; or efforts to obstruct justice.”

But a system that accords treatment based on who someone is, rather than what they’ve done, is the opposite of one conducted under the rule of law. It is, instead, one of systemic privilege. As Thomas Jefferson put it in a 1784 letter to George Washington, the ultimate foundation of any constitutional order is “the denial of every preeminence.” Hillary Clinton has long been the beneficiary of this systemic privilege in so many ways, and today, she received her biggest gift from it yet. The Obama-appointed FBI director gave a press conference showing that she recklessly handled top-secret information, engaged in conduct prohibited by law, and lied about it repeatedly to the public. But she won’t be prosecuted or imprisoned for any of that, so Democrats are celebrating. But if there is to be anything positive that can come from this lowly affair, perhaps Democrats might start demanding the same reasonable leniency and prosecutorial restraint for everyone else who isn’t Hillary Clinton.

FBI Director Comey Grilled At Congressional Hearing On Clinton Emails Congress Representatives Jason Chaffetz then Trey Gowdy ask questions of FBI Director James Comey about Hillary Clinton, her emails, her server, and her suitability to handle classified information ever again. But also point out the double standard of Clinton being caught in lies and gross negligence (who clearly has a long record of knowing how to properly handle classified material) vs anyone else who would get (and has got) prosecuted for less.

3 Mind Boggling Facts in the Hillary Email Cover-up / Dallas Shooting Arch-Globalist Hillary Clinton’s no-prosecution, the recent exit of Britain from the EU which torpedoed the unchecked advance of Globalism, the current Presidential campaign which features a candidate (formerly two candidates) attacking Globalism as no major candidate ever has before - all this suddenly fades from public consciousness in the specter of the Dallas shootings - the racial conflict that has been decades in the making made in America, by Globalists, for the express purpose of Divide and Conquer -

I know full well how incompetent, stupid, amateurish, and ill-prepared government employees can be. But the dog and pony Hillary show of the last few days is truly staggering. If the effort was to exonerate Hillary Clinton, it was done so badly the American people are more certain than ever that she is guilty as sin. Here are the top three actions of the past few days that conspired to free her, while actually revealing how culpable she is, to anyone with a few working brain cells:

One: Just by chance, US Attorney General, Loretta Lynch, the highest law-enforcement official in the land, runs into Bill Clinton at the Phoenix Sky Harbor Airport. They talk in secret, as the FBI is wrapping up its email-scandal probe and is preparing to present its findings. This Lynch-Clinton meeting assures one and all that the fix is in. “Hillary’s guilty, but we’re going to find her innocent.”

Two: In an unprecedented move, FBI Director Comey holds a global press conference. He runs down a massive list of Hillary’s actions, leaving no doubt she is guilty of gross negligence in her handling of classified materials. But then he does an abrupt turn and recommends no prosecution, because the Bureau found no evidence she intended to do harm. Comey knows, and ensuing press reports emphasize, that intent is not the legal issue. The Federal Penal Code (Title 18, section 793f) makes that clear. Gross negligence is sufficient for prosecution, conviction, and a sentence of up to ten years in prison. Furthermore, why is FBI Director making his recommendation in public, before the world? His job is simply to turn over the evidence to his boss, Attorney General Lynch, who will decide whether prosecution is the next step. But since, a day earlier, Lynch inexplicably said she would blindly follow the FBI’s recommendation thereby abdicating her duty as Attorney General - Comey is suddenly doing her job and occupying her position. He is, for the moment, the US Attorney General.

As any fool can see. Comey is also an appellate judge, because he is interpreting Title 18 of the Federal Penal Code - and interpreting it falsely. As any fool can see. Three: Comey then appears before the Congress for a grilling. Are we to assume he expected to get off easily? Of course not. He knew he would be raked over the coals, and in the process he would reveal more clearly how Hillary had violated the law. Comey would continue to assert there was no need for prosecution, while showing the world that prosecution was exactly the proper path. And that’s what happened, during Comey’s conversation with Rep. Trey Gowdy.

Four main facts emerged out of Comey’s mouth: When Hillary said she didn’t use her personal server to send or receive emails marked “classified,” she lied. When Hillary said she didn’t send classified material, she lied. When Hillary said she used only one device that was connected to her personal server, she lied. She used four. When Hillary said she returned all work-related emails from her personal storage to the State Department, she lied. She didn’t return thousands of emails.

Comey admits all this under questioning. He further concedes that lies of this nature would normally be used to mount a prosecution. Not only that, these lies would be used to form a circumstantial case for intent, the very issue on which Comey found Hillary “innocent.” Could Comey, Loretta Lynch, and Obama have figured out a worse way to exonerate Hillary? It’s hard to imagine.

More likely, Obama and Lynch decided to put the egg on Comey’s face. He would have to take one for the team.

Comey, in turn, decided that if he was going to be the fall-guy, he would, in the process, lay out the details showing how guilty Hillary was. After all, his own people, his own FBI investigators, had assembled an air-tight case against Hillary. Comey knew they would boil with rage when he exonerated her. So he threw a bone to his team. In effect, he said to them: “I have to recommend no prosecution, but I’ll expose some of what you discovered.” The question now is, will one or more of Comey’s FBI investigators leak further devastating facts, revealing Hillary’s guilt, to the press? By chance, this whole travesty of justice was suddenly overshadowed by the events in Dallas, where snipers shot 12 police officers and killed five.

Pokémon Go Is A Government Surveillance Psyop Conspiracy? July 14 2016 | From: Gawker / Infowars

Less than a week after Pokémon Go’s launch, our streets are already filled with packs of phonewielding, Weedle-catching zombies.

They’re robbing our teens, filling our churches with sinners, and tricking our children into exercising. Related: A Pokemon Go user walks into a bar But worst of all, Pokémon Go is turning us all into an army of narcs in service of the coming New World Order. Allow me to explain.

More Like Privacy Poli-See Everything Lots of apps have sketchy privacy policies, that’s nothing new. But the first set of alarms go off as soon as you realize that Pokémon Go’s policy does seem a bit more liberal than most, because not only are you giving Pokémon Go access to your location and camera, you’re also giving it full access to your Google account (assuming you use that to sign in). There’s one section of the privacy policy in particular that seems to be getting the conspiracy theorists of the world up in arms and which Reddit user Homer Simpson_Doh calls “very Orwellian”:

Most Orwellian of all is this line:

“We may disclose any information about you (or your authorized child) that is in our possession or control to government or law enforcement officials or private parties.”

As TechCrunch explained, Pokémon-loving millennials are far less likely to object to a few extra permissions when its Squirtle staring them in the face as they abandon their every god-given freedom than they do when Google reads their email.

Pokémon Go Comes Directly - Directly - From the Intelligence Ccommunity And it’s not like Pokémon Go itself doesn’t already have a direct(-ish) line to the CIA. After all, Pokémon Go was created by Niantic, which was formed by John Hanke. Now, Hanke also just so happened to help found Keyhole. What does Keyhole do, you ask? I’d tell you to go to Keyhole’s website - but you can’t. It just takes you straight to Google Earth. That’s because Keyhole was acquired by Google back in 2004. Before that, though, Keyhole received funding from a firm called In-Q-Tel, a government-controlled venture capital firm that invests in companies that will help beef up Big Brother’s tool belt. What’s more, the funds In-Q-Tel gave Keyhole mostly came from the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA), whose primary mission is “collecting, analyzing, and distributing geospatial intelligence.” Still unsure if Pokémon Go’s creator is a government spook? Check out this excerpt from the NGA’s in-house publication, Pathfinder Magazine:

Companies obtain customer information through avenues such as social media, mobile apps, and customer relationshipmanagement software. They might as well be talking about Pokémon Go itself.

We’re All Government Pawns So what exactly is the New World Order planning to do with our precious and meticulously collected data? They could take a few different paths, though they all boil down to the fact that we’re all cogs in Professor Willow’s great, big government machine. Considering that one of Big Brother’s favorite pastimes is watching its citizens at all times always and forever, Pokémon Go is an ideal vessel for its many, many eyes. It’s addicting (kids, adults, and conspiracy-loving bloggers for Gawker.com can’t seem to put the thing for more than ten minutes at a time). And it has access to pretty much our entire phone, meaning tons of personal data and monster tracking capabilities:

Granted, Pokémon Go has a perfectly legitimate reason to want access to things like your location and camera. It needs the former to put you on the right map and the latter to make use of its augmented reality feature. But with those allowances, Pokémon Go (or rather, its parent company Niantic) not only knows where millions of people are at any given point, they could also very well figure out who they’re with, what’s going on around them, and where they’re likely headed next. Remember, it doesn’t take that much to hunt someone down. All it took was one absentminded tweet for Vice to accidentally reveal the location of former fugitive and bath salts-enthusiast John McAfee. As Reddit user fight_for_anything explains:

Obviously intelligence agencies have gained a lot of info from google maps and its street view, but this data was collected easily with driving cars. Intel agencies may see google maps and street view as just an outline or a skeleton of the whole picture. Getting more data, particularly that off the street and inside buildings, requires tons of man hours and foot work. a logistical nightmare. Enter Pokemon GO, where if you are an intel agency and you want photos of the inside of a home or business, you just spawn desirable pokemon or related objects there, and let totally unaware and distracted citizens take the photos for you, with devices they paid for, and those citizens pay for the experience. imagine all these photos going back to some database (with the augmented Pokemon removed obviously. all these photos are probably GPS tagged, as well as having the phones internal gyro embed x/y/z orientation of the camera angle in the phone. these photos could be put together, much like google street view. So as you’re “catching ‘em all” with all the other sheep, you very well may be creating a cache of high-res, data-rich images to get siphoned directly into the CIA’s greedy little pockets. Just picture it, a year from now when Trump-appointed CIA Director Liam Neeson is trying to figure out who helped The Washington Post reporters escape from prison, all he has to do is call

over to Deputy Director Sutherland. “ Check the Pokédex,” he’ll say, and up springs a Google Street View-esque simulation of every building, nook, and closet within a five-mile radius - all updated in real time. As user fight_for_anything explains, “What if that local church is a mosque they suspect of terrorist activity? And they want photos of it, or photos of the cars around it and their plates, or photos of the people coming in and out...” Meaning that, should Director Neeson need eyes somewhere, all he as to do is tell the game to stick a Pikachu in the room and some unassuming schlub will send him a photo in no time.

But I Want to Play If, after all this, you’re still jonesing to go Pidgey hunting despite the Truth, Reddit user leocusmus has a few safety tips:

Just like ingress. Either use a spare phone or buy a cheap used one off eBay. Set up your main phone with a VPN, turn I Wi-Fi hotspot, and play from your spare phone with a dummy gmail account.

Which is more likely to keep you hidden from Big Brother’s prying eyes, sure, but it’s important to remember that, even then, you’re still not really safe. You’re never really safe.

Secret Pokémon GO Character Discovered! Watch Alex on his quest to catch 'em all:

Alex Jones stumbles across a brand new undiscovered Pokémon GO character! Related: Senator Al Franken demands Pokémon Go release privacy information

Putin Begs Media To Wake Up + The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin July 13 2016 | From: Infowars / Counterpunch / Sott / Various

"How do you not understand the world is being pulled in an irreversible direction?"

The growing tension between East and West is especially worrisome in light of the general public’s departure from political awareness and its inability to survive outside of the government system. Related: Russian President Putin signs law banning GMO production

The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin Vladimir Putin is probably the most popular Russian leader there has ever been, polling up around a phenomenal 80% as recently as November 2015 in a study carried out by a team of American researchers.

This makes him inarguably the most popular world leader today, though you would think the opposite given the way he’s routinely depicted and demonized in the West. Paradoxically, the main reason for Putin’s popularity in Russia is the same reason he’s so reviled in the US and Western Europe. It comes down to the simple but salient fact that when it comes to leadership and political nous Vladimir Putin is playing chess while his counterparts in London, Washington, and Paris are playing chequers . This is not to ascribe to the Russian leader the moral virtues of Nelson Mandela or the humanitarian instincts of Mahatma Gandhi. But neither is he the caricature regularly and vehemently described in the UK and US media. Putin is not a villain straight from a Bond movie, sitting in a spooky castle somewhere in deepest Russia planning and plotting world domination. For that kind of ‘Masters of the Universe’ malarkey you need to take yourself to the White House in Washington, or maybe CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia.

No, the Russian President is a man who knows his enemy better than they know themselves, and who understands and has imbibed the truth of former Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s statement that:

“If you live among wolves you have to act like a wolf.”

What those Western ideologues and members of the liberal commentariat who’ve been lining up to attack him in their newspaper columns fail to appreciate, not to mention the army of the authors who’ve been churning out books painting Putin as a latter day Genghis Khan, is the deep scars left on the Russian psyche by the country’s exposure to freedom and democracy Western-style upon the collapse of the Soviet Union in the 1990s. Canadian journalist and author Naomi Klein lays it out in forensic detail in her peerless work, The Shock Doctrine (Penguin, 2007). The impact of free market shock therapy on Russia under Boris Yeltsin’s presidency, Klein describes thus:

“In the absence of major famine, plague or battle, never have so many lost so much in so short a time. By 1998 more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt, and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2 million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty, on less than $4 a day. By the time the shock therapists had administered their ‘bitter medicine’ in the mid-nineties, 74 million Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the World Bank.”

Klein also reveals that by 1994 the Russian suicide rate had doubled and violent crime increased fourfold. Given the devastation wrought on the Russian economy and society by Western free market gurus and their Russian disciples during that awful period, the country’s recovery to the point where it is now able to contest and resist Washingtonled unipolarity where before it existed unchecked, has to count as a staggering achievement.

Putin rose to power in Russia on the back of his role in violently suppressing the Chechen uprising, which began amid the chaos of the Soviet Union’s dissolution. It was a brutal and bloody conflict in which atrocities were undoubtedly committed, as they are in every conflict, until the uprising was finally crushed and Moscow’s writ restored. The former KGB officer was thrust into the spotlight as a key member of Boris Yeltsin’s team thereafter, viewed as a safe pair of hands, which propelled him onto the political stage and his first stint as president in 2000, when he was elected for the first time. Some maintain that during his time with the KGB that Putin made it as far as New Zealand:

Since then Putin has worked to restore the Russian economy along with its sense of national pride and prestige on the world stage. The loss of that prestige as a result of the demise of the Soviet era had a cataclysmic effect on social cohesion in a country that had long prided itself on its achievements, especially its role in defeating the Nazis in the Second World War. The new Russian president is credited with returning the country to its former status as a respected power that can’t and won’t be bullied by the West. The attempt to use Georgia as a cat’s paw in 2008 was swiftly dealt with, and so has the attempt to do likewise with Ukraine in 2014. All this baloney about Putin having expansionist aims is an attempt to throw a smokescreen over the West’s own expansionist agenda in Eastern Europe with the goal of throwing a cordon sanitaire around Russia in pursuit of a cold war agenda.

Russia’s current game changing role in the Middle East, along with China’s ferocious economic growth and growing influence, is proof that the days of unipolarity and uncontested Western hegemony are drawing to a close. This more than any other factor lies at the root of the irrational Russophobia being peddled so passionately in the West. The most populous country in Europe is not and never will be a Western colony or semi colony. For those Western ideologues that cannot conceive of any relationship with Russia other than as a deadly or defeated foe, accepting this reality is a non-negotiable condition of achieving a semblance of stability and peace in the world. While Vladimir Putin and his government are not beyond criticism – in fact, far from it – their misdeeds pale in comparison to the record of Western governments in destroying one country after the other in the Middle East, presiding over a global economy that has sown nothing but misery and despair for millions at home and abroad, leading in the last analysis to the normalization of crisis and chaos. Their deeds, as the man said, would shame all the devils in hell. Related: Hysterical demonization campaign of Putin and Russia - The Pentagon's empire of whining

German Green Party Politician Speaks Out Against Demonization Of Putin The former green state minister Ludger Volmer strongly criticizes his party's Russia policy and warns against a one-sided image of Putin. The former Minister of State in the Foreign Office, Ludger Volmer (Green), has sharply attacked his party's Russia policy.

The 64-year-old, who served under the aegis of Joschka Fischer and retired from the Bundestag in 2005, now castigates the Greens in an open letter for demonizing the Russian President Vladimir Putin and "meekly reciting NATO slogans." This just increases the danger of escalation. This is "disgraceful for a peace party" that it is "stuck in silence." Although it is correct to consider Putin critically according to Volmer, yet Putin's image in Germany is "one-sided." And: "The vast majority of Russians want him." In addition, one does not have to "love the Russian national character, but when it comes to any other questionable ideology, you try to deal constructively with them, political Islamism for instance - in some instances too much so." The former member notes: "Putin may be no role model for a libertarian democracy. But he is not a warmonger." At the same time some aspects of the Orange Revolution in Ukraine get downplayed, such as the participation of fascists in it, while the annexation of the Crimea is not so clear a violation of international law, as the Greens insist.

Comment:On several occasions, Putin has managed to successfully outmanoeuvre the psychopathic western powers both in the Ukraine and in Syria, and by doing so has preserved countless numbers of lives. His actions here have been a display of courage, discipline and determination. A feat like this must have also required a great deal of strength and strategic insight. Unsurprisingly, his abilities and success as a leader are reflected in his approval ratings and popularity (which significantly outweigh those of any 'leader' in the West), throughout both Russia and the rest of the world. Aside from political skill, Putin's numerous acts of generosity toward his people demonstrate humility and kindness, both of which are qualities that are now exceedingly rare among politicians in this day and age. In the face of constant lies spread by the West and blatant acts of aggression, Putin appears to exercise a significant degree of self-control by maintaining respectful communication, utilising an approach which is calm and collected.

Incorrect threat assessment? Related: Vladimir Putin Is The Only Leader The West Has

Above all, there is "no serious reason to assume that Russia wants incorporate Poland or the Baltic states. An incorrect threat assessment is as dangerous as a real threat," Volmer therefore asks: "Why are you, except for some individual voices, being silent about the NATO / EU escalation on the eastern borders?"

The letter follows on the heels of statements by Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier (SPD), who had accused the West of "sabre rattling" and had gotten criticized for it. And representatives of the Left party had attacked the Greens with arguments comparable to Volmer's. On Wednesday of last week word came from the Greens that it was working up a response to the letter, which was received on the Monday. The foreign policy Group spokesman Omid Nouripour told the Frankfurter Rundschau: "It's never good style to publicly criticize the work of your own successor, without first dealing with them or seeking contact with them. We are fine with the line on de-escalation, but we are not with Ludger Volmer on relativizing the breach of international law by the Kremlin." Related: NATO focuses on "containment" of non-existing "threat from East" - Russian diplomat

Serco: The Biggest Company You’ve Never Heard Of July 13 2016 | From: TheLibertyBeacon / Various

How Governments world-wide give away the freedoms and rights of their citizens to the Global Military - Industrial - Complex:

When Governments “contract out” various services they are not responsible for end results, nor do they have to be transparent about any intended or unintended consequences. Related: Serco to pay $8m to Corrections It is like putting “a germ of Fascism” in a Petri Dish and watching it grow. A Perfect experiment in tyranny. The only problem is, it is not an experiment… it is today’s Reality for Humanity. We offer a look at one of the biggest Global Government Contractors that impact your life every day without you knowing it. We start our report in the year 2009, when this Corporation started to really gain traction and attention. We will end with everything right up-to-date 2016.

Umbrella Corporation Some have even likened Serco to the infamous Umbrella Corporation of the Resident Evil game and movie franchises, in that it's tentacles stretch all around the world into numbers markets and industries.

Looking at the interests of Serco, it is not hard to see how such a parallel could be drawn:

The following video is a segment from the ABC's Australian production 'Hungry Beast' which identifies the multinational giant 'Serco Sodexo' as an intercontinental beast whose tentacles reach from boarder to boarder. As the ABC point out Serco run the Australian prison and immigration detention centres, soon to be the largest operator of

private prisons in the UK. They run half of London's Traffic Lights and all of Dublin's. They are the largest Air Traffic Controllers in the World, multinational transportation services provider and hold a multitude of Defence Security Contracts across the globe. They even run everything from Schools to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)

Serco runs navy patrol boats for the ADF, as well as search and salvage operations through their partnership with P&O which form Maritime Defense Services. Serco runs two Australian Jails already, Acacia in WA and Borallon in Queensland They’re one of the biggest companies In the UK for running electronic tagging of offenders under house arrest or parole. Serco is in one of the two favored bid consortiums for the new Sydney metro rail line.

Related: Serco's contract to run Mt Eden prison not renewed

The Next Phase of Our report Moves to 2013 Serco has been labelled the “biggest company you’ve never heard of”.

It’s a private company, holding a huge number of government contracts for public services - everything from nuclear weapons defenses to out of hours doctors services. Serco is a UK company but has a global reach and chances are it’s running services near you.

And now for 2016. The following video was released by Serco as a business recruiting tool and of course the all important PR tool is not forgotten.

Serco Inc. is the Americas division of Serco Group, plc, one of the world’s leading and most admired service companies. Serco serves Federal, state and local governments, along with the Canadian government and commercial customers. We help our customers deliver vital services more efficiently, while increasing the satisfaction of their end customers. Serco brings deep domain expertise and proven processes informed by over 50 years’ experience, with 100,000 people in 35 countries across the world, and over 10,000 in the Americas." - Serco

We found Serco’s Military involvement of Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance of particular interest, as stated below in the following article/release from Serco. With all of the “data bases” connected with the many Serco operations, you can be assured your name, your movements and daily actions are part “of the record” where you come into contact with their operations. How could they not be? Related Articles: Serco boss in NZ to address 'major issue' with how Mt Eden Prison is run Serco Wins $38M Contract to Support U.S. Air Force Base in Greenland Serco Group plc (SRP) Price Target Raised to GBX 133 Serco boss Rupert Soames: "It’s really important not to run away from your past" Service was poor and staff bullied at Serco Out-of-hours provider 'bullied' whistleblowers Inmates sleep in toilets at overcrowded prison

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State” July 12 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / GushShalom / GlobalResearch / Various

Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians.

General Golan, Deputy Chief of Staff of the Israeli Army, on Holocaust Memorial Day, said:

“If there is something that frightens me about the memories of the Holocaust, it is the knowledge of the awful processes which happened in Europe in general, and in Germany in particular, 70, 80, 90 years ago, and finding traces of them here in our midst, today, in 2016.”

Related: The Jewish Colonization of Palestine Related: Roger Waters on Why More Artists Don’t Speak Out Against Israel: They’re Terrified Israeli Uri Avnery, a former member of the Israeli parliament, who as a boy lived in Germany during the rise of the Nazis, has come to the support of General Golan. General Golan, who was slated to be the next Chief of Staff of the Israeli Army, and Uri Avnery, one of the bravest men on the planet, are being demonized as “self-hating Jews.” No one is permitted to mention any truth about Israel’s genocide against the Palestinians or the support for this genocide by the two American political parties and presstitute media, not even former President Jimmy Carter. When Carter mentioned the apartheid that characterizes present-day Israel in his book, the Jewish members of the Carter Center resigned.

Uri Averny: I Was There "Please Don't write about Ya'ir Golan!" a friend begged me, “Anything a leftist like you writes will only harm him!"

Uri Avnery

Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...] So I abstained for some weeks. But I can't keep quiet any longer. General Ya'ir Golan, the deputy Chief of Staff of the Israeli army, made a speech on Holocaust Memorial Day. Wearing his uniform, he read a prepared, well-considered text that triggered an uproar which has not yet died down. Dozens of articles have been published in its wake, some condemning him, some lauding him. Seems that nobody could stay indifferent. The main sentence was: "If there is something that frightens me about the memories of the Holocaust, it is the knowledge of the awful processes which happened in Europe in general, and in Germany in particular, 70, 80, 90 years ago, and finding traces of them here in our midst, today, in 2016." All hell broke loose. What! Traces of Nazism in Israel? A resemblance between what the Nazis did to us with what we are doing to the Palestinians?

Related: Shymaa's story from GAZA - "We Are the Ones" 90 years ago was 1926, one of the last years of the German republic. 80 years ago was 1936, three years after the Nazis came to power. 70 years ago was 1946, on the morrow of Hitler's suicide and the end of the Nazi Reich. I feel compelled to write about the general's speech after all, because I was there. As a child I was an eye-witness to the last years of the Weimar Republic (so called because its constitution was shaped in Weimar, the town of Goethe and Schiller). As a politically alert boy I witnessed the Nazi Machtergreifung ("taking power") and the first half a year of Nazi rule. I know what Golan was speaking about. Though we belong to two different generations, we share the same background. Both our families come from small towns in Western Germany. His father and I must have had a lot in common. There is a strict moral commandment in Israel: nothing can be compared to the Holocaust. The Holocaust is unique. It happened to us, the Jews, because we are unique. (Religious Jews would add: "Because God has chosen us".)

I have broken this commandment. Just before Golan was born, I published (in Hebrew) a book called "The Swastika", in which I recounted my childhood memories and tried to draw conclusions from them. It was on the eve of the Eichmann trial, and I was shocked by the lack of knowledge about the Nazi era among young Israelis then. My book did not deal with the Holocaust, which took place when I was already living in Palestine, but with a question which troubled me throughout the years, and even today: how could it happen that Germany, perhaps the most cultured nation on earth at the time, the homeland of Goethe, Beethoven and Kant, could democratically elect a raving psychopath like Adolf Hitler as its leader? The last chapter of the book was entitled "It Can Happen Here!" The title was drawn from a book by the American novelist Sinclair Lewis, called ironically "It Can't Happen Here", in which he described a Nazi take-over of the United States.

In this chapter I discussed the possibility of a Jewish Nazi-like party coming to power in Israel. My conclusion was that a Nazi party can come to power in any country on earth, if the conditions are right. Yes, in Israel, too. The book was largely ignored by the Israeli public, which at the time was overwhelmed by the storm of emotions evoked by the terrible disclosures of the Eichmann trial. Now comes General Golan, an esteemed professional soldier, and says the same thing. And not as an improvised remark, but on an official occasion, wearing his general's uniform, reading from a prepared, well thought-out text. The storm broke out, and has not passed yet. Israelis have a self-protective habit: when confronted with inconvenient truths, they evade its essence and deal with a secondary, unimportant aspect. Of all the dozens and dozens of reactions in the written press, on TV and on political platforms, almost none confronted the general's painful contention. No, the furious debate that broke out concerns the questions: Is a high-ranking army officer allowed to voice an opinion about matters that concern the civilian establishment? And do so in army uniform? On an official occasion?

Should an army officer keep quiet about his political convictions? Or voice them only in closed sessions - "in relevant forums", as a furious Binyamin Netanyahu phrased it? General Golan enjoys a very high degree of respect in the army. As Deputy Chief of Staff he was until now almost certainly a candidate for Chief of Staff, when the incumbent leaves the office after the customary four years. The fulfillment of this dream shared by every General Staff officer is now very remote. In practice, Golan has sacrificed his further advancement in order to utter his warning and giving it the widest possible resonance. One can only respect such courage. I have never met General Golan, I believe, and I don't know his political views. But I admire his act. (Somehow I recall an article published by the British magazine Punch before World War I, when a group of junior army officers issued a statement opposing the government's policy in Ireland. The magazine said that while disapproving the opinion expressed by the mutinous officers, it took pride in the fact that such youthful officers were ready to sacrifice their careers for their convictions.)

The NAZI march to power started in 1929, when a terrible world-wide economic crisis hit Germany. A tiny, ridiculous far-right party suddenly became a political force to be reckoned with. From there it took them four years to become the largest party in the country and to take over power (though it still needed a coalition). I was there when it happened, a boy in a family in which politics became the main topic at the dinner table. I saw how the republic broke down, gradually, slowly, step by step. I saw our family friends hoisting the swastika flag. I saw my high-school teacher raising his arm when entering the class and saying "Heil Hitler" for the first time (and then reassuring me in private that nothing had changed.) I was the only Jew in the entire gymnasium (high school.) When the hundreds of boys – all taller than I – raised their arms to sing the Nazi anthem, and I did not, they threatened to break my bones if it happened again. A few days later we left Germany for good. General Golan was accused of comparing Israel to Nazi Germany. Nothing of the sort. A careful reading of his text shows that he compared developments in Israel to the events that led to the disintegration of the Weimar Republic. And that is a valid comparison.

Things happening in Israel, especially since the last election, bear a frightening similarity to those events. True, the process is quite different. German fascism arose from the humiliation of surrender in World War I, the occupation of the Ruhr by France and Belgium from 1923-25, the terrible economic crisis of 1929, the misery of millions of unemployed. Israel is victorious in its frequent military actions, we live comfortable lives. The dangers threatening us are of a quite different nature. They stem from our victories, not from our defeats. Indeed, the differences between Israel today and Germany then are far greater than the similarities. But those similarities do exist, and the general was right to point them out. The discrimination against the Palestinians in practically all spheres of life can be compared to the treatment of the Jews in the first phase of Nazi Germany. (The oppression of the Palestinians in the occupied territories resembles more the treatment of the Czechs in the "protectorate" after the Munich betrayal.)

The rain of racist bills in the Knesset, those already adopted and those in the works, strongly resembles the laws adopted by the Reichstag in the early days of the Nazi regime. Some rabbis call for a boycott of Arab shops. Like then. The call "Death to the Arabs" ("Judah verrecke"?) is regularly heard at soccer matches. A member of parliament has called for the separation between Jewish and Arab newborns in hospital. A Chief Rabbi has declared that Goyim (non-Jews) were created by God to serve the Jews. Our Ministers of Education and Culture are busy subduing the schools, theater and arts to the extreme rightist line, something known in German as Gleichschaltung. The Supreme Court, the pride of Israel, is being relentlessly attacked by the Minister of Justice. The Gaza Strip is a huge ghetto. Of course, no one in their right mind would even remotely compare Netanyahu to the Fuehrer, but there are political parties here which do emit a strong fascist smell. The political riffraff peopling the present Netanyahu government could easily have found their place in the first Nazi government.

One of the main slogans of our present government is to replace the "old elite", considered too liberal, with a new one. One of the main Nazi slogans was to replace "das System". By the way, when the Nazis came to power, almost all high-ranking officers of the German army were staunch anti-Nazis. They were even considering a putsch against Hitler. Their political leader was summarily executed a year later, when Hitler liquidated his opponents in his own party. We are told that General Golan is now protected by a personal bodyguard, something that has never happened to a general in the annals of Israel. The general did not mention the occupation and the settlements, which are under army rule. But he did mention the episode which occurred shortly before he gave this speech, and which is still shaking Israel now: in occupied Hebron, under army rule, a soldier saw a seriously wounded Palestinian lying helplessly on the ground, approached him and killed him with a shot to the head. The victim had tried to attack some soldiers with a knife, but did not constitute a threat to anyone any more. This was a clear contravention of army standing orders, and the soldier has been hauled before a court martial.

A cry went up around the country: the soldier is a hero! He should be decorated! Netanyahu called his father to assure him of his support. Avigdor Lieberman entered the crowded courtroom in order to express his solidarity with the soldier. A few days later Netanyahu appointed Lieberman as Minister of Defense, the second most important office in Israel. Before that, General Golan received robust support both from the Minister of Defense, Moshe Ya'alon, and the Chief of Staff, Gadi Eisenkot. Probably this was the immediate reason for the kicking out of Ya'alon and the appointment of Lieberman in his place. It resembled a putsch. It seems that Golan is not only a courageous officer, but a prophet, too. The inclusion of Lieberman's party in the government coalition confirms Golan's blackest fears. This is another fatal blow to the Israeli democracy. Am I condemned to witness the same process for the second time in my life? It is this incident that aroused the general to speak out and warn the country. I can only salute him.

Related: ISIS is a US-Israeli Creation: Top Ten “Indications” Related: The West has a terrorist "catch and release" program, admits proxy army is geopolitical strategy

Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”

All of the following facts are verifiable in the public domain:

1. Netanyahu heads the only undeclared nuclear weapons entity on the planet yet still ludicrously alleges that non nuclear Iran is trying to exterminate the state of Israel with its 100s of warheads in its Dimona secret arsenal, (all of which are outside the inspection of the IAEA), in an abortive effort to damage the agreed Iran peace deal, painstakingly negotiated by the UN Security Council members and the EU. His convoluted political machinations, in Washington and Europe, have resulted in ignominious failure as Iran rejoins the international community. 2. His government also refuses to be a party to both the Chemical and Biological Weapons Conventions (CWC / BWC) to which all EU members and most other UN states are signatories 3. His rightwing, extremist government supports the continued illegal occupation and settlement of the Palestinian West Bank, East Jerusalem and the Golan Heights in violation of international law, in addition to continuing a blockade of essential materials to 1.8 million in Gaza that has received global condemnation. 4. He exerts a wholly undemocratic influence over the Republican AIPAC dominated US congress in Washington thereby disproportionately skewing American foreign policy in favour of Israel

5. His family background includes a documented association with terrorist organisations notably the Irgun Zvai Leumi paramilitaries 6. His government is in continued breach of the human rights provisions of the EU Association Agreement that affords Israel free trade access to the European single market 7. He allows the socalled ‘pricetag’ terrorists to continue to persecute Arab residents in the Occupied Territories by the burning and destruction of olive groves and businesses in a program of uncontrolled intimidation and violence 8. He continually threatens to restrict access to Jerusalem’s Al Aqsa mosque as did his failed predecessor, Ariel Sharon, apparently in a bid to provoke violence and dissent 9. He is the leader of a party whose published charter requires the ethnic cleansing of all indigenous Palestinians in order to establish a Greater Israel in all of former Palestine

10. Likud’s official agenda to establish the socalled ‘facts on the ground’ is a blatant attempt to abort the establishment of an independent Palestinian state. This illegal program has recently been condemned by China as well as by the EU, Russia and the US and is now expected to lead to economic, political and sporting sanctions.

Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial, Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension + Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real July 12 2016 | From: GeoengineeringWatch / GreenMedInfo

How expansive and deep is the cancer of payed denial and deception which has long since permeated so much of the science community on countless fronts? How many so called "experts" have long since sold any shred of honor and honesty they may have once possessed in exchange for a paycheck and a pension?

The blatant criminal denial of the climate engineering atrocities so visible in skies around the globe is the greatest deception ever perpetrated on populations of the planet. Related: Aerosol Spraying Conspiracy Theory Confirmed by Obama CIA Director at CFR AThe majority of the masses have unfortunately so far been all too willing to accept a constant parade of lies from the power structure and their paid minions on an endless list of issues. Denial is epidemic in our society, the herd mentality has so far ruled the day. Populations have been successfully programmed to never investigate or question the "experts" or the "official narrative" no matter how obvious and glaring the lies become. We have been taught to criticize and marginalize any that dare to question.

This is the Orwellian world we live in, it is a paradigm that is leading the human race and all life toward a mathematically certain near term extinction. A complete course correction begins with publicly exposing those that are perpetuating lethal deceptions. The six minute video below covers the cowardice and deceit that is rampant in the meteorological community. Shining a light on the insanity is a responsibility that must be carried by us all if we are to have any chance of turning the tide in time. Our sincere gratitude to Co Creation Productions, Inc, for producing this video.

Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real While any discussion of the "chemtrail" phenomenon today is immediately labeled conspiracy theory, a new study provides evidence that a global covert program is underway, made possible through political, commercial, and government interests working in collusion to release extremely toxic material into the atmosphere ostensibly to "combat global warming."

Admittedly, when the topic of "chemtrails" comes up, I get a bit uneasy. Like connecting vaccines with autism, certain topics have been so loaded with misinformation for so long that writing about them automatically invokes the specter of controversy, and not open discussion, as would be expected if discovering the truth were a priority. Related: Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare One highly marginalized but vocal sector of the population believes chemtrails are being sprayed on us like Raid on cockroaches by our invisible overlords to facilitate a depopulation agenda. On the other extreme are academics unashamedly publishing papers suggesting we should play God by using various geoengineering techniques with avowedly planet wide impacts to "combat global warming."

Rarely, however, do we see anyone convincingly tying together the first-hand observational data with objective data, to prove that there is something in these persistent contrails other than frozen water vapor. Thankfully, a groundbreaking study was recently published that did exactly this, bringing us closer to the truth than we have ever been before. The implications are simply profound and I believe may foment greatly expanded awareness and activism on the topic.

New Research Proves Coal Fly Ash Is The Source Material for "Chemtrails" The new study published in the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health titled, "Evidence of Coal-Fly-Ash Toxic Chemical Geoengineering in the Troposphere: Consequences for Public Health," offers a convincing explanation for what is behind the so-called "chemtrail" phenomenon, revealing that the source material used to create artificial weather visible throughout the world is the extremely toxic waste material from the electric industry known as coal fly ash. If you are not already aware, "chemtrail" is a colloquial term used to describe the persistent contrails, presumably laden with "chemicals," observed issuing from aircraft that result in the formation of artificial cloud patterns and weather.

Their existence has been almost universally written off as "conspiracy theory" by the media and government despite global evidence – as clear as day – that the weather is being manipulated with aerosols, presumably for geoengineering purposes intended to offset global warming. The new study, authored by San Diego resident J. Marvin Herndon, was initiated after he witnessed his region being sprayed daily by an, as of then, unidentified aerosol:

"In the spring of 2014, the author began to notice tanker-jets quite often producing white trails across the cloudless blue sky over San Diego, California. The aerosol spraying that was happening with increasing frequency was a relatively new phenomenon there. The dry warm air above San Diego is not conducive to the formation of jet contrails, which are ice condensate. By November 2014 the tanker-jets were busy every day crisscrossing the sky spraying their aerial graffiti. In a matter of minutes, the aerosol trails exiting the tanker-jets would start to diffuse, eventually forming cirrus-like clouds that further diffuse to form a white haze that scattered sunlight, often occluding or dimming the sun. Aerosol spraying was occasionally so intense as to make the otherwise cloudless blue sky overcast, some areas of sky turning brownish. Sometimes the navigation lights of the tanker-jets were visible as they worked at night, their trails obscuring the stars overhead; by dawn the normally clear-blue morning sky already had a milky white haze. Regardless, aerosol spraying often continued throughout the day. The necessity for daily aerosol emplacement stems from the relatively low spraying-altitudes in the troposphere where mixing with air readily occurs bringing down the aerosolized particulates and exposing humanity and Earth's biota to the fine-grained substance. The author's concern about the daily exposure to ultra-fine airborne particulate matter of undisclosed composition and its concomitant effect on the health of his family and public health in general prompted the research reported here."

The Long History of Covert Geoengineering Programs For those who have not witnessed the "chemtrail" phenomenon directly, it would be easy to write off this author's testimony as dubious or merely anecdotal. But the author rightly points out that there is already extensive evidence in the historical record of covert geoengineering programs, and which he summarizes thusly:

"Geoengineering, also called weather-modification, has been carried out for decades at much lower altitudes in the troposphere. The recent calls for open discussion of climate control or geoengineering tend to obscure the fact that the world's military and civilian sectors have modified atmospheric conditions for many decades as has been described by science historian, James R. Fleming. Some of the early weather-modification research resulted in programs like Project Skywater (1961–1988), the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation's effort to engineer "the rivers of the sky"; the U.S. Army's Operation Ranch Hand (1961– 1971), in which the herbicide Agent Orange was an infamous part; and its Project Popeye (1967–1971), used to "make mud, not war" over the Ho Chi Minh Trail. These few examples of weather-modification, all of them secret at the time they were engaged, show that the weather is in the words of the military, "a force multiplier"

The fact is that we don't need to speculate about whether these covert programs are still happening, because the evidence is "hidden out in plain sight" for millions to see on a daily basis. [Note: I highly suggest you watch "Artificial Clouds," to get a primer on the difference between naturally occurring contrails and "chemtrails."] The real questions here are: What is being sprayed? Who is behind the program? Why is there no public discussion of the program and its implications to human and environmental health? Hydro Tasmania asked to explain cloud seeding in catchment day before flooding

Coal Fly Ash "Is More Toxic Than Radioactive Waste" While it is clear that weather modification programs focused on enhanced precipitation are being conducted across the country using silver iodide, as recently exposed by our contributor Dave Dahl's documentary "Artificial Clouds," and that the result is global changes in weather patterns, exemplified by the temperature changes observed after the post-9/11 airplane grounding, the global geoengineering program appears to be a far greater threat to planetary health. What Herndon's research uncovered is that, "[T]oxic coal combustion fly ash is the most likely aerosolized particulate sprayed by tanker-jets for geoengineering, weather-modification and climate-modification purposes and describes some of the multifold consequences on public health."

He arrived at this conclusion through the following methods:

"Two methods are employed: (1) Comparison of 8 elements analyzed in rainwater, leached from aerosolized particulates, with corresponding elements leached into water from coal fly ash in published laboratory experiments, and (2) Comparison of 14 elements analyzed in dust collected outdoors on a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter with corresponding elements analyzed in un-leached coal fly ash material. The results show: (1) the assemblage of elements in rainwater and in the corresponding experimental leachate are essentially identical. At a 99% confidence interval, they have identical means (T-test) and identical variances (F-test); and (2) the assemblage of elements in the HEPA dust and in the corresponding average un-leached coal fly ash are likewise essentially identical."

Coal fly ash is a fine particle residue generated by coal combustion and is an extremely toxic material for the primary 3 reasons: 1) Because of its nanoparticle range sizing not only can it enter more easily into human tissue through skin, oral, or pulmonary contact, but it may also have greater toxicity due to its ability to mimic hormones and/or pass through cell membranes and altering nuclear programs to adversely alter cell phenotype. 2) It contains a wide range of heavy metals, including inorganic forms of aluminum and arsenic which are highly toxic to biological systems. It's mercury content can range as high as 1 part per million.1

3) It contains low-dose radioisotopes which can have profound, severe chronic adverse health effects several orders of magnitude higher than present toxicological risk assessments account for. Herndon states, "Coal fly ash has been described as being more radioactive than nuclear waste."

As Herndon states:

"The consequences [of coal fly ash exposure] on public health are profound, including exposure to a variety of toxic heavy metals, radioactive elements, and neurologically-implicated chemically mobile aluminum released by body moisture in situ after inhalation or through transdermal induction."

Disturbingly, the EPA recently ruled that coal fly ash is not to be considered a "hazardous waste," despite overwhelming evidence that contains dozens of compounds that individually present a serious enough environmental and human health risk to be classified and regulated as hazardous to health. When you consider that the EPA requires coal firing electrical plants to sequester the coal fly ash due to its known toxicity as a pollutant, the hypocrisy here is astounding. Of course, this ruling would protect those orchestrating the behind-the-scenes geoengineering agenda of using the electrical power industry's toxic byproduct: millions of tons of coal fly ash, as a "beneficial" substance used to "combat global warming," even though the end result is the same: releasing a highly toxic material directly into the troposphere.

Profit Motive and Not Evidence Drives The Geoengineering Agenda

We already have examples of how this works. The private sector, like the aluminum industry, colludes with the government to take a highly toxic waste product like fluoride, and then lobby to have it legally mandated to be put into the environment and our bodies via fluoridation programs. Suddenly the industry responsible for concentrating and unleashing a substance that is not legal to dump into the environment due to safety concerns gets paid to have it dumped directly into our water supply which ends up in our environment and bodies. It's like Fluoride, all over again

A highly toxic substance is simply re-purposed and rebranded as "therapeutic" when the profit motive is compelling enough to trump ethical and legal boundaries. As of 2005, U.S. coal-fired plants reported producing 71.1 million tons of fly ash, of which 29.1 million tons was reported reused for industrial applications.3 Were it not for this "recycling" the industry would be left with a billion dollar problem, not unlike the nuclear industry's problem with nuclear waste. Therein alone lies a plausible motive for its use as a "geoengineering" ingredient, turning a liability into a profit center. Herndon offers additional insight into why he thinks coal fly ash was chosen as the preferred geoengineering ingredient:

"While academicians debate geoengineering as an activity that might potentially be needed in the future, evidence suggests that Western governments/militaries moved ahead with a full scale operational geoengineering program. But instead of mining and milling rock to produce artificial volcanic ash in sufficient volumes to cool the planet, they adopted a low-cost, pragmatic alternative, but one with consequences far more dire to life on Earth than global warming might ever be, and used coal combustion fly ash. To make matters worse, instead of placing the material high into the stratosphere, where there is minimal mixing and the substance might remain suspended for a year or more, they opted to spray coal fly ash into the lower atmosphere, the troposphere, which mixes with the air people breathe and gets rained down to ground."

Another very important point made by Herndon is that this interventionist approach to "combat global warming" appears to have been poorly thought out, perhaps resulting in exactly the opposite of the stated intention:

"There is yet another consequence of tropospheric coal ash spraying that is contrary to cooling the Earth and has potentially far-reaching adverse ecological and public health implications: weather modification and concomitant disruption of habitats and food sources. As reported by NASA, "Normal rainfall droplet creation involves water vapor condensing on particles in clouds. The droplets eventually coalesce together to form drops large enough to fall to Earth. However, as more and more pollution particles (aerosols) enter a rain cloud, the same amount of water becomes spread out. These smaller water droplets float with the air and are prevented from coalescing and growing large enough for a raindrop. Thus, the cloud yields less rainfall over the course of its lifetime compared to a clean (non-polluted) cloud of the same size". In addition to preventing water droplets from coalescing and growing large enough to fall to Earth, coal fly ash, which formed under anhydrous conditions, will hydrate, trapping additional moisture thus further acting to prevent rainfall. That may cause drought in some areas, floods in others, crop failure, forest die-offs, and adverse ecological impacts, especially in conjunction with the chemically-mobile-aluminum contamination from coal fly ash. The consequences ultimately may have devastating effects on habitats and reduce human food production."

Herndon leaves us with closing remarks difficult to ignore, including a call to action that I hope our readers take to heart:

"More than a half century ago Rachel Carson called the world's attention to the unintended consequences of herbicides and pesticides widely employed by agriculture. Instead of turning a blind eye, people everywhere became motivated to stop the worst of this environmental onslaught. Today we are fully aware of the vast interconnected web of dependencies and symbioses that comprise life on our planet. Earth exists in a state of dynamic biological, chemical, and physical equilibrium whose complexity far exceeds the understanding of contemporary science. The pervasive tropospheric spraying of coal fly ash threatens this equilibrium, whose delicacy or whose resilience we cannot quantify. Human health is at risk as is Earth's biota. Are we to remain silent? Or will we exercise our primal right to speak in our own defense as a species and question the sanity of emplacing coal fly ash in Earth's perpetually moving atmosphere?"

Related Articles: 30th Anniversary Of Hansen’s First Great Global Warming Fail Matt Ridley: The many attempts to stifle free speech on climate change High Bypass Turbofan Jet Engines, Geoengineering, And The Contrail Lie Let’s just re-engineer the climate Engineer: Decarbonization Will Result in Mass Starvation, Poverty, Civil Strife

How George Soros Singlehandedly Created The European Refugee Crisis - And Why July 11 2016 | From: GarretGalland

Rothschild bag man George Soros could seamlessly step into the role as the real-life version of a super-villain in a James Bond novel. To give credit where credit is due, Stephen did the considerable leg work for this article and what he uncovered surprised even me.

George Soros is trading again. The 85-year-old political activist and philanthropist hit the headlines post-Brexit saying the event had “unleashed” a financial-market crisis. Related: George Soros: A Psychopath’s Psychopath Well, the crisis hasn’t hit Soros just yet. He was once again on the right side of the trade, taking a short position in troubled Deutsche Bank and betting against the S&P via a 2.1-million-share put option on the SPDR S&P 500 ETF. More interestingly, Soros recently took out a $264 million position in Barrick Gold, whose share price has jumped over 14% since Brexit. Along with this trade, Soros has sold his positions in many of his traditional holdings. Soros had recently announced he was coming out of retirement, again.

Click on the image above to see Soros lates trades online

First retiring in 2000, the only other time Soros has publicly re-entered the markets was in 2007, when he placed a number of bearish bets on US housing and ultimately made a profit of over $1 billion from the trades. Since the 1980s, Soros has actively been pursuing a globalist agenda; he advances this agenda through his Open Society Foundations (OSF). What is this globalist agenda, and where does it come from?

The Humble Beginnings The globalist seed was sowed for young George by his father, Tivadar, a Jewish lawyer who was a strong proponent of Esperanto. Esperanto is a language created in 1887 by L.L. Zamenhof, a Polish eye doctor, for the purpose of “transcending national borders” and “overcoming the natural indifference of mankind.” Tivadar taught young George Esperanto and forced him to speak it at home. In 1936, as Hitler was hosting the Olympics in Berlin, Tivadar changed the family name from Schwartz to Soros, an Esperanto word meaning “will soar.”

George Soros, who was born and raised in Budapest, Hungary, benefited greatly from his father’s decision. Allegedly, in 1944, 14-year-old George Soros went to work for the invading Nazis. It is said that until the end of the war in 1945, he worked with a government official, helping him confiscate property from the local Jewish population. In an 1998 interview with 60 Minutes, Soros described the year of German occupation as “the happiest time in my life.”

Soros’s Venture into Finance When the war ended, Soros moved to London and in 1947 enrolled in the London School of Economics where he studied under Karl Popper, the Austrian-British philosopher who was one of the first proponents of an “Open Society.”

Soros then worked at several merchant banks in London before moving to New York in 1963. In 1970, he founded Soros Fund Management and in 1973 created the Quantum Fund in partnership with investor Jim Rogers. The fund made annual returns of over 30%, cementing Soros’s reputation and putting him in a position of power—one he utilizes to this day to advance the agenda of his mentors.

The Currency Speculations That Threw Britain and Asia into Crisis In the 1990s, Soros began a string of large bets against national currencies. The first was in 1992, when he sold short the pound sterling and made a $1 billion profit in a single day.

His next big currency speculation came in 1997. This time Soros singled out the Thai baht and, with heavy short-selling volume, destroyed the baht’s artificial peg to the US dollar, which started the Asian financial crisis.

“Humanitarian” Efforts Today, Soros’s net worth stands at $23 billion. Since taking a back seat in his company, Soros Fund Management, in 2000, Soros has been focusing on his philanthropic efforts, which he carries out through the Open Society Foundations he founded in 1993.

So who does he donate to, and what causes does he support?

During the 1980s and 1990s, Soros used his extraordinary wealth to bankroll and fund revolutions in dozens of European nations, including Czechoslovakia, Croatia, and Yugoslavia. He achieved this by funneling money to political opposition parties, publishing houses, and independent media in these nations. If you wonder why Soros meddled in these nations’ affairs, part of the answer may lie in the fact that during and after the chaos, he invested heavily in assets in each of the respective countries. He then used Columbia University economist Jeffrey Sachs to advise the fledgling governments to privatize all public assets immediately, thus allowing Soros to sell the assets he had acquired during the turmoil into newly formed open markets. Having succeeded in advancing his agenda in Europe through regime change - and profiting in the process - he soon turned his attention to the big stage, the United States.

The Big Time In 2004, Soros stated;

"I deeply believe in the values of an open society. For the past 15 years I have been focusing my efforts abroad; now I am doing it in the United States.”

Since then, Soros has been funding groups such as: The American Institute for Social Justice, whose aim is to “transform poor communities through lobbying for increased government spending on social programs” The New America Foundation, whose aim is to “influence public opinion on such topics as environmentalism and global governance” The Migration Policy Institute, whose aim is to “bring about an illegal immigrant resettlement policy and increase social welfare benefits for illegals”

Soros also uses his Open Society Foundations to funnel money to the progressive media outlet, Media Matters.

Soros funnels the money through a number of leftist groups, including the Tides Foundation, Center for American Progress, and the Democracy Alliance in order to circumvent the campaign finance laws he helped lobby for. Why has Soros donated so much capital and effort to these organizations? For one simple reason: to buy political power. Democratic politicians who go against the progressive narrative will see their funding cut and be attacked in media outlets such as Media Matters, which also directly contribute to mainstream sites such as NBC, Al Jazeera, and The New York Times.

Apart from the $5 billion Soros’s foundation has donated to groups like those cited above, he has also made huge contributions to the Democratic Party and its most prominent members, like Joe Biden, Barack Obama, and of course Bill and Hillary Clinton.

Best Friends with the Clintons Soros’s relationship with the Clintons goes back to 1993, around the time when OSF was founded. They have become close friends, and their enduring relationship goes well beyond donor status.

According to the book, The Shadow Party, by Horowitz and Poe, at a 2004 “Take Back America” conference where Soros was speaking, the former first lady introduced him saying;

"[W]e need people like George Soros, who is fearless and willing to step up when it counts.”

Soros began supporting Hillary Clinton’s current presidential run in 2013, taking a senior role in the “Ready for Hillary” group. Since then, Soros has donated over $15 million to proClinton groups and Super PACs. More recently, Soros has given more than $33 million to the Black Lives Matter group, which has been involved in outbreaks of social unrest in Ferguson, Missouri, and Baltimore, Maryland, in 2015. Both of these incidents contributed to a worsening of race relations across America. The same group heavily criticized Democratic contender Bernie Sanders for his alleged track record of supporting racial inequality, helping to undercut him as a competitive threat with one of Hillary Clinton’s most ardent constituencies. This, of course, greatly enhances the clout Soros wields through the groups mentioned above. It is safe to assume that he is now able to drive Democratic policy, especially in an administration headed by Hillary Clinton. Simply, what Soros wants, he gets. And it’s clear from his history that he wants to smudge away national borders and create the sort of globalist nightmare represented by the European Union.

In recent years, Soros has turned his attention back to Europe. Is it a coincidence that the continent is currently in economic and social disarray?

Another Home Run: the Ukrainian Conflict There’s no doubt about Soros’s great influence on US foreign policy. In an October 1995 PBS interview with Charlie Rose, he said, “I do now have access [to US Deputy Secretary of State Strobe Talbott]. There is no question. We actually work together [on Eastern European policy].” Soros’s meddling reared its ugly head again in the Russia-Ukraine conflict, which began in early 2014. In a May 2014 interview with CNN, Soros stated he was responsible for establishing a foundation in the Ukraine that ultimately led to the overthrow of the country’s elected leader and the installation of a junta handpicked by the US State Department, at the time headed by none other than Hillary Clinton:

CNN Host: First on Ukraine, one of the things that many people recognized about you was that you during the revolutions of 1989 funded a lot of dissident activities, civil society groups in Eastern Europe and Poland, the Czech Republic. Are you doing similar things in Ukraine? Soros: Well, I set up a foundation in Ukraine before Ukraine became independent of Russia. And the foundation has been functioning ever since and played an important part in events now.

The war that ripped through the Ukrainian region of Donbass resulted in the deaths of over 10,000 people and the displacement of over 1.4 million people. As collateral damage, a Malaysia Airlines passenger jet was shot down, killing all 298 on board.

But once again Soros was there to profit from the chaos he helped create. His prize in Ukraine was the state-owned energy monopoly Naftogaz. Soros again had his US cronies, Secretary of the Treasury Jack Lew and US consulting company McKinsey, advise the puppet government of Ukraine to privatize Naftogaz. Although Soros’s exact stake in Naftogaz has not been disclosed, in a 2014 memo he pledged to invest up to $1 billion in Ukrainian businesses, but no other Ukrainian holdings have since been reported.

His Latest Success: The European Refugee Crisis Soros’s agenda is fundamentally about the destruction of national borders. This has recently been shown very clearly with his funding of the European refugee crisis.

The refugee crisis has been blamed on the civil war currently raging in Syria. But did you ever wonder how all these people suddenly knew Europe would open its gates and let them in? The refugee crisis is not a naturally occurring phenomenon. It coincided with OSF donating money to the US-based Migration Policy Institute and the Platform for International Cooperation on Undocumented Migrants, both Soros-sponsored organizations. Both groups advocate the resettlement of third-world Muslims into Europe. In 2015, a Sky News reporter found “Migrant Handbooks” on the Greek island of Lesbos. It was later revealed that the handbooks, which are written in Arabic, had been given to refugees before crossing the Mediterranean by a group called “Welcome to the EU.” Welcome to the EU is funded by - you guessed it - the Open Society Foundations. Soros has not only backed groups that advocate the resettlement of third-world migrants into Europe, he in fact is the architect of the “Merkel Plan.”

The massive Muslim integration into Europe is a Trojan Horse plan

The Merkel Plan was created by the European Stability Initiative whose chairman Gerald Knaus is a senior fellow at none other than the Open Society Foundations. Related: Atlantic Puppeteers: Who is Behind 'The Merkel Plan' and EU Refugee Policy The plan proposes that Germany should grant asylum to 500,000 Syrian refugees. It also states that Germany, along with other European nations, should agree to help Turkey, a country that’s 98% Muslim, gain visa-free travel within the EU starting in 2016.

Political Discourse The refugee crisis has raised huge concern in European countries like Hungary. In response to 7,000 migrants entering Hungarian territory per day in 2015, the Hungarian government reestablished border control in order to keep the hordes of refugees from entering the country.

Of course this did not go down well with Soros and his close allies, the Clintons.

Bill Clinton has since come out and accused both Poland and Hungary of thinking “democracy is too much trouble” and wanting to have a “Putin-like authoritarian dictatorship.” Seeing through Clinton’s comments, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán responded by saying:

"The remarks made about Hungary and Poland… have a political dimension. These are not accidental slips of the tongue. And these slips or remarks have been multiplying since we are living in the era of the migrant crisis. And we all know that behind the leaders of the Democratic Party, we have to see George Soros.” He went on to say that “although the mouth belongs to Clinton, the voice belongs to Soros.” Soros has since said of Orbán’s policy toward the migrants: “His plan treats the protection of national borders as the objective and the refugees as an obstacle. Our plan treats the protection of refugees as the objective and national borders as the obstacle.”

It’s hard to imagine that he could be any clearer in his globalist intentions. Related: Shots Fired: Wikileaks Accuses Panama Papers' Leaker Of Being "Soros-Funded, Soft-Power Tax Dodge" + Rothschild's Primer: How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists"

The Profit Motive So why is Soros going to such lengths to flood Europe with hordes of third-world Muslims? We can’t be sure, but it has recently come to light that Soros has taken a large series of “bearish derivative positions” against US stocks. Apparently, he thinks that causing chaos in Europe will spread the contagion to the United States, thus sending US markets spiraling downward. The destruction of Europe through flooding it with millions of unassimilated Muslims is a direct plan to cause economic and social chaos on the Continent. Another example of turmoil equaling profit for George Soros, who seems to have his tentacles in most geopolitical events.

We all understand correlation is not causation. However, given Soros’s extraordinary wealth, political connections, and his long track record of seeing and profiting from chaos, he is almost certainly a catalyst for much of the geopolitical turmoil now occurring. He is intent on destroying national borders and creating a global governance structure with unlimited powers. From his comments directed toward Viktor Orbán, we can see he clearly views national leaders as his juniors, expecting them to become puppets that sell his narrative to the ignorant masses. Soros sees himself as a missionary carrying out the globalist agenda taught to him by his early mentors. He uses his vast political connections to influence government policy and create crises, both economic and social, to further this agenda. By all appearances, Soros is conspiring against humanity and is hell-bent on the destruction of Western democracies. To any rational thinker, some global events just don’t make sense. Why, for example, would Western democracies take in millions of people whose values are completely incompatible with their own? When we look closely at the agenda being actively promoted by the leading globalist puppet master, George Soros, things become a little clearer.

On Soros & Gold There is a naturally occurring and constant collaboration about shared interests occurring amongst the heads of governments, corporations, investment managers and all of the bottom feeders that survive off their scraps. What is so interesting about Soros is that he is so obvious in his intentions and persistent in their pursuit. Given the consequences of his actions, it is also clear he’s a believer in moral relativism and that the ends justify the means. That he turns a nice buck in his crusade for what certainly rhymes with a one-world government is a Soros hallmark.

“It allows me the money needed to fund my philanthropies” he might answer to the charges he is profiting from blood in the streets he was instrumental in spilling. Going forward when something big is happening geopolitically, I am going to start my analysis by checking under rocks for signs of Soros. At the beginning of this article we noted that Soros has gone big into American Barrick (ABX), a leading gold producer. As of the end of March it was his single largest holding at 7.36% of his overall portfolio. As telling, he has dumped a lot of his more conventional stocks in recent months. Related: George Soros Sells All Shares Of Citigroup, Bank Of America And JP Morgan

Given the man’s inside track – and active manipulations – you might want to take the hint and pick up some physical gold as an insurance policy against a systematic shock. If you already own gold, I probably wouldn’t chase it here as it has had a good run of late. Ditto silver which is up 46% year to date. But if you don’t own some, adding precious metals to your portfolio as a long-term holding, even at today’s prices, makes sense. As always with gold shares, it is important to remember a few things: In most cases, these are speculations. That’s because their financial metrics often don’t line up with anything looking like a good value. What you are really betting on is a revaluation of the ounces of gold or silver a company is sitting on. Thus, if a company is sitting on one million ounces of gold and gold goes up by $100, the company just got a lot more valuable. Never fall in love with a gold stock. Set a rational return goal and once hit, at least scrape your original investment off the table. That way you are playing with the casino’s money. Also per my article last week, keep in mind that should gold stocks buck the trend in a future global equities correction, the money managers who own big positions in gold stocks will almost certainly dump their holdings in order to dress up the rest of their portfolios. As the trading volume in precious metals share is relatively thin, you want to beat them out the door. Embrace the volatility. The low trading volume of most of these stocks is a key reason they have such explosive upside. Any significant uptick in investor interest can send a stock soaring.

Here Come the Clowns Nothing comes close to the Get Out of Jail card handed by the clowns at the FBI to Hillary over her private email servers. This despite pretty much no one disputes she broke any number of federal laws of the sort which would have landed a lesser clown in jail.

To quote FBI Director James Comey;

"Although there is evidence of potential violations of the statutes regarding the handling of classified information, our judgment is that no reasonable prosecutor would bring such a case.”

There is nuance in that statement. For starters, that there is evidence of violations. But also the stark political reality that no “reasonable prosecutor” would enforce the laws, considering who the perp is: the standard bearer for the Democrats going into this election. Besides, going after Clinton means crossing swords with Soros and no “reasonable prosecutor” would want to do that. Related: Wikileaks Asks If This Is The "Smoking Gun" Email That Will Bring Down Hillary + The Full List Of 92 Paychecks Hillary Collected From Wall Street

Why Did The Dallas Shootings Really Happen? July 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Is the Dallas police shooting a false flag affair in behalf of gun control? Is it the result of a war veteran suffering from post traumatic stress disorder? Is the shooting the beginning of retribution for thousands of wanton police murders of US citizens in the 21st century? Or is there some other explanation?

We will never know. The perpetrator is dead. The authorities will tell us whatever suits the purposes of authority.

Related: Dallas Shootings: White Supremacists Succeeded in Provoking Black Extremism Related: If the Shooting of Dallas Police Surprises You, You Haven’t Been Paying Attention Related: Culprits Behind Dallas Police Massacre Revealed We could say that the police have brought this on themselves by their undisciplined and violent behavior toward the public. On the other hand, we can hold the police chiefs, the police unions, the mayors and city councils, the governors, prosecutors, and the Justice (sic) Department responsible for failure to hold accountable those cops who murder and commit gratuitous violence against the public. When police execute someone, the excuse is always something like this: “He reached under his shirt to his waistband. I thought he had a gun. I didn’t want to leave my children fatherless and my wife a widow.” The murdered victim’s wife and children, if any, are of no consequence. Conservatives, especially those taught to be fearful of crime, have scant objection to police murders. Their view is always: “The police wouldn’t have shot him without cause.” The same bias in favor of the police is why conservative jurors always convict. The liberals tend to interpret the shootings as racism, so they want to combat racism.

The real problem is that public authorities do not protect the public from gratuitous violence. Therefore, hatred and disrespect for the police are growing. Routine murders by police–several each day, almost all of which go unpunished–are generating the kind of anger that causes people to snap and to reply to violence with violence. If the criminal justice system applied also to the police, the police would think twice before they wantonly murder. Being a police officer is not supposed to be risk free. A police officer should be concerned about the public, not merely his own family. We cannot accept gratuitous police violence on the grounds that the officer’s behavior is dictated by his concerns for his own family. If an officer cannot accept the risks of being a police officer, he should find a different occupation. Police violence is out of control because mayors, prosecutors, and governors are failing the public by refusing to put a halt

to it. According to conservatives, punishment deters crime, but they do not apply this to the police.

Police violence is also out of control because of the revolution in police training which teaches police to protect themselves and to subdue the suspect regardless of cost. A number of former police officers have written to me that the reason they gave up the occupation is that today police are being trained to be killers like soldiers. If a former police officer or someone knowledgeable about this training would describe it and its history, where it originated and why, I will post it on the website.

Who is Really Responsible for the Shooting? Black Lives Matter’ is a domestic terrorist organization that has been given legitimacy by the media and the Obama administration.

Related: Black Power Group Claims Responsibility for Killing Police in Dallas

New Zealand Considers Taxing Sugar While New Zealand Government Invests $240m In Coca Cola And Fast Food Chains July 10 2016 | From: Yahoo

New figures reveal the New Zealand Superannuation Fund and ACC have invested millions of dollars of taxpayers' money into several global fast food and soft drink companies.

Releasing details of the large-scale government investments on Wednesday, RNZ News reported that, as of May 31, the New Zealand Superannuation Fund and ACC had $110 million invested in The Coca-Cola Company and its global subsidiaries. Related: They also invested $70m in the The Coca-Cola Company's main rival, Pepsico. Additionally, $38m was invested into McDonalds in America and Japan, and $17m into Domino's Pizza in Britain and Australia. In New Zealand, the Super Fund has $5m invested in Restaurant Brands, which owns restaurant chains KFC, Pizza Hut, Carl's Junior and Starbucks.

Responding to the newly released figures, Labour Party MP Jenny Salesa reiterated the widespread impact obesity is having on the country.

"Oh c'mon why is ACC & the Superfund here investing Millions in soft drinks companies when NZ has the 3rd highest obesity rate in the OECD?," she said on Twitter.

Dental Association spokesperson Rob Beaglehole told RNZ News he was shocked to learn of the "inappropriate" investments. Related: MP slams fat portrayal of Maui in new Disney film Related: Is sugar tax the answer to New Zealand's obesity epidemic?

"New Zealand is the third fattest country and has the third highest consumption of sugar in the OECD, after Mexico and the United States. The number one source of sugar for those aged 30 and under comes from sugary drinks," he said.

A Super Fund spokesperson told RNZ News that while it recognised nutrition was a public health issue there are no plans to introduce any divestment strategies.

"We have engaged with a number of companies on this matter and will continue to do so. We are not aware of any mainstream funds which are excluding companies on these issues," the spokesperson said.

The Ministry of Health currently injects $60m each year into obesity prevention programmes. Related: Little evidence sugar tax works, think tank says Related: Government not persuaded by health professors lobbying to introduce sugar tax

Related: Medical experts push for sugar tax A further $40m funds dental care for children.

Exposed: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences July 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

More Obscuration From The British Establishment: Sir John Chilcot, a member of the British establishment and also a member of the Butler Inquiry, the responsibility of which was to determine if the so-called “intelligence” used as the excuse for the US/UK invasion of Saddam Hussein’s Iraq was “fixed” to justify the invasion, has, after seven years of delay, finally issued its report.

Remember, there was a leaked memo from the head of British intelligence that the intelligence justifying the Iraqi Invasion was “fixed” or orchestrated to produce the justification for the invasion, a war crime under the Nuremberg standard established by the United States. Related: Invasion of Iraq, The Secret Downing Street Memo: “Intelligence and Facts were being Fixed” Chilcot’s job was to make this fact go away or assume less importance and to protect the Butler Inquiry’s orchestrated verdict that, despite the word of the head of British intelligence, the intelligence was not fixed. In other words, Sir John’s assigned task under the guise of an “impartial inquiry” was to absolve former UK PM and war criminal Tony Blair not of all responsibility but of all responsibility deserving of prosecution.

Sir John’s report is akin to FBI director Comey’s report on Hillary: They did it but they didn’t do it enough to be prosecuted. Related: Crimes Against Peace: The Chilcot Inquiry, Tony Blair and Iraq Related: The Truth About Chilcot: The Inquiry, Who’s Who? In the context of democratic politics, if such existed in England, Tony Blair would be in the crosshairs of the ruling UK party, the Tories or Conservatives. Yet, as both parties represent the same private interest groups, the Conservative Prime Minister, David Cameron, who has announced his resignation effective next October, rushed to the opposition party’s defense and gave in Parliament what former British Ambassador Craig Murray calls a;

"Dishonest, apologia for the invasion that bore no relationship to the Chilcot report.”

The UK media, for the most part, also came out in defense of Tony Blair, the war criminal and liar, providing, according to Amb. Murray;

"Uunlimited airtime to Blair and his defender Alastair Campbell” and “almost no airtime to those who campaigned against the war.” Here is the judgement of a British Ambassador, Craig Murray: “Blair is still a creature of absolute self-serving slime.”

You could make the same judgment on almost every member of the Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama regimes. And Hillary’s regime would be even worse. My prediction is that life on earth would not survive Hillary’s first term. Related Articles: Is the Coup Against Corbyn a Plot to Spare Tony Blair from War Crimes Probe? ICC Won’t Try Blair for War Crimes In Spite of Damning Chilcot Report, Here’s Why Tariq Ali on Chilcot Iraq Report: Tony Blair is a War Criminal for Pushing Us into Illegal War Behind the Headlines: Britain's Secret Wars: Interview with T.J. Coles Chilcot, Israel and the Lobby From Winston Churchill to Tony Blair: How British Leaders Destroyed Iraq for over a Century

As The War On Weed Winds Down, Will Monsanto Be The Big Winner? July 8 2016 | From: EllenBrown

The war on cannabis that began in the 1930s seems to be coming to an end. Research shows that this natural plant, rather than posing a deadly danger to health, has a wide range of therapeutic benefits.

But skeptics question the sudden push for legalization, which is largely funded by wealthy investors linked to Big Ag and Big Pharma. Related: Mexico - Nieto Proposes Marijuana Legalization Related: Canada - Marijuana Legalization Process to Begin in Canada Next Spring In April, Pennsylvania became the 24th state to legalize medical cannabis, a form of the plant popularly known as marijuana. That makes nearly half of US states. A major barrier to broader legalization has been the federal law under which all cannabis – even the very useful form known as industrial hemp – is classed as a Schedule I controlled substance that cannot legally be grown in the US. But that classification could change soon. In a letter sent to federal lawmakers in April, the US Drug Enforcement Administration said it plans to release a decision on rescheduling marijuana in the first half of 2016. The presidential candidates are generally in favor of relaxing the law. In November 2015, Senator Bernie Sanders introduced a bill that would repeal all federal penalties for possessing and growing the plant, allowing states to establish their own marijuana laws. Hillary Clinton would not go that far but would drop cannabis from a Schedule I drug (a deadly dangerous drug with no medical use and high potential for abuse) to Schedule II (a deadly dangerous drug with medical use and high potential for abuse). Republican candidate Donald Trump says we are losing badly in the war on drugs, and that to win that war all drugs need to be legalized.

Related: Cannabis Saved This Man From One of the Worst Man-Made Disasters in US History But it is Green Party presidential candidate Dr. Jill Stein who has been called “weed’s biggest fan.” Speaking from the perspective of a physician and public health advocate, Stein notes that hundreds of thousands of patients suffering from chronic pain and cancers are benefiting from the availability of medical marijuana under state laws. State economies are benefiting as well. She cites Colorado, where retail marijuana stores first opened in January 2014. Since then, Colorado’s crime rates and traffic fatalities have dropped; and tax revenue, economic output from retail marijuana sales, and jobs have increased. Among other arguments for changing federal law is that the marijuana business currently lacks access to banking facilities. Most banks, fearful of FDIC sanctions, won’t work with the $6.7 billion marijuana industry, leaving 70% of cannabis companies without bank accounts.

"There’s a lot of money left over to address safety issues that come up or really take on projects that these local communities do not necessarily have the funds to deal with,” said Mike Elliott, executive director of the Marijuana Industry Group. “For some communities, this tax revenue has made a huge difference.” Related: Legal Cannabis is Literally Transforming Cities - Funding Roads, Schools, Charities and More

That means billions of dollars are sitting around in cash, encouraging tax evasion and inviting theft, to which an estimated 10% of profits are lost. But that problem too could be remedied soon. On June 16, the Senate Appropriations Committee approved an amendment to prevent the Treasury Department from punishing banks that open accounts for state-legal marijuana businesses. Boosting trade in the new marijuana market is not a good reason for decriminalizing it, of course, if it actually poses a grave danger to health. But there have been no recorded deaths from cannabis overdose in the US. Not that the herb can’t have problematic effects, but the hazards pale compared to alcohol (30,000 deaths annually) and to patented pharmaceuticals, which are now the leading cause of death from drug overdose. Prescription drugs taken as directed are estimated to kill 100,000 Americans per year.

Behind the War on Weed: Taking Down the World’s Largest Agricultural Crop The greatest threat to health posed by marijuana seems to come from its criminalization. Today over 50 percent of inmates in federal prison are there for drug offenses, and marijuana tops the list. Cannabis cannot legally be grown in the US even

as hemp, a form with very low psychoactivity. Why not? The answer seems to have more to do with economic competition and racism than with health. Cannabis is actually one of the oldest domesticated crops, having been grown for industrial and medicinal purposes for millennia. Until 1883, hemp was also one of the largest agricultural crops (some say the largest).

It was the material from which most fabric, soap, fuel, paper and fiber were made. Before 1937, it was also a component of at least 2,000 medicines. In early America, it was considered a farmer’s patriotic duty to grow hemp. Cannabis was legal tender in most of the Americas from 1631 until the early 1800s. Americans could even pay their taxes with it. Benjamin Franklin’s paper mill used cannabis. Hemp crops produce nearly four times as much raw fiber as equivalent tree plantations; and hemp paper is finer, stronger and lasts longer than wood-based paper. Hemp was also an essential resource for any country with a shipping industry, since it was the material from which sails and rope were made. Today hemp is legally grown for industrial use in hundreds of countries outside the US. A 1938 article in Popular Mechanics claimed it was a billion-dollar crop (the equivalent of about $16 billion today), useful in 25,000 products ranging from dynamite to cellophane. New uses continue to be found.

Claims include eliminating smog from fuels, creating a cleaner energy source that can replace nuclear power, removing radioactive water from the soil, eliminating deforestation, and providing a very nutritious food source for humans and animals. To powerful competitors, the plant’s myriad uses seem to have been the problem.

Cannabis competed with the lumber industry, the oil industry, the cotton industry, the petrochemical industry and the pharmaceutical industry. In the 1930s, the plant in all its forms came under attack. Its demonization accompanied the demonization of Mexican immigrants, who were then flooding over the border and were widely perceived to be a threat. Pot smoking was part of their indigenous culture. Harry Anslinger, called “the father of the war on weed,” was the first commissioner of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics, a predecessor to the Drug Enforcement Administration. He fully embraced racism as a tool for demonizing marijuana.

He made such comments as:

"Marijuana causes white women to seek sexual relations with Negroes, entertainers and any others,” and “Reefer makes darkies think they’re as good as white men.”

In 1937, sensational racist claims like these caused recreational marijuana to be banned; and industrial hemp was banned with it. Classification as a Schedule I controlled substance came in the 1970s, with President Richard Nixon’s War on Drugs. The Shafer Commission, tasked with giving a final report, recommended against the classification; but Nixon ignored the commission.

According to an April 2016 article in Harper’s Magazine, the War on Drugs had political motives. Top Nixon aide John Ehrlichman is quoted as saying in a 1994 interview:

"The Nixon campaign in 1968, and the Nixon White House after that, had two enemies: the antiwar left and black people. . . . We knew we couldn’t make it illegal to be either against the war or black, but by getting the public to associate the hippies with marijuana and blacks with heroin, and then criminalizing both heavily, we could disrupt those communities. We could arrest their leaders, raid their homes, break up their meetings, and vilify them night after night on the evening news. Did we know we were lying about the drugs? Of course we did."

Competitor or Attractive New Market for the Pharmaceutical Industry? The documented medical use of cannabis goes back two thousand years, but the Schedule I ban has seriously hampered medical research. Despite that obstacle, cannabis has now been shown to have significant therapeutic value for a wide range of medical conditions, including cancer, Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, glaucoma, lung disease, anxiety, muscle spasms, hepatitis C, inflammatory bowel disease, and arthritis pain. New research has also revealed the mechanism for these wide-ranging effects. It seems the active pharmacological components of the plant mimic chemicals produced naturally by the body called endocannabinoids. These chemicals are responsible for keeping critical biological functions in balance, including sleep, appetite, the immune system, and pain. When stress throws those functions off, the endocannabinoids move in to restore balance. Inflammation is a common trigger of the disease process in a broad range of degenerative ailments.

Stress triggers inflammation, and cannabis relieves both inflammation and stress. THC, the primary psychoactive component of the plant, has been found to have twenty times the anti-inflammatory power of aspirin and twice that of hydrocortisone. CBD, the most-studied non-psychoactive component, also comes with an impressive list of therapeutic uses, including against cancer and as a super-antibiotic. CBD has been shown to kill “superbugs” that are resistant to currently available drugs. This is a major medical breakthrough, since for some serious diseases antibiotics have reached the end of their usefulness.

Behind the Push for Legalization The pharmaceutical industry has both much to gain and much to lose from legalization of the cannabis plant in its various natural forms. Patented pharmaceuticals have succeeded in monopolizing the drug market globally.

What that industry does not want is to be competing with a natural plant that anyone can grow in his backyard, which actually works better than very expensive pharmaceuticals without side effects. Letitia Pepper, who suffers from multiple sclerosis, is a case in point. A vocal advocate for the decriminalization of marijuana for personal use, she says she has saved her insurance company $600,000 in the last nine years, using medical marijuana in place of a wide variety of prescription drugs to treat her otherwise crippling disease.

That is $600,000 the pharmaceutical industry has not made, on just one patient. There are 400,000 MS sufferers in the US, and 20 million people who have been diagnosed with cancer sometime in their lives. Cancer chemotherapy is the biggest of big business, which would be directly threatened by a cheap natural plantbased alternative. The threat to big industry profits could explain why cannabis has been kept off the market for so long. More suspicious to Pepper and other observers is the sudden push to legalize it. They question whether Big Pharma would allow the competition, unless it had an ace up its sleeve. Although the movement for marijuana legalization is a decades-old grassroots effort, the big money behind the recent push has come from a few very wealthy individuals with links to Monsanto, the world’s largest seed company and producer of genetically modified seeds.

In May of this year, Bayer AG, the giant German chemical and pharmaceutical company, made a bid to buy Monsanto. Both companies are said to be working on a cannabis-based extract. Natural health writer Mike Adams warns:

"With the cannabis industry predicted to generate over $13 billion by 2020, becoming one of the largest agricultural markets in the nation, there should be little doubt that companies like Monsanto are simply waiting for Uncle Sam to remove the herb from its current Schedule I classification before getting into the business. . . . Other major American commodities, like corn and soybeans, are on average between 88 and 91 percent genetically modified. Therefore, once the cannabis industry goes national, and that is most certainly primed to happen, there will be no stopping the inevitability of cannabis becoming a prostituted product of mad science and shady corporate monopoly tactics."

With the health benefits of cannabis now well established, the battlefield has shifted from its decriminalization to who can grow it, sell it, and prescribe it. Under existing California law, patients like Pepper are able to grow and use the plant essentially for free. New bills purporting to legalize marijuana for recreational use impose regulations that opponents say would squeeze home growers and small farmers out of the market, would heighten criminal sanctions for violations, and could wind up replacing the natural cannabis plant with patented, genetically modified (GMO) plants that must be purchased year after year. These new bills and the Monsanto/Bayer connection will be the subject of a follow-up article. Stay tuned.

Was Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch A Mind-Control Programming Site? July 8 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

A recently released police report from 2003 reveals that images of underage sexuality, gore, torture, animal sacrifices, S&M and other disturbing material were found at Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch. These items (and many more) point towards the ranch being used as an MKULTRA programming site.

In my previous articles about Michael Jackson, I explained how he was groomed from a young age to become a puppet of the elite. His handlers not only managed his professional career, but his entire life. Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program He was the product of a corrupt and devious system that gave him fame and fortune, yet destroyed his life and soul. The endless stream of bizarre reports about Jackson, emphasized by his off-putting appearance and demeanor, lead the entire world to qualify him, at best, as a “weirdo” or, at worst, as a child abuser. Neverland Ranch is the physical manifestation of everything Jackson was about: Boundless creativity, ostentatious innocence … and a hidden, utterly disturbing dark side. A closer look at the items extracted from the ranch throughout the years (through auctions and police investigations) tell a terrifying story about what was happening between those walls. According to a recently released police report, the ranch was filled with shocking material that were used to groom “young children into lowering their inhibitions”. This lead investigators to claim that Jackson (alone) lured young children to his house to molest them.

God and my right (the motto of the British monarch)

Related: CIA MKULTRA: They Intended To Use Drugs For “Everything” However, a closer look a the objects found at the ranch reveal much more than implied: There was a calculated and methodical approach to the madness, one that was clearly about “programming” children to act a specific way. This systematic process, which involves causing trauma in order to cause dissociation is the basis of Monarch mind control (If you’ve never heard of Monarch programming, read this article first). Everything about the ranch reeks of Monarch mind control “culture”, from the overall theme, to the artwork, to the illicit programming material. In short, Neverland Ranch was more than a creepy den for Michael Jackson: It was an elite-owned programming site. Michael Jackson was not the one running things – He was programmed to not escape Neverland. Literally.

Neverland

The logo of the ranch consist of a little boy wearing a onesie sitting pensively on the moon. Or a traumatized child after dissociation.

Neverland Ranch was named after the fantasy island in the story of Peter Pan – the boy who never grows up. Right from its inception, the ranch was built around a theme that is extremely significant in the world of MK-ULTRA. Indeed, in Monarch mind control, “Peter Pan programming” is the name of an actual script used to traumatize and program children. Through trauma and torture victims are told to dissociate to Neverland, a world of wonder and eternal youth.

"Peter Pan programming is a type of mind control programming, whereby the programmer/handler uses the occult book Peter Pan, also known as Peter Pan; or the Boy Who Wouldn’t Grow Up, written by Scottish author J.M. Barrie as a 1904 play and a 1911 novel, to reinforce programming. It is also part of Monarch programming. During programming, victims are told to escape to ‘Neverland’ while inducing dissociation from reality. Neverland is called so because once you set foot there, you can never leave. Peter Pan alludes to the satyr Pan - in Greek mythology, Pan is the insatiable Arcadian god of lust and magic who seduces men and women with his pipes and wantonness, the symbol of the libido, the personification of undisciplined procreation in nature." - Peter Pan Programming, The Talking Pot

At the entrance of Neverland Ranch is an image depicting a boy looking over a horned satyr, a miniature version of Pan

Pan was a prominent Greek deity. The nature god was often depicted with horns on its head and the lower body of a goat. Pan is a phallic deity and its animalistic features are an embodiment of the carnal and procreative impulses of men

Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

"Slaves who are subjected to Peter Pan programming have an alter persona that ‘never grows up’, and remains a child who is ‘willingly’ abused. The mascot/identifier of Peter Pan programming is a white glove; white is the colour of purity and innocence, as children are innocent and pure. Captain Hook, Peter’s nemesis in the story, wears a hook on his right arm because Tick Tock the Crocodile ate his right hand after Peter cut it off and threw it overboard his ship. Captain Hook is the handler in this type of programming, and the glove represents his missing/unseen hand - the ‘unseen/invisible hands’ of mind control programmers who manipulate Monarch slaves. Michael Jackson was programmed with a Peter Pan complex, that is why his handlers built Neverland Ranch for him to live in. He was stuck at a certain stage of childhood; and, therefore, Michael related to young boys, played with them and had sleepovers. In his mind he was always a little boy, they did not want him to grow up. Michael was NOT a p***phile, the allegations were simply fabricated in order to traumatize him and make him easier to control as his programming was breaking down and he was fighting his enslavement. They injected him with hormones as a pre-teen to prevent his voice from breaking. He was chemically castrated with the synthetic anti-male hormone Cyproterone, which blocks puberty and prevents the voice from maturing. It also prevents bodily hair and the larynx from growing, and affects the bones; leaving the body with a slight frame but a large chest. Once the treatment is finished, the patient keeps a child’s larynx all his life in a man’s body."

- Ibid.

Michael Jackson was physically and mentally altered by a group of handlers who controlled his musical career, manged his personal life and, when Jackson showed signs of rebellion, ended his life. The Neverland Ranch was a disturbing tribute to Peter Pan programming, the script Jackson himself was subject to. Even worse, the ranch was most likely used to program other innocent children.

This picture from a French magazine says: “Neverland: He created a paradise where children live in eternal paradise.” Ironic

Related: Inside Michael Jackon's Neverland Ranch

There are several images of Jackson leading a flock of children in the ranch

Packed with toys, arcade games and even a Ferris wheel, Neverland ranch appeared to be the most fun place on Earth. It was the exact opposite. Here are items found in Jackson’s estate throughout the years.

2003 Police Raid In June 2016 the website RadarOnline released the full police report (read it here) of the 2003 raid of Neverland ranch. The documents collected by the Santa Barbara County Sheriff’s Department include images of “blood, gore, animal sacrifice, child torture, adult and child nudity, female bondage and sadomasochism”. Item descriptions inside the report often ended with this sentence:

"Based on my training, this type of material can be used as part of a “grooming” process by which people (those seeking to molest children) are able to lower the inhibitions of their intended victims and facilitate the molestation of said victims”. - Raid Police Report

As stated above, the material found in this raid was not simply of a lustful nature. It was about a sick, twisted culture surrounding the abuse. Some of the images found in the ranch were actually drenched in MK symbolism, proving that this was about something bigger than implied in the news.

Police found various artbooks featuring children in various unsettling settings – often in “adult situations”

A mannequin with two heads : A perfect way of representing a MK slave with an alter persona

Speaking of mannequins, some recently released pictures of the raid show that the ranch contained several life-sized mannequins of children. What were they used for?

This one was found oddly placed on a Michael Jackson throne

A video from the raid revealed the existence of a secret room containing a troll doll and Peter Pan pillows. Was it used to abuse victims?

The police report mentions the discovery of various photographs with bizarre details that describe twisted mind games involving young victims.

The hand written note on the report mentions that the words “Are you scared yet” are “code message”. In MK terms: trigger words

Related: Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

Related: Major Satanic Ritual Abuse / Paedophile Network Exposed In Australia

Auction of 2009 Shortly after Jackson’s death, a massive auction was carried out to liquidate some of the most valuable items at the ranch. Although there was no outright graphic material in the auction, the overarching theme of these works disturbed quite a few observers.

This painting was one of several that depict Jackson as a modern version of the Pied Piper

The story of the Pied Piper – also known as the Pan Piper – used his magical flute to lure children away from their parents

Some details in that painting are rather strange and off-putting

And unnecessary

A painting of Peter Pan leading children to Neverland … and dissociation

In Conclusion Although news stories are keen to depict Michael Jackson as a “drug crazed maniac” who lured children into his bed, things were clearly more complex than that. There were people behind him. Evil, manipulative, deceitful, sadistic people who were in control of his life, who morphed the young singer from the Jackson 5 into the bizarre, physically and mentally altered Michael Jackson we know today.

On top of being a slave in an evil system, he was used to lure more victims into the horrible world of mind control. Neverland Ranch was more than Michael Jackson’s home, it was a surreal celebration of depravity while serving as an “international embassy” of Peter Pan programming. One might ask: Was Jackson was an active participant in this? Was he maybe programmed to do so? Was he simply another slave wandering around the ranch, completely clueless of what was truly happening? Only a handful of people know the truth – those who actually ran the ranch. One thing is certain: When Jackson began snapping out of Neverland and reconnecting with reality, when his programming started to break and his conscience pushed him to speak up, he was pumped full of drugs until he stopped breathing. He was sent to Neverland one final time…and they made sure he would never come back. That is the fate of the MK slave. His handlers? They’ve disappeared in the shadows, scot-free and with zero publicity. That is the fate of those protected by the elite. Jackson also owned this sculpture of Abraham Lincoln wondering why there are children on his lap

Related Articles: 10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind Confession Of A Human Programmer: Illuminati Mind Control Television Mind Control Exposed NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

WikiLeaks Rolls Out Archive Of Over 1,200 ‘Clinton Iraq War’ Emails: FBI Recommends "No Charges" Against Hillary Clinton July 7 2016 | From: RT / ZeroHedge / Various

Surprise, surprise. The establisment want Hitlery in office no matter what. In a surprising statement, FBI director James Comey announced that Federal officials have decided not to pursue federal charges against Hillary Clinton for her private email setup, an announcement that will send a shockwave throughout national politics.

The now-infamous whistleblowing website has published an archive of what is said to be over 1,200 of Hillary Clinton's private emails pertaining to the Iraq War. Julian Assange previously said that the release would be “enough to indict her.” Related: Trump Launches LyingCrookedHillary.com + A Clinton Expose On Monday, WikiLeaks tweeted a link to a search aggregate of 1,258 emails that Clinton wrote or received discussing US engagement in Iraq while she headed the State Department. The Iraq War email bundle is part of a trove of Clinton's correspondence that was released by the State Department in February, under the Freedom of Information Act..

In March, WikiLeaks launched a searchable archive consisting of 30,322 emails from Hillary Clinton’s private email server that she used while serving as Secretary of State. The 50,547 pages of documents cover Clinton's correspondence from 30 June 2010 to 12 August 2014. Out of that number, 7,570 of the documents were sent by Hillary Clinton. The use of private email for state-run business has become a thorn in the side of Hillary Clinton's presidential campaign. With Democratic convention just weeks away, the public eye is following a close watch of a potential grand jury indictment. Related: After FBI grilling, Hillary Clinton calls husband's chat with Attorney General 'chance meeting' This past weekend, the FBI spent more than three hours questioning Clinton about the email scandal, but as elections loom, the Bureau has yet to issue a report on its findings. It has been a year since inspectors general from the State Department and federal intelligence agencies referred the case of Clinton’s server to the Justice Department last July. The FBI questioning fell days after it was reported that former president Bill Clinton had held talks with Attorney General Loretta Lynch, responsible for the government’s investigation of Hillary Clinton’s emails. Clinton denied that her husband's meeting with Lynch had anything to do with the email investigation. Many believe that the former Secretary of State will not be indicted for her use of private email.

"That’s just not going to happen," Senator Cory Booker of New Jersey, told CNN's State of the Union program Sunday. "That’s something that, to me, is not within the realm of possibility." "I am not worried about it," Democratic Senator Sherrod Brown told ABC’s This Week on Sunday. "There will not be an indictment, and that means she did what many secretaries of state have done in the past."

Prior to Monday's release, the founder of WikiLeaks, Julian Assange warned that "upcoming leaks in relation to Hillary Clinton" would be enough to indict her.

"We've accumulated a lot of material about Hillary Clinton. We could proceed to an indictment," Assange told ITV.

Yet at the same time, the whistleblower said that despite overwhelming evidence calling for an indictment, Lynch “will never” proceed with the charges. Related: Americans React With Fury: ‘If Hillary Doesn’t Follow the Law, Why Should I?’

FBI Recommends "No Charges" Against Hillary Clinton FBI director James Comey announced that Federal officials have decided not to pursue federal charges against Hillary Clinton for her private email setup, an announcement that will send a shockwave throughout national politics.

What is shocking is Comey's admission that Clinton used not one but several different email servers, adding that 110 emails contained classified information and 8 contained top secret information, he also reported that Clinton did not turn over "several thousand" emails to the FBI and added that due to Hillary's sloppy set up, it is possible that "hostile actors" got access to Clinton's emails. Related: Why Hillary Clinton Won't Allow Her Corporate Speeches to be Published Yet, despite all these "facts", the FBI has decided not to proceed with recommending charges. It appears that the FBI is implying that the only reason why no charges will be filed is because there was no "intent", and yet according to the US criminal code, specifically U.S. Code Section 793 - "Gathering, transmitting or losing defense information" subsection (f), intent in this case is not required for prosection:

"Whoever, being entrusted with or having lawful possession or control of any document, writing, code book, signal book, sketch, photograph, photographic negative, blueprint, plan, map, model, instrument, appliance, note, or information, relating to the national defense, (1) through gross negligence permits the same to be removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone in violation of his trust, or to be lost, stolen, abstracted, or destroyed, or (2) having knowledge that the same has been illegally removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone in violation of its trust, or lost, or stolen, abstracted, or destroyed, and fails to make prompt report of such loss, theft, abstraction, or destruction to his superior officer - Shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both."

As the Hill adds, the juxtaposition is likely to inflame White House critics, who have insisted that political pressures would prevent any chance of an indictment for Clinton, regardless of the damage to national security. Obama has previously weighed in to dismiss concerns about the investigation - to the ire of Republicans and federal investigators. Last week, Attorney General Loretta Lynch said that she would defer judgment to the FBI and career Justice Department prosecutors, following a private and extremely controversial 30-minute meeting with former President Bill Clinton.

The decision left Comey as the public face of the investigation, in what some viewed as an opportunity for the hard-nosed maverick to buck political pressures and act against Clinton.

“It is impossible for the FBI not to recommend criminal charges against Hillary Clinton,”her presumptive general election opponent, Donald Trump, said on Twitter this weekend. “What she did was wrong! What Bill did was stupid!”

The FBI began its probe connected to Clinton last summer, when inspectors general at the State Department and federal intelligence agencies referred Clinton's "homebrew" email arrangement to the Justice Department for review. The bespoke setup might have jeopardized sensitive national secrets, investigators warned. Roughly one-in-15 of the work-related messages that Clinton sent or received on the private server have been classified at some level, according to the trove of 30,000 emails that she handed over to the State Department. Twenty-two emails were classified as top secret - the highest level of secrecy.

In May, the State Department's inspector general released a scathing report claiming that Clinton had never asked to use the unconventional setup while in office, and that the request would have been denied if she had. Comey has been under the gun to finalize the investigation before the presidential nominating conventions later this month. While the FBI director has insisted that he had no deadline to complete the probe, a delay past the end of the month would have been interpreted as a sign of trouble for her campaign. Some of the initial reactions were less then excited by the FBI's admission that while Clinton may have been "extremely careless" she did not commit a crime: Read more at: ZeroHedge

Related Articles:

Attorneys, Media Dumbfounded Hillary Got Off; Obama Says ‘No one is more qualified’ To Be President What Is Hillary Clinton Hiding? Trump: ‘On Nov. 8, Hillary Will Pay for her Sins’ Here’s why FBI didn’t Indict Hillary Clinton Trump Ad Features Comey Exposing Hillary’s Lies

Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters & Switzerland Withdraws Longstanding Application To Join EU July 6 2016 | From: WakingTimes / RT

“If you want to continue to be slaves of the banks and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.” - Josiah Stamp

Iceland has gained the admiration of populists in recent years by doing that which no other nation in the world seems to be willing or capable of doing: prosecuting criminal bankers for engineering financial collapse for profit. Their effective revolt against the banking class, who drove the tiny nation into economic crisis in 2008, is the brightest example yet that the world does not have to be indebted in perpetuity to an austere and criminal wealthy elite. In 2015, 26 Icelandic bankers were sentenced to prison and the government ordered a bank sale to benefit the citizenry. Inspired by Iceland’s progress, activists in Switzerland are now making an important stand against the banking cartels and have successfully petitioned to bring an initiative to public referendum that would attack the private banks where it matters most: their power to lend money they don’t actually have, and to create money out of thin air.

"Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money.

The Swiss federal government confirmed that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system. The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits.” - The Telegraph

Switzerland is in a key position to play a revolutionary role in changing how global banking functions. In addition to being the world’s safest harbor for storing wealth, it is also home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), a shadowy private company owned by many of the world’s central banks, and acting as a lender to the central banks.

The BIS is the very heart of global reserve banking, the policy that enables banks to lend money that does not actually exist in their bank deposits, but is instead literally created electronically from nothing whenever a bank extends a line of credit. Reserve banking is the policy that guarantees insurmountable debt as the outcome of all financial transactions. The Sovereign Money initiative in Switzerland aims to curb financial speculation, which is the intended and inevitable result of reserve banking, the tool that makes financial adventurism possible by supplying the banks with endless quantities of fiat money. Limiting a bank’s ability to produce money from nothing would be a direct blow to the roots of the banking cartel, and would cripple their ability to manipulate the world economy. Here’s how it works, in rather simplified terms:

"…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked. This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” - Source

In Switzerland, 90% of all money in circulation is electronic, and for this, The National Bank of Switzerland has become the direct target of the Sovereign Money Campaign. Swiss law has in the past required required banks to back all currency creation with collateral assets like physical silver or gold, however in recent decades the climate has changed, and, “due to the emergence of electronic payment transactions, banks have regained the opportunity to create their own money.” The grass roots campaign said in a public statement regarding the intentions of the referendum, “banks won’t be able to create money for themselves any more, they’ll only be able to lend money that they have from savers or other banks.” Related: Former Presidents Warn About the “Invisible Government” Running the United States

This is an interesting twist in the human saga of man vs. banks, and while it remains to be seen if the referendum passes or not, it must be pointed out that it does have its own problems, articulated by Sam Gerrans:

"… it does say that the central bank should be given sole right to create money. This would essentially leave the creation of money in the same hands as those who control the Federal Reserve or the Bank of England rather than

allow them to farm out the process. But at least it shows that people are beginning to wake up to where the true power lies. In the unlikely event that this grass-roots movement in Switzerland should get its way and its proposed legislation be enacted, and then begin to morph into something which really does threaten the banking elite, we must not be surprised if Switzerland is shortly discovered to be harboring weapons of mass destruction, or to have masterminded 9/11, or to be financing Islamic State.”

Part of the cultural conditioning of our time is an ingrained, pre-assumed dependency on sacred cow institutions like banking. Just like it is impossible for most Americans to envision a world without Democrats and Republicans, it is difficult for most people to imagine a world without predatory global banking. Yet, there are a number of other possibilities for trading, storing wealth, and facilitating development in the world. This is not the only economic system we can imagine, and as Iceland has proven, people can regain control of their collective wealth, so perhaps this revolution will foment further in Switzerland, presenting a chance to at least bring greater awareness to the truth about central banking.

Switzerland Withdraws Longstanding Application To Join EU The upper house of the Swiss parliament on has voted to invalidate its 1992 application to join the European Union, backing an earlier decision by the lower house.

The vote came just a week before Britain decided to leave the EU in a referendum. Related: Euro-court outlaws criticism of EU Twenty-seven members of the upper house, the Council of States, voted to cancel Switzerland’s longstanding EU application, versus just 13 senators against. Two abstained. In the aftermath of the vote, Switzerland will give formal notice to the EU to consider its application withdrawn, the country’s foreign minister, Didier Burkhalter, was quoted as saying by Neue Zürcher Zeitung. The original motion was introduced by the conservative Swiss People’s Party MP, Lukas Reimann. It had already received

overwhelming support from legislators in the lower house of parliament in March, with 126 National Council deputies voting in favor, and 46 against. Thomas Minder, counsellor for the state of Schaffhausen and an active promoter of the concept of “Swissness,” said he was eager to “close the topic fast and painlessly”as only “a few lunatics” may want to join the EU now, he told the newspaper. Hannes Germann, also representing Schaffhausen, highlighted the symbolic importance of the vote, comparing it to Iceland’s decision to drop its membership bid in 2015.

"Iceland had the courage and withdrew the application for membership, so no volcano erupted,”he said, jokingly.

Switzerland’s longstanding application to join the EU has not had a significant impact on the country’s politics for more than 20 years, as its accession negotiations have been suspended since 1992 in the wake of a referendum to join the European Economic Area, when the Swiss voted down the idea of closer ties with the EU. Some politicians even argued that the vote was an unnecessary formal procedure that didn’t make much sense as Switzerland is no longer regarded by the EU as an official candidate to join the bloc. Related: Brexit, austerity & refugee crisis knock Britain out of global ‘soft power’ ranking lead Filippo Lombardi, from the Christian Democratic People’s Party, said that it was “not very clever to discuss it once again,” calling the debate about Switzerland’s accession at this stage “a bit ridiculous,” Neue Zürcher Zeitung reported. Switzerland, never a member of EU, shares free trade with the union and free movement of people as part of the Schengen zone. The timing of Switzerland’s reassurance of its sovereignty and independence from the EU institutions, if accidental, may come in handy for campaigners in the UK advocating a British exit from the EU. Polls show the UK’s referendum on EU membership, to be held in a week on June 23, as being extremely close, with Leave slightly in the lead. Related: Reality Check: Brexit is about taking a step away from "globalism" and toward "individualism"

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-11.shtml

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

The Hunter: He Was A Hacker For The NSA And He Was Willing To Talk - I Was Willing To Listen July 5 2016 | From: TheIntercept

The message arrived at night and consisted of three words: “Good evening sir!” The sender was a hacker who had written a series of provocative memos at the National Security Agency.

His secret memos had explained - with an earthy use of slang and emojis that was unusual for an operative of the largest eavesdropping organization in the world - how the NSA breaks into the digital accounts of people who manage computer networks, and how it tries to unmask people who use Tor to browse the web anonymously. Outlining some of the NSA’s most sensitive activities, the memos were leaked by Edward Snowden, and I had written about a few of them for The Intercept. There is no Miss Manners for exchanging pleasantries with a man the government has trained to be the digital equivalent of a Navy SEAL. Though I had initiated the contact, I was wary of how he might respond. The hacker had publicly expressed a visceral dislike for Snowden and had accused The Intercept of jeopardizing lives by publishing classified information. One of his memos outlined the ways the NSA reroutes (or “shapes”) the internet traffic of entire countries, and another memo was titled “I Hunt Sysadmins.” I felt sure he could hack anyone’s computer, including mine. The only NSA workers the agency has permitted me to talk with are the ones in its public affairs office who tell me I cannot talk with anyone else. Thanks to the documents leaked by Snowden, however, I have been able to write about a few characters at the NSA. There was, for instance, a novelist-turned-linguist who penned an ethics column for the NSA’s in-house newsletter, and there was a mid-level manager who wrote an often zany advice column called “Ask Zelda!” But their classified writings, while revealing, could not tell me everything I wanted to know about the mindset of the men and women who spy on the world for the U.S. government. I got lucky with the hacker, because he recently left the agency for the cybersecurity industry; it would be his choice to talk, not the NSA’s. Fortunately, speaking out is his second nature. While working for the NSA, he had publicly written about his religious beliefs, and he was active on social media.

So I replied to his greeting and we began an exchange of cordial messages. He agreed to a video chat that turned into a three-hour discussion sprawling from the ethics of surveillance to the downsides of home improvements and the difficulty of securing your laptop.

"I suppose why I talk is partially a personal compulsion to not necessarily reconcile two sides or different viewpoints but to just try to be honest about the way things are,” he told me. “Does that make sense?”

The hacker was at his home, wearing a dark hoodie that bore the name of one of his favorite heavy metal bands, Lamb of God. I agreed not to use his name in my story, so I’ll just refer to him as the Lamb. I could see a dime-store bubble-gum machine behind him, a cat-scratching tree, and attractive wood beams in the ceiling. But his home was not a tranquil place. Workmen were doing renovations, so the noise of a buzz saw and hammering intruded, his wife called him on the phone, and I could hear the sound of barking. “Sorry, my cats are taunting my dog,” he said, and later the animal in question, a black-and-white pit bull, jumped onto his lap and licked his face. The Lamb wore a T-shirt under his hoodie and florid tattoos on his arms and smiled when I said, mostly in jest, that his unruly black beard made him look like a member of the Taliban, though without a turban. He looked very hacker, not very government.

When most of us think of hackers, we probably don’t think of government hackers. It might even seem odd that hackers would want to work for the NSA - and that the NSA would want to employ them. But the NSA employs legions of hackers, as do other agencies, including the FBI, CIA, DEA, DHS, and Department of Defense. Additionally, there are large numbers of hackers in the corporate world, working for military contractors like Booz Allen, SAIC, and Palantir. The reason is elegantly simple: You cannot hack the world without hackers. In popular shows and movies such as “Mr. Robot” and “The Matrix,” hackers tend to be presented as unshaven geeks loosely connected to collectives like Anonymous, or to Romanian crime syndicates that steal credit cards by the millions, or they are teenagers who don’t realize their online mischief will get them into a boatload of trouble when Mom finds out. The stereotypes differ in many ways but share a trait: They are transgressive anti-authoritarians with low regard for social norms and laws. You would not expect these people to work for The Man, but they do, in droves. If you could poll every hacker in the U.S. and ask whether they practice their trade in dark basements or on official payrolls, a large number would likely admit to having pension plans. Who knows, it could be the majority. This may qualify as one of the quietest triumphs for the U.S. government since 9/11: It has co-opted the skills and ideals of a group of outsiders whose anti-establishment tilt was expressed two decades ago by Matt Damon during a famous scene in Good Will Hunting. Damon, playing a math genius being recruited by the NSA, launches into a scathing riff about the agency serving the interests of government and corporate evil rather than ordinary people.

Sure, he could break a code for the NSA and reveal the location of a rebel group in North Africa or the Middle East, but the result would be a U.S. bombing attack in which “1,500 people that I never met, never had a problem with, get killed.” He turns down the offer. In recent years, two developments have helped make hacking for the government a lot more attractive than hacking for yourself. First, the Department of Justice has cracked down on freelance hacking, whether it be altruistic or malignant. If the DOJ doesn’t like the way you hack, you are going to jail. Meanwhile, hackers have been warmly invited to deploy their transgressive impulses in service to the homeland, because the NSA and other federal agencies have turned themselves into licensed hives of breaking into other people’s computers. For many, it’s a techno sandbox of irresistible delights, according to Gabriella Coleman, a professor at McGill University who studies hackers.

"The NSA is a very exciting place for hackers because you have unlimited resources, you have some of the best talent in the world, whether it’s cryptographers or mathematicians or hackers,” she said. “It is just too intellectually exciting not to go there.”

Revealingly, one of the documents leaked by Snowden and published by The Intercept last year was a classified interview with a top NSA hacker (not the Lamb) who exulted that his job was awesome because “we do things that you can’t do anywhere else in the country … at least not legally. We are gainfully employed to hack computers owned by al-Qa’ida!” Asked about the kind of people he works with at the NSA, he replied, “Hackers, geeks, nerds … There’s an annual event for hackers in Las Vegas called DEF CON, and many of us attend. When there, we feel as though we are among our bretheren! [sic] We all have a similar mindset of wanting to tear things apart, to dig in, to see how things work.” In 2012, Gen. Keith Alexander, the NSA director at the time, even attended DEF CON wearing blue jeans and a black Tshirt that bore the logo of the Electronic Frontier Foundation, an anti-surveillance organization that is beloved by hackers and other good citizens of the world. To coincide with Alexander’s visit, the NSA had created a special webpage to recruit the hackers at DEF CON. “If you have a few, shall we say, indiscretions in your past, don’t be alarmed,” the webpage stated. “You shouldn’t automatically assume

you won’t be hired.” Alexander’s personal pitch was even more direct: “In this room right here is the talent we need.” If you are willing to become a patriot hacker, Uncle Sam wants you.

As a teenager, the Lamb was a devout Christian who attended church two or three times a week, yet he also participated in online forums for Satanists and atheists. He wanted to learn what others believed and why they believed it, and he wanted to hear their responses to questions he raised. If his beliefs could not withstand challenges from opposing ones, they might not be worth keeping.

"As a Christian, I believe the Bible, and one of the things it says is if you seek the truth, you should find it,” he told me. “If I started to come across facts that contradicted what I believed and contradicted the way that I thought about things, I had to be open to confronting them and determining how I would integrate them into my life and my thought system.”

Before he became a hacker, the Lamb had the restless spirit of one. After high school, he attended a Christian university for a year but dropped out and joined the military as a linguist. He was assigned to the NSA, and although he told me his computer skills were modest at the time, he was intrigued by the mysteries inside the machines.

"I started doing some basic computer training, like ‘Oh, here’s how computers talk to each other and network’ and that sort of stuff,” he said. “I enjoyed that far more than trying to maintain a language that I rarely used.”

He devoured books on computers and experimented on his own time, using an application called Wireshark to see how network data was moving to and from his own computer. He picked up a bit of programming knowledge, and he asked agency veterans for tips. As he wrote in one of his memos, “If you want to learn crazy new things… why not walk around NSA, find people in offices that do things you find interesting, and talk to them about how they do what they do.”

Screenshot from NSA document

Like Snowden, he did not need a formal education to succeed. Snowden, after all, dropped out of high school and mastered computers through self-education. As an NSA contractor, he rose to a position that gave him access to broad swaths of the agency’s networks. While Snowden was a systems administrator, the Lamb became an expert in network analysis and was well-versed in the crucial trick of shaping traffic from one place to another - for instance, sending it from an ISP in a foreign country to an NSA server. The Lamb’s work was important, but his memos are remarkably irreverent, even cocky. I’ve read a fair number of NSA documents, and not one contains as much hacker and internet lingo as his; he used words like “skillz” and “internetz” and “ZOMG!” and phrases like “pwn the network” and “Dude! Map all the networks!!!” Some of what he wrote is just cheerily impudent, like the opening line of one memo: “Happy Friday my esteemed and valued intelligence Community colleagues!” Another memo began, “Welcome back, comrade!”

While poking gentle fun at the government hackers he worked with, the Lamb dismissed the amateur hackers on the outside. He identified himself and his highly trained colleagues at the NSA as a breed apart - a superior breed, much in the way that soldiers look down on weekend paintballers. Perhaps this shouldn’t be altogether surprising, because arrogance is one of the unfortunate hallmarks of the male-dominated hacker culture. At the NSA, this hubris can perhaps serve as an ethical lubricant that eases the task of hacking other people: They are not as special as you are, they do not have the magical powers you possess, they are targets first and humans second. As the Lamb wrote in one of his memos;

"When I first went to Blackhat/Defcon, it was with the wide-eyed anticipation of ‘I’m going to go listen to all of the talks that I can, soak up all of the information possible, and become a supar-1337-haxxor.’ What a let-down of an experience that was. You find the most interesting topics and briefings, wait in lines to get a seat, and find yourself straining your ears to listen to someone that has basically nothing new to say. Most of the talks get hyped up exponentially past any amount of substance they actually provide.”

When I asked the Lamb where he was in the hierarchy of hackers at the NSA, he just smiled and said, “I got to the point where more people would ask me questions than I asked other people questions.” He would not delve into the classified specifics of his job - he despises Snowden for leaking classified information - but I knew a lot through his memos. Although network analysis, the Lamb’s area of expertise, is interesting from a technical perspective, he was one step removed from the most challenging and menacing type of government hacking - executing finely tuned attacks that infiltrate individual computers. Nonetheless, he offered this characterization of his NSA work: “They were just ridiculously cool projects that I’ll never forget.” One of the quandaries of technology is that “cool” does not necessarily mean “ethical.” Surveillance tools that are regarded as breakthroughs can be used to spy on innocent people as well as terrorists. This is a key part of the debate on the NSA, the concern that its formidable powers are being used, or can be used, to undermine privacy, freedom, and democracy. The Lamb’s memos on cool ways to hunt sysadmins triggered a strong reaction when I wrote about them in 2014 with my colleague Ryan Gallagher. The memos explained how the NSA tracks down the email and Facebook accounts of systems administrators who oversee computer networks. After plundering their accounts, the NSA can impersonate the admins to get into their computer networks and pilfer the data flowing through them. As the Lamb wrote;

"Sys admins generally are not my end target. My end target is the extremist/terrorist or government official that happens to be using the network… who better to target than the person that already has the ‘keys to the kingdom’?”

Another of his NSA memos, “Network Shaping 101,” used Yemen as a theoretical case study for secretly redirecting the entirety of a country’s internet traffic to NSA servers. The presentation, consisting of a PowerPoint slideshow, was offbeat at times, with a reference to throwing confetti in the air when a hack worked and jokey lines like, “The following section could also be renamed the ‘I’m pulling my hair out in the fetal position while screaming “Why didn’t it work?!”’ section.” The Lamb also scribbled a hand-drawn diagram about network shaping that included a smiley face in the middle next to the phrase, “YEAH!!! MAKE DATA HAPPEN!” The diagram and slideshow were both classified as top secret.

NSA diagram on network shaping - click on the image to view a larger version in a new window

His memos are boastful, even cackling. At the end of one of the sysadmin memos, the Lamb wrote, “Current mood: scheming,” and at the end of another, “Current mood: devious.” He also listed “juche-licious” as one of his moods, ironically referring to the official ideology of North Korea. Another memo he wrote, “Tracking Targets Through Proxies & Anonymizers,” impishly noted that the use of identityobscuring tools like Tor “generally makes for sad analysts” in the intelligence community; this was followed by a sad face emoji. The tone of his classified writing was consistent with some of his social media posts - the Lamb’s attitude, in public as well as in private, was often outspoken and brash. What if the shoe was on the other foot, however? When I wrote about the sysadmin memos in 2014, I wondered how their author would feel if someone used the same devious rationale to hack his computer and his life. Nearly two years later, I had the chance to find out.

"If I turn the tables on you,” I asked the Lamb, “and say, OK, you’re a target for all kinds of people for all kinds of reasons. How do you feel about being a target and that kind of justification being used to justify getting all of your credentials and the keys to your kingdom?” The Lamb smiled. “There is no real safe, sacred ground on the internet,” he replied. “Whatever you do on the internet is an attack surface of some sort and is just something that you live with. Any time that I do something on the internet, yeah, that is on the back of my mind. Anyone from a script kiddie to some random hacker to some other foreign intelligence service, each with their different capabilities - what could they be doing to me?”

He seemed to be putting the blame for NSA attacks on the victims - if they were too dimwitted to protect themselves from hunters like him, it was their fault.

"People don’t want to think about being targets on the internet, in spite of the fact that at this point in the game, everybody is,” he added. “Every country spies.” He was dead serious, no smiles any longer. “As much as we’d like to say we will all beat our swords into plowshares and become a peaceful people, it’s not going to happen,” he continued. “Intelligence agencies around the world are being asked questions by their governments, and government officials don’t want to hear, ‘That’s hard to solve.’ They just say, ‘Can you solve this and can you get me the intel I’m asking for?’ Which is nation agnostic, whether that’s the NSA, the FSB, the PLA or whoever.”

The Lamb’s political ideology evoked the cold-blooded realpolitik of Henry Kissinger. There is the idyllic digital world we would like to live in, there is the dog-eat-dog digital world we actually live in - and the Lamb, as I understood it, was intensely focused on winning in the latter.

"You know, the situation is what it is,” he said. “There are protocols that were designed years ago before anybody had any care about security, because when they were developed, nobody was foreseeing that they would be taken advantage of.…

A lot of people on the internet seem to approach the problem [with the attitude of] ‘I’m just going to walk naked outside of my house and hope that nobody looks at me.’ From a security perspective, is that a good way to go about thinking? No, horrible… There are good ways to be more secure on the internet. But do most people use Tor? No. Do most people use Signal? No. Do most people use insecure things that most people can hack? Yes. Is that a bash against the intelligence community that people use stuff that’s easily exploitable? That’s a hard argument for me to make.”

But it wasn’t a hard argument for me to make, so I tried. Back in the 1990s, in the early days of the web, the uses and hopes for the internet were thought to be joyous and non-commercial. The web would let us talk to one another and would decentralize power and revolutionize the world in good ways. Those were the years when the Lamb spent hours and hours in chatrooms with Satanists and atheists - just the sort of connect-us-to-each-other activity that made everyone so excited about the future. At the time, few people thought the internet would become, as Bruce Schneier describes it, a surveillance platform. So I asked whether the Lamb felt conflicted, as Snowden did, working for an organization that turned the web further and further away from its original potential as a global platform for speaking and thinking freely.

He responded by noting that he is, by nature, a defiant type and attracted to hard problems. That’s how, without a lot of formal instruction, he became an NSA hacker - he was curious about how computers worked and he wanted to figure them

out. “Technically challenging things are just inherently interesting to me,” he said. “If you tell me, ‘This can’t be done,’ I’m going to try and find a way to do it.” I mentioned that lots of people, including Snowden, are now working on the problem of how to make the internet more secure, yet he seemed to do the opposite at the NSA by trying to find ways to track and identify people who use Tor and other anonymizers. Would he consider working on the other side of things? He wouldn’t rule it out, he said, but dismally suggested the game was over as far as having a liberating and safe internet, because our laptops and smartphones will betray us no matter what we do with them.

"There’s the old adage that the only secure computer is one that is turned off, buried in a box ten feet underground, and never turned on,” he said. “From a user perspective, someone trying to find holes by day and then just live on the internet by night, there’s the expectation [that] if somebody wants to have access to your computer bad enough, they’re going to get it. Whether that’s an intelligence agency or a cybercrimes syndicate, whoever that is, it’s probably going to happen.”

The Lamb was comfortable with the side he joined in the surveillance wars, and this sets him apart from the most common stereotypes of the men and women who devote their lives to spying on others. Spies who do nothing but eavesdrop, slipping into computers and conversations without a trace, have a reputation in popular culture of being troubled in ways that conventional spies are not. Think of Gene Hackman in The Conversation, or Ulrich Mühe in The Lives of Others - these surveillers are haunted, as it seems they should be.

Gene Hackman in The Conversation

Conventional spies are seen as journeying into hostile lands and committing heroic or devious acts; they are men and women of action, not thought. But the people who watch, listen, or hack are not as distracted by danger or adrenaline. They mostly labor in tranquility, in temperature-controlled offices without windows, risking bodily harm no worse than carpal tunnel syndrome, and they have an abundance of time to think about the lurking that is their occupation and the people on whom they practice it. I have a bias against the watchers, I suppose. I have been concerned about the bureaucracies of surveillance since the 1980s, when I was a student in the Soviet Union and felt like hunted prey. The telephone in the dreary lobby of my dormitory

on the banks of the Neva River in Leningrad (now St. Petersburg) was assumed to be bugged, and if the KGB’s devices weren’t working, the dezhurnaya who sat nearby was sure to be listening. This was my anti-surveillance Rosebud, I guess. When I visited Russian friends, I stayed silent as I walked in their ill-lit stairwells, so that the accent of my Russian would not give away the fact a foreigner was visiting them. The walls had ears. This was one of the great contrasts between the Soviet Union and America, where I could speak to my friends without worrying about the government listening.

The Soviet Union is long gone, but in 2016 we live under the specter of far more surveillance than anything the KGB could have dreamed of with its rudimentary bugs and fearful informers. Not just government surveillance - law enforcement can easily obtain our phone and internet records with a warrant from the nearly always compliant courts - but corporate surveillance, too. It’s not just Google and Facebook that might know more details about our lives and friends than the KGB could have imagined in its most feverish dreams of information dominance, but even Zipcar and Amazon. There are precautions one can take, and I did that with the Lamb. When we had our video chat, I used a computer that had been wiped clean of everything except its operating system and essential applications. Afterward, it was wiped clean again. My concern was that the Lamb might use the session to obtain data from or about the computer I was using; there are a lot of things he might have tried, if he was in a scheming mood. At the end of our three hours together, I mentioned to him that I had taken these precautions - and he approved.

"That’s fair,” he said. “I’m glad you have that appreciation… From a perspective of a journalist who has access to classified information, it would be remiss to think you’re not a target of foreign intelligence services.”

He was telling me the U.S. government should be the least of my worries. He was trying to help me.

The Truth About Mobile Phone And Wireless Radiation: What We Know, What We Need To Find Out, And What You Can Do Now July 5 2016 | From: UniversityOfMelbourne

Deans Lecture: Presented by Dr Devra Davis, Visiting Professor of Medicine at the Hebrew University Hadassah Medical School, and Visiting Professor of Medicine at Ondokuz Mayis University, Turkey.

What are the health effects of mobile phones and wireless radiation? While Australia has led the world in safety standards, including compulsory seat-belt legislation, plain packaging on cigarettes, and product and food disclosure legislation, it falls behind in addressing the significant issues associated with mobile phone use. In this Dean’s Lecture, epidemiologist and electromagnetic radiation expert, Dr Devra Davis, will outline the evolution of the mobile phone and smartphone, and provide a background to the current 19 year old radiation safety standards (SAR), policy developments and international legislation. New global studies on the health consequences of mobile/wireless radiation will be presented, including children’s exposure and risks.

Dr Devra Davis is an internationally recognised expert on electromagnetic radiation from mobile phones and other wireless transmitting devices. She is currently the Visiting Professor of Medicine at the Hebrew University Hadassah Medical School, and Visiting Professor of Medicine at Ondokuz Mayis University, Turkey. Dr Davis was Founding Director of the Center for Environmental Oncology at The University of Pittsburgh Cancer Institute - the first institute of its kind in the world, to examine the environmental factors that contribute to the majority of cases of cancer. In 2007, Dr Devra Davis founded nonprofit Environmental Health Trust to provide basic research and education about environmental health hazards. Dr Davis served as the President Clinton appointee to the Chemical Safety and Hazard

Investigation Board in the U.S.A. from 1994 -1999, an independent executive branch agency that investigates, prevents and mitigates chemical accidents.

As the former Senior Advisor to the Assistant Secretary for Health in the Department of Health and Human Services, she has counseled leading officials in the United States, United Nations, European Environment Agency, Pan American Health Organization, World Health Organization, and World Bank.Dr Davis holds a B.S. in physiological psychology and an M.A. in sociology from the University of Pittsburgh, 1967. She completed a PhD in science studies at the University of Chicago as a Danforth Foundation Graduate Fellow, 1972 and a M.P.H. in epidemiology at the Johns Hopkins University as a Senior National Cancer Institute Post-Doctoral Fellow, 1982. She has authored more than 200 publications and has been published in Lancet and Journal of the American Medical Association as well as the Scientific American and the New York Times.

Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Af A Nervous Breakdown July 4 2016 | From: TheFinancialPost

Welcome to FP Comment’s 18th annual Junk Science Week, dedicated to exposing the scientists, NGOs, activists, politicians, journalists, media outlets, cranks and quacks who manipulate science data to achieve their objectives.

Our standard definition over the years has been this: junk science occurs when scientific facts are distorted, risk is exaggerated and the science adapted and warped by politics and ideology to serve another agenda. Much of our content over the past 18 years has focused less on science itself and more on the NGOs, politicians and others who have found it convenient to use and abuse science as a springboard to political action. It is easy, perhaps too easy, to follow the empty-headed foibles of a media culture that mindlessly recycles reports that bacon may cause heart disease or that cell phones cause cancer. Less easy is dealing with the much bigger problem: the break down of science itself. In The Guardian last week, Jerome Ravetz, considered one of the world’s leading philosophers of science, reviewed what he and many others describe as “the crisis in science.” Ravetz, who has been warning of the emerging internal conflicts in science for decades, sees the crisis is spreading to the general public.

"Given the public awareness that science can be low-quality or corrupted, that whole fields can be misdirected for decades (see nutrition, on cholesterol and sugar), and that some basic fields must progress in the absence of any prospect of empirical testing (string theory), the naïve realism of previous generations becomes quite Medieval in its irrelevance to present realities.”

Present reality is that science is on the verge of a nervous breakdown. That’s the not-so-tongue-in-cheek message in Science on the Verge, a new book by European scientist Andrea Saltelli and seven other contributors. Science on the Verge is a 200-page indictment of what to the lay reader appears to be a monumental deterioration across all fields, from climate science to health research to economics. The mere idea that “most published research results are false” should be cause for alarm.

But it is worse than that. The crisis runs through just about everything we take for granted in modern science, from the use of big data to computer models of major parts of our social, economic and natural environment and on to the often absurd uses of statistical methods to fish for predetermined conclusions. Examples from the book help prove the point. In a chapter titled “Numbers Running Wild,” one of the book’s authors, Jeroen P. van der Sluijs of the University of Bergen, asks how is it possible for a paper in Science magazine to claim that precisely 7.9 per cent (not eight per cent or seven per cent) of the world’s species would become extinct as a result of climate change - when the total number of species is unknown? Even odder, the species study concluded that the 7.9 per cent demonstrates:

"“The importance of rapid implementation of technologies to decrease greenhouse gas emissions and strategies for carbon sequestration.”

How, asks van de Sluijs, do the researchers jump from species extinction to carbon sequestration?

"This sounds like an opinion for which the underlying arguments are not even given.”

Others examples come from economics, a science filled with unwarranted claims to certainty and predictability. Science on the Verge recalls Nobel economist Robert Lucas’s 2003 declaration that the -

"Central problem of depression-prevention has been solved.”

Also noted is the 2004 claim by former Fed chairman Ben Bernanke that the volatility of business cycles had been tamed.

These and other economic blunders lead critics to suspect the discipline of economics:

"Had reverted to (or never developed beyond) a state of immaturity.”

Few fields and practices are exempt from scrutiny in Science on the Verge. In a chapter on evidence-based science, Andrea Saltelli - also at the University of Bergen - spreads the net wide:

"It is futile to expect, for example, that modelling approaches which have failed to predict a purely financial and economic crisis will be able to inform us accurately about the behaviour of a system involving institutions, societies, economies and ecologies. Yet this is what we do when we apply the technique of cost – benefit analysis (CBA) to dimensions of climate change” This kind of quantitative approach to complex systems, says Saltelli, “can only foster abuse and corruption.” - Excerpt from Science on the verge here.

It would be wrong to suspect that Science on the Verge is the work of right-wing activists, climate skeptics and hide-bound traditionalists. It is the work, rather, of scientists with a range of ideological views despairing over what appears to be a fundamental breakdown as science has become more and more enmeshed in the business of providing evidence for policy-making.

Science, in short, has already been corrupted. We explore just some of the examples in this year’s Junk Science Week, including the GDP factory myth, sugar scares, the social cost of carbon, the last pesticide Roundup, killer lipstick, and our annual Rubber Duckies awards.

Former CIA Agent: It's Time To Talk About What’s Really Causing Terrorism & Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses" July 3 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia

In the wake of yet another terrorist attack, a former CIA counterterrorism agent has shared her insight into what causes such tragic, intentional carnage. Amaryllis Fox spoke for the first time publicly with Al Jazeera Plus (AJ+) about terrorism, misguided narratives on why it happens, and the underlying motivators driving it - ultimately urging Americans and those in power to adopt a different approach in combating the ongoing violence.

“If I learned one lesson from my time with the CIA, it is this: everybody believes they are the good guy,” says Fox, who is currently “in the process of getting her CIA cover rolled back,” AJ+ reports. She is now a peace activist and runs Mulu, “an e-commerce company supporting at-risk communities around the world.” Fox worked as a counterterrorism and intelligence official for the clandestine services during the 2000s. In her first public statement on her time there, she discussed the limitations on the American public’s perception of the war on terror:

"The conversation that’s going on in the United States right now about ISIS and about the United States overseas is more oversimplified than ever. Ask most Americans whether ISIS poses an existential threat to this country and they’ll say yes. That’s where the conversation stops.”

Indeed, while a majority of Americans fear terrorism, reaching a consensus on how to tackle ISIS has proved contentious. Fox explained the simplicity of the way the conflicts are viewed on both sides:

"If you’re walking down the street in Iraq or Syria and ask anybody why America dropped bombs, you get: ‘They were waging war on Islam.’”

In America, the question is: “Why were we attacked on 9/11?” Fox says if you pose this question, “You get: they hate us because we’re free.” However, she contests the validity of these assumptions, pointing to the powerful forces that drive conflict in the first place:

"Those are stories manufactured by a really small number of people on both sides who amass a great deal of power and wealth by convincing the rest of us to keep killing each other.”

Indeed, both sides of the conflict expend significant effort campaigning to prove their crusades are justified. In the United States, after decades of prolonged conflict, the populace is largely desensitized to war and often ignorant of its current manifestations. Fox challenges this paradigm:

"I think the question we need to be asking, as Americans examining our foreign policy, is whether or not we’re pouring kerosene on a candle. The only real way to disarm your enemy is to listen to them. If you hear them out, if you’re brave enough to really listen to their story, you can see that more often than not, you might have made some of the same choices if you’d lived their life instead of yours.”

Of course, as Americans mourn the most recent mass shooting, it is doubtful many citizens are well-versed in the U.S. foreign policy that provokes such terrorism.

Rather, they focus, understandably, on the wrong done to their nation. But Fox offered a unique perspective that lends insight to the “enemy.”

"An Al-Qaeda fighter made a point once during debriefing,” she recounted. “He said all these movies that America makes - like Independence Day, and the Hunger Games, and Star Wars they’re all about a small scrappy band of rebels who will do anything in their power with the limited resources available to them to expel an outside, technological advanced invader. ‘

And what you don’t realize,’ he said, ‘is that to us, to the rest of the world, you are the empire, and we are Luke and Han. You are the aliens and we are Will Smith.’”

However, she also challenged the Al-Qaeda fighter’s take, arguing that on both sides of conflict, those fighting on the ground often provide the same reasons for doing so:

"But the truth is that when you talk to people who are really fighting on the ground, on both sides, and ask them why they’re there, they answer with hopes for their children, specific policies that they think are cruel or unfair,” she says. “And while it may be easier to dismiss your enemy as evil, hearing them out on policy concerns is actually an amazing thing, because as long as your enemy is a subhuman psychopath that’s gonna attack you no matter what you do, this never ends. But if your enemy is a policy, however complicated - that we can work with.”

As terror attacks become an increasingly normal occurrence in the West - and as Western intervention trudges ahead unabated - hearing out enemies’ concerns may, at this point, be the most effective counterterrorism gesture the United States can make; that is, if it is truly determined to bring an end to the violence.

Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses" In this video Luke Rudkowski covers the brazen admission from James Traub a CFR member and heir to the Bloomingdale empire. Traub recently wrote an article for ForeignPolicy openly calling for the elites to rise up against the "fist shaking, mindless, angry, ignorant, know nothing masses.

Victorious Nigel Farage Addresses EU Assembly: ‘You’re Not Laughing Now Are You?’ July 2 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit

UKIP leader Nigel Farage stood in front of the European Union Tuesday for the first time since the Brexit results were announced last week.

Nigel told the assembly, “How things have changed… Isn’t it funny. When I came here 17 years ago and I said I wanted to lead a campaign to leave the European Union, you all laughed at me. Well I have to say you’re not laughing now are you?”

The British Woke Up - Can The Americans? June 30 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Many thanks for the support that you give to the website and for the words of encouragement and appreciation that you send to me. The website resulted from you calling me out of retirement. It is widely read and translated into foreign languages.

I try to read every email, but it is not possible for me to read and comment on the many articles and books that you send or to respond to your questions over a wide range of issues, not all of which I know anything about. This website is a great deal of work. In our time to be truthful is to be provocative. To write provocatively leaves little room for error or mistatement as today’s euphemism terms it. I could shill for the establishment and be wrong 98% of the time and nothing ever would be said about it. But there is no forgiveness for a provocative truth-teller. You have open inquiring minds and you want to know. Your motives are not to protect your illusions and delusions or to reinforce your emotional needs. This is why I write for you. If no one knows or respects truth, the world is lost. But it only takes a few to change the world. The cultural anthopologist Margaret Mead said:

"Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.”

Change can be for better or worse. President Reagan and a committed few overcame the resistance of the CIA and militarysecurity complex and reduced tensions among nuclear powers by negotiating the end of the Cold War with Soviet leader Gorbachev. During the reign of the last three US presidents, a few neoconservatives resurrected the nuclear tensions and took them to a higher level than at the peak of the Cold War. There are hopeful signs that the neoconservative drive to World War III can be derailed. It seems that finally the Russians have caught on that America is not the Holy Grail but a government reminiscent in its aggression of Nazi Germany. Hopefully, Russian countermeasures will make even the crazed neocons think twice. The British people, or rather a majority of those who voted, surprised the Establishment, which was confident of the success of its propaganda, by voting to save their ancient and distinguished country, the font of liberty, from disappearing into the EU, a dictatorship ruled by unaccountable appointees. The British had enough of that with kings and decided that the future did not lie in going backward. The British vote to exit the EU could bring the unintended consequence of unravelling the EU and NATO, thus reducing Washington’s ability to foment war.

Americans need to decide that they, like the British, do not appreciate being led backward to worse times. The Clintons and the Republican Senator from Texas, Phil Gramm, led America back to Robber Baron days by deregulating the financial system. Related: 25 People to Blame for the Financial Crisis The senator was rewarded with a multi-million dollar banking job for overturning Great Depression era legislation that made financial capitalism workable. Americans need to understand that capitalists do not care if capitalism works for you as long as it works for them. The collapse of the Soviet Union, due to the arrest of Gorbachev by hardline elements in the Communist Party, gave rise to the American Neoconservatives, a double handful of people closely tied to the Israeli government. These few people have involved America, for Israel’s benefit, in 15 years of warfare that has destroyed seven counries, with the cost to Americans of approximately $7 trillion dollars, according to Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes. The obviously false excuse for this destruction of peoples and resources is the myth of “terrorism.” Most “terrorist events” in the US have been sting operations organized by the FBI in order to collect the multi-billion dollar bounty that Congress gives for preventing terrorist events.

How best to keep this bounty flowing than to organize a terrorist event and prevent it? It is debatable whether such events as 9/11, the Boston Marathon bombing, Sandy Hook, San Bernandino, and Orlando are false flag events or drills staged by crisis actors and presented to the public as real. The debt associated with 15 years of Washington’s wars is now being used to attack Social Security and Medicare. The One Percent and their “free market” apologists are determined that the elderly will pay for the wars that enabled Israel to reduce Palestine to a ghetto and for the wars that enriched the profits and power of the military-secutity complex, while inflicting a massive refugee problem on Europe. If the British, or enough of them, woke up, perhaps something similar can happen in America. From many of you I hear your frustrations with family, friends, and associates who are content with what they hear from the BBC, Fox “News,” CNN, and the New York Times. Obviously, if everyone was intelligent and could think for themselves or even had time to consider what they are told, we would not be in the state that we are in. Our job is to get enough people into the habit of thinking for themselves that we have the few required to change the world. (“Few” is relative. In a country of 300 million people, “few” is probably several million.) Arguing with friends doesn’t work. Arguments generate hostility and competitiveness. Avoid arguing. Your friends and family do not know anything. They sit in front of Fox “News” and CNN. They are brainwashed.

Perhaps one way to approach friends and family is to ask questions. For example, how can there be 103 casualties in Orlando and no visible evidence of the massive number of ambulances and EMT personnel necessary to deal with such a massive number of casualties? I asked my readers to help me prove the official story line, and no one could come up with convincing visible evidence. How can there be such a massive event without abundant evidence? How can powerfully constructed skyscrapers, built to withstand airplane collisions, suddenly explode allegedly as a result of minor asymmetrical damage and scattered low temperature office fires? How can the entire contents of the towers be pulverized when there is insufficient gravational energy to accomplish such pulverization?

How is it possible that WTC 7 came down in free fall acceleration in the absence of controlled demolition? Why doubt that there was controlled demolition when the owner of the WTC said on TV (still available online) that “the decision was made to pull the building?”

In case you have forgotten, you “pull” a building with controlled demolition. It takes a long time to wire a building for demolition. Obviously, Building 7 was not wired on September 11, 2001. We are constantly informed by the President, Vice President, Secretary of State, numerous senators and representatives, by NATO commanders, by EU politicians, by presstitutes, and others, that “Russia has invaded Ukraine.” Take a minute and think about this extraordinary lie. Clearly, evidence is no longer a factor in determining what is occuring. Assertion only rules. Take a second to look outside The Matrix. Is it really possible that Ukraine would still exist if Russia invaded? I would bet my life that within 60 hours of a Russian invasion of Ukraine, Ukraine would again be part of Russia. Remember August 2008 when the US and Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army invaded the peacekeeping realm of South Ossetia, killing Russian peace-keeping troops and Ossetian civilians. Putin was at the Beijing Olympics, but Russian armed forces quickly smashed the American/Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army. Putin held Geogia in his palm. What did Putin do after delivering this lesson in the superiority of Russian arms? He released Georgia and returned home.

So how is it that Putin, according to the entirely of the Western political establishment and media whores, is determined to rebuild the Soviet Empire? Putin held Georgia. No power on earth could have forced him to release Georgia. But Putin withdrew Russia’s forces and released the country. The former Georgian president is now an American operative in Ukraine. If you consider the number of outsiders, including US citizens and the former president of Georgia, who serve in the Ukrainian government, it raises questions about the so-called “Maidan Revolution” in February 2014. If this really was a popular uprising, and not a Washington orchestrated coup, why is there such a shortage of Ukrainians to form the new government that foreign citizens have to be brought in to rule the country? Do not believe any official explanation of anything. Things are not true just because the government and presstitutes say so. Keep in mind that official explanations can be cover for hidden agendas. If Washington and the media have their way, we will live in a world constructed out of lies designed to hide from us the real interests being served.

That is not the kind of world that any of us want to live in.

Ex-CIA Spy: A Global Open Source Revolution Is About To Begin June 29 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience

When Robert David Steele speaks, people listen. Especially those within the military and intelligence communities around the world.

With his continued rhetoric on the open source everything manifesto as a way to positively transform this world for all, Mr. Steele has additionally begun discussing the world’s largest financial/gold cover-up story which has ties to JFK’s assassination and 9/11: That is, the global collateral accounts. As a former CIA spy who has trained over 7,500 officers from over 66 countries, Robert Steele has over 18 years experience across the U.S. Intelligence community and an additional 20 years experience in commercial intelligence and training. He is also a former Marine and he is the co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity. He has also written several books, which include, The Open Source Manifesto and Intelligence For Earth: Clarity, Diversity, Integrity and Sustainability, among others. In accord to open source everything, Robert’s motto is: The truth at any cost, lowers all other costs. Essentially, when information, technology and resources are opened up as the commons to all, the true cost plummets and the well-being of our planet and all living beings here begin to thrive, as well as our social, political and financial systems.

In Robert’s own words, the open source revolution will transform our world for the better and for all.

"Sharing, not secrecy, is the means by which we realize such a lofty destiny as well as create infinite wealth. The wealth of networks, the wealth of knowledge, revolutionary wealth- all can create a nonzero, win-win Earth that works for 100% of humanity. This is the ‘utopia’ that Buckminster Fuller foresaw, now within our reach.”

Similar models to Steele’s open source everything also include The Venus Project: Beyond Politics, Poverty and War, which calls for a holistic approach to changing the systems on this planet in a way that utilizes technology and human ingenuity to provide a high standard of living for every person by opening the planet’s resources for the use of all– in a strategically sustainable and efficient manner.

Another model that is similar is Sustainable Human’s gift-based community in which all who participate are volunteers and everything created is done to “spread knowledge, ideas and alternative ways of living that enable humanity to live in harmony with the rest of life on Earth. ” All of these models are wonderful and appropriate to envision, and what is certain is that most of the social systems we have in place currently, must go. Fundamental change is necessary. In an interview with The Guardian, Robert David Steele was asked his opinion on the idea that the U.S. is on the verge of revolting against the elitist 1%:

"The preconditions for revolution exist in the UK, and most Western countries [including the U.S]. The number of active pre-conditions is quite stunning, from elite isolation to concentrated wealth to inadequate socialization and education, to concentrated land-holdings to loss of authority to repression of new technologies, especially in relation to energy, to the atrophy of the public sector and spread of corruption, to media dishonesty, to mass unemployment of young men and on and on and on.”

What then needs to happen for this to begin? Steele says:

"Preconditions are not the same as precipitants. We are waiting for our Tunisian fruit seller. The public will endure great repression, especially when most media outlets and schools are actively aiding the repressive meme of ‘you are helpless, this is the order of things.’ When we have a scandal so powerful that it cannot be ignored by the average Briton or American, we will have a revolution that overturns the corrupt political systems in both countries, and perhaps puts many banks out of business. Vaclav Handel calls this ‘The Power of the Powerless.’ One spark, one massive fire.”

Interestingly, this interview was conducted almost exactly 2 years ago. Have we not seen the divide between the 99% and the 1% continue to grow in that time? Humanity will not remain quiet for much longer. We are indeed close to some big and positive changes.

Perhaps this massive scandal/event we are waiting for is the conclusion of the FBI’s investigation of Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation or maybe it is Britain’s vote to leave the EU, potentially triggering a cascade of revolts throughout Europe and then the world, or perhaps it will be a large enough group of people becoming aware of the global collateral accounts, the world’s largest financial/gold cover-up which has relation to JFK’s death and the events of 9/11; a story which just three weeks ago Robert David Steele started to write about publicly:

"It never occurred to me that accidentally becoming the top Amazon reviewer for non-fiction, partially associated with my being the lead for Open Source Intelligence (OSINT) for 25 years across 66+ countries, would be vastly more important than everything I ever learned across multiple graduate degrees, as a former spy, and as cofounder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity (MCIA). As I encounter disbelief about Neil Keenan and his role as the main juncture between the Dragon Society and the West as we move toward a global economic re-set, I have to remind myself that 80% of the public still thinks JFK was assassinated by Lee Harvey Oswald; J. Edgar Hoover was a moral man; the Israelis attacked the USS Liberty by accident, and 9/11 was carried out by a bunch of “rag heads” armed with box cutters. I must emphasize that it was not the books that underlay my absolute confidence in Neil Keenan and the Dragon Society and the broad outlines of the coming global re-set, but rather the people behind the books that I have taken the trouble to meet, sometimes under quasi-clandestine circumstances. Sterling and Peggy Seagrave Peggy has passed - stand out. Their book, Gold Warriors–America’s Secret Recovery of Yamashita’s Gold, came with a CD containing 60,000 additional documents including maps and photographs. That led me to a quasi-clandestine meeting in France to interview them for the 2004 offering of my international conference - the transcript is online - and a deep continuing relationship of trust."

The public endorsement of Neil Keenan and his team’s efforts to open the global collateral accounts from Robert David Steele is another clear indication that these accounts are indeed real and that those who are working with Neil Keenan (positive factions within The Pentagon and CIA, Russian Intelligence, presidents and prime ministers of multiple South American countries and several Asian countries, among many other political, financial and intelligence and military groups who are all quietly and sometimes openly working for humanity’s best interest) are legitimate.

The global collateral accounts have such a deep and complex history, which can be read in great detail here. In short, they are off-ledger accounts backed by gold, silver and many other assets which were originally intended for humanitarian projects. JFK signed what is known as the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement with President Sukarno of Indonesia, which was to use these accounts to issue a new US Treasury Note (backed by gold and silver) and end the Federal Reserve’s control over the global financial system. Neil Keenan is now getting very close to opening these accounts for the intended purposes of transforming our world for the better through many humanitarian projects as well as the release of free energy technologies and an overhaul in the global financial system. Russia, China, Iran, Indonesia and almost the entire Eastern hemisphere is supporting this plan in one way or another. Perhaps Robert David Steele’s ideas on an open source world will be part of the coming humanitarian projects. As almost anyone can see when they look around either at their own lives or the world at large, everything is changing. Everything is in flux. Everything happens in cycles. The time for positive global change is now.

For more information on some of the topics mentioned above, check out these articles: The Inevitability of Peaceful Revolution We Need A New, Beneficial Global Economy The Connection Between 9/11, JFK and the Global Collateral Accounts The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place The Alliance That Is Taking Down The New World Order

The New World Order Attempts To Hijack Anonymous June 29 2016 | From: Geopolitics

“Sovereignty is responsible for every war, bloodshed and terror that has ever inflicted humankind… Human beings must unite under one world government and constitution. Giving their voice and power to one government and one authority.” – the Organization now calling itself ‘Anonymous.’

By virtue of the appeal of anonymity, the resistance group known as ‘Anonymous’ has become a worldwide phenomenon. Since anybody with basic knowledge of hacking or content creation, and with any motive, can rightfully claim to be part of this structureless organization, Anonymous is now more of a creative commons brand than anything.

"…“Anonymous,” which is a loosely associated international network of “hacktivists.” Anonymous has no real command structure and is largely a collective of ideas. Nonetheless, it has been associated with several DDoS (distributed denial-of-service) attacks on high profile government, corporate, and religious targets. Their unofficial mascot is the image of Guy Fawkes.”

- Source

The FBI spent years dismantling the core group of hacktivists responsible for the formation of the original group, incarcerating much of the primary brain trust which made Anonymous (Anon) a serious threat to government and corporate actors. However, Anonymous’ branded use of the Guy Fawkes mask, as popularized by the movie ‘V’ for Vendetta, helped them to achieve international household recognition. | The brand is now synonymous with civil disobedience and electronic resistance, and in this loosely bound way, the organization lives on.

"The movement is still there, and they’re still yacking on Twitter and posting things, but you don’t hear about these guys coming forward with those large breaches… It’s just not happening, and that’s because of the dismantlement of the largest players.” - Austin P. Berglas, assistant special agent in charge of the FBI’s cyber division in New York

The beauty of Anon has always been its adaptive application of leaderless resistance to a technology driven world, however, there appears to be an attempted coup taking place, and Anonymous as a headless social justice movement is being hijacked by a group of unknowns claiming this brand as theirs to promote a privately funded political party with a highly suspicious platform advocating for a one world government.

"Today we officially announce the unification of all people who have used the anonymous mask and its representation to protest and stand up for change. The way that the anonymous icon and name has been used by a few through fear and intimidation ends today.” – THumP®

World, Meet ‘THumP®’ Now armed with the trademarked names, the Voice of Anonymous™, and, THumP®, the co-opting of the Anonymous brand was recently introduced to the world in a 40 minute, professionally staged video announcing the public launch of The Humanity Party (THumP®).

"In March of 2015, various Anons discreetly met via the Internet and Skype to vote on a Board of Directors to lead the movement. The Board appointed one of its Anons as its Voice of Anonymous™.” - THumP®

It appears the days of the synthesized robotic voice that has become synonymous with Anon are over, and from now on…

"… it’s only gonna be this one voice of this one character who decides to put on a costume that looks almost like he’s in the KKK. And he has some sort of Masonic symbols on it, he’s got these creepy clown gloves and some sort of Abba wig on, and so suddenly he’s gonna be the voice of Anonymous.”

- Source

The video presentation features a messianic Guy-Fawkes-mask-wearing, leader-type figure, dressed in white leather emblazoned with a Freemason logo modified to present the letters ‘A’ an ‘V.” The use of secret society symbolism, such as the Freemason logo is ubiquitous in modern media, representing, in actuality, the very organizations and forces that Anonymous had always been resisting.

During the introduction to the video, the viewer is nonchalantly instructed to only pay attention to this voice, to accept it as the authorized, official Voice of Anonymous™, and to ignore any others.

"From today on, it will be easy to determine whether a message that is posted on the internet, or through any other venue of social media, is authorized by the official voice of Anonymous… In the future, listen for and pay particular attention to the distinct nature, authority and power of the voice of Anonymous. Do not listen to any other computer generated voice, that makes threats and disrupts peace, and does not act rationally.”

The THumP® Plan – Make Everything Great Again Who runs THumP®? According to the website, it will be managed by, “The collective will of people who give their voice and support to what THumP® is trying to accomplish.” And, what exactly is THumP® trying to accomplish? In a press release dated June, 20th, hosted by 24-7pressrelease.com, reporting from Salt Lake City, Utah, the following wasposted for public consideration:

“Establish and promote the possibility of a ONE World Government and a new Constitution that guarantees and provides worldwide basic human rights to ALL people of Earth. These inalienable human rights include the

Five Basic Necessities of Life (“FBNL”): free healthy food and water, secure and safe housing, basic clothing, health and mental care, and education. Introduce a plan to unify capitalistic and socialistic agendas and ideologies to provide the FBNL free of charge. Promote peace and unity through education and common sense disclosures, thereby providing unprecedented evidence that the world’s major religions have been, are, and will continue to be the cause of the world’s social ills. Unparalleled and unique, The Humanity Party does not accept donations of any kind. The movement relies on individual Anons throughout the world to use individual peaceful and legal means through social and Internet media to spread its message.” - Source

As stated here and in the PR video, their primary goals are to abolish borders and national sovereignty, ban religion, to establish a global government that will protect the environment, protect animal rights and human individuality, while providing for everyone, the FBNL. To accomplish this, the US Constitution will be modified.

“There is only one nation that is fully structured and endowed with the infrastructure, government, world influence, technology, means, and military might needed to step forward and save this world: the United States of America.” - THumP®

Other key tenets of their platform, include: the need for individuality and diversity, the end of nationalism and national sovereignty, the abandonment of tradition, ideology, patriotism and prejudices, and the demonization of math, science and intellectualism. All of which are presented as opponents of human intelligence. If we are all united behind this platform, why will state violence and ‘military might’ be necessary to enforce it?

As justification of the policies proposed, the video spends considerable time positioning the world’s incredible problems as the result of adults, while extolling the virtues of the minds of ‘little children,’ who, according to THumP®, have had their intelligence replaced with knowledge by grown ups:

“We were forced to accept the adult way. Their way. Regardless of how we felt about it. To impress the adults and be accepted by them, we learned their ways. Accepted their Gods. and Applied their values to ourself. We learned their science…” – THumP®

The message is directed at the younger demographic of today’s activists, capitalizing on their justifiable anger at the establishment, and dumbing down complex issues to meet an overtly neo-liberal agenda. The video also comes off as antifamily, eerily reminiscent of the disturbing picture painted by George Orwell in 1984 of an all-powerful government who destroys the family by turning children into agent’s and tools of state ideology.

Repackaging the New World Order These aims are suspiciously similar to the long-standing goals of world elite and powerful families who control the breadth of international banking and global industry. This is the ‘1%’ that Anonymous has combated in the past, and it includes the people, groups and institutions oft-referred to as the Illuminati, or the New World Order (NWO). For a more complete understanding of the NWO’s platform, see Dr. John Coleman’s 1983 breakdown, 21 Goals of the Illuminati and The Committee of 300. Dr. Coleman’s comprehensive, research-based list includes the following tenets: To establish a One World Government. To bring about the utter destruction of all national identity and national pride. To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati. To bring about the end to all industrialization. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning. To cause a total collapse of the world’s economies and engender total political chaos.

To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus. THumP® is propositioning young people to adopt the endgame of the elite, while posing as the resistance. This kind of psychological operation has been seen before, most notably in the production of the Koni 2012 pre campaign which aimed to engineer public support for military interventionism in Africa. The Humanity Party also fails to acknowledge taxation as theft, calling instead for a fair tax, then blames global inequality not on a corrupt oligarchy, but on the masses of people who support governments around the world by voting. Making a statement of defense for the 1%, THumP® says:

“The humanity party does not support attack or reforms that punish the wealthy for doing what all people on earth wish they could do, have financial security for themselves or their dependents… Because of the desire of the 99% to also become wealthy the people of earth are justifying supporting current governments that are set up and established to cater more to the needs of the 1% than to the needs of the majority. This is the fault of the people who elect and support their governments.” –THumP®

As declared, the party does not accept donations, yet they are funded well-enough to produce studio quality staged video, professional press-releases, websites and videos. This would indicate that is privately funded, meaning that funds are coming from people who can afford to invest in propaganda, the 1%. A phone number on their site is from an area code in Pennsylvania.

Resistance is Futile, Said Anonymous, Never The THumP® campaign may be interpreted as, “Resistance is futile. So if you can’t beat ’em, join ’em.” The future of Anonymous as a resistance organization is in question.

“Anonymous doesn’t even exist anymore. All the actual hackers behind it have been arrested. It has since been pseudonym government agencies use to disclose their enemies’ personal information without it looking like obvious government involvement. All recent anonymous attacks have not been on oppressive governments but rather the opposite, their enemies.” - Source

What are your thoughts on this operation and its meaning to true global civil resistance to state tyranny? Is this legitimate? Is it another propaganda campaign of the global elite, or another Soros operation?

Is this somehow linked to Trump, Clinton and Sanders?

“Anyone who is so naive as to believe the most powerful government on earth will not crush any who pose a real threat to that power, should not be active, but rather, at home studying political history.” – Louis Beam

Take a look at the promotional presentation for The Humanity Party and the attempted hi-jacking of Anonymous by The New World Order:

Trump: America Has A Chance To ‘Reject Rule By Global Elite’ & More June 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Trump on Brexit: "Basically, they took back their country.”

Presidential candidate Donald Trump on Friday congratulated the UK for voting to assert its independence from the European Union, and encouraged the American people in November to also assert their independence from the “global elite.” Related: All Polls Favoring Clinton’s Candidacy Are Fake-Here Is How to Tell Following the British vote to exit the EU, Trump said the election results marked a shift toward more nationalistic tendencies.

"Come November, the American people will have the chance to re-declare their independence,” the Trump campaign said in a statement. “Americans will have a chance to vote for trade, immigration and foreign policies that put our citizens first. They will have the chance to reject today’s rule by the global elite, and to embrace real change that delivers a government of, by and for the people.” “I hope America is watching, it will soon be time to believe in America again.”

Asked by reporters in Scotland what he thought about the Brexit vote, Trump said the British people “took back control of their country. It’s a great thing.”

Ahead of the vote, Trump had told reporters he was for the Brexit if it meant less bureaucracy for the UK.

"I would personally be more inclined to leave, for a lot of reasons, like having a lot less bureaucracy,” he said in May.

The shock results have led many to predict Trump will be elected president in November. Republican pollster Frank Luntz said he believed the mass populist uprising happening globally could push Trump into the White House.

"Populism is rising everywhere as people decide that government does not listen and does not care,” said Luntz. “But this is even more significant, because Britain has never been the source of populist uprisings like this. If Britain can vote itself out of Europe, America can vote itself in for Trump.”

Nigel Farage, the leader of the UK’s Independence Party which played a huge part in mobilizing UK citizens behind the Brexit, also speculated the momentum behind the results could usher in a Trump presidency.

"There is something happening in American politics that is perhaps a bit of a mirror of what’s happening here, a feeling in much of America, that what happens in Washington is too detached and too remote and Trump is cashing in on some of it,” said Farage, adding, “He must have a chance of winning.”

As Infowars has reported, the idea for the European Union globalist superstate came directly out of discussions held at the secretive Bilderberg Group conference in 1955, at which European politicians considered “The necessity to bring the German people into a common European market as quickly as possible.” Watch: Alex congratulates the people of the United Kingdom for throwing off the shackles of the globalists and making their break for freedom from the oppressive EU.

This Video Will Get Donald Trump Elected - If It Goes Viral This is why Donald Trump should be president The American people need to realize that Donald J. Trump is our last hope. He is the only person who is capable of saving America and the Western World as a whole from falling into the depths of despair due to globalist agendas and a crippling political correctness era. Related: George Carlin and Donald Trump “Political Correctness is fascism pretending to be Manners”

These clips show Donald Trump from all the way back in 1986 up until present day, and they do a fantastic job at demonstrating the kind of person Trump is, and why he deserves to be the next president. Time stamps to each segment: 1980 Rona Barrett Interview 00:10 1987 Oprah Interview 00:47 1988 GOP Convention 01:58 1989 Interview 02:55 1991 C-Span Interview 04:59 1999 Press Interview 06:05 2004 CNN Interview 06:27

2007 Larry King Live 07:00 2011 Steve Forbes Interview 07:27 2012 CNN Comments on Romney 09:08 2012 CNBC Interview on Economy 09:22 2014 Speaking at CPAC 11:18 2015 Press Event 14:17

Brexit Is Sending Shockwaves Across The Atlantic June 27 2016 | From: Geopolitics

EU leaders cannot hide their panic as they confront the prevailing reality that Europeans are now questioning the validity of a Centralized Europe that is far from what was being advertised prior to its birth.

Frankly, just a few days ago we were deeply concerned that the Brexit campaign would lose after the false flag murder of Labour MP Jo Cox. It was very astounding how the majority of the British people were able to figure out the fact that it’s too absurd to kill someone from the other side when your position is winning in all the surveys, independent or otherwise.

That needless murder should be the primary reason why a David Cameron resigned from the leadership this early. Remember, he did say prior to the referendum that he won’t resign even if the Remain campaign is defeated. The only conclusion we can draw from the historic results would be that those who voted for Brexit were doing it for the sake of principle and to protest the dictatorial behavior of those unelected personalities holed up in Brussels.

Principled protest vote, of course, cannot be intimidated and subdued. They grew more emboldened as the opposition began to use dirty tactics and covert maneuvers. Make no mistake about it, the Rothschild dynasty has profited heavily through George Soros Fund Management, in compliance to their age old tradition of betting both sides of the conflict. Last May 16th of this year, Bloomberg reported;

"Billionaire George Soros prepared last quarter for gloomy times, dialing back his U.S. stock investments by more than a third, betting against the equities while banking on gold. … Soros also bought bullish options contracts on 1.05 million shares in the SPDR Gold Trust, which tracks the price of bullion. What’s more, the fund took a stake in the world’s biggest producer of the metal, Barrick Gold Corp., worth $264 million at the end of March, the filing showed. Soros acquired 1.7 percent of Barrick, making it the fund’s biggest U.S.-listed holding. … Soros’s former chief strategist, billionaire investor Stan Druckenmiller, is also bullish on gold. Earlier this month he called the yellow metal his largest currency allocation as central bankers experiment with the “absurd notion of negative interest rates.” Gold for immediate delivery jumped 16 percent in the first three months of the year, the biggest quarterly surge since 1986, according to Bloomberg generic pricing. Shares of Toronto-based Barrick have more than doubled this year as the miner accelerates cost-cutting efforts and reduces debt. Barrick is up 39 percent since March 31." - Bloomberg

Now, they are reaping the benefits of their having access to privileged information about the real British pulse weeks prior to yesterday’s Brexit vote.

"Bullish positions in gold and volatility and well-timed short bets on China and emerging markets, among other areas, were some of the trades that benefited hedge funds on Friday as markets digested Britons’ surprise decision to exit the European Union, according to people familiar with the matter. … so-called “macro” fund managers George Soros and Stanley Druckenmiller, who run private firms managing family money through investments in a range of assets, appeared to be benefiting from long positions in gold, according to filings, though their overall performance numbers weren’t clear." - CNBC

Another reason for a David Cameron to feel nothing more than a whore wearing a very expensive neck tie. Why would he feel otherwise, when even his own master is just another errand boy for the real power behind it all?

Evelyn de Rothschild pokes Prince Charles. And as anyone who knows their cabal history will attest, the Rothschild bloodline is above the Windsor (Saxe-Coburg-Gotha) bloodline. The british [read: German] royal family are but underlings (and for a large part inbred impostors - but that is another kettle of fish.)

Now that we gain more understanding of how they played the last Brexit game, it’s time to savor on the positive prospects of where Britain will be heading in the next few years, and why the Brexit is indeed the Independence Day for the Brits…

The global implication of the successful Brexit referendum cannot be overestimated. This i s sending ripples of resistance across the Eurozone and in the United States.

"Polls recently conducted in Italy, France, Germany, Sweden, the Netherlands, Czech Republic and Hungary also showed that these countries could follow Britain if it succeeds in leaving the EU. Euroskeptic politicians in these countries have been adding fuel to the fire, stepping up their calls for EU-exits in light of the British referendum." - Geopolitics

"Following the referendum in Britain, in which a majority of its residents voted for the country to withdrawal from the EU, Eurosceptic politicians in other European countries have intensified their calls to follow suit, the German magazine Spiegel Online wrote." - Sputnik

Moreover, Brexit has put in jeopardy Obama’s pet TTIP project…

"Britain’s decision to leave the European Union has damaged the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, Francois Asselineau, chairman of France’s Popular Republican Front, told Sputnik." - Sputnik

We can’t talk about the UK anymore because it will soon be entertaining another round of Scotland Independence referendum which was also rigged the last time. In the immediate future though, here’s what’s going to happen next.

Across the Atlantic, talks of secession is beginning to unravel…

“While secession of American states is often dismissed as absurd, there are few reasons to believe that a state like Texas – to name just one example – could not immediately transition from state to nation-state. With a large economy, port cities, oil, and easy access to European, Latin American, and even Asian economies by sea, economics arguments against such a separation fall flat. And of course, the success of smaller states like Norway, Denmark, and Switzerland illustrate that bigness is truly unnecessary. Naturally, many other states even beyond the biggest states- such as Pennsylvania, New Jersey, North Carolina and others - could do the same. These states would all be among the largest economies on earth were they to leave the US. “But what about national defense!” some may argue. “Wouldn’t Texas be constantly at war with the United States?” Experience suggests that Texas would be at war with the United States about as frequently as Canada has been at war with the United States: zero times since 1815. International wars rarely erupt between countries with common languages, common histories, and common economic interests. Should Scotland secede, the UK won’t be sending in the tanks, and Scotland could easily join the realm of independent nation states, just as many American states could do the same.” - Zerohedge

Above all, this historic event should be viewed in the larger geopolitical context beyond the Eurozone and the United States alone. Already, there are major actions against Western hegemony elsewhere in Eurasia, and Latin America, e.g.:

Successful St. Petersburg International Economic Conference which is forcing progressive industrial entities to form a coherent scientific and technological collaboration to create a better future free of wars and conflicts;

The historic signing of peace agreement between the government of Colombia and leftist FARC rebels, ending five decades of armed struggle that arrested development in the country; The recently concluded Sulong Pilipinas 2-day workshop between the incoming Duterte cabinet and 500 representatives from the business sectors and related stakeholders, which among others, discussed the independent position of the Philippines with regards to the Spratlys that the United States has been using as a major fulcrum in its Pivot to Asia, a war plan to encircle China and wage war thousands of miles away from home just for the sake of “freedom of navigation,” would you believe it?

Here’s Duterte narrating his conversation with US ambassador to the Philippines Philip S. Goldberg, with regards to the West Philippine Sea – China issue at large.

Aside from choosing the Maritime Silk Road of the BRICS instead of the endless US imperialistic aggression, Duterte has already accomplished so much even before his inauguration to the presidency on June 30th, e.g.:

Thousands of drug peddlers and users have already surrendered opting for rehabilitation instead of fighting it out with the police; Formally reopened peace talks with the Communist Party of the Philippines which has been waging wars with the government for five decades; Organized a Moro Convention to restart the peace process with various rival secessionist groups sitting on the same table, to end the 400+ year rebellion in Muslim Mindanao [the longest in the Muslim world], once and for all.

The most radical appointment as of late is the anti-mining crusader Gina Lopez, from a family of oligarchs, to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.

A known tactician, Duterte is surely pitting the oligarchs against each other on this one, as the mining stocks start to plummet. What these events illustrate is that even if the enemy may seem capable of exercising great power over a great multitude of the world’s population, that enormous power is quickly eroded once the people begin to see things as they really are, i.e. a grand charade of lies, treachery, deceptions and murder. Together, we can change the rules of the game, and end the age of genocide and technocratic slavery. With our collective persistence, the Rothschild Khazarian Empire will fall.

Are Nanoparticles Engineered Into GM Foods Causing Cancer? June 26 2016 | From: WakingTimes

In modern agriculture, it is not possible to only spray weeds without spraying soy and corn crops.

Glyphosate is therefore genetically modified (GM) to kill only weeds while at the same time enhancing the growth of crops.

However, glyphosate does not readily penetrate the leaves of weeds and crops, and therefore is mixed with adjuvants that aid leaf penetration. For decades, nano particles (NPs) and specifically carbon nano tubes (CNTs) that readily penetrate leaves have been used as adjuvants allowing glyphosate to be carried to plant roots for more efficient absorption. Related: Breast cancer survivor credits exercise and a raw food diet for her miraculous recovery Upon human consumption of GM foods, most glyphosate and included NPs are rapidly excreted, but residues remain in the human gut. Indeed, the important question of NPs in GM foods is the same as that of nanotechnology in general: Do NPs contribute to the wide range of health problems? Donald Huber, the prominent critic of GM foods claims soil-borne plant pathogens are produced that do indeed harm human health, e.g., residents living close to sprayed GM soybeans fields in Argentina developed cancers and birth defects. However, GM food proponents argue science is still looking for, but not found Huber’s pathogen to establish the causal link between glyphosate and human health problems. Regardless, the question remains: Is there a causal link between NPs in GM foods and human health?

Background In 2013, Waking Times published an article on how the food industry is poisoning the very consumers who drive their multibillion dollar enterprises, even spending millions against the consumer’s right to informed consent, i.e., truthful GMO labeling.

Although a causal link between GM foods and cancer is not made, titanium dioxide NPs common in GM food are cited to proliferate epithelial cells of the gut and induce “tumor-like” changes common to cancer.

The Problem Today, the problem is the effect of GM foods on human health is focused almost entirely on arguments as to whether Huber’s pathogen exists, instead of identifying the mechanism by which residues of NPs in glyphosate cause cancer by damaging human DNA. Only then would a causal link between GM foods and human health be biologically plausible.

Proposal The causal link between ingested GM foods and human health is proposed to be the DNA damage by UV radiation from NPs in glyphosate residues in the gut. Today, only UV radiation from the sun on exposed human skin is known to cause cancer, but the gut is hidden from solar UV. How then do NPs in GM food produce UV radiation? Currently, damage to human DNA by UV radiation from NPs has not been recognized because classical physics always allows the atoms in NP to have the heat capacity to conserve heat from the gut by a slight increase in temperature, a consequence with insignificant DNA damage. Hence, DNA is now thought damaged upon direct contact with the NP material, but this notion can be dismissed as chemically inert NPs are also known to damage the DNA.

Quantum mechanics (QM) differs from classical physics by allowing electromagnetic (EM) radiation to be created in NPs. Unlike classical physics, QM requires the atoms in NPs to have vanishing heat capacity and therefore NP temperatures cannot increase upon absorbing heat in the gut. Instead, the NPs conserve heat by emitting EM radiation that causes the DNA damage, and if not repaired may lead to cancer. Similarity is found with ovarian cancer from NPs in talcum powder products used in cleaning genital areas.

Discussion Vanishing heat capacity of the atom by QM is not new, but the consequence of the Planck law was formulated over a century ago. For heat capacity to vanish, however, the NP must be placed under high EM confinement, but the NP does not provide any physical is not physical confinement. Instead, NPs having high surface-to-volume ratios require absorbed heat to be momentarily confined to their surface thereby providing high EM confinement over nanoscale dimensions. Since the NP temperature cannot increase by QM, conservation proceeds by quantum electrodynamics (QED) converting the surface heat into EM waves standing between diametrically opposite NP surfaces. QED stands for quantum electrodynamics. But QED here differs from the complex light-matter interaction theory advanced by Feynman and others. Simply stated:

“Absent heat capacity, heat supplied to a NP of diameter d is conserved by creating standing EM waves having half-wavelength �� / 2 = n d, where n is the NP refractive inde x. Once the surface heat is expended in forming the standing waves, the EM confinement vanishes allowing the NP to emit EM radiation that damages the DNA of adjacent cells, e.g., zinc oxide NPs having diameter d = 50 nm and n = 2.5 emit UV-C radiation at about 254 nm, a lethal level for the DNA damage in all living systems as the pyrimidine dimers are formed that block DNA replication. Smaller NPs emit even higher frequency EM radiation. See diverse QED applications at, Ibid, 2010 – 2016."

Conclusion

Huber’s pathogen that links GM foods to human health is unlikely to exist as the problems (cancer, autism, birth defects, Parkinson’s, etc.) are widely diverse and cannot be linked to any single pathogen. Indeed, the diversity of health problems suggests the presence of many different pathogens as the mechanism for their creation is the scrambling of genes from damaged DNA.

The causal link between NPs in GM food and health problems is clearly the UV radiation emitted by NPs. To protect consumers, DNA damage tests, say comet assays, should be performed on GM foods and safe concentrations of NPs labelled accordingly. Related: Top 10 ways food is being used RIGHT NOW as a chemical delivery system to poison brains

The Secret Government Rulebook For Labeling You A Terrorist June 26 2016 | From: TheIntercept

The Obama administration has quietly approved a substantial expansion of the terrorist watchlist system, authorizing a secret process that requires neither “concrete facts” nor “irrefutable evidence” to designate an American or foreigner as a terrorist, according to a key government document obtained by The Intercept.

The “March 2013 Watchlisting Guidance,” a 166-page document issued last year by the National Counterterrorism Center, spells out the government’s secret rules for putting individuals on its main terrorist database, as well as the no fly list and the selectee list, which triggers enhanced screening at airports and border crossings. The new guidelines allow individuals to be designated as representatives of terror organizations without any evidence they are actually connected to such organizations, and it gives a single White House official the unilateral authority to place entire “categories” of people the government is tracking onto the no fly and selectee lists. It broadens the authority of government officials to “nominate” people to the watchlists based on what is vaguely described as “fragmentary information.” It also allows for dead people to be watchlisted. Over the years, the Obama and Bush Administrations have fiercely resisted disclosing the criteria for placing names on the databases - though the guidelines are officially labeled as unclassified. In May, Attorney General Eric Holder even invoked the state secrets privilege to prevent watchlisting guidelines from being disclosed in litigation launched by an American who was on the no fly list. In an affidavit, Holder called them a “clear roadmap” to the government’s terrorist-tracking apparatus, adding:

“The Watchlisting Guidance, although unclassified, contains national security information that, if disclosed… could cause significant harm to national security.”

The rulebook, which The Intercept is publishing in full, was developed behind closed doors by representatives of the nation’s intelligence, military, and law-enforcement establishment, including the Pentagon, CIA, NSA, and FBI. Emblazoned with the crests of 19 agencies, it offers the most complete and revealing look into the secret history of the government’s terror list policies to date. It reveals a confounding and convoluted system filled with exceptions to its own rules, and it relies on the elastic concept of “reasonable suspicion” as a standard for determining whether someone is a possible threat. Because the government tracks “suspected terrorists” as well as “known terrorists,” individuals can be watchlisted if they are suspected of being a suspected terrorist, or if they are suspected of associating with people who are suspected of terrorism activity.

“Instead of a watchlist limited to actual, known terrorists, the government has built a vast system based on the unproven and flawed premise that it can predict if a person will commit a terrorist act in the future,” says Hina Shamsi, the head of the ACLU’s National Security Project. “On that dangerous theory, the government is secretly blacklisting people as suspected terrorists and giving them the impossible task of proving themselves innocent of a threat they haven’t carried out.” Shamsi, who reviewed the document, added, “These criteria should never have been kept secret.”

The document’s definition of “terrorist” activity includes actions that fall far short of bombing or hijacking. In addition to expected crimes, such as assassination or hostage-taking, the guidelines also define destruction of government property and damaging computers used by financial institutions as activities meriting placement on a list. They also define as

terrorism any act that is “dangerous” to property and intended to influence government policy through intimidation. This combination - a broad definition of what constitutes terrorism and a low threshold for designating someone a terrorist opens the way to ensnaring innocent people in secret government dragnets. It can also be counterproductive. When resources are devoted to tracking people who are not genuine risks to national security, the actual threats get fewer resources - and might go unnoticed.

“If reasonable suspicion is the only standard you need to label somebody, then it’s a slippery slope we’re sliding down here, because then you can label anybody anything,” says David Gomez, a former senior FBI special agent with experience running high-profile terrorism investigations. “Because you appear on a telephone list of somebody doesn’t make you a terrorist. That’s the kind of information that gets put in there.”

The fallout is personal too. There are severe consequences for people unfairly labeled a terrorist by the U.S. government, which shares its watchlist data with local law enforcement, foreign governments, and “private entities.” Once the U.S. government secretly labels you a terrorist or terrorist suspect, other institutions tend to treat you as one. It can become difficult to get a job (or simply to stay out of jail). It can become burdensome - or impossible - to travel. And routine encounters with law enforcement can turn into ordeals.

A chart from the “March 2013 Watchlisting Guidance”

In 2012 Tim Healy, the former director of the FBI’s Terrorist Screening Center, described to CBS News how watchlists are used by police officers.

“So if you are speeding, you get pulled over, they’ll query that name,” he said. “And if they are encountering a known or suspected terrorist, it will pop up and say call the Terrorist Screening Center. So now the officer on the street knows he may be dealing with a known or suspected terrorist.”

Of course, the problem is that the “known or suspected terrorist” might just be an ordinary citizen who should not be treated as a menace to public safety. Until 2001, the government did not prioritize building a watchlist system. On 9/11, the government’s list of people barred from flying included just 16 names. Today, the no fly list has swelled to tens of thousands of “known or suspected terrorists” (the guidelines refer to them as KSTs). The selectee list subjects people to extra scrutiny and questioning at airports and border crossings. The government has created several other databases, too. The largest is the Terrorist Identities Datamart Environment (TIDE), which gathers terrorism information from sensitive military and intelligence sources around the world.

Because it contains classified information that cannot be widely distributed, there is yet another list, the Terrorist Screening Database, or TSDB, which has been stripped of TIDE’s classified data so that it can be shared. When government officials refer to “the watchlist,” they are typically referring to the TSDB. (TIDE is the responsibility of the National Counterterrorism Center; the TSDB is managed by the Terrorist Screening Center at the FBI.) In a statement, a spokesman for the National Counterterrorism Center told The Intercept that:

“The watchlisting system is an important part of our layered defense to protect the United States against future terrorist attacks” and that “watchlisting continues to mature to meet an evolving, diffuse threat.”

He added that U.S. citizens are afforded extra protections to guard against improper listing, and that no one can be placed on a list solely for activities protected by the First Amendment. A representative of the Terrorist Screening Center did not respond to a request for comment.

The system has been criticized for years. In 2004, Sen. Ted Kennedy complained that he was barred from boarding flights on five separate occasions because his name resembled the alias of a suspected terrorist. Two years later, CBS News obtained a copy of the no fly list and reported that it included Bolivian president Evo Morales and Lebanese parliament head Nabih Berri. One of the watchlists snared Mikey Hicks, a Cub Scout who got his first of many airport pat-downs at age two. In 2007, the Justice Department’s inspector general issued a scathing report identifying “significant weaknesses” in the system. And in 2009, after a Nigerian terrorist was able to board a passenger flight to Detroit and nearly detonated a bomb sewn into his underwear despite his name having been placed on the TIDE list, President Obama admitted that there had been a “systemic failure.”

Obama hoped that his response to the “underwear bomber” would be a turning point. In 2010, he gave increased powers and responsibilities to the agencies that nominate individuals to the lists, placing pressure on them to add names. His administration also issued a set of new guidelines for the watchlists. Problems persisted, however. In 2012, the U.S. Government Accountability Office published a report that bluntly noted there was no agency responsible for figuring out “whether watchlist-related screening or vetting is achieving intended results.” The guidelines were revised and expanded in 2013 - and a source within the intelligence community subsequently provided a copy to The Intercept.

“Concrete Facts are not Necessary”

The five chapters and 11 appendices of the “Watchlisting Guidance” are filled with acronyms, legal citations, and numbered paragraphs; it reads like an arcane textbook with a vocabulary all its own. Different types of data on suspected terrorists are referred to as “derogatory information,” “substantive derogatory information,” “extreme derogatory information” and “particularized derogatory information.” The names of suspected terrorists are passed along a bureaucratic ecosystem of “originators,” “nominators,” “aggregators,” “screeners,” and “encountering agencies.” And “upgrade,” usually a happy word for travellers, is repurposed to mean that an individual has been placed on a more restrictive list.

The heart of the document revolves around the rules for placing individuals on a watchlist. “All executive departments and agencies,” the document says, are responsible for collecting and sharing information on terrorist suspects with the National Counterterrorism Center. It sets a low standard - ”reasonable suspicion“ - for placing names on the watchlists, and offers a multitude of vague, confusing, or contradictory instructions for gauging it. In the chapter on “Minimum Substantive Derogatory Criteria” - even the title is hard to digest - the key sentence on reasonable suspicion offers little clarity:

“To meet the REASONABLE SUSPICION standard, the NOMINATOR, based on the totality of the circumstances, must rely upon articulable intelligence or information which, taken together with rational inferences from those facts, reasonably warrants a determination that an individual is known or suspected to be or has been knowingly engaged in conduct constituting, in preparation for, in aid of, or related to TERRORISM and/or TERRORIST ACTIVITIES.”

The rulebook makes no effort to define an essential phrase in the passage - ”articulable intelligence or information.” After stressing that hunches are not reasonable suspicion and that “there must be an objective factual basis” for labeling someone a terrorist, it goes on to state that no actual facts are required:

“In determining whether a REASONABLE SUSPICION exists, due weight should be given to the specific reasonable inferences that a NOMINATOR is entitled to draw from the facts in light of his/her experience and not on unfounded suspicions or hunches. Although irrefutable evidence or concrete facts are not necessary, to be reasonable, suspicion should be as clear and as fully developed as circumstances permit.”

While the guidelines nominally prohibit nominations based on unreliable information, they explicitly regard “uncorroborated” Facebook or Twitter posts as sufficient grounds for putting an individual on one of the watchlists.

“Single source information,” the guidelines state, “including but not limited to ‘walk-in,’ ‘write-in,’ or postings on social media sites, however, should not automatically be discounted… the NOMINATING AGENCY should evaluate the credibility of the source, as well as the nature and specificity of the information, and nominate even if that source is uncorroborated.”

There are a number of loopholes for putting people onto the watchlists even if reasonable suspicion cannot be met. One is clearly defined: The immediate family of suspected terrorists - their spouses, children, parents, or siblings - may be watchlisted without any suspicion that they themselves are engaged in terrorist activity. But another loophole is quite broad - ”associates” who have a defined relationship with a suspected terrorist, but whose involvement in terrorist activity is not known. A third loophole is broader still - individuals with “a possible nexus” to terrorism, but for whom there is not enough “derogatory information” to meet the reasonable suspicion standard. Americans and foreigners can be nominated for the watchlists if they are associated with a terrorist group, even if that group has not been designated as a terrorist organization by the U.S. government.

They can also be treated as “representatives” of a terrorist group even if they have “neither membership in nor association with the organization.” The guidelines do helpfully note that certain associations, such as providing janitorial services or delivering packages, are not grounds for being watchlisted. The nomination system appears to lack meaningful checks and balances. Although government officials have repeatedly said there is a rigorous process for making sure no one is unfairly placed in the databases, the guidelines acknowledge that all nominations of “known terrorists” are considered justified unless the National Counterterrorism Center has evidence to the contrary. In a recent court filing, the government disclosed that there were 468,749 KST nominations in 2013, of which only 4,915 were rejected–a rate of about one percent. The rulebook appears to invert the legal principle of due process, defining nominations as “presumptively valid.”

Profiling Categories of People While the nomination process appears methodical on paper, in practice there is a shortcut around the entire system. Known as a “threat-based expedited upgrade,” it gives a single White House official the unilateral authority to elevate entire “categories of people” whose names appear in the larger databases onto the no fly or selectee lists. This can occur, the guidelines state, when there is a “particular threat stream” indicating that a certain type of individual may commit a terrorist act. This extraordinary power for “categorical watchlisting” - otherwise known as profiling - is vested in the assistant to the president for homeland security and counterterrorism, a position formerly held by CIA Director John Brennan that does not require Senate confirmation. The rulebook does not indicate what “categories of people” have been subjected to threat-based upgrades. It is not clear, for example, whether a category might be as broad as military-age males from Yemen. The guidelines do make clear that American citizens and green card holders are subject to such upgrades, though government officials are required to review their status in an “expedited” procedure. Upgrades can remain in effect for 72 hours before being reviewed by a small committee of senior officials. If approved, they can remain in place for 30 days before a renewal is required, and can continue “until the threat no longer exists.”

“In a set of watchlisting criteria riddled with exceptions that swallow rules, this exception is perhaps the most expansive and certainly one of the most troubling,” Shamsi, the ACLU attorney, says. “It’s reminiscent of the Bush administration’s heavily criticized color-coded threat alerts, except that here, bureaucrats can exercise virtually standard-less authority in secret with specific negative consequences for entire categories of people.”

The National Counterterrorism Center declined to provide any details on the upgrade authority, including how often it has been exercised and for what categories of people.

Pocket Litter and Scuba Gear The guidelines provide the clearest explanation yet of what is happening when Americans and foreigners are pulled aside at airports and border crossings by government agents. The fifth chapter, titled “Encounter Management and Analysis,” details the type of information that is targeted for collection during “encounters” with people on the watchlists, as well as the different organizations that should collect the data. The Department of Homeland Security is described as having the largest number of encounters, but other authorities, ranging from the State Department and Coast Guard to foreign governments and “certain private entities,” are also involved in assembling “encounter packages” when watchlisted individuals cross their paths. The encounters can be face-to-face meetings or electronic interactions - for instance, when a watchlisted individual applies for a visa. In addition to data like fingerprints, travel itineraries, identification documents and gun licenses, the rules encourage screeners to acquire health insurance information, drug prescriptions, “any cards with an electronic strip on it (hotel cards, grocery cards, gift cards, frequent flyer cards),” cellphones, email addresses, binoculars, peroxide, bank account numbers, pay stubs, academic transcripts, parking and speeding tickets, and want ads. The digital information singled out for collection includes social media accounts, cell phone lists, speed dial numbers, laptop images, thumb drives, iPods, Kindles, and cameras. All of the information is then uploaded to the TIDE database. Screeners are also instructed to collect data on any “pocket litter,” scuba gear, EZ Passes, library cards, and the titles of any books, along with information about their condition - ”e.g., new, dog-eared, annotated, unopened.” Business cards and conference materials are also targeted, as well as “anything with an account number” and information about any gold or jewelry worn by the watchlisted individual.

Even “animal information” - details about pets from veterinarians or tracking chips - is requested. The rulebook also encourages the collection of biometric or biographical data about the travel partners of watchlisted individuals. The list of government entities that collect this data includes the U.S. Agency for International Development, which is neither an intelligence nor law-enforcement agency. As the rulebook notes, USAID funds foreign aid programs that promote environmentalism, health care, and education. USAID, which presents itself as committed to fighting global poverty, nonetheless appears to serve as a conduit for sensitive intelligence about foreigners. According to the guidelines, “When USAID receives an application seeking financial assistance, prior to granting, these applications are subject to vetting by USAID intelligence analysts at the TSC.” The guidelines do not disclose the volume of names provided by USAID, the type of information it provides, or the number and duties of the “USAID intelligence analysts.” A USAID spokesman told The Intercept that “in certain high risk countries, such as Afghanistan, USAID has determined that vetting potential partner organizations with the terrorist watchlist is warranted to protect U.S. taxpayer dollars and to minimize the risk of inadvertent funding of terrorism.” He stated that since 2007, the agency has checked “the names and other personal identifying information of key individuals of contractors and grantees, and sub-recipients.”

Death and the Watchlist The government has been widely criticized for making it impossible for people to know why they have been placed on a watchlist, and for making it nearly impossible to get off. The guidelines bluntly state that “the general policy of the U.S. Government is to neither confirm nor deny an individual’s watchlist status.” But the courts have taken exception to the official silence and footdragging: In June, a federal judge described the government’s secretive removal process as unconstitutional and “wholly ineffective.” The difficulty of getting off the list is highlighted by a passage in the guidelines stating that an individual can be kept on the watchlist, or even placed onto the watchlist, despite being acquitted of a terrorism-related crime. The rulebook justifies this by noting that conviction in U.S. courts requires evidence beyond a reasonable doubt, whereas watchlisting requires only a reasonable suspicion. Once suspicion is raised, even a jury’s verdict cannot erase it. Not even death provides a guarantee of getting off the list. The guidelines say the names of dead people will stay on the list if there is reason to believe the deceased’s identity may be used by a suspected terrorist–which the National Counterterrorism Center calls a “demonstrated terrorist tactic.” In fact, for the same reason, the rules permit the deceased spouses of suspected terrorists to be placed onto the list after they have died. For the living, the process of getting off the watchlist is simple yet opaque. A complaint can be filed through the Department of Homeland Security Traveler Redress Inquiry Program, which launches an internal review that is not subject to oversight by any court or entity outside the counterterrorism community.

The review can result in removal from a watchlist or an adjustment of watchlist status, but the individual will not be told if he or she prevails. The guidelines highlight one of the reasons why it has been difficult to get off the list - if multiple agencies have contributed information on a watchlisted individual, all of them must agree to removing him or her. If a U.S. citizen is placed on the no fly list while abroad and is turned away from a flight bound for the U.S., the guidelines say they should be referred to the nearest U.S. embassy or consulate, which is prohibited from informing them why they were blocked from flying. According to the rules, these individuals can be granted a “One-Time Waiver” to fly, though they will not be told that they are traveling on a waiver. Back in the United States, they will be unable to board another flight. The document states that nominating agencies are “under a continuing obligation” to provide exculpatory information when it emerges. It adds that the agencies are expected to conduct annual reviews of watchlisted American citizens and green card holders. It is unclear whether foreigners - or the dead - are reviewed at the same pace. As the rulebook notes, “watchlisting is not an exact science.”

Trump Launches LyingCrookedHillary.com + A Clinton Expose June 25 2016 | From: Infowars / Various

A large percentage of Americans already see Hillary as "crooked."

The Trump campaign has launched LyingCrookedHillary.com which showcases “Crooked Hillary’s 10 Legendary Lies” and a notification service for Hillary’s next lie. Related: Stanford Study Confirms Election Fraud - She is backed by the cabal establishment - what more does it take to destry the facade? LyingCrookedHillary.com is rolling out a list of Hillary lies over time, and the first lie listed is “Hillary Lies to Benghazi Families.”

“Hillary has no shame! The Benghazi attacks were a preventable tragedy disgraced further by Hillary’s web of lies,” the site published by Donald J. Trump for President, Inc. states. “She knew within hours that the attacks in Benghazi were a terrorist attack, and not a spontaneous protest due to a You Tube Video, but she lied anyways.” “She stood in front of the flag-draped coffins of four Americans that died serving their country and peddled the lie that the video was to blame both to the victims’ families and the American public.”

Trump, however, doesn’t have to do much to paint Hillary as “crooked;” a Gallup poll revealed that a huge portion of Americans – not just Trump supporters – view Hillary as a “liar.”

“When asked what comes to their mind when they think of Hillary Clinton, the most common unprompted responses are ‘dishonest,’ ‘liar’ or ‘dislike her,’” Zero Hedge reported in Feb. “What is perhaps more troubling is that in addition to the 21% of responses in the ‘dishonest/don’t trust her’ category [by far the highest percentage], another 7% of Americans use even stronger words in a similar negative vein, including ‘criminal,’ ‘crooked’ and ‘thief.’”

In comparison, only 3% of poll respondents described Hillary as a “good politician.”

“The perceptions of Hillary Clinton as dishonest are not new,” Zero Hedge continued. “When Gallup asked the same question in 2008, ‘dishonest’ was Americans’ most frequent response.” “And, in a Gallup poll conducted in September 2015, Americans overwhelmingly referred to the email scandal when asked to mention what they had read or heard about Clinton.”

Donald Trump's Full Anti-Hillary Clinton Speech in NYC Wednesday 22 june 2016

When Bill Clinton was President Related: Secret Service Agent Exposes the Clintons’ Blood-soaked Political Career in a Book When Bill Clinton was president, he allowed Hillary to assume authority over a health care reform. Even after threats and intimidation, she couldn't even get a vote in a democratic controlled congress.

This fiasco cost the American taxpayers about $13 million in cost for studies, promotion, and other efforts. Then President Clinton gave Hillary authority over selecting a female attorney general. Her first two selections were Zoe Baird and Kimba Wood - both were forced to withdraw their names from consideration. Next she chose Janet Reno - Bill Clinton described her selection as "my worst mistake." You may not remember that Reno made the decision to gas David Koresh and the Branch Davidian religious sect in Waco, Texas resulting in dozens of deaths of women and children.

Bill Clinton allowed Hillary to make recommendations for the head of the Civil Rights Commission. Lani Guanier was her selection. When a little probing led to the discovery of Ms. Guanier's radical views, her name had to be withdrawn from consideration. A slow learner, Bill Clinton allowed Hillary to make some more recommendations. She chose former law partners Web Hubbel for the Justice Department, Vince Foster for the White House staff, and William Kennedy for the Treasury Department. The result: Hubbel went to prison, Foster (presumably) committed suicide, and Kennedy was forced to resign. Many younger votes will have no knowledge of "Travelgate." Hillary wanted to award unfettered travel contracts to Clinton friend Harry Thompson - and the White House Travel Office refused to comply. She managed to have them reported to the FBI and fired. This ruined their reputations, cost them their jobs, and caused a thirty-six month investigation. Only one employee, Billy Dale was charged with a crime, and that of the enormous crime of mixing personal and White House funds. A jury acquitted him of any crime in less than two hours. Still not convinced, Hillary was allowed to recommend a close Clinton friend, Craig Livingstone, for the position of Director of White House security.

When Livingstone was investigated for the improper access of about 900 FBI files of Clinton enemies (Filegate) and the widespread use of drugs by White House staff, suddenly Hillary and the president denied even knowing Livingstone, and of course, denied knowledge of drug use in the White House. Following this debacle, the FBI closed its White House Liaison Office after more than thirty years of service to seven presidents. Next, when women started coming forward with allegations of sexual harassment and rape by Bill Clinton, Hillary was put in charge of the "bimbo eruption" and scandal defense. Some of her decisions in the debacle were: She urged her husband not to settle the Paula Jones lawsuit. After the Starr investigation they settled with Ms. Jones. She refused to release the Whitewater documents, which led to the appointment of Ken Starr as Special Prosecutor.

After $80 million dollars of taxpayer money was spent, Starr's investigation led to Monica Lewinsky, which led to Bill lying about and later admitting his affairs. Hillary's game plan resulted in Bill losing his license to practice law for 'lying under oath' to a grand jury and then his subsequent impeachment by the House of Representatives. Hillary avoided indictment for perjury and obstruction of justice during the Starr investigation by repeating, "I do not recall," "I have no recollection," and "I don't know" a total of 56 times while under oath. After leaving the White House, Hillary was forced to return an estimated $200,000 in White House furniture, china, and artwork that she had stolen.

Now there is destruction of possibly incriminating emails while Hillary was Secretary of State and the "pay to play" actions of the Clinton Foundation. What will be next?

Hillary Clinton: A Career Criminal

Related Articles: FBI Gets “Smoking Gun” Evidence in Clinton Email Scandal Wikileaks Drops Hillary Email Bomb That Could End Her Campaign but FB Censored It Wikileaks will publish ‘enough evidence’ to indict Hillary Clinton, warns Assange Clinton Foundation "Hacked By Russians", "Foundation Vulnerabilities" Document Leaked Hillary Clinton’s Neocon Resumé

This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers June 25 2016 | From: NeedToKnowNews / Infowars

Santa Monica; Two police officers who wish to remain anonymous for fear of retaliation say that James Wesley Howell, an Indiana man who was found with a car full of explosives and weapons, told police he was part of a team that planned shooting attacks on gay communities in Florida and California.

Howell told police he was turning himself in because he wanted protection. His story was that he had been assured by his recruiters that he would not be harmed in the shooting but, when he heard on the news that Omar Mateen, the lead gunman in the Orlando group, had been killed by sniper fire, he realized he was being set up as a patsy

and would be killed. Related: Robert Steele: Draft List of 63 Orlando False Flag Anomalies Soon after that, the FBI took over the investigation, and information to the public was filtered to remove any facts that might show the Orlando shooting as a planned event involving others. GetOffTheBS 2016 Jun 15 (Story) (Cached) It is important to remember that the police officers who are the source of this story choose to remain anonymous, so it cannot be independently verified at this time, but circumstantial evidence supports it.

For example: 1. After the FBI took charge of the investigation, Police Chief Jacqueline Seabrooks changed her original report that Howell was part of a group of five people who intended to do harm at the gay-pride event in West Hollywood. Her altered report made no mention of anyone other than Howell. 2. The web site that reported this story is still carrying the article without triggering legal action against it. That is significant because, if the story is false, immediate legal action would be expected. If it is true, Howell will be killed or ‘disappeared’ to prevent him from talking, but the last thing the perpetrators would want is a public trial where witnesses can be called to testify.

This news story could be one of the most important reports ever published in the annals of journalism. That’s quite a statement but, when you consider the nature of its content, it is no exaggeration to say that it has the potential to fundamentally change the relationship between the United States government and the American people, and that could lead to a profound change, not only in America, but the entire world. The story still is still unfolding, and it is likely that officialdom either will pull it off the Internet or do everything possible to discredit it but, unlike most false-flag scenarios, there are many people on the outside of the plot who can verify the accuracy of this one. In fact, there may even be an entire police department to do that. If so, the sheer number of witnesses could outweigh the threats against job security or physical safety. We shall see.

Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers Indiana Rep. Ed DeLaney said on Tuesday the state “blew it” when it did not enforce a gun ban on James Wesley Howell, the man arrested in Santa Monica, California on weapons charges soon after the attack on the Pulse nightclub in Orlando, Florida.

Delaney, a Democrat, wants to outlaw 30-round ammunition magazines and “automatic military-type” weapons. He said Indiana has “very, very limited” gun laws. Police records indicate Howell was in possession of a loaded AM-15, a firearm similar to an AR-15 manufactured by Anderson rifles. The AM-15 is a civilian weapon and is not fully automatic, as Delaney claims. Since Orlando, Democrats have characterized semi-automatic rifles as automatic military weapons. Guy Relford, the owner of Tactical Firearms Training in Indianapolis and a Second Amendment attorney, told the Associated Press DeLaney “simply doesn’t understand anything about firearms.” He added that the 1994 assault weapons ban did nothing to reduce violent crime. His claim is backed up by a study by the National Institute of Justice.

“Every time we have a mass shooting what these politicians want to do is to turn around and take guns out of the hands of everybody who didn’t do it,” Relford said.

Hillary Clinton and Obama now refer to civilian firearms as “weapons of war.” Earlier this month, Florida Rep. Alan Grayson told CNN an AR-15 can fire 700 rounds per minute.

“If [Mateen] was not able to buy a weapon that shoots off 700 rounds in a minute, a lot of those people would still be alive,” the Democrat congressman said. “If somebody like him had nothing worse to deal with than a Glock pistol… he might have killed three or four people and not 50. It’s way too easy to kill people in America today, and we have to think long and hard about what to do about that.”

The firearm allegedly used by Omar Mateen in Orlando was a Sig Sauer MCX rifle. It fires 45 rounds per minute. Grayson later modified his statement to say Mateen’s firearm could fire 700 rounds per minute if converted to full auto. Police also say Howell was in possession of Shoc-Shot, a binary explosive marketed primarily for making exploding targets for firearms practice. The binary explosive cannot be ignited with a fuse or electric charge. Police told the media Howell was in possession of an “IED-type of device.”

In March, NBC’s Today Show characterized a similar product, Tannerite, as a dangerous explosive. Bob Owens of Bearing Arms wrote:

“You can expose it to an electrical charge, and it will not detonate. You can try to ignite it with a match or a torch, or smash it with a hammer. It will not detonate. You can shoot it will a .22 rifle or 9mm +P hollowpoint from a pistol, and it will not go off. The minimum threshold to consistently detonate a Tannerite is a FMJ [full metal jacket] bullet moving at a bare minimum of 2,000 feet-persecond.”

Howell was rated a low-level offender in Indiana on a misdemeanor intimidation conviction and ordered in April to forfeit all firearms under the terms of his probation.

Federal Effort to Outlaw Firearms Stalled Earlier this week, the Senate refused to advance four measures on so-called gun control. Senator Susan Collins, Republican of Maine, and Senator Heidi Heitkamp, Democrat of North Dakota, responded to the defeat by announcing a proposal to prohibit gun sales to individuals on the government’s secret no-fly and selectee lists.

“Surely the terrorist attacks in San Bernardino and Orlando that took so many lives are a call for compromise, a plea for bipartisan action,” Collins said. “ Essentially, we believe if you are too dangerous to fly on an airplane, you are too dangerous to buy a gun.”

Collins was joined at a news conference announcing the proposal by Senator Tim Kaine, a Virginia Democrat who is frequently mentioned as a potential running mate for Hillary Clinton.

Another Big-Screen Movie Just Released Investigates Vaccines For Autism Implications June 24 2016 | From: ActivistPost

Hot on the heels of the CDC-whistleblower and vaccine-fraud-documentary VAXXED, a new feature length film – Man Made Epidemic – made its debut in London (UK) at the Curzon Cinema in Soho on Thursday, June 16, 2016!

Kudos go to the producer, filmmaker Natalie Beers, and other production crew members for taking on such an overwhelming project, which took two years to complete. Congratulations and thanks for having the fortitude to work on a much-needed investigation of vaccines, vaccinations and environmental issues relative to ever-increasing autism, also must be given to Lothar Moll, Executive Producer; Lucy Martens, Director of Photography; Simon Modery, Editor; and David Hason, Music Composer. According to the movie’s webpage:

“Filmmaker Natalie Beer sets off on a journey around the world speaking to leading doctors, scientists and families to find out the truth about the autism epidemic and whether or not vaccines have a role to play. The film explores the common misconception that autism is solely genetic and looks into scientists concerns over recent years about environmental factors such as medication and pesticides which continue to leave our children with physical and neurological damage."

Ask your local movie theater to show Man Made Epidemic on their movie screens as soon as possible, since it will be an excellent cinematic companion to VAXXED thereby putting much needed pressure on the U.S. HHS, CDC, FDA, the World Health Organization, and others who indiscriminately push vaccines based upon fraudulent, consensus vaccine pseudoscience!

Fraudulent is not to be used lightly, as there are various incidences that have exposed fraud: 1. The Simpsonwood Meeting in June 2000 to rework the CDC epidemiologist Verstraeten’s finding that vaccines cause autism. Here’s the transcript of that infamous clandestine meeting. 2. Two Merck & Company employee whistleblowers lawsuit in federal court in Philadelphia, PA, regarding Merck’s fudging for ten years the efficacy ratings of the mumps active in its MMR vaccine. Here’s The Wall Street Journal’s report on that. 3. CDC epidemiologist-whistleblower William Thompson, PhD, proved that the CDC trashed documented study evidence that the MMR vaccine caused autism in young black boys less than three years of age, and handed over copies of those ‘trashed’ documents to a member of the U.S. Congress asking for a congressional investigation, which has not happened YET. The movie VAXXED documents that embarrassing, conniving and fraudulent vaccine science story.

Probably NOTHING explains more why there should be an investigation into vaccines and vaccinology ‘science’ than the candid remarks made by the “father of American vaccines,” Dr Maurice Hilleman, MD, the Merck & Company head vaccine maker for years, discussing on video the very real problems with vaccines, their growth mediums - animals and their tissues, cancer viruses, etc. However, now we have to factor in, since Hilleman’s time, newly-added neurotoxic chemicals and nanoparticles [3]. See Dr Hilleman’s nonchalant disclosure, plus how cavalierly colleagues treated the information, to realize why you really have to question vaccine ingredients.

Related Articles There is literally so much information coming out about the truth relating to vaccines nowadays that we literally cannot keep up with it all. There is simply no room for denial unless one is retarded. And quite possibly from vaccination. JUST LOOK AT IT ALL!

Countries with highest vaccination rates have highest infant mortality rates, too Franklin doctor refuses to administer vaccines Tennessee Medical Office Stops Vaccines Because ‘They Cause Autism’ Tennessee doctor could lose license after announcing office will no longer vaccinate due to autism concerns Vaccinations Are Injecting Parasites Into Our Children The Shocking Lack of Evidence Supporting Flu Vaccines Top 9 vaccines you NEVER need and exactly why the CDC has to scare everybody into getting them The top 7 strangest, literally mind-blowing vaccine ingredients Confirmed: Renowned Physician Jeff Bradstreet Who Linked Vaccines to Autism Was Murdered De Niro Autism film affair: What the media is not reporting What's in that vaccine? Vaccine mandates are NOT about vaccines... the state wants to OWN your body! Robert De Niro to Produce Documentary Exposing Corruption Within the Vaccine Industry

Three new vaccine science videos released by the Health Ranger: Discover medical school 'obedience training' by the vaccine industry and more...

Vaccines: The awful truth How to naturally detox from mandatory vaccine injections forced upon you by the medical police state CFR: Unvaccinated are Healthier than Vaccinated Populations American College of Pediatricians warns about toxic effects of Gardasil vaccine; sounds alarm over massive scientific fraud that concealed toxic effects Learning about vaccine dangers the hard way You Need to Watch This Before Getting Your Baby Vaccinated! Author Of Mandatory Meningitis Vaccine Bill Caught Taking $420k From Big Pharma Studies Prove Without Doubt That Unvaccinated Children Are Far Healthier Than Their Vaccinated Peers Donald Trump issues warning on the relation between autism and vaccines

New Australian law allows forced vaccinations, quarantine or jail to ‘prevent the spread of disease’ The Vaccinated children are carriers of live viruses that they were injected with, could ‘shed’ the virus to others Toxic Phenol Ingredient in Vaccines 10 shocking reasons why Zika virus fear is another fraudulent medical hoax and vaccine industry funding scam The most shocking & damming interview I have watched regarding vaccine injuryInterview with Dr. Judy Mikovits, PhD

A Shot Never Worth Taking: The Flu Vaccine ~ by Kelly Brogan, MD Effectiveness of inactivated influenza vaccines Merck’s Former Doctor Predicts that Gardasil will Become the Greatest Medical Scandal of All Time

Top Five Videos to Watch Before You Get Your Flu Shot UK government admits swine flu vaccine causes brain damage, awards compensation to 60 families Teenage girl dies five days after receiving HPV vaccine jab Italian Court Rules Mercury And Aluminum In Vaccines Cause Autism: US Media Continues Total Blackout Of Medical Truth “The Dose Makes the Poison”: Rethinking Traditional Toxicity Testing Vaccines Now Mandatory in California - Strict Penalties for ANYONE Who Refuses Vaccine Deception Video Collection Big Pharma’s Dirty Little Secret: Vaccine-Induced Autoimmune Injury Immunise your children Antibodies AFTER vaccines do NOT mean immunity Polly Gillespie - when truth matters

Can Brexiters Overcome False Flag Murder & Rothschild UK Collapse Fearmongering? + Soros, Rothschild Warn Of Brexit Doom; Osborne Threatens With "Suspending" Market June 24 2016 | From: Geopolitics / ZeroHedge

We believe that the UK Brexit is just a small yet very important step towards freedom from the SuperState European Union that is managed by non-elected Khazarian Nazionists.

If successful, the people still have to deal with the bogus Saxe-Coburg- Gotha UK monarchy. Related: EU referendum live: David Cameron resigns as UK shocks the world by voting for Brexit Related: Here’s Why Britons Must Vote for “Leave EU” Today Nevertheless, the big guns of the Khazarian Mafia are in full force in making statements aimed at sowing fear into the public who “will suffer from an immediate and dramatic impact on financial markets, investment, prices and jobs,” once the Brexit campaign succeeds. These doom and gloom scenario is peddled on top of the recent false flag murder of a drugged man who, according to mainstream press, even shouted “Britain First” in reference to the “most radical” group among the Brexit campaigners. Related: UK Labour MP Jo Cox’s Murder: A Desperate Anti-Brexit Psyop Truth be told, most citizens of the corporate monarchy of the United Kingdom don’t have enough information about the true purpose of the European Union. This topic is summarily dismissed in the mainstream media as being just another conspiracy theory. That’s why a mere statement of “economic consequences” from a George Soros is enough to tremble the hell out of them. According to him;

“As opinion polls on the referendum result fluctuate, I want to offer a clear set of facts, based on my six decades of experience in financial markets, to help voters understand the very real consequences of a vote to leave the EU. The Bank of England, the Institute for Fiscal Studies and the IMF have assessed the long-term economic consequences of Brexit. They suggest an income loss of £3,000 to £5,000 annually per household – once the British economy settles down to its new steady-state five years or so after Brexit. But there are some more immediate financial consequences that have hardly been mentioned in the referendum debate. To start off, sterling is almost certain to fall steeply and quickly if there is a vote to leave – even more so after yesterday’s rebound as markets reacted to the shift in opinion polls towards remain. “ - TheGuardian

Remember, this is just a poll which they control and not the actual voting sentiments. But they are now conditioning the mind of a failure for the Brexit. Now, if that is true, why would the likes of Soros and his master issue statements urging the people against Brexit if indeed the Leave campaign is losing?

“I would expect this devaluation to be bigger and more disruptive than the 15% devaluation that occurred in September 1992, when I was fortunate enough to make a substantial profit for my hedge fund investors, at the expense of the Bank of England and the British government. It is reasonable to assume, given the expectations implied by the market pricing at present, that after a Brexit vote the pound would fall by at least 15% and possibly more than 20%, from its present level of $1.46 to below $1.15 (which would be between 25% and 30% below its pre-referendum trading range of $1.50 to $1.60). If sterling fell to this level, then ironically one pound would be worth about one euro – a method of “joining the euro” that nobody in Britain would want. Brexiters seem to recognise that a sharp devaluation would be almost inevitable after Brexit, but argue that this would be healthy, despite the big losses of purchasing power for British households. In 1992 the devaluation actually proved very helpful to the British economy, and subsequently I was even praised for my role in helping to bring it about. But I don’t think the 1992 experience would be repeated. That devaluation was healthy because the government was relieved of its obligation to “defend” an overvalued pound with damagingly high interest rates after the breakdown of the exchange rate mechanism. This time, a large devaluation would be much less benign than in 1992, for at least three reasons. …Today, there are speculative forces in the markets much bigger and more powerful. And they will be eager to exploit any miscalculations by the British government or British voters. A vote for Brexit would make some people very rich – but most voters considerably poorer. - TheGuardian

The logic being that he is the expert in currency manipulation and people should listen to him. Against that rationale is the Iceland experience when they severed their monetary policies away from the vulture bankers. Once the initial disruptions are contained, the more independent economy will strengthen itself as the fundamentals are stabilized. And he is not part of the “speculative forces” he is talking about, that “will be eager to exploit any miscalculations by the British government or British voters.” Yes, he considers a vote for Brexit as a miscalculation, as if he is really good with math when even his rise to prominence in world finance is only by the virtue of his having privileged access to information within a system that has been rigged also by his cohorts.

George Soros talks with Jim Flaherty, centre, and Peter Munk, right. Soros spoke to a crowd of Canada's business elite on Monday at the Canadian International Council gala.

The truth of the matter is, these Khazarian Mafiosi are afraid that the Brexit campaign might just win because their Brexit arguments are more level headed, and for the open minded that’s a positive way to move forward. While the Remain campaign are dwelling mostly on pessimism as if the world would end with Brexit. This Jacob Rothschild opinion piece came much earlier…

“Success stories in any field are built on one great idea. This was certainly the case with my forebear Mayer Amschel Rothschild, who at the end of the 18th century sent his five sons to the five financial capitals of Europe to set up the first truly international banking system, a “common market”. Operating from London, Paris, Vienna, Naples and Frankfurt, the brothers, working together to exchange information and ideas, built an extraordinary business that operated across boundaries and cultures. A hundred and fifty years later, the foundation of the EEC operated on similar principles, namely that we are stronger…” - TheTimes

With reference to the article’s title, when does evidence come before the action, i.e. Brexit? The key message right there is the statement “We shouldn’t accept a diminished role on the world stage,” which is not addressed at the great people of great Britain but could only mean that the Rothschild dynasty is not ready yet to have a “diminished role” on their lives. Here’s the kicker: Great Britain was already great before the European Union came into being. Most of all, the EU is collapsing whether Bexit succeeds or not. The only difference is, with Remain, Britons will be at the front seat when it happens. This is the reason why the Rothschild camp is campaigning for Remain, for the UK taxpayers to absorb a major portion of the impact of the impending EU economic collapse.

To put it simply, the Rothschild dynasty is far more concerned on the accelerated collapse of their brainchild European Union through the Brexit, than being genuinely troubled over the fate of the UK. Bear in mind, the collapse of these megacorporations masquerading as government entities doesn’t necessarily mean the collapse of your ability to survive. In fact, your life would be a lot better without these bankers and their stooges in your midst. So, while the Remain campaigners are focusing on fear and pessimism, the Leave campaign is straightforward in reminding that Britain will become great again, alone.

It would become even greater once the true blooded Britons kicked out their bogus and useless monarchy, together with the Rothschild banking system, after the Brexit. Of course, that’s a tall order, but as we say here in Asia,“A journey of a thousand miles, begins only with a single step.” That single step, my British friends, is the Brexit. Related: Brexit: What Is It About? - Paul Craig Roberts

The Big Guns Are Out: Soros, Rothschild Warn Of Brexit Doom; Osborne Threatens With "Suspending" Market Recently, we recounted the story of "Black Wednesday" when on September 16, 1992, the UK was forced out of the EU’s exchange-rate mechanism, or ERM, when the BOE tapped out and allowed the British pound to float freely, leading to 15% losses in the sterling. As we noted, this was George Soros' infamous trade which "broke the Bank of England" and made the Hungarian richer by over $1.5 bilion.

24 years later Soros is back, and this time he is warning against the kind of devaluation that made him a billionaire and which he believes will be unleashed by Brexit, when in a Guardian Op-Ed he wrote that U.K. voters are “grossly underestimating” the true costs of a vote to leave the EU, saying that there would be an "immediate and dramatic impact on financial markets, investment, prices and jobs." He predicts that the pound would decline "precipitously", seeing a gargantuan drop of at least 15% and possibly >20% to below $1.15. Considering it has now become trendy for analysts to come up with ever "doomier" forecasts of just how low cable would plunge in case of Brexit, we are surprised Soros stopped there.

Here Soros makes the distinction how the collapse in cable would be different from the one that made him richer by saying that this devaluation wouldn’t be “healthy” like the one in 1992 because BOE wouldn’t cut rates, U.K. has large current account deficit and devaluation unlikely to improve manufacturing exports this time. Just don't tell that to the BOJ, which would gladly leave the EU - twice if it had to - if it meant a 20% devaluation. “Brexit would make some people very rich - but most voters considerably poorer”; “there are speculative forces in the, markets much bigger and more powerful" than the speculators that profited from the 1967 devaluation at Britain’s expense. "A vote to leave could see the week end with a Black Friday, and serious consequences for ordinary people." Here is the gist of Soros' scaremongering, from the Guardian op-ed titled "The Brexit crash will make all of you poorer – be warned":

“David Cameron, along with the Treasury, the Bank of England, the International Monetary Fund and others have been attacked by the leave campaign for exaggerating the economic risks of Brexit. This criticism has been widely accepted by the British media and many financial analysts. As a result, British voters are now grossly underestimating the true costs of leaving. As opinion polls on the referendum result fluctuate, I want to offer a clear set of facts, based on my six decades of experience in financial markets, to help voters understand the very real consequences of a vote to leave the EU."

Of course, Soros' set of facts may be clouded by his far greater equity stake in equity interests around Europe, and the globe, which would be drastially impacted by not only a Brexit, but by a European Union which is suddenly on the rocks. From that point on, Soros' entire analysis is on the "worst case" scenario centered around a collapsing pound, something which most ironically every other central bank around the globe is so desperate to achieve:

“... Sterling is almost certain to fall steeply and quickly if there is a vote to leave– even more so after yesterday’s rebound as markets reacted to the shift in opinion polls towards remain. I would expect this devaluation to be bigger and more disruptive than the 15% devaluation that occurred in September 1992, when I was fortunate enough to make a substantial profit for my hedge fund investors, at the expense of the Bank of England and the British government."

At least he is honest. It is notable that Soros' warning comes just days after that of Jacob Rothschild himself who said in another Op-Ed, this time for The Times, that leaving the EU could lead to a "damaging and disorderly situation" in the UK as he urged Britons to vote 'remain'. Just like Soros, Lord Rothschild, suddenly exhibiting a rare strain of humanitarian concern, said readers should not "risk the wellbeing of our country" and European countries are "better off together".

He said that "at present we enjoy being a permanent member of the UN security council and we are essential to the G8 and Commonwealth. But diplomacy, defence, the environment and our values of being a liberal democracy will all be at risk" adding that "I can see no good reason why we should accept our playing a diminished role on the world stage," especially if his own personal fortune would be jeopardized. ... Finally, completing the doom loop, was none other than Chancellor George Osborne who, according to the Telegraph, "refused to rule out suspending trading on the London stock market if Britons vote to leave the European Union on Friday morning... The threat from the Chancellor, made in an LBC radio interview on Monday evening, after the market had closed could force shares down in London as early as Tuesday morning."

“Iain Dale, the presenter, asked Mr Osborne: “If the financial markets do plummet on Friday would you have to consider suspending trading on the FTSE?” The Chancellor responded: “Well look, the Bank of England and the Treasury – Governor Carney and myself – we have of course discussed contingency plans. But the sensible thing is to keep those secret and make sure you are well prepared for whatever happens but if you set them all out in advance then you rather undermine the power of those plans.” Pushed again on the contingency plans, Mr Osborne said: “I have a responsibility to the people listening to this programme to do all I can to protect them. “But I have to tell you that you cannot in the end protect people from the economic shock that leaving the EU would bring about.”

And in case the threat of shuttered markets was not enough, Osborne also hinted at imminent mass layoffs, suggesting that redundancy notices could be issued hours after Britons vote to leave the EU at the vote.

“Mr Osborne pointed to warnings from the London Stock Exchange there would be 100,000 job losses in the City after a Brexit. Mr Osborne was challenged about whether redundancies warned by the bank JP Morgan could come as early as Friday – the day after the referendum. Mr Osborne replied: “I think that will start to happen very quickly, sadly.”

Amid all this gloom, Osborne presented the "only" alternative that would not lead to the imminent economic collapse he so forcefully imagines:

“He added that if the UK voted to remain there would be a “quick snap back” for the British economy, he said that “decisions will be taken and investment will come in”. Asked if these redundancy notices would be issued on Friday morning if Britons vote to leave, Mr Osborne said: “That will start to happen very quickly sadly.”

Now if only the people will do what these noble public servants tell to do in their own best interest... Finally, Osborne also played down claims he could be forced to leave the Treasury after the referendum amid anger form Tory backbenchers over the way he has campaigned, saying: “It’s really not about my job”.

Oh but is George, just like it is in Soros and Rothschild's own self interest for the people to vote "Remain." To suggest otherwise is naive, but it may also be irrelevant. With very little time until the vote, the scaremongering tactic, not to mention the murder of an innocent woman, may have already done its job judging by the reveral in public opinion. In any case, one can only hope that unlike the case of the failed Greek referendum where the people voted one way only to get the opposite, no matter how the Brits vote, it will truly represent the democratic will of the majority and that particular outcome is what they get.

The Government's Disregard For Evidence Is An Own Goal June 23 2016 | From: Scoop

By casually dismissing research showing that 90 - day employment trials have not met policy goals, the Government is undermining its own big data initiative.

The New Zealand Association of Scientists (NZAS) is alarmed at the Government’s response to a recent study by Motu researchers , and asks John Key to consider the implications of undermining his Government’s own big data initiative for short - term political gain.

“The Government has invested millions of dollars to construct a database that tracks the performance of every business and every employee in New Zealand”, said the NZAS President Craig Stevens, ”but for New Zealanders to benefit from this investment, the Prime Minister needs to be prepared to listen to what the data says."

The 90 - day employment trials were introduced for all businesses after a pilot suggested that the trial periods “encouraged employers to take on new staff and helped those at the margins of the labour market, particularly young people, get jobs". Using the Government’s database, Motu researchers Dr Isabelle Sin and Nathan Chappell were able to measure the impact of the trials on employment.

They found that it was very unlikely that either of these objectives had been achieved.

“By dismissing the results of Motu’s study as ‘academic’ and resorting to anecdote to justify the policy instead, said Stevens, “the Prime Minister undermines his Government’s stewardship of New Zealanders’ private data.” "The Association calls on the Government to make responsible use of big data, and this includes ensuring that the evidence it provides is taken seriously, regardless of whether that evidence is politically palatable. Stevens said “as a society and an economy we face challenges from many sides, to dismiss careful research is not helpful”.

Mainstream Media Finally Admits 72 Mass Banker ‘Suicides’ Were Likely A Vast Criminal Conspiracy June 22 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

There is no question that this is a story that just won't die, even if 72 bankers in it’s path had to die before the story could get to this point. Hopefully no more will die before the wizard behind the curtain is finally revealed and brought to justice for his or her crimes… however that seems rather distant at the moment.

Jay Syrmopoulos is the original author of this particular article at Humans are Free, however, since I’ve been following this story since 2014 as well, I have supplemented his original article with previous findings of mine and the end result almost tripled the size of the article. At the bottom of this post, you’ll see several sections containing relevant and supporting links, the first section having seven stories I did on the mysterious banker “suicides.” Naturally throughout all of 2014 and 2015, anyone trying to make sense of how 72 high profile banking professionals all died in “mysterious suicides,” was labeled a “conspiracy theorist,” because after all… there’s nothing suspicious about that at all right? It's nice to see that what some were once ignorant enough to say looked like wild speculation, is now beginning to

resemble a vast criminal conspiracy connected to the Libor, interest-rigging scandal as you can read in Jay’s article below. First though, in the following video, Dahboo77 discusses an article by Dave Hodges of the Common Sense Show about the banker death phenomena. In addition to the banker deaths, Dahboo77 brings up the unexpected and sudden deaths of men like Andrew Breitbart, Tom Clancy, and Andrew Hastings (who’s covered more in detail below).

In the video you just saw, Dahboo77 claims all of those men went to their graves with stories untold. Was that by design? The next video titled, "Why Andrew Breitbart, Michael Hastings and Tom Clancy were Murdered" certainly makes the case that they were killed because they knew too much.

I’m going to go out on a limb and say that anyone reading an article about 72 high level bankers all dead from “mysterious suicides” is open to the idea that Dahboo77 mentions in the first video when he talks about how this is “all tied together,” and how, “it’s so obvious.” There probably was a time when hearing about the global elites’ (also known as the Illuminati) master plan to enslave every man women and child on earth might have sounded like lunacy to you, but no more loony than 72 dead bankers, right? The skeptics can read some of my links at the bottom about HOW some of the dead bankers died. That will erase any doubt. Dahboo77 also talks about moving toward the ultimate goal: One World Government with One World Currency, and he even mentions underground bunkers.

Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash For those ready to open their eyes, Dahboo77 is correct… Every ounce of all of this ties together. There are many pieces we don't know, however the pieces that we have been able to put together are very frightening. Much of it is detailed in the links that follow my video below (to the extent possible). My video explains what to expect both in the links that follow and the remainder of this crazy post. To anyone out there rolling their eyes: 1. The families of the 72 dead aren’t rolling their eyes… This is VERY real for them 2. John F. Kennedy himself said he was aware of a plan to enslave every man, woman, and child, but before leaving office he planned to expose that plan. He was referring to the plan of the Illuminati. You see how well that worked out for him right?

Understand something: The bogeymen ARE real, they DO have a plan for humanity, and it's NOT good. There is so much information available to anyone willing to break free from the very same corporate media the bogeymen control, nut you have to unplug from the Matrix. I explain below.

What once looked like wild speculation is now beginning to resemble a vast criminal conspiracy connected to the Libor, interest-rigging scandal. Over forty international bankers allegedly killed themselves over a two-year period in the wake of a major international scandal that implicated financial firms across the globe.

Related: SFO Charges Ex-Barclays Bankers Over Libor Rigging However, three of these seemingly unrelated suicides seem to share common threads related to their connections to Deutsche Bank. These three banker suicides, in New York, London, and Siena, Italy, took place within 17 months of each other in 2013/14 in what investigators labeled as a series of unrelated suicides.

“In each case, the victim had a connection to a burgeoning global banking scandal, leaving more questions than answers as to the circumstances surrounding their deaths,” according to the New York Post. “But all three men worked for, or did business with, Deutsche Bank.”

Financial regulators in both Europe and the U.S. in 2013 began a probe that would ultimately become known as the Libor scandal, in which London bankers conspired to rig the London Interbank Offered Rate, which determines the interest banks charged on mortgages, personal and auto loans. The scandal rocked the financial world and cost a consortium of international banks, including Deutsche Bank, about $20 billion in fines.

David Rossi, a 51-year-old communications director at the world’s oldest bank, Italian Monte dei Paschi di Siena, which was on the brink of collapse due to heavy losses in the derivatives market in the 2008 financial crisis, fell to his death on March 6, 2013. At the time of his death, Monte Paschi was being investigated for its handling of billions in these risky derivative bets involving Deutsche Bank and Merrill Lynch. According to a report in the NY Post:

“A devastating security video shows Rossi landing on the pavement on his back, facing the building - an odd position more likely to occur when a body is pushed from a window. “The footage shows the three-story fall didn’t kill Rossi instantly. For almost 20 minutes, the banker lay on the dimly lit cobblestones, occasionally moving an arm and leg. “As he lay dying, two murky figures appear. Two men appear and one walks over to gaze at the banker. He offers no aid or comfort and doesn’t call for help before turning around and calmly walking out of the alley.”

About an hour later, a co-worker discovered Rossi’s body. The arms were bruised and he sustained a head wound that, according to the local medical examiner’s report, suggested there might have been a struggle prior to his fall. Ultimately Italian authorities ruled Rossi’s death a suicide. Rossi’s widow, Antonella Tognazzi, protested vigorously at the suggestion her husband’s death was a suicide, telling the Italian press that her husband “knew too much.” Tognazzi pointed to the alleged suicide note from Rossi as a prime example of the suspicious nature of his death. In the note, Rossi refers to Antonella Tognazzi as Toni, but according to Tognazzi, that was not something he ever called her.

In October 2014, two Monte Paschi executives were convicted of obstructing regulators and misleading investigators by Italian authorities over the bailed-out Italian bank’s finances in the wake of the acquisition of Banca Antonveneta – which was heavily financed by Deutsche Bank. In January of this year, Italian authorities civilly implicated three Deutsche Bank executives, including Michele Faissola, the wealth management director of the German bank - charging them with colluding with Monte Paschi in falsifying accounts, manipulating the market and obstructing justice.

Another of the mysterious deaths being revisited is that of William Broeksmit, 58, a Deutsche Bank exec was found hanging from a dog leash tied to a door at his London home in January 2014.

Broeksmit was found among a mess of financial papers, with a number of notes to friends and family nearby. A Deutsche Bank colleague, Michele Faissola, was called and arrived minutes later and began suspiciously going through the financial documents and reading the suicide notes.

“Yes, he killed himself,” stepson Val Broeksmit told the NY Post. “But there’s a question: could it be suicide by extortion, could it be suicide by pressure or saying if you don’t do this, we’re going to do this? There’s a couple suspicions I have.”

Broeksmit’s stepson still wonders what his father’s colleague was searching for amongst the mess of financial documents. Adding to the suspicious nature of his stepfather’s death, Val provided the NY Post email messages revealing that prior to his death, Broeksmit had just messaged friends about his excitement for an upcoming ski vacation scheduled for one week later. Although a clinical psychologist revealed Broeksmit had been treated due to being “very anxious about authorities investigating areas of the bank at which he worked,” his depression over the Libor scandal had subsided, as his doctor gave him a clean bill of health only a month before his death. According to the report by the NY Post:

“A month before his death, William Broeksmit wrote - in what his son says shows his anger - to fellow executives, asking why he should take the lead on the sticky matter of the upcoming Federal Reservemandated stress test for the bank. “He also questioned the 'generous' loan-loss numbers being used by the bank, afraid that federal regulators would see the bank was losing more on loans than the books showed. Large losses could lead the feds to slap the bank with restrictions. Who is recommending that I do this? I am supposed to be an independent director and this puts me further into a role aligned with management,” he wrote.

New York City attorney, Calogero “Charles” Gambino, 41, was a married father of two, and Deutsche Bank’s in-house lawyer for 11 years at the bank’s downtown headquarters. Gambino primarily worked on defending the Deutsch Bank against Libor charges and other regulatory probes. In October 2014, Gambino’s was found hanging from an upstairs balcony of his Brooklyn home, with a rope that was snaked through the banister and tied off on the newel post on the first floor. There was no note found and the family has steadfastly refused to comment on his death. In his work as corporate counsel for Deutsche, Gambino had dealings with many of the bank’s European executives including Michele Faissola and William Broeksmit and had intimate knowledge of the inner workings of the bank’s operations. Gambino’s death was ruled a suicide. In the cases of Gambino, Rossi and Broeksmit, authorities seemingly never looked for, nor discovered, the apparent connections that reveal a deadly international criminal conspiracy at work. However, authorities in Siena, Italy have recently exhumed the body of banker David Rossi, 51, and reopened their investigation into his death. They are expected to release their findings at the end of the month.

The common thread in each of these deaths is that all of the dead bankers had intimate knowledge of the international Libor scandal as it related to Deutsche Bank. It seems apparent that these men were killed to ensure their silence, thus allowing those responsible for the interest rigging scandal within Deutsche to avoid responsibility. Must-read on the subject: 'Suiciding' Top Bankers and Billionaires - Do You Know Why?

Alexander Light at HumansAreFree writes:

An investment banker jumped to his death from a luxury apartment building in Manhattan. Authorities confirmed Thomas J. Hughes was 29-years-old. A man leaping from a luxury lower Manhattan apartment building met a grisly end Thursday when he was decapitated after crashing into a railing, horrified witnesses said. The unidentified man jumped from a West St. building at about 11 a.m., officials said. His body exploded apart after it hit the railing bordering Battery Place and the underpass that leads to FDR Drive - leaving stunned onlookers covered in blood. “There were body parts all over the floor,” said Hans Peler, 48, manager of the GGMC parking garage, which stands just a few feet from the gory scene. “Blood was all over (my employee’s) shirt. I sent him straight home. He was very upset,” said Peler. “It’s terrible, man.”

Related: Banking Cabal’s Carnival: Israel ~ The Land Of Delusion Thomas J. Hughes, 29, a former Citigroup and UBS investment banker who joined the boutique shop of Moelis & Company in February, 2014.

Body parts may have also hit or bounced off a Honda CRV that stopped short on the roadway and remained at the scene, witnesses said. “I don’t know where he came from! I don’t know where he came from!” a passenger of the SUV was heard screaming. Witness Mario Mroczkowski, 37, said the impact was so bad, the man’s body was left in pieces. “I got close, but when I looked, all I saw were body parts … guts everywhere,” Mroczkowski said. “He hit the railing and got his head cut off.” Taxi driver Tony Santos, 45, was in his SUV in front of the Ritz-Carlton across the street when he was startled by the sound of the body’s impact. “I heard like a boom,” Santos said.

Hours after the apparent suicide, the man remained unidentified. Body parts were found under the CRV, witnesses said. Blood was found pooled under the car and spattered on both sides of the railing, witnesses said. “He’s a mess,” a police source said. “His face is barely decipherable.” Witnesses believe the man jumped from the 18th floor of 1 West St., home of Ocean Luxury Residences where onebedroom apartments go for up to $4,000 a month. At least one witness said he jumped from the roof of the 31-story building. Styled after a 14th-century palace, 1 West St. has a Venetian-look lobby, fitness center and outdoor decks overlooking New York Harbor. Cops were investigating the man’s death Thursday afternoon.

Police investigate the grisly scene where Thomas J. Hughes leaped from a luxury apartment building near the Battery Tunnel Thursday. Related: Man jumps to his death from downtown Manhattan luxury apartment building, is decapitated: witnesses At this point we have lost count of how many bankers have taken their own lives in the past year, despite stocks rising to all time highs and an artificial “wealth effecting” environment which if nobody else, benefits the banker class. We dread to think what happens to New York’s pavements once the central planners finally lose control. Also reported at: Zero Hedge

The Astonishing List of 72 Top Bankers Dead - And No Natural Causes! I’ve recently stumbled across a list of top bankers that have been killed in cold blood, died in “accidents” or have allegedly committed suicide. In some of the cases, their deaths are so suspicious that the ‘suicide’ verdict is simply ridiculous, as you will see. While searching for news reports documenting their deaths, I’ve managed to find a lot more cases of high ranking bankers that have been found dead in suspect circumstances. I’ve added the cases to the list and included the appropriate reference links.

Head Of The Illuminati Snake ~ Rothschild Estimated Worth: $300-$500 Trillion

More on the Rothschilds: Complete List Of Banks Owned By Illuminati Rothschild Family The Rothschild's Own Israel – and Direct Its Genocidal Policy 10 Dark Secrets From The Wealthiest Family In World History These 13 Families Rule the World: The Shadow Forces Behind the NWO 1798: Proof America's Role in the Illuminati Conspiracy Began (Videos) The Council on Foreign Relations and Their Role With The Illuminati

The fact that none of the bankers on this list died of natural causes is absolutely stunning. Before proceeding to the list, I suggest you reading the following piece: ‘Suiciding’ the Bankers and Billionaires - Do You Know Why? 1. Nov – Shawn Miller, 42, Citigroup managing director – found dead in bathtub with throat slashed. Murder weapon is missing. – Reference. 2. Oct – Edmund Reilly, 47, a trader at Midtown’s Vertical Group, threw himself in front of a speeding Long Island Rail Road commuter train. – Reference. 3. Jan – William ‘Bill’ Broeksmit, 58, HUNG/POSSIBLE SUICIDE. 4. June – Richard Gravino, 49, Application Team Lead, JP Morgan, SUDDEN DEATH cause unknown/pending

5. June – James McDonald – President & CEO of Rockefeller & Co – apparently self-inflicted, GUNSHOT WOUND

6. May – Thomas Schenkman, 42, Managing Director of Global Infrastructure, JP Morgan, SUDDEN DEATH, cause unknown/pending 7. May – Naseem Mubeen – Assistant Vice President ZBTL Bank, Islamabad, SUICIDE jumped 8. May – Daniel Leaf – senior manager at the Bank of Scotland/Saracen Fund Managers, FELL OFF A CLIFF 9. May – Nigel Sharvin – Senior Relationship Manager Ulster Bank manage portfolio of distressed businesses, ACCIDENTAL DROWNING 10. April – Lydia (no surname given) 52, France’s Bred-Banque-Populaire, SUICIDE jumped – Reference.

11. April – Li Jianhua, 49, Non-bank Financial Institutions Supervision Department of the regulator, HEART ATTACK 12. April – Benedict Philippens, Director/Manager Bank Ans-Saint-Nicolas, SHOT 13. April – Tanji Dewberry – Assistant Vice President, Credit Suisse, HOUSE FIRE 14. April – Amir Kess, co-founder and managing director Markstone Capital Group private equity fund, CYCLIST HIT BY CAR 15. April – Juergen Frick, 48, Bank Frick & Co. AG, SHOT Dead

Rothschild Billionaire Mahafarid Amir Khosravi, executed In Iran For bilking money then buying Iranian property for Agenda 21

16. April – Jan Peter Schmittmann – former CEO of Dutch Bank ABN Amro, (Possibly suicide, SHOT) 17. April – Andrew Jarzyk – Assistant Vice President, Commercial Banking at PNC Financial Services Group, MISSING/DEAD 18. March – Mohamed Hamwi – System Analyst at Trepp, a financial data and analytics firm, SHOT 19. March – Joseph Giampapa – JP Morgan lawyer, CYCLIST HIT BY MINIVAN 20. March – Kenneth Bellando, 28, (youngest) former JP Morgan, SUICIDE, allegedly jumping from his apartment building. – Reference.

Kenneth Bellando

21. Feb – John Ruiz Morgan Stanley, Municipal Debt Analyst, died suddenly, NO CAUSE GIVEN 22. Feb – Jason Alan Salais, 34, Information Technology specialist at JPMorgan, FOUND DEAD outside a Walgreens pharmacy 23. Feb – Autumn Radtke, CEO of First Meta Bitcoin, a cyber-currency exchange firm, “Suspected SUICIDE” – Reference. 24. Feb – James Stuart Jr., Former National Bank of Commerce CEO, FOUND DEAD. 25. Feb – Edmund (Eddie) Reilly, trader at Midtown’s Vertical Group, SUICIDE Previously Mentioned #2 26. Feb – Li Junjie, JP Morgan, Alleged SUICIDE after jumping from the JP Morgan HQ in Hong Kong – Reference.

27. Feb – Ryan Henry Crane, 37, Executive at JP Morgan, SUDDEN DEATH cause unknown – Reference. 28. Feb – Richard Talley - A coroner’s spokeswoman Thursday said Talley was found in his garage by a family member who called authorities. They said Talley died from seven or eight self-inflicted wounds from a nail gun fired into his torso and head. - Reference. 29. Jan – Gabriel Magee, 39, JP Morgan employee, dead after allegedly jumping from the rooftop of JP Morgan HQ in Europe. 30. July – Julian Knott, 45, JPMorgan Executive Director, Global Tier 3 Network Operations, allegedly shot his wife multiple times, then shot himself dead. – Reference. 31. Jan – Mike Dueker, Suicide - “Suicide” By 13 Meter Embankment (40-50 feet). He may have jumped over a 4-foot (1.2-meter) fence before falling down a 40- to 50-foot embankment.” – Reference. Dueker worked at Seattle-based Russell for five years, and developed a business-cycle index that forecast economic performance. He was previously an assistant vice president and research economist at the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis. – Reference.

China Executes Keynesian Bankers aka; Rothschild Henchmen

32. Jan – Carl Slym, SUICIDE 33. Jan – Tim Dickenson, Communications Director at Swiss Re AG, SUDDEN DEATH cause unknown 34. Dec 2013 – Robert Wilson, a retired hedge fund founder, apparent SUICIDE leaped to his death from his 16th floor residence 35. Dec 2013 – Joseph . Ambrosio, age 34, Financial Analyst for J.P. Morgan, died suddenly from Acute Respiratory Syndrome

36. Dec 2013 – Benjamin Idim, CAR ACCIDENT 37. Dec 2013 – Susan Hewitt – Deutsche Bank, DROWNING 38. Nov 2013 – Patrick Sheehan, CAR ACCIDENT 39. Nov 2013 – Michael Anthony Turner, Career Banker, CAUSE UNKOWN

40. Nov 2013 – Venera Minakhmetova, Former Financial Analyst at Bank of America Merrill Lynch, CYCLIST HIT

41. Oct 2013 – Michael Burdin, SUICIDE 42. Oct 2013 – Ezdehar Husainat – former JP Morgan banker, killed in FREAK ACCIDENT when her SUV crushed her to death 43. Sept 2013 – Guy Ratovondrahona -Madagascar central bank, Sudden death – cause not confirmed 44. Aug 2013 – Pierre Wauthier, SUICIDE 45. Aug 2013 – Moritz Erhardt, SUICIDE 46. July 2013 Hussain Najadi, CEO of merchant bank AIAK Group, SHOT 47. July 2013 Carsten Schloter, SUICIDE 48. July 2013 Sascha Schornstein – RBS in its commodity finance, MISSING

49. April 2013 David William Waygood, SUICIDE 50. Mar 2013 – David Rossi – communications director of troubled Italian bank Monte dei Paschi di Siena (MPS), SUICIDE 51. Fang Fang – JP Morgan, China, DISGRACED 52. Nick Bagnall – Director at Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, son accidentally killed himself while trying to re-enact a Tudor hanging 53. Robin Clark – RP Martin -Wolf of Shenfield City banker shot, SURVIVED 54. Kevin Bespolka – Citi Capital Advisors, Dresdner Bank, Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley, Seriously injured and son dead 55. Robert Wheeler, 49, a Deutsche Bank financial advisor, DISGRACED 56. Chris Latham – Bank of America, ON TRIAL, Murder for Hire

57. Igor Artamonov – West Siberian Bank of Sberbank, Daughter found dead (POSSIBLE SUICIDE) 58. Hector Sants, Barclays – resigned due to stress and exhaustion, after being told he risked more serious consequences to his health if he continued to work – a remarkable turnaround as the Church reportedly approached him two months later and was told he had made a full recovery.

59. April 21st Bruce A. Schaal, 63, died suddenly Banker in Twin Lakes for 35 years 60. April 20th Keith Barnish 58, Died Suddenly (Still working as Senior Managing Director at Doral Financial Corporation. Previously Bear Stearns, Bank of America Senior Vice President). 61. March 12th Jeffrey Corzine, 31, son of MF Global CEO and Chairman Jon Corzine involved in major banking crime was found dead in an apparent suicide. 62. Keiran Toman, 39, former banker who believed he was being stalked by a reality TV crew starved to death in a hotel room, after leaving the “do not disturb” sign on door for TWO weeks. [Highly suspicious claims, as many of us probably know that the hotel cleaning staff will knock on the door after 24 hours and eventually enter the room if failing to respond]. An inquest was opened after his death in July 2010 but his family asked for a second hearing as they were not informed. Police found all of Mr Toman’s possessions in the room, but despite documents mentioning his family, failed to tell them he had died. — Reference. 63. Nicholas Austin, 49, A former bank manager from Hersden died after drinking antifreeze in an effort to “get high”. was found in a coma by his wife Lynn at their home in Blackthorne Road on October 5. He died the same day. – Reference.

“I took special note of the last one – he died drinking antifreeze in an attempt to “get high”! Funny one that is, as if a banker would be stupid enough to try that.

The list is shocking, I never saw so many suicides and car accidents. No gall bladder stones, cancer deaths, strokes, or simply falling ill, it is just a litany of action. That pretty much says it all.” -Jim Stone Freelance

64. Melissa Millian, 54, Senior Vice President at MassMutual Financial Group, stabbed in the chest near a jogging alley in Connecticut – Reference. 65. Karl Slym, 51, Tata Motors managing director – not a banker, but a top official that could be connected somehow to the others – discovered dead on the fourth floor of the Shangri-La hotel in Bangkok. 66. Geert Tack was a private banker for ING and managed portfolios of wealthy clients in Blegium. The cause of death was unknown at the time of the report, but he disappeared in mysterious circumstances, after driving his personal car to a garage from which he took a replacement car to an unknown destination. His body was found in November 2014 near the shores of the Ostend coast. – Reference. 67. Thieu Leenen, 64, Relatiemanager ABN/AMRO, Eindhoven, Nederland 68. Calogero Gambino, 41, Associate General Counsel and Managing Director at Deutsche Bank, America – Alleged SUICIDE by hanging – Reference. 69. Thierry Leyne, 48, banker at Anatevka S.A., Israël, “apparent SUICIDE”- Reference. 70. Tod Robert Edward, 51, Vice President of M&T Bank, Lancaster and Harrisburg Offices, and served as President of the Mortgage Banker’s Assn – died on August 31st, 2014, on Grindstone Island, Clayton, NY, from injuries sustained in an accident. – Reference. 71. Therese Brouwer, 50, Managing Director ING, Nederland – Died in MH17 Crash – For me, this is absolutely HUGE, as I’ve spent weeks debunking the official story and, IMO, proving the false flag. – Reference.

72. Michael A. Tabacchi, 27, and his wife, Iran Pars Tabacchi, 41, were found dead Friday about 11:30 p.m. in the bedroom of their Closter home after a 911 call placed by the husband’s father, Bergen County Prosecutor John Molinelli said in an interview. – Reference. Related: The Rothschild's Own Israel – and Direct Its Genocidal Policy

Smart Meters ‘Not Needed’ After All For European Power Grid + How To Opt Out From ‘Smart’ Meters June 22 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

A smart meter is installed, but industry players have questioned their use. A transition to an intelligent electricity grid in Europe can take place without smart meters, industry players have said, in comments that will embarrass the European Commission, which pushed a Europe-wide plan to roll out smart meters years ago.

There are other more efficient ways than smart meters to help develop intelligent power grids, said industry delegates at the annual convention of Europe’s electricity association Eurelectric, held in Vilnius last week. Related: EU smart meter roll-out lags behind ambition These include quicker integration of renewables, the development of energy storage and energy demand response solutions, said the industry representatives. The actual benefits of smart meters were also questioned at the conference, as several member states have done previously. Germany, for instance, has decided not to have a national roll-out plan at all, running counter to requirements laid out in EU legislation.

80% Roll-Out Target EU member states are required to implement smart meters under the 2009 Third Energy Package wherever it is costeffective to do so, with the goal to replace 80% of electricity meters with smart meters by 2020. The 80% target applies to both households and commercial buildings, a Commission spokesperson confirmed. The EU executive will publish in the next one to two years a report on smart meters “in the context of our regular monitoring exercise of the progress of members states,” the spokesperson said. But progress has been sluggish, with few countries having completed their roll-outs and a number of nations – most notably Germany – having so far decided against a nation-wide deployment of smart meters.

And the countries that do have a commitment to smart meters, such as the UK, have run into hurdles in completing its rollout because some meters would cease to work if a consumer decided to change energy supplier. Markus Merkel, a senior advisor to the management board of German distribution system operator (DSO) EWE, told the Eurelectric conference that “there isn’t a positive business case” for smart meters in Germany.

Real Data Vital EWE’s move towards an intelligent grid has focused to a large extent on upgrading the system to integrate the vast amount of new renewable energy at a quicker pace. He said smart meters would be more useful for DSOs in their work to upgrade the grid if they provided real time data on energy consumption rather than the circa 15-minute intervals that current products provide.

"We need something different, and maybe smart metering 2.0 – the next generation of smart meters – will deliver something more that we as DSOs can also use,” he said. Laurence Carpanini, director smarter energy solutions at IBM, echoed the real time data point, adding: “I don’t look at smart meters now as being the drivers of change – you don’t need smart meters really.” Instead, industry players should “think about flexibility solutions as a whole” and focus on a mix of demand response technologies, frequency response and energy storage, she said.

Storage was also highlighted by Ari Koponen, CEO of Finnish DSO and utility Caruna. He said that while smart meters have been “essential” for collecting energy consumption data, the aspiration should be to access this data in real time and bring in more storage solutions. “This would [bring] the smartness of the grid to a whole different level,” Koponen said.

The industry’s comments are an embarrassment for the European Commission’s own plan to deploy smart meters across Europe by 2020. The Commission spokesperson declined to comment on the views about whether or not smart meters are necessary for the transition to an intelligent grid. Member states are expected to conduct their own cost-benefit analyses for their national smart meters roll-out plans, the official said.

Positions A spokesperson for Eurelectric sent a statement to EurActiv after publication of this article, clarifying their position on smart meters.

"Even though there are voices in the industry saying that we don’t necessarily need smart meters, this does not represent the view of all Eurelectric members," said Anamaria Olaru, communication and PA coordinator for Eurelectric. "The debate on 'Enhancing the value of the intelligent grid' showed a complexity of views from our speakers" while the EurActiv article "was written from a pure grid perspective, missing out on the consumer perspective," she said.

Related: The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ)

Background The foundations for rolling out smart meters in Europe were laid down in a 2006 EU directive on energy end-use efficiency and energy services. The directive required member states to ensure that consumers of energy and water are provided with individual meters and accurate billing, including time-of-use information.

The gas and electricity directives of the third energy package, adopted in 2009, require member states to prepare a timetable for the introduction of intelligent metering systems. In the case of electricity, at least 80% of customers should be equipped with smart meters by 2020, pending a costassessment study. EU legislation on buildings has also sought to pave the way for the introduction of smart meters. The Energy Performance of Buildings Directive for instance required member states to "encourage the introduction of intelligent metering systems" when a building is constructed or undergoes major renovation.

Take Back Your Power Trailer:

UPDATE (19 June): A point of clarification: What’s happening here is an increasing number of industry players are recognizing ‘smart’ meters as a false solution. But rollouts are still happening or planned. We must continue to demand our right to a safe analog meter, and spread the awareness to everyone in our lives until the tipping point is reached and this harmful agenda is stopped and reversed. Our take: It’s great to increasingly see industry officials realizing that ‘smart’ meters are simply useless toward their stated purposes.

The simple fact of the matter, as we’ve known since making Take Back Your Power (watch it here), is that ‘smart’ meters are an unlawful radiating surveillance device being pawned off in the name of climate action. Despite obvious harm to rights, safety, security and health, utilities are still pushing them because of the market value of this unlawful, in-home surveillance data - which in the words of a Director at NARUC is estimated to be worth “a lot more than the commodity that’s consumed [electricity] to generate that data.” That commodity is a $2.2 trillion dollar market. But in their greed, they are forgetting about liability. -Josh del Sol Related: Nelson Woman Faces Hefty Power Bill Because Of Smart Meter - Contact Now In Damage Control

How To Opt Out From ‘Smart’ Meters (Before & After Measurements) This must-see short film by Andrew Lankes of Austin, TX is loaded with truth and solutions for ‘smart’ meters, wireless, and dirty electricity.

What we like best about this 12-minute video are the clear measurements — with a ‘smart’ meter, and after it was replaced with a safe analog. Watch it here:

Dirty Electricity Measurements: Kitchen – with ‘smart’ meter: 232 V/sec Kitchen – with analog meter: 50 V/sec Bedroom – with ‘smart’ meter: 153 V/sec Bedroom – with analog meter: 60 V/sec

Wireless Radiation Measurements: Smart meter: over 2,000 uW/m2* (device maxed out) Analog meter: 0.4 uW/m2 * – pulses much higher than 2,000 uW/m2 Router with wireless: over 2,000 uW/m2 (device maxed out) Router without wireless: 0.6 uW/m2 DECT cordless phone base: over 2,000 uW/m2 (device maxed out) Mobile phone: over 2,000 uW/m2 (device maxed out)

Solutions: 1. Replace ‘smart’ meter with analog meter 2. Hardwire computers with ethernet cable 3. Put cell phone in airplane mode when not in use, and don’t use right next to head. (Good idea: airtube headset) 4. Use a corded landline

We’re Bio-Electric Beings, Affected by Electromagnetics Quite simply, we are bio-electric beings. As we’ve seen in Take Back Your Power (watch it here), once a utility installs a ‘smart’ meter, thousands (if not millions) are suffering functional impairments, illness or returning bouts of cancer and other diseases.

There are literally thousands of studies that show a biological effect from electromagnetic frequencies (EMF). And just this month, a $25M study by the US National Toxicology Program (NTP) concluded that cellphone radiation is linked with an increase presence of cancerous tumors. But of course, industry and most government agencies are in full denial. It’s time the world knows what’s going on with ‘smart’ meters - better termed radiating surveillance meters. Opting-out is not the solution, but it’s a start. It’s time we kick these ‘smart’/advanced/AMI meters out of our homes and neighborhoods once and for all. Contact your utility today and demand a safe analog meter. Related: Hundreds Of Smart Meters Simultaneously Explode

The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia? June 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

The greatest news story in history: The story of what is going to happen in 2016 will be the greatest news story in history of mankind on planet Earth.

The RKM-robbers with their criminal cheats of debt-banking, inside jobs, mass killings, mass surveillance, terror attacks, aircraft downing, and religious deceit, are disintegrating. Related: David Wilcock:ull Disclosure and Ascension: The War Has Gone Hot! Thirteen centuries of élite-led misinformation are soon coming to an end. Disclosure means light and change for the healing of mankind and our planet. There is a good probability that the bulk of major changes will be disclosed in an avalanche of unexpected news-shocks, simultaneously from multiple sources, likely beginning in Asia or Switzerland. And that will be the beginning of a new era in history people are going to witness; it is the first major change on this planet since Atlantis sank about 12,000 years ago.

The Shocking Truth Will be Known: Soon people, inside and outside governments, will commence to speak the truth with greater energy and clarity, with less fear than ever before in human history. And their words will be heard, preserved and multiplied beyond the reach of Khazarian suppression. Many things will become unobstructed, seeing the world in a different light, unlocking the truths mankind has been deceived. Remember; Humanity is greater than politics, and shall conquer. Many historic facts will come under scrutiny for finding the true truth. Like how tsunamis, freak weather conditions and earthquakes in Japan, Central America and Haiti have been deliberately man-made by covert government agencies. The fate of thousands of missing children worldwide will become known. How and why deliberately diseases such as Cancer, Ebola, AIDS,SARS, MERS, H5N1, Zika, and Morgellons were created.

Stopping the global warming hoax or climate change charades for deliberate environmental destruction, ending poverty, ending war, eliminating disease and subsequently restoring the planet to full health. Understanding the intentional bioterrorism like food-poisoning, GMO, chemtrails, etc. that are applied by government agencies seeking to reduce the world’s population. The 188-nation in the BRICS alliance, led by China, Russia, Brazil, India, and South Africa, will become central in facilitating truthful global news flows, necessary for the introduction of new asset-backed international currencies. New ‘crowd-sourced’ media outlets will emerge. Accelerating leaked testimonials and whistleblowing by making remedies more effective and more patriotic that also shall change Western scientific attitudes, banking, security and military cultures.

Important Disclosures: Further important disclosures are expected about endemic professional corruption in Western healthcare systems. Pharmaceutical medicine will be shown to be a manipulative tool, designed by the corporate controllers to make people sick. The tools of this manipulation are sophisticated poisons dressed-up as expensive medicines or vaccines. In most cases prescribed medications are unnecessary, likewise intrusive surgery, which makes even more expensive medicines necessary. When the money is followed it becomes obvious why attempts to suppress or outlaw alternative herbal remedies have been implemented that work better and cost less.

More information about The Ritalin Conspiracy, and about the Statin Scam that inhibit the production of cholesterol very effectively, but cholesterol is good for the body. As cholesterol is not the cause of heart disease, so actually there is NO problem. Statins are good for doctors but bad for patients. The name of this game is; Hypercholesterolemia, which requires the services of doctors to detect its presence. It’s a health issue that makes patients dependent on doctors. Doctors that became the sales representatives for the drugs industry. Drugs that make money for the invisible RKM sitting at the top of the pharmaceutical industry. A new international blockchain payment system will evolve for the transfer of new gold backed international currencies, making market manipulation and paper derivatives an impossibility.

International Gold Backed Currency: A new international gold backed currency is to replace the Euro and US dollar that will use the CIPS system since Swift cannot deal with Chinese Yuan. Almost all of the real gold in the world is now in the hands of positive allies. – The BIS, the World Bank, the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve Board have all been hacked.

The US Treasury Department, now free from Khazarian control, is going to issue a new $20 bill that will either be backed by Asian gold or will be a new US domestic currency, depending on ongoing financial negotiations. The plan is to stop the upcoming US presidential election, intel sources say. With the purpose to eliminate the Khazarian presidential candidate Hillary Clinton who is nearing her indictment, as prosecutors move in on her, while Obama is forced to stop her protection, and likely being impeached. As Benjamin Fulford reports:

"Legally the United States Corporate government is now under the control of the United Nations Corporation headed by Baron Rothschild. However, the status of the United Nations Corporation itself is doubtful because they have neither the gold nor the moral standing to maintain the current chaotic, and planet destroying systems they oversee. Rothschild and Khazarian mafia control has been reduced, in essence, to the bankrupt G7 group of nations. What important is to know, is that the WDS and its allies have identified the names and locations of all the top members of this ruling Khazarian bloodline and have the technical capability of removing them from this world. Doing so would be the very last option the WDS would take and it would only happen if it became necessary to do so to prevent genocide. The point though is that the families that currently control the G7 and the UN corporation are no longer in any position to dictate to the world. Their financial system, the source of their power, is now based almost entirely on fraud."

The Khazarian Mafia is the world’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate that has infiltrated and hijacked America in 1913. This mafia gang was taken over by the Bauer family of Banksters who changed their name to Rothschild. Now known as the RKM the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, empowered by Babylonian Talmudic “Money-Magic” known as “making money from nothing”, gained absolute control over the world’s banking system. The Global Banking Ponzi Scheme will eventually be exposed in full and The Global Supremacists themselves brought to justice.

The identities of the hidden Khazarian Zionist political bosses embedded in corporate America will be disclosed. The use of human clones in managing European Royal families, international banking, spiritual fascism in religion, industrial militarism and political assassinations will be made clear for all to see. The fact that mind-controlled human clones have been ‘democratically elected’ into national leaderships, that have signed state and religious papers, and have been terminated at will and substituted with others, will be revealed. The present Pope Jorge Mario Bergoglio called ‘Francis’, will be obliged to retire. And Queen Elizabeth II of England will abdicate her throne.

The Legitimacy of ‘Royal’ Status: The legitimacy of ‘royal’ status will attract increased forensic scrutiny in the public domain. Why should élite, unelected, unappointed, unqualified bloodlines have privileged access to vast invisible influence and wealth?

The role of the European royal families in the Nazi related shadow banking nexus will be exposed. As their vast capital is revealed, held in multiple off-ledger black screen accounts of stolen and hidden monies grown into thousands of quadrillions.

Dirty Tricks: A whole range of dirty tricks will become known to the public, like the backgrounds of the Greek disaster that purposely has been created, as a test case for further pilfering of the EU continent and the Americas. Here an expose to show the working: The banks don’t want Greece to be able to service its debt, because the banks intend to use Greece’s inability to service the debt in order to loot Greece of its assets and resources and in order to roll back the social safety net put in place during the 20th century. Neoliberalism intends to reestablish feudalism – a few robber barons and many serfs: The One Percent and the 99 percent.

The younger part of the Greek population will have emigrated and will have been replaced by immigrants fleeing Middle Eastern and African wars who will have loaded up Greece’s unfunded welfare system. The Refugees crisis is financed by George Soros to take over all of the EU, with the help of Angela Merkel, Francois Hollande, and most of the other mind-controlled EU puppet leaders. In other words, Greece is now being destroyed by the EU that it so foolishly joined and trusted. The same thing is happening to Portugal and is also underway in Spain, France, and Italy. The looting has already taken place in Ireland, Latvia, a number of African-, and Latin American- countries, and is underway in Ukraine. All this shows why all countries in the world are experiencing financial turmoil, which is important to understand. The smiling puppet leaders are the least concerned about the fate of their countrymen. Citizens’ money keeps dwindling by the implemented measures of austerity. All developed countries with debt will culminate into a situation that now is being experienced by Greece.

The whole system is broken and severely damaged. While the ‘received’ bail-out monies were spent to pay off debt to foreign banks, owned by the RKM, which to this day continues to be the case. The world has entered the looting stage of capitalism. Misery and Despair will be the result. But now the truth is out, an entirely different approach is necessary. WAKEUP citizens all of you to STOP this, by changing course! And pass on this message by forwarding it to all your contacts with your personal motivation, to read it, and similarly forward it to their contacts. Take the attitude, as what de Russian President Putin says about the Rothschilds:

“They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.”

It is time to fundamentally change the managing of our society. A Swiss like Canton structure where locals decide about their own future is a good example for the change of governing. The money creation must be in the hands of the people and not in privately owned central bank institutions. We the people are the owners of this planet. We decide what should be done, governments are our elected servants, to run society the way we want, and not the other way around as it is today; by puppet leaders and unelected officials that act as a dictator. – Have faith in it. NOW is the time for action.

Change is on the Horizon: Former CIA Deputy Director Mike Morell has admitted on a MSM channel – in Hard Talk on MSNBC TV that Bush and Cheney lied about the war on Iraq.

Those of us who get the news from alternative reliable sources have known this for years. What is important though is the fact that it was said on ‘corporate controlled media’. What this means is that other corporate media will quote this news and becomes part of the “official” public view. So hopefully it is clear and well-explained that the truth is out and urgency and duty have arrived for all the people to come into action in making the necessary changes.

Are We On Our Way Home? | Neil Keenan Udate Neil and his Group K has made his seven-year long journey towards ensuring the liberation and return of the Global Collateral Accounts that would be opened and accessible as originally intended. Truly upon the cusp of opening the GCA’s the world population is going “to live happily ever after”. This is Neil’s quest. For the sake of the people on this planet we pray that Neil regains his strength and finally achieves his goal. This is what the world needs, a winner; and a winning outcome. Listen to this video to fully understand the meaning and the history of Neil’s tremendous endeavour.

Several Million Readers Are Unable To Help Prove The Official Orlando Shootings Story + Reasons To Question The Official Story Of The Orlando Shooting June 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / GlobalResearch /

The apparently fake (false-flag) Orlando nightclub shootings are - in keeping with their modus operandi - being used by the Cabal for multiple purposes. Just as with Sandy Hook, there have been no bodies produced - no evidence to back any claims made. All the while the public lap up what they are told to believe is real, as the narrative is forced towards gun control, ISIS, race / religion conflicts and all sorts of other trivia - providing a very effective media blackout for other events taking place unnoticed with the convenient benefit of a media smokescreen.

As not a single one of my several hundred thousand readers of this [ paucraigroberts.com ] site plus the several million who read repostings on other sites and translations abroad have been able to find a shred of evidence that corroborates the official story of the Orlando mass shooting, I close my attempt to prove the government’s case. Related: Worst Mass Shooting In US History Leaves 50 Dead, Many Wounded At Orlando Gay Club - Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance + Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S – Sacrificial Lamb? In the URL below is an account that is likely overall correct. However, the author, in an attempt to marshall all possible evidence against the US government, inadvertantly buys into the government’s account, as so many skeptics do. The author says that Mateen, like Tsarnaev, “was known to the authorities, who let him proceed unfettered.” By involving authorities as permissive accomplices, the author undermines the account that it was a false flag attack. So many skeptics do this that it makes you wonder: Orlando Nightclub Shooting: Questions and Anomalies Surround ‘Worst Mass Shooting in U.S. History’

Reasons To Question The Official Story Of The Orlando Shooting

As more and more evidence emerges regarding the mass shooting in an Orlando gay club that resulted in the death of at least 52 people and many more injured, signs are increasingly pointing toward the possibility of a false flag operation.

Already, a number of points lend credence to those who might suggest that intelligence agencies more so than desertdwelling terrorist organizations are responsible for organizing and directing the attacks.

A number of questionable aspects regarding this shooting include: 1. The FBI knew about the shooter and investigated him prior to the attack. 2. The shooter had a connection to a known ISIS recruiter. 3. The shooter’s father was a former “Afghan presidential candidate” who supported the Taliban. 4. The FBI’s history in creating terrorism. Omar Mir Seddique Mateen has now been revealed as the gunman in the Orlando club attack. According to mainstream reports, Mateen carried an AR-15 rifle and a handgun into the Pulse club around 2 a.m. and started shooting, killing 50 people and wounding 53. A stand-off ensued which lasted for about 3 hours before a SWAT team crashed into the building with an armored vehicle and killed Mateen.

There was a distinct lack of dead bodies and bloodied 'survivors'

Mateen had allegedly pledged allegiance to ISIS before the shooting by calling 911 and stating allegiance to ISIS leader Abu Bakr Al-Baghdadi as well as mentioning the Tsarnaev brothers. Mateen was an American citizen born to Afghan parents from Port St. Lucie, Florida, about a 125 miles away from Orlando, a distance which he allegedly drove to commit the attack.

FBI Foreknowledge, ISIS Sympathies,Taliban Ties What may at first sound like an instance of senseless violence, brings with it a number of other questions. For instance, the FBI was already well aware of Mateen and his connections to radical jihad and terrorism. According to CNN’s article, “50 Killed in Florida Nightclub, Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance,” two officials tell CNN that the FBI had investigated Mateen at some point for possibly having ties to or sympathizing with Islamic extremism. A law enforcement official said there were two cases opened involving Mateen but the probes didn’t result in enough evidence to charge him with anything. The investigations were reported by a number of mainstream media organizations and later confirmed by the FBI itself during a press conference. The FBI admitted that Mateen had been interviewed by agents twice in 2013 due to comments made about radical jihad which were overheard by coworkers. He was interviewed for a third time one year later due to his connection to Moner Mohammad Abu Salha, an American who had traveled from Florida to train in Syria and later to return to the United States in order to recruit other Americans to fight in the Western-backed terrorist brigades attempting to overthrow secular and legitimate government, Bashar Al Assad.

Salha allegedly returned to Syria and blew himself up in a suicide bombing. It is also interesting to note that Mateen’s father Seddique Mateen is a political personality in his own right having hosted a TV show and apparently declared himself a presidential candidate for Afghanistan. Seddique has denounced the Pakistani government and expressed support and encouragement for the Taliban movement. Still, the question regarding the fact that Mateen was on the FBI’s radar is extremely important. One key aspect suggesting a false flag that should be looked for soon after the attack is any possible connection the suspect or group of suspects may have had with intelligence agencies. A connection to any one of these organizations and institutions may go some length in explaining how the attack was coordinated, the motivation of the perpetrators, the actual involvement (or not) of the suspects, and who actually directed the operation.

For instance, on 9/11, many of the alleged hijackers had previously had close contact with the FBI, CIA, and other high-level intelligence agencies (both home and abroad). Likewise, the Tsarnaev brothers who have been accused of masterminding and carrying out the Boston Bombing had ties to the FBI before the attack. In many instances, connections to certain military agencies and communities should serve as the same red flag as connections to intelligence agencies since these institutions have largely been blended together.

The FBI’s Sordid History of Organizing Terrorist Attacks Indeed, the FBI has had a long history in creating, organizing and facilitating terrorist attacks in order to bust them at the last minute and claim credit for stopping terror attacks. The FBI also has a long history of investigating, monitoring and interviewing suspects of high-profile terrorist attacks before those attacks were committed but doing nothing about them. As Tony Cartalucci writes in his article, “US Law Enforcement Knew Florida Shooter BEFORE Shooting,”

A terror suspect armed to the teeth storming a public place and killing scores is actually a very familiar script. The FBI wrote several such scripts in 2015 alone, including entrapping and arresting a mentally-ill suspect after providing him with an arsenal of deadly weapons almost identical to the arsenal recently employed in Flordia. The Intercept would report in its article, “Another “Terror” Arrest; Another Mentally Ill Man, Armed by the FBI,” that: U.S. law enforcement officials announced another terror arrest on Monday, after arming a mentally ill man and then charging him with having guns. ABC News quoted a “senior federal official briefed on the arrest” as saying: “This is a very bad person arrested before he could do very bad things.” But in a sting reminiscent of so many others conducted by the FBI since 9/11, Alexander Ciccolo, 23, “aka Ali Al Amriki,” was apparently a mentally ill man who was doing nothing more than ranting about violent jihad and talking

(admittedly in frightening ways) about launching attacks - until he met an FBI informant. At that point, he started making shopping lists for weapons. The Intercept would also reference the FBI’s affidavit (.pdf), stating (emphasis added): According to the affidavit, Ciccolo first talked to the FBI informant about attacking two bars and a police station. Later, he spoke of attacking a college campus with a homemade pressure-cooker bomb like the one used in the Boston Marathon terror attack; he also talked about using guns and a lot of ammo. Ciccolo, according to the affidavit, then “ordered the firearms from a confidential human source (“CHS”) working with the FBI.” The list of weapons provided to the mentally-ill suspect by the FBI informant is shocking. Revealed in the official FBI affidavit (.pdf), the weapons included a 9mm Glock 17, a 10mm Glock 20, a .223 Colt AR-15 rifle, (referred to by the media as an “assault rifle”), and a 556 Sig Arms SG550 rifle (also often referred to as an assault rifle). Also included in the affidavit is the same hysterical rhetoric encouraged by FBI informants now evident in the recent actions of terror suspect Omar Mateen in Florida. The FBI literally provided a mentally-ill man they helped plan a terrorist attack together with, an arsenal of deadly weapons – arresting him just before he committed his crime. The only factor that prevented the 2015 entrapment of Ciccolo from becoming a live Florida shooting-style attack was the fact that the FBI arrested Ciccolo before he carried out his planned attack – while those following Mateen did not arrest him. The role of the FBI in Mateen obtaining his weapons will never be known since Mateen is now – conveniently – dead. Even if he purchased them “legally” at a gun store, it should be noted that in other FBI entrapment cases, suspects were encouraged to purchase weapons themselves, with the FBI arresting them only after they left gun stores with their newly acquired arsenal.

Interestingly enough, in the Ciccolo incident that Cartalucci refers to above, the plan which was fed to Ciccolo involved attacking bars, a target that was actually realized in Orlando. Of course, there will be many who will argue that the FBI, while entrapping unintelligent suspects, would never actually let the drill go live it is important to remember the 1993 World Trade Center bombing where that is precisely what the FBI did.

Who Controls ISIS? Lastly, one immensely important question must be asked: If ISIS is responsible for the attacks, who controls ISIS? For many, claims that the attacker belongs to ISIS is a deal breaker. For these individuals, ISIS is a shadowy terrorist organization that supports itself and has created a caliphate in eastern Syria and western Iraq that can scarcely be defeated (except when the Russians bomb it). However, the facts do not support such a shallow understanding of the ISIS terrorist organization.

ISIS was entirely created, funded and directed by the United States, Britain, France and other NATO countries. Its actions have been coordinated by the Anglo-American Intelligence apparatus for geopolitical purposes all across the world both at home and abroad. For this reason, the declaration that ISIS committed a terrorist attack in Paris is by no means a get-out-of-jail-free card for the Western Intelligence apparatus. Instead, it is the trademark of their handiwork. Please see these articles for more information on the nature of ISIS: here, here, here and here.

Conclusion While the right-wing media blames Muslims and the left-wing media blame guns, perhaps it would be more effective if thinking individuals would examine the possibilities that this attack was a false flag incident designed to push an agenda that would benefit those in power in some way or other. Out of this attack we will no doubt see another push for the evisceration of the Second Amendment and other civil liberties as well as increased hype regarding ISIS as a threat to the American way of life and a greater attempt at justification for foreign adventures.

While the information presented above may not be enough evidence to prove in the court of law that the Orlando attack was a false flag attack, it is reason enough to question the official story thus far. If this attack is indeed placed in the lap of ISIS, however, all fingers should immediately point to NATO and the Atlanticist Intelligence apparatus. It is they who control ISIS and they who bear the responsibility for its actions. If the attack is attributed to a lone jihadist nut the FBI has some serious explaining to do since it appears that the agency itself is the greatest initiator of terrorist activity inside American borders and is either the most incompetent anti-terror fighter in the U.S. or it is complicit in the attacks that take place.

Related Articles: The sheer volume of information coming out and articles being written is voluminous and far too much to be worked into one article. Below is just a sampling that provides a much larger picture of what has really been going on. Some are more perceptive than others... Kevin Barrett: Is Orlando a False Flag? Update 13: Floor Plan – 8 Exits Over 8 CCTV Cameras – New Hypothesis FBI Continues to Cover Up Orlando nightclub massacre eyewitnesses: 'More than one shooter, snipers fired at police, someone blocked exits' New Orlando Shooter Eyewitness Emerges: Testifies That 5 People Were Involved In Pulse Attack Orlando Shooter Wasn’t the First Murderer Employed By Global Mercenary Firm What the Media is NOT Telling You about the Orlando Shootout Orlando nightclub massacre eyewitnesses: 'More than one shooter, snipers fired at police, someone blocked exits' No Lone Wolf Shooting? Reported Multiple Orlando Gunmen

Is This What Orlando Is All About? Orlando shooter: deeper hidden ties to the FBI? Father of Orlando Shooter is Long-time CIA Asset Stop Exploiting LGBT Issues to Demonize Islam and Justify Anti-Muslim Policies Nine Lost Souls the FBI Charged as Terrorists While Letting the Orlando Shooter Go Read This Before The Government Uses the Orlando Shooting to Start Another War

New Zealand Defence Force To Get $20bn Upgrade + More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration June 20 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand / Various

The government will spend $20 billion on the Defence Force in a long-term investment plan that includes a new cyber security system for defence networks.

The $20bn spend outlined in the White Paper will be spread over 15 years

A new White Paper, which updates the Defence Force's policy, was released on June 8th that detailed plans to replace the Air Force Boeing 757, the C130-Hercules, the Orion maritime patrol aircraft and the ANZAC frigates, over the next 15 years. It also said work was well under way to consider whether the existing Light Armoured Vehicles might be modernised, or replaced.

The plan allows for the replacement or review of the Defence Force's aircraft, frigates and Light Armoured Vehicles

While New Zealand did not face the prospect of an imminent military attack, there were growing threats as a result of failing states and pressure on food and water resources, the paper said. Prime Minister John Key said the new policy was being launched at a time of "increasing uncertainty and instability in the international environment".

"The emergence of ISIL (Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant), heightened tensions in the East and South China seas, increases in military spending across South East Asia, and the rapid evolution and spread of cyber threats are just a few examples," he said. New Zealand's geographical isolation did not provide the protection it once did, Mr Key said. "As a maritime nation dependent on open trade routes, our security and prosperity is inextricably linked to events occurring far from our shores. New Zealand needs a defence force than can protect New Zealand and also contribute to international security and stability," he said.

Prime Minister John Key presents the White Paper at Parliament

This included responding to activities in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone, Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, Mr Key said. Cyber security was also identified as a major new risk, and a new defence cyber support network would be developed. More intelligence personnel would be hired to help analyse and distribute information collected from surveillance. The paper noted demand for disaster relief and and recovery efforts in the South Pacific would increase in coming decades.

Cyber Attacks 'As Effective a Weapon as a Bomb' The White Paper noted increasing reliance on technology and information was creating "new vulnerabilities". The threat to systems relying on networked technologies had increased "markedly" since 2010, it said.

"New Zealand therefore has an interest in contributing to international cyberspace and space efforts to protect this infrastructure from being exploited or disrupted."

Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee would not give specific details about the resourcing for the boosted cyber security system, as that had not yet been determined.

Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee also spoke at the paper's presentation

"But it will be a significant number of people who are deployed into the armed forces or from the armed forces who will specialise in, to a greater extent, in this sort of deterrent."

Mr Brownlee said cyber weapons were now significant, as evidenced by the reliance of individuals on a multitude of technologies.

"Now you can multiply that across a whole economy, or a whole set of economies and see what the potential might be to turn an attack on that - we all know about this - cyber attacks into an effective a weapon as a bomb. So it's a much wider concept than just saying it's to protect, or it's to attack - we need to know what other people are up to, particularly in a military sense."

When asked how closely the Government Communications Security Bureau would be involved, Mr Brownlee said there would be a "high level of co-operation".

Maritime Threats and Illegal Fishing As activity in New Zealand's waters increased, the White Paper warned incidents that required a New Zealand response were more likely to occur. It said the size, intrinsic value and challenges associated with managing the country's large maritime domain underlined the significance of maritime threats to New Zealand.

The White Paper highlighted the Defence Force's activities and responsibilities in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean

New Zealand had a direct interest in the stability of Antarctica and the Southern Ocean, including its preservation, and the Defence Force must continue to monitor illegal, unregulated and unreported fishing, the paper said. Mr Brownlee said illegal fishing came at a great cost to the country.

"Illegal fishing is one of the things that troubles us the most. It is an attack on our economy. Similarly throughout the Pacific when you have unregulated fishing in some of our Pacific neighbours, that is also an attack on their economy and comes at a cost to us and our partner nations," Mr Brownlee said.

The White Paper also raised concerns about escalating tensions in the East and South China seas. Over half of the country's maritime trade passed through the South China Sea, and the paper predicted that, over the coming decades, it was likely to remain a contested environment. There would be serious implications for trade routes, and New Zealand's ability to service markets, should major instability occur in the region, it said.

"A secure maritime environment is vital to ensure our continued prosperity through maritime trade, as it is estimated that 99 percent of New Zealand's exports and imports are delivered by sea transport," Chief of the Defence Force Lieutenant General Tim Keating said.

"We just can't leave maritime security responsibilities to others without having a credible contribution ourselves," he said.

Funding Not Broken Down A $20bn price tag over the next 15 years would be needed to implement the plan, but the White Paper did not contain a specific breakdown of costs. Related: Defence White Paper 2016

Mr Key said the money would have to be appropriated through the normal budget process.

"So Budget 2016 had the forecast period where there was some obviously increase but also base allocation for [the Defence Force]. Secondly, there is some that can be funded through their depreciation allowance but over time, future budgets will have to make bigger allowances, both capital and operating, for Defence's capability." The level of military spending was justified, Mr Key said. "Well, firstly, it's over a long period of time... Secondly, if you look at our spending at about 1.1 percent of GDP, it's at the more modest end of spending when nations allocate resources towards our military capability."

More To Planned US Warship Visit Than Mere Celebration Nicky Hager writes "Let the US send a warship" to be part of the NZ Navy's 75th birthday in November because the Nuclear-Free Act will not be threatened by such a visit.

The United States nuclear powered warship Texas arrives in New Zealand, in August 1983

The response of Auckland Peace Action is that it is not okay for any warships from anywhere to come to New Zealand, nuclear-armed or not.

Related: New Zealand To Abandon It’s Hard Fought Nuclear Free Stance? The aspirations of the nuclear-free movement of the 1970s and 1980s did not come from a selfish desire to be safe from nuclear war and fallout. It was a powerful political movement that demanded a different kind of world: one entirely free of nuclear weapons, and one in which New Zealand set an example as a neutral, non-aligned, peacemaking country. What Nicky Hager failed to mention and what people need to know today about the proposed visit of some 30 navies (including the US Navy) is that this event, billed as a "celebration", is part of an enormous arms fair sponsored by the world's largest weapons manufacturers - including nuclear weapons makers - and a military recruiting and public-relations campaign that will involve New Zealand in future wars. The nuclear-free legislation isn't threatened; it has just been sidelined. The week of events planned for Auckland in November is sponsored by many companies who directly profit from war, including Lockheed Martin, Thales, Babcock, ThyssenKrupp, and Cubic Defence (all in the top 100 list of international arms companies), along with the NZ Defence Industry Association, itself an industry trade promotion group consisting of another 60-odd members involved in weapons and military-related production.

Lockheed Martin is the world's largest weapons manufacturer and supplier to such regimes as Saudi Arabia, a country that today stands accused of using these very weapons to commit war crimes. Along with the "International Fleet Review" which is essentially a parade of military hardware, a two-day arms fair at the ANZ Viaduct Events Centre is planned. Lockheed Martin is the principle sponsor and more than 500 delegates and weapons company representatives are expected. Here, military men can make deals to buy all the naval hardware and other weaponry on display. Unsurprisingly, Lockheed Martin currently has a $446 million contract with the NZ Navy to upgrade New Zealand's two frigates, Te Mana and Te Kaha, boats the Government has already indicated it plans to replace as part of its $20 billion boost to the NZ Defence Force announced as part of last week's Defence White Paper. This enormous injection of cash into the military is happening despite the NZDF's own evidence that "the country does not face a direct military threat in the foreseeable future". The NZDF and those who support New Zealand's involvement in US wars, however, clearly do see a threat - a threat to their public support and, thus, continued operations. This is the real reason behind the Navy's 75th birthday.

Their "celebration" is a stage-managed marketing event to secure public support for future wars, ever-increasing budgets and the recruitment of young men and women to fight and die. The Navy says so itself: its four goals for the event are "reputation, relationships, retention and recruiting". The New Zealand military has been continuously at war in Afghanistan alongside the US for 15 years; it is conducting regular training with the US Marine Corp, and it participates in the largest maritime war exercises in the world, the US-led Rimpac. Related: RIMPAC, the Rim of the Pacific Exercise, is the world's largest international maritime warfare exercise

Instead of leading us to complacency because the Nuclear-Free Act is still intact, Hager could have taken the opportunity to encourage a redoubling of the efforts of the thousands of people who worked to make New Zealand nuclear-free and the necessity of expanding that position. That movement was brave, capable and courageous 30 years ago. It is a movement to truly celebrate, but its work remains unfinished. It is that work that is now urgently necessary. Related: Fully Loaded: The Ten Biggest Gun Manufacturers in America

UK Labour MP Jo Cox’s Murder: A Desperate Anti-Brexit Psyop June 19 2016 | From: Geopolitics

The Brexit Referendum will be held on June 23, and one British MP Jo Cox, a staunch anti-Brexit proponent, was shot and killed by a man with psychological issues [read: drugged] and who

happened to shout “Britain First” just before the murder.

Yes, it’s not “Allahu Akbar”, this time around. As can be expected, the social media and the mainstream media are now being flooded with the “pro Brexit are extremists” branding to ruin the growing pro-Leave EU sentiments as shown by recent polls. Related: Some may already be using the murder of MP Jo Cox for political gain

Make no mistake, it wasn’t the deranged Thomas Mair who murdered Cox but those who drugged him to madness. And there was no shouting of “Britain First” either, as new witnesses are now saying.

Here’s the strong motivation of why a sacrificial lamb must be used. From Reuters;

"Britain’s “Leave” campaign opened up a 7-point lead over “Remain” ahead of a referendum on membership of the European Union an opinion poll showed late Monday, while the nation’s biggest-selling newspaper urged readers to vote to quit the bloc. The result of the June 23 referendum will have far-reaching consequences for politics, the economy, defense, migration and diplomacy in Britain and elsewhere. Recent polls are suggesting that momentum has swung towards the “Leave” camp, or a so called Brexit, unsettling investors. “Leave” in recent days has focused its campaign on the issue of immigration. According to the YouGov poll for The Times, “Leave” held 46 percent support compared with 39 percent support for “Remain.” Undecided voters were 11 percent, while 4 percent won’t vote. Last Monday The Times/YouGov had reported a 1 percent lead for the “Remain” campaign. In another, though not unexpected, boost for “Leave,” media tycoon Rupert Murdoch’s Sun newspaper called on its readers to vote to quit the 28-member EU. “The Sun urges everyone to vote Leave. We must set ourselves free from dictatorial Brussels,” said the tabloid, which has a circulation of 1.7 million." - Reuters

It used to be as high as 10% lead for Leave EU campaign. Bloomberg tracker indicates 3.3% lead for Leave EU campaign [here], while the Rothschild’s Economist gave it a statistical tie [here]…

… which should make it easy for the globalists to sway the votes in their favor, i.e. the preservation of the European SuperState. The recent murder of Jo Cox is an indication that the anti-Brexit camp are so desperate, they believe they could easily use it to reverse the sentiment of the people, or at the very least, they could use the murder to mask the rigging of the votes on June 30, just like they employed fear mongering during the last Scotland referendum. Scotland Referendum Fraud Exposed The bigger picture, however, will always be that the Sheeples are subjected to constant flow of distraction to preoccupy them with issues that that have nothing to do with real freedom. The limited choices of the people will always confine them to that same “divide and rule” control system that has worked for thousands of years and has continued to enslave them even today. There must be a more decisive action from those who see things as they truly are.

Aside from the fiat monetary scam and bloodsoaked petrodollar, another significant source of funds for the Nazionist Khazarian Mafia is the “healthcare” industry which registered a whopping $3.09 trillion in 2014, and is projected to soar to $3.57 trillion in 2017, in the US alone. We believe that this is just a conservative figure. We can avoid using drugs, defeat any viral attack and scaremongering, like the Zika virus, easily by knowing how to build our own comprehensive antiviral system. Find more about it here.

Spark Boss Accuses Google Of 'Despicable Behaviour' June 19 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Sorry, don't want to foist a story-based-on a tweet on NBR readers but I couldn't help but highlight Spark boss Simon Moutter's post on Twitter last night.

The chief executive retweeted an NBR story on Google NZ's latest financial filing, adding his own comment:

"Despicable behaviour – posting $10m revenue despite generating $67m annual ad revenue in NZ to offshore entity."

The $67 million is the estimate of Google's ad revenue booked in New Zealand in the Fairfax-NZME merger application – and the pair's figures seem in line with estimates by the IAB and others. However, social media consultant Louis van Wyk hit back with a couple of good jabs, tweeting to NBR:

"So will Moutter put his money where his mouth is? Will Spark avoid Google ads in favour of supporting local media?"

And:

"Spark spends a lot on Facebook too. How much tax did Facebook pay in NZ?" [Answer: very little].

Mr van Wyk makes a good point. NBR has asked the Spark boss if he thinks his company should stop promoting itself through Google and Facebook ads, thereby helping to line the pockets of these profit-shifters. Don't hold your breath for a boycott. Google and Facebook command a huge share of New Zealander's online attention. Spark would be cutting off its nose to spite its face. Mr Moutter has previously called on the government to move faster on revenue and profit-shifting by multinationals (and, elsewhere noted that Google and other tech companies are now competitors to Spark with their "over-the-top" voice and video-conferencing services).

Australia and the UK have introduced so-called "Google tax" measures against such behaviour. The Spark boss says doing the same here would level the playing field. Revenue Minister Michael Woodhouse says a process is in train in alignment with an OECD initiative that could see tighter rules from July 2017. With the separate investigation into offshore trusts wrapping up early, Mr Woodhouse might want to turn his attention to Mr Moutter's favourite topic (and remember, the Spark boss was part of the lobby that successfully pushed for the so-called "Netflix tax" or the new provision for offshore providers of online services to charge GST). An overwhelming majority of NBR readers agree with Mr Moutter. However, NBR economics editor Rob Hosking is wary of policy being driven by "moral panic". A Google spokeperson told NBR earlier this month:

"Google complies with the law in every country where we operate. We believe international forums like the OECD are the right places to decide tax rules for multinational businesses because everyone would benefit from a simpler and more transparent system. Google’s average global corporate tax rate in recent years is around 19%, and we incurred taxes of more than US$3.3 billion in 2015."

Crisis In Science Research: Over 70% Of Researchers Fail To Reproduce Another Scientist's Experiments June 16 2016 | From: Sott

More than 70% of researchers have tried and failed to reproduce another scientist's experiments, and more than half have failed to reproduce their own experiments.

Those are some of the telling figures that emerged from Nature's survey of 1,576 researchers who took a brief online questionnaire on reproducibility in research. The data reveal sometimes-contradictory attitudes towards reproducibility. Although 52% of those surveyed agree that there is a significant 'crisis' of reproducibility, less than 31% think that failure to reproduce published results means that the result is probably wrong, and most say that they still trust the published literature.

Data on how much of the scientific literature is reproducible are rare and generally bleak. The best-known analyses, from psychology 1 and cancer biology 2, found rates of around 40% and 10%, respectively. Our survey respondents were more optimistic: 73% said that they think that at least half of the papers in their field can be trusted, with physicists and chemists generally showing the most confidence.

The results capture a confusing snapshot of attitudes around these issues, says Arturo Casadevall, a microbiologist at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health in Baltimore, Maryland.

“At the current time there is no consensus on what reproducibility is or should be." But just recognizing that is a step forward, he says. "The next step may be identifying what is the problem and to get a consensus."

Failing to reproduce results is a rite of passage, says Marcus Munafo, a biological psychologist at the University of Bristol, UK, who has a long-standing interest in scientific reproducibility. When he was a student, he says;

"I tried to replicate what looked simple from the literature, and wasn't able to. Then I had a crisis of confidence, and then I learned that my experience wasn't uncommon."

The challenge is not to eliminate problems with reproducibility in published work. Being at the cutting edge of science means that sometimes results will not be robust, says Munafo. "We want to be discovering new things but not generating too many false leads."

The Scale of Reproducibility But sorting discoveries from false leads can be discomfiting. Although the vast majority of researchers in our survey had failed to reproduce an experiment, less than 20% of respondents said that they had ever been contacted by another researcher unable to reproduce their work. Our results are strikingly similar to another online survey of nearly 900 members of the American Society for Cell Biology (see go.nature.com). That may be because such conversations are difficult. If experimenters reach out to the original researchers for help, they risk appearing incompetent or accusatory, or revealing too much about their own projects. A minority of respondents reported ever having tried to publish a replication study. When work does not reproduce, researchers often assume there is a perfectly valid (and probably boring) reason. What's more, incentives to publish positive replications are low and journals can be reluctant to publish negative findings. In fact, several respondents who had published a failed replication said that editors and reviewers demanded that they play down comparisons with the original study. Nevertheless, 24% said that they had been able to publish a successful replication and 13% had published a failed replication. Acceptance was more common than persistent rejection: only 12% reported being unable to publish successful attempts to reproduce others' work; 10% reported being unable to publish unsuccessful attempts.

Survey respondent Abraham Al-Ahmad at the Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center in Amarillo expected a "cold and dry rejection" when he submitted a manuscript explaining why a stem-cell technique had stopped working in his hands. He was pleasantly surprised when the paper was accepted 3. The reason, he thinks, is because it offered a workaround for the problem. Others place the ability to publish replication attempts down to a combination of luck, persistence and editors' inclinations. Survey respondent Michael Adams, a drug-development consultant, says that work showing severe flaws in an animal model of diabetes has been rejected six times, in part because it does not reveal a new drug target. By contrast, he says, work refuting the efficacy of a compound to treat Chagas disease was quickly accepted 4.

The Corrective Measures One-third of respondents said that their labs had taken concrete steps to improve reproducibility within the past five years. Rates ranged from a high of 41% in medicine to a low of 24% in physics and engineering. Free-text responses suggested that redoing the work or asking someone else within a lab to repeat the work is the most common practice. Also common are efforts to beef up the documentation and standardization of experimental methods. Any of these can be a major undertaking. A biochemistry graduate student in the United Kingdom, who asked not to be named, says that efforts to reproduce work for her lab's projects doubles the time and materials used - in addition to the time taken to troubleshoot when some things invariably don't work. Although replication does boost confidence in results, she says, the costs mean that she performs checks only for innovative projects or unexpected results. Consolidating methods is a project unto itself, says Laura Shankman, a postdoc studying smooth muscle cells at the University of Virginia, Charlottesville. After several postdocs and graduate students left her lab within a short time, remaining members had trouble getting consistent results in their experiments.

The lab decided to take some time off from new questions to repeat published work, and this revealed that lab protocols had gradually diverged. She thinks that the lab saved money overall by getting synchronized instead of troubleshooting failed experiments piecemeal, but that it was a long-term investment. Irakli Loladze, a mathematical biologist at Bryan College of Health Sciences in Lincoln, Nebraska, estimates that efforts to ensure reproducibility can increase the time spent on a project by 30%, even for his theoretical work. He checks that all steps from raw data to the final figure can be retraced. But those tasks quickly become just part of the job.

"Reproducibility is like brushing your teeth," he says. "It is good for you, but it takes time and effort. Once you learn it, it becomes a habit."

One of the best-publicized approaches to boosting reproducibility is pre-registration, where scientists submit hypotheses and plans for data analysis to a third party before performing experiments, to prevent cherry-picking statistically significant results later. Fewer than a dozen people mentioned this strategy. One who did was Hanne Watkins, a graduate student studying moral decision-making at the University of Melbourne in Australia. Going back to her original questions after collecting data, she says, kept her from going down a rabbit hole. And the process, although time consuming, was no more arduous than getting ethical approval or formatting survey questions.

"If it's built in right from the start," she says, "it's just part of the routine of doing a study."

The Cause The survey asked scientists what led to problems in reproducibility. More than 60% of respondents said that each of two factors - pressure to publish and selective reporting - always or often contributed. More than half pointed to insufficient replication in the lab, poor oversight or low statistical power. A smaller proportion pointed to obstacles such as variability in reagents or the use of specialized techniques that are difficult to repeat. But all these factors are exacerbated by common forces, says Judith Kimble, a developmental biologist at the University of Wisconsin - Madison: competition for grants and positions, and a growing burden of bureaucracy that takes away from time spent doing and designing research.

“Everyone is stretched thinner these days," she says. "And the cost extends beyond any particular research project. If graduate students train in labs where senior members have little time for their juniors, they may go on to establish their own labs without having a model of how training and mentoring should work". "They will go off and make it worse," Kimble says.

What can be done? Respondents were asked to rate 11 different approaches to improving reproducibility in science, and all got ringing endorsements. Nearly 90% - more than 1,000 people - ticked "More robust experimental design" "better statistics" and "better mentorship". Those ranked higher than the option of providing incentives (such as funding or credit towards tenure) for reproducibilityenhancing practices. But even the lowest-ranked item - journal checklists - won a whopping 69% endorsement.

The survey - which was e-mailed to Nature readers and advertised on affiliated websites and social-media outlets as being 'about reproducibility' - probably selected for respondents who are more receptive to and aware of concerns about reproducibility. Nevertheless, the results suggest that journals, funders and research institutions that advance policies to address the issue would probably find cooperation, says John Ioannidis, who studies scientific robustness at Stanford University in California.

"People would probably welcome such initiatives." About 80% of respondents thought that funders and publishers should do more to improve reproducibility. “It's healthy that people are aware of the issues and open to a range of straightforward ways to improve them," says Munafo. And given that these ideas are being widely discussed, even in mainstream media, tackling the initiative now may be crucial. "If we don't act on this, then the moment will pass, and people will get tired of being told that they need to do something."

Downlaod the full questionnaire used in the survey and the raw data in a spreadsheet (the data are also available as a tabdelimited file at Figshare).

Comment: What is Conspicuously Absent from the Ddiscussion is Scientific Misconduct: Richard Horton, editor-in-chief of The Lancet, has written bleakly:

“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.

Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness."

Dr. Marcia Angell, a physician and longtime Editor in Chief of the New England Medical Journal (NEMJ), which is considered one of the most prestigious peer-reviewed medical journals in the world, makes her view of the subject quite plain:

"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines."

Related Articles: Fraud is growing more rampant in scientific studies Corruption in Science: Who's afraid of peer review? Corruption of science and data fraud: Stanford researchers uncover patterns in how scientists falsify research Corruption of science: Nearly all scientific papers controlled by same six corporations Corruption of Science: Fraud and Errors in Scientific Studies Skyrocket Corrupt Science: Cancer Research of 10 Years Useless: Fraudulent Studies, Says Mayo Clinic The Corruption of Science in America

So, You Thought Slavery Was Dead? Think Again June 16 2016 | From: AntiMedia

Nearly 46 million human beings are subject to slavery, a new report released this week concluded.

According to the third annual Global Slavery Index, which gathers and analyzes surveys conducted by Gallup, the number of people forced into “modern slavery,” or “human trafficking, forced labour, debt bondage, forced or servile marriage or commercial sexual exploitation,” rose from 35.8 million to 45.8 million since 2014 - a 28 percent increase. The Global Slavery Index is a project of Walk Free, an Australian human rights organization dedicated to ending modern slavery, which researchers caution does not mean traditional slavery, in which:

“People were held in bondage as legal property.”

This year, the researchers for the index analyzed survey responses from 42,000 respondents in 53 languages and 167 countries, though they noted gathering such information is;

“A difficult undertaking due to the hidden nature of this crime and low levels of victim identification.” Even so, Andrew Forrest, the founder of Walk Free, suspected the 28 percent increase from 2014 to 2016 was“due to better data collection, although he feared the situation was getting worse with global displacement and migration increasing vulnerability to all forms of slavery,”Reuters reported.

The new analysis highlights the persistence of slavery in modern society, cataloguing the worst-offending nations and noting that instances of modern slavery occurred in all 167 countries included in the study. According to the report, 58 percent of individuals forced into modern slavery were located in five countries: India, China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Uzbekistan. Those nations had the highest “absolute” number of slaves - India was found to have over 18 million slaves, and China, which took second place, had over 3 million.

The report also listed nations with the highest proportions of slaves relative to their total populations: North Korea, Uzbekistan, Cambodia, India, and Qatar. With over 1.1 million slaves in a nation of just over 25 million, North Korea had the highest proportion of victims, with 4.373 percent of the population subject to servitude. That amounts to roughly 1 in 20 North Korean citizens forced into slavery. As the report explains, in North Korea;

“There is pervasive evidence that government-sanctioned forced labour occurs in an extensive system of prison labour camps while North Korean women are subjected to forced marriage and commercial sexual exploitation in China and other neighbouring states.”

The 2016 index further noted other instances of state-sponsored slavery, naming Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, Belarus, China, Eritrea, Russia, Swaziland, and Vietnam - as well as North Korea - as the worst offenders. It also criticized North Korea, Iran, Eritrea, Equatorial Guinea, Hong Kong, Central African Republic, Papua New Guinea, Guinea, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and South Sudan for their lack of effort in combating slavery.

Interestingly, Iraq, Afghanistan, Yemen, Syria, Somalia, and Libya, all nations subject to U.S. military intervention, tied for sixth place in the list of oppressive countries by proportion to population - totaling several million designated modern slaves among them. But the researchers did not include these nations’ governments when they analyzed efforts to curb slavery, perhaps unintentionally highlighting yet another oppressive force in the contemporary human experience:

“Due to the ongoing conflict and extreme disruption to government function,”they note, “we have not included ratings for Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Somalia, Syria or Yemen.” Critics of the report challenged the statistical methods, arguing the analysts used “flawed methodology by extrapolating on-the-ground surveys in some countries to estimate numbers for other nations.” However, as Reuters reported, “Forrest said a lack of hard data on slavery in the past had held back efforts to tackle this hidden crime and it was important to draw a ‘sand in the line’ measurement to drive action.” He challenged critics to produce an alternative. “Without measurement you don’t have effective management and there’s no way to lead the world away from slavery,” he said.

Discussing options for eradicating modern slavery, Forrest, an Australian mining billionaire and philanthropist, singled out businesses that fail to scrutinize slavery in the production of their products:

“Businesses that don’t actively look for forced labour within their supply chains are standing on a burning platform. Business leaders who refuse to look into the realities of their own supply chains are misguided and irresponsible,” he said. As Reuters noted, the “2016 index again found Asia, which provides low-skilled labor in global supply chains producing clothing, food and technology, accounted for two-thirds of the people in slavery.”

Calling on leaders in government and civil society (as well as business), to work harder in eradicating modern slavery, Forrest ultimately waxed optimistic.

“Through our responsible use of power, strength of conviction, determination and collective will, we all can lead the world to end slavery,” he said.

Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World + Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested In Iraq June 15 2016 | From: FarsNews / Youtube / GlobalResearch

“The security and popular forces have held captive an Israeli colonel, a commander of Iraq’s popular mobilization forces. The Zionist officer is ranked colonel and had participated in the Takfiri ISIL group’s terrorist operations,” he added.

Noting that he was arrested along with a number of ISIL terrorists, the commander said, “The Israeli colonel’s name is Yusi Oulen Shahak and is ranked colonel in Golani Brigade of the Zionist regime’s army with the security and military code of Re34356578765az231434.” Note: Some of this material in this article collection is a few months old - but this has no bearing on the content. Related: The Bush / Cheney / Rumsfeld Strategy for Iraq

Guess Who is Behind the Islamic State: Israeli IDF Colonel Leading ISIS Terrorists Arrested in Iraq He said that the relevant bodies are now interrogating the Israeli colonel to understand the reasons behind his fighting alongside the ISIL forces and the presence of other Zionist officers among ISIL terrorists.

Message From Iraqi Children To America And The World

The Iraqi security forces said the captured colonel has already made shocking confessions. Several ISIL militants arrested in the last one year had already confessed that Israeli agents from Mossad and other Israeli espionage and intelligence bodies were present in the first wave of ISIL attacks on Iraq and capture of Mosul in Summer 2014, but no ranking Israeli agent had been arrested. Political and military experts told FNA that the capture of the Israeli colonel will leave a grave impact on Iraq’s war strategy, including partnership with Israeli allies.

In a relevant development in July, Iraqi volunteer forces announced that they had shot down a drone that was spying on the Arab country’s security forces in the city of Fallujah, Western Iraq. Iraq’s popular forces reported that they had brought down a hostile surveillance aircraft over the Southeastern Fallujah in Anbar Province. They said that the wreckage of the ISIL’s spy drone carried ‘Israel-Made’ labels. This was not the first Israeli-made drone downed in Iraq. In August 2015 an Israeli Hermes drone was shot down in the vicinity of Baghdad Airport.

Delivery Of US Weapons And Ammunition To ISIS: Iraqi Commander Wiretaps ISIS Communications With US Military

A commander of Iraq’s popular forces disclosed that wiretapping of ISIL’s communications has confirmed the reports that the US planes have been airdropping food and arms supplies for the Takfiri terrorists. Related: Caught in the Act: US Plane Airdrops Arms Intended for Daesh in Iraq

“The wiretapped ISIL communications by Iraqi popular forces have revealed that the US planes have been dropping weapons and foodstuff for the Takfiri terrorist group,” Commander of Iraq’s Ali Akbar Battalion told FNA.

He noted that tapping on ISIL disclosed the terrorist group’s regular contacts with the US army, and said:

“They exchanged sentences like if they would have a share of the ammunition dropped near (Spiker Military Base) or responses such as ‘you will also receive your share’.” “The US forces by dropping weapons and ammunition for ISIL, specially in Yassreb, Al-Ramadi and near Spiker Base in Hay al-Qadessiya have provided a lot of help to the ISIL,” he added.

Many similar reports by Iraqi officials and forces have surfaced in the last few months. In February, an Iraqi provincial official lashed out at the western countries and their regional allies for supporting Takfiri terrorists in Iraq, revealing that the US airplanes still continue to airdrop weapons and foodstuff for the ISIL terrorists.

“The US planes have dropped weapons for the ISIL terrorists in the areas under ISIL control and even in those areas that have been recently liberated from the ISIL control to encourage the terrorists to return to those places,” Coordinator of Iraqi popular forces Jafar al-Jaberi told FNA.

He noted that eyewitnesses in Al-Havijeh of Kirkuk province had witnessed the US airplanes dropping several suspicious parcels for ISIL terrorists in the province.

“Two coalition planes were also seen above the town of Al-Khas in Diyala and they carried the Takfiri terrorists to the region that has recently been liberated from the ISIL control,” Al-Jaberi said.

Meantime, Head of Iraqi Parliament’s National Security and Defense Committee Hakem al-Zameli also disclosed that the anti-ISIL coalition’s planes have dropped weapons and foodstuff for the ISIL in Salahuddin, Al-Anbar and Diyala provinces.

In January, al-Zameli underlined that the coalition is the main cause of ISIL’s survival in Iraq.

“There are proofs and evidence for the US-led coalition’s military aid to ISIL terrorists through air(dropped cargoes),” he told FNA at the time.

He noted that the members of his committee have already proved that the US planes have dropped advanced weaponry, including anti-aircraft weapons, for the ISIL, and that it has set up an investigation committee to probe into the matter.

“The US drops weapons for the ISIL on the excuse of not knowing about the whereabouts of the ISIL positions and it is trying to distort the reality with its allegations." He noted that the committee had collected the data and the evidence provided by eyewitnesses, including Iraqi army officers and the popular forces, and said, “These documents are given to the investigation committee… and the necessary measures will be taken to protect the Iraqi airspace.”

Also in January, another senior Iraqi legislator reiterated that the US-led coalition is the main cause of ISIL’s survival in Iraq.

“The international coalition is only an excuse for protecting the ISIL and helping the terrorist group with equipment and weapons,” Jome Divan, who is member of the al-Sadr bloc in the Iraqi parliament, said. He said the coalition’s support for the ISIL is now evident to everyone, and continued, “The coalition has not targeted ISIL’s main positions in Iraq.”

In Late December, Iraqi Parliamentary Security and Defense Commission MP disclosed that a US plane supplied the ISIL terrorist organization with arms and ammunition in Salahuddin province. MP Majid al-Gharawi stated that the available information pointed out that US planes are supplying ISIL organization, not only in Salahuddin province, but also other provinces, Iraq TradeLink reported.

He added that the US and the international coalition are:

“Not serious in fighting against the ISIL organization, because they have the technological power to determine the presence of ISIL gunmen and destroy them in one month”. Gharawi added that “the US is trying to expand the time of the war against the ISIL to get guarantees from the Iraqi government to have its bases in Mosul and Anbar provinces.”

Salahuddin security commission also disclosed that “unknown planes threw arms and ammunition to the ISIL gunmen Southeast of Tikrit city”. Also in Late December, a senior Iraqi lawmaker raised doubts about the seriousness of the anti-ISIL coalition led by the US, and said that the terrorist group still received aids dropped by unidentified aircraft.

“The international coalition is not serious about air strikes on ISIL terrorists and is even seeking to take out the popular (voluntary) forces from the battlefield against the Takfiris so that the problem with ISIL remains unsolved in the near future,” Nahlah al-Hababi told FNA.

“The ISIL terrorists are still receiving aids from unidentified fighter jets in Iraq and Syria,” she added.

Hababi said that the coalition’s precise airstrikes are launched only in those areas where the Kurdish Pishmarga forces are present, while military strikes in other regions are not so much precise. In late December, the US-led coalition dropped aids to the Takfiri militants in an area North of Baghdad.

Field sources in Iraq told al-Manar that the international coalition airplanes dropped aids to the terrorist militants in Balad, an area which lies in Salahuddin province North of Baghdad. In October, a high-ranking Iranian commander also slammed the US for providing aid supplies to ISIL, adding that the US claims that the weapons were mistakenly airdropped to ISIL were untrue.

“The US and the so-called anti-ISIL coalition claim that they have launched a campaign against this terrorist and criminal group – while supplying them with weapons, food and medicine in Jalawla region (a town in Diyala Governorate, Iraq). This explicitly displays the falsity of the coalition’s and the US’ claims,” Deputy Chief of Staff of the Iranian Armed Forces Brigadier General Massoud Jazayeri said.

The US claimed that it had airdropped weapons and medical aid to Kurdish fighters confronting the ISIL in Kobani, near the Turkish border in Northern Syria.

The US Defense Department said that it had airdropped 28 bundles of weapons and supplies, but one of them did not make it into the hands of the Kurdish fighters. Video footage later showed that some of the weapons that the US airdropped were taken by ISIL militants. The Iranian commander insisted that the US had the necessary intelligence about ISIL’s deployment in the region and that their claims to have mistakenly airdropped weapons to them are as unlikely as they are untrue. Related: We Didn't Need to Wait for Chilcot, Blair Lied to us About Iraq. Here's the Evidence

Worst Mass Shooting In US History Leaves 50 Dead, Many Wounded At Orlando Gay Club - Shooter Pledged ISIS Allegiance + Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S - False Flag / Sacrificial Lamb? June 14 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview / Inforwars

A shooting rampage at an Orlando, Florida nightclub early Sunday left “approximately 50″ people dead, including the gunman, and 42 injured, authorities said.

At a 7 AM EDT news conference, Police Chief John Mina said the shooting began at 2:02 a.m., when three police officers engaged in a gun battle with a suspect outside Orlando Pulse, an LGBTQ club just south of downtown. Related: Orlando shooting: 50 killed, shooter pledged ISIS allegiance A hostage situation then took place inside, and a SWAT team was called in, Mina said. Police received updates from patrons trapped in the club, and decided to storm the club at about 5 a.m.

“We exchanged gunfire with the suspect, and he was dead at the scene”, Mina said.

Javer Antonetti, 53, told the Orlando Sentinel that he was near the back of the dance club when he heard gunfire. “There were so many (shots), at least 40,” he said. “I saw two guys and it was constant, like ‘pow, pow, pow,’.” Mina said 42 people were transferred to local hospitals, and one officer was wounded. He estimated the death toll at 20, and said at least 30 people were rescued.

“Tonight our community witnessed a horrific crime… that will have a lasting effect on our community,” Orlando Mayor Buddy Dyer said. “Do we consider this an act of terrorism? Absolutely, we are investigating this from all parties’ perspective as an act of terrorism,” said Danny Banks, special agent in charge of the Florida Department of Law Enforcement Danny Banks. “We can confirm this is a mass casualty situation. Support from local/state/federal agencies,” Orlando police tweeted about four hours after events began to unfold. Then, a short time later: “Pulse Shooting: The shooter inside the club is dead.”

Orlando’s annual weeklong Gay Days festival ended on June 6 in which up to 150,000 in the LGBTQ community come from over the world for the 25th anniversary of Gay Days. It is one of the largest gay pride events in the world.

Orlando Shooting Suspect Identified As Omar Mateen, Registered Democrat Of Afghan Descent With Firearm License The suspected gunman in today’s gruesome Orlando nightclub shooting which killed “approximately 20 people” has been identified by relatives and law enforcement officials as Omar Mateen, a 29-year-old from Fort Pierce, Florida, CBS reports. Related: Donald Trump Seizes on Orlando Shooting and Repeats Call for Temporary Ban on Muslim Migration

According to social media, he is a US citizen, born in 1986, from Port Saint Lucie, FL. and both his parents are from Afghanistan. He was a registered democrat with a security officer and firearms license. The Orlando Mayor says he used an assault rifle, while Florida Congressman Alan Grayson adds that he believes the attack is “more likely than not” ideologically motivated.

Related: Orlando Killer Worked For Company Transporting Illegal Immigrants Inside US; Was Interviewed By FBI 3 Times According to BBC, Mateen was not on any terrorism watch list, although as CBS also adds Islamic terrorism is being investigated as one of the possible motives behind the mass shooting. CNN adds that the suspected Orlando gunman was trained in use of weapons. Some more details on the alleged shooter as disclosed on Find the Data, disclose that he was a registered Democrat in the 18th Congressional District. A search of the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services database reveals that Mateen had security officer and firearms licenses:

Is Orlando a False Flag? Update: Shooter An Employee Of CIA Front Company Wackenhut / G4S - False Flage / Sacrificial Lamb?

Orlando nightclub shooting: Yet another false flag? It sure walks, talks and quacks like one Related: Orlando Shootings Mask Clinton Hijacking of California Primary They’re calling it “the worst terror attack since 9/11.” A Muslim is being blamed for shooting up a gay nightclub in Orlando, Florida, killing more than fifty people. In the recently-published Another French False Flag, former CIA clandestine services officer Robert David Steele – who admits he executed on false flag operation for the Agency – lists ten “key indicators of a modern false flag.” The most important is #10: “Who benefits?” So let’s start there. [ Read full article ] Update 2: An alert reader has pointed out that only the stupid would accept the video taped pledge of allegiance to ISIS at face value. In a clandestine environment, the shooter could be told that he is auditioning for a possible operational promotion, and asked to do this, even given a script. A prospective candidate for access agent status going against ISIS would be assigned to increase mosque attendance and signs of commitment. There is NOTHING so far that suggests this individual had anything against gays or any reason to actually target gays. All signs point to a false flag event. Update 2: An alert reader has pointed out that the shooter (who was killed on site and cannot speak for himself) was an employee of a known CIA front company and ally, Wackenhut / G4S. Wackenhut, which manages prisons among other capabilities, is perfectly positioned to provide “men without a country” or relatives, and to provide men who can be mentally incapacitated or conditioned for “special duties.” See Also: Orlando Killer Worked For Company Transporting Illegal Immigrants Inside US; Was Interviewed By FBI 3 Times Orlando nightclub shooter worked for government security contractor Phi Beta Iota: We are particularly impressed by the connections that Dr. Barrett draws between Robert Steele’s “who benefits” test question, and the radical contrast between the past week of celebrating Muhamad Ali. This mass murder is exactly what one can expect from amoral individuals who want to force the US hand in relation to putting troops on the ground against ISIS in Syria. What the public does not understand is that ISIS is a creation of Saudi Arabia and the USA, and the objective in Syria is to make possible a Saudi pipeline to the sea. Israel supports the destabilization of Syria because that is consistent with its grand strategy to destabilize the Middle East. We have not seen the bodies and therefore doubt very much the veracity of the official narrative. We are pretty certain the FBI will not do serious forensics that could reveal multiple shooters, so this will be another coverup, just like the assassination of JFK, the assassination of MLK, the USS Cole, 9/11, and other recent false flags. See Also: False Flags @ Phi Beta Iota Orlando Shooting- Paul Craig Roberts Heavily armed man arrested while heading to ‘harm’ LA gay pride event Man 'Cut Off' Live On Air, After Saying Someone Was Holding Doors Closed at Pulse Night Club

The Destructive Effects Of Negative Interest Rates June 14 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

One of the best things that ever happened to me was my mother taught me to save from a very young age. Indeed when I first started primary school we had school banking where every pupil

had a small Post Office bank book and every week someone from the Post Office appeared to do school banking.

We were encouraged to save our threepences (3 cents), sixpences (6 cents) and shillings (10 cents) from what ever jobs we had done for mum & dad over the past week. House jobs were normal play, no house keepers where we lived. In those days my parents had lived through two world wars and the great depression of the 1930’s. They knew hardship and struggle. Our family was working class but in business albeit one that required hard labour. They knew what thriftiness was all about, just to get by to raise their three children as best they could and school banking was part of that era of saving for a rainy day. They had lived through a period where the rainy day lasted years and years and poverty was reality for a huge number of people. I can still recall the pleasure that I got once I was old enough to know what was going on from seeing the amount in my deposit book build up. Even more fun was it when at the end of the year someone else added some more shillings on top of my savings, my introduction to ‘interest’. But this is no longer the way it is, central bankers have embarked on a grand manipulation, a manipulation that destroys the centuries old paradigm that those that save and accumulate savings are rewarded with interest by depositing the savings with institutions that are able to lend it to someone else who needs additional capital to expand a business or purchase a property and who will pay interest for the privilege of using funds they don’t have.

The paying of or charging of interest becomes a silent arbitor of risk: when interest is added to an investment decision by a borrower it has a governing effect on investment decision making. But now in some countries banks are paying people to borrow whilst not rewarding the savers upon whose funds the advances are made. This is an absurdity. Central bankers have manufactured a distortion and it simply doesn’t make sense. I still can’t get my head around it, even worse try to explain it to others. Sure, I’m not an economist but I live in the real world and logically know that this financial experimentation will deliver unintended consequences and like all experiments those consequences will only become apparent after the fact. I never thought negative interest rates were even possible. It is as though central bank activity is criminally working against everyone’s interests accept their own.

Such is the desperation of central bankers to avoid a recession or even another depression that they are simply doing everything they can to rig market outcomes, simultaneously not allowing the markets to be the free regulator of risk. Indeed so many comment that free markets no longer exist. Financial derivatives appear to be the only instruments that can generate a positive return because you can bet against the market. Now central bankers, cornered by their own stupidity will watch as fundamental rules of saving, investment and return are destroyed. We need to question why they would allow this to happen and who is going to profit from this. One thing I know is that they will be safe if a major blow out occurs.

Perhaps you'd like to email the Reserve Bank of New Zealand and ask them to explain tis dubious scenario and how it might impact New Zealand? For you can be sure that if he was not on board with the privately owned Rothschild-driven central banking system that he WOULD NOT be the Governor of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand. It makes ‘saving for your retirement’ a questionable activity as the return on saved capital has been stolen by bankers from those who have saved or invested and effectively disbursed to the bankers all around the world. They pay virtually nothing now on deposits but they can embark on riskier lending activity that result in distortions and bubbles, particularly in asset markets. Bonds, a conventional financial asset that are an integral part of any diversified portfolio now yield negative returns completely destroying the historical actuarial calculations that superannuation funds rely on to pay superannuitant pensions.

This too forces the funds to invest into riskier assets for return. Many super funds have calculated return in the 6-8%pa range but because the funds can barely generate yield they are now massively underfunded. Central banker manipulation of interest rates is responsible for this. Peter Schiff of Euro Pacific capital sums negative interest rates:

“Negative interest rates are a disaster. It’s not working in Japan, it’s not working in Europe, it’s not going to work here. Just because it doesn’t work doesn’t mean we’re not going to do it, because everything we do doesn’t work and we do it anyway. It shows desperation, that you’ve had all these central bankers lowering interest rates and expecting it to revive the economy. And then when they get down to zero, rather than admit that it didn’t work, because clearly if you go to zero and you still haven’t achieved your objective, maybe it doesn’t work. Instead of admitting that they were wrong, they’re now going negative.”

It has allowed the distortion to impact global share markets and created a misallocation of capital such as acquisitions (companies taking over a competitor) and companies purchasing their own shares to (falsely) show an increase in earnings per share. In other words markets become distorted from reality bloated by cheap money that disguises underlying a competitive reality. While US acquisition activity is through the roof it rarely adds value often muddying the earnings quality of the acquirer. With interest rates so low, companies are overpaying to grow. This poses problems for investors as it makes it more difficult to value a company that is bolted together with acquisitions.

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes Low interest rates have also led companies to spend money to buy back shares, often using cheap debt. Revenue growth has been anemic and the only way to grow earnings per share is by lowering the share count but those buybacks have added future trouble. Instead the balance sheet of buy-back corporates holds a whole lot more debt that may backfire if / when interest rates are allowed to rise back to ‘normal’ levels. It now appears that companies that have completed aggressive share buy backs have actually under performed since 2011. Hard to explain.

Another unintended consequence is that is that it encourages banks to go out and make as many loans as they can forcing money to be lent to risky borrowers, presumably to fight the global deflationary environment. It’s hard to see how this will end well. We are truly in uncharted territory. The bankers are well educated, but they’re doing something that’s never been done before. No one knows exactly what’s going to happen when they try to unwind it, but it stands to reason that it won’t be pretty. Related: Financial Feudalism & The Economics Of Control

Royal Society Of New Zealand Claims On Seal Level Rise Don't Stand Up June 13 2016 | From: NewZealandClimateScienceCoalition

The Royal Society of New Zealand has released a study claiming that, in the next hundred years, New Zealand sea levels will surely rise by 0.3m and 1m is possible. It strongly recommends that we should be taking action now to deal with this.

The RoyalSociety claim does not stand up to close examination. First, the rise in sea level and New Zealand coast has been about 0.14 m over the last 100 years with no sign of a recent increase in the rate. There is no solid evidence to indicate that this steady rate will increase rapidly in the future. The Royal Society's claims are based on dubious climate models that predicted that, by now, temperatures would be 0.5° higher than they really are and increasing faster and faster. When they fed this dubious data into their sea level models, they predicted rapidly increasing sea level rise. How surprising! A Russian climate model alone makes predictions that match recent temperatures. This model assumes that CO2 makes only a small contribution to global warming. Perhaps it is right! Related: Humans Are NOT To blame For Global Warming, Says Greenpeace Co-Founder, As He Insists There Is 'No

Scientific Proof' Climate Change Is Manmade Secondly, they have ignored the fact that, all around New Zealand the land is rising or falling at different rates. So it is quite wrong to assign a single value of sea level rise to the whole country.

The Royal Society’s conclusions are a serious matter because many Councils are now restricting building close to the sea and putting restrictions on existing houses that have substantially reduced their value. So what do we really know about sea level rise? The long-term record is from tide gauges spread around the world. The oldest records date back to the 1890s and the average rise for 225 tide gauges spread around the world is 1.48 mm per year. See the data at: www.sealevel.info This is close to the generally accepted 1.72 mm per year for tide gauges. In the 1990s, Australia set up a series of very accurate tide gauges all around Australia and on many Pacific Islands. These show that, for the majority of sites, the sea level rise since the mid-1990s was less than 2 mm per year.

The Pacific Islands record shows, for instance, that the sea level in Tuvalu has hardly changed since 1992. At the moment, as a result of the current El Niño, Tuvalu sea level is about 100 mm below the level in 1994 - 1997. According to "Sea level rise –history and consequences” by Douglas there has been noacceleration of the rate of rise during the 20th century. Data is available is from satellite observations since 1993. These show a rise of about 3.2 mm per year with indications of a recent decline in the rate. Nobody seems to be able to explain why it is about twice the tide gauge rate. Many “climate scientists” have adopted the dubious practice of substituting satellite for tide gauge readings post 1993 so that they can claim that the rate of rise is increasing. Predictions of sea level rise from the more realistic of the IPCC computer models range from about 150 mm to 600 mm by 2100. In 2011, NASA’s predictions range from 200 mm to 700 mm.

The Ministry for the Environment and NIWA seem to have used an Australian prediction that cobbled the satellite record onto the tide gauge record and predicts a sea level rise of something like 0.5 m to 0.8 m by 2100.

The Royal Society of New Zealand leads the pack with a projected rise of 0.3 m to 1 m. More than anybody else and much more than the 0.125 m we would expect if sea level rise continued at its present rate! So there we have it. All the observational evidence indicates that the sea level is likely to rise 0.1 to 0.2 m by 2100. But the government, the Royal Society and other public bodies ignore this evidence and, instead, choose to believe the predictions of the climate and sea level computer models that have never made an accurate prediction.

On the basis of this dubious evidence they are devaluing coastal properties, preventing development in places where, in all probability, there would be negligible risk for hundreds of years and, on Auckland's north-western motorway at least, spending millions of dollars on extra raising of the existing road to a level far above the likely sea level rise within its lifetime. So blind belief in flawed computer models overrules the evidence.

Taxpayers and coastal communities bear the cost. What we need is an independent study by people with open minds and practical experience of the New Zealand coastline and sea level rise rather than a group of academics. It should be noted that many of these academics have careers devoted to supporting the increasingly dubious hypothesis that man - made carbon dioxide causes dangerous global warming that, in turn, causes rapid sea level rise. Related: UN Climate Deal: The Joke Is On Us

Unconditional Basic Income: Only A Matter Of Time June 13 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Over last weekend Switzerland held a referendum on whether to establish an unconditional basic income.

The proposal was rejected; no real surprise given the plan was somewhat ambitious in scale. Related: What Would Happen If We Just Gave People Money? However, the really interesting result is the number of people who expect this issue to stick around. Europeans are starting to view a move to an unconditional basic income as only a matter of time.

The Results With just under half of voters turning out, about 23% voted for the proposal and 77% against. In total, some 569,000 people voted for an unconditional basic income across the country. In some areas the total was much higher – for example 36% voted for the proposal in the canton of Jura. Related: Basic Income Switzerland The failure of the proposal is no surprise given its ambitious nature. The plan was to give all citizens a basic income of 2500 Swiss francs ($NZ3700 a month, $NZ44,400 a year); that is a hell of a lot of money even in the relatively expensive country of Switzerland.

On 4 October 2013 Swiss activists from Generation Grundeinkommen organised a performance in Bern where 8 million coins were dumped on a public square, as a celebration of the successful collection of more than 125,000 signatures, which forced the government to hold a referendum on whether or not to incorporate the concept of basic income in the Federal constitution.

The proposal also contained no consideration of how to pay for the basic income. Clearly, both of these are major issues that needed to be worked through before any such proposal could proceed. These are both issues that we considered in the book, The Big Kahuna, and we even had independent consultants: NZIER check our calculations. It may sound like a resounding defeat but the referendum has done incredible things for the profile of the unconditional basic income in Europe. In fact, by spending time to debate the pros and cons, it seems that many now believe the unconditional basic income is the way of the future.

Is UBI the Future of Switzerland? The debate about the unconditional basic income has clearly had some wins. People now understand that about half of the work done in most modern societies is unpaid – something an unconditional basic income can rectify. The UBI is also seen by 72% of the Swiss population as a useful response to automation and the risk to job security in the modern economy. All in all, the debate has clearly just begun. Some 69% of Swiss voters expect another referendum on the unconditional basic income.

On April 30th, the group "Robots for Basic Income" decided to show their approval of the introduction of a basic income for all humans as jobs will be given to robots in the future. They celebrated the End of Labour Day

That figure rises to 80% if you only count the people under 39 years old. Two-thirds believe an unconditional basic income will be introduced within two decades. After all this debate and the referendum, 77% of Swiss people want the unconditional basic income to be tested in an area, to see what actually happens. Watch this space. Related: Labour Leader Andrew Little Promises Debate On Universal Basic Income

The Rest of Europe These sorts of tests are already happening in the rest of Europe Finland and the Netherlands already have plans to test the idea. Even the UK Labour Party is taking a close look at the UBI. The results of these trials will add to the evidence we have from experiments in Canada and the US in the 1970s. The big concern with an unconditional basic income (other than the cost) is the fear that everyone will stop working. Of course, no one thinks they would stop working with an unconditional basic income; they just think everyone else would.

Related: Greece's Former Finance Minister Explains Why A Universal Basic Income Could Save Us It is an irrational fear that wasn’t borne out in the trials of the 1970s. Back then, the only people who worked less were young men in training (who went on to earn more as a result) or parents wanting to look after their children. Hardly an employment apocalypse. In the next few years we will see the results of these new trials emerge and these concerns will be put to bed. After the debate in Switzerland, there is a growing recognition that it is only a matter of time before we have an unconditional basic income. It is increasingly looking like a question of when, not if.

White House Calls FBI Probe Into Clinton's Classified Emails A 'Criminal Investigation' – To Glee Of Republicans – On The Same Day Obama Endorses Her June 12 2016 | From: TheDailyMail

Barack Obama's spokesman described the FBI's probe into Hillary Clinton's classified email scandal as a 'criminal investigation' on Thursday, less than an hour after the president endorsed his embattled former secretary of state to succeed him.

Josh Earnest told reporters during a White House press briefing that Obama was committed to keeping his hands off the investigation, trusting career investigators and prosecutors to follow evidence wherever it leads. Within an hour of Barack Obama's endorsement of Hillary Clinton, his spokesman acknowledged that she faces a 'criminal investigation' The misstep sent Republicans cackling to reporters Clinton faces the possibility of prosecution for housing classified documents on a private email server She used the homebrew setup for all her emails – including sensitive government matters – when she was secretary of state White House press secretary Josh Earnest insisted that the endorsement wouldn't be interpreted inside the FBI as a signal to let her off the hook See more of the latest news on the FBI probe into Hillary Clinton's emails

“That's what their responsibility is,' Earnest said. 'And that's why the president, when discussing this issue in each stage, has reiterated his commitment to this principle that any criminal investigation should be conducted independent of any sort of political interference."

OOPS: White House press secretary Josh Earnest said Thursday that President Obama won't interfere with 'any criminal investigation' like the one Hillary Clinton faces over classified documents in her private emails. Related: Wikileaks Founder Julian Assange: Google Is Working With Hillary Clinton

HE SAID WHAT? Clinton has referred to the FBI probe as a routine 'security inquiry,' resisting the idea that she could face criminal charges as she makes her run for the White House A search Thursday through White House briefing transcripts for similar acknowledgements turned up none.

Republican National Committee spokesman Michael Short crowed to reporters that 'the White House’s admission that the FBI is investigating Hillary Clinton’s email server as a "criminal" matter shreds her dishonest claim that it is a routine "security inquiry".'

“This is another reminder of her reckless conduct as Obama’s secretary of state, where her attempt to skirt government transparency laws exposed highly classified information and put our national security at risk." Obama gave Clinton his official nod Thursday in a video message, saying: "I know how hard this job can be. That's why I know Hillary will be so good at it. In fact, I don't think there's ever been someone so qualified to hold this office."

In the press briefing that followed, a Fox News Channel reporter challenged Earnest on the question of whether civil servants in the U.S. Department of Justice might see the presidential endorsement as a signal that it was time to wrap up their investigations. Clinton has been dogged for more than a year by charges that she exposed state secrets to hackers and foreign governments by keeping all her email correspondence on a private homebrew server while she was secretary of state from 2009 to 2013. Depending on evidentiary nuances, that could violate the U.S. Espionage Act and subject Clinton to 10 years in prison, even if she put classified documents in an 'unsecured' location through simple negligence. Clinton said Wednesday that she 'absolutely' will not face a criminal indictment.

More than 2,000 such documents have been identified in State Department reviews of emails that Clinton turned over in late 2014 – nearly two years after she was supposed to. She also deleted more than 32,000 messages, unilaterally deeming them 'personal' in nature. Earnest insisted that 'the reason that the president feels confident that he can go out and make this endorsement and record a video in which he describes his strong support for Secretary Clinton's campaign is that he knows the people who are conducting the investigation aren't going to be swayed by any sort of political interference.' Related: Assange Says Google Secretly Boosts Hillary’s Campaign

“They aren't going to be swayed by political forces. They know that their investigation should be guided by the facts and that they should follow the evidence where it leads. The President has complete confidence that that's exactly what they'll do," he said.

The reporter asked Earnest whether or not Obama had ever discussed the FBI investigation with Clinton, who is now the Democratic Party's presumptive nominee. 'He has not,' the president's spokesman answered.

Riding Roughshod Over Middle New Zealand - Fiona MacKenzie June 12 2016 | From: BreakingViews

Our politicians, bureaucrats and journalists are struggling to stay in touch with Middle New Zealand. Many of them think it’s unnecessary. After all, they hold the power to tell us what we ought to think and what we should endure.

The system usually works well for them. The Middlers keep to themselves, too busy with the day-to-day. Related: Undemocratic Mayors The problem arises when the people are actually allowed a voice. Referendums must be so frustrating to those who think “they know what’s good for us”. Thanks to the binding nature of a couple of recent ones, New Zealand rejected a tea-towel flag and the New Plymouth Council won’t have race-based wards. If only citizen-initiated referendums didn’t have to jump so many hurdles and had the same binding status. The country might then get a few other things right.

Let’s Hear from Middle Maori Another group we don’t hear much from are ‘Maori’. We certainly hear them referenced by those who want unquestioned control over government, natural resources and taxpayer funds, but it is hard to know who (other than themselves) these articulate and manipulative spokespeople actually represent.

Herald columnist, John Roughan, recently railed against Middle New Zealand for not getting with the programme and accepting that ‘Maori’ should be granted easy access to government power and control. So again I ask, who are these ‘Maori’ who are entitled to unearned privilege and want to be separated out from the rest of us? In photos from the latest family wedding, she’s fair and beautiful, he’s dark and handsome. So do they want to be separated within our very blended country? Their marriage suggests not. We are bombarded with what the politically devious, the self-serving and the disaffected think, but is it possible that Middle Maori could want and believe much the same as other Kiwis?

Mix of World Views In New Zealand, ethnic-based differences are less obvious than economic ones. Our many skins tones mix and mingle. People classified as Maori (by themselves or others) range widely − from very dark brown to red haired and blued eyed! There are those who work hard, those who never lift a finger. There are those who help their families, their communities and New Zealand to prosper. Then there are others who prefer to obstruct, intimidate and bully. Some want to embrace opportunities to create regional jobs; others resist any change or cooperation.

Yet we’re constantly told that ‘Maori’ have a superior world view to the rest of us and are more entitled. Sure, we could just take this as gospel (which it’s fast becoming), but such a mantra can be difficult to fathom. Is the superior world view that of the guy throwing litter from a car, or of the bloke claiming to have a guardianship role over the environment? Is it that of a parent who neglects or abuses a child, or that of the dad coaching his kid’s sports team? And are the world views of New Zealanders volunteering to plant trees, deal to possums, save Kiwis or provide community services any less valuable because they have no Maori blood?

There are all sorts in our country and while our politicians, bureaucrats and journalists only listen to the noisy activists, they may just be missing out on what the people in the middle really think.

Term Limits & Referenda People in the middle tend to be the steady voice of practical reason – those who keep a country functioning and growing good future citizens. They know how things work and what goes on in real life. They’re not so easily persuaded by the latest trends and propaganda, being more interested in what people do than what they say. If only, the politicians, bureaucrats and journalists would listen to them and work in their best interests – rather than ride roughshod over them.

Perhaps term limits would facilitate this. Imagine if all our politicians and bureaucrats had to give up their day jobs after so many years at the trough. What a great leveller that would be! They could hit the streets, get an ordinary job and live on an ordinary income – anything that helps them reconnect. More binding referendums on really important matters might help too. How about the fundamental issue of who should control water?

Or whether investors should be able to create city housing crises? And whether all references to race and culture should be removed from the statute books? If this could be achieved, we might well start living in a true democracy, where every person is equal to his/her neighbour.

Satan’s Credit Card: What The Mark Of The Beast Taught Me About The Future Of Money June 11 2016 | From: Buzzfeed

Silicon Valley has sold us on a cashless, cardless, walletless, supposedly frictionless future - but as I learned living in it for a month, we’re not quite there yet.

It’s the dead of winter in Stockholm and I’m sitting in a very small room inside the very inaptly named Calm Body Modification clinic. A few feet away sits the syringe that will, soon enough, plunge into the fat between my thumb and forefinger and deposit a glass-encased microchip roughly the size of an engorged grain of rice. Related: Why Is There Suddenly Such A Huge Push For ‘Mark Of The Beast’ Technology? “You freaking out a little?” asks Calm’s proprietor, a heavily tattooed man named Chai, as he runs an alcohol-soaked cotton swab across my hand. “It’s all right. You’re getting a microchip implanted inside your body. It’d be weird if you weren’t freaking out a little bit.” Of Course It Fucking Hurts!, his T-shirt admonishes in bold type. My choice to get microchipped was not ceremonial. It was neither a transhumanist statement nor the fulfillment of a childhood dream born of afternoons reading science fiction. I was here in Stockholm, a city that’s supposedly left cash behind, to see out the extreme conclusion of a monthlong experiment to live without cash, physical credit cards, and, eventually, later in the month, state-backed currency altogether, in a bid to see for myself what the future of money - as is currently being written by Silicon Valley - might look like.

Some of most powerful corporations in the world - Apple, Facebook, and Google; the Goliaths, the big guys, the companies that make the safest bets and rarely lose - are pouring resources and muscle into the payments industry, historically a complicated, low-margin business. Meanwhile, companies like Uber and Airbnb have been forced to become payments giants themselves, helping to facilitate and process millions of transactions (and millions of dollars) each day.

Chai and the writer at Calm Body Modification in Stockholm

A recent report from the auditor KPMG revealed that global investment in fintech - financial technology, that is - totaled $19.1 billion in 2015, a 106% jump compared to 2014; venture capital investment alone nearly quintupled between 2012 and last year.

In 2014, Americans spent more than $3.68 billion using tap-to-pay tech, according to eMarketer. In 2015, that number was $8.71 billion, and in 2019, it’s projected to hit $210.45 billion. As Apple CEO Tim Cook told (warned?) a crowd in the U.K. last November, “Your kids will not know what money is.”

To hear Silicon Valley tell it, the broken-in leather wallet is on life support. I wanted to pull the plug. Which is how, ultimately, I found myself in this sterile Swedish backroom staring down a syringe the size of a pipe cleaner. I was here because I wanted to see the future of money. But really, I just wanted to pay for some shit with a microchip in my hand. The first thing you’ll notice if you ever decide to surrender your wallet is how damn many apps you’ll need in order to replace it. You’ll need a mobile credit card replacement - Apple Pay or Android Pay - for starters, but you’ll also need person-toperson payment apps like Venmo, PayPal, and Square Cash. Then don’t forget the lesser-knowns: Dwolla, Tilt, Tab, LevelUp, SEQR, Popmoney, P2P Payments, and Flint. Then you might as well embrace the cryptocurrency of the future, bitcoin, by downloading Circle, Breadwallet, Coinbase, Fold, Gliph, Xapo, and Blockchain. You’ll also want to cover your bases with individual retailer payment apps like Starbucks, Walmart, USPS Mobile, Exxon Speedpass, and Shell Motorist, to name but a few.

Plus public and regular transit apps - Septa in Philadelphia, NJ Transit in New Jersey, Zipcar, Uber, Lyft. And because you have to eat and drink, Seamless, Drizly, Foodler, Saucey, Waitress, Munchery, and Sprig. The future is fractured. This isn’t lost on Bryan Yeager, a senior analyst who covers payments for eMarketer.

"This kind of piecemeal fragmentation is probably one of the biggest inhibitors out there,” he said. “I’ll be honest: It’s very confusing, not just to me, but to most customers. And it really erodes the value proposition that mobile payments are simpler.”

On a frigid January afternoon in Midtown Manhattan, just hours into my experiment, I found myself at 2 Bros., a red-tiled, fluorescent-lit pizza shop that operates with an aversion to frills. As I made my way past a row of stainless steel ovens, I watched the patrons in front of me grab their glistening slices while wordlessly forking over mangled bills, as has been our country’s custom for a century and a half. When my turn came to order, I croaked what was already my least-favorite phrase: “Do you, um, take Apple Pay?” The man behind the counter blinked four times before (wisely) declaring me a lost cause and moving to the next person in line. This kind of bewildered rejection was fairly common. A change may be coming for money, but not everyone’s on board yet, and Yaeger’s entirely correct that the “simple” value proposition hasn’t entirely come to pass. Paying with the wave of a phone, I found, pushes you toward extremes; to submit to the will of one of the major mobile wallets is to choose between big-box retailers and chain restaurants and small, niche luxury stores. The only business in my Brooklyn neighborhood that took Apple Pay or Android Pay was a cafe where a large iced coffee runs upwards of $5; globally, most of the businesses that have signed on as Apple Pay partners are large national chains like Jamba Juice, Pep Boys, Best Buy, and Macy’s. Partially for this reason, the primary way most Americans are currently experiencing the great fintech boom isn’t through Apple or Android Pay at all, but through proprietary payment apps from chains such as Target, Walmart, and Starbucks - as of last October, an astonishing 1 in 5 of all Starbucks transactions in the U.S. were done through the company’s mobile app.

It wouldn’t be all that hard to live a fully functional - if possibly boring - cash-free consumer life by tapping and swiping the proprietary apps of our nation’s biggest stores. If that doesn’t feel revolutionary or particularly futuristic, it’s because it’s not really meant to. But the future of mobile retail is assuredly dystopian. Just ask Andy O’Dell, who works for Clutch, a marketing company that helps with consumer loyalty programs and deals with these kinds of mobile purchasing apps.

"Apple Pay and the Starbucks payment app have nothing to do with actual payments,” he told me. “The power of payments and the future of these programs is in the data they generate.”

Imagine this future: Every day you go to Starbucks before work because it’s right near your house. You use the app, and to ensure your reliable patronage, Starbucks coughs up a loyalty reward, giving you a free cup of coffee every 15 visits. Great deal, you say! O’Dell disagrees. According to him, Starbucks is just hurting its margins by giving you something you’d already be buying. The real trick, he argued, is changing your behavior. He offers a new scenario where this time, instead of a free coffee every 15 visits, you get a free danish - which you try and then realize it goes great with coffee. Venmo screenshot

So you start buying a danish once a week, then maybe twice a week, until it starts to feel like it was your idea all along.

In that case, O’Dell said;

Starbucks has “changed my behavior and captured more share of my wallet, and they’ve also given me more of what I want.” “That’s terrifying,” I told him. “But that’s the brave new world, man,” he shot back. “Moving payments from plastic swipes to digital taps is going to change how companies influence your behavior. That’s what you’re asking, right? Well, that’s how we’re doing it.”

In this sense, the payments rush is, in no small part, a data rush. Creating a wallet that’s just a digital version of the one you keep in your pocket is not the endgame. But figuring out where you shop, when you shop, and exactly what products you have an affinity for, and then bundling all that information in digestible chunks to inform the marketers of the world? Being able to, as O’Dell puts it;

“Drive you to the outcome they want you to have like a rat in a maze by understanding, down to your personality, who you are?”

That’s disruption worth investing in [ ?! ].

For all its complexity and bureaucracy and importance, money, at its core, is really just information. When FDR weaned the United States off the gold standard in 1933, cash, no longer backed by physical gold, became an abstraction. Today, that abstraction is pushed to new extremes: Not only does 92% of the money in the world exist as a series of ones and zeroes, but now it’s being transferred from place to place by any number of digital intermediaries looking to take a cut. That process is complicated, but the key issue is trust. Money, argues David Wolman in The End of Money, is not much more than “a belief in a shared purpose, or at least a shared hallucination.”

Related: Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks" This faith in the “particular religion” of cash has been at the center of standardized currencies since Kublai Khan, and the loss of that faith has been associated with every major economic catastrophe in history. But trust - especially when it comes to new forms of currency - takes time to build. The first two weeks of my experiment, most people balked when I offered an alternative means of payment. “I’m a little worried this might not go through in time,” one server at a German beer hall told me when I asked if I could Venmo her for my bill. A waiter at a different establishment scoffed when I tried to pay him or the restaurant via PayPal, suggesting his manager would think he was getting ripped off.

Yaeger sees this as standard for a nascent technology. “I kind of equate now to where things were 10 to 12 years ago with ecommerce,” he told me. “The concept of putting credit cards on a screen was new. Retailers and normal people were concerned about that. So innovative companies like PayPal and Amazon built that trust up over a decade while others slowly moved in.” There are, of course, legitimate reasons not to trust these new forms of payment. Anyone who’s been mugged or lost a wallet knows cash is far from perfect, but this constellation of new digital payment products introduces a whole new category and scale of ways to get robbed, hacked, scammed, and screwed. Venmo - the social payment service that’s now transferring over $1 billion per month - may, in some ways, be the truest glimpse at a mobile payment future, but it’s not exactly entirely secure. Smartphones can be as easily lost and stolen as wallets, but they’re also eminently breakable, orders of magnitude more expensive, and obsolete after two or three years. And the payment-apps landscape is still such that living cashlessly in 2016 means entering your credit card information or routing number into dozens of stand-alone apps, some of which look as if they’ve been built overnight by a high school computer science class. All this risk and all this friction, in the service of…what, exactly? “Plastic works really well,” Randy Reddig, an entrepreneur who was a part of Square’s founding team, told me, taking a shot at what he called “mobile wallet hysteria.” “I have a wallet right now in my pocket, and it’s great. It can feel like this is something that nobody is asking for. It’s solutioneering: Take something that exists just fine in the meatspace world and make it digital and somehow we’re all supposed to believe it’s better.”

To Reddig, the true future of payments is revealing itself inside many of Silicon Valley’s biggest new companies. Airbnb, he said, has one of the most sophisticated payments infrastructures of any company in the world, handling deposits and disbursements in hundreds of markets, many with different currencies.

“All the innovation around payments is a means to an end - table stakes,” he said. “Uber has one of, if not the most used mobile payments methods in the world, and it was absolutely crucial they had to do it to create the experience and service they wanted. Payment technology created certainty for riders and drivers that they’d get paid - it facilitated trust.”

Much as the true value of a retailer’s mobile payment app is in the metadata it gobbles up, the real power of digital payments lies in the largely invisible infrastructure that undergirds them.

Venmo screenshot

Fintech companies like Square aren’t exactly sexy, but they allow small businesses and individual merchants to process transactions without prohibitively expensive equipment or the fees that legacy credit companies charge.

“It’s about financial inclusion and serving real, normal people,” Reddig said. “There is a lot of opportunity to build very profitable businesses that operate better than incumbents in transparency, great design, great user experience. Millennials don’t trust banks, but they trust Apple and Google.”

This is already happening, just outside the U.S. If fintech’s true believers think it’ll fundamentally change the way we live, the developing world is where their vision is revealing itself most clearly. In Kenya, for example, the payment messaging service M-Pesa has attracted over 13 million monthly active users (out of a population of 44.3 million). As of last May, roughly 42% of Kenya’s GDP was transacted via M-Pesa, all without tying Kenyans to expensive, cumbersome bank accounts. But more than that, M-Pesa has effectively invented a new form of credit that’s based on a history of reliable transactions from phone to phone, rather than through a bank. In a world where 2.5 billion people don’t have bank accounts, systems like M-Pesa are set to leapfrog Western banking the same way much of the developing world skipped the desktop and went straight to the smartphone for its computing needs. In reinventing money transfers, M-Pesa and its ilk offer more than a new way to pay - they are opportunity engines, offering the ability to build credit in a world that previously shut them out. And in the process, there are billions to be made in transfer fees.

By my third week, the cashless, frictionless future I’d hoped to live began to feel glitchy, burdensome, and alienating. I had to meticulously plan my every move hours or even days in advance - a haircut required me to convince my barber to start

using Venmo, going out for a meal meant lining up a dining companion willing to submit to confused stares and drawn-out check-settling processes. One January afternoon, I found myself trying to persuade a prodigiously bearded, flannel-shirt-wearing barista named Michael to allow me to pay him personally via Square Cash for a coffee, which he would then pay the register for. After a confession that this was all for a story from me and a pity laugh from him, Michael reached for his phone, but not before he locked eyes with me.

“I’m only doing this because I want you to write about how much this sucks for us,”he said. He went on to talk about a popular coffee app called Cups, which allows customers to order and pay all inside the phone. “It’s like, now everyone who comes in is a robot - they just stare at their phone and wait to have their name called. Nobody even looks at us,” he said.

At this point, replacing my wallet with a phone struck me as little more than a shallow gimmick, an academic exercise, like living in a house mid-construction, before the appliances work and the water and electricity have been switched on:

It’s entirely doable, and chances are no one’s going to get hurt, but that’s an awful reason to do anything. I needed something more drastic, which is how I found Hannes Sjoblad, who told me, with surprisingly little fanfare, that he could make me a cyborg. When I contacted Sjoblad, whose LinkedIn profile lists him as the chief disruption officer at the Swedish biohacking group BioNyfiken, he’d been experimenting with NFC and RFID chip implants by hosting chipping parties for curious biohackers-to-be. His xNT NFC chip is really just a prototype: Sjoblad’s implantees are guinea pigs testing out what they believe could become common uses for a technology that’s usually reserved for phones and credit cards. Sjoblad himself uses his as a replacement for his house keys, business cards, and bike locks. I asked him if I could use the chip - the same kind, more or less, that sits in and powers the Apple, Google, and Samsung Pay parts of our phones - to pay for things in a store; he wasn’t sure, but he knew a programmer who could link it to a bitcoin wallet. We Skyped once and formalized plans to make me an implantee. “I think when you meet us you’ll see that we’re pretty normal mainstream persons,” he told me over a grainy video chat. “We’re not like some underground den of hackers.” He let out the kind of nervous, mischievous laugh you might let slip if you ran an underground den of hackers. In the meantime, if I couldn’t bring the future to myself, I would have to do the next best thing: get into bitcoin. At its most basic, bitcoin is the very complicated product of advanced mathematics and cryptography, a “peer-to-peer system for online payments that does not require a trusted central authority.” Bitcoin can be mined by those who donate part of their computing power to help verify the peer-to-peer transactions going on in bitcoin’s ecosystem via the blockchain, which is a string of bundled past transactions. (It’s a bit like if you loaned part of your computer to your bank to help it process payments across the world and got a very tiny reward for the donation). But bitcoin’s real beauty, according to its disciples, is that it’s not really governed by any entity, making it nonreversible,

unfreezable, and anonymous, all with very low transaction fees. It’s a powerful idea, and bitcoin has been a bolded and underlined bullet point in every future-of-finance argument. But in 2016, almost eight years since its creation, using bitcoin is a world-class exercise in frustration.

If living without cards and cash meant planning all my purchases in painful detail, living without state-backed currency of any kind only exacerbated the problem. To buy anything immediately out in the physical world, I had to use bitcoin to buy gift cards and then redeem them at the store for groceries, meals, and anything else. When I ran out of toilet paper, I loaded up Gyft, a digital gift card site, and purchased a $15 CVS card, which I then redeemed for Cottonelle as the store opened - all told, a 45-minute ordeal. Splitting the bill was impossible without a friend willing to set up their own bitcoin wallet, and sending money through bitcoin’s blockchain technology felt almost purposefully intimidating, with long, wonky wallet addresses, exchanges, and codes. And again, there’s trust - using bitcoin means transferring real money into a volatile currency, which hit home when bitcoin’s value dropped almost 18% just hours after I converted $800 dollars to book a flight. Though today bitcoin is niche but somewhat stable, it’s not exactly hard to imagine the whole thing melting down overnight.

(As a challenge, my editor tasked me with buying something “tangible” with bitcoin’s jokey, basically defunct cousin, Dogecoin: I was rejected by a meme memorabilia merchant on Etsy when I asked to pay for a mug with a cartoon frog using Dogecoin. A new low.) But simply replacing paper dollars with digital ones isn’t the draw for bitcoin’s biggest advocates. Olaf Carlson-Wee, a 23year-old early employee at the bitcoin startup Coinbase, has been living almost exclusively on bitcoin for three years.

“The exciting things are not where bitcoin competes with regular money,” he told me, “but where the tech is so radically different it creates new modes of behavior.” Carlson-Wee sees apps like Apple Pay as “abstraction layers,” basically just a digital copy of a common credit card - unlike bitcoin, which is a whole new platform.

Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash Adi Chikara, a strategist for 3Pillar Global who has been advising on and investing in companies using blockchain technology for years, sees its elegant, unbreakable cryptographic security as a new way to ensure trust. In some scenarios, he argues, blockchain technology can act as a replacement for currency as a whole. Imagine a system where legal contracts are automatically executed through the blockchain - for example, your monthly car payments are directly linked to your ability to unlock your vehicle and put it in gear. The particulars are complicated, but blockchain has the potential to act as a powerful reinvention of 21st-century bartering. It’s also, ultimately, maybe the only way to ever move past a state-backed currency.

“We had paper and it was backed by gold, and right now we’re trusting the government - but with the blockchain you may not necessarily need the state,” Chikara told me.

The early signs of this are around today - Circle, for example, is a peer-to-peer money transfer app, similar to Venmo, which is powered by the blockchain, meaning, unlike Venmo, the payments are instantaneous and can easily be converted into different currencies without fees.

Chikara readily admits we’re years, if not decades, away from a viable, universal blockchain-centric financial system. Like Venmo and Apple Pay and cash, bitcoin is still subject to human error, like in 2014, when the executive in charge of Mt. Gox, a popular cryptocurrency exchange, embezzled and lost hundreds of millions of dollars worth of bitcoin. But Chikara still proposes a scenario with no banks and no federal reserve.

“There is no printing of money,” he said. “It’s owned jointly by the people themselves, and they trust each other.” detoxification/protection."

Blockchain technology is already being tested by traders across the world and has been implemented in the Australian stock exchange. IBM, Nasdaq OMX, Intel, and Cisco are exploring the blockchain and blockchain-based open ledger projects for trading, along with banks like Wells Fargo and JPMorgan. And recently Goldman Sachs filed a patent for SETLCoin, the company’s very own blockchain-powered currency. But perhaps the best description of bitcoin’s potential came from Coinbase co-founder Fred Ehrsam, who sees blockchain technology as nothing less than the most significant open platform since the web.

“We take what was once a highly controlled system and turn it into a software development problem where people can go nuts,” he said. “And it becomes like the internet, where you have a big open network, people can build whatever they want. The market decides what’s good and what’s not. And before you know it, you have this great big open network that has all these great ideas on it and things can really start to get interesting.”

It was the beginning of week four and bitcoin had driven me deeper into my hermetic state -most of my purchases were being made online and my relation to the real world was almost exclusively conducted through a screen of some sort. I needed a change of scenery. As it turns out, if you yammer about the future of money long enough, somebody is likely to tell you to go to Sweden and see it for yourself. There, among the bountiful sweaters, sunless winters, and impossibly good genes, is the closest thing you’ll find to a truly cashless society. Just 20% of all consumer payments are conducted using cash in Sweden; according to a 2015 survey, only 2% of Sweden’s economy revolves around the ancient, dirty exchange of paper money and coins. I booked my flight rather painlessly using bitcoin (thanks, Expedia!) to figure out how and why 9 million polite socialists have beaten the rest of us to the paperless money future. With its standing desks, glass-walled meeting rooms, and long corridors lined with stark black-and-white portraits, the office of Situation Stockholm looks like a startup. In fact, it’s almost the complete opposite: a 21-year-old glossy print magazine sold primarily by the city’s homeless population. The portraits on the wall are of the magazine’s vendors, who are, incidentally, some of the first pioneers of cashless street busking.

“A common response from presumptive customers was ‘Sorry, I don’t have any cash,’” Jenny Lindroth, an operations manager at the magazine, told me. “So we started to think of ways to take this cash business - a lot of our vendors don’t have bank accounts - digital.”

In 2007, Situation Stockholm started giving select vendors the ability to sell the magazine by having customers text a number,

which would then add a charge to their cell phone bill. In 2013, the company bought card readers from a Swedish payment company called iZettle and sent its most reliable vendors out with them.

According to Since then, Situation Stockholm has seen an uptick in sales for vendors, as well as a newfound agency.

“People outside the country seem to think that it’s interesting or funny that homeless people have these phones and card readers, but it’s not really big news here in Sweden,” Lindroth said. “It’s just common practice now - in Sweden you don’t have cash.”

Walking around Stockholm’s icy cobblestoned sidewalks and winding, low-arched alleyways, I found myself ducking into countless shops, bars, and konditori cafés, eavesdropping on checkout registers and craning my neck for a peek at local wallets. Not once did I see a paper bill. Paying by phone was commonplace, and I didn’t even get a weird look when I scanned a QR code at a grocery store checkout and wordlessly strolled away with my basket of smoked meats. Situation Stockholm

Jacob de Geer, the CEO of iZettle, Sweden’s cashlessness can be traced back to the early 1990s, when tax subsidies encouraged citizens to buy early personal computers en masse, thereby making the country extra technologically adventurous. But all that early adoption hasn’t been easy for everyone. Swedish banks have drastically cut back on ATMs, raised cash transaction fees roughly 300% in the last four years, and made depositing as inconvenient as possible. Recently, Lindroth witnessed an elderly woman being turned away at the bank after she attempted to deposit a large amount of cash she’d been storing at home.

“If she had transferred that money from her phone, she wouldn’t have been questioned in the same way.”

Related: Cashless Crisis: “With Digital Payments, Civilization Comes To An End Until Power Is Restored” The problem, according to Björn Eriksson - a former head of the Swedish police and Interpol, and a prominent dissenting voice in the country’s rush to cashlessness - is not the end of paper money, but the speed of the transition, which is especially hard on older generations, those in rural areas, tourists, and new immigrants who come to the country without cards or bank accounts.

“It’s gotten so that some people are resorting to hiding money in their microwave because they have nowhere to put it,” Eriksson told me.

It can even be dangerous to public health: Just last September, Sweden’s highest court ruled against the Kronoberg County Health Authority and reprimanded them for not accepting cash as legal tender for medical services in all but two of their health clinics. Access to new technology is never evenly distributed. And even those like iZettle’s de Geer, who are enabling and profiting from a digital payments revolution, have reservations about abandoning paper money outright:

“Everyone thinks I’d like to see the death of cash, but privacy is a big issue for all of us.

Cash’s benefit is privacy. There’s plenty that’s legal to buy out there that you don’t want everyone to know you’ve bought.” If America is headed down Sweden’s cashless path, we have much to learn from our Scandinavian friends. Or get comfortable finding stacks of twenties in the fridge next time you’re at grandma’s place.

Chai at the Calm Body Modification clinic

As I pushed through the door of Calm Body Modification, a bell tinkled amiably, as if to reaffirm the shop’s namesake. I looked up at the proprietors, tall men with all their exposed skin covered in tattoos. Above one, a sign advertised genital piercings for 1,000 kronor.

My piercer, Chai, and I retired to the backroom where my skewering would take place. “So now I’m going to tell you something you probably didn’t consider before,”he said, furrowing his brow. “People - very conservative right-wing Christian types - might come after you for this. They see it as the Mark of the Beast. I just want you to be prepared.”I nodded like this is something I had expected to hear. This comes from the Book of Revelation: “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond to receive a mark on their right hand, or on their foreheads; and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast or the number of his name.”

The passage essentially describes a closed economic system, where power is consolidated and financial gatekeepers can shut anyone out. It made for a potent metaphor. I’d spent the last three weeks in search of a connected, seamless future, but I found myself more separated than ever from the people around me.

Around week two, I’d noticed how robotic my interactions had become during any financial transaction: walk into some reliable big-box establishment, mumble order, flash phone, move down the line. Moments like my conversation at the coffee shop with Michael, the barista, heightened these concerns. The brick-and-mortar world of commerce is in the midst of a rewiring - one that’s supposed to bring in more merchants and give consumers more access to what they want when they want it. But that means new behaviors, some of which are likely to be harmful. New commerce apps and technology may have a lower barrier to entry than, say, credit cards, but many of these programs like miles cards - reward you and work best when you’ve got money to spend. And while much of fintech is billed as liberating us from the old ways and institutions, new gatekeepers are bound to emerge, in many respects, guiding us - perhaps unwittingly, at times toward the outcomes that their data analysis has told them we want.

Situation Stockholm

Bitcoin evangelists are optimistic, but the legacy banking system is as inescapable as it is flawed. Even today’s most disruptive money solutions are still reliant on traditional institutions.

While Kenya’s M-Pesa allows money to be transferred from phone to phone outside of banks using the cellular company Vodafone’s network, at the end of the day, the transferred money is still backed by the pooled accounts held in regulated commercial banks. Bitcoin or blockchain-based currencies could free us from the tyranny of service fees and interest rates and all the regulations that complicate and ultimately exclude merchants and large populations from the global economy. Or bitcoin could be adopted by legacy institutions that will strip the technology of its open platforms and use it to create a slick, more efficient model of the current system. The fumes from Chai’s alcohol swab jolted me back into the moment. “OK, just a slight pinch, here,” he said. “Sometimes it helps to look away.”

Related: 'It's Time To Hold Physical Cash,' Says One Of Britain's Most Senior Fund Managers

Being chipped was oddly anticlimactic. A trip to the doctor revealed that I hadn’t done anything too horrible to myself. “Wait, you’re telling me I can unlock doors with that thing?” my physician cheerily inquired when I asked if I should be worried about my body rejecting the chip. “I might have to get one myself!” Over the course of a few weeks, the whole thing became an afterthought; a piece of me that stored information, like a lowtech flash drive that I couldn’t misplace.

But there was still the problem of payments. I reached out to former Venmo employee and co-founder Iqram Magdon-Ismail, who then enlisted the help of Nuseir Yassin, another former Venmo employee, to help me become the first person to pay for a meal with his hand. I asked Magdon-Ismail, who’d had a hand in building one of the most successful person-to-person money transferring apps, to explain the allure of the payments industry. “One side effect of this industry is that you make a lot of money if you move a lot of money,” he said.

“If you’re serving an underbanked community with a financial product, you get a couple hundred thousand users and you make a small return on each one of them - well, that’s a really good business, right there.” “It’s a big pie,” eMarketer’s Yeager said of the money to be made in the payments space. “It’s going to be around $100 billion by the end of this year, and that’s just retail mobile commerce.” Similarly, Jeremy Allaire, who runs Circle, cited a study by the Aite research group suggesting that personal payments in the U.S. is a $1.2 trillion market, 90% of which is cash and checks. “What if you can help introduce a new behavior?” he said of the opportunity to capture some of that money.

As Alex Rampell, a general partner and fintech investor at the Silicon Valley venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz, told me, the genius of Apple Pay isn’t in the “tap to pay in the physical world” at Whole Foods but the ability to store payment credentials and personal information for millions of cardholders and create a one-touch fingerprint payment method across the entire web. If successful, Apple will have cemented itself as the most widely used and reliable online payment passport, allowing consumers to stop paying premiums at online retail giants like Amazon for the simple convenience of one-click payments.

And then, Rampell suspects, Apple will make the digital wallet available to developers.

“If Apple and Google are smart about this, they’ll encourage opening the wallet up as the next platform,” he said. “Imagine allowing budgeting apps like Mint to operate on top of the wallet so that they help you budget your finances in real time. Or allowing lending companies to build a plugin to the Apple Wallet so every person who uses Apple Pay saves 50% on their interest rates? That could force a company like Capital One into bankruptcy by no fault of its own. And that’s a big, big deal.”

All that potential is intoxicating. Over the course of my month, I found myself unexpectedly buying into the possibilities of bitcoin, seduced by the ease of phone-waving payment. It feels good to be hopeful about these things, to imagine that there’s a way beyond crazy fees you never asked for - a way to replicate the safety, trust, and stability of banks without their consolidation of power and bureaucracy. But disrupting at software speeds in the physical world means feeling growing pains - usually important, ignore-at-your-ownperil signals - without having time to consider and interpret them. It turns progressive early adopters like those in Sweden into a system that can exclude its elderly and consolidate power in a handful of banks, all in the name of some kind of progress. The future of money is coming - there’s no stopping it. But there is a matter of control, of receiving the future incrementally and responsibly.

Weeks passed and normal life returned, save for the still-unused microchip in my left hand. It had become a life raft for the experiment, which had largely failed to yield the kinds of aha moments I had assumed I’d be having when I locked away my wallet.

And despite the hype and the influx of money and the feeling that everything is just about to change, it’s going to take real time. (It’s very much worth noting that just in the week before this story was published, the fintech peer-to-peer lending darling Lending Club’s CEO resigned over an internal probe concerning improper loan sales; a security breach in a Hong Kong cryptocurrency exchange resulted in the loss of at least $2.14 million; and the massive retailer-led consortium MCX has significantly delayed - perhaps killed - the rollout of its digital wallet, CurrentC, to “concentrate more heavily” on other non-mobile-commerce areas of the financial sector.) That’s because today’s fintech is more evolutionary than it is revolutionary. And when this change does happen, it will do so on the backs of a new generation that isn’t just asking for a new money model but is demanding it. Buying a sandwich with my fist isn’t some paradigm shift - it’s a stand-in for something weightier: a future that feels just a bit less recognizable. One April morning, my inbox pinged. I’d given Yassin full access to my Venmo account, after which he set up a server linked to my unique Venmo payment key. Now his code was working in test runs. We picked a restaurant - a Sri Lankan place on New York’s Lower East Side that’s partly owned by Magdon-Ismail and of course accepts Venmo - and Yassin coded the chip so that it would launch a website on the merchant’s device when scanned. The site would trigger a payment from my Venmo account with an automatic 20% tip. All I’d need was my hand.

Related: Secret War On Cash: “Discussions At Bilderberg Centered Around Capital Controls, Abolition of Cash”

We got to the restaurant a bit after noon on a cold, rainy Monday. Absentmindedly forking spicy lamb into my mouth, I was sure we’d be derailed by a glitch or a bug. Word of the impending hand payment spread in the cramped restaurant. Our waiter, a friendly guy in a flat-brimmed Yankees cap and a Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles T-shirt, was excited but announced his skepticism. “This is crazy, dude,” he said, half excitedly, half exasperatedly. When the bill came, I ambled up to the counter of the cramped restaurant as the other diners craned their necks. Our waiter held out the phone as I thrust my clammy fist forward. Nothing registered. My stomach dropped. He waved the phone like a metal detector around the whole of my fist.

Finally, a beep. We locked eyes, pupils dilated. Numbers were input. Another beep. Then, the ching of a cash register. The sweetest sound.

Utility Smart Meters - A Probable Terrorist Connection Unveiled? June 11 2016 | From: ActivistPost

All throughout the USA - plus globally - informed and concerned citizens are refusing AMI smart meters for electric, natural gas, and municipal water utility services, which are provided using a Marxist-draconian-like edict and rollout by utility companies that want to cash in on the funding they can receive from the feds to institute what amounts to an apparent ‘first leg’ push for the global smart grid and Internet of Things (IoT)

The IoT is designed to track everyone’s every interaction at all times - in your car (transponders and E-Z Pass); on your computers - specifically Windows 10 backdoors that apparently allow the feds access to your computer; through your ‘smart’ home appliances - especially TVs; plus a human RFID microchip surgically imbedded somewhere inside your body to enforce a cashless society, tracking, and an obvious ultimate control mechanism over every human! Related: The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ) That IoT sure beats what Karl Marx, Adolph Hitler, and Joseph Stalin visualized and enforced! Why aren’t consumers waking up to what’s being done to us? Furthermore, does the Draco-like (7th-century Athenian statesman and lawmaker, or his code of laws, which prescribed death for almost every offence) push for vaccines starting as soon as a fetus exits the womb until one reaches advanced old age play a part in any of this, especially vaccine nanoparticles?

Related: Seattle Suehawks: Smart meter hush-up launched because, er ... terrorism However, one specific aspect of the dumb ‘smart’ technology came into daylight recently because of what’s been going on in Seattle, Washington - terrorism associated with hacking smart systems. Hopefully, that aspect finally will register enough concern in the hearts, minds, and souls of humans to enable us to recognize, and seriously ponder, that we are being downsized into zombies or human robots! The issue that’s raised security concerns, plus hackles, at corporate levels is the fact that utility companies’ smart meter technology is being equated with terroristic capabilities! Read that again and let it sink into the very depths of your being. All those dumb ‘smart’ gadgets we can’t live without, and everyone has bought into, pose severe capabilities for terrorists’ hacking, plus a total takeover of the grid! How do you like ‘them’ apples?

Related: Britain’s IoD: “Smart Meters Are A Government IT Disaster Waiting To Happen” The quintessential Pandora’s Box is nothing compared with smart technology and its capabilities of being hacked at every level of communication. How do we know that? Well, it’s been revealed that when Seattle City Light, a public power utility in Washington State, was asked by an activist for their smart meter and grid details, etc., in order to find out what kind of safety and security safeguards were built in by smart meter suppliers Landis+Gyr and Sensus USA, that request wound up in a rather bizarre legal battle! Why? Here’s the story of activist Phil Mocek’s request for smart meter information that ran into legal troubles. However, I’d like to cut to what may be the real deal about not releasing those plans, etc:

“The smart meter suppliers objected to the release of the information on the grounds that the unredacted documents would disclose their trade secrets and open the public to terrorist attacks on their infrastructure."

As a result of smart meter suppliers/manufacturers legal actions, this is where the issue currently stands:

“Mocek was given a mix of unredacted and redacted documents by the city, the meter makers complained, whereas he should only have received and published files they had censored. Seattle officials said they were not skilled enough to know for sure which parts to redact, so left it to the suppliers to edit the files – yet, unredacted information managed to make its way into Mocek’s hands and onto the internet.

Landis+Gyr and Sensus promptly sued the city, Mocek and Muckrock, and filed for an injunction: ultimately, the suppliers wanted the documents taken down, and the unredacted copies banned from public view. On Thursday, a temporary restraining order was granted by the King County Superior Court in Washington – and Muckrock founder Michael Morisy confirmed the unredacted documents have been taken down pending the outcome of the case."

Related: Hundreds Of Smart Meters Simultaneously Explode However, there seems to be some element of naivety involved regarding all this, I offer, and the following leads me to that conclusion:

“In the meantime, however, Mocek also has some additional problems to deal with, thanks to the legal wrangling. Though he has filed similar information requests in the past, he says he has never had to face a lawsuit simply because he wanted to look at public records and keep a local utility honest. “I don’t think [Seattle City Light] are going to put a device on my house to spy on me,” he quipped. “I think they are being bamboozled by vendors who want to make a lot of money by replacing thousands of meters.”

Related: As US court bans smart meter blueprints from public, sysadmin tells of fight for security info To which I offer: I think Mr. Mocek and everyone else needs to reconsider the “spy on me” aspect. How naïve are we, if we don’t put two and two together and come up with the correct answer? Utility companies are providing customers’ smart meter information to others, as a California utility admits:

“This data is very valuable because it can reveal patterns about what you do and when. California utility companies admitted they are providing smart meter data to the government and third parties."

There’s a 4.3 minute video explaining what smart meters really can and do, regarding surveillance of customers’ homes in this website. It’s found under “Privacy invasion.”

However, I need to tell readers that my computer surveillance package won’t allow me to copy and paste that video URL into this article! Interesting? No - my computer is compromised as, apparently, all computers are of those who do the type of work I do.

CIA Director Calls Smart Grid “Stupid” Due to Security Problems

If the Smart Grid is that “stupid”, then there must be some ulterior Faustian reason for it to be mandated and installed, wouldn’t you say? No one can be that damn dumb to mandate a system that can cause more harm, especially in the area of personal privacy and national security. Haven’t we learned anything from nine-eleven? You no doubt have heard about people who live in glass houses and their vulnerabilities.

Well, your house, no matter what it’s made of, will become a crystal clear, see-through structure to all who want to know about your every moment, movement, occupancy times, and use of smart gadgets and, in turn, broadcast that information via hackable cell phone technology in smart meters and, ultimately, sell that personal information without your knowledge and permission to third parties; plus open your privacy, life, and home to burglars, thieves, and government or foreign hackers.

Is that the price we are willing to pay for buying into all the dumb smart technology being forced upon us? I think every homeowner should file a formal complaint with their utility company and public utility commission informing them that they must obtain an official court order in order to be able to access your personal information via a smart meter. Basically, it’s a surveillance device! Enforce your lawful rights! Related: Reports Of Illness Prompt Audit Of Smart Meter Radiation

Bilderberg Leak: Secretive Group To Discuss Internet ID, Global Tax + Attendees List June 10 2016 | From: Infowars / BilderbergMeetings

The secretive Bilderberg Group is set to discuss plans to implement an Internet ID to eviscerate anonymity on the web as well as a global tax on financial transactions and air travel, according to an inside source who spoke to Infowars.

The clandestine organization is set to begin its annual meeting tomorrow at the Taschenbergpalais Kempinski hotel in Dresden, Germany. Related: Global Elite Begin Barricading Site of Bilderberg 2016 According to our source, the creation of a virtual passport that web users will need to obtain before they can use many Internet services is high on the agenda. The Internet ID will be justified under the guise of “cybersecurity” and creating a convenient method for citizens to access government services, but free speech advocates will view the proposal with deep suspicion as it would threaten online anonymity and possibly chill dissent. Services such as Facebook, YouTube and Twitter could also use the online passport to revoke posting permission if a user violates terms of agreement, another obvious threat to the free flow of information that has made the web what it is today.

Related: The Bilderberg Group: An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility As we reported last week, a project by the European Union Commission which is being spearheaded by former communist official Andrus Ansi is pushing an Internet ID system that will track what people buy and what they say online. Last year, it also emerged that the Communist Chinese government was involved in setting up a huge “social credit” database that would rank citizens based on their “trustworthiness.” A pilot project called Sesame Credit, run by Chinese corporate giant Alibaba, is already monitoring social media activity to give citizens a social credit score based on their buying history and, according to come critics, their political views. Bilderberg globalists are also set to re-invigorate momentum behind another long term goal – a global tax system presided over by the UN.

Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN Efforts to introduce a global tax, which Bilderberg has attempted in the past, will be focused around three possibilities – a tax on oil at the well-head, a supplementary charge for international financial transactions, and a green tax on all air and sea travel. The Panama Papers will also be cited as a reason to impose the global tax on large corporations, although the costs will inevitably be passed on to the public. The first incarnation of the project will take the form of a “global body on tax cooperation,” which will be overseen by the United Nations. The tax will be sold to the public as a means of addressing environmental concerns and helping destitute people in the third world, although whether those reasons are enough to convince anyone remains to be seen.

The topic of Brexit – Britain’s vote to leave the European Union – will also be a key focal point of Bilderberg’s discussions. Specifically, Bilderberg will explore what options it has should the ‘leave’ camp emerge victorious. The European Union has previously quashed national referendums on further EU political integration by either changing the name and making citizens vote again, or simply ignoring their vote altogether. Infowars reporters will be in Dresden all week covering the Bilderberg conference.

Bilderberg Meeting 2016: Attendees List Dresden, Germany 9-12 June

CHAIRMAN Castries, Henri de (FRA), Chairman and CEO, AXA Group Aboutaleb, Ahmed (NLD), Mayor, City of Rotterdam Achleitner, Paul M. (DEU), Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Deutsche Bank AG Agius, Marcus (GBR), Chairman, PA Consulting Group Ahrenkiel, Thomas (DNK), Permanent Secretary, Ministry of Defence Albuquerque, Maria Luís (PRT), Former Minister of Finance; MP, Social Democratic Party Alierta, César (ESP), Executive Chairman and CEO, Telefónica Altman, Roger C. (USA), Executive Chairman, Evercore Altman, Sam (USA), President, Y Combinator Andersson, Magdalena (SWE), Minister of Finance Applebaum, Anne (USA), Columnist Washington Post; Director of the Transitions Forum, Legatum Institute Apunen, Matti (FIN), Director, Finnish Business and Policy Forum EVA Aydin-Düzgit, Senem (TUR), Associate Professor and Jean Monnet Chair, Istanbul Bilgi University Barbizet, Patricia (FRA), CEO, Artemis Barroso, José M. Durão (PRT), Former President of the European Commission Baverez, Nicolas (FRA), Partner, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher Bengio, Yoshua (CAN), Professor in Computer Science and Operations Research, University of Montreal Benko, René (AUT), Founder and Chairman of the Advisory Board, SIGNA Holding GmbH Bernabè, Franco (ITA), Chairman, CartaSi S.p.A.

Beurden, Ben van (NLD), CEO, Royal Dutch Shell plc Blanchard, Olivier (FRA), Fred Bergsten Senior Fellow, Peterson Institute Botín, Ana P. (ESP), Executive Chairman, Banco Santander Brandtzæg, Svein Richard (NOR), President and CEO, Norsk Hydro ASA Breedlove, Philip M. (INT), Former Supreme Allied Commander Europe Brende, Børge (NOR), Minister of Foreign Affairs Burns, William J. (USA), President, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace Cebrián, Juan Luis (ESP), Executive Chairman, PRISA and El País Charpentier, Emmanuelle (FRA), Director, Max Planck Institute for Infection Biology Coeuré, Benoît (INT), Member of the Executive Board, European Central Bank Costamagna, Claudio (ITA), Chairman, Cassa Depositi e Prestiti S.p.A. Cote, David M. (USA), Chairman and CEO, Honeywell Cryan, John (DEU), CEO, Deutsche Bank AG Dassù, Marta (ITA), Senior Director, European Affairs, Aspen Institute Dijksma, Sharon A.M. (NLD), Minister for the Environment Döpfner, Mathias (DEU), CEO, Axel Springer SE Dyvig, Christian (DNK), Chairman, Kompan Ebeling, Thomas (DEU), CEO, ProSiebenSat.1 Elkann, John (ITA), Chairman and CEO, EXOR; Chairman, Fiat Chrysler Automobiles Enders, Thomas (DEU), CEO, Airbus Group Engel, Richard (USA), Chief Foreign Correspondent, NBC News Fabius, Laurent (FRA), President, Constitutional Council Federspiel, Ulrik (DNK), Group Executive, Haldor Topsøe A/S Ferguson, Jr., Roger W. (USA), President and CEO, TIAA Ferguson, Niall (USA), Professor of History, Harvard University Flint, Douglas J. (GBR), Group Chairman, HSBC Holdings plc Garicano, Luis (ESP), Professor of Economics, LSE; Senior Advisor to Ciudadanos Georgieva, Kristalina (INT), Vice President, European Commission Gernelle, Etienne (FRA), Editorial Director, Le Point Gomes da Silva, Carlos (PRT), Vice Chairman and CEO, Galp Energia Goodman, Helen (GBR), MP, Labour Party Goulard, Sylvie (INT), Member of the European Parliament Graham, Lindsey (USA), Senator Grillo, Ulrich (DEU), Chairman, Grillo-Werke AG; President, Bundesverband der Deutschen Industrie Gruber, Lilli (ITA), Editor-in-Chief and Anchor “Otto e mezzo”, La7 TV Hadfield, Chris (CAN), Colonel, Astronaut Halberstadt, Victor (NLD), Professor of Economics, Leiden University Harding, Dido (GBR), CEO, TalkTalk Telecom Group plc Hassabis, Demis (GBR), Co-Founder and CEO, DeepMind Hobson, Mellody (USA), President, Ariel Investment, LLC Hoffman, Reid (USA), Co-Founder and Executive Chairman, LinkedIn Höttges, Timotheus (DEU), CEO, Deutsche Telekom AG Jacobs, Kenneth M. (USA), Chairman and CEO, Lazard Jäkel, Julia (DEU), CEO, Gruner + Jahr Johnson, James A. (USA), Chairman, Johnson Capital Partners Jonsson, Conni (SWE), Founder and Chairman, EQT Jordan, Jr., Vernon E. (USA), Senior Managing Director, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC Kaeser, Joe (DEU), President and CEO, Siemens AG Karp, Alex (USA), CEO, Palantir Technologies Kengeter, Carsten (DEU), CEO, Deutsche Börse AG Kerr, John (GBR), Deputy Chairman, Scottish Power Kherbache, Yasmine (BEL), MP, Flemish Parliament Kissinger, Henry A. (USA), Chairman, Kissinger Associates, Inc. Kleinfeld, Klaus (USA), Chairman and CEO, Alcoa Kravis, Henry R. (USA), Co-Chairman and Co-CEO, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. Kravis, Marie-Josée (USA), Senior Fellow, Hudson Institute Kudelski, André (CHE), Chairman and CEO, Kudelski Group Lagarde, Christine (INT), Managing Director, International Monetary Fund Levin, Richard (USA), CEO, Coursera Leyen, Ursula von der (DEU), Minister of Defence Leysen, Thomas (BEL), Chairman, KBC Group Logothetis, George (GRC), Chairman and CEO, Libra Group Maizière, Thomas de (DEU), Minister of the Interior, Federal Ministry of the Interior Makan, Divesh (USA), CEO, ICONIQ Capital Malcomson, Scott (USA), Author; President, Monere Ltd. Markwalder, Christa (CHE), President of the National Council and the Federal Assembly McArdle, Megan (USA), Columnist, Bloomberg View Michel, Charles (BEL), Prime Minister Micklethwait, John (USA), Editor-in-Chief, Bloomberg LP

Minton Beddoes, Zanny (GBR), Editor-in-Chief, The Economist Mitsotakis, Kyriakos (GRC), President, New Democracy Party Morneau, Bill (CAN), Minister of Finance Mundie, Craig J. (USA), Principal, Mundie & Associates Murray, Charles A. (USA), W.H. Brady Scholar, American Enterprise Institute Netherlands, H.M. the King of the (NLD) Noonan, Michael (IRL), Minister for Finance Noonan, Peggy (USA), Author, Columnist, The Wall Street Journal O'Leary, Michael (IRL), CEO, Ryanair Plc Ollongren, Kajsa (NLD), Deputy Mayor of Amsterdam Özel, Soli (TUR), Professor, Kadir Has University Papalexopoulos, Dimitri (GRC), CEO, Titan Cement Co. Petraeus, David H. (USA), Chairman, KKR Global Institute Philippe, Edouard (FRA), Mayor of Le Havre Pind, Søren (DNK), Minister of Justice Ratti, Carlo (ITA), Director, MIT Senseable City Lab Reisman, Heather M. (CAN), Chair and CEO, Indigo Books & Music Inc. Rutte, Mark (NLD), Prime Minister Sawers, John (GBR), Chairman and Partner, Macro Advisory Partners Schäuble, Wolfgang (DEU), Minister of Finance Schieder, Andreas (AUT), Chairman, Social Democratic Group Schmidt, Eric E. (USA), Executive Chairman, Alphabet Inc. Scholten, Rudolf (AUT), CEO, Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG Schwab, Klaus (INT), Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum Sikorski, Radoslaw (POL), Senior Fellow, Harvard University; Former Minister of Foreign Affairs Simsek, Mehmet (TUR), Deputy Prime Minister Sinn, Hans-Werner (DEU), Professor for Economics and Public Finance, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich Skogen Lund, Kristin (NOR), Director General, The Confederation of Norwegian Enterprise Standing, Guy (GBR), Co-President, BIEN; Research Professor, University of London Svanberg, Carl-Henric (SWE), Chairman, BP plc and AB Volvo Thiel, Peter A. (USA), President, Thiel Capital Tillich, Stanislaw (DEU), Minister-President of Saxony Vetterli, Martin (CHE), President, NSF Wahlroos, Björn (FIN), Chairman, Sampo Group, Nordea Bank, UPM-Kymmene Corporation Wallenberg, Jacob (SWE), Chairman, Investor AB Weder di Mauro, Beatrice (CHE), Professor of Economics, University of Mainz Wolf, Martin H. (GBR), Chief Economics Commentator, Financial Times Related: The True Story Of The Bilderberg Group

Transgender Mania Is A Symptom Of Cultural Collapse June 10 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen

There is a deliberate and concerted effort to put everything transgender at the forefront of mass media. Academic and social critic Camille Paglia explains how this is symptomatic of a wider cultural problem.

Last year I identified the transgender and “gender fluidity” issue as an artificially created propaganda wave made to bring about important change in society. In my article entitled The Agenda Behind Bruce Jenner’s Transformation, I explained how Bruce Jenner’s widely publicized sex change was part of wider Agenda aiming to blur the boundaries of genders and to celebrate deviation from nature as a great achievement. Furthermore, it was to prepare the field for upcoming policy changes around the world. Months later, mass media propaganda turned into laws and policies. From the “war of the bathrooms” to the allowing of parents helping their young children undergoing sex change, modern society is shifting drastically towards a new definition of gender – a term that was considered binary since the dawn of time (in the human race).

In a context where public figures who dare addressing these issues get promptly shamed and labelled “transphobic”, open debate on the subject is nearly impossible. Luckily, there are a few illuminated minds who dare going against the grain and placing the entire transgender agenda into perspective. Camille Paglia, an author and academic who never shied away from controversy, breaks down the implications of today’s transgender agenda. Although herself a lesbian and a feminist, Paglia has always criticized the artificial and unreasonable constructs made in the name of “equality” and political correctness. Comment: While this woman does come across as somewhat bigoted; most probably unbeknownst to her even she is identifying some of the key points in the illuminati NWO plan in terms of merging of sexes / sexuality and also in relation to transhumanism. It is all very dark, and although we might cringe at some of her postulations she does touch on some relevant points; albeit clear that she does not really see the larger globalist totalitarian picture.

Here are some quotes from the above video.

“Sex reassignment surgery, even today with all of its advances, cannot in fact change anyone’s sex.” “Ultimately, every single cell in the human body, the DNA in that cell, remains coded for your biological birth.” “I think that the transgender propagandists make wildly inflated claims about the multiplicity of gender.”

In this day and age, stating these kinds of facts is considered wrong and “hurtful”. If mass media can turn something as clear and defined as a person’s gender into a big, vague, tornado of confusion, it can redefine anything else to fit its needs… and people will fall for it.

United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?

The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East. Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity? The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.

Presumption of a Cover-Up … Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime. American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11? Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags

Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this. (The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company. And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)

Destruction of Videotapes The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.

Related: Obama Administration Caught Conspiring to Destroy Key 9/11 Evidence in Trial at Gitmo 9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:

“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation."

And:

“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed." If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."

Related: How the CIA Writes History

Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.

Black Boxes The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.

Pentagon Fibs The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.

Soviet-Style “Minders” The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this). In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.

Undermining Investigation President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine. This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this). The administration then starved the commission of funds. The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly. Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.“

Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:

“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US. In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission. The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages. Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels. Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes.

The staff protests were mostly overruled. *** But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:

“Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence. The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."

Letting Terrorists Go Free A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?

Destruction of Physical Evidence The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this.

Note the demolition charges going off...

In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center. The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.

9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation: 9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail” The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”

9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .” 9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting” 9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”. When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions” The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.” The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it 9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued“

Planting False Evidence Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this).

According to NBC News: Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured” One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves

Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:

“Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found. A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.

UN Adopts Global Common Core Education To Ensure Their Vision Of Global Totalitarianism June 9 2016 | From: VLA / TheNewAmerican

The UN Agenda 21, a world wide program that has been executed bottom up and top down for many years is now executing a plan of Global education to further push its false “sustainable” program to protect the world’s common wealth.

Aside from the trade agreements to ensure world homogeneity, It is one of the prongs to ensure the manifestation of a One World Government. “However, globalists and the UN know that to achieve their vision of global totalitarianism, the minds of the young must be captured via “education.”

Common Core Going Global: The UN Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, or UNESCO, is at the center of the UN’s global “education” machinations. In addition to a partnership signed with Common Core-financier Bill Gates, UNESCO has been hard at work in its efforts to standardize and dumb-down education around the world. Among other schemes, it runs global programs on “Education for Sustainable Development,” “Educational for Global Citizenship,” and much more. It also has a “World Core Curriculum,” dedicated to and inspired by influential occultist Alice Bailey, that it hopes will guide schooling around the world in the years to come.

UN Adopts “Education” Plan to Indoctrinate Children in Globalism A United Nations summit in Korea this week adopted a global “action plan” demanding a planetary “education” regime to transform children around the world into social-justice warriors and sustainability-minded “global citizens.” Among other elements, that means the UN-directed global education must promote “integrated development” of the “whole person,” including the formation of their ethics, values, and spirituality, the final document declared.

The global-citizenship programs, with definitions to be incorporated in curricula worldwide, should also indoctrinate children so that they understand their responsibilities to “protect the planet,” and promote what the UN and its member governments consider to be the “common good.” The controversial action plan, approved by the UN's propaganda department and a group of largely government-funded “non-governmental organizations” (NGOs) on June 1 in Gyeongju, Republic of Korea, is aimed at helping the UN impose its Agenda 2030 scheme to “transform the world.” In fact, the title of the summit gave away the agenda: “Education for Global Citizenship: Achieving the Sustainable Development Goals Together.” As The New American has documented extensively, the UN Agenda 2030 plan, also known as the “Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs), was approved by governments and dictators last year as a road map toward global control (tyranny). From national and international wealth redistribution to government healthcare and legal abortion for all, the controversial Agenda 2030 vows repeatedly to leave “no-one behind.” However, globalists and the UN know that to achieve their vision of global totalitarianism, the minds of the young must be captured via “education.”

Agenda 2030 actually has an entire goal dedicated to UN-guided “education.” And so the latest summit in Korea, organized for NGOs by the UN Department of Public Information, or UN DPI, was aimed at defining what that “education” regime will look like - and how NGOs can help.

“Education is a human right, essential to well-being and dignity, and is key to achieving Agenda 2030,” reads the action plan adopted this week.

“Further, an ethos of global citizenship is required in order to fulfil [sic] this bold, people-centered, universal, and planet-sensitive development framework.”

In the “spirit of global citizenship,” the document declares that “our primary identity is that of human beings.” But the agenda is much broader than attacking nationalism and patriotism. The UN DPI and the Astro-Turf “NGOs” that surround it, styling themselves "Civil Society," explained that what they call “education” must also be about more than what people normally think of as education - literacy, numeracy, and so on. In the UN's view, according to the “Gyeongju Action Plan” adopted in Korea;

“Education must advance the cause of global citizenship.”

That means a lot more than one might think, too. Among other points, this education for global citizenship must promote “integrated development of the whole person emotionally, ethically, intellectually, physically, socially, and spiritually,” the action plan declares. (Emphasis added.) Of course, parents, families, communities, tribes, churches, and more have traditionally been responsible for much of that. When or under what authority government-run, UN-approved schools became responsible for children's physical, ethical, spiritual, emotional, and social development was not made clear. The implications, though, should trouble anyone who values liberty, diversity, national sovereignty, and parental rights.

The “education” pushed by the UN must also be “imbued with an understanding of our roles, rights and responsibilities for the common good in service to humanity and the advancement of a culture of peace, non-violence, freedom, justice, and equality,” the action plan continued, using rhetoric about the "common good" that has been the rallying cry of countless tyrants. The globo-education must inculcate “a sense of care for the earth, reverence for the interdependent kinship of all life, and stewardship of all ecological systems for future generations.” It should also strengthen “the societal relationships among individuals, institutions, communities, states, humanity, and the planet.” And finally, it should nurture “a sense of solidarity and empathy in order to end poverty, protect the planet, ensure human rights, and foster prosperous and fulfilling lives for all.”

To those not well-versed in globalist-speak, that all might sound fine and dandy. However, when the UN's agenda is examined more closely, the real agenda becomes more clear. Consider, as just one point among many, what the UN means when it speaks of “human rights.” In Article 29 of the UN's “Universal Declaration of Human Rights,” the government signatories claim "rights" can be limited “by law” under the guise of everything from “public order” to “the general welfare.” In other words, you have no rights, only privileges. Separately, the same article claims that everyone has “duties to the community” and that “rights and freedoms” may “in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.” Compare that to the U.S. Constitution and the Declaration of Independence, which outline and protect God-given, inalienable rights. Further down, the global action plan explains that the “education” agenda intends to shape every aspect of human life and civilization.

“Education for global citizenship is an essential strategy to address global challenges as well as to promote gender equality, facilitate the eradication of poverty and hunger, build skills, eliminate corruption, and prevent violence, including violent extremism,” the document says. “It promotes truly sustainable production and consumption, mitigating climate change and its effects, protecting our waters and biodiversity, and preserving indigenous knowledge.”

If “tradition” and individual cultures get in the way of that agenda for UN-defined “human rights” and “global citizenship,” then “educational understandings” of those things will have to be “enhanced,” the action plan declares. The document also makes clear that this must be a worldwide effort, saying the global-citizenship scheming must be incorporated in school curricula worldwide and that “equitable quality education,” as defined by the UN, must be provided to “all people."

The signatories vowed to work at the local level, too, to “incorporate education for global citizenship in educational systems.” The signatories of the action plan, developed at the “66th United Nations Department of Public Information (DPI)/NonGovernmental Organization (NGO) Conference,” also committed to pushing global education that promotes a number of controversial concepts.

“We commit to an education that teaches conflict resolution, a deep appreciation for diversity, ethical reasoning, gender equality, human rights and responsibilities, interdependence, multilingual and multicultural competence, social justice, sustainable development, and values,” it said.

Those values, of course, are very unlikely to reflect the values of most parents around the world, whether they be Christian, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, or any other major religious tradition. Instead, the values will be the values guiding the UN: globalism, pseudo-environmentalism, socialism, and more. The UN Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, or UNESCO, is at the center of the UN's global “education” machinations. In addition to a partnership signed with Common Core-financier Bill Gates, UNESCO has been hard at work in its efforts to standardize and dumb-down education around the world.

Among other schemes, it runs global programs on “Education for Sustainable Development,” “Educational for Global Citizenship,” and much more. It also has a “World Core Curriculum,” dedicated to and inspired by influential occultist Alice Bailey, that it hopes will guide schooling around the world in the years to come. At a previous UN education summit, held last year in Korea, UNESCO boss Irina Bokova, a Bulgarian Communist Party operative who PR agents claim is among the “frontrunners” to lead the broader UN, also declared the UN's intentions.

“We have the collective duty to empower every child and youth with the right foundations - knowledge, values and skills - to shape the future as responsible global citizens, building on the successes of the past 15 years,” she said, adding that education would: "Ttransform lives” and contribute to “breakthroughs on all the proposed sustainable development goals.” In other words, the UN - not parents, families, or communities - believes that it has not just the right, but the“collective duty,” to shape your children’s values.

The latest conference on pushing Agenda 2030 through globalist indoctrination of children masquerading as “education” is a crucial follow-up to the adoption of the agenda itself.

“Children and young women and men are critical agents of change and will find in the new Goals a platform to channel their infinite capacities for activism into the creation of a better world,” the official Agenda 2030 agreement explains.

The sort of activists that the UN hopes to make your children into is also explicitly defined in the agreement.

“By 2030, ensure that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development, including, among others, through education for sustainable development and sustainable lifestyles, human rights, gender equality, promotion of a culture of peace and non-violence, global citizenship and appreciation of cultural diversity and of culture’s contribution to sustainable development,” the global plan for 2030 states.

Considering what the UN means by “sustainable development”-population control, central planning, global governance, and more - the agenda for your children takes on an even more sinister tone. “Sustainable” children for global citizenship in the new order will be accomplished via what the UN, the Obama administration, and others misleadingly refers to as “education.” In the UN document the word “education” alone is mentioned more than 20 times. And throughout the agreement, the UN openly advocates the use of schools to indoctrinate all of humanity into a new set of values, attitudes, and beliefs in preparation for the new “green” and “sustainable” world order.

The UN’s education agenda also puts sex “education” front and center.

“By 2030, ensure universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services [abortion and contraception], including for family planning, information and education,” the document also explains.

For now people around the world still have many options to protect their children from the global brainwashing campaign being pushed by the UN - home education, private schools, Christian schools, and more. However, the UN realizes that, too. And so, in recent years, under the phony guise of “human rights,” the UN has started agitating for government control and regulation of private and alternative forms of education in addition to its grip on "public" schools. The UN also continues to push international education agreements and schemes on everything from sex education and reading pedagogy to values and beliefs.

There is a good reason the UN is ridiculed by critics as the “dictators club.” Most of its member governments cannot be considered “free,” even under the most generous definition of the term. Allowing the UN to make and shape education policy is not just dangerous, then, it is crazy. Instead, education should be a job for families, communities, churches, charities, schools, and more - but primarily parents. The future of liberty literally depends on it.

United States Government Intentionally Destroyed 9/11 Evidence June 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / WashingtonsBlog

If the story that the US government told us about 9/11 were true, why did the government destroy the evidence, lie to the 9/11 Commission, and prevent a real investigation?

The clear and indisputable answer is that if the evidence had not been destroyed and a real investigation had occurred, the conclusion would have been that 9/11 was an inside job designed to give the neoconservatives their “new Pearl Harbor” necessary to launch their wars in the Middle East. Related: Is the War on Terror a Falsity? The extraordinary gullibility of the American people is responsible for 15 years of warfare, destroyed countries, and millions of dead, maimed, orphaned, and displaced people, and for the rise of a police state in the United States. The ignorance and gullibility of the American people are responsible for these massive crimes against humanity and for Americans’ loss of their constitutionall protections.

Presumption of a Cover-Up … Judges and lawyers know that – if someone intentionally destroys evidence – he’s probably trying to hide his crime. American law has long recognized that destruction of evidence raises a presumption of guilt for the person who destroyed the evidence.

So what does it mean when the US government intentionally destroyed massive amounts of evidence related to 9/11? Related: CIA Veteran Announces Live on RT That All Terrorist Attacks in US Are False Flags

Judge and Prosecutor Destroy Evidence For example, it was revealed last week that the judge overseeing the trial of surviving 9/11 suspects conspired with the prosecution to destroy evidence relevant to a key suspect’s defense. And see this. (The Defense Department has also farmed out most of the work of both prosecuting and defending the surviving 9/11 suspects to the same private company. And the heads of the military tribunal prosecuting the 9/11 suspects said that the trials must be rigged so that there are no acquittals.)

Destruction of Videotapes The CIA videotaped the interrogation of 9/11 suspects, falsely told the 9/11 Commission that there were no videotapes or other records of the interrogations, and then illegally destroyed all of the tapes and transcripts of the interrogations.

9/11 Commission co-chairs Thomas Keane and Lee Hamilton wrote:

“Those who knew about those videotapes - and did not tell us about them - obstructed our investigation."

And:

“Daniel Marcus, a law professor at American University who served as general counsel for the Sept. 11 commission and was involved in the discussions about interviews with Al Qaeda leaders, said he had heard nothing about any tapes being destroyed." If tapes were destroyed, he said, “it’s a big deal, it’s a very big deal,” because it could amount to obstruction of justice to withhold evidence being sought in criminal or fact-finding investigations."

Related: How the CIA Writes History

Destruction of Air Traffic Control Tapes The tape of interviews of air traffic controllers on-duty on 9/11 was intentionally destroyed by crushing the cassette by hand, cutting the tape into little pieces, and then dropping the pieces in different trash cans around the building as shown by this NY Times article (summary version is free; full version is pay-per-view) and by this article from the Chicago Sun-Times.

Black Boxes The FBI long ago found and analyzed the “black box” recorders from the airplanes which hit the Twin Towers, but has consistently denied that they were ever found.

Pentagon Fibs The 9/11 Commissioners concluded that officials from the Pentagon lied to the Commission, and considered recommending criminal charges for such false statements.

Soviet-Style “Minders” The chairs of both the 9/11 Commission and the Official Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 said that Soviet-style government “minders” obstructed the investigation into 9/11 by intimidating witnesses (and see this). In other words, the minders obstructed witnesses from openly and candidly talking about what they knew.

Undermining Investigation President Bush and Vice-President Cheney took the rare step of personally requesting that congress limit all 9/11 investigation solely to “intelligence failures.”

The administration also opposed the creation of a 9/11 commission. Once it was forced (by pressure from widows of 9-11 victims) to allow a commission to be formed, the administration appointed as executive director an administration insider, whose area of expertise is the creation and maintenance of “public myths” thought to be true, even if not actually true, who was involved in pre-9/11 intelligence briefings, and who was one of the key architects of the “pre-emptive war” doctrine. This executive director, who controlled what the Commission did and did not analyze, then limited the scope of the Commission’s inquiry so that the overwhelming majority of questions about 9/11 remained unasked (see this and this). The administration then starved the commission of funds. The government spent $175 million – over $300 million in today’s dollars – investigating the Challenger space shuttle disaster. It spent $152 million on the the Columbia disaster investigation. It spent $30 million investigating the Monica Lewinsky scandal. But the government only authorized $15 million for the 9/11 Commission.

The government also failed to provide crucial documents to the 9/11 investigators. And see this.

The government refused to share much information with the Commission, refused to force high-level officials to testify under oath, and allowed Bush and Cheney to be questioned jointly. Moreover, as reported by ACLU, FireDogLake, RawStory and many others, declassified documents shows that Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. The 9-11 Commission took this warning to heart, and refused to examine virtually any evidence which contradicted the administration’s official version of events. As stated by the State Department’s Coordinator for Counterterrorism – who was the point man for the U.S. government’s international counterterrorism policy in the first term of the Bush administration – “there were things the [9/11] commissions wanted to know about and things they didn’t want to know about.“

Saudi Role

Investigation into Saudi government aid to 9/11 conspirators was also obstructed.

For example, Philip Shenon – the 20-year New York Times reporter who wrote a book on the 9/11 Commission – reports:

“The [911] commissioner said the renewed public debate could force a spotlight on a mostly unknown chapter of the history of the 9/11 commission: behind closed doors, members of the panel’s staff fiercely protested the way the material about the Saudis was presented in the final report, saying it underplayed or ignored evidence that Saudi officials – especially at lower levels of the government – were part of an al-Qaida support network that had been tasked to assist the hijackers after they arrived in the US. In fact, there were repeated showdowns, especially over the Saudis, between the staff and the commission’s hard-charging executive director, University of Virginia historian Philip Zelikow, who joined the Bush administration as a senior adviser to the secretary of state, Condoleezza Rice, after leaving the commission. The staff included experienced investigators from the FBI, the Department of Justice and the CIA, as well as the congressional staffer who was the principal author of the 28 pages. Zelikow fired a staffer, who had repeatedly protested over limitations on the Saudi investigation, after she obtained a copy of the 28 pages outside of official channels. Other staffers described an angry scene late one night, near the end of the investigation, when two investigators who focused on the Saudi allegations were forced to rush back to the commission’s offices after midnight after learning to their astonishment that some of the most compelling evidence about a Saudi tie to 9/11 was being edited out of the report or was being pushed to tiny, barely readable footnotes and endnotes.

The staff protests were mostly overruled. *** But Kean, Hamilton and Zelikow clearly do not speak for a number of the other commissioners, who have repeatedly suggested they are uncomfortable with the perception that the commission exonerated Saudi Arabia and who have joined in calling for public release of the 28 pages."

Indeed, an FBI informant hosted and rented a room to two hijackers in 2000. Specifically, investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and even rented a room to two hijackers in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were undertaken under orders from the White House.

As the New York Times notes:

“Senator Bob Graham, the Florida Democrat who is a former chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee, accused the White House on Tuesday of covering up evidence. The accusation stems from the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s refusal to allow investigators for a Congressional inquiry and the independent Sept. 11 commission to interview an informant, Abdussattar Shaikh, who had been the landlord in San Diego of two Sept. 11 hijackers."

Letting Terrorists Go Free A former FBI translator who Senators Leahy and Grassley, among others, have claimed is credible, and who the administration has gagged for years without any logical basis - has stated that “this administration knowingly and intentionally let many directly or indirectly involved in that terrorist act [September 11th] go free – untouched and uninvestigated”?

Destruction of Physical Evidence The former head of fire science and engineering for the agency responsible for finding out why the Twin Towers and World Trade Center 7 collapsed on 9/11 (the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology) – who is one of the world’s leading fire science researchers and safety engineers, with a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering – wrote that evidence necessary to determine the cause of the collapse of the World Trade Centers was being destroyed. And see this. In addition, the official investigators themselves were largely denied access to the site and the evidence contained there, or even access to such basic information as the blueprints for the World Trade Center. The government has also refused to release the computer models showing how the trade centers fell, making it impossible for anyone to double-check its assumptions.

Whether you believe the Twin Towers and World Trade Center building 7 were brought down with explosives or by airplanes and fires, destroying evidence prevented engineers and scientists from figuring out what went wrong… to prevent skyscrapers from collapsing in the future.

9/11 Commissioners Disgusted… and Call For a New Investigation The 9/11 Commissioners publicly expressed anger at cover ups and obstructions of justice by the government into a real 9/11 investigation: 9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says “I don’t believe for a minute we got everything right”, that the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11 debate should continueThe 9/11 Commission chair said the Commission was “set up to fail”

The Commission’s co-chairs said that the CIA (and likely the White House) “obstructed our investigation”

9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that “There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn’t have access . . . .” 9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said “We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we were getting” 9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: “It is a national scandal”; “This investigation is now compromised”; and “One of these days we will have to get the full story because the 9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up”. When asked in 2009 if he thought there should be another 9/11 commission, Cleland responded: “There should be about fifteen 9/11 commissions” The Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) – who led the 9/11 staff’s inquiry – said “At some level of the government, at some point in time…there was an agreement not to tell the truth about what happened“. He also said “I was shocked at how different the truth was from the way it was described. The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to us and the public for two years. This is not spin. This is not true.” The Co-Chair of the congressional investigation into 9/11 – Bob Graham – and 9/11 Commissioner and former Senator Bob Kerrey are calling for either a “PERMANENT 9/11 commission” or a new 9/11 investigation to get to the bottom of it 9/11 Commissioner John Lehman says that a new investigation should be “vigorously pursued“

Planting False Evidence Planting false evidence is another act which creates presumption of guilt.

The type of torture used by the U.S. on alleged surviving 9/11 co-conspirators is of a special type. Senator Levin revealed that the the U.S. used Communist torture techniques specifically aimed at creating FALSE confessions. (and see this, this, this and this).

According to NBC News: Much of the 9/11 Commission Report was based upon the testimony of people who were tortured At least four of the people whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report have claimed that they told interrogators information as a way to stop being “tortured” One of the Commission’s main sources of information was tortured until he agreed to sign a confession that he was NOT EVEN ALLOWED TO READ The 9/11 Commission itself doubted the accuracy of the torture confessions, and yet kept their doubts to themselves

Pulitzer-prize winning reporter Seymour Hersh – who broke the Iraq torture and Vietnam massacre stories – writes:

“Many of the investigators believe that some of the initial clues that were uncovered about the terrorists’ identities and preparations, such as flight manuals, were meant to be found. A former high-level intelligence official told me, “Whatever trail was left was left deliberately - for the F.B.I. to chase“.

Panama Papers Show How Rich United States Clients Hid Millions Abroad June 8 2016 | From: NewYorkTimes

Over the years, William R. Ponsoldt had earned tens of millions of dollars building a string of successful companies. He had renovated apartment buildings in the New York City area.

Panama City, Panama, home to the law firm Mossack Fonseca. A trove of the firm’s internal documents, known as the Panama Papers, have shaken the financial world.

Bred Arabian horses. Run a yacht club in the Bahamas, a rock quarry in Michigan, an auto-parts company in Canada, even a multibillion-dollar hedge fund. Related: IRD poised to pounce as Panama Papers go public Now, as he neared retirement, Mr. Ponsoldt, of Jensen Beach, Fla., had a special request for Mossack Fonseca, a Panamabased law firm well placed in the world of offshore finance: How could he confidentially shift his money into overseas bank accounts and use them to buy real estate and move funds to his children?

“He is the manager of one of the richest hedge funds in the world,” a lawyer at Mossack Fonseca wrote when the firm was introduced to Mr. Ponsoldt in 2004. “Primary objective is to maintain the utmost confidentiality and ideally to open bank accounts without disclosing his name as a private person.” In summary, the firm explained: “He needs asset protection schemes, which we are trying to sell him.”

Thus began a relationship that would last at least through 2015 as Mossack Fonseca managed eight shell companies and a foundation on the family’s behalf, moving at least $134 million through seven banks in six countries - little of which could be traced directly to Mr. Ponsoldt or his children. These transactions and others like them for a stable of wealthy clients from the United States are outlined in extraordinary detail in the trove of internal Mossack Fonseca documents known as the Panama Papers. The materials were obtained by the German newspaper Süddeutsche Zeitung and the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, and have now been shared with The New York Times.

Related: How Mossack Fonseca Helped Clients Skirt or Break U.S. Tax Laws With Offshore Accounts How the Panama-based law firm set up offshore corporations, foundations and bank accounts for wealthy clients:

In recent weeks, the papers’ revelations about Mossack Fonseca’s international clientele have shaken the financial world. The Times’s examination of the files found that Mossack Fonseca also had at least 2,400 United States-based clients over the past decade, and set up at least 2,800 companies on their behalf in the British Virgin Islands, Panama, the Seychelles and other jurisdictions that specialize in helping hide wealth. Many of these transactions were legal; there are legitimate reasons to create offshore accounts, particularly when setting up a business overseas or buying real estate in a foreign country. But the documents - confidential emails, copies of passports, ledgers of bank transactions and even the various code names used to refer to clients - show that the firm did much more than simply create offshore shell companies and accounts. For many of its American clients, Mossack Fonseca offered a how-to guide of sorts on skirting or evading United States tax and financial disclosure laws.

“Primary objective is to maintain the utmost confidentiality and ideally to open bank accounts without disclosing his name as a private person.” - An email from a Mossack Fonseca lawyer

These included locating an individual from a “tax-convenient” jurisdiction to be the straw man owner of an offshore account, concealing the true American owner, or encouraging one client it knew was a United States resident to use his foreign passports to open accounts offshore, again to avoid scrutiny from regulators, the documents show. If the compliance department at one foreign bank contacted by Mossack Fonseca on behalf of its clients started to ask too many questions about who owned the account, the firm simply turned to other, less inquisitive banks. And even though the law firm said publicly that it would not work with clients convicted of crimes or whose financial activities raised “red flags,” several individuals in the United States with criminal records were able to turn to Mossack Fonseca to open new companies offshore, the documents show.

Related: Auckland PR queen and Kiwi billionare named in Panama Papers web Federal law allows United States citizens to transfer money overseas, but these foreign holdings must be declared to the Treasury Department, and any taxes on capital gains, interest or dividends must be paid - just as if the money had been invested domestically. Federal officials estimate that the government loses between $40 billion and $70 billion a year in unpaid taxes on offshore holdings. Experts in federal tax law, money laundering and offshore accounts - asked by The Times to examine certain documents or at least to identify legal issues raised by the money management techniques that Mossack Fonseca advocated - said the law firm at times had come up with creative, but apparently legal, strategies to save clients money. A common tactic: selling real estate as a shift of corporate assets, instead of as a piece of property subject to transfer taxes. While the experts were reluctant to declare that the law firm or its clients had broken any laws given that no charges have been filed, they said they were surprised at how explicitly Mossack Fonseca had offered advice that appeared carefully crafted to help its clients evade United States tax laws.

For many of its American clients, Mossack Fonseca offered a how-to guide of sorts on skirting or evading United States tax and financial disclosure laws.

“The more correspondence that you have between a U.S. person and a bank or law firm discussing tax issues and efforts at concealment, the stronger the government will see it as a potential case worth prosecuting,” said Kevin M. Downing, the lead Justice Department prosecutor in the UBS offshore banking and tax evasion cases, now at the Washington law firm Miller & Chevalier.

Mossack Fonseca has said repeatedly in recent weeks that its lawyers and staff members have honored international tax and banking laws, and that it is the victim in this case of an illegal hacking attack. But presented with summaries of several cases by The Times, Mossack Fonseca did not try to explain its actions. It simply said that its standards had improved in recent years, as rules internationally had tightened.

“Our significantly expanded compliance office today not only evaluates new client candidates, but also existing accounts, and especially those that were established prior to the new international regulatory regime coming into effect,” a spokeswoman said in a written statement, referring to a 2010 law passed by Congress. “It wasn’t always this way.”

The firm’s American client list does not appear to include the sort of high-profile political figures who have emerged from reporting on the Panama Papers in many other countries around the world. But the services offered by Mossack Fonseca, with 500 employees in more than 30 offices worldwide, were in high demand by the rich and famous in the United States.

In 2001, Sanford I. Weill, then the chief of Citigroup, set up an offshore account called April Fool for his yacht. Alfonso Soriano, a former Major League Baseball All-Star player with the Yankees and other teams, had a Panamanian corporation created for him. John E. Akridge III, a leading real estate developer in Washington, flew to Panama to meet with Mossack Fonseca lawyers, who in 2011 created the Cyclops Family Foundation in Panama, along with a related bank account. A spokesman for Mr. Weill said the accounts were used for legitimate purposes, and “appropriate disclosures were filed.” Mr. Akridge and Mr. Soriano did not respond to repeated requests for comment.

Related Document: William Ponsoldt and Mossack Fonseca For its best customers, like the Ponsoldts, who declined repeated requests to discuss their work with Mossack Fonseca, the firm’s ministrations went far beyond legal services and banking. It acted as a concierge for “all details regarding your properties and worldwide business affairs,” for example, helping the family confidentially purchase (and dispose of) luxury condominiums at resort destinations and even arranging repairs for a car stored at a vacation home and hiring a contractor to fix broken poolside tiles, the documents show.

“You deserve the best Mr. Ponsoldt, and we will try to help you the most we can,” the firm explained in an email.

The firm’s American clients often expressed disbelief at how much they could lighten their tax burden by using the techniques advocated by Mossack Fonseca.

“At hearing that he can make nearly $8 million per year just on tax savings,” a client from Pennsylvania “was now wide awaken,” a Mossack Fonseca staff member wrote. “I could even detect sweats coming down from his forehead and his cheeks were beginning to blush with crimson excitement. Noticing his interest, I went in for the kill.”

Black Hole for Assets In 2006, using a secret email account set up by Mossack Fonseca so his correspondence would not be traced by the authorities, a businessman from Washington State asked a common question among the firm’s potential American clients:

“How does a US citizen legally get funds to Panama without the knowledge of the US government and how can those funds be profitably invested without the US government knowing about them?”

The reply came from Ramsés Owens, then a partner who helped run the firm’s trust division, offering clients “effective solutions to enhance your privacy, protect your wealth.” Mr. Owens laid out a basic menu of services: a package deal setting up an offshore company in what he promised would be a relatively cheap and quick transaction.

“We have right now a special offer by which we create a Private Foundation/company combination for a flat fee of US$4,500.00,” Mr. Owens said. “It includes Charter Documents, Regulations, nominee officers and directors, bank account and management of funds, provision of authorized signatories, neutral phone and fax numbers and mail forwarding services for both the private foundation and its underlying company.”

With this legal structure in place, Mr. Owens went on to explain, any money placed in these accounts would essentially go into a black hole.

“If we create a Private Foundation and the underlying company for you, the funds become completely private (US cannot know) as soon as the funds are deposited under a bank account or investment account in the name of the underlying company or the private foundation,” he wrote.

The benefits of such an arrangement were numerous, he added, detailing how the client could effectively evade United States tax laws while protecting himself - and the firm.

“You can take the money in cash, you can do a bad investment; you can purchase something and not receive anything (an expensive piano, an expensive software),” Mr. Owens wrote. “You can receive an invoice from Panama or any other location and that would justify some of the outgoing moneys. You can also declare everything to the tax administration. Any decision you make, please be aware that you will have to sign a ‘disclaimer’ to us. We can only ‘suggest,’ but the final decision to take the money out of the country is fully yours, and under the professional opinion of someone in USA.”

This was the sort of menu sold to the Ponsoldt family - in a very big way.

William Ponsoldt, now 74, had come to Mossack Fonseca with hundreds of millions of dollars in assets, the firm’s staff estimated in “due diligence” memos that also laid out how he had become so wealthy.

“He has started off in the seventies purchasing run-down apartment buildings in New York, in order to refurbish and sell them off,” noted one memo from 2007, shortly after the firm had started to handle the family’s investment accounts. “Having done this for a while he spread out to various businesses and his CV is the typical profile of a serial entrepreneur.”

The memo went on to list nine businesses he had created, taken over or helped run, including Glas Aire Industries Group, an automotive parts supplier; Zeus Energy Resources, a Texas oil-drilling company; Regency Affiliates, which owned a Michigan rock mine; and Pegasus Ranch, one of the country’s largest Arabian-horse-breeding operations. Few American clients, the records show, demanded and received as much attention as Mr. Ponsoldt and two of his children, Tracey and Christopher, each of whom was assigned a secret email account and a code name - “father,” “daughter” and “son.” Mossack Fonseca’s “V.I.P. service” consisted of everything from securing lunch reservations at a popular French bistro in Panama City to pressing the government to make an exception and grant Mr. Ponsoldt and his wife Panamanian passports. Over the years, tens of millions of dollars flowed into a series of shell companies - Escutcheon Investment, with its money at the Banca Privada in the Pyrenees principality of Andorra; Probity Investments, with deposits at Andbanc Grup Agricol, also in Andorra; Royal Pacific Investments, with deposits at Balboa Securities in Panama; and Valdano Investments Group, with deposits at Berenberg Bank in Switzerland, among others, the bank records and other documents show.

An email from Christopher Ponsoldt, code-named “son,” to a Mossack Fonseca lawyer. Employees of the Panama law firm were named as officers of shell companies created to conceal any links between the assets and the Ponsoldt family.

Mossack Fonseca employees were named as the companies’ officers, avoiding whenever possible any link to the Ponsoldt family. The firm even asked a Hong Kong branch of Barclays, the international bank, to override its rules for proof of the socalled beneficial owners of the accounts. “This is a very special client of ours,” a Mossack Fonseca lawyer wrote, conceding that the firm had intentionally created such a maze of companies so it “leaves us in the position to legally argue that our client is NOT the owner of the structure.” It was not clear if the bank complied. The most important part of this elaborate structure was an entity called the Edenstone Foundation. Panama has long specialized in creating unusual foundations like Edenstone that are neither subject to Panamanian taxes nor required to support charitable causes. They do, however, allow the investors who “contribute” their financing to shield themselves from legal claims in the United States.

Related: Party donor named in Panama Papers – for the Greens

In secret meetings documented in the Panama Papers, Mossack Fonseca named the Ponsoldt family as the beneficiary, through the foundation, of the money placed in bank accounts around the world. Among the early requests: confidentially transfer $800,000 from “father” to “son,” meaning moving the money to yet another offshore account - called LBFH of Panama - which Mossack Fonseca had set up on Christopher Ponsoldt’s behalf with bank accounts in Andorra and Panama. One motivation for Christopher Ponsoldt to stash money overseas in accounts not traceable to him: He owned a dirt racetrack in Florida, and he was concerned racers “may get hurt and might then try to sue him for damages,” the law firm notes on his case file said.

“Please notify me when the money is deposited in American dollars,” Christopher Ponsoldt wrote to the law firm a few months after his father’s accounts had been set up and $800,000 was in the process of being transferred to another offshore account Christopher Ponsoldt controlled via the firm. “I want to have U.S. dollars, Australian Dollars, Indian Real’s and some kind of China index, to be determined.”

Mossack Fonseca agreed to “prepare a service agreement” between two of the legal entities it managed for the family, to make it look as if there were an actual expenditure of money for a business purpose.

“After receiving the money, we will explain to them the nature of this transaction without giving details of your name,” the firm explained to William Ponsoldt, regarding the Caribbean bank through which the money was moving to his son. “Please let us know if you agree with this and if you will instruct the relevant parties to execute the wire transfer.”

Federal law generally limits such tax-free transfers between family members to $14,000 a year. But for this transfer, described as a “pre-inheritance distribution,” the documents give no indication that any United States gift taxes were paid, as would most likely have been required, said Jack Blum, a lawyer and expert in international tax evasion who served for more than a decade as a consultant to the Internal Revenue Service.

“This is one way in which people with a lot of money step away from being average,” Mr. Blum said after reviewing the documents. - Jack Blum, a former I.R.S. consultant Christopher Ponsoldt declined to comment. “I am sorry, I can’t help you,” he said before hanging up.

Tracey Ponsoldt Powers, William Ponsoldt’s daughter, approached the firm in October 2008 with an urgent request for help in secretly moving some of her family’s money to Panama and then into gold coins. She feared political developments at home.

“I feel VERY unsettled with this election and how the media is censoring information and spinning the American Public to vote Obama,” she wrote to Mr. Owens at Mossack Fonseca. “It is so obvious to me, that they are setting us up with a Socialist - but most people can’t see it happening before their eyes! It’s like propaganda that is brainwashing Americans to forget the Principles of Hard Work, Ingenuity, Risk and Boundless Success!”

Mr. Owens suggested shifting the money into a “charity” account, controlled by the firm on the family’s behalf, in increments of less than $100,000, so it would not be detected.

Tracey Ponsoldt Powers, code-named “daughter,” approached Mossack Fonseca in October 2008 because she was concerned about the potential election of Barack Obama as president. Around then, William Ponsoldt had the firm move $100,000 to a Swiss account for his daughter.

Separately, that same month, William Ponsoldt moved $100,000 from a company Mossack Fonseca controlled on his behalf into the name of his daughter. This was confirmed in an email from Mossack Fonseca to the code name “daughter.”

“The USD 100.000 is deposited as call Money with high liquidity at Berenberg Bank Schweiz, Zürich,” said the email, which added: “Your Father initiated this process as you know. We will treat you with the same esteem and conditions and service as the family is used to.”

The subsequent series of complicated transfers - money from the account would eventually be used by Mossack Fonseca in 2013 at Ms. Powers’s request to buy real estate - would be a challenge for American enforcement authorities, Mr. Blum said.

“Simply by constructing all this in such a complex way, they make it extremely hard for enforcement officials to ever have resources to reconstruct what taxes should have been paid,” he said. “What this is all about is obscuring the trail.”

Ms. Powers did not respond to a series of calls and emails, and then declined to answer questions when reached on a cellphone. “I have no idea what you are talking about,” she said before hanging up.

‘Live This Potential Risk’ Across the United States, Mossack Fonseca picked up clients who had similarly urgent and delicate demands. For more than 30 years as the founder of Boston Capital Ventures, Harald Joachim von der Goltz has built a reputation as a savvy investor in emerging companies. What few know, however, is that over roughly that same span of time and with the help of Mossack Fonseca, Mr. von der Goltz has also come to command a vast offshore empire: interconnected corporations, foundations and bank accounts with about $70 million in assets, according to internal emails.

Related Document: Harald Joachim von Der Goltz and Mossack Fonseca A lawyer for Mr. von der Goltz said the beneficial owner of all of the trusts and accounts is Mr. von der Goltz’s 100-year-old mother, who resides in Guatemala. One document also suggests that the tens of millions of dollars in the accounts originally came from businesses operated by Mr. von der Goltz’s father. But numerous other documents prepared by Mossack Fonseca and signed by Mr. von der Goltz list him as the founder, manager and “first beneficiary” of the foundation that controls most of the family’s wealth. Mr. von der Goltz also put assets from companies he helped operate into the accounts, documents show. Most important, Mossack Fonseca registered Mr. von der Goltz as a resident of Guatemala, which tax experts said could help him protect the family money from certain United States tax obligations.

“MF Trust has registered Harald Joachim von der Goltz as a client of Guatemala. However, we know he lives in Miami; and makes his residence for 5 months of the year in Boston,” Mr. Owens, the Mossack Fonseca partner, wrote in an email in 2009 to top executives at the firm.

The firm recognized that claiming the Guatemala residency represented a risk, but considered it a risk worth taking, given Mr. von der Goltz’s importance to the firm.

“My suggestion: Leave everything as it is with von der Goltz, i.e. stay and live this potential risk, we might prefer to send money orders and cashier’s checks, which have a slightly lower risk than bank transfers. It’s all well done, customer understands well and accepts it as is,” Mr. Owens wrote. “I agree with your suggestion on my part,” responded Ramón Fonseca, one of the firm’s founders.

Ramón Fonseca, one of the firm’s founders, in April in his office in Panama City. Documents show he agreed with a suggestion to accept a client’s residency in Guatemala despite the risk and the knowledge that the client lived in the United States.

Money was frequently transferred from several of the offshore accounts to accounts in the United States to fund investments at Mr. von der Goltz’s firm, the documents show. A foundation paid for his daughter’s education, as well as his granddaughter’s high school tuition. In a 2008 email, Mr. von der Goltz’s Boston-based accountant asked executives at Mossack Fonseca to wire money from Mr. von der Goltz’s mother, Erika.

“Erika would like to make a gift to Tica of $100,000 for his birthday. She hadn’t given him anything,” the email said, providing an account for Mr. von der Goltz at Espírito Santo Bank in Miami. “Ohh, yes, I know ERIKA wants it to be done quickly, we will proceed,” Mr. Owens responded before confirming that the money should be moved as requested.

Legal experts consulted by The Times said it was difficult to determine definitively if the arrangements related to Mr. von der Goltz violated United States laws. But they said such moves were commonly used by investors seeking to hide their assets and evade federal taxes.

“There is reason to question if she was really directing that shift of money,” Mr. Blum said, referring to Mr. von der Goltz’s mother. In a statement, Mr. von der Goltz said the companies were established for legal purposes, and that both he and the companies were compliant with United States tax and reporting requirements.

“There has never been any illegal activity associated with these companies,” the statement said.

Other case files examined by The Times show how Mossack Fonseca may have turned a blind eye in the vetting process while helping Kjell Gunnar Finstad, a Texas resident, set up an oil company offshore in 2013. Mossack Fonseca has long maintained that it will not work for individuals with criminal records or whose conduct raises “red flags” during its due-diligence process. But the firm somehow either missed or overlooked Mr. Finstad’s past when it conducted a background search of potential directors for the new offshore oil company, OK Terra Energy, which was run out of Houston but registered in the British Virgin Islands. Three years earlier, Mr. Finstad, the company’s controlling partner and lead investor, had been convicted in Norway for various breaches of securities and accounting laws involving a company called Norex Group. The case was major news in Norway. The records examined by The Times show that Mossack Fonseca collected a copy of Mr. Finstad’s passport, and conducted a basic internet search and a cursory background check. But there is no mention of the fraud case, and no discussion of whether to proceed with setting up the new company, in light of Mr. Finstad’s involvement. Reached at his office in Texas and asked about the Panama Papers, Mr. Finstad said only, “I don’t want to talk about that.” For another client, Mossack Fonseca offered a special service for a premium price.

Marianna Olszewski, the New York City-based author of “Live It, Love It, Earn It: A Woman’s Guide to Financial Freedom,” wanted to shift $1 million held by HSBC in Guernsey to a new overseas account. The catch? She did not want her name to appear anywhere near the transaction.

Mr. Owens, the Mossack Fonseca lawyer, again offered a solution. Mossack Fonseca would locate what he called a “natural person nominee” in a “tax-convenient” jurisdiction to stand in for Ms. Olszewski as the owner of the account.

“The Natural Person Trustee is a service which is very sensitive,” Mr. Owens wrote. “We need to hire the Natural Person Nominee, pay him, make him sign lots of documents to cover us, make him sign resignations, make him get some proofs evidencing that he has the economic capacity to place such amount of moneys, letters of reference, proof of domicile, etc., etc.” The process, he suggested, would cost her at least $17,500.

Ms. Olszewski approved the maneuver - only to see the firm, at one point, accidentally disclose her name to the banks involved.

“Ramses, Please call me ASAP!! This is important!!!!” she wrote to Mr. Owens. “HSBC said someone said marianna olszewski is the principal / beneficary! Who has done this!! I need you to call me immediately and tell them hsbc that was a mistake!!!!!!!!!! This is not good and I asked you NOT to do this! this is why we have this structure.”

Mr. Owens sought to calm her down, saying that Mossack Fonseca could tell the bank that the natural person nominee actually controlled the account. “This can be solved,” he wrote.

Ramsés Owens, then a lawyer with Mossack Fonseca, explained the concept of a “natural person trustee” to Marianna Olszewski in an email.

Ms. Olszewski sent a panicky email to Mr. Owens upon discovering that her name had been disclosed to a bank involved in a transfer of her assets.

Mr. Owens did not tell his client the identity of the natural person nominee, saying simply;

“We would appoint a UK citizen residing in Panama since 50 years ago, engineer, entrepreneur,” as they needed someone who would be expected to have such a large amount of money available to transfer.

Twelve days later, Mr. Owens sent HSBC a copy of a passport for a man named Edmund James Ward.

“Kindly please find hereto attached the due diligence documents of the beneficial owner,” said the email sent to HSBC, noting that “the documents duly correct.”

The $1 million from Ms. Olszewski was then transferred to the new accounts, with an assurance that she need not worry.

“If for any reason something happens, please also bear in mind that Mossfon is covered by insurance policies for US$10 Million (per event),” Mr. Owens wrote. “We have never used our insurance policy to cover a ‘fraud,’ or something like this.”

The use of a stand-in to hide the true ownership of an account is one of the remaining illegal ploys favored by Americans today as international banks, under pressure from the United States, demand proof of account ownership, said Jeffrey Neiman, a former federal prosecutor from Miami who specialized in criminal tax offenses, adding that he could not comment directly on this case. “The fact that a law firm was willing to do this legitimizes the process for their clients,” he said.

A Firm’s Inner Doubts Many of the client files - like those for Mr. Weill, the banker; Mr. Soriano, the ballplayer; and Mr. Akridge, the developer contain little information on the purpose of the offshore accounts, or how they were used after they were set up, making it impossible, based on the records available, to assess whether they were used legitimately. But the experts who reviewed some of the documents related to the Ponsoldts, Mr. von der Goltz and Ms. Olszewski said that the firm itself seemed to realize it was taking risks.

“They were not always sure themselves which side of the line they were on at any given moment,” said Ross S. Delston, a former federal banking regulator who now specializes in combating money-laundering efforts.

“It is apparent that members of the firm were aware they were treading very close to the line.”

In fact, the files contain instances, beginning before the Panama Papers came to light, of Mossack Fonseca lawyers second-guessing their actions. (In recent weeks, the firm has shut down many of its operations in Nevada, as well as British locations in Jersey and the Isle of Man, and is closing the asset-management division that served many of its United States clients.) In 2013, Mossack Fonseca advised Ms. Olszewski to seek outside counsel and consider reporting herself to the I.R.S., warning of possible “severe” repercussions if she did not. The warning came in the wake of a Justice Department investigation of the role that certain Swiss banks had played in helping United States citizens evade federal taxes. Records show that Mossack Fonseca had been paid at least $102,000 over nine years to help Ms. Olszewski handle various transactions. Ms. Olszewski took the firm’s advice, and belatedly disclosed her accounts to the I.R.S., the documents show. And by 2014, she asked Mossack Fonseca to shut down her accounts and offshore entities, which collectively held at least $1.7 million.

“I’m in complete compliance with all my U.S. tax and reporting requirements,” Ms. Olszewski said in an emailed statement when The Times asked about the accounts. In a second statement, she said she had relied on the advice of legal counsel to establish a trust for her family while living abroad. “I am confident that I have acted properly,” she added, “and any insinuation otherwise is false.” Reached by telephone in late May, Mr. Owens, who is no longer with the law firm, said only, “Regretfully, I cannot speak about individual clients or my time at Mossack Fonseca.”

Mossack Fonseca sent a series of similar and increasingly dire warnings to the Ponsoldts in 2013 and 2014, telling them that they had to provide a Swiss bank with documentation that they had paid all required United States taxes - or face possible investigation.

“Neither your ex Trustees nor us would like to be involved into any measure the US Department of Justice might try to enforce,” the firm wrote. “In this regard, again we strongly urge you to take the necessary steps to avoid any negative consequences for you as well as us.”

The records examined by The Times give no indication whether the Ponsoldts complied, and family members would not say when asked.

“I don’t know what you are talking about,” Christopher Ponsoldt said in a second brief conversation before he again hung up.

Related Articles: Panama Papers Include Dozens of Americans Tied to Fraud and Financial Misconduct Panama Papers reveal George Soros' deep money ties to secretive weapons, intel investment firm

The Birth And Death Of Privacy: 3,000 Years Of History Told Through 46 Images June 6 2016 | From: Medium

Privacy, as we understand it, is only about 150 years old.

Humans do have an instinctual desire for privacy. However, for 3,000 years, cultures have nearly always prioritized convenience and wealth over privacy.

A 2-Minute Summary

Section II will show how cutting edge health technology will force people to choose between an early, costly death and a world without any semblance of privacy. Given historical trends, the most likely outcome is that we will forgo privacy and return to our traditional, transparent existence. *This post is part of an online book about Silicon Valley’s Political endgame. See all available chapters here.

Section I: How Privacy Was Invented Slowly Over 3,000 years

“Privacy may actually be an anomaly.” - Vinton Cerf, Co-creator of the military’s early Internet prototype and Google executive.

Cerf suffered a torrent of criticism in the media for suggesting that privacy is unnatural. Though he was simply opining on what he believed was an under-the-radar gathering at the Federal Trade Commission in 2013, historically speaking, Cerf is right. Privacy, as it is conventionally understood, is only about 150 years old. Most humans living throughout history had little concept of privacy in their tiny communities. Sex, breastfeeding, and bathing were shamelessly performed in front of friends and family. The lesson from 3,000 years of history is that privacy has almost always been a back-burner priority. Humans invariably choose money, prestige or convenience when it has conflicted with a desire for solitude. This chapter takes a look at how technology shaped desires for privacy over the major epochs of human history.

Tribal Life (~200,000 B.C. to 6,000 B.C)

“Because hunter-gatherer children sleep with their parents, either in the same bed or in the same hut, there is no privacy. Children see their parents having sex. In the Trobriand Islands, Malinowski was told that parents took no special precautions to prevent their children from watching them having sex: they just scolded the child and told it to cover its head with a mat” - UCLA Anthropologist, Jared Diamond

While extremely rare in tribal societies, privacy may, in fact, be instinctive. Evidence from tribal societies suggests that humans prefer to make love in solitude (In 9 of 12 societies where homes have separate bedrooms for parents, people prefer to have sex indoors. In those cultures without homes with separate rooms, sex is more often preferred outdoors).

However, in practice, the need for survival often eclipses the desire for privacy. For instance, among the modern North American Utku’s, a desire for solitude can seem profoundly rude:

“It dawned on me how forlorn I would be in the wildness if they forsook me. Far, far better to suffer loss of privacy” - Anthropologist Jean Briggs, on being ostracized by her host Utku family, after daring to explore the wilderness alone for a day.

The big question: if privacy isn’t the norm, where did it start? Let’s start from the first cities:

Ancient Cities (6th Century B.C. - 4th Century AD)

Roman citizens engaged in conversation in a public restroom. Credit: A Day In The Life Of Ancient Rome

Like their tribal ancestors, the Greeks displayed some preference for privacy. And, unlike their primitive ancestors, the Greeks had the means to do something about it. University of Leicester’ Samantha Burke found that the Greeks used their sophisticated understanding of geometry to create housing with the mathematically minimum exposure to public view while

maximizing available light.

Sightline analysis of maximum viewable space from the street. Burke (2000)

However, Athenians penchant for solitude was not without its influential critics:

“For where men conceal their ways from one another in darkness rather than light, there no man will ever rightly

gain either his due honour or office or the justice that is befitting” - Socrates

Athenian philosophy proved far more popular than their architecture. In Greece’s far less egalitarian successor, Rome, the landed gentry built their homes with wide open gardens. Turning one’s house into a public museum was an ostentatious display of wealth. Though, the rich seemed self-aware of their unfortunate trade-off:

“Great fortune has this characteristic, that it allows nothing to be concealed, nothing hidden; it opens up the homes of princes, and not only that but their bedrooms and intimate retreats, and it opens up and exposes to talk all the arcane secrets” - Pliny the Elder, ‘The Natural History’, circa 77 A.D.

The majority of Romans lived in crowded apartments, with walls thin enough to hear every noise. “Think of Ancient Rome as a giant campground,” writes Angela Alberto in A Day in the life of Ancient Rome. And, thanks to the Rome’s embrace of public sex, there was less of a motivation to make it taboo—especially considering the benefits.

Sex art, Pompeii

“Baths, drink and sex corrupt our bodies, but baths, drink and sex make life worth living” - graffi - Roman bath

Early Middle Ages (4th century AD-1,200 AD): Privacy As Isolation

Early Christian saints pioneered the modern concept of privacy: seclusion. The Christian Bible popularized the idea that morality was not just the outcome of an evil deed, but the intent to cause harm; this novel coupling of intent and morality led the most devout followers (monks) to remove themselves from society and focus obsessively on battling their inner demons free from the distractions of civilization.

“Just as fish die if they stay too long out of water, so the monks who loiter outside their cells or pass their time with men of the world lose the intensity of inner peace. So like a fish going towards the sea, we must hurry to reach our cell, for fear that if we delay outside we will lost our interior watchfulness” - St Antony of Egypt

It is rumored that on the island monastery of Nitria, a monk died and was found 4 days later. Monks meditated in isolation in stone cubicles, known as “Beehive” huts.

Even before the collapse of ancient Rome in 4th century A.D., humanity was mostly a rural species A stylized blueprint of the Lord Of The Rings-looking shire longhouses, which were popular for 1000 years, shows animals and humans sleeping under the same room - because, there was only one room.

“There was no classical or medieval latin word equivalent to ‘privacy’. privatio meant ‘a taking away’” - Georges Duby, author, ‘A History Of Private Life: Revelations of the Medieval World’

Late Medieval / Early Renaissance (1300–1600)  -  The Foundation Of Privacy Is Built

“Privacy — the ultimate achievement of the renaissance” - Historian Peter Smith

In 1215, the influential Fourth Council Of Lateran (the “Great Council”) declared that confessions should be mandatory for the masses. This mighty stroke of Catholic power instantly extended the concept of internal morality to much of Europe.

“The apparatus of moral governance was shifted inward, to a private space that no longer had anything to do with the community,” explained religious author, Peter Loy. Solitude had a powerful ally.

Fortunately for the church, some new technology would make quiet contemplation much less expensive: Guttenberg’s printing press.

Thanks to the printing presses invention after the Great Counsel’s decree, personal reading supercharged European individualism. Poets, artists, and theologians were encouraged in their pursuits of “abandoning the world in order to turn one’s heart with greater intensity toward God,” so recommended the influential canon of The Brethren of the Common Life.

To be sure, up until the 18th century, public readings were still commonplace, a tradition that extended until universal book ownership. Quiet study was an elite luxury for many centuries.

Citizens enjoy a public reading

The Architecture Of Privacy

Individual beds are a modern invention. As one of the most expensive items in the home, a single large bed became a place for social gatherings, where guests were invited to sleep with the entire family and some servants.

But, the uncleanness of urbanized life quickly caught up with the Europeans, when infectious diseases wiped out large swaths of newly crowded cities. The Black Death, alone, killed over 100 million people.

This profoundly changed hygiene attitudes, especially in hospitals, where it was once common for patients to sleep as close together as houseguests were accustomed to.

“Little children, both girls and boys, together in dangerous beds, upon which other patients died of contagious diseases, because there is no order and no private bed for the children, [who must] sleep six, eight, nine, ten, and twelve to a bed, at both head and foot” - Notes of a nurse (circa 1500), lamenting the lack of modern medical procedures

Though, just because individual beds in hospitals were coming into vogue, it did not mean that sex was any more private. Witnessing the consummation of marriage was common for both spiritual and logistical reasons:

“Newlyweds climbed into bed before the eyes of family and friends and the next day exhibit the sheets as proof that the marriage had been consummated” - Georges Duby, Editor, ‘A History of Private Life’

Few people demanded privacy while they slept because even separate beds wouldn’t have afforded them the luxury. Most homes only had one room. Architectural historians trace the origins of internal walls to the more basic human desire to be warm. Below, in the video, is a Hollywood re-enactment of couples sleeping around the burning embers of a central fire pit, from the film, Beowulf. It’s a solid illustration of the grand hall open architecture that was pervasive before the popularization of internal walls circa 1,400 A.D.

Couples sleep around the warmth of a fire (clip from Beowulf)

“Firstly, I propose that there be a room common to all in the middle, and at its centre there shall be a fire, so that many more people can get round it and everyone can see the others faces when engaging in their amusements and storytelling”  -  15th century Italian Architect, Sebastian Serlio

To disperse heat more efficiently without choking houseguests to death, fire-resistant chimney-like structures were built around central fire pits to reroute smoke outside. Below is an image of a “transitional” house during the 16th century period when back-to-back fireplaces broke up the traditional open hall architecture.

Housing Culture: Traditional Architecture In An English Landscape

“A profound change in the very blueprint of the living space” - Historian Sarti Raffaella, on the introduction of the chimney.

Pre-Industrial Revolution (1600–1840)  -  The Home Becomes Private, Which Isn’t Very Private

The first recorded daily diary was composed by Lady Margaret Hoby, who lived just passed the 16th century. On February 4th, 1600, she writes that she retired “to my Closit, wher I praid and Writt some thinge for mine owne priuat Conscience’s”.

Cardinal Albrecht of Brandenburg in his study

By the renaissance, it was quite common for at least the wealthy to shelter themselves away in the home. Yet, even for those who could afford separate spaces, it was more logistically convenient to live in close quarters with servants and family.

“Having served in the capacity of manservant to his Excellency Marquis Francesco Albergati for the period of about eleven years, that I can say and give account that on three or four occasions I saw the said marquis getting out of bed with a perfect erection of the male organ” - 1751, Servant of Albergati Capacelli, testifying in court that his master did not suffer from incontinence, thus rebutting his wife’s legal suit for annulment.

Law It was just prior to the industrial revolution that citizens, for the first time, demanded that the law begin to keep pace with the evolving need for secret activities. In this early handwritten note on August 20th, 1770, revolutionist and future President of the United States, John Adams, voiced his support for the concept of privacy.

“I am under no moral or other Obligation…to publish to the World how much my Expences or my Incomes amount to yearly.”

Despite some high-profile opposition, the first American Census was posted publicly, for logistics reasons, more than anything else. Transparency was the best way to ensure every citizen could inspect it for accuracy.

Privacy-conscious citizen did find more traction with what would become perhaps America’s first privacy law, the 1710 Post Office Act, which banned sorting through the mail by postal employees.

“I’ll say no more on this head, but When I have the Pleasure to See you again, shall Inform you of many Things too tedious for a Letter and which perhaps may fall into Ill hands, for I know there are many at Boston who dont Scruple to Open any Persons letters, but they are well known here.” - Dr. Oliver Noyes, lamenting the well-known fact that mail was often read.

This fact did not stop the mail’s popularity

Gilded Age: 1840–1950  - Privacy Becomes The Expectation

“Privacy is a distinctly modern product”

- E.L. Godkin, 1890

“In The Mirror, 1890” by Auguste Toulmouche

By the time the industrial revolution began serving up material wealth to the masses, officials began recognizing privacy as the default setting of human life.

“The material and moral well-being of workers depend, the health of the public, and the security of society depend on each family’s living in a separate, healthy, and convenient home, which it may purchase” - Speaker at 1876 international hygiene congress in Brussels

For the poor, however, life was still very much on display. The famous 20th-century existentialist philosopher Jean PaulSatre observed the poor streets of Naples:

Crowded apartment dwellers spill on to the streets

“The ground floor of every building contains a host of tiny rooms that open directly onto the street and each of these tiny rooms contains a family…

they drag tables and chairs out into the street or leave them on the threshold, half outside, half inside…outside is organically linked to inside… yesterday i saw a mother and a father dining outdoors, while their baby slept in a crib next to the parents’ bed and an older daughter did her homework at another table by the light of a kerosene lantern… if a woman falls ill and stays in bed all day, it’s open knowledge and everyone can see her.”

Insides of houses were no less cramped:

The “Right To Privacy“ Is Born While architecture failed to keep up with society, it was during the Gilded Age that privacy was officially acknowledged as a political right.

“The intensity and complexity of life, attendant upon advancing civilization, have rendered necessary some retreat from the world, and man, under the refining influence of culture, has become more sensitive to publicity, so that solitude and privacy have become more essential to the individual; but modern enterprise and invention have, through invasions upon his privacy, subjected him to mental pain and distress, far greater than could be inflicted by mere bodily injury.” - “The Right To Privacy” - December 15, 1890, Harvard Law Review

Interestingly enough, the right to privacy was justified on the very grounds for which it is now so popular: technology’s encroachment on personal information. However, the father of the right to privacy and future Supreme Court Justice, Louis Brandeis, was ahead of his time. His seminal article did not get much press - and the press it did get wasn’t all that glowing.

"The feelings of these thin-skinned Americans are doubtless at the bottom of an article in the December number of the Harvard Law Review, in which two members of the Boston bar have recorded the results of certain researches into the question whether Americans do not possess a common-law right of privacy which can be successfully defended in the courts." - Galveston Daily News on ‘The Right To Privacy’

Privacy had not helped America up to this point in history. Brazen invasions into the public’s personal communications had been instrumental in winning the Civil War.

A request For Wiretapping

This is a letter from the Secretary of War, Edwin Stanton, requesting broad authority over telegraph lines; Lincoln simply scribbled on the back “The Secretary of War has my authority to exercise his discretion in the matter within mentioned. A. LINCOLN.” It wasn’t until the industry provoked the ire of a different president that information privacy was codified into law. President Grover Cleveland had a wife who was easy on the eyes. And, easy access to her face made it ideal for commercial

purposes.

The rampant use of President Grover Cleveland’s wife, Frances, on product advertisements, eventually led to the one of the nation’s first privacy laws. The New York legislature made it a penalty to use someone’s unauthorized likeness for commercial purposes in 1903, for a fine of up to $1,000. Indeed, for most of the 19th century, privacy was practically upheld as a way of maintaining a man’s ownership over his wife’s public and private life  -  including physical abuse.

"We will not inflict upon society the greater evil of raising the curtain upon domestic privacy, to punish the lesser evil of trifling violence” - 1868, State V. Rhodes, wherein the court decided the social costs of invading privacy was not greater than that of wife beating.

The Technology Of Individualism The first 150 years of American life saw an explosion of information technology, from the postcard to the telephone. As each new communication method gave a chance to peek at the private lives of strangers and neighbors, Americans often (reluctantly) chose whichever technology was either cheaper or more convenient. Privacy was a secondary concern.

"There is a lady who conducts her entire correspondence through this channel. She reveals secrets supposed to be the most pro- found, relates misdemeanors and indiscretions with a reckless disregard of the consequences. Her confidence is unbounded in the integrity of postmen and bell-boys, while the latter may be seen any morning, sitting on the doorsteps of apartment houses, making merry over the post-card correspondence.” - Editor, the Atlantic Monthly, on Americas of love of postcards, 1905

Even though postcards were far less private, they were convenient. More than 200,000 postcards were ordered in the first two hours they were offered in New York City, on May 15, 1873.

The next big advance in information technology, the telephone, was a wild success in the early 20th century. However, individual telephone lines were prohibitively expensive; instead, neighbors shared one line, known as “party lines.” Commercial ads urged neighbors to use the shared technology with “courtesy”.

But, as this comic shows, it was common to eavesdrop.

“Party lines could destroy relationships…if you were dating someone on the party line and got a call from another girl, well, the jig was up. Five minutes after you hung up, everybody in the neighborho -  including your girlfriend  -  knew about the call. In fact, there were times when the girlfriend butted in and chewed both the caller and the callee out. Watch what you say.” - Author, Donnie Johnson

Where convenience and privacy found a happy co-existence, individualized gadgets flourished. Listening was not always an individual act. The sheer fact that audio was a form of broadcast made listening to conversations and music a social activity.

This all changed with the invention of the headphone.

“The triumph of headphones is that they create, in a public space, an oasis of privacy”~ The Atlantic’s libertarian columnist, Derek Thompson.

Late 20th Century  - Fear Of A World Without Privacy By the 60's, individualized phones, rooms, and homes became the norm. 100 years earlier, when Lincoln tapped all telegraph lines, few raised any questions. In the new century, invasive surveillance would bring down Lincoln’s distant successor, even though his spying was far less pervasive.

Upon entering office, the former Vice-President assured the American people that their privacy was safe.

“As Vice President, I addressed myself to the individual rights of Americans in the area of privacy… There will be no illegal tappings, eavesdropping, bugging, or break-ins in my administration. There will be hot pursuit of tough laws to prevent illegal invasions of privacy in both government and private activities.” - Gerald Ford

Justice Brandeis Had Finally Won

2,000 A.D. And Beyond  - A Grand Reversal In the early 2,000s, young consumers were willing to purchase a location tracking feature that was once the stuff of 1984 nightmares.

“The magic age is people born after 1981…

That’s the cut-off for us where we see a big change in privacy settings and user acceptance.” - Loopt Co-Founder Sam Altman, who pioneered paid geo-location features.

The older generations’ fear of transparency became a subject of mockery.

“My grandma always reminds me to turn my GPS off a few blocks before I get home “so that the man giving me directions doesn’t know where I live.” - A letter to the editor of College Humor’s “Parents Just Don’t Understand” series.

Increased urban density and skyrocketing rents in the major cities has put pressure on communal living.

A co-living space in San Francisco / Source: Sarah Buhr, TechCrunch

“We’re seeing a shift in consciousness from hyper-individualistic to more cooperative spaces… We have a vision to raise our families together.”

- Jordan Aleja Grader, San Francisco resident

At the more extreme ends, a new crop of so-called “life bloggers” publicize intimate details about their days:

Blogger Robert Scoble takes A picture with Google Glass in the shower At the edges of transparency and pornography, anonymous exhibitionism finds a home on the web, at the wildly popular content aggregator, Reddit, in the aptly titled community “Gone Wild”.

Section II: How Privacy Will Again Fade Away For 3,000 years, most people have been perfectly willing to trade privacy for convenience, wealth or fame. It appears this is still true today. AT&T recently rolled out a discounted broadband internet service, where customers could pay a mere $30 more a month to not have their browsing behavior tracked online for ad targeting.

“Since we began offering the service more than a year ago the vast majority have elected to opt-in to the adsupported model.” - AT&T spokeswoman Gretchen Schultz (personal communication)

Performance artist Risa Puno managed to get almost half the attendees at an Brooklyn arts festival to trade their private data (image, fingerprints, or social security number) for a delicious cinnamon cookie. Some even proudly tweeted it out.

Tourists on Hollywood Blvd willing gave away their passwords to on live TV for a split-second of TV fame on Jimmy Kimmel Live.

Even for holdouts, the costs of privacy may be too great to bear. With the advance of cutting-edge health technologies, withholding sensitive data may mean a painful, early death. For instance, researchers have already discovered that if patients of the deadly Vioxx drug had shared their health information publicly, statisticians could have detected the side effects earlier enough to save 25,000 lives. As a result, Google’s Larry Page has embarked on a project to get more users to share their private health information with the academic research community. While Page told a crowd at the TED conference in 2013 that he believe such information can remain anonymous, statisticians are doubtful.

“We have been pretending that by removing enough information from databases that we can make people anonymous. We have been promising privacy, and this paper demonstrates that for a certain percent of a population, those promises are empty,” - John Wilbanks of Sage Bionetworks, on a new academic paper that identified anonymous donors to a genetics database, based on public information

Speaking as a statistician, it is quite easy to identify people in anonymous datasets. There are only so many 5'4" jews living in San Francisco with chronic back pain. Every bit of information we reveal about ourselves will be one more disease that we can track, and another life saved. If I want to know whether I will suffer a heart attack, I will have to release my data for public research. In the end, privacy will be an early death sentence. Already, health insurers are beginning to offer discounts for people who wear health trackers and let others analyze their personal movements. Many, if not most, consumers in the next generation will choose cash and a longer life in exchange for publicizing their most intimate details. What can we tell with basic health information, such as calories burned throughout the day? Pretty much everything. With a rudimentary step and calorie counter, I was able to distinguish whether I was having sex or at the gym, since the minute-by-minute calorie burn profile of sex is quite distinct (the image below from my health tracker shows lots of energy expended at the beginning and end, with few steps taken. Few activities besides sex have this distinct shape)

My late-night horizontal romp, as measured by calories burned per minute

More advanced health monitors used by insurers are coming, like embedded sensors in skin and clothes that detect stress and concentration. The markers of an early heart attack or dementia will be the same that correspond to an argument with a spouse or if an employee is dozing off at work. No behavior will escape categorization - which will give us unprecedented superpowers to extend healthy life. Opting out of this tracking - if it is even possib - will mean an early death and extremely pricey health insurance for many. If history is a guide, the costs and convenience of radical transparency will once again take us back to our roots as a species that could not even conceive of a world with privacy. It’s hard to know whether complete and utter transparency will realize a techno-utopia of a more honest and innovative future. But, given that privacy has only existed for a sliver of human history, it’s disappearance is unlikely to doom mankind. Indeed, transparency is humanity’s natural state.

Former Morgan Stanley Chief Asia Economist: "Don't Listen To The Ruling Elite, The World Economy Is In Real Trouble" June 6 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

Andy Xie says the world's elite that are attending the G7, G20, Davos and other wasteful meetings are wrong to try to pin the blame for the turmoil on people’s psychology; all signs point to a prolonged period of global stagnation and instability.

Authored by Andy Xie, the former Morgan Stanley chief Asia-Pacific economist, originally posted Op-Ed at The South China Morning Post. Andy Xie says the world's elite that are attending the G7, G20, Davos and other wasteful meetings are wrong to try to pin the blame for the turmoil on people’s psychology; all signs point to a prolonged period of global stagnation and instability. Before the current G7 meetings waste of time, The G20 working group meeting in Shanghai didn’t come up with any constructive proposals for reviving the global economy and, instead, complained that the recent market turmoil didn’t reflect the “underlying fundamentals of the global economy”. The oil price has declined by 70 per cent since June 2014, while the Brazilian real has halved, and the Russian rouble is down by 60 per cent. The global economy is on the cusp of another recession, and these important people blamed it all on some sort of psychological problem of the people.

Over the past two decades, the global economy has been blessed with the entry and participation of 800 million hardworking Chinese, plus the information revolution. The pie should have increased enough in size to make most people happier. Yet, the opposite has happened. The world has gone from one crisis to another. People are complaining everywhere. This is due to mismanagement by the very people who attend the G20 meetings, the Davos boondoggle, and so many other global meetings that waste taxpayers’ money and put inept leaders in the limelight. One major complaint that people have is that the system is rigged – that is, the rising income concentration is not due to free market competition, but a rigged system that favours the politically powerful. This is largely true. The new billionaires over the past two decades have come mostly from finance and property. Few made it the way Steve Jobs or Bill Gates did, creating something that makes people more productive. The most important factor in the rigged system is monetary policy being used to pump up financial markets in the name of stimulating growth for people’s benefit. This is essentially the trickle-down wealth effect, that is, making some people in the financial food chain rich while the spillover gives people a few crumbs.

Yet, instead of crumbs, the wealth effect has pumped up property prices in Manhattan, London and Hong Kong, as well as the price of modern art. Essentially, the wealth effect has stayed within the small circle of the wealthy. And these people show up at Davos to congratulate policymakers on their “successes”. Wasting resources is an equally important factor in making the global economy weak and prone to crisis. After the 2008 financial crisis, the US government and Federal Reserve spent trillions of dollars to bail out the people who created the crisis. Instead of facing bankruptcy and jail, these people have become richer than ever. Predictably, they have used their resources to rig the system further. After 2008, when Beijing launched a massive investment push, the global ruling elite all praised China for saving the global economy. China has increased credit by over US$20 trillion to finance the construction of factories and homes. However, investment does not guarantee final demand. The process of building up a factory creates demand. But, when it is completed, it needs to sell its goods to someone. What China did was build even more factories to keep this factory occupied. This Ponzi scheme couldn’t last long. We are just seeing the beginning of its devastating consequences. China’s overinvestment has pumped up commodity prices, which has led to another Ponzi scheme. As major central banks cut interest rates to zero, credit demand didn’t respond in general, as businesses didn’t see growing demand from people who were suffering income erosion.

The commodity boom justified credit demand for the time being. Trillions of dollars were poured into the energy sector, and trillions more into other commodity industries. Businesses in emerging economies that were pumped up by rising commodity prices borrowed US$9 trillion. This mountain of debt is floating on a commodity Ponzi scheme that is floating on China’s investment Ponzi scheme. Its bursting is just the beginning. Its impact on the global financial system could be bigger than the 2008 financial crisis. In addition to the bursting of the global commodity bubble, China’s overcapacity bubble will kill global capital expenditure for many years to come. Even though Chinese investment isn’t growing like before, investment at half of gross domestic product is still adding overcapacity by over US$1 trillion per year – the problem is getting bigger. All indications are that China wants to export the overcapacity. And why not? China overinvested to bail out the global economy. It shouldn’t pay the whole price for the mistake.

China’s strategy would lead to de-industrialisation in most of the world, in particular middle-income emerging economies. Weak capital expenditure would lead to weak employment and labour income. The resulting bankruptcies may further weaken the global credit system. The global economy is facing years of stagnation, deflation and financial crises. The current economic managers will resort to the same tricks of pumping up the financial markets with liquidity, to no avail. In the meantime, political instability will spread around the world. It will take a long time for the right leaders to emerge.

Initially, populists will win. Their policies, unfortunately, will focus on protectionism and rolling back the World Trade Organisation system. That will lead to further economic turmoil in the global economy. Protectionism may suddenly jump-start inflation that will quickly become hyperinflation, which would certainly lead to violent revolutions.

The world is on the cusp of a prolonged period of stagnation and instability. Our ruling elite is blaming it on people seeing things. Their strategy is to change people’s psychology. Unfortunately for them, the world is catching fire and that fire will eventually reach their Davos chalets.

Consumed The Movie: Showing Now June 5 2016 | From: ConsumedTheMovie

Consumed is a dramatic thriller that explores the complex world of genetically modified food.

The story is anchored by a working-class, single Mother on a hunt to uncover the cause of her son's mysterious illness. Interwoven are the stories of an Organic farmer, the CEO of a biotechnology corporation, two Scientists on the verge of a major discovery, and an ex-Cop caught in the middle of it all.

Click here to buy or Rent the film

Weaponized Cell Towers Are Directly Related To Why Chemtrails Are Sprayed June 5 2016 | From: StateOfTheNation

Beginning with his 1905 United States patent number 787,412, Nikola Tesla pioneered the use of a certain type of electromagnetic energy called extremely-low frequency (ELF). This is a specific type of energy known to be used in the New Manhattan Project; the other being very-low frequency (VLF) electromagnetic energy.

If you’ve read the following two articles already, then you’ll know all about the nefarious nature of where this is all leading… Related: Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere? Related: More on Why Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Are Popping Up Everywhere Related: Claim: Cell towers across the USA are broadcasting brain resonance frequencies to disrupt human minds, says former DARPA scientist

The previous post titled, More on Why Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Are Popping Up Everywhere covered the first two important following topics in PART I & PART II. This post will contain PART III: The involvement of Chemtrails and the role they play. Before diving headfirst into those topics, check out, “Chemtrails: The Secret War, for a background on the chemtrail phenomena.”

Related: Chemtrails the Secret War If you remember nothing else about all of this technology, remember this: Be afraid. Be very, very, afraid. There simply is no better way to sum up everything that follows better than those few words. This is the mother load of all posts dealing with Chemtrails and related matters. Brace yourselves. My post will draw from two previously written and well footnoted articles written by Peter A. Kirby at Activist Post. As for any skeptics you hear jawing about “conspiracy this,” or “conspiracy that,” usually know-it-all pilots in my experience, hand them all the footnotes to both articles and ask that they please place ALL the footnotes in their mouths to prevent spreading their ignorance until they’ve read the material. There is no question that the U.S. government is presently involved in various forms of Geo-Engineering around the world, and we know that because at different times, various government agencies have admitted to doing as much, contrary to what every pilot you know [less ONE maybe - You know who you are!] has to say on the issue of Chemtrails. How many times have you heard, “Well I’m a pilot, and I know for a fact there is no such thing as Chemtrails, only contrails, and you people are a bunch of tin foil hat wearing conspiracy loons…”

No. You're just an uninformed boob that flies. Remind any skeptics to put the footnotes in their mouths.

You don’t have to be a pilot to recognize whether a trail in the sky is or is not a Chemtrail any more than you need to be an ant to determine if a little grey pile of sand between sidewalk blocks with ants pouring out of it is an anthill. With all that said, unfortunately for “We the People,” is the fact that our governments have a very lousy track record of being honest, so, whatever the government admits to doing, multiply that number times several factors of 10 to get the magnitude of what is really going on, and as for the motives, prepare to be horrified. All kidding aside, the remainder of this posting gets REAL dark, so try to hang in there. In a previous article by Peter A. Kirby at Activist Post, Kirby revealed the following that ought to definitely shut up any of those loud pilots still pissing and moaning about your tin foil hat:

U.S. patent #4,686,605 “Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere and/or Magnetosphere” shows how stratospheric and tropospheric aerosols can be manipulated using electromagnetic energy in order to modify the weather. The ground-based antennas (known as ionospheric heaters) needed to produce the appropriate electromagnetic energy exist. For a detailed discussion, please see the author’s previous article: “Smoking Gun: The HAARP and Chemtrails Connection.”

To fully comprehend what Kirby’s new article has to say, it really helps to have already read his previous post titled, “Chemtrails Exposed: A History of the New Manhattan Project.” Before getting into Peter’s most recent findings, which are in keeping with research I’ve done very recently and will share as well, first I’ll briefly summarize the previous article, and you can watch the video titled “Chemtrails: The Secret War.” After the video, I’ll highlight the areas covered in the remainder of this article.

The main topics dealt with in Kirby’s previous post titled, “Chemtrails Exposed: A History of the New Manhattan Project,” are as follows: The Origins of Weather Modification Early American Involvement Nikola Tesla’s Role The Beginning of the Scientific Era and Weather Modification

The Origins of Weather Modification: The idea of man controlling the weather is far from new. It’s been around as long as man. Early efforts were attempted by mystics or local shaman, perhaps rain dances, or even animal sacrifice, but the point is, this is not a “new idea.” As for the origins of weather modification from a militaristic sense, Kirby says the following:

The 1996 U.S. military document “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025” outlines a program using aerosols sprayed from airplanes which are then manipulated with electromagnetic energy in order to modify the weather. This document will be discussed shortly. The common thread here is weather modification; or as the Library of Congress calls it, “weather control.” Lots of other evidence supporting this assertion exists as well, but these two documents are the most salient. Motives are plenty. Most notably, significant direct benefits can be gained by playing financial markets which rise and fall with the weather such as the weather derivatives and catastrophe reinsurance mark

Early American Involvement in DARPA / HAARP / Weather Control: In essence, since America has been the world’s technological leader; especially in the area of military technology, America has been the one leading the way on the New Manhattan Project from the beginning, and continues to do so to this day.

Nikola Tesla’S Role: Beginning with his 1905 United States patent number 787,412, Nikola Tesla pioneered the use of a certain type of electromagnetic energy called extremely-low frequency (ELF). This is a specific type of energy known to be used in the New Manhattan Project; the other being very-low frequency (VLF) electromagnetic energy.

If you’ve read the following two articles already, then you’ll know all about the nefarious nature of where this is all leading… Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere? More on New Slow-Kill Directed Energy Weapons Appearing On Fake Cell Towers More on Why Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Are Popping Up Everywhere (Video)

The Beginning of the Scientific Era: The scientific era of weather modification began famously in 1946 with a trio of scientists from General Electric Laboratories: Irving Langmuir, Vincent Schaefer and Bernard Vonnegut. Leading the group was the world famous Nobel Peace Prize winning scientist Irving Langmuir (1881-1957)

So far we have only discussed the New Manhattan Project’s most obvious aspect: weather control. Just in that aspect alone, the New Manhattan Project is easily the biggest scientific endeavor in Human history. Believe it or not, it appears that quite a few other massive projects have been piggybacked upon this global weather modification scheme. They are already spraying us with megatons of aluminum, barium, and strontium. That right there is enough to put people away in prison for the rest of their lives, or worse. So why stop there? The people responsible for the New Manhattan Project (NMP) have apparently gone for broke. What else might one accomplish by spraying stuff all over God’s creation and/or shooting electromagnetic energy all over the place? What else have these mad scientists been up to? As opposed to the more understandable weather modification aspects of the NMP, this article examines the NMP’s more unbelievable aspects.

From mind control to Morgellons to Nikola Tesla’s death ray and more, this article examines the New Manhattan Project’s other agendas. If you do not know what the New Manhattan Project is, please refer to the author’s previous article "Chemtrails Exposed: A History of the New Manhattan Project."

Chemtrails Used to Aid in Mind Control: Other than weather modification, the most probable purpose of the New Manhattan Project is mind control. It is well documented that certain types of electromagnetic energy waves can remotely manipulate people’s thoughts and feelings. The relevant field here is known as “psychotronics” and “psychotronic weaponry.”

A cursory overview is presented here with an emphasis upon the potential use of these technologies as part of the New Manhattan Project.

Attempts to Control the Minds of the American Public Not New to the US Government: If anyone has ever called you a “Conspiracy Theorist,” then you are almost certainly already familiar with “Operation Paperclip” , a crime against humanity perpetrated by the United States government in the aftermath of World War II that still continues to plague the world today both in it’s lingering affects on victims, and also in what some would say is the continuity of many of those programs to this day operating as black ops.

If you’re not already familiar with “Operation Paperclip”, you can follow the link for a detailed article, or even the most basic Google search will provide realty crushing truth for some people about just how evil the U.S. government can be. Once you know the truth, consider how much technology has evolved since “Operation Paperclip”. Arguably, the MK Ultra mind control program is the most well known program to come out of “Operation Paperclip,” largely because of references to it in modern pop culture movies and television hits like The X-Files. The following video also gives a horrifying, but brief, overview of the program, which should begin to put the Fake Cell Phone Towers into context. In the video below, Youtuber Dark5 gives a breakdown of the 5 Most Shocking CIA Experiments of Project MKULTRA (that we’ve been able to uncover).

Not only can electromagnetic frequencies influence one’s mind, they can also affect the rest of our bodily functions. Research by Dr. Robert Becker, Dr. Thomas Valone, and many others have strongly correlated the Human body’s functions to electromagnetic fields. This correlation is due to the fact that the Human body is a complex bioelectric organism highly susceptible to electromagnetic energies and fields.

The ionospheric heaters used as part of today’s New Manhattan Project can produce the extremely low frequency (ELF) signals that affect our moods, thoughts and bodily functions. Not only that, but the two most important New Manhattan Project scientists (Bernard Vonnegut and Gordon J.F. MacDonald) were into it. The ELF waves referred to are something I covered in detail in my post titled: Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere? In that post, prior to the following video I said: One thing that’s important to note up front: Whether we’re talking about weaponized cell phone towers, Google’s Humanoid Robots That Can Hunt Down Humans Even in Dense Woods, or we’re talking about one of Google’s otherMachines Designed to Hunt Humans (both shown below), all were designed with the same outcome in mind, and that’s total control over their “subjects.

The US military’s involvement in these types of technologies originated with something called Project Sanguine. Project Sanguine was a proposed, mid- to late-1950s Navy project developing a long-distance submarine communications system. The proposed project involved burying tens of thousands of miles of wires a few feet underground. These wires were to send extremely low frequency (ELF) signals to submerged submarines many thousands of miles away. Although Project Sanguine was never implemented, a similar type of operation (this time using above ground wires) in northern Michigan and Wisconsin exists today and has been in use since the mid-1970s.

Project Sanguine and today’s facilities in Wisconsin and Michigan was and are not about mind control; only Naval communications. But Project Sanguine was the first inkling of what was to come. Some years later in 1961, along with two other scientists, that great pioneer of the New Manhattan Project’s weather modification aspects, Bernard Vonnegut also laid the groundwork for future mind control experiments. He conducted experiments pertaining to the effects of electromagnetic energy, propagated through an aerosol, upon the effigy of a man’s head. In their 1961 report titled “Research in Electrical Phenomena Associated with Aerosols,” the trio wrote:

"One can make an estimate of the concentration of the field around an object or man by considering the potential in space in which it exists. For example, in a field of 100 volts cm⁻¹ a man’s head is in a region where the potential is about 20,000 V with respect to ground. Because of the relatively high conductivity of the body the man’s head is at ground potential and therefore a corresponding amount of charge has passed from the ground up to his head. If we approximate the head as a sphere of 10 cm radius, its capacity is about 10 ⁻¹¹ farads so the induced charge on it is about 2 x 10⁻⁷ coulombs and the field at its surface is approximately 2000 volts cm⁻¹. Accordingly, we see that the field and hence the rate of aerosol deposition should be about 20 fold greater on the man’s head than on the ground."

Seven years later, that other great scientific champion of the New Manhattan Project, Dr. Gordon J.F. “How to Wreck the Environment” MacDonald wrote:

"The enhanced low-frequency electrical oscillations in the earth-ionosphere cavity relate to possible weapons systems through a little-understood aspect of brain physiology. Electrical activity in the brain is concentrated at certain frequencies, some of it extremely slow, a little around five cycles per second, and very conspicuous activity (the so-called alpha rhythm) around ten cycles per second. Some experiments have been done in the use of a flickering light to pull the brain’s alpha rhythm into unnatural synchrony with it; the visual stimulation leads to electrical stimulation. There has also been work on direct electrical driving of the brain. In experiments discussed by Norbert Wiener, a sheet of tin is suspended from the ceiling and connected to a generator working at ten cycles per second. With large field strengths of one or two volts per centimeter oscillating at the alpha-rhythm frequency, decidedly unpleasant sensations are noted by human subjects. The Brain Research Institute of the University of California is investigating the effect of weak oscillating fields on human behavior. The field strengths in these experiments are of the order of a few hundredths of a volt per centimeter. Subjects show small but measurable degradation in performance when exposed to oscillating fields for periods of up to fifteen minutes. The field strengths in these experiments are still much stronger, by a factor of about 1000, than the observed natural oscillations in the earth-ionosphere cavity. However, as previously noted, the intensity of the natural fluctuations could be increased substantially and in principle could be maintained for a long time, as tropical thunderstorms are always available for manipulation. The proper geographical location of the source of lightning, coupled with accurately timed, artificially excited strokes, could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produced relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth and substantially lower levels over other regions. In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair brain performance in very large populations in selected regions over an extended period. The scheme I have suggested is admittedly far-fetched, but I have used it to indicate the rather subtle connections between variations in man’s environmental conditions and his behavior. Perturbation of the environment can produce changes in behavior patterns. Since our understanding of both behavioral and environmental manipulation is rudimentary, schemes of behavioral alteration on the surface seem unrealistic. No matter how deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to manipulate behavior for national advantage is to some, the technology permitting such use will very probably develop within the next few decades."

The mind control technologies detailed here by MacDonald have been in development by the Stanford VLF Group. In 1978, electromagnetics expert Robert C. Beck penned a paper titled “Mood Modification with ELF Magnetic Fields” in which he writes:

"Coherent ELF energies have the unique and interesting property of almost lossless propagation within the earthionosphere cavity waveguide, and attenuation of these signals due to distance from transmitter sites is negligible. Power losses are .8 dB per Mm (million meters). The magnetic vectors, unlike electrical (E-wave) components, permeate any substance and cannot be effectively shielded, even by iron, mu-metal, lead, copper, ‘Faraday cages,’ etc. The established physics of radio propagation therefore suggests that vast geographical areas can be readily mood-manipulated by transmissions of EM energy within the earth-ionosphere cavity waveguide."

The 1986 book Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology features a paper by Navy Captain Paul E. Tyler titled “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict.”

This paper is all about using electromagnetic energy against an enemy’s mind. Shortly after referencing a Southwest Research Institute document speaking to the ability of radiofrequency radiation to, “…completely interrupt mental functioning…” and, “…sensitize large military groups to extremely dispersed amounts of biological or chemical agents to which the unirradiated population would be immune.,” Captain Tyler writes:

"Some of these potential uses include dealing with terrorist groups, crowd control, controlling breeches of security at military installations, and antipersonnel techniques in tactical warfare. In all of these cases the EM systems would be used to produce mild to severe physiological disruption or perceptual distortion or disorientation. In addition the ability of individuals to function could be degraded to such a point that they would be combat ineffective. Another advantage of electromagnetic systems is that they can provide coverage over large areas with a single system. They are silent and countermeasures to them may be difficult to develop.’”

The 1995 paper “On the Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by Electromagnetic Induction of Fundamental Algorithms” by Professor Michael A. Persinger, PhD says that relatively weak atmospheric signals (such as those used for cell phone communications) can have a great influence upon the way people think and feel. The New Manhattan Project’s ionospheric heaters can produce such signals. A most recent addition to this body of evidence is very thorough. Michael Aquino, PhD penned a 2013 tome titled Mind Wars in which he writes:

EMR [electromagnetic radiation] in the brain occurs in waves measured according to cycles per second (Hz). 1-3 Hz = delta waves, characteristic of deep sleep. 4-7 Hz = theta waves, characteristic of high emotion, violence, and frustration. 8-12 Hz = alpha waves, characteristic of meditation, relaxation, and ‘searching for patterns.’ 13-22 Hz = beta waves, characteristic of frontal brain activity, deliberate effort, and logical thought.

He failed to mention Gamma waves (22-80 Hz) which are produced by the brains of experienced meditators and are associated with enhanced neuro-plasticity (brain changes). Mr. Aquino continues:

EMR [electromagnetic radiation] in the brain occurs in waves measured according to cycles per second (Hz). 1-3 Hz = delta waves, characteristic of deep sleep. 4-7 Hz = theta waves, characteristic of high emotion, violence, and frustration. 8-12 Hz = alpha waves, characteristic of meditation, relaxation, and ‘searching for patterns.’ 13-22 Hz = beta waves, characteristic of frontal brain activity, deliberate effort, and logical thought.

Brain waves are subject to the principle of resonance. Energy-waves reaching the brain through any medium – eyes, ears, or flesh – will tend to induce the brain-waves to cycle at the same wavelength. A Human brain resonating with externally produced energy waves is known as brain “entrainment.” He then goes about describing how this knowledge might be applied to a “Mind War” scenario:

Brainwave resonance (‘BWR’) is significant to SLIPC [subliminal involuntary psycontrol] in both passive and active contexts. Passively a human-interactive environment may be permeated with EMS [electromagnetic spectrum] waves at one or more of the BWR ranges, inclining those within it to their induced characteristics without their conscious awareness. Attempting a relaxed, pleasant, cooperative discussion of a mutual problem is more possible in an alpha BWR than in a non-BWR one, and much more possible than in a beta one. Trying to accomplish anything complex or create immersed in delta is exhausting and fruitless.

Lastly, Dr. Aquino discloses how these energies might be applied remotely:

Active employment of BWR utilizes frequency generators to project desired BWR into a MW [mind war] operational environment, to adjust the emotions and awareness of all individuals therein. Such generators may be strategic satellite-based platforms which transmit BWR both directly and through intrusion into existing, localized electronic media systems. BWR can, for instance, be inserted into the Internet to be passively and indetectably (absent such sensors) received and radiated by any accessing device, from television station to desktop computer or cellular telephone.

Michael Aquino is a very interesting character. As of Jan. 1, 2015, his extremely extensive bio notes his latest position as Lt. Colonel, Psychological Operations, First Special Forces Regiment, U.S. Army. He has since been sheep dipped retired from this position. He is a Knight Eagle of the Boy Scouts of America.

His Ph.D. dissertation was on the neutron bomb. He has served as a “Space Activities Officer.” He has been given many military decorations and awards. He goes by the title of the 13th Baron of Rachane. He writes that he is a first degree satanist, a second degree warlock, and the high priest of the Temple of Set. The following video also comes from my post titled: Why Are Weaponized Cell Phone Towers Being Constructed Everywhere? The first video from that post (directly above) spent everything after the 1:45 mark of the video explaining how powerful some of these new cell phone towers are, and how their current configuration with mega cables is NOT set up for telecommunications or data transfer. After watching the video, and considering what the video makers said in conjunction with all the other information we’ve covered, I certainly wouldn’t put ANYTHING past the uber global elites. or the board rooms of multinational corporations, but I’m not so gullible that I’ll believe anything, so I kept digging. It was not easy to find information, and a few of the articles I found were several years old and most likely outdated, but I did find a few worth noting. The best one included the following video which does an EXCELLENT job of putting the highly technical supporting information below into layman’s terms. I n short: The video gives you an idea of the full scope of how powerful these towers are, whether you understand the technical mumbo jumbo below or not.

Here’s the Takeaway from All This: The U.S. Government is Obsessed with Mind Control Those last few distinctions are the ones which have given him the most notoriety. The Temple of Set is a satanic church operating in the author’s hometown of San Francisco, CA. San Francisco is also where Dr. Aquino says he lives. You can visit the Temple of Set website … if you dare: www.xeper.org In the late 1980s, Dr. Aquino became embroiled in a highly publicized satanic ritual abuse scandal which, among other things, landed him on the Oprah Winfrey Show and the Geraldo Rivera Show. These interviews are available on YouTube. He published a 2014 book all about it titled Extreme Prejudice: The Presidio ‘Satanic Abuse’ Scam.

Voice to Skull: Making people hear things that no one else around them can hear through the use of atmospheric radio waves is called “voice to skull” technology. This technology involves beaming sounds and speech directly into a subject’s head. This technology is well documented and well known. It has been demonstrated in many movies and television shows such as the movie Kingsman: The Secret Service and the TV show The X-Files. The New Manhattan Project’s ionospheric heaters can do this. An early book titled Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications by James C. Lin, Ph.D. revealed the method. 1989’s U.S. patent #4,877,027 “Hearing System” defines this technology. Many scientific papers on the subject are available. Voice to skull technology has been weaponized into the Navy’s MEDUSA program. Click here for the Wikipedia listing.

Light From the Gods: My science advisor Ginny Silcox mentions current research into how ionospheric heaters such as HAARP could be used in combination to produce lightning or lightning-like energy beams capable of completely destroying individuals, buildings or large areas. This type of technology was first hypothesized by Nikola Tesla and is commonly referred to as his “death ray.” There are a few ways Tesla’s death ray might be accomplished. It may be accomplished by tapping into the ionosphere, generating it independently, or a combination of both. The ionosphere (about 50-375 miles above earth’s surface) is home to Earth’s auroral electrojet. The auroral electrojet is comprised of extremely powerful magnetic energy encircling our planet. If lightning taps into that power by creating a circuit from the auroral electrojet down to the Earth, it will be incredibly powerful.

This may happen naturally. A 1982 article co-written by the great New Manhattan Project scientist Bernard Vonnegut recounts the experiences of pilots who have witnessed lightning extending upwards, above storm clouds, presumably to the ionosphere. Man might also make this happen. It is conceivable that the New Manhattan Project’s ground-based ionospheric heaters (possibly in conjunction with other, similar space-based antennas) could induce lightning from the ionosphere. These antenna arrays could create a conductive path known as a “waveguide” which would cause the ionosphere’s energy to flow down to Earth. These waveguides can also direct the energy more accurately. The metals found in today’s chemtrails allow for better propagation of these energy waves. The Stanford VLF Group has been active in this area as well. Tesla’s death ray may also be entirely man-made. As part of the proposed overhaul of Air Force (USAF) operations outlined in the 1996 Air Force 2025 documents, the UASF produced a paper titled “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass (Global Area Strike System).” Air Force 2025 is the set of documents containing the infamous “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025” paper. The authors describe Nikola Tesla’s death ray as a probable future Air Force capability. The report reads:

"Once again a small but capably armed country is threatening to seize its smaller but resource-rich neighbor. The Global News Network reports that the border has been violated. "

The same old story? No, the plot twists as a sophisticated satellite surveillance and reconnaissance system tracks the belligerent nation’s leader. As he steps to the podium to incite his troops to greater violence, a blinding light from above

vaporizes him and his podium leaving even his bodyguards untouched. His smarter brother, the second in command, countermands the invasion orders and in 12 hours the borders are restored. Stability, if not peace, reigns again.

This is not science fiction, but a mission well within the capabilities of Space Operations in 2025. A little later in the piece, the authors expound upon the usefulness of such a weapon. Although they are writing about a laser generated from a space-based platform as opposed to the NMP’s network of ground-based ionospheric heaters, the concept is the same and ground-based ionospheric heaters can do similar things. As previously noted, lasers from satellites may also be used as waveguides which can increase the accuracy of electromagnetic waves produced from the more powerful, terrestrial ionospheric heaters. They explain: At slightly higher powers, the enhanced heating produced by the laser can be used to upset sensitive electronics (temporarily or permanently), damage sensor and antenna arrays, ignite some containerized flammable and explosive materials, and sever exposed power and communications lines. The full power beam can melt or vaporize virtually any target, given enough exposure time.

Comment: And with the two hundred year old archaic technology we have been landed with there are so many ways that this stone age tech can be interfered with it is beyond a joke. Seriously - we are still dealing with aerodynamics and the principles of negative pressure for lift? Fuck off - what an absolute degenerate crock of arse. Your Lear jet, your Gulfstream G5 is an antiquated piece of shit...

Related: Explosive Exposé: The Secret Government, Anti-Gravity Technology And Black Budget Projects With precise targeting information (accuracy of inches) and beam pointing and tracking stability of 10 to 100 nanoradians, a full-power beam can successfully attack ground or airborne targets by melting or cracking cockpit canopies, burning through control cables, exploding fuel tanks, melting or burning sensor assemblies and antenna arrays, exploding or melting munitions pods, destroying ground communications and power grids, and melting or burning a large variety of strategic targets (e.g., dams, industrial and defense facilities, and munitions factories) - all in a fraction of a second. “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass” also speaks to ground-based antennas capable of producing electromagnetic pulses that can disable electronic devices and jam communications known as “high-power microwave” weaponry. The ionospheric heaters of today’s New Manhattan Project can be used in this capacity. The authors write:

"A high-power microwave (HPMW) device also employs electromagnetic radiation as its weapon effect. Not as powerful as nuclear-driven EMP weapons, HPMW weapons create a narrower band of microwave electromagnetic radiation by coupling fast, high energy pulsed power supplies to specially designed microwave antenna arrays. Microwave frequencies (tens of megahertz to tens of gigahertz) are chosen for two reasons: the atmosphere is generally transparent to microwave radiation (all-weather capability) and modern electronics are particularly vulnerable to these frequencies."

They continue:

"The level of pulsed, electrical power required to produce weapon-level microwave fluxes is now becoming

available (for ground-based systems). Compact, scaleable [sic] laboratory sources of narrow-band, high-power microwaves have been demonstrated that can produce gigawatts of power for 10 to a few hundred nanoseconds. Ultrawideband microwave sources are less well developed, but research in this area appears promising. A HPMW weapon should, however, be able to temporarily disrupt circuits and jam microwave communications at low-power levels."

Lastly, the authors of “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass” specifically mention the Iridium satellite constellation as one that would be suitable for producing high-power microwaves. The Iridium satellite constellation is noted in the author’s previous work "C4: Command, Control, Communications, and Computers of the New Manhattan Chemtrail Project"as particularly suitable for the New Manhattan Project’s remote sensing needs.

Microwave energy, like that which is employed in the New Manhattan Project, can also be weaponized into systems like Raytheon’s “heat ray.” Here is the Wikipedia listing: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Active_Denial_System Judy Wood, PhD in her book Where Did the Towers Go?, documents 1400 burned cars up to one half mile away from ground zero. Nothing else near them was damaged. Trees still had leaves on them. There were reams of unburned sheets of paper. Though they were covered with ash, no humans were burned. The exceptional thing about the cars, she notes, was the fact that they were not grounded while everything else was. Was some sort of electromagnetic weapon used on 9/11? If so, how did cave dwellers from Afghanistan get one of those? Maybe the original purpose of Raytheon is to come up with just such a weapon. Raytheon means “light from the gods.” Raytheon has been all about microwave technologies all along. Raytheon acquired E-Systems; the company that built HAARP.

Genetic Modification Using Microwaves and Chemtrails:

"Somebody has apparently been planning ahead. If, from the megatons of aluminum and other toxins released into our biosphere, our environment becomes wrecked beyond being able to sustain life as we know it, don’t worry! People have been genetically modifying plants to be able to thrive in an aluminum-ravaged biosphere! Aluminum is the number one chemtrail ingredient. A certain genetically modified sorghum seed has been developed to thrive in aluminum contaminated soils. The makers of this sorghum seed reassure us that this type of genetic manipulation may also work well with many other food crops such as: wheat, barley, rice, maize, cotton, peanut, sunflower, tobacco, rye, alfalfa, tomato, cucumber, soya, sweet potato, grapes, rapeseed, sugar beet, tea, strawberry, rose, chrysanthemum, poplar, eggplant, sweet pepper, walnut, pistachio, mango, banana, and potato. It appears that sorghum is just the proverbial camel’s nose under the tent."

The abstract of U.S. patent #7,582,809 “Sorghum Aluminum Tolerance Gene, SBMATE” reads:

"The major aluminum tolerance gene, the SbMATE gene, encodes a root citrate efflux transporter that is Alinducible at the level of gene transcription and is also Al-activated at the level of protein function. High level of expression of the SbMATE gene and the protein was found in roots. SbMATE orthologs with high degree of sequence homology were found in other higher plants, including rice.

Successful transformation of Arabidopsis provides strong evidence that SbMATE can work across species to enhance tolerance to Al in other important crops grown in localities worldwide where Al3+ cations are present in acid soils and are toxic to plants."

It is curious that this patent is assigned to (along with Brazilian officialdom) the United States of America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture. One might think that this would be right up Monsanto’s alley. There may be some sort of deception going on here. We do know that historically the Department of Agriculture has acted like it works for Monsanto. As described in MarieMonique Robin’s 2010 masterpiece “The World According to Monsanto,” the collusion between our Department of Agriculture and Monsanto has been pervasive.

Maybe some sort of back room deal has been struck between Monsanto and corrupt elements of our federal government enabling Monsanto to profit from the rollout of these aluminum resistant seeds; a rollout designed to appear as a benevolent government action. If you noticed, one of the plants mentioned in patent #7,582,809 is poplar; a tree. If food crops don’t grow in an aluminumravaged environment, one can expect that trees won’t either. This is why we can thank our lucky stars that there is a corporation called ArborGen producing and selling genetically modified trees. They aren’t saying that their trees are specifically resistant to aluminum contaminated soils yet, but it’s good to know that they might help us in our future hour of need. Lastly, you can bet that the geoengineers will be here to help too. Our friends have developed wholly mechanical trees that can do what natural trees have traditionally done; remove CO2 from the atmosphere. For confirmation, search “carbon capture trees.” Who needs Mother Nature? We can have giant multinational corporations that will take care of everything!

Other Sprays Emitted in Chemtrails: We are all but guinea pigs in their satanic Human experimentations. While today’s super-secret New Manhattan Project saturates our atmosphere with aluminum, barium, and strontium, the conventional weather modifiers have also admittedly been spraying us with a myriad of substances (other than silver iodide) ranging from urea (urine) to carbon black to lead iodide and much more. The books Clouds of Secrecy by Leonard A. Cole and In the Name of Science by Andrew Goliszek document hundreds of open air tests of all types of chemicals and biologicals on unsuspecting American citizens. In fact, our military’s position is that they get to spray us with whatever they want, whenever they want as long as they classify their activities as “research.”

Knowing this, it is understandable that, for many decades now, we have been getting hit with everything under the sun. Title 50, chapter 32, subsections 1520a & b of United States Code (law) state: (a. Prohibited Activities: The Secretary of Defense may not conduct (directly or by contact) – (1. any test or experiment involving the use of a chemical agent or biological agent on a civilian population; or (2. any other testing of a chemical agent or biological agent on human subjects. (b. Exceptions: Subject to subsections (c), (d), and (e) of this section, the prohibition in subsection (a) of this section does not apply to a test or experiment carried out for any of the following purposes: (1. Any peaceful purpose that is related to a medical, therapeutic, pharmaceutical, agricultural, industrial, or research activity.

That’s right. As long as they classify their mass murder as a, “…peaceful purpose that is related to a medical, therapeutic, pharmaceutical, agricultural, industrial, or research activity,” they get to legally spray us with whatever they want whenever they want. As we can see now, this is exactly what they have done. It is interesting to note that this law was passed in 1997; right around the time that the New Manhattan Project’s large-scale spraying operations began. But that’s probably just a coincidence. Don’t think too much. It’s not healthy for the establishment. Reports of all types of strange substances apparently being sprayed from aircraft are abundant and readily available. William Thomas’ groundbreaking 2004 book Chemtrails Confirmed provides early examples. The book reads:

"Human blood cells were found by a hospital lab technician in samples of gel-like material dropped over the tiny town of Oakville, Washington (pop. 665), covering a 20 square-mile area three times within a sixweek period."

It continues:

"Officer David Lacey was on patrol with a civilian friend at 3 am when the sticky downpour began. We turned our windshield wipers on, and it just started smearing to the point where we could almost not see,’ Lacy said. ‘We both looked at each other and we said, ‘Gee this isn’t right. We’re out in the middle of nowhere, basically, and where did this come from?"

Pulling into a gas station, officer Lacey pulled on a pair of latex gloves to clean his windshield. Lacey: ‘The substance was very mushy, almost like if you had Jell-O in your hand.’ Within hours, Lacey was in hospital unable to breathe. Chemtrails Confirmed goes on to recount multiple other instances of this human blood cell goo (presumably dropped from airplanes) splattering all over people, property, and the Earth. Thomas’ book also references a 2001 World Net Daily article titled “Californians Confused Over Chemtrails.” In this article, as reproduced in Chemtrails Confirmed, reporter Lance Lindsay recounts the experience of a former military radar technician named Gene Shimer. It reads: One morning, about two years ago, Shimer spotted a long, thin string resembling a spider web floating in the sky, he said. It was about 20 feet in length and could only be seen in the reflection of the sun. He looked up, saw trails, and then saw something that appeared to be a glob of foam falling from the sky.

"It came floating down, free-floating,’ Shimer says. ‘I caught it with a spatula, scooped it off the ground, and I watched it as it shrank. It was about the size of my fist when it first started. It looked like a cross between soap bubbles and cotton candy."

What Mr. Shimer described is not unlike something that was captured on video. You truly have to see it to believe it. Behold the first cloud that fell to earth:

What was captured on video looks like what might be causing one of the most widely documented “other” sprays; chem-webs. As noted in William Thomas’ book and in a myriad of online reports (the author has even been told this by people with firsthand experiences), a spider web-like substance is sometimes found covering grass, bushes, and trees. The substance is usually described as completely foreign to the particular environments; i.e., it is not spider webs. Despite what the shills claim, this stuff was probably sprayed from an airplane.

If all this isn’t weird enough, our United States Air Force has written about spraying what is commonly referred to as “smart dust.” The seminal 1996 Air Force document “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather 2025” mentions using smart materials for the purpose of weather modification. On page 17 it reads:

"With regard to seeding techniques, improvements in the materials and delivery methods are not only plausible but likely. Smart materials based on nanotechnology are currently being developed with gigaops computer capability at their core. They could adjust their size to optimal dimensions for a given fog seeding situation and even make adjustments throughout the process. They might also enhance their dispersal qualities by adjusting their buoyancy, by communicating with each other, and by steering themselves within the fog. They will be able to provide immediate and continuous effectiveness

feedback by integrating with a larger sensor network and can also change their temperature and polarity to improve their seeding effects."

As mentioned above, UAVs [unmanned aerial vehicles] could be used to deliver and distribute these smart materials. Anything that contains semi-conductor material is laced with dangerously toxic elements like cadmium and germanium. If these particles are small enough to float in the air, they will be inhaled by people and animals. This type of technology is also known as “microelectromechanical systems.” Although the current, known state of the art pertaining to smart dust is motes (pieces of smart dust) as small as a few millimeters in size, secret technologies bringing the size of such machines down to the micrometer scale may be available. As one can see from the above passage, they are working on it. In fact, in this area, a PhD scientist is claiming a breakthrough. In his report titled “Global Environmental MEMS Sensors (GEMS): A Revolutionary Observing System for the 21st Century,” John Manobianco, PhD writes: Technological advancements in MicroElectroMechanical Systems (MEMS) have inspired a revolutionary observing system known as Global Environmental MEMS Sensors (GEMS). The GEMS concept features an integrated system of MEMS-based airborne probes that will be designed to remain suspended in the atmosphere for hours to days taking in situ measurements over all regions of the Earth with unprecedented spatial and temporal resolution.

Related: The GEMS concept is revolutionary because it foresees the future integration of evolving technologies to realize an observing system with scalability and applicability over a broad range of weather and climate phenomena. GEMS have the potential to expand our understanding of the Earth and improve weather forecast accuracy and efficiency well beyond current capability. Resulting improvements in forecast accuracy will translate directly into cost benefits for weather-sensitive industries worldwide, and mitigate the risk factors associated with life-threatening weather phenomena.

Lastly, other engineered particles called “niobate ring resonators” could conceivably be sprayed from aircraft for surveillance purposes. Lithium is highly toxic to Humans and can cause tremors, nervous-system collapse, and death.

Morgellons: Reports of fibers growing out of people’s skin along with sores and subdermal crawling sensations have been pouring in. According to the Mayo Clinic, these symptoms generally occur along with severe fatigue, difficulty concentrating and shortterm memory loss.

The Mayo Clinic also notes that this, “…is a relatively rare condition that most frequently affects middle-aged white women.” Although the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) officially categorizes it as an “Unexplained Dermopathy,” amongst us common folk, this disease is being called Morgellons. Many people are claiming that Morgellons disease is caused by chemtrails. Whether or not Morgellons is caused by the usual chemtrails consisting of aluminum, barium, and strontium, or is caused by other sprays is unclear. But people have been drawing connections between heavy chemtrail spraying and Morgellons. There is an overwhelming amount of information available online. A man named Clifford Carnicom has been at the forefront of investigating Morgellons. He suggests that a substance at least similar if not identical to the aforementioned goo consisting of Human blood cells may be causing Morgellons. He suggests that Morgellons is not a skin condition, but rather a systemic condition not limited to our bodies. He suggests that every living thing on this planet is currently being affected by whatever is causing Morgellons.

The possibilities here are absolutely terrifying, mind-boggling, and currently beyond the scope of this investigation. Regrettably, this area of research promises to be greatly expanded in years to come. This may have been what George Bush Sr. was talking about when he said, “If the American people knew what we have done, they would string us up from the lamp posts.” Along with his other continuing research, Mr. Carnicom is conducting a study by providing a web-based form for actively infected individuals to fill out.

Related: CarnicomInstitute

Holography, Project Blue Beam, and the Great Deception First: A Little Background on Holograms and Blue Beam: New Manhattan Project operations create a situation conducive to the production of holograms. The substances sprayed into our atmosphere (particularly barium) can act as a three dimensional reflective screen onto which beams of electromagnetic energy can be projected. This is how holograms are made. As weapons of deception, the aforementioned document “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass (Global Area Strike System)” has a small section devoted to holography. The authors write: It is certainly possible to make holograms of troop concentrations, military platforms, or other useful objects, although the larger the scene the more difficult it is to produce the proper conditions to create a convincing hologram. No credible approach has been suggested for projecting holograms over long distances under real-world conditions, although the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Media Lab believes holographic color projection may be possible within 10 years.

Holographic and other, less high-technology forms of illusion may became [sic] a potent tool in the hands of the information warriors… Not long before his death, Canadian journalist Serge Monast made public something he said he had uncovered called Project Blue Beam. He said it was an establishment plan to destroy all national sovereignty and religions; replacing them with a dictatorial one world government and a satanic one world religion. This was largely to be accomplished, he claimed, by the use of incredibly realistic holographic imagery, projected in the sky and on the Earth, depicting an alien invasion. This fake alien invasion was to be used as a catalyst for all the people of the world to give up their countries and religions in favor of only one religion and only one government in order to unite against the perceived alien threat. The chemtrails sprayed as part of today’s New Manhattan Project have the potential to serve as the screen upon which the Project Blue Beam movie is projected. The aforementioned voice to skull technology could be broadcast over the audience as well to create a show with both images and sound.

Global Depopulation Agenda We know that mass murder is taking place. We also know that two of the world’s most prominent geoengineering advocates are also population reduction advocates. There are also abundant calls for depopulation from many high-ranking establishment types. Considering all this in total, it is reasonable to believe that the many deaths caused by geoengineering are not simply an unfortunate side-effect, but rather part of a global depopulation agenda. Just in America alone, it is reasonable to assert that at least hundreds of thousands of people have been murdered by geoengineering activities. This is probably a very conservative estimate. This estimate is simply what the best available information shows. This is simply what can be proven at this time. Please see the author’s previous article "New Manhattan Chemtrail Project Biological Impacts."

Related: Sinister Sites: The Georgia Guidestones John P. Holdren is the sitting Presidential science advisor. He is also a geoengineering advocate. He regurgitates the same talking points that the geoengineers do. Without admitting that solar radiation management geoengineering (chemtrails) is currently happening, he says that it might be a good thing to do because global warming is such a big problem. He, of course, couches this assertion in all sorts of disclaimers just like the geoengineers do. But the fact remains that, under certain circumstances, he recommends it. There are many reports of Mr. Holdren’s position available online.

John Holdren is also a population reduction advocate. In fact, he is possibly the most prominent population reduction advocate. Back in 1977, Holdren co-authored a book called Ecoscience. In this book, he and his co-authors advocate for population reduction; a.k.a. mass murder. Holdren and his cohorts call for forced abortions, mass sterilizations, and a United Nations “Planetary Regime” with the power of life and death over American citizens. William Gates III, the co-founder of Microsoft, is another geoengineering advocate of the highest profile also advocating for population reduction. Bill Gates funds geoengineering. On Stanford University’s website, it says that Bill Gates funds solar radiation management geoengineering research through something called the Fund for Innovative Climate and Energy Research (FICER). His geoengineering advocacy is further detailed in a 2012 Guardian article. Like John Holdren, Bill Gates also advocates for population reduction. He has stated this position many times in many venues such as on CNN and during a TED talk. He says vaccines and other so-called “health care services” such as those embodied in Obamacare can help in this area. For confirmation, go to YouTube and search “Bill Gates population reduction.” His father was the head of Planned Parenthood; an organization that has been reducing the population quite effectively for many years now. Now that Mr. Gates has conquered the world of business, he has apparently become a “philanthropist.” He wants to help all right. He wants to help us into our graves.

Bill Gates isn’t the only top-level crony capitalist calling for population reduction. He’s got plenty of company. Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, leader of the World Wildlife Fund said, “If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” Ted Turner, the founder of CNN said, “A total population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.” There are many other examples. Depopulation is a theme common among the socio-economic elite and their brainwashed sycophants. What most of these people fail to understand is that the problem is not overpopulation. The problem is the establishment’s extremely poor management. It is a known fact that better education results in fewer births and smaller family sizes while they promote dumbed-down garbage like Common Core.

Clean, free energy technologies have been brutally suppressed for over 100 years in favor of their pollution-spewing

multinational oil and gas conglomerates while they tell us we have to give up our quality of life because of pollution and the supposedly resultant Global Warming. Many other examples of the establishment’s extreme mismanagement abound. Another book could be written. The Georgia Guidestones is a massive monument located in Elbert County, Georgia. Consisting of 5 granite slabs (plus a capstone) over 19 feet high and weighing over 21 tons each, the same message to Humanity is carved in 8 different languages. Along with some other rubbish, the stones read, “MAINTAIN HUMANITY UNDER 500,000,000 IN PERPETUAL BALANCE WITH NATURE.” The current population of the Earth is over 7,000,000,000. Maybe if the makers of the Georgia Guidestones do a really good job with vaccines and other “health care services” like Bill Gates suggests, they can kill 6.5 billion people.

Be Sure to Check Out the Following: What Dark Secrets Are The Georgia Guide Stones Hiding From Humanity Secret Identity of Georgia Guide Stone’s Founder Revealed

As shown in the above information, geoengineering is apparently not the only way the establishment is going about mass murdering us. But it sure is an effective one. In fact, short of thermonuclear war, the most effective way to mass murder a population is to spray megatons of toxic garbage all over them and their land. This is what the geoengineers are doing, and probably a lot more. Peter A. Kirby is a San Rafael, CA researcher, writer, and activist. Check out his ebook Chemtrails Exposed: A New Manhattan Project.

Notes: The Body Electric: Electromagnetism and the Foundation of Life a book by Robert Becker and Gary Selden, published by William Morrow, 1998 Bioelectromagnetic Healing: A Rationale for its Use a book by Thomas Valone, published by Integrity Research Institution, 2000 “Bioeffects of Selected Non-lethal Weapons” an addendum to “Nonlethal Technologies – Worldwide” (NGIC-1147-101-98) by the Department of Defense

Mega Brain: New Tools and Techniques for Brain Growth and Mind Expansion a book by Michael Hutchison, selfpublished, 2013 Angels Don’t Play this HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology a book by Dr. Nick Begich and Jeane Manning, published by Earthpulse Press, 1995 “Extremely Low Frequency Transmitter Site Clam Lake, Wisconsin” a report by the United States Navy, 2001 “Sending Signals to Submarines” an article by David Llanwyn Jones, published in New Scientist, July 4, 1985 “Signaling Subs” an article by T.A. Heppenheimer, published in Popular Science, April, 1987 “Research in Electrical Phenomena Associated with Aerosols” a report by Bernard Vonnegut, Arnold W. Doyle, and D. Read Moffett, produced and published by Arthur D. Little, Inc., 1961 “How to Wreck the Environment” a paper by Gordon J. F. MacDonald as it appeared in Unless Peace Comes: A Scientific Forecast of New Weapons a book edited by Nigel Calder, published by The Viking Press, 1968 “Mood Modification with ELF Magnetic Fields” a paper by Robert C. Beck, published in Archaeus, 1986 “The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low-Intensity Conflict” a paper by Captain Paul E. Tyler as it appeared in “Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology” a book edited by Lt. Col. David J. Dean, USAF, Published by the Air University Press, Center for Aerospace Doctrine, Research, and Education, Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama, 1986 “Final Report on Biotechnology Research Requirements for Aeronautical Systems Through the Year 2000” a report by the Southwest Research Institute, published by the Southwest Research Institute, 1982 “On the Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by Electromagnetic Induction of Fundamental Algorithms” a paper by Professor Michael A. Persinger, published in Perceptual and Motor Skills, June 1995 Mind Wars a book by Michael A. Aquino, Ph.D., self published, 2013 “Michael A. Aquino Vitae,” 2015 Extreme Prejudice: The Presidio ‘Satanic Abuse’ Scam a book by Michael A. Aquino, self published, 2014 Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications a book by James C. Lin, Ph.D., published by Charles C. Thomas, 1978 U.S. patent #4,877,027 “Hearing System” by Wayne B. Brunkan, 1989 “Auditory Response to Pulsed Radiofrequency Energy” a paper by J.A. Elder and C.K. Chou, published by Bioelectromagnetics, 2003 “Transmission of Microwave-Induced Intracranial Sound to the Inner Ear Is Most Likely Through Cranial Aqueducts” a paper by Ronald L. Seaman Tesla Man Out of Time a book by Margaret Cheney, published by Simon & Schuster, 1981 Planet Earth: The Latest Weapon of War a book by Rosalie Bertell, published by Black Rose Books, 2001 “Lightning to the Ionosphere?” an article by Otha H. Vaughn, Jr. and Bernard Vonnegut, published by Weatherwise, 1982 “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025” by Col. Tamzy J. House, Lt. Col. James B. Near, Jr., LTC William B. Shields (USA), Maj. Ronald J. Celentano, Maj. David M. Husband, Maj. Ann E. Mercer and Maj. James E. Pugh, published by the United States Air Force, 1996 “Space Operations: Through the Looking Glass (Global Area Strike System)” a paper by Lt Col Jamie G.G. Varni, Mr. Gregory M. Powers, Maj Dan S. Crawford, Maj Craig E. Jordan, and Maj Douglas L. Kendall, published by the United States Air Force, 1996 Where Did the Towers Go? Evidence of Directed Free-energy Technology on 9/11a book by Judy Wood, published by The New Investigation, 2010

U.S. patent #7,582,809 “Sorghum Aluminum Tolerance Gene, SBMATE” by Leon Kochian, Jiping Liu, Jurandir Vieira de Magalhaes, Claudia Teixeira Guimaraes, Robert Eugene Schaffert, Vera Maria Carvalho Alves, and Patricia Klein The World According to Monsanto: Pollution, Corruption, and the Control of the World’s Food Supply a book by Marie-Monique Robin, published by The New Press, 2010 “Weather Modification Programs, Problems, Policy, and Potential” a report by the Congressional Research Service, published by the University Press of the Pacific, 2004, reprinted from the 1978 edition Interdepartmental Committee for Atmospheric Sciences reports 1960-1978, published by the Federal Council for Science and Technology Clouds of Secrecy a book by Dr. Leonard A. Cole, published by Rowman & Littlefield, 1988 In the Name of Science a book by Andrew Goliszek, published by St. Martin’s Press, 2003 Chemtrails Confirmed a book by William Thomas, published by Bridger House Publishers, 2004 “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025” by Col. Tamzy J. House, Lt. Col. James B. Near, Jr., LTC William B. Shields (USA), Maj. Ronald J. Celentano, Maj. David M. Husband, Maj. Ann E. Mercer and Maj. James E. Pugh, published by the United States Air Force, 1996 “The Environmental Applications of Wireless Sensor Networks” a paper by Ima Ituen and Guno Sohn “Global Environmental MEMS Sensors (GEMS): A Revolutionary Observing System for the 21st Century” a report by John Manobianco, PhD, prepared for NASA Institute for Advanced Concepts, published by ENSCO, Inc., 2002 “Electro-optically Tunable Microring Resonators in Lithium Niobate” a paper by Andrea Guarino, Gorazd Poberaj, Daniele Rezzonico, Riccardo Degl’Innocenti, and Peter Gunter of the Nonlinear Optics Laboratory, Institute of Quantum Electronics, Zurich, Switzerland, published by Nature, July, 2007 Ecoscience a book by Paul R. Ehrlich, Anne H. Ehrlich, and John P. Holdren, published by W.H. Freeman, 1977 The Georgia Guidestones a book by Bill Bridges, published by Elberton Granite Finishing, 1981

Pharmacist Speaks Out: Get Off Prescription Drugs, Avoid Vaccines June 4 2016 | From: ThePeoplesChemist

You gotta meet Margaret*. I changed her name to protect her privacy. She recently emailed me to vent against Western Medicine’s push to get everyone hooked on drugs and stab kids with risky, ineffective vaccines! Interestingly enough, she has seen medicine from an angle that most people aren’t privy too.

Margaret is a pharmacist. With a Pharmacy (PharmD) degree, and over two decades working in the field of pharmacy, she’s seen firsthand how “guideline-driven” medicine has artificially forced every patient into the same clinical box, thereby hooking them on drugs. The result is that “Doctors don’t THINK anymore - they just do what they’re told, which is to put people on meds. So many people in medicine (doctors, nurses, pharmacists) don’t really question anything,” says Margaret. “They’re so busy that they just do what the ‘guidelines’ say to do, rather than look at individuals and what makes sense.” A former employee of a major pharmaceutical company, Margaret left her job so she could spend more time with her family. At the time, she questioned her former employer’s “huge marketing budget” and now believes the marketing of drugs to the general public - along with guidelines-driven medicine - needs to stop.

"We never get the flu shot,” she adds, referring to herself and her family. “I’ve read the entire package insert and can take on anyone who tries to tell me that it is useful with just that information alone. My years in pharma taught me just how clinical trials are designed to show the planned outcome - they aren’t real studies at all.”

In a world where most parents don’t even bother READING the flu vaccine insert, Margaret is a refreshing example of a mother who takes charge. She initially contacted me to ask: “Shane, what has been the response been to what you write about vaccines? For those of us with licenses to protect, we don’t feel very safe voicing concerns about vaccines.” I understood completely. Big Pharma fires anyone who speaks out. They work hard to cover up the truth. I told Margaret what I tell everyone: The science can’t be disputed. And since my job doesnt depend on parroting the status quo, I’ve had no problems whatsoever. My four kids are all unvaccinated and are strong, healthy, and vibrant. Attending school has never been an issue, and who cares anyway, health comes first.

Curious to learn more about Margaret’s experience as a pharmacist, I asked for an interview.

She generously agreed to share more of her perspective as a pharmacist. What follows is a candid interview in which Margaret encourages parents to stop, THINK, and get a reality check when it comes to vaccinating their kids. Commenting on how vaccines are pushed - and sometimes even forced - on everyone, she says, “They’ve done a very good job of psychological indoctrination.” She also shares her thoughts on what needs to change in mainstream medicine, and why she chose to stop vaccinating. *Not her real name. Name changed to protect her privacy.

1. Please summarise your overall pharmacy experience and how you’ve generally worked with patients / clients.

Pharmacist: I’m a pharmacist, but not one who is into mainstream medicine. I have broad pharmacy experience, and many years working in Pharma (just like you, Shane)!

I heard the mantra, “Today’s drugs fund tomorrow’s discoveries…” but after a while, that didn’t justify the huge marketing budget in my opinion. I quit working at one of the world’s largest pharmaceutical companies without a job lined up. I had my first child, and I wanted to hang out with him and figure out next steps. I think I like retail pharmacy best, because it’s so important to talk to patients about their medications, especially people who want to make lifestyle changes to get OFF their medications. But many people prefer to take a pill rather than change.

2. Why did you choose to become a pharmacist? Margaret: I really stumbled into it! I never thought of myself as a science person, but I took some science classes and found I liked them. Pharmacy is just more science.

3. What are you most proud of when it comes to your career? Margaret: I’ve enjoyed helping people. Especially if people are interested in lifestyle changes to get off medications - that’s a pleasure to help them.

4. What has shocked you the most, while working as a pharmacist? Margaret: Even in pharmacy school, my professors stressed that things would change in our careers and we had to be adaptable. Yet so many people in medicine (doctors, nurses, pharmacists) don’t really question anything. They’re so busy (the workloads are so heavy!) that they just do what the “guidelines” say to do, rather than look at individuals and what makes sense.

When I was a student, clinical pathways or guidelines were a new thing, and now they’ve become essentially law - if you don’t follow treatment guidelines with what you recommend for a patient, you can be sued. The “art” of medicine has, for all practical purposes, disappeared. Now it’s the Law of Medicine.

5. What is your biggest critique of mainstream medicine? Margaret: Guideline-driven medicine. Most people have no idea about this and the effect on their health. It makes everyone fit into the same box, and it drives your doctor’s treatment within that box instead of individualizing it. [Everyone gets same drug, same dose.] Doctors don’t THINK anymore - they just do what they’re told. The only guideline I think is unquestionable is the one for cardiac arrest - follow that emergency clinical pathway, for sure. Otherwise, it’s all about hooking patients on drugs.

6. Have you chosen to vaccinate anyone in your family? Up to 6 months, yes. But not all of them. At that point, I pulled the plug on vaccines (see here why), as well as our pediatrician. Now I use religious waivers. Unfortunately, after the vaccines, one of my children became very lethargic. I had been researching them a lot up until then, and I decided to stop vaccinating. From that point on I focused on nursing and boosting immunity naturally.

Later in life, my child was allergic to virtually all nuts and sesame. It didn’t run in our family. I researched the sesame and found that the allergy is increasing in places like Asia and Israel, where most vaccines are in sesame oil. Oils in vaccines don’t have to be labeled because they’re considered not active ingredients, and they may vary on the lot. Manufacturers break up lots of vaccines and ship them all over, so that there’s no pattern to any reactions. Unfortunately, this can lead to the onslaught of allergic reactions.

7. Do you get the flu shot? Margaret: We never get the flu shot. I’ve read the entire package insert and can take on anyone who tries to tell me that it is useful with just that information alone. It doesn’t work. If you read the package insert, you’ll see that in the non-treated group, 4% got the flu. In the treatment arm, about 2% got the flu. So your risk of getting the flu is only 4% anyway. They got the 50% reduction in flu from simple math — 2% is half of 4%. But your odds of NOT getting the flu are 96%. If you put it that way, then the shot is not very compelling, is it? But they made it sound like it was, by telling you your risk was reduced by 50% without telling you what the real odds of getting the flu were in the first place. My years in pharma taught me just how clinical trials are designed to show the planned outcome — they aren’t real studies at all.

8. You mentioned, “My years in pharma taught me how clinical trials are designed to show the planned outcome - they aren’t real studies at all.” Can you explain what this means for the average American with respect to vaccines? Margaret: Study design is not complicated. You have your null hypothesis, which supposes that there is no difference. And you have your hypothesis, which supposes that there IS a difference.

To prove your hypothesis, you usually need such a big number of people that the study is too expensive to conduct. So they go cheap and do smaller studies that show numerical differences, but not statistically significant differences…and they run with that. All they ever need to do is show that their drug is not worse than the other drug, and they win. Then they can do a marketing spin with the data, like they have with the flu vaccine.

9. In your experience, how is the truth about vaccines being covered up? Margaret: Studies and the lack of studies. The studies that are currently out there - even those for vaccine approvals - quite clearly show there are serious side effects. We don’t know who is most at risk, yet the uniform mandate that all these vaccines be given is forced on all of us. People deny that there are serious side effects, and that makes me crazy because the package insert for the vaccines themselves say there are side effects! There is not one other drug where the dose is the same no matter how big the child is…and that is troubling. We should be studying why some children react badly. There are genetic differences among us that influence the efficacy or safety of other drugs…yet if you question vaccines, you’re called “Jenny McCarthy” or you’re told you don’t know the science. But I DO know the science, and the science is not being examined at all. That’s irresponsible.

10. In your professional opinion, should ALL people be required by law to take vaccines? Margaret: No. Unlike most other drugs that you could stop taking if you had a reaction, you can’t take back a vaccine. A person’s body is so precious, and even if he’s a total looney tunes, he has a right to say no to a drug. It’s not like saying no to breathing! And it’s not like smoking around children- that is so clearly dangerous, we all know that. At one time, smoking was said to be helpful to athletes and was even promoted for athletic performance! The tide turned on smoking, once someone blew that whistle.

There have been whistle-blowers for vaccines, yet the train for mandates keeps on going. When you look at the incidence of chronic conditions among children today, you have to ask, “Why?” Is it our food quality? Is it vaccines? Is it air and water pollution? Is it chemicals in our homes? Because we don’t know for sure, it should not be mandated.

11. What do you think about how vaccines are being pushed - and sometimes even forced - on everyone? Margaret: They’ve done a very good job of psychological indoctrination. Most people believe vaccines have saved millions of lives from “HORRIBLE” diseases like measles, mumps, and even chickenpox. But when I ask people why they think those diseases were chosen for vaccines, as opposed to something like HIV, they have no answer. The answer is simple…making a vaccine for measles was easy. Making one for HIV is very hard. So drug development went the path of least resistance. Then once a vaccine existed, suddenly the disease was proclaimed to be killing millions when it never did. Chickenpox is a great example. Everyone in my childhood had chickenpox and not one person I knew died or even had serious complications. By the way, the rationale for the development of the chickenpox vaccine was entirely economic — to avoid parents missing work. It was never about the disease itself being fatal.

But once they had the vaccine, they then proclaimed that chickenpox was such a serious disease.

12. What is your biggest concern about vaccines and our kids today? Margaret: We don’t know the long-term impact of what they’ve been given. We know now that there were simian viruses in the measles vaccines given in the 60s, and those simian viruses were oncogenic, meaning cancer-causing. There are also some very good animal studies that show an increase in autoimmune diseases in vaccinated primates. I worry most about the link with autoimmune diseases like MS, Rheumatoid arthritis, and lupus.

13. What would you like parents to know about vaccines? Margaret: I think people have to stop and take a reality check. Depending on the age of your parents, ask them if they had measles, mumps, chickenpox, or pertussis. Ask them if it was really bad or if they knew anyone who died. Don’t ask about polio. (Polio, by the way, still exists today under different names, so it was not eradicated by the vaccine, and most cases of polio are not paralytic.) I asked my own parents, and they said they had all those diseases, and they really weren’t a big deal.

The best treatment for measles is vitamin A. It’s a disease that is quite mild if you have adequate vitamin A. Everyone used to know that, which is why so many kids back in the day took Cod Liver oil. Being sick sometimes is a part of life. We have to decide if we’re so terrified of ordinary diseases like measles that we would rather vaccinate against it and risk worse consequences like autoimmune diseases or cancer. I’d take measles over cancer any day. We also need to educate parents that some of these diseases are actually MEANT to happen to children. Having some of these diseases triggers developmental processes in children. Just like a longitudinal study I saw where it was noted that children had growth spurts after they recovered from being ill. Being sick occasionally may actually be necessary for normal development.

14. What do you think needs to change in mainstream medicine? Margaret: Stop the guidelines. Doctors are now reimbursed on their adherence to guidelines, which is why they push vaccines. They are paid less by insurance carriers if their vaccine rates decline, so they kick patients out who won’t do what they’re told to do. That’s why you should offer to pay cash (if you can) when you see your doctors so that they have less incentive to promote these things on you.

And stop allowing the marketing of drugs to the public. When that was approved, all of this craziness was unleashed. It’s been very detrimental ever since, because the media will never question something they make money from. Once they no longer make advertising money from drug companies, then the real questions will be asked. If people think the only reason any drug or vaccine was developed was to do “good,” they need to think again. Drug companies have marketing departments just like any other industry. It’s all about sales and how to convince (or force) you to take this drug, or get that vaccine.

Wikileaks Asks If This Is The "Smoking Gun" Email That Will Bring Down Hillary + The Full List Of 92 Paychecks Hillary Collected From Wall Street June 4 2016 | From: ZeroHedge / NewPatriotsBlog

All along Hillary Clinton has pled that when it comes to her violation of Federal regulations, she was at worst naive, hardly malicious and - as of recently - merely doing what each of her state department predecessors has done.

And she has been very careful to make it clear that she never purposefully and intentionally "stripped" confidentialdata in order to send it through her unsecured server as such an act would imply not only a breach of email retention policy, but a willful abuse of confidential documents. Well, moments ago Wikileaks unveiled what it believes may be the FBI's "smoking gun" in its case against Hillary. In a tweet, Wikileaks highlights one specific email and asks "Is this email the FBI's star exhibit against Hillary Clinton ("H")? " The email in question (link)

The full email chain is below (link):

The Full List Of 92 Paychecks Hillary Collected From Wall Street The media’s going nuts that Hillary Clinton took three big paychecks for three speeches at Goldman Sachs. At $225,000 a

pops that’s pretty good scratch – but it’s just the tip of the iceberg. She’s been very, very busy, raking in millions in a three-year stretch since she left her post as the Secretary of State. Her defense? It varies from “It’s what they offered me” to the hilarious, “I happen to think we need more conversations about what’s going on in the world.” Pricey “conversations” indeed. Here’s a list of the 92 “conversations” that Clinton has had in just the past three years. The total: $21.7 million.

Click on the image above top open a larger version in a new window

She’s been very, very busy. What did Hillary promise in all these speeches? What was her advice to Deutche Bank, Cisco and the Council of Insurance Agents? What did she tell eBay? Or the “American Camping Association” and why on earth would the American Camping Association pay $260,000 to hear from Hillary?

Has she ever been camping? We may never know because she refuses to tell us. What Hillary discloses to us peasants is on a “need to know” basis only. H/T: zerohedge, Hannity.com

Related Articles: Digging Deeper on Hillary Clinton Hillary Clinton’s Energy Initiative Pressed Countries to Embrace Fracking, New Emails Reveal Hillary Clinton's Pathological Lying and Erratic Behavior, Is it Due to Drug and Alcohol Addiction? Chelsea Clinton: Scalia’s Out of the Way, so now we can gut the Second Amendment Throw her in jail: State Dept. says Killary violated federal rules using private email server First "Shocking" Deposition In Clinton Email Case Reveals She Did Not Use A Password The Criminalization of Politics: Hillary Accused of Racketeering by the FBI, Will She be Dumped from the Presidential Race? Hillary's Response When Asked If She Will Release Her Goldman Sachs Speech Transcripts Huffington Post Caught Deleting an Article Claiming Hillary Clinton is About to Be Indicted

Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State June 3 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

Assessing current conditions in the United States, it would be next to impossible not to grasp innumerable parallels to George Orwell’s dystopic portent, 1984.

Though other fictional dystopias could similarly elicit comparisons to the dark turn taken by American empire, aspects of 1984’s creepy authoritarian nightmare ring all-too-true. And Big Brother-like surveillance - though undoubtedly relevant - imparts only the most obvious, and therefore least pertinent, connection on the list.

War Is Peace “Oceania was at war with Eastasia: Oceania had always been at war with Eastasia,” Orwell wrote of two of the three remaining nation-states on the planet. Though it analogizes Russia’s mercurial relationship with Nazi Germany, the same volatility aptly fits U.S. involvement in the Middle East - where, though propaganda would purport a decisive enemy, the truth remains far murkier. A constant state of undeclared but active war rules foreign policy - driven almost exclusively by the war machine’s profiteering from plundering of foreign lands’ natural resources. Big Oil, Big Pharma, and the multi-faceted defense industry have experienced exponential profits since perpetual war became the de facto basis of foreign policy - and Big Banks share in the reward. But all of this war requires the U.S. government maintain support from the public - and what better way to win them over than appeal to fear of the Other?

When John Brady Kiesling, a career diplomat, tendered his letter of resignation to Secretary of State Colin Powell, he piercingly criticized the warped factors driving both American domestic and foreign policy surrounding the needless war in Iraq - with barbs unfortunately equally applicable today:

“We spread disproportionate terror and confusion in the public mind, arbitrarily linking the unrelated problems of terrorism and Iraq. The result, and perhaps the motive, is to justify a vast misallocation of shrinking public wealth to the military and to weaken the safeguards that protect American citizens from the heavy hand of government. September 11 did not do as much damage to the fabric of American society as we seem determined to [do] to ourselves […] “Has ‘oderint dum metuant’ [Let them hate so long as they fear] really become our motto?” After the attacks of September 11, 2001, it became immediately evident American government had its jackpot ticket for war in perpetuity - the only necessary condition being wool sufficiently ambiguous to cover the public’s eyes in fear. Since that time, under the guise of national security, Big Brother-like domestic surveillance has become so thoroughly entrenched in our lives as to be virtually ignored by the general populace.

As a necessary and insidious outgrowth of massive spying, the government attempts to cultivate fearful citizen-spies, by employing the not-at-all ominous If You See Something, Say Something catchphrase-titled program. Of course, the government arm responsible for this and other programs - the overarching Department of Homeland Security - seems ripped directly from the pages of 1984.

"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of solidity to pure wind,”Orwell noted in his 1946 essay, “Politics and the English Language.”

This observation aptly summarizes U.S. war propaganda in its entirety - with a constant government-backed corporate media blitz surrounding the war on terror shaping public perception of what constitutes terrorism, and who, a terrorist. Betting on Americans’ cognitive dissonance, historical amnesia, and tacit acceptance of spoon-fed, baseless patriotism, the government doesn’t often find barriers to inculcating a blanket support for obtuse military missions. War so saturates every aspect of life, when the Pentagon announced last week forces had already been on the ground in Yemen for two weeks, the public instead trained its focus to the latest installation of Captain America.

And nevermind the detail that ground support of Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates in Yemen would be allocated for fighting al-Qaeda - a different faction of the same group the U.S. currently employs as somehow less dangerous terrorists to assist deposing Syrian president Bashar al-Assad. Moderate rebels is thus the Newspeak term for terrorists the American empire finds usable - making terrorist and terrorism utterly conditional terms.

Of course, the government failed to explain how a war on the concept of terrorism should play out if that terrorism depends on circumstance - or, more accurately, whim - but once instituted, paranoia surrounding the word opened the floodgates for battling terrorism inside the United States. Exactly as Orwell cautioned in 1984 - and precisely as Kiesling’s foreboding resignation letter predicted it would.

Freedom Is Slavery How does a government persuade its citizens their enslavement would be desirable and beneficial? Frame it as necessary

protection against any threat to their fundamental security - and implement more contentious aspects of said servitude in palatable microsteps.

Fear of terrorism - or, more directly, xenophobia - constitutes sufficient reason for many to cast off basic human rights through increasingly invasive laws and governance. Legislation, however, isn’t by far the sole vehicle available to the government. In a culture so utterly imbued in paranoia, neighbors aren’t only willing to spy on neighbors - or complete strangers, to that end they’re willing to alert law enforcement should they observe … Something. One perfect example of the absurdity of the If You See Something, Say Something citizen spy program occurred this week when a woman, suspicious of cryptic notes penned by the person seated next to her on an American Airlines flight, decided to Say Something. The flight was delayed for over two hours, the FBI was called, and an egregious commentary on paranoia and xenophobic profiling in the U.S. became one of an unfortunate many for the history books. This unbelievably unaware woman told on acclaimed University of Pennsylvania economics professor, Guido Menzio - who had been scribbling a complex math formula in a notebook. Menzio posted his experience on Facebook, describing his encounter with the FBI after being briefly pulled from the plane, writing:

“They ask me about my neighbor. I tell them I noticed nothing strange. They tell me she thought I was a terrorist because I was writing strange things on a piece of paper. I laugh. I bring them back to the plane. I show them my math.”

Menzio, to the unnamed woman, was guilty of terrorism because his Italian ancestry gifted him with darker complexion and hair, and because her lack of education and state conditioning caused her to see dark terrorist plots in mathematical formulae - possibly, and disturbingly, because she mistook it for Arabic. Restrictions on travel aren’t limited to fearful passengers, either, as the notoriously invasive Transportation Security Administration has made air travel an almost unbearably onerous task. A recent report predicts grueling airport delays due to the combination of a 10 percent reduction in TSA staff and a 15 percent increase in the number of expected travelers. Though a PreCheck program is offered by the TSA, people simply aren’t signing on - likely because they’re forced to submit to an even more invasive background check. And it isn’t as if the TSA has a stunning success rate in thwarting terror attacks, either - though it does have a successful track record for restricting freedom of travel.

While the government would like you to believe TSA safety measures protect the country from terrorism, evidence lies with a far more laughable reality - like the time a CNN journalist once had her container of pimento cheese confiscated by agents. Another report indicated the underpaid and understaffed TSA is largely incompetent. Congressman Stephen Lynch explained;

“We had folks - this was a testing exercise, so we had folks going in there with guns on their ankles, and other weapons on their persons, and there was a 95 percent failure rate.”

Essentially, terrorist paranoia is working exactly per the Dept. of Homeland Security’s design - otherwise ordinary Americans are now guilty, simply by being present. Guilty of being non-white. Guilty of speaking a language other than English. Guilty of math. Guilty of possession of cheese spread. But most of all, guilty under the system that would rather pit neighbor against neighbor - lest those neighbors realize they have more in common with one another than with the powers claiming to have their security in mind - because that realization might bring anger, dissent, and potentially action to topple those powers-that-be. And entirely different dystopic restrictions on travel - harkening almost exactly to the 1930s Nazi Germany that so influenced Orwell - can be found in police checkpoints.

Of dubious legality, law enforcement checkpoints for everything from drunk driving to heroin - to seatbelts - have become commonplace around the U.S. In the name of safety, police bottleneck traffic, test sobriety, search cars, write revenue-generating tickets, and even arrest those found ‘guilty’ or who try to avoid the trap. And this lack of the ability to travel freely- the basic right to mobility without restriction - is only one highly specific example of coercion as the new norm. Entire books could be justifiably penned to discuss the ridiculousness of licensing requirements - summarized briefly as the state taking a right away from you in order to give it back to you at an often red-tape-heavy price. In the dystopic new millennium, the State requires children to seek permitting for such traditional activities as shoveling snow or setting up their own lemonade stands - and alarmingly have been shut down for failing to do so. You don’t even have to be accused, much less charged, with a crime to have your own property and cash seized - or more accurately, stolen - by the State, which it then may use for whatever shady purpose it chooses. This unchecked policing-for-profit scheme has created a freakishly telling figure, as described by The Free Thought Project, “law enforcement in America has stolen $600,000,000 more from Americans than actual criminal burglars.”

Freedom to simply live one’s life, without harming another, has been co-opted by a State hell bent on maintaining slavish control of its people.

Ignorance Is Strength Considering at least one of the aforementioned examples would be sufficiently blood-boiling to even those who consider themselves ‘law-abiding’ or ‘patriotic,’ the State also has in place multiple strategies to thwart the dissemination of accurate, truthful information - thus preemptively quashing dissent.

State indoctrination begins early with compulsory schooling beating the victor’s history into impressionable, young minds. William Blum, journalist, author, and CIA and U.S. foreign policy critic, describes in his book, America’s Deadliest Export: Democracy - The Truth About US Foreign Policy and Everything Else, how indoctrination has so insidiously usurped education as to be imperceptible to the unaware [emphasis added]:

"American leaders have convinced a majority of the American people of the benevolence of their government’s foreign policy. To have persuaded Americans of this, as well as a multitude of other people throughout the world - in the face of overwhelming evidence to the contrary … - must surely rank as one of the most outstanding feats of propaganda and indoctrination in all of history […] “It is not at all uncommon to grow to adulthood in the United States, even graduate from university, and not be seriously exposed to opinions significantly contrary to these prevailing myths, and know remarkably little about the exceptionally harmful foreign policy of the government.

It’s one thing for historical myths to rise in the absence of a written history of a particular period, such as our beliefs concerning the Neanderthals; but much odder is the rise of such myths in the face of a plethora of historical documents, testimony, films and books.”

Indoctrination stands as perhaps the most powerful tool a State could wield without imposing actual, physical violence. Patriotism often acts as a means of self-policing - whereby a populace relentlessly criticizes any segment not wholly on board with devotion to that State.

Orwell also keenly understood this, as is clear in 1984’s protagonist, Winston Smith’s description of the youngest citizens of Ingsoc (an abbreviation for English Socialism - the governmental ideology firmly entrenched in that ‘fictional’ time period).

“Nearly all children nowadays were horrible. What was worst of all was that by means of such organizations as the Spies they were systematically turned into ungovernable little savages, and yet this produced in them no tendency whatever to rebel against the discipline of the Party. On the contrary, they adored the Party and everything connected with it. The songs, the processions, the banners, the hiking, the drilling with dummy rifles, the yelling of slogans, the worship of Big Brother - it was all a sort of glorious game to them.”

When the State manages to hoodwink millions of people, facilitating an imperialist empire isn’t a cumbersome task. Blum analogizes the American people to “the children of a Mafia boss who do not know what their father does for a living, and don’t want to know, but then wonder why someone just threw a firebomb through the living room window.” Endlessly frustrating those who have taken advantage of self-education in the age of information, arguments proffered by government propaganda - such as waging wars to bring about peace, or that the U.S. aggressively and violently invades other countries for democracy and freedom - take root with no basis in reality.

Belief other nations will steal our (already nonexistent) Democracy if we don’t invade them first insidiously infiltrates even learned segments of the population. Though such inexplicable reasoning readily evidences justifications necessary for popular support when the U.S. spontaneously violates international law concerning war, the people still believe the lie - in great part, thanks to corporate media’s incessant confirmation of American exceptionalism. Ignorance of the breadth of American imperialism - the reality of its plundering resources around the planet, its actions as an enforcement arm of the plutocratic corporatocracy, and the violence it employs on innocent civilians wherever it chooses remain unknown to the majority in this country. With essentially all information available a click away, this ignorance amounts to little more than a flat denial of reality. Saying ‘my government would never do that’ might be one thing, but refusing to investigate whether or not the statement holds weight is essentially admitting the government takes precedence over truth.

“Do you begin to see, then, what kind of world we are creating?" Orwell wrote in the dystopic classic.

“It is the exact opposite of the stupid hedonistic Utopias that the old reformers imagined. A world of fear and treachery and torment, a world of trampling and of being trampled upon, a world which will grow not less but more merciless as it refines itself. Progress in our world will be progress toward more pain."

But the American indoctrination of ignorance most chillingly corresponds with a particular passage from 1984 - one marking the self-imposed homogeneity of a people scrambling over one another to exemplify patriotism.

“The ideal set up by the Party was something huge, terrible, and glittering - a world of steel and concrete, of monstrous machines and terrifying weapons - a nation of warriors and fanatics, marching forward in perfect unity, all thinking the same thoughts and shouting the same slogans, perpetually working, fighting, triumphing, persecuting - three hundred million people all with the same face.”

Much of what Orwell proffered as dystopic fiction has since manifested - perhaps not so much, as is popularly believed, because the government took the novel as an instruction manual. But because 1984’s dire warning seems so inconceivable, perhaps most people have yet to realize its darker portents have already come to pass. Protagonist Winston Smith ultimately succumbs to the lure of Big Brother and the State - but it remains up for debate whether the authoritarian nightmare will take as firm a chokehold on the United States.

To resist such a reality is the work of a true protagonist - not through violence or destruction, but through seeking a lesser ignorance. The lynchpin to Orwell’s dystopia, and to the current one, is the perception of ignorance as strength. War is most certainly not Peace to a well-informed populace, nor is Freedom Slavery. It is up to us to plant the seeds of knowledge which will inevitably grow into that well-informed populace who will then see the reality of the horrid path we’ve since embarked. Tis the nature of humanity to err, but we’ve managed to be resilient nonetheless - sometimes the hardest path is the only way there.

Duke Study Finds A "Legacy Of Radioactivity," Contamination From Thousands Of Fracking Wastewater Spills June 3 2016 | From: Desmog

Years of lax policy making and too many wells being inspected by too few officials means that a massive amount of pollution is being pumped into the wilderness of North Dakota.

Thousands of oil and gas industry wastewater spills in North Dakota have caused “widespread” contamination from radioactive materials, heavy metals and corrosive salts, putting the health of people and wildlife at risk, researchers from Duke University concluded in a newly released peer-reviewed study. Related: Hillary Clinton’s Energy Initiative Pressed Countries to Embrace Fracking, New Emails Reveal Some rivers and streams in North Dakota now carry levels of radioactive and toxic materials higher than federal drinking water standards as a result of wastewater spills, the scientists found after testing near spills. Many cities and towns draw their drinking water from rivers and streams, though federal law generally requires drinking water to be treated before it reaches peoples' homes, and the scientists did not test tap water as part of their research. High levels of lead - the same heavy metal that infamously contaminated water in Flint, Michigan - as well as the radioactive element radium, were discovered near spill sites. One substance, selenium, was found in the state's waters at levels as high as 35 times the federal thresholds set to protect fish, mussels, and other wildlife, including those that people eat.

The pollution was found on land as well as in water. The soils in locations where wastewater spilled were laced with significant levels of radium, and even higher levels of radium were discovered in the ground downstream from the spills' origin points, showing that radioactive materials were soaking into the ground and building up as spills flowed over the ground, the researchers said. The sheer number of spills in the past several years is striking. All told, the Duke University researchers mapped out a total of over 3,900 accidental spills of oil and gas wastewater in North Dakota alone. Contamination remained at the oldest spill site tested, where roughly 300 barrels of wastewater were released in a spill four years before the team of researchers arrived to take samples, demonstrating that any cleanup efforts at the site had been insufficient.

"Unlike spilled oil, which starts to break down in soil, these spilled brines consist of inorganic chemicals, metals and salts that are resistant to biodegradation,” said Nancy Lauer, a Duke University Ph.D. student who was lead author of the study, which was published in Environmental Science & Technology. “They don't go away; they stay. This has created a legacy of radioactivity at spill sites,” she said.

The highest level of radium the scientists found in soil measured over 4,600 Bequerels per kilogram [bq/kg] — which translates to roughly two and half times the levels of fracking-related radioactive contamination discovered in Pennsylvania in a 2013 report that drew national attention.

To put those numbers in context, under North Dakota law, waste over 185 bq/kg is considered too radioactive to dispose in regular landfills without a special permit or to haul on roads without a specific license from the state. And that radioactive contamination - in some places over 100 times the levels of radioactivity as found upstream from the spill - will be here to stay for millennia, the researchers concluded, unless unprecedented spill clean-up efforts are made.

"The results of this study indicate that the water contamination from brine spills is remarkably persistent in the environment, resulting in elevated levels of salts and trace elements that can be preserved in spill sites for at least months to years,” the study concluded. “The relatively long half-life of [Radium 226] (∼1600 years) suggests that [Radium] contamination in spill sites will remain for thousands of years.”

Cleanup efforts remain underway at three of the four sites that the Duke University research team sampled, a North Dakota State Health Department official asked to comment on the research told the Bismarck Tribune, while the fourth site had not yet been addressed. He criticized the researchers for failing to include any in-depth testing of sites where the most extensive types of cleanup efforts had been completed.

David Lettermans Rant About Fracking

Related: There Are 'Fracking' Chemicals In Your Toothpaste, Detergents And Ice Cream The four sites the researchers sampled instead included the locations of two of the biggest spills in the state's history, including a spill of 2.9 million gallons in January 2015, and two areas where smaller spills occurred in 2011. The samples from the sites were collected in June 2015, with funding from the National Science Foundation and the Natural Resources Defense Council, an environmental group.

Over the past decade, roughly 9,700 wells have been drilled in North Dakota's Bakken shale and Bottineu oilfield region meaning that there has been over one spill reported to regulators for every three wells drilled.

"Until now, research in many regions of the nation has shown that contamination from fracking has been fairly sporadic and inconsistent,” Avner Vengosh, professor of geochemistry and water quality at Duke's Nicholas School of the Environment, said when the study was released. “In North Dakota, however, we find it is widespread and persistent, with clear evidence of direct water contamination from fracking.”

Dealing with wastewater generated by drilling and fracking has proved to be one of the shale industry's most intractable problems. The industry often pumps its toxic waste underground in a process known as wastewater injection. Every day, roughly 2 billion gallons of oil and gas wastewater are injected into the ground nationwide, the EPA estimates. Wastewater injection has been linked to swarms of earthquakes that have prompted a series of legal challenges. The sheer volume of waste generated by the industry - particularly from the type of high volume horizontal hydraulic fracturing used to tap shale oil and gas - has often overwhelmed state regulators, especially because federal laws leave the waste exempt from hazardous waste handling laws, no matter how toxic or dangerous it might be, under an exception for the industry carved out in the 1980's.

Related: Scientists Conclude That Fracking Contaminates Drinking Water This leaves policing fracking waste up to state inspectors, and not only do the rules vary widely from state to state, but enforcing those rules brings its own difficulties. State inspectors have faced escalating workloads as budgets have often failed to keep pace with the industry's rapid expansion. In North Dakota, the number of wells per inspector climbed from roughly 359 each in 2012 to 500 per inspector last year. In other states, the ratios are even more challenging, with Wyoming oil and gas well inspectors being responsible for more than 2,900 wells in 2015. And now, with the collapse of oil and gas prices, funds earmarked for oil and gas inspection have also nosedived in many states. Lax enforcement may help explain why wastewater spills are so common across the U.S. More than 180 million gallons of wastewater was spilled between 2009 and 2014, according to an investigation by the Associated Press, which tallied the amount of wastewater spilled in the 21,651 accidents that were reported to state or federal regulators nationwide during that time.

The naturally occurring radioactive materials in that wastewater have drawn particular concern, partly because of their longevity in the environment and partly because the drilling industry enjoys looser federal standards for their radioactive waste than many other industries. In January, North Dakota regulators further relaxed their standards for the dumping of radioactive materials, allowing many landfills in the state to accept drilling waste at levels higher than previously permitted, citing tough economic times for drillers. But environmentalists argue that relaxing the rules for radioactive waste disposal could mean that radioactive materials receive less careful handling.

"If people think this study points to a building tragedy, just wait,” Darrell Dorgan, who chairs the North Dakota Energy Industry Waste Coalition, told the Bismarck Tribune, when the Duke University research was released. "'The new rules allow radioactive waste that is 10 times more dangerous.”

The spills the Duke University researchers identified often resulted from a failure to maintain infrastructure including pipelines and storage tanks. Roughly half of the wastewater spilled came from failed pipelines, followed by leaks from valves and other pipe connectors, and then tank leaks or overflows. But recent floods in Texas's Eagle Ford shale region also highlight the risks that natural disasters in drilling regions might pose. Texas regulators photographed plumes of contamination around submerged drilling sites, a repeat of similar incidents in Colorado. “That’s a potential disaster,” Dr. Walter Tsou, former president of the American Public Health Association told the Dallas Morning News. Risks associated with fracking in flood zones have drawn the attention of some federal agencies in the past, but perhaps not in a way that locals in affected areas might find helpful. In 2012, the Federal Emergency Management Agency's Hazard Mitigation Grant Program - a program designed to help people move away from areas subject to recurring floods - ran into a series of conflicts over oil and gas leases on properties that would otherwise be offered buy-outs. Some homeowners in Pennsylvania were denied the chance to participate in the program because of oil and gas leases or pipelines on their properties, as DeSmog previously reported.

In other words, it may be harder for those who have signed oil and gas or pipeline leases to abandon flood-prone areas, meaning that homeowners whose properties frequently flood could potentially face battles over cleanup costs without aid from FEMA. And the newly published research from North Dakota suggests that the less visible brines may ultimately be more of a longlasting environmental hazard than the spilled oil. Even though their study included only leaks that were reported to state regulators, the researchers warned that little is currently being done to clean up sites where spills have occurred - or even to track smaller spills, especially on reservation lands, where roughly a quarter of the state's oil is produced. This means that the real amount of wastewater spilled is likely even higher than currently reported.

"Many smaller spills have also occurred on tribal lands,” Prof. Vengosh said, “and as far as we know, no one is monitoring them.”

Related: Frackman The Movie Trailer - See The Truth About The Devastation Caused By Fracking

Keynes Must Die June 2 2016 | From: Mises

In 2012, Barack Obama warned that the United States would fall into a depression if Ron Paul’s plan to cut $1 trillion from the federal budget were enacted.

Wait, I beg your pardon. It wasn’t Obama who warned that budget cuts would lead to a depression. It was Mitt Romney. Romney went on to become the nominee of the self-described free-market party. An ideological rout is complete when both sides of respectable opinion take its basic ideas for granted. That’s how complete the Keynesian victory has been. In fact, Keynesianism had swept the boards a decade before Romney was even born. The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, the seminal treatise by John Maynard Keynes, appeared during the Great Depression, a time when a great many people were beginning to doubt the merits and resilience of capitalism. It was a work of economic theory, but its boosters insisted that it also offered practical answers to urgent, contemporary questions like: how had the Depression occurred, and why was it lasting so long? The answer to both questions, according to Keynes and his followers, was the same: not enough government intervention.

Now as Murray N. Rothbard showed in his 1963 book America’s Great Depression, and as Lionel Robbins and others had written at the time, the Depression had certainly not been caused by too little government intervention. It was caused by the world’s government-privileged central banks, and it was prolonged by the various quack remedies that governments kept trotting out. But that wasn’t a thesis governments were eager to hear. Government officials were rather more attracted to the message Keynes was sending them: The free market can lead to depressions, and prosperity requires more government spending and intervention. Let’s say a brief word about the book that launched this ideological revolution. If I may put it kindly, the General Theory was not the kind of text one might expect to sweep the boards. Paul Samuelson, who went on to become one of the most notable American popularizers of Keynesianism, admitted in a candid moment that when he first read the book, he “did not at all understand what it was about.” “I think I am giving away no secrets,” he went on, “when I solemnly aver - upon the basis of vivid personal recollection - that no one else in Cambridge, Massachusetts, really knew what it was all about for some twelve to eighteen months after publication.” The General Theory, he said;

"Is a badly written book, poorly organized; any layman who, beguiled by the author’s previous reputation bought the book, was cheated of his five shillings. It is not well suited for classroom use.

It is arrogant, bad-tempered, polemical, and not overly generous in its acknowledgments. It abounds in mares’ nests and confusions. … In short, it is a work of genius."

Murray N. Rothbard, who after the death of Ludwig von Mises was considered the dean of the Austrian school of economics, wrote several major economic critiques of Keynes, along with a lengthy and revealing biographical essay about the man. The first of these critiques came in the form of an essay written when Murray was just 21 years old: “Spotlight on Keynesian Economics.” The second appeared in his 1962 treatise Man, Economy and State,and the third as a chapter in his book For a New Liberty. Murray minced no words, referring to Keynesianism as:

"The most successful and pernicious hoax in the history of economic thought.” “All of the Keynesian thinking,” he added, “is a tissue of distortions, fallacies, and drastically unrealistic assumptions.”

Beyond the problems with the Keynesian system were the unfortunate traits of Keynes himself. I will let Murray describe them to you:

"The first was his overweening egotism, which assured him that he could handle all intellectual problems quickly and accurately and led him to scorn any general principles that might curb his unbridled ego. The second was his strong sense that he was born into, and destined to be a leader of, Great Britain’s ruling elite... The third element was his deep hatred and contempt for the values and virtues of the bourgeoisie, for conventional morality, for savings and thrift, and for the basic institutions of family life."

While a student at Cambridge University, Keynes belonged to an exclusive and secretive group called the Apostles. This membership fed his egotism and his contempt for others. He wrote in a private letter:

"Is it monomania - this colossal moral superiority that we feel? I get the feeling that most of the rest [of the world outside the Apostles] never see anything at all - too stupid or too wicked.”

As a young man, Keynes and his friends became what he himself described as “immoralists.” In a 1938 paper called “My Early Beliefs,” he wrote:

"We entirely repudiated a personal liability on us to obey general rules. We claimed the right to judge every individual case on its merits, and the wisdom to do so successfully. This was a very important part of our faith, violently and aggressively held, and for the outer world it was our most obvious and dangerous characteristic. We repudiated entirely customary morals, conventions and traditional wisdom. We were, that is to say, in the strict sense of the term, immoralists."

Keynes was 55 years old when he delivered that paper. And even at that advanced stage of his life he could affirm that immoralism is:

"Still my religion under the surface… I remain and always will remain an immoralist.”

In economics, Keynes exhibited the same kind of approach he had taken toward philosophy and life in general. “I am afraid of ‘principle,’” he told a parliamentary committee in 1930. That, of course, is the attitude of anyone who craves influence and the exercise of power; principle would only get in the way of these things.

Thus, Keynes supported free trade, then turned on a dime in 1931 and became a protectionist, then during World War II favored free trade again. As Murray puts it, “Never did any soul-searching or even hesitation hobble his lightning-fast changes.” The General Theory broke down the world’s population into several groups, each with its own characteristics. Here Keynes was able to vent his lifelong hatreds. First, there was the great mass of consumers, dumb and robotic, whose consumption decisions were fixed and determined by outside forces, such that Keynes could reduce them to a “consumption function.” Then there was a subset of consumers, the bourgeois savers, whom Keynes especially despised. In the past, such people had been praised for their thrift, which made possible the investment that raised living standards. But the Keynesian system severed the link between savings and investment, claiming that the two had nothing to do with each other. Savings were, in fact, a drag on the system, Keynes said, and could generate recessions and depressions.

Thus, did Keynes dethrone the bourgeoisie and their traditional claim to moral respectability. Thrift was foolishness, not wisdom. The third group was the investors. Here Keynes was somewhat more favorable. The activities of these people could not be reduced to a mathematical function. They were dynamic and free. Unfortunately, they were also given to wild, irrational swings in behavior and outlook. These irrational swings set the economy on a roller coaster. And now we arrive at a fourth and final group. This group is supremely rational, economically knowledgeable, and indispensable to economic stability. This group can override the foolish decisions of the others and keep the economy from falling into depressions or inflationary excess. You probably won’t be shocked to learn that the far-seeing wizards who comprise Keynes’s fourth group are government officials. To understand exactly what Keynes expected government officials to do, let’s say a brief word about the economic system Keynes developed in the General Theory. His primary claim is that the market economy is given to a chronic state of underemployment of resources. If it is not to descend into and remain mired in depression, it requires the wise supervision and interventions of the political class.

Again, we may safely reject the possibility that the political classes of the Western world embraced Keynesianism because politicians had made a profound study of the works of Keynes. To the contrary, Keynesianism appealed to two overriding motivations of government officials: their need to appear indispensable, and their urge to wield power. Keynesianism dangled these ideas before the political class, who in turn responded like salivating dogs. There wasn’t anything more romantic or dignified to it than that, I am sorry to report. By the early 1970s, however, Keynesian economics had suffered a devastating blow. Or, to adopt Murray’s more colorful phrase, it had become “dead from the neck up.” Keynesianism could not account for the stagflation, or inflationary recession, that the US experienced in the ’70s.

It was supposed to be the role of the Keynesian planners to steer the economy in such a way as to avoid the twin threats of an overheating, inflationary economy and an underperforming, depressed economy. During a boom, Keynesian planners were to “sop up excess purchasing power” by raising taxes and taking spending out of the economy. During a depression, Keynesians were to lower taxes and increase government spending in order to inject spending into the economy. But in an inflationary recession, this entire approach had to be thrown out. The inflationary part meant spending had to be reduced, but the recession part meant spending had to be increased. How, Murray asked, could the Keynesian planners do both at once? They couldn’t, of course, which is why Keynesianism began to wane in the 1970s, though it has made an unwelcome comeback since the 2008 financial crisis. Murray had dismantled the Keynesian system on a more fundamental level in Man, Economy, and State.

He showed that the relationships between large economic aggregates that Keynesians posited, and which were essential to their system, did not hold after all. And he exploded the major concepts employed in the Keynesian analysis: the consumption function, the multiplier, and the accelerator, for starters. Now, why does any of this matter today? The errors of Keynes have empowered sociopathic political classes all over the world and deprived the world of the economic progress we would otherwise have enjoyed. Japan is a great example of Keynesian devastation: the Nikkei 225, which hit 38,500 in 1990, has never managed to reach even half that level since. A quarter century ago the index of industrial production in Japan was at 96.8; after 25 years of aggressive Keynesian policy that gave Japan the highest debt-to-GDP ratio in the world, the index of industrial production is … still 96.8. The United States, meanwhile, has had sixteen years of fiscal stimulus or preposterously low-interest rates, all of which Keynesians have cheered. The result? Two million fewer breadwinner jobs than when Bill Clinton left office. No amount of stimulus ever seems to be quite enough. And when the stimulus fails, the blinkered Keynesian establishment can only think to double down, never to question the policy itself.

"Capitalism is the astounding belief that the most wickedest of men will do the most wickedest of things for the greatest good of everyone.” - John Maynard Keynes

But there is an alternative, and it’s the one Murray N. Rothbard and Ludwig von Mises championed: the Austrian school of economics and its analysis of the pure market economy. Against the entire edifice of establishment opinion, the Mises Institute stands as a rebuke. To the dissidents, to the intellectually curious, to those inclined to be skeptical of so-called experts who have brought us nothing but ruin, the Mises Institute has been a beacon. We have trained an entire generation of Austrian scholars, journalists, and financial professionals. We put in the hard work so that when a catastrophe like the 2008 crisis occurred, an Austrian response was ready. But with your help, we can do so much more. The Keynesians are pretending they have everything under control, but we know that’s a fantasy.

An even greater opportunity than 2008 awaits us, and we want to help guide public opinion and train a cadre of bright young scholars for that day. With your help, we can, at last, awaken from the Keynesian nightmare. As the Korean translator of an Austrian text put it;

"Keynes must die so the economy may live.”

With your help, we can hasten that glorious day.

25 Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques June 2 2016 | From: ActivistPost / AmericanIntelligenceReport

Operation Mockingbird historically is a secret Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) campaign to influence media to promote false propaganda or print misleading stories.

However, the program has evolved into a new brand of media control using the Internet to spread any propaganda seeming beneficial to the current political climate. Related: Two Major Psy Ops Documents You Must Read Agents create fake user accounts on social media platforms, such a as Facebook, Twitter and others, to argue any ideology they are instructed to. According to RT news, agents have up to “10 fake shill accounts” used to troll and create the illusion of having a genuine network of friends.

"They will defend current administration decisions with relentless irrational stubbornness that one can only be paid to do.”

25 Rules of Disinformation – Possible Rules of Operation Mockingbird 1. Hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evi: Regardless of what you know, don’t discuss it - especially if you are a public figure, news anchor, etc. If it’s not reported, it didn’t happen, and you never have to deal with the issues.

2. Become incredulous and indignant:. Avoid discussing key issues and instead focus on side issues which can be used show the topic as being critical of some otherwise sacrosanct group or theme. This is also known as the “How dare you!” gambit. 3. Create rumor mongers: Avoid discussing issues by describing all charges, regardless of venue or evidence, as mere rumors and wild accusations. Other derogatory terms mutually exclusive of truth may work as well. This method works especially well with a silent press, because the only way the public can learn of the facts are through such “arguable rumors.” If you can associate the material with the Internet, use this fact to certify it a “wild rumor” which can have no basis in fact. 4. Use a straw man: Find or create a seeming element of your opponent’s argument which you can easily knock down to make yourself look good and the opponent to look bad.

Either make up an issue you may safely imply exists based on your interpretation of the opponent / opponent arguments / situation, or select the weakest aspect of the weakest charges. Amplify their significance and destroy them in a way which appears to debunk all the charges, real and fabricated alike, while actually avoiding discussion of the real issues. 5. Sidetrack opponents with name calling and ridicule: This is also known as the primary attack the messenger ploy, though other methods qualify as variants of that approach. Associate opponents with unpopular titles such as “kooks”, “rightwing”, “liberal”, “left-wing”, “terrorists”, “conspiracy buffs”, “radicals”, “militia”, “racists”, “religious fanatics”, “sexual deviants”, and so forth. This makes others shrink from support out of fear of gaining the same label, and you avoid dealing with issues. 6. Hit and Run:. In any public forum, make a brief attack of your opponent or the opponent position and then scamper off before an answer can be fielded, or simply ignore any answer.

This works extremely well in Internet and letters-to-the-editor environments where a steady stream of new identities can be called upon without having to explain critical reasoning - simply make an accusation or other attack, never discussing issues, and never answering any subsequent response, for that would dignify the opponent’s viewpoint. 7. Question motive:. Twist or amplify any fact which could be taken to imply that the opponent operates out of a hidden personal agenda or other bias. This avoids discussing issues and forces the accuser on the defensive. 8. Invoke authority: Claim for yourself or associate yourself with authority and present your argument with enough “jargon” and “minutiae” to illustrate you are “one who knows,” and simply say it isn’t so without discussing issues or demonstrating concretely why or citing sources. 9. Play Dumb: No matter what evidence or logical argument is offered, avoid discussing issues with denial they have any credibility, make any sense, provide any proof, contain or make a point, have logic, or support a conclusion.

Mix well for maximum effect. 10. Associate opponent charges with old news: A derivative of the straw man usually, in any large-scale matter of high visibility, someone will make charges early on which can be or were already easily dealt with. Where it can be foreseen, have your own side raise a straw man issue and have it dealt with early on as part of the initial contingency plans. Subsequent charges, regardless of validity or new ground uncovered, can usually then be associated with the original charge and dismissed as simply being a rehash without need to address current issues - so much the better where the opponent is or was involved with the original source. 11. Establish and rely upon fall-back positions: Using a minor matter or element of the facts, take the “high road” and “confess” with candor that some innocent mistake, in hindsight, was made - but that opponents have seized on the opportunity to blow it all out of proportion and imply greater criminality which, “just isn’t so.”

Others can reinforce this on your behalf, later. Done properly, this can garner sympathy and respect for “coming clean” and “owning up” to your mistakes without addressing more serious issues. 12. Enigmas that have no solution: Drawing upon the overall umbrella of events surrounding the crime and the multitude of players and events, paint the entire affair as too complex to solve. This causes those otherwise following the matter to begin to lose interest more quickly without having to address the actual issues. 13. Alice in Wonderland Logic: Avoid discussion of the issues by reasoning backwards with an apparent deductive logic in a way that forbears any actual material fact.

14. Demand complete solutions: Avoid the issues by requiring opponents to solve the crime at hand completely, a ploy which works best for items qualifying for rule 10. 15. Fit the facts to alternate conclusions: This requires creative thinking unless the crime was planned with contingency conclusions in place. 16. Vanishing evidence and witnesses: If it does not exist, it is not fact, and you won’t have to address the issue. 17. Change the subject: Usually in connection with one of the other ploys listed here, find a way to side-track the discussion with abrasive or controversial comments in hopes of turning attention to a new, more manageable topic.

This works especially well with companions who can “argue” with you over the new topic and polarize the discussion arena in order to avoid discussing more key issues. 18. Emotionalize, antagonize, and goad opponents: If you can’t do anything else, chide and taunt your opponents and draw them into emotional responses which will tend to make them look foolish and overly motivated, and generally render their material somewhat less coherent. Not only will you avoid discussing the issues in the first instance, but even if their emotional response addresses the issue, you can further avoid the issues by then focusing on how “sensitive they are to criticism.” 19. Ignore proof presented, demand impossible proofs: This is perhaps a variant of the “play dumb” rule. Regardless of what material may be presented by an opponent in public forums, claim the material irrelevant and demand proof that is impossible for the opponent to come by (it may exist, but not be at his disposal, or it may be something which is known to be safely destroyed or withheld, such as a murder weapon).

In order to completely avoid discussing issues may require you to categorically deny and be critical of media or books as valid sources, deny that witnesses are acceptable, or even deny that statements made by government or other authorities have any meaning or relevance. 20. False evidence: Whenever possible, introduce new facts or clues designed and manufactured to conflict with opponent presentations as useful tools to neutralize sensitive issues or impede resolution. This works best when the crime was designed with contingencies for the purpose, and the facts cannot be easily separated from the fabrications. 21. Call a Grand Jury, Special Prosecutor, or other empowered investigative body: Subvert the (process) to your benefit and effectively neutralize all sensitive issues without open discussion. Once convened, the evidence and testimony

are required to be secret when properly handled.

For instance, if you own the prosecuting attorney, it can ensure a Grand Jury hears no useful evidence and that the evidence is sealed an unavailable to subsequent investigators. Once a favorable verdict (usually, this technique is applied to find the guilty innocent, but it can also be used to obtain charges when seeking to frame a victim) is achieved, the matter can be considered officially closed. 22. Manufacture a new truth: Create your own expert(s), group(s), author(s), leader(s) or influence existing ones willing to forge new ground via scientific, investigative, or social research or testimony which concludes favorably. In this way, if you must actually address issues, you can do so authoritatively. 23. Create bigger distractions: If the above does not seem to be working to distract from sensitive issues, or to prevent unwanted media coverage of unstoppable events such as trials, create bigger news stories (or treat them as such) to distract the multitudes. 24. Silence critics: If the above methods do not prevail, consider removing opponents from circulation by some definitive solution so that the need to address issues is removed entirely.

This can be by their death, arrest and detention, blackmail or destruction of their character by release of blackmail information, or merely by proper intimidation with blackmail or other threats. 25. Vanish: If you are a key holder of secrets or otherwise overly illuminated and you think the heat is getting too hot, to avoid the issues, vacate the kitchen.

Are You Chatting With a CIA Agent On-Line? It’s Possible You May Already Have Abby Martin, from RT’s “Breaking the Set,” reported on an up to date Operation Mockingbird with the sole purpose of misleading the public on-line.

In the congressional hearing from 1976 (below) listen to how many agents are in the media to write false stories. According to the Congress report published in 1976:

"The CIA currently maintains a network of several hundred foreign individuals around the world who provide intelligence for the CIA and at times attempt to influence opinion through the use of covert propaganda. These individuals provide the CIA with direct access to a large number of newspapers and periodicals, scores of press services and news agencies, radio and television stations, commercial book publishers, and other foreign media outlets.”

By the year 1953 Operation Mockingbird dictated information in over 25 newspapers and wire agencies. These organizations were run by people with well-known right-wing views such as William Paley (CBS), Henry Luce (Time and Life Magazine), Arthur Hays Sulzberger (New York Times), Alfred Friendly (managing editor of the Washington Post), Jerry O’Leary (Washington Star), Hal Hendrix (Miami News), Barry Bingham, Sr., (Louisville Courier-Journal), James Copley (Copley News Services) and Joseph Harrison (Christian Science Monitor). Even Rolling Stone claimed that journalist Joseph Alsop was under the control of Operation Mockingbird in 1977.

His articles appeared in over 300 different newspapers. Other journalists alleged by Rolling Stone Magazine to have been willing to promote the views of the CIA included Stewart Alsop (New York Herald Tribune), Ben Bradlee (Newsweek), James Reston (New York Times), Charles Douglas Jackson (Time Magazine), Walter Pincus (Washington Post), William C. Baggs (The Miami News), Herb Gold (The Miami News) and Charles Bartlett (Chattanooga Times). According to Nina Burleigh (A Very Private Woman), these journalists sometimes wrote articles that were commissioned by Frank Wisner, creator of the program. The CIA also provided them with classified information to help them with their work. Related: Propaganda & Fear-Mongering Works

What Is Sovereignty? June 1 2016 | From: WakingTimes

This subject or concept is a hot topic in the alternative community. I recently attended the Anarchapulco conference that featured a wide range of aspects of this important subject regarding our personal awakening and growing financial, legal and spiritual independence and empowerment.

Cryptocurrencies were featured along with our current geopolitical situation and alternative lifestyle choices, while roundly exposing the futility and anachronistic nature of statism, brilliantly done by Larken Rose and many other speakers. Understanding what we’ve been programmed to accept and learning to question every aspect of what the social engineers have indoctrinated us with is paramount to any real truth seeker. When I approach these subjects touching on sovereignty, whether it be freedom from the binding maritime law-based legal system or questioning all forms of the hierarchical control paradigm, I look at it from a spiritual perspective . What essentially IS freedom? How do we manifest our true nature more fully and thus naturally break the chains that bind us from whatever quarter? It’s all about the initial question. And our perspective.

Standing Back Conscious awareness may appear to be something vague and illusive but it’s not. It’s extremely practical. The fundamental step to be taken is to find the vantage point of our higher self. What is it that is observing you, and that speaks to you and even corrects your thoughts and behavior? What is this inner voice? The fact that it exists at all, as Echhart Tolle so lucidly expounds upon, causes a major shift in awareness and breaks so many chains immediately. What exactly is this awareness observing the experience that is us? How do we develop and utilize that perspective and what implications does this realization the wise sages of the ages have all spoken about have on the course of our lives?

This to me is the deep and wondrous world to be explored, which in its very seemingly esoteric nature has all the so-called answers to life we are seeking. But this awareness needs to mix and gel with our mental and heart awareness at the same time to make sense of this experience we call “life”. It’s as practical as deciding what to eat or not to eat. Whether to go by impulse and just yield to our surrounding environment and accumulated habits, or learn to make a more conscious decision as to our actions as well as thoughts, this profound realization begs a whole new way of life. If we let it. And take action on what we’re learning and hearing from this much more pure source of information and awareness. It needs to be developed which is the challenge of this school of higher learning in which we find ourselves.

Beware the Psychopathic Paradigm Just look at the world today. Unfortunately, while the fact that non-empathic, power-crazed personages is well known to be the case amongst rulers, politicians, bankers, corporate monsters and the Orwellian media, people still take their word, hoping against hope that their empty promises will come true.

What is that? Is it lethargy, apathy, psychotic denial, mind control, or what? Most likely it’s a convergence of many such conditions, but the reality of this form of mass Stockholm syndrome is absolutely pathetic.

Stockholm Syndrome: Stockholm syndrome, or capture-bonding, is a psychological phenomenon described in 1973 in which hostages express empathy and sympathy and have positive feelings toward their captors, sometimes to the point of defending and identifying with the captors. These feelings are generally considered irrational in light of the danger or risk endured by the victims, who essentially mistake a lack of abuse from their captors for an act of kindness. [Emphasis mine] - Source

Does that sound familiar? That’s society at large. Just the abuse / abuser cycle is rife in society, and designedly so. After all, these so-called rulers have themselves been abused by their handlers, physical and / or interdimensional, and so pass on that same paradigm. Hence the massive propagation of fear as the ultimate controlling signal.

It’s the implanted and socially engineered parasitic mindset, be it archontic, wetiko or some other transdimensional explanation of this energetic vampirism. The dynamic is there and it’s designed to disempower and control through intimidation, fear and ignorance of the truth. What are they afraid of ultimately? What is it they are trying to suppress? Because underlying this is the empowering reality that we can break from that cycle at any time; first by identifying what is going on and then by making the necessary changes in our thinking, behavior and attitudes while continuing to grow in manifestation of the infinite divine expression within each of us.

But whatever you do, don’t support it by participating in it. Elections are a perfect example. They’re rigged and a total distraction. Just look at the strife they engender, dividing up the populace in yet another way in their effort to divide and conquer. It’s time people fully woke up to what’s really going on and how they’re energy is being siphoned off. Appealing to a hierarchy that shouldn’t be in the first place only reinforces its grip, and is a form of voluntary selfsubjugation. It’s eons old and evidenced not just in politics but religion, learning institutions, scientism, medicine and the entire corporate and monetary state model. It’s time to get conscious and disengage. Their entire manufactured structure many call the matrix will crumble. It’s the people who fall for the charade that support it. But first people need to see the extent of the lie, as well as discover their own power of spiritual sovereignty.

Taking The Stand What invariably happens to a sincere truth seeker is a change of lifestyle. It usually happens in increments. It becomes obvious to have the least entanglement possible with any of the world’s systems. They’re essentially toxic and woefully binding, hindering our very being from being truly free in a whole range of ways. It may mean to change jobs or careers, so called. It may mean, and usually does, finding some creative outlet where this conscious awareness can manifest via our imagination. It also means disengaging from any compromises we can, be it banking or credit card enslavement, poor eating and living habits, choosing the right people to engage with and leaving others and unfruitful relationships behind.

It’s profound, but only goes as far as we’re willing to go. As these changes progress more and more becomes completely obvious. You are not your name, therefore any legal attachments to your paper identity are essentially fraudulent or fundamentally ensnaring. The entire legal and political system becomes almost embarrassingly stupid and obviously built for control purposes. Therefore, you strive to get free. Only not striving in their sense, fighting the very thing that only seeks affirmation by our unconscious response to it, but by sidestepping the entire matrix. If we think we can combat or dissipate their fabricated low vibrational world on their level we’ve already lost, and will only recreate another system with the same low vibrational construct in some form. It just doesn’t work that way.

Be Practical, But Stay Spiritual I’m all for activism, but it needs to be wisely targeted. When it builds community and most of all awareness it’s good, whatever it is. There are definitely times to lay ourselves on the line when it comes to the encroaching machine. There’s clearly a war on against humanity, one major thing that will become apparent to the seeker, and we cannot lay down and just take it, just as you wouldn’t let the state come in and take your children, never mind vaccinate them or some other such barbaric practice.

The most powerful and impactful effect any of us can have is being who we truly are. To what degree we’re willing to manifest our true self is the challenge we all face, including the apparent nuts and bolts on how we do that in a practical way, one step at a time as we continually raise our levels of consciousness. Essentially it’s not complicated at all. Being honest, lovingly forthright and sovereign comes naturally to the soul. It’s the rest of our convoluted, conditioned and reflexive self that needs to snap out of the hypnosis and catch up. Changing our personal environment is a big start. Cut away the hindrances to where you can gather some momentum in manifesting your integral, honest and authentic self. Drop the downers and energy vampires out of your life. You’re not helping them by continuing on as just another compromised gnome to appease and avoid confrontation.

That’s the matrix working through our horrific psycho-social programming to hold us back at as low of a frequency as possible – and to NOT venture out into our full-on freedom but stay firmly in the yoke of their parasitic grip. There’s plenty of motivation to do this for anyone even half awake. The exterior world of the system is closing down at a frantic pace, and your life, mine, and those of our loved ones and the many wonderful people worldwide as well as the life of our very planet are at stake. It may mean doing more to expose the establishment and what’s behind it in a meaningful, awareness-generating and community building way. Whatever we do or refrain from doing, one cannot keep on business as usual once you’ve woken up, that’s for sure. Whatever path you take, let it be a conscious one, done wisely and circumspectly. There are so many factors and each of us is our own unique expression of Universe and we need to honor that. But respond we must to the call of consciousness.

It’s not airy fairy, it’s not a religious retreat, it’s not some state of blissful ignoring of our circumstances. It’s being fully alive in the eternal here and now. We are communicating in very human bodies with very real restrictions and limitations as well as needs and desires. But at the same time we are primarily and first and foremost spiritual beings inhabiting these incredible bio-machines. It may appear to be a conundrum but it’s not. It’s what it is, and we need to have that reality check in full and take on our responsibilities with courage and determination. Not judging by what’s going on around us and the actions of others or any kind of social or even alternative norm. But expressing our uniqueness, as living examples of authenticity and freedom in everything we do. We are sovereign, in the very essence of the word. Now we need to operate from that all permeating knowing. Everything else will become clear.

"The only way to deal with an unfree world is to become so absolutely free that your very existence is an act of rebellion.” - Albert Camus

Study Says Human Sacrifices Were Used To Exert Control By Elite May 30 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview

According to a new study, sacrifices, purported to be of divine sanction, were used to control lower classes by elites. The fear of God and the supernatural was used to beat the lower classes into submission and prevent their resurgence.

The study by researchers from the University of Auckland’s School of Psychology, the Max Planck Institute for the Science of human History in Germany and Victoria University, wanted to know how social stratification was linked to human sacrifice. They focussed on 93 ‘Austronesian’ cultures for their study. The practice of human sacrifice was widespread throughout Austronesian cultures and was prevalent in 40 out of 93 cultures included in the study. Early Austronesian people are thought to have originated in Taiwan. They eventually moved south and settled almost across half the globe. They spread west to Madagascar, east to Rapa Nui (Easter Island) and south to the Pacific Islands and New Zealand.

Professor Russell Gray, a co-author of the study, notes that:

"Human sacrifice provided a particularly effective means of social control because it provided a supernatural justification for punishment. Rulers, such as priests and chiefs, were often believed to be descended from gods and ritual human sacrifice was the ultimate demonstration of their power.”

Ritualistic killings were carried out to punish those who dared to step out of conventions. Such killings were however encouraged so that the elite class could dictate rules suited to them and ensure that none violated those norms.

“By using human sacrifice to punish taboo violations, demoralize the underclass and instil fear of social elites, power elites were able to maintain and build social control,” lead study author Joseph Watts stated in a press release.

Ritualistic sacrifices were never humane and included barbaric methods to take life. Drowning, burning, strangulation, weapons induced death etc were used to inflict pain and fear. The idea of such public sacrifices were to ensure that the display of the killings also instilled fear in people and served as a warning to them to obey what ‘God’ had asked people to do through their proxies, the elites. The system became self perpetuating because the elite wanted to maintain their clout and prevent social equality and justice.

The researchers said that the findings also explain how modern societies were formed. The fear of religious edicts drove the first principles of morality and cooperation that later developed in modern societies. Religious rituals also played a significant role in the evolution of modern societies, the study said.

Scientific American Writer Exposes The Tribal Cultist Arrogance And Dogmatic Lunacy Of Science 'Skeptics' May 29 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Today I'm tipping my hat to John Horgan, a blogger who writes for Scientific American, for his extraordinary article entitled Dear "Skeptics," Bash Homeopathy and Bigfoot Less, Mammograms and War More.

In his article, Horgan rightly points out that today's so-called "science skeptics" are little more than dogmatic tribal cultists (my words, not Horgan's) who celebrate "skeptical" thinking concerning their selected philosophical targets while vehemently denying anyone's right to question their own beliefs on things like breast cancer screening, vaccine safety, global warming and genetically engineered foods. As Horgan eloquently explains in his piece, real skeptics are skeptical of everything, not just selected topics that are targeted by the madness of status quo science crowds (i.e. the "cult of scientism").

Real Skepticism Means Questioning Everything... Especially the Status Quo A real skeptic, in other words, would bring critical thinking to all of our science narratives and cultural beliefs, including those that cover the origin of the universe (cosmology), the origin of the human species, the nature of consciousness, the long history of indigenous botanical medicine, the cancer industry and mammography, homeopathy, antidepressant drugs, water filters, the existence of God and everything else imaginable. But far too many of today's infamous "skeptics" (such as Richard Dawkins) are really just cultists who labor under the false banner of "science." And they're offensive to real critical thinkers, it turns out.

"I don’t hang out with people who self-identify as capital-S Skeptics. Or Atheists. Or Rationalists," explains Horgan. "When people like this get together, they become tribal. They pat each other on the back and tell each other how smart they are compared to those outside the tribe. But belonging to a tribe often makes you dumber."

I've seen this myself, on both ends of the medicine spectrum. I've seen insanely stupid pharmacology experts swear that statin drugs are such miraculous chemicals that they should be dripped into the public water supply. But I've also seen "raw foodies" at festivals swearing that their "water vortexer machines" could levitate water in defiance of the laws of gravity. In both cases, my critical thinking alarms go haywire, and I shake my head in disbelief that so many people are so gullible, regardless of their level of academic education or technical mastery of certain subjects.

A highly trained doctor with an IQ of 200 can be just as functionally stupid as a high school dropout, I've observed. In fact, when it comes to medicine and health, many so-called "experts" are so ignorant of reality that they almost seem cognitively retarded.

My Experience as a Food Research Scientist Has Taught Me to Distrust Everything by Default As a food scientist and lab science director of CWC Labs where I conduct food analysis via ICP-MS, LC/MS-TOF and other instruments, I've become even more skeptical of the mainstream natural products industry over the last few years. Take note of the massive scam of commercial almond milk sold in grocery stores. Such products contain almost no almonds at all. Instead, they're thickened with carageenan and made to look milky white by the addition of an inorganic mineral compound called calcium carbonate - ground up rocks! This calcium carbonate, when consumed in large quantities, can cause extreme bone pain, kidney calcification and may even contribute to the calcification of arteries. Yet it's added to a so-called "natural" health product that people are drinking in huge quantities while thinking they're being smart about their health. Truth be told, you'd be far better off drinking raw, unpasteurized cow's milk than commercial almond milk.

I've also seen so much pollution in "natural" products - including toxic heavy metals and alarming quantities of pesticides and herbicides in supposedly "clean" products - that I've reached the point where my own food manufacturing operation now rejects 80% of the raw material lots we test. (See my upcoming book Food Forensics for detailed ICP-MS analysis revealing the heavy metals concentrations in over 800 foods, supplements and spices.) Similarly, I find myself rejecting 80% of the total B.S. science nonsense reported by the scientifically illiterate mainstream media... (and sometimes even the "science" media). I've literally seen seemingly credible reports in the mainstream media that claim the most ludicrous science nonsense, including claims that cars can be "powered" by air and that cell phones can be "powered" by water. The air powered cars stories always neglect to mention that the air must be pressurized by some other energy source; usually coal-generated electricity that's used to power the compressors in the first place. I've also seen the Associated Press falsely report that all mercury has been removed from all vaccines in America (blatantly false), and I've seen the obedient Monsanto-puppet media (i.e. Forbes.com, a propaganda rag steeped in utterly false journalism) report ridiculous claims such as asserting that glyphosate disintegrates quickly in the food supply.

In truth, this cancer-causing weed killer survives food processing and human digestion, showing up in both urine and breast milk, fully intact in its original molecular form. So why is there no skepticism among "skeptics" about the food chain persistence of pesticides? The false diagnosis hoax of mammography? The lunatic quack medicine diagnosis of "psychiatric disorders" that are treated with mind-bending psychiatric drugs? Or even the scientifically proven fact that some children are seriously harmed by certain vaccines, most notably HPV vaccines? As Horgan writes in Scientific American:

"The Science Delusion” is common among Capital-S Skeptics. You don’t apply your skepticism equally. You are extremely critical of belief in God, ghosts, heaven, ESP, astrology, homeopathy and Bigfoot. You also attack disbelief in global warming, vaccines and genetically modified food... Meanwhile, you neglect what I call hard targets. These are dubious and even harmful claims promoted by major scientists and institutions. In the rest of this talk, I’ll give you examples of hard targets from physics, medicine and biology. I’ll wrap up with a rant about war, the hardest target of all."

Real Scientists Reject the Cult of Scientism Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud What Horgan is doing is, dare we say, exercising REAL scientific skepticism. He's refusing to sign up for the "cult of scientism" that all the other closed-minded skeptics obediently follow as their dogmatic mental prison. Horgan understands that legitimate science is a process, not a belief system. "Science" isn't belief in vaccines, GMOs, chemotherapy and global warming. Those are conclusions, not processes.

Real science is a process of discovery; and that process must be subjected to questioning and criticism, or it isn't science at all. Let me repeat that for emphasis: Real science is a PROCESS, not a set of conclusions. Any "scientific" belief system which rejects critical questioning isn't based in real science at all. It's just dogma. This explains why the entire vaccine industry - as it is fraudulently promoted today - isn't scientific at all.

Vaccine propaganda is founded in a dogmatic belief system that demands absolute obedience to political vaccine narratives while rejecting even the slightest questions or criticisms about vaccine ingredients, vaccine safety, vaccine adverse events or vaccine efficacy. For example, merely asking the question of why flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury -- that's over 25,000 times the EPA limit of mercury in drinking water -- earns you widespread ridicule and condemnation. And yet the mercury is still being injected into children. Yet the entire vaccine propaganda establishment rejects even the hint of discussion of mercury in vaccines, pretending it doesn't exist. By the way, how do I know for sure that flu shots still contain over 50,000 ppb mercury? Because I tested flu shots myself via ICP-MS. How accuracy is my testing via ICP-MS? My lab was recently awarded a certificate of excellence for producing extremely accurate results in a blind water contamination proficiency test involving 323 laboratories.

The vaccine establishment, as Natural News readers well know, is practicing delusional thinking masquerading as science. It's just as delusional as so-called "psychic surgeons" who claim to pull diseased liver parts out of a patient's body (which later turn out to be chicken livers, go figure...). Any real skeptic, upon observing the quackery, propaganda and blatant deception of the vaccine industry, would have to conclude that the way vaccines are formulated, approved and promoted today makes a mockery of science.

More "Science" B.S. is Readily Found in the Fields of Physics and Medicine, Too Speaking on the subject of computing and AI systems, Horgan explains;

"The Singularity is an apocalyptic cult, with science substituted for God. When high-status scientists promote flaky ideas like the Singularity and multiverse, they hurt science. They undermine its credibility on issues like global warming."

Of course, Horgan may not yet understand that belief in man-made global warming as the primary cause for rising CO2

levels is also based on a politicized science cult. But that's not even the point. I don't expect other scientists to arrive at the same conclusions I've reached.

What I do expect, however, is that scientists should honor the process of critical scientific thinking. If they honor the process, they will eventually reach the correct conclusions on subjects such as man-made global warming, vaccine safety problems, the total con job of statin drugs and so on. On medicine, Horgan nails it. He gets the fact that today's medical screening system is largely a fraud:

"Over the past half-century, physicians and hospitals have introduced increasingly sophisticated, expensive tests. They assure us that early detection of disease will lead to better health. But tests often do more harm than good. For every woman whose life is extended because a mammogram detected a tumor, up to 33 receive unnecessary treatment, including biopsies, surgery, radiation and chemotherapy. For men diagnosed with prostate cancer after a PSA test, the ratio is 47 to one. Similar data are emerging on colonoscopies and other tests."

He's also right on the mark when it comes to psychiatric drugs and their fraudulent marketing:

"Over the last few decades, American psychiatry has morphed into a marketing branch of Big Pharma. I started critiquing medications for mental illness more than 20 years ago, pointing out that antidepressants like Prozac are scarcely more effective than placebos. In retrospect, my criticism was too mild. Psychiatric drugs help some people in the short term, but over time, in the aggregate, they make people sicker.

He also exposes the total fraud of so-called "gene discoveries" that ridiculously claim genes have been discovered for things like gay-ness or intelligence: Another hard target that needs your attention is behavioral genetics, which seeks the genes that make us tick. I call it gene-whiz science, because the media and the public love it. Over the past several decades, geneticists have announced the discovery of "genes for" virtually every trait or disorder. We’ve had the God gene, gay gene, alcoholism gene, warrior gene, liberal gene, intelligence gene, schizophrenia gene, and on and on. None of these linkages of single genes to complex traits or disorders has been confirmed. None!"

Much of What You'reTold Today Under the Banner of "Science" is Complete Bullshit Horgan has come to the same conclusion that I've reached through a different path: Much of what we are taught today under the banner of "science" is complete bunk. Some of it is sheer hucksterism, and a lot of it qualifies as criminal fraud. Check out my recent video compilation:

The 12 Biggest SCIENCE LIES You've Been Told by Corporations, Government and the Corrupt Media

At the top of that list of science frauds is, of course, vaccines. As I've exhaustively documented here on Natural News, many popular vaccines (flu shots, measles, mumps) simply don't work at all. Shockingly, outright admissions of a complete lack of scientific testing of the efficacy of such vaccines is admitted on their insert sheets.

The Flulaval vaccine insert sheet, for example, admits there are "No controlled trials demonstrating a decrease in influenza" among people being injected with the vaccine.

Similarly, many vaccines are approved by the FDA's only after the regulatory agency reviewed so-called "scientific" studies authored by the vaccine manufacturers themselves -- studies that involved blood samples which were deliberately adulterated by vaccine manufacturers to product fraudulent results. Yet despite these extraordinary admissions of lack of efficacy, vaccine research fraud and the known toxicity of vaccine ingredients (which still include formaldehyde, mercury, aluminum and MSG), the systematic rejection of such evidence by vaccine promoting "science skeptics" borders on the fringe of mental illness. These are not scientists at all... they are con artists and criminals - like Poul Thorsen, a fugitive from justice who was once a CDC researcher - pretending to be scientists. As a real scientist, I've dared to ask 21 questions we're never allowed to ask about vaccines. Such questions are based on reason and rationality. They include commonsense questions such as, "If measles vaccines confer measles immunity, then why do already-vaccinated children have anything to fear from a measles outbreak?"

The government tells us that lead in water is bad, but mercury in vaccines is good...

It is notable that the entire vaccine establishment not only refuses to answer such questions; they consider the mere act of questioning vaccine dogma to be blasphemy. The demand for absolute obedience to the false narratives surrounding vaccines has reached such a fever pitch that anyone can now see it's no longer based in science at all. It is a kind of religious fervor put on by deranged zealots who claim an intellectual monopoly over all things related to vaccines. This phenomenon is, in a very real way, a "scientific dictatorship" - an apt oxymoron to describe today's juxtaposition of conformist demands and so-called "scientific evidence."

Hint: If you aren't allowed to ask questions about the evidence, it isn't evidence at all. It's dogma, plain and simple. Vaccine proponents, as they operate today, are faith-based dogmatists who don't need any legitimate evidence because they BELIEVE in vaccines. Their belief is so strong that it outweighs all evidence contrary to their current beliefs. And in case you didn't notice, what I've just described here is a cult, not a science.

Vaccine "Science" is a Massive Con Job The other huge con job found in vaccines is described thusly: Vaccines only "work" on those who don't need them. In other words, when vaccines do work, they do so by initiating an immune response to a weakened virus that's introduced into the body. This response requires an active and complex immune system that's functioning well... the same kind of immune system, in other words, that could ward off an infection of a live virus encountered in the wild. Meanwhile, people who have suppressed immune systems and are therefore extremely vulnerable to infections in the wild also happen to have extremely poor (and sometimes completely nullified) responses to vaccines. They don't build antibodies, in other words, so the vaccines don't work for them (they are non-efficacious).

In order to make vaccines "work" better on those with weakened immune systems, vaccine manufacturers add adjuvant chemicals that are irritants which cause excessive inflammation in the hope of eliciting a stronger immune response. While this may help some people, it also carries a very real risk of causing inflammatory damage to the neurology of some children who receive these vaccines. The results, as borne out by the vaccine adverse events databases and Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, is a growing number of children who are maimed, neurological damaged, put into comas or even killed by vaccines.

The entire "skeptics" cult of modern medicine denies any of this is happening, and that's one reason why the skeptics are

increasingly seen as high-functioning idiots who are possibly vaccine damaged themselves. Zealotous hate-bloggers like Doctor David Gorski - a psychopathic, mentally ill vaccine promoter who also carries out cancer surgery on African-American victims in Detroit - now characterize the skeptics cult, a cabal of mentally deranged lunatics and gay sex fetish seekers like James Randi who was caught on tape soliciting sex from a young man. Richard Dawkins, for his part, is also an anti-consciousness cultist who believes in the irrational dualism that no other humans on this planet are conscious beings other than himself. Everybody else, he claims, is an unconscious biological robot suffering under the illusion of self awareness.

Meet Three Real Scientists We Need to Empower to Ask More Questions of the Scientific Establishment What kind of people do we really need to see more of in the realm of scientific skepticism? People like Rupert Sheldrake, author of Science Set Free. Sheldrake's work is transformative, as it challenges the underlying non-scientific assumptions of modern science. We also need more people like Gilbert Welch, author of Less Medicine, More Health. This book challenges the seven false assumptions of modern medicine.

Another extraordinary scientist who deserves our support is Dr. David Lewis, author of Science for Sale: How the US Government Uses Powerful Corporations and Leading Universities to Support Government Policies, Silence Top Scientists, Jeopardize Our Health, and Protect Corporate Profits. Dr. Lewis was maliciously attacked, discredited and ultimately thrown out of the government-funded scientific establishment for the simple reason that he questioned the safety of toxic biosludge -- recycled human and industrial waste that's sold as "organic fertilizer" to be spread on home gardens, childrens' playgrounds and city parks.

(I am currently investigating biosludge in my laboratory and will have some truly shocking, mind-blowing results to share with everyone this summer... you won't believe what's in this crap...) Check out Dr. Lewis's recent post entitled Inspector General dismantled scientific integrity at EPA. The other thing we need, quite frankly, is independent scientists like myself who are conducting cutting edge, truly independent science, without any financial ties to governments, corporations or academia. My science lab, which has now passed our ISO 17025 accreditation audit, is free to pursue precisely the kind of scientific analysis of food and medicine that is blackballed or censored in the government-funded scientific community. Other scientists would lose their jobs if they pursued the kind of science I'm pursuing on a daily basis with absolute freedom. Notably, this makes me a rare practitioner of real, independent science and a protector of the very kind of independent skepticism and scientific analysis that should be embraced by any system of knowledge that's based on legitimate science. Yet the science I'm conducting is widely considered a threat to the scientific establishment, precisely because I'm willing to analyze vaccines for heavy metals and organic chemicals, for example.

Such research is simply not allowed by the cult of scientism (the vaccine zealots) because they depend on widespread ignorance of vaccine composition to continue parlaying their fraudulent lies about vaccine safety.

I Honor Scientists Who Pursue a Rigorous Process of Critical Thinking... and I Despise Obedient Status Quo Cultists John Horgan might not yet be aware of the full story on vaccines, so he might disagree with me on such conclusions. But that's not the point. I honor Horgan's commitment to asking big questions. In fact, I honor those who vehemently disagree with me as long as they are following a process of authentic inquiry and open-minded skepticism. What I despise is science cultists, dogmatic science propagandists and the worship of the "high priests" of science such as Neil DeGrasse Tyson, who can only be described as a "sciency" sleight-of-mind huckster who has more in common with stage illusionist David Copperfield than, say, Richard Feynman.

Tyson, like Dawkins, is a cultist. He has zero intellectual integrity and has sold out to the tribal dogmatists who spin tall tales of irrational mysticism that currently pass for "accepted science." For my part, I don't claim to have all the answers - no human mind can possibly dare to claim a full understanding of the mysteries of nature (or the mind of God, for that matter). But as a real scientist, I'm willing to skeptically explore the evidence on just about anything. I don't reject entire fields of scientific inquiry merely because they are taboo. It doesn't mean I'm a sucker for silly claims, just that I'm intelligent and humble enough to realize that nature is far more mysterious than any human mind can possibly grasp. And we have much more to learn... many more scientific discoveries to make in the years ahead.

For example, psychic phenomena are often called "paranormal." But what if they are so commonplace that they're actually normal? Why can't we study things like pets somehow anticipating the random arrivals of their owners many minutes in advance? Or mothers having a seemingly intuitive emotional connection to their children even when separated by distance? Why can't we study dream premonition? Consciousness after biological death? Or even the possibility that the brain is a "quantum antenna" that can receive information transmitted from other conscious sources, transmitted by a quantum entanglement mechanism that Einstein described as "spooky action at a distance?" If we are true scientists, we must at least BE CURIOUS about the nature of the universe and the apparent consciousness we seem to experience inside that universe. The minute we lose curiosity and decide we have all the answers, we cease being scientists at all.

At that point, we just become mentally incapacitated dogmatic fools... like Dawkins and Randi, two people whom history will

judge as being not just unwise hucksters, but even for slowing the progress of human knowledge into realms of understanding that are viciously attacked by "skeptics" today. I often wonder just how many people have died needlessly due to the malicious "skepticism" of info-terrorist David Gorski or the Quackwatch propagandist Stephen Barrett. How many cases of cancer could have been prevented or reversed by natural and complementary medicine? How many studies might have been conducted in the pursuit of natural cures if not for the vicious, aggressive assaults on scientific curiosity being waged by "cult of scientism" intellectual bigots?

We'll never know the answer to that question, but at least a few people like John Horgan are willing to start asking some legitimate questions about the false assumptions of "skeptics." Have no doubt that Horgan himself will be maliciously slandered, attacked, defamed, censored and lied about for daring to ask such questions. The one thing today's bullshit scientific establishment cannot tolerate is actual skepticism. It threatens the cultist beliefs of the faithful "scientism" worshippers, you see...

UK Trains Or Arms Half The Countries On Its List Of Human Rights Abusers May 29 2016 | From: Anitmedia

New research has shown the U.K. is providing military training and support to over half the countries named on its own watchlist of human rights abusers. An investigation by Campaign Against Arms Trade (CAAT) and The Independent has revealed U.K. armed forces have trained security and armed forces personnel from 16 of 30 regimes who are on a Foreign Office (FCO) watch list for use of torture and violence.

The FCO publishes an annual report on Human Rights and Democracy that lists countries of “wide-ranging concern.” While it is no secret the interests of the military-industrial complex come before human rights, information obtained from the Ministry of Defence could arguably be satire if it weren’t so appalling. The discovery that British soldiers have trained armed forces in over half the countries on its own human rights watchlist warrants an even slower hand clap than Tony Blair’s admission, weeks ahead of the Chilcot Inquiry, that his understanding of the Middle East “is a lot deeper today” than when he was Prime Minister.

Despite horrific human rights records, the “countries of concern” benefiting from support from the British war machine are listed as Afghanistan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Burma, Burundi, China, Colombia, Egypt, Iraq, Libya, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, Yemen, and Zimbabwe. Andrew Smith from CAAT said Britain should not be colluding with countries it knows are led by authoritarian regimes, adding that the U.K. army has provided training to some of the most authoritarian states in the world. Further, evidence of the U.K government’s support for violations of international humanitarian law by Saudi forces in Yemen came to light through a British-made cluster bomb found in a Yemeni village. Despite the use of cluster bombs being banned under the Convention on Cluster Munitions (to which the U.K. is a State Party) the unexploded munition was discovered by Amnesty International during the inspection of a village in northern Yemen.

Originally manufactured in the 1970s, the weapon contains 147 “bomblets” that scatter across a wide area and often do not detonate until disturbed at a later date. The U.K. is thought to have sold large numbers of cluster munitions to Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) since the 1980s. Even if the weapons were sold before Britain became a signatory to the Convention, Britain should take responsibility for weapons previously supplied. Better still, the country should honour its claim to have one of the most robust arms export controls in the world - and at least attempt to rein in the industry profiting from death and destruction all over the world.

The Rockefeller Foundations' 100 Resilient Cities Announces Hundredth Member, But 'Work Is Only Just Beginning' May 27 2016 | From: TheGuardian

Washington and Seattle, Nairobi and Lagos, Manchester and Belfast are all included in the final list of member cities as 100RC programme reveals it has had more than 1,000 applications since 2013

Buenos Aires, Argentina

Less than three years after its launch, the Rockefeller Foundation’s 100 Resilient Cities programme has reached a notable landmark, with the announcement of its third and final tranche of members – taking this global initiative up to its full quota of 100 cities. Related: 100 Resilient Cities - Funded By The Rockefeller Foundation With fast-growing megacities such as Lagos, Jakarta, Seoul and Nairobi among the 37 revealed today in a joint launch in the Kenyan capital and Washington DC, the multimillion dollar programme looks to be tackling the most ambitious and difficult aspects of “building resilience” (a phrase describing the process of discovering how multiple shocks and stresses are interlinked and related).

"Incorporating resilience planning and principles not only prepares cities for disasters and long-term threats,” says Judith Rodin, president of the Rockefeller Foundation, which also supports Guardian Cities. “It also improves everyday living standards for all members of an urban community.”

A further eight American cities have joined the list today, including Washington DC, Seattle, Atlanta and Honolulu, meaning that, in all, one quarter of the 100 Resilient Cities are from the US. Three more Canadian cities – Vancouver, Toronto and Calgary – join Montreal in what has been a deliberate attempt to create mutually beneficial “hubs of experience” in certain countries around the world.

Belfast, Northern Ireland

“In this third cohort, we largely went deeper in existing places rather than to new places,” explains Michael Berkowitz, the president of the 100RC programme. In the United Kingdom, we have Manchester and Belfast joining Glasgow, Bristol, London – now that’s a real cohort. And now we’re talking to the prime minister’s office about how we might use the momentum that’s created to spread the programme further [within the UK]. Similarly, two more cities in Mexico – Colima and Guadalajara (Metro) – take its total quota to four (after Mexico City and Juárez), while Africa now boasts 10 cities in all, with Addis Ababa, Cape Town, Luxor and Paynesville in Liberia also being named today.

Colima, Mexico

Speaking at a launch event in Nairobi, Cyvette Gibson, the mayor of Paynesville, described his city’s “significant challenges”. “Like many cities in Liberia that experienced rapid urbanisation after the civil conflict in the country, we grapple with issues such as high unemployment and scarcity of opportunity,” he said. “We also struggle to provide key services such as healthcare and education. This partnership will help us build resiliency and learn from other cities in the network to offer better services to our people.”

A Different Way What comes over strongly from talking to Berkowitz is just how seriously the process is taken on all sides. He describes what he calls “whites-of-the-eyes” meetings, when the 100RC team have one final, cards-on-the-table discussion with a city’s governor or mayor before the decision to include, or not, is made.

"The moment just before cities are selected is probably the time you have most attention from a governor or mayor,” Berkowitz says, “so using that moment to have a frank, honest discussion of what this process really entails is crucial. Being able to poke your finger in the chest of a mayor or chief executive and say, ‘You’re thinking about this in the wrong way, why not look at it a different way?’ has proved very useful …”

For every city that has made it on to the final list, many more have been rejected during the assessment process. Since 2013, 100RC says it has received more than 1,000 applications to join the network, including 325 during this third round of appraisals.

Panama city, Panama

For those cities now on board, the first key target is to identify and appoint a “chief resilience officer” (CRO) from within the city, whose salary will typically then be funded by the programme for two years. Thus far, more than 50 CROs have been appointed – but what’s their role in a nutshell?

"Cities, particularly the larger megacities, spend their whole day fighting fire,” Berkowitz says. “The idea of the CRO is to be the one person or office who has the luxury to think a little bit more strategically. We see the CRO as an integrator, that’s their explicit role.”

The next step is to create a “resilience strategy”; a blueprint for how the city plans to move to a more integrated, coherent way of tackling both sudden shocks and long-term urban pressures. To date, a dozen of the first two tranches of member cities have published theirs, from New York and New Orleans to the small Danish port city of Vejle.

Cape Town, South Africa

"What the CRO and the resilience strategy both try to do is say: ‘Here’s the things that are priorities to us, and here’s how we can integrate this stuff,’” Berkowitz explains. “And in the process, we’re also seeing our CROs becoming magnets for other work that’s going on in their city.”

Berkowitz, who has previously worked in New York City’s Office of Emergency Management, is disarmingly realistic about what the 100RC programme has achieved to date, saying that today’s announcement “feels like the work is only just beginning”. (He’s certainly kept busy by it: after our meeting in London, he was straight off to Rotterdam for the launch of its resilience strategy, then on to Lagos, and then to Nairobi for one half of today’s launch.)

Montevideo, Uruguay

"The ultimate change we’re trying to see in cities – more cohesive communities, better infrastructure, more integrated planning, better mobility – these are things that happen over a generation, not just a couple of years. So one of the questions we’re asking now is how do you keep partnering with cities over an entire generation? Not just to 2020 but 2030, because that’s when we’ll see the kinds of change we’re really looking for.”

But three years and countless airmiles on from 100RC’s inception, Berkowitz says he is more convinced than ever that the programme can have a profound effect on its own – and other – cities, over the longer term at least.

Minneapolis, US

"This agenda is blowing up all the time. Cities are the most important thing of our generation – they’re both our biggest risk and our greatest hope for solving all the big challenges of the world: sectarian conflict, climate threats, migration, cyber-security and so on. We are trying to ignite a revolution in the way cities view their risks and opportunities – but not only in the 100 member cities. By some accounts there are 10,000 cities in the world, and if cities are going to save the world, we can’t have 10,000 bespoke solutions. We’re using our 100 member cities as a first step – but ultimately we need to get all cities to understand that their differences are not that different. They need to come together.”

Related: The 37 new resilient cities in full

Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic May 26 2016 | From: DailyMail

Hollywood's Savile scandal: Elijah Wood says Tinseltown is masking a child sex epidemic in its 'seedy' underbelly full of predatory 'vipers'

Shocking allegations that top Hollywood figures have been protecting child abusers have circulated widely in recent years. Elijah Wood, 35, claims young actors are being abused in Hollywood and he compares it to the infamous Jimmy Savile scandal in Britain. Related: There is Darkness in the Underbelly Several industry figures have been convicted following claims of sex abuse and former child actors - including The Goonies actor Corey Feldman, 44 - claimed he was 'surrounded' by molesters when he was a teenager. Anne Henry, co-founder of Bizparentz - a group to help young actors - said that Tinseltown is currently sheltering around '100 active abusers'. Wood, who stars in his new film The Trust, sympathised with Savile's victims and said it much have been 'devastating'. He told The Sunday Times that his mother had protected him from abuse when he first arrived in Hollywood aged eight. But he said:

"Ive been led down dark paths to realise that these things are probably still happening."

The actor, who played Frodo Baggins in Lord of the Rings, believes that other actors remain in danger. He added:

"If you're innocent, you have very little knowledge of the world and you want to succeed. People with parasitic interests will see you as their prey. What upsets me about these situations is that the victims can't speak as loudly as the people in power."

Henry believes that around three quarters of child actors that 'went off the rails' later in their life had been abused in Hollywood. She said:

"This problem has been endemic in Hollywood for a long time and it's finally coming to light. Very bad people are still working here, protected by their friends."

In the last 10 years, several wealthy and significant people involved in the industry have been convicted. Some have left prison and returned to Hollywood and continued to work with children.

Wood, who now knows he was lucky to avoid being abused, compared the allegations in Hollywood to the claims linked to Savile following his death in October 2011. Wood said:

"You all grew up with Savile - Jesus, it must have been devastating. Clearly something major was going on in Hollywood. It was all organised. There are a lot of vipers in this industry. There is a darkness in the underbelly - if you can imagine it, it's probably happened."

Feldman, who was one of the biggest child stars in the 1980s, was abused when he was a young actor. He said:

"The No 1 problem in Hollywood was and is - and always will be - paedophilia."

Other child actors were reportedly told by adults that it was perfectly normal for older men and younger boys in the industry to have sexual relations.

Corey Haim and Corey Feldman

Feldman told a British tabloid four years ago:

"When I was 14 and 15, things were happening to me. These older men were leching around me like vultures."

He went on to suffer with alcoholism, mental health problems and became addicted to drugs. His friend, Corey Haim, another child actor, died of pnemonia aged 38 in 2010. Feldman claims a 'Hollywood mogul' is to blame for his friend's death. He said abusers are still working and are some of the richest and most powerful people in the business. It was also claimed that a number of pool parties were held in Los Angeles during the late 1990s - primarily hosted by millionaire businessman Marc Collins-Rector. At these parties, Collins-Rector and other men are said to have sexually assaulted teenage boys, according to lawsuits filed in 2000 and 2014.

Saudi Press: The United States Blew Up World Trade Center To Create ‘War On Terror’ May 25 2016 | From: Breitbart

This is happening in real time. Last week the US Senate voted to allow the Saudi's to be sued for 9/11. Now we have Saudia Arabia coming out and saying the US alone created 9/11. Cabal infighting escalating?

The Saudi press is still furious over the U.S. Senate’s unanimous vote approving a bill that allows the families of 9/11 victims to sue Saudi Arabia. This time, the London-based Al-Hayat daily has claimed that the U.S. planned the attacks on the World Trade Center in order to create a global war on terror. Related: Hyping of Saudi role in 9/11 a diversionary tactic by U.S. and Israel The article, written by Saudi legal expert Katib al-Shammari and translated by MEMRI, claims that American threats to expose documents that prove Saudi involvement in the attacks are part of a long-standing U.S. policy that he calls “victory by means of archives.” Al-Shammari claims that the U.S. chooses to keep some cards close to its chest in order to use them at a later date. One example is choosing not to invade Iraq in the 1990s and keeping its leader, Saddam Hussein, alive to use as “a bargaining chip” against other Gulf States. Only once Shi’ism threatened to sweep the region did America act to get rid of Hussein “since they no longer saw him as an ace up their sleeve.”

[Comment: This is not to say that 9/11 was solely a machination of the United States Government. The Saudi's were involved - but it was not them alone of course. Israel and it's Mossad were also involved. Ultimately, it was not so much an effort of particular countries, rather it was driven by the 'Illuminati' NWO 'Cabal' agenda which operates beyond national boundaries.] He claims that the 9/11 attacks were another such card, enabling the U.S. to blame whoever suited its needs at a particular time; first it blamed Al-Qaeda and the Taliban, then Saddam Hussein’s regime in Iraq, and now Saudi Arabia.

“September 11 is one of winning cards in the American archives, because all the wise people in the world who are experts on American policy and who analyze the images and the videos [of 9/11] agree unanimously that what happened in the [Twin] Towers was a purely American action, planned and carried out within the U.S. Proof of this is the sequence of continuous explosions that dramatically ripped through both buildings … Expert structural engineers demolished them with explosives, while the planes crashing [into them] only gave the green light for the detonation – they were not the reason for the collapse. But the U.S. still spreads blame in all directions."

Related: Saudi Press Just Accused US Govt of Blowing Up World Trade Centers as Pretext to Perpetual War The intention of the attacks, writes al-Shammari in his conspiracy article, was to create “an obscure enemy – terrorism – which became what American presidents blamed for all their mistakes” and that would provide justification for any “dirty operation” in other countries. The terror label was applied to Muslims even though it was Muslims who helped America defeat the Soviets and bring an end to the Cold War, he writes. The problem, asserts al-Shammari, is that the U.S. must always find a new impetus to have an adversary, for “the nature of the U.S. is that it cannot exist without an enemy.” Al-Shammari’s article comes amid a torrent of vociferous articles in the Saudi press that range from accusing the U.S. of being “schizophrenic” and in cahoots with Iran to publishing warnings that if passed, the “Satanic” bill would “open the gates of hell.”

David Rockefeller Gloats About 9/11 in 1967

Related Articles: WTC cameras, locks, electricity turned off weekend before 9/11 Fourteen Incredible Facts About 9/11 CIA Threatens 9/11 Researchers Who Discover Explosive Evidence 9/11 - Mission Accomplished Trump: Bush Had “Advanced Notice” of 9/11 What Happened on the Planes on September 11, 2001? The 9/11 Commission “Script” Was Fabricated Incontrovertible

The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction May 25 2016 | From: Sott

To a medical researcher, the word addiction has a specific biological meaning. But in common vernacular, it means approximately this: The state of being enslaved to a habit or practice or to something that is psychologically or physically habit-forming, such as narcotics, to such an extent that its cessation causes severe trauma.

Based on this definition some religious experiences seem a lot like addictions - at least that's what former believers say. Blogger Sandra Kee, a self-described "Christian Heretic," looks back at her family history and sees religion and addiction as a messy tangle: "My family for several generations was in a dysfunctional and addictive religious life, using God (or what we

believed about God) as a drug. Many of the family who left religion simply traded for another addiction. The generations that entered into religion did so to escape alcoholism and other addictions (though it wasn't called addiction back then). Many who remained in religion developed additional addictions as well." Former Mormon Brandon Olson is even more emphatic:

"Karl Marx said it right, 'Religion is the opiate of the masses.' I'm still recovering from it. Part of my recovery is helping others get free," says Olson. "I quit believing in a god when I was a teenager, but I was afraid of hell / damnation until I was about 35. It took me until I was 40 to speak up and revoke my LDS cult membership. I am now 50, and I consider religion to be an imposed addiction - no different than holding a baby and shooting it up with small doses of heroin, increasing the doses as the baby grows."

In recent decades, the idea of recovery from religion has taken root. Recovery websites provide platforms for sharing stories, like exChristian.net, or offer support and help, like RecoveringfromReligion.org. Many draw on the language and strategies of other recovery programs.

Important Note: Addiction to religion is non-denominational. It happens in all religions, and it manifests ranging from obsession to extremism. It has been widely noted that religion has long been used as a way to control the masses - to divide and conquer, causing squabbling and wars. Religion dictates that a persons connection with God / the Universe / Source / the Creator (the label doesn't matter) must be administered by a 3rd party and utilising a place of worship for point of focus. A spiritual outlook reveals that we all have that connection innately within us and that we do not require any intermediary nor any constrictive (often misinterpreted) belief system.

Related: How It Was Employed As A Control System To Divide & Conquer

Even within Christianity, some people use 12-Step language to talk about religious addiction or what a newly-released book calls Sober Spirituality. Author Elizabeth Esther describes how church experiences produce a "high":

"There's the ubiquitous mood lighting so that you can only see what's meant to be seen... Loud music ensures you hear only what is meant to be heard... Several high-energy warm-up acts make you feel only what you're supposed to feel... By the time the featured attraction steps on stage... you're so amped up you'll hand over your body, soul, and wallet. It doesn't even occur to you that this might be destructive, because feeling elated is the desired outcome."

The result, says Esther, can be a destructive quest for righteous euphoria. Father Leo Booth similarly uses the language of Alcoholics Anonymous in his book, When God Becomes a Drug, which promises readers "practical ways to overcome excessive devotion and attain healthy spirituality."

Addiction Symptoms

When does spirituality start looking like addiction? On the internet, checklists abound (for example, here,here, and here) and include symptoms that would sound familiar to any addict or Al Anon member.

Here are some Highlights: Do you use religion to avoid social and emotional problems? Are you preoccupied with religion to the point of neglecting work? Would people who know you describe your religiosity as extreme or obsessive? Does your commitment to a religious leader or institution take precedence over your children or other family relationships? Does religion isolate you from outside friends and activities? Do you use religion as an excuse when you are abusive to friends or family members? Are your religious contributions financially imprudent? Do you feel irritated and act defensive when someone questions your religion?

Broader Mental Health Questions But religious addiction checklists and other self-help materials often also include symptoms that, while psychologically unhealthy, may have little to do with diagnosing addiction.

Do you use guilt to beat up yourself or others?

Do you think of sex as shameful or dirty? Do you use religion to manipulate or exploit others? Does your religion threaten violence against people who believe differently? Are you uncompromising and judgmental, quick to find fault in others or evil in the world? Do you find yourself arguing against scientific evidence to defend your religion? Do you wait for God to fix things in your life or blame your problems on supernatural forces? Do you tell other people "what God wants" or the "right" way to interpret the Bible? Are you preoccupied with sin and the afterlife?

Do you threaten others with divine punishment or otherwise try to control them? Without a doubt, a yes to any of these questions suggests that something is out of whack. Patterns like these can interfere with healthy self-esteem, personal empowerment, work, community service, and loving relationships. They are toxic. That said, a worldview can be toxic without being addictive, which may leave the question of religious addiction murky at best.

Looking back on his years as a Christian, non-theist Tony Debono says,"While I have no desire to return to religion, I definitely miss the highs of religious worship, as well as the friendship and support of the community. Is that more like missing a substance of addiction, or like missing the delirium and strange dreams of a high fever? I'm not sure."

Psycho-Social Benefits? To make matters even more complex, a set of beliefs can be false without being either toxic or addictive, and in some situation false beliefs may even be adaptive. Also, research suggests that participation in some forms of religious community or spiritual practices like meditation may have benefits independent of any truth-value in the community's distinctive claims.

Recognizing this, humanist and atheist groups have begun experimenting with how to create secular churches and humanist assemblies - communities that lack supernatural beliefs but that nonetheless meet regularly to channel wonder, provide mutual support, talk about deep values, and inspire service. These experimental communities are exploring how to keep some of the best of religion without supernaturalism and without the other parts that can lead religion to feel harmful. In the future, secular spiritual communities of this type may ease the transition for people leaving a religion that feels unhealthy or addictive, or that no longer fits for other reasons.

Your Results May Vary The risk of any activity or substance becoming a compulsion depends in part on characteristics of the substance and in part on characteristics of the situation and user. We know, for example, that nicotine is more addictive than marijuana. But for even the most intense pleasures - those that create the highest rates of compulsion - some users retain their capacity for autonomy and balance. Some people can ingest a pleasurable neurotoxin like alcohol or even cocaine in moderation, while others find themselves drawn inexorably toward self-destruction.

The same can be said about pleasurable activities like running or gambling. And the same is likely to be true of powerful religious pleasures - intense feelings of euphoria, transcendence, hope, joy, absolution, security, immortality, certitude, purity, purpose, belonging, or superiority. In the end, the question of whether religion is addictive for you or someone you care about comes back to the definition of addiction itself, which includes words like enslaved, habit, and trauma: Has your religion consumed your life? Is it freely chosen? (Try on the thought of what might happen if you let it go.) What price are you or others around you paying for the good stuff you get? Addiction aside, the bigger question may be whether a specific set of religious beliefs or practices contributes to wellbeing or harm. Human development consultant Marlene Winell describes a pattern she calls religious trauma syndrome, which can be triggered either by experiences within religious communities - especially those that are authoritarian, isolationist and fear based - or as a consequence of leaving. Winell's diagnosis is unofficial, but when she writes on the topic, former believers by the hundreds respond, saying that they see themselves in her words and stories.

A Growing Array of Options Fortunately, for those who find their former religion to be harmful, addictive or otherwise a bad fit, options in most of the world are growing. It has been said that there are as many gods as there are believers, and some people who shake free from one form of religion find themselves at home in another.

But a growing number of former believers, say they are one or another kind of post-religious, and that's ok. There's plenty of downside to all of these differences. As Jon Stewart put it sardonically, "Religion. It's given people hope in a world torn apart by . . . religion." But the upside is this: Anyone able to open their door finds a whole world of possibilities just outside.

Israeli Deal To Open New Powerplant In Kawerau May 24 2016 | From: NewZealandHerald

Kawerau will be home to a new geothermal powerplant following a deal made between the Te Ahi O Maui partnership and an Israeli company, Ormat.

Mighty River Power is holding a media open day at its new Nga Awa Purua Geothermal Power Station. 05 May 2010 The Daily Post Picture by Andrew Warner. NAD 06May10 - GREEN MACHINE: Nga Awa Purua

The Te Ahi O Maui geothermal project is a partnership between Eastland Generation and the Kawerau A8D Ahu Whenua Trust, who are owners of the land on which the plant will be constructed. Ormat is a world-leader in the development and construction of state of the art geothermal power solutions.

Project Manager Ben Gibson said he expected construction to start towards the end of this year with completion likely in 2018. He believed the new plant would deliver in excess of 22 megawatts of electricity. Te Ahi O Maui chairman and Eastland Ground chief executive Matt Todd said he was pleased the project had partnered with Ormat for construction of the powerplant.

“[Ormat] has the necessary skills and knowledge that we can rely on for the successful delivery of the Te Ahi O Maui project."

Trustee for the Kawerau A8D Ahu Whenua Trust and cultural advisor to the project, Tomairangi Fox, said the milestone was significant for his people.

“We've seen the other Ormat plants here in Kawerau and further afield. We liked what we saw and this company's operations and plants fit with our kaupapa," he said.

Colleen Skerrett-White, owner and past-trustee of the A8D Trust, said they had measures in place so Te Ahi O Maui would have minimal impact on the surrounding environment and its people.

“Our standards for environmental care go over and above Regional Council consent conditions. Our project team has worked really hard to ensure the project is executed in an environmentally friendly, sustainable and culturally appropriate way."

Te Ahi O Maui holds resource consent for the take and discharge of 15,000 tonnes per day of geothermal fluid from the Kawerau geothermal reservoir.

"We're Running A F**king Casino" Congressman Admits Washington DC Is A "Sinkhole Of Leeches" May 23 2016 | From: NewYorkPost

An anonymous congressman has dropped a bombshell election-year book that confirms why Americans hate their national government and have rallied to anti-establishment presidential candidates like Donald Trump.

The veteran politician lays bare a rotten and corrupt Congress enslaved by lobbyists and interested only in reelection in an anonymous, 65-page manifesto called “The Confessions of Congressman X.” Related: This US Government Is The Most Corrupt In History

“Like most of my colleagues, I promise my constituents a lot of stuff I can never deliver,” he admits. “But what the hell? It makes them happy hearing it . . . My main job is to keep my job.”

The House member - a Democrat who is either still in Congress or served sometime over the past two decades - says more time is spent fundraising than reading bills and calls Washington a “sinkhole of leeches.” The title of one chapter sums up his view of congressional leaders: “Harry Reid’s a Pompous Ass,” he says of the Senate Democratic leader.

Harry Reid

The book, published by the small Mill City Press, is based on years of transcribed private discussions, which the congressman last November gave editor Robert Atkinson. Senate Majority Leader Harry ReidPhoto: Getty Images Atkinson declined to say whether Congressman X is a current or former House member. X says the cloak of anonymity gave him the freedom to expose secrets, including how the public’s money is wasted.

“We spend money we don’t have and blithely mortgage the future with a wink and a nod. Screw the next generation. It’s about getting credit now, lookin’ good for the upcoming election,” he says.

He said he and his colleagues often lie to try to be all things to all people instead of tackling the nation’s problems.

“I contradict myself all the time, but few people notice,” X says. “One minute I rail against excessive spending and ballooning debt. The next minute I’m demanding more spending on education, health care, unemployment benefits, conservation projects, yadda, yadda, yadda.”

Voters are described as gullible, know-nothing jerks, while the only people who count are the big donors who pour billions of dollars into lobbying.

“Voters are incredibly ignorant. It’s far easier than you think to manipulate a nation of naive, self-absorbed sheep who crave instant gratification . . .,” vents Congressman X.

He says money “corrupts” and House members are “puppets” to lobbyists who bankroll their campaigns.

“Business organizations and unions fork over more than $3 billion a year to those who lobby the federal government. Does that tell you something? We’re operating a f–king casino,” he says.

He describes himself as a “closet moderate” who supports charter schools and tax vouchers to allow poor kids to go to private schools. But students take a back seat to partisan politics.

“Our education’s in the toilet, and all we do is snipe at each other,” he says.

Congress is too polarized and partisan to get anything done, by the congressman’s account.

“There seems to be a complete disintegration of confidence in government. A fear that government is its own special interest,” he says. “America’s on an irreversible decline and no one in Washington seems to care . . . God help us.”

The controversial book set off a guessing game in the political world about the author’s identity. New York sources speculated it’s Rep. Steve Israel (D-LI), a moderate who announced he’s retiring and who has complained about the constant need to fundraise to finance re-election campaigns. But Israel, a novelist, denied that he took pen to paper this time.

“Absolutely not true, never heard of it before. And frankly, now that I’m leaving Congress, if I were to write a book like that, I would put my name on it,” Israel said in a statement.

Natural Health Products Bill: Important Update May 22 2016 | From: NZJournalOfNaturalMedicine

Regular readers of this website will know that the Natural Health and Supplementary Products bill (which was recently re-named the Natural Health Products bill) has been causing significant concern in organisations devoted to protecting health freedom in NZ, including the NZ Health Trust and the Health Freedom NZ Trust.

As we reported recently, a legal opinion about various aspects of the bill has been obtained. You can read more about this here. Related: Effects And Implications For Consumers Of The Natural Health & Supplementary Products Bill The Supplementary Order Paper (or SOP) which is the latest version of the bill may be read by accessing the April 4th update from the Health Freedom NZ Trust here. If you would like to sign the new petition click here. The Natural Health Products bill and has been through two readings and its third (and final)reading could be coming up very soon.

If you would like to write to MPs, as the Health Freedom NZ Trust has recommended, a key message to include in your letter or email is that you would like the current Natural Health Products bill scrapped and replaced with the original model bill developed by David Sloan and the NZ Health Trust. This model bill had wide industry* and consumer support. Information (including email addresses) to help you write to MPs. may be found here. Updates on the health freedom issue are also shared through our new Facebook page. *There is an industry group that supports the Natural Health Products bill as it currently stands (its press release may be read here), however many small businesses are very worried about the potential impact of the regulation on their businesses. Unlike the industry group which has publicly stated its support for the bill, the businesses that oppose the bill are not vocal about their concerns. It would be fair to say that larger, well-established natural health products companies are more likely to favour the current Natural Health Products bill as it stands because the bill would confer a competitive advantage to to companies that are already in the industry and would make it harder for new companies to enter the NZ market place. Larger companies could also gain more market share if smaller companies in the natural health industry were forced out due to inability to meet new compliance costs. Related: Important Message Regarding NZ Natural Health And Supplementary Products Bill

Anonymous Strikes The Heart Of The Empire - Takes Down U.S. Federal Reserve Bank May 21 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

After announcing a global call to arms against the “corrupt global banking cartel,” the hacker collective known as Anonymous, in conjunction with numerous other hacktivist groups, have

taken over 20 central banks offline, including striking at the heart of the Western imperialist empire; the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the Bank of England and the Bank of France.

A press release by Anonymous explained in the intentions behind the operation know as #OpIcarus:

"The banks have been getting away with murder, fraud, conspiracy, war profiteering, money laundering for terrorists and drug cartels, have put millions of people out on the street without food or shelter and have successfully bought all our governments to help keep us silenced. We represent the voice of the voiceless. We are uniting to make a stand. The central banks which were attacked in recent days were attacked to remind people that the biggest threat we face to an open and free society is the banks. The bankers are the problem and #OpIcarus is the solution.”

Operation Icarus was relaunched in conjunction with a video release announcing the beginning of a “30-day campaign against central bank sites across the world.” Since that time, the scope and magnitude of the attacks have increased exponentially, with Anonymous, Ghost Squad Hackers, a number of Sec groups and BannedOffline coordinating attacks - each focusing on separate financial institutions in an effort to maximize the number of targets hit.

Some individuals have expressed reservations about Anonymous attacking the central banking system – thinking that this will in some way impact their individual accounts held in the banks. In an exclusive interview with The Free Thought Project, an Anonymous member explained that this operation is directed solely at the 1%:

"We would just like to make it very clear that all targets of #OpIcarus have been Rothschild and BIS central owned banks. In fact most of the targets so far such as Guernsey, Cyprus, Panama, Jordan, British Virgin Isles, etc are in the top 10 places of tax havens for the elite. No on-line consumer accounts were harmed, no ATM’s were blocked and no personal client data was leaked. This has been a protest against the Central Banks and the 1% - no innocent or poor people were harmed.”

The operation began with an initial attack on the Central Bank of Greece and was quickly followed up with a similar DDoS attack on the Central Bank of Cyprus. Last weekend, hackers reportedly targeted the Central Bank of the Dominican Republic, the Dutch Central Bank, the Central Bank of Maldives, and Guernsey Financial Services Commission, according to the official @OpIcarus Twitter account, which has been taken offline - presumably by Twitter. The National Bank of Panama and the Central Bank of Kenya were also reportedly targeted a day later, according to hacking news publication HackRead.

Additionally, reported Ghost Squad Hacker, s1ege also tweeted about taking the Central Bank of Bosnia-Herzegovina offline and provided a screenshot to verify. The Twitter account @BannedOffline also reported the Central Bank of Mexico had succumbed to a DDoS attack by the hacking collective. The online hacktivist groups have continued to conduct a series of high-powered distributed denial-ofservice (DDoS) attacks, which forced the website of Central Bank of Jordan, Central Bank of South Korea, Bank of Compagnie, Monegasque and the Central Bank of Montenegro offline. On Saturday, hackers conducted a series of 250 Gbps DDoS attacks on the Bank of France, Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, Central Bank of Tunisia, Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago and Philippine National Bank. The recent attack, on Monday morning, took down the Central Bank of Iraq.

In the most high-profile hacks thus far, during OpIcarus, the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the Bank of England and the Bank of France all fell victim to separate cyber attacks.

In an exclusive interview with The Free Thought Project, an Anonymous representative explained:

"OpIcarus in support of Nuit Debout took the bank of France off line throughout the day as we continue to address the corruption of the banking elite. We are acting on behalf of the countless victims and the voiceless as the banking cartels continue their agenda of buying the governments while selling out the people they are supposed to govern. This Op in no way is meant to harm or disrupt the common person and their day-to-day activities. We are you, we may be your neighbors, those you pass in the street and we are the working class. A Filipino hacker within Anonymous was also able to disrupt services in the Philippines as an act of protest against his nation’s corrupt and brutal government. We will not and cannot sit by idly while the banking systems strip man of his dignity.”

Anonymous has released a list of institutions the collective plans to target, which is divided into four sections; websites associated with the U.S. Federal Reserve, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), sites owned by the World Bank, and over 150 sites associated with national banks around the globe.

In two weeks, OpIcarus hackers have hit dozens of financial institutions listed in their online manifesto. Any questions about whether the hacktivists would be able to take out some of the more high-profile institutions seem to have been answered with the recent successful attacks on the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank in Boston, the Bank of France and the Bank of England - the central banks of the U.K. and France. The attack on the Bank of England was unique from the previous attacks, as it reportedly took down the internal email server.

While some have questioned the effectiveness of OpIcarus, senior director at Corero Network Security, Stephanie Weagle told Info Security magazine:

"While the impact on the individual targets of the DDoS attack campaign, ‘OpIcarus’ is unclear; obstructing or eliminating the availability of email servers is significant. In an online world any type of service outage is barely tolerated, especially in the banking industry where transactions and communications are often time-sensitive, and account security is of utmost importance.”

Make no mistake that this operation has already been extremely effective - evolving and growing rapidly. In the world of high finance time is money, and every minute that a bank is forced offline it is losing potential revenue, which in turn hurts the bottom line of those that support the imperial war machine. Thus far, all targeted banks have refused to comment on the damage inflicted by the continuous cyber attacks.

Snowden Feels Journalism No Longer Questions, But Simply Follows The Elite May 20 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview

In a recent interview to the Columbia Journalism Review, former NS contractor, Edward Snowden spoke of the extent to which journalism has shifted from its main focus.

He said that the media is the strongest now, more than ever before, since its existence but now is the time it is the farthest from its goal of serving the people. The relationship between the media and the masses has undergone a lot of change and the media’s ‘capitalistic greed’ is to be blamed for it. Related: Snowden on Destroyed Torture Report: ‘When CIA Destroys Something, It’s Never a Mistake’ The aim is to keep the news flow going and staying ahead of competitors by reporting first, rather than reporting the accurate or the important. He says;

"When the reporting of facts takes a back seat, the media isn’t doing its only job.”

Instead of breaking a good story, competitors write against a story that has been started by a media house. He spoke of the recent case of the Drone Papers in this regard and pointed at the New York Times as the biggest offender. He said;

"You don’t take your child into the dentist thinking it will be the last time you see them alive. You should feel comfortable and safe at the doctor or dentist office – never scared for your child’s life." “The Intercept recently published The Drone Papers, which was an extraordinary act of public service on the part of a whistleblower within the government to get the public information that’s absolutely vital about things that we

should have known more than a decade ago… But the majors – specifically The New York Times – don’t actually run the story, they ignore it completely.”

Related: The Drone Papers

According to Snowden, the media has now drifted far away from its purpose of pointing out what is contrary to the public good to becoming a tool of strengthening the elite and supporting the government. Speaking about the major news outlets in countries like the US, Snowden said; ‘If the government said, “Look, this is secret for a reason, this is classified for a reason,” journalists would leave it at that’. However, he also believes that with so many technological tools at hand, now is the best time to revolt against such monopoly. He says the media could be the strongest check on the hegemony moves of a government or its biggest weapon. Reports of incidents such as the NSA’s blanket spying program called PRISM could deal severe blows to the government. Snowden explains that these changes in the media’s role became more vivid particularly after the 9/11 attacks when the social media emerged as a more powerful form of reporting. However, he warns saying that these trends just hand over more power to new media ‘malicious actors’ to gain control of the ‘media narrative’ in novel ways.

The trouble with these media outlets is, whoever has the loudest voice always wins – irrespective of the accuracy of their statements. He explains saying;

"The director of the FBI can make a false statement or some kind of misleading claim in congressional testimony. I can fact-check and I can say this is inaccurate. Unless some entity with a larger audience, for example, an established institution of journalism, sees that themselves, the value of these sorts of statements is still fairly minimal.”

So what difference did the NSA leaks bring about really? Snowden says it covered the distance between allegation and fact. He says:

"What happened in 2013 is we transformed the public debate from allegation to fact. The distance between allegation and fact, at times, makes all the difference in the world’. "

It did create an impact on the government by making it believe that more transparency could be demanded from it. Staying in exile in Russia, Snowden feels whistle blowing should be the purpose of the media but more important is that people realise they have the right to know what their government is doing.

Dental, Medical And Climate Lies May 19 2016 | From: DrSircus

Anyone alive today that believes we are living in a world of truth, justice and love needs to have their heads examined. We live in a world of lies and half-truths, which are really the same or worse than outright lies, because they confuse the human mind so much.

Selected not elected

As such rare to non-existent are the politicians who do not lie because they have to swim in a sea of lies to get anywhere in politics. Lies cause unmeasurable amounts of human suffering and lead people to early graves. Too often the lies are hidden from view from the vast majority because there are plenty of people in power who know exactly how to deceive the public through manipulation of their collective imaginations. The public media of course is the carrier wave of this manipulation but it is possible to see through the smoke and mirrors if one invests the energy to do so.

It is impossible to break through to a person who has swallowed the manipulations when they are widely shared, because

these kinds of people feel comfortable and surrounded by others who feel the same. Even in cases where individuals have been abducted by extreme groups and have to be kidnapped back by parents, when possible, the reprogramming can be more than difficult. We humans cling to our beliefs no matter what they are.

Big Lies in Dentistry Wrong beliefs kill yet even professionals cling, even when children die for them. For a first example, let us turn to the world of dentistry. I have written before about one of the biggest lies that they entertain that effect the broad public in the countries that put fluoride into the public water systems. It is a broad lie shared by doctors that poisons are good for us. That poison is safe when actually very dangerous, especially to the children who are more sensitive than adults are.

Personally I have always liked and trusted all the dentists I have had, even my uncle who started putting in tons of mercury into my mouth starting at age five. It was not until I was fifty did I learn the dangers of mercury contamination and the insanity of putting a neurotoxic poison inches from the brain, and into vaccines, meaning directly into children’s blood streams. Mercury fillings leak badly through the years causing all kinds of health problems, including cancer, whose cause is not obvious. A recent horror story from the world of dentistry reminded me of the dangers, lies and insanity of dentistry. A 14-month-old baby girl died recently after being put under anesthesia for a dental crown procedure on teeth that had cavities. Daisy Lynn Torres was taken to Austin Children’s Dentistry in North Austin for the "routine" dental procedure, but halfway through the treatment she died. The mother said';

"You don’t take your child into the dentist thinking it will be the last time you see them alive. You should feel comfortable and safe at the doctor or dentist office – never scared for your child’s life."

One has to read the news article and read into it to see the deception. There are two glaring ones. First is that anesthesia is safe when it is extremely dangerous. Moreover, the second is the lack of mention that sugar consumption is the cause of most cavities in children. White sugar is a poison that causes a host of health problems but the first of them shows up in the teeth.

We should pay attention to what the mother said at the end of the news report. She said, “You should feel comfortable and safe at the doctor or dentist office – never scared for your child’s life.” This exposes a broad manipulation in our civilization for the opposite is true. We should always be uncomfortable and always scared for our children’s lives when we take them to a doctor or dentist’s office.

Big Lies in Medicine Doctors kill and maim many more people than dentists do. The biggest lie that I have written about is that vaccines are safe. When a parent takes their child to a pediatrician’s office (to a professional terrorist), they are playing Russian roulette with their child’s life.

My first published book was originally titled Cry of the Heart but I eventually changed that to the Terror of Pediatric Medicine, which I still give away freely. We just recently saw that the CDC has been caught red handed lying about the link between vaccines and autism. And anyone who has even a shrivel of intelligence would understand the equally into huge lie about the safety of injecting mercury into babies and adults alike but that is exactly what we get in the flu vaccine in the United States and in many vaccines administered in the third world. The big lie is that pharmaceuticals are safe when in fact in America alone over 100,000 people a year die for properly prescribed medicines. We could go on all day talking about the different areas of medicine and it is my common assertion that would be better to go to a gas station for one’s health problem than to a doctor’s office. At least at the gas station they know what they are doing.

They know to put gas into the gas tank and oil and water where they belong where doctors are working over quicksand meaning they have no idea of the basic causes of disease (like nutritional deficiencies in basic minerals) and as such they do nothing to address these fundamental issues.

Just one example to mention in this regard is that surgery is safer when doctors administer magnesium before, during and after surgical events. Do doctors administer magnesium? Hell no, they are too caught up in their own lies because their imaginations have been manipulated too.

Global Warming Incredible that the big liars of our times would stoop so low as to lie about the weather. Whom do they think they are kidding when they tell us it has never been warmer? It is spring and we are seeing record cold and snow, even down to near the equator at ten degrees north. “It will feel more like February in places such as New York City, Syracuse and Buffalo, New York; Boston; Burlington, Vermont; and Portland, Maine,” says accuweather.com at the beginning of April. The cold is expected to linger at least through mid-month, giving us temperatures more like single digit highs anywhere between 2, 3 °C (35.6, 37.4 °F) when we’d normally be seeing daytime highs of around 10 °C (50 °F).” Sounds like NOOA and NASA reports of record heat are going out the window.

Global warming mongrels have a serious mental disease that is characterized by deliberately forgetting the most important aspect of all life on earth as well as its weather and that is the existence of the sun, whose output is in a cyclic decline for the next few decades. They are sick just like the vaccinationists who just happen to forget that there are dangerous poisons the pharmaceutical companies put into the vaccines. Time Magazine and the Guardian both have recently published hysterical articles about the deadly serious threat of sea level rising because of ice melting in Antarctica. Unfortunately, for these dishonest media organizations that fact is that Antarctica is gaining not losing ice. According to NASA the Antarctic ice sheet showed a net gain of 112 billion tons of ice a year from 1992 to 2001. That net gain slowed to 82 billion tons of ice per year between 2003 and 2008. In addition, another reminder of how warm it isn’t. A 142-year monthly April record shattered in Concord, New Hampshire. Not just for the day, but for the entire month of April. The temperature on Tuesday morning dipped to a bone-chilling 4 degrees Fahrenheit (-15.6 C). The previous April cold record, 7 F (-13.9 C), had stood since April 1, 1874, during the presidency of Ulysses S. Grant. Syracuse, York, almost tripled its daily snowfall record on April 3rd with 16.8 cm of snow. This far exceeds the 6 cm that fell in 1937. Moreover, it is only the fourth snowfall ever recorded in the month of April for the city.

It has been a brutal spring in both the United States and Russia with hard freezes, record low temperatures, and heavy snowfalls. Farmers are losing crops but our favorite politicians and governmental organizations will not stop getting on the horn about how warm it is.

Conclusion Governments are suiciding the trust people have in them, democracy is becoming a cruel joke in Japan, the United States and Europe. Moreover, the media is showing how dishonest it is and how ready it is to prostitute itself to commercial and government interests. Furthermore, with the financial and economic lies compounding everyone’s problems we are in for a rough ride. Bill Bonner writes;

"We live in a world of sin and sorrow, infected by a fraudulent democracy, Facebook, and a corrupt money system. Wheezing, weak, and weary from the exertion of trying to appear “normal,” the economy staggers on.”

The American Spin On Democracy May 18 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview

Many feel that the American government has for years, overstepped its democratic mandate to secure Americans. It has perpetuated crimes that are purported to be focusing on securing the safety of the citizens.

In his opinion piece, John W Whitehead has suggested that the American government has for years broken all laws of civility for its own narrow ends. It does this by brainwashing Americans and making them feel that the moves of the government are aimed at enhancing the quality of life of Americans. Related: Hyping of Saudi role in 9/11 a diversionary tactic by U.S. and Israel Comment: It is important to clarify that this is not a sleight on the American people, but rather on the Khazarian Nazi-Zionists that had taken over that country. Note: Had. According to the author, the government has a spin operation in place that camouflages the ulterior motives of the government and presents them as legitimate actions of a government which is enthusiastic about the interests of the people. In his book, “Battlefield America: The War on the American People,” the author says that the government has no interest in the people and is pursuing secret programmes for its own betterment or to assuage the concerns of a few who are destined to rule. The author says that the government considers the citizen as cannon fodder and is not worried that its actions could cause untold misery among people. The recent war propaganda, the enhanced security measures that followed and coordinated measures that stifled the freedom of expression of Americans were all aimed at furthering the interest of the government, he claims. He says;

"There is no way the government had our best interests at heart when it passed laws subjecting us to all manner of invasive searches and surveillance, censoring our speech and stifling our expression, rendering us antigovernment extremists for daring to disagree with its dictates, locking us up for criticizing government policies on

social media, encouraging Americans to spy and snitch on their fellow citizens, and allowing government agents to grope, strip, search, taser, shoot and kill us.”

The author also goes on to make serious allegations that successive governments in the US have been conducting secret experiments that have subjected US citizens to miseries that are at par with cruelties inflicted on people in Hitler’s camps. For example, in Alabama, about 600 black people were subjected to syphilis and in California; older prisoners were also subjected to crimes in the name of medical testing aimed at enhancing security or preventing biological attacks. These tests increased even as pharmaceutical companies made profits, which points to a commercial angle to the whole story. At least half the states in the nation used prisoners for probing medical conditions. While some may dismiss these reports as propaganda, there are many analysts who continue to prove that the government has been imposing blocks on privacy and curbs on freedom in the modern world.

While some might argue that even if these acts were confirmed, they were conducted by old US governments and not the new US governments. However, the author claims that there are reports that the government is checking new countries where it can test medicines and drugs on people. The author concludes that while it is shameful that the government, which has ascended to power on the virtues of democracy is doing such nefarious activities, it is even more disdainful that the people are believing the US government and

expecting it to live up to its false promises. He concludes;

"In other words, we are citizens of a government that has dehumanized us and reduced us to little more than faceless numbers, statistics and economic units… What’s in it for the government? Money and power. Or as John Lennon summed it up, “I think we’re being run by maniacs for maniacal ends and I think I’m liable to be put away as insane for expressing that.”

Khazarian Crime Syndicate: The Rotten Society We Live In May 17 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

An Evaluation of Crimes Against Humanity:

Jacob Rothschild lounging with David Rockefeller. Sorry to fuck up your shit boys.

Most of the Khazarian committed crimes over the last centuries are ingrained in humanity and are seen as business as usual. These crimes are so unbelievable deceitful and corrupt why they require additional explanation in waking up everyone, because we all are victim of this grand scale fraud on a daily basis. Related: The Globalist Agenda Frauds that have been set in motion so long ago that nobody even recognise these as crime. The real power in the world is not the elected government that is employed by the people to serve the people, but it is the Illuminati controlled banking world that manipulates every one of us. Politicians supported by party funds, big business contributions, campaign funds, etc. are owned and controlled by these criminals.

They are hired and brainwashed being motivated to support new rules of law that facilitate the Khazarians to penetrate their network into society even deeper, and secure continuation of their fraud.

Their fake money represents priority; keeping revenue short ensures laws are ‘revised’ and the money from the middle class flows to the rich. Contrary real money has to have value of itself, as it is used as exchange for other things of value. This kind of money cannot be manipulated.

Inconceivable Fraud; Inconceivable quantity of fraud has engulfed the world over the last hundreds of years, enacted in particular through the criminal banks and governmental services corporations, with extended tentacles to the farthest reaches of the globe. This vast criminality cannot be defeated by the efforts of one or even thirty nations, as these crimes have been replicated in almost all countries throughout the world with the same results, those must be addressed as a global issue and resolved in favour of the people, because the people have not authorised nor benefited from these criminal activities caused by the Central Banksters and their corporate affiliates.

All people have been victimised along with the rest of the world, by the wrong doings and fiduciary trust fraud on an inconceivable scale. The people of the western world, Japan and Australia have been all but destroyed by the British Controlled Federal United States and their endless warmongering and deceitful deliberate money value manipulations through inflation. Over the last one hundred years alone the US dollar, and mutatis mutandis all other major paper currencies have been devalued by over 98%, as direct result of reckless, criminal, unlawful and fiduciary trust fraud on the part of central banksters and their banking cartels. In order to grasp the enormity of the perpetuated crime and fraud upon all of us, it is important to know that most of it is accomplished through the corporate banks and government services corporations, presented as legalised banking institutions and the so called ‘elected governments’ that instead of serving the people, are simply hired contractors of the British Crown in the City of London.

All these corporations are owned by foreign “Bloodline” families. They are private corporation, most of them franchisees of the privately owned Bank of London located in the City of London, a private Khazarian Mafia nation-state with its own ambassadors and police. The City of London is not part of the UK and doesn’t pay taxes. The Rothschild Banking family used covert maleficent operations to extract illegally enormous amounts of money with which they bought the UK. They expanded their private central banking kingdom, and became the functional head of the Khazarian Mafia, the World’s leading Organised Crime Syndicate. It is known that the RKM private central banking system is international, and functions like an octopus with many tentacles.

The only reason people pay taxes is because the RKM Banksters have transformed each country into their own police state with their “owned” judicial system, and their ability to use their unbridled power of the boot in your face and threatened imprisonment to force compliance. It is of the highest priority to rooting out these criminals and imposters responsible for all of today’s misère the world is in. These banks and governments are all foreign Khazarian controlled corporations, contractors, and agencies that are responsible for the mismanagement of the greatest part of the world.

Royalty is Involved: Her Royal Majesty Elizabeth II and her predecessors with the Lords of the Admiralty, the Lord Mayor of London, and their predecessors have betrayed their Sacred Trust and have been in breach of trust with respect to the corporate Nations Trust for at least over the last 150 years.

Sorry if this bursts anyone's bubble but the supposedly lovely, harmless, perfunctual old woman is in actual fact a viscious bitch that finds it most pleasing that everyone loves her; despite the fact she and her duplicitous, inbred family of criminals have been fucking you over for as long as they have been around. It's an illuminati-type thing that will not make any sense to most, but hey that's what these hapless charlatans do. Not to mention the most hideous posit that they do indeed want 90% of you dead. These people are not "elite" - they are nothing more than common psychopathic criminals.

Comment: The Rothschilds sit above the Windsors in the scheme of things. Matters are becoming unstuck. And oh, how unbecoming. It has come to our attention that a leading member of the Rothschild family noted that it seemed a shame that the family had put so much effort into forming a world only to destroy it. Interesting. Not all is in alignment. And as all western nations are involved in this same fraud scheme, this demonstrates the international conspiracy to control and defraud entire nations. Insomuch the Holy See has declared and strived to build a Global Estate Trust on the Convocation of 1537 that includes all nations within that trust and endeavour to establish Global Jurisdiction and common government services for all nations, with other words the New World order. In fact, this obliges the Holy See to obtain a peaceful resolution and enforce the return of people’s property assets. If the Holy See doesn’t correct and stop this systematic fraud against humanity the Global Estate Trust will also stand in breach of trust.

The Vatican: Actually the Holy See and the Vatican have been instrumental in converting all national governments on the planet into national corporations deceitfully with the same name in capital letters, operating in the international jurisdiction of the sea

and the Roman Curia that made all those fraudulent manipulations a legal fiction.

It now is the unique responsibility of the Holy See and Pope Francis to correct this breach of trust and the mismanagement of the corporate nations, as they in the first place are responsible for their creation.

Debt Fraud: The private Federal Reserve bank, the United States Inc. the United Nations Inc. and their agents and contractors have acted as criminals and these companies should be liquidated with their offending subcontractors and agencies. Because these enterprises have never been authorised by the people to offer us credit or using our assets or private estates for the security of debts of any governmental services corporation whatsoever. They pretend that we the living people are responsible for paying of their debts as they made us deceptively corporations named trust, with the same name in capital letters, to be plundered by the banking cartels, when in fact those that created all this are responsible.

They are merely using deceptively similar names and exercising what appears to be public office for their private benefit. The Federal Reserve and central banks are running the bankrupt incorporated nations as a bankrupt pass-through to purposefully advance vast sums of credit based on people’s assets and their respective earthly nation, and use this fraud scheme in exchange for establishing unseen bonds against us the people, while our property and assets serve as security as part of the overall fraud designed to entrap people’s assets and credit for the benefit of the criminals. For this scheme they literally stole people’s identity by using their names for the creation of companies to claim they own and control each individual person.

Complex Fraud Scheme: They made the fraud scheme complex and long term, hidden by deceptive covers of sham to create lucrative fraud schemes, carried out over decades and even centuries on a mindboggling scale.

The Federal Reserve and central banks unlawfully converted private accounts of millions of people into corporate accounts, technically belonging to corporate contractors simply named after living people, to facilitate the seizure of these accounts that banks unlawfully convert into accounts belonging to the central banks without disclosure, and eventually being converted into ownership of the IMF, all executed without people’s knowledge or consent. Fortunately, the Germans are beginning to understand that their country is not sovereign as it should be, but a corporate vassal state of Washington DC, and that their chancellor Angela Merkel serves those crooks and their financial interests, and not the interests of the Germans.

The Holy See: The abuses of the corporations continue and have reached legendary proportions while still there is no comprehensive statement from the Holy See revealing the fictitious nature of these entities that have been spawned under its auspices and without public denunciation of criminality, and there is no visible undertaking to punish, regulate, or liquidate them.

The Holy See officially has been informed for about a decade of the illegal and immoral actions against humanity and against humanity’s lawful government, which has been on going since the 1800’s, as all these acts have been accomplished by fraud and deceit. All these illegally established corporations must be liquidated without harming the millions of innocents who have been misrepresented and mischaracterised by them as willing contractors. Unfortunately, many people still don’t have a clue what has been done in their names and assets, and never have had the opportunity to respond. It is at the Pope’s discretion that these evil men continue their actions unopposed and each day drag more innocent people into the web as accomplices-after-the-fact and still many others fall victim to this system of lies.

Mortgage Lending: As a matter of fact the bank also unlawfully has converted your “mortgage” and mortgage contract into “negotiable instruments” showing your signature. You may have noticed that nobody representing the bank ever signed any of this type of paperwork. The only signatures appearing are yours. The first thing the bank does beyond stealing your mortgage contract, is qualifying it to be a ‘Promissory Note’, underconditions of deceit and non-disclosure in order to create a conduit loan – not a home loan – between you and unknown investors, usually money markets or institutional investors, and then they place you in default by never transferring “your” mortgage into a Real estate mortgage investment conduit, called REMIC.

This negligence on their part means that “you” are always in default from the moment the paperwork is signed no matter what you do or how much you pay or how timely you are about paying. It also means that they aren’t providing you with a “home loan”, but they also are cheating the institutional investors. The banks play both ends of the loan game. They are cheating you and are cheating the investors and they get away with this because politicians are stupid, corrupt, and most of the time bought. Corrupt politicians and “governmental services corporations” run by banks have sold us out. The bankers make money at our expense. They steal people blind, and enslave them for their profit, and invent legitimacy by buying the judges. So it is time to permanently shut down these banks.

Did You Know? Did you know that your national identity theft has occurred? Did you know that all the mortgages already have been paid off, but these bankster crooks are continuing to bill clients for non-existent debts and to take them to phoney corporate courts and steal their private property and deceive investors on the stock market?

Did you know that they are using private commercial mercenaries paid for with our taxes to steal us blind and instigate wars? This isn’t a matter of politics. This is crime and conflict of interest, pure and simple, committed against humanity. Wake Up folks and let’s get our legitimate world back out of the hands of these criminals!

Promissory Note and Mortgage Contract Fraud: A promissory note is basically an IOU that contains the promise to repay the loan, as well as the terms for repayment. The purpose of the mortgage or deed of trust is to provide security for the loan that is evidenced by a promissory note. It is legitimately proven that banks and lending institutes organised under the same system, never give anything of equitable value in exchange for the Promissory Notes and mortgage contracts that they obtain.

And this relates to debt collectors as well. Under contract law all you have to do is ask them to show you the contract that you signed with them agreeing you are liable to any debt. No contract. No debt. F*ck off. The entire debt collection industry is a SCAM

This demonstrates the basic fraud process; the banks create the credit for they loan out of thin air simply by entering numbers in a ledger and that credit is based on the borrower’s own assets – not the bank’s assets. The bank loans nothing of value of its own! All these institutions act under the same system. As evidenced by jurisprudence from a court case that confirms that banks gave no equitable consideration, and that no valid contract ever existed. This establishes the motive for the bank’s deceit.

They were able to obtain funds equal to the entire amount of the loan from the borrower without his/her knowledge. This enabled the banks to deposit the borrower’s own funds in a bank account and write a check off those funds back to the

borrower, thus creating the illusion that they gave the borrower a loan of the bank’s own assets. For moneylending is this common practice, it’s an on going systematic fraud, committed by the crime syndicate in cooperation with the courts, law enforcement agencies, and magistrates.

5 Most Powerful Families that Control the World:

Farage: The people’s army of bloggers will prevail over anti-democratic but fascist EU

Shocking U.S. Death Chart Reveals Root Cause Of Most Mortality Comes From Prescriptions And Food Chemicals May 17 2016 | From: NaturalNews

With 100,000 deaths and 2 million injuries each year being caused by legal prescription drugs in the United States, and with 1.5 million Americans contracting cancer each year, the pharmaceutical and biotech industries have become far more of a threat of "terrorism" to Americans than any people or other country could be, or have been, to this day.

In fact, just a few years ago, according to a 10-year-long study, accidental overdose deaths in New Mexico caused by prescription drugs increased at a HIGHER RATE than those caused by illegal drugs – heroin and cocaine. That's

disgusting. Related: Antibiotics given to children causes them to become OBESE later in life, research shows Actual poisoning from prescription drugs has RISEN to become the second-largest cause of unintentional deaths in the US, according to the CDC themselves. When did the increase really gain so much momentum? In its Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, researchers found that deaths from prescription drugs nearly doubled in the US from 1999 to 2004. This mortality data was collected from the National Vital Statistics System. On the lighter side, statistics from the U.S. National Poison Data System have revealed, in a 174-page detailed report, that the number of Americans actually killed in 2009 by vitamins, minerals, amino acids or herbal supplements was exactly zero. Yes, you read that correctly... zero.

Well, we were using these "alternative" 'natural' remedies for, oh, I don't know, maybe thousands of years before the pharmaceutical industry came along - were we not?

On top of that, data shows that not even one single death was caused by a dietary supplement in the prior year of 2008. The annual report published in the journal Clinical Toxicology shows zero deaths from taking any of the vitamins A, B, C, D or E. That full report also states zero deaths from any other vitamins.

Deaths in the US from auto wrecks: Nearly 30,000 per year. Deaths from cancer: At least 1.5 million Americans get cancer each year, and more than half die from it. That's 750,000 people dying of a preventable and curable disorder of the cells, including children and babies. Deaths from heart disease: 375,000 people a year in US. Deaths from strokes: 140,000 per year. Deaths from Alzheimer's and Dementia: The sixth leading cause of death that has a grip on five million Americans right now kills one in every three seniors. Deaths from chemotherapy: More patients are dying from associated symptoms of chemotherapy and radiation than the cancer itself. On July 10, 2015, Detroit-area oncologist Farid Fata, M.D., was sentenced to 45 years in prison for administering chemotherapy on healthy patients, some of whom died, and for defrauding Medicare and private insurance companies to the tune of $34 million in filed claims. Fata plead guilty (less than a year ago) to 13 counts of health care fraud, two counts of money laundering and one count of conspiracy involving kickbacks.

More Alarming Statistics Number of people unnecessarily exposed to hospitals? Pushing 9 million a year. Antibiotics improperly prescribed for viral infections? 20 million. Total number of deaths from vaccines and flu shots: Unknown. The CDC will NEVER publish this statistic.

Deaths from consuming GMOs? Unknown, but cancer and Alzheimer's are on the rise. US annual deaths from domestic violence: About 1,300 per year. Now the good news: No deaths from marijuana, hemp seed oil, cannabis (CBD). In late December 2015, the National Center for Health Statistics at the CDC released its yearly statistics revealing overdose death rates from various (legal and illegal) drugs, and the death count from marijuana remained the same as for the year before: exactly zero. Not one single person died from smoking or ingesting marijuana, and no one on record ever has. And there's more good news... Related: Marijuana Could Literally Replace These 5 Prescription Drugs

Total Deaths From Vitamins, Minerals, Amino Acids and Herbs?

Zero Deaths from natural plant-based medicines and supplements is zero, and so now the big question – how many lives have natural remedies SAVED? Who's counting? Can we? What we do know is that deaths from chemical consumption, whether by food, water, personal care products, inhalants, prescriptions or chemotherapy, are on the rise, and with the spread of GMOs, and superbugs in hospitals, and forced vaccination by a pharma-led government, and the majority of food mutated by the biotech cabal of corporations, you simply cannot afford to live in the dark. Get smart, eat clean, take only clean food as medicine, and enjoy longevity.

Rothschild Bank Now Under Criminal Investigation Over Missing $4 Billion In Global Corruption Probe May 16 2016 | From: DCclothesline

Last year the veil of invincibility seemingly came off the secretive Rothschild banking empire, as Baron David de Rothschild and his company the Rothschild Financial Services Group were indicted by French prosecutors for allegedly defrauding British pensioners in a scheme that saw large sums of money embezzled.

Only two months ago, we reported on the Swiss branch of the Edmond de Rothschild Group announcing that they were the target of a French criminal probe “regarding a business relationship managed by a former employee.” Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan Now, the Luxembourg unit of Rothschild banking empire is being investigated by the Luxembourg state prosecutors office — alleged to have sent hundreds of millions of dollars to an account at a bank in Luxembourg that originated from 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB). The fund, 1MBD, was established by Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak in 2009 as a government investment fund. There have been widespread accusations of corruption surrounding Razak after $1 billion dollars in deposits into his personal bank accounts were revealed. The deposits totaled hundreds of millions of dollars more than had previously been exposed by probes into state fund 1MDB, according to the Wall Street Journal.

The Luxembourg investigation stems from an international probe of money that may have flowed from the Malaysian government investment fund, which is at the center of various worldwide corruption probes. According to a report in the WSJ:

"The Luxembourg unit of Edmond de Rothschild Group, a private bank that manages money on behalf of wealthy clients, said it is “cooperating” with an official investigation of money that may have flowed from a Malaysian government investment fund at the center of various world-wide corruption probes… The Luxembourg investigation widens probes of 1MDB already under way by authorities in Switzerland, Malaysia, Singapore, Hong Kong and Abu Dhabi. Swiss authorities said in January that 1MDB-related losses from misappropriation could reach $4 billion. The Luxembourg prosecutor said its case was connected to the investigation in Switzerland. 1MDB was created to invest in local energy and real-estate projects to boost the Malaysian economy. The fund amassed $11 billion in debt which it has struggled to repay. Last July,The Wall Street Journal reported that almost $700 million was transferred to Mr. Najib’s bank accounts via a web of entities, money which investigators believe originated with 1MDB. 1MDB has denied sending money to Mr. Najib’s accounts and denied wrongdoing and said it is cooperating with probes."

“Edmond de Rothschild Europe is actively cooperating in the judicial proceedings,” a spokeswoman for the Edmond de Rothschild Group told the WSJ. The Edmond de Rothschild Group oversees roughly $164 billion in assets, according to Bloomberg. The private bank and asset management firm to the elite was founded by Edmond de Rothschild in Paris in 1953.

Baron Edmond de Rothschild

Edmond’s son Benjamin de Rothschild succeeded his father as head of the group in 1997. Last year, Benjamin appointed his wife, Ariane, chairwoman of the executive committee. The Swiss unit traces its roots to the acquisition of Banque Privee in Geneva in 1965. But the history of the Rothschild banking empire stretches far further back in time. According to The Richest:

"The Rothschild Family as we know it is descended from Mayer Amschel Rothschild, who was born in what is now Frankfurt, Germany. The son of Jewish moneychanger and trader Amschel Moses Rothschild, Mayer Amschel Rothschild was the fourth of 8 children, and went on to establish a huge international banking empire. Through his 5 sons, Mayer Amschel Rothschild expanded his banking business, which was founded in the 1760s, to international areas and, as such, managed to bequeath his huge wealth, unlike many rich members of the Jewish community at the time. Mayer Amschel’s 5 sons were each stationed at one of the major European financial centres, one in Frankfurt, London, Naples, Vienna, and Paris. This passing on of Mayer Amschel’s wealth and business meant that his sons could continue to build on the foundations of their father’s success. In the 19th century the Rothschild Family were at the height of their powers, and were known all around the financial world. Their great fortune and ingenious business minds meant that they carried great power during this time. They utilised this power by affecting some very significant events in human history in order to profit greatly from it. This included backing the British forces with huge sums of money during the Napoleonic Wars (more on that later) and funding Brazil’s claim for independence from Portugal."

The Rothschild banking dynasty is a family line that has been accused of pulling the political strings of many different governments through their control of various economic systems throughout the world.

Historically, there is ample evidence to show that the family has used insider trading to bilk money from both private and public funds. Towards the end of the Napoleonic Wars, in 1813, Nathan Mayer Rothschild saw Napoleon’s war efforts as a threat to his business practices and decided to step in to help defeat the French conqueror. He became the most important financier of the British war effort pouring the equivalent of $900 million dollars in today’s dollars in 1815 alone. The defeat of Napoleon, and subsequent ending of the Napoleonic Wars, which started in 1803 and raged throughout the continent for 12 years before finally coming to an end in 1815.

During the Battle of Waterloo in the Napoleonic wars, Nathan Rothschild was responsible for one of the oldest cases of “insider trading,” which led to the Rothschild family robbing a whole nation blind. When the battle of Waterloo took place in 1815, horse messengers were the fastest method of communicating information. The Rothschild’s took advantage of this by having their own spies on the frontlines of the battle that would then expedite the information to the family faster than the messengers used by the military.

When the British won the battle, Nathan Rothschild, was, of course, the first to know, and he immediately went to the stock exchange and started selling stocks while putting out the rumor that the French had won the war. This created a panic on the floor of the stock exchange and investors all over England began frantically selling their stocks.

With the price of all stocks plummeting Rothschild was able to buy out the whole English market for a fraction of its cost. When word returned that the English had actually been victorious, the value of the market soared, and overnight Nathan Rothschild expanded his family’s wealth and cemented their position as one of the richest, and most influential families in the world. Although the Rothschild family now keeps a very low public profile, they still have significant business operations across a wide spectrum of sectors. While you may not find any one particular Rothschild on the Forbes’ most rich list, the family is estimated to control $1 trillion dollars in assets across the globe, thus having a strong voice across the geopolitical spectrum that many perceive as a hidden hand manipulating events silently from behind a veil of virtual secrecy and silence. Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-10.shtml

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government May 15 2016 | From: TheTelegraph

Voters in Britain's referendum need to understand that the European Union was about building a federal superstate from day one.

As the debate over the forthcoming EU referendum gears up, it would be wise perhaps to remember how Britain was led into membership in the first place. It seems to me that most people have little idea why one of the victors of the Second World War should have become almost desperate to join this "club". That's a shame, because answering that question is key to understanding why the EU has gone so wrong. Most students seem to think that Britain was in dire economic straits, and that the European Economic Community – as it was then called - provided an economic engine which could revitalise our economy. Others seem to believe that after the Second World War Britain needed to recast her geopolitical position away from empire, and towards a more realistic one at the heart of Europe. Neither of these arguments, however, makes any sense at all.

The EEC in the 1960s and 1970s was in no position to regenerate anyone’s economy. It spent most of its meagre resources on agriculture and fisheries and had no means or policies to generate economic growth.

"When we entered the EEC our annual growth rate was a record 7.4 per cent. The present Chancellor would die for such figures"

When growth did happen, it did not come from the EU. From Ludwig Erhard's supply-side reforms in West Germany in 1948 to Thatcher's privatisation of nationalised industry in the Eighties, European growth came from reforms introduced by individual countries which were were copied elsewhere. EU policy has always been either irrelevant or positively detrimental (as was the case with the euro).

Nor did British growth ever really lag behind Europe's. Sometimes it surged ahead. In the 1950s Western Europe had a growth rate of 3.5 per cent; in the 1960s, it was 4.5 per cent. But in 1959, when Harold Macmillan took office, the real annual growth rate of British GDP, according to the Office of National Statistics, was almost 6 per cent. It was again almost 6 per cent when de Gaulle vetoed our first application to join the EEC in 1963. In 1973, when we entered the EEC, our annual national growth rate in real terms was a record 7.4 per cent. The present Chancellor would die for such figures. So the economic basket-case argument doesn’t work. What about geopolitics? What argument in the cold light of hindsight could have been so compelling as to make us kick our Second-World-War Commonwealth allies in the teeth to join a combination of Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, France, Germany and Italy?

Four of these countries held no international weight whatsoever. Germany was occupied and divided. France, meanwhile, had lost one colonial war in Vietnam and another in Algeria. De Gaulle had come to power to save the country from civil war. Most realists must surely have regarded these states as a bunch of losers. De Gaulle, himself a supreme realist, pointed out that Britain had democratic political institutions, world trade links, cheap food from the Commonwealth, and was a global power. Why would it want to enter the EEC?

"Harold Macmillan and his closest advisers were part of an intellectual tradition that saw the salvation of the world in some form of world government."

Harold Macmillan, here with Edward Heath, couldn't get a free-trade deal

The answer is that Harold Macmillan and his closest advisers were part of an intellectual tradition that saw the salvation of the world in some form of world government based on regional federations. He was also a close acquaintance of Jean Monnet, who believed the same. It was therefore Macmillan who became the representative of the European federalist movement in the British cabinet. In a speech in the House of Commons he even advocated a European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC) before the real thing had been announced. He later arranged for a Treaty of Association to be signed between the UK and the ECSC, and it was he who ensured that a British representative was sent to the Brussels negotiations following the Messina Conference, which gave birth to the EEC.

In the late 1950s he pushed negotiations concerning a European Free Trade Association towards membership of the EEC. Then, when General de Gaulle began to turn the EEC into a less federalist body, he took the risk of submitting a full British membership application in the hope of frustrating Gaullist ambitions. His aim, in alliance with US and European proponents of a federalist world order, was to frustrate the emerging FrancoGerman alliance which was seen as one of French and German nationalism.

The French statesman Jean Monnet, (1888 - 1979), who in 1956 was appointed president of the Action Committee for the United States of Europe

Monnet met secretly with Heath and Macmillan on innumerable occasions to facilitate British entry. Indeed, he was informed before the British Parliament of the terms in which the British approach to Europe would be framed. Despite advice from the Lord Chancellor, Lord Kilmuir, that membership would mean the end of British parliamentary sovereignty, Macmillan deliberately misled the House of Commons - and practically everyone else, from Commonwealth statesmen to cabinet colleagues and the public - that merely minor commercial negotiations were involved. He even tried to deceive de Gaulle that he was an anti-federalist and a close friend who would arrange for France, like Britain, to receive Polaris missiles from the Americans. De Gaulle saw completely through him and vetoed the British bid to enter.

de Gaulle

Macmillan left Edward Heath to take matters forward, and Heath, along with Douglas Hurd, arranged - according to the Monnet papers - for the Tory Party to become a (secret) corporate member of Monnet’s Action Committee for a United States of Europe. According to Monnet’s chief aide and biographer, Francois Duchene, both the Labour and Liberal Parties later did the same. Meanwhile the Earl of Gosford, one of Macmillan’s foreign policy ministers in the House of Lords, actually informed the House that the aim of the government’s foreign policy was world government.

"The Anglo-American establishment was now committed to the creation of a federal United States of Europe."

Monnet’s Action Committee was also given financial backing by the CIA and the US State Department. The Anglo-American establishment was now committed to the creation of a federal United States of Europe. Today, this is still the case. Powerful international lobbies are already at work attempting to prove that any return to democratic self-government on the part of Britain will spell doom. American officials have already been primed to state that such a Britain would be excluded from any free trade deal with the USA and that the world needs the TTIP trade treaty which is predicated on the survival of the EU.

Fortunately, Republican candidates in the USA are becoming Eurosceptics and magazines there like The National Interest are publishing the case for Brexit. The international coalition behind Macmillan and Heath will find things a lot more difficult this time round - especially given the obvious difficulties of the Eurozone, the failure of EU migration policy and the lack of any coherent EU security policy. Most importantly, having been fooled once, the British public will be much more difficult to fool again.

Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud? May 15 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Ten years after the release of Al Gore's Inconvenient Truth, none of the film's dire climate change predictions have come to pass.

However, in the decade since the documentary was produced, its creator has raked in millions of dollars from the entire "global warming" scam, and is now poised to become "Our first carbon billionaire." Related: Climatologist Breaks the Silence on Global Warming Groupthink In the 2006 film, Gore made a number of wild claims regarding what we could expect to see happening over the next few years due to global warming, but virtually all of his alarmist prognostications have turned out to be false.

Arctic Didn't Melt, Polar Bears are Thriving For instance, the film predicted that that the Arctic could become ice-free within the next decades, and that polar bears would begin drowning. Both claims were untrue. As reported by Investor's Business Daily:

"In the mid- to late-2000s, Gore repeatedly predicted that an ice-free Arctic Ocean was coming soon. But as usual, his fortune-telling was wrong. By 2014, Arctic ice had grown thicker and covered a greater area than it did when he made his prediction."

And the polar bears?

The Daily Caller reports:

"A new study by Canadian scientists once again debunks the notion polar bears are currently being harmed by global warming. Researchers with Canada's Lakehead University found 'no evidence' polar bears are currently threatened by warming.""

Kilimanjaro's Snow Hasn't Disappeared Another prediction made in the film was that Mt. Kilimanjaro would be snow-free "within the decade." But in fact:

"In 2014, ecologists actually monitoring Kilimanjaro's snowpack found it was not even close to being gone. It may have shrunk a little, but ecologists were confident it would be around for the foreseeable future."

Extreme Weather Has Failed to Materialize Related: Climate Change is Unfaslifiable Woo-Woo Pseudoscience

In Inconvenient Truth, Gore also forecasted that storms would begin occurring more often and at higher intensities. Wrong again, Al:

"Gore's claim is more hype than actual science, since storms aren't more extreme since 2006. In fact, not even findings from the United Nations's Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) support Gore's claim. "The IPCC found in 2013 there 'is limited evidence of changes in extremes associated with other climate variables since the mid-20th century.' The IPCC also found 'no significant observed trends in global tropical cyclone frequency over the past century' and '[n]o robust trends in annual numbers of tropical storms, hurricanes and major hurricanes counts have been identified over the past 100 years in the North Atlantic basin.' "Gore should probably take these findings seriously since he shared the Nobel Prize in 2007 with the IPCC for its work on global warming."

Despite False Claims, Gore Grows Richer from Climate Change Myth Related: The '97% consensus' of scientists on climate change is complete bunk... fraudulent statistic repeated everywhere is based on blatant scientific fraud

Although Gore's claims have been thoroughly debunked by a number of experts, he has been quietly amassing a huge fortune based on the climate change scam. Mad World News reports:

"Gore's wealth went from $700,000 in 2000 to an estimated net worth of $172.5 million by 2015 thanks to his environmentalist activism. Gore and the former chief of Goldman Sachs Asset Management made nearly $218 million in profits between 2008 and 2011 from a carbon trading company they co-founded. By 2008, Gore was able to put a whopping $35 million into hedge funds and other investments."

Gore Accused of Massive Fraud Related: 300 Scientists Want NOAA To Stop Hiding Its Global Warming Data There is a growing consensus that Al Gore has perpetrated a massive fraud against the the public, and many believe that he should be held accountable.

From Conservative Base:

"It has been reported that 30,000 scientists, including a top-tier leader of the science community as well as the founder of The Weather Channel, have come forward to sue Al Gore for fraud. Al Gore has made massive profits in the promotion of the global warming mythology, and he played a key role in getting the 'Cap and Trade' legislation passed. ... "Perhaps this lawsuit will finally give the thousands of 'dissenting' scientists a voice again."

Ten years later, Al Gore needs to finally be exposed for the lies that have made him a very rich man.

MP Nick Smith Hires Lawyer To Silence Child Abuse Ring Rumours May 14 2016 | From: RealNewsNZ

Member of Parliament Nick Smith hired Nelson lawyer Nigel McFadden to serve papers on the man who runs the “Awake and Aware NZ” Facebook page recently.

He was apparently upset about the post below which states that 5 sitting MP’s have name suppression for child abuse, and features a picture of Nick Smith. If you read the full poster, it does not actually say Nick Smith is one of them, it simply highlights the fact that Kiwis do not know which MP’s it is.

Five sitting / current New Zealand Members of Parliament have name suppression for child abuse convictions. Source: WhaleOil The problem is obviously - the public have no idea who.

But is there more to this story? Facebook whistle blower Justin Davis has also stated publicly that Nick Smith is in fact involved in a child abuse ring being operated from his Nelson office. Justin Davis’ allegation is posted below – and is taken from a total of 58 pages of allegations Justin has made about child abuse rings operating across various NZ Crown agencies with the full protection of the NZ police and judiciary.

"Make no mistake the pedophiles have police and CYFS in there pockets. M.P. Nick Smith got a child rape club running right out of his office by a guy called Dan Dolejs, who has links to the most powerful pedophiles in this country. If the head of the wellington hospital emergency department Dr Paul Quigley is getting away with drugging and raping children, which is filmed , what else do you think might be going on ?”

- Justin Davis

It could be noted that Tax Payer Union leader Jordan Williams is also a close friend of Dan Dolejs on Facebook. Justin Davis’ full 58 page transcript of these allegations is available for download below. It is a pdf document so cannot harm your computer. It’s a must read for all good Kiwis. It names many top politicians, doctors, dentists, and powerful businessmen as being involved in kiddie rape rings nationwide – all apparently with the protection of NZ media, police and judges. It even names the Children’s Commissioner Dr Russell Wills as being involved in the cover up of these rings, as well as Sensible Sentencing Trust head, Garth McVicar also covering it up.

Warning: The information provided in the following is illicit and highly distrurbing. It names many wellknown New Zealand people and institutions: You can download a PDF of the raw information claims made by Justin Davis here Please visit Justin Davis on Facebook- add as friend – read his posts – check out his photo album – ask him questions- and show your support- his life is in danger.

It seems astounding doesn’t it? Is it possible that those in the highest positions of power and prestige in our little Nation are in fact pedophiles? Yet if we look over to the UK at the recent Westminster Scandal we in fact see that their Government has been run by pedophiles and pedophile rings, which have operated for at least 40 years with the apparent full protection of the UK Judiciary and power structure. Over 100,000 children have come forward and claimed they were raped (or worse) by British Lords, judges, celebrities and MP’s, and yet there has still not been one arrest. In fact, NZ Judge Lowell Goddard has been put in charge of that “investigation” – which is of course just another cover up. It seems that this is the way that our Governments are controlled, by promoting then bribing and controlling pedophiles into positions of power.

John Key pictured feeling up Ponytails at every opportunity.

Related: On Pony Tails And Cherries On Top Or Why This Is Getting Way Worse For John Key We should make it clear here that we have no hard evidence that Nick Smith or anyone else named in the Justin Davis files are directly involved in NZ pedophile rings – but if you read the document, the level of detail is astounding. It is almost impossible to think it is all made up, in our opinion. Perhaps one clue as to this alleged situation, is to look at the portfolios these MP’s are given to manage. Nick Smith has of course been put in charge of Auckland Housing and we have seen that market destroyed by foreign buyers and immigration since the Key regime came to power, leaving almost an entire generation of Kiwis out of the market.

Smith has been kicked out of parliament because of his screw ups, but as in the case with others such as Judith Collins after a few months in the dog box (or more to the point when the sheeply have forgotten about their past crimes) they get shoe-horned back into parliament! Nick Smith has been fronting that entire scam - possibly one of the biggest scams of any NZ government in history, and Nick Smith is there in front of the cameras making excuses and telling lies day after day. How do you make someone do that? His other portfolio is the Environment, as we have seen our lakes and rivers be destroyed by intensive dairy farming to feed Chinese babies.

Related: River Stance: Water Pollution In New Zealand Again, there is MP Nick Smith on the news telling lies and helping cover up the extent of the damage. How does the shadow government convince someone to make such a complete asshole out of themselves day after day? And could that be related to the allegations above? We have also seen at least one MP stand down suddenly in recent years, in a swirl of allegations, that being Northland MP Mike Sabin. The public were left guessing what that was all about. Then there is PM John Key’s numerous pedophilia gaffs – from pulling little girls ponytails at primary schools up and down the Nation, to making “jokes” about escaped pedophile and murderer Phillip Smith at the G20 meeting in Brazil a couple of years ago. “John Key’s killer pedophile joke disgusts family” . John Key’s own daughter Stephanie Key is now doing soft porn in Paris, which looks very much like a cry for attention and help in our view. Stephanie key - also known as"Cherry Lazar":

This is classic MK Ultra mind control symbolism

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program This is Stephanie Key also:

Nothing like a smattering of Satanism

In our opinion- the question must be asked, are we governed over by an elite group of child sex offenders and perverts who are all being bribed and controlled into taxing us all to fund the Rothschild bank debt we have been laden with in recent years?

Are we indeed Governed by a Global gang of inbred Rothschild pedophiles? Many across the internet seem to agree that we are. just chuck “Rothschild pedophiles” into Youtube and Google and read the evidence all day long.

And hugging Bill Clinton, a serial rapist named in the Epstein pedophile ring court documents. Also Stephanie Key’s “art” or cry for help?)

Related Research and Docos: NZ author Greg Hallett alleges the NZ judiciary is a pedophile movement:

Greg Hallett – NZ a Blackmailers Guide

"The judiciary shows itself to be a paedophile and crime creation movement whose primary goal is fatherless families.”

Brendon O’Connell exposes pedophile Freemasons in the Australian Government and Councils:

Only Half Of Americans Realise Election System Is Rigged + Why Vote When Our Votes Really Don’t Count? May 14 2016 | From: TheDailySheeple / ActivistPost

In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.

According to a Reuters/Ipsos poll, about half of American voters believe that the system U.S. political parties use to pick their candidates for the White House is “rigged” and more than two-thirds want to see the process changed. Only half? One would think that, by now, most (if not all) people would realize that the entire voting system is a sham. From Reuters:

"The United States is one of just a handful of countries that gives regular voters any say in who should make it onto the presidential ballot. But the state-by-state system of primaries, caucuses and conventions is complex. The contests historically were always party events, and while the popular vote has grown in influence since the mid-20th century, the parties still have considerable sway. One quirk of the U.S. system – and the area where the parties get to flex their muscle – is the use of delegates, party members who are assigned to support contenders at their respective conventions, usually based on voting

results. The parties decide how delegates are awarded in each state, with the Republicans and Democrats having different rules. The delegates’ personal opinions can come into play at the party conventions if the race is too close to call – an issue that has become a lightning rod in the current political season. Another complication is that state governments have different rules about whether voters must be registered as party members to participate. In some states, parties further restrict delegate selection to small committees of party elites, as the Republican Party in Colorado did this year.”

In other words: the establishment selects two candidates and “allows” us to choose from them on election day. Same deal everywhere. Do you want the blue party or the red party? Same agenda - different muppets to the fore.

Third-party candidates? Forget about it. The mainstream media largely ignores them. Suggest voting for one, and most Americans will tell you that you are “wasting your vote.” Unfortunately, they aren’t wrong: the elite will never allow a thirdparty non-establishment candidate a real shot at the presidency. In the recent article The System Is Rigged: Widespread Dissatisfaction Among US Voters, The Guardian says:

"The rise of anti-establishment candidates like Sanders and Trump has thrown into sharp relief the mess of rules and processes deliberately designed to keep these candidates from clinching the nomination. For these voters, and the many more across the political spectrum just waking up to the ground rules of the highest-stakes game in the country, the primary races can seem horribly unfair.”

The Guardian also polled Americans to ask what they think about the election system. More than 300 readers responded, and many expressed their misgivings about the way the parties select nominees, describing the modern primary process as “rigged”, “undemocratic,” and a “charade.”

The Manchurian Canditate is an excellent film - if you want to put your thinking cap on, delving into Monarch MK Ultra mind control

Their comments are quite telling:

"Why should the states, the party organizations and the voters go through all the hype, expense and time to have a

primary when the party poobahs make the ultimate decision?” - Don Grafues “Now that we have true grassroots, anti-establishment, populist candidates on both sides [Sanders and Trump], the political machine is in full survival mode to maintain the status quo. Party leaders sense a real and direct threat from both campaigns… and both major parties are going to use every tool they have to block what they feel is a threat to their very existence.” - Chris Ritz “The reason I never voted is because I thought of corruption. I thought maybe I was wrong or unfair, but it’s [the electoral process this year] kind of making me think there’s a lot of corruption and your voice doesn’t count.” - Wendy Kranmer

Earlier this month, RT discussed the rigging of elections with Dr. Ron Paul, who called the system “rotten” and a “charade”:

In the article Illusion of Choice, Bernhard Guenther says:

"…as the saying goes, “the path to hell is paved with good intentions”. In a ponerized society with a corrupt political system, good intention, hope and voting don’t result in positive change, but merely wishful thinking and denial. There are no free elections in this country. There hasn’t been in a long time. The Voting System is a fraud sold to the public to give them the illusion of choice. The same goes for the two-party set-up. Democrats and Republicans. Back and forth. Two sides of the same coin. Despite popular belief we actually don’t live in a democracy anymore. People are so caught up in this left/right tunnel vision that they don’t see how they’re being duped and played with.”

Elections are nonsense. They serve to maintain the illusion that we actually have a say in selecting a new master every four years. Participating in this system gives it validity – voters are giving their permission to keep the current system in place.

Why Vote When Our Votes Really Don’t Count For years I never could understand why people said it was not worth voting and that things were rigged. I found that to be anathema to both my studies and beliefs.

However, the last several general election cycles seem to have impressed upon me and others, apparently, that there may be some validation for such remarks. Personally, I’m a registered Independent! I’m not very impressed with party politics, since Democratic candidates usually are, or have been, Republicans who switched parties, and vice versa. Current political shenanigans only leave me cold since the political agenda ‘de jour’ is about “political correctness” and memes restructuring society into a moral morass, in my opinion, rather than dealing with real issues that are pushing us into a Corporatocracy. But that’s my opinion! One of the more famous political party ‘fence jumpers’ was the late Ronald Reagan, the Republican 40th President of the USA, who started out as a registered Democrat and an FDR’s New Deal supporter in California.

Hillary Clinton - yes - the 2016 Democratic presidential nominee hopeful campaigned for Republican presidential campaigner Richard Nixon, and also worked for Barry Goldwater’s campaign in 1964. Hillary even was elected president of Wellesley College’s Young Republican Club!

Leon Panetta joined the Nixon (R) administration as director of the Office of Civil Rights only later to become Bill Clinton’s (D) White House Chief of Staff!

Condoleezza Rice was a registered Democrat, who voted for Jimmy Carter (D) but switched and became a rather high ranking Republican in the George W Bush (R) administration. Former NYC mayor Michael Bloomberg was a lifelong Democrat, who became the Republican mayor of New York City. The late Senator Arlen Spector represented the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in the U.S. Senate as a Republican from 1981 to 2009, but was a Democrat from 2009 to 2011. Democratic political ‘gadfly’ Senator Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts was a Republican at one time too! Arianna Huffington of The Huffington Post also is a political ‘fence jumper’. Former Secretary of Labor Elizabeth Dole switched from being a Democrat in 1969, and eventually wound up being in Republican president Reagan’s administration and Cabinet. This website lists 21 of the most famous political party switchers of all time. Those who bang political party drums seem not to see the forest for the trees, in my opinion. Party politics infighting and voting party lines really leave me to wonder;

"Can’t anyone think outside the box he or she has pledged their loyalties and surrendered their minds to?”

All the above leads up to this overlooked theme regarding politics, elections, and voting: Party politics rule-making and rigging! A friend recently emailed James Perloff’s Blog wherein Perloff tells the story of what happened to a 2012 alternate delegate at the Republican convention in Tampa, Florida, who was representing candidate Ron Paul. Delegate Rachel McIntosh obviously had a very rude awakening about the dark, stinky underside belly of presidential campaign politics, conventions, and party national committees, which I think you will find equally disturbing after your read about her experiences here.

The upshot of McIntosh’s story is how Ron Paul was ‘railroaded’ at the convention and Mitt Romney wound up being the ‘favorite son’ and nominee of the Republican Party. It would seem that the very same shenanigans are going on now and the RNC is between a rock and a hard place regarding Donald Trump’s popularity, including his majority of pledged delegates. Frankly, what I don’t understand is how voters will allow party bosses to manipulate who becomes any party’s presidential nominee, instead of what the people decide. What’s the use of holding caucuses, primaries, or even general elections, if it’s all rigged? I think all that political BS boils down to whom they - the controllers - can control while in the White House. The current president seems to be the ideal example. Hillary would be the perfect follow through president to sink the U.S. ship of state, in my opinion. However, with twelve FBI agents investigating her State Department emails, there’s a possibility that her derriere may wind up in ‘Quantico’ or somewhere like that, I offer. Since most legal minds agree there are legal problems for Hillary, see what you think after this news analyst explains.

Hillary, like Barack Obama has, will rubber stamp the New World Order-Rockefeller-Rothschild-U.N. Agenda. However, Ron Paul would not march to party bosses dictums or the New World Order contingent’s plans and dreams for our future. Will The Donald or Bernie? As Perloff says;

"If you want to glimpse how far back this sort of power-brokering goes, read Ferdinand Lundberg’s 1937 classic America’s Sixty Families. He related how, a century ago, the rich were scorning voters and maneuvering their own choices into nominations, whether a Democrat like Woodrow Wilson in 1912 or a Republican like Herbert Hoover in 1928.”

So, shouldn’t we be asking, “What’s voting all about, and do our votes really count?” This YouTube video, wherein a computer programmer, Clinton Eugene Curtis, under oath in Florida says that in October of 2000 he was asked to write a program to rig elections; that “would flip the vote 51-49”; and confirmed that there is “vote rigging software.” His testimony will make you cringe when you hear him say, “… to control the votes in South Florida.” The 2000 presidential election is the one the U.S. Supreme Court decided! What happened to the voters’ votes?

Can, or will, that happen again, especially in 2016? The inside word would suggest no, not this time. Game's up and shortly to be out.

Foreign Control Of New Zealand: Key Facts May 13 2016 | From: CAFCA

Foreign direct investment (ownership of companies) in New Zealand increased from $15.7 billion in March 1989 to $110.6 billion at March 2015 – over seven times.

As a proportion of the total output of the economy, Gross Domestic Product, it has risen from 22% to 46%. Ownership of overseas companies by New Zealand residents has not grown as fast over that period (over five times) so net foreign direct investment has grown eight and a half times from a net liability of $8.8 billion to $74.6 billion, and as a percentage of GDP multiplied two and half times from 13% of GDP to 31%. Foreign Direct Investment from International Investment Position, National Accounts, Statistics New Zealand, InfoShare series IIP088AA. GDP from National Accounts, Statistics New Zealand, InfoShare series SNE038AA.

Foreign owners controlled 33% of the share market in 2015. In 1989, the figure was 19% and it was estimated to be below 5% in 1986. At March 2014, they owned an estimated 29% of all equity (shareholdings) and 37% of privately owned equity, including shares not listed on the stock exchange. Foreign investors owned 27% (or $355 billion) of wealth in New Zealand whose commercial net value totalled $1.3 trillion at March 2015.

This comprised housing, land, other property, plant, equipment and financial assets owned directly or indirectly by households, government and foreign investors. New Zealand residents owned a further $202 billion of investments abroad. (These totals exclude wealth held by non-profit organisations, shared natural wealth such as rivers, and human and social capital.) 1986, 1987, 2012, 2014: "Brian Gaynor: New Zealanders buy back their sharemarket", New Zealand Herald, 19 October 2013; and "Brian Gaynor: Potential problems in NZX's high level of foreign investment", New Zealand Herald, 31 January 2015; 1989-1997: "Corporate Governance Research on New Zealand Listed Companies", by Mark Fox, Gordon Walker and Alma Pekmezovic, Arizona Journal of International & Comparative Law Vol. 29, No. 1, 2012, Table 4, p.16. 1997-2010: "Savings and the Equity Market" - JBWere submission to the Savings Working Group, November 2010, p.2. 2011: GS Annual NZX ownership survey. 2013, 15: "Who We Are - NZ's Capital Markets - NZX", accessed 3 April 2016. Equity estimates are non-official estimates provided by Statistics New Zealand. Wealth is calculated from Reserve Bank series C22: Household balance sheet; Treasury's Fiscal Time Series; Statistics New Zealand's International Investment Position: Directional basis stock of direct investment by country (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP081AA.

In 2015, the OIO approved the sale of 75,008 hectares of freehold rural land and 4,889 hectares of leases and other interests in land to foreigners. About 43,000 hectares of the freehold land and 4,000 hectares of the leases and other interests in land were from one foreign investor to another.

In the decade 2006 to 2015, the average was 124,012 hectares of freehold and 42,044 hectares of leases and other interests in land approved for sale. Statistics on sales of land to overseas interests are poorly recorded and incomplete. Our best estimate is that in 2011 at least 8.7 percent of New Zealand farmland including forestry, or 1.3 million hectares, was foreign-owned or controlled and it could have reached 10 percent. Overseas Investment Commission and Overseas Investment Office. “Overseas Ownership Of Land: Far Greater Than The 1% The PM Claims”, by Bill Rosenberg

In 2014, the OIO approved the sale of 38,120 hectares of freehold rural land and 2,671 hectares of leases and other interests in land to foreigners. About 12,000 hectares of the freehold land and 1,000 hectares of the leases and other interests in land were from one foreign investor to another. In the decade 2005 to 2014, the average was 131,488 hectares of freehold and 43,162 hectares of leases and other interests in land approved for sale. Statistics on sales of land to overseas interests are poorly recorded and incomplete. Our best estimate is that in 2011 at least 8.7 percent of New Zealand farmland including forestry, or 1.3 million hectares, was foreign-owned or controlled and it could have reached 10 percent. Overseas Investment Commission and Overseas Investment Office. "Overseas Ownership Of Land: Far Greater Than The 1% The PM Claims", by Bill Rosenberg (www.converge.org.nz)

Statistics NZ figures, as of March 2015, list the biggest foreign owners of New Zealand companies as being from, in decreasing order: Australia, US, Hong Kong, UK, Singapore, Japan, Canada, Netherlands, British Virgin Islands, Ireland, Cayman Islands, China, Switzerland, Norway and France. All had over $160m in foreign direct investment in New Zealand. These accounted for 96% of foreign direct investment in New Zealand and Australia alone accounts for 52%. British Virgin Islands and Cayman Islands are tax havens, and a Statistics New Zealand study showed that in 2010, large proportions of the foreign direct investment from the Netherlands,

Singapore, Hong Kong and tax havens was in fact from other countries, led by the UK, US, Germany and Canada.

In 2015, Other tax havens with investments in New Zealand companies include Vanuatu, Channel Islands, Liechtenstein, Bermuda and the Bahamas, but for all except Bermuda, the value of their holdings has been suppressed as “confidential”. Bermuda has shown a negative investment in New Zealand companies since 2009 (negative $1.8 billion in 2015). So has Germany since 2013. Negative investment suggests that the companies may have been loaded with debt to their parents or are technically insolvent. International Investment Position, Statistics New Zealand: Directional basis stock of direct investment by country (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP081AA. Note that these statistics are compiled on a different basis from those also from Statistics New Zealand above, so the total, $97.4b, does not match. These are compiled on a "directional" basis, based on ultimate nationality of ownership; the above are on a "balance sheet" basis, based on residency of the company. Industry statistics below are also compiled on a directional basis. Mallika Kelkar. (2011). "The ultimate sources of foreign direct investment (p. 19). Presented at the New Zealand Association of Economists (NZAE) Conference, Wellington, New Zealand. Retrieved from stats.govt.nz

The Financial and insurance services sector, which includes the four big Australian owned banks, accounted for by far the biggest part of foreign ownership of New Zealand companies by industry in March 2015, with $32.1 billion. Next was Manufacturing at $14.7 billion. Other industries having more than $1 billion of foreign investment were in decreasing size, Agriculture, forestry, and fishing; Retail trade; Wholesale trade; Electricity, gas, water and waste services; Rental, hiring and real estate services; Professional, scientific and technical services; Mining; Information media and telecommunications; and Health care and social assistance. $16.6 billion was unable to be allocated to an industry because of the way foreign direct investment is estimated, or was suppressed as being confidential. Source: International Investment Position, Directional basis stock of direct investment by industry (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP080AA Statistics New Zealand. See note regarding country statistics.

Transnational corporations (TNCs) make massive profits out of New Zealand. These can truly be called New Zealand's biggest invisible export. In the year to March 2015, they were $9.0 billion. Over the last decade they have averaged more than the combined exports of seafood and milk powder.

In the decade 2006-2015, TNCs made $77.5 billion in profits from New Zealand, an average rate of profit after tax on their shareholdings of 12.5% (12.0% in the year to March 2015). Only 26% was reinvested (only 15% in the year to March 2015). Profits have averaged twice the increase in foreign direct investment holdings each year. Balance of Payments: Current account primary income (Annual-Mar), InfoShare Series BOP058AA; Current account investment income by sector (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series BOP059AA; and Balance of payments major components (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series BOP055AA – Statistics New Zealand.

Another $7.9 billion left New Zealand in the year to March 2015 made up of investment income from debt and smaller shareholdings (portfolio investment), making a total $16.9 billion. Over the last decade this has averaged more than the combined dairy and forest product exports. Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks More than two out of every five dollars of the $16.9 billion went to the owners of New Zealand's banking sector: $6.9 billion. The investment income from overseas ownership of the banking sector ("Deposit taking corporations") after taking account of its small investment income from abroad, accounted for four out of every five dollars of New Zealand's current account deficit in the year to March 2015: $6.5 billion compared to $8.1 billion. The investment income deficit (income on New Zealand investment overseas less income on foreign investment in New Zealand) has been greater than the current account deficit for all but two years since 1989, which further increases New Zealand's foreign liabilities. Exports: Key Statistics Table 7.04 - Value of principal exports (excl re-exports), InfoShare series EXP005AA - Statistics New Zealand.

Foreign investors are not great for employment - they only employ 17% of the workforce (down from 21% in 2000), despite owning a large proportion of the economy. Foreign ownership does not guarantee more jobs. In fact, it quite often adds to unemployment. TNCs have made tens of thousands jobless.

Business demography statistics: Enterprises by industry and overseas equity 2000-15, Statistics New Zealand, available in NZ.Stat.

Related: New Zealand National Debt Clock Foreign ownership does nothing to improve New Zealand's foreign debt problem. In 1989, total private and public foreign debt stood at $47.5 billion, equivalent to about two-thirds of New Zealand's Gross Domestic Product, and worth $86.4 billion in March 2015 dollars. As of March 2015, it was $246.2 billion (or $270.9 billion including derivatives), equivalent to 102% of New Zealand's Gross Domestic Product despite being helped out temporarily by $20.2 billion of insurance claims for the Canterbury earthquakes and all of the asset sales and takeovers. Source: Statistics New Zealand as follows: International investment position (IIP) (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP088AA; External lending and debt by sector and relationship (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP078AA; International non-equity financial instruments by sector (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP074AA; New Zealand's A&L - Level 3 Components (Discontinued March 2000) (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP007AA; GDP(P), Nominal, Actual, Total (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series SNE038AA; overseas reinsurance claims from the Canterbury earthquakes – http://tinyurl.com/j9kmree

Downloads: Graphs to accompany the Key Facts information shown below are available to download in Microsoft PowerPoint (.PPT) or Adobe Acrobat (.PDF) format. Each page of the Adobe Acrobat version has a small square in the top left corner. Hovering the mouse over this square shows the source of the information in more detail. Key Facts graphs (PPT 151KB) Key Facts graphs (PDF 306KB)

Note that there are often revisions to official data, leading to some changes to reported data for past years.

The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels May 13 2016 | From: VeteransToday

There is no naturally occurring terrorism - it is only violence and wars engineered by the World’s largest organized crime syndicate.

The 'Khazarian Mafia' often resemble their 'global control' in the form of an Octopus. This was, ad nauseum, evidenced yet again in the latest James Bond film which was about a secret cabal running the world...

Thus, we now are aware that the so-called problem of terrorism is really a problem of organized crime that is initiated and deployed by the world’s largest organized crime syndicate. Never before in history has an organized crime syndicate become so large with global reach, and never before so powerful and evil, specializing in the frequent mass-murder of innocent people solely to enhance its power and riches. This largest global organized crime syndicate is best identified as the Khazarian Mafia (KM). This name is appropriate, because its origins go back in history to the period 700-1200 AD in the nation of Khazaria, which is approximately the same area as Ukraine. Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

Mike Harris uncovered a sinister history related to this Khazarian Mafia - one of committing genocide against Armenians in 1915, and mass-murdering over 100 million innocent Russian civilians in the Bolshevik Revolution. The KM also mass-murdered at least that many Chinese during the Khazarian Mafia directed Maoist takeover in China in 1945. Mike Harris also uncovered the longstanding blood feud of the Khazarian Mafia (aka the Bolsheviks, or Zionists) against the Russian people for destroying Khazaria in 1240 AD.

It is clear that the Khazarian Mafia has also had a longstanding blood feud against America the Constitutional Republic for breaking away from their City of London establishment that the KM had infiltrated and hijacked via the Rothschild banksters. This KM blood feud against America has been conducted with the usual methods involving infiltration of key institutions, followed by their hijacking. This has been done within each of the largest US Corporations, which are further consolidated into several larger corporations that cooperate together against consumers and buyers of their products and services. The application of several key KM processes have resulted in the hijacking and consolidation of most institutions and large corporations. These key processes, infiltration, hijacking and consolidation of major institutions, corporations and even most governments worldwide, has been repeated over and over in many nations around the world.

This has resulted in the stealing of huge amounts of wealth from people and resulting in a worldwide KM hierarchy of control, best described as the Establishment Hierarchy. In essence, these cooperating corporations function as a cartel or an illegal monopoly. This makes it quite easy for the KM to control entire industries and sectors of society, because they ensure that the leaders of the corporations have been initiated into their hierarchy of control and have a personally vested interest in following KM wishes and directives. This same process has been enacted in every sector of American society after 1913, and we discover that every major institution of government and private industry, as well as most large church systems have been infiltrated and completely hijacked to be under the spell and control of the top leadership of the KM’s hierarchy. Here is a brief list of the various interlocked Cartels that the Khazarian Mafia has created that control most of the world and have been placed under the control of the Establishment Hierarchy, (and not necessarily in the order of importance). Each of these Cartels is organized into a large system best referred to as the Hierarchy, and the several wrinkled-up old men in wheelchairs that control it are called the “Select Few” by insiders.

1. The Money Cartel Otherwise known as the Reserve Banking System - and in the US as the Federal Reserve System. It is nothing more than a fraudulent illegal unConstitutional system that prints fake money debt-notes instead of real Gold or Silver Certificates.

This is the epitome of RICO crime and fraud. Of course there is no statute of limitations on fraud, and all assets illegally asset stripped can be clawed back some day using the US military, if necessary. Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

2. The Energy Cartel The Petro Cartel which has provided the linchpin of the US Petro Dollar.

3. The Knowledge Cartel Otherwise known as the educational system including public schools, private and public universities.

Rigid controls have been imposed which prevent free thought and investigation or teaching about certain forbidden subjects

like the Federal Reserve System or all the secretly run illegal, unConstitutional practices of the Establishment Hierarchy.

4. The Military and Intel Cartel This has served as the World’s policemen and used the soldiers of most countries as disposable cannon-fodder.

This itself is one of the most sinister crimes against all of us and is a well-planned attempt to destroy Goyim men and prevent them from defending America from the KM’s “final solution” and final revenge for ever leaving England which is the mass-murder of 90% of all people worldwide - not just Americans; a repeat of what they did in Russian in 1917 and China in 1945.

5. The Judiciary, Corrections and Police Cartel This is used to run interference and cover-ups for the Establishment Hierarchy.

It America it is staffed by mostly Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizens and ex-Jag Officers who serve the Establishment Hierarchy no matter what.

6. The Big Medicine Cartel Controls all medical schools, all medical, dental and nursing degrees, the CDC, the FDC and all health policies.

Like all other Establishment Hierarchy Cartels it serves the Hierarchy’s needs and serves up limited truth about all health problems and is oriented to making people sick in order to gain maximum profits and control of the masses by weakening them and asset stripping them.

7. The Big Pharma Cartel This cartel has been designed to work closely with the Big Medicine Cartel in a symbiotic arrangement where each feeds the other and increases business for each other.

This is a sinister result of what good be an asset that has turned bad, becoming a tool to gain major profits at the expense of the health and financial well-being of people.

8. The Agricultural Cartel This cartel has been created by infiltrating and hijacking corporations that buy, broker and process grains and produce.

It is associated with the banks in various financing schemes designed to result in the loss of family farms to become part of large corporate farms.

9. The Major Mass Media Cartel This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.

This KM proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.

10. The Entertainment Cartel This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated. When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.

Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.

11. The Bread and Circuses Cartel This is Big Sports designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.

The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas

"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for

a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative." Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns. The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.

Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.

12. The Religious Cartel Sad to say that the KM has infiltrated and hijacked almost every major religion in the World, including the Vatican and Catholicism, Lutheranism and all the rest.

The illegal, unConstitutional tax exempt status regulation for churches has kept them in line and restricted them from getting involved in politics or preaching much truth related to evil in the highest echelons of their own governments, local, state and federal.

13. The Secret Society Cartel The KM has established a worldwide network of secret occult-based societies which form the secret associations that control almost every major Institution from the top echelons.

This network is closely associated with Intel groups and actually has been secretly deputized as agents of national security which gives them immunity from any prosecution. This Cartel uses various occult groups in its network such as satanic cults like the Process to do its dirty work, often assassinations, gang-stalking, secret break-ins and other crimes for the Intel Agencies who want distance and deniability. There are cases where certain occult members who have embarked on missions to assassinate targeted individuals who have been clipped by a well-trained intended target and these incidents never get into the light of day for what really happened. As more and more Americans are becoming armed under the new concealed carry “shall issue” laws, it is not so easy anymore for these occult groups to assassinate targeted individuals without getting clipped in the process.

14. The Government and Politics Cartel This involves a coordinated system that controls all governments.

Various manipulations are used to bring conformity to the wishes and edicts of the Establishment Hierarchy such as political favors, bribery, human compromise and even harassment, threats and assassinations often disguised as medical illnesses.

15. The Arms Cartel This is one of the biggest money makers for the wealthy KM families that own large blocks of stock in these defense contractors, especially those with no-bid contracts which are also involved in kidnapping and sex-slavery. War is extreme profitable for the FRS Banks and these KM investor Families.

And that is why the Hierarchy pulls so many strings to hire mercenaries to conduct Gladio-style, inside-job false-flag attacks in order to start illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual foreign wars.

Because the Russian Republic has checkmated this war-making process in the Mideast, it is likely that the KM is planning on transforming America into a large GAZA II war-zone and eventually into the World’s largest open-aired prison camp while they complete their goal to depopulate America by 90%.

16. The Narcotics Cartel This is the most lucrative KM Cartel of all, next to the Money Cartel, which is the “head of the snake”. Retired DEA officials have privately spoken out and claimed that most of the large Wall Street banks would go under in a month unless they could launder the vast fortunes obtained from the Establishments with their international drug trafficking, especially into America.

The richest, top Establishment Hierarchy (KM) families who are in the upper crust dress with the most expensive clothes, live in big mansions, and attend charity events and give token amounts from their vast tax exempt charitable foundations pretending to be caring folks, when they are actually the most two-faced and evil of all, and directly gain from the enormous drug cartel profits which they hid in these tax exempt foundations and draw money out as long term loans and “operating expenses”. This vast illegal drug income is split with the Intel agencies, who use it for black ops money and personal gain. There is some good news with all this bad news.

Recently the KM has been completely checkmated for the very first time, and this has been accomplished in Syria by Putin and the Russian Federation with its use of superior state of the art air power at its ally Syria’s request. Not only that, numerous new economic, trade and monetary coalitions have developed, which in time will sink the US Petro Dollar as the World’s Reserve Currency, maybe sooner than later. Thus we see the BRICS Development Bank emerging, followed by the Chinese AIIB System and CIPS, the Chinese version of the Swift money-wire system. Already most of the world’s governments (except the USA and Israel) have either signed up for BRICS or sent letters of intent.

Private trade deals have been negotiated between China, Russia and other nations, which are for the first time conducting

trade without the use of the US Petro Dollar. Even Saudi Arabia is beginning to negotiate with the Chinese about mutual new trade deals without using the US Petro Dollar. The die is set, and no matter how much the Federal Reserve System and its partner in crime the US Department of the Treasury monetize the US foreign debt by buying it back with newly issued but worthless debt-notes, it is only a matter of time until the whole global Reserve Banking system collapses under its own massive Ponzi scheme of financial fraud and fake money.

Conclusion How can we stop this insidious monster the KM and its Establishment Hierarchy that has hijacked almost every American institution using the extreme power of its debt-note counterfeit money-magick? They have done this by buying or bribing almost every single government official and Judge including five of the now eight US Supreme Court Justices?

This is a difficult question to be sure. The best way is for the spontaneous emergence of a large scale mass populist awareness all over America at every level. This is in process now thanks to the increasingly negative economic situation and the alternative news on the Worldwide Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg Press. Worldwide now there are coodinated efforts to take this cabal down and recently huge advancements in these areas have been made that are not permitted to be spoken of in the mainstream media- yet. As more and more people worldwide wake up to this and find out about the KM, the Establishment Hierarchy and the Select Few that run it, more and more of us will become motivated to dissent, protest and work hard to change this at every level instead of wasting most of their free time on TV entertainment and bread and circuses. Abject secrecy is necessary for the KM’s survival and power. Up until recently, any presentation of such realities to one’s family or friends usually resulted in the accusation that such was conspiracy theory or crackpot Internet stuff.

Lately with all the government lies exposed even in the CMMM, especially when economic statistics are reported that everyone knows are clearly lies, folks are catching on and beginning to listen to such talk and believing it for the first time. The best way would probably be for a patriotic faction of the US Military High Command to stage a coup d’état and cut the head off of the snake by arresting all of the top Hierarchy members for Treason, Sedition and RICO crimes against America, especially the Select Few. The problem is that the Hierarchy’s control over all institutions has reached the point that we are possibly going to have to see the Hierarchy and the KM destroyed by the geopolitical and geo-economic manipulations of Russia, China and its new economic allies all around the world.

As this new reordering of monetary systems and trading nations emerges, the death of the US Petro Dollar is imminent, and when that happens the power of the KM and its Establishment Hierarchy and system of interlocked Cartels will collapse.

In fact, every single one of the KM Cartels listed above is being exposed and many are being checkmated by dissident people from all walks of life, including retired Intel, government officials and many of the now well-informed public. In addition, the Russian Federation, China and their new associations with BRICS nations and AIIB participants are seeding the complete disempowerment and destruction of the KM and the Establishment Hierarchy. The KM knows its end seems imminent, and had built Malaysia and China into economic powerhouses to later parasitize as their new hosts after they had reduced the USA to rubble and dead bodies.

But the Chinese have very long memories and their leaders have connected the dots and are hip to this and working closely with Putin and the Russian Federation to prevent this. In the not too distant future, there will likely be no place to hide for the KM and their Establishment Hierarchy. Stay tuned, because in a future article, an attempt will be made to explain why the KM members are so two-faced and so remarkably inhuman and evil. We need to explore why they are able to order individual murders and mass-murders of innocent civilians in war at the drop of a hat with absolutely no remorse. We need to learn why they enacted extreme rules of engagement with We The People, while never expecting that someday the same rules of engagement could be directed back at them systematically at all levels.

Obama Speech: Does He Hint At His Premature Resignation And Pending Death Penalty? May 12 2016 | From: Ellaster

May 5th 2016, Neil Keenan placed a statement and video message on his blog with a remarkable message: Obama surrendered, secretly resigned and handed over his power to the General Joseph Dunford.

This information was handed to Keenan through various sources, yet it might be dis-info deliberately disclosed to him, a common Cabal tactic. However given Obama’s speech he gave at the White House Correspondent’s Dinner, a couple of striking remarks makes you wonder what is going on behind the scenes. Related: Neil Keenan: Obama Out / Cabal Surrender / Currency Revaluation In Progress At The White House Correspondent’s Dinner (WHCD) is a yearly event for journalists associated with the White House, and is attended by the president and vice president. This dinner traditionally takes place at the Washington Hilton since 1920. It is organised by the White House Correspondents’ Association, an organisation of journalist who cover the White House and the President of the United States. On April 30th 2016 Obama’s final WHCD took place and traditionally he gave a speech in advance.

The tone of the speech was more like a performance of a stand-up comedian rather than a presidential speech. Most likely the text was not written by Obama himself and it was full of jokes. Various people within journalism and politics were either taken the piss out of, or put in the spotlight in a comical way. Obama himself looked drugged, although he was still capable to give the speech. All this made the audience euphoric and they began to laugh heartily once Obama started his recitation. Obama started by saying:

"It is an honor to be here at my last, and perhaps the last White House correspondents’ dinner.”

Is this the first hint at the big changes that are taking place? Why would this be the last WHCD? Why would this yearly tradition not take place with the newly elected president next year? According to Neil Keenan’s sources prior to the WHCD dinner a back room deal was made in which Obama had handed over his power. Obama was cornered in such a way that he surrendered and handed over the control to General Dunford. Whether this really took place was contradicted by Drake Bailey, who is however closely involved with The Plan to arrest many political figure heads in the US for high treason, including Obama.

The many insinuations made by Obama during his WHCD speech, do imply that something is going on behind the scenes. Obama continued his speech by saying:

"You all look great. The end of the Republic has never looked better.”

The end of the republic? Which republic? The republic of the United States incorporated? Or is it an implication to the end of another republic? Obama continued his talk: “I do apologize. I know I was a little late tonight. I was running on CPT” Does he imply he was running on drugs? Or should we have heard “I was running on Cpt. (Captain)” and what does this mean then? But to exhilarate his speech everything was wrapped up in a joke, and he continued by saying “…CPT… which stands for jokes that white people should not make.” The unsuspecting audience doubled up with laughter. Around 3:20 minuted in the video below, again Obama made a remarkable comment. He looked back at his 8 years as president and compared his earlier looks with his present looks.

"Eight years ago, I was a young man full of idealism and vigor. And look at me now, I am gray, grizzled and just counting down the days to my death panel.”

Despite this Obama kept his crowd laughing and read the rest of his speech, which was by no doubt prepared by an entire team in the weeks prior to the dinner. Around 23:45 minutes a funny video in MTV style was shown about the departure of the president. At 24:30 minutes there is a scene where the president makes a phone call in search for a job for after his resignation.

Satanic much?

He calls the Washington Lizards and asked them whether they need a coach. Around 25 minutes there is another peculiar fragment in the video. Obama makes a selfie with Michelle’s phone, using the app Snapchat, which allows you to morph your portrait into another creature. Interestingly enough Obama is shown as a shape-shifter with a clear resemblance to scenes in the (disclosure) movie "They Live." They Live was a movie that was more a disclosure documentary rather than fiction. In the movie the main character discovers that when people look at the elite through specific glasses, they discover that they are a different species. At the end of the speech (32:25 minutes in the Youtube-video) Obama says: “With that I just have two more words to say: Obama out.” He then makes a Freemason hand gesture with two fingers on his lips while he drops the microphone with his other. This Freemason symbol means ‘it is my duty to keep the secret’. It is also a sign to other members of the secret society to remain silent. I interpret the dropped microphone as a sign ‘I will make no public announcement’.

According to Neil Keenan’s sources Obama had not returned to the White House since and no longer lives there. To keep up appearances he pretends he is still commander-in-chief although he will solely remain the spokesperson. Allegedly the real person in charge is General Dunford. However, it is the intent to keep things ‘business as usual’ for the outside world, while General Dunford is in charge of the Republic until the presidential elections have taken place. The claim that Dunford is in charge is contradicted by Thomas Williams, who together with Drake Bailey presents the weekly Cosmic Voice radio show. He says about the alleged take over: “General Dunford is like the Magic Man, he seems to appear in all kinds of events, but nothing ever comes off of it". On the Cosmic Voice Facebook page Thomas Williams wrote: “keep hearing for over 12 months that Dunford is doing this and that with zero evidence of any of it.” It is remarkable that Drake Bailey, with his many [supposed] contacts at the Pentagon and American army, cannot confirm Neil Keenan’s claim. As this is confusing enough in itself, the big question remains why was this information leaked to Neil’s team and not shared by Drake’s sources? Is it deliberate dis-info disclosed to Group-K (Keenan’s team), and if so, what is the hidden agenda?

\ According to Thomas Williams there is raging a fierce inner battle between the various factions of the Illuminati behind the scenes. He thinks that the story that Neil Keenan has brought out is the script of the Asian faction who think they can become the new NWO (New World Order). It has now become very clear that both Drake Bailey and his assistant Thomas Williams are woefully out of their depth. Given all the debts that the US has with the Chinese, could it be possible that Obama is put under pressure and might have changed sides, perhaps the side of the Asian Cabal? Let’s not forget that April 30th is an occult date with great importance to the Satanists, so why was this specific date chosen for the alleged power transfer? For now, the claims about the power transfer and Obama’s speech raise more questions than it clears things up. One thing is clear though, things do not quite look like ‘business as usual’ due to another significant fact. Obama has signed a premature Executive Order (Facilitation of a Presidential Transition) on May 6th to transfer his control, something that normally would take place after the presidential elections. So who did he transfer his control to?

The exact meaning of the recent events will get clear as more information will come out. That something is brewing is one thing that is for sure.

External links: Did Obama Sign A Presidential Transition EO Specifically For Gen. Joseph Dunford? Neil Keenan: Obama out

UN Climate Deal: The Joke Is On Us May 12 2016 | From: 21stCenturyWire

On Friday April 22nd, the “historical climate deal” – better known as “Paris Agreement” – was signed by 174 member states of UN, with moderate fanfare. The atmosphere around the event was, of course, forcibly euphoric – if tad awkward – with new designated climate groupie, Leonardo di Caprio, chanting the spent “we must act now!” mantra, and UN luminaries jumping around in somewhat masturbatory orgy of self-congratulating.

However, all this serves to hide the fact that, from the stand point of catastrophic global warming fan club, the deal is a failure. Namely, the main drive behind the 21st Conference of the Parties (meaning: sovereign member states of UN participating in UNFCC) in Paris, which ended on 12.12.2015, producing a 31 page draft agreement, was to impose a binding treaty and not merely an agreement; something that apparently did not materialize. The proceedings of COP21 and presentation of “historical climate deal” came to pass in a surreal atmosphere of feigned urgency and strange mixture of ecstatic delight which, however, was confined to a tiny circle of participants, environmentalist activists and their mainstream media entourage. This strange display of few chosen men and women rejoicing at imaginary solution to imaginary crisis was largely overlooked by populous which is, at least semi-consciously, becoming resistant to climate alarmism, if for nothing else, then because every lie has it’s expiration date and global warming scare is approaching 27th anniversary of it’s grand entry into mass media channels. Be that as it may, Paris agreement is a compilation of “shoulds” while it was obviously meant to be a legally binding codification of “shalls”: while sovereign state is an endangered species in this world, it is obviously not yet extinct to such an

extent that majority of world leaders would ratify the treaty that would de jure install the apparatus of global governance on pretext of combating ecological crisis. The Paris Treaty is, in this author’s opinion, falling short of this aim miserably as it could have been anticipated even in the September of last year, when UN presented it’s latest Agenda, the so called Agenda 2030.

Namely, doctrine of sustainable development, and not empirical research of esoteric “climate science”, is a main purpose, and consequently: the main drive, behind the climate scare road show. This doctrine, under various names, is being steadily pushed as an official ideology of Euro-Atlantic Bloc from early Seventies of the previous century, and it doesn’t really require global warming to make it work upon the minds of gullible. If there’s any solid constant in protean “enemy image” upon which the system of sustainable development must be built, then it would be “overpopulation”, the inherently genocidal idea pervading all flavors of this doctrine. Sustainable development is, simply put, a system of world encompassing control conceived to automatically selfdifferentiate and develop it’s functions on the basis of fear. All it really requires is one absolute outside threat which cannot be removed but only infinitely mitigated by unified action of mankind. This enemy image is, of course, just an image, because such threat doesn’t exist and every basis chosen by sustainability programmers has a definite expiration date. On closer analysis, the Agenda 2030 document already indicated that “global warming” scare is reaching this date. It was not very prominent among other “17 sustainability goals” and now it is slowly giving way to another cosmic Osama bin Laden, invoked to make us survey and control ourselves through fear: global – or to be more precise: European-based terrorism. Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) in reducing greenhouse gases, which serve as a basis of reaching the goal of keeping the global average temperature – whatever the hell that is – under „2 °C above pre-industrial levels and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5 °C above pre-industrial levels, recognizing that this would significantly reduce the risks and impacts of climate change.“ (PA, 2.1. (a)), are far cry from what global warming dupes would like to see implemented.

"The fact that solar warming is heating up all the planets strongly suggests that global warming on our planet is not being caused by human activity at all. " Related: The Global Warming Scam, Paris Climate Agreement And NWO Global Rule

While we can detect some sporadic attempts to link “climate catastrophe” with demographical shifts from Middle East towards Europe, it is all too obvious, even to the dupes, that those shifts, while obviously man-made, have nothing to do with climate. Moreover, while until now each and every draught, warm winter or forest fire was pointed out as an unmistakable sign of coming end times, the warm European winter of 2015/2016. apparently flew under the radar of alarmists. This is also one of the clear signs that climate scare is finally spent, admittedly not by efforts of critics, nor by crumbling of pseudo-scientific edifice of advocates, but simply by quite banal passage of time.

However, here we are presented with difficulty. The publicly visible “world leaders”, grouped roughly around UN and Davos summits, are acting as if everything is still business as usual. The situation is surreal: while majority of people are ridiculing them – that is, those that pay them any attention at all – individuals like Christina Figuerres or Bill Gates are still chanting their same old mantras. This is quite worrisome. Namely, someone could infer that they are simply delusional, finalizing their detachment from reality, and leave it at that. However, this is only half-true. The whole truth, as it seems, is that their detachment from reality is the result not of mere mental blindness, but of power inflicted darkening of the minds. This is unmistakable sign of complete detachment of power from the “people”, i.e. masses of humanity or self-conscious groups in their midst.

The global elites are not deluded by their stupidity, but by their confident belief that they cannot be challenged. And, judging by signs of the times, they are quite right. So, when they continue to push global warming scare despite the fact that most people are becoming conscious of it being a sham, this could very well mean that they don’t feel any need to deceive anyone anymore. Moreover, sustainable development is a true reason for existence of global warming scare and it is a doctrine that can gradually discard it for the sake of some better and more convincing principle, if need be. After all, this is why the Paris treaty exists in the first place: “This Agreement, in enhancing the implementation of the Convention, including its objective, aims to strengthen the global response to the threat of climate change, in the context of sustainable development and efforts to eradicate poverty (…)“ (PA, 2.2)

The main novelty of Agenda 2030 is the first of it’s 17. sustainable development goals: “1. End poverty in all it’s forms everywhere” (A2030, pg. 12), which is to be accomplished until 2030. So we are expected to believe that the main constituent of human condition – namely, material misery – will be decommissioned from existence in 14 years period. Those who believe that UN luminaries really buy into this crap are sporting minds of ten to twelve years old children; anyone, with just a modicum of common sense, must conjecture that something else is afoot here. However, for our purpose, it is sufficient to point out that intersection of climate change, sustainable development and final solution of poverty is a basis for Paris Treaty. And in this intersection, there exists hierarchy where sustainable systematization of world resources – human, environmental and economical is at the top, encompassing the other two. Both lower aims are expendable, because they’re merely pretexts for accomplishing sustainable development world-wide.

The very fact that globalist spokespersons are seriously spinning yarns no one in his right mind can believe in, goes to show that the power of lower strata of society – and that’s approximately everybody under the level of mainstream media pundits and professional politicians eligible for employment in global institutions – is at the all times low. And the members of higher strata are, explicitly or implicitly, aware of it. So there’s no reason to gloat about idiocy of our rulers, because it is not really an idiocy but just a normal conduct stemming from the fact that they are not paying us any attention anyway. Admittedly, the stories are getting thinner and narratives crumble as they are being written. But is it because we are so smart? Or is it because we are so detached from any kind of control over our livelihoods that those that have a firm grip on it, via control of media, politics and finance, really don’t bother to deceive us anymore?

To learn more about Agenda 2030, listen to this interview with Branko Malić on the Sunday Wire radio show with host Patrick Henningsen…

Massive Vaccine Protests Erupt In China Over Widespread Deaths Of Children: Government Responds By Arresting Protesters May 11 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Recently, a massive vaccine scandal in China exposed the weakness of government efforts to build up China's immunization program. It uncovered the system's flaws regarding the way in which vaccines are distributed, and revealed close links between vendors and government clinics.

Although the vaccines were made by licensed manufacturers, they were transported and stored without any refrigeration, and then sold by unlicensed distributors. Improper storing conditions may have ruined the vaccines, leaving children unprotected and at risk of disabilities and death. Related: Former NBC Boss Bob Wright asserts his grandson damaged by vaccines According to Li Guoqing, who is in charge of drug supervision, investigators revealed how government clinics have been selling expired or near-expired vaccines to vendors on the cheap, who in turn have been selling them to other government clinics in remote areas where there is no oversight. Authorities were well aware of these practices, and let an illegal vaccine shop continue its operations, thereby poisoning thousands of its citizens, especially young children. Chinese parents have lost all confidence in the government and government clinics, and are demanding answers.

Massive Protest People across the country have gathered and joined forces in a nationwide protest over the vaccine scam. Dozens of Chinese parents have filed a lawsuit demanding justice for the children who have been harmed by these tainted, improperly stored vaccines, amid reports of child and infant deaths and illnesses following such immunizations.

Related: Robert De Niro denounces medical totalitarians: 'Let the people see VAXXED' and decide for themselves what the evidence shows

"Everybody gathered outside the National Health and Family Planning Commission today, and then we all marched to their complaints department in the Xizhimen district," parent activist Liu Lixin told Radio Free Asia (RFA). "We are calling for a vaccines law, because there is no legislation covering vaccinations right now, and families who have been victims of this disaster have no judicial redress," he said. "Our children have suffered varying degrees of harm and disability as a result of immunization injections," the lawsuit reads. "Some have even lost the ability to live independently."

China Jailing Vaccine Protesters The impact of the scandal couldn't be brushed under the carpet, so the Chinese government announced that 357 officials have been dismissed or demoted for "poor performance," and has promised to take further actions to ensure better storage and distribution methods.

However, the reality seems a bit different. As many as 2,000 people gathered outside the Health and Family Planning Commission in Beijing, among them many parents whose children have been affected. The authorities took large numbers of people participating in the protests or lawsuits to an out-of-town unofficial detention center, and some were put under 24-hour surveillance at their homes.

"I had planned to take part [in the Beijing protests and lawsuits], but I was forcibly escorted home by officials from my hometown on April 13," parent activist Wang Liangqing said. "Now they are watching us 24 hours a day, so we weren't able to go." Wang called on the government to take the victims of tainted vaccines seriously.

United States Heading in the Same Direction Related: Lead designer of Gardasil trials now warns parents against the vaccine This incident is a perfect example of how governments collude with Big Pharma, and the U.S. isn't doing any better. Soon, we will have no say when it comes to our own health. The CDC has set up a "police state" registry system to identify and track areas of so-called "under vaccination," and while this may seem like innocent data gathering, in the future people will be pushed to follow national vaccination guidelines against their own will.

Pro-vaccine activist and fanatics, such as Dr. David Gorski, are doing everything in their power to promote vaccines and conventional drugs and discredit all that is natural and holistic. And, just as in China, key people in the U.S. government are involved. Last year, California's vaccine mandate bill SB277 was halted by the public. Unfortunately, the vaccine mafia's henchmen came out to play, and helped replace seats on the committee with pro-vaccine activists to vote in favor of stripping Californians of their vaccine exemption rights. Related: Robert DeNiro on VAXXED, 'There's something there people aren't addressing'

Key Responds To Cook Islands Allegation By Panama Papers Leaker May 10 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Prime Minister John Key took the unusual step of arranging a 1pm Saturday press conference to respond to allegations from the anonymous source behind the Panama Papers.

This morning, the source – named only as John Doe – released an 1800 word statement on the website of the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ), the group that has released various documents leaked from Panama-based law firm and foreign trust specialist Mossack Fonseca. Related: Mossack Fonseca's man in New Zealand denies any wrongdoing Mr Key was the only world leader named in the statement.

"I have as much responsibility for tax in the Cook Islands as I do for Russia," said Mr Key this afternoon. "Prime Minister John Key of New Zealand has been curiously quiet about his country’s role in enabling the financial fraud Mecca that is the Cook Islands," John Doe wrote (in his statement's only reference to Mr Key or New Zealand). But at his 1pm press conference, the PM said, "The whistleblower has got confused about my responsibilities. I have no responsibilities fro the tax jurisdiction of the Cook Islands. New Zealand has responsibilities for foreign policy and defence of the Cook Islands, but not for tax. I have as much responsibility for tax in the Cook Islands as I do for tax in Russia."

Video of Key's full stand-up:

Closed Down After 1988 Asked about why the Panama Papers leaker would tie the Cook Islands to Mr Key, he said he asked tax officials about it this

morning and they replied with the theory that "He or she is likely to be European, and Europeans get terribly confused about the Cook Islands because they use New Zealand dollars." It's also possible, however, that the "confused" European was making a reference to the winebox controversy. Comment: As has been previously observed, this whole 'Panama Papers' debacle is clearly being implemented to expose and wipe out some of the lower minions within the cabal. Very interesting indeed; that Mr Key should have the distinction of being the only western political figure to have been publicly named. Key did make an oblique reference to thr Cook Islands scandal, saying: "Prior to 1988, there were issues with New Zealanders avoiding their tax by having a structure in the Cook Islands," he told reporters at his 1pm stand-up. In 1988 that all closed down and subsequently there have been no issues. Since 1988, New Zealanders have been taxed on their worldwide income, the prime minister noted. He also added that the Cook Islands tax controversy was before his time.

No Responsibility, but Some Care [!?] Commentator Bernard Hickey was quick to take issue with the prime minister on social media, saying;

“Has New Zealand pressured the Cook Islands to change its trust secrecy/info sharing laws? If not, why not? The Cook Islands uses the New Zealand dollar and Cook Island citizens are New Zealand citizens." Mr Hickey added, If New Zealand is serious about not being tarred with the tax haven brush, why not stop the Cook Islands from being a tax haven?" "New Zealand does actually try to support the Cook Islands in improving its tax and the way it operates its system," Mr Key said this afternoon, though qualifying, "It has its own double tax agreement, its own tax – sharing agreement and, over the years since 1988, New Zealand's been working with the Cook Islands to make sure they've got a better structure, and that they're operating in a way with much greater transparency."

The New Zealand government doesn't get directly involved but officials try to provide support and encourage the Cook Islands to have best practice, Mr Key said.

Earlier today, the Prime Minister's office released a statement saying an independent review of foreign trust disclosure rules is now under way by former PwC chairman John Shewan. Mr Shewan is due to report on June 30. Additionally, Inland Revenue is participating in an OECD review of international tax arrangements. Overnight, there was more Panama Papers grief for the prime minister, with the Australian Financial Review name-checking his personal lawyer, Ken Whitney, in an extended report on how a controversial Mexican construction tycoon put $100 million into three tax-free New Zealand trusts.

More to Come Today, Mr Key called New Zealand a "footnote" in the Panama Papers. That may be true so far but more could be revealed when a fully searchable version of the leaked Mossack Fonseca papers is released on May 9. Peter Bale, the New Zealander behind the ICIJ, has already said he thinks there is more to come on New Zealand in the Panama papers. And this morning on the Nation (where he was interviewed on the same programme as Mr Bale), Winston Peters said he agreed – and hinted he was ready to reopen his winebox.

“Well, I said some time ago that these papers would be very, very serious revelations because 11 and a half million documents and New Zealand mentioned 60 times and us being positioned here in the South Pacific giving aid to countries who were at the same time running tax haven utilities or using all sorts of fancy phrases for cheating and fraud and money laundering, I think that the mention of Mr Key relates to where they’re going to go in one part of the world on this matter," Mr Peters said.

For his part, John Doe said he (or she) was willing to cooperate with authorities "to the extent that I am able", expressing a willingness to help authorities but also noting actions taken against recent whistleblower including Edward Snowden, currently exiled in Russia. Related: Is John Key “Inside Trading” with New Zealand’s Debt?

Hundreds Of Skull And Bones Secret Society Docs Set To Be Released May 9 2016 | From: Infowars

Over 1,500 documents related to the secretive Yale fraternity Skull and Bones are set to be made public within the next few months under a Freedom of Information Act request.

The trove of “letters, memos, a draft speech and other materials… are set for release in July” by the National Archives and Records Administration unless President Obama or former President George W. Bush object, reports Politico.

“Additional records include vetting materials, emails related to scheduled events, a phone message, a press briefing on Turkey, a register of Frederick Law Olmsted’s papers at the Library of Congress, requests for comments from the press, and a request for Vice President Richard B. Cheney to attend William F. Buckley’s memorial service,” the FOIA states.

Founded in 1832, the secret society has been a gateway for the elite and boasts three US presidents, with other members taking up prominent roles in state and federal governments, the intelligence community, academia, industry and finance. In 2004, for instance, both Democrat and Republican presidential candidates, John F. Kerry and George W. Bush, were members of the Yale fraternity. George W’s father, George H.W. Bush, and his grandfather, Prescott Bush, were also members.

The group’s “Tomb,” a windowless building located at the southwest end of the campus, is reportedly decorated with skulls and filled with rooms where members are rumored to conduct macabre rituals and initiation ceremonies, one of which may include the reciting of past sexual experiences, according to journalist Ron Rosenbaum.

“You could ask Averell Harriman whether there’s really a sarcophagus in the basement and whether he and young Henry Stimson and young Henry Luce (Time magazine) lay down naked in the coffin and spilled the secrets of their adolescent sex life to 14 fellow Bonesmen,” Rosenbaum wrote for Esquire in 1977.

The club was also sued in February 2009 by descendants of the Apache hero Geronimo, whom alleged in a federal lawsuit that the group was in possession of their ancestor’s skull – which members have posed with in group photos for decades.

The skull was reportedly stolen from the warrior’s grave at Fort Sill by members of Skull and Bones who were stationed at the base, with some accounts alleging Prescott Bush played a role in the theft. The lawsuit was dismissed the following year. Rosenbaum and a team in 2001 were able to film rituals being conducted in the inner courtyard of the “Tomb,” where members “acted out the tableau of a throat-cutting ritual murder,” according to the journalist.

“Of course, there is more to Skull and Bones than the mystical mumbo-jumbo of its rituals,” Rosenbaum wrote for the New York Observer at the time. “The rituals are less important than the relationships–the bonds of power and influence that develop between Skull and Bones initiates after they graduate.”

Politico reports the latest FOIA request was put forth by author and researcher Robert Gaylon Ross Sr., who has in the past published an exposé on the “Who’s Who of the Elite,” and written books regarding the elites’ role in the JFK and MLK assassinations.

Panama Papers: The Gift That Keeps On Giving & The Controversial Mexican Construction Tycoon Put $100m Into New Zealand Trusts, Report Says May 8 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview / Various

Controversial Mexican construction magnate Juan Armando Hinojosa Cantu put around $US100 million into three tax-free trusts in New Zealand, according to a report by Neil Chenoweth - the only Australasian journalist who has been granted access to documents leaked from law firm Mossack Fonseca and known as the Panama Papers. Correspondence published by Mr Chenoworth indicates Mr Hinojosa's $US100 million in three trusts (formed in 2015) could be just the tip of the iceberg. Related: And the deluge of details showing NZ is a tax haven has begun – where’s your messiah John Key now National voters?

Related: How Mass Media is Spinning the “Panama Papers” to the Elite’s Advantage Mossack Fonseca [apparently actually only one of the smaller players in tax haven schemes] has been on a marketing drive to promote NZ trusts, he says. He also highlights a letter from Ken Whitney (Prime Minister John Key's personal lawyer at the time) in which Mr Whitney offered a professional endorsement for Auckland law firm Cone Marshall, which was seeking professional accreditation with Mossak Fonseca. Mr Chenoweth doesn't make any accusation that any laws were broken, and NBR politics editor Rob Hosking says allegations of Mr Whitney's influence on foreign trust policy don't stack up. Nevertheless, Mr Chenoweth's article has become a fixture in the Australian Financial Review's top five most-read list - provides another spotlight on the foreign trust issue that the government will find unwelcome. UnitedFuture leader Peter Dunne says ongoing Panama Papers revelations - and more are expected involving NZ once the ICIJ's database becomes searchable on May 9 - are potentially very negative.

“If the label ‘tax haven’ is being bandied about now as it is, sticks, then that’s extremely damaging. You think of the way we perceive other countries that we’ve historically labelled as tax havens. We don’t view them credibly, and I think that’s the big risk to New Zealand," he says, closely echoing concerns raised by IRD in 2013.

According to a New York Times report, Mr Hinojosa has been close to Mexican President Enrique Pena Neito since Mr Pena Neito was a young political aide. Mr Hinojosa struck controversy in early 2015 after he built a $US7 million house for Mr Pena Neito's wife, but only $US3 million was paid upfront (the balance was covered by a promissory note).

Juan Armando Hinojosa Cantu

Around the same time, media highlighted that Mr Hinojosa had been awarded several large government contracts that did not go to tender. Several ran way over budget, to the benefit of his companies. Mr Hinojosa was not charged with any wrongdoing, but companies associated with him did subsequently see several of their government contracts cancelled, including a $US3.7 billion rail contract. The government has drafted former PwC chairman John Shewan to review rules around foreign trust disclose. He is due to report on June 30. Related articles: Panama Papers Become a Three Ring Circus Confessions Of A Panama Papers Hitman Bombshell: Panama Papers Expose Clinton’s Elite and Criminal Campaign Donors Jonathan May, Economic Hitman

Silent Coup Beginning To Overtake America Now May 8 2016 | From: USAwatchdog

Former Clinton insider Larry Nichols has worked with, and now against, the Clintons. Nichols has some of the top political and financial connections on the planet.

Nichols hopes the public is finally realizing the enormous power struggle going on. Nichols explains;

“There is no two-party system in the United States of America. Let’s get that straight. There is no two-party system, there is one. Part of it is a red team and part of it is a blue team. You think you have a choice, but as you know you only have a choice between the two they give you to vote for, but here comes Trump. Trump doesn’t need their money . . . he will bust up the system, and he will not only bust up the system for the Republican Party, but he will bust up the system (for both parties). So, there are many establishment Republicans that have said they would rather vote for Hillary than Trump. . . . They must maintain status quo of the system for these power elite people to stay where they want to be.”

Nichols goes on to say, “We are at the beginning of a velvet or silent coup. It’s been going on for years. There’s been a slow subtle takeover of our form of government, starting years and years ago, but it is coming to an end. That’s why there is this power play now. It’s more aggressive than you have seen before. If we don’t stop Hillary, it’s over.

Is Trump the answer to all of our problems? I don’t know. Here’s what I do know about Donald Trump. Donald Trump is not in the system. How do I know that? As hard as they are working to keep him out is a pretty good recommendation for me. He’s not one of them. He might be a good president. When you mention Hillary or the establishment, there is no ‘might.’ With them, we would get what we have been getting but only worse. There is not a ‘might’ there.” Nichols says the good news might come in the general election in November. Nichols explains;

“The American voters’ vote counts in the general election. Remember that. The play in the system has always been to trick it in the primaries and get both people that are the same but different colors. The general election has always been set up where people do get to vote, and they will get to pick the lessor of two evils. This time, it’s different. This time, the American voters can make a difference if Trump can stay in and actually get the nomination.” On the teetering financial system, Nichols says; “One of the five major banks has way too much of that $72 billion Puerto Rican debt. It might not sink them, but it may cause a problem. If one of the major banks took a hit like that... The FDIC just said it does not have enough liquidity if two major banks went into default. If one of the major banks falls or if one major bank was getting ready to take a nose dive, people would run on all the banks wouldn’t they? If everybody tried to cash their money out of the banks at one time, they would get about 6 cents on the dollar. You think you got a $100,000 protected in the bank - you don’t.”

Nichols, who is currently undergoing treatments for lung cancer, also says, “I believe President Obama doesn’t really want to leave. Now, how could he stay? It only takes a crisis. If a national crisis is declared . . . FEMA comes in. Most people don’t even know about the FEMA provisional plan. In case a meteor hits America and we go into a national crisis, FEMA has already got a plan in place ready to go where they will set up a provisional government. So, if the banks were to start collapsing, guess what Obama would do? He’d go to Congress and get them to vote and boom, in comes the provisional FEMA government, which makes the president . . . king.” Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with former Clinton insider Larry Nichols. There is much, much more in the extensive video interview.

Had Enough Of Government Corruption Kiwis? Here Is A Venue For Reporting, Exposing & Taking Action: The “Citizens Government Corruption Watchdog Commission” May 7 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei

By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change. Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”! Those of you who think beyond the mainstream media … or even those who don’t … you’ve probably noticed a few things are not ticking the boxes lately regarding democratic processes.

Local Government One example would be the way District Councils appear to have minds of their own and increasingly they are failing to consult those who elect them regarding decisions that will be affecting them. Recently the Whaleoil blog featured the growing problem of local government breaking the law and points out that they get away with it because nobody is policing it. Check out the blog as there are many examples cited of things folks are encountering with their DCs. Here is a recent example in Shannon where locals were consulted by their representing Councillor Ross Campbell on whether they wanted yet another liquor outlet licensed … overwhelmingly more were against than for (309 to 3) … yet the DC has gone right ahead and issued the liquor license anyway. So who is this council batting for? Their constituents, or the liquor industry? No prizes for guessing. Shannon has also had recent issues with discharge by Council of raw sewage into the local waterways, an ongoing issue with many DCs NZ wide. Cr Campbell was trespassed for two years by HDC for filming the discharge of raw sewage into the town’s waterways. Shutting down dissent!

The street poll by Cr Ross Campbell in the Horowhenua district … the poll overwhelmingly against the issuing of yet another liquor license in Shannon, and the DC has gone and issued the one anyway

The Rangitikei DC was also exposed last year with regard to their long standing non compliance in relation to pollution of its waterways with leachate. They too shut down dissent by failing to accept the recommendation of their own Community Committee! For further examples of local government corruption see our Local Govt Watch pages.

Health and Related Services Then we have many services (formerly ‘government’, now ‘corporate’ departments) that blatantly ignore the rules and run rough shod over people. I heard of one for instance just recently. An older woman who was admitted to A & E at a public hospital, left in a cold corridor, no warm blanket, no buzzer, calling for the toilet, left for hours in her own feces then loudly told off! The patient was too sick to respond.

With recent events in our corporatized government departments we need a watch on our health care providers and their protocols, particularly with the elderly and the dying Also, on the hospital subject, I heard recently of a dying patient on ‘nil by mouth’, without the family’s knowledge. On this horrific subject please google ‘Liverpool Care Pathway’ the thin end of the wedge in my opinion, to euthanasia. Now there’s huge debate as we know about that, however, since when do we administer ‘nil by mouth’ without explaining the rationale to the distressed relatives, whose loved one is crying out for water? And since when has this become the ‘norm’? Dying of thirst? I don’t recall any public discussion around this.

Weather Modification Practices The other glaring elephant in the room on the topic of flagrancy is the practice of geoengineering… ie spraying us all daily with toxic chemicals then telling us it is only steam or condensation.

Or worse, “nothing doing here please move along you ‘conspiracy theorists'”. There will be many more issues and other departments that spring to mind that need policing.

Reporting and Taking Action When these various events happen we’re often left standing, mouth open, grasping for who to tell, or, we’re so deep in grief we’re unable to act. And from my experience, often nobody knows just who to tell anyway. Many have tried for instance in the geoengineering domain to approach the various authorities charged with protecting us from unhealthy toxic environments only to be told there’s nothing doing. Denial, yet all the while scientific testing is revealing high levels of toxic chemicals in water and soils. These authorities need to be held to account. So here is a venue for you to report these various incidents. It’s easy to do, simply go to the site (links below) and fill in the appropriate form online (more forms to come).

The reports will be collated to reveal the extent of the respective complaints, all documented in reports and kept for evidence when confronting the department concerned, and/or for timely publishing on this and other websites, and on social media. Since our so called mainstream media is displaying a growing reluctance to fully air the truth, we can become a force to be reckoned with. This is people power!

“By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change. Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!

Here are links to both the site and the new Facebook page (head there and ‘like’ the page, and get reporting. You can also report historic incidents).

Boycott Tourism In NZ: More Fluorides? May 4 2016 | From: JonRappoport

Recently, I’ve written several articles about toxic fluorides (archive: here). The case is clear: cancer, lower IQ, other varieties of severe damage.

I became aware of a group in New Zealand, Fluoride Free NZ. They’ve had remarkable success working with local communities to ban fluorides in water supplies. Related: Stop Giving Fluoride Toothpaste to Children But now, in response, the New Zealand government has decided to make fluoridation a federal issue and take choice out of the hands of locals. Predictable. Tyrannical. The usual.

“We’ll fluoridate everybody, and there’s nothing you can do about it. We rule, you obey.”

So I suggested people should write to the tourism authority in New Zealand. You know - “Hi, guess what? My money isn’t coming to your country. More fluorides? I’m not traveling to your paradise.” This is the best contact address I’ve been able to come up with so far:

Associate Minister of Tourism Paula Bennett [email protected]

Jump in. Go for it. Send a message. A reader emailed me the letter he just wrote:

Dear Tourism New Zealand executive staff,

My name is Michael Blanshan. I am a naturopathic doctor in New Mexico, U.S.A. Years ago a group of friends and I were discussing New Zealand and all it has to offer as a country. Many of our group travelled to New Zealand and two families moved there, one to Nelso and one to Christchurch. These were good families with children and much to offer their local communities, not retirees looking for a country in which to retire. In my own travels I often run into New Zealanders (aka kiwis). They are generally great travelers, good people, kind, open-minded, intelligent, and generally fun. The very spirit of New Zealand which most kiwis embody seems to me to serve as New Zealand’s best advertising. Being a naturopath, I am keenly aware of the history of the fluoridation of drinking water, those who promoted this policy, their motivations for doing so, and the forms of pressure they use to continue the policy despite compelling scientific opposition. A local organization in New Zealand calling itself Fluoride Free NZ has worked tirelessly with communities to educate them on this issue. They worked diligently and the majority of those communities have chosen not to fluoridate their local water supplies. In response to this group’s effectiveness, the NZ federal government is now acting to take the decision making authority away from local councils and communities and put the power into the hands of District Health Boards (DHB), who are under the direct control of Central Government. This action has profound implications, though it may seem inconsequential to you, especially considering that you are a department for tourism. Though I stated that the people of New Zealand are its best feature, this is a black mark on New Zealand as a country. It points to a corruption of your federal government and its purported goals of serving its people. To the contrary, the government is showing that it has a will of its own and that it acts in the interests of other parties. The policy of fluoridation originated in the U.S.A. in the 1940s. Many European countries have rejected this policy, knowing it was not about health but rather that it was the result of corrupt influences. For the New Zealand government to force this policy shows that they’re not interested in science or the natural rights of the people and worse, that the New Zealand government is caving to pressure from either American or UK interests. Please understand that the irony of an American writing about corruption in government does not escape me. Educated Americans know all too well the workings and techniques of a dictatorship which presents itself as a democracy. It is as a result of the extreme corruption of the leadership of Western countries that we look to New Zealand and still see it to be a land of free individuals who can run their local communities as they like. If the New Zealand federal government goes ahead with this decision, I personally will not visit New Zealand in the future. If any of my friends or clients discuss the possibility of travelling to New Zealand, I will do my best to dissuade them. Potential visitors to New Zealand should know that all is not well in paradise and that behind the scenes you have the same dictatorship we see in the [rest of the] West. Despite all its physical beauty I still contend that the best part about New Zealand is its people. If the people of New Zealand are forced to stand in the shadow cast by a dictatorial federal government, something vital and essential will have been lost. Sincerely, Michael Blanshan

Thank you, Michael. Thank you, Fluoride Free NZ, for showing the way.

I keep hearing this thing called the Internet is a wonderful apparatus with many uses. Well, here’s one. Boom. Jon Rappoport Comment: What does it take to wake these intentionally distracted master chef cooking-show home renovation watching reality -television watching idiots up already? Time is up! Related: U.K. Town Moves Forward with Fluoridated Milk for Children

Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters May 3 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview

"If you want to continue to be slaves of the banks and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let the bankers continute to create money and control credit." - Josiah Stamp

Iceland has gained the admiration of populists in recent years by doing that which no other nation in the world seems to be willing or capable of doing: prosecuting criminal bankers for engineering financial collapse for profit. Their effective revolt against the banking class, who drove the tiny nation into economic crisis in 2008, is the brightest example yet that the world does not have to be indebted in perpetuity to an austere and criminal wealthy elite. In 2015, 26 Icelandic bankers were sentenced to prison and the government ordered a bank sale to benefit the citizenry. Inspired by Iceland’s progress, activists in Switzerland are now making an important stand against the banking cartels and have successfully petitioned to bring an initiative to public referendum that would attack the private banks where it matters most: their power to lend money they don’t actually have, and to create money out of thin air.

“Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money. The Swiss federal government confirmed on Thursday that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system. The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits.” [The Telegraph]

Switzerland is in a key position to play a revolutionary role in changing how global banking functions. In addition to being the world’s safest harbor for storing wealth, it is also home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), a shadowy private company owned by many of the world’s central banks, and acting as a lender to the central banks. The BIS is the very heart of global reserve banking, the policy that enables banks to lend money that does not actually exist in their bank deposits, but is instead literally created electronically from nothing whenever a bank extends a line of credit. Reserve banking is the policy that guarantees insurmountable debt as the outcome of all financial transactions. The Sovereign Money initiative in Switzerland aims to curb financial speculation, which is the intended and inevitable result of reserve banking, the tool that makes financial adventurism possible by supplying the banks with endless quantities of fiat money.

Limiting a bank’s ability to produce money from nothing would be a direct blow to the roots of the banking cartel, and would cripple their ability to manipulate the world economy. Here’s how it works, in rather simplified terms:

“…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked. This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” [Source]

In Switzerland, 90% of all money in circulation is electronic, and for this, The National Bank of Switzerland has become the direct target of the Sovereign Money Campaign. Swiss law has in the past required required banks to back all currency creation with collateral assets like physical silver or gold, however in recent decades the climate has changed, and, “due to the emergence of electronic payment transactions, banks have regained the opportunity to create their own money.” The grass roots campaign said in a public statement regarding the intentions of the referendum, “banks won’t be able to create money for themselves any more, they’ll only be able to lend money that they have from savers or other banks.” Related: Former Presidents Warn About the “Invisible Government” Running the United States

This is an interesting twist in the human saga of man vs. banks, and while it remains to be seen if the referendum passes or not, it must be pointed out that it does have its own problems, articulated by Sam Gerrans:

“…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.

This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” [Source]

Part of the cultural conditioning of our time is an ingrained, pre-assumed dependency on sacred cow institutions like banking. Just like it is impossible for most Americans to envision a world without Democrats and Republicans, it is difficult for most people to imagine a world without predatory global banking. Yet, there are a number of other possibilities for trading, storing wealth, and facilitating development in the world. This is not the only economic system we can imagine, and as Iceland has proven, people can regain control of their collective wealth, so perhaps this revolution will foment further in Switzerland, presenting a chance to at least bring greater awareness to the truth about central banking.

Network News Monkeys May 2 2016 | From: VeteransToday

This is a pretty strongly and directly worded exposure of the MSM and their “pretty” talking heads… of course, we see all of that over here, as well, although I personally do not watch it anymore live.

The credo of the Talking heads of the Network News Cartel requires them to “hear no truth, speak no truth and see no truth” if they want to keep their jobs and climb their occupational food chain. Remember the old cartoon with the three wise monkeys sitting in a row gesturing with their hands to “hear no evil, speak no evil, see no evil”? This was the Social Credo that most Baby-Boomers were raised with. It was the idea “avoid evil thoughts and talk, and do not listen to it from others”. The intent was good, keeping kids from being corrupted by bad morals.

But this “no evil” credo quickly expanded to an over generalized “No Talk” and “Don’t Question Authority” rules in many families and the overall purpose intended was actually to prevent conflict and the questioning parental authority no matter what. Although these “No Talk”, Don’t Question Authority” rules served their purpose for many parents and minimized arguing within families, it also prevented healthy communication patterns as well and in many cases instilled dysfunctional attitudes and behaviors in their children. These “No talk” and “Don’t Question Authority” rules created seriously dysfunctional communication styles that have persisted in many Baby-Boomers and would later doom them to unhappy or failed marriages and lots of conflict with their children.

The Establishment has promoted these dysfunctional communication rules and used them to manipulate and con numerous young Americans to needlessly enlist or allow themselves to be drafted to fight in illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual foreign wars on behalf of the World’s largest Organized crime syndicate, the Khazarian Mafia (KM).

It was the Khazarian Mafia that gained control over the United States Government and most of its institutions when it hijacked America’s Monetary Creation and Distribution System in 1913 and began charging American interest to use what should have been their own free money in the first place.

Whole successful careers for Psychologists and Marriage & Family Therapists have been made from trying to counteract these dysfunctional rules and to teach effective communication skills to Baby-Boomers and their children who have often been influenced by these rules. The continuing hegemony of these two dysfunctional communication rules against truthful and open communication has served the criminal governments as a strong roadblock to later independent thinking and questioning of Establishment story-lines disseminated through the Network News. And we now know for certain that all the Network News stories disseminated are usually big lies, false-narrative and government propaganda.

We now know for certain that the Establishment has taken advantage of this “No Talk, Don’t Question Authority” Credo to keep the American Public bamboozled with big lies, false-narratives and propaganda and to keep them willing to be served up as cannon fodder for other people’s aggressive wars of acquisition. Yes, these two dysfunctional communication rules became a strong “respect and don’t ever question government authority” norm which was instilled in baby-Boomers during childhood. This norm has persisted and allowed American to be conned into numerous post WW2 illegal unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, un-winnnable, wars of aggression for the Banksters and their crony corporations. The governments still tells monstrous lies which can easily be shown to be false if one does some in depth Internet research using reputable alternative News experts, and then connects the dots. The big lies, false-narrative and propaganda repeatedly and unendingly dispensed by the Network News Talking Heads is why so many still believe these monstrous lies:

Lies such as Oswald shot JFK; While located in a cave in Afghanistan using his cell phone Osama bin Laden was able to direct 19 Islamic terrorists with box cutters to successfully attack the Twin trade Towers in NYC and the Pentagon 9-11-01; or Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction including nukes; or Iraqi soldiers took the babies out their incubators and threw them on the floor of the hospital to die; or Iran is building nukes and will have them deployed anytime now; or Seal team Six assassinated Osama bin Laden; or Assad is torturing and murdering his own people and the Syrian war is a civil war only; or Russia invaded the Ukraine and took over Crimea; or real limbs were blown off victims at the Boston Bombing by the Tsarnaevs; or Adam Lanza single-handedly murdered 20 children and six adults at Sandy Hook School. The American public bought into all these monstrous lies, each of which has been proved to be completely false by numerous teams off credible researchers. The reason they did so is because they view the USG and their Network news talking head representatives as benevolent parent figures that would never lie to them. Yes, the American public has suffered from a serious inability to understand how their USG Officials can such be two-faced liars, deceivers and bamboozlers and actually work to represent the interests of the Khazarian Mafia and NOT the interests of We The People. This Don’t Question Authority Credo has been imprinted in the psyches of most baby-Boomers and their children. It takes many breeches to undo this and there have been a number over the years which has arisen. People are just starting to wake up to the fact that their governments are filled with two-faced liars and deceivers that are there to get rich, gain power and represent the wealthy powerful special interest that put them there.

The Establishment been able to pull this feat off to con and bamboozle the people with all this BS and lies, and transforming them into into Sheeple, consolidating all mass media into six Major Mass Media Corporations run by six Media Moguls who work for the KM and are part of an illegal News Monopoly and Network News Cartel. This is where the Network news talking heads play such an important part. They are actually little more than well paid Judas Goats leading Americans to “slaughter”. This removal of any normally expected corrections by the American People will eventually lead to complete economic collapse and asset stripping of everything we ever worked for and even worse for any children and grandchildren unless reversed quite soon. Network News Spokespersons (aka Talking Heads) are selected who are attractive, easy to listen to and have convincing deliveries. Almost every word out of their mouth is a big lie, a false narrative or blatant USG propaganda. Of course they are allowed to do harmless little local stories in a moderately factual way as long as they do not imply truth in national events that the Establishment is trying to keep hidden forever. The Network News reporters, “correspondents” and Talking Heads get direct access to official government sources in exchange for soft-peddling the stories and/or reporting the KM story-line. Whenever the Network News goes after a politician or official it is only because a policy to do so has been set at a very high level in the USG by a top policy-maker who is usually hiding in the background pulling the strings.

Sometimes as with the Pentagon, the Network News is paid to do a fluff story. Occasionally it can be due to conflict between different KM or other competing faction trying to acquire more power or institute a correction. The six major networks are controlled by six major media moguls who are part of an illegal mass media monopoly, best viewed as a News Cartel. These six moguls answer to one Intel related international investment group which is responsible to communicating the main Establishment talking points and themes for that particular day. All differences and conflicts which seem spontaneously emerging are actually pre-scripted and approved, and conform to policy set by only a few Top Policy-makers. This like the Wizard of Oz hiding behind the curtain pulling the levers of the USG and Network News machinery. So once we examine what the Network News Talking Heads are really dispensing we must conclude they are actually News Monkeys and their Operational Credo is see no truth, hear no truth, speak no truth. It’s like they are living in a cocoon of lies and deceit, insulated from the real world around them. If they ever did see and hear the truth and started speaking about it they would be breaking script, they would be fired, and they would be blacklisted, never to work in media again anywhere.

Talking heads are selected for crowd appeal.

They are usually attractive individuals with a nice delivery. Obviously to be able to keep their jobs they must insulate themselves from real truth about what is happening in the World or else their careers are ruined. This results in many of them becoming two-faced knowing liars and deceivers like most elected and appointed officials. Doubt this, just try to give one an important story about government or police corruption and watch them hem and haw and avoid dealing with it. If these constantly lying Talking Heads do their jobs as required and keep insulated and play the game they can earn great rewards and will typically be projected up the Establishment Food-chain. Everyday more and more good people abandon the Network news and use the Internet to find out what is really going on.

As these increasing numbers of alternative news consumers become more and more sophisticated and informed about National and World affairs, a day of reckoning between the Establishment and the people approaches. This knowledge of what really happened is spreading like wildfire and will eventually result in the exposure of all this big lies, false-narratives and propaganda dispensed by these Network Talking. If either the 9-1-01 attack on America, the phony Boston Black Powder Puffer-Bombing, or the Sandy Hoax House of Cards collapses it will then be possible to prosecute these six Major Network News Moguls for being “after the fact accessories” to these horrendous crimes and part of the World’s largest Organized Crime syndicate, which they actually are. They visit numerous alternative news websites and pick and choose truth nuggets that resonate and connect the dots themselves in their own head. As these increasing numbers of alternative news consumers become more and more sophisticated and informed about National and World affairs, a day of reckoning between the Establishment and the American People approaches.

It’s a fact that the Establishment has used the Network news to mind-kontrol the Western people and keep them from knowing the sinister evil that the governments and their special interest major corporations and banks have been doing to We The People for at least 50 years. Actually they have gained control necessary to do this because they assassinated JFK, MLK and RFK in a major ongoing coup d’etat. Once the American masses learn this as a group will probably be about the time they have lost everything. But once they do there will be hell to pay for these establishment two-faced liars and deceivers at every level. In law it’s a thin line between being an accessory after the crime and ignorance or not knowing. As soon as it is proved someone that aided in a RICO crime of the USG knowing did so they become an accessory after the fact if they keep supporting any associated USG cover-up. That day is rapidly approaching when most Americans will know that the attack on America on 9-11-01 was a stand-down Gladio-style False-flag attack and that nobody died at Sandy Hook. This Sandy Hook cover-up involves the whole State Government of Connecticut and all the way up to Eric Holder while he was US Attorney General. The Connecticut State Police are involved, as are numerous well paid crisis actors pretending to be survivors and actual families when they are not.

Conclusion: Just how bad has it gotten because of over 50 years of Talking Head Controlled major Mass Media mind-kontrol via News Control of the American People? It has gotten so bad that anyone who tells the truth has up until now and still is for the most part labelled as a conspiracy theorists, a conspiracy nut or a crackpot or possible domestic terrorist. As George Orwell once stated, “In a time of universal deceit-telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”

Obviously this applies to contemporary America as never before. The factual knowledge of what is really happening in our corrupt USG at every level is now beginning to spread like wildfire across America. If the spread of truth is not stopped it will eventually result in the exposure of all this big lies, false-narratives and propaganda dispensed by these Network Talking Heads on behalf of the USG, the Establishment and the KM who pulls all the strings of these two remarkably evil entities.

If either the 9-1-01 attack on America, the phony Boston Black Powder Puffer-Bombing, or the Sandy Hoax House of Cards collapses it will then be possible to prosecute these six Major Network News Moguls for being “after the fact accessories” to these horrendous crimes and part of the World’s largest Organized Crime syndicate, which they actually are. There is no statute of limitations for murder or for fraud. 3,000+ another 130,000 were murdered by the 9-11-01 KM perps from their attack on America on 9-11-01. They had the Tsarnaev brother and his friend murdered over the fake Boston marathon Bombing and at least one witness was murdered over Sandy hoax.

Over 100 witnesses of the JFK assassination were murdered and the Dixie mob, the CIA, the Enterprise (Pentagon) and the FBI to protect the Clintons, Iran-Contra and the Mena, Arkansas Cocaine trafficking operations. All because GHWB was the Clintons’ case officer and used them to run cover for all these RICO KM syndicate operations. Their success in providing cover has been well rewarded ever since but may be quite limited soon due to new and quite powerful forces inside the Pentagon that want to clean house and are making sure all their recent sins are exposed to the public. Obviously the current regime was placed in power to complete the KM’s Globalist NWO Agenda and help maintain the current cover-up of all these recent false-flags including the KM attack on America of 9-11-01. So far the attainment of these intended goals have been thwarted substantially. These murders and fraud of the associated cover-ups of the six Major Mass Media Moguls makes them liable for serious felony prosecutions and criminal and civil RICO, along with the actual KM and Intel perps and the Cutouts responsible for all these Gladio-style inside-job False-flag operations and their cover-up.

The Global Warming Scam, Paris Climate Agreement And NWO Global Rule May 1 2016 | From: Sott

"Global warming is the biggest scam in history. I am amazed, appalled and highly offended by it." Longtime meteorologist and Weather Channel founder John Coleman

With last Friday's Earth Day marked by the US among 170 nations out of the planet's 190 nations signing last December's UN Paris climate change agreement at the United Nations, the topic "global warming/climate change" is once again all abuzz these days. Related: The Climate Change Scam Additionally, in less than a week a documentary entitled "The Climate Hustle" is being released in movie theaters nationwide on May 2nd debunking the notion that humans have caused global warming from the alleged increased CO2 greenhouse effect.

This new film arrives as the answered rebuttal exactly a decade after ex-VP Al Gore's Oscar winning "Inconvenient Truth" pushed the global warming agenda to unprecedented heights. Gore was rewarded with a Nobel Peace Prize for his propagandist sci-fi movie. Recall his "true planetary emergency" calling for "drastic measures" to reduce the greenhouse gases before "reaching the point of no return" within ten years. Well, his ten years have come and gone and for all his over-predicting of end-of-the-world crises due to global warming, Gore and his alarmist minions have virtually no evidence of any warming to show for all their doom and gloom catastrophic warnings. Comment: Unfortunately, the film Climate Hustle is less than objective about global cooling - a process that few seem to be addressing.

That said, the global warming industry stakes are now worth an annual $1.5 trillion. Yet despite the global elites adapting a climate change agreement, a vast array of critics are blasting their Paris climate accord as merely a $100 billion boondoggle lacking any specific strategies or methods for reducing CO2 levels nor any mandated authority to enforce recommendations hinging on voluntary participation from all nations. Even the father of the global warming movement former NASA climatologist and green activist James Hanson trashes the Paris agreement:

“It's just bullshit for them to say 'we'll have a 2 C. warming target and then try to do a little better every five years.' It's worthless words. There is no actions, just promises. As long as fossil fuels appear to be the cheapest fuels out there, they will be continued to be burned."

The earth's global warming that Al Gore and his movement attribute to humans burning fossil fuels over the last century has absolutely nothing to do with the global warming presently being observed on every planet in our solar system. Scientists are blaming it on solar warming and the sun's electromagnetic field is becoming more intense. The fact that solar warming is heating up all the planets strongly suggests that global warming on our planet is not being caused by human activity at all. Few skeptical scientists on global warming deny that human-generated CO2 does not warm the planet. But the amount of heating caused by CO2 and other greenhouse gases has never been scientifically determined and is believed to be miniscule. In contrast, in recent years virtually all of Al Gore's contentions have been refuted and debunked by actual science. Bill Clinton's Vice President while campaigning for president claimed that he "created the internet" and of course we all know he conveniently stretched the truth on that one. As a lifelong politician raised by another lifelong politician father, his trademark is bending the truth any time he feels the need to impress his audience.

Though Al Gore likes to pass himself off as an altruist out to save the world, as a partner in Kleiner Perkins, a venture capital firm that invested a billion dollars in 40 different companies, Gore and his partners stand to hugely profit from cap and trade laws that would make him the first carbon billionaire. Back in 2008 Al Gore made the bold prediction that all the ice in the Arctic Sea would be completely melted by 2013-2015. It clearly hasn't. The polar icecap has actually grown thicker in 2015 than it was in 2008. Meanwhile, the climate and ice pack on Antarctica is consistently growing thicker and colder at record levels. These polar discrepancies stand in direct contradiction to the global warming alarmist's original statements as literally the tip of the iceberg when it comes to how Gore's dire warnings never quite materialize. Hence, in recent years Gore's political camp quietly and seamlessly renamed their all-important cause from global warming which was disproven to a more benign, less disprovable assertion called climate change. One of Gore's "facts" that acts as his basic premise behind his entire theory is the notion that rising CO2 levels cause global warming. This is not true. What scientists do know is for millions of years the earth has taken turns cyclically shifting back and forth between relative short warming periods compared to longer cooling periods. During the last 800 years of a typical 5,000 year ice age, it's been determined that temperatures rose before CO2 levels did. This lagging anomaly is a scientific fact that disproves climate change contenders' central tenet that increasing CO2 levels always cause higher temps.

Many scientists maintain that increasing CO2 levels only help to stimulate plant growth since the plant kingdom's fuel is carbon dioxide. The clichéd quote so often heard by the alarmists claiming a consensus of 97% of all climate scientists maintain that manmade CO2 levels are causing global warming has also been proven wrong. A closer examination has demonstrated that an extremely minute number of research studies wholeheartedly embrace global warming as fact and that the zealot counting the supposed 12,000 abstracts subjectively misclassified the vast majority as being pro-global warming, in fact doctoring the results. On the other hand, 31,487 scientists(over 9,000 with PhD's) signed a petition confirming that they do not believe that anthropomorphic (human causing) generated CO2 is a valid concern causing any global warming danger. Yet the lies spewing forth from politicized pseudo-science dogma passed all around the world by MSM presstitutes will never admit it.

“Isn't the only hope for the planet that the industrialized civilizations collapse? Isn't it our responsibility to bring that about?"

Now you can see how the recent globalist manufactured migration crisis and the Paris climate accord committing $100 billion to "fighting CO2" fits right in with Strong's mission with billions in carbon tax used to codify world governance laws. In 1993 an even more glaring admission to misuse global warming to further advance the New World Order agenda was explicitly declared by the Club of Rome, an elitist think tank comprised of scientists, economists, business and political leaders that often serve as UN consultants of which Maurice Strong himself was a onetime member:

“In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill.... All these dangers are caused by human intervention... and thus the real enemy, then, is humanity itself... believe humanity requires a common motivation, namely a common adversary in order to realize world government. It does not matter if this common enemy is a real one or... one invented for the purpose."

Thus the UN's Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) was born, opportunistically latching onto the highly bogus 1998 MBH98 study that included grossly flawed methodology as its smoking gun "proving" global warming with the infamous "hockey stick" CO2 spike pattern used by Al Gore in his acclaimed disinfo propaganda flick. Later researchers debunked the MBH98 findings identifying errors that when corrected to include missing 15th century data showed even higher temperatures than today minus of course any manmade cause back then, thus shattering the myth of human carbon dioxide emissions causing a warmer earth. Additionally, for two straight decades now, satellite derived data records show no statistically significant global warming trend at all. Even surface readings over the last decade have failed to deliver the bad news globalists like Gore were literally banking on. So by default, let's call it climate change and keep hammering away with more lies until they become accepted science dogma.

The often heard climate change narrative readily cites increasing number of hurricanes and tornadoes as the sought after

proof that climate change is real. Yet once again reality fails to back up the claims. For the fourth year in a row tornadoes fell under the average with 2015 one of the lowest years on record. And regarding killer hurricanes, the US is in the longest drought in its recorded history since records began in 1851. The last category 3 hurricane was Wilma that struck Florida over a decade ago. Furthermore, a University of Colorado study released results last year stressing the need for caution in interpreting extreme weather, warning not to succumb to an obvious temptation to attribute every extreme weather event to global warming. The study concluded that no statistical evidence supports a rise in extreme weather caused directly by global warming or climate change. In the case of the spike in major earthquakesand active volcanoes (40 now) this year, solar activity, 11-year sun cycles and increased risk of comets and asteroids heading towards the earth are more commonly linked as a potential causal explanation than climate change or global warming.

The presence of profound earth changes appear to be occurring on a global scale, but again these changes may well be part of a larger stellar phenomenon unfolding within our solar system and not due at all to anthropomorphic CO2 levels. Still another controversial and rarely if ever mentioned factor that is impacting climate and weather events is the widespread geoengineering "chemtrails" that have for decades now been artificially blanketing and poisoning the skies and life on the ground. Chemtrails are likely causing the drought in California. Spraying chemicals has become so pronounced in recent years throughout North America and Europe that in places it has seemingly permanently altered the skyline coloring it a dull whitish grey. A number of heavy toxic metals falling to the ground have been detected including aluminum, barium, strontium, sulfur, all are harmful to human health far more than CO2 emissions. Yet their destruction and increasingly health hazard to animals, humans as well as vegetation (especially scorched trees) intentionally at hidden taxpayer expense is covertly been perpetrated by US and other Western governments.

For an alternative and in-depth discussion of chemtrails, see these articles: Chemtrails? Contrails? Strange Skies Cosmic COINTELPRO: Baiting chemtrails conspiracy theorists with straw men Temperatures measured at both ground level and lower atmospheric levels are affected by a myriad of factors. Yet the UN agreement and the widespread political dogma masquerading as science that climate change/global warming is indisputably caused by the rise in manmade CO2 levels blindly denies all the other scientifically known factors that influence the planet's temperatures rendering them all inconsequential. This is totally misleading and downright false. Prevailing global winds, cloud cover, orbital earth changes in tilting of axis, ocean cycles that include growth of microscopic creatures, water vapor, methane gas, volcanic activity, the solar system and the sun all are scientifically-established co-determinants in varying global temps and climate change. It's an extremely complex interplay of dozens of co-occurring variables that cause climate. Over simplistic analyses based on computer model algorithms insisting that man's CO2 gases are heating up the planet has been coalesced and co-opted into a unifying political agenda pushed by environmental extremism, the Democratic Party and ultimately globalism and its world governance to use global warming as its prime mover and shaker to bring about the long plotted one world government tyranny. The bottom line reality to virtually everything today is driven by money, power and control. The climate change issue is no different as it has been politicized to where scientific research funding is predicated on only one thing, producing results that the government desires and demands... be it in the US or research sponsored by the UN's IPCC.

Thus, only researchers that produce the numbers supporting the contention that CO2 is causing rising temps get funded. Honest researching scientists who dare investigate the inconvenient truth simply don't get financed. And only the pro-global warming scientists are given a credible voice to disseminate their findings through respected journals and mainstream media outlets. Like 9/11 truth-ers and vaccine non-believers, dissenting scientists not bought and paid for by big oil or big government, are typically denigrated and dismissed as fringe conspiracy nuts and crackpots. A global warming skeptic is subject to ridicule, career and reputation assault and harassment threatened with RICO litigation. In other words, science just like mainstream media has become so polluted and prostituted by today's rampant corruption that it no longer is guided by legitimate scientific inquiry and ethically driven investigation for empirical truth... much like Monsanto and Big Pharma control the FDA and EPA to approve harmful drugs without adequate research trials and/or look the other way with egregious earth degradation and pollution. But then this is the regressive, Orwellian dark age we're now living in when dissenting free speech has systematically become criminalized, when our soldiers sent by our government into harm's way putting their lives on the line come home only to be targeted as the feds' number one enemy - even more so than the ISIS terrorists the treasonous neocons secretly created and continue supporting, and the mob rule mentality of political correctness that now both trumps and tramples on the constitutional First Amendment.

Free intellectual discourse on college campuses has been militantly usurped by angry PC police Nazis acting blindly on emotion to demonize and silence those who dare disagree. If anyone on the planet's feelings are hurt, PC laws prohibiting free speech are being busily erected to put people exercising their criminalized free speech in jail, be they critics of Islam or so called climate change "deniers." The crime cabal government is now an oligarchic fascist totalitarian police state ushering in yet another reign of terror era where truth itself becomes deep state's enemy. The elite's covert agenda to misuse and debase the educational system and mass media through pervasive social engineering and mind control designed to diabolically dumb down and brainwash multiple generations into robotically operating completely devoid of any capacity for critical thinking and reasoning, absolutely clueless in discerning truth from 24/7 lies, disinformation and propaganda has been a resounding success. That said, more citizens of the world every single day are ultimately realizing that their own government as the elite's authoritarian thugs is their true enemy merely carrying out eugenics marching orders amounting to human genocide. Like the sacrificial lambs of the 3,000 Americans murdered by the ruling elite on 9/11, we are all targets for extermination, all but a half billion slaves left alive to service the psychopaths in charge.

John Key: Land Tax Plan Could Happen By 2017 May 1 2016 | From: TheContrail

You may have heard the banker-controlled media report over the past few days that PM John Key is considering introducing a new “land tax” on foreign property speculators similar to Victoria in Australia to supposedly help suppress the house and property price rises bubble.

Well, unlike everyone else, it seems, I thought I would take the time this evening to research what it involves in Victoria by the COMMUNIST/FASCIST Victorian State Government. Much to my surprise (really not a surprise), it is very nasty indeed, and is in the early stages of confiscating everyone’s properties with an exemption for you own home and a few others. Here are the current rates in Victoria: See: Victoria Land Tax Current Rates The threshold for individuals is $250,000, but for “Trusts” is just $25,000. There is a massive attack against trusts! At present primary land is exempt if not in a trust - but of course, the present list of exemptions and relatively low Land Tax rates are only the beginning, and I predict will lead to full property confiscation. I will predict in a relatively short space of time the rates in Victoria will go up ten-fold! It’s based on the old banking pirate strategy for introducing tolls on new privatized highways. First you open the new road with a low $2 toll to get all the masses used to it. Then when you’ve got all the sheep regularly using it, you increase the toll to $12 then $20 – and in no time all of a sudden you realize the sheep have all been fleeced of their last dimes! A few years ago, the NZ Treasury (run by devious foreign banking pirates here) proposed a similar tax called a “Residential Property Equity Tax” that would apply to all property including all homes and farmland WITH NO EXEMPTIONS FOR THE FAMILY HOME (unlike Australia at present) – but fortunately, it was firmly rejected then by the then government.

Now they’re coming back again, cunningly trying to introduce it as “Land Tax” (but at first only for greedy foreign speculators who are being blamed for pushing house prices up) – when in reality, it is easy credit, low interest rates and excessive immigration that is the real cause of rapidly pushing house prices up – being pushed by the banking pirates themselves. Of course, the banker-controlled media will never blame the banking pirate crooks who in effect are mortgaging the whole country lock, stock and barrel to themselves. While this is not only unique to Australia and New Zealand – May I ask the profound question? Are we all so downright apathetic and mentally retarded to just sit back and put up with all this tyranny without even ushering a single word? What a Socialist madhouse? All totally designed to destroy the wealth of those who work hard! Related: John Key: Land tax plan could happen by 2017

New Zealand Government Plans To Drown Its Citizens In Toxic Fluorides April 30 2016 | From: JonRappoport / Infowars

Why should a government be permitted to dump poison into the water and call it medical treatment?

“Oh, I love New Zealand. It’s one of the most beautiful places on Earth. It’s…what? What did you say?…No, that’s impossible. That couldn’t be happening. They’re doing what??” Related: Fluoride Now Linked to Neurotoxicity Pandemic and Development of the A-Bomb The strategy of the New Zealand government is simple. A series of local movements is successful. So kill them off by claiming decision-making must occur at a “higher level.” Take power out of the hands of locals. The people can’t represent themselves. That’s dangerous. No, big government will represent the people - by squashing what the people want. The issue is fluorides. I recently wrote two articles demonstrating the extreme toxicity of this substance, which of course is dumped in water supplies as a medical treatment. (fluoride archive here). In New Zealand, a group called Fluoride Free NZ has been highly successful working with town councils to ban fluorides from local communities.

Related: No fluoride for Whakatane District water supplies But these successes are a threat, because they contradict the lies medical authorities spew about how safe fluorides are, and because grass-roots victories erode blind faith in centralized government.

Here are quotes from Kane Titchener, who represents the group, Fluoride Free NZ, in New Zealand. His remarks lay out what’s happening behind the scenes in that natural paradise:

“…the fluoridation issue has been brought to a head. The NZ Government is proposing that the [bigger] District Health Boards take over the decision making [about] fluoridation [in water supplies] as opposed to the local councils. This is because we have been very good at winning at the local council level.” “Fluoride Free NZ was formed in 2003. Since that time we have had many substantial victories in local Councils throughout New Zealand. Local Councils that have stopped [fluoridating water supplies] as a result of Fluoride Free NZ’s lobbying efforts: New Plymouth; Taumarunui; Waipukurau; Far North…”

Related: Fluoride Officially Classified as a Neurotoxin in World’s Most Prestigious Medical Journal

“In summary, the Government is planning to implement mandatory fluoridation to the whole of New Zealand. Currently, only around 50% of households are on fluoridated water, with only 23 out of 67 local councils still fluoridating, while voicing their growing concerns about fluoridation risks and dangers. In response to more and more councillors and mayors deciding against fluoridation, the Government is now taking the decision away from local councils and communities and putting the power into the hands of District Health Boards (DHB), who are under the direct control of Central Government.”

If you think Fluoride Free NZ’s successes working with town councils is a walk in the park, think again. This group has scored victories against long odds. This group is smart, dedicated, and effective. They represent what can happen when strong, clear-sighted, creative individuals band together to accomplish a righteous goal. And the tyrannical response of big government is predictable. However, there is going to be blowback against that government in New Zealand. The degree and power of the blowback is going to depend, in part, on the response of people around the world who become aware of the situation and make their voices heard. Contact Fluoride Free NZ. Help them. Spread their press releases all over the world.

Why should a government be permitted to dump poison into the water and call it medical treatment?

And having called it medical treatment, by what power can a government mandate it for all citizens without informed consent, without the explicit permission of those millions of patients? Yes, patients, because that’s what they are. They’re being treated every day. By what power can this happen? Dictatorship calling itself democracy. A note to tourists: how do you feel about traveling to New Zealand and bathing in, and drinking, poison? Do you like that bonus for spending your good money in “paradise?” If not, you might want to contact the New Zealand tourism authority (newzealand.com) and let them know about your change of plans.

Such organizations are always interested in money, where it’s coming from—and where it won’t be coming from. Related: US government actually admits: Americans have been overdosed with fluoride

New Zealand Zapped On NASA’s EOSDIS Worldview April 30 2016 | From: MetaphysicalMusing

South (east) of New Zealand close to Antarctica: Notice the microwaved ‘ripples’ and the striated ridge-like lines, some crisscrossed, plus milky chemtrailing. April 25, 2016

My friend in New Zealand is still reluctant to accept that New Zealand is being horrifically sprayed with the toxic chemicals, aluminum, barium, etc., and radio frequency rf/microwaved zapped by transmitters like HAARP, etc. Related: Chemtrails & Geo-Enginneering He can’t accept that New Zealand is vulnerable to planetary collapse, even though he knows their Prime Minister John Key was head of the global foreign exchange (currencies) at Merrill Lynch in London – and obviously a New World Order puppet. Thus I have encouraged him to investigate the evidence at NASA’s EOSDIS Worldview. I include a few screen shots I recently made of New Zealand and south towards Antarctica. Be sure and adjust for the correct the date at the bottom. See: NASAworldview The image above is of radio frequency / microwave ripples on the South Island / below same around Mt. Egmont or Mount Taranaki on the North Island, New Zealand – April 26, 2016

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State April 29 2016 | From: InformationClearingHouse

In the police state, the price to be paid for speaking truth to power (also increasingly viewed as an act of treason) is surveillance, censorship, jail and ultimately death.

However, where many go wrong is in assuming that you have to be doing something illegal or challenging the government’s authority in order to be flagged as a suspicious character, labeled an enemy of the state and locked up like a dangerous criminal. MIn fact, as I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, all you really need to do is use certain trigger words, surf the internet, communicate using a cell phone, drive a car, stay at a hotel, purchase materials at a hardware store, take flying or boating lessons, appear suspicious, question government authority, or generally live in the United States. With the help of automated eyes and ears, a growing arsenal of high-tech software, hardware and techniques, government propaganda urging Americans to turn into spies and snitches, as well as social media and behavior sensing software, government agents are spinning a sticky spider-web of threat assessments, flagged “words,” and “suspicious” activity reports aimed at snaring potential enemies of the state.

It’s the American police state’s take on the dystopian terrors foreshadowed by George Orwell, Aldous Huxley and Phillip K. Dick all rolled up into one oppressive pre-crime and pre-thought crime package.

What’s more, the technocrats who run the surveillance state don’t even have to break a sweat while monitoring what you say, what you read, what you write, where you go, how much you spend, whom you support, and with whom you communicate. Computers now do the tedious work of trolling social media, the internet, text messages and phone calls for potentially antigovernment remarks - all of which is carefully recorded, documented, and stored to be used against you someday at a time and place of the government’s choosing.

While this may sound like a riff on a bad joke, it’s a bad joke with “we the people” as the punchline. The following activities are guaranteed to get you censored, surveilled, eventually placed on a government watch list, possibly detained and potentially killed. Laugh at your own peril.

Use harmless trigger words like cloud, pork and pirates: The Department of Homeland Security has an expansive list of keywords and phrases it uses to monitor social networking sites and online media for signs of terrorist or other threats such as SWAT, lockdown, police, cloud, food poisoning, pork, flu, Subway, smart, delays, cancelled, la familia, pirates, hurricane, forest fire, storm, flood, help, ice, snow, worm, warning or social media.

Use a cell phone: Simply by using a cell phone, you make yourself an easy target for government agents - working closely with corporations who can listen in on your phone calls, read your text messages and emails, and track your movements based on the data transferred from, received by, and stored in your cell phone. Mention any of the so-called “trigger” words in a conversation or text message, and you’ll get flagged for sure. Drive a car: Unless you’ve got an old junkyard heap without any of the gadgets and gizmos that are so attractive to today’s car buyers (GPS, satellite radio, electrical everything, smart systems, etc.), driving a car today is like wearing a homing device: you’ll be tracked from the moment you open that car door thanks to black box recorders and vehicle-to-vehicle communications systems that can monitor your speed, direction, location, the number of miles traveled, and even your seatbelt use.

Once you add satellites, GPS devices, license plate readers, and real-time traffic cameras to the mix, there’s nowhere you can go on our nation’s highways and byways that you can’t be followed. Attend a political rally: Enacted in the wake of 9/11, the Patriot Act redefined terrorism so broadly that many non-terrorist political activities such as protest marches, demonstrations and civil disobedience were considered potential terrorist acts, thereby rendering anyone desiring to engage in protected First Amendment expressive activities as suspects of the surveillance state. Express yourself on social media: The FBI, CIA, NSA and other government agencies are investing in and relying on corporate surveillance technologies that can mine constitutionally protected speech on social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Instagram in order to identify potential extremists and predict who might engage in future acts of anti-government behavior.

Serve in the military: Operation Vigilant Eagle, the brainchild of the Dept. of Homeland Security, calls for surveillance of military veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan, characterizing them as extremists and potential domestic terrorist threats because they may be “disgruntled, disillusioned or suffering from the psychological effects of war.”

Disagree with a law enforcement official: A growing number of government programs are aimed at identifying, monitoring and locking up anyone considered potentially “dangerous” or mentally ill (according to government standards, of course). For instance, a homeless man in New York City who reportedly had a history of violence but no signs of mental illness was forcibly detained in a psych ward for a week after arguing with shelter police.

Call in sick to work: In Virginia, a so-called police “welfare check” instigated by a 58-year-old man’s employer after he called in sick resulted in a two-hour, SWAT team-style raid on the man’s truck and a 72-hour mental health hold.

All of this was done despite the fact that police acknowledged they had no legal basis nor probable cause for detaining the man, given that he had not threatened to harm anyone and was not mentally ill.

Limp or stutter: As a result of a nationwide push to certify a broad spectrum of government officials in mental health first-aid training (a 12hour course comprised of PowerPoint presentations, videos, discussions, role playing and other interactive activities), more Americans are going to run the risk of being reported for having mental health issues by non-medical personnel. For instance, one 37-year-old disabled man was arrested, diagnosed by police and an unlicensed mental health screener as having “mental health issues,” apparently because of his slurred speech and unsteady gait. Appear confused or nervous, fidget, whistle or smell bad: According to the Transportation Security Administration’s 92-point secret behavior watch list for spotting terrorists, these are among some of the telling signs of suspicious behavior: fidgeting, whistling, bad body odor, yawning, clearing your throat, having a pale face from recently shaving your beard, covering your mouth with your hand when speaking and blinking your eyes fast. Allow yourself to be seen in public waving a toy gun or anything remotely resembling a gun, such as a water nozzle or a remote control or a walking cane, for instance: No longer is it unusual to hear about incidents in which police shoot unarmed individuals first and ask questions later. John Crawford was shot by police in an Ohio Wal-Mart for holding an air rifle sold in the store that he may have intended to buy. Thirteen-year-old Andy Lopez Cruz was shot 7 times in 10 seconds by a California police officer who mistook the boy’s toy gun for an assault rifle.

Christopher Roupe, 17, was shot and killed after opening the door to a police officer. The officer, mistaking the Wii remote control in Roupe’s hand for a gun, shot him in the chest. Another police officer repeatedly shot 70-year-old Bobby Canipe during a traffic stop. The cop saw the man reaching for his cane and, believing the cane to be a rifle, opened fire.

Appear to be pro-gun, pro-freedom or anti-government: You might be a domestic terrorist in the eyes of the FBI (and its network of snitches) if you: express libertarian philosophies; exhibit Second Amendment-oriented views; read survivalist literature, including apocalyptic fictional books; show signs of self-sufficiency (stockpiling food, ammo, hand tools, medical supplies); fear an economic collapse; buy gold and barter items; voice fears about Big Brother or big government; or expound about constitutional rights and civil liberties.

Attend a public school: Microcosms of the police state, public schools contain almost every aspect of the militarized, intolerant, senseless, overcriminalized, legalistic, surveillance-riddled, totalitarian landscape that plagues those of us on the “outside.”

Additionally, as part of the government’s so-called ongoing war on terror, the FBI - the nation’s de facto secret police force is now recruiting students and teachers to spy on each other and report anyone who appears to have the potential to be “anti-government” or “extremist” as part of its “Don’t Be a Puppet” campaign. Speak truth to power: Long before Chelsea Manning and Edward Snowden were being castigated for blowing the whistle on the government’s war crimes and the National Security Agency’s abuse of its surveillance powers, it was activists such as Martin Luther King Jr. and John Lennon who were being singled out for daring to speak truth to power.

These men and others like them had their phone calls monitored and data files collected on their activities and associations. For a little while, at least, they became enemy number one in the eyes of the US government. There’s always a price to pay for standing up to the powers-that-be. Yet as this list shows, you don’t even have to be a dissident to get flagged by the government for surveillance, censorship and detention. All you really need to be is a citizen of the police state.

Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People April 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Government models have not evolved that much since the days of Plato’s Socratic Republic.

Instead, they have all deteriorated, corrupted, and have failed on many occasions to address and mitigate the most fundamental failing of man, i.e. greed for absolute power. Members of Secret Societies claimed they have been raised and trained to properly handle power and authority, and yet we know how many times this hasn’t been the case. Power is toxic and absolute power corrupts absolutely. The only way power be prevented from being misused is when it is distributed to as many as possible. By then, power will cease to be more than just a routine exercise of collective free will.

Until today, the concept of collective free will has been nothing more than illusory at best. We call it democracy, the rule of the mob, or the tyranny of the majority. And rightly so, because we let sheer numbers decide who and what’s best for us, instead of high quality ideas taken and decided directly from each member of our society. In order to create the illusion of direct participation, the elite minority devised a periodic ritual where we can all choose directly from preselected individuals out of a pool of nominees, i.e. club members, as our potential leaders, neither of whom is committed to serve the people’s interests, but the club. Preselection is enforced by making each outsider poor enough to barely afford financing a political campaign. The reign of inbred mentally retarded families is thus maintained by default.

The fragile House of Cards is surprisingly, yet effectively sustained just by the mere satisfaction of earthly desires of the few below the pyramid. The entire system is self-sustaining in its corruption of the entire fabric of our miserable existence. This stupidity cannot go on.

The Solution We cannot solve any problem by using the same mindset that created it in the first place. That is a Universal Truth. Hundreds of years ago, this concept would have been impossible, but true democracy is being exercised daily in the realm of Open Software Development for decades now, and the cost is only as high as your monthly ISP bill, something that you are already doing now, as you read this article. Therefore, it is a huge mistake to abandon this idea as merely Utopian. Labeling, or branding, has gotten us nowhere. It’s time to confront the systemic problem head on.

Open Source Government ensures that only the best solution survives while keeping the cost close to nil as everybody would be willing to volunteer their services as is already done in Open Source Communities. Goodbye, Mr. Congressman. And that is only the beginning.

The Next OSG Evolution

It is only natural that the next evolution of Open Source Government is the establishment of a direct link between people formulated and approved policies and controls, which serves as the programming instructions into the machines that will do the actual dirty repetitive work of sustaining life on the planet. By that time, real-time formulated policies will be translated as the macro firmware instructions that sits at the lowest level by which they can override all embedded intelligence, to maintain the superiority of man over machines. Goodbye, Mr. President.

While possible, it is highly improbable that the majority will give machine instructions to kill themselves. Sustainability and security are therefore inherently built into the system. Goodbye, FBI and NSA. Recognizing the fact that money is just a form of control to our access to basic resources, and not a true manifestation of tangible wealth, there will be a time along the way when the majority decide that this Babylonian paper magik, too, could go away. And that’s when slavery is finally defeated.

Goodbye, Goldman Sachs, Federal Reserve, IMF-WB and Rothschild dynasty. Understandably, government as we know it will lose its meaning and will cease to exist. Goodbye, representative United Nations! Again, the template for Open Source Government is existing and is being used continuously by Google and Mozilla, to name just a few. We just have to migrate it into governance. Automation and robotics technology is already being applied to replace humans in the realm of manufacturing. Why not link it with OSG to have a completely responsive government that responds in real-time? Comment: Okay, so that comment above might sound a bit transhumanist. But the gist of this article is to inspire thinking. We collectively need to figure a way out of this paradigm and to determine what we move on to from here. Sitting around going "well this is shit" is not going to help us move forward in an upward, positively driven fashion. Open Collaboration is the only feasible system that is already proven to sustainably work. It is the only government model where the highest quality of public services are guaranteed, transparency and peaceful interaction are built-in, all at the lowest cost possible. What are we waiting for?

Scientist Who Found Gluten Sensitivity Now Says it Doesn’t Exist + Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down April 28 2016 | From: WakingTimes / Geopolitics / Various

Is Monsanto’s glyphosate the true cause of sensitivity to glutenous foods?

Millions of people are said to have some intolerance to gluten, the sticky protein that can be found in breads, barley, and other wheat products. But how scientifically grounded is this sudden wave of large-scale gluten intolerance? As it turns out, it may not be gluten that is triggering health problems, but a reaction to agrochemicals being used in the harvesting of wheat. Related: Scientific Consensus Statement Reveals Roundup Herbicide A Major Health Threat Gluten is a protein composite that acts as a glue for bread, holding it together and giving it that fluffy, chewy texture that people enjoy. It is also used as a chewy meat substitute called seitan, widely used by vegetarians and vegans. Although

some experts believe that only 1 percent of Americans have Celiac Disease, the auto-immune disorder that results in gluten intolerance, 18 percent of adults now reportedly regularly purchase gluten-free foods and about 30 percent say they want to eat less gluten. In 2011, an Australian scientist named Peter Gibson at Monash University conducted an experiment to determine whether gluten in the diet can cause gastrointestinal distress in people who did not have celiac disease. When experiments confirmed this hypothesis, they named this condition ‘non-celiac gluten sensitivity‘ or NCGS, thus beginning the gluten-free trend, which has resulted in an estimated $15 billion industry by 2016.

Gibson was not satisfied with his findings, however, and because of how common gluten is in the diets of so many people, both modern and historically, he wanted to know why and how gluten could be causing this reaction in people who were not suffering from celiac disease. Consequently, he decided to take his research to a new level and conduct an experiment more rigorous than anything typically found in nutritional studies. For this new experiment, Gibson sought out 37 self-identified gluten sensitive patients. The study was done double-blind with subjects that had NCGS and irritable bowel syndrome, but not celiac disease. For two weeks, the patients were given high-gluten, low-gluten, and no-gluten meals (as the control group), followed by a two-week “washout” period. The findings of the study showed that although in opposition to the results found in the first experiment, gluten intolerance actually does not exist in people without celiac disease. A third study, also by Gibson, further supports these findings, suggesting perhaps that much of what we see as gluten sensitivity is psychosomatic.

“In contrast to our first study… we could find absolutely no specific response to gluten,” – Dr. Peter Gibson

It May Not Be The Gluten – But Don’t Eat That Wheat Too Soon Related: Bread and Other Edible Agents of Mental Disease Although gluten is no longer believed to be the culprit of health problems reportedly associated with consuming glutenous wheat, that does not mean that conventionally grown wheat is completely safe to eat. In fact, until 2005, GMO wheat was

being tested in 16 states, and is known to have escaped testings grounds, genetically polluting nearby fields via airborne seeds and cross-pollination.

“Further testing by USDA laboratories indicates the presence of the same GE glyphosate-resistant wheat variety that Monsanto was authorized to field test in 16 states from 1998 to 2005.” – USDA, reported by Natural News

In addition, even non-GMO wheat is drenched with Monsanto’s carcinogenic glyphosate Round-up just days before harvest, because, as it turns out, wheat fields produce slightly more seed when sprayed with this poison 7-10 days before harvest, as researched by Dr. Stephanie Seneff of MIT.

“It ‘goes to seed’ as it dies. At its last gasp, it releases the seed.” – Dr. Seneff

Not only has glyphosate been found to be a probable carcinogen by the World Health Organization, but has been linked to a variety of other health issues including depression, diabetes and you guessed it, celiac disease and gluten intolerance.

This study from 2013 shows that fish exposed to glyphosate develop digestive issues similar to celiac disease.

“If Glyphosate ends up in bread it’s impossible for people to avoid it, unless they are eating organic. On the other hand, farmers could easily choose not to use Glyphosate as a spray on wheat crops – just before they are

harvested. This is why the Soil Association is calling for the immediate ending of the use of Glyphosate sprays on wheat destined for use in bread.” – Peter Melchett of the Soil Association

Conclusion It is true that not every food fad ends up being true. However, we should still take caution when choosing the foods we feed our families. Although it has been found that gluten itself is not causing an intolerance in people without celiac disease, there are still other issues with wheat production that we need to be aware of. Get your wheat from local, organic farms when possible and do what you can to avoid Monsanto and other pesticide company’s chemical toxins finding their way into your body.

Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down The debate over GMO safety and risks stems from the fact that the definition is too generalized, or too ambiguous. The mainstream conversation about its pseudo-science always favors the corporations behind it. Related: France to ban glyphosate-tallowamine weedkillers amid health concerns But mere scientific definition is not enough to circumvent the actual disastrous experience, i.e. those glaring facts about its negative effects outside the GMO laboratories.

The long term side effects of consuming genetically modified, processed, or preserved, foods are beginning to unravel. The corporations have billions of reasons not to publicize its methods and why they are moving heaven and hell not to label

GMO products. Whatever you do, don’t ever gamble with the food you eat unless you can afford to pay for your expensive medications later on. Here are the real scientific reasons why GMO foods are extremely dangerous, and how scientists around the world are being coerced to toe the biotech establishment’s line.

Up to now we are still very skeptical if the reported removal of GMO ingredients from Kraft products is real, or mere publicity stunt.

"Orange you glad you didn’t notice. Kraft altered its beloved formula for the Day-Glo sheen of its popular Macaroni & Cheese earlier this year — but now the company is rolling out a big bucks ad campaign to tell people. It’s not as if it were a secret. Kraft announced nearly a year ago it was going to make this change. It started shipping the new recipe in December and has already sold over 50 million boxes. Its new commercial features Craig Kilborn standing in a supermarket. “Moms didn’t notice. Kids didn’t notice. Dogs didn’t notice,” Kilborn said. “None of them noticed a thing because this Kraft Mac & Cheese still tastes like Kraft Mac & Cheese. It’s changed but it hasn’t.” - NYDailyNews

The problem with this claim is that no independent consumer group is certifying that such is the case. Another known fact to remind ourselves is the inherent chemical contamination right at the production lines itself. If ordinary tampons, or gauze, can be contaminated with glyphosate during production [here], why not food products which were subjected to artificial fertilizers and pesticides from growing to packaging?

"Nitrogen fertilizers are used to prevent nitrogen from becoming depleted from the soil. Unfortunately, the overuse of nitrogen fertilizers isn’t without its long-term consequences. According to a new study published in the journal Environmental Research Letters, nitrogen fertilizers are causing nitrates to build up in the Mississippi Basin, polluting ground and surface water. Nitrates increase the risk of blue baby syndrome, according to the recent study. The illness replaces a child’s hemoglobin with methemoglobin, which minimizes the ability of blood to carry oxygen throughout the body. Infants are most often affected by the malady, which is marked by a blueness around the mouth. Other symptoms include difficulties breathing, vomiting and diarrhea. In extreme cases, blue baby syndrome can be fatal." - NaturalNews

The Global GMO Monsanto Takedown Related: Monsanto suffers week of devastating defeats as lawmakers back away from biotech influence and intimidation

There are so many concerned groups that have taken the cudgels of bringing down abusive food corporations for decades now. Yet, the fight to end these abuses has not achieved its intended outcome. Then came a covert global effort to neutralize the single crime syndicate that’s been doing all the evils in our society today. The information we received after the events in 2001 said that there is a global movement to take down the “tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations,” that sought to depopulate and control the world for its own caprices. This Reformist Collective, the most visible manifestation of which is the BRICS, is said to be employing both hard and soft power to achieve its aims of creating a world of mutual progress by allowing the full and responsible use of suppressed technologies to eliminate scarcity and institute abundance for all, and end all types of geopolitical conflicts. There is now a growing body of evidence that the genocidal group of the Bushes, Rockefellers, Gates, etc. are being systematically neutralized, i.e. their attempts to start a nuclear war with Iran has been suppressed.

The Rothschild banking dynasty, along with the UK Monarchy and Vatican, are said to have no other choice but cooperate with this group after the Global Collateral Accounts, the massive tranche of historical gold lent by Asian royalties to back up the entire financial system for the last 100 years or so, were frozen prompting the massive resignations of CEO bankers around the globe in 2012. This bankers’ resignations were punctuated by the resignation of the World Bank president and Vatican Pope Benedict XVI in 2013. Part of the global reform is to bring down Monsanto, the acknowledged rogue player in the realm of genetically modified food production, of which mass vaccinations advocate Bill Gates is a major stockholder. Those who have chosen the path to peaceful resolution and have since cooperated with the BRICS and will be paid for handsomely.

Early in February of this year, ChemChina frustrated Monsanto’s attempt to buy off Swiss Syngenta through a $43 billion offer. While western media is saying that China is just trying to feed its more than a billion mouths, we believe there is a much profound objective for the acquisition, among many acquisitions.

“ChemChina became a pesticide powerhouse in 2011 when its subsidiary, China National Agrochemical Corporation, acquired Makhteshim Agan Industries (Israel), the world’s 7th largest pesticide manufacturer, and became ADAMA”, said the Canada-based ETC Group. “With revenues over $3 billion in 2013, ADAMA sells generic pesticide products in more than 120 countries… ADAMA’s largest market is Europe (37%), followed by Latin America (25%).” (Parentheses in original) ChemChina’s interests go way beyond agrochemicals. Last year it acquired Italy’s Pirelli, one of the world’s leading tire manufacturers, for $7.9 billion. Its other major purchases include French firms Adisseo and Rhodia, Australia’s Qenos, Norwegian silicon maker Elkem, German machinery maker Krauss Maffee, and 12% of Swiss energy trader Mercuria. …The company is also looking to expand its presence in the domestic market. A merger with Syngenta would turn ChemChina into the country’s top pesticide company. This is no small undertaking, given that China is the world’s third largest pesticide market, after the US and Brazil. If foreign agrochemical companies were to be interested in investing in China’s vast market they would find themselves squeezed into a minor corner by a gigantic SyngentaChemChina combination. ChemChina’s ambitions are part of a larger story. Chinese food and agriculture companies are moving abroad and starting to compete toe to toe with their Western counterparts and even buying them out. In 2013, China’s Shuanghui corporation bought Smithfield, the leading US pork company, for $7.1 billion, the largest ever purchase of a US company by Chinese investors. Another Chinese company to watch is COFCO, the country’s leading food processor, which acquired a controlling stake in the Netherlands’ agricultural commodity trader Nidera. The majority stake in Nidera would give COFCO

greater control over pricing and better access to Latin America and Russia, important grain-growing regions, the Wall Street Journal reported in 2014." - CounterPunch

Once the deal is fully consummated, China could dictate where Western companies should proceed from hereon. Will China continue the regressive direction of the food industry? Or, will it force the positive enhancements of food production drawing the lessons learned at l Loess Plateau, Central China?

It is estimated that even if only 10% of the population of the earth will do permaculture, it’s enough to feed the entire population. Of course, we can always question China’s real motives, but judging from how the decades of Western control of Africa induces famine, hunger and endless ethnic conflicts, one needs to see only how Ethiopia achieved 11% economic growth after they have allowed China to participate in their economy.

While it’s true that China has been investing billions in Africa in exchange for access to its rich natural resources, it’s also true that the West has been plundering Africa’s resources for centuries just to satisfy its military industrial complex. In deep contrast and in addition to China’s acquisition of Syngenta, it is also planning to create the largest solar power farm grid around the planet. Related: China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project Muted by Panama Papers

How then can we participate in the global effort to defeat the regressive group responsible for our collective misery and moral degradation?

We Need to Step Back Humanity has reached the apex of its own capacity to inflict pain on itself. Scientific advancements are all being used to manufacture great weapons of war; genetic engineering is being exploited to create plant and animal species only to increase production and profits rather than make people healthy, drugs and medicines are designed to make people sick, and the school system and mass media are making the people dumber. The frequency and number of colorful protests against corporate abuses in the realm of education, food production and healthcare, banking and finance, are breaking previous records yet the benefits gained from these mass actions are disproportionately useless. Corporations will just change the name of their products to circumvent the unfavorable regulations. The belief that we still own the government we have right now is wasting a lot of time and effort in demanding that policies must be changed and enforcement of these policies must be done. It is time to accept the fact that big corporations own the government, and no matter how much we break our vocal chords shouting on the streets of the world, the government will never listen and will always serve the corporations which truly control it.

In order to make changes happen, we must understand how we arrived here.

First, we have been lured to come to the poorly designed cities where we could not grow our own organic food, and where we need to work in order to have access to the most resources basic for human survival. Then, they supply us with industrialized processed food, neurotoxic vaccines and chemical drugs, where safer organic competitions from the countryside are deliberately stifled through the use of the police. Consumerism has made us too vulnerable for totalitarian control later on. The physical and psychological stresses of home mortgage and junk foods defeat the conveniences of city living. In fact, we cannot afford to describe it as living anymore, but merely surviving. We can’t go on with this same regressive trajectory. We cannot redesign our cities while most of us are still inside any of them.

We need to step back. We need to go back to the countryside and start growing our own food organically. We need to remove the power we’ve given them. While building our organic permacultured farms, we must take all the bad urban experiences into consideration, and take the necessary measures to avoid them. By doing so, we will be empowering ourselves, and that’s how we regain our long lost freedoms. Related: Pesticides as Bad for Kids’ Lungs as Cigarettes, Says New Study

The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud April 27 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Sadly, what often passes for "science" today in the world of health is little more than "Scientism" a dangerous cult founded on irrational dogma and faith-based beliefs in faulty, fraudulent ideas being paraded as science.

A common trait that weaves its way through every topic of "Scientism" is corporate profits. Any time something is being pushed with aggressive demands of "SCIENCE!" that also happens to enrich wealthy corporations, it's probably based on fraud, not real science. Perpetrators of fraudulent scientism include Paul Offit, Dr. David Gorski, Monsanto pal Bill Nye, discredited biotech shill and former Forbes.com writer Jon Entine and too many others to even name. In this HealthRangerReport.com podcast, I explain the truth about the Cult of Scientism, sometimes called the "Church of Scientific Mysticism." This cult currently dominates the "official" dogma concerning vaccines, GMOs, fluoride, cancer, diabetes, pharmaceuticals, biosludge and more.

Highly recommended reading: Science for Sale by Dr. David Lewis.

Unprecedented Access April 26 2016 | From: VeteransToday

Never before in history have the masses had instant access to information about the dark side of the Evil Establishment Hierarchy and the Select Few wrinkled up old mass-murderers and perverts that run it.

For the first time in history deep state secrets and previously hidden information about the secret Babylonian Talmudic Occult Network has been made readily available to the common man. This has occurred because of the Worldwide Internet and its Alternative Media. These disclosures are only going to increase and this will be followed by the whole world turning against the evil beasts who secretly control the levers of power, and there will be increasingly powerful mass demands and efforts to bring them to justice. This is creating pressure on the existing USG and American societal controllers which are run, lock stock and barrel by the Khazarian Mafia (KM).

The KM is best described as the Hierarchy, which is based on a secret Babylonian Talmudic occult network of what most refer to as the Mystery religions. Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes There is unprecedented access to information about the secret world of the Babylonian Talmudic Occult Network (aka Synagogue of Satan, Illuminati, the Olympiads) that has controlled most human institutions for hundreds of years. This Occult Network has exerted such control by establishing and repeatedly deploying a well-defined method of infiltration and hijacking, followed by the formation of a pyramidal Hierarchy, which takes parasitical control and runs all authorities in the state and federal governments of nations.

Creating, manufacturing and distributing debt-notes and passing laws which require them to be accepted as real money lent out at pernicious compounding interest to those who should have owned it in the first place is one of the greatest Hierarchy tricks ever conceived. This is referred to by insiders as the black art of Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” or the “Baby”.

Once the Hierarchy has complete control, major asset stripping of the people begins and the fruit of their labors and accrued wealth is stolen by a crafty means, best referred to as Babylonian Money-Magick. This is the ancient art of creating debt notes out of thin air and “renting” them to the user citizens at pernicious usury. Other key tricks are deployed by the Hierarchy to speed up the asset stripping of not only the nation which is occupied, but such methods are deployed against other nations for asset stripping too, which is usually the gaining of cheap access to steal the nations’ natural resources and minerals.

See the National Debt Clock running in real time for any country here

A favorite trick is to invest money to create monstrous social problems in order to justify an increase in taxes and government spending. This results in rapidly increasing wealth transferred from the people to the Hierarchy. Thus in America, they had the War on Poverty which created so much more; the War on Drugs, which created the wealthy drug cartels for the Hierarchy; and the War on Terror, which has resulted in so many illegal, unConstitutional wars of acquisition to bring more money and power to the Hierarchy. Of course mind-kontrolling the people through a completely controlled Major Mass Media run by six Media Corporations that answer to the Hierarchy top Policy-makers (the Hierarchy leaders) has allowed the Hierarchy in America to convince the people that Americans are the good guys and need to be the World’s Policemen.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

This of course is a blatant lie and serves to justify all the illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual wars that provide more power and money to the Hierarchy and its associated “bloodline families”, banks and nobid defense contractors. These tricks also include the old British trick of “Divide and Conquer”, which is the methodology of paying agitators to create needless conflicts in order to create mass social unrest, terrorist acts or violence.

"The 'Divide and Conquer' principle has been successfully implemented on our planet and is being used very effectively to keep us under control and in a perpetual state of conflict." - Michael Tellinger

The increasing use of Gladio-style False-flag “inside-job” engineered, staged terror attacks and mass shootings in gun-free zones (some real, some faked using a large number of professional crisis actors) should not be ignored. Charging the American people interest to use what should have been real money owned by them in the first place is not only unConstitutional, it is illegal, because it constitutes RICO crime and financial fraud. There is no statute of limitations for fraud until it is discovered. Once the asset stripping of the host being parasitized is complete, usually all that remains is a destroyed nation and a broken, starving and dying people. This is often followed by a the Hierarchy reconstructing a new host to later completely parasitize. China and Malaysia are the next planned hosts, and this will occur after building them up over many years to provide a fat new source to take over and asset strip, thus repeating the pattern once again; unless of course the Hierarchy is stopped cold by the World.

Jacob Schiff, the Rothschild lieutenant who funded Mao and the communist revolution and the Japanese invasion of China

And right now several powerful groups inside and some nations outside of America are now going after the Hierarchy with a vengeance for all the evil that has been uncovered and linked to their top Policy-makers, who are wrinkled-up old demonpossessed, mass-murders and pedophiles. This is being done by deploying sophisticated covert operations and psyops to take the Hierarchy apart at the seams by exposing their money fraud and war crimes, and by instituting powerful but subtle rear-guard actions to restore the US Constitution inside America. Another Hierarchy crafty trick is to infiltrate and hijack all media corporations and consolidate them into a small number of Major Mass Media Corporations which they control together, and actually technically constitute a virtual cartel, that is, an illegal monopoly.

This same crafty practice is done to all other industries through their various corporations. Various crafty tricks, like using the FBI program Infragard to deputize corporate security and mind-kontrol them into a fear-based perspective with shoot to kill authority is also being done. In this way, the Hierarchy has been able to infiltrate, hijack and take over almost every major corporation and industry in America. When the Gutenberg Press was finally manufactured and placed into service, it resulted in the wide distribution of bibles and other information never before available. This was a great blow to the Vatican, which at the time, forbade the commoner from reading the Bible, or of gaining an understanding of church policies that were based on aberrant traditions within the church, rather than what the prophets, Jesus and his disciples taught.

The Gutenberg Press also resulted in the wide distribution of newspapers and books, but nonetheless, it was still easy for the Hierarchy to limit the secret information by which they operated, because they could easily sanction those who came forth and tried to inform the people. Besides, up until recently most individuals have been so deeply mind-kontrolled by the Hierarchy, that even when told the truth is told, it seems incredible and will not fit into the listeners’ minds. That is now rapidly changing due to the emergence of the Worldwide Internet, the New Electronic Gutenberg Press, where information is transmitted at the speed of light to millions all around the world. We users have gained instant access to extensive libraries, documents and historical accounts. Despite the vast amounts of limited hangout misinformation, serious researchers can easily gain access to a great deal of useful background information on any subject.

The advent of the cell phone and iPod-type handheld devices have just added to this instant access to information and have produced the ability to gain and maintain constant communication with others, which was not possible before. These two major developments have changed the way individuals think about information. They feel it is their right to have instant access to all the facts on any subject, and this has created an expectation for openness by their government in all matters. This expectation for full disclosure and full access to all government practices and facts is growing by the day and is best described as a powerful spontaneously emerging populism. The American people are now rejecting the credibility of the Controlled major Mass Media (CMMM), and this rejection of the CMMM is increasing by the day, as so many turn to the Alternative News now available all over the Worldwide Web.

The Hierarchy’s use of Mind-kontrol to convince Americans we are the good guys and the policeman of the World, has actually led to the expectation that our own government should be moral too, and respectful of God-given human rights. As many in American Intel, the Military and the USG, who have unknowingly served the Hierarchy and its top policy-makers are finding out about the increasing criminality and anti-human acts they have become manipulated into, many are rebelling and going public about what they have learned. Due to all the recent leaks, high level whistleblower declarations and insider deathbed confessions, many, who were previously ignorant due to strong compartmenting and need-to-know-only access to upper levels of evil Hierarchy practices, are now catching on and secretly turning against the Hierarchy and the policies of the Select Few. Most of these new secret dissidents are not willing to throw themselves on a sword or speak out and lose their jobs and retirement, but if there were a serious “door to door” attempt by the USG to disarm the American People, they would quickly join the side of We The People and function as extreme warriors with the American People against the Hierarchy. Certainly, if a serious civil war would break out, there would be an instant military coup d’état; and the top Hierarchy traitors would become instant, serious targets for vigilante justice by some experienced special ops soldiers. Some of the recent disclosures about Hierarchy evils are not only astounding, but are completely unexpected. Take General Wesley Clark who went public and disclosed how the Hierarchy plan was to invade seven nations in five years.

Many wondered how General Clark would dare disclose such secret Hierarchy information without fear of termination. The answer is that secret factions inside the American Military and Intel (especially Intel) have emerged that are very powerful because of their role in the secret Alien ET-oriented Majestic Group. These powerful new factions back such disclosures, and the Hierarchy is afraid to sanction such individuals as General Wesley Clark because they know there would be swift and serious retaliation. If you doubt this is true, just stop and ask yourself, how in the heck does VT dare to publish the insider facts it does, such as who did 9-11-01, and the fact it involved stolen nukes deployed by Israel and traitors in the US High Command, or how ISIS

is a private mercenary army, a secret coalition of Israel Likudists, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UK and the CIA, or so many more insider facts? Obviously VT has had some serious muscle behind it for these disclosures to occur.

"The big battle now being fought in secret is between the Hierarchy’s leadership which is comprised of the Khazarian Mafia’s top crime Kingpins, the Select Few, and their powerful cutouts, versus these new and powerful secret factions of the US Military and Intel and similar groups in other nations."

These new factions have easy access to these two-faced evil monsters of deceit who are attempting to create hell on Earth in order to get ever increasingly rich at the people’s expense and in order to attain their age-old Globalist Agenda. Yes, the individuals in these new powerful factions know that some of their international “Cosmic Intel” groups can be picked off upon the orders of the Hierarchy, but they also know that they can quickly follow suit because these Hierarchy Kingpins bleed and die just like they do. So far this mutually recognized knowledge has produced a checkmate and rules of play have evolved similar to those of the Knights of the Round-table and this battle royal has remained limited to being fought somewhat fair and square through the usual methods involving psyops and strategic geo-economics. And the new factions seem to be winning.

Putin and the Russian Federation are the visible example of this with their complete checkmate of the Hierarchy (Khazarian Mafia) in Syria and Iran. However, these new factions realize that the Hierarchy murdered the Russian Tsar Nicholas II and his Romanov family in on July 16, 1918 in order to eradicate his whole bloodline and to steal all of Russia’s riches, such as gold, silver and jewels (which have never been returned, but probably will be seized some day not too far off by the Russian Federation). A good bet is that if the Hierarchy made any serious moves to escalate against these powerful new factions, these new factions would quickly adapt the same rules of play the Hierarchy has used for hundreds of years against those it judges weak or unable to defend themselves.

But there is one more big danger lurking for the Hierarchy Kingpins. That is the growing awareness among We The People of the identities of who the Hierarchy Kingpins are, and all the evil they have been doing to take away our God-given Rights. These were the rights that have supposed to have been guaranteed by the US Constitution. But there is also a growing awareness of We The People that the Hierarchy has set up a fraudulent private central bank that is asset stripping us of the fruits of our labor and accrued wealth using fake money Debt-notes and pernicious usury for renting what should have been our own real money in the first place.

A tipping point appears to now be fast approaching, and it is likely that any more seriously or significantly increased Hierarchy actions against We The People could set off a civil war followed by immediate application of the Hierarchy’s rules of play against the Hierarchy itself. My guess is that should the Hierarchy persist with their recent new efforts to disarm Americans or continue to tamper with and fake the election process giving us a Potus not wanted, We the People could easily go ballistic and begin to immediate accept the same rules of play that the Hierarchy has used against them and other victims like the Russian Tsar Nicholas II and his family. The Hierarchy is still energized and empowered by its unlimited access to, and elastic endless supply of US Debt notes, aka the US Petro Dollar; but its value is now waning by the day; and their US Petro Dollar will soon be weakened and dead. So far this battle is being fought using the rules similar to the Knights of the Roundtable, such as do not go after one’s family and play by the “rules”. Certainly Putin and the Russian Federation have done a great job completely checkmating the Khazarian Mafia’s establishment Hierarchy and its leaderships during its legal defense of Syria, a long term ally.

Russian Federation air power is now the best in the World and has crushed the mercenary forces hired by Israel, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UK and America who have been pretending they are the official Islamic State Army. In doing this, Putin and the Russian Federation have checkmated the Khazarian Mafia and its Establishment Hierarchy in Syria. It has been rumored by insiders that ISIS stands for Israeli Secret Intelligence Services mercenary army. ISIS has turned out to be a major massive disposal operation against all the hired mercenaries, including mind-kontrolled Islamic extremists and Blackwater-type mercenaries. Right now thousands of these “ISIS” mercenaries are trapped in a pincer type action in Syria with no way out. Complete defeat is at hand, despite all the secret supply drops by US aircraft for the CIA who has been secretly supplying ISIS. There have been numerous deathbed confessions of high USG officials and scientists involved in the Alien ET matters. More and more individuals are coming forth by the day and telling about the secret crimes of the USG cutouts who serve the Hierarchy We are now seeing an unprecedented number of federal whistle-blowers who are disclosing a great deal about USG and Hierarchy crimes.

Because the Hierarchy routinely invokes “National Security” to keep their crimes secret and uses it as a justification to prosecute and harass whistleblowers, many have been imprisoned and lost everything; many are then seriously harassed, gang-stalked by US Intel or military contractors, and then placed on “No Work under any circumstances” lists. This has been done on a continuing basis to individuals like Mark Novitsky, who is a great American Hero. The FBI is now recognized by many insiders to be a KM-owned and operated RICO crime organization, with no official charter according to the Library of Congress, and thus has no right to exist (having no real jurisdiction outside of DC). The FBI deploys agents and assets to follow Novitsky around, harass and gang-stalk him with almost continual deployment of advanced psychotronics. All because DHS and the FBI have wrongly labeled him as a so-called “domestic terrorist”, when he has served us all by exposing massive illegal spying and corruption. Novitsky is telling the truth about the harassment; I personally swept his home with advanced German EMF-sensing equipment and the equipment was red-lined. Yes, many whistle-blowers are great American Heroes and have paid a heavy price, such as Gwenyth Todd and Sibel Edmonds, Scott Bennett, or Susan Lindauer. Gwenyth Todd is credited with stopping a full-scale aerial attack on Iran by the American Military by providing important disclosures to the right High Command individuals, while going up against malevolent power in doing so. These important disclosures of criminal acts, which prevented a planned illegal, unConstitutional war, were followed by cancellation of her security clearances, an attempt to illegally capture her, and an attempt by the FBI to arrange her kidnapping and assassination while living in exile in Australia. Technically, misusing National Security to keep Hierarchy crimes secret is a serious RICO crime, and constitutes sedition and treason. However, the Hierarchy is a foreign-based enemy of America, and is working hard to destroy America’s constitutional republic. The treatment of each of these American Heroes is simply disgusting, not to mention that those responsible should be indicted arrested tried, convicted and hung for treason.

Edward Snowden’s disclosures have raised expectations and have sped up this process of complete disclosure, which cannot be stopped no matter how desperate the Hierarchy becomes or how tyrannically they attempt to oppress We The People using their Homeland Security and Militarized American police. Any such extreme efforts, like trying to disarm Americans going door to door or using DHS to lock down whole cities would only result in serious backlash. Once you anger Americans, an incredibly potent sleeping giant, if you are their enemy, they will get you no matter what, and will never give up until you are brought to final judgment. Despite all the massive CMMM Mind-kontrol and massive Psychotronics that have been deployed to pacify and suppress the awareness of the American masses, it is growing by the day, as more and more Americans learn about the Hierarchy and the Khazarian Mafia mobsters, the World’s largest and most powerful criminals who run it.

Conclusion Almost everything major that occurs in government and society is a byproduct of the secret policies mandated to be fulfilled by the Hierarchy by the Select Few who occupy the top leadership positions of the Hierarchy. These are usually wrinkled up old Satan worshipers that have been creating and spreading evil, chaos, disease, suffering and mass death in order to make vast profits for the Hierarchy for many years. When they set a new policy such as “we must disarm all Americans”, this order is passed down through the whole Hierarchy at each level until it reaches the street level in your neighborhood. The Hierarchy’s ability to create as many debt-notes as it needs to set up and finance sophisticated Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) to apply massive social pressure to susceptible members of the public to support such efforts gives the Hierarchy massive persuasive power.

Hero Edward Snowden was one of the first who exposed deep criminal acts by the NSA and its private no-bid contractors. His disclosures of major USG, Intel and private defense contractor RICO crime has forever changed the view of average Americans’ view of their own USG and Intel systems as being honest and set up to protect them, to a view that these Agencies have become deeply evil tools of the Hierarchy and are now hard at work to destroy America and spy on, tyrannize and oppress the American People. Many Americans now view these Agencies and private contractors as deeply criminal and in immediate need to be completely broken up and cleaned up.

It is important to understand the various layers of the Hierarchy, which are arranged to be progressively more powerful as one reaches the next higher level. Criminal initiation rites are associated with appointment to any level, and these initiations become increasingly deviant and feloniously criminal as one rises to each higher level by successfully completing the base requirements and the initiation rites, which are videoed to use for later blackmail if ever needed to keep a recruit within their allowed parameters. Members at each level report to a superior who functions as their handler and they have only been given information about the Hierarchy that is relevant to that specific level; therefore, any secret information given to them about the Hierarchy is always based on need to know.

The extreme compartmenting is similar to all Intel Agencies and keeps many low to mid-level members from observing the evil the Hierarchy produces or the evil the Top Leaders enact at their secret Satanic rituals - rituals which often involve pedophilic sex magic and child sacrifice. As the Hierarchy is deconstructed and as many of their deep secrets of unimaginable evil are revealed to lower level members, a significant number will side with the populist forces that are emerging and will quickly sell out the Select Few and the top Hierarchy command structure. In addition, various Hierarchy money fronts and lobbyists are used to funnel vast bribes to Members of Congress to get their intended legislation passed to promote increasingly unConstitutional gun laws in progression, which are intended to eventually lead to complete disarmament. Of course, new false-flags in gun-free zones will probably be deployed to create mass fear to motivate the masses to support unConstitutional new laws to disarm the American People. Because these top Hierarchy leaders, the Select Few, are old and losing their reasoning ability, they are falling into a serious trap with efforts to disarm the American people.

This would never be accepted, and if pushed too hard would set off massive rebellion of We The People, a certain civil war, and a major military coup d’etat. If a civil war would erupt, many in the military would defect and join We The People, and the same would go for many American Police and even many who work for the DHS which is really little more than an Israeli secret police occupation army. The contractors and guards who are supposed to be keeping USG and DHS armories and ammunition supplies secure would open the doors to We The People. Right now, at least 5-10% of all such munitions and armaments are being ripped off and sold for money on the black market. Numerous shipments exist only on paper and are never shipped but only billed, much like that which occurred in the Korean, Vietnam and Mideast wars. This has made some contractors and the bloodline families that own their stock very wealthy. Because of the increasing popularity of the alternative media on the Worldwide Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg press, we are seeing an end to secrecy in progressive steps. This is being orchestrated by the new kid on the block, the Third Force, which could perhaps soon take over and crush the Hierarchy, the Select Few and their Cutouts and the Satanic, pedophilic, child-sacrificing Babylonian Talmudic Khazarian Mafia (Zionists, aka Sionists), of which it is a byproduct.

Silencing Free Speech April 26 2016 | From: NZCPR

In this politically correct world, our right to free speech is increasingly being eroded by the apparent rights of others who disagree with our views.

State broadcaster Television New Zealand came under attack last month, when they were accused of including a ‘racist’ question in their new KiwiMeter survey. KiwiMeter, a 10-minute on-line questionnaire, which examines what being a New Zealander means to different people, places participants in one of six groups according to their views – patriot, globalist, egalitarian, loyalist, traditionalist, or sceptic. TVNZ’s Head of News and Current Affairs, John Gillespie, explained that KiwiMeter is a scientific study designed to provide a data-driven picture of New Zealand’s national identity in order to help the broadcaster ‘stay connected’ to the issues their audience most cares about. It was put together by the same team that developed their Vote Compass election survey, and was preceded by a local pilot study of 11,000 of those 300,000 participants.

Over 220,000 New Zealanders have completed KiwiMeter, and with the flag question accurately predicting the results of the final referendum, the data will indeed give TVNZ a real understanding of the views of our population. But it didn’t take long for the critics to emerge. Within days of the survey being launched, the Labour Party’s MP for Te Tai Tokerau, Kelvin Davis, claimed that KiwiMeter was inciting “racial intolerance”.

There are three questions that touch on Maori culture, where respondents are asked to agree or disagree with a statement: “Maori culture is something that all New Zealanders can take pride in, no matter their background” “A history of discrimination has created conditions that make it difficult for Maori to be successful” “Maori should not receive any special treatment” Mr Davis claimed the question that included the statement, “Maori should not receive any special treatment”, was “out and out racism”. He demanded it be removed from the survey, stating, “It just evokes images of Don Brash 2004: implying that Maori have special treatment, I’d like to know what special treatment they’re talking about.” Well, let’s try to answer that question for Mr Davis – and let’s begin with his Te Tai Tokerau electorate seat. The Maori seats were created as a temporary measure in 1867 when gender, age, and private land title were the criteria used to determine voting eligibility. Since much of the land held by Maori was in common ownership, rather than private title, the Maori seats were introduced to ensure all Maori men had the right to vote – a privilege not enjoyed by those non-Maori men, who held land jointly or not at all.

In 1879, when all men gained the vote, the Maori seats should have been abolished, but as a result of strong advocacy – and weak politicians – they were retained.

It was the same in 1996, when MMP was introduced. The Royal Commission on the Electoral System had recommended that the Maori seats be abolished if MMP was adopted – to prevent an over-representation of Maori in Parliament. But Jim Bolger’s National Party retained the seats to appease Maori leaders, and as a result, the predicted over-representation of Maori in Parliament has now occurred, with twenty-three percent of current MPs claiming Maori descent. These reserved seats, of which Kelvin Davis’s electorate seat is one, are a fine example of Maori privilege. Mr Davis is in Parliament because of Maori special treatment. As a result of the Parliamentary leverage created by the race-based Maori seats, there are a plethora of race-based legislative initiatives that give Maori special rights. These include: Maori-only schools Special Maori content in the education curriculum Maori-only education scholarships Maori-only housing projects Maori-only health initiatives Maori-only welfare initiatives Maori-only prisoner programmes Maori-only positions on government agencies Maori-only consultation rights under the Resource Management Act

Maori-only co-management of parks, rivers, lakes, and the coastline Maori-only ownership rights to the foreshore and seabed A special Maori Authority tax rate of 17.5 percent A special Maori-only exemption to allow blood relatives to qualify for charitable status Maori language funding Maori radio and TV Maori-only seats on local councils Maori-only appointments onto local government committees Maori-only local government Statutory Boards Maori-only local government advisory committees Maori seats in Parliament The list of statutory Maori privilege is increasing all the time, as the government’s current plans to confer race-based rights to control fresh water demonstrates only too clearly. As justification for Maori privilege, Mr Davis and others point to so-called ‘Maori disadvantage’. But they should remember that the statistics on these matters are no longer clear-cut. Back in the seventies, when widespread intermarriage was resulting in a sharp decline in the number of people who could be categorised as Maori, the Labour Government changed the rules. Through the 1974 Maori Affairs Amendment Act, the racial classification of “Maori” based on someone having 50 percent or more of Maori blood was changed to one based on self-identification and ethnic affiliation – in other words, having a Maori descendent.

This guaranteed that the number of people being classified as Maori would continue to grow, since anyone with even a smidgeon of Maori blood could, for official purposes, be counted as Maori.

In 2000, Simon Chapple, a senior researcher with the Department of Labour, used 1996 census data to examine the impact of these new definitions. He found that instead of the 273,693 New Zealanders who indicated they were Maori-only being recognised as Maori for statistical purposes, the new policy of adding everyone who included Maori as one of their ethnic groups into the final count, boosted the official tally to 580,374. In other words, that change in methodology effectively doubled the “official” number of Maori. Simon Chapple recommended to the Government that the Maori ethnic group should be restricted to those who identify as Maori-only in the Census, with everyone else allocated to their other major ethnic group. But his suggestion was ignored. As a result, so-called Maori disadvantage is overstated. In addition, a fact that Mr Davis and others like to conveniently forget, is that while people who claim Maori ancestry might appear to be over represented in our worst social statistics, the causes are well documented and include long-term welfare dependency, solo parenthood, child abuse, and educational failure. Skin-colour does not predetermine one’s future.

TVNZ denied the accusations of racism being made against it. The Canadian firm Vox Pop Labs, which helped to design KiwiMeter – along with input from Auckland and Victoria University political scientists – refuted the racist allegations as “categorically false”. But Mr Davis, no doubt with his own self-interest in mind, remained adamant: “I think it’s offensive, I think it’s racist, and I think it should be pulled.” While Labour leader Andrew Little also condemned the question, the Prime Minister defended it, saying it was a legitimate question to ask. “There was nothing wrong with asking a question, to get a sense of what people’s views are. People ask questions all the time about potentially controversial things, we live in an open society and people are free to ask a question.” John Key is right. In this country – at least at the present time – our rights to free speech are protected by law and guaranteed under Clause 14 of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act:

"Everyone has the right to freedom of expression, including the freedom to seek, receive and impart information and opinions of any kind and in any form”.

However, the right to say whatever we like is tempered by the Human Rights Act, which makes it an offence to express opinions that could be deemed to be ‘threatening, abusive, or insulting’ on the grounds of ‘colour, race, or ethnic or national origins’.

While the Human Rights Commission indicated they were looking into complaints of racism against TVNZ, their website explains, that our right to the “freedom of expression” means that people can make highly controversial or unpopular remarks, and while they may be regarded as offensive, unless they are likely to cause or exacerbate serious ethnic tension or unrest, no action will be taken:

"Only where there is the potential for significant detriment to society can the right to freedom of expression be limited”.

The right to offend is at the heart of robust debate about controversial matters. As British comedian Rowan Atkinson explained;

"The freedom to criticise or ridicule ideas – even if they are sincerely held beliefs – is a fundamental freedom of society. In my view the right to offend is far more important than any right not to be offended. The right to ridicule is far more important to society than any right not to be ridiculed because one in my view represents openness – and the other represents oppression.”

David Round, a law lecturer at Canterbury University and this week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator – with a speech he delivered at the University’s commemoration of the 800th anniversary of the Magna Carta – is no stranger to free speech and controversy.

He remains undaunted, upsetting many sensitivities when he used his address to denounce the “deplorable shortsightedness and stupidity on the part of our political and intellectual class”, who claim the Treaty of Waitangi is a “Maori Magna Carta”:

“Now ~ in our own day, and in our own country, there is a mythologizing and a flagrant misinterpretation, as notable and as bizarre as any seventeenth century deification of Magna Carta, of a certain document. That document is of course the Treaty of Waitangi, sometimes referred to as ‘the Maori Magna Carta’. This brief general memorandum of understanding recorded ~ not just in the English translation but in the Maori original ~ an agreement that the Queen should be sovereign over New Zealand and that Maori should be her subjects, with the rights and privileges of British subjects ~ a position of equality before the law. By some mysterious alchemy the document has come to be widely understood to mean the exact opposite ~ to establish some as yet undefined ‘Maori sovereignty’ or at the least a ‘partnership’ between the Crown and Maori, or between part-Maori New Zealanders and those not of Maori descent. This process is at least as remarkable as anything that happened in the seventeenth century. It is complete nonsense to describe the current misinterpretation of the Treaty as anything remotely like Magna Carta.”

David’s full speech can be read here. Feigning offence is a tactic commonly used by those who want to close down a debate. By using this strategy and playing the race card, Kelvin Davis was able to divert attention away from the real issue of Maori privilege onto the question of whether or not KiwiMeter – and TVNZ – is racist. Maori sovereignty activists are increasingly targeting the media in an attempt to prevent them from publishing anything that doesn’t suit their separatist agenda. It is going on right now, with some of the newspapers around the country that are currently running the NZCPR’s public information advertisement calling for submissions on National’s plan for the race-based control of fresh water, being targeted and accused of racism – including by the taxpayer funded Maori TV.

By using bully-boy tactics, they no doubt hope to intimidate newspapers and discourage them from running such ads in the future.

And with the Human Rights Commission maintaining a register of media that publish material they deem to be unfavourable to Maori, it is clear that our fundamental right to the freedom of speech is under serious threat. If, as a society, we value free speech, we must not allow ourselves to be intimidated into silence. For silence is interpreted as approval. In the present debate over fresh water, the government will think that those who are not speaking out condone tribal control – when that is the very thing that most will oppose. Speaking up is vital in a democracy. Your single voice is critical. Together many voices can move a nation. If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, this is our last reminder. People power is the only way to stop this – a simple email stating your position and sent to [email protected] is all that is needed. And why not send your thoughts on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the only ones who can stop this.

From The Archives For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars April 14 2015 | From: MichaelRivero / Various Sources

A very eloquent and relatively concise video discourse on how and why the title of this piece is so tragically true, followed by a very detailed article for those who wish to read more. This really is a must see / must read piece to be aware of the real history of banking and warmongering over the last 100 years - along with the how and why such nefarious plans were implemented; and to what ends.

This exposes the same plan that is being rolled out globally, not just in the United States.

"The common enemy of all human kind are private central banks issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, and as history will show, they will do anything up to, and including global war - to keep their lock on yours and your children's economic wellbeing and productivity. We are not a free society. Media will tell us that we are free, but we are not free. We are slaves, our slave chains are made of paper - and that paper is the Federal Reserve note [including the central bankster issued debt-based-notes of every other country]."

Too few of our leaders have tried to stand up to this system of enslavement, usually with lethal results. But if all of the people of the world stood up at the same time and said "No more private central banks", it will come crashing down, just as slavery did, just as rule by divine right did and we will be embarking on a new era in human history where the emphasis on human development is on the people and not on the money junkies. Related: Nothing To Celebrate In ANZAC: The Bloody History Of The British Empire [Note: This does not mean we should not remember the dead, who were duped into giving their lives for lies.]

"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again. However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits."

- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain

I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this. The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.

Interest Bearing bank note from the Bank of England, 1764

"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing." - William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694

After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.

"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution." - Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father

Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!

"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock." - Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington

King George III

But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders.

Just one year after Mayer Amschel Rothschild had uttered his infamous "Let me issue and control a nation's money and I care not who makes the laws", the bankers succeeded in setting up a new Private Central Bank called the First Bank of the United States, largely through the efforts of the Rothschild's chief US supporter, Alexander Hamilton.

Founded in 1791, by the end of its twenty year charter the First Bank of the United States had almost ruined the nation's economy, while enriching the bankers. Congress refused to renew the charter and signaled their intention to go back to a state issued value based currency on which the people paid no interest at all to any banker. This resulted in a threat from Nathan Mayer Rothschild against the US Government, "Either the application for renewal of the charter is granted, or the United States will find itself involved in a most disastrous war." Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed, "Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!" The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars. Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government. Alexander Hamilton

The First Bank of the United States

Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.

"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none." - Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons

Financed at virtually no interest by the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank. Click for larger image of the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1812, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812

And the plan worked. Even though the War of 1812 was won by the United States, Congress was forced to grant a new charter for yet another private bank issuing the public currency as loans at interest, the Second Bank of the United States.

Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.

The Second Bank of the United States

Bank Note from the Second Bank of the United States

Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!" True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.

"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!" - Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States. From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels

Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire. Lawrence later said that with Jackson dead, "Money would be more plenty." President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.

"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time." - Zachary Taylor

Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms he displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning. President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets.

News report of Jackson shutting down the Second Bank of the United States, Geneva Gazette, October 2, 1833

He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died. The public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years. Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.

"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests." - The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863

President Zachary Taylor, ca 1850

When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest. Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.

Lincoln's Greenback - Click for larger image

President James Buchanon

"If this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated down to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and be without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous without precedent in the history of the world. The brains, and wealth of all countries will go to North America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe." - The London Times responding to Lincoln's decision to issue government Greenbacks to finance the Civil War, rather than agree to private banker's loans at 30% interest.

In 1872 New York bankers sent a letter to every bank in the United States, urging them to fund newspapers that opposed government-issued money (Lincoln's greenbacks).

President Abraham Lincoln

"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country...

[T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders." - Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler

"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler "Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed. This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY." - Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler Goaded by the private bankers, much of Europe supported the Confederacy against the Union, with the expectation that victory over Lincoln would mean the end of the Greenback. France and Britain considered an outright attack on the United States to aid the confederacy, but were held at bay by Russia, which had just ended the serfdom system and had a state central bank similar to the system the United States had been founded on.

Left free of European intervention, the Union won the war, and Lincoln announced his intention to go on issuing greenbacks. Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers. Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian military assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881. With the end of Lincoln's Greenbacks, the US could no longer create its own interest free money and was manipulated during the term of President Ruthford B. Hayes into borrowing from the Rothschilds banking system in 1878, restoring to the Rothschilds control of the US economy they had lost under Andrew Jackson.

Messrs. Rothschild & Sons to Mr. Sherman. [Cable message.]

Tsar Alexander II of Russia, who prevented France and Britain from invading the US during the civil war.

April 12,1878. Hon. John Sherman, Secretary of the Treasury, Washington D. C.: Very pleased we have entered into relations again with American Government. Shall do our best to make the business successful. ROTHSCHILDS.

James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.

"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value.

Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender. The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation. These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept." - James Garfield "By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system. Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals. President James Garfield

Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation. If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world." - James Garfield "He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation." - James Garfield

President William McKinley

Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.

In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks. McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.

"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened. It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government. The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury." - William McKinley

McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt. Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartel with the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers.

Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express.

The Federal Reserve; it is neither "Federal" nor does it have any actual "Reserves", creating as it does money out of thin air.

In 2012, the Federal Reserve attempted to rebuff a Freedom of Information Lawsuit by Bloomberg News on the grounds that as a private banking corporation and not actually a part of the government, the Freedom of Information Act did not apply to the "trade secret" operations of the Federal Reserve.

"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply." "Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries." - "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" - Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975 "I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people." - Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924 "States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)... The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon.

When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools." - Andrew Gavin Marshall

1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.

"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment." - U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.

Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home. This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank. But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions.

Woodrow Wilson later regretted that decision.

"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit. We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men." - Woodrow Wilson 1919

Thomas Edison, arguably the most brilliant man of the age, was also well aware of the fraud of private central banks.

"People who will not turn a shovel full of dirt on the project nor contribute a pound of material, will collect more money from the United States than will the People who supply all the material and do all the work. This is the terrible thing about interest ... News report of Wilson's signing the Federal Reserve Act. Under the Constitution, only a new Amendment could transfer the government's authority to create the currency to a private party.

But here is the point: If the Nation can issue a dollar bond it can issue a dollar bill. The element that makes the bond good makes the bill good also. The difference between the bond and the bill is that the bond lets the money broker collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%. Whereas the currency, the honest sort provided by the Constitution pays nobody but those who contribute in some useful way. It is absurd to say our Country can issue bonds and cannot issue currency. Both are promises to pay, but one fattens the usurer and the other helps the People. If the currency issued by the People were no good, then the bonds would be no good, either. It is a terrible situation when the Government, to insure the National Wealth, must go in debt and submit to ruinous interest charges at the hands of men who control the fictitious value of gold." - Thomas A. Edison

The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the

Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.

President Woodrow Wilson

In 1913, the Rothschild KM was able to establish a beachhead by bribing crooked, treasonous members of Congress to pass the illegal, Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act on Christmas Eve without a required quorum. The Act was then signed by a crooked, bought off President, who was a traitor to America, like the members of Congress who voted for it.

World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia with the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand. Although the war started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, it quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States). Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels. Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power. So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened. Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war.

Archduke Franz Ferdinand, whose assassination triggered World War One

This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself. Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators), permanently trapping the German people in endless debt. When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power. Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers. Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry. The media called it "The German Miracle". TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938. Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain. Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!

Hitler as TIME's man of the year

"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain." - Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)

"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not." - Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast) "Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it." - Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US - General Robert E. Wood) "This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany." - Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)

Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.

"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to." - Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946) "Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig." -Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)

As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany.

And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America. So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions. General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act. When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberately collapse the stillfragile economy and blame him for it. Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act. Marine Corps Major General Smedley Butler

The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally declassified in 1967, but rumors of the attempted coup became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.

"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force the Marine Corps. I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high - class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers.

In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time. Now I am sure of it. Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service. Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in. I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long. I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket. I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents." - General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935

President John F. Kennedy

As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.

Presidents Kennedy and Soekarno

Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the BrettonWoods agreement at the end of WWII. The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system - which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life. The efforts to regain control of the Global Collateral Accounts are now being led by Neil Keenan. The West had been stealing from the Collateral Accounts for nearly 100 years but this has now been stopped by Neil Keenan and his associates, who have gone to considerable expense and risk in their mission to ensure the Global Collateral Accounts are accessible - for the humanitarian purposes for which they were established.

Kennedy's United States Note - with the lack of reference to the FEDERAL RESERVE

Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed from the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do. All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation. Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors).

John J. McCloy

John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public. As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars. Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance. The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946. The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions. The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax. That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.

The Bretton Woods resort, New Hampshire

The Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce. Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate. The United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes.

Nixon announced the end of gold convertability

Later termed the "Nixon shock", this move effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar.

The "Nixon Shock"

Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts. Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral. So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands. But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. This was part of the forerunner to the UN Agernda 21 "Sustainability" farce. The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself. All of this is illegal as the Enclave Clause of the Constitution limits the Federal Government to owning the land under Federal Government buildings and military bases, and that Enclave Clause was written into the Constitution by the Founding Fathers to specifically to prevent the Federal Government simply seizing the land belonging to the people to sell off, pledge as collateral, or rent!

With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar. The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations. The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers. The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil. Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since. But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy. Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports. Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use.

Saddam Hussein

Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm. One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq under the lie of Saddam's nuclear weapons, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars. The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.

Gaddafi

Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar.

Also see: Libya: From Africa’s Richest State Under Gaddafi, to Failed State After NATO Intervention Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade. This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world. So, the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi (the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.

General Wesley Clark blew the whistle on US plans to conquer the oil-rich Middle East, to attack and take over 7 countries in 5 years.

According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition). What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland. This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks. Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose. The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank. Malaysia, one of the few remaining nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda" and has suffered numerous suspicious losses of its commercial passenger jets. With the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.

Germany's gold bullion. Where is it?

The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold. This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run. So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that! Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion. So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon. You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied. The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda. The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation. That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt. Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning

the owners of the Private Central Bank. The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of. The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate. Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate. It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.

But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official. Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks. Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks. The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it. Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves. So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed? Apparently so. This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine, Russia, and China. The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank.

The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious. Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer. It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich. However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call. This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before. Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times. Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course, the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.

Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa have formed a parallel financial system called BRICS, officially launched on January 1, 2015. As of this writing some 80 nations are ready to trade with BRICS in transactions that do not involve the US dollar.

Despite US economic warfare against both Russia and China, the Ruble and Yuan are seen as more attractive for international trade and banking than the US dollar, hence the US attempt to fan the Ukraine crisis into war with Russia, and attempts to provoke North Korea as a back door to war with China.

The US Corporate Government: "These are the enemies of everything we hold dear in America: Your children must kill them for us..."

Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for. The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt. When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working. When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild. When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler. As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.

The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.

"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good." - Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010

"I am just a banker doing God's work." - Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009

From the film "The International" which tells the story of the take-down of the corrupt Bank of Credit and Commerce International which was the 7th largest private bank in the world.

'The question the people of the world should be asking is not whether to raise debt ceilings, but rather why our governments, which are authorised to create and issue interest-free money, instead borrow that money at interest from a privately-owned central banking system, thereby plunging future generations into debt slavery to that bank?'

Three steps from Private Central Bank to World War: Step 1: Enslave the nation to a private Central Bank issuing the public currency as a loan at interest to trap the people in unpayable debt Step 2: When the people cannot borrow any more, have the government borrow on their behalf (and without their permissiono) to keep the pyramid scheme working Step 3: When both the people and the government can no longer borrow, start a world war to conquer other nations wealth to "balance the books"

An Revealing Look at the Interests of the United Nations bodies of NATO and the WTO:

Click the image above to open a larger version in a new browser window

What Happened To Prince? April 25 2016 | From: VigilantCitizen / Various

Prince’s death was unexpected, shrouded in mystery and full of strange facts. In short, it was a typical Hollywood death. What happened and why?

Prince was the exact opposite of most pop stars of today: He was immensely talented, completely original, fully involved in artistic creation and extremely outspoken – especially against the music industry. More than being in a class of his own, he was in a world of his own, floating in a giant purple bubble while masterfully playing his guitar.

Related: Strange Details Behind Prince Blood Sacrifice to Baal! That Killed Him Prince was not merely a singer – he was songwriter, a multi-instrumentalist, a record producer, and an actor. He was keenly aware of the workings on the music industry and often fought bitter battles to preserve the integrity of his work, his image, and his legacy. While his enigmatic and eccentric persona never ceased to amaze his fans, the discovery of his lifeless body inside an elevator left the world with one final enigma: What happened? Before we look at this death, let’s look at his career.

Outspoken Prince spent his entire career battling “record label tyranny” which lead to some memorable outbursts. In 1993, when a deal with Warner Brothers went south and left him without control of his work and without the advances he was promised, he orchestrated a rebellion that only Prince could think of. In a perplexing (and often ridiculed) move, Prince replaced name with an unpronounceable symbol. People then had to refer to him as “The artist formerly known as Prince”. The Love Symbol on the cover his 1993 album. Although Prince never fully explained the meaning of this symbol (other that it “came to him during meditation”), one can easily discern an amalgamation of the “male” and “female” symbols crossed by a trumpet-like instrument. It might be a visual representation of the his androgynous musical persona. Although this move was widely misunderstood by the public (and media), Prince clearly explained the rationale behind it.

"The first step I have taken toward the ultimate goal of emancipation from the chains that bind me to Warner Bros. was to change my name from Prince to the Love Symbol. Prince is the name that my mother gave me at birth. Warner Bros. took the name, trademarked it, and used it as the main marketing tool to promote all of the music that I wrote. The company owns the name Prince and all related music marketed under Prince. I became merely a pawn used to produce more money for Warner Bros… I was born Prince and did not want to adopt another conventional name. The only acceptable replacement for my name, and my identity, was the Love Symbol, a symbol with no pronunciation, that is a representation of me and what my music is about. This symbol is present in my work over the years; it is a concept that has evolved from my frustration; it is who I am. It is my name." – Michael Heatley, Where Were You… When the Music Played? 120 Unforgettable Moments in Music History

During his legal battle with Warner Brothers, Prince appeared in public with the word “SLAVE” scribbled on his cheek.

Prince, with the word “Slave” written across his face at New York’s Rockefeller Plaza on July 9, 1996.

Prince also enjoyed speaking about unpopular issues such as chemtrails, religion and morality. Here’s a 2009 interview where he speaks his mind.

Several years later, Prince was still going at it. In 2015, he compared artists to “indentured servants with little control over how their music is used”. In a rare interaction with media, Prince stated:

"Record contracts are just like — I’m gonna say the word – slavery. I would tell any young artist… don’t sign.”

Strange Circumstances Around His Death As it is the case for most unexpected celebrity deaths, there is a lot information, misinformation, rumors, gossip and conflicting reports floating around. Here’s a quick sum up of his last days. At the time of writing this article, the cause of his death is unknown. Related: Was Prince Murdered By Illuminati Record Execs?

"On April 7, 2016, Prince postponed two performances from his Piano & A Microphone Tour, at the Fox Theatre in

Atlanta; the venue released a statement saying he was “battling the flu”. He rescheduled the show for April 14, even though he still was not feeling well. While flying back to Minneapolis early the next morning, his private jet made an emergency landing at Quad City International Airport in Moline, Illinois, so that he could seek medical treatment. Representatives stated that he suffered from “bad dehydration” and had been fighting influenza for several weeks. Prince was seen in public the following evening, when he shopped at the Electric Fetus in Minneapolis on Record Store Day, and made a brief appearance at a dance party at his Paisley Park recording studio complex in Chanhassen, Minnesota, stating that he was feeling fine. He attended a performance by singer Lizz Wright at the Dakota Jazz Club on April 19, 2016. On April 21, 2016, Prince was found unresponsive in an elevator at Paisley Park, which also served as his Minnesota home. A 9-1-1 call was placed at 9:43 a.m; he did not recover with CPR by emergency responders and was pronounced dead at 10:07 a.m. He was 57 years old."

Although reportedly “combating the flu”, Prince was active and healthy enough to attend concerts and perform a couple of shows. Things took a mysterious turn on April 15th, when his private jet made an emergency landing in Moline, Illinois – even if he was at about 40 minutes from his final destination. According to some sources, Prince was treated for an overdose.

"Multiple sources in Moline tell us, Prince was rushed to a hospital and doctors gave him a “save shot” … typically administered to counteract the effects of an opiate. Our sources further say doctors advised Prince to stay in the hospital for 24 hours. His people demanded a private room, and when they were told that wasn’t possible … Prince and co. decided to bail. The singer was released 3 hours after arriving and flew home. We’re told when Prince left he “was not doing well.” We know authorities in Minnesota are trying to get the hospital records from Moline to help determine cause of death. We have made more than a dozen attempts to reach Prince’s reps for comment, but they went radio silent." – TMZ, Treated For a Drug Overdose Days Before Death

Strangely enough, every time there’s a strange celebrity death, the word “overdose” is thrown around almost immediately.

The next day, Prince appeared at a concert and somewhat prophetically said:

"Wait a few days before you waste any prayers.”

The same day, a popular gossip website cryptically announced that a famous African-American celebrity had AIDS.

"MediaTakeOut.com just received word that a VERY popular African-American celebrity – who has recently been in the news – now has what is being described as AIDS. Obviously since we are not able to 100% confirm the story – we’re going to leave it as a Blind Item. We want to make it clear we are NOT talking about Magic Johnson. This report REALLY hurt our heart. According to a person EXTREMELY CLOSE to the situation, the celebrity, who is known for having a very EXTREME sexual past reportedly contracted the illness sometime in the 1990s. He kept the illness quiet but began taking his medication RELIGIOUSLY up until about two years ago. Here’s what we’re told by a VERY trusted entertainment insider:

[The celebrity] believed that he was cured, and he had some crazy [religious]people who told him that God cured him. So he stopped taking his medication and the sickness came back. Now doctors say he’s dying, and there is nothing anyone can do about it.” We’re told that the celebrity is expected to get sicker and sicker, and eventually pass. It can happen as soon as the summer." - Mediatakeout.com, Insider Claims That A VERY POPULAR African-American Celebrity . . . Is Stricken With AIDS . . . Not HIV

A few days later, Prince was found inside an elevator in his studio. Strange fact: One of Prince’s most famous songs is Let’s Go Crazy. Not unlike much of his writing, the lyrics of this song can be traced back to his Christian beliefs, where he uses the word the “de-elevator” to refer to the devil. He sings:

"And if de-elevator tries to bring you down Go crazy – punch a higher floor"

And later:

"And when we do (When we do) What’s it all for (What’s it all for) You better live now Before the grim reaper come knocking on your door Tell me, are we gonna let de-elevator bring us down? Oh, no let’s go!"

In a morbidly symbolic setting, Prince’s body was found inside an elevator. Did the “de-elevator” finally bring him down?

A great deal of facts need to be checked and questions need to be answered. One thing is for sure: When things are shady, truth often remains in the shade. Related: Did the Chemtrail Flu Kill Prince and Merle Haggard?

Washington Launches Its Attack Against BRICS April 24 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Having removed the reformist President of Argentina, Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner, Washington is now disposing of the reformist President of Brazil, Dilma Rousseff.

Washington used a federal judge to order Argentina to sacrifice its debt restructuring program in order to pay US vulture funds the full value of defaulted Argentine bonds that the vulture funds had bought for a few pennies on the dollar. TheGuardian: US vulture fund ruling pushes Argentina towards second bankruptcy TheIntercept: After Vote to Remove Brazil’s President, Key Opposition Figure Holds Meetings in Washington These vultures were called “creditors” who had made “loans” regardless of the fact that they were not creditors and had made no loans. They were opportunists after easy money and were used by Washington to get rid of a reformist government. President Kirchner resisted and, thus, she had to go. Washington concocted a story that Kirchner covered up an alleged Iranian bombing in Buenos Aires in 1994. This implausible fantasy, for which there is no evidence of Iranian involvement, was fed to one of Washington’s agents in the state prosecutor’s office, and a dubious event of 22 years ago was used to clear Kirchner out of the way of the American looting of Argentina. In Brazil, Washington has used corruption insinuations to get President Rousseff impeached by the lower house. Evidence is not necessary, just allegations. It is no different from “Iranian nukes,” Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” Assad’s “use of chemical weapons,” or in Rousseff’s case merely insinuations.

The Secretary General of the Organization of American States, Luis Almagro, notes that Rousseff “hasn’t been accused of anything.” The American-backed elites are simply using impeachment to remove a president who they cannot defeat electorally. In short, this is Washington’s move against the BRICS. Washington is moving to put into political power a rightwing party that Washington controls in order to terminate Brazil’s growing relationships with China and Russia. The great irony is that the impeachment bill was presided over by the corrupt lower house speaker, Eduardo Cunha, who was recently discovered to have stashed millions of dollars in secret Swiss bank accounts (perhaps his pay-off from Washington) and who lied under oath when he denied having foreign bank accounts. You can read the sordid story here: GlobalResearch: US Complicity? After Vote to Remove Brazil’s President, Key Opposition Figure Holds Meetings in Washington

Pro-government deputies hold a banner that reads in Portuguese “Cunha out!” behind the table of House speaker Eduardo Cunha, seated center, during a voting session on the impeachment of President Dilma Rousseff, in Brasilia, Brazil, April 17, 2016.

Kirchner and Rousseff’s “crimes” are their efforts to have the governments of Argentina and Brazil represent the Argentine and Brazilian peoples rather than the elites and Wall Street. In Washington these are serious offenses as Washington uses the elites to control South American countries. Whenever Latin Americans elect a government that represents them, Washington overthrows the government or assassinates the president. Washington is close to returning Venezuela to the control of the Spanish elite allied with Washington. Related: New Coup Plot Hatched in Venezuela

Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro

The presidents of Ecuador and Bolivia are also targeted. One reason Washington will not permit its British lapdog to honor the asylum Ecuador granted to Julian Assange is that Washington expects to have its own agent back in as President of Ecuador, at which time Assange’s asylum will be repealed. Washington has always blocked reform in Latin America. Latin American peoples will remain American serfs until they elect governments by such large majorities that the governments can exile the traitorous elites, close the US embassies, and expel all US corporations. Every Latin American country that has an American presence has no future other than serfdom.

Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media April 24 2016 | From: Geopolitics / AP / RadioNewZealand

The mainstream media has achieved a new historic milestone lately: Only 6% Americans trust them, which means 94% are now asking relevant questions that are pushing them away from the lies and deceptions that mainstream media are all about.

Trust in the news media is being eroded by perceptions of inaccuracy and bias, fueled in part by Americans’ skepticism about what they read on social media. Just 6 percent of people say they have a lot of confidence in the media, putting the news industry about equal to Congress and well below the public’s view of other institutions. In this presidential campaign year, Democrats were more likely to trust the news media than Republicans or independents. But trust today also goes beyond the traditional journalistic principles of accuracy, balance and fairness. Faced with ever-increasing sources of information, Americans also are more likely to rely on news that is up-to-date, concise and cites expert sources or documents, according to a study by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute. They want to be able to navigate the news app or website easily and quickly, without having to wade through intrusive or annoying ads. “The skill set that journalists have to master is bigger,” said Tom Rosenstiel, executive director of the American Press Institute. That’s because the expectations of news consumers have increased.

The poll shows that accuracy clearly is the most important component of trust. Nearly 90 percent of Americans say it’s extremely or very important that the media get their facts correct, according to the study. About 4 in 10 say they can remember a specific incident that eroded their confidence in the media, most often one that dealt with accuracy or a perception that it was one-sided. The news media have been hit by a series of blunders on high-profile stories ranging from the Supreme Court’s 2012 ruling on President Barack Obama’s health care law to the Boston Marathon bombing that have helped feed negative perceptions of the media. Download the survey results and analysis from here. The establishment is definitely feeling the crunch as of late. But, they are still in control of the system, and they are still rigging it.

A New York City elections official has been suspended without pay after a bureaucratic error allegedly resulted in the removal of over 100,000 Brooklyn voters’ names from the city rolls during the state’s presidential primary, according to a report.

Sources told the Daily News that Borough Office Chief Clerk Diane Haslett-Rudianoshe skipped one of the steps meant to stop the system from purging eligible voters. The voting books need to be purged from time to time to eliminate people who pass away, move to new locations or become ineligible for other reasons. This eventually resulted in voters being improperly removed. She was suspended “without pay, effective immediately, pending an internal investigation into the administration of the voter rolls in the Borough of Brooklyn,” the city’s Board of Elections (BOE) reportedly said in a statement. - RT

This disenfranchisement of 100,000 voters was claimed to have tip the balance towards Clinton’s favor. So, not only that both parties are owned and controlled by the same puppet masters, the process of selecting party candidates itself is also a game of survival of the fittest. And as the masses are fully entertained by this periodic game of musical chairs, the Western economy is left burning without the mainstream media telling like it is. They’re not only in utter denial, but they are wary more of their own irrelevance as the internet-based alternative media is now virtually certified as the new mainstream media. Humanity has definitely achieved something significant right here. And we can still achieve more if we continue to work together in spite of our cultural differences.

Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media New Zealanders are trusting politicians less and less, according to a new survey. Just 8 percent of people questioned said they trusted MPs, while government ministers edged up towards 9 percent.

The survey, carried out by Colmar Brunton for Victoria University's Institute for Governance and Policy Studies, asked 1000 people across the country about their confidence in government ministers, academics, judges, churches and the media, among others. Medical practitioners scored highest with 56 percent trusting them "lots" or "completely", followed by police (53 percent). Judges and courts had a 34 percent rating. But there was little faith in politicians, nor in media, with print and broadcast media at 9 percent, and last on the list, bloggers, trusted by 5 percent in the survey.

Not only do people have little trust in their elected officials, they're trusting them less. The survey showed trust in MPs and government ministers fell over the last three years more than any other group, with 58 percent saying they trust them less. ACT party leader David Seymour said the survey was concerning, though not surprising.

“"It was already starting from a low base, so that is very disappointing."

New Zealand First leader Winston Peters said once politicians get into parliament, they forgot the people who elected them.

“Many MPs are living evidence that New Zealanders can take a joke. You've seen their behaviour - their egregious, self-serving behaviour [and] the fact they get outside their electorate and forget their people."

Green Party co-leader James Shaw said politicians tended to come across as a "self-interested political class" who had "nothing better to do than throw insults at each other." In order to fix that image, the processes in Parliament needed to change.

“The way that we examine bills breaks the process down in such a way that MPs, they show up, they make a fiveminute speech and they go away again. That is clearly not a real debate. There are some things that the Speaker can do to lift standards of behaviour [and] I think we should have a code of ethics for politicians and political operators that is way more rigorous than the one we currently have."

Institute for Governance and Policy Studies director, Professor Michael Macaulay, said the rankings offered a snapshot of the current political climate, which was "typified by low voter turn out and a public largely disengaged with politics." The survey revealed numbers but did not go into the reasons for people's lack of confidence, and he wanted it to be used as a basis for further research. Related: Politicians, media least trusted - study

9/11 Cover-Up Imploding As Mainstream Media Forced To Report Saudi Link April 23 2016 | From: Infowars / FreeThoughtProject / Various

Establishment media finally coming clean about attack: New evidence reveals a link between Saudi Arabia and 9/11, according to an international newspaper.

Ghassan Al-Sharbi, a Saudi bombmaker, is said to have taken flying lessons with the 9/11 hijackers and U.S. investigators found his flight certificate in an envelope from the Saudi embassy in Washington, D.C., the Australianreported, citing a recently declassified U.S. memo. Related: It’s Time to Admit: The ‘9/11 Truthers’ Were Right

“The envelope points to the fundamental question hanging over us today: to what extent was the 9/11 plot facilitated by individuals at the highest levels of the Saudi government?” Asked Brian McGlinchey, the activist who uncovered the 2003 memo known as Document 17.

Al-Sharbi was captured in Pakistan in 2002 and has since been held in Guantanamo Bay, which may indicate why President Obama has kept the detention center open despite promising he would close it “immediately” during his 2008 presidential campaign.

And Document 17 may explain why Saudi Arabia is freaking out right now, including the recent threat to dump nearly $750 billion in U.S. Treasury bonds and other assets if Congress passes a popular bill that would allow 9/11 victims to sue the country.

And it may also explain why both House Speaker Paul Ryan and Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell are trying to derail the bill, but they face a losing battle in the long-run: other mainstream outlets are finally coming clean about the Saudi connection to 9/11.

“The kingdom’s involvement was deliberately covered up at the highest levels of our government, and the coverup goes beyond locking up 28 pages of the Saudi report in a vault in the US Capitol basement,” Paul Sperry of the N.Y. Post reported. “Investigations were throttled, co-conspirators were let off the hook.” “Case agents I’ve interviewed at the Joint Terrorism Task Forces in Washington and San Diego, the forward operating base for some of the Saudi hijackers, as well as detectives at the Fairfax County (Va.) Police Department who also investigated several 9/11 leads, say virtually every road led back to the Saudi Embassy in Washington, as well as the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles.”

After 60-Minutes Bombshell, White House Says Secret 9/11 Docs Could Be Declassified In 60 Days Related: Censored 28 Pages of 911 Half Truths Plaguing Mainstream Media On a recent episode of 60-Minutes, former Florida governor, Democratic U.S. Senator and onetime chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, Bob Graham implicated a US ally for their role in the September 11th attacks. “I think it’s implausible to believe that 19 people, most of whom didn’t speak English, most of whom had never been in the United States before, many didn’t have a high school education, could have carried out such a complicated task without some support from within the United States,” says Graham in the interview, implicating Saudi Arabia for thier role in 9/11."

CBS reported that Graham and his Joint Inquiry co-chair in the House, former Representative Porter Goss (R-FL) - who went on to be director of the CIA - say the 28 pages were excised from their report by the Bush Administration in the interest of national security.

Graham wouldn’t discuss the classified contents, but says the 28 pages outline a network of people he believes supported hijackers in the U.S. He tells Steve Kroft he believes the hijackers were “substantially” supported by Saudi Arabia. Asked if the support was from government, rich people or charities, the former senator replies, “all of the above.” Until now, anyone who questioned the highly suspect ‘official’ narrative on the 9/11 attacks has been labeled a conspiracy theorist or a kook. But when current and former members of Congress, U.S. officials, and the 9/11 Commissioners themselves call for the release of these 28-pages, which tells a different story of what happened that fateful day - people will listen - and listen, they did. On Tuesday, after Graham’s appearance on 60-Minutes, he says he received a phone call - from the White House. The Tampa Bay Times then spoke with Graham about that call.

“Graham told the Tampa Bay Times that Brett Holmgren, a senior policy adviser to the assistant to the president for Homeland Security, told him the declassification review of the documents withheld from a report issued by a Joint Congressional Commission in 2003 will soon be completed. Graham, who asked the president to declassify the records more than two years ago, said he asked how soon he could expect a decision and was told “one or two months.”

Graham was co-chairman of a joint congressional committee that investigated the attacks. The 28 pages were classified at the request of the FBI. Graham has been pushing for release of the documents since 2011 when he learned that the FBI had failed to disclose part of its investigation that included reports that high-ranking Saudi Arabian officials provided financial aid and other help to the 19 hijackers who flew airplanes into the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.

He says the FBI initially denied there were such reports but has since turned over 80,000 pages in a federal lawsuit seeking the release of all reports on the investigation.

The decision makers at the White House have realized the public cares about it and there is an urgency to come to a decision,’’ Graham said, noting that he appearance on 60-minutes prompted the White House to finally address the issue.

For over a decade, the families of the victims have demanded the full story on what happened and have only been met with ridicule and closed doors. This information being aired on mainstream television followed by an ‘official’ response and plan to declassify the information is historical and heartening news to those seeking the truth. Now, we the people may finally receive more insight into the murderous actions on that day, bringing us closer to the closure we so sincerely deserve.

9/11 Commission Members Call For Release Of 28 Pages Related: The Smoking Gun: "Document 17" Links Saudi Embassy In Washington To Sept 11 Saudi Arabian connection soon to be brought to light: Two months ago when Donald Trump said the release of the 28 classified pages of the 9/11 report would show the involvement of the Saudi government, NATIONAL REVIEW called him a “9/11 Truther” and said “Trump turned into an ALEX JONES SHOW caller”.

Now CBS’ 60 Minutes, along with former Senator Bob Graham, Chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and former members of the 9/11 Commission like Sen Bob Kerrey and John Lehman, Reagan’s Secretary of the Navy ,have joined Trump and Alex Jones Show callers in demanding the classified information be released.

Saudi Arabia is a Cancer on the World Related: U.S. House of Representatives to introduce resolution to investigate Obama Administration’s high crimes and misdemeanors Saudi Arabia is the worst country in the world, bar none. If it disappeared off the map tomorrow, the planet would hold the biggest party you’ve ever seen. So why does Obama bow to Saudi royals like he’s their house bitch every time he visits?

Related: As Oil Prices Fall, Saudi Arabia Borrows $10 Billion to Stay Afloat

When Idiots Control Technology, This Is What Happens April 23 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Sputnik

Here on this planet exists one giant multi-layered corporation comprising of thousands subcorporations, with each layer promoting and protecting each own interests which when summed up lead only to one definite conclusion, i.e. self-destruction.

We are part of that multi-layered corporation, whether by sheer ignorance, or through lies and deception. However methods used that brought us together up to this giant control structure, we don’t have any excuse whatsoever why we should not correct the present trajectory before this present path reach its disastrous end. We are aware of one of the most obvious misapplications of science and technology which is the continued establishment of surveillance system far bigger than its predecessors. This is to be used to merge humanity to machines to facilitate AI control later on.

The Colossal Costs of Building UK’s Monster Surveillance Network The proposal, which the Home Office wants to rush through the House of Commons just after Easter, will cost the country billions of pounds. The centers will be required to keep large databases of all the connections made by UK Internet users for one year - and to share them automatically with the UK’s government and intelligence agencies.

The government is bracing itself for the vote as the news arrives that the only other country in the world to have ever tried a similar approach - Denmark - has just decided to abandon the plan, for the second time in ten years. The first Danish “session logging” system was put into place in 2007, but was abandoned in 2013 after the country’s police and security services found it to be practically useless - besides being very expensive for Internet providers to install and operate. Another attempt to build an improved system, carried out by the Danish Ministry of Justice at the start of March 2016 also appears to have foundered. Before the final decision was taken, the Danish government asked accounting firm Ernst & Young to ascertain how much the new surveillance network would cost.

The experts found that total expenses would be around one billion Danish Krone (US$150 million). The Danish government decided that the costs were too high for the country and its tech sector. In the UK, the costs are likely to be much-much higher. If in Denmark - a country of 5.6 million people - the government estimated that each citizen would produce about 62,000 records every year, in Britain, whose population is about ten times the size of Denmark’s, the final annual database would have to include about four trillion a year. Other estimates suggest that the sheer amount of records could even hit tens of trillions every year. That is because each of those records, as per the law, would have to contain: a customer account reference or device identifier; the date and time of the event; the duration; the source and destination IP and port number of each session; the domain name or linked URL; the volume of data; and the name of Internet service you connected to.

The UK will have to find a way to store an enormous amount of information every day — even if each record’s weight was brought down to 100 bytes, on a yearly level, we are talking exabytes (thousands of petabytes). The only surefire way to deal with this information is by building new massive data centers, which will need at least US$140 million in equipment to handle each exabyte. Add the building, as well as cooling and electricity management and you have only started understanding the eventual costs of the UK’s new monster surveillance plans.

That’s Fust the Tip of The Iceberg The AI control mechanism itself requires the merging of different sciences which when all tied in together also explains the physics behind all the myths, legends and conspiracies that ultimately define our present reality as it is today.

If you are not turned off by its title, the video above will surely reinforce what you’ve learned so far, and hopefully convince you that all the madness that is still going on around the world today needs to end. More importantly, don’t allow yourself to get distracted over by any Gladio type operations wherever they may occur. Just stay within the course of your own evolution. Self-evolution is the most powerful revolution.

Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries April 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes

We’re living in very challenging times. Our metal is being tested to new and extreme degrees that increase by the day. It’s clearly a time for expanded wisdom, digression and discernment to fully understand what is happening around and within us. As well as determination.

In a time of revelation, which is what the apocalypse is referring to, things come to light that can rock our world.

The word "apocalypse" actually means, "a disclosure of knowledge, i.e., a lifting of the veil or revelation." Somehow, it has becomne re-translated as being something that spells doom. Go figure.

False idols fall, concepts are cracked, and new understandings and awakenings abound, whether we like them or not. These are each up to the individual to find out and experience for themselves, but they can be very disconcerting when it comes to the shattering of old paradigms of thinking and our current personal outlook on the world, no matter how seemingly progressive we think we are.

The Fall of False Images and Mass Projections There are many symptoms of radical change that we can expect. Idolatry, or putting unquestioned faith and misguided “belief” in some human or system, or even supernatural solution-bringer, is completely off course.

As long as humanity looks for a leader they will be sorely disappointed. History attests to this in spades. Projecting our problems, questions and needs for exterior solutions is destined to fail. Worse yet as it affirms this mass hysteria. Anyone or anything that pretends to fill this vacuum you can be assured are deceived to whatever degree, unfortunately with the strong reinforcement of a sycophantic populace programmed to look for such. Start by not putting people in that position of temptation. It’s ultimately up to us, similar to not participating in the matrix. The more perceptive understanding of this has to do with those who accept this predominant role of “solution bringer”. Once someone agrees to play this part of the projected play being broadcast you have problems, and it usually comes up because of not just the throngs projecting the wrong intent, but that those agreeing to fulfill such a role have grown an inflated ego, together with a plethora of attachments, capable of collecting this group intention, consciously or otherwise.

In the words of Lao Tzu:

“A leader is best when people barely know he exists, when his work is done, his aim fulfilled, they will say: we did it ourselves.”

Again, history attests to this. People look for a leader, a panacea, a catch all solution, someone else to do the real work and have all the conviction they’re lacking, and when it appears to be embodied in a particularly charismatic figure who is then emboldened and willing to play this role, we have serious problems. Every time. Truth by its very nature is a continually acting catalytic iconoclast. Truthful ideas lead us to more truth and empowerment. Granted, some people can encapsulate and articulate these ideas better than others, but it’s nonetheless the ideas, not the people. When the intention and attention is hypnotically focused on the usually dynamic individual, those accepting such a role are immediately programmed to self destruct. As truth has it, when something gets in the way of white hot truth it burns up. It may take time but it won’t stand the test. It’s never clear in the time of transition but always clarifies over time. It’s up to us to be circumspect and wise in our observations and resultant behaviors.

Plato said something very profound in this regard:

“When the tyrant has disposed of foreign enemies by conquest or treaty and there is nothing to fear from them, then he is always stirring up some war or other, in order that the people may require a leader.”

Inside and Outside Attacks A big part of this revelation we’re in the midst of has to do with knowing not just the truth but the enemies of truth. These contrarian “signal jammers” can be clearly belligerent external foes of freedom, creativity and the like which are relatively easy to spot individuals or socially engineered trends, but there are also inside or internal spiritual attacks on ourselves or others in our midst that can be difficult to identify as well as deal with. This awareness of spiritual attacks must become an important aspect of our awareness. Whether people call these influences transdimensionals, demons, archons, wetiko or whatever, they are real, and very active and present in this human conflict.

People will be, and already are, seeing personality changes in others around them who are not moving or working with the truth vibrations, if you will. If you haven’t yet experienced this element you soon will, but it usually takes some grounded awareness and spotting ability to see them for what they are, and that awareness can only manifest when there is the ability to see what you are. Some coming into our midst are people who are clearly outside plants and shills, but I would venture to say that the most present danger is the spiritual element which invariably uses the weakest link available as their doorway in any situation. These negative, parasitic forces go where there is an opening. A particularly weak individual, someone with a grudge or contrary agenda for whatever reason, or simply a misguided soul laden with pride who is easily influenced and in some cases taken over.

These influences are not just demonically persuasive and extremely intelligent and can win almost any argument on their level if you engage them, but very aggressive. This is where the fuller overarching paradigm of how to effect change is most blatantly manifest – learning to circumnavigate and ultimately rise above this level of interchange is a proverbial stitch in time and will avoid untold confusion and wasted energy. This might sound a bit woo woo and out there for some geopolitical pragmatists, but if you’re reading this I’m sure you’ll identify some of these symptoms. Obviously psychopaths are fully charged with these elements, but it’s when it reaches you personally that we can be taken aback and inadvertently steered into futile encounters or courses of action. The spiritual cannot be ignored. In fact, it is first and foremost amongst factors that need to be under consideration at any and every given time during this transitional process.

Take If from There This may seem a bit vague to some but you will come to see it manifest in many ways. Much more needs to be explained about these inside and outside attacks but I wanted to touch on the concepts to get the ball rolling. Idols will fall. Despite any temporary confusion good folks will survive and thrive as they empower. Paradigms will continue to crumble and morph. It’s a spectacular convergence and a time to learn.

Go with the flow but be aware, very aware, of the influences we are being bombarded with. This is a very serious transition we’re in the midst of and we need to remain vigilant and detached in our perspective. There is no in between when it comes to joining the forces for truth.

Just a heads up. Stay on top of it, not under.

Henry Kissinger, War Criminal Extraordinaire: What You Need To Know About His Real History - And Why The Sanders / Clinton Exchange Matters April 22 2016 | From: Sott / Various

Sanders was right about Kissinger. His civilian death toll nears 4 million, his policies built today's Middle East. Vote Hillary, get Henry. That seemed to be the message Hillary Clinton wants to send; she's spoken highly of Kissinger in her last two debates with Bernie Sanders.

Sanders fired back at Clinton for seeking foreign-policy wisdom from the Vietnam-era secretary of state. "I find it rather amazing," Sanders said, "given that I happen to believe that Kissinger was one of the most destructive secretaries of state in the modern history of this country. I am proud to say that Henry Kissinger is not my friend. I will not take advice from Henry Kissinger." Maybe Kissinger will be the Dick Cheney of this campaign, angling for a shot at a dark-lord VP, you know, like Cheney himself. I doubt it. Though, at 92 and still a congenital publicity seeker, he must be enjoying himself.

In my most recent book, Kissinger's Shadow, I tried to use Kissinger as a window onto both the collapse of the national security state, brought about by Vietnam, its reconstruction on new footings reading to meet the challenges of 1970s and beyond. It is in that reconstruction, in which Kissinger was key, that one can find the beginning of the militarization of the Persian Gulf - that is, the seeds sprouting the catastrophe we now find ourselves in. As I wrote a few months ago for TomDispatch:

“Similarly, each of Kissinger's Middle East initiatives has been disastrous in the long run. Just think about them from the vantage point of 2015: banking on despots, inflating the Shah, providing massive amounts of aid to security forces that tortured and terrorized democrats, pumping up the U.S. defense industry with recycled petrodollars and so spurring a Middle East arms race financed by high gas prices, emboldening Pakistan's intelligence service, nurturing Islamic fundamentalism, playing Iran and the Kurds off against Iraq, and then Iraq and Iran off against the Kurds, and committing Washington to defending Israel's occupation of Arab lands. Combined, they've helped bind the modern Middle East into a knot that even Alexander's sword couldn't sever."

At the debate, Bernie went on the offensive. He not only called Kissinger one of the most destructive secretaries of state in our modern history, he explained some of the history. "In fact, Kissinger's actions in Cambodia, when the United States bombed that country, over - through Prince Sihanouk, created the instability for Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge to come in who then butchered some 3 million innocent people - one of the worst genocides in the history of the world."

I have no doubt that the fact-checkers are going to mangle Sanders' claims here, but he is pretty much right. Kissinger didn't create the Khmer Rouge, but his mad and illegal bombing of Cambodia created the conditions where the most genocidal, militant faction of a broad and diverse insurgency could seize control of first the insurgency and then the state. So for the sake of fact-checking Kissinger's genocide in Cambodia for millennial supporters of Sanders, who weren't yet alive when Kissinger was acting with his full power, here's how I describe his responsibility in Kissinger's Shadow, with the help of Ben Kiernan, a professor of history at Yale:

That Kissinger, along with Nixon, presided over the bombing of Cambodia, and had done so since March of 1969, is now well known. Less so is that the worst of his bombing started in February 1973, a month after Washington, Hanoi, and Saigon signed the Paris Peace accords. In 1972, the U.S. dropped, in total, 53,000 tons of bombs on Cambodia. Between February 8 and August 15, 1973, that number increased nearly five-fold and targeted not just enemy "sanctuaries" in the country's east but the whole country. In other words, Washington dropped the same amount of explosives on Cambodia in these six months as it did in the entire previous four years. Think of it as an accelerando climax to Nixon and Kissinger's epic bombing opera. "We would rather err on the side of doing too much," Kissinger said to his envoy in Cambodia the day after the escalation began, referring to the bombing, than too little. "I see no reason not to really whack the hell out of them in Cambodia," Nixon said to Kissinger a few days later. The nominal reason for this intensified bombing was the same as it ever was: to save face. Years of bombing had, as discussed earlier, created an untenable situation in the country, leading to a 1970 coup that, in turn, broadened the social base of the insurgency to include communists, "Sihanoukists" (supporters of deposed Prince Sihanouk (whom Sanders mentioned in the debate) and other non-communists. Nixon and Kissinger's solution to this crisis caused by bombing was more bombing, including phosphorous explosives and cluster bombs that each released thousands of either ball bearings or darts.

The assault was meant to force the insurgency to the bargaining table, or force North Vietnam or China to force the Cambodian insurgents to the table. And, as always, there were domestic calculations: bombing Cambodia might distract from the Watergate scandal. It didn't. The historian Ben Kiernan calls this intensified phase of the bombing a "watershed in Kampuchean history." Kiernan is now a professor of history at Yale University and head of its Genocide Studies Program. In the 1970s, he learned the Khmer language and interviewed hundreds of Cambodian refugees, including victims and former members of the Khmer Rouge. Based on those interviews, as well as extensive documentary research, including Air Force bombing data, he drew the following three conclusions: First: The bombing caused "enormous losses" of Cambodian "life and property" on an almost unimaginable scale, across the country. The campaign was indiscriminate, with rural civilians the primary victims. As many as three million people were forced out of their homes during the war, almost half the country's population. It's impossible to read the testimonies taken by Kiernan and others and not be stunned: twenty people killed in one raid, thirty in another, entire families obliterated, hundreds of acres of crops scorched, whole villages destroyed. "They hit houses in Samrong," one survivor recalls, "and thirty people were killed:" Another said that the "bombing was massive and devastating, and they just kept bombing more and more massively, so massively you couldn't believe it, so that it engulfed the forests, engulfed the forests with bombs, with devastation." Second: The bombing was an effective recruitment tool for the Khmer Rouge. Propaganda doesn't seem like quite the right word, since it implies some form of deception or manipulation. Object lesson might be a better description of the service Kissinger provided to Pol Pot. Here's a former Khmer Rouge cadre describing the effect of the bombing:

"The ordinary people sometimes literally shit in their pants when the big bombs and shells came. Their minds just froze up and they would wander around mute for three or four days. Terrified and half crazy, the people were ready to believe what they were told. It was because of their dissatisfaction with the bombing that they kept on co-operating with the Khmer Rouge, joining up with the Khmer Rouge, sending their children off to go with them . . . Sometimes the bombs fell and hit little children, and their fathers would be all for the Khmer Rouge."

Another told a journalist that his village, Pursat, had been destroyed by U.S. bombs, "killing 200 of its 350 inhabitants and propelling him into a career of violence and absolute loyalty" to the Khmer Rouge. One elderly woman said she had never met a "Khmer Rouge" until her village was destroyed. The propaganda was strategic but the fury and confusion real: "The people were very angry with the U.S., and that is why so many of them joined the Khmer communists," reported one witness. Another said that after the bombs destroyed a number of monasteries, "people in our village were furious with the Americans; they did not know why the Americans had bombed them." Third: The bombing that took place between February and August 1973 had two consequences: It delayed a Communist victory while at the same time radically transformed the nature of that victory when it did come two years later. Had Lon Nol fallen in early or mid-1973, the insurgent victors would have been comprised of diverse factions, including moderates and Sihanouk loyalists. By the time Lon Nol did fall in early 1975, not only had the Khmer Rouge come to dominate the insurgency but a radical faction had come to dominate the Khmer Rouge. Nixon and Kissinger's intensification of the bombing killed or scattered much of the anti- Lon Nol opposition, driving the insurgency into siege mode and giving the upper hand to a hardened corps of extremists circling around Pol Pot.

The bombing sanctioned their extremism: when political-education cadre pointed to charred corpses and limbless children and said this was a "manifestation of simple American barbarism," who could disagree? And it made them even more extreme: in the villages, "people were made angry by the bombing and went to join the revolution," and so it followed that those who didn't join the revolution were "CIA agents" and targeted for reprisal. The destruction of the countryside also brought out a "revival of national chauvinism," which included anger toward the Vietnamese for abandoning the struggle even as Cambodia was being devastated. Sihanouk supporters, Vietnamese, and other moderates were purged from opposition forces.

At the same time, the strain of living under constant bombardment forced those areas under Khmer Rouge rule into an accelerated program of peasant collectivization, justified by the demands of having to survive during wartime. Emerging from the carnage was fury directed not just at United States imperialism but at the capital "Phnom Penh," the city as a symbol of decadent, urban and industrial modernity. On April 17th, 1975, the Khmer Rouge took Phnom Penh, and Pol Pot declared "Year Zero." His cadre immediately began to empty out the capital and other cities, deporting millions of urban dwellers to the country's northwest. Cambodia's new rulers targeted for persecution Buddhist monks, ethnic minorities, former government loyalists, intellectuals, moderate Communists, and anyone who would stand in the way of establishing their agrarian utopia. Nearly the entire population of Cambodia was forced into rural labor camps. By the time a now unified Vietnam invaded the country in 1979, overthrew the Khmer Rouge, and put an end to the madness, as many as two million people, perhaps more, had been killed - of starvation, exhaustion, disease, or murdered.

And of course, not just Cambodia. I was queried about how I came up - in a Nation piece last week - with these numbers: "A full tally hasn't been done, but a back-of-the-envelope count would attribute 3 million, maybe 4 million deaths to Kissinger's actions," in my post on Hillary Clinton's pride in being tutored by Henry Kissinger. More sources can be found in Kissinger's Shadow, but here it goes: Kissinger's hardline in southern Africa - in response to movements of national liberation in Angola and Mozambique and antiwhite supremacy struggles in Rhodesia and South Africa - led him to support allied insurgencies.

We might wish," Ford's secretary of defense James Schlesinger said during one 1975 strategy session, "to encourage the disintegration of Angola." And that's what Kissinger did. In July, he stepped up covert aid to UNITA, a pro-American, anti-MPLA insurgency in Angola that he had already been running.

Likewise in Mozambique. All told, historians guess that these wars killed between 1,750,000 and 2 million people. Neither country "disintegrated." But they were devastated, their infrastructure ruined, their governments militarized and bankrupted, their hospitals and morgues filled beyond capacity. Mozambique's civil war ended in 1992, while fighting in Angola dragged on for yet another decade.

Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

Pakistan's genocide in East Pakistan (now Bangladesh), which Kissinger green-lighted: Between 300,000 and a million. The U.S.'s illegal bombing campaign in Cambodia: 100,000 civilians dead in the bombing. 1,671,000 killed in the resultant genocide. Indonesia's invasion and occupation of East Timor, which Kissinger greenlighted: 200,000 dead Chile: at least 3,000 The Guatemalan genocide is an atrocity often not associated with Henry Kissinger, since the worst of its slaughter came in 1978-1983, a few years after he left office. But here, too, his fingerprints show.

In 1970, Kissinger and his military aide Alexander Haig were involved in passing the names and addresses of "Guatemalan terrorists" to security forces, even though Washington was well aware that that the government was using its U.S.-funded counter-terror program to eliminate not just armed insurgents but all political opposition and that the great majority of political prisoners taken were summarily executed. Shortly thereafter, repression in Guatemala got so out of hand that a member of Kissinger's NSC staff urged that the socalled "40 Committee" - the committee chaired by Kissinger that brought together various arms of the national security state, which helped organize the campaign to overthrow Allende in Chile - reconsider U.S. support for the Guatemalan government. Kissinger, as chair, didn't think it was an issue worth taking up and robust military support continued, paving the way for the killing of over 100,000 people.

Senior war criminal Henry Kissinger and war criminal apprentice Hillary Rodham Clinton interviewed by media shill Charlie Rose

So, to sum up, using the lower estimates above: Kissinger's policies resulted in at least 4,124,000 civilian deaths, probably many times that number of wounded and refugees - and that doesn't include Kissinger's victims in Vietnam - a war that he (and Nixon) helped prolong for five years when they sabotaged 1968 peace talks - Laos, or Argentina, Uruguay, the Middle East and Persian Gulf, at the hands of Kissinger's partners, such as the Shah and the Saudis.

"Should Hillary Clinton be basking in Henry Kissinger's praise," Michael Tracey, at the New Republic asked Clinton's team. This was after the candidate, at the previous debate, seemed to think that Kissinger's approval was evidence of her "progressivism." Joel Benenson, a Clinton "surrogate," said: "People generally believe that Henry Kissinger was a good secretary of state . . . I think he's respected." Clinton's campaign manager, John Podesta, said: "Here's a guy who's certainly knowledgeable about what it takes to manage the State Department." Considering the carnage Secretary of State Clinton left in her wake in Libya, Mali and Honduras (and, as a senator, in Iraq), there's much truth in that statement. Greg Grandin is a professor of history at New York University and the author of Kissinger's Shadow: The Long Reach of America's Most Controversial Statesman. He is the author of a number of prize-winning books, including The Empire of Necessity: Slavery, Freedom, and Deception in the New World, which won the Bancroft Prize in American History. He is also the author of Fordlandia: The Rise and Fall of Henry Ford's Forgotten Jungle City (Metropolitan 2009), a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in History, as well as for the National Book Award and the National Book Critics Circle Award.

Henry Kissinger's Legacy of War Crimes Exposed by Secret Yale Visit Abby Martin speaks about how Yale University's secret invite to Henry Kissinger has shined a new light into the former Secretary of State's long list of criminality, by helping facilitate US war crimes in South East Asia, South America and the Middle East, which resulted in the deaths of millions of civilians.

Of course there is also those famous Kissinger quotes:

"Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy."

and

"Control oil, and you control nations; control food and you control the people."

Further reading (if you can stomach it): The Grievous Return of Henry Kissinger Released transcript of phone conversation between Nixon and Kissinger reveals U.S. intervention in Chile to block Allende began long before September 1970 election 'The illegal we do immediately; the unconstitutional takes a little longer': 'Kissinger Cables' among latest and biggest WikiLeaks documents release to date Debacle, Inc.: How Henry Kissinger helped disorder the world Intelligence officers confirm Kissinger role in Turkish invasion of Cyprus and Chilean coup Psychopathic birds of a feather flock together: Hillary Clinton and Henry Kissinger

Emergency Meetings, Banker Summits, Crashing European Banks, And The Worst Bank Reports Since The Great Recession

+ Is The American Debt-Note Factory Nearing Its End? April 21 2016 | From: ActivistPost / PoliticalVelCraft / VeteransToday / Various

Just about every major banker and finance minister in the world is meeting in Washington, DC, last week, following two rushed, secretive meetings of the Federal Reserve and another instantaneous and rare meeting between the Fed Chair and the president of the United States.

These and other emergency bank meetings around the world cause one to wonder what is going down. Let’s start with a bullet list of the week’s big-bank events: The Federal Reserve Board of Governors just held an “expedited special meeting” on Monday in closed-door session. The White House made an immediate announcement that the president was going to meet with Fed Chair Janet Yellen right after Monday’s special meeting and that Vice President Biden would be joining them. The Federal Reserve very shortly posted an announcement of another expedited closed-door meeting for Tuesday for the specific purpose of “bank supervision.” A G-20 meeting of finance ministers and central-bank heads starts in Washington, DC, on Tuesday, too, and continues through Wednesday. Then on Thursday the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund meet in Washington. The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta just revised US GDP growth for the first quarter to the precipice of recession at 0.1%. US banks are widely expected this week to report their worst quarter financially since the start of the Great Recession. The European Union’s new “bail-in” procedures for failing banks were employed for the first time with Austrian bank Heta Asset Resolution AG. Italy’s minister of finance called an emergency meeting of Italian bankers to engage “last resort” measures for dealing with 360-billion euros of bad loans in banks that have only 50 billion in capital. Related: Fiat Dollar Collapse: Are these signs that BRICS will pull it soon?

China Launches “Yuan Gold Fix” It’s official. Overnight, China launched its gold-backed Yuan to boost its control over the gold and paper currency market at the same time. Although, mainstream media are saying that it is a “Yuan gold fix” where gold has a fix Yuan units equivalent, it’s basically the same banana. Earlier, Deutsche Bank was forced to admit its culpability in rigging the prices of gold and silver in connivance with other players in the precious metals market, which put resource rich countries at a gross disadvantage. With Yuan basically the same as gold, and worthless fiat dollar not allowed to swap with Yuan, this is the beginning of the end for the Federal Reserve fiat dollar. Read more at Geopolitics / Reuters

Related: China Launches Yuan Gold Fix To "Exert More Control Over Price Of Gold"

President Obama’s meeting with Fed Chair Yellen It is rare for presidents to meet with the chair of the Federal Reserve. The last time President Obama met with Janet Yellen was in November of 2014, a year and a half ago. It is even more rare for the vice president of the United States to join them. In fact, I’ve heard but haven’t verified that it has never happened in a suddenly called meeting with the Fed before.

For security reasons, the president and vice president don’t regularly attend the same events. There are, of course, many planning sessions or emergency meetings where they do get together, but not with the head of the Federal Reserve. Emergency meetings where the VP is included in the planning session would include situations related to dire national security in case the VP winds up having to take over.

(George Bush and Dick Cheney were exceptional to the point that everyone commented on how often the VP was included in meetings with the president, but I always figured that was because George Bush couldn’t think and speak without Cheney acting as the ventriloquist.)

In fact the meeting with the prez and vice prez is so rare that the White House is bending over backwards to assure the entire nation that the president is not meeting with Yellen to try to influence the Fed, which is required to act independently of politics (so they claim). According to the White House, President Obama is meeting with the Fed chair and Biden to discuss the nation’s “longer-term economic outlook,” even though Yellen just told the entire nation that the economy was strong and had arrived nearly back at “full health.” The president says they will be “comparing notes.” Do their notes about the nation’s outlook disagree? “Compare notes” sounds sufficiently vague to cover everything imaginable.

“White House spokesman Josh Earnest said both Obama and Yellen are focused on ways to expand economic opportunities for the U.S. middle class. He called the meeting an opportunity for the two to “trade notes” while emphasizing that Yellen makes decisions about monetary policy independently."

Either such meetings are, indeed, extremely rare, or the White House doth protest to much because they spent more time this week emphasizing what the president was not going to do than what he was going to do in assuring us all that the president will not try to influence Yellen.

“The president has been pleased with the way that she has fulfilled what is a critically important job,” Earnest said. He added that Obama has “the utmost respect for the independent nature of her role.”

Earnest also said that, “even in a confidential setting” Obama would not “have a conversation that would undermine” the Fed’s ability to make “critical financial decisions independently.” I’m waiting to here the next words - “trust us!” If such meetings with the Fed are so rare they require careful defensive explanation, why the sudden call of the meeting, oddly timed between two specially called, emergency meetings of the Fed - or, at least, “expedited” meetings of the Fed. It can’t just be that the president wants to plan what he will be saying at this week’s G-20 conference, if he’s to speak there. That kind of planning would happen in advance because one knows the conference is coming.

One striking peculiarity of the president’s meeting with the Fed is that it appeared to have been called immediately after the Fed announced Monday’s “expedited” meeting of the Board of Governors. We are in an election cycle, and I already speculated in my last article that, with the anti-establishment, Fed-hating candidates Sanders and Trump doing so well in their bids for the presidency, we could be sure the Administration would be doing all it can with the Fed to put some accelerant on this economy and forestall the recession that I believe we have already begun. Read more at: ActivistPost

Another Point to Consider: Shanghai Shock April 19, 2016: Yuan Based Gold Standard China’s new gold-backed Yuan was issued on Tuesday April 19, 2016; the entire world now has the choice of a new currency to use for international trade: The old US Dollar which is backed by nothing, or the new Chinese Yuan, which is backed by gold. Which currency would YOU use? The Great Tectonic Shift of Gold from West to East:

Switzerland plays a key role in the gold market because it is home to many big gold refiners, so its report confirms what we’ve been saying about gold’s move out of the West to the strong hands of the East. Swiss report showed an incredible 80 percent of gold shipments went to Asia. Bloomberg states that “there’s no evidence” that China seeks to adopt a traditional gold standard. 6/5/2015 China is warning foreign banks that they must participate in Yuan-based gold price fixing. The first-ever Chinese benchmark is set to launch in April of this year. 1/5/2016 If China were to partially back its yuan with gold it would require a gold price of $64,000 per ounce, 50 times gold bullion’s price today, according to a recent article from respected Bloomberg Intelligence. China has been quietly accumulating a significant amount of gold bullion in recent years. They are now the top producer and top consumer of gold in the world. They are believed to keep all of their domestic production, plus import significant amounts from other nations. In addition, they have been buying up gold mines around the globe at steep discounts and bringing home gold they had stored in London, New York and Switzerland.

After accumulating all of this gold, along with their close ally Russia, many believe they will eventually break the metal free from the price manipulation undertaken by the banks/governments in the United States and United Kingdom. Once price discovery moves from West to East, they will allow the price to float to free-market levels and the value of all the gold they have been accumulating will skyrocket.

Removing the gold price suppression will be accompanied by wholesale dumping of U.S. treasury bonds and test the world’s faith in the US dollar debt-based fiat currency system. This will give China, Russia and others a greater influence in world financial markets and better stability in their currencies. It may give them a considerable strategic advantage over the United States, a nation that many believe no longer has the gold that they claim. Indeed, with a lack of a comprehensive audit and unwillingness of officials to allow one, many believe the gold is no longer in Fort Knox. Now we move to the really interesting part of this story. Not only has China been accumulating huge amounts of gold (on and off record), but they also launched their own international gold trading platform on the SGE. It has become the largest physical gold exchange in the world, with an estimated 52 times more physical gold withdrawals versus the predominantly paper exchange of the COMEX. Read more at: PoliticalVelCraft

Is the American debt-note Factory nearing its end? It's becoming pretty obvious that the days of Federal Reserve System hegemony are now limited, in that much of the world is dumping the US Petro Dollar and plans to shift to direct trade and use of Gold, Silver and commoditybacked real currencies.

Everyday more and more people that didn’t already know are now finding out that the Federal Reserve System is a private corporation, owned by foreign “Bloodline” families, and is neither Federal nor a Bank. They are finding out it is a private corporation, a franchisee of the privately owned Bank of London located in the City of London, a private Khazarian Mafia nation-state with its own ambassadors and police. The City of London is not a part of the UK and pays no taxes to England. Related: What / Who is "The Crown" It was infiltrated and completely hijacked by the Rothschild Banking family by use of some crafty covert operations.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

The most notable major covert operation by the Luciferian Rothschild money-changers was a stock price suppression operation which allowed them to buy up vast quantities of stock at fire-sale prices. This was based on a false announcement a victory of Napoleon in the Battle of Waterloo, when it was just the opposite. Another lessor but still very important covert operation was the use of Rothschild money power to place Oliver Cromwell in power in England. This prepared the way for the Rothschilds to deeply infiltrate the City of London. Cromwell was a Rothschild family puppet who was willing to harass, abuse and even murder Rothschild opposition which allowed them to complete their hijacking of the City of London financial and Banking enterprises and make England the center of their ancient Luciferian dark-side Babylonian Talmudic black-magick powers.

From their new home base in England they were able to expand their private central banking kingdom as a replacement for the eroded and dying British Empire which when at it peak was claimed that the Sun never set upon it it was so worldwide and vast. It was the Rothschilds who were allegedly anointed by Lucifer (Satan) to become the functional head of the Khazarian Mafia, the World’s biggest Organized Crime Syndicate based on the power of the dark side. Those who run the dark side using the RKM and its Worldwide occult network of Evil must first give up their souls to Lucifer and must function as non-humans dedicated to living in an occult world of secret evil dedicated to performing the opposite of everything that is good, loving, just and righteous. Hierarchy advancement to the higher positions of extreme power, privilege, wealth and status is based on participation in evil initiation rites based on deviant, perverted criminal acts such as satanic black masses, drug usage, pedophilia, child torture, child-hunting at private hunting lodges, child sacrifice, and human vivisection all secretly videoed for later blackmail purposes in the initiate ever goes outside their allowed behavioral parameters. The RKM learned of the addictive nature of Turkish Opium and its medicinal and intoxicating powers, and its ability to temporarily stop time and remove all worldly cares.

Battle between the British war ships and the Chinese junks from the first Opium War– it is interesting that the RKM used its proprietary cutout the East India company as its chief opium trafficker

The English had been buying a lot of tea, spices and silk from China and had paid them a lot of silver and gold in exchange for these products which the English people demanded and paid high prices for. The Rothschild decided they would traffick opium into China to create massive addictions and thereby recover all the silver and gold they had paid out to the Chinese for tea, spices and silk. Opium was deployed by the Khazarian mafia associated “bloodline families” as a weapon of covert economic war. It didn’t take too long for the Chinese warlords to figure this all out and fight back. Thus the Opium Wars occurring. English troops prevailed but because they had suffered some losses negotiated treaties allowing some opium sales but with significant curtailment. Ever since, at various times, the Khazarian Mafia has continued to deploy illegal, habit forming narcotics that are able to steal a person’s very soul and dirty them up for life in most cases, an addiction that usually takes everything they have including their life itself. The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (RKM) “Beast” is centered in the City of London (COL) and is run by the Luciferian Rothschilds. It is these Banksters who are reputed to have been anointed and empowered directly by Lucifer who are the head of the occult beast known as the “Hierarchy” which uses the High Freemasonry, and the Worldwide Satanic and occult networks as cover, and has continually trafficked illegal habit forming narcotics.

The RKM have trafficked numerous illegal drugs into America as covert weapons of war to not only destroy America the Constitutional Republic but to raise vast “off the books” black funds for various worldwide covert criminal activities as well as to make the Bloodline families participating in the drug trade rich beyond reason. Many of these funds are used to finance vast mercenary operations of mind-kontrolled dupes pretending to be and acting like bloodthirsty terrorists who have lost their souls and are no longer functionally human. Because the RKM basically owns and control every head of most of the American Intel and Law Enforcement Agencies they are basically immune from any arrest and prosecution for their massive illegal drug trafficking into and across America and much of the World. Only their small time cutouts are ever arrested as token LE prosecutions to fool everyone. After many years of failed attempts, the Rothschild COL Banksters were able to buy off most members of the US Congress and the sitting US President and were able to establish a foothold inside America with their passage of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913.

President Andrew Jackson — a true Constitutional Populist

President Andrew Jackson had driven the RKM Banksters out of America and felt they were evil. He was correct. He fully understood that these COL Banksters were foreign based vipers and parasites.

“Gentlemen, I have had men watching you for a long time and I am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter, I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves.” “If Congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given to be used by themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.”

These are quotes from Andrew Jackson, who was a distinguished Constitutional President of the United States 1829-1837, and who killed the RKM Bank and drove it out of America. Sadly, it successfully bribed its way back into America in 1913, this time to last for over 100 years; and the RKM bank effectively parasitized millions of American soldiers’ lives and health, along with most American’s earned wealth and assets.

Once these COL RKM Banksters were able to set up their stateside franchise, they were able to slowly and systematically change the US Dollar from Gold and Silver Certificates (real money) to their own FRS Fiat (counterfeit) money better known as Federal reserve notes. These FRS notes are actually pernicious interest bearing debt-notes and slowly but surely all Gold and Silver backing was removed in 1971 by Richard Nixon and they became debt-notes only. This final act of the JFK Assassination coup d’etat occurred in 1971 by the man Richard Nixon who was deeply involved in what he called “that Bay of Pigs Thing” with GHWB. It was GHWB who served as the titular head of the Bush Crime cabal which ran the CIA as its personal tool on behalf of the

Fourth Reich and it was he who planned and ran the JFK assassination of the behalf of the Fourth Reich which was functioning as a part of the RKM.

The Federal Reserve Board, 1913

This seems so counter-intuitive but when one pulls back the curtain one finds the RKM Babylonian Talmudic Zionists at the core of the RKM who work with every other major crime syndicate including the Fourth Reich which they set up and ran in the first place. Henry Kissinger, Nixon’s national security advisor and high ranking secret RKM appointee of David Rockefeller and former Soviet Mole (Soviet secret code-named according to FBI files of “Bor”).

David Rockefeller has been the head of the American RKM franchise. Kissinger negotiated the US Petro Dollar deal with the Mideast Oil producers. The deal was the US Military and NATO will protect you and will make sure you have plenty of profitable western markets only if you agree to accept US Dollars for your oil sales. If you want to know the ugly truth about Heinz Kissinger (“Bor”) invest about 8 hours listening to Kay Griggs’ video affidavit, a truly great American Hero like Gwenyth Todd and Sibel Edmonds.

This deal was made and soon the US Petro Dollar became the World’s Reserve Currency, a distinct advantage for the FRS franchisee of the COL RKM private central Banking System. We now know for certain that the RKM private central banking system is international, and functions like an octopus with many tentacles. That is why insiders have called it both the “Octopus” and the “Baby” which is short for the current form of the ancient Babylonian Talmudic “black magick” money from nothing Zionist system (aka the secret Sionist Luciferian occult blackmagick money-creation system).

Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

And we know that without question a strong association between the RKM private banking octopus has always been associated with both illegal narcotics and drug trafficking and the massive Rockefeller created oil cartel which started out as the Seven Sisters and has now morphed into a smaller number of much larger corporations. We know that one of the main methods used by the RKM to infiltrate and hijack many nations has been through the infiltration and capture of control over the underworld or criminal organizations in each nation, as well as by infiltrating their banking and corporations and consolidating them. All the significant RKM leaders are initiated into secret societies using criminal, sadistic and highly deviant rituals, which increase in intensity and severity at each higher level as one become initiated to move up to the next higher level in the RKM system (aka the Hierarchy). Once the RKM gains control over the leaders in every sector, the rest is relatively easy. And if these leaders go outside their prescribed and allowed parameters, they are sanctions and sometimes their evil activities during initiations are weakened to the public through Press stooges for the Hierarchy. We now have gained a simple understanding of how the RKM buys its way into (infiltrates), then hijacks large corporations and then consolidates them into larger and larger entities that operate as virtual monopolies in function only but not corporate structure.

The joke was on us, the American people with the Bankster Bailouts. The FRS threatened that there would be blood in the streets and martial law would have to be declared unless the FRS and the “too big to fail” Wall Street Banks were bailed out by the US Taxpayers. This trick was successfully pulled off — TWICE

Once an industry is consolidated, be it oil, manufacturing or entertainment or media, it is easy for the RKM to exercise control over these virtual monopolies because all of the CEOs are owned and controlled by the RKM or its Cutouts one way or another. Despite the incredible power and control the RKM has exercised over every American institution including the Pentagon, Intel, Law Enforcement, Congress, the Judiciary and almost every administration, their system has been exposed and such knowledge is rapidly diffusing to the masses who are beginning to connect the dots and have now had about enough. The question of how long the American masses are going to continue to allow several wrinkled up old Luciferian occult masters in wheel chairs to run their lives and destroy everything they ever worked for and America too, is now becoming a prominent issue. These wrinkled up old Satanic pedophile mass-murderers and child-sacrificers have run the Hierarchy and gained reach all

the way down to your street level through their control of local police, and state and federal agencies.

The answer seems to be “not much longer”. Why does this now seem a certainty? The answer will surprise many. The private Federal Reserve System as well as it franchiser the City of London RKM are both nearing complete collapse. And this is all due to a strange convergence of different factors including the end of the US Petro Dollar as the oil sales medium and the World’s reserve Currency, the emergence of the BRICs Development bank, the Chinese AIIB and their new swift type electronic exchange system, and numerous direct trade agreements between nations that avoid any use of the US Dollar at all. FRS insiders know that the days of the FRS are limited and because they realize the whole RKM system is collapsing under a web of debt and runaway oil based derivatives that are now collapsing thanks to the Russians lowering their price of oil and collapsing the price down to reasonable levels.

The FRS has been buying up US Treasury notes from the Chinese and other nations who fear they are soon approaching a complete loss of value. Thus the FRS and the US Treasury are monetizing debt, which means they are kiting up the whole system to manipulate the statistics to look good, while the whole system nears ultimate collapse.

The top FRS officials know this as do the real owners of the FRS, who are the Bloodline families who have made immense unjustified riches off of the American taxpayer and renter of their fake FRS Debt-notes, which are little more than mere promises to repay the debt with pernicious accrued interest. Obviously it is clear that the FRS is seeing themselves in a serious emergency state and is seeking consultations with the Administration about it. After the special FRS Board Meeting this last Monday April 11th, FRS Chief Janet Yellon met with President Obama. This itself seemed quite irregular and suggests something big is in the wind. How can we be sure that the FRS nears complete collapse?

Their Controlled Major Mass Media have not been telling us the truth. These six Major Media News Outlets who are a virtual monopoly claim in unison that the US unemployment rate is 5% or less when it is at or near 40% or over 95 million able workers who are out of work.

This 40% figure does not include the many millions that are grossly under-employed. Recently an associate of the FRS approached several key members of Congress and proposed that the USG federalize the Federal Reserve System and take ownership for it. Certainly this is some kind of an admission of near complete FRS insolvency and a coming financial storm.

But it is also a request for a get out of jail free card and an apparent attempt to shift responsibility from the Bloodline owners of the FRS to the US Public. This is a crafty new way to monetize the debt by shifting ownership of it to the American people. It is being proposed because the FRS Bloodline families who are the true stockholders and owners of the FRS realize that they cannot squeeze much more value out of it anymore. The FRS was used to covertly kite the system through built-in inflation by using each local member bank loan to create money from nothing and then charging pernicious usury to use what should have been owned by the American people directly themselves in the first place. Soon there will be no alternative but to set up a new American monetary system. Most of the BRICS and AIIB members have already discussed in secret that these various new currencies will have to be linked to gold, silver and commodities as their backing for money. Some believe it will end up being digitally based but still linked to Gold, Silver and commodities. And there will have to be trade boards to adjust exchange rates between trading countries in a mutually agreeable fashion.

It was all the unConstitutional Free trade Agreements and the mad addiction by Wall Street Banks to various pyramid Ponzi scams such as the S&L scam and the Enron scam (CIA black fundraisers), the Mortgage balloon Scam, and addiction to out of control derivatives and their continual repackaging and fraudulent sales as equity backed securities when they were anything but securitized by equity, and actually were fraudulent paper.

And we still have numerous top corporate leaders claiming on behalf of the RKM that America has a shortage of educated skilled workers and are continually begging for more H1B foreign visa’d immigrant workers.

This claim is of course based on a lie and is designed to keep the wages low and to destroy America the Republic by removing jobs from mainstream highly educated American workers. And that the lies surrounding free trade and unrestricted immigration that Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders are now exposing is just one major reason why their words are resonating with so many Americans. Many Americans are starting to envision the new dream team of Trump for President with Bernie Sanders as his VP running mate. Actually they agree on most of the most important issues. If both are cheated out of becoming their party candidates, they should quit their parties and join forces to become independents which both have been before. This team if they could iron out their differences would be unbeatable. Bernie Sanders is popular among college students and the younger, and Donald Trump is popular among a wide spectrum, including many African Americans and Hispanics which is turning out to be a surprise to many so-called political experts. The American masses do not want the sleazy Clintons back in the White House with all Bill’s un-prosecuted rapes and sexual abuse incidents, and Hillary’s Whitewater scam, the Web Hubbell love child in the former First Family, the Vince Foster murder and being rolled up in the W.H. rug incident, and her W.H. Waco bloodfest tantrum.

Hitlery is the Satanic RKM’s choice, and we shall see if their current diminished state of American political power is great enough to keep her out of jail for running a company covert op on her email, while getting a big chunk of money for herself or enough fake votes to get her elected as POTUS. So far, her course has been completely protected, and she has been promoted to a status similar to the Queen of England. No wonder she acts so haughty and laughs off every good question without answering it. Related: Shocking Hillary Quotes + Hillary's Emails Confirm France And US Killed Qaddafi For His Gold And Oil She has the whole Hierarchy leadership behind her and is serving as a major Cutout right now. Of course they want her to be elected POTUS. If elected, she will be open for Hierarchy business 24/7. With Hillary everything is always for sale, everything to anybody with enough money, and believe you me, it takes a lot to get what you want in DC these days. But there are other secret forces at work here to expose her and block her, and these go deep within certain secret factions in the Pentagon and some powerful Intel agencies, and even Majesty, the beyond-black group that is alleged to handle the most sensitive Alien ET matters including secret negotiations and treaties with some such groups.

Far too many of their crimes were covered up and went unprosecuted because of their being appointed by the RKM Hierarchy to serve as master RKM puppets.

The Establishment wants the Clinton’s back in power because with them everything is for sale 24/7 and this is what the RKM members want so they can remain feeding off USG pork like pigs at the taxpayer trough.

Conclusion As the RKM is now cornered by the rest of the World that is tired of their debt note private central Banksters Fiat counterfeit currency scam, it is becoming obvious by the day that the RKM is losing power and soon the Hierarchy itself will be taken apart at the seams.

Top Hierarchy members know this is happening and are scrambling to shift the FRS into the USG as a US Federal Agency owned by We The People to create cover and provide an escape from the peasants and their pitchforks. Many Americans are now learning that the US Congress is spending about 40% more than it takes in in Tax revenues. This means that it must borrow more and more FRS Petro-Dollar debt-notes from the unending, elastic American Money Factory which is a true monopoly and completely illegal and unConstititional. If a law is unConstitutional, it is by definition illegal and no American has any obligation to obey it.

The only reason that 'We The People' pay taxes is because the RKM Banksters have transformed this world into their own police state with their “owned” judicial system, and their ability to use their unbridled power of the boot in your face and threatened imprisonment to force compliance. [They know that. Now you know that. Wake up and stand up.]

This year it has been reported tax revenues are up. This is of course due to the secret actions of the “Plunge Protection team” which kites up stock with direct secret purchases and intercepts electronic trades using A.I. algorithms to make profits not otherwise available. You can bet the Plunge Protection team has also been making secret tax deposits through various complex means to kite up the system and fool everyone.

When any government reached such a state that it has to borrow 40% or more money to balance its books, this is a scenario that is certainly a formula for complete financial collapse. And when you add so-called Free Trade Agreements, massive foreign immigration into the picture, H1B visas and a World increasingly saturated in US Petro Dollars that are losing value by the day, you can see this is a formula for coming catastrophe. The rest of the World is now catching on and is deeply committed to constructing serious firewalls against the US Petro Dollar such as BRICs, AIIB and direct trade agreements without the use of the US Petro Dollar. The handwriting is on the wall, the days of the FRS and RKM World hegemony are now limited, and the end for them is near.

100 Days - Claiming Back New Zealand April 20 2016 | From: 100DaysToDemocracy

Horrified and shocked-she isn’t the only one: This isn’t the New Zealand our parents and grandparents lived in* - and we’re certainly not the better for it.

So isn’t it high time we started holding to account the politicians who’ve been so very largely responsible for this, and for the fact that many New Zealanders are now finding it difficult to afford living here in what is – (or was?) – our own country? It’s not a good sign when those returning from the UK, for example, comment on how much more expensive everything is now – food, electricity, very basic living costs. Even more crucially, we now have the least affordable houses of any country in the world in relation to income – although we all remember Prime Minister John Key blatantly denying there was even a housing shortage in Auckland. How could he have not known? NZ Herald: Home truths: Can you afford to buy in New Zealand? So perhaps it’s not surprising that PM John Key has been so very keen to get rid of the flag that they* and we have long lived under…the one flying over us all. John Key wanted the Union Jack removed, and apparently, the politicized Chinese with whom he gets on so very well agreed with him. Of course.

Related: What Is The Real Agenda Behind John Key's Drive To Change The New Zealand Flag: Due Authority - A Very Silent Coup? But not Hong Kong Chinese, fighting for basic freedoms against their predatory neighbour. Hong Kong Chinese apparently value the Union Jack, saying it represents the freedoms they had under the British and no longer have, and that it expresses the difference in values between Hong Kong and its over-authoritarian Communist government. All the nonsense talked by Key and parroted by the inner circles of government about New Zealanders “needing to discover our national identity” and “our own place in the world” is basically manipulation. How many of us go to sleep fretting about our national identity? Mind you, as it’s increasingly not being seen as our own country any more, this question is going to be raised – but not as the PM apparently wants. We pretty well knew our own place in the world – in fact we owned our own place. But do we now? Increasingly New Zealanders feel that we don’t. Nor will many of us have been impressed by learning that Key also sent a text to former All Blacks captain Richie McCaw (whom we’ve recently seen in an advertisement for an Australian-owned bank) and his team-mate, Dan Carter, asking them to watch his video promoting a flag change.

Whether this is appropriate behaviour for a Prime Minister, and whether sporting figures would be wiser to refrain from being lured into looking too close to powerful politicians is another issue. The PM, of course, has his devoted cheerleaders among the media, so perhaps it’s not so extraordinary as it would otherwise be that we can guarantee many of them are managing not to look too closely at the essentially vulgar antics which have been his trademark at a personal level. However, more worryingly, what should be a proudly independent fourth estate manages to pretty well look the other way and to barely, if at all, mention happenings which are so extraordinary that they should have us all shocked and horrified – not just the individual who heard, second-hand, of the one below. It has been, culpably, so little reported that we should be doubly grateful to Senior Herald reporter, David Fisher, for making us aware that the Prime Minister was the guest of honour at a private fundraising lunch held at an Auckland Chinese restaurant. The point is that it was hosted by the Change the Flag lobby group to raise cash from wealthy Chinese donors who supported the flag change. A small handful of National’s MPs were there, too. It was all to fund a last-minute push for votes, including a pamphlet to send out just days before the voting started. This small, exclusive lunch was not publicly advertised, and the Change the Flag chairman, Lewis Holden, confirmed not the names of the donors, but that over $100,000 was raised for the entire campaign. He admitted that some was donated by the Chinese donors who wanted the Union Jack gone from the New Zealand ensign, Mr Holden commented – naively, some would say.

In January, Taiwan elected its first female president after a furore“We knew there was support in the Chinese community because of the Union Jack" just before Election Day when a 16 year old Taiwanese singer for a girl band was forced to give a forlorn apology for holding a Taiwanese flag on a TV show. China has refused to allow the 7.2 million people of Hong Kong a free vote next year on deciding who will lead the city. And reportedly, an uproar in Hong Kong over the disappearance of five dissident booksellers believed to be in the hands of the Chinese security services has also understandably a had huge impact on public opinion in Taiwan. This of course, is typical behaviour from a brutal Communist régime which imprisons, tortures and even executes dissidents (let alone its continued opposition to Chinese Christians, and its appalling record of “farming” the Falun Gong to forcibly remove their organs for live transplants organs. Not that New Zealand ever officially and publicly protests – any more than many countries similarly turned a blind eye to the appalling and barbarous treatment that Nazi Germany showed to its Jewish population, in World War 11. And yet, does or does not a country have a moral responsibility to make its views publicly known about a trade partner’s oppression of its own people? Is it okay to just look away, to pretend it isn’t happening or doesn’t really count? Mr Holden should have specified that he was referring only to the increasingly large Communist Chinese community in this country.

Other long-settled Chinese in New Zealand would not only disagree (including a highly respected academic who protested in his youth at the butchery of Tiananmen Square) but are deeply concerned at the influence that Communist Chinese interests are apparently having on our National Party government, dominated by its acknowledged authoritarian leader. In fact, Mr Holden admitted he was pretty surprised that John Key agreed to come. Concerned New Zealanders who have been asking what is happening to this country, and why we have the state we are now in, are not all surprised. After all, the buck stops at the top. Interestingly enough, too, back in November, 2015, a Facebook user John Miller spotted another flag design – one of those proposed – appearing on the labelling for New Zealand apples in Shanghai. He asked, “Do the Chinese know something about the outcome of our flag referendum that we don’t know yet?" NZ Herald: Alternate flag design used in Shanghai

The same flag was reported as being flown at a butcher’s shop in the United Arab Emirates. Somebody must have been pretty certain that the flag change was a done deal. Three cheers for the New Zealanders who got the whiff, from somewhere, of a decaying rat, and put a stop to this attack on a heritage we can be proud of, in spite of all the unfair, and highly suspect, disparaging of colonialism. As Hong Kong can testify, and as other African nations show us, it’s a wise observation that there are far worse things than colonisation, and that post-colonisation is apparently one of them.

Similar to the Prime Minister’s former denial of any problem with the Auckland current housing market has been his repudiating any connection with the uncontrolled immigration flooding the country. The migration influx is breaking all records with, as reporter Hamish Rutherford informs us, the net gain last year being equivalent to a city the size of Nelson. In one year alone… John Key’s simplistic assertion that unrestricted immigration is of economic benefit to the country has long been disproved. So why does he keep repeating it? As Westpac senior economist Anne Boniface says, record immigration:

"Is helping to maintain a semblance of strong economic growth but the preponderance of people in the labour market is keeping wage growth lower than would otherwise be”.

And of course it is the unprecedented demand for housing from those flooding into the country, plus the ability of far more wealthy immigrants to outbid New Zealanders for our own houses, which has us at crisis point – although the government of course is not acknowledging this. Nor is the building of new houses anywhere near able to compensate for the extraordinary demand, not with virtually 68,000 in the year ended in February this year. The result is not only a dramatic shortage of houses but of decent jobs (some now observably preferentially offered to Chinese workers paid less by Chinese business owners and employers). The flow-on effect includes shortages not only of housing – and of wealthy property investors outbidding New Zealanders to rent back what should be their own houses to them.

There’s now an unprecedented exodus to the provinces with a leap of house-buying driving house prices outside Auckland up beyond the reach of local residents. Pressure has increased on land, on hospitals and all other social services So the questions are being asked: Why is National, under its leader, John Key, more interested in protecting the interests of potential NZ migrants and offshore investors – over and above the large and growing number of Kiwis priced out of the market? The comments keep coming… that National has been in Government for 9 years and it has the power to effect change, but that it wilfully does not because John Key thinks that rising house prices are good politics. But if it isn’t being brought home to more and more New Zealanders that it is shameful for our government to protect the interests of people who don’t even live here – above those of New Zealanders themselves -then it should be. But is there more to all this than a seemingly naïve National Party leader having his own way? In the real world, where the uber-wealthy are looking for bolt-holes to escape the increasing scrutiny of their governments, New Zealand has long been viewed as a ripe plum ready for the picking. Super-rich overseas owners, with obliging specialists lawyers to hand, have already hoovered up our high country sheep stations and farms, some owning multiple properties, including our scenic assets and, seemingly whatever takes their fancy (in spite of the OIO’s supposed scrutiny of the value of these land grabs to New Zealanders).

It doesn’t take anything more than commonsense to take on board the fact as more and more of our farms, our land and our houses are bought up by immigrants or pass into overseas ownership, more and more New Zealanders are being squeezed out of owning these. It’s a depressing scenario for the dairy sector as banks face possible billions in write-offs. John Key admits that low dairy prices may see banks facing losses with farmers forced to sell, but, in a cavalier fashion dismisses the prospect – “as normal for businesses”. This sort of pragmatism, an indifferent approach to those facing the devastating prospect of losing their family farms and homes, walks past the point of who is going to be in a position to actually buy the land – particularly when the Reserve Bank states that under its severe scenario it is unclear whether there would be sufficient cash among buyers to absorb the added number of farms which would inevitably be put up for sale. Unclear in relation to New Zealand buyers, perhaps, but there is no shortage of finance from Chinese sources. While a number of foreign nationals have been busy acquiring what they can, more or less under the radar, it is the very real threat to our sovereignty from Communist Chinese interests underpinning Chinese investment which is most ominous.

A Financial Times article of March 2016 by Lucy Hornsby – The Great Land Rush: China’s Pengxin hits overseas hurdles – points to the marketing of “Theland” with “where cows gaze on emerald grass below white clouds shaped like New Zealand”. It makes the point that Pengxin;

"A little-known Shanghai real estate developer that owns Theland, will become the world’s largest private landowner if Australia’s authorities clear its most ambitious bid yet, to gain control of the grazing lands of the S Kidman & Co cattle empire. That, plus holdings in New Zealand, makes Pengxin the boldest of Chinese corporations investing in land, and has helped trigger a backlash." It continues: “The financial Times, in a series of reports, is examining governments’ and private investors’ increasing interest in grand scale land deals. With the commodity supercycle ending, land – the ultimate resource – could either become the next big thing or the source of cross-border disputes… In November, Australia blocked the A$350 million sale on security grounds”. But there are further complications. Pengxin’s bid for Kidman draws on its experience as China’s largest land investor in New Zealand.” However, (reportedly) “its expansion there has reached a limit only months after it announced plans to double its Kiwi assets to NZ$1bn, or 50 farms. In reply to written questions from the FT, Terry Lee, the president of overseas investment for Pengxin, wrote that “investing in New Zealand farmland…has been more challenging than we thought. “

This is excellent news and is no doubt due to those very few reporters and columnists to whom New Zealanders owe a great deal for their spotlighting of these issues – as well as to those who have been asking the questions that our government would apparently prefer not to answer. What the Financial Times also noted was the understandable rising resentment in this country;

"After property documents, leaked to New Zealand media, showed buyers with Chinese surnames accounted for half the purchases of Auckland homes worth more than NZ$1m.”

Meanwhile, in Australia. Canberra is reviewing foreign investment rules, and has cut the threshold for approval of foreign acquisitions of rural land from A$252m to A$15m.

Moreover, a new registry of foreign-owned agricultural land goes public this year. Already, in Australia, there is much more scrutiny of foreign investors wanting to buy Australian housing stock, and each application must undergo appropriate review. The paper further states that “as China’s urban sprawl consumes and pollutes farmland, Beijing has given tacit blessing to agricultural investment overseas.” This is a considerable understatement. As a 60 Minutes programme pointed out, Chinese investors are being financially equipped by the Chinese government to buy up as much in the way of productive farmland, stock, and business fed by this industry – as well as means of transport, including shipping – for the benefit of China alone.

"Australia and New Zealand are top destinations because foreigners can own land outright, but resentment over Chinese investors buying residential property has curdled the political environment.”

In the eyes of New Zealanders it hasn’t curdled it enough, given that the government has not moved to protect New Zealanders from being disadvantaged in our own land. Moreover, as one of the three primary obligations of government is the defence of the realm, it can be legitimately argued that the government is failing in its responsibility to defend New Zealanders from these takeovers. Why, it is increasingly asked, can foreigners still buy up own land outright? Why is it is still being allowed to happen? Reportedly, wooing Maori sellers and flying well-heeled Chinese tourists around New Zealand has paid well for those promoting sales of our assets. It can also be legitimately argued that enthusiastically promoting Chinese tourism may be working to our own disadvantage, for obvious reasons. The fact, too, that Pengxin is reportedly building its own integrated dairy business, is a direct challenge to our already struggling Fonterra, our major dairy exporter upon whom thousands of New Zealand farmers depend. No wonder that global market forces are coming into conflict with local populations, given the fact that nobody is making more land (except, in fact, the Communist Chinese, arousing disquiet through their aggressive military expansions – as well as through attempts to circumvent legal requirements within a host country) .

Yes, this comes from another political party. But don't let that fool you - notice how it doesn't matter which party is in power, they all follow the same agenda. And so while Labour is critical as the opposition - nothing would change under their leadership

Kerry Brown, Professor of Chinese studies at King’s College London, points out that China is a real problem for Australia and New Zealand – with its huge markets growth potential and very real needs. His warning is timely, namely, that underneath;

“China remains alien in terms of fundamental values and political beliefs."

The implications are clear, and as has been well stated, those who do not know their history are doomed to repeat it. The lesson of the Trojan horse – Timeo Danaos, et dona ferentes…

I fear the Greeks, especially when they are bringing gifts is to all intents and purposes ignored by the John Key government enthusing over a damaging flood of immigration and a level of foreign investment which threatens our own productive economy. A recent National Business Review editorial points out Chinese companies have so far this year bought more foreign companies than during the whole of last year.

“In the past few years, most of the interest has been in agri-business. Recent deals in New Zealand have included dairy farms and factories, meat companies and horticultural ventures as well as companies such as PGG Wrightson… The Chinese are also seeking high technology companies but this is proving difficult…the wave of purchases has spread to the hospitality sector and entertainment.”

An additional NBR editorial, discussing the revelations of the Panama Papers, notes that a third of the business of a law firm involved has been in helping Chinese clients ship their money overseas and out of reach of the Communist regime. A BBC report “How China’s wealth is sneaked abroad”, implicates New Zealand “as a major target for a propertybuying spree totalling US$ 32 billion around the world last year. A featured comment will have resonated with many:

“The government should be embarrassed by this – not only have they turned a blind eye to the Communist Chinese money coming into NZ (despite the anti-money laundering rules), they have allowed the Auckland property market to be grossly inflated by a Chinese investors.”

Where to from here? The lesson from all this is that China is trouble. Not only are its Communist values in direct contrast to those of the democratic West, it is notorious for its electronic spying, including attempting to hack into government and defence security systems. This of course, will predictably, include our own – a fact which raises the question: What was former left-leaning Prime Minister Helen Clark thinking when she allowed, in fact welcomed a procession of top-ranking Chinese military officials coming to be shown around New Zealand – inspecting our military bases, our equipment and familiarising themselves with our obvious inability to defend this small country? Does anyone really believe she was simply ignorant of Communist China’s ambition in this area? If not, what was her motive in doing so? And now, at the very time when concern about Chinese military aggression in the Pacific has America considering setting up military bases in Australia, it needs to be far more widely known that that late in 2015, National ’s Defence Minister, Gerry Brownlee, farcically lectured our giant, predatory neighbour, exhorting it to behave “like a big country” in the South China sea (where it is causing tension with other regional powers, and with the USA.)

Sent of course by our Prime Minister, he thought it fit to sign a five-year military defence alliance with this Communist country, while clumsily stating “that New Zealand’s relationships with Chinese and US defence forces are not mutually exclusive.” But in fact they are. It’s almost incomprehensible that we should have signed such a military defence pact with this aggressively confrontational country. China’s Communist leadership, with its natural affinity for North Korea, is, for all its trade alliances, no friend to the West – a fact that most New Zealanders perceive – even though Key’s National government is apparently determinedly avoiding facing this fact.

As a consequence, and given the weakness of what should be our major Opposition party, New Zealanders are well and truly on the way to becoming tenants in our own country. For this reason, even those who do not support the left-wing Chris Trotter’s political views, may well agree with his statement that New Zealanders’ disengagement from the political process (“in which we were once among the world’s most enthusiastic participants”) has been accompanied, and justified, by the widely held belief that “politics has become an almost entirely disreputable profession.” His vague assertion that – “the answer lies with, and in us – the New Zealand electorate” suggests no concrete solution. But there is one. It does not matter that it would be a most unwelcome one to by far the majority of our politicians, and to those with the money and influence “to assist” the government in its decision-making. And here I recall former Finance Minister Ruth Richardson thanking millionaire Doug Myers, then Chairman of the New Zealand Business Roundtable for his valuable help to her in her portfolio…)

We all know that we have moved a long way from being a far more democratic country that we once were. The loss of our freedoms has been gathering pace – even freedom of speech – let alone the ability to be genuinely involved in the decisionmaking of our governments – although this very much affects us. Reforms are undertaken from time to time – as with the now signalled, but well overdue simplification of our tax system. Too little, too late for so many. But apart from our ability to routinely throw out governments which have caused perceivable damage to our country, in the interval between our elections the government elected as the lesser of two evils inevitably claims a mandate for actions for which it has no genuine mandate at all. The solution? It is what the highly intelligent Swiss have long insisted on – the reform of our political system so that any legislation passed by Parliament, no matter what party is in power, nor what deal-making has gone on behind the scenes, has to wait for 100 Days.

This mandatory stop on all proposed laws gives the people of the country time to examine it for fishhooks. If satisfied, they allow it to pass. If they are not, it takes a very small proportion of their electorate (50,000 in a county with double our population) to call for a special kind of referendum, the results of which are binding on their government. The fact that this provision is there puts a stop to constant trade-offs, in contrast to the never-ending passing of legislation which pours forth from our own government – whereas Swiss parliamentarians meet only once a week, and are able to hold down day jobs. For more information on how the Swiss govern themselves, visit our website at www. 100days.co.nz

Above all, we need to remember that there is nothing so powerful as an idea whose time has come – and there is nothing more effective than individuals joining together to achieve a tipping point to insist on being genuinely part of our country’s decision-making.

Controlling our politicians though the eminently achievable 100 days initiative, now well under way, is available to each of us. Each of us – not everybody else. If you are concerned about what is happening to our country, please support us! We need you all. © Amy Brooke, Convener. See my book “100 Days – Claiming Back New Zealand …what has gone wrong, and how we can control our politicians.” Available through www.copypress.co.nz or HATM Publishers.

NSW Bar Association Warns Against New Police Powers April 20 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview

The New South Wales Bar Association has warned against a move to give more powers to the police at the detriment of citizens’ independence.

The new powers could see bans being placed on citizens in New South Wales. They could also face restrictions on movement and face curfews without even having committed a crime. The association said that the proposals would create a ‘rival criminal justice system’ that could harm people on mere suspicion. The NSW government had made the proposals as part of introducing new powers to the police. Called serious crime prevention orders, it would offer unprecedented rights to the police to interfere in the affairs of the citizen, the bar association claimed. If such powers are given to the police, they would be able to invoke the same powers to seek and impose control over alleged criminals as they do on terrorism suspects . That the police would have so much power in their hands without needing to prove the crime of a suspect makes the law dangerous and amenable to manipulation. Police would be able to restrain any citizen and interfere with his/her basic rights . Even when a person is acquitted of a criminal offence, police could still seek such an order to treat him or her as per the provisions of the controversial rule. The penalty for breaching an order could be up to five years’ imprisonment or AUD33,000 as fine for an individual. In the case of corporate entities, the fine would be AUD165,000.

In a submission, the NSW Bar Association criticised the government’s hurry in pushing through the legislation. It said:

“No evidence has been cited as to the ineffectiveness of the administration of criminal justice by a process of trial for ‘reducing serious and organised crime’ in New South Wales. The bill effectively sets up a rival to the criminal trial system and interferes unacceptably in the fundamental human rights and freedoms of citizens of NSW.”

The association also said that it was at loss to explain why the government wanted the new norms in the place of longsettled principles. Police minister, Troy Grant, said that the measures were aimed at reducing serious and organised crime. The new provisions would allow the NSW police, the NSW Crime Commission and the NSW director of public prosecutions to seek orders from a judge to impose the restrictions on citizens or corporations. The judge must be satisfied there are “reasonable grounds” for the request. However, the bar association said that while the laws could be applied to individuals who had been convicted of a serious criminal offence, they would also be applicable to behaviour that was considered “serious crime-related activity.” It went on to allege that the new rules interfered with rights of the citizens and had doubtful constitutional validity.

The Trillion Dollar Lawsuit April 19 2016 | From: Ellaster

Part One: Neil Keenan’s battle Against the World Wide Conspiracy of Bankers

End of 2011 the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan (agent of the Asian Dragon family) filed a claim in the Federal court in New York. [1] Neil Keenan’s lawsuit is not just about the stolen bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollars. Related: Neil Keenan / Group K: History & Events Timeline It entails the largest fraud in the financial world. The story behind the claim exposes the corruption within the banking industry. It also uncovers the involvement of world leaders with these corrupt practises and unveils the sinister agenda of the Cabal (secret ruling elite, also called Illuminati). Furthermore it reveals the true motivations behind the Second World War and 9/11. And if the claimed amount of more than a trillion dollar is not spectacular enough, the list of defendants is at least as impressive: Dal Bosco (financial advisor of the Vatican), the Italian government, Prime Minister Berlosconi, the United Nations, Ban Ki-moon (UN), World Economic Forum and the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. [1] One would almost think that this is not a serious case, but nothing could be further from the truth. This case is dead serious and everything indicates that this story is the absolute truth. A chilling truth, at least for the Cabal, as this most likely will be the sword of Damocles that hangs over their head.

The Claim In June 2009 two Japanese men were arrested in the Italian Chiasso, near the Swiss border. The two Japanese, Yamaguchi and Watanabe, carried in the double bottom of their suitcase Federal Reserve Bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollar. [2] The two were accused of having counterfeits in their possession and after the arrest their bonds were confiscated by the Italian police. After they were brought before the court, they were quickly released and there is no police or legal report anywhere to be found, neither in the Italian police record, nor at the Financial Police, nor at Interpol. However, the confiscated bonds remained in the hands of the Italians and there is proof that they have been redeemed by the Italian government and the Federal Reserve Bank in new York and placed in a financial program of the United Nations.

The History of the Dragon Bonds In order to understand the origin of these bonds and their astronomical value, one needs to go back to the time of the silk route. For thousands of years the West is engaged in trade with the East and particularly since the era of the East Indian Trading Company this trade intensified.

Merchandise like silk, ceramics, spices and other valuable goods were imported from Asia. The Asians only accepted gold as payment and this is how 85% of the worldwide gold ended up in the East. This gold belonged to the Dragon family - China’s dynastic rulers before the communists came to power - and is now spread over various Asian countries: Indonesia, Thailand, South-Korean, Japan, the Philippines, Malaysia and Taiwan. [3] In order to regain this gold, the Cabal in the West made a secret agreement to plunder it from Asia by means of three world wars. This plan dates from 1776, the year that the Illuminati was founded as well. Later on in 1921, 18 years prior to when World War II would start, another secret agreement was signed by the American, British and French government, the future Japanese Emperor Hirohito and the Chinese communist leaders, to start the Second World War and steal the gold of the Dragon family. A copy of this agreement will be submitted in Neil Keenan’s lawsuit. Part of the plan was a false flag attack by a Japanese proxy that stole part of the gold in China in the twenties. [5] This convinced the Dragon family to safely put away part of their gold in the Federal Reserve Bank in the US. The first part was shipped in 1934 and in 1938 seven tankers fully loaded with gold-bars left for the US.

Example of Federal Reserve bond with face value of $ 100,000. Bonds with higher values, half a million to 100 million per bond, were also issued

In exchange the Dragon family received Federal Reserve Bonds with gigantic values, varying from a million to 100 million dollar per bond. A condition of this deal was that the gold would be used to finance humanitarian projects to develop and modernize Asia and Africa.

Bretton Woods Agreement In 1944 the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank were founded as part of the Bretton Woods agreement. [6] This was the start of the current worldwide financial system. The US demanded that from then on the Federal Gold Reserve would form the basis of the monetary system.

The 1944 Bretton Woods Agreement: Power Bloc Coup At the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, from July 1 to July 22, 1944. The agreement included the formation of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and, most importantly, the proposed introduction of an adjustable pegged foreign exchange rate system. Currencies were pegged to gold and the IMF was given the authority to intervene when an imbalance of payments arose. The truth is that in 1944, Britain, France and United States were given a fifty-year term of Global Control over the global financial system. The Agreement was supposed to develop and modernize the planet, when in fact, Roosevelt was poisoned (assassinated) and then most of the world’s gold was taken off-market, blacklisted or hidden in caves. This allowed the fascist coup to finalize their fiat currency system control over the world. The military-industrial complex, instead of developing the planet, would actually start controlling and stealing from the world.

It was a clever ruse to make sure that a large part of the gold in the hands of the Dragon family that was not part of the Federal Reserve, would this way be non-tradable. The gold that was handed over to the Federal Reserve Bank was lent for a period of 60 years. When this term ended in 1994 for the 1934 bonds the Dragon Family demanded their gold back. Because the promises made by the West to modernize the third world by humanitarian projects were not kept and furthermore the funds were used to finance various wars.

9/11 Was Related to 200,000 Tons of Gold Because the Federal Reserve Bank did not want to return the gold, the Dragon family filed a lawsuit at the International World Court in The Hague. The trial took place behind closed doors and when the Dragon family won the case the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return 200,000 tons of gold. The deadline when this gold had to be sent back was September 12 2001, the day after 9/11. The gold was stored in the vaults in the basement of the World Trade Centre, and has disappeared ever since the attacks. Cantor Fitzgerald Securities the shipping company that was in the possession of the insurance and transportation documents was located in WTC 1. During the 9/11 attacks all 600 employees were killed and all documents vanished. The Treasury Police was located in WTC 7 and when this building came down, their documents disappeared as well. The message to the Dragon family was loud and clear; the Fed did not have the intention to return the gold. [3]

The gold that had to be sent back was stored in the vault below the WTC. The shipping and insurance documents were destroyed after WTC 1 and WTC 7 came down after the 9/11 attacks

The Chiasso Incident In 2009 the Dragon family appointed the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan to help them with the bonds. This successful international businessman was experienced with negotiating with top diplomats and heads of state and was known for his integrity. Keenan was also granted a mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments).

Yamaguchi and Keenan reviewing bonds and notes

According to Neil Keenan, also spokesperson for the Dragon family, another lawsuit took place after 9/11. Again the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return the gold. Thereon the US sent false gold bars back to China, made of a worthless tungsten covered by a layer of gold. [7] In the meantime the Federal Reserve Bank neglected to pay the (full) interest over the bonds since the sixties. The yearly interest is significantly higher than the value of the bonds when redeemed, where just a small part of the face value would be paid out. Despite this, Keenan and the Dragon Family decided to redeem part of their bonds on a trial basis.

With the first part of bonds, just a very small amount, all the required authorisations were provided, a procedure that could take a number of weeks. Then two representatives of the Dragon Family, the Japanese Yamaguchi and Watanabe travelled to Italy with 134,500 billion dollar bonds in their possession. After the arrest of the Japanese and the confiscation of their bonds a news paper article was published in an Italian newspaper that the two had carried counterfeits. However, these bonds have never been formally declared false. Furthermore, Neil Keenan has proof that Prime Minister Berlosconi redeemed these bonds and shared half of the loot with the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. The redeemed bonds are placed in a program of the United Nations. This program had a revenue of 20-30% and this profit went directly to the defendants.

Italian police with confiscated bonds. After Yamaguchi’s and Watanabe’s arrest an article in the Italian press claimed that the two were taken into custody because they carried counterfeits.

Lies and Deceit at the Highest Level That the bonds were secretly and illegitimately redeemed [8] would be discovered by Neil Keenan much later in the game. After the arrest of Yamaguchi and Watanabe, Neil Keenan travelled to Italy and Switzerland to mediate with representatives of the Italian government. There he also met Dal Bosco that promised to help him to redeem the bonds through the Italian Treasury Police. Dal Bosco was a financial advisor of the Vatican and treasurer of the P2 lodge in Rome. [9]

As part of the negotiations Keenan always took his own stack of bonds with him, a set comparable with Yamaguchi’s confiscated set of bonds and with a face value of 145,500 billion dollars. To make sure they would not be stolen when traveling he entrusted them with Dal Bosco, also knowing they could not be redeemed without the required signature of Yamaguchi. At least, that is what he thought… However, a dirty game was played and Dal Bosco offered Neil Keenan a 100 million dollar bribe in return for transferring the mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments) to them. The DFFI have an actual value of several trillions. Dal Bosco assured Neil Keenan that it was safe to go along with the proposed deal and implied that the Italian government, Vatican and P2 lodge agreed with the deal. Dal Bosco:

“So you see there is no possible way we can have a problem. We can cloak ourselves with the immunity shield and everyone will go away. Just another day in the UN! Ban Ki-moon of the UN had stated: “From the very top we’re protected.” “There is no reason for anyone, including Keenan, to worry about any sort of repercussions.” The Federal Reserve Bank “had no problems with the actions about to be taken so long as some candy was tossed to them.”" [10]

Implications of Neil Keenan’s Lawsuit The above story became the basis of Neil Keenan’s claim against the Federal Reserve Bank in New York and the other defendants. This will by no doubt become one of the most outstanding lawsuit of all times and the implications of this lawsuit are enormous.

It will irrevocably lead to the Federal Reserve Bank’s bankruptcy. Many whistle-blowers have stated that the Federal Reserve no longer has the gold and by no means can return it. Furthermore, through the submitted evidence a network of large scale financial fraud will be exposed, a criminal cartel at the highest level. A team of experts around Keenan, who call themselves Group K, prepares the final death blow. Group K claims to have truck loads of evidence that irrefutably prove their claims. There are documents, audio recordings, bank statements, etc. Beginning of 2012 Neil Keenan redrew the lawsuit after the first judge was replaced by a corrupt judge with close connections to Washington DC. Moreover there was a jurisdiction problem, because part of the claim was addressed to several Italian parties and the

International United Nations, but filed in the US. Meanwhile Keenan now has collected enough evidence to undoubtedly prove the complicity of the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. He expects to refile the case this year, first in New York, later in Europe. Hopefully the case will lead to many arrests and will end the era of financial tyranny, the financial system as we know it today. [11]

Footnotes and External Links 1 Lawsuit is filed on November 23 2011 through Bleakley, Platt & Schmidt in White Plains, N.Y., responsible attorney William H. Mulligan Jr. 1 Copy of legal complaint: 2 Japan Probes Report Two Seized With Undeclared Bonds (Update2) 3 In China the gold was in hands of the Kuomintang, who fled to Taiwan and took a large part of their gold with them, after the communists came to power 3 David Wilcock & Benjamin Fulford FULL INTERVIEW 12-02-2011 4 Glenn Beck | FOX News 134 Billion Dollar in US Bond seized at Italian border 5 Japan was allied to the British & Rothschilds. The Rothschilds built Japan as a military colony to combat China 6 Bretton Woods agreement 7 False gold bars: Chinese Discovered Fake Gold Bars of Tungsten in 2009 Germany tests US stored Gold, says no Tungsten 8 Yamaguchi was the signatory of the stolen bonds. Legally the bonds were not allowed to be redeemed without his signature, yet were illegitimately redeemed anyway 9 P2 lodge 10 Quotes made by defendants as stated in the legal complaint by Neil Keenan. Page 91 from the legal document: Keenan Complaint - United States District Court, Southern District of New York BAN KI-moon stating: (i) “from the very top we were protected”; (ii) “there is no reason for anyone, including KEENAN, to worry about any sort of repercussions” Powers that be in New York had no problems with the actions about to be taken so long as some candy was tossed to them.” 11 Interview of Neil Keenan and Group-K by Pete Santilli Pete Santilli Episode #960 – Neil Keenan – The Interview The Global Elite Never Want You To Hear (Neil Keenan case from 0:33 min. Skip long commercial breaks: part 2 from 1:06:30 min., part 3 from 1:20:20, part 4 from 1:32:50) Pete Santilli Episode #1039 – Neil Keenan: Jesuit Pope Will Shock The World In September (Neil Keenan case from 1:06:00. Skip long commercial breaks: part 2 from 1:23:00, part 3 from 1:43:00, part 4 from 2:06:00) 12 The link between 9/11 John F Kennedy and the Global Collateral Accounts

Part Two: The End of Financial Tyranny is the Beginning of the Golden Age

Neil Keenan’s lawsuit was initially a claim and request for compensation for the stolen bonds. Now it has become a case about the future of the world. There is something fundamentally wrong and that needs to be rectified. Team-K, a team of experts like: former bankers, financial and legal advisors, assist Keenan in his mission to expose the Cabal (secret ruling elite) and cut off their funds. Keenan:

“The Cabal has built the financial system and we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time.” [1]

Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist and spokesperson for the White Dragon Society (an Asian secret society) verified this. Members of the White Dragon Society eavesdropped on one of the conversations at the Bohemian Grove conference and heard about their plans to start World War III and reduce the world population through a created pandemic (by means of the SARS or Ebola virus). [2] Subsequently Benjamin Fulford suggested that the Asians could stop this insane plan by cutting off their funds, because it could not be executed without Chinese and Japanese money. Keith Scott (former member of Group K) confirms this:

“If you take the money away from them, you take away their chance to do anything. […] This lawsuit is the key to doing that.” It’s like a key to Pandora’s box that we are going to open. The world is then going to see what is really going on. Then people will see that the entire system is corrupt.” [3]

Chris Bosnahan (former top banker and now assisting Team-K) about the banking industry: “The amount of corruption… it’s absolutely completely and utterly rotten with corruption. It’s a dangerous machine to stop.” [4]

Black Book of Codes How corrupt the financial system really is becomes evident now Team-K gained access to the black banking system. Since they got hold of a copy of the Black Book (also called the Book of Codes) they can get access to this black shadow economy, which in size is at least as big as the official world economy.

Group K has a certified copy of the JP Morgan Blue Book with an overview of the Cabal families that illegally controlled the black shadow economy.

Chris Bosnahan:

“The Black Books got the codes to open the ‘black screens’. […] You have to be a government level or royal family to open up a black screen.” With the codes from the Black Book heads of state and royal families have access to add millions, even billions to their own bank account. The black screens are a high-tech network where all the black money is been kept hidden. Bosnahan: “The Black Books have the full history of every government that has been using leased gold [through the Federal Reserve]from 1934 to today. The Black Book is the key to open everything that can not be argued with and Neil has those books secured." [5]

95% of the money is nothing more than numbers in the computer. Just 5% of the money is physical money. Digital codes provide access to this money and bankers do not want to give up these codes. Through the codes in the Black Book and opening the ‘black screens’ bankers have added ridiculous amounts of trillions of dollars to their accounts; 33 times more than is present as capital in the total world economy. This happened especially when the US went off the gold standard. According to Chris Bosnahan the current monetary system is rotten to the core and can not be repaired. With the codes to open these black screens, Group K can demonstrate that the gold of the Dragon family that was lent to the Federal Reserve Bank and meant for humanitarian purposes, in reality was used for military and industrial purposes. With the Black Book Keenan has a powerful weapon in his possession to prove the corruption of the Cabal.

An Indictment Against the Bilderberg Group and Other Secret Societies The Cabal is not one group, but a number of various factions like the Illuminati, the Nazis, the Zionists and Jesuits, that gather in secret societies used to roll out their world agenda. These secret societies are also guilty of stealing large sums of money as becomes evident in an additional claim by Team-K that was filed against all 12 Federal Reserve Banks in the US. [6] Quote:

“All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets - making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefiting from the illegal use of these accounts. Key among these are members of (but not limited to): The Committee of 300 Skull and Bones Society The Bilderberg Society The Trilateral Commission Council on Foreign Relations"

The hidden agenda of these secret societies like the Bilderberg Group, is to create a world government and total control of their own banking system. Dismantling the current socio-economic structures and destruction of the society as we now know it, are part of this occult agenda.

The Dutch Royal family founded the Bilderberg Group. In an additional claim that Neil Keenan filed against the 12 Federal Banks in the US, the Bilderberg Group is mentioned to be one of the secret societies that through the black screens large sums of money were credited to their own bank accounts.

Murder and Bribes As to no ones surprise, there were several murder attempt on Neil Keenan’s life and his team members. At least one person

from Team-K got killed, another survived a staged car accident.5 Additionally large sums of bribes were offered to Keenan again and again to withdraw himself from the case or sell the Black Book of codes. Amounts of 15 to 20 trillion were offered, even though it’s a mystery how one thinks to pay these amounts. But it doesn’t matter, as Keenan is not interested. This is a battle between good and evil. He will not give up until the Federal Reserve Bank is brought down. After that he will target the European Union & the European Central Bank. Neil Keenan:

“We have a bunch of counterfeit notes and we want to be compensated for them. We’re not talking a trillion or two, we’re talking tons. And if they can’t do it, we’ll throw them into bankruptcy. End of European Union, bye bye.” [7]

Neil Keenan

It is evident that something is at stake in the financial world. This is also illustrated by the large number of suicided bankers since 2013. ‘Suicided’ is a term used for people forced to commit suicide when put under enormous psychological pressure, or being killed where their death appears the be the result of either suicide or a tragic accident. This faith happened to at least 72 bankers. [8] Whether these people had to be eliminated as potential witnesses or if these bankers are in any way related to Neil Keenan’s case is not clear, but it is an indication of major changes in the financial

world.

A Financial Reset and Mass-Arrests Neil Keenan’s case will irrevocably lead to a reset of the world wide financial system. Besides this case there are other initiatives to remove the power from the Cabal. Much of the world capital, placed in a Central World Fund, has been used for their own benefit by the Cabal. They played Money Magick by means of computer games and created money based on a gold reserve they in fact had no access to. In the past years these financial institutes have been heavily infiltrated by White Hats (opponent of the Cabal), whereby certain transactions by the Cabal could no longer go through the system and had their funds confiscated. Thereby the Cabal has lost their access to the Central World Fund. This has caused huge panic among the Cabal. This was also a reason for the 3/11 Fukushima attack and had everything to do with a confiscated banking transaction. [9] When all secrets will be revealed through the trillion dollar lawsuit: the actual gold reserve, the fraud with the bonds, the financing of wars, the truth behind 9/11, the fraud with the black screens, then the entire system comes crashing down. That’s why a plan for a financial reset was developed.

This plan for the reset goes hand in hand with the plan of the freedom movement in the US and other countries to overthrow the government and restore justice. There is a concrete mass arrest plan that includes hundred thousands of bankers and politicians to be arrested. According to Drake bailey - contact of whistle-blowers within the American military, the Pentagon, CIA and other government agencies, as well as the US Militias - there are sufficient legal grounds to arrest (former) political leaders like Bush and Obama. Neil Keenan is well connected with Drake Bailey to prepare this final death blow. [10] Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist, broke the story about the stolen bonds and the pending lawsuit.

Reason for Optimism: A New Golden Age During the financial reset the banks will close down for a while. During this time the Cabal’s bank accounts will be frozen. That will also be the end of the debt crisis. According to Benjamin Fulford (former bureau chief of Forbes’ Asia Pacific edition) a financial reset will lead to the blossoming of the economy. He states that there is enough capital to completely solve world poverty and environmental pollution. Besides the capital in the current world economy, Asia is perched on top of a gold mine. [11] The amount of gold present in Asia is not even closely related to the official gold standard. Most of the gold was never made part of the Federal Reserve and has been deliberately kept off the books.

The exact amount of gold is up for debate, some claim it is 10 times larger, some even claim it is 100 time larger than the official gold reserve. The Dragon family who are the guardians over a large part of this gold reserve, wish to use it through the Global Collateral Accounts for humanitarian purposes, but only after the Cabal is arrested. It will be a big shock to many people when they realize how much gold there really exist and how this has been systematically plundered from mankind. There is so much gold. And when this gold is being put into the system in a dosed and responsibly fashion, there is enough capital to have 7 billion people live in prosperity. That will be a major paradigm shift. There is no scarcity. And that is perhaps the Cabal’s biggest secret. Because once that sinks into the people’s mind, they will demand their piece of the pie.

Footnotes and External Links 1 Interview with Neil Keenan during weekly radio show of Drake Bailey and Thomas Williams Audio fragment around 2:17:55 minutes. Neil Keenan: “Well you know Drake, they do own the system. They still got all the money. But the bottom line is the money is fake, most of it nowadays. At one time it used to be real. They built the system. And we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time. That lawsuit that I filed opened up a lot of eyes and caused a lot of trouble. Wait ’til they see the one we’re going to refile.” 2 David Wilcock & Benjamin Fulford FULL INTERVIEW 12-02-2011 Transcript here. 3 2012-05-02 Keith Scott Re Keenan Trillion Dollar Lawsuit on Project Camelot Radio (Quotes by Keith Scott’s audio fragment around 1:11:00 min.) 4 Pete Santilli Episode #960 – Neil Keenan – The Interview The Global Elite Never Want You To Hear (Quotes by Chris Bosnahan audio fragment around 1:08:00 min.) 5 Black Book is available (Quotes by Chris Bosnahan audio fragment around 2:12:00.)

6 Pledge: “In law, a lien is a form of security interest granted over an item of property to secure the payment of a debt or performance of some other obligation.” Quote from this claim: “All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets — making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefitting from the illegal use of these accounts. Key among these are members of (but not limited to) : The Committee of 300 Skull and Bones Society The Bilderberg Society The Trilateral Commission Council on Foreign Relations Copy of claim here. 7 Interview with Neil Keenan during weekly radio show of Drake Bailey and Thomas Williams (Audio fragment around 2:13:30 minutes.) 8 72 bankiers suicided 9 Interview with Thomas Williams by Open Your Mind Radio. Listen to this audio fragment from 1:23:10 min 10 OffPlanet TV-08-19-15- Drake Bailey & Thomas Williams: The Plan (Video fragment about Neil Keenan around ± 1:34:00 minutes.) 11 Article by David Wilcock about Neil Keenan’s lawsuit 12 The link between 9/11, JFK and the Global Collateral AccountsMulligan Jr.

Hypocrisy And The Water Debate April 19 2016 | From: NZPCR

The water debate is heating up, with orchestrated attacks on water bottling companies. Maori leaders want a price on water.

With the resource estimated to be worth $35 billion a year, they know that once National give them control of fresh water, they will be able to claim royalty payments for future use and compensation for lost revenue. As the Maori Council chair Maanu Paul said on Tuesday;

“Any commercial operation will have to pay a fee, and that is the issue as far as the council is concerned – because these people are profiting from the use of a common good that belongs to Maori.”

Previous governments have rejected such opportunistic claims by Maori leaders. But in an astonishing act of hypocrisy, the National Party MP, who is advancing the current attempt by Maori to control fresh water, led the campaign against their attempt to control the foreshore and seabed. While Nick Smith is now turning a blind eye to New Zealanders’ concerns over Maori control of water, in 2003 he stood up for the public. During a protest march down the main street of his Nelson electorate, he said;

“Ordinary New Zealanders, who have shown a huge degree of tolerance to treaty claims and spending on Maori issues, have had enough.”

Dr Smith claimed that while senior Labour Government ministers were negotiating with Maori over the ownership of the foreshore and seabed to find a “win-win” solution, the answer was “very simple”:

“The Government should pass legislation confirming the Crown as owner on behalf of all New Zealanders. Anyone who wants to divide up the shoreline for one exclusive group of citizenship must be stopped”.

In 2004, the National Party published a newspaper advertisement opposing the Government’s bill to give Maori control of the foreshore and seabed, calling on the public to send in submissions. Their ad criticised the Government for giving Maori special rights:

“Labour’s basic message to Kiwis is: if you’re not Maori, then no matter how long you live here, you can never love this land as deeply – or care for it as responsibly – as Maori. Provisions like these will disempower your family forever…” National opposed Labour’s plan to give Maori ‘the power of veto’ over resource consent applications: “You know what that means. You want to build a boat ramp. But the local iwi says ‘Not so fast. Your ramp will have a significant adverse effect on our customary rights’. You then have two choices. A court case (bound to be long and expensive). Or a bribe (merely expensive). You pay the koha. Nothing’s changed. New name, same old scam.” The ad opposed Maori being given ‘joint management’ rights, saying the new law would “give Maori strengthened ability to participate in decision-making processes. Strengthened ability? That means only one thing. Joint management.”

They complained that Maori claims to the foreshore and seabed would be ‘hard to oppose’:

“The Government has created a situation where these orders will be rubber-stamped by the Maori Land Court – a judicial jack-up. Say an iwi applies for an order. You can bet no-one will object. Why? Because they won’t even know about it… No hearing. No debate. No comeback.” National warned that under Labour’s new bill, “The koha racket will continue. Part-Maori descendents of signatories to the Treaty of Waitangi will still be able to hold up any development … until their terms are met. There’s only one word for that. Extortion.” And they claimed the new law was divisive: “This legislation will divide our country, not bring it together. This is not the way to build a better future for all of us. National says the foreshore and seabed is Kiwi property. Not iwi property.”

National’s present position, as outlined in Dr Smith’s consultation document on fresh water reform, reeks of double standards. Maori tribes will be given joint management rights and the power of veto over councils – the very things National objected to in Labour’s foreshore and seabed legislation. Their plan to pass the responsibility for rubber stamping iwi claims to fresh water onto local authorities, will make such deals hard to oppose – again something National complained about in their ‘fish hook’ ad.

And with multiple tribal groups involved in the control of freshwater in any catchment, iwi consultation and the whole koha racket will skyrocket. Comment: The 'racial divide' call is made often. The truth is however that the corruprtion is equally represented on both sides. Whether referencing political parties, Iwi, Maori, Pakeha - there are those on both "sides" who are more than happy to screw over their "own people" in the interests of themselves and / or their globalist handlers.

Back in 2003, with local authorities spending $3.4 million a year consulting with iwi, and the Corrections Department alone spending $2.2 million consulting iwi over three new prisons, National spoke out strongly against the rising cost of iwi consultation. Nick Smith also objected to the inclusion of Maori spiritualism in the RMA:

“It is political correctness gone mad when key decisions on infrastructure are made on the basis that… it will adversely affect Maori spiritual beliefs and self-esteem. This decision is an invitation for backhanders…”

He said;

“There can be no certainty of property rights when the fantasy world of Hollywood starts being given credibility by our courts. This example follows previous rulings by the Environment Court about diverted waters adversely affecting Maori self esteem, and motorways and prisons being diverted or held up over taniwha. It shows just how politically correct and stupid the Resource Management Act has become and highlights the desperate need for reform.”

He made a promise:

“National is committed to a thorough cleanup of the Resource Management Act to remove any references to the spiritual world. This sort of hocus pocus has no place in the courtroom.”

After eight years in government, not only has the “hocus pocus” not been cleaned up, but Dr Smith is about to make it a whole lot worse. Through sweeping co-governance rights and the power of veto over democratically elected local authorities, the radical Iwi Participation Agreements proposed for the RMA will condemn councils into endless consultation with multiple tribal groups. The result will be more and more abandoned projects as property owners decide it’s not worth the hassle. Bob Jones explained what it was like consulting with iwi in 2014, when he wanted to restore a window in a commercial building in central Auckland that had been removed by a tenant. Since the building was within 50 metres of one of thousands of new designated Maori heritage sites introduced by the Auckland Council’s Maori Statutory Board, under the Draft Unitary Plan, it needed a resource consent. To gain that consent, Sir Bob had to seek the approval of 13 iwi, ranging from Taranaki to Whangarei. Letters were duly written.

Sir Bob explains:

“Five replied stating they had no concerns while others said they were considering the matter, presumably calling huis to weigh up this window crisis. One respondent bearing that fine old Maori name of Jeff Lee, representing something called Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, contacted the planner… After advising the planners verbally that no Cultural Impact Assessment Report was required for the window, he nevertheless asked them to consider it – brace yourselves – given his ancestors, centuries ago, gathered in the vicinity. Lee then wrote, outlining his terms for ‘assessing the window’s cultural impact’ which, he said, would take him ‘a total of six to eight hours’. For this he sought $90 per hour plus GST and ‘travel expenses of 0.77c per km’.”

Unsurprisingly, Mr Lee was told to “get stuffed”. Treaty Settlement Acts are now littered with requirements to involve iwi in decision-making. Anyone wanting resource consents in the vast number of areas where statutory acknowledgements exist must consult all iwi individually – with each no doubt charging substantial fees for their pro-forma cultural assessments. In fact, stories of RMA rorts are everywhere – and National knows it has become legalised corruption. But rather than taking a principled approach and removing race-based requirements from the law – to create a much-needed level playing field – they clearly intend making the problem a whole lot worse. Further, instead of fulfilling his promise to take spiritualism out of the RMA, Nick Smith embedded it, through “Te Mana o te Wai”, in the 2014 National Policy Statement on Fresh Water. Dr Smith should know only too well how inappropriate it is to include cultural spiritualism in water quality controls – but such is his hypocrisy that he intends strengthening the concept in the forthcoming reforms:

“When Te Mana o te Wai is given effect, the water body will sustain the full range of environmental, social, cultural and economic values held by iwi and the community.”

In his fresh water consultation document, Dr Smith proposes “to require regional councils, when setting freshwater objectives, to identify the values of the iwi and hapu that have associations with those freshwater bodies.

Hand-in-hand with recognition of their association with water bodies, there needs to be ways for iwi and hapu to participate in decision-making about those water bodies. This decision making occurs through development of regional policy statements, regional plans, catchment plans, and consenting.” His approach will result in Maori tribes controlling waterways throughout New Zealand, clipping the ticket whenever anyone applies for consents – and, if a price is put on water, pocketing a royalty every time a tap is turned on.

The Northland Regional Council has spoken out against plans to give Maori authority over “freshwater bylaws, consents and other statutory responsibilities”. They are adamant that decision-making is the job of elected councillors. Chairman Bill Shepherd also explained how “the government’s use of the word ‘iwi’ in consultation documents was problematic for Northland, where the landowners were primarily hapu – and there were 190 of them.” Imagine having to negotiate with 190 tribal groups every time you want to make a decision! National’s approach highlights the absolute hypocrisy of the claims by Minister Nick Smith, that their RMA reforms will bring consistency into local government. This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator, former Judge and law lecturer Anthony Willy, has been examining the powerful forces behind the fresh water reforms:

""Nick Smith the Minister responsible for the government’s fresh water policy said at a recent public meeting in Auckland called to discuss the matter, ‘There would be an obligation on local councils to consult with iwi about the use of water in which they might have a special interest, but there was to be no suggestion of co-governance…’” Anthony refutes these claims, quoting from “a memorandum filed by the government’s lawyers in the Waitangi Tribunal Registry should there be a need for a resumed hearing”. He concludes, “This puts it beyond doubt that the government is open to discussing both co governance with the Iwi Leaders Group and the allocation of fresh water to persons of Maori blood on a race basis.”

The document confirms that the Crown worked closely with Iwi Leaders throughout 2015, developing fresh water policy proposals “to be included in the public consultation process”. It states their priority for 2016 will be “Economic Development”.

They intend “developing a range of mechanisms to enable iwi/hapu to access fresh water in order to realise and express their economic interests”. He concludes, “This puts it beyond doubt that the government is open to discussing both co governance with the Iwi Leaders Group and the allocation of fresh water to persons of Maori blood on a race basis.”

What this means, is that once National gives iwi control of fresh water, they intend to develop mechanisms to generate economic returns. As sure as night follows day, there will be an iwi levy on water. If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, then please do so as numbers really matter on issues like this. A simple email to [email protected] stating your position is all that is needed.

Click on the image above to open a PDF version in a new wondow

And why not send it on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the ones who are responsible for these dreadful proposals, and they really need to hear what the public thinks. If you believe that other New Zealanders should be informed about what’s going on, so they too can send in submissions and contact MPs, then please support our ad here. It’s not too late. The ads will start running this weekend – and if we have enough support, next weekend as well.

Bang: Robert De Niro Wakes Up And Opens Up On Vaccines + Another Vaccine Whistleblower Steps Out Of The Shadows April 18 2016 | From: JonRappoport / AustralianNationalReview / Infowars / Various

On NBC’s Today Show, Robert De Niro just broke his trance and started talking sense about vaccines. He refused to back down and knuckle under. Watch the interview here.

It’s the leading edge of a new storm. De Niro wouldn’t accept the canned notion that vaccines are remarkably safe and effective and necessary. He expressed doubts. He linked vaccines to autism. He stood with the mothers who know their children were tragically damaged after being vaccinated. Related: Vaccine Maker Admits, On FDA Website, That DTaP Vaccine Causes Autism You could say this is too little too late, because the actor already canceled Vaxxed (trailer) at Tribeca, his film festival, but it isn’t too late. Vaxxed is playing in New York at the Angelika Theater (through April 21). It’s going to travel. The demand for it is great.

Trailer: Vaxxed From Cover Up to Catastrophe

Again, watch De Niro’s interview. So let me now broach the wider subject of medically caused death and damage, because the background is essential to understanding the medical edifice, and why the media, at the deepest level, must remain silent.

“If instead of drugs like warfarin, dabigatran, levofloxacin, carboplatin, and lisinopril (the five leading killers in the FDA database), the massive numbers of deaths per year were led by gingko, ginseng, vitamin D, niacin, and raw milk, what do you think would happen? “I’ll tell you what would happen. SEALS, Delta Force, SWAT teams, snipers, predator drones, tanks, and infantry would be attacking every health-food store in America. The resulting fatalities would be written off as necessary collateral damage in the fight to keep America safe and healthy.” - Why the FDA should be charged with murder, Jon Rappoport

I know major media won’t reveal medically-caused death numbers, because I’ve published reports for years, and I’ve contacted news people with the facts; and nothing happens. So we begin with a few citations. July 26, 2000, Journal of the American Medical Association; author, Dr. Barbara Starfield, revered public health expert at the Johns Hopkins School of Public Health; “Is US health really the best in the world?” Starfield reported that the US medical system kills 225,000 Americans a year. 106,000 as a result of FDA-approved medical drugs, and 119,000 as a result of mistreatment and errors in hospitals. Extrapolate the numbers to a decade: that’s 2.25 million deaths. You might want to read that last number again.

I interviewed Starfield in 2009. I asked her whether she was aware of any overall effort by the US government to eliminate this holocaust, and whether she had ever been contacted by any government agency to consult on such an effort. She answered a resounding no to both questions. Here is another citation: BMJ June 7, 2012 (BMJ 2012:344:e3989). Author, Jeanne Lenzer. Lenzer refers to a report by the Institute for Safe Medication Practices:

“It calculated that in 2011 prescription drugs were associated with two to four million people in the US experiencing ‘serious, disabling, or fatal injuries, including 128,000 deaths.’" The report called this “one of the most significant perils to humans resulting from human activity.” The report was compiled by outside researchers who went into the FDA’s own database of “serious adverse [medical-drug] events.”

Therefore, to say the FDA isn’t aware of this finding would be absurd. The FDA knows. The FDA knows and it isn’t saying anything about it, because the FDA certifies, as safe and effective, all the medical drugs that are routinely maiming and killing Americans.

Previously, I have documented that the FDA knows; because the FDA had, until recently, a page on its own website that admits 100,000 people are killed every year by medical drugs, and two million more people are severely injured by the drugs. A few months ago, the page was removed. Why won’t major media report these facts? The obvious reason: their big-spending pharmaceutical advertisers would drop them like hot potatoes. But there are other reasons. Every medical bureaucrat or medical shill or medical expert who jumps aboard the media train, to assure the public that drugs and vaccines are remarkably safe, is sitting on the time bomb I have described above. This is a key, key fact. If this bomb were widely recognized, who would continue to believe these professional liars? Who would accept anything they say? How could they possibly sustain their credibility?

"Well, the system I represent kills 2.25 million people per decade, and maims between 20 and 40 million more people per decade, but I want to assure you this vaccine presents no problems at all. It’s incredibly safe.”

It would be on the order of Joseph Stalin, who sent 20-40 million people to their deaths, stating that hard work in harsh conditions improved general health. Every single pronouncement, on any subject, issued via the medical cartel’s Ministry of Truth would fall on disbelieving ears, and only increase general outrage. The assuring attitudes of its professional representatives would immediately be taken as rank fraud of the worst kind.

And this would just be the beginning of the trouble. Mainstream reporters and editors and publishers are well aware that telling the truth and continuing to pound on it would do great damage to the whole medical system. The fact that the damage is deserved is beside the point. Undermining a basic institution of society is not on the media’s calendar.

VAXXED: The ABC News Interview that Big Pharma Didn't Want You to See This is the full UNCUT interview that ABC World News conducted with Del Bigtree of the "VAXXED" documentary now censored by Robert De Niro and the Tribeca Film Festival. ABC News used only five seconds from this interview... Find out what else they didn't want you to see...

The media are there to give credibility to society and its structures. That’s why they’re called “major” instead of “minor.” When hard rains fall, the media are there with an umbrella to hold over organized society’s head. To walk away in the middle of a downpour would leave the status quo unprotected. “Defending the Crown” is another way to put it. The King may make mistakes, he may commit heinous offenses, but he is the King, and therefore his position must remain secure. Young journalists learn this point quickly. If in their zeal, they cross the threshold and attempt to expose a central myth, fairy tale, legend, they’re put back in their place.

They absorb the message. Journalism has limits. Certain truths are silent truths. Over the years, I’ve talked to reporters who are solidly addicted to obfuscations. Like any addict, they have an army of excuses to rationalize their behavior. They’re all attitude. They snarl and grouse if you push them too far. They assert their position, as if they own their territory, as if they’ve earned their titles. They remind me of drunks with significant bank accounts. They’re not winos drifting in alleys. Oh no. They imbibe the good stuff. They take pride in that. The medical experts are worse. Their pretense of idealism knows no limits, and is matched only by their claim to bullet-proof knowledge. They resemble elite new anchors, who above all learn superior acting skills. The central mission of both professionals: sound and appear utterly convincing.

What would you do if you were an actor working in a major Broadway production, along with several actors who were, in real life, murderers? Every night you go out on the boards and do your turns, and you know the play is, in a real sense, a cover for the terrible deeds your partners are committing. I can tell you what news anchors and reporters do in that situation. They polish their performance, hoping to establish such a high degree of credibility that the secrets they conceal will never be suspected, or God forbid, exposed. When you peel the veneer away, they are enablers, persons of interest, co-conspirators. There is nothing quite like a highminded, socially-positioned, card-carrying member of the King’s circle of protectors. The arrogance is titanic. Because what is being protected is so explosive. 225,000 deaths a year at the hands of modern medicine. Two to four million maimings. 2.25 million deaths per decade. The Crown is responsible. The Crown commits these crimes. And yet it is the duty of the Crown to make his subjects feel safe and protected and even loved. No wonder he needs such a large army of trained helpers in and around the press. He has them. But their monopoly is breaking down. We’re at the beginning of a new breakout level of truth. Stay tuned.

New Documentary: Whistleblower Claims CDC Covered up Vaccine-Autism Links The debate over whether vaccines cause autism has become one of the most controversial disputes of late. In this episode of Truth In Media, the focus is not on whether vaccines are responsible for autism. Related: Vaccines contain DNA fragments from aborted human fetal cells and viruses that could cause both autism and cancer The issue at hand here is a study that was performed at the CDC and the question of whether the agency was complicit in a cover-up over a decade ago. Watch the documentary here. Background information and supporting documents included below:

For nearly two years, Truth In Media has explored the allegations of Dr. William Thompson, a CDC scientist who came forward in 2014, hired a whistleblower attorney, and claimed that important data regarding a study on vaccines and autism was eliminated. Thompson’s claims have led to a divide among Americans, with some believing that Thompson’s allegations are credible and should be investigated further, and others convinced that the documents Thompson handed over mean absolutely nothing. In December 2015, Ben Swann was the first journalist to obtain the documents from Congressman Bill Posey. In this episode, Swann further examines not only Thompson’s claims, but also the documents related to the study, with the assistance of doctors, journalists, authors and former CDC specialists who joined Swann in discussing every document that was handed over. Watch the documentary here.

Another Vaccine Whistleblower Steps Out of the Shadows The new film Vaxxed (trailer) highlights one whistleblower, researcher William Thompson, who publicly admitted he and his CDC colleagues lied, cheated, and committed gross fraud in exonerating the MMR vaccine and pretending it had no connection to autism.

Related: Courts confirm link between MMR and Autism Now we have another: Dr. Peter Fletcher. The Daily Mail has the story (3/29/16): “Former [British] science chief: ‘MMR fears coming true’”.

"A former Government medical officer responsible for deciding whether medicines are safe has accused the Government of ‘utterly inexplicable complacency’ over the MMR triple vaccine for children.” “Dr Peter Fletcher, who was Chief Scientific Officer at the Department of Health, said if it is proven that the jab causes autism, ‘the refusal by governments to evaluate the risks properly will make this one of the greatest scandals in medical history’.” “He added that after agreeing to be an expert witness on drug-safety trials for parents’ lawyers, he had received and studied thousands of documents relating to the case which he believed the public had a right to see.” “He said he has seen a ‘steady accumulation of evidence’ from scientists worldwide that the [MMR] measles, mumps and rubella jab is causing brain damage in certain children.” “But he added: ‘There are very powerful people in positions of great authority in Britain and elsewhere who have staked their reputations and careers on the safety of MMR and they are willing to do almost anything to protect themselves’.” “In the late Seventies, Dr. Fletcher served as Chief Scientific Officer at the DoH [Dept. of Health] and Medical Assessor to the Committee on Safety of Medicines, meaning he was responsible for deciding if new vaccines were safe.” “He first expressed concerns about MMR in 2001, saying safety trials before the vaccine’s introduction in Britain were inadequate.” “Now he says the theoretical fears he raised appear to be becoming reality.” “He said the rising tide of autism cases and growing scientific understanding of autism-related bowel disease have convinced him the MMR vaccine may be to blame.” “’Clinical and scientific data is steadily accumulating that the live measles virus in MMR can cause brain, gut and immune system damage in a subset of vulnerable children,’ he said.” “’There’s no one conclusive piece of scientific evidence, no “smoking gun”, because there very rarely is when adverse drug reactions are first suspected. When vaccine damage in very young children is involved, it is harder to prove the links.’” “’But it is the steady accumulation of evidence, from a number of respected universities, teaching hospitals and laboratories around the world, that matters here. There’s far too much to ignore. Yet government health authorities are, it seems, more than happy to do so’.”

The pressure is building on the medical establishment and their press lackeys. Of course, they will try to keep the lid on. But more and more people around the world - many through bitter personal experience with vaccines - are waking up. The statements of establishment front men ring hollow.

"Well, of course these vaccines are safe, remarkably so. How could any sane person think otherwise?”

Sane people are thinking otherwise. They know they’re being conned, and their health and the health of their children is under attack. More whistleblowers are going to come out of the closet. The strange notion of having an actual conscience is making a comeback. Even media androids, whose job it is to spread disinformation, are going to realize they’re nothing more than dupes for the vaccine cartel. And some of them aren’t going to like the realization, especially when it interrupts their sleep at night. Especially as they come to understand they’re aiding and abetting the lifelong infliction of brain damage on innocent children.

Not everyone can blithely go on their way, doing their dirty work, in the face of that knowledge. I’ve been working as an independent reporter for 30 years, and I can tell you that at this point, the whole vaccine propaganda apparatus is like a porcelain vase sitting on a table. And an earthquake is commencing. Somewhere, right now, as I write this, a vaccine expert none of us yet knows about is sitting in his office thinking: “Thompson and Fletcher have come forward. It might be time for me to tell what I know, what I’ve been hiding all these years.” He isn’t a hero. He’s a chronic scientific liar who can’t stand the conspiracy of silence any longer. He’s remembering what a conscience is. And he’s calculating the relative consequences of voluntarily coming clean now vs. being exposed later. He’s sniffing which way the new wind is blowing.

Autism Cover-Up Investigative Documentary 2016 on CDC and Vaccines

Half Of All Published 'Scientific' Literature Is Completely Fabricated Or False April 18 2016 | From: NaturalNews

For years, alternative news sources such as Natural News have been warning the public about industry-generated scientific research which incorporates falsified data to produce desired results.

These charges have now been corroborated by Dr. Richard Horton, editor-in-chief of the world's best known medical journal, The Lancet. Dr. Horton has publicly stated that as much as half of the scientific literature being published is unreliable and often completely false. From a commentary by Dr. Horton published in The Lancet:

"The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness."

Those are very strong words, particularly since they came directly from the horse's mouth. For someone in Dr. Horton's position to make such statements is indeed compelling evidence that (in his words): "Something has gone fundamentally wrong with one of our greatest human creations."

"Peer-Reviewed" Studies no Longer Reliable According to Dr. Horton, scientists often "sculpt data" to fit a theory or "retrofit hypotheses" to fit the data – even "peerreviewed" studies published in journals such as The Lancet are no longer reliable.

From Collective-Evolution.com:

"It's common for many to dismiss a lot of great work by experts and researchers at various institutions around the globe which isn't "peer-reviewed" and doesn't appear in a "credible" medical journal, but as we can see, "peerreviewed" doesn't really mean much anymore. "Credible" medical journals continue to lose their tenability in the eyes of experts and employees of the journals themselves, like Dr. Horton."

Biased Industry-Sponsored Research Dr. Horton is not the only one among his peers who has been compelled to speak out. Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor-inchief of The New England Journal of Medicine, has written extensively about corrupt methodology and the influence of industry on scientific research:

"Clinical trials are also biased through designs for research that are chosen to yield favorable results for sponsors. ... In short, it is often possible to make clinical trials come out pretty much any way you want, which is why it's so important that investigators be truly disinterested in the outcome of their work."

There are a number of dirty tricks that are routinely used by industry-sponsored researchers. For instance, by not publishing

the results of unfavorable studies, the makers of useless or dangerous drugs often manage to market their products to an unsuspecting public.

In the case of one antidepressant drug – paroxetine – which resulted in a record $3 billion lawsuit against GlaxoSmithKline, a dangerous and ineffective medication was prescribed to millions of children before it was revealed to cause an elevated suicide risk. When legal proceedings uncovered the truth, it was found that GlaxoSmithKline had hidden not only the fact that their product was only slightly more effective than a placebo, but also that it caused suicidal behavior.

Is There a Solution? It is now clear that publication of spurious or falsified research has become endemic within the research publication community. Dr. Horton offers some suggestions for restoring integrity to scientific research methodology:

"Part of the problem is that no-one is incentivised to be right. ... Instead of changing incentives, perhaps one could remove incentives altogether. Or insist on replicability statements in grant applications and research papers. Or emphasise collaboration, not competition. Or insist on preregistration of protocols. Or reward better pre and post publication peer review. Or improve research training and mentorship."

The bad news, according to Dr. Horton, is that even though "science is beginning to take some of its worst failings very seriously... nobody is ready to take the first step to clean up the system."

Panama Papers Have Caught UK Politicians Off Guard + John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust? April 17 2016 | From: VeteransToday / TVNZ / Various

Oh my, our prayers have been answered. The Panama Papers scam is being burned down as I

type, and with it what little reputation that corporate media and the think tank subverts thought they might still have.

London has shot itself in both feet on the Panama Papers scam

The British papers were nothing more than a lynch mob with their over-the-top coverage that Putin was the new Midas in Russia, when they never met a Russian thieving oligarch whom they did not love on sight, no matter how unscrupulously they have obtained their wealth. Related: The Panama Papers: The people have been deceived; a who's who and what's what The idea of moral leadership coming out of Britain itself is a bad joke, as it treats its own people like coolies while being a purveyor of modern colonialism to the best of its ability. This includes wanting to spend tens of billions on their Trident nuclear submarine upgrade, so they can have their version of Teddy Roosevelt’s “Big Stick”. The City of London is the unofficial pirate base of Europe, even having special laws passed to not have its “financial independence” fiddled with. This is a more polished version of when the Italian-Jewish mob in the US tried to take over Cuba to have their own country to operate from with diplomatic immunity. They forgot to get Castro on board that effort. VT will have its teeth in this story until there are none of the hypocritical scoundrels left to eat. I have an new submission in NEO on the Brookings Institution assigning one of their in-house hacks, Clifford Gaddy, to do a damage control piece that was out of this world.

Here we have AIPAC Zionist Martin Indyk hosting Erdogan last week at the Brookings Institution

He actually was pitching Putin as being behind the document release as a Russian psyop on the West, and Gaddy included some of his friends as a smokescreen cover which he knew would not hurt him. It was slickly done, but made the mistake of revealing how even the most prestigious Washington think tanks involve themselves in major intelligence psyops as part of their “team dues”. We published NEO - Christopher Black’s article yesterday that just nailed the uber Washington insiders who are behind the funding of the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ), which is now tainted forever… Jim W. Dean.

John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust? 'You don't want to get your arses sued off you.' The Prime Minister has hit back at attention on whether he has financial interests with a firm that specialises in setting up foreign trusts in New Zealand. Related: New Zealand Prime Minister John Key declares deposit in trustee firm specialising in foreign trusts

The Prime Minister has been questioned about his links to Antipodes Trust Group, and is not happy about it

John Key has a short term deposit with Antipodes Trust Group to cover the costs of a family trust. Mr Key says he has no foreign trust interests and his deposit is handled by Antipodes Trust Group because his long-time personal lawyer moved to the firm.

"I don't deal with people unless they're highly ethical and they do things well. He's (Mr Key's lawyer, Ken Whitney) changed firms and that might get everyone else excited but from my point of view it's just situation normal," said Mr Key.

Asked if Mr Key would prefer that Antipodes Trust Group didn't advertise itself as being able to help out people wanting to set up foreign trusts here, Mr Key said;

"There's a legitimate place, as I've been saying, for financial services when it comes to foreign trusts."

Addressing journalists after a business lunch in Wellington, Mr Key went on to say;

"As you guys were very careful last night, I think, in your coverage of these matters; the reason you were is because you don't want to get your arses sued off you because actually they are a legitimate business. They're not the Devil incarnated."

"I mean, if a political party wants to say, 'I'm no longer going to have foreign trusts being allowed to be registered

and supported in New Zealand' that's a call they can make. I mean, I think there'd be significant implications of that."

It has been estimated that foreign trust business earns New Zealand around $24 million annually. Focus on foreign trusts has arisen after the leak of the so-called Panama Papers suggesting that, in some cases, such trusts are used to avoid paying tax.

Although Washington is using the so-called Panamanian Papers to wage a propaganda war against politicians it despises, especially in Russia and China, this operation has recently come to a screeching halt due to the lack of convincing evidence in those papers.

So what we are witnessing now is simple allegations that the political elites of the two above mentioned countries are engaged in some inappropriate financial activities. Related: Journalist asserts Panama Papers are an inside job to eliminate tax haven competitors to the U.S. However, this recent information attack has already backfired against Washington itself along with its closest allies. For instance, we’ve learnt from these papers that London is most probably the global capital of money-laundering. The responsibilities of Mossack Fonseca were reduced to purely technical functions while the actual transfer and concealment of money was carried out by a number of banks and law firms. The Times would note in one of its articles:

"Almost 2,000 British middlemen helped to create a network of offshore companies and move billions of pounds secretly around the world, according to the Panama papers. Lawyers, accountants, banks and company formation agents based in Britain were involved in setting up 32,000 of the 200,000 offshore companies incorporated by Mossack Fonseca, the Panamanian law firm."

Furthermore, as it follows from yet another publication of The Times for over 16 years thousands of offshore companies that own property in the Great Britain were providing the addresses of the largest UK largest law firms in the City like Clifford Chance, Farrer & Co and Withers as their own. For instance, A British banker Nigel Cowie who resided in North Korea for over two decades created an offshore finance company that was allegedly used by the Pyongyang regime for arms trade and be able to carry on developing its nuclear program, says The Guardian. According to the released documents, Nigel Cowie was behind a Pyongyang front company, DCB Finance Limited, registered in the British Virgin Islands. The full responsibility for the unprecedented scale of shadowy business scheme being pulled out in the UK is being placed on the British Prime Minister – David Cameron. For instance, The Independent took a somewhat straightforward approach, claiming:

"What’s most stinging is the sheer hypocrisy of Cameron. After all, this is the man who made great efforts to increase funding for HMRC tax inspectors; abolished permanent non-dom status from April 2017 and proposed an international anti-corruption drive in the light of the Fifa scandal. David Cameron is a man with a reputation seemingly made of titanium. Really, who does this guy have to piss off to merit serious calls for his resignation Considering it’s just been revealed that he did actually have a stake in his father’s offshore investment fund, the lack of outrage is astonishing."

Related: Panama Papers: Why Aren’t There More American Names?

It’s now clear that Ian Cameron was part of the scheme as a director of Blairmore Holdings Inc. On top of it The Guardian, one of the 109 international media sources that was granted access to the Panamanian Papers, claims that over the past 30 years Blairmore Holdings Inc. hasn’t been paying any taxes to the British treasury. Moreover, in a brochure for investors released back in 2006 it would state (emphasis added):

"The directors intend that the affairs of the fund should be managed and conducted so that it does not become resident in the UK for UK taxation purposes Accordingly… the fund will not be subject to UK corporation tax or income tax on its profits."

Those facts manifest the blatant hypocrisy of the British Prime Minister. After all, he publicly opposed offshore practices back in May at the recent Anti-Corruption Summit in London, while claiming that his supporters would develop a comprehensive legislation that will put an end to the illegal activities of the so-called British tax haven.

Back in 2012 David Cameron criticized offshore structures, while claiming that they are definitely not fair and not right. At a G8 summit in Enniskillen three years. ago, he demanded even more transparency, claiming that:

"I’ll continue to make the case for transparency with international partners, including the British overseas territories and crown dependencies and I am willing to go further, and take concrete steps to force the pace."

Under these conditions, the British society seems to be determined to pursue the resignation of the vicious Prime Minister, forcing a vote of no confidence to be taken. Several British parliamentarians said that after the scandal with offshore companies, David Cameron should leave the position of the deputy chairman of the Labour Party, while Labour’s deputy leader Tom Watson urged Cameron to hand over all the money that he received through offshore companies to the British treasury.

But the Panamanian Papers have not simply exposed the shadow schemes that are constantly being at play in London, that Washington and London have been desperate to impose upon the Middle East and Africa and other regions around the world along with the so-called “Western style democracy”. It also makes one to wonder why in recent decades the UK has become a safe heaven for numerous “political foundations for the struggle for democracy” (such as The National Endowment for Democracy and the likes of it), and whether those are also involved in such financial scams under the guise of fighting for the right cause? Related: The Game is Rigged: The 1% hide their money offshore - then use it to corrupt our democracy

Top Quotes From Putin’s 2016 Q&A April 17 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience

Russian President Vladimir Putin answers questions during the annual Direct Line with Vladimir Putin broadcast live by Russian TV channels and radio stations.

From Turkish reluctance to fight jihadist militants to ‘saving’ Poroshenko or Erdogan, President Vladimir Putin’s annual Q&A session was anything but a dull affair. Over three million people wanted to ask the Russian leader questions.

Hostile Neighbours?

The Russian president categorically denied that Russia is “encircled by enemies,” saying it would be impossible for such a thing to happen. Putin pointed out that Russia maintains good relations with the vast majority of countries around the globe.

Unacceptable Behavior

Turkey is doing more to collaborate with jihadist extremists than it is doing to combat them, according to Putin. He mentioned that he did not think that Turkey was safe for Russian holidaymakers, though said he had no problem with the Turkish people. "We have problems with a few politicians whose behavior we consider inadequate."

Heroic Kurds Fight Terror

Putin called the Kurds “courageous” and “selfless” people who have shown great strength in trying to combat jihadist militants. “The Kurds fight incredibly selflessly and don’t think about themselves,” he said, adding that they are an important force in the fight against terrorism in the Middle East and in particular in Syria.

Obama: A Decent Man

Putin called US President Barack Obama a “decent man” for admitting that what followed military intervention in Libya was the “greatest mistake” of his presidency. The Russian leader said he was speaking sincerely without any irony because to make such admissions is not easy, while adding that “only a strong-minded person” such as Obama could take such steps.

Oligarchs in Ukraine

The Russian leader said the crisis in Ukraine was “manmade,” while it was obvious it was “an instrument to change power” in the country. The president added that little had changed with “oligarchs still remaining in power.” Citing rising costs faced by the general public, Putin mentioned that “they did not think about the people.”

Sanctions Here toStay?

Despite Russia by and large upholding their end of the Minsk agreement, Putin does not believe the West will look to end sanctions placed against Russia. “I don’t think our partners will lift their sanctions or restrictions they placed on Russia any time soon,” he said. In news that is likely to be met with delight from Russian farmers and dairy producers, Putin said “this will mean that we will maintain our sanctions against their products.”

Erdogan or Poroshenko?

Twelve-year-old Varya Kuznetsova posed President Putin a rather challenging question, asking: “Who would you rescue first if they were drowning, Erdogan or Poroshenko?” Putin opted not to pick a ‘favorite,’ but in a barb to both the Turkish and the Ukrainian leaders said, “If someone is determined to drown, you can’t save them, but we are willing to extend a hand to anyone, as long as they want that.”

Russian Economy: ‘Grey Streak’

Answering the question on the state of the Russian economy – whether it is in a “run of good or bad luck” (‘white or black streak’ in Russian), Putin said the economy is in a transitional phase, stressing it is slowly improving. He added that he considers it necessary to return the economy to a path of sustainable growth through balanced macroeconomic and budgetary policies, and ensure the country’s budget deficit does not exceed three percent GDP.

The Truth Is Coming And It Cannot Be Stopped April 16 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience

Shortly after Edward Snowden went public with his findings on the NSA’s surveillance program, he uttered some very powerful words: “All I can say right now is the US Government is not going to be able to cover this up by jailing or murdering me. Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.”

Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.Exciting words for most of the general population, but troubling for a select few in Washington, New York, London and Brussels. From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known. What he is describing, believe it or not, is the true definition of “Apocalypse” – The “Lifting of the Veil”, when all truths become known and public… Hidden information revealed, including, that pertaining to the purposeful use and abuse of the common people of earth. From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.

Graffiti that is sympathetic to NSA leaker Edward Snowden is seen stenciled on the sidewalk on June 11, 2013 in San Francisco

In other words, there are white hats (good guys) within “the matrix” aimed at taking down the banking / political cabalists. Though it may be difficult for many to believe that such powerful forces will see the darkness and corruption of their actions and rituals exposed, the world is already seeing the beginning of such things come to light…and with much more to come. For those who are interested, here is some key ingredients in the current drama’s are unfolding.

Putin In middle November of 2015 at the G-20 Summit in Antalya, Turkey, Vladimir Putin surprised most of the world when he announced that Russia’s collected data showed that ISIL was (and probably still is at the time of this writing) being financed by 40 countries and that some of those countries were G-20 members. In other words, he stated at the G-20 Summit that members present at the gathering were helping to fund ISIL.

This call-out is of extreme magnitude. What is most important to evaluate from this disclosure is that this situation is also still in play. Since that time, Russia has publicly presented evidence that Turkey is one of those countries, but has not listed the other 39. Are we really to believe Putin and Russia will just forget about this and not reveal the other 39 countries? It seems much more likely that a chess game is being played behind the geopolitical scenes of the world and that Putin may be simply waiting for the “right time” to reveal such things.

Imagine the ramifications, especially in the United States and Europe, when this high-level disclosure takes place. It is truly not difficult to see why we are seeing the elite panic in so many different directions right now, as well as continue to unsuccessfully attempt to propagandize Putin as the “bad guy.” In reality, Putin could have several aces up his sleeves and the global elite know it.

FBI and Hillary Clinton Related: Bringing Down Hillary In early January 2016, former US attorney Joe Digenova stated that the FBI is coming to a “critical mass” point in its investigation of Hillary Clinton. He followed that by saying that if the Department of Justice does not indict, the FBI is in a position to “basically revolt.” More easily put, the global elite are in a very difficult spot. Let the DoJ indict their preferred choice for president (Hillary), or do not allow an indiction and watch the FBI and other intelligence agencies begin coming forth to the public en masse with their evidence on this case and most likely evidence of even deeper stories.

Related: Former US Attorney: Grand Jury IS Investigating Hillary Since January, much more has come to light as over 30,000 emails have been released. Just a few of the biggest stories within these emails, as Wikileaks has revealed, include Hillary’s extremist role in Libya, her push to privatize oil Mexico, claiming a Sunni-Shiite war would be good for the West and Israel. They also included her suggestion to overthrow a sovereign government in Syria and remove Assad. Though some people believe all of this will lead to nothing and to her getting off the hook, that scenario is becoming increasingly less likely as the Washington Post just a few days ago reported that at least 147 FBI agents are investigating this case. Even if the DoJ would choose not to indict, do you really believe these 147+ FBI agents (and probably many other intelligence agency members) would simply stay quiet? Or would they indeed revolt as Joe Digenova stated earlier?

The Dam Is About To Break As we can see, there are huge stories all still in play and all affecting each other in different ways. What is clear is that we are indeed in the “quickening” of this entire scheme and that the truth is continuing to come out at an ever-increasing rate. In fact, we may already be at the “critical mass” point in relation to disclosures of truth occurring. As Charlie Munger has said;

"The notion of critical mass-that comes out of physics is a very powerful model. Adding success factors so that a bigger combination drives success, often in a non-linear fashion, as one is reminded by the concept of breakpoint and the concept of critical mass in physics. You get a little bit more mass and you get a lollapalooza result.”

Pillow talk these nights in Washington, New York, London, Brussels and elsewhere must be getting very interesting.

These stories are all incredibly important and deserves questioning and investigation, though one must ask what Snowden, Wikileaks and Anonymous know on an even bigger story most media outlets have yet to touch: The Global Collateral Accounts and their relation to global finance, politics and gold. Lots of gold.

Auckland: No Consultation Needed ForStopping Or Starting Fluoridation + Fluoridation Decision Is An Attack On Democracy April 16 2016 | From: FluorideAlert / Scoop

Chair of Auckland Council’s Policy and Strategy committee decided unilaterally yesterday that a petition from Fluoride Free New Zealand could be received but not debated on. This left councillors no option other than to vote to accept the petition or not.

The petition to Council was over the illegal fluoridation of some Franklin communities. Related: Professional Perspectives on Water Fluoridation In 2014 Watercare changed the source of water to the Franklin communities of Buckland, Patumahoe, Clarks Beach, Waiau Beach and Glenbrook Beach to a fluoridated supply. These communities had never had fluoridation in the past. Council was made aware of this last week through a petition that was lodged with the Council. Council should have been allowed to have a discussion on this and then decide what should be done. Instead, one councillor has dictated to the entire council. He decided the issue could not be considered even though it is hugely signifcant and puts Auckland Council in the position of endorsing the fluoridation of these communities without the required consultation and without even advising the residents of this important change to their water supply.

It is also concerning that only one councillor was provided with the legal advice that Watercare obtained and this advice was denied to other councillors. According to the councillor who received it, Watercare said that their only obligation was to provide potable water and adding fluoridation chemicals to the drinking water did not make the water less potable. If this argument can be used to start fluoridation without consultation then the same argument can be used to stop fluoridation as not adding fluoridation chemicals to drinking water, definitely does not make a water supply less potable. In fact this decision means not only can councils stop fluoridation without consultation, they don’t even have to notify anyone. According to the 2002 Local Government Body Act, councils are legally required to consult communities on issues of

significance. Since then all other councils have considered fluoridation to be an issue of significance and fluoridation has not been stopped or started without some form of consultation such as a referendum, Tribunal style process, or inclusion in the draft annual plan.

In 2010 when the Kapiti Coast Council nearly stopped fluoridation, the Ministry of Health threatened to instigate a judicial review as they did not believe they had been sufficiently consulted. This was despite the fact that Kapiti Coast Council had undertaken consultation via the draft annual plan process. It is highly likely that if any council in New Zealand chose to stop fluoridation without public consultation the Ministry of Health would legally challenge that decision. Auckland Council is now ignoring the law, and astonishingly has allowed Watercare, an Auckland Council owned business contracted to the Council to provide water services, and not elected by the community, to ride roughshod over the Franklin residents. Where is democracy at Auckland Council if councillors are not even allowed to discuss important petitions that are put before them? The meeting can be viewed here. Related: Quotes from professionals on fluoridation - 2007

Fluoridation Decision Is An Attack On Democracy The government's decision to take fluoridation responsibility away from councils has been labelled "another attack on democracy", by Democrats for Social Credit deputy leader Chris Leitch. Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Most Prestigious Medical Journal In putting those decisions in the hands of District Health Boards, the Minister has forced those against fluoridation to have to deal with their main opponents in previous council fora. District Health Boards have spent large sums of money on fighting pro fluoridation campaigns - money that should have been spent on improving people's food and drink choices. The democratic decisions of hard fought referenda will be cast aside, and New Zealand will be heading in the opposite direction to the rest of the world which has been getting rid of water fluoridation.

Our Daily Dose

Related: Leading Physician Joins Calls for Federal Investigation of Water Fluoridation

Shocking Hillary Quotes + Hillary's Emails Confirm France And US Killed Qaddafi For His Gold And Oil April 15 2016 | From: HillaryClintonQuotes / Sott / Geopolitics

Get to know the psychopath known as Hillary Clinton a little better.

These are 100% sourced and verified quotes. We recommend you share these far and wide. Related: Clinton Email Server Greatest Intel Disaster in History-Scott Uehlinger

Quote# 1:

"Who is going to find out? These women are trash. Nobody’s going to believe them.” - On Bill Clinton’s bimbo eruptions, regarding the women he brutalised and raped.

Hillary Clinton has consistently trashed, attacked and harassed the countless women who have accused her husband of rape and sexual assault. Source: PoliticalHumour

Quote# 2:

"Ain't nobody got time for that.” - When asked if she will see the film "13 hours" about the Benghazi attack.

Hillary also claimed she was “too busy” to go see ‘13 Hours’, the film about the Benghazi attack. Source: WashingtonTimes

Quote# 3:

"Fuck off! It’s enough I have to see you shit-kickers every day, I’m not going to talk to you too!! Just do your Godamn job and keep your mouth shut.” - As quoted in Arizona State Trooper Chris Anderson's book "American Evita", when a trooper said, "Good morning" to Mrs. Clinton.

Hillary Clinton has been a notoriously vicious bitch to her Secret Service and State Trooper protectors. Source: BloodOnHerHands

Quote# 4:

"Look, the average Democrat voter is just plain stupid. They're east to manipulate. That's the easy part.” - As told to Dick Morris in his book "rewriting History", 2005.

Hillary Clinton tells close former aide Dick Morris what she Really thinks of her supporters. Source: "RewritingHistory"

Quote# 5:

"I don't give a fuck about them. Get them out of here and get them away from me.” - Hillary Clinton talking about Secret Service agents in the book "First Family Detail" by Ron Kessler.

Hillary Clinton is well known for treating her Secret Service protectors like complete trash. Source: "FirstFamilyDetail"

Quote# 6:

"Maybe Mr. Stevens should have contacted me if he wanted to live, if he wanted security. He should have thought about that.” - Hillary Clinton, Benghazi hearings, October 2015.

Hillary Clinton suggests Ambassador Stevens’ death was his fault. (Ambassador Stevens requested increased security over 300 times). Source: Politico

Quote# 7:

"I will get the NRA shut down for good if I become President. If we can ban handguns we will do it.” - Hillary Clinton, in an interview with the Des Moines Register, August 8 2015.

Hillary Clinton declares all out war on the 2nd Amendment. Source: DesMoinesRegister

Quote# 8:

"Yeah, I got him off. So what? Who cares? We got the evidence thrown out, so he walked. (laughs) I mean, sure, we knew he did it (laughs) but it didn't matter.” - Audio recording from 1982 discussing a child rapist she defended when she was a criminal defense attorney in Araksas.

Hillary Clinton laughs about getting child rapist off charges and setting him free (he was later convicted, no thanks to her). Source: FreeBeacon

Quote# 9:

"What the hell are we doing here? There's no money here. Get me the hell out of here.” - While driving through upstate New York as a Senator in the book "First Family Detail" by Ronald Kessler.

Hillary Clinton snarls when she realizes Upstate New York doesn’t have “any [donor] money”. Source: FirstFamilyDetail

Quote# 10:

"The Benghazi thing will fade, the public isn't interested .” - As reported in TIME Magazine, July 2014.

Hillary Clinton dismisses the Benghazi tragedy, thinks public has no interest in it. Source: Time

Quote# 11:

"I believe the primary role of the state is to teach, train and raise children. Parents have a secondary role.” - In the book, "It Takes A Village"..

Hillary Clinton believes the government should raise a child, not the parents. Source: ItTakesAVillage

Quote# 12:

"My accomplishments as Secretary of State? Well, I'm glad you asked! My proudest accomplishment in which I take the most pride, mostly because of the opposition it faced early on, you know… The remnants of prior situations and mind-sets that were too narrowly focused in a manner whereby they may have overlooked the bigger picture, and we didn't do that, and I'm proud of that. Very proud. I would say that's A major accomplishment." - Hillary Clinton 11 March 2014

Hillary's Emails Confirm France And US Killed Qaddafi For His Gold And Oil Related: President Killary - Paul Craig Roberts With the recent release of Hillary Clinton's emails by Wikileaks, the public now knows exactly how the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) went from a collective defense organization to the new Barbary Coast Pirates of imperialism.

G8 Summit, Italy, 2009

During the 2011 Libyan uprising, the United Nations Security Council passed Resolution 1973 which called for a ceasefire and authorized military action to protect civilian lives. A coalition formed, centered around NATO with the March 17, 2011 passing of the Resolution. Its purpose -- a so-called "no-fly zone" over Libya. The irony that the U.S.-dominated NATO military organization would be concerned with "protecting" Arab civilians is all too obvious since the United States is the nation most responsible for killing Arab civilians. The real reasons for the attack have been dealt with most directly by America's famous reformed "economic hitman," John Perkins. Perkins points out that the attack on Libya, like the attack on Iraq, has to do with power and control of resources, not only oil, but gold. Libya has the highest standard of living in Africa. "According to the IMF, Libya's Central Bank is 100% state owned. The IMF estimates that the bank has nearly 144 tons of gold in its vaults," Perkins wrote.

NATO went there like modern Barbary Coast Pirates -- to loot Libya's gold. The Russian media, in addition to Perkins, reported that the Pan-Africanist Qaddafi, the former President of the African Union, had been advocating that Africa use the gold so plentiful in Libya and South Africa to create an African currency based on a gold dinar.

"It is significant that in the months running up to the UN resolution that allowed the U.S. and its allies to send troops into Libya, Muammar al-Qaddafi was openly advocating the creation of a new currency that would rival the dollar and the euro. In fact, he called upon African and Muslim nations to join an alliance that would make this new currency, the gold dinar, their primary form of money and foreign exchange. They would sell oil and other resources to the US and the rest of the world only for gold dinars,"Perkins explained.

Revelation in Email to Hillary Clinton Wikileaks released an unclassified U.S. Department of State document emailed to Hillary dated April 2, 2011, key Clinton aide Sidney Blumenthal confirmed that the Perkins was right and the attack on Libya had nothing to do with Qaddafi being a threat to the United States and NATO and everything to do with looting his gold.

"Qaddafi's government holds 143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver. During late March, 2011, these stocks were moved to Sabha (south west in the direction of the Libyan border with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli," Blumenthal reported to Clinton. Blumenthal pointed out the purpose of Qaddafi's precious metal:

"This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA)." Blumenthal spells out the reason for NATO's attack and France's imperial plunder; "French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicholas Sarkozy's decision to commit France to the attack on Libya." There were five reasons for France's illegal war with NATO against Libya. Sarkozy sought, according to Blumenthal: "a. A desire to gain a greater share of Libyan oil production, b. Increase French influence in North Africa, c. Improve his internal situation in France, d. Provide the French military with an opportunity to assert its position in the world, e. Address the concern of his advisors over Qaddafi's long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in Francophone Africa."

Under the neo-colonialism favored after World War II during the period of the Cold War, we preferred to bribe various African leaders to help us loot their nation's resources. The U.S., of course, killed any Pan-African aspirations as well as potential leaders like Patrice Lumumba. This highjacking of Arab and African resources and slaughtering of Arab civilians is a long-standing plan put forth by neo-conservatives in the United States. The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has had a "hit list" of Arab nations and little regard for Arab casualties.

General Wesley Clark wrote in "Winning Modern Wars" that "As I went back through the Pentagon in November 2001, one of the senior military staff officers had time for a chat. Yes, we are still on track for going against Iraq, he said. But there was more. This was being discussed as part of a five-year campaign plan, he said, and there was a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia, and Sudan. What we witnessed in Libya was old-fashioned 19th century imperialism -- the deliberate plundering of a sovereign nation-state's resources by more powerful Western conquistadors.

Clinton’s Leaked eMails Confirm Libya Plunder by Killing Qaddafi It was broad daylight robbery and murder when US , France, and the rest of NATO, hunted down Muammar Qaddafi, and destroyed the most prosperous nation in Africa, i.e. Libya., in 2011. The picture at the top of this article was taken during the G8 Summit Italy, in 2009. Libya used to be one of few countries with sovereign central banks. Muammar Qaddafi, President of the African Union at

that time, was planning to issue gold denominated African dinar to replace Francs in Francophone Africa, to help his African brothers from centuries of economic plunder.

But that’s not all. The West just hated Muammar Qaddafi’s internal policies which were kept from the rest of the world by Rothschild controlled mainstream media. Here’s some of them: There is no electricity bill in Libya; electricity is free for all its citizens. There is no interest on loans, banks in Libya are state-owned and loans given to all its citizens at zero percent interest by law. Having a home considered a human right in Libya. All newlyweds in Libya receive $60,000 dinar (U.S.$50,000) by the government to buy their first apartment so to help start up the family. Education and medical treatments are free in Libya. Before Gaddafi only 25 percent of Libyans were literate. Today, the figure is 83 percent. Should Libyans want to take up farming career, they would receive farming land, a farming house, equipments, seeds and livestock to kickstart their farms are all for free. If Libyans cannot find the education or medical facilities they need, the government funds them to go abroad, for it is not only paid for, but they get a U.S.$2,300/month for accommodation and car allowance. If a Libyan buys a car, the government subsidizes 50 percent of the price. The price of petrol in Libya is $0.14 per liter.

Libya has no external debt and its reserves amounting to $150 billion are now frozen globally. If a Libyan is unable to get employment after graduation the state would pay the average salary of the profession, as if he or she is employed, until employment is found. A portion of every Libyan oil sale is credited directly to the bank accounts of all Libyan citizens. A mother who gives birth to a child receive U.S.$5,000. 40 loaves of bread in Libya costs $0.15. 25 percent of Libyans have a university degree. Gaddafi carried out the world’s largest irrigation project, known as the Great Manmade River project, to make water readily available throughout the desert country. These things Qaddafi was doing while the West maintains its exceptionalist mindset of being the epitome of freedom and democracy throughout the globe. Nothing could be farther from the truth. These are the faces of the people that would murder him more than a year later.

Now, with the fall of CIA Daesh Islamic State in Syria, Libya is hosting the highest population of ISIS terrorists, and added itself to a growing number of failed states in the region.

ISIS Massacred Over 300 West African Migrants In Libya

The Khazarian Nazionist agenda in the Middle East, and the methods being used against the Arabs and Africans, are still the same methods that were used by Western pirates not too long ago in the Pacific, which includes: Bribery of local overlords to help them loot the country; Saudi Arabia is a perfect example; Leaders in Latin America were also subjected to the same attacks by “economic hitmen”; Removal of uncooperative leaders through color revolutions; Total destruction of the State through divide and conquer using multiple warlords and pitting each other; For the last 400 years, another resource rich country like the Philippines fall victim to all three methods. The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has a “hit list” of Arab nations to conquer obviously with little regard for Arab casualties. Such hit list includes a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia, and Sudan. The leaked Clinton email confirms that what they did and continue to do in Libya is the fulfillment of this hit list:

Frances Client & Quaddafi's Gold

From: Sidney Blumenthal To: Hillary Clinton Date: 2011-04-01 21:00 Subject: FRANCE’S CLIENT & QADDAFI’S GOLD UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522 Date: 01/07/2016 RELEASE IN FULL CONFIDENTIAL April 2, 2011

For: Hillary From: Sid Re: France’s client & Qaddafi’s gold A high ranking official on the National Libyan Council states that factions have developed within it. In part this reflects the cultivation by France in particular of clients among the rebels. General Abdelfateh Younis is the leading figure closest to the French, who are believed to have made payments of an unknown amount to him. Younis has told others on the NLC that the French have promised they will provide military trainers and arms. So far the men and materiel have not made an appearance. Instead, a few “risk assessment analysts” wielding clipboards have come and gone. Jabril, Jalil and others are impatient. It is understood that France has clear economic interests at stake. Sarkozy’s occasional emissary, the intellectual self-promoter Bernard Henri-Levy, is considered by those in the NLC who have dealt with him as a semi-useful, semi joke figure. Rumors swept the NLC upper echelon this week that Qaddafi may be dead or maybe not. Qaddafi has nearly bottomless financial resources to continue indefinitely, according to the latest report we have received: On April 2, 2011 sources with access to advisors to Saif al-Islam Qaddafi stated in strictest confidence that while the freezing of Libya’s foreign bank accounts presents Muammar Qaddafi with serious challenges, his ability to equip and maintain his armed forces and intelligence services remains intact. According to sensitive information available to this these individuals, Qaddafi’s government holds 143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver. During late March, 2011 these stocks were moved to SABHA (south west in the direction of the Libyan border with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli. This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide , the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA). (Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued at more than $7 billion. French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicolas UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522 Date: 01/07/2016 Sarkozy’s decision to commit France to the attack on Libya. According to these individuals Sarkozy’s plans are driven by the following issues: A desire to gain a greater share of Libya oil production, Increase French influence in North Africa, Improve his internal political situation in France, Provide the French military with an opportunity to reassert its position in the world, address the concern of his advisors over Qaddafi’s long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in, Francophone Africa. ) On the afternoon of April 1, an individual with access to the National Libyan Council (NLC) stated in private that senior officials of the NLC believe that the rebel military forces are beginning to show signs of improved discipline and fighting spirit under some of the new military commanders, including Colonel Khalifha Haftar, the former commander of the anti- Qaddafi forces in the Libyan National Army (LNA). According to these sources, units defecting from Qaddafi’s force are also taking a greater role in the fighting on behalf of the rebels. - Source: Wikileaks

They were monitoring where the gold is heading, and they got what they wanted.

Fortunately for us, they were interrupted in Syria and Iran as the BRICS, and 180 more allied countries, decided to stand up to these few old men and women with kleptocratic and eugenics tendencies. But it is extremely important to remind ourselves that the United Nations and mainstream media were complicit to all of these high crimes committed against the sovereign people of Libya, and other countries.

We cannot afford to lower our guards however the covert NWO geopolitical game is played. Related: Clinton Promises to Give Illegal Immigrants More Tax Money

Finger In Every Pie: How CIA Produces Our ‘News’ And Entertainment April 14 2016 | From: 21stCenturyWire / Sputnik

In so many respects, ‘our’ media is not our own. In the past, 21WIRE has detailed various aspects of Operation Mockingbird and other CIA-related media pursuits, as well as many other bogus news stories which appear on a regular basis.

Claire Danes as Carrie Mathison in Homeland

Previously, we showed how the Hollywood hit ZeroDarkThirty was a completely fabricated piece of fiction which was passed on to the public as a “true story”. Also, the popular TV series, Homeland, is one of the most obvious propaganda productions in recent years, designed to reinforce many flawed assumptions and false believes about the world outside of the United States. Related: The CIA And The Media: 50 Facts The World Needs To Know

Related: How The CIA Made Google Did you know that the CIA has actually produced a number of high-profile ‘history’ TV programs that appear on US and world media channels? Yes, it’s true…

Finger in Every Pie: How CIA Became Involved in Entertainment Business The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has a finger in every pie including… the entertainment business: it turns out that the CIA has played a role in producing at least 22 entertainment projects; investigative journalist Adam Johnson argues that by doing this the US intelligence agency puts American media workers at risk. Related: Maybe She’s Born With It? CIA Funds DNA-Collecting Skincare Line It seems that the US Central Intelligence Agency follows the theory that says that there are no little or insignificant things. The intelligence agency has long been keeping an eye on the Western entertainment industry and has even had a role in producing popular fiction movies and documentaries.

In his article for Fair.org media watchdog investigative journalist Adam Johnson argues that this type of collaboration may cast a shadow over the image of US media workers and even put them at risk.

"For years, artists from across the entertainment industry - actors, authors, directors, producers, screenwriters, and others - have been in touch with the CIA to gain a better understanding of our intelligence mission," the CIA public website reads.

According to the website, the CIA's goal in engaging with the industry is to ensure "an accurate portrayal of the men and women of the CIA, and the skill, innovation, daring, and commitment to public service that defines them."

Related: German Journalist Reveals That The CIA Has Compromised The Western Media Johnson cites the recent article by Jason Leopold of VICE News who shed some light on how deep the CIA's Office of Public Affairs (OPA) has been involved in US popular entertainment projects.

"Vice's Jason Leopold has uncovered documents showing the CIA had a role in producing up to 22 entertainment 'projects,' including History Channel documentary Air America: The CIA's Secret Airline, Bravo's Top Chef: Covert Cuisine, the USA Network series Covert Affairs and the BBC documentary The Secret War on Terror-along with two fictional feature films about the CIA that both came out in 2012," Johnson narrates.

He points out that the CIA has a long history of "helping" to produce films and documentaries.

"The Agency, for example, secretly bought the rights to Animal Farm after Orwell's death in 1950 and produced an animated adaptation centered on demonizing the Soviet Union rather than capturing Orwell's broader critiques of power," the investigative journalist underscores.

And, yes, the CIA and other intelligence agencies are also recruiting prominent media figures. In September 2015 the conservative group Judicial Watch released a 2012 CIA inspector general's audit covering the CIA's OPA cooperation with the entertainment industry. The report specifically criticizes the CIA's OPA for excessive engaging with the media figures, in particular for inviting entertainment industry workers to secret briefings and other events.

"There was an instance in which the CIA allowed an entertainment industry representative to attend a CIA event in which information classified at the SECRET level was discussed," the document reads.

Johnson emphasizes that it is no secret that Hollywood players took part in various covert operations. He refers to the fact that legendary film producer Arnon Milchan worked for years for Israeli intelligence dealing arms and obtaining sensitive technical information for defense programs.

Sydeny Pollack in 'Eyes Wide Shut'

Remarkably, in his interview with BBC in 2013 Milchan admitted that Academy Award-winning director Sydney Pollack had also been involved in covert intelligence operations.

"In such revelations, an important point is often overlooked: The CIA assisting or posing as filmmakers, journalists and other creative roles-a practice the Agency reserves the right to partake in to this day-puts actual filmmakers, journalists and other creators at risk overseas," Johnson emphasizes.

According to the investigative journalist, it is dangerous to "blur" the lines between covert intelligence and legitimate media activities, because it puts the media workers at risk of being considered CIA associates.

"The spectacle of Hollywood teaming up with US intelligence agencies to make propaganda - especially given the dodgy historical context - no doubt stokes the fears of countries already hostile to Americans within their borders," he explains. "Every time this type of behavior is normalized, or shrugged off, or made sexy, real journalists and real filmmakers overseas are put further at risk," Johnson concludes.

Related: The American Media Is A CIA Front - Paul Craig Roberts

I reported honestly the facts of the US coup that overthrew the elected Ukrainian government in 2014 (see my columns in February and March 2014). However, the US print and TV media, led by the New York Times, lied through their teeth.

Indeed, the “mainstream” US media functioned as agent and propagandist for the Washington neoconservatives who destroyed Ukrainian democracy and imposed massive suffering and death on Ukrainians. There is no crime that the American presstitutes will not commit and no lie that they will not tell. Yesterday (April 11, 2016) Robert Parry held the sordid presstitutes accountable: Several weeks before Ukraine’s 2014 coup, U.S. Assistant Secretary of State Nuland had already picked Arseniy Yatsenyuk to be the future leader, but now “Yats” is no longer the guy, writes Robert Parry.

Related: George Soros’ Anti-Kremlin Info Laundering Backfires on Clinton, Cameron

Why Is April Always A Big Month For Illuminati Mischief? April 14 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence

First things first, when referring to the mythology of Aries, it is important to note that there are two distinctions to make. Myths about “Aries, the Ram” are different from myths about “Aries, the Greek god” (whose name is more often spelled “Ares”).

In Greek mythology Ares is the god of war. It is important to make a distinction between the role that Ares (Greek mythology) plays and the role that his sister Athena (Greek mythology) plays. Athena was also a god (goddess) of war, but unlike Ares, Athena was strategic and disciplined, where Ares was chaotic and destructive. Having these two Greek gods represent the two different sides of war is very telling as to how the ancient Greeks viewed war. If Athena was Napoleon then Ares was Rambo. Ares was known for his lust for blood, his chaotic nature, and his thoughtless aggression.

"Interestingly enough some of these characteristics (to a much lesser extent) are attributed to those born under Aries, the Ram, in astrology." - The Mythology of Aries

Very few residents are aware but those who truly run the world consult astrology and mythology, numerology and mythology just as much (and even more) than they refer to the ‘hard sciences’. TPTB who rule the entire planet via a World Shadow Government (WSG) have always conceived and timed their major ‘events’ according to the stars. They employ the very best astrologers in existence and conduct their many enterprises according to the arcana of occult astrology and numerology.

It’s now quite obvious to those who have researched these matters that the very business of the ruling elites is perfectly timed according to the confluence of astrology (e.g. Aries), numerology (e.g. power numbers 11, 22, and 33) and chronology (e.g. Shemitah phenomenon). Remember, the same cabal set up every major chronological system in use today. The World Shadow Government, in fact, is quite meticulous about executing their black operations and implementing their false flag terror attacks on specific dates and in certain places in order to greatly intensify their impact and desired effects on the planetary civilization.

Your Birth Date and Location, Your DNA and Bloodline Did you know that those who own and operate Planet Earth, Inc. have access to the birth date and birth location of every human born ever born here? They also have a massive database of the DNA records and bloodline history of every single person alive today. All the birth records, which they have quick and easy access to, provide them with this information and much, much more.

You see, in this way TPTB leave absolutely nothing to chance. On a certain level, that is, they know everything they think they need to know about each one of us. Our karmic blueprints are revealed by our astrological birth chart just as our destinies are carried through our bloodlines. Of course, nature is only one piece of this very complicated puzzle of destiny. It’s well known that nurture can change the future of one whose nature is to do good or do evil. Nurture is really the controlling factor here, but not when the nature is so strong that it cannot be overridden. This will occur when the karmic influences are so heavy that the destiny is literally carved in stone. Hence, they (TPTB) know - without any doubt - exactly who those old souls are who will be as predictably incorrigible as they are intractable. As they say in America, they’ve got their number - ALL OF THEM -both literally and figuratively. In so doing the ruling cabal is quite aware of who precisely will give them problems and how they might do so. If the renegade’s chart shows much promise as a writer or speaker, that individual will most likely become a Thomas Paine or Thomas Jefferson or Sir Thomas More or Thomas Merton or Thomas Mann or Thomas à Becket.

Yes, TPTB are also obsessed with onomastics which concerns itself with the esoteric meaning of one’s personal name. Both the numerology of a person’s full name and its etymological origin reflect the energetic imprint associated with the individual’s current incarnation. If they happen to be born in the month of Aries they will be courageous and bold, impulsive and pioneering. They will charge ahead with the missions in life like a battering ram.

What Does All of this Have to do With April of 2016? The forgoing revelations were only presented in order to impress upon the reader that they really do have your number just as they use their various numerological systems to control the Global Economic & Financial System. Everything the ruling cabal does is perfectly timed and coordinated for maximum effect on human consciousness with the explicit purpose of exerting complete control over the entire Earth realm. This is their domain, so they think, and they are determined to keep the place in total lockdown - 24/7.

Toward that end they routinely use certain months to accomplish certain goals. The month of April has always been one of their favorites for many reasons. Not only is the weather very nice with Spring in full bloom, many folks around the world have full-blown Spring Fever. However, it is the astrological energies associated with Aries which they really like to exploit. They do this by capitalizing on the vibrations of war that are inherent in the very astrology and numerology of the month of April. The window of April 15th through the end of April is usually a very active time for these inveterate war-makers.

"Were one to deeply research the individual astrology and numerology of all the government soldiers and mercenary soldiers of fortune, it would become apparent how they have all been corralled on this battle flied or that battleground in order to fight it out in good fashion. Since most 'Men are originally from Mars' just as most 'Women are from Venus', it ought to be clear how easy it has always been to move the warmongering males to just about any theater of war in Creation. Likewise, TPTB are fully cognizant of how easy it is to ramp up the war cries with this battle cry or that battle hymn, this military-adnminstered vaccine or that recreational war drug." CAPTAGON: Tons Of Amphetamine Drugs Smuggled Into Syria To Fuel ISIS Terrorism

Now many will ask the question about Aries officially ending on or about April 19th or 20th from year to year. And, yes, that’s correct, except that there are different astrological systems at work here. As follows:

"Under the tropical zodiac, the Sun transits this sign mostly between March 20 and April 19 each year. This time duration is exactly the first month of Solar Hejri calendar (Farvardin). Under the sidereal zodiac, the sun currently transits Aries from April 15 to May 15 (approximately)." - Aries (astrology)

Here’s an historical example of how TPTB use the earlier Aries energies to wage their wars of aggression around the globe.

"The 2003 invasion of Iraq lasted from 20 March to 1 May 2003 and signaled the start of the Iraq War, which was dubbed Operation Iraqi Freedom by the United States (prior to 19 March, the mission in Iraq was called Operation Enduring Freedom, a carryover from the War in Afghanistan)." - 2003 invasion of Iraq

Not only was that war of conquest and control deliberately initiated on March 20, it was started on that date in order to inaugurate a multi-year campaign of war and terrorism to transform the whole Middle East in to a regional theatre of war and conflict. Related: The New Atlantis rises… and then falls, after being halted by the epochal wars of the Kali Yuga and Iron Age conflicts

What Else has the Controlling Cabal Done During the Month of April? Make no mistake about it, from the 15th to the 30th of April is the real playtime for the mischievous elites. This is when they line up their battle plans for optimal effect both locally and globally. The "Germans introduced poison gas on Apr 22, 1915" which was the first time chemical weapons had been known to be used on a wide-scale basis.

It’s also interesting that Adolf Hitler allegedly committed suicide on April 30 in 1945. The Falklands War was officially begun on Friday, 2 April 1982.

On April 30, 1975 Saigon falls and the North Vietnamese take Saigon; the war in Vietnam ends. The whole orchestrated Arab Spring was actually timed around the bellicose frequencies of the main month of Spring - April. Many countries throughout the Mideast saw the most violent protests and revolutions during March and April of both 2011 and 2012. The ongoing Syrian War began on 15 March, 2011. The civil war in the Ukraine was started on 6 April 2014. What follows is another list of momentous April events which fall into the very same April timeline. Each of these meticulously manufactured happenings was highly consequential and fabricated to produce a desired outcome by the WSG.

- All Hell BreakS Loose in 2014

Back to April of 2016 April 17th has already been placed very high on the radar screen by various astrologers. Not only does this date fall squarely within the preferred range of the ruling elites to make war or perpetrate crimes against humanity, it also serves as a HUGE trigger point. That does not necessarily mean that Sunday, April 17th will see a major earth-shattering event; rather, only that it may trigger the energies toward a future conflagration of some sort. It may manifest as a single short-term calamitous event or function as the start date for a long-term march to a World War III. Here’s what one astrologer (a practitioner of Jyotish) has written about this April:

- Vedic Astrologer Put The World On Notice For April 17th, 2016

The same Vedic astrologer had earlier presented her predictions about this April during her 2016 Forecast as follows:

- 2016 Vedic Astrology World Predictions

What’s the Real Point of this Discussion? Whenever humanity sheds the light of awareness on a predicted event, they hold the power to transform it, for good or for ill. This is exactly what happened with last year’s widely prophesied Shemitah financial breakdown and economic crash. Yes, it happened in various ways, but was significantly diminished in its effects because so many had written and spoken about it. As follows:

"If, during the years leading up to 9/11, there were books written about a scheme to take down the Twin Towers via a controlled demolition, would the false flag operation still have been executed? If the internet was abuzz with conspiracy theories - before September 11, 2001 - about a cruise missile from the U.S. military arsenal being fired at the Pentagon, would the perpetrators still have followed through? If the modern-day prophets and televangelists, rabbis and ministers were warning the people of a grave event that would close the stock market for a week and shut down the airline industry, would the conspiracy proceed as planned? The point is that the September Shemitah is very much a manmade event that would only have proceeded if there was no likelihood of exposure. If those who conceive and coordinate the 7 year Shemitah crashes and collapses don’t want to be known, would they still implement their conspiratorial plot? Particularly during the month of September of 2015 - the prognosticated “biggest month of the millennium”, why would they dangerously give themselves away?" - September’s Shemitah: What really happened? What will the 2016 Super Shemitah bring?

Conclusion Change your mind, change the world you live in.

Should you change your attitude toward whatever befalls you or your community, the whole world will conform itself to your positive and life-affirming posture. The heavens will support your every effort to overcome the seemingly insurmountable obstacles. Whenever the light of consciousness is directly aimed at a particular worry or concern, an anxiety about the future or regret about the past, it will slowly defuse it. The sheer knowledge of a prognosticated event can either magnify it or minimize it. By facing the upcoming challenges of 2016 and beyond with great courage and undeterrable resolve, the unseen forces of the Universe will congregate in your corner.

The more one understands that the predominant collective awareness, which is held around any specific prophecy, will either bring it into Creation or keep it from manifesting. By becoming aware of these possibilities, much can be done to prevent many of the more severe prophecies from occurring. After all, True Prophecy Is Always Uttered To Avert Catastrophe, NOT Predict It. True, there is no stopping some of the earth-shaking changes which are nearly upon us, but they can be alleviated. The more we pay attention to the cosmic messages being delivered from on high daily, the more compelled we will be to make the necessary alterations in behavior, both individually and collectively.

China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project Muted By Panama Papers April 13 2016 | From: Geopolitics

We have been following how the BRICS would implement their ambitious free energy transition from fossil fuels: China announced that it is planning to interconnect all existing and soon to be constructed solar farms for continuous power supply throughout the globe.

Yet, only NBC out of many in the mainstream media published it with prominence. Those same media which flooded the world with “global warming” hoax, or the more generalized “climate change” narrative, the so-called environment loving institutions are either so silent about it, or have buried it out of sight, or calling it crazy outright. But one could only wonder how extensive their coverage was, and still is, when only 3 days after that very significant China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project announcement, Soros’ ordered the release of Panama Papers which turned out to be a cheap shot at Putin, and Xi Jinping.

While Putin is handling the matter with cool, Xi takes a more proactive stance, i.e. censorship as usual. How else could the Nazionist propaganda be neutralized in China?

They are far smarter that those who are crying “suppression of free speech” who are themselves guilty of doing the same. Keeping a large country intact is far more important to China than free speech, at this very crucial time in our history. Related: The Unfolding Global Reset that Only Few Understand Of course, Xi Jinping is expected to take measures on the leaked offshore companies of his comrades as he is proven to be a reformist in running after government corruption since coming to power. Through this ambitious, yet feasible $50 trillion clean energy plan, approximately 80% of the Earthlings’ power requirement could be satisfied.

"China has unveiled a proposal for a $50 trillion global electricity network that would help fight pollution and the effects of climate change. The plan envisions linking existing and future solar farms, wind turbines and electricity plants in Asia, Europe, Africa and the Americas, according to the head of State Grid Corporation of China. The proposal is in its initial stages and would require huge investment from around the world. If it goes ahead, it would be the world’s largest infrastructure project. It could be operational by 2050, according to backers." - NBC

The logic being that solar power could be used round the clock even at sundown since on the other side of the planet the sun is already rising. Realistically, the year 2050 is so far away, so why should we be optimistic about this? This announcement is only meant to inform the world, especially Big Oiligarchs, that the East is very serious about moving away from oil. This is to give all countries enough time to divest from oil and retool their industries to cleaner sources of energy, which is what some Western oil drilling companies are already doing.

Related: Free Energy is Dawning: Oil Companies Moving Away from Fossil Fuels

But the real plan is to unleash hydrogen and nuclear fusion-based energy sources, not 34 years from now, but much sooner, as every government had been sitting on these technologies for decades now. Another way to see this is to foster global cooperation to heal the planet from all destructive geopolitical maneuvers, not just in terms of physical infrastructures, but psychological. Oil country like Saudi Arabia is also on board with its $2.6 trillion megafund, as they call it:

Saudi Arabia Plans $2.6 Trillion Megafund for Life After Oil From: SydneyMorningHerald Man with a plan: Mohammed Bin Salman, Saudi Arabia’s Deputy Crown Prince.

Saudi Arabia is getting ready for the twilight of the oil age by creating the world’s largest sovereign wealth fund for the kingdom’s most prized assets. Over a five-hour conversation, Deputy Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman laid out his vision for the Public Investment Fund, which will eventually control more than $US2 trillion ($2.6 trillion) and help wean the kingdom off oil. As part of that strategy, the prince said, Saudi will sell shares in Aramco’s parent company and transform the oil giant into an industrial conglomerate. The initial public offering could happen as soon as next year, with the country currently planning to sell less than 5 per cent.

"IPOing Aramco and transferring its shares to PIF [the Public Investment Fund] will technically make investments the source of Saudi government revenue, not oil,” the prince said in an interview at the royal compound in Riyadh that ended at 4 am Thursday. “What is left now is to diversify investments. So within 20 years, we will be an economy or state that doesn’t depend mainly on oil.”

That’s another reason why Saudi Arabia is flooding the world with cheap oil. Iran is also developing its post-sanction economy away from oil.

Iran has no problem with U.S. companies investing in its economy and creating joint ventures, President Hassan Rouhani said on Tuesday, and he called for foreign investment and diversification away from oil. The president said the lifting of sanctions last month under a nuclear deal with world powers would see foreign investment turn Iran into an exporter of manufactured goods and ease the economy’s reliance on oil exports. - Reuters What these divestments illustrate is that the world is tired of wars for oil. It’s time for humanity to grow up. The only concern we might have with regards to linking all power grids into one is it could be used to facilitate technocratic dictatorship. But, that could only happen if we will allow it to happen. China itself is saying that the power grid setup would be much more like the internet where anyone can go offline anytime he wishes to. In the end, the economic system itself must be upgraded to do away with money itself. That’s why the enemy is doing everything it can to sustain mass vaccinations, chemtrails and genetic manipulations. Vigilance is still paramount, and only a perpetual revolution could set us free.

The Original Sin – A Myth Whose Time Is Up April 13 2016 | From: ZenGardner

Of all the deceptions pulled on humanity over the ages, The Original Sin is probably the most devastating. Yet hugely successful from the perspective of the perpetrators.

Almost everywhere the doctrine of Christianity forged its zealous mission to convert the masses, so the Original Sin accompanied it. Imposing the rationale of guilt on untold millions whose open minds no doubt thought they were receiving a message of emancipation and light. Not so my friends, you were in fact receiving a message just about as dark as darkness gets! The extraordinary power of a message, properly formed, packaged and publicized, is something we have all come to learn a lot about in recent decades. ‘The medium is the message’ declared Marshall McLuhan back in 1964. And that edict could easily pass for the moment the first biblical texts let it be known that a man called Adam and a woman called Eve got the whole human race off to a very bad start… from which it appears to have never recovered. However the reason it got off to a bad start and has still failed to fully recover, cannot be pinned on any fault of Adam and Eve, as we shall see, but lies squarely at the feet of a masterful plot to falsify what is actually a potent story of human emancipation and growing inner conviction.

This ‘human race’ to which the biblical text refers, was set on its way by a starting pistol fired by someone who didn’t want anyone participating in this race to actually win. He or she or it, only wanted losers; and that’s pretty much what they got.

See What I Mean by Successful? The story goes like this: there were just two human beings on this planet at the moment the starting pistol was fired. There was a beautiful garden as well, and in that beautiful garden were these two humans: a man called Adam and woman called Eve, and there was also an apple tree (in full fruit) and a serpent. In this ensuing myth, God makes it clear to Adam that he can do whatever he likes in this garden except “eat of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge.” But, well, being human, and having been given ‘free will’ by divine rite, he doesn’t really see the logic in this command from above. The serpent seems in accord with him in this, and somehow or other tempts Eve into plucking this big juicy apple and taking a bite before then offering it to Adam.

"And he did eat thereof. And the eyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves aprons.” They were, we are informed “ashamed.” Both on account of taking a forbidden action and of being revealed unto themselves as ‘naked’.

It is around this infamous ‘eating of the fruit’ – an action most of us would likely have taken out of simple curiosity – that millennia of Christian shame and guilt have their inception.

Fun fact: The first model from apple computer sold for $666.66

Here is where a pervasive irrational suffering concerning our natural physical condition has its origins. Where our ‘private parts’ became privatized. Where the natural pleasures of physical intimacy were turned to guilt: unless of course the so called ‘Church of God’ authorized such acts via formal marriage in the Christian place of worship. A great plethora of ‘thou shalt not’s’ were soon pinned onto what was essentially Adam and Eve’s courageous original act of ‘civil disobedience’: the refusal to be cowed by a seemingly higher authority. Yes, by looking deeper into this infamous story, we see that Adam and his accomplice Eve did something pretty special in this Garden of Eden. Their action, when viewed in a manner freed from the typical conditioned response, looks very much like a ‘giant step forward for mankind’. Something which Neil Armstrong was told to say while getting out of a papier mache lunar capsule constructed and filmed in Pinewood studios, London in 1969.

But the mythical Adam was not faking it, as Armstrong was on behalf of those who worship a god named ‘technology’. He and his mythical Eve conspired to start a great ball rolling down the ages which would, one day, lead to man acquiring real knowledge, real independence and real self awareness. Except, of course, that this was the last thing that the manipulators of this story wanted. On further examining the symbolism of this tale, one can recognize that eating the apple of the Tree of Knowledge opened the eyes of this man and woman to the fact that they were adequately equipped to take their destinies into their own hands and forge their own path in life. A path which would reveal to them that they were not just subjects to be ordered around according to the will of their master, but were blessed with a unique gift: the ability to think and act creatively and rationally. Even to reflect on their own condition and existence. And, equally contrary to the classic interpretation, it was indeed their Creator himself who wished this to be so. For this Creator felt the pain of loneliness – and longed to have company in the great quest of life. But in order to have this company, his Adam and Eve had to pass the first great test: that of defying false authority and daring to eat from the Tree of Knowledge.

Only then could they start on the road of becoming ‘strivers with God’ and companions to the supreme; blazing that unchartered course whose direction only becomes known through embracing the insecurity of the creative process. Taking that momentous ‘leap in the dark’ which is the mother of all great quests. All great adventures. However, the biblical text upon which we were all raised, tells us something very different. It tells us that Adam and Eve were ‘cast out’ of this Garden of Eden due to their unforgivable and sinful act of disobedience. Disobedience to God himself, no less. Which caused them to be ‘ashamed’: both of their nakedness and their disobedience. We are told by the church, which sees itself as the spokesperson of this biblical story, that thanks to Adam and Eve, we all carry ‘the shame’ to this very day. That we must pay the price of this ‘original sin’ and be humbled by the magnitude of this human error. An error of such supposed gravity that it became known as ‘The Fall’ . In this translation of the stories surrounding certain key events of prehistory, man ‘falls’ before he has even begun to walk – and everything that follows is tainted by this supposedly tragic error of human judgment* see the link at the end for further reading).

What Does this Nakedness Really Symbolize? It is the moment when we realize that everything we thought was one thing actually turns out to be another. A lot of stuff drops off us in that instant. We become naked, because the old clothes don’t fit any more and the new clothes have to be woven from fresh wool.

It is the dawn of true knowledge. Knowledge that makes us aware that there exists a divine state – and also a corruption of that state. That, at any one time, both exist. And that we must choose our course in life based on this knowledge. The Garden of Eden is representative of a state of essentially ‘passive’ potential. An as yet unignited and unmoving potential. What was needed was a spark to set the whole thing off. And that spark came when Eve, who was in subconscious communication with the serpent, reached up and plucked that ruddy round apple and took a bite out of it. It was she who broke the ‘obeisance to authority’ taboo.

How About The Serpent’s Role in this Drama? The serpent is the anima of a rising energy. The Kundalini serpent, entwined around the spine (trunk) of the tree of knowledge. Get it?

When the serpent spoke to Eve, it was ‘the word’. “In the beginning was The Word”. However this word was not an actual word, but a vibration. An impulse. Energy directed from within. And this energy said to Eve “Do It”. And she did. Her action bears the hallmark of the first stirrings of a divine mission: the stirring into movement of that which is fecund – yet unable to act. The female divine force it was – which enabled Adam and Eve to ‘come awake’ and find that they were no longer just innocent hippies frolicking in the cozy garden of the unconscious; unchallenged and unaware of the greater reality of existence. It is a prerogative of ‘attaining the knowledge of good and evil’ to then set off on that path of greater knowledge, no matter what!

And What About the Tree? The tree itself is a powerful symbol of growth. For it outwardly expresses the manifestation of a condition essential for man’s own evolution: the putting down of roots and the spreading out and up of trunk and branches – as a ‘simultaneous act’. An act transmutable to we humans, almost literally: starting at the navel, where the umbilical cord has nourished us is the womb, and moving simultaneously down and up from here. It has the great quality of annulling the ‘either’ ‘or’ option, which is the hallmark of much of our dark side formal education. Real human development, in body mind and spirit, is both a tap root into the deep and a crown reaching into the beyond. In equal measure. Always both – never just one or the other.

So the Tree of Knowledge in the Garden of Eden is indeed just that: a tree of knowledge. It is not “the forbidden tree” as is commonly taught in the Christian church. So why did the church choose to promote this forbidden factor? Because this ‘knowledge’ is capable of exposing the tyranny that lies at heart of human slavery. A knowledge that must not be allowed out for fear of its repercussions on the control system which was already in place, and to which the church was – and remains to this day – an accomplice. The command ‘not to eat’ of the fruit of the Tree of Knowledge did not come from God, but from some other force implacably set against all that is divine. As the story tells us: “around its trunk a serpent is entwined.” From ancient times this serpent has been recognized as a source of special energy. Particularly, as said earlier, in the descriptions of the Kundalini practice of Tantra Yoga.

It is the rising energy which illuminates, one by one, the seven chakras of the human body by moving up the spinal column – just as the serpent is moving up the trunk of the Tree of knowledge – awakening (in this case) the succulent glory of the famous apple. A bite out of which moved Adam and Eve into a certain ‘state of awareness’. The serpent and the tree are thus powerful symbols – and tools of human enlightenment.

And The Garden? I have already alluded to the notion that the garden is a place – or a condition – which remains untainted. In this it is a symbol of our childhood. A time when we were not yet conscious of historical karma and therefore able to freely explore all that which becomes manifest, within and without. It’s a place in which one remains, as in the case of the plant and animal kingdoms, in a state of instinctive response to divine energies, with as yet little or no involvement of individual will.

But that is not man and woman’s lot in life. Nor is it why our creator made manifest a state of ‘conscious awareness’, a state associated with the use of the higher mind. In order to activate this higher mind Adam and Eve could not remain forever in their childhood garden, but needed to ‘eat from the tree of knowledge’ thus recognizing the actual challenge that lay ahead. The challenge of moving from unconscious sub-awareness to conscious full awareness. From childhood to adulthood. A long and winding road indeed! But a road in which each step carries with it a fuller understanding of our greater role in the divine plan. This is the ‘road of genius’ that British 18th century poet William Blake referred to when he wrote: “The straight road is a road of ‘progress’, but the crooked road is the road of genius.”

And the Divine Plan Itself? Ah, we are not really privy to the full architecture of the divine plan. For it is a ‘state of being’ and as such cannot really be described, only attained, through the lasting application of true intent. However, I believe we can recognize that, put very simply, our Creator remembered his own coming into movement from that which lacked movement; and he wished to celebrate this, ‘his birthday’. The day movement was born. But one cannot celebrate a birthday without the presence of other empathizing beings with whom to share the joyous occasion. So ‘in the beginning’ this creator was most fortunate in being visited by a complementary, yet opposite and deeply receptive energy.

This great coming together of opposite yet deeply complimentary energies was of huge significance – because out of it emerged a state which we call ‘equilibrium’, movement. Something which is going somewhere – with a sense of purpose. No longer just a becalmed state of fecundity. Movement owes its origins to a female energy. In Indian mythology this feminine force is called Shakti, the female principle of God. God, whose omnipotence expresses the consummated marriage of the creative and receptive principles, is thus dual in nature.

Both male and female; female and male. And everything in this universe is an expression of this duality. Everything that comes to life, comes to life through the friction made manifest by this hugely potent and divine love affair. A love affair between the two energetic components of a primordial and primal duality. The ever present Yin and Yang of existence. And what we call sexuality is actuality ‘sex-duality’ – the consummated act of divine union which gave birth and made manifest what we call Life. And perhaps most wonderful and mysterious of all is that an omnipresent and omnipotent force called Love infused and nourished this great primordial act of union which we ourselves are an expression of. One might even say that this Love preceded the one we call the Creator… but that is another story in our deep and unfathomable past! For now it is enough to recognize that Adam and Eve, the Garden, the Tree and the Serpent, were all critical elements in kick-starting the evolution of mankind – and indeed all sentient life forms. We can now most clearly state that ‘The Original Sin’ was precisely the opposite of a sin – it was the birth of man as a free agent in pursuing the divine intuitive message which leads us (back) to our Creator. But this time as responsible realized beings – as microcosmic Gods in our own right.

Then the Creator will greatly rejoice at the results of this divine union and will welcome us to the “Great Celebration” which cannot happen until the moment of our participation, as equals, in his Godliness. An event keenly anticipated by sowers of truth – and greatly feared by spreaders of the lie. All the confusions surrounding sexuality and sexual relations stem from this distortion called the Original Sin. Our sexuality, far from being something to be ashamed of, is that which connects us directly with Divine. It was – I repeat once again – due to that glorious consummation between two poles of irresistible mutual attraction – male and female – that this Universe came to life. That ‘life’ which forms the birth place of our very own cosmic essence.

Only something expressing an extreme position of alienation to this joyous truth would wish to lay such a sinister and divisive trap for mankind. A trap which, by proclaiming the celebration of our sexuality ‘a sin’, epitomizes the state of reversed truth which still remains central to the workings of our strangled Western societies. What that force is which is so adept at twisting truth into its opposite is another story for another article. For now, let us take pleasure in having put the divine plan right back on track. On having reconnected to the roots of our true nature and found that, far from being ashamed we are proud to go forward in full knowledge of our innate divinity. Let us rejoice in the fact that this innocuous debacle known as The Original Sin has been properly exposed as a deeply divisive myth whose time is well and truly up. May it finally crumble to dust under the iridescent rays of a rising Aquarian sun!

Geo-Engineering Now Confirmed To Be Very Real, And It's Definitely Not Good For The Environment April 12 2016 | From: NaturalNews

If you mention geoengineering to people you know, you're liable to either get a blank stare or an eye roll.

To most, the term is foreign, but to some who have heard about the concept as a "conspiracy theory to control the weather," they'll dismiss you as a loon. Related: Chemtrails, Geoengineering, Weather Modification & Weather Warfare But the fact is, their denial makes them look foolish, since not only is geoengineering very real, but it's been looked at as a way to control weather and climate for decades. In fact, as reported by The Daily Sheeple, President John F. Kennedy proposed creating the technology to control the weather back in 1961;

"We shall propose further cooperative efforts between all nations in weather prediction and eventually in weather control," he said in a speech to the United Nations General Assembly on Sept. 25 of that year.

Control Remains in the Conversation About Weather, Climate In the 1990s there was a renewed effort by the U.S. government and, in particular, the Pentagon, to devise technology that would enable the military to use weather control as a weapon in certain theaters of operation. An August 1996 research paper [PDF] presented to the Air Force's "Air Force 2025" project and titled, "Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025," noted in the executive summary:

"In 2025, US aerospace forces can 'own the weather' by capitalizing on emerging technologies and focusing development of those technologies to war-fighting applications. Such a capability offers the war fighter tools to shape the battlespace in ways never before possible. It provides opportunities to impact operations across the full spectrum of conflict and is pertinent to all possible futures. The purpose of this paper is to outline a strategy for the use of a future weather-modification system to achieve military objectives rather than to provide a detailed technical road map.

A high-risk, high-reward endeavor, weather-modification offers a dilemma not unlike the splitting of the atom. While some segments of society will always be reluctant to examine controversial issues such as weather-modification, the tremendous military capabilities that could result from this field are ignored at our own peril. From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weathermodification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary."

The paper also added that, at some point, "weather-modification will likely become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications." And remember, that was 20 years ago. Today, geoengineering remains a thing, and – as documented at GeoEngineeringWatch.org – is damaging our planet.

Today, as reported by the Christian Science Monitor, interest in geoengineering continues. Scientists say that one way to combat climate change is through geoengineering, or "reshaping the planet in a substantial way," the news site reported. But should we even want that? After all, who decides what the benefits would be, and could we even trust that the effort wouldn't backfire, thereby substantially polluting or otherwise harming the planet? CSM further notes, for instance:

"Geoengineering typically refers to mitigating global climate change either by removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere or by preventing sunlight from warming the surface by reflecting it back into space."

Wait! Maybe Man is Causing Climate Change Carbon dioxide, contrary to what the so-called "global warming hoaxers" would have you believe, is vital to sustaining life on our planet. Think about it – if CO2 were really a poison, why does it help plants grow so much?

Why is it a key part of the fundamental equation of biology: sugar + oxygen = carbon dioxide + water + heat? How is it that those in the environmental movement are ignorant of basic biology?

As the website PlantsNeedCO2.org states, the more CO2 around, the better plants grow:

“In Idso and Idso’s (1994) analysis of soil nutrient limitations, the percentage growth enhancement due to a 300ppm rise in the air’s CO2 content actually did exhibit a slight (but statistically non-significant) decline, dropping from 51% to 45% when nutrients went from non-growth-limiting to limiting in a group of 70 experiments. But when the atmospheric CO2 enrichment was 600 ppm, this slight negative trend reversed itself, going from a CO2-induced growth stimulation of 43% when nutrients were present in abundance to a 52% enhancement when their supply was sub-optimal. And for a 1200-ppm increase in atmospheric CO2, the percentage growth enhancement jumped from 60% when the soil nutrient supply was adequate to 207% when it was less-than-adequate.”

Without it, every living thing dies. What happens of geoengineering removes too much carbon dioxide, so that trees don't have enough to convert into oxygen?

"Some argue we shouldn't even contemplate [geoengineering], as it's too dangerous to the planet," admits Dr. Karen Pinkus, incoming chair of the Faculty Advisory Board at the Atkinson Center for a Sustainable Future, at Cornell University, in an interview with the CSM. But she goes on to say that it should be part of the conversation: "Climate change itself is the biggest geoengineering project ever undertaken, anyway, if you take 'mitigation' out of the definition."

If you take into consideration the length of time geoengineering and "weather control" have been discussed by our own government – probably in conjunction with other governments as well – then maybe Mankind is causing climate change after all, just not in the way we're being told.

The Science Is Conclusive: Mobile Phones Cause Cancer April 12 2016 | From: TheEpochTimes

They say there’s only two things constant in this life: death and taxes. But a third viable contender might be cancer, which an extensive cohort of scientific research has found is caused by prolonged exposure to radiation from cell phones and their associated communication towers.

Contrary to what you may have heard in the mainstream news, mobile phones and the antennas that allow them to communicate emit powerful, microwave radio frequencies capable of penetrating our bodies and cells. And constant exposure to these frequencies, according to the science, appears to be one of the leading causes of cancer in the modern age.

Watch: Do Phones Cause Cancer?

Wireless Phone Radiation Can Lead to Brain Cancer Extensive research into the connection between cell phone radiation and cancer has linked this ubiquitous modern technology to two main types of brain tumors: gliomas and acoustic neuromas. Information compiled by the ElectricSense.com has confirmed the following findings with regard to cell phones and brain cancer. 1) An independent study commissioned by U.S. wireless carrier T-Mobile found that cell phone radiation directly initiates and promotes the formation of cancer: HESE-Project.org.[PDF] 2) The renowned Interphone study also found that regular cell phone use at just 30 minutes per day over 10 years increases the risk of gliomas by 40 percent. It also found that tumors were more likely to form on the side of the head where a cell phone is most prominently held: BioInitiative.org.[PDF] 3) A review of 23 epidemiological studies conducted by seven scientists concluded that cell phones cause a “harmful association” between cell phones and cancer. The only included studies that didn’t suggest this were “lower quality” ones that researchers say “failed to meet scientific best practices” - these studies were all funded by the mobile phone industry: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov; SFGate.com. 4) Researchers from the Hardell Research Group, which is noted for conducting what many consider to be the highestquality studies on the subject, found a “consistent pattern” of increased risks for both glioma and acoustic neuroma in conjunction with mobile phone use: PathophysiologyJournal.com. 5) A study out of France observed similar outcomes associated with prolonged exposure to electromagnetic frequencies from mobile phones. Scientists noted higher rates of gliomas and temporal tumors from “occupational and urban mobile phone use.”

In response, the EMF watchdog group Powerwatch noted that this study supports the categorization of mobile phone radiation as a “probable human carcinogen.” OEM.BMJ.com; Powerwatch.org.uk. 6) A study of nearly 800,000 middle-aged UK women found that those who used cell phones for 10 years or more had a 250 percent increased risk of developing an acoustic neuroma. The longer the women used the phones, the higher their risk: SaferEMR.com. 7) Similarly, a study conducted by the group Lonn found that acoustic neuromas are increasingly more likely to develop the longer a person uses a mobile phone: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov. 8) In Sweden, researchers studying adult brain tumor cases found that individuals with the highest cumulative use of mobile phones also had the highest risk of developing brain cancer: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov. 9) The Hardell group conducted a study in 2009 which found that RF-EMFs from mobile and cordless phones are directly associated with malignant brain tumors. This study specifically states that wireless radiation initiates and promotes carcinogenesis: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov.’

Related: Warning to All Cell Phone Users

Wireless Phone Radiation Also Triggers Pituitary, Thyroid, Stem Cell, Oral, Parotid, Lymph Node, Breast, Blood, Prostate and Eye Cancers

1) The body’s “master” gland, also known as the pituitary gland, is responsible for producing hormones and regulating other key bodily systems. But a study out of France found that cell phone use greatly increases the risk that this important gland will become cancerous: MieuxPrevenir.Blogspot.fr. 2) The thyroid gland, which similarly produces hormones in addition to regulating body temperature, is also affected by mobile phone radiation. An Israeli study found that rates of cell phone use are directly proportional to the risk of developing thyroid gland cancer: SaferEMR.com. 3) Many health experts would contend that solar radiation poses the greatest threat to healthy skin. But a study out of Sweden found that melanoma risk is greatly accelerated by mobile phone use: HIR.nu. 4) A controversial Powerwatch study found that cell phone use nearly triples the risk of neuroepithelial tumors, which are a result of stem cell cancer: Powerwatch.org.uk. 5) Another study out of Israel confirmed a direct association between cell phone use and cancers of the mouth.

Based on 460 cases of parotid gland tumors, researchers observed a direct association between mobile phone radiation and cancers of the parotid, the salivary gland located right next to where users typically hold their phones: AJE.OxfordJournals.org. 6) A separate study, also out of Israel, found that parotid gland cancers have increased in prevalence by 400 percent in the country between 1970 and 2006, which scientists link to increased mobile phone use: Journals.LWW.com. 7) An extensive review of more than 12 separate studies looking at health outcomes from exposure to radiation from mobile phone, television and radio broadcast towers found that cancers in general, and specifically cancers of the brain and blood (leukemia), are greatly increased: Journals.LWW.com. 8) Lymph nodes, a key component of the immune system, don’t like cell phone radiation much, either. An Australian study found that typical exposure to cell phone radiation greatly increases lymphoma risk: MicrowaveNews.com.[PDF] 9) Back in the U.S., a study looking at young women with breast cancer found that regular use of smartphones can trigger the formation of breast cancer. This is especially true when women carry their phones in their blouses or bras, where phones are pressed directly against the breasts. Hindawi.com. 10) Researchers in Germany have also linked mobile phone radiation to uveal melanoma and other cancers of the eye: NCBI.NLM.NIH.gov. 11) Practically every other type of cancer not covered by one of the aforementioned studies was identified in a large-scale Brazilian study, which linked mobile phone radiation to cancers of the prostate, breasts, lungs, kidneys and liver. Shockingly, more than 80 percent of identified deaths in Brazil’s third largest city, Belo Horizonte, occurred less than 500 meters away from one of the city’s 300 cell phone antennas: WhyFry.org.

Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics April 11 2016 | From: WakingTimes

Six Examples Of Divide And Conquer… And What You Can Do.

In order to keep the populace deceived into believing that the ‘theatre of illusion’ world they live in is real, it has been necessary for those controlling the show - the world’s ruling elite with their stage con artists – to artfully invent a number of distractions. These distractions are designed to keep the populace’s focus away from the ruling elite’s deceptions so that they don’t get worked out and become exposed. One of the ruling elite’s most effective pieces of distraction woven and spun, socially engineered into the fabric of the fake world for controlling the populace, is the divide and rule tactic. Be it in politics, business, banking, finance, science, religion, race relations, the military, medicine, drugs, etc. the divide and rule tactic continues to have a massive controlling effect on a deceived populace as they bicker, argue, take sides and fight amongst each other, never joining the dots, never seeing the bigger picture, never realizing how they’re being played by distraction…

In the Divide and Rule Clash of Viewpoints a Number of Common Patterns Recur: 1. All sides, each with their conflicting views and ideals, have been secretly manufactured or funded and controlled by the ruling elite. In effect, the ruling elite are the invisible 3rd party in the conflicts. 2. Thus, no side is the one that’s ‘got it right.’ 3. …or has the ‘truth.’ 5. No side will ever win. The Hegelian Dialectic conflict will continue here on out. Even if it morphs into a different dialectic the same old conflicts will occur. 6. The destabilizing weakening ‘us’ versus ‘them’ scenario prevents those divided and ruled from realizing just how powerful they could be together. How together they could topple those puppet masters at the top of the hierarchical tree...

In light of the above here are 6 examples of divide and conquer:

1. ‘My Political Party Versus Yours’ Getting closer to Election Day, the unfolding 2016 US Presidential campaigning has shown us how increasingly politically divided the nation is, as in the case of a recent Donald Trump rally in Chicago. It was reported that a large number of antiTrump protesters turned out to disrupt the occasion. After a number of fights broke out and arrests were made, the event was eventually cancelled. Because of the disruption and further threat, Trump decided not to show up at the event to speak.

Yet another case where rigidly dogmatic people act out their mental software programmes not realizing that the Republican/Democrat 2-horse race is backed, owned and controlled by the ruling elite, so it doesn’t matter who gets into office, voting will change nothing. Yes, I know that many of you realize no matter what country it is general elections are a farce. They exist to give the masses the illusion of democracy. However, many in the know still fall for the same traps by voting for one party because they’ve been offered an incentive such as a tax cut…

Voting for a major political party in this way is a short-term payoff.What then comes with it is a far greater and awful longterm cost. That long-term cost being the advancement of the dehumanising New World Order (NWO) agenda: The major parties’ corrupt puppet politicians who you voted for will only be too happy to carry out the wishes of their lords and masters the ruling elite, to slyly advance their NWO agenda and the further enslavement of you, your family and friends. People, wake up!

2. ‘Divide and Rule by Manufacturing Wars’ Certain events over time, secretly planned, have currently manifested into what looks like the brink of World War 3. Don’t become a sucker for the ruling elite’s secretly manufactured wars.

The real reasons for wars are not given to you in the history books. Truth is, wars were (and are) secretly manufactured by the ruling elite for political gain, huge profits for their corporations like the weapons industry, population reduction and advancement of the NWO enslavement agenda. In short, wars are a massive deception. If only those countless millions who had died fighting had known about these ulterior motives… Question everything. Question the ulterior motives: get the ‘who, what, when and why..?’ if a military conflict breaks out.

3. The ‘Wars On…’ The truth is that anything declared a ‘war on’ is designed to fail. People in high places overseeing the funding while playing all sides to deal with the related problems know that they fund ineffective approaches that will never get to the root cause and win the wars. This allows these people in high places to continually profiteer here on out from never-ending wars.

Thus, the different approaches coming from divided opinions on how we should tackle certain problems such as those related to '‘the war on cancer,’ ‘the war on drugs.' or ‘the war on war’… etc. are essentially nothing more than deliberate distractions to lead nowhere while the real solutions have been hidden, suppressed and if exposed are unjustly ridiculed by a bought-off mainstream media.

4. Controlled Opposition

“The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.” - Vladimir Lenin

Beware of a number of charismatic deceptive wolves in sheep’s clothing in positions of authority connected to 3. Playing the ‘pied piper’ making empty promises, apparently expressing the same sentiment as we-the-people, they attract many followers who have no idea that their nothing more than controlled opposition.

5. Stirring up Political / Religious Differences The ruling elite running the planet and their Masonic lackeys: presidents, prime ministers…and other serial liars, traitors to humanity leaders… could lead us into World War 3. The desire to stir things up and make 3 world wars happen began as far back as the mid- to late-1800s. A documented example as proof of this can be found in the form of a letter written by Albert Pike, a world leading Freemason and agent of the world’s hidden controllers running the planet.

Basically, the letter to fellow Freemason Guiseppi Mazzini (Mafia founder) outlines the need to secretly manufacture three world wars by dividing and stirring up religious and political differences between nations and encourage involvement from allies, sympathisers… i.e., those taking sides then joining in with the conflict Pike stated there would be mutual destruction of the many nations involved. A social cataclysm and godless world disillusioned with religion would soon follow….

6. Divide and Conquer Through Simplistic Reduction Be it concerning political, financial, ethnic, educational or other matters the Western world powers that be want you to take sides through their simplistic reduction of “liberal” versus “conservative” issues.

This age-old political stratagem has the effect of creating divided people fighting against each other instead of turning against their oppressors, the ruling elite. That concludes just 6 of indeed a countless number of examples of divide and rule.

What You Can Do Educate yourself. Know your enemy. Find out who they are and what they stand for. Spread the word to others on your findings on how we’ve been broken up into weak and powerless pieces. You see, the real enemy is not some ethnic, political, or religious individual or group; the only real enemy, the only ‘us against them’ is we-the-people against the ruling elite.

All else is mere deliberate distraction. Discernment is needed every step of the way to becoming one collective entity to take back our power.

Beware Modern-Day Doublespeak April 11 2016 | From: ActivistPost

Top 20 Modern Doublespeak Terms To Be Aware Of.

Doublespeak is a language that is alive and well in our world today. Doublespeak can refer to terms that are euphemisms (mild expressions designed to hide harsher or more direct ones), deliberately ambiguous (expressions designed to hide the truth) or actual inversions (outright lies which state the opposite of the truth). Although he never used the term doublespeak in his book 1984, many associate doublespeak with George Orwell. After all, it was Orwell who famously wrote that the motto of the totalitarian ruling party in 1984 was “War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery, Ignorance is Strength” – an example of an inversion. Orwell did however use the term newspeak to refer to a new kind of language which drastically reduced the scope of available words and terms, so as to concurrently reduce the scope of possible free thought among the ruled population.

Many doublespeak terms in the following list are oxymorons, meaning that the term itself is contradictory. Many hide the truth because it is too raw, unpalatable, uncomfortable or outright horrifying. It is vitally important we watch our language, because it plays a great part in how we shape our world and in how we create our reality. In many ways, by unconsciously using these terms instead of more accurate or truthful ones, we are quietly lying to ourselves, or at a minimum acquiescing to the process of being lied to and programmed. Political correctness is a great example of how language control, thought control and doublespeak can be introduced to an entire population without people realizing they are being deceived and manipulated. Below is list of the top 20 modern Orwellian doublespeak terms, with the first half focusing on military and geopolitical terms.

Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #1: War on Terror, Terrorism, Terrorist, Enemy Combatant The war on terror is an utterly fake and fraudulent construct. It has largely been invented and hyped to provide an excuse for the NWO (New World Order) manipulators to override things like human rights, natural law and the Constitution domestically, as well as to invade, infiltrate and overthrow other nations abroad.

The US has struggled to define the term “terror” ever since it declared the war on terror. Funnily enough, the US can’t even reach a consensus on what terrorism exactly is; so we have another nebulous war on a concept that is different to everyone. Here is the core of the FBI’s definition of terrorism, whether it be domestic or international:

"Involve acts dangerous to human life that violate federal or state law; Appear intended (i) to intimidate or coerce a civilian population; (ii) to influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or (iii) to affect the conduct of a government by mass destruction, assassination. or kidnapping;"

By its own definition, the US is the biggest terrorist in the world, since it frequently acts dangerously to human life (bombs, missiles, drones, war), kills civilians, influences foreign governments (when it is not outright overthrowing them – Iraq, Libya, Ukraine) and has been assassinating foreign governmental officials since at least 1953 via the CIA. Politicians use the term terrorist or enemy combatant to essentially describe a foreign militia member or soldier that has been designated as the enemy and whom they want to destroy or kill. Islamic terrorism is just the latest flavor, although a better term may be Zio-Islamic terrorism, since Zionist Israel is behind the creation, funding and operation of radical Islam (or as I call it radical Zio-Islam) as well as many of the so-called “Islamic” false flag attacks like 9/11 and Paris.

Look at the DHS list of “extremists”…

Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #2: Extremism, Extremist The would-be word controllers have gone one step further than terrorism by adopting the term extremism. Extremism is the new terrorism, because it’s more broad and can be used to marginalize or criminalize dissidents. After all, ANYONE could be accused of being extreme in some way, right? Who is exactly in the middle of the spectrum on every single issue?

As the DHS manual in the image above states, an extremist could be a patriot, veteran, alternative media journalist, border control advocate, animal rights advocate, gun control advocate and a host of other people – just about anyone who questions the “official” version of reality. Are you an extremist?

Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #3: Freedom Fighter, Moderate Rebel On the other side of the coin, of course, are those mercenaries, soldiers, military men and other guns for hire who are branded as our “allies” and not our enemy. In essence, someone we are paying to do our dirty work. Those guys are not terrorists; they are freedom fighters or moderate rebels! As George Carlin said:

"Israeli terrorists are called commandos; Arab commandos are called terrorists. Contra killers are called freedom fighters; if crime fighters fight crime, and fire fighters fight fire, what do freedom fighters fight?"

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #4: Ethnic Cleansing Ethnic cleansing is another horrific example of doublespeak. The word genocide is too direct and confrontational, so the controllers have felt the need to tone it down with the horrible choice of the word “cleansing.” Since when did mass murder have anything to do cleaning or cleansing? This is a total inversion of reality.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #5: Enhanced Interrogation Enhanced interrogation is a fancy way of saying something far more brutal and honest: torture. It’s another lie. In normal English, to interrogate is to ask, not to push someone face’s down in water with the intent of scaring them almost to the point of death, nor to shove food up their rectum.

Yet we know from US government documents that waterboarding, rectal feeding and a host of other atrocities were in fact performed at places like Guantanamo Bay.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #6: Extrajudicial Killing Just like the above 2 terms, extrajudicial killing is another attempt at adding more words and syllables to a term in the hope of hiding the raw, brutal truth behind it. We all know it means assassination. It’s another deceptive euphemism to conceal and downplay the truth. In a free, fair and open world, no one would have the right to take another’s life, let alone outside of some kind of justice process.

Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #7: Humanitarian Intervention, Responsibility to Protect (R2P) The Rockefeller-created United Nations is the intended vehicle to usher in the One World Government of the NWO. It is no surprise, then, that they would foster the use of doublespeak terms and policies such as humanitarian intervention (a blatant oxymoron) and the responsibility to protect (R2P).

An intervention is an invasion or pre-emptive attack, and is obviously illegal and unjust – period. There’s nothing “humanitarian” about militarily invading another sovereign nation. The US, UK and other powers have gotten away with this kind of mass murder by controlling the narrative through the mainstream media and drumming up pretexts, such as the fake story of WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) and the fake story of rescuing a nation’s people from a supposedly dangerous leader. The latter trick seems to work almost every time.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #8: Collateral Damage, Useless Eaters A hallmark of these kind of military doublespeak terms is dehumanization – turning other people and other lives into something sub-human or non-human.

How often have we heard that people killed in a raid, strike, incursion, invasion or battle are just collateral damage? It sounds like a financial asset or a lowly piece of possession. Perhaps the only way hardened military men with a deadened conscience and ability to feel or empathize can function is to make their victims into things. War criminal and big-time NWO insider Henry Kissinger is reported to have called Africans “useless eaters,” which makes sense given the fact he scripted the NSSM 200 during his time in the Nixon Administration – the official US policy of depopulation towards the 3rd world.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #9: Eliminate, Neutralize, Depopulate Speaking of depopulation, there are a lot of euphemistic and doublespeak terms for killing and murder. As well as to depopulate, we also hear to eliminate, to neutralize, to bump off and to take out. More dehumanization and the further attempt to sugar coat killing and make murder more palatable.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #10: Department of Defense, Department of Homeland Security, Intelligence Government is the seat of control, so of course we can expect its name to reflect doublespeak deception. Isn’t it funny how nations like the US and UK (and others) have some version of the Ministry or Department of Defense, when they are usually the aggressors and invaders?

I suppose Department of Attack is not PR-friendly enough. The DHS (Department of Homeland Security) is a joke; it does

nothing to make the average person more secure, but only the 1% of 1% of the controllers whom it serves. Intelligence is information about a potential enemy gained through spying, but is it really smart or wise to go around making enemies, first in your mind and then in the world? Military intelligence is another oxymoron. Is spying real intelligence? What about emotional intelligence? The heart is bigger and more powerful than the brain …

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #11: WMD (Weapons of Mass Destruction) Why talk about WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) instead of just saying, in a more straightforward manner, chemical weapons or nuclear weapons? The US has more WMDs than anyone. The UK has a lot, too, and Israel its sitting on what some think is a 300-400 strong undeclared nuclear arsenal in the volatile Middle East. Why don’t enough people talk about the WMDs these nations hold, and either use as threats or in reality to achieve their imperialistic and terroristic goals?

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #12: Anti-Semitism Sooner or later, all researchers exposing the worldwide conspiracy have to face the fact that Israel is a rogue nation (owned by the Rothschilds) that exerts an inordinate and disproportionate influence on the world, while committing daily genocide (sorry, “ethnic cleansing”) against the Palestinians.

We need to rise above the stigma of anti-semitism, which is clearly a term thrown around to divert attention and criticism away from Israel. It’s a cunning trick to try to equate the recipient with intolerance and to falsely paint the recipient as racist. Here’s what an Israeli official (former Israeli Minister Shulamit Aloni) said about it: Well, it’s a trick. We always use it. When from Europe someone criticizes Israel, then we bring out the Holocaust. When in this country (USA) when they criticize Israel, they are anti-semitic … it’s very easy to blame people who criticize certain acts of the Israeli Government … that justifies everything we do to the Palestinians.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #13: Conspiracy Theorist As I covered in the article 7 Massive Misconceptions Many Never Question, most people are unaware that the term conspiracy theorist originated with the CIA who was trying to cover up genuine examination into the JFK assassination.

As I wrote there:

"[Conspiracy theory and conspiracy theorist] are weaponized terms which represent a cunning method to discredit truthseekers, truthtellers and investigators. This diversionary scheme has worked well – people often shut down once they hear this phrase and stop thinking critically. These terms have become falsely associated, in popular culture, with madness, craziness and deluded thinking. Of course, the corollary to the idea of so-called deluded conspiracy theories is that things just happen by chance. Thus, those who deride conspiracy theories, often with little or no investigation, can be labeled coincidence theorists. They adhere to coincidence theory which blindly believes there is no New World Order agenda; events just occur randomly."

Labeling a truthseeker or truthteller as a conspiracy theorist has been a great way to hide the truth, but is usefulness is running out.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #14: Quantitative Easing Ben Bernanke, former chairman of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve, earned the name Helicopter Ben with his suggestion that the Government throw paper currency out of a helicopter to the people below.

Quantitative easing was another intellectual and deceitful doublespeak term to hide devaluation and inflation. The basic laws of economics dictate that the mass printing of paper money (with no real growth in wealth to back it) will inevitably lead to inflation and a devaluation of the existing money in circulation.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #15: Bulk Collection Remember when Obama and the US Government tried to take the heat off the whole NSA surveillance scandal? They deliberately changed the widely-used term mass surveillance to bulk collection.

This was more subtle PR doublespeak, but those who closely watch the government know it was another attempt at obfuscation and denial.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #16: Negative Cash Flow, Negative Patient Care Outcome These 2 doublespeak terms come from George Carlin. Again, we have to ask ourselves, why are we so afraid of being honest and direct? Why can’t we call a spade a spade?

Why do we have to turn everything into a military or economic term? Are we aware that our society has militarized, weaponized and commercialized just about everything?

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #17: Reasonable Suspicion Remember when then-NSA chief Michael Hayden tried to convince reporters and the world that there was a new benchmark in the privacy and surveillance debate. It was no longer the benchmark of probable cause as spelled out in the 4th Amendment. It was now reasonable suspicion. This is called making-it-up-as-you-go-along, and represents a clear sign that the previous benchmarks, rights and limitations upon centralized power (that our ancestors fought so hard for) are being eroded.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #18: Climate Change Denier Manmade global warming or AGW (Anthropogenic Global Warming) is another giant scam designed to bring in a world carbon tax, world currency and world government. If you aren’t with the program, you’ll be labeled a climate change denier.

The word “denier” carries inherent negative connotations with it, which is why it has been chosen to try to corral the unbelievers into the fold. Unfortunately for the NWO manipulators, there are many scientists refuting AGW and many who have seen through the propaganda and realized that the environmental movement has been hijacked.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #19: Sustainable Development There are so many examples of doublespeak in the hijacked environmental movement that it would be a full-time job just to list them all.

However, they can all be summarized by the dangerously deceptive term sustainable development, a catch cry of the UN and ICLEI-controlled green movement, which promises the world and cloaks its agenda of control under a green veneer. For more on this, take a close look at Agenda 21 and its newly updated cousin, Agenda 2030.

Orwellian Doublespeak Term #20: Globalism Finally, the term globalism itself is another umbrella term of modern doublespeak. Those challenging the globe earth model assert that globalism is an attempt to trick people into unconsciously assuming the Earth is a globe. Regardless of whether that turns out to be true or not, we can say for sure that globalism has become a cover for the growing centralization of power in the push towards a NWO World Government.

To the NWO manipulators, their doublespeak PR term globalism means free trade deals like the TTP, unfettered access to 3rd world nations to exploit new markets with no protections, and a one world army, currency and government all under their control.

Conclusion: Beware of Doublespeak We live in a world of doublespeak. As George Carlin exposed during his performance, the Pentagon really did measure radiation in “sunshine units”! It’s important to be aware of modern doublespeak, and in most cases, consciously use alternative terms and phrasings so as to avoid the perpetuation of these lie-enabling terms.

In many ways, we create our world with language. Let us also remember the wise words of George Orwell:

"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of solidity to pure wind."

Why You Should Never Watch RT - Ever April 10 2016 | From: RussiaInsider

Plurality of views must be prevented in order to stop the war against war.

As RT UK launched [and over time since], attacks on the channel in the British media stepped up… The latest is a piece by Mr. Cyril Waugh-Monger, a very important newspaper columnist for the NeoCon Daily, a patron of the Senator Joe McCarthy Appreciation Society and author of 'Why the Iraq War was a Brilliant Idea' and 'The Humanitarian Case for Bombing Syria.' Dear socially inferior person reading this article. My name is Cyril Waugh-Monger (I'm called 'Mr Terribly Pompous Neo-Con' by my friends) and I’m here to tell you why on no account should you watch RT and why you should be making complaints to Ofcom about this dreadful channel so that in the interests of 'free speech' and 'democracy' we can get it off air.

1. RT Doesn’t Peddle Russophobia Outrageously, RT doesn’t compare Vladimir Putin to Adolf Hitler. It doesn‘t join in with the demonization of Russia and its leader.

How can we have a channel which is watched by people in Britain, which doesn’t do that? We neocons say that demonization of Russia and its leader is compulsory. How dare RT not do as we say!

2. RT is Sometimes Rude to Bankers There’s a man on RT called Max Keiser and he is often very rude to bankers. Why, he has even called for them to face the death penalty. Such disrespect to our financial elites is shocking and should not be allowed in a free society.

Former CEO of HSX Holdings/Hollywood Stock Exchange and host of RT''s 'Keiser Report' Max Keiser

3. Its Coverage of the MH17 Crash Shockingly, RT commentators didn’t rush to blame Vladimir Putin for the air disaster within seconds of the news breaking. Some even said that we should wait for the forensic evidence before any statements apportioning guilt were made.

Others said that we couldn’t rule out that the plane was downed by an another aircraft. This failure to come and say loud and clear “Putin personally shot down the plane with a missile he made and fired with his own hands” within minutes of the crash is clear evidence of RT’s bias and why it must be taken off the air.

4. RT’s ‘Pundits’ Include People Who Aren’t Neocons and ‘LiberalInterventionists’ This is truly scandalous: RT gives airtime to people who don’t support the West’s policy of endless war and who opposed airstrikes on Syria last year. Why, it’s even broadcast interviews with the convener of the Stop the War coalition – and has a regular weekly show fronted by George Galloway!

British politician, broadcaster, and writer George Galloway often speaks out against western foreign policy

This is unconscionable. Only people who support Western foreign policy should be allowed to express their views on international affairs on television, not 'cranks' and 'fanatics' who oppose attacking a sovereign state in the Middle East on deceitful grounds every couple of years. Why, if RT had been around in 2003, it would no doubt have given airtime to anti-war ‘conspiracy theorists’ who would have told viewers that Iraq had no WMDs – and claimed, fantastically – that Bush and Blair were making it all up.

5. RT Provides Airtime to Genuine Socialists and Genuine Conservatives This is really terrible: RT interviews people who oppose neo-liberalism and globalization, from both the left and the right. It’s given the microphone to socialists, communists, greens, and 'extremists' on the right, like Ron Paul.

These people should not be allowed to express their views on television; they are 'cranks' and should be totally marginalized. Only those who support the hegemonic consensus should be allowed on TV. It's very important that in order to protect free speech and democracy, alternative opinions are not heard.

6. RT Pundits Have ‘Extremist’ Links I monitor the people who appear on RT very, very closely and I can tell you that there was once a case of an RT interviewee who had a link on his website to another website which had a link to another website which had a link to another website – which denied the Holocaust and said that little green men from Mars were ruling the US. After considerable research I also found that another RT pundit once attended a conference where a fellow invitee had once sat at a restaurant table, a few days after another person who had actually praised Adolf Hitler, Chairman Mao, and Josef Stalin in a magazine article published in North Korea in 1962.

7. RT is Anti-Semitic Ok, I’ve got no evidence of this, but I’ll bung it in anyway as it sounds good.

8. RT has Broadcast Documentaries on the Wars in Yugoslavia Which Don’t Blame the Serbs for Everything This is totally unacceptable.

9. RT Has Had ‘Experts’ on its Programs Who Have Made Some Very Strong Criticisms of Israel This too is totally unacceptable.

10. RT Pundits Have Often Ridiculed Leading American Policy Makers For instance, when the US Secretary of State John Kerry said that “you just don't in the 21st century” invade another country on “completely trumped up pretext,” some people on RT had the audacity to say “What about Iraq?”

This lack of respect towards a leading American politician is appalling, and in a free society ought not be allowed. The correct procedure whenever a leading US political figure speaks is to tug one’s forelock.

11. RT’s Coverage of the Conflict in Syria In 2011-13, we had so-called ‘experts’ on Syria telling us on RT that some of the freedom-fighting pro-democracy rebels were actually fanatical terrorists who were guilty of committing atrocities.

This was obviously a clear lie. Islamist terrorists like ISIS have only been active in Syria since 2014 and of course it’s all the fault of President Assad and Russia.

12. RT Interviews Lots of People Whose Views I Do Not Share It ought not to be allowed! Aren’t we supposed to live in a democracy?

13. The Most Important Reason: RT is a Threat More and more people are watching it – which is why me and my little group of neocons and ‘liberal interventionists’ are so worried and stepping up our attacks on the station and denigrating those people who appear on it. The next big war is going to be much harder for us to ‘sell’ to the plebs, because we are no longer in control of the narrative as we were in 2003, before the Iraq war. Oh, what happy days those were! Don’t watch RT because we really don’t want you to 'question more.' We want you to question less. It's much easier for us that way.

Shots Fired: Wikileaks Accuses Panama Papers' Leaker Of Being "Soros-Funded, Soft-Power Tax Dodge" + Rothschild's Primer: How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists" April 10 2016 | From: ZeroHedge / ZeroHedge / Various

The Panama Papers are yet another example of how the 'Elite's' little games are being exposed in increasingly shorter amounts of time. One almost wonders why they even bother.

There is actually too much to cover here, but following are a couple of articles to begin with and number of links with further elaboration. Related: Wikileaks Accuses Panama Papers Leakers of Being Funded by Western Billionaires Related: US Government, Soros funded Panama Papers to attack Putin – WikiLeaks Earlier this week, for the first time we got a glimpse into some of the American names allegedly contained in the "Panama Papers", largest ever leak. "Some", not all, and "allegedly" because as we said yesterday;

"one can't help but wonder: why not do a Wikileaks type data dump, one which reveals if not all the 2.6 terabytes of data due to security concerns, then at least the identities of these 441 US-based clients. After all, with the rest of the world has already been extensively shamed, it's only fair to open US books as well."

The exact same question appeared in an interview conducted between Wired magazine and the director of the organization that released the Panama Papers, the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, or ICIJ, Gerard Ryle.

This is what Ryle said:

"Ryle says that the media organizations have no plans to release the full dataset, WikiLeaks-style, which he argues would expose the sensitive information of innocent private individuals along with the public figures on which the group’s reporting has focused. “We’re not WikiLeaks. We’re trying to show that journalism can be done responsibly,” Ryle says. He says he advised the reporters from all the participating media outlets to “go crazy, but tell us what’s in the public interest for your country.”

Question aside about who it is that gets to decide which "innocent private individuals" are to be left alone, Wikileaks clearly did not like being characterized as conducting "irresponsible" journalism - and to the contrary, many in the public arena have called for another massive, distributed effort to get to the bottom of a 2.4TB treasure trove of data which a handful of journalists will simply be unable to dig through - and on Twitter, accused the ICIJ of being a "Washington DC based Ford, Soros funded soft-power tax-dodge" which "has a WikiLeaks problem."

Moments later, in a subsequent tweet it added that the "Putin attack was produced by OCCRP which targets Russia & former USSR and was funded by USAID & Soros."

And so, a new contest is born: one between the "old" source of mega leaks, and the new one. We wonder if and when Edward Snowden and/or Glenn Greenwald will also chime in. But we are far more interested if now, that there appears to be a war brewing between Wikileaks and ICIJ, who what "information" will be released next, and whether whatever comes out will put the entire Panama Papers project in a different perspective, one which, as even Bloomberg has hinted, may have been to benefit the last remaining global tax haven around, the United States itself, as well as the most notorious provider of "tax haven" services in in said country: Rothschild.

Here Is Rothschild's Primer How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists"

Anyone closely following the Panama Papers tax haven story, is by now familiar with the role that Rothschild plays in providing virtually identical services right inside the US by the Rothschild Trust, as explained in our recent article "Rothschild Humiliates Obama, Reveals That "America Is The Biggest Tax Haven In The World." Related: New Zealand Government ignored foreign trust threat for over 15 years – Transparency International NZ They are also probably familiar with the name Andrew Penney profiled in January by Bloomberg as follows:

"Rothschild, the centuries-old European financial institution, has opened a trust company in Reno, Nev., a few blocks from the Harrah’s and Eldorado casinos. It is now moving the fortunes of wealthy foreign clients out of offshore havens such as Bermuda, subject to the new international disclosure requirements, and into Rothschildrun trusts in Nevada, which are exempt. ... For financial advisers, the current state of play is simply a good business opportunity. In a draft of his San Francisco presentation, Rothschild’s Penney wrote that the U.S. "is effectively the biggest tax haven in the world." The U.S., he added in language later excised from his prepared remarks, lacks “the resources to enforce foreign tax laws and has little appetite to do so.”

So for all those now former Mossack Fonseca clients, or their "Panamanian" peers who have not been rooted out yet, or for anyone else who wishes to open a domestic "trust", here is the primer straight from Rothschild Trust.

Key highlights: In the year since we opened Rothschild Trust North America in Reno, Nevada, we have discovered the versatility of Nevada trusts and their usefulness within the context of our international business. Rothschild Trust has long embraced clients with US connections and the complexity this brings to planning. Our new US offering has enabled us to offer creative solutions not only to anticipated situations, but also to unusual or complex scenarios that require bespoke structures. In our experience, Nevada trusts can be useful planning tools not only for onshore or first generation American families, but also for foreign offshore families looking to invest in the US. Such structures maintain privacy and block US estate tax liability, but are subject to two layers of income tax (at both the corporate and shareholder level) as well as high levels of both income and capital gains tax, making them inefficient for appreciating or income-generating property.

Worried about FATCA exposure abroad? Just use Rothschild domestically: In the build-up to FATCA implementation, some US clients who had assets in offshore trusts for historic reasons have decided to domesticate these structures to lower the burden of reporting. These domestications form part of the general trend we have seen towards moving structures onshore. The US, and Nevada in particular with its favourable trust laws and attractive state tax regime, offers a variety of planning opportunities that can achieve complex planning aims with simplified reporting obligations and compliance concerns.

Here Rothschild explains to foreigners how to launder money using U.S. real estate: The foreign company contributes its shares to the US LLC and then liquidates, and the US corporate subsidiary it owns elects to be treated as a qualifying sub-chapter “S” subsidiary. The end result is a single layer of US income tax and reduced rates on income and capital gains tax, though in the case of property that has appreciated greatly in value – such as, for example, prime New York condominiums – there can be a significant tax cost to the liquidation. We have recently seen the usefulness of “foreign” Nevada trusts for offshore foreign investors in US real estate. The appointment of a foreign protector to a trust that would otherwise qualify as a US domestic trust causes the trust to fail the “control” prong of the US court and control test for trust situs, and therefore prevents the trust from qualifying as taxresident for US federal income tax. Generally, this type of structure is useful for foreign offshore investors in US real estate (or other US situate assets) who do not wish to file US tax returns in their own name and who, having no personal US nexus, would like to minimize the amount of US tax payable on the investments. This, of course, would not be possible if the National Association of Realtors was not complicit. Which it is, as we have covered since 2012:

"Many of you reading this will undoubtedly have spent time in an international bank and been forced to sit through countless hours of “know your client” and AML training. Fascinating to note that the National Association of Realtors lobbied for and received a waiver from such regulation.

That’s right, realtors actually went to the U.S. government and said: we want to be able to help foreign business oligarchs and other nefarious business people launder money through the real estate markets of the United States – and prevailed. Here's their official position: "NAR supports continued efforts to combat money laundering and the financing of terrorism through the regulation of entities using a risk-based analysis. Any risk-based assessment would likely find very little risk of money laundering involving real estate agents or brokers. Regulations that would require real estate agents and brokers to adopt anti-money laundering programs may prove to be burdensome and unnecessary given the existing ML/TF regulations that already apply to United States financial institutions."

So far, regulations that prevent foreigners from laundering money in the US have indeed proven "burdenseome." The result: record high luxury real estate prices which is now used by foreign oligarchs and money launderers as the modern day "Swiss bank account", and which make this particular sector of US housing accessible only to other foreigners.

If you are still not convinced to use Rothschild, here is one more reason: to avoid a "blacklists" - after all, everyone is anonymous: Nevada “foreign” trusts may also prove attractive to settlors from politically sensitive countries who are grappling with blacklists and strict CFC regulations as they seek to structure their assets. And here is where Rothschild comes as close as it possibly could to putting that US-based tax havens are used for tax evasion:

"The use of Nevada “foreign” trusts avoids blacklists and the stigma that can come with placing assets in jurisdictions typically viewed as tax havens, without creating exposure to US income tax on non-US income. As more countries adopt blacklists, strict CFC regimes and other measures designed to shut-down perceived tax havens, the flexibility and higher degree of certainty afforded by US trusts may become increasingly attractive."\

The question, then, is why does the US not adopt such a regime which makes money laundering impossible for both foreigners and in more limited instances, residents? For now, however, it hasn't and probably won't, despite Obama's heartfelt appeal on Tuesday that "Tax avoidance is a big, global problem." So for all those who can't wait to use Rothschild for all their "Trust" needs, here is your contact:

The Rothschild Primer:

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Further Related Articles: Panama Papers: U.S. intel op to solidify western elite's global domination? US effectively the biggest tax haven in the world

Disinfo campaign commences: Panama 'leaks' target West's enemies, ignore NATO criminals Pepe Escobar: Panama leaks a 'limited hangout' psy-op set up by US intelligence Soros and Rockefeller control the Panama papers Leak Mossack Fonseca Documents, Computers Seized in El Salvador Raids One Day After the Panama Papers were Leaked, IRS Headquarters Closes then Catches Fire Kiwi at heart of Panama Papers leak 'certain' New Zealanders will be named Britons Call for David Cameron’s Resignation re Panama Papers

The Evil Empire [Would Like To Think It] Has The World In A Death Grip April 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

In my archives there is a column or two that introduces the reader to John Perkins’ important book, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man. An EHM is an operative who sells the leadership of a developing country on an economic plan or massive development project.

The Hit Man convinces a country’s government that borrowing large sums of money from US financial institutions in order to finance the project will raise the country’s living standards. The borrower is assured that the project will increase Gross Domestic Product and tax revenues and that these increases will allow the loan to be repaid. Related: "There's An Insurrection Coming... The American People Are Sick & Tired Of Crony Capitalism" However, the plan is designed to over-estimate the benefits so that the indebted country cannot pay the principal and interest. As Perkins’ puts it, the plans are based on “distorted financial analyses, inflated projections, and rigged accounting,” and if the deception doesn’t work, “threats and bribes” are used to close the deal. The next step in the deception is the appearance of the International Monetary Fund. The IMF tells the indebted country that the IMF will save its credit rating by lending the money with which to repay the country’s creditors. The IMF loan is not a form

of aid. It merely replaces the country’s indebtedness to banks with indebtedness to the IMF.

To repay the IMF, the country has to accept an austerity plan and agree to sell national assets to private investors. Austerity means cuts in social pensions, social services, employment and wages, and the budget savings are used to repay the IMF. Privatization means selling oil, mineral and public infrastructure in order to repay the IMF. The deal usually imposes an agreement to vote with the US in the UN and to accept US military bases. Occasionally a country’s leader refuses the plan or the austerity and privatization. If bribes don’t work, the US sends in the jackals - assassins who remove the obstacle to the looting process.

Perkins’ book caused a sensation. It showed that the United States’ attitude of helpfulness toward poorer countries was only a pretext for schemes to loot the countries. Perkins’ book sold more than a million copies and stayed on the New York Times bestseller list for 73 weeks. Now the book has been reissued with the addition of 14 new chapters and a 30-page listing of Hit Man activity during the years 2004-2015. Perkins shows that despite his revelations, the situation is worse than ever and has spread into the West itself. The populations of Ireland, Greece, Portugal, Spain, Italy, and the United States itself are now being looted by Hit Man activity. Perkins’ book shows that the US is “exceptional” only in the unbridled violence it applies to others who get in its way. One of the new chapters tells the story of France-Albert Rene, president of Seychelles, who threatened to reveal the illegal and inhumane eviction of the residents of Diego Garcia by Britain and Washington so that the island could be converted into an air base from which Washington could bomb noncompliant countries in the Middle East, Asia, and Africa.

Washington sent in a team of jackels to murder the president of Seychelles, but the assassins were foiled. All but one were captured, tried and sentenced to execution or prison, but a multi-million dollar bribe to Rene freed them. Rene got the message and became compliant. In the original printing of his book, Perkins tells the stories of how jackals arranged airplane crashes to get rid of Panama’s non-compliant president, Omar Torrijos, and Ecuador’s non-compliant president, Jaime Roldos.

When Rafael Correa became president of Ecuador, he refused to pay some of the illegitimate debts that had been piled on Ecuador, closed the United States’ largest military base in Latin America, forced the renegotiation of exploitative oil contracts, ordered the central bank to use funds deposited in US banks for domestic projects, and consistently opposed Washington’s hegemonic control over Latin America. Correa had marked himself for overthrow or assassination. However, Washington had just overthrown in a military coup the democratically elected Honduran president, Manuel Zelaya, whose policies favored the people of Honduras over those of foreign interests. Concerned that two military coups in succession against reformist presidents would be noticed, to get rid of Correa the CIA turned to the Ecuadoran police. Led by a graduate of Washington’s School of the Americas, the police moved to overthrow Correa but were overpowered by the Ecuadoran military. However, Correa got the message. He reversed his policies toward American oil companies and announced that he would auction off huge blocks of Eucador’s rain forests to the oil companies. He closed down, Fundacion Pachamama, an organization with which a reformed Perkins was associated that worked to preserve Ecuador’s rain forests and indigenous populations.

Western banks backed up by the World Bank are even worse looters than the oil and timber companies. Perkins writes:

"Over the past three decades, sixty of the world’s poorest countries have paid $550 billion in principal and interest on loans of $540 billion, yet they still owe a whopping $523 billion on those same loans. The cost of servicing that debt is more than these countries spend on health or education and is twenty times the amount they receive annually in foreign aid. In addition, World Bank projects have brought untold suffering to some of the planet’s poorest people. In the past ten years alone, such projects have forced an estimated 3.4 million people out of their homes; the governments in these countries have beaten, tortured, and killed opponents of World Bank projects.”

Perkins describes how Boeing plundered Washington state taxpayers. Using lobbyists, bribes, and blackmail threats to move production facilities to another state, Boeing succeeded in having the Washington state legislature give the corporation a tax break that diverted $8.7 billion into Boeings’ coffers from health care, education and other social services. The massive subsidies legislated for the benefit of corporations are another form of rent extraction and Hit Man activity.

Perkins has a guilty conscience and still suffers from his role as a Hit Man for the evil empire, which has now turned to the plunder of American citizens. He has done everything he can to make amends, but he reports that the system of exploitation has multiplied many times and is now so commonplace that it no longer has to be hidden. Perkins writes:

"A major change is that this EHM system, today, is also at work in the United States and other economically developed countries. It is everywhere. And there are many more variations on each of these tools. There are hundreds of thousands more EHMs spread around the world. They have created a truly global empire. They are working in the open as well as in the shadows. This system has become so widely and deeply entrenched that it is the normal way of doing business and therefore is not alarming to most people.”

People have been so badly plundered by jobs offshoring and indebtedness that consumer demand cannot support profits. Consequently, capitalism has turned to exploiting the West itself. Faced with rising resistance, the EHM system has armed itself with:

"The PATRIOT Act, the militarization of police forces, a vast array of new surveillance technologies, the infiltration and sabotage of the Occupy movement, and the dramatic expansion of privatized prisons.”

The democratic process has been subverted by the Supreme Court’s Citizens United ruling and other court decisions, by corporate-funded political action committees, and by organizations such as the American Legislative Exchange Council financed by the One Percent. Cadres of lawyers, lobbyists, and strategists are hired to legalize corruption, and presstitutes work overtime to convince gullible Americans that elections are real and represent the workings of democracy.

In a February 19, 2016 article in OpEdNews, Matt Peppe reports that the American colony of Puerto Rico is being driven into the ground in order to satisfy foreign creditors. The airport has been privatized, and the main highways have been privatized in a 40-year lease owned by a consortium formed by a Goldman Sachs infrastructure investment fund. Puerto Ricans now pay private corporations for the use of infrastructure that tax dollars built. Recently Puerto Rico’s sales tax was raised 64% to 11.5%. A sales tax increase is equivalent to a rise in inflation and results in a decline in real incomes.

Today the only difference between capitalism and gangsterism is that capitalism has succeeded in legalizing its gangsterism and, thus, can strike a harder bargain than can the Mafia. Perkins shows that the evil empire has the world in the grip of a “death economy.” He concludes that “we need a revolution” in order “to bury the death economy and birth the life economy.” Don’t look to politicians, neoliberal economists, and presstitutes for any help.

Related: Varoufakis: Capitalism Will Eat Democracy - Unless we Speak Up

Assange on 'US Empire', Assad Government Overthrow Plans & New Book 'The WikiLeaks Files'

The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ) April 8 2016 | From: EnvironmentWatchRangitikei

Here is a sign posted by a Taumaranui resident who had their locked meter box broken intoto install a Smart Meter (aka Advanced Meter). As you can see the response they said they got from the lines people when following this up was equally as telling… “we own you people”!

While it appears little known that there are options for having these meters removed and replaced, it also seems that Taumaranui has only one supplier. This makes things more difficult in terms of no bargaining power. Related: Reports Of Illness Prompt Audit Of Smart Meter Radiation The use of the term ‘jack boot’ is therefore not that extreme given the whole scenario and the way these folks have been treated. It is all symptomatic of the direction our country is headed with an ex-banker for a Prime Minister who clearly places profits and corporate interests above the interests of his constituents.

What is especially disturbing about this event (and it’s not an isolated incident, I’ve heard myself of installations happening while folk were not home) is that in the comments and discussion around this, many others have been similarly treated. The repeated tale of outrageous hikes in charges, one for instance from $100 to $150 approx. plus the Nelson woman last year who received a bill for $800 for her two bedroom house! And this is something I’ve both read about & heard, time and time again. We are fed the line that the meters are more accurate and customers have been undercharged prior to Smart Meter installation. Not to the tune of a $1000 hike? Surely? … yet this is what I’ve heard more than once. A difference of $20 is feasible but not $600 or more. See here a proposed explanation for these hikes by a retired electrical engineer. Disturbing also is the detail about the elderly turning off their hot water in order to buy food or not turning on any heating because they can’t pay. Again I know of this happening in my district (the Rangitikei) where an elderly person is being charged $150 and upwards in a tiny flat with few if any appliances operating. She has switched off the hot water, has no heater and goes to bed early to keep warm. And finally, this sign and the comments corroborate that folk are being pressured to leave the district because of the costs. ‘The town is dying’ says the sign.

Now,on that topic, we have been led to believe for years that towns are dying because people somehow mysteriously allowed it. They all moved away. We even had a prominent economist telling us recently that they were zombie towns and pretty much had to go. Well, people left because of decisions made by our respective governments to close down amenities and resources like the hospitals, pharmacies and banking. I know … I remember it happening! It was about the time those governments had borrowed large sums of money and gotten a once prosperous and fully employed nation into un-repayable debt, followed by Rogernomics and belt tightening for the poorer folks, not the wealthy mind. And the former being blamed for the debt while corporations enjoy huge tax breaks. And now this from the power companies and we were told privatizing them would lower prices. Competition, the market and all that. We’re still waiting nearly three decades on.

"…over 250 people have commented with some saying they had similar experiences with unexpectedly large

power bills and problems after the installation of smart meters.” - Stuff.co.nz

Related: Major U.S. Utility: “No Rational Basis” For Smart Meters As this sign very perceptively outlines folk, we are being ripped off and our southern clean, green paradise is fast morphing into a fascist regime. Think, TPPA and all that has entailed in terms of keeping us out of the loop then claiming to seek our feedback / opinion / input. Their tactics provide the illusion of having sought our opinion … it is nothing more folks, in case you hadn’t already noticed. See how they provide you with forms containing multi choice options none of which you wanted to choose anyway? Like the recently proposed flag debacle that has cost the country $28 million. Shame. Returning now to the Smart Meters themselves, be aware, they are NOT compulsory. If you already have one, there are options about its removal and replacement. (If you don’t have one yet, inform your powerco you do not consent to one… in writing… in advance).

For further information on that Kiwis, visit stopsmartmeters.org.nz and note they have a page there explaining how to get rid of a Smart Meter. The meters are also known here as Advanced Meters. (Folks from other countries, there are similar sites in your countries, just google.) You should also be aware that health professionals have warned about the health risks these meters carry. Predictably the authorities deny this, however the stopsmartmeters website has already logged before and after testimonies from Kiwis who had their Smart Meters removed. See also the links here for further information on that, with a video trailer featuring a health professional explaining the effects from long term exposure to a Smart Meter. See also in this video what the meters when in proximity do to your blood. Above all, educate yourself further by watching the award winning doco Take Back Your Power by Josh Del Sol at his website. It is accessible for a very small charge. Or consider holding a viewing in your town (contact stopsmartmeters for details). Further info on Smart Meters is also available on our Smart Meter pages. Spread the word and resist this move. Related: Top Biochemist Calls To Abolish Smart Meters, WiFi In Schools, And Baby Monitors

For Sale: 40 Billion Litres Of Canterbury's Purest Water April 7 2016 | From: Stuff

A council in the drought-prone Canterbury plains is selling the right to extract 40 billion litres of pure, artesian water to a bottled water supplier.

The Ashburton District Council is selling a section in its business estate, known as Lot 9, for an undisclosed sum. It comes with a valuable resource consent that allows abstraction of water from aquifers beneath the town. The council has refused to publicise information about the deal, which is understood to be with an overseas company. It has outraged some residents, who say water is desperately needed locally. Related: Hawke's Bay company's first shipment of drinking water The area's artesian water is increasingly popular in overseas markets such as China, with its New Zealand origin often featuring in branding and marketing. The consent allows the holder to take 45 litres of water a second from local aquifers, totalling more than 1.4 billion litres a year. It expires in 2046, meaning the buyer will gain access to more than 40 billion litres of Ashburton's pure water. It was approved in 2011 by Environment Canterbury and includes a recharge consent, meaning all water taken must be replaced from other sources. In a statement, the council confirmed it was in the process of selling the site;

"The parcel of land includes an existing consent for water abstraction from local aquifers," it said. "The prospective buyer is interested in setting up a water-bottling plant."

Council chief executive Andrew Dalziel would not answer questions about the sale, citing commercial sensitivity. Standing orders prevented councillors from discussing the sale, which is expected to be finalised in June.

It is understood there has been no consultation with ratepayers or other interested parties, such as iwi, about the deal. Sir Mark Solomon, chairman of Te Runanga o Ngai Tahu, said it was "disappointing" the iwi had not been informed.

"Twenty years ago the Ashburton region had reasonably good water quality, but it is now an over-allocated catchment and faces some of the most pressing water quality challenges in our takiwa [tribal region]," he said. "It seems incredible that the council wouldn't think more broadly about the future of its existing consents."

A premises in the Ashburton Business Estate, where the Ashburton District Council is in the process of allowing a bottled water company to extract 40 billion litres of water.

Ashburton resident Jen Branje is leading community opposition, and said the lack of transparency raised alarm bells.

"We live in a drought-prone area - farmers aren't given consent to bore for water for their crop-growing, so why on Earth are we selling it off-shore?"

The Ashburton groundwater zone is over-allocated, meaning water allocated to consent holders exceeds the amount available for use. New groundwater consents are difficult to acquire, making existing consents more valuable. Branje said a lack of consultation did not give locals faith the sale was in their best interest.

"This whole thing has gone on behind the ratepayers' backs. No-one has any clue about it whatsoever. It's a blimmin' lot of water, and it shouldn't be allowed to go off-shore. If anything, that water should be sustaining our own economic backbone."

Ashburton often has issues supplying water during the summer. In some areas, water restrictions banned residents from using hoses to water their gardens. When applying for the consent, the council came to an arrangement with meat processor Silver Fern Farms, allowing it to deepen its bore if Lot 9's water abstraction caused groundwater levels to reduce.

This Is Why Putin Is The Most Unpredictable Politician In The World (And Why The NWO Hate Him) April 7 2016 | From: Sputnik / Geopolitics

Almost one month has passed since President Vladimir Putin's surprise announcement that Russia would begin withdrawing the main part of its military forces from Syria.

Volumes of analyses have already been written on the subject, but there's one important thing most of them seem to miss. Putin announced that the Russian air operation in Syria had largely achieved its objectives, and that Russia would begin a withdrawal of its main forces from the country.

"With the participation of the Russian military…the Syrian military and patriotic Syrian forces have been able to achieve a fundamental turnaround in the fight against international terrorism, and have taken the initiative in nearly all areas to create the conditions for the start of a peace process," Putin said, in a working meeting with Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu.

Since then, volumes of analysis have been written, both in Russian and foreign media, on what the move really means.

For his part, Russian television journalist Vladimir Solovyov suggested that what many analysts have missed, and what they should go back and review, is the promise Putin made at the very beginning of Russia's air campaign. In an interview with Solovyov recorded on October 10, Putin, asked how long the operation would last, offered an answer which some will find eerily prescient today.

"The success of the Syrian army offensive, Putin said, "depends above all on the Syrian army itself and on the Syrian authorities. We cannot commit ourselves to more than is reasonable and have never done so. I said from the start that the active phase of our operations on Syrian soil will be limited in time to the Syrian army's offensive. Coming back to your earlier question, our task is to stabilize the legitimate government and establish conditions that will make it possible to look for political compromise."

With a Moscow-Washington brokered ceasefire in place, Syria's government stabilized and Daesh and Nusra Front terrorists on the run, it becomes instantly clear what the president meant when he said that Russia's objectives have been "generally fulfilled."

In other words, Solovyov wryly noted, "it's not by accident that Putin is called the most unpredictable politician in the world, because he constantly does what he says he is going to do."

Just Being Putin Being Just Putin’s leadership is unequaled around the world. He deals in black and white whether in domestic front, as well as in international affairs. Giving people back Russians’ livelihood while their employers play the usual businessman’s dirty excuses is not so difficult as Putin threatens a government takeover in front of the corporate owners.

Corporations are given no preferential treatment…

In international scene, he doesn’t take a back seat when his “partners from the West” forgot the decency to avoid interfering other countries’ affairs.

“Who gave coalition forces in Libya the right to eliminate Gaddafi? That’s the question Vladimir Putin’s been asking, during an official visit to Denmark. The Russian Premier also said NATO’s effectively joined one of the warring sides in the conflict. And more responsible action should be taken instead.”

His advice is pretty short and simple…

Not used to peaceful resolution to conflicts they themselves started, the West were unprepared for Russia’s withdrawal in Syria.

They are now busy formulating stories and “real reasons” behind Russia’s decision to fly fighter planes home after successfully destroying Daesh Islamic State. oil smuggling enterprise, the most blatant Khazarian Crime Mafia plunder on natural resources of a sovereign state so far. But, is Putin’s agenda in Syria not black and white enough?

10 Major Accomplishments of the Age of Putin

March 26, 2015 | Via: AlexeyZernakov Fifteen years ago, on March 26, 2000 Vladimir Putin was first elected to the post of the President of Russia. After coming to power in difficult times, he not only managed to keep the country united. 15 years later we can say: we have again become a superpower with a developed economy, industry, a powerful army and navy. And may be not everything is smooth today. But then, 15 years ago, many people actually thought that the country was finished. However, Putin has managed to prove to the Russians and the whole world that we can not be easily defeated.

In fifteen years, thanks to the “swift tiger,” as President Vladmir Putin is called by Chinese journalists, our country is once again referred to with respect. We have decided to make our own rating of achievements of Vladimir Putin and his team in the last 15 years, helped by experts from “Nightly Moscow”:

1. The Salvation of Russia from Disintegration Alexei Mukhin, political scientist, Director of the Center for Political Information: Putin’s role in preserving the unity of Russian Federation is primary. The change in the territorial-administrative division of Russia, the creation of seven federal districts allowed to first slow down and then reverse the processes that were leading to a direct collapse of Russia into several pseudo-state entities. Fortunately, Boris Yeltsin timely sensed what was happening, and resigned as President. And Vladimir Putin in time identified existing threats and took a number of preventive measures.

2. The End of the War in Chechnya Viktor Murakhovsky, chief editor of the journal “Arsenal of the Fatherland”: Remember Putin’s famous phrase: “Will smash in the toilet” [“If we find them in a toilet, we will smash them in the toilet” – KR] .

As we remember, he was referring to the terrorists in North Caucasus. And Putin has played a huge role in that the First Chechen campaign, culminating with the Khasavyurt capitulation, was forgotten. But the Russian army regenerated and played a decisive role in the defeat of terrorists. The key factor was not only the effectiveness of the armed and internal forces, but that the leadership of the country expressed a political will.

3. Strengthening the Role of Russia in the International Arena Mikhail Panchenko, political scientist: Over the last fifteen years from a country ranking in the twenties-thirties by the degree of influence on world politics, we confidently moved into the top three – along with the US and China.

To watch this historical speech click here

The first ideological imperatives were laid down in the Munich speech of Vladimir Putin in 2007. But the first “applied” case when we showed iron will took place in August 2008 in South Ossetia. In essence Russia then stood up and said: “Tomorrow we will live by new rules!”

4. The Creation of a Socially Orientated Budget Maxim Safonov, Doctor of Economic Sciences, professor: Over the past 15 years serious steps were made and the budget of our country has become truly socially oriented. But there is no limit for improvement, and I think we should not stop there. A good example is the joy of the inhabitants of Crimea after becoming a part of Russia. Because the level of pensions and social benefits there instantly rose to nationwide levels. Yesterday I was at a general meeting of the Russian Academy of Sciences, where Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev was speaking. And he clearly said that the social obligations will be fulfilled, despite the economic difficulties.

5. Early Repayment of State Debts Vladislav Ginko, economist, Professor of the Russian Academy of National Economy and State Service: Under Vladimir Putin, Russia has managed to significantly reduce the arrears to international financial institutions. Currently Russia, of course borrows in the foreign market, but in relation to the gross domestic product, this amount is small. First of all, it gives us the opportunity to pursue an independent policy.

Because loans from international organizations are very often accompanied by certain encumbrances. Which are often hidden behind vague wording. But often, after such “reforms” the standard of living of the population drops – we see it today in Ukraine. And, of course, if our debts were higher, the sanctions would hurt us more.

6. The Creation of the Stabilisation Fund and the National Welfare Fund Boris Shmelev, Professor, head of the Center of Russian Foreign Policy Institute of Economy, RAN: The creation of these financial institutions was largely initiated by Vladimir Putin himself. Huge amounts of money was directed there – about two trillion dollars that the country made from the sale of oil and gas in favorable market conditions. And this money allows us now in the situation of economic crisis to mitigate its effects. In many respects the Stabilization Fund will be focused on supplementing government’s social obligations.

7. Reform of the Army and the Military-Industrial Complex Igor Korotchenko, chief editor of “National Defense” magazine: Today we have qualitatively new armed forces. It is no exaggeration to say that today our army is one of the best in the world. It is recognized by all, including our opponents. It is under Putin, that our armed forces again became respected.

Over the past 15 years we’ve been through a restructuring of the military-industrial complex. On the initiative of the President powerful vertically integrated holding companies were created, each of which brings together the entire chain of developers and manufacturers. As a result, Russia ranks second in the world in the export of weapons.

8. Creation of Integration Associations in the Framework of the Union of Independent States Sergei Markov, director of the Institute for Policy Studies, a member of the Public Chamber of Russia: The creation of such associations is a key to sustainable economic development. Here is the emergence of new markets, and the possibility of joint development of technologies. But generally speaking, it is in fact the will of our people. The Russians want to stay close to those peoples who lived with us in the framework of the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. And, very importantly, we see a positive response from our partner countries. The initiators of integration associations are, without a doubt, the President of Russia, Vladimir Putin and the President of Kazakhstan, Nursultan Nazarbayev.

9. The 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi

Yelena Isinbayeva, two-time Olympic champion in the pole vault, the mayor of the coastal Olympic village-2014:

A major achievement is not only that we had a great Olympics from the point of view of organization, but that people from all over the world have discovered a new Russia: strong, modern and victorious. I worked with people, saw it from the inside and noticed how their mood changed from suspicion to amazement. But how many were skeptics at first! Remember how in 2007 thanks to the personal speech of Vladimir Putin at the meeting of the organizing Committee in Guatemala, we were able to tip the scales in our favor to host the games.

10. Reintegration of Crimea Into Russia Dmitry Orlov, political scientist, Director of the Agency for Political and Economic Communications: Reintegration of Crimea into Russia was of great importance for the whole country. From a political point of view, it helped to create and expand a new coalition supporting the government.

Emerged the phenomenon of patriotic mobilization of public opinion, which continues to this day. It is also called the “Russian Spring”. Today, according to research centers, this effect has not been yet exhausted. Of course, reintegration of Crimea was a very significant step, but, importantly, this is just one of the episodes of the era of Vladimir Putin. Related: Secret Offshore Money: Fabricated Putin Link to Leaked Panama Papers

Key Says Clark Has 'Skills And Experience' For UN's Top Post April 6 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Prime Minister John Key has officially kicked off Helen Clark’s campaign to become the next UN secretary-general.

The nomination means Ms Clark can present her credentials to the UN General Assembly along with other candidates in a beauty parade from April 12. Related: New Zealand - A Blackmailer's Guide Ms Clark, who has been administrator of UN Development Programme for the past seven years, will be up against Bulgaria’s Irinia Bokova, who runs another major UN agency, Unesco, among half a dozen or so other declared candidates.

"I'm running because I believe my style of leadership is needed and will help the United Nations face the serious challenges ahead," she told a media conference in New York this morning. She says she is not campaigning as a woman but because she is "the best person for the job." "Our world is facing so many crises and challenges and I think the background, experiences, pragmatism and focus I have are what the UN needs right now. The UN needs to be organisationally effective if it has to carry out its mission. As an administration it can be a little old-fashioned and clunky. I think I can bring a modernising touch to that."

Backing for Campaign Announcing the nomination, Mr Key says the campaign will be backed by New Zealand diplomats and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade.

“Helen has the right mix of skills and experience for the job," he says. “She is well placed to bridge divisions and indeed to get results. There are major global challenges facing the world today and the United Nations needs a proven leader who can be pragmatic and effective."

Ms Clark was prime minister for three consecutive terms from 1999 to 2008.

“She has a vast amount of experience in international affairs which will be hard for other candidates to match. She’s a great listener and communicator, and I know she will make a difference if elected.”

Mr Key has submitted New Zealand’s nomination letter to the presidents of the UN General Assembly and the UN Security Council. The new secretary-general will be appointed at the end of the year by the UN General Assembly on the recommendation of the UN Security Council.

The Very Nasty Truth About The Panama Papers? April 6 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

This is a curly one. This topic is incredibly devisive and so this informaiton is offered only for your consideration. The truth will out eventually. Given to the Mossad... to seed, fabricate and censor... just like Wikileaks?

Last week when VT published information gotten during the interrogation of a Turkish intelligence agent, Sawash

Yeldiz, captured by Popular Party of Kurdistan (PPK) militia inside Syria, information tying Turkish President Erdogan to the Brussels terror attacks, we saw how real leaks are dealt with. The conduit for this information, European Department for Security and Information (DESI) Secretary General Haissam Bou Said, was threatened by Israeli security agents who may have had a part in the Brussels attacks and, moreover, DESI, an EU organization was threatened with sanctions for the leak. This is real investigative journalism… Related: The Panama Papers Related: Massive Disclosures: Panama Papers, CIA Haitian Eugenics, IMF Greek Credit Event "The Panama Papers are a scam". This is one claim, another is that this is that: "They are clearing house. The people on the top are cleaning out the bottom and raising a lot of hell while at it." These 'leaks" always seem to target the US Dtate Department's foreign policy enemies. Any prominent Americans noted? No. Real documents turned over to a Mossad run organization that now has dirt on even more people and more power to make a very nasty world an even darker and nastier place. This is what Wikileaks was and is, as exposed by VT and Zbigniew Brzezinski in December 2010. The filth of the world will be protected and the innocent, should such things exist, can be targeted in the name of “investigative journalism” as teams seed phony material in and launder out damage to the politicians, names like Netanyahu and Bush, Cheney and Guiliani, Hollande and Blair, Kasich and Snyder, Gingrich and Romney, especially Romney. The Panama Papers are a leak to a German newspaper of tens of thousands of corporate records from a law firm in Panama that ran much of the world’s money laundering. Related - David Wilcock: The Panama Toilet Papers

Related: Panama Papers: A Bogus Sting Operation To Smear Putin And Assad When a German newspaper received this dump over a year ago, they turned, unknowingly, to an organization actually run by intelligence agencies, in fact those with the most to risk from the leak itself, the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists.

The entire time this trove has been available it should have been in the hands of forensic accountants working for an agency or authority that none of us can name as such an agency simply doesn’t exist. There is no international authority without an agenda to serve drug cartels and money launderers.

“As observed earlier, the Panama Papers looked more like a poor propaganda retaliation against Putin and Assad than anything else, for the successful interruption to the Greater Israel plan of the Rothschilds." - Geopolitics

For the last year, lists of owners of thousands of phony corporations used to launder money, have been reviewed by dozens of “journalists.” The result thus far has been to mention soccer officials, attack Russian president Putin and to smear the reputation of a well known worthless chiseler, Ian Cameron, father of slimeball David Cameron, long a blackmail victim tied to the News of the World “phone hacking scandal. I am not going to begin to repeat what was found out about David Cameron, but “sick” is an understatement. From Craig Murray:

“But why focus on Russia? Russian wealth is only a tiny minority of the money hidden away with the aid of Mossack Fonseca. In fact, it soon becomes obvious that the selective reporting is going to stink. The Suddeutsche Zeitung, which received the leak, gives a detailed explanation of the methodology the corporate media used to search the files. The main search they have done is for names associated with breaking UN sanctions regimes. The Guardian reports this too and helpfully lists those countries as Zimbabwe, North Korea, Russia and Syria. The filtering of this Mossack Fonseca information by the corporate media follows a direct western governmental agenda. There is no mention at all of use of Mossack Fonseca by massive western corporations or western billionaires – the main customers. And the Guardian is quick to reassure that “much of the leaked material will remain private.” What do you expect? The leak is being managed by the grandly but laughably named “International Consortium of Investigative Journalists”, which is funded and organised entirely by the USA’s Center for Public Integrity.

Their funders include: Ford Foundation Carnegie Endowment Rockefeller Family Fund W.K. Kellogg Foundation Open Society Foundation (Soros)

Among many others. Do not expect a genuine expose of western capitalism. The dirty secrets of western corporations will remain unpublished. Expect hits at Russia, Iran and Syria and some tiny “balancing” western country like Iceland. A superannuated UK peer or two will be sacrificed – someone already with dementia.”

Related: Panama Papers: Mossack Fonseca Tied to Nazis, CIA & Mexican Drug Lords Like Britain’s pedophile scandals, this one will lead the same way, the very old or targeted folks who got “out of line” will be

thrown to the wolves. The Mossad loves this dump, it gives them dirt on thousands of political leaders around the world they can now control even better. As a real investigative journalist, with real sources in government, with first person sources watching drugs being smuggled out of Afghanistan, biological and chemical weapons out of Georgia or who has, with the team at VT, broken more stories in the past decade than all other publications combined, I know something about these things.

James Corbett: What I Learned From The Panama Papers I also worked in banking as senior officer of an offshore banking operation and as a UN representative working with currency and “development” issues. I saw it all first hand and know the mechanics very well. I could teach this and probably should. We know who the biggest players are in the Panama Papers. The real list doesn’t start with David Cameron’s dad or a FIFA (soccer) official. Bain Capital and Mitt Romney, followed by the Walton family of Walmart fame, the Canadian Bronfmans, Sheldon Adelson and, perhaps most newsworthy of all, several thousand corporations that tie the world’s drug cartels to American political leaders, including members of congress, state governors, city mayors, members of the US Supreme Court and a handful of former presidents. Craig Murray goes further in his analysis:

“The corporate media – the Guardian and BBC in the UK – have exclusive access to the database which you and I cannot see. They are protecting themselves from even seeing western corporations’ sensitive information by only looking at those documents which are brought up by specific searches such as UN sanctions busters. Never forget the Guardian smashed its copies of the Snowden files on the instruction of MI6.

What if they did Mossack Fonseca database searches on the owners of all the corporate media and their companies, and all the editors and senior corporate media journalists? What if they did Mossack Fonseca searches on all the most senior people at the BBC? What if they did Mossack Fonseca searches on every donor to the Center for Public Integrity and their companies? What if they did Mossack Fonseca searches on every listed company in the western stock exchanges, and on every western millionaire they could trace? That would be much more interesting. I know Russia and China are corrupt, you don’t have to tell me that. What if you look at things that we might, here in the west, be able to rise up and do something about? And what if you corporate lapdogs let the people see the actual data?”

Related: Selective Leaks Of The #PanamaPapers Create Huge Blackmail Potential Back in 2012, two months prior to the presidential election, a former senior FBI official, actively employed by the FBI, came to us. He had a story to tell. He said that Mitt Romney, working with a series of financial organizations in the US including banks owned by the Walton family, maintained accounts overseas for hundreds of American political leaders. The story of these accounts, not whose name was on them, but confirming they existed, hit the newspapers only a few short days before, citing Romney as having thousands of secret bank accounts in the Cayman Islands.

We were told of how Romney and Carlos Salinas, former president of Mexico, met at Harvard Business School, and together built an empire out of the drug cartels that, through buying 5 US Supreme Court Justices who passed “Citizens United,” legalized drug cartel bribery, done through corporations set up by a law firm in Panama with offices around the world. The FBI had audio and video tapes of Romney with Maria Perez, his mistress in Cuba, daughter of former KGB chief Yuri Andropov and his Cuban mistress. The tapes told of drug running and money laundering and more, so much more.

The source of the tapes was Mexican intelligence that had been after Salinas for years and had worked with our FBI source who had been the liaison between the US and Mexico on drug investigations through the 1990s. Of course we have all of these interviews recorded, some of them on YouTube.

The Pentagon missing trillions investigation died with the entire DC Able Danger team called in for an emergency meeting that day

The biggest single set of interlocking corporations that should have been exposed are tied to the nearly 3 trillion dollars missing from the US Department of Defense, money “disappeared” when the investigative records were mysteriously the victim of an aircraft accident on 9/11/2001 at the Pentagon, one of the most defended buildings on earth. Not only were all the records destroyed but the 35 investigators were killed as well, having been asked to gather for a meeting with a White House official who never showed up. But that’s another story.

Snowden seems on board?

What we are saying is this, when former crimes were erased there was a reason. Bigger crimes were planned. Nearly every defense and intelligence contractor, from “Google Idea Groups” to the Blackwater network and hundreds more, were all tied to interlocking Panamanian corporations with ownership by members of congress, key Federal judges, and all of this run through a legal advocacy group known as the Federalist Society. The Panama Papers could eventually expose certainly who is really behind 9/11. In 2014, we were given documents out of Russia that included a preliminary report on 9/11 by the US Department of Energy, outlining that event as “nuclear” and not as the result of terrorism, not as it is typically defined. The term “false flag terrorism” would apply, however. Related: Key faces sustained questioning on NZ presence in 'Panama Papers'

Wikileaks Reveals International Monetary Fund Plan To "Cause A Credit Event In Greece And Destabilize Europe" April 5 2016 | From: ZeroHedge

One of the recurring concerns involving Europe's seemingly perpetual economic, financial and social crises, is that these have been largely predetermined, "scripted" and deliberate acts.

This is something the former head of the Bank of England admitted one month ago when Mervyn King said that Europe's economic depression "is the result of "deliberate" policy choices made by EU elites. It is also what AIG Banque strategist Bernard Connolly said back in 2008 when laying out "What Europe Wants" To use global issues as excuses to extend its power: Environmental issues: increase control over member countries; advance idea of global governance Terrorism: use excuse for greater control over police and judicial issues; increase extent of surveillance Global financial crisis: kill two birds (free market; Anglo-Saxon economies) with one stone (Europe-wide regulator; attempts at global financial governance)

EMU: create a crisis to force introduction of “European economic government” This morning we got another confirmation of how supernational organizations "plan" European crises in advance to further their goals, when Wikileaks published the transcript of a teleconference that took place on March 19, 2016 between the top two IMF officials in charge of managing the Greek debt crisis - Poul Thomsen, the head of the IMF's European Department, and Delia Velkouleskou, the IMF Mission Chief for Greece.

In the transcript, the IMF staffers are caught on tape planning to tell Germany the organization would abandon the troika if the IMF and the commission fail to reach an agreement on Greek debt relief. More to the point, the IMF officials say that a threat of an imminent financial catastrophe as the Guardian puts it, is needed to force other players into accepting its measures such as cutting Greek pensions and working conditions, or as Bloomberg puts it, "considering a plan to cause a credit event in Greece and destabilize Europe." According to the leaked conversation, the IMF - which has been pushing for a debt haircut for Greece ever since last August's 3rd Greek bailout - believes a credit event as only thing that could trigger a Greek deal; the "event" is hinted as taking place some time around the June 23 Brexit referendum. As noted by Bloomberg, the leak shows officials linking Greek issue with U.K. referendum risking general political destabilization in Europe. The leaked transcript reveals how the IMF plans to use Greece as a pawn in its ongoing negotiation with Germany's chancelleor in order to achieve the desired Greek debt reduction which Germany has been pointedly against: in the leak we learn about the intention of IMF to threaten German Chancellor Angela Merkel to force her to accept the IMF's demands at a critical point.

From the transcript:

THOMSEN: Well, I don't know. But this is... I think about it differently. What is going to bring it all to a decision point? In the past there has been only one time when the decision has been made and then that was when they were about to run out of money seriously and to default. Right? VELKOULESKOU: Right! THOMSEN: And possibly this is what is going to happen again. In that case, it drags on until July, and clearly the Europeans are not going to have any discussions for a month before the Brexits and so, at some stage they will want to take a break and then they want to start again after the European referendum. VELKOULESKOU: That's right. THOMSEN: That is one possibility. Another possibility is one that I thought would have happened already and I am surprised that it has not happened, is that, because of the refugee situation, they take a decision... that they want to come to a conclusion. Ok? And the Germans raise the issue of the management... and basically we at that time say "Look, you Mrs. Merkel you face a question, you have to think about what is more costly: to go ahead without the IMF, would the Bundestag say 'The IMF is not on board'? or to pick the debt relief that we think that Greece needs in order to keep us on board?" Right? That is really the issue. *** VELKOULESKOU: I agree that we need an event, but I don't know what that will be. But I think Dijsselbloem is trying not to generate an event, but to jump start this discussion somehow on debt, that essentially is about us being on board or not at the end of the day. THOMSEN: Yeah, but you know, that discussion of the measures and the discussion of the debt can go on forever, until some high up.. until they hit the July payment or until the leaders decide that we need to come

to an agreement. But there is nothing in there that otherwise is going to force a compromise. Right? It is going to go on forever.

The IMF is also shown as continuing to pull the strings of the Greek government which has so far refused to compromise on any major reforms, as has been the case since the first bailout. As the Guardian notes, Greek finance minister Euclid Tsakalotos has accused the IMF of imposing draconian measures, including on pension reform. The transcript quotes Velculescu as saying: “What is interesting though is that [Greece] did give in … they did give a little bit on both the income tax reform and on the … both on the tax credit and the supplementary pensions”.

Thomsen’s view was that the Greeks “are not even getting close [to coming] around to accept our views”. Velculescu argued that “if [the Greek government] get pressured enough, they would … But they don’t have any incentive and they know that the commission is willing to compromise, so that is the problem.” Below is Paul Mason's summary of what is shaping up as the next political scandal.

The International Monetary Fund has been caught, red handed, plotting to stage a “credit event” that forces Greece to the edge of bankruptcy, using the pretext of the Brexit referendum. No, this is not the plot of the next Bond movie. It is the transcript of a teleconference between the IMF’s chief negotiator, Poul Thomsen and Delia Velculescu, head of the IMF mission to Greece. Released by Wikileaks, the discussion took place in Athens just before the IMF walked out of talks aimed at giving Greece the green light for the next stage of its bailout.

The situation is: the IMF does not believe the numbers being used by both Greece and Europe to do the next stage of the deal. It does not want to take part in the bailout. Meanwhile the EU cannot do the deal without the IMF because the German parliament won’t allow it. *** Let me decode. An “event” is a financial crisis bringing Greece close to default. Just like last year, when the banks closed, millions of people faced economic and psychological catastrophe. Only this time, the IMF wants to inflict that catastrophe on a nation holding tens of thousands of refugees and tasked with one of the most complex and legally dubious international border policing missions in modern history. The Greek government is furious: “we are not going to let the IMF play with fire,” a source told me. But the issue is out of Greek hands. In the end, as Thomsen hints in the transcript, only the European Commission and above all the German government can decide to honour the terms of the deal it did to bail Greece out last July. The transcript, though received with fury and incredulity in Greece, will drop like a bombshell into the Commission and the ECB. It is they who are holding E300bn+ of Greek debt. It is the whole of Europe, in other words, that the IMF is conspiring to hit with the shock doctrine.

The Greeks are understandably angry and confused; As Bloomberg reported earlier, "Greece wants to know whether WikiLeaks report regarding IMF anticipating a Greek default at about the time of the U.K. June 23 referendum on its EU membership is the fund’s official position" government spokeswoman Olga Gerovasili says Saturday in e-mailed statement. For its part, an IMF spokesman in e-mail Saturday said it doesn’t "comment on leaks or supposed reports of internal discussions." Two side observations: 1. has a "Snowden" leaker now emerged at the IMF; if so we can expect many more such bombshell accounts in the coming weeks; or perhaps the reason for the leak is less nuanced: a bugged hotel.

2. it may be another turbulent summer in Europe.

.

Credit Suisse On The Brink Of The Abyss April 5 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

Traders Run Amok. Lack of Control, Further Losses, $90 Billion of Distressed Debt.

Credit Suisse’s ability to survive in its present form is threatened by the latest revelations of past mismanagement and dysfunctional trading. Related: World’s richest banker charged in bribery scheme

Credit Suisse Group is a Switzerland-based multinational financial services holding company, headquartered in Zürich, that operates the Credit Suisse Bank and other financial services investments. The company is organized as a stock corporation with four divisions: Investment Banking, Private Banking, Asset Management, and a Shared Services Group that provides marketing and support to the other three divisions. Credit Suisse was founded by Alfred Escher in 1856 under the name Schweizerische Kreditanstalt (SKA, English: Swiss Credit Institution) in order to fund the development of Switzerland's rail system. It issued loans that helped create Switzerland's electrical grid and the European rail system. It also helped develop the country's currency system and funded entrepreneurship. In the 1900s Credit Suisse began shifting to retail banking in response to the elevation of the middle-class and the growing popularity of savings accounts. Credit Suisse partnered with First Boston in 1978. After a large failed loan put First Boston under financial stress, Credit Suisse bought a controlling share of the bank in 1988. In the 1990s, Credit Suisse acquired the Winterthur Group, Swiss Volksbank, Swiss American Securities Inc. (SASI) and Bank Leu among others. In the year 2000, it added the U.S. investment firm Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. The company restructured itself in 2002, 2004 and 2006. It was one of the least affected banks during the global financial crisis, but afterwards began shrinking its investment business, executing layoffs and cutting costs.

During the period between 2008 and 2012, Germany, Brazil, and the United States began a series of investigations into the use of Credit Suisse accounts for tax evasion. In May 2014, the company pleaded guilty to decades of conspiring to help US citizens "hide their wealth" in order to avoid taxes, and agreed to pay $2.6 billion in fines. - Wikipedia

Follow this Blog which will carry the latest updates as the drama unfolds.

CS CEO Tidjane Thiam admitted in a video interview that the bank had followed a Pursuit of Revenue “At All Costs” policy which had facilitated traders secretly holding high risk illiquid positions. Losses may eventually run into billions of dollars. Updates here and here point to fractured internal communications. The drama is unfolding of a massive amount of illiquid debt scrip. (Illiquid scrip or illiquidity refers to investments for which there is no market, i.e. no buyers. Forced sales can result in massive price drops.) Credit Suisse wants to unload $90 billion of thinly traded debt scrip in unfavourable conditions. CS’s weak position is an ironic reversal for a bank which often strove to exploit weaker counterparties. Thousands of those exploited by the bank’s greed will regard it as due comeuppance. Lisa Abramowicz’s video report on Credit Suisse’s woes highlights poor risk management by senior officers.

The bank’s capital ratio was already down to 11.4% – after the $6 billion capital raising. Those investors lost badly in the massive drop in CS’s share price. The bank can hardly expect further capital from that source. The bank currently carries $380 billion of leverage. A loss of 10% on the $90 billion it is attempting to divest in the current difficult market would cost $9 billion and drive the bank close to junk territory. A loss of 5% on its $380 billion of leverage would take $19 billion off its balance sheet and could have it looking for a bailout. Both scenarios are conservative if the uncertainties described below eventuate. Bank of America has just reiterated its “Sell” Rating for Credit Suisse.

No Buffer from Credible Uncertainties There is no buffer from credible uncertainties. The deflation cycle looks set in for a while and resource prices are heading down (again). China’s stock market is teetering (again) and The Street is confident a Chinese crash is imminent. ISIS want to explode a dirty nuclear bomb and some respected experts are only surprised it hasn’t already happened. Central banks are playing a dangerous game which has the probable outcome that deflation will morph into stagflation – for which there is no known remedy.

Any significant combination of these would turn Credit Suisse into junk or worse. Thiam now expects further Q1 losses following the bank’s massive Q4 loss of $5.75 billion.

CS’s Crazy Creation – It is Taking Out Catastrophe Insurance

Matt Levine has unpackaged the complexities of CS’s drama. Here is a quick paraphrase: CS intends to sell its risk of a catastrophe so that it doesn’t need extra capital to cover it. It includes risk of big losses from illiquid investments and roguetrading. But it is more complex resembling a Möbius strip or a Klein bottle:

"Credit Suisse packaged that risk into securities, gave some of the securities to its own bankers as part of their bonuses (surprise!), hedged the rest of them by buying yet another derivative from yet another counterparty, and then agreed to fund any amounts that the counterparty owed under the derivative.”

It is projected to include rogue-trading risk at the same time it is under criminal investigation for allowing rogue-trading. It is projected to be sold as an Operational Risk insurance policy through Operational Re Ltd. (Bermuda!) claiming it is catastrophe insurance with a relatively remote risk, with the “expected loss said to be just 0.15%”. My estimate of the risk is multiples of that and I wouldn’t want to litigate any claim in Bermuda. To understand it, first read Matt Levine, then this, and this and this and then that and then this post. The upshot of this is that the bank’s official 11.4% capital adequacy may be an over-estimate. Perhaps the bank is already on the brink of a Liquidity Death Spiral. Note that about 40 percent of the bonds in the $1.4 trillion U.S. junk-debt market didn’t trade at all in the first two months of this year, and those that did were “absolutely crushed”. An estimated loss of only 10% on the $90 billion fire sale may be over-optimistic.

The Insider’s Version of the Story Apart from Thiam’s video – the other half is in the confessions of a top ex-Credit Suisse banker – Mr X - who managed some of its wealthiest billionaire clients. Mr X, who was identified as CS private banker Patrice Lescaudron, got the job because he could speak Russian.

Banking experience? He had none before joining the bank. Less than two years after joining Credit Suisse, he said, he was handling the bank’s biggest clients in the region. He reportedly became one of Credit Suisse’s most successful bankers, until he was fired.

Credit Suisse said it suffered a 1.5 billion Swiss franc outflow of client funds. The bank has set aside 250 million Swiss francs in provisions for litigation related to the banker’s case, a person familiar with the matter said.

Bank Ignored Warnings for Years We repeatedly warned the bank of a similar situation in Credit Suisse – but they refused to accept our reports and covered up the illegal activity instead. An account manager who had no relevant experience, but was chosen because he could speak the right language. In our case, his banking ignorance was convenient because there was a huge securities scam going on between various bank people and entities in organized crime (outside the bank).

The Swiss accomplice had an arrest warrant out for him for wire fraud and money laundering. However, the Swiss ignored the US arrest warrant.

Mr X’s inside information Mr X’s inside information (courtesy of Matt Levine) makes for good TV drama: He joined Credit Suisse at age 40 with no prior banking experience, and almost immediately got some big clients, including Georgian politician-tycoon Bidzina Ivanishvili.

"Around April-May, I told myself that all my clients had to make profits so they would stop annoying me with their criticism about lack of performance,” he told bank investigators. Can you imagine? Mr. X is new to banking, he’s good at client relationships, he picks up some big clients, he has fun going out to dinner with them or whatever. “Within weeks, he said, he was actively trading without permission, using Ivanishvili’s credit line to buy about $100 million in Russian stocks and bonds.” And: “With markets around the world surging, he had soon more than made up the missed gains, he said.”

But: a trade lost money, there were margin calls to clients who weren’t aware they were trading on margin, and the whole thing unraveled. He told investigators he could have prevented the margin calls with more unauthorized trading. But he was trying to enjoy the last day of his Italian vacation, he said. “I had had enough of this situation that had upset me so much.” Was It Pursuit of Revenue or Illegal Profit – “At All Costs”? It is apparent that the bank’s criminal convictions, its fractured internal communications and its bloated distressed debt were intimately intertwined. The burning question is: Were they all caused by policies designed to protect corporate crime – through ingrained deliberate ignorance and wilful blindness? Thiam’s 7 minute video interview has inspired a multitude of media comments: It is going from bad to worse for Credit Suisse. Mr. Thiam said the problems in the investment bank were connected to the pursuit of revenue “at all costs.”

Credit Suisse Chief Says Risky Bets Were a ‘Surprise’ A Credit Suisse wealth manager made rogue trades for 6 years just to keep his clients off his back Liquidity Death Spiral Traps Credit Suisse Credit Suisse CEO Blindsided as Bank Added to Risky Positions There was clearly an active decision to retain illiquids that CS took which other firms didn’t take Thiam said he was blindsided by a buildup of illiquid trading positions that will probably spark a first-quarter loss, and pledged to make deeper cost cuts. For him to say he was surprised by the size of the position is clearly not good ….. It highlights, at best, historic control failures and is not good for confidence. The shares dropped to the lowest since 1989 last month and are down 33 percent this year. Thiam also warned trading revenues are expected to fall by up to 45 percent in the first quarter from a year earlier. But investors should know there is no quick fix for a bank the size of Credit Suisse. Fixed-income revenue was down 61 percent year-on-year in the fourth quarter Thiam says his bank will report a bad first quarter CFTC Fines Credit Suisse $665,000 Over Futures Debacle and giving the regulator false information. The bank suffered $258 million of writedowns this year through March 11, and $495 million of losses in the fourth quarter, because of its holdings of distressed debt, leveraged loans and securitized products. Apparently people at Credit Suisse don’t talk to each other? … if I ever got hired by an investment bank to be its CEO, I would spend my first week or two just sort of wandering around the trading floors, sidling up to people to ask questions like “so do you have any illiquid credit positions that might trigger oh say $1 billion of write-downs?” Credit Suisse Confusion on Costly Trades Adds to CEO’s Woes Credit Suisse’s $90 Billion Bitter Pill As any trader knows, when a big player like Credit Suisse exits, it’s a shock for everyone involved. That’s even more true when the market is highly illiquid. How is the bank going to reduce leverage in its global markets unit to $290 billion from $380 billion by the end of 2016? That’s $90 billion of assets that may be unloaded at fire-sale prices. If these positions are illiquid, which some of them seem to be, it could have a major impact on several markets. Illiquid Positions Add to Credit Suisse Confusion China’s Stock Market Is About to Crash — Sell Before It’s Too Late Many U.S. experts consider the eventual detonation by terrorists of a dirty bomb containing radiological materials to be inevitable, because the mechanics of such a device are simple and widely-known. The fuel for a nuclear bomb is in the hands of an unknown black marketeer A distressed credit index touched a level not seen since 2009 in February as oil traded at $30/barrel

Credit Suisse `A Drag’ for Herro Awaiting Overhaul Success Marvel At The Derivative On Its Derivatives That Credit Suisse Wrote To Itself Mourn For The Derivative On Its Derivatives That Credit Suisse Wrote To Itself CS turns to bonds to hedge rogue trader risk Don’t believe or buy this: CS Operational Risk insurance policy has a relatively remote risk, with the expected loss said to be just 0.15%. If you make money you’re a trader but if you don’t you’re a rogue trader. Fitch hasn’t changed the banks ratings yet but warned that the bank’s “Accelerated Restructuring Adds to Execution Risks”. It made a detailed release outlining possible consequences of the current upheavals which may lead to ratings adjustments.

The Bank’s Solution

Credit Suisse plans to monitor employee behavior to catch rogue trading through Artificial Intelligence surveillance, see: Signac – a 50/50 partnership with AI firm Palantir Technologies Inc.

KISS: Why not Read Your Mail? Considering that the bank ignored repeated warnings of rogue activity, is it naive to suggest that the bank should read its mail?

Dutch Investigators Raid Shell Headquarters In Multinational Corruption Probe April 4 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

The Royal Dutch Shell has been drawn into a multinational corruption probe related to the 2011 Nigerian oil deal, British media reported Wednesday.

British and Italian authorities placed Shell and Italy’s Eni under investigation for the $1.1 billion joint purchase of the oil block in mid-2014.

"Representatives of the Dutch Financial Intelligence and Investigation Service and the Dutch public prosecutor recently visited Shell at its headquarters. The visit was related to OPL 245, an offshore block in Nigeria that was the subject of a series of longstanding disputes with the federal government of Nigeria," Shell said in a statement quoted by The Financial Times daily.

The company confirmed earlier reports of being under investigation by prosecutors in Milan relating to the same purchase, noting that it is cooperating with officials in both countries. Most of the $1.1 billion is believed to have gone to the Nigerian government’s bank account in London. Prosecutors, however, are investigating whether the ultimate beneficiary was a fake company allegedly set up by Nigeria’s former Petroleum Minister Dan Etete. The Wall Street Journal cites Italian court documents as saying Italian prosecutors are investigating whether Shell and Eni had been aware of the money’s final destination. The OPL245 is estimated to contain 9 billion barrels of oil.

New Solar Panel Charge Kicks In April 4 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand

Hawke's Bay lines company Unison is introducing an extra charge for solar panel users, in a move Greenpeace says is wrong.

People install the panels to reduce their power bills. But Unison fears this will reduce its income and make its assets hard to maintain, so it is bumping up its charges to make up the difference. The electric lines industry has said many times that people using solar panels and batteries pay lower power bills, making less money available to pay for the electricity grid. Yet most solar panel users still need that grid to be available as a fallback when solar power dries up overnight or on cloudy days. Senior Unison manager Nathan Strong said his firm was acting now to protect its income and make sure the customer got a good idea of the real cost of providing an electricity network.

"Currently it costs us about $900 a year to serve a typical residential customer," he said. "Under our old pricing approach, someone putting a solar panel on a roof would reduce their contribution by $300 and that $300 would have to be made up by someone who does not have solar panels on their roof."

Mr Strong said changing the rules brought fairness. Unison said it was still calculating the exact figure, but network charges could rise by up to $150 each year. From today, the scheme would affect the company's 110,000 consumers in Hawke's Bay, Taupo and Rotorua who put solar panels on their roof. It would only happen if they used their panels to generate surplus power and feed it back into the national grid.

Greenpeace's Russel Norman said Unison was doing the wrong thing.

"The impact of Unison's solar tax is to change the economics around the installation of solar panels, when in the interests of climate change what we want to do is make it easier."

The move was incompatible with recent international pledges to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, Mr Norman said. But the idea of charging solar power users extra money was an anathema to the Sustainable Electricity Association of New Zealand. Chairman Brendan Winitana called the Unison action a solar tax.

"That solar tax is a 26 percent increase in a lines charge and we believe that is a very strong move to make, especially when the Electricity Authority called for submissions on distribution pricing," he said.

Unison said that was not correct and people would still save money on their power bills. Solar panel installation company Solar City chief executive Andy Booth said Unison was being disingenuous and imposing an unfair tax.

"Customers who use low-energy light bulbs and energy efficient fridges to reduce their consumption aren't getting taxed, customers who put solar systems that generate power to reduce their energy consumption are. We believe fundamentally that's anti-competitive," he said.

Unison would be the first lines company to do something like this, but others were understood to have similar plans in train. The company is a member of the the Electricity Networks Association and Its chief executive Graeme Peters said Unison was acting within its rights.

"Distributors are entitled to make their own decisions about pricing in their own areas," he said. "But collectively, we are trying to bring about a menu of pricing options they can choose from."

There are 28 lines companies in New Zealand all facing falling revenue and static fixed costs.

CIA Agents To Troll Alternative Media Sites In Huge Propaganda Program April 4 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

The CIA are expanding an existing program that influences mainstream media outlets to promote fake propaganda stories, by having agents troll internet forums, social media, and website comment sections – in an effort to disrupt alternative media sites.

In an expansion of Operation Mockingbird, the agency are now creating fake user accounts on various internet forums and social media channels, arguing politics with real users in an attempt to stifle and subvert genuine communications between users. According to RT news, agents have up to “10 fake shill accounts” used to troll and create the illusion of having a genuine network of friends.

"They will defend current administration decisions with relentless irrational stubbornness that one can only be paid to do.”

Abby Martin, from RT’s “Breaking the Set,” reported on an up to date Operation Mockingbird with the sole purpose of misleading the public on-line.

In the congressional hearing from 1976 (below) listen to how many agents are in the media to write false stories. According to the Congress report published in 1976:

By the year 1953 Operation Mockingbird dictated information in over 25 newspapers and wire agencies. These organizations were run by people with well-known right-wing views such as William Paley (CBS), Henry Luce (Time and Life Magazine), Arthur Hays Sulzberger (New York Times), Alfred Friendly (managing editor of the Washington Post), Jerry O’Leary (Washington Star), Hal Hendrix (Miami News), Barry Bingham, Sr., (Louisville Courier-Journal), James Copley (Copley News Services) and Joseph Harrison (Christian Science Monitor). Even Rolling Stone claimed that journalist Joseph Alsop was under the control of Operation Mockingbird in 1977.

His articles appeared in over 300 different newspapers. Other journalists alleged by Rolling Stone Magazine to have been willing to promote the views of the CIA included Stewart Alsop (New York Herald Tribune), Ben Bradlee (Newsweek), James Reston (New York Times), Charles Douglas Jackson (Time Magazine), Walter Pincus (Washington Post), William C. Baggs (The Miami News), Herb Gold (The Miami News) and Charles Bartlett (Chattanooga Times). According to Nina Burleigh (A Very Private Woman), these journalists sometimes wrote articles that were commissioned by Frank Wisner, creator of the program. The CIA also provided them with classified information to help them with their work. Related:Federal Government Hires Internet TROLLS to Monitor and "Correct" Online Discussions

Dr. Kelly Brogan's Takedown Of Big Pharma's SSRI Anti-Depressant Drug Lies Hits Bestseller Lists April 2 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Pharma-controlled press desperately tried to censor this book, but failed. Just like Del Bigtree made a dangerous film called "VAXXED," Dr. Kelly Brogan wrote a dangerous book.

How dangerous? So dangerous that the prescription drug cartel in America -- you know, Big Pharma -- ordered media outlets like The New York Times and The Washington Post to blackball the book in the hope that no one would read it. Natural News has learned that all the major media outlets obediently agreed to censor the book and its author. No reviews not even negative ones - would be published. No interviews with the author, no TV appearances, no debates, nothing. A literal conspiracy against a book was hatched in secret and militantly followed by the entire media. The book is called "A Mind of Your Own," and if you're wondering what's so dangerous about it, the book totally exposes the science FRAUD of Big Pharma's antidepressant drugs. It empowers readers with knowledge they can use to take back their mental health using food, nutrition and natural therapies that don't earn huge profits for the drug company cartels. Related: Social media could aggravate depression The author, Dr. Kelly Brogan, is giving away the first chapter of the book for free on her website. Click this link to go there now and download the first chapter, and you'll find out just how "dangerous" this book really is. (Hint: It threatens a $10+ billion drug industry that preys upon the mental health of citizens while keeping them all sick or addicted...)

Exploding in Popularity Across Independent Media, Bypassing the Corrupt, Pharma - Controlled Mainstream Media Now, thanks to the efforts of independent media websites like GreenMedInfo.com, the book has become Amazon's #1 best seller in the "Depression" category and has also achieved a #1 best seller ranking in the category of "Holistic Medicine." As GreenMedInfo now reports, "Since then, A Mind Of Your Own soared to #20 in Amazon's 8.8 million title inventory, selling out within only two days of its March 15th launch date. Then, yesterday, it broke through all three of the top bestselling book lists: USA Today, Publisher’s Weekly, and #10 on the prestigious NY Times bestsellers list's most hard to crack category: Advice, How-To, Misc." In other words, the very same book that the NY Times and USA Today desperately tried to silence has now broken through the censorship and achieved statistical rankings on their own bestseller lists. (Question: Will the NY Times deny the book its proper ranking and blackball it from the NY Times Bestseller list? They've done it before...) These are all the same media outlets, by the way, that just recently heavily pressured Robert De Niro to censor the "VAXXED" documentary by pulling it from the Tribeca Film Festival. He reluctantly complied with the demands of the media science trolls and vaccine totalitarians, memory holing the documentary and making sure no one gets a chance to see it at the festival.

Media Censorship in Full Force Against Truth: Psych Drugs, Vaccines, GMOs - You Name it! On all these topics - psychiatric drugs, vaccines and GMOs - the entire mainstream media operates as a pharma mafia censorship goon squad. The media is, of course, funded largely by Big Pharma and biotech agricultural giants like ADM, DuPont and Monsanto. Because so much money flows into the mainstream media from these corporate giants, the corporations literally write the marching order memos for media to follow.

When these corporate giants order the media to censor a book, they censor a book. When they are ordered to attack Robert De Niro, they attack Robert De Niro. And when they order the media to silence Dr. Kelly Brogan and try to make her book a total failure, they follow those orders with absolute obedience (combined with a total disregard for the truth on any of these matters).

The Mainstream Media Actively Plots Against you, Seeking to Deny you Access to Transformative Knowledge

Yet more and more citizens all around the world are waking up and realizing that the mainstream media actively plots against you learning anything that's true about psychiatric drugs, vaccines and GMOs. Vindictive, treacherous, truthhating rags like Forbes.com specialize in spreading corporate disinfo while pursuing a quasi-journalistic agenda of defaming, slandering and discrediting all who speak out against the holy trinity of poison and death: Big Pharma, Big Biotech and Big Vaccine. Today we just learned that The Associated Press actively collaborated with the Nazi regime to crush freedom of the press so that AP would get exclusive stories from Adolf Hitler. Also, earlier this week we discovered that a German journalist went public, admitting that everything in the mainstream media is totally FAKED, saying, "We all lie for the CIA."

Dr. Kelly Brogan likely had no idea how all this worked until she authored her own book. Operating under the belief that the mainstream media was actually interested in sharing information that would help empower and uplift readers, Dr. Brogan was absolutely shocked to discover that her book -- and her message -- was being systematically silenced and censored by the media. So just like the VAXXED film -- which is now playing in a New York theater beginning this Friday -- Dr. Kelly Brogan has bypassed the censorship of the controlled mainstream media and found success through the health activism community. Click here to get chapter one of her book for FREE right now. Watch my full video on censored SCIENCE books here which covers this book and several others that have been systematically censored by the pharma-controlled establishment:

Click here to get the book on Amazon.com. Or get it at Barnes & Noble at this link.

Green Climate Fund: Where Big Banks Profit Again from Crisis They Helped Create April 1 2016 | From: CommonDreams

Letting big financial institutions manage climate adaptation funds 'would pose serious reputational and moral risk' to global body

"There is no profit to be made in building the resilience of those adversely impacted by climate change," says Sam Ogallah of the Pan African Climate Justice Alliance.

As the Green Climate Fund (GCF), the financial mechanism for the UN climate agency, meets this week in South Korea, more than 170 civil society groups are calling on the international body to reject bids from big banks HSBC and Crédit Agricole to receive and manage funds to help poorer nations tackle climate change. Comment: This is poetry. A farce within a farce. Zombie banks, completely unnecessary fossil fuels and fraudulent man-made climate change (minus the chemtrails) all mixed up into a NWO clusterf*ck. Given their role in financing climate pollution and their poor records on human and environmental rights, approving the financial giants' applications would run counter to the Fund's goals, the groups say.

"Creating new business for big banks with large fossil fuel portfolios and poor records on human rights and financial scandal would undermine the very purpose of the Fund," said Karen Orenstein of Friends of the Earth U.S. on Monday. "There is no profit to be made in building the resilience of those adversely impacted by climate change," added Sam Ogallah of the Pan African Climate Justice Alliance. "Public funds must be used to support local communities in developing countries, not to subsidize big banks." What's more, "accrediting HSBC and Crédit Agricole would be inconsistent with...the Paris Agreement," said Annaka Peterson of Oxfam, referring to the deal hammered out at the COP21 climate talks. "Any private sector partner of the GCF must have a credible strategy in place to make its entire portfolio and operations consistent with keeping global temperature rise to no more than 2 °C, let alone well below 1.5 °C."

Friends of the Earth, Pan African Climate Justice Alliance, and Oxfam are just three of 172 NGOs that released a statement (pdf) earlier this month arguing that offering accreditation to HSBC and Crédit Agricole:

"Would pose serious reputational and moral risk to the GCF" due to the banks' historic conduct.

Including: Well-documented involvement in recent money laundering or other fiduciary mismanagement scandals; Large exposure to the coal industry and other climate polluting sectors; and Poor-quality policies and weak compliance arrangements meant to manage the social, gender, and environmental impacts of their lending, and consequent harm on-the-ground. For example, a report from BankTrack has shown that HSBC and Crédit Agricole provided $7 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, to the coal industry between 2009 and 2014, "and their coal financing does not show a clear downward trend," notes BankTrack's Yann Louvel.

The Fund's board meeting runs Tuesday through Thursday in Songdo, South Korea. GCF executive director Héla Cheikhrouhou told the Thomson Reuters Foundation last week that she will ask for an increase of between 80 and 120 new staff in order to meet its targets. She also said it was too early to say whether the Fund could meet the board's goal to allocate $2.5 billion in 2016. This isn't the first time the Fund has engendered criticism from climate justice groups or frontline communities, who say developed nations, despite their role in driving global warming, have been slow to pony up the necessary - and just financing.

Last year, environmental and social justice organizations expressed outrage when the Fund accredited Deutsche Bank, one of the world’s largest financiers of coal, to receive and distribute climate adaptation and mitigation funds.

"We want the Green Climate Fund to succeed," groups wrote at the time. "But for it to do so, it needs to change direction away from accrediting controversial big banks that are heavily invested in fossil fuels and thus actually exacerbating climate change. If the [Green Climate Fund] continues in such a direction, this would reinforce our fears that in the near future we may have to protest an institution we have thus far been supportive of and integral to creating."

Hillary Clinton’s Relationship With The Rothschild / Rockefeller Establishment Is Now On Full Display March 31 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

Hillary Clinton has been deemed a sure bet for the White House, as it’s widely speculated the inflammatory Donald Trump and socialist-leaning Bernie Sanders stray too far from establishment politics to be truly electable.

Hillary Clinton with Evelyn de Rothschild, Bill Clinton and Lynn Forester de Rothschild in 2003 at the de Rothschilds party to mark the launch of Hillary's memoirs

But it wasn’t until an examination using Wikileaks searchable archive of Clinton’s emails that the establishment’s love of the Democratic warhawk became truly apparent. Buried in thousands of the former Secretary of State’s emails sent via her personal server, are intimations of her close relationship with the infamous Rothschild banking family and hints for a potential Rockefeller-State partnership. Lynn Forester de Rothschild wrote an email on April 18, 2010, in which she tells Hillary she would “love to catch up” - and “I remain your loyal adoring pal.” Clinton responds “let’s make that happen,” and signs her response, “Much love, H.” On September 23, 2010, Clinton emailed Lynn Forester de Rothschild (an email chain marked by heavy redaction) saying, “I was trying to reach you to tell you and Teddy that I asked Tony Blair to go to Israel as part of our full court press on keeping the Middle East negotiations going …”

Rothschild responds, thanking Clinton for “personally reaching out to us,” and adds, “You are the best, and we remain your biggest fans.” A January 9, 2012, email discusses a conference on the environment set to take place at Jacob Rothschild’s “historic estate, Waddesdon.” On New Year’s Eve 2012, Lynn Forester de Rothschild sent an email to Clinton “praying for” her speedy recovery. “And, my email box is lighting up with all the PUMA’s and their 18M prayers for Hillary campaign,” states the email, which is signed, “Love, Lynn, Evelyn, Ben and Jake.” An email to Clinton, dated October 15, 2009, from Melanne Verveer - former director of Pres. Obama’s State Department office for Global Women’s Issues and longtime Clinton family insider - states:

"Speaking at UNESCO Monday with the new director on the unfinished Beijing agenda [REDACTED] called to say she wants to give us several million dollars to subsidize a fund to give an annual award for innovation in empowering women that would be a rockefeller-State [sic] partnership.”

Then, on March 10, 2012, Verveer hints at least at a possible locale for Hillary’s future endeavors:

"I forgot to tell you that Judith Rodin offered you a suite of offices after you leave State for your own use at Rockefeller Fdtn, if you’re interested - with no strings attached. She also said they’d be happy to provide you with a month at their center in Bellagio if you just want to read and write in a beautiful place.”

Though none of the emails The Free Thought Project examined appeared overtly damning - thanks, in part, to sometimes heavy redaction - the evidence of Clinton’s comfort with the establishment lends credence to theories of her being the ‘chosen’ candidate. Numerous emails evidence Hillary’s staff carefully monitoring - and even manipulating - mainstream news outlets as well. Lynn F. de Rothschild told Hillary in August 2009 about a fluff piece journalist Les Gelb was eager to pen for Parade Magazine.

Other emails show an almost paranoid eye Clinton kept trained on the Tea Party and its journalists and mouthpieces. To reiterate, nothing particularly damning in itself was found in this admittedly cursory search - but the relationships these emails document, alone, evidence Hillary’s concrete establishment roots. While Trump infuriates the GOP and Sanders’ popular support lacks translation into delegate votes, perhaps these documents support the popular theory Hillary Clinton will be the next president - no matter what.

Donald J. Trump And The New World Order March 31 2016 | From: NewsWithViews

Perhaps the greatest surprise to emerge in the 2016 Presidential campaign is the depth of degradation to which the Republican National Committee (RNC) will go to maintain its power base.

Or perhaps the greatest surprise is the players that have emerged to attack the populist candidate, Donald J. Trump. Fox News and CNN (not exactly philosophically friendly competitors) are part of the scam. It was no accident that the attack against Trump, sandwiched between two candidates of Cuban heritage during the CNN debate, began just before the Texas primary. Ask yourself one question: To defeat Trump, what was the most important objective the CNN debate needed to achieve? Remember, it occurred in Houston just hours before the Texas primary. It was critical that Cruz defeat Trump in his home state. Thus the vicious attack against Trump began there and Cruz, as required, won his home state..

The next critical “Defeat Trump” event the RNC needed to surreptitiously implement to prevent any candidate from getting the required number of delegates to get the nomination on the first ballot was to be effectively attack and disparage Trump before the March 5th primaries and caucuses. What strategy was used to make anti-establishment populist candidate, Donald Trump, look unelectable? It was a twopronged attack: First, Mitt Romney and second the Fox debate fix. Fix? You bet! First, the former losing Presidential candidate from 2012, the Mormon candidate from Utah, Mitt Romney, made his appearance. I mention Romney’s Mormon religious preference only because most Evangelical Christians call Mormonism a “cult” and they represent a significant number in the conservative movement. How did Romney’s comments impact conservative Evangelical Christians who frequently favor Ted Cruz?

Romney made his televised appearance from the Hinkley Institute at the University of Utah, established in 1965. Hinkley Institute is definitely establishment. Some who have given presentations there include Senator John McCain, political activist Ralph Nader, Karl Rove, former Democrat Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, and actor/political activist Robert Redford. Seeing the name "Hinkley Institute" on the blue background behind Mitt Romney gave me the chills. You remember the name Hinkley, don’t you? A young man named John W. Hinkley attempted to assassinate President Ronald Reagan. The Hinkley family was a good friend with then-Vice President George H.W. Bush. I can find no data on the Internet that ties Hinkley Institute to John Hinkley's family... and I find nothing that disassociates him, either. President Ronald Reagan was another “outsider” non-establishment political candidate who was hated by the RNC (which forced George H.W. Bush on him as his vice presidential candidate).

Solving mysteries as they appear before your eyes requires insight into historic events that are tied in some way to current events. So we have Romney, the guy who did not release his tax returns until six weeks prior to the 2012 election, on national television from the Hinkley Institute demanding that Trump immediately release his tax returns. Under the circumstances – circumstances based on his own behavior four years ago – was this a reasonable request? No, it was not. People had been demanding for months that Romney release his tax returns and he was not being audited. He did not have tax lawyer telling him to not release his returns because of that audit as is the case with Donald Trump. Romney did have numerous rumors of hidden bank accounts in Caribbean offshore island accounts floating around... an issue with which he never dealt. This demand by Romney was not only unreasonable, it was evil and based on lies. He reminded me of the Wizard of Oz who when the curtains are opened is nothing more than a puppet doing the bidding of his masters.

Romney, the guy whose business experience at Bain Capital includes a 22 percent failure rate on his investments, felt that qualified him to make negative comments about Donald Trump’s skills as a business leader? Please! Trump, who with his 35 years of investing experience has completed thousands of successful ventures internationally has had only a handful of failed businesses. To mention the failures without mentioning his own failures, without mentioning the thousands of successes, was disingenuous. His lack of success as a venture capitalist didn’t prevent Mitt Romney from denigrating Trump’s handful of failures. Romney isn’t even qualified to shine Donald Trump’s shoes in the world of venture capital investing. So why would Mitt Romney go on national television and make statements that make him look like a business idiot who deserved his 22 percent failure rate at Bain Capital?

At the moment when Romney put on his performance at the Hinkley Institute – and it was a performance, complete with television prompters – it became apparent that the RNC was manipulating things behind the scenes to set up a brokered Republican National Convention... a convention in which no candidate has the required 1,237 votes to get the nomination on the first ballot. After the first ballot, delegates are free to vote for whomever they choose (and the State Republican Parties who are supported by the RNC selects the voting delegates). Fox News became an accessory to the RNC’s brokered convention strategy at its March 3rd debate in Detroit. First, though Fox News talking heads have been patting themselves on the back for their wonderful performances, this was not a debate. It was a planned dog fight with little difference in the way it was presented and the dog fights for which pro football player Michael Vick got sent to prison. Look at the way the stage was set up. Look at the “let’s have a dog fight” questions that were asked.

As long as there were five candidates, it made sense for Donald Trump, as the leading candidate, to be in the middle of all participants on stage. When Dr. Ben Carson withdrew from the race, the proper alignment should have been left-to-right: Donald Trump; Ted Cruz; Marco Rubio; and in fourth position, John Kasich. But to make Donald Trump the cheese in a Cruz/Rubio enchilada, Trump had to be placed on stage between the two. John Kasich said it all in one sentence he uttered: “I’m beginning to feel like the only adult on this stage.” The RNC intended for Kasich to look like the most reasonable, well-informed, calmest and experienced candidate on the debate stage. Does that mean the RNC favors Kasich? Possibly... we need to bear in mind that when Kasich references being part of the Reagan team, he was also part of then-Vice President George H.W. Bush’s team because Vice President Bush became very active in running the administration after President Ronald Reagan was shot by John W. Hinkley. So does the adult on the stage represent the ideals of Ronald Reagan? Or does he prefer the ideals of George H.W. Bush? Is he just another establishment shill who supports maintaining the current power base that Donald Trump so threatens? We’ll see. It’s a deep, dark hole.

To solve a mystery, you must be able to find the real motive behind the actions of the perpetrators of the crime or the game being played. It is clear the RNC wants a brokered convention. They want to get Trump at any cost... even the cost of giving the election to Hillary Clinton. They are using Marco Rubio and Ted Cruz to make John Kasich look like the only reasonable alternative. It is doubtful that Cruz and Rubio are aware of how they are being used, but it certainly appears that is what’s happening. It is also apparent that, at the moment, John Kasich benefits from the antics of Cruz and Rubio, neither of whom the RNC wants as President – though Rubio is more “establishment” than is Cruz (who, as Trump says, is a provable liar). Keep in mind what happens at a brokered convention... which is the RNC’s core motive. They want a brokered convention. To get it, they must stop Trump whose popularity they sorely miscalculated until, surprise of surprises, Trump was storming towards a victory unforeseen by the RNC and it became desparate.

They discredit Trump via lies and misrepresentations – from Mitt Romney’s pretense of concerned citizen to the Cruz and Rubio attacks. Cruz and Rubio end up looking unqualified to be President because they are not acting presidential. Rather, they are acting like dogs in a dog fight. Kasich appears to benefit from the behavior of the two Latino candidates. As a result, no one ends up getting the required 1,237 votes at the National Convention on the first ballot. After that first ballot, most candidates are free to vote for whichever candidate they choose – and who knows whose names might be submitted as late comer delegates? Maybe the name will be Paul Ryan – it could even be Jeb Bush. It can be any name the RNC wants as the Republican candidate. Please keep all of the above in mind and ask yourself what your objective is. If you want a candidate for President who will upset the political power apple cart in Washington, be prepared for hearing lie after lie about your candidate, Donald Trump. If you want a candidate for President who is no threat to the establishment power base at the RNC and throughout Congress and our courts, the RNC is ready, willing and able to provide you with that candidate. News Blast to Cruz and Rubio: Neither of you will be on the RNC list to be their candidate. They are using you just as they used Mitt Romney.

Conclusion This election is all about is Globalism vs Freedom and independence for America as a sovereign nation. The elite (globalists) wanted Jeb Bush as the GOP candidate and Hillary Clinton as the DNC candidate. Both serve the Globalist Masters aka The New World Order. Well, then came Donald Trump, he threw a big monkey wrench in their Global Utopia plans.

The reason the establishment doesn't want Trump (regardless of what you think of his personality) is because he can't be bought or controlled. They don't own him.

Tyranny And Free Speech March 30 2016 | From: BreakingViews

Do you support free speech? How about free speech for climate change skeptics? For homophobes? For racists? For sexists? For white males? For even Donald Trump?

Those who defend free speech, as did the American Founding Fathers, understand it is not about defending speech you agree with, but defending speech you disagree with. Without free speech, there is no liberty. The State Department diversity officer, John Robinson, has just warned the staff that they may be penalized for engaging in “microaggressions,” which include jokes or other comments that someone who hears them may find offensive. In a recent letter, he referred to a definition of microaggressions as:

"Everyday verbal, nonverbal and environmental slights, snubs or insults, whether intentional or unintentional, which communicate hostile, derogatory or negative messages to target persons.”

In other words, whatever you hear may be considered a microaggression if you choose to be offended. Such vague and infinitely elastic laws and regulations are the bread and butter of all totalitarian regimes. Lavrentiy Beria (Joseph Stalin’s head of the NKVD, a predecessor of the KGB) was quoted as saying to Stalin:

"You name the person and I will find the crime.”

The “crime” of microaggression has already been used to stifle and prosecute speech by those who have contrary views in several left-leaning universities, and now it is coming to the federal government. The climate change lobbyists have been increasingly aggressive in their attacks on free speech. They seek to silence their critics, who have committed the “sin” of noting their many failed predictions. George Mason University meteorologist Jagadish Shukla was the lead signatory of the letter sent to the president and attorney general asking them to use RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) laws to prosecute;

"Corporations and other organizations that have knowingly deceived the American people about the risks of climate change.”

Mr. Shukla “paid himself and his wife $1.5 million from government climate grants for part-time work.” Other prominent global warming fear-mongers, who are on the government teat, have also called for “war crimes trials” and even the “execution” of some critics. Even Attorney General Loretta Lynch said last week she has looked at the possibility of pursuing civil actions against socalled “climate change deniers.”

The message: Don’t look to the Obama administration to protect free speech. Which do you find more offensive, a person advocating socialism or a person telling jokes about one-eyed people? Socialism is an ideology that has resulted in governments killing more than 200 million of their own citizens in the last century. It is based on coercion rather than liberty. It demands involuntary servitude. Socialist Bernie Sanders promises “free” stuff to his supporters to be paid for by the involuntary servitude of others - to which there will be no end. Having spent considerable time in socialist countries and seen the human wreckage that results, I am offended by the ignorance or venality of those who engage in the microaggression of advocating socialism. Several decades ago, I lost an eye, and in the years since I have been told hundreds of “one-eyed” jokes, even by people who do not know me. Rather than being offended, I have chosen to enjoy them. Offensive speech is totally subjective, and making it a crime is incompatible with a free society. The Guardian, a left-wing British newspaper, published an article last year by a woman author titled;

"Why do women lie more than men?” It reported on a new poll that “suggests that women are twice as likely to lie as men.” The article goes on to say: “It may be irritating to be told, yet again, that women are more morally slippery than men (just as in Genesis).” The article goes on to cite several reasons why this may be true - including differences “between masculine and feminine brains.”

All of this may or may not be nonsense, but in cases of women complaining about men engaging in “offensive” speech, it is most often assumed, without evidence, that the woman is telling the truth and the man is lying. In fact, men are frequently not allowed to know who their accuser is or what she claimed was said. One of the most basic protections of liberty is the right of the accuser to know the specific charges against him or her and by whom. As a result, many innocent men are not given a fair hearing by the human resource departments in organizations and even sometimes by the courts.

The late well-regarded feminist, Joan Kennedy Taylor, argued in her book “What to Do When You Don’t Want to Call the Cops: Or a Non-Adversarial Approach to Sexual Harassment” (Cato Institute) that it is important to understand that men and women perceive things quite differently, and that non-legal strategies which she describes can be far more effective and less damaging than legal remedies. Law professor Catherine Ross has just written an important book, “Lessons in Censorship” (to be discussed at a Cato book forum on March 16), in which she argues that “the failure of schools to respect civil liberties betrays their educational function and threatens democracy.”

The popularity of the verbally crude Donald Trump might, in part, be a reaction to the political correctness of the political class and timid leaders of organizations who have failed to defend freedom of speech.

The Food Industrial Complex March 30 2016 | From: Priceonomics

In 2011, during a debate over the nutritional guidelines for school lunches, Congress decided that pizza counts as a vegetable. And not for the first time.

The American government first proposed that an unhealthy food - if it contains trace amounts of a healthy ingredient - could count as a vegetable in 1981. Looking for ways to cut the school lunch budget, the Reagan Administration suggested that cafeterias include ingredients in condiments like pickle relish and ketchup toward nutritional requirements. This was not good politics. Democrats and the press had a field day saying that Reagan had just classified ketchup as a vegetable.

"This is one of the most ridiculous regulations I ever heard of,” Democratic Senator John Heinz, owner of Heinz, told the press, “and I suppose I need not add that I know something about ketchup and relish."

The Reagan Administration dropped the proposal, but it soon became law anyway. When the Obama Administration directed the Department of Agriculture to revise school lunch policies in 2011, experts took aim at the rule that allowed the tiny amount of tomato paste in pizza sauce to count toward the vegetable requirements of each meal . Any changes made by the Department of Agriculture could jeopardize huge contracts for companies that supply food for school children’s lunches, so the food industry responded with a $5.6 million lobbying campaign. According to Margo Wootan, director of the Center for Science in the Public Interest, two multibillion dollar companies spent the most: Schwan and ConAgra, which each had large contracts for pizzas and fries used in school lunches. Before the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) could make any recommendations, Congress ensured that the push for healthier lunches did not hurt the manufacturers of unhealthy foods. Congress passed an agriculture appropriations bill that would deny the USDA funding to enforce any policies that prevented the potatoes in french fries or the tomato paste in pizza from counting as nutritional elements.

The press again enjoyed declaring that Congress had classified pizza as a vegetable. Cynics shrugged at yet another example of the government prioritizing the bottom line of businesses that manufacture sugary and salty processed foods over public health. Yet the one-sided nature of the food industry’s lobbying is puzzling. Where were the broccoli, spinach, and carrot lobbies? Why didn’t a member of Congress take to the floor with a set of talking points provided by the leafy green vegetable lobby? Why can’t American farmers, who enjoy huge government subsidies, stand up to the processed food lobby? Part of the answer lies in the economics of the food industry: the profit margins and scale of processed food makers gives them a heft that growers of healthy foods can’t match.

But it is also because “Big Ag” is not in the healthy food business. American farms with lobbying power don’t grow brussel sprouts; they grow grains used to make the high fructose corn syrup in Coke, the starches in processed foods, and the oil in deep fryers. This is somewhat inevitable, but it is also a self-inflicted wound: the result of misguided government policy that subsidizes Big Macs and Big Gulps.

The Poor Margins of Broccoli Farmers The words “food lobby” have become synonymous with unhealthy food. In 2015, according to the Center for Responsive Politics, processed food manufacturers spent $32 million on lobbying while the fruit and vegetable industry spent a mere $3.7 million. Moreover, top fruit and vegetable contributors include the National Potato Council, which protects potato farmers’ interests in french fries, and a company that grows tomatoes for fast food chains. To understand why the food lobby is dominated by companies pushing unhealthy foods, a good place to start is the huge imbalance between the amount of fruits and vegetables we should eat and the relative size of the fruits and vegetables market.

According to nutritional guidelines published by the USDA and the Harvard School of Public Health, fruits and vegetables should make up 50% of a healthy diet. But the financial value of the fruit and vegetable market is nowhere near 50% of the food industry. In 2015, American farmers earned under $50 billion in revenue from fruits and vegetables. In contrast, processed food manufacturers like ConAgra, General Mills, and Kellogg each make around $15 billion in yearly revenue.

The meat and carb heavy American diet partially explains these disparities. The Department of Agriculture estimates that Americans eat roughly 50% less fruits and vegetables and over 20% more grains and meat than recommended by its nutrition guidelines. But it is the economics of the food industry that really explain why the food lobby pushes unhealthy fare. Processed foods have high profit margins that fund advertising campaigns and lobbying budgets. The importance of branding also leads to consolidation that supports special interest lobbying. We can see this in the case of cereal - one of the earliest processed foods.

When John Harvey Kellogg and Charles Post sold the first modern cereals in the 19th century, they worried about competitors. Their product was simply processed wheat or corn, and its production was cheap and easy to replicate. Their solution was to use advertising to create brand names. Charles Post claimed his “Grape Nuts” could cure malaria. The Quaker symbol of Quaker Oats became the first nationally recognized cereal brand. As cereal manufacturers fought over the expanding market, they differentiated their fare through shapes and flavors - and added hefty doses of sugar to make it more palatable. These dynamics apply to many processed foods: cheap foods differentiated - and sold at high margins - thanks to brand names and advertising. And in markets where brand recognition is key, a few businesses come to dominate. In 2015, Kellogg’s, which is currently valued at $26 billion, reported that of every $1 consumers spent on its cereal, it earned 35 cents

of gross profit. (The most profitable vegetable farms earn 24 cents per dollar.)

Kellogg’s has a $26 billion market capitalization because it does not just make cereal. It also owns Pringles and manufactures a variety of processed foods from Eggo Waffles to Famous Amos chocolate chip cookies. The entire processed foods industry is similarly consolidated. If you follow your favorite snack up the food chain, you’ll usually find that it is owned by a multinational company. PepsiCo owns Funyuns, Rold Gold pretzels, and Sun Chips. Ritz crackers, Oreos, and Wheat Thins sell under the Nabisco label, which is owned by Mondelēz International. So whenever a federal agency supports healthy foods, it picks a fight with a collection of the world’s largest companies. It is possible to similarly market fruits and vegetables and sell them at a markup. Honeycrisp apples, which were designed for that satisfying crunch, enjoy a price premium two to three times that of other varieties. “Organic” has emerged as a powerful marketing tool, and prices of kale increased 25% over the past 3 years. Distributors use tactics like selling produce in convenient sizes (such as one snack worth of baby carrots) to differentiate their products.

In general, though, consumers don’t know or care who grew a certain apple or cucumber. The honeycrisp apple is a rarity, and trends like kale-mania benefit the entire market rather than a single company. Companies do market veggies, but brand recognition is low. Brands need a year-round presence in supermarkets so consumers can purchase it routinely, but produce is seasonal. Efforts to link recognized brands with a certain quality level and a higher price point is hindered by the influence of weather on quality and prices. Farmers and companies that grow and sell produce do so at the going rate, which is a leaner business. Vegetable farms have had boom years and can make good margins. One USDA census has noted that the largest vegetable farms had annual sales of $500,000 on margins of 24%. But that’s still tiny compared to PepsiCo or General Mills, and the average farm actually loses value and relies on supplemental, non-farm incomes.

The term processed foods also applies to more than just Oreos and Doritos. When we think of pasta sauce, we normally don’t think of junk food. But as Michael Moss writes in the New York Times Magazine, products like Prego pasta sauce contain huge amounts of salt and sugar, just like potato chips and cereal. The processed food industry, then, is profitable, politically powerful, and more enormous than we realize. Is it any surprise that the food lobby is synonymous with unhealthy foods?

The McDonaldization of the American Farm While the economics of processed foods can explain their dominance over fruits, vegetables, and healthier fare, it may still seem surprising. After all, American farmers receive billions of dollars in annual subsidies, and the American Farm Bureau often spends millions of dollars lobbying Congress to protect those subsidies and farmers’ interests. So why aren’t American farmers as successful in pushing legislation that favors fresh produce and “real food” as they are at winning subsidies? The answer lies in recognizing that the prototypical American farm does not produce healthy food. The idyllic farms show in Whole Foods advertisements - farms with a variety of crops and livestock - are not representative of American agriculture. As food journalist Michael Pollan has written, America’s large commercial farms are monocultures, meaning they specialize in a single crop, which is usually a grain. Together, corn and soy account for almost 50% of all American crop revenues. According to Rosamond Naylor and Walter Falcon of Stanford, America’s corn crop is used to produce half of the sweeteners Americans consume every year in beer and soda. The majority of the crop goes toward feeding cattle (46%) and ethanol production (25%). Corn also provides the starchy base for processed foods and the oil for McDonald’s deep fryers.

The dominance of grains in American agriculture is not unusual. Just four grains - corn, wheat, rice, and soy - account for so much of global agricultural output that economists modelling food prices only look at the market for these grains. Naylor and Falcon note that countries’ agriculture policy (including that of the United States) has been to increase the yields of these grains. After all, higher yields mean more productive farms, wealthier farmers, more food, and less hunger. The American government has intervened extensively in agriculture since the Great Depression, and as food writer Michael Pollan notes, its subsidies and programs encouraged large farms that specialized in growing a single grain. The government promoted the research and production of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, and higher yield grains, and the Department of Agriculture encouraged farms to “get big or get out.” The government did not dole out decades of subsidies indiscriminately; it subsidized the production of corn, soybeans, wheat, and rice at a large scale. In some ways, these policies have been a great success. American farms are profitable and productive: the average corn belt farmer produces enough crops to feed 140 Americans and makes around $200,000 in income. The average American now enjoys half a pound of meat per day - an amount once considered princely.

But the government's calorie-maximizing policies no longer make sense in a country as troubled by obesity as by hunger. In its push for large monocultures, and in order to buy the peace of specialized vegetable farms, the USDA prohibited farms that receive grain subsidies from growing fruits and vegetables. (An ironic example of vegetable farmers flexing their lobbying muscles.) This puts the government in the insane position of subsidizing the cost of fast food while actively prohibiting more farms from growing fruits and vegetables. Even farm animals, which are cheaper to raise when they can be fed with subsidized grain, have a mixed nutrition record. Most nutritionists consider meat part of a healthy diet, but they also believe Americans eat too much meat.

In addition, grain subsidies, as well as the lack of any policy prohibiting the regular use of antibiotics in animal feed, enable farmers to raise animals at scale in confined areas. (The antibiotics keep animals alive in the filthy conditions of small

cages.) Cheap meat is a great luxury, but this system makes McDonald’s hamburgers and Kentucky Fried Chicken cheaper than healthier foods. America’s large, profitable farms spend millions on lobbying each year and enjoy substantial access to lawmakers. The problem is that almost none of these farms provide a counterweight to manufacturers of junk and processed foods. Thanks in part to outdated and politically-expedient agricultural policy, farms’ lobbying power protects french fries, Big Macs, and soda rather than leafy greens.

The Food Pyramid’s Corrupt Foundation With this understanding of America’s food industry and its lobbying prowess, we can understand a certain mystery behind the food pyramid: why it promoted a diet at odds with the advice of nutritionists for nearly 20 years. In 1992, the United States Department of Agriculture unveiled the food pyramid, its guide to healthy eating. Thanks to government efforts to publicize it - pushing it into doctors’ offices and home economics classes - the majority of Americans recognize the food pyramid. The nutritional guidelines behind the food pyramid also inform policy like school lunches and food stamps, making it the country’s most influential nutrition document. During its 24-year lifespan, the food pyramid has changed significantly. The base of the original pyramid contained loaves of bread, plates of pasta, and bowls of cereal. But in the ‘food plate’, which replaced the pyramid in 2011, grains only take up 20% of the plate, which is dominated by fruits and vegetables.

The changes do not represent a new understanding of nutrition; the story of the food pyramid is the most highly visible demonstration of the food and agriculture sectors’ lobbying prowess.

Dr. Luise Light is a nutrition expert and led the team at the Department of Agriculture that made the original recommendations for the food pyramid. If you review her original recommendations, they sound similar to dietary advice given by nutritionists today: lots of vegetables, more lean sources of protein like fish and nuts, and less dairy and processed foods. Those guidelines, according to Dr. Light, did not survive their trip to the office of the Head of the Department of Agriculture.

She has described herself as “shocked” by the changes that were made. Her team placed fruits and vegetables at the base of the pyramid and whole-grain breads and cereals further up. The new guidelines not only switched carbohydrates to the base of the pyramid, they moved processed foods like crackers and corn flakes, which Dr. Light and her team had placed at the top of the pyramid with chocolate, to the base too. Even with all the edits, the food pyramid was not released for another 12 years. With an understanding of the food lobby, it’s not hard to understand why. The companies that make processed foods and the large American farms that grow grains wanted to see carb-heavy foods promoted at the base of the pyramid; the tiny leafy greens lobby could not make its voice heard.

As in 1992, every five years, when the Department of Agriculture revisits its nutrition guidelines, the food industry gears up by releasing floods of reports, nominating friendly (and on-salary) researchers to be part of the USDA committee reviewing the policies, and appealing to allies in Congress and the White House. This means that new policies are always a battle between public-interest organizations pushing for healthier guidelines and a food lobby working to subvert them. The result is that improving our food policy - at best - takes a step backward for every two steps forward. ...

The American government wields enormous influence over our diet. Federal policy shapes our farm system to a remarkable degree and sets the lunch menu for millions of schoolchildren. As long as food lobbyists overwhelmingly represent the makers of unhealthy food, health advocates will always struggle to push policy in a healthier direction.

To some extent, this is inevitable. The profit margins for making a branded bar of sugar are better than for growing brussel sprouts, which creates more money for lobbying against labelling laws, sugar taxes, and so on. But the current status quo, in which American farms grow crops for unhealthy products like high fructose corn syrup, is the result of outdated agricultural policy.

"Good advice about nutrition conflicts with the interests of many big industries,” Michael Jacobson, co-founder of the Center for Science in the Public Interest, has said, “each of which has more lobbying power than all the publicinterest groups combined.”

But the real problem is that manufacturers of unhealthy food are so powerful that those interests groups are always the pushing snack foods rather than fruit. There’s a lot of money to be made selling obesity foods, and you can’t move America [the world] in a healthier direction without confronting the salty, sugary, finger-licking, just-one-more-chip financial firepower of the food industrial complex.

Putin: Human Evolution Under Big Threat From GMOs, Vaccines + Media Struggles To Pin Stupid Label On Well-Educated Vaccine Dissenters March 29 2016 | From: NatrualNews / Sott / Various

Those who support vaccine choice and oppose genetically modifying our food chain have an unlikely ally: Russian President Vladimir Putin.

As reported by the Health Freedom Alliance, a report that was prepared by the Russian Security Council (SCRF), a report which is currently circulating within the Kremlin, says that Putin has given orders to protect the Russian people from GMO "food" as well as Western pharmaceuticals "at all costs." Related: Pediatrician Resigns Because ‘American Association of Pediatrics Knows Vaccines Cause Autism’ The report states that Putin believes the next phase of human evolution is being put at "grave risk," and that Western and other great powers are "intentionally decelerating the process for their personal gain."

"... some parents may feel uncertain about vaccines partly because they're skeptical of pharmaceutical companies, whose profit motives mix with their vaccine-promotion campaigns. And while state governments can mandate immunization, this may end up pushing parents away from the publicschool system if they feel that regulations are forcing them to make certain decisions about their children's health." "We as a species have the choice to continue to develop our bodies and brains in a healthy upward trajectory, or we can follow the Western example of recent decades and intentionally poison our population with genetically altered food, pharmaceuticals, vaccinations, and fast food that should be classified as a dangerous, addictive drug," says the report. "We must fight this. A physically and intellectually disabled population is not in our interests," the report added.

As further reported by the Health Freedom Alliance:

"Describing the average government-controlled Westerner as an 'intensively vaccinated borderline autistic fat man slumped in front of a screen battling a high-fructose corn syrup comedown,' the report states that such tactics used by governments to subjugate their citizens are not only 'dark/evil' but 'counter-productive in the medium to long term.'"

'Largest World Supplier of Healthy, Ecologically Clean and High-Quality food' Under Putin, who is a billionaire himself, the Russian government has been giving away land for free over the past few years to anyone who is willing to plant and farm organically and sustainably, with the goal of becoming the world's "leading exporter" of non-GMO foods that are based on "ecologically clean" production. The report comes just a few months after the Kremlin announced that it planned to halt production of all GMO foods, seen by the international organic community as a major step in the fight against multinational GMO pushers like Monsanto and Syngenta.

And Russia is continuing to lead the way in organic, natural food production. In December, RT.com reported on Putin's intent to become the world's biggest organic food producer. At the same time, Putin condemned U.S. food manufacturing, as well as food production in other countries, for no longer offering high quality, healthy and ecologically clean food.

"We are not only able to feed ourselves taking into account our lands, water resources – Russia is able to become the largest world supplier of healthy, ecologically clean and high-quality food which the Western producers have long lost, especially given the fact that demand for such products in the world market is steadily growing," the Russian leader said in a speech to Parliament.

Food self-sufficient and GMO free Putin added that Russia had become a net exporter of food rather than an importer.

"Ten years ago, we imported almost half of the food from abroad, and were dependent on imports. Now Russia is among the exporters. Last year, Russian exports of agricultural products amounted to almost $20 billion - a quarter more than the revenue from the sale of arms, or one-third the revenue coming from gas exports," he said, noting that the country was on track to becoming completely food-self-sufficient by 2020.

In January, the Russian leader criticized both Western Big Pharma and GMO foods, the Australian National Review reported, a familiar theme:

"Three years ago, the Russian government was considering imposing a ban on the participation of foreign drug producers in the tendering for public procurement of drugs if there are already two similar drugs created by local manufacturers," the Australian site noted. "The measure was meant to encourage international pharmaceutical producers to localize their production in Russia and to reduce the share of imported drugs in the total procurements, which was estimated at around 85 per cent. The initiative was put forward by Russia's Ministry of Industry and Trade."

Media Struggles To Pin Stupid Label On Well-Educated Vaccine Dissenters Related: Lead Developer Of HPV Vaccines Comes Clean, Warns Parents & Young Girls It’s All A Giant Deadly Scam

There have been numerous articles in mainstream newspapers and magazines with titles that disparage anyone who questions the safety and effectiveness of vaccines, disagrees (in part or in total) with the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) recommended schedule of vaccines, or opposes the idea of forcing people to get vaccinated against their will.

You can be a vaccine skeptic, a complete "anti-vaxxer" or someone who simply doesn't like the government dictating what one should or shouldn't do with one's body. It doesn't matter. Related: Finally! Studies Prove That Unvaccinated Children Are Far Healthier If you choose to reject any part of the current vaccine paradigm, as crafted by the government and the pharmaceutical industry, you will be put on to stupid list, even though, ironically, it is widely acknowledged that people who choose to chart their own way on the issue of vaccines tend to be extremely well-educated and often have advanced degrees.

In 2014, The Huffington Post published an article titled "Anti-Vaxxers Are Stupid and Contagious." That piece was written by the senior editor of The Huffington Post Canada, Joshua Ostroff, so it wasn't just some random person submitting an article to the publication. That same year, the Los Angeles Times published "Rich, educated and stupid parents are driving the vaccination crisis" and the Chicago Tribune published "Anti-vaccine debate proves you can't fix stupid."

Take a Look at this Dtap Vaccine Insert The Dtap vaccine insert says in plain text that it causes autism, sudden infant death, apnea, seizures up to gran mal, neuropathy AND MORE. Interesting it is that the standard vaccine side effects - triggering allergies and other normal stuff is not even listed and in their own words "what they listed was prioritized for frequency and severity". So it causes Autism and other horrible brain damage so much that the normal stuff vaccines used to be known for is not even listed.

Yep, but it is glyphosate causing autism, look away from thew vaccines, yes, we have it, It is Glyphosate, look the other way please! In 2015, Australia's The Daily Telegraph published an article titled "Until they come up with a vaccine for stupidity, antivaxxers live on." The newspaper followed up earlier this year with "Just when you thought anti-vaxxers couldn't get more stupid." These are only a handful of the articles you can find with the word "stupid" or a variation of it in the title. There are countless other articles in the mainstream press with words in the title that convey a similar message. It is unclear what the owners, editors and writers of reputable publications believe they stand to gain from this form of journalism. Common sense might tell you that it's not such a good a idea to insult a segment of your audience. Related: This Australian Police Officer lost his job/career for exposing vaccine crimes/shaken baby syndrome

Interesting enough, there may be emerging a shift in another direction. Last year, NBC News published an article titled"Don't Call Them Dumb: Experts on Fighting the Anti-Vaccine Movement." The piece, written by Maggie Fox, suggested that belittling people with regard to vaccines may, in fact, be helping them attract sympathizers because many people don't like to see others being abused, and "some of the criticism on cable television, social media and in mainstream newspapers and magazines is starting to look like bullying." More recently, Emma Green's article in The Atlantic, is titled "Anti-Vaxers Aren't Stupid." In her piece, Green cites Professor Mark Largent of Michigan State University and author of the book Vaccine: The Debate in Modern America. According to Green, Prof. Largent, who is an associate professor and director of the Science, Technology, Environment, and Public Policy program at MSU, notes that 40% of parents in the United States have either refused or delayed a vaccine for one of their children. So why is it that so many parents are having doubts about vaccines and vaccination policy? Apparently, it has nothing to do with their level of intellect, but rather the low degree of trust they have in the federal government and the pharmaceutical industry.

"... some parents may feel uncertain about vaccines partly because they're skeptical of pharmaceutical companies, whose profit motives mix with their vaccine-promotion campaigns. And while state governments can mandate immunization, this may end up pushing parents away from the publicschool system if they feel that regulations are forcing them to make certain decisions about their children's health."

According to Green, Prof. Largent also attributes some of the skepticism toward vaccines on the part of parents to the "monolithic power of science" - the sense that doctors and medical researchers have an overwhelming amount of power and control over what happens to their children, and that that may make parents uncomfortable to the point where they seek to offset that power and control by doing their own research.

"Faced with this imbalance of power and information, who can blame parents for being nervous and striking out on the Internet for a second opinion?"

Still, Prof. Largent's attempt to explain why so many well-educated people refuse to follow the party line on vaccines does not mean that he believes they are right or even offer some valid points. To the contrary, according to Green, Prof. Largent has said, "Vaccinology has nothing to learn from anti-vaxers." But Prof. Largent at least appears to be open to "engaging" rather than merely insulting those who hold different views. That's something.

Comment: Author Marco Cáceres wrote another good article about what happens when anyone chooses to reject any part of the current vaccine paradigm: Internet trolls: Anyone resisting the vaccine party line is a target Increasingly, professionals within a wide range of health care and science fields are giving interviews and writing articles and books voicing their concerns about vaccine risks, the misrepresentation of the historical role of vaccines in reducing mortality from infectious diseases, the expanding schedule and number of vaccines mandated, or even the basic mechanism theories behind vaccine science. Predictably, every time you give the name of a contrarian doctor or scientist in response to the 99.9% figure, what you tend to get is, "Eh, well, he's a quack, she's not credible." Also, you get referred to blogs such as Science-Based Medicine, or Respectful Insolence, or the Skeptical Raptor's Blog.

They're often written by or associated with a guy named David Gorski, MD, who also goes by the alias "Orac." Gorski is a surgical oncologist and an assistant professor of surgery at Wayne State University School of Medicine in Detroit, MI4. Should you wish to debunk someone, anyone, who dares to disagree with mainstream thinking on vaccines, all you need do is inform Orac, and the good doctor will gladly oblige by writing up a boorish piece, long on insult and short on science. Orac's methods are painfully predictable. Related: Baby monkeys given standard doses of popular vaccines develop autism

The Amerikan Way – A Study in Psychopathy March 29 2016 | From: ZenGardner

Just look at everything Amerika stands for as a whole. Corruption, greed, violence, military aggression, social degradation, scientific insanity and on and on. It’s footprint on the world is nothing but horrific if you view it in the overall context.

Sure there are good people living there and those unwittingly caught up in the mass hysteria, but they’re participating nonetheless. That accountability won’t go away. Unless they stand up to it and fully withdraw their consent and work to reverse the madness they’re clearly part of the problem. That’s not an easy spot to be in when the very fabric of the sociopolitical and economic support structure is an every day fact of psychopathic driven existence. It breeds acquiescence, apathy and hence continued participation. A pathetic state of affairs. Looking honestly at this collective insanity is imperative if we’re to draw any kind of enlightening and empowering perspective.

Breaking Down the Nature of the Psychopathic Beast Scientists researching the common characteristics of psychopathy now use a list of predominant qualities displayed by psychopaths that they’ve meticulously studied. The characteristics are quite telling and perhaps disturbing, as many can recognize these attributes in people around them.

While they estimate only 2 to 4% of the population are psychopaths, Amerika ranking with a high percentile of those they have identified, they clearly understand that these types of non-empathic dehumanizing freaks gravitate towards positions of power. See how these attributes ingrained in such ideas as manifest destiny and American supremacism match up to the collective American way of life and its effect on the world of today, following the brief introduction:

The Hare Psychopathy Checklist - Revised (PCL-R) is a diagnostic tool used to rate a person’s psychopathic or antisocial tendencies. People who are psychopathic prey ruthlessly on others using charm, deceit, violence or other methods that allow them to get with they want. The symptoms of psychopathy include: lack of a conscience or sense of guilt, lack of empathy, egocentricity, pathological lying, repeated violations of social norms, disregard for the law, shallow emotions, and a history of victimizing others. Originally designed to assess people accused or convicted of crimes, the PCL-R consists of a 20-item symptom rating scale that allows qualified examiners to compare a subject’s degree of psychopathy with that of a prototypical psychopath. It is accepted by many in the field as the best method for determining the presence and extent of psychopathy in a person. The twenty traits assessed by the PCL-R score are: Glib and superficial charm Grandiose (exaggeratedly high) estimation of self Need for stimulation Pathological lying Cunning and manipulativeness Lack of remorse or guilt Shallow affect (superficial emotional responsiveness) Callousness and lack of empathy Parasitic lifestyle Poor behavioral controls Sexual promiscuity Early behavior problems Lack of realistic long-term goals Impulsivity Irresponsibility Failure to accept responsibility for own actions Many short-term marital relationships Juvenile delinquency Revocation of conditional release Criminal versatility

Does That Hit the Mark? I’ll let your own imagination extrapolate each of those qualities rather than break it down as I see it. It’s overall quite stunning that a collective entity could be so blatantly psychopathic and to such a degree. It’s something to be faced head on.

But really it’s nothing new. This is the definition of the behavior of empires and oligarchies throughout history. Humanity beats and flails its arms over and over when these qualities are recognized on so many humanity exploiting, oppressing and destroying levels but it’s generally been to no avail, according to written records and the whirled we’re witnessing before us.We protest and rant to whatever degree but the show goes on. So what to do?

The Solution – Awakening Only a mass awakening can shake the foundations of this kind of destructive insanity. These power structures are built on the fearful allegiance to those who make it possible. When we withdraw our support and participation in these types of foisted machinations they cannot continue. That may sound vague or simplistic to some but it’s extremely practical at the most basic level. If you’re employed in something supporting this paradigm, leave it.

If you’re giving attention and therefore energy to their charade, including the political, media and entertainment sideshow, stop it. If you’re still socializing on shallow levels of energy, or contributing to the fear and scarcity models by your sycophantic hand wringing and repeating of their fear programming, snap out of it. Have some guts. Take a stand for truth and love while you still can. Don’t wait for affirmation and some comforting collective movement. Be your own being. Leave your participation in what is obviously wrong and lend your energy to what you know is right. It couldn’t be simpler. If you’re waiting for the right conditions you’re still firmly in their psychopathic pocket. Get out now. The hour is late. More on Psychopathy in a terrific film here. And this exclamation mark! – hat tip Dane Wigington:

Labour Leader Andrew Little Promises Debate On Universal Basic Income March 28 2016 | From: Stuff

The Labour Party is considering a universal basic income as part of its Future of Work project.

Leader Andrew Little confirmed his party was exploring the concept during a visit to Trevor Mallard's Hutt South electorate last week. Related: BasicIncome.org Little said significant changes to the way New Zealanders worked were unavoidable.

"The possibility of higher structural unemployment is actually what's driving us," he said.

Pure universal basic income (UBI) systems, in theory, would give adults a regular income from the government regardless of their income or assets.

They would replace other forms of welfare, such as pensions, benefits and student allowances.

Although only trialled on small scale overseas, the idea is that a UBI would be set at a level which people could subsist on, but not at a high enough level to serve as a significant disincentive to work. Little said a UBI would be discussed at Labour's Future of Work conference at the end of March.

"We expect that in the future world of work there will be at least a portion of the workforce that will rapidly move in and out of work," he said. "The question is whether you have an income support system that means every time you stop work you have to go through the palaver of stand-down periods, more bureaucracy, more form filling at the same time as you're trying to get into your next job."

He said it was time for a debate on a UBI.

"We expect that in the future world of work there will be at least a portion of the workforce that will rapidly move in and out of work," he said. "The question is whether you have an income support system that means every time you stop work you have to go through the palaver of stand-down periods, more bureaucracy, more form filling at the same time as you're trying to get into your next job." "We are keen to have that debate about whether the time has arrived for us to have a system that is seamless, easy to pass through, [with a] guaranteed basic income and [where] you can move in and out of work on a regular basis."

Little said advances in technology and changes in personal preferences would affect how people chose to work. "They're going to move rapidly in and out of multiple jobs over a period of time but there could be some weeks where they get little or no income. "But they need a basis on which they can go through the down periods as well as enjoy the up periods." Little said a UBI would make navigating such a work pattern "much easier".

Related: The Town Where Everyone Got Free Money

Jay Dyer Exposes The Dark Secrets Of Hollywood March 27 2016 | From: OmniThought

In the video at the end of this article, The Kev Baker Show interviews Jay Dyer about the dirty and dark secrets of Hollywood.

In this interview, Jay Dyer reveals why Hollywood is a tool used by the Controllers (Elites) to brainwash people and control their minds to a large degree. Related: Hollywood whistle-blower exposes child sacrifices & selling souls He also exposes how many popular Hollywood celebrities are working with the New World Order (NWO). Hollywood is one of the Controllers’ favorite tools to use for manipulating and controlling our minds. When you split the word hollywood into two words, it becomes “holly wood“. The word holly is defined as “any of numerous trees or shrubs of the genus Ilex”. The wood of the holly tree was used by the Druids to make magic wands. The Druids believed that the holly had magical powers, which was why they used its wood to make magic wands. Today, certain magicians (I am not talking about fake

magicians) still create magic wands from the wood of holly trees. Hence, the name Hollywood. To this day, the Druids still exist and they still practice real magic. Do you know now why the most popular entertainment industry in the USA is called Hollywood. It has to do with magic and mind control. The Controllers are using Hollywood to create movies to cast magic spells on people who are not aware of the power of sacred symbols, sound, mnemonics, and words. For more detailed information on magic spells, read these two empowering articles titled How Mnemonic is Used to Program and Control Your Mind and How Words Can Be Used as Magic Spells. If you do not know who Jay Dyler is, he is a writer and researcher of certain topics related to occult knowledge. Here is an excerpt from JaysAnalysis.com about his background:

"I’m a writer and researcher from the Southern US with a B.A. in philosophy, while my graduate work focused on the interplay of literary theory, espionage and philosophy. My work is here at JaysAnalysis, and is dedicated to investigating the deeper themes and messages found in our globalist pseudo-culture, illustrating the connections between philosophy, metaphysics, secret societies, Hollywood, psychological warfare and comparative religion."

Here is an excerpt from YouTube.com about the video interview below:

"Jay Dyer is on KBS and we get into the esoteric and dark side of Hollywood. We get into the intelligence connections to the film industry, and how the two are closely intertwined. That launches us into a fast paced conversation that takes a look at the pentagon connection to movies, the secret societies around the industry, the cults, scientology, predictive programming, sex, Kubrick, Sci-Fi,…"

I am aware of most of the information that Jay reveals in the video interview below. If you are new to this type of information, it may be hard for you to accept most of the information as fact. As always, use your intuition and feelings to help you discern the information in the following video.

Dirty Game - Imported Mercenaries March 27 2016 | From: Sott

This is a great resource, providing insight not only into how Syrians see the conflict in which they find themselves, but also into the true nature of Daesh. Aside from the obvious American/Israeli support, these two quotes from the production sum it all up:

"No human being can do such horrible things. No one with human nature commits such savage crimes." - Ashwaq Abbas, Political Sciences Lecturer, Damascus University And the ones that do have a name: psychopaths.

"These groups commit crimes only against Muslims. Show us what positive measures these groups have taken so far. Have they gone to Palestine?" - Nabil al-Halbavi, Syrian member of AhlulBayt World Assembly

The fact is, the people most in danger from so-called Islamic terror are Muslims. Daesh has killed far more Muslims in Iraq and Syria than any other group. Think about that the next time you see someone even slightly "Arab-looking" and feel a bit nervous. And if they're Syrian, not only have they had to deal with barbaric groups like Daesh back at home; they also have to deal with the barbaric bigotry of Westerners who are convinced every Muslim is a potential terrorist. Statistically speaking, it's an utterly absurd notion.

The Power Elite’s Plans For You March 26 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

Jim Rickards has had the privilege of rubbing shoulders with the elite of financial circles and has been involved in the highest of discussions about economic issues from the Rothschilds & Rockefeller’s down. Now he has shared his views on the agendas the elites have for you and me.

Forget Trump and if you can, forget Clinton although she is simply evil and should already be in prison so I find it hard to put her out of mind. It doesn’t matter who sits in the Oval office at the White House after US elections. Look how feeble Obama has turned out to be, apart from the Nobel Peace Prize winner being one of the most murderous Presidents of recent years delivering the agenda of the power elites. The people who pull the strings and run the world by in large are not politicians but are almost faceless behind the scenes or in powerful self-appointed positions the President has little say over. Currently the world watches in amazement the farce that is the American primary elections to select delegates to the national party conferences prior to the end of year Presidential elections. One by one the hopeful candidates are dropping out but this whole parade is nothing more than a disgrace, played out in front of a disbelieving world. If I was an American I would be embarrassed at this satirical joke consuming the American public (and us) on a daily basis. It has little to do with how the ‘free world’ exercises ‘democracy’.

Regrettably once you dig down a little you find supposedly intelligent people locked in a polarisation that will never deliver to them the hopes and aspirations they hope for similar to the hopes and dreams of those who voted around the time of John F Kennedy. JFK spoke and lectured about the real meaning of peace and freedom, what it means for every individual and countries; negotiated his way out of a potential nuclear calamity during the ‘Cuba crisis’; and new all to well about the subversive forces that he wanted to confront as that which was likely to erode peace and freedom for individuals. He wanted to see them broken into ‘a thousand pieces’ so as liberty and freedom is maintained. That was too much for the elites. President Harry Truman had spoken about this too in his valedictory speech; the corporations, the military industrial complex, the surveillance state, the moneyed elite and that was gathering greater and greater strength in the US.

As we know they took care of JFK; yes I say they shot their own President, blamed a punk called Lee Oswald but more than that they also took out Robert F Kennedy who JFK ordained to complete the task of breaking up the CIA before he became a Presidential threat to them. Getting shot from behind eliminates the guy they blamed (Sirhan-Sirhan) from being the culprit as he was in front of RFK when he was murdered. But that is history... So what does Rickards talk about today? The exceedingly rich don’t necessarily become an elite although being exceedingly rich eliminates one barrier to becoming a Power Elite. Rickards in his March 2016 newsletter discusses the Power Elite’s plan for you and me indeed the entire world.

He says “the agenda of the global power elite is world money, world taxation, world government, a cashless society. The primary long term goal of the power elite is world money.”

He believes that world money will be issued by the shadowy organisation called the International Monetary Fund (IMF) that is supposedly the central bankers central bank. It will set benchmarks for oil prices and other essential goods and services in world trade. Unelected officials will control money as a means to control societies and social welfare he argues. This will be done he says through Special Drawing Rights (SDR’s) that will be issued not to individuals but to governments. Close behind world money is world taxation.

"Continual sources of revenue are needed by global elites to enrich themselves and pursue programs to perpetrate their control. The primary path to achieve this is climate change. This explains why the IMF, World Bank, BIS and other ‘financial bodies’ continually speak about climate change. In order to to impose global solutions (such as taxation) you need global problems (climate Change). Since climate change know no borders it is the perfect vehicle to impose solutions that know no borders.”

"Administration of world money and world taxation will be conducted by world government. Most of this architecture is already in place. The United Nations is mostly a debating club except for the climate change agenda. The real world government is being conducted through the IMF and G-20 leaders summit.” The G-20 is a de facto ‘board of directors’ for world government. The IMF is a de facto central bank for the world. “The power elite is also implementing the cashless society. This is needed to in order to impose hidden taxation in the form of negative interest rates. Cash is one way to avoid negative interest rates. With cash at least you preserve the principal but with negative interest rates on bank accounts you don’t.”

It’s like rounding up cows in slaughterhouse pens before killing them! Negative interest rates is a way to confiscate wealth from savers. (Note: it makes a mockery of saving for your retirement).

Club Etiquette and Rules:

He says that although the power elite is not a conspiracy is does function as a club and there are house rules. Violation of the rules results in expulsion from the club. (Where does Trump sit here?) Rule 1. Elites help elites. A closer example is how CEO’s name other CEO’s to their board of directors Rule2. Elites never criticise other elites. In this context ‘criticism’ means exposure of the real motives and methods behind the elite game. Election politicking disagreements are allowed but what is not allowed is discussion of the fact that left and right wing elites are in the same club and elections are basically a show to appease citizens. Rule 3. Silence is rewarded. Elites have access to enormous amounts of ‘inside information’ about policy, plans and back room dynamics. Going onto TV or radio and spilling the beans in some interview or book must be avoided. Rule 4. Patience pays. Not criticizing your ideological opponents and keeping your mouth shut for decades while difficult has its rewards. Top jobs go to elites, loyalty is recognised. Who are some of the Power Elite players? A by no means complete list starts with:

Robert Rubin formerly CEO of Goldman Sachs, US Secretary of the Treasury. Look him up he is on the Council of Foreign Relations too

Christine Legarde manging director of the IMF

James A. Johnson, former CEO of Fannie Mae, including director of Goldman Sachs and also on the Council for Foreign Relations

James Wolfensohn former president of the World bank and also on the Council for Foreign Relations

A continuing theme with all of the people Rickards mentions is the Council for Foreign Relations and New America Foundation.

It would pay to look these secretive organisations up. Interesting.. neocon populated and very pro Israel!

George Soros: A Psychopath’s Psychopath March 25 2016 | From: MacedoniaOnline

According to Soros, Russia’s strategy is to “avoid collapse by making the EU implode first – by exacerbating the migration crisis and stoking Islamophobia”.

On February 11, the Guardian ran an article by George Soros which had run a day earlier here entitled “Putin is a bigger threat to Europe’s existence than Isis.” Related: Ferrari Jumps After Soros Emerges Among Top 10 Shareholders After a quick check of my vital signs, I confirmed that I was indeed awake and the article was real and in the Guardian not The Onion. Before I look at the tissue of untruths which make up the substance of Soros’ article, a few general words about psychopaths are in order. I have met a few psychopaths in my life – a pernicious but small-time example is a real-estate “salesman” in Spain who cost my family a great deal of time and money. The real problem with psychopaths – big-time and small-time – is not primarily that they do bad things, but that we – non-psychopaths – are ill-prepared to deal with the fundamental difference between us and them.

We – people with operational consciences – think (wrongly) that everyone is like us. We are shackled to the assumption that just because we would not do unspeakably evil things – or would be unable to live with ourselves if we did – all other people work the same way. They do not. When a psychopath lies, or steals, or manipulates – or does whatever he thinks is required to get what he wants – he has no greater emotional connection with his actions than you or I have with yesterday’s lunch. We, the non-psychopaths, tell little lies and do little wrongs. But we have a limit beyond which we will not go. For the psychopath, scale makes no difference. Stealing a family’s savings, or crashing an economy, or destroying a country is of no more consequence to the psychopath than deciding not to return ten bucks to a cashier who had made a mistake.

And no matter what evil the psychopath meticulously plotted and practiced against you, to him, what happens is your fault. Always. Which brings me back to George Soros.

Soros: Putin is no Ally in the Fight Against Islamic State In the Guardian’s article, then, Soros claims “the US and the EU are making a grievous error in thinking that President Vladimir Putin’s Russia is a potential ally in the fight against Islamic State.” The assumptions here are based on pure falsehood. My colleague, the diligent and forthright journalist and writer Gearóid Ó Colmáin, laid an axe as sharp as any to the root of the notion that the so-called War on Terror (taken to include Islamic State) serves anything other than the interests of what Ó Colmáin rightly calls a “tiny and particularly tyrannical ruling elite”. In an interview with RT, Ó Colmáin said:

“There is no War on Terror. There is a war which is being waged using terrorist proxy groups and they are being used against nation states who are resisting US and Israeli hegemony. And they are also being used as a means of disciplining the work forces in Europe. In a period of mass unemployment and austerity, you now have terrorist attacks being committed by terrorists funded, armed and trained by Western intelligence agencies. There is no such thing as ISIS. ISIS is a creation of the United States.”

Soros and his ilk created and benefit from what Soros calls “Islamic State,” yet his argument not only disregards that fact, it kicks blame in the direction of the one major power – Russia – which has taken steps to deal with this US creation. Soros goes on to make a number of other accusations against Russia, failing at any time to note that Russia alone has a mandate from the legitimate government of Syria, or that Russia is seriously engaged in cleaning house in Syria, a job the US was only simulating.

Acknowledgement of Russia’s successes in Syria comes from many quarters, including Seymour Hersh. Hersh is a highprofile American journalist, but one incapable of understanding the reasons for US policy towards Syria, bless him.

Soros: Putin Working Towards Europe’s Demise Soros’ next point is that “Putin’s aim is to foster the EU’s disintegration, and the best way to do so is to flood Europe with Syrian refugees.” The truth is that Russia’s natural ally is Germany – and preventing that alliance is the primary aim of the US government – at least according to Stratfor, a US intelligence agency. Germany’s efficiency and organizational abilities combined with Russia’s raw materials, inventive genius, and good relations with China, is the combination those funding and directing ISIS least want to see. By occupying Germany with an army of aggressive, unskilled, culturally insoluble economic migrants from Africa and elsewhere, the chess-players at the board of realpolitik are attempting to head off that natural outcome.

Soros’ part in destabilizing Europe is well attested. The Daily Mail reported back in November 2015 that Soros was busy telling the EU to take “at least a million” refugees every year. In the same article, Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban is quoted as saying, “This invasion is driven, on the one hand, by people smugglers, and on the other hand by those activists who support everything that weakens the nation-state.” Orban went on, “This Western mindset and this activist network is perhaps best represented by George Soros.” Soros – described in the article as “a funder of pro-migration groups all over the world” – responded to Orban’s comments by arguing that his beliefs “uphold European values”. I don’t know what Soros means by “European values,” but I assume it includes lots more immigration for us – unilaterally decided upon by Mr. Soros.

As prime minister of Hungary, Orban is a man with, perhaps, better access than most to the truth about George Soros, a Hungarian Jew who got his first business breaks collaborating with the Nazis in Hungary – the source for which information is his own father’s book Masquerade – Dancing Around Death in Nazi-Occupied Hungary. Thus, Soros has moved effortlessly from collaborating with the Nazis against his fellow Jews – an occupation (if you will excuse the pun) he makes little effort to hide – to telling indigenous European peoples what the ethnic make-up of their countries should be. He was also instrumental in the destruction of Ukraine. As reported by New American, Soros “has a giant footprint in Ukraine. Similar to his operations in dozens of other nations, he has, over the past couple of decades, poured tens of millions of dollars into Ukrainian non-governmental organizations (NGOs), ostensibly to assist them in transforming their country into a more ‘open’ and ‘democratic’ society.” We have good reason to take George Soros seriously.

Soros: Anticipates Russia’s Collapse Soros’ article downplays Putin’s strategic prowess before going on to anticipate regime change in Russia in 2017 as a result of bankruptcy forced upon it by Western sanctions and crushed oil prices. He then appears to credit Putin with masterminding a “collapse” in Europe and of anticipating benefits for Russia in the aftermath. He notes, “As Merkel correctly foresaw, the migration crisis has the potential to destroy it.”

If you find yourself asking here: “Why then did she create that crisis?” that is because you are not a psychopath. Soros’ article begins its descent with metaphysical and social observations, which from someone without billions of dollars behind them would be seen as merely subjective musings, before landing squarely on the runway of identifying Putin’s Russia as the real threat.

Textbook Psychopathy This is not simply chutzpah. The traits Soros exhibits are those of textbook psychopathy: blaming others for his own actions and attacking the victim is what the psychopath does. Here, Soros disregards entirely his own extensive role in creating the problem he purports to seek to solve; meanwhile, he accuses Russia, the only country to man-up to the war on Syria, of being behind the “migration” Soros has spent millions engineering.

Soros is part of a cabal which plans the overthow of countries at dinner. Psychopathy is the baseline requirement for membership. So if you think conscience will make him and his friends stop at some point before you and your family reach conditions materially identical to those experienced by the inhabitants of the Donbass region – or if you think that Western Europe is beyond the scope of their plans for engineered collapse just because you wouldn’t do something like that – you will find that you are wrong. When Europe is in tatters, and its men (whom Soros’ money helped turn in one lifetime from actual men into effeminized liberal cultural lemmings) are squawking in disbelief as their pampered delusions are shattered in the “collapse” Soros envisages, Soros will not care.

No matter that this is Europe and it is your life under attack this time, and not that of brown people or Eastern Europeans. It won’t make any difference. For a psychopath it’s simple: you let him do it - it’s your fault. Related: Exposed! Soros & Koch Bros Spend Millions Creating Chaos In US Streets

Things You Know That Ain't So - Carbon Dioxide Is A Pollutant March 25 2016 | From: BreakingViewsNZ

According to the US Environmental Protection Agency and many environmental groups and governments around the world carbon dioxide is a pollutant that needs to be regulated because it may endanger public health or welfare.

But is it? To most people, “pollutant" is something that we would be better off without. Carbon dioxide is a trace gas that is essential to life on earth. If the level falls below about 180 ppm plant growth will suffer and, at lower levels, will cease. So what happens if the level increases? At the time of the dinosaurs carbon dioxide levels were at least five times higher than they are now. Herds of dinosaurs devoured grasses, trees and other plant life that, under the influence of the high levels of carbon dioxide, was growing at a hugely greater rate than it does now. The high levels of carbon dioxide didn't cause the world to reach a “tipping point" and burn to a crisp. Instead, the high levels produced a world of plenty that could sustain the voracious appetites of huge numbers of enormous creatures.

So we can conclude that insufficient carbon dioxide would end life on earth and, at five times the present concentration, the ecosystem thrived. How can it be a pollutant? Confirmation of the agriculturally beneficial effects of high levels of carbon dioxide comes from commercial greenhouses that burn large quantities of natural gas to boost the carbon dioxide levels from the current 400 ppm to 900 ppm. As a result, productivity is increased by about 40% without any increase in the amount of water needed. There is also ample evidence that the increase in carbon dioxide levels has reduced desertification and benefited agriculture worldwide. The EPA’s claim that carbon dioxide is a pollutant is based on its belief that it could cause dangerous global warming. We now know that this is not true because the world has not warmed as predicted over the last 18 years.

According to the climate model predictions that the EPA relied on, the world should be 0.5° hotter than it is now. Trillions of dollars have been squandered over the last 20 years subsidising wind and solar power, shutting down modern and clean coal-fired stations whose main emissions were water vapour and carbon dioxide, subsidising electric cars and promoting massively fraudulent carbon trading. This has made no detectable difference to the steady increase in carbon dioxide levels. Their solution is to squander even more money on the same expensive and futile attempts to limit the emissions of an entirely beneficial gas that has made a major contribution to reducing poverty around the world.

The campaign against coal-fired power generation has increased the price of electricity and, in many countries, limited the access of poor people to an adequate and affordable supply of electricity. To make the whole thing even more crazy, the same people that oppose coal-fired power generation also oppose nuclear power generation which is carbon dioxide free and is the safest form of power generation in the world. It is the only technology that can make a big reduction in carbon dioxide emissions at little or no additional cost. Are these people in the pay of the renewable energy industry?

Right now, the New Zealand government is contemplating ways of extending our idiotic Emissions Trading Scheme even though it will make no difference to our carbon dioxide emissions and increase the cost of electricity and transport. It will increase the cost of electricity from the Huntly coal-fired station and, because of the way our electricity market works, all the renewable energy generators will receive windfall profits. So if they respond to market signals (as they should), they will be rewarded for shutting down hydro power generation so that Huntly continues to burn coal and keeps the price high. You can't get crazier than that!

Brussels Attacks In Belgium: 322 Skull & Bones March 24 2016 | From: BreakingViewsNZ / Various

Illuminati false flag exposed: Another example of the occult black magic at play.

Especially events like these.. All De-ZION-ed ahead of time; Perpetrated by the same Alphabet Soups who perpetrate everything else! Problem-reaction-solution! Related: The Order / Skull and Bones / Chapter 322 On the morning of Tuesday, March 22, 2016, two explosions occurred in the Brussels airport. Subsequently, another report of an explosion soon followed at the Maalbeek metro station - succeeding the explosions at the airport. Of course, this is all blamed on "suicide bombers." The airport and metro station have been shut down, and all flights to Brussels have been cancelled, as the country is on temporary lockdown.

Now there are some very eerie and undeniable symbolisms and "coincidences" that aren't so coincidental after all: The event took place on March 22, or "322"; "322" is often associated with the secret society "Skull and Bones"; the same organization corresponding with 911 The Georgia Guidestones were erected on March 22, 1980 - exactly 36 years ago on this day Both this AND 911 occurred on Tuesday mornings Exactly 758 weeks following the 911 attacks Exactly 130 days following the Paris "attacks"- now there were said to be "130 deaths" in the Paris "attacks" - no coincidence there! 2 days following the Spring Equinox / Hebrew New Year 5 days before Easter 1 day before the Full Moon 13th day on the Lunar Calendar

This event also just so happened to take place a day before the Doodle 4 Google propaganda. Was it a hoax? Probably.

Related: Russian PM calls Ukraine's security chief a "dimwit" over comments on Brussels blasts

Another move towards martial law

Just another random event? Or a perpetrated false-flag mental psy-op, staged, funded, and planned AHEAD of time?

Clinton Email Reveals: Google Sought Overthrow Of Syria's Assad + Robert Kennedy Jr. Just Dropped A Truth Bomb: 'Pipeline War' Is At The Roots Of Syrian Crisis March 23 2016 | From: WashingtonExaminer / Infowars

Google in 2012 sought to help insurgents overthrow Syrian President Bashar Assad, according to State Department emails receiving fresh scrutiny this week.

Messages between former secretary of state Hillary Clinton's team and one of the company's executives detailed the plan for Google to get involved in the region. Related: Google Is Not What It Seems A story largely ignored by the corporate media reveals the tech company Google offered to help Secretary of State Clinton overthrow Bashar al-Assad by developing an app to track defections from the Syrian government. Jared Cohen, the head of what was then the company's "Google Ideas" division, wrote in a July 2012 email to several top Clinton officials.

“Please keep close hold, but my team is planning to launch a tool... that will publicly track and map the defections in Syria and which parts of the government they are coming from." "Our logic behind this is that while many people are tracking the atrocities, nobody is visually representing and mapping the defections, which we believe are important in encouraging more to defect and giving confidence to the opposition," Cohen said, adding that the plan was for Google to surreptitiously give the tool to Middle Eastern media. "Given how hard it is to get information into Syria right now, we are partnering with Al-Jazeera who will take primary ownership over the tool we have built, track the data, verify it, and broadcast it back into Syria," he said.

You can read the email for yourself here. Related: WikiLeaks publishes searchable archive of Clinton emails The message was addressed to deputy secretary of state Bill Burns; Alec Ross, a senior Clinton advisor; and Clinton's deputy chief of staff, Jake Sullivan. Sullivan subsequently forwarded Cohen's proposal to Clinton, describing it as "a pretty cool idea." Cohen worked as a member of the secretary of state's policy planning staff from 2006 to 2010, when he was hired to lead Google Ideas, but was tied to using social media to incite uprisings even before he left the department. He once reportedly asked Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey to hold off of conducting system maintenance that officials believed could have impeded a brief 2009 uprising in Iran, and Julian Assange, who founded the secret-leaking website WikiLeaks, has for years referred to Cohen as Google's "director of regime change." In her book No Higher Honor Condoleezza Rice spoke fondly of Cohen, describing him as a “young gun” and said his work in social media;

“Would pay off handsomely… when Twitter and Facebook became accelerants of democratic change in the Middle East.”

Social media played a predominant role in the so-called “Arab Spring,” the concerted effort by the State Department, the Endowment for Democracy, USAID, the International Republican Institute, the National Democratic Institute and Freedom House to violently overthrow governments in the Middle East and North Africa. In addition to Google, Facebook and Twitter were also involved in the effort to undermine governments in the region. In total, according to a report in Indonesia’s Jakarta Post, 180,000 people died as a result of the US-orchestrated Arab Spring, primarily in Libya, Syria and Yemen. The exchange on Syria was highlighted by Wikileaks on Saturday. Earlier in the week, the site posted more than 30,000 emails that Clinton sent or received during her tenure leading the State Department.

Robert Kennedy Jr. Just Dropped A Truth Bomb: 'Pipeline War' Is At The Roots Of Syrian Crisis Related: Miserable failure: Western media are lying about Syria The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The mind simply has not come to a realization of the evil which has been introduced into our midst. It rejects even the assumption that human creatures could espouse a philosophy which must ultimately destroy all that is good and decent.

Radio Sputnik discusses the origins of the Syrian crisis with Robert F. Kennedy Jr., attorney and nephew of US President John Fitzgerald Kennedy.

Kennedy writes that the US decided to remove Syrian President Bashar al-Assad from power after he refused to back a Qatari gas pipeline project. Sputnik also touched upon US foreign policy, the refugee crisis and why Donald Trump would be a better president than Ted Cruz and Marco Rubio. Read more at: Sputnik

Seized Hager Material Destroyed, Attention Turns To Westpac March 22 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Nicky Hager’s attention is turning towards Westpac Bank’s handing over of his bank records after watching police smash 213 times a hard drive containing his material.

About 17 months after police raided the Dirty Politics author’s home, Mr Hager and one of his lawyers, Steven Price, watched a hard drive and memory card containing copies of seized data get destroyed in the High Court at Auckland. Related: Nicky Hager's cloned data destroyed by police The pair also collected a computer and other equipment taken by police during what Mr Hager called a “Rambo” raid, after it was last year ruled unlawful. Mr Hager fought for two months to get permission for the media to watch the copies being destroyed, without success. But afterwards, he said it was an “amazing day” and he felt like he was “watching history.”

“We went down to the basement of the High Court building here, into this little narrow room, without lights on, and

the police held torches around while one of the detectives, in fact the detective who was in charge of removing stuff from my house was there, while he destroyed the materials they had copied from the house.”

Mr Hager says the detective took to the hard drive 213 times with a hammer, before cutting holes in it with a bolt-colter. But while he is “absolutely confident” the material was not tampered with while sitting at court, his attention now turns to other areas where he says the police were “tricky.” Mr Price says there will likely be a further hearing later this year regarding further aspects of the case.

“The main thing that’s going on is the question whether it’s lawful for the police to go to banks and get them to turn over someone’s bank records, as they did with Nicky, without a court order. That’s something that might affect thousands of people.”

Keith Locke: Hard To Spy Gains From Five Eyes March 22 2016 | From: KeithLocke

This article of mine [Keith Locke - former Green MP] was published in the New Zealand Herald on 15 March 2016. It was in response to the report of Intelligence and Security Agencies Review, released on 9 March.

The intelligence services report by Sir Michael Cullen and Dame Patsy Reddy sheds more light on the GCSB’s work with the Five Eyes network, but it also leaves several questions unanswered. Since the Snowden revelations there has been a concern that our Government Communications Security Bureau is involved in “mass surveillance”. The Government has denied that it is. Cullen and Reddy describe how the GCSB collects communications from the geo-stationary satellites visible from its station at Waihopai, near Blenheim. First; the bureau:

"Intercepts a set of communications, most of which will be of no relevance and will be discarded without ever being examined by the [GCSB] analyst. This is the haystack in which the needle must be found.”

Second;

“The GCSB filters intercepted material for relevance using search terms.”

These search terms could be subjects or groups and could take in lot of people, some of whom would be New Zealanders. Although the GCSB is supposed to be targeting “foreign intelligence” it is not illegal for it to retain Waihopai’s intercept intelligence on New Zealanders if it was “incidentally obtained intelligence”, that is, if the New Zealanders weren’t a specific target, and the intelligence was relevant to the GCSB’s security objectives. In addition, many New Zealanders can legally be targeted by the GCSB as “foreign persons” if they are active in “foreign organisations”, the definition of which is broad enough to include Greenpeace or the New Zealand subsidiary of a multinational corporation. Former Prime Minister Jenny Shipley qualifies as a “foreign person” because she is on the board of the China Construction Bank.

The Cullen/Reddy report removes the problem of “mass surveillance” by saying it “suggests a kind of active monitoring of the general population that does not occur”.. [not true]. However, I don’t think any critic of government surveillance has ever envisaged the surveillance going that far [not true]. An over-the-top definition of mass surveillance avoids the reality of a mass collection of communications data at Waihopai and the possibility that the international phone calls or emails of any New Zealander could be caught in the net, accidentally or not. In theory, their communications could be subsequently analysed by a GCSB operative. The next question is what happens to the “haystack” of communications collected at the Waihopai spy station. The report says that most of these communications “will be of no relevance and will be discarded without ever being examined by an analyst”.

They may be discarded by the analyst, but to what extent are they stored, either here or overseas, for later mining by the GCSB or its Five Eyes partners? We know that the US National Security Agency has access to raw communications from its Five Eyes partners, and that it stores billions of communications for later analysis. This is relevant to the concern, correctly raised by Cullen and Reddy, that close co-operation with Five Eyes partners “creates a risk of some loss of independence, both operationally and potentially also in relation to our intelligence, defence and foreign policy settings”. Our national interests “do not and cannot exactly coincide with those of any other country”. The reality is that when New Zealand is sharing raw communications data with other Fives Eyes partners some of the intelligence they glean from it will be used for foreign policy objectives which are not the same as New Zealand’s.

But this seems to be a secondary consideration to the net benefit Cullen and Reddy say New Zealand receives from Five Eyes intelligence sharing. It is hard to judge this as any benefits are largely invisible to the public. Have any terrorist plots been found? Not as far as we know. Have our trade interests been advanced? No one has pointed out how. Has our diplomacy been assisted? I can’t see any evidence. Yet the downside of New Zealand’s participation in Five Eyes surveillance is substantial. There was a cool reception in Beijing when the Snowden papers revealed the GCSB’s spying on China. Joining intelligence forces with America against China is hardly the way to optimise our trade with that important country. New Zealand’s ambassador was called in to the Brazilian foreign ministry when it was revealed the GCSB had been gathering Five Eyes intercept data on Brazilian Roberto Azevedo in an unsuccessful attempt to stop him heading off our Trade Minister Tim Groser to become Director-General of the WTO.

Yes, we need to be concerned about possible terrorist activity. But do we need to be in the Five Eyes to detect any plots? The reality is that the police and intelligence forces of friendly nations share information on terrorism (and other international crime) regardless of who is in or out of the Five Eyes. I don’t think Cullen and Reddy make much of a case for us to stay in this five-nation spy network.

The End Of Anglo-American Hegemony March 22 2016 | From: HendersonLeftHook

Not long ago, Chocolate Oligarchs and their fascist gendarmes seized Ukraine’s fertile wheat and barley fields, whilst bankster-funded Islamist rebels took Mosul & the adjacent Kirkuk oilfield – one of the world’s largest – for Exxon Mobil.

BRIC nations saw imperial over-reach and, led by Putin, busied themselves preparing for the slow-motion unraveling of the Anglo-American financial empire. The Rothschild / Rockefeller / banking / energy / arms / drugs oligopoly that has enslaved humankind and decimated planet earth for the last few centuries is coming apart at the seams. The arrogance and stupidity of the self-proclaimed “illuminated ones”, who operate their matrix from the city of London, is being writ large for all to see. Their Mideast gendarmes Israel & Saudi Arabia now falter. A while back, troops from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) entered Bahrain to help the al-Khalifa petromonarchy put down pro-democracy protests. This intervention – condoned by Western powers – represented a last-ditch effort at salvaging the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) – the chief neocolonial modus operandi which underwrites the London eurodollar money laundering scheme while propping up both the pound and the dollar.

But heads of monarchs will soon roll. The people of the GCC nations remain restless, particularly in Saudi Arabia and Bahrain. It was no coincidence that the unstable House of Saud financed Syrian rebels, sent them to destabilize Iraq, then launched a ruthless bombing campaign in Yemen. Things on the Saudi domestic front are a bit dicey for the embattled and divided royals. It is important to know how we got here:

(Excerpted from Chapter 5: Persian Gulf Rent-a-Sheik: Big Oil & Their Bankers) The six GCC nations- Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, UAE, Qatar and Oman- sit atop 42% of the world’s oil.

The single-family monarchies that control them were hand-picked by the British Empire. They work in tandem with Israel to steal crude oil from the Arab people. They, not China or Japan, are the biggest purchasers of US Treasuries. Their interests lie not with their people, but with the City of London and Wall Street. The bloodline elite of the six GCC nations are heavily invested in Western economies. High volume crude oil production keeps this investment capital flowing to Wall Street and the City of London while allowing the GCC elites to live opulent lifestyles. As Saudi Oil Minister Hisham Nazer put it, “We now have a mutual bond of self-interest and reciprocal security interests.” As Western dependence on Third World resources has increased, it has become increasingly necessary for the international bankers and their corporations to include local elite cliques in their capital accumulation schemes, making a small group of local people extremely wealthy so that this group will cooperate in selling local resources cheaply to the West. An example of this utilization of local elites as surrogates can be seen through the case of the richest man in the world. He is Sultan Hassanal Bolkiah- Sultan of Brunei- a tiny oil enclave on the island of Borneo, where Royal Dutch/Shell holds a virtual monopoly over the oil industry and has paid the Sultan well to keep it that way. The Sultan of Brunei is worth over $60 billion and lives in a 1,778-room palace.

These local elite, in turn, hand over their wealth to Western bankers for protection from devaluation and bank failure. This robs their home country of much-needed capital and often precipitates devaluation and debt crises. The US has itself become a debtor nation and owes its debts, in part, to these same Third World elites, who own trillions on deposit at large US banks, while their fellow countrymen live in abject poverty. Egyptian elites, for example, hold $60 billion in deposits in foreign banks, while the average Egyptian earns $650/year. In the case of the GCC, the amount of recycled petrodollars flowing back into Western investments is truly staggering. The Saudis have over $600 billion invested abroad. Citigroup owns 33% of the Saudi American Bank but is itself now controlled by members of the House of Saud. In 1993 Saudi Prince al-Waleed bin Talal, owner of Saudi Commercial Bank, plunged $590 million into Citibank.

Bin Talal now owns 17.34% of Citigroup, while Crown Prince Abdullah owns a 5.4% share, making them the bank’s two largest shareholders. Bin Talal is also the 2nd largest shareholder in Rupert Murdoch’s Newscorp, parent of both Fox News and the Wall Street Journal. The Saudi Citigroup share purchases were facilitated by the Washington-based Carlyle Group, which is 20%-owned by the Mellon family that owned Gulf Oil and now owns a large chunk of Chevron Texaco. Carlyle is led by former Reagan and Bush Defense Secretary and Reagan NSC Chairman Frank Carlucci. George Bush Sr., James Baker III and former British Prime Minister John Major are senior advisers and board members at Carlyle. Bush Sr. served as Carlyle investment advisor to the bin Laden family until November 2001.

In 1995 Prince bin Talal teamed up with Canadian developer Paul Reichmann, Loews chairman Larry Tisch and Lebanese financier Edmund J. Safra- a close friend of war-criminal Henry Kissinger- to buy London’s Canary Wharf complex for $1.04 billion. UAE ruling Sheik Zayed runs the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority. Much of its money is handled by private investment and equity firms like Carlyle Group and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette- which is 18% owned by the Saudi Olayan Group. Olayan also owns big chunks of JP Morgan Chase and CS First Boston. The director of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority serves as Carlyle Group’s Asian adviser. Bahrain plays a role in this petrodollar recycling, serving as the key unregulated offshore banking center for both the GCC sheiks and their international mega-bank partners. Bahrain is also home to the US Fifth Fleet and a large number of refineries, which process Saudi crude.

Lebanon had been the premier banking center of the Middle East in earlier days, but with Beirut reduced to rubble by Israeli shelling, merchant banking has moved to the duty-free port of Dubai in the UAE, now the biggest gold market on the planet. Investment banking is centered in Kuwait. But it is Bahrain which is home to the vast multi-billion dollar pool of money market funds derived from GCC/Four Horsemen petrodollar revenues. Most banks in Bahrain are foreign-owned and all US mega-banks have operations there. Many of Bahrain’s banks are owned by GCC elite and serve as a major conduit in the petrodollar recycling process. The Kuwait Burgan Bank, for example, owns a 28% stake in one of Bahrain’s largest banks- the Middle Eastern Bank. The most powerful firm in Bahrain is Investcorp, which took big stakes in Saks Fifth Avenue, BAT, Tiffany, Gucci, Color Tile, Carvel Ice Cream, Dellwood Foods, New York Department Store of Puerto Rico, Circle K and Chaumet. Investcorp was cofounded in 1983 by Bahrain ruling family scion Sheik Khalifa bin Sulman al-Khalifa- who also owned a big chunk of the infamous BCCI.

A recent Investcorp prospectus lists the Bahrain Minister of Finance as an owner. Investcorp’s chairman is Abdul-Rahman Al-Ateeqi, former Oil and Finance Minister of Kuwait. Its Vice-President is Ahmed Ali Kanoo of the wealthy Saudi Kanoo family, which is worth an estimated $1.5 billion. Former Saudi Oil Minister Sheik Yamani was one of Investcorp’s founding shareholders, along with seven members of the Saudi royal family. Investcorp has its eight-story headquarters in Bahrain, along with a Park Avenue New York office and a Mayfair district office in London. Sheik al-Khalifa’s partner in launching Investcorp was Nemir Kirdar, the bank’s president who was in charge of Chase Manhattan’s Persian Gulf operations. Numerous Investcorp senior executives are Chase alumni as well. Many Investcorp purchases turned out to be flops and there is a shady side to the bank. French jeweler Chaumet executive Charles Lefevre said Investcorp fudged Chaumet numbers to entice shareholders while trying to pawn its shares off at a higher price to other Persian Gulf investors. Another complaint alleged that Investcorp attempted to loot the Saudi European Bank in Paris.

The story of the BCCI was told in the thriller movie 'The International'

Investcorp board member Abdullah Taha Bakhsh, a reclusive Saudi billionaire, invested heavily in George W. Bush’s Harken Energy.

So did Bahrain’s ruling Sheik al-Khalifa. Bush and co-owner Dick Cheney morphed their Arbusto Energy into Harken when Bush friend James Bath provided them with $50,000 in seed money. Bath owned Skyway Aircrafts and was under investigation by the DEA for working with GCC sheiks in flying $100 bills to the Cayman Islands. Since Bath often borrowed money from Saudi Sheiks Khalid bin Mahfouz- BCCI’s largest shareholder- and Mohammed bin Laden, these wealthy Saudis likely provided the $50,000 in seed money to launch what became Harken Energy. Bin Mahfouz and bin Laden helped Harken sign an exclusive offshore oil drilling agreement just prior to the Gulf War. In January 1990 President Bush Sr. had approved preferential trade status for the Iraqi regime. That very same month Harken Energy was awarded the biggest offshore oil concession ever in the Persian Gulf off the coast of Bahrain.

Other notable Harken investors included the Ft. Worth-based Bass brothers, the South African Rupert family, the Harvard Endowment Fund, and Rothschild lieutenant George Soros. In 1989 the government of Bahrain abruptly cut off talks with Amoco concerning the same oil concession after Emir al-Khalifa decided to grant it instead to Harken Energy at the urging of Mobil’s Middle East operation’s chief Michael Ameen. Financing for the project was arranged by Bush Jr. friend Jackson Stephens, the Arkansas owner of Worthen Bank who was instrumental in bringing BCCI to the US and who donated $100,000 to the Bush Sr. 1988 Presidential Campaign. New York attorney Allen Quasha and his father William Quasha of Manila helped swing the Harken deal with Bahrain. In 1961 Bill Quasha helped George Bush Sr. secure rights to drill the first oil well in Kuwait via Zapata Offshore Oil Company. Later Quasha served as legal counsel to the CIA drug laundry Nugan Hand Bank in the Philippines. His son Allen became the biggest stockholder in Harken The Quasha’s own 21% of a Swiss company controlled by the South African Rupert family, who were major backer’s of that country’s former apartheid regime.

Just one month before Iraq invaded Kuwait, George W. Bush sold 66% of his stake in Harken Energy at a 200% profit. While stock analysts like Charlie Andrews of 13D Research were putting out “buy” recommendations on Harken, on June 22, 1990 Bush cashed in $840,000 in Harken stock, later saying he “sold into good news”. Bush knew that Harken had violated the terms of a loan package and was now on the ropes financially. Five weeks later Harken reported a $23 million loss and its stock price crashed. Bush didn’t report his timely Harken Energy stock sale until March 1991. This was illegal, but Bush claimed the SEC had misplaced the forms and was never prosecuted. In 1993 Bush stepped down from Harken’s board. With heavy financial backing from Enron, he became Governor of Texas.

Bush was defended during the Harken scam by Baker Botts lawyer Robert Jordan, who was paid back in 2000 with an appointment as US Ambassador to Saudi Arabia. The forgiving SEC chief during the Harken debacle was Richard Breeden, one of Bush Sr.’s biggest political supporters. SEC counsel was James Doty, another Bush supporter who helped George W. buy the Texas Rangers baseball team. When George W. Bush merged Harken with Spectrum 7 Energy, he brought in Investcorp insider Abdullah Taha Bakhsh, who bought 17.6% of Harken through a Netherlands Antilles holding company. Some say Baksch was a front man for Sheik Khalid bin Mahfouz. Baksch was a major investor at the Bahrainbased Investcorp, which was launched by former Chase Manhattan executives. In 1988 he looted an Arab bank in London.

Bakhsh was also accused of looting the Al Saudi Banque of Paris when it collapsed in 1988 just ahead of the strikingly similar collapse of BCCI. Bakhsh is a shareholder in First Commercial Financial Group, a Chicago-based commodity futures trading firm which was sanctioned by US regulators for check-kiting and fraud. Just before the Gulf War broke out, Investcorp sold a 25.8% share to an Iraqi company, despite a Bahrain law prohibiting such transactions.

The Saudis and Kuwaitis are the clear leaders in GCC overseas investments. The Kuwaiti Investment Authority has over $250 billion invested abroad and is the biggest foreign investor in Japan and Spain. Citigroup and JP Morgan Chase handle Kuwaiti investments in the US, where the al-Sabah clan owns stock in each of the 70 largest firms listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Their US holdings include 100% of Occidental Geothermal, 29.8% of Great Western Resources, 100% of the Atlanta Hilton Hotel, 45% of the Phoenician Hotel and 11% of Hogg Robinson. In Germany they own 14% of Daimler-Chrysler, 25% of Hoechst (the Nazi IG Farben spin-off and the world’s 2nd largest pharmaceutical company), 20% of Metallgesellschaft and part of German retailer Asko. In Italy they own 6.7% of Afil, the Agnelli family holding company which owns Fiat and several other endeavors. In the UK Kuwait owns St. Martin’s Properties and 5.4% of Sime Darby. In Malaysia their K-10 company owns the biggest newspaper- the New Straits Times Press. In neighboring Singapore, the Kuwaitis own 10.6% of Singapore Petroleum, 37% of Dao Heng Holdings and 49% of the securities firm J. M. Sassoon.

Kuwait Oil Company (KOC), was technically nationalized in the early 1980’s, but remains close to its former parentsChevron Texaco and BP Amoco- selling these two Horsemen oil at a discount. KOC made wealthy the al-Sabah emirs and the al-Ghanim family, who acted as the company’s agent for decades.

By 1966 KOC bought a Danish subsidiary and became the first Middle Eastern oil company to retail gasoline in Europe. KOC has been the most aggressive GCC firm in its overseas downstream investments. In 1982 it bought hundreds of Q8 gas stations across Europe. By 1987 it owned over 5,000 gasoline retailers in Europe and South Asia. Just last week KOC was awarded a contract to build oil refineries in South Korea.

The Kuwaitis even bought into one of the Four Horsemen- BP Amoco. As of 1988 they owned a 22% share. They have since reduced their share to 9.85%, still a controlling interest. They purchased the Naples, Italy refining operations of Mobil, own nearly 4% of ARCO (now part of BP Amoco), and 2.39% of Phillips Petroleum (now merged with Conoco). In Spain the Kuwaitis operate the Torras Hostenchchemical firm. In Japan they operate Arabian Oil. All told GCC investments in Western banks and corporations total in the trillions. The bulk of this is invested in long-term US and Japanese government bonds. The GCC sheiks are crucial to floating the entire house of cards that is the global economy. Their guaranteed purchases of US debt, which has largely been accrued through defense spending in the Persian Gulf region, keep the US dollar strong and prevent the international financial architecture from crumbling.

The emirs and their elite friends also bankroll CIA covert operations, while re-balancing their trade surpluses with the West through the purchase of US weaponry to protect their oil fiefdoms. Events in Ukraine and the Middle East have exposed the desperate position of the Rockefeller/Rothschild energy oligopoly. Putin has just begun playing his extremely good hand of cards. The GCC puppets remain embattled and circling the wagons. The end of the petroleum standard can only be staved off by permanent war. Strange days indeed.

The Financial System Is A Larger Threat Than Terrorism March 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

In the 21st century we have been distracted by the hyper-expensive “war on terror.” Trillions of dollars have been added to the taxpayers’ burden and many billions of dollars in profits to the military/security complex in order to combat insignificant foreign “threats,” such as the Taliban, that remain undefeated after 15 years.

All this time the financial system, working hand-in-hand with policymakers, has done more damage to Americans than terrorists could possibly inflict. The purpose of the Federal Reserve and US Treasury’s policy of zero interest rates is to support the prices of the overleveraged and fraudulent financial instruments that unregulated financial systems always create. If inflation was properly measured, these zero rates would be negative rates, which means not only that retirees have no income from their retirement savings but also that saving is a losing proposition. Instead of earning interest on your savings, you pay interest that shrinks the real value of your saving.

Central banks, neoliberal economists, and the presstitute financial media advocate negative interest rates in order to force people to spend instead of save. The notion is that the economy’s poor economic performance is not due to the failure of economic policy but to people hoarding their money.

The Federal Reserve and its coterie of economists and presstitutes maintain the fiction of too much savings despite the publication of the Federal Reserve’s own report that 52% of Americans cannot raise $400 without selling personal possessions or borrowing the money. Negative interest rates, which have been introduced in some countries such as Switzerland and threatened in other countries, have caused people to avoid the tax on bank deposits by withdrawing their savings from banks in large denomination bills. In Switzerland, for example, demand for the 1,000 franc bill (about $1,000) has increased sharply. These large denomination bills now account for 60% of the Swiss currency in circulation.

The response of depositors to negative interest rates has resulted in neoliberal economists, such as Larry Summers, calling for the elimination of large denomination bank notes in order to make it difficult for people to keep their cash balances outside of banks. Other neoliberal economists, such as Kenneth Rogoff want to eliminate cash altogether and have only electronic money. Electronic money cannot be removed from bank deposits except by spending it. With electronic money as the only money, financial institutions can use negative interest rates in order to steal the savings of their depositors. People would attempt to resort to gold, silver, and forms of private money, but other methods of payment and saving would be banned, and government would conduct sting operations in order to suppress evasions of electronic money with stiff penalties.

What this picture shows is that government, economists, and presstitutes are allied against citizens achieving any financial independence from personal saving. Policymakers have a crackpot economic policy and those with control over your life value their scheme more than they value your welfare. This is the fate of people in the so-called democracies. Any remaining control that they have over their lives is being taken away. Governments serve a few powerful interest groups whose agendas result in the destruction of the host economies.

The offshoring of middle class jobs transfers income and wealth from the middle class to the executives and owners of the corporation, but it also kills the domestic consumer market for the offshored goods and services. As Michael Hudson writes, it kills the host. The financialization of the economy also kills the host and the owners of corporations as well. When corporate executives borrow from banks in order to boost share prices and their performance bonuses by buying back the publicly held stock of the corporations, future profits are converted into interest payments to banks. The future income streams of the corporations are financialized. If the future income streams fail, the companies can be foreclosed, like homeowners, and the banks become the owners of the corporations.

Between the offshoring of jobs and the conversion of more and more income streams into payments to banks, less and less is available to be spent on goods and services. Thus, the economy fails to grow and falls into long-term decline. Today many people can only pay the minimum payment on their credit card balance. The result is massive growth in a balance that can never be paid off. It is these people who are the least able to service debt who are hit with draconian charges. The way the credit card companies have it now, if you make one late payment or your payment is returned by your bank, you are hit for the next six months with a Penalty Annual Percentage Rate of 29.49%. In Europe entire countries are being foreclosed. Greece and Portugal have been forced into liquidation of national assets and the social security systems. So many women have been forced into poverty and prostitution that the hourly price of a prostitute has been driven down to $4.12.

Throughout the Western world the financial system has become an exploiter of the people and a deadweight loss on economies. There are only two possible solutions. One is to break the large banks up into smaller and local entities such as existed prior to the concentration that deregulation fostered. The other is to nationalize them and operate them solely in the interest of the general welfare of the population. The banks are too powerful currently for either solution to occur. But the greed, fraud, and self-serving behavior of Western financial systems, aided and abeted by governments, could be leading to such a breakdown of economic life that the idea of a private financial system will become as abhorent in the future as Nazism is today.

Helicopter Money: Get Ready To Be Showered March 20 2016 | From: KiwiWatch

Day after day we are insulted by wannabe broadcasters like (in New Zealand) Paul Henry and Mike Hosking, who continue to interview ‘bank economists’ or ‘central bank analysts’ attempting to discover why the global economy is slowing down, what central bankers are doing about it and why our own economy is showing signs of this distress.

Only Luddites would interview the people who are the very cause of the problem hoping to get a glimpse of the solution. Massive government and private debt that has spiraled hugely since the unresolved 2008 ‘Global Financial Crisis’ is the major cause of the problem. 2008 wasn’t an event with an ending. It’s continuing and just got a whole lot worse in the interim due to massive central bank money printing, zero interest rates (ZIRP), Quantative Easing (QE), now negative interest rates (NIRP) and now a war on cash. Central bankers are out of time, clueless as to what to do. Everything they try is an experiment, the consequences are unknown. Why bother interviewing the fools causing the problem? Instead why not interview people who can come up with a non bank solution?

Spiraling debt comes from the manner in which banks create money by the Fractional Reserve system that has empowered banks to become the almighty and powerful entities, ‘too large to fail’. That is the cause of the problem along with the now massive deflationary force of an aging baby boomer generation keeping their wallets in the hip pocket, spending less. Back in the 1970’s a local (N.Z.) politician called Bruce Beetham promoted a political party called Social Credit whose basis was that the government should be the sole creator of credit in a nation disempowering bankers out of this role. He was maligned as a ‘funny money’ man. In hind sight this solution would have solved the problem of bankers becoming the all powerful and kept our country from being beggars in the global credit markets… controlled by banks.

But maybe, just maybe there are politicians who themselves are going to be attacked and maligned by the powerful bank lobby as ‘nutters’ are thinking about ways governments are going to monetize the debt they can’t repay. Whatever result the lunacy of central bank thinking is past the use by date.

Consumed March 20 2016 | From: ConsumedTheMovie

Consumed is a dramatic thriller that explores the complex world of genetically modified food.

The story is anchored by a working-class, single Mother on a hunt to uncover the cause of her son's mysterious illness. Interwoven are the stories of an Organic farmer, the CEO of a biotechnology corporation, two Scientists on the verge of a major discovery, and an ex-Cop caught in the middle of it all.

DARK Act Defeated In U.S. Senate As Lawmakers Receive Tidal Wave Of Calls From Angry Food Consumers Who Are Tired Of Being LIED To About GMO In Their Food March 19 2016 | From: NaturalNews

The DARK Act has been defeated in the U.S. Senate, achieving a massive victory for consumers and also for the Environmental Working Group, which helped organize large-scale opposition to the bill.

The DARK Act would have outlawed state-level GMO labeling laws nationwide, condemning American food consumers to remaining completely in the dark over the genetically engineered content of their food. This outcome is also somewhat of a harbinger for countries in the rest of the world... Natural News thanks all our readers who took action to help defeat the DARK Act. We are fighting for your right to know what you're eating, and with your help, we really can defeat Monsanto and its minions like Ted Cruz. ("Monsatan's Preacher.")

Tidal Wave of Calls Slammed Senators Nationwide I spoke to industry insiders this morning who confirmed that the offices of many U.S. Senators were hit hard with a "tidal wave of calls" from concerned Americans. Even many Republican senators are starting to come around on this issue, and GMO labeling continues to gain steam across the country as food consumers increase their demand for honest food labels and overall food transparency. The Environmental Working Group released a statement on the victory:

“In a major win for consumers, Sen. Pat Roberts (R-Kan.) failed to earn the votes he needed to stop debate on a bill known to opponents as the Deny Americans the Right to Know Act, or DARK Act. According to EWG, the defeat of the DARK Act offers Congress the opportunity to find a compromise for a national mandatory GMO labeling measure that consumers and industry can support. Scott Faber, senior vice president for government affairs, said: "Consumers have made their voices heard to their elected representatives in the Senate and they said clearly, 'We want the right to know more about our food.' We are pleased that the Senate made the right decision to stop the DARK Act, and we remain hopeful that Congressional leaders can craft a national mandatory compromise that works for consumers and the food industry. We applaud Senators Debbie Stabenow, Jeff Merkley, Jon Tester, Barbara Boxer and Pat Leahy for their efforts to defeat the DARK Act.""

Scott Faber Vindicated After Mini Civil War Inside the Labeling Movement The defeat of the DARK Act vindicates Scott Faber, who was previously accused by several pro-labeling industry insiders as siphoning money away from state ballot measures (Natural News covered this story and quoted three industry sources). However, it is clear from today's victory that Scott Faber is working hard for labeling at the national level, and he deserves tremendous credit for today's victory, regardless of the previous disagreements among labeling advocates in the

"states vs. federal" debate. It's clear that the Environmental Working Group and the Just Label It campaign are both on the right track so far, and the EWG now tells Natural News that they fully support the Merkley bill created by Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore) which creates a national mandatory standard for GMO labeling. As explained by Consumers Union:

“Consumers Union, the policy and advocacy arm of Consumer Reports, today praised the introduction of the Biotechnology Food Labeling Uniformity Act. The legislation, sponsored by Senator Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), would create a national standard for GMO labeling and require food manufacturers to label products with GMO ingredients via one of several options on the ingredients list section of the Nutrition Facts Panel. Another option would give FDA the authority to develop a symbol, in consultation with food manufacturers, which would disclose the presence of GM ingredients on packaging. Jean Halloran, director of food policy initiatives for Consumers Union, said, "This is what real disclosure looks like. This bill finds a way to set a national standard and avoid a patchwork of state labeling laws while still giving consumers the information they want and deserve about what's in their food. This compromise offers food companies different labeling options and ensures that all consumers – no matter where they are in the country or whether they own a smartphone – have the information they overwhelmingly say they want. We urge Senators to support this proposal as they move forward on GMO labeling legislation." Merkley's bill comes the day after the Senate Agriculture Committee voted to move forward an anti-consumer bill that would preempt state GMO labeling laws and direct USDA to develop duplicative standards for voluntary labeling and promote biotechnology. The legislation, which is supported by biotech giants and some of the country's largest food companies, is the latest attempt to block a Vermont law requiring labeling on the package of genetically engineered food sold in the state before it goes in to effect July 1. Consumers Union is urging consumers to call on their lawmakers to oppose preemption of state GMO labeling laws, and to support meaningful, mandatory on-package labeling for GMO foods, including engineered animals like salmon and engineered produce and processed food. To learn more, visit: ConsumersUnion.org/RightToKnow

Countries Sign The TPPA: Whatever Happened To The 'Debate' We Were Promised Before Signing? March 18 2016 | From: TechDirt

In New Zealand there is a pathetic "Roadshow" PR excercise because of the 30,000 strong protesters that gridlocked Auckland city on the day of the globalists 'signing' of the TPPA - a protest that state-controlledTVNZ news said was only around 1,000 people.

The New Zealand Traitor Prime Sinister John Key is even pushing for the law changes the TPPA would enforce EVEN BEFORE ratification and says the law changes WILL NOT be undone if the TPPA fails ratification.

Related: Maori Elder Kingi Taurua Sends TPPA Partners, Queen A Formal Notice Of Veto Of Trade Agreement

Representatives from 12 different nations recently officially signed the Trans Pacific Partnership (TTP) agreement in Auckland, New Zealand. The date, February 4th (New Zealand time) is noteworthy, because it's 90 days after the official text was released. There was a 90 day clock that was required between releasing the text and before the US could actually sign onto the agreement. The stated purpose of this 90 day clock was in order to allow "debate" about the agreement. Remember, the entire agreement was negotiated in secret, with US officials treating the text of the document as if it were a national security secret (unless you were an industry lobbyist, of course). So as a nod to pretend "transparency" there was a promise that nothing would be signed for 90 days after the text was actually released.

So... uh... what happened to that "debate"? It didn't happen at all. The TPP was barely mentioned at all by the administration in the last 90 days. Even during the State of the Union, Obama breezed past the TPP with a quick comment, even though it's supposedly a defining part of his "legacy." Related: The [Attempted] Final Control: TPP, TTIP, TISA Global Corporate Takeover But there's been no debate. Because there was never any intent for an actual debate. The 90 day clock was just something that was put into the process so that the USTR and the White House could pretend that there was more "transparency" and that they wouldn't sign the agreement until after it had been looked at and understood by the public.

Of course, the signing is a totally meaningless bit of theater. The real fight is over ratification. The various countries need to ratify the TPP for the agreement to go into effect. Technically, the TPP will enter into force 60 days after all signers ratify it... or, if that doesn't happen, within two years if at least six of the 12 participant countries ratify it and those six countries account for 85% of the combined gross domestic product of the 12 countries. Got that? In short, this means that if the US doesn't ratify it, the TPP is effectively dead.

The US needs a majority of both houses of Congress to approve it, similar to a typical bill. And that's no sure thing right now. Unfortunately, that's mainly because a group of our elected officials are upset that the TPP doesn't go far enough in helping big businesses block competition, but it's still worth following. Inevitably, there will be some debate during the ratification process, though there are enough rumors suggesting that no one really wants to do it until after the Presidential election, because people running for President don't want to reveal that they're happy to sell out the public's interest to support a legacy business lobbyist agenda. But, even that debate will likely be fairly limited and almost certainly will avoid the real issues, and real problems, with the TPP.

Either way, today's symbolic signing should really be an exclamation point on the near total lack of transparency and debate in this process. The 90 day window was a perfect opportunity to have an actual discussion about what's in the TPP and why there are problems with it, but the administration showed absolutely no interest in doing so. And why should it? It already got the deal it wanted behind closed doors. But, at least it can pretend it used these 90 days to be "transparent."

Researcher Discovers A Huge Pyramid On Antarctica Using Satellite Images March 18 2016 | From: EWAO

According to Vicente Fuentes, a vivid researcher, there is in fact, at least, one pyramid hidden beneath the vast sheet of Ice on Antarctica.

According to Fuentes, the satellite image could prove to be the ultimate evidence of a pyramidal structure located on the main ridge of Antarctica. This would mean that in the distant past, when Antarctica was much different than it is today, ancient civilizations could have developed on the now-frozen continent, leaving behind marvelous constructions, telling the story of a time, when our planet was inhabited by different civilizations, at a completely different time, omitted by history and mainstream researchers. In the video, Fuentes (hoping your Spanish is up to scratch) goes through the main characteristics of the Pyramid and other structures that could be located on the vast sheet of ice, making comparisons to the Great Pyramid of Egypt. Check out the coordinates of the anomalous structure: 79°58’39.25″S / 81°57’32.21″ The idea that there are Pyramids hidden at Antarctica goes back several decades. While Skeptics remain unconfident, suggesting that these structures are mere natural formations, satellite images and accounts of people traveling there tell a much different story.

Related: Ruins Of Ancient City Found In Antarctica? The idea that these pyramids exist has caused speculation regarding what Antarctica was like in the distant past, some suggest, it wasn’t always as cold as it is today, and interestingly, scientific research seems to prove that Antarctica was very different in the distant past. According to a research from 2009, scientist studied the icy continent collected samples and came across pollen particles in Antarctica suggesting that the ecosystem of Antarctica was very different in the past, pointing that the summer temperature reached around 20 degrees Celsius at one point.

"Go back 100 million years ago and Antarctica was covered in lush rainforests similar to those that exist in New Zealand today.” - Dr Vanessa Bowman

In 2012, another team of researchers managed to identify 32 species of bacteria and 2,800-year-old halophile microbes in water samples from Lake Vida in East Antarctica. The permanent surface ice on the lake is the thickest non-glacial ice on earth. According to researchers, during its long history, Antarctica was located farther north and experienced a tropical or temperate climate, meaning that it was covered in forests, and inhabited by various ancient life forms. What does this mean? Well… given the little we know about the life on our planet in the distant past, it is likely that people lived on this now, icy continent and developed as a society just like people did in Africa, Europe, and Asia. Even though this is something considered as unlikely by mainstream scholars, the only way we will know for sure the secrets hidden beneath the ice is by exploring the continent and allowing society to see the results.

If we go back to Africa, we know that Scholars and Egyptologists have long suspected that the Sphinx is much older than believed, possibly even over 10,000 years old. These theories are supported by the discovery of water erosion on the gigantic Sphinx, which according to scholars tells the story of extreme climate change in the distant past. This means that if the climate in Africa and other parts of the world changed drastically, it is possible that the same thing happened in Antarctica in the distant past. If researchers manage to prove that the pyramids of Antarctica are man-made structures, the discovery could cause a major revision of the history of humanity.

But myths and speculation about Terra Australis date back to the antiquity. Around 350 B.C. Aristotle wrote in his book, meteorology, about the Antarctic region. Marinus of Tyre, a Greek geographer, cartographer and mathematician used the name in a world map of the second century A.D. People believed in the distant past that a landmass called Terra Australis existed; a giant continent located in the southern parts of the planet which was there to provide a “balance” for the northern lands of Europe, Asia, and North Africa. This idea existed since the times of Ptolemy, the first-century A.D. Related: Russian Scientists Build And Study Pyramids: What They Found Could Change The World

The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World March 17 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

There are two operant Crowns in England, one being Queen Elizabeth II. Although extremely wealthy, the Queen functions largely in a ceremonial capacity and serves to deflect attention away from the other Crown, who issues her marching orders through their control of the English Parliament.

AThis other Crown is comprised of a committee of 12 banks headed by the Bank of England (House of Rothschild). They rule the world from the 677-acre, independent sovereign state know as The City of London, or simply 'The City.' Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan The City is not a part of England, just as Washington D.C., is not a part of the USA.

"The Rothschild family motto ‘Concordia, Integritas, Industria’ translates as ‘Harmony, Integrity, Industry’. This has underpinned the family’s actions for more than 200 years and remains central to our values today." - Rothschild.com

The City is referred to as the wealthiest square mile on earth and is presided over by a Lord Mayor who is appointed annually.

When the Queen wishes to conduct business within the City, she is met by the Lord Mayor at Temple (Templar) Bar where she requests permission to enter this private, sovereign state. She then proceeds into the City walking several paces behind the Mayor. Her entourage may not be clothed in anything other than service uniforms.

In the nineteenth century, 90% of the world's trade was carried by British ships controlled by the Crown. The other 10% of ships had to pay commissions to the Crown simply for the privilege of using the world's oceans.

Related: Who / What Is "The Crown"? The Crown reaped billions in profits while operating under the protection of the British armed forces. This was not British commerce or British wealth, but the Crown's commerce and the Crown's wealth. As of 1850, author Frederic Morton estimated the Rothschild fortune to be in excess of $10 billion (today, the combined wealth of the banking dynasties is estimated at around $500 trillion).

"I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never sets. The man who controls Britain's money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply. " - Nathan Rothschild

Today, the bonded indebtedness of the world is held by the Crown. The aforementioned Temple Bar is the juristic arm of the Crown and holds an exclusive monopoly on global legal fraud through their Bar Association franchises. The Temple Bar is comprised of four Inns of Court.

They are: the Middle Temple, Inner Temple, Lincoln's Inn and Gray's Inn. The entry point to these closed secret societies is only to be found when one is called to their Bar. The Bar attorneys in the United States owe their allegiance and pledge their oaths to the Crown. All Bar Associations throughout the world are signatories and franchises to the International Bar Association located at the Inns of Court of the Crown Temple. The Inner Temple holds the legal system franchise by license that bleeds Canada and Great Britain white, while the Middle Temple has license to steal from America. To have the Declaration of Independence recognized internationally, Middle Templar King George III agreed in the Treaty of Paris of 1783 to establish the legal Crown entity of the incorporated United States, referred to internally as the Crown Temple States (Colonies). States spelled with a capital letter 'S,' denotes a legal entity of the Crown. At least five Templar Bar Attorneys under solemn oath to the Crown, signed the American Declaration of Independence. This means that both parties were agents of the Crown. There is no lawful effect when a party signs as both the first and second parties. The Declaration was simply an internal memo circulating among private members of the Crown. Related: Media Ignores Van Damme’s Remark Rothschild and Rockefeller Control US Elections

Related: The House of Rockefeller Most Americans believe that they own their own land, but they have merely purchased real estate by contract. Upon fulfillment of the contract, control of the land is transferred by Warranty Deed. The Warranty Deed is only a 'color of title.' Color of Title is a semblance or appearance of title, but not title in fact or in law. The Warranty Deed cannot stand against the Land Patent. The Crown was granted Land Patents in North America by the King of England. Colonials rebelled at the usurious Crown taxes, and thus the Declaration of Independence was created to pacify the populace. Another ruse used to hoodwink natural persons is by enfranchisement. Those cards in your wallet bearing your name spelled in all capital letters means that you have been enfranchised and have the status of a corporation.

A 'juristic personality' has been created, and you have entered into multi-variant agreements that place you in an equity relationship with the Crown. These invisible contracts include, birth certificates, citizenship records, employment agreements, driver's licenses and bank accounts. It is perhaps helpful to note here that contracts do not now, nor have they ever had to be stated in writing in order to be enforceable by American judges. If it is written down, it is merely a written statement of the contract. Tax protestors and (the coming) draft resistors trying to renounce the parts of these contracts that they now disagree with will not profit by resorting to tort law (fairness) arguments as justification. Judges will reject these lines of defense as they have no bearing on contract law jurisprudence. Tort law governs grievances where no contract law is in effect.

These private agreements/contracts that bind us will always overrule the broad general clauses of the Constitution and Bill of Rights (the Constitution being essentially a renamed enactment of English common law). The Bill of Rights is viewed by the Crown as a 'bill of benefits,' conferred on us by them in anticipation of reciprocity (taxes). Protestors and resistors will also lose their cases by boasting of citizenship status. Citizenship is another equity agreement that we have with the Crown. And this is the very juristic contract that Federal judges will use to incarcerate them. In the words of former Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter, "Equity is brutal, but we are merely enforcing agreements."

"The balance of Title 42, section 1981 of the Civil Rights Code states," citizens shall be subject to like punishment, pains, penalties, taxes, licenses, and exactions of every kind"

What we view as citizenship, the Crown views as a juristic enrichment instrumentality. It also should be borne in mind that even cursory circulation or commercial use of Federal Reserve Notes effects an attachment of liability for the payment of the Crown's debt to the FED. This is measured by your taxable income. And to facilitate future asset-stripping, the end of the 14th amendment includes a state of debt hypothecation of the United States, wherein all enfranchised persons (that's you) can be held personally liable for the Crown's debt. The Crown views our participation in these contracts of commercial equity as being voluntary and that any gain accrued is taxable, as the gain wouldn't have been possible were in not for the Crown.

They view the system of interstate banks as their own property. Any profit or gain experienced by anyone with a bank account (or loan, mortgage or credit card) carries with it - as an operation of law - the identical same full force and effect as if the Crown had created the gain. Bank accounts fall outside the umbrella of Fourth Amendment protection because a commercial contract is in effect and the Bill of Rights cannot be held to interfere with the execution of commercial contracts. The Crown also views bank account records as their own private property, pursuant to the bank contract that each of us signed and that none of us ever read. Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It The rare individual who actually reads the bank contract will find that they agreed to be bound by Title 26 and under section 7202 agreed not to disseminate any fraudulent tax advice. This written contract with the Crown also acknowledges that bank notes are taxable instruments of commerce. When we initially opened a bank account, another juristic personality was created. It is this personality (income and assets) that IRS agents are excising back to the Crown through taxation. A lot of ink is being spilled currently over Social Security.

Possession of a Social Security Number is known in the Crown's lex as 'conclusive evidence' of our having accepted federal commercial benefits. This is another example of an equity relationship with the Crown. Presenting one's Social Security Number to an employer seals our status as taxpayers, and gives rise to liability for a reciprocal quid pro quo payment of taxes to the Crown. Through the Social Security Number we are accepting future retirement endowment benefits. Social Security is a strange animal. If you die, your spouse gets nothing, but rather, what would have gone to you is divided (forfeited) among other premium payers who haven't died yet.

But the Crown views failure to reciprocate in any of these equity attachments as an act of defilement and will proceed against us with all due prejudice. For a person to escape the tentacles of the Crown octopus, a thoroughgoing study of American jurisprudence is required. One would have to be deemed a 'stranger to the public trust,' forfeit all enfranchisement benefits and close all bank accounts, among other things. Citizenship would have to be made null and forfeit and the status of 'denizen' enacted. If there are any persons extant who have passed through this fire, I would certainly appreciate hearing from them. Vitrually all countries are run as a corporation, ruled by the British Crown and the Vatican

The Trinity of Globalist Control

All three are separates states, completely independent of their respective countries. Related: The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation The USA is, and always has been, a huge corporation ruled from abroad. Its initial name was the Virginia Company and it is owned by the British Crown and the Vatican, who receive their yearly share of the profits. The US presidents are appointed CEO's (they are not elected by us!), and their allegiance is to the "board of directors," not to the American citizens. We are seen as employees of the company and voting is designed as a distraction meant to offer us the illusion that we have a say in all this.

"In 1606 [King] James set up the Virginia Company which was granted Royal authority to begin settlements in the province of Virginia, named after Elizabeth I, who had been popularly called the Virgin Queen. The Union Jack first flew on American soil at Jamestown in Virginia as a permanent fixture in the spring of 1607... "The early members of the Virginia Company were aristocrats who supported the Church of England and the Royalist cause. They included Lord Southampton, the Earl of Pembroke, the Earl of Montgomery, the Earl of Salisbury, the Earl of Northampton, and Sir Francis Bacon... "As chancellor of England, Bacon was able to persuade the king to issue the charters which enabled the new colonies to proliferate in the new world... "The Virginia Company members who actually settled in America included several members of the Bacon family, and friends of his who were initiates of the Rosy Cross." - Michael Howard - Occult Conspiracy (quoted by Michael Tsarion)

"I understand from contacts in America that it is through organizations like the London Metal Exchange that profits from the Virginia Company (United States of America) are channeled back to London." - David Icke - The Biggest Secret;

"The House of Burgesses was formed in Jamestown in 1619. It was the first representative legislative body in the American Colonies. The House passed measures designed to help the company prosper. But a serious Indian uprising in Jamestown in 1622 caused the adventurers to lose what little interest they had left. In 1623, King James decided that the company was being managed poorly. He took over the association in 1624 and dissolved the company." - World Book Encyclopedia;

"Its shareholders were Londoners, and it was distinguished from the Plymouth Company, which was chartered at the same time and composed largely of men from Plymouth." "In 1619 the company established continental America’s first true legislature, the General Assembly, which was organized bicamerally. It consisted of the governor and his council, named by the company in England, and the House of Burgesses, made up of two burgesses from each of the four boroughs and seven plantations." "...The court ruled against the Virginia Company, which was then dissolved, with the result that Virginia was

transformed into a royal colony." - Encyclopedia Britannica;

"But the biggest problem that the so-called "elite families" have; is that many of their own offspring, the siblings withing the bloodlines; have had enough. Many have been put through so much for so long that they are working against the overarching directive. They detest what they were born into. And they want out. The sick and twisted luciferian (too weak to even own up to acknowledging that they are satanic) rituals continue to be exposed; what has been taking place in London with Saville et al, in Australia with the Kidmans - it will all continue to come out."

Related: Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

"This means that all the rights which applied to the owners of the Virginia Company to the gold, silver, minerals and duties, mined and paid in America, still apply to the British families who own the United States of America and the lands of the united states of America.

"Those same percentages have been paid since ‘independence’ and are still being paid by the American people via their federal officials who are, in fact, officials of the Virginia Company - yes, including the President. "...But here’s yet another twist. Who owns the assets apparently owned by the Virginia Company? Answer: the Vatican." -- David Icke - The Biggest Secret;

"After the original 13 (again!) American colonies won their ‘independence’ and an ‘independent’ country was formed after 1783, the Virginia Company simply changed its name to... the United States of America. "You see there are two USAs, or rather a USA and a usA. The united states of America with a lower case ‘u’ and ‘s’ are the lands of the various states. These lands, as we have seen, are still owned by the British Crown as the head of the old Virginia Company, although there is something to add about this in a moment. "Then there is the United States of America, capital ‘U’ and ‘S’, which is the 68 square miles of land west of the Potomac River on which is built the federal capital, Washington DC and the District of Columbia. It also includes the US protectorates of Guam and Puerto Rico. "The United States of America is not a country, it is a corporation owned by the same Brotherhood reptilian bloodlines who owned the Virginia Company, because the USA is the Virginia Company!" - David Icke - The Biggest Secret;

"In 1604, a group of leading politicians, businessmen, merchants, manufacturers and bankers, met in Greenwich,

then in the English county of Kent, and formed a corporation called the Virginia Company in anticipation of the imminent influx of white Europeans, mostly British at first, into the North American continent. "Its main stockholder was the reptilian, King James I, and the original charter for the company was completed by April 10th 1606. This and later updates to the charter established the following: "...The Virginia Company comprised of two branches, the London Company and the Plymouth or New England Company...The ‘Pilgrims’ of American historical myth were, in fact, members of the second Virginia Company branch called the New England Company. The Pilgrim Society is still a major elite grouping within the Illuminati.. "The Virginia Company owned most of the land of what we now call the USA, and any lands up to 900 miles offshore. This included Bermuda and most of what is now known as the Caribbean Islands. "The Virginia Company (the British Crown and the bloodline families) had rights to 50%, yes 50%, of the ore of all gold and silver mined on its lands, plus percentages of other minerals and raw materials, and 5% of all profits from other ventures. "These rights, the charters detailed, were to be passed on to all heirs of the owners of the Virginia Company and therefore continue to apply... forever! "The controlling members of the Virginia Company who were to enjoy these rights became known as the Treasurer and Company of Adventurers and Planters of the City of London. "After the first 21 years from the formation of the Virginia Company, all ‘duties, imposts, and excises’ paid on trading activities in the colonies had to be paid directly to the British Crown through the Crown treasurer... "The lands of the Virginia Company were granted to the colonies under a Deed of Trust (on lease) and therefore they could not claim ownership of the land... "The monarch, through his Council for the Colonies, insisted that members of the colonies impose the Christian religion on all the people, including the Native Americans... "The criminal courts on the lands of the Virginia Company were to be operated under Admiralty Law, the law of the sea, and the civil courts under common law, the law of the land... Now, get this. All of the above still applies today!" - David Icke - The Biggest Secret;

Related: The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati

The United States Inc.

England, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and many other countries are led politically by “Prime Ministers” to the Queen. In fact she is the official head of 123 commonwealth countries. America, Russia, and other countries, however, have a “President” and “Vice-President.” Usually corporations have Presidents and Vice-Presidents. What does this mean? The US Presidents rule from the “White House.” The Russian Presidents also rule from the White House. The Jesuits, a large force behind the Illuminati, have their own White House as well. England is ruled from “Whitehall.”

"The United States government is being ruled from the ‘White House,’ the government of England is being ruled from what is called ‘Whitehall,’ and Whitehall, like our White House, is the symbol of power because the hall is like the Masonic hall, the lodge hall, the union hall.” - Jordan Maxwell - Matrix of Power;

"For those who think America controls the roost it would do well to consider that the Queen of England is still the official head of Commonwealth (123 countries) and the official monarch of Australia and Canada along with the United Kingdom... add to that the fact that all Bush Sr. got for his two terms as president of USA is a mere knighthood of the British Empire." - Prash Trivedi;

The original 13 colonies were actually called companies. Military units are also called companies. We sing patriotic songs like “the Star-Spangled Banner” but a banner is a corporate advertisement, not a flag. You surrender with a white flag, no colors. When you get mad you show your true colors. If you just won independence in a bloody revolution with Britain would you choose the same three colors for your new US flag? Why does “every heart ring true for the red, white, and blue?” What about the gold-fringed flag used by the military, hung at all courts, schools, and government buildings? It all has to do with the British Maritime Admiralty Law of Flags.

Barack Obama is the current CEO of the USA Corporation and the gold-fringed flags in the background stand for "ruled from abroad."

"This is also known as British Maritime (military) Law and this is why the American flag always has a gold fringe when displayed in the courts of the United States. You find the same in government buildings and federally funded schools. "The gold fringe is a legal symbol indicating that the court is sitting under British Maritime Law and the Uniform Commercial Code - military and merchant law not common or constitutional law, under the Admiralty Law of Flags, the flag displayed gives notice of the law under which the ship (in this case the court) is regulated. "Anyone entering that ship (court) accepts by doing so that they are submitting to the law indicated by that flag. Judges refuse to replace the flag with one without a fringe when asked by defendants who know the score because that changes the law under which the court is sitting. "If you appear in a court with a gold fringed flag your constitutional rights are suspended and you are being tried under British Maritime (military /merchant) Law.” - David Icke - Tales from the Time Loop;

International Maritime Admiralty law, the law of the high seas, began in Sumeria, was perfected in Rome and continues to this day. Jordan Maxwell has explained that the way we trade commerce today is modeled after the Masons’/Templar Knights’ 1,000 year old system. Notice how regardless of whether you send a product by air, water, or land - you “ship” it. The ship pulls into its “berth” and ties to the “dock.” The Captain has to provide the port authorities with a “certificate of manifest” declaring the products he has brought. Through a legal loophole the royals have created, US citizens are considered property of the queen under British Maritime law. Since we are born of our mother’s water, from her “birth canal,” we are thereby a maritime product, a “shipped” commodity. Our mothers were delivering a product under maritime law and that’s why we are born in a “delivery room.”

That’s why the “doc” signs your “berth” certificate, your “certificate of manifest.” You’re kept in the Maternity “Ward.” Why a ward? No other hospital areas are called wards. Prisons have wards and wardens. The United States Corporation came about just after the civil war. The Act of 1871 was passed by congress creating a separate form of government for DC, essentially turning it into a corporation. It was decided that employees would be called “citizens.” So when you say in court or on paper, that you are a citizen of the United States, you are not a free American, but an employee of US Inc. When you get a fine, a ticket, a bill, or get sued, you must sign in all capital letters. When you die your Masonic tombstone by law will have all capital letters to show their employee has died. The entity that is your name in all caps is your maritime admiralty product code. Upper and lower case legally represents you, your body.

"The Uniform Commercial Code was approved by the American Bar Association, which is a franchise, a subordinate branch, of the British legal system and its hierarchy based in London's Temple Bar (named after the Illuminati Knights Templar secret society). As I have been writing for many years, the power that controls America is based in Britain and Europe because that is where the power is located that owns the United States Corporation. By the way, if you think it is strange that a court on dry land could be administered under Maritime Law, look at US Code, Title 18 B 7. It says that Admiralty Jurisdiction is applicable in the following locations: (1) the high seas; (2) any American ship; (3) any lands reserved or acquired for the use of the United States, and under the exclusive or concurrent jurisdiction thereof, or any place purchased or otherwise acquired by the United States by consent of the legislature of the state. In other words, mainland America. All this is founded on Roman law because the Illuminati have been playing this same game throughout the centuries wherever they have gone. The major politicians know that this is how things are and so do the government administrators, judges, lawyers and insider 'journalists'.

Those who realize what is happening and ask the court for the name of the true creditor or recipients of the fines imposed by the 'legal system' are always refused this information by the judge. The true creditors in such cases, and the ultimate recipient of the fines, are the bankers to which the corporation 'country' is bankrupt.” - David Icke - Tales from the Time Loop;

Lawyers or “barristers” have to take the Bar Association “bar” exam just as alcoholics go to the “bar,” sugar-junkies eat candy “bars,” and gamblers hope to get 3 “bars” on the slot machine. These all derive from the Templar’s turn of the 13th century “Temple Bar” in England.

Originally the Temple Bar was literally just a bar or chain between two posts next to the Temple law courts. This soon became a huge stone gate and there were eventually eight of these gates built so the elites could restrict / control trade within the city of London. They were taken down during 19th century, but then each stone was numbered and kept in storage until 2004 when they just re-built the Temple Bar in London.

"The United States corporation was created behind the screen of a 'Federal Government' when, after the manufactured 'victory' in the American War of 'Independence', the British colonies exchanged overt dictatorship from London with the far more effective covert dictatorship that has been in place ever since. In effect, the Virginia Company, the corporation headed by the British Crown that controlled the 'former' colonies, simply changed its name to the United States and other related pseudonyms. These include the US, USA, United States of America, Washington DC, District of Columbia, Federal Government and 'Feds'. The United States Corporation is based in the District of Columbia and the current president of the

corporation is a man called George W. Bush. He is not the president of the people or the country as they are led to believe, that's just the smokescreen. This means that Bush launched a 'war on terrorism' on behalf of a private corporation to further the goals of that corporation. It had nothing to do with' America' or 'Americans' because these are very different legal entities. It is the United States Corporation that owns the United States military and everything else that comes under the term 'federal'. This includes the Federal Reserve, the 'central bank' of the United States, which is, in reality, a private bank owned by controlling stockholders (and controllers of the US Corporation) that are not even American. This is the bank from which the United States Corporation borrows 'money'.” - David Icke - Tales from the Time Loop;

Related: The Staggering, Eye-Opening History Of Britain’s Monarchy And Its Colonies & Why 'The Crown' Is Being Dismantled

The Greater British Empire Map

The Shocking Truth About Your Birth Certificate

"If you notice on the bottom of your birth certificate it says Department of Commerce. It is a property of the Department of Commerce because you are nothing more than a piece of commercial material. That’s why if you’re out of work you don’t go to the unemployment office, you go to the Office of Human Resources, because you’re just a human resource.” - Jordan Maxwell, 1990 Slideshow Presentation on Hidden Symbols

Related: The Birth Certificate Odyssey The Judge sits on the bench for the bank. Banks are on both sides of a river. A river bank directs the flow of the current/sea

- the currency, the cash flow. The current-sea is “deposited” from bank to bank down the river. We’re just “consumers” to advertise to, just “human resources” to be used up like batteries, and they are the “social engineers,” molding us “useless eaters” into wage slavery.

Read The Atlantean Conspiracy if you want to learn more.

Is New Zealand Losing It's Independence Under Rothschild Zionist Placeman John Key? Now this will be a very interesting when David Icke appears in Auckland later this year: Will David Icke divulge solid evidence of John Keys links to the Transnational Criminal Cabal?

My personal research and information gathered over the years shows indisputable evidence that he is not only embedded and indoctrinated into "The Club Of Rome", the Cabal and Illuminati but he has been personally involved in: Related: Christchurch: The Man-Made Earthquakes - What Really Happened, How And Why It will be interesting to see if Icke will cover any of these topics when he speaks in New Zealand later this year:

1. The cover-up of the Murders of the 138 victims of the Christchurch earthquake where he stated this event was manmade,

2. The murder of the 29 miners at Pike River Mine 3. The intentional assassination of Allan Hubbard 4. The 1080 drops that have contaminated our food chain 5. The intentionally planned environmental pollution of 85% of our waterways 6. The pollution of our atmosphere with Chemtrails aka Geo-engineering 7. The govternment and police cover-up of the pedophile network in NZ 8. The rigging of the 2014 elections 9. The imminent foreclosures of 100s of farms sitting on huge mineral deposits 10. The sale of these farms to his Cabalist buddies fleeing here under the guise of the Syrian refugee crisis by relaxing immigration laws 11. The ability for foreign corporations to sponsor Charter Schools which allows them to invest millions in land purchases 12. Keys coalition alliances with NATO and the USA now being exposed as funders of all terror organizations including ISIS, AL QAEADA, ISIL, IS, DAESH, BOKO HARUN, THE MUSLIM BROTHERHOOD, , AL NUSRA FRONT making him guilty of Treason and violates every section of The NZ Terrorism Suppression Act 2007 This is the intention of this Cabal owned govt and every Cabinet Minister, Labour Party hierarchy, even certain members of 3rd and 4th tier political parties such as Jesuit trained Green Party leader, Russel Norman, a self confessed Communist to Winston Peters, an Oxford University trained and indoctrinated Rhodes Scholar.

Related: 6 Lesser Known Facts About the Rothschild Dynasty

The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge March 16 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

The internet has spawned subtle forms of influence that can flip elections and manipulate everything we say, think and do.

Over the past century, more than a few great writers have expressed concern about humanity’s future. In The Iron Heel (1908), the American writer Jack London pictured a world in which a handful of wealthy corporate titans – the ‘oligarchs’ – kept the masses at bay with a brutal combination of rewards and punishments. Much of humanity lived in virtual slavery, while the fortunate ones were bought off with decent wages that allowed them to live comfortably – but without any real control over their lives. Related: Stop Censorship: Time For Us All To Finally Break Google, Facebook and Twitter? In We (1924), the brilliant Russian writer Yevgeny Zamyatin, anticipating the excesses of the emerging Soviet Union, envisioned a world in which people were kept in check through pervasive monitoring. The walls of their homes were made of clear glass, so everything they did could be observed. They were allowed to lower their shades an hour a day to have sex, but both the rendezvous time and the lover had to be registered first with the state. In Brave New World (1932), the British author Aldous Huxley pictured a near-perfect society in which unhappiness and aggression had been engineered out of humanity through a combination of genetic engineering and psychological conditioning.

Related: Google Gives New Meaning To “Orwellian” And in the much darker novel 1984 (1949), Huxley’s compatriot George Orwell described a society in which thought itself was controlled; in Orwell’s world, children were taught to use a simplified form of English called Newspeak in order to assure that they could never express ideas that were dangerous to society. These are all fictional tales, to be sure, and in each the leaders who held the power used conspicuous forms of control that at least a few people actively resisted and occasionally overcame. But in the non-fiction bestseller The Hidden Persuaders (1957) – recently released in a 50th-anniversary edition – the American journalist Vance Packard described a ‘strange and rather exotic’ type of influence that was rapidly emerging in the United States and that was, in a way, more threatening than the fictional types of control pictured in the novels.

According to Packard, US corporate executives and politicians were beginning to use subtle and, in many cases, completely undetectable methods to change people’s thinking, emotions and behaviour based on insights from psychiatry and the social sciences. Most of us have heard of at least one of these methods: subliminal stimulation, or what Packard called ‘subthreshold effects’ – the presentation of short messages that tell us what to do but that are flashed so briefly we aren’t aware we have seen them. In 1958, propelled by public concern about a theatre in New Jersey that had supposedly hidden messages in a movie to increase ice cream sales, the National Association of Broadcasters – the association that set standards for US television – amended its code to prohibit the use of subliminal messages in broadcasting. In 1974, the Federal Communications Commission opined that the use of such messages was ‘contrary to the public interest’. Legislation to prohibit subliminal messaging was also introduced in the US Congress but never enacted. Both the UK and Australia have strict laws prohibiting it. Subliminal stimulation is probably still in wide use in the US – it’s hard to detect, after all, and no one is keeping track of it – but it’s probably not worth worrying about.

Research suggests that it has only a small impact, and that it mainly influences people who are already motivated to follow its dictates; subliminal directives to drink affect people only if they’re already thirsty. Packard had uncovered a much bigger problem, however – namely that powerful corporations were constantly looking for, and in many cases already applying, a wide variety of techniques for controlling people without their knowledge. He described a kind of cabal in which marketers worked closely with social scientists to determine, among other things, how to get people to buy things they didn’t need and how to condition young children to be good consumers – inclinations that were explicitly nurtured and trained in Huxley’s Brave New World.

Guided by social science, marketers were quickly learning how to play upon people’s insecurities, frailties, unconscious fears, aggressive feelings and sexual desires to alter their thinking, emotions and behaviour without any awareness that they were being manipulated. Related: United States, New Zealand, Canadian, United Kingdom & Australian Governments Hacked Smartphones, Planted Spyware In Google Phone Apps

By the early 1950s, Packard said, politicians had got the message and were beginning to merchandise themselves using the same subtle forces being used to sell soap. Packard prefaced his chapter on politics with an unsettling quote from the British economist Kenneth Boulding:

"A world of unseen dictatorship is conceivable, still using the forms of democratic government."

Could this really happen, and, if so, how would it work? The forces that Packard described have become more pervasive over the decades. The soothing music we all hear overhead in supermarkets causes us to walk more slowly and buy more food, whether we need it or not. Most of the vacuous thoughts and intense feelings our teenagers experience from morning till night are carefully orchestrated by highly skilled marketing professionals working in our fashion and entertainment industries.

Yes, New Zealand has a national chain of supermarkets that are actually called New World... where you can take your New World grocery Order - oh the irony

Politicians work with a wide range of consultants who test every aspect of what the politicians do in order to sway voters: clothing, intonations, facial expressions, makeup, hairstyles and speeches are all optimised, just like the packaging of a breakfast cereal. Fortunately, all of these sources of influence operate competitively. Some of the persuaders want us to buy or believe one thing, others to buy or believe something else. It is the competitive nature of our society that keeps us, on balance, relatively free. Related: Elites Panic As Information Control Flounders: Google Devising Method To Rank Websites By 'Truthfulness' But what would happen if new sources of control began to emerge that had little or no competition? And what if new means of control were developed that were far more powerful – and far more invisible – than any that have existed in the past? And what if new types of control allowed a handful of people to exert enormous influence not just over the citizens of the US but over most of the people on Earth?

It might surprise you to hear this, but these things have already happened. Related: How The CIA Made Google To understand how the new forms of mind control work, we need to start by looking at the search engine – one in particular: the biggest and best of them all, namely Google. The Google search engine is so good and so popular that the company’s name is now a commonly used verb in languages around the world. To ‘Google’ something is to look it up on the Google search engine, and that, in fact, is how most computer users worldwide get most of their information about just about everything these days. They Google it. Google has become the main gateway to virtually all knowledge, mainly because the search engine is so good at giving us exactly the information we are looking for, almost instantly and almost always in the first position of the list it shows us after we launch our search – the list of ‘search results’. That ordered list is so good, in fact, that about 50 per cent of our clicks go to the top two items, and more than 90 per cent of our clicks go to the 10 items listed on the first page of results; few people look at other results pages, even though they often number in the thousands, which means they probably contain lots of good information.

Google decides which of the billions of web pages it is going to include in our search results, and it also decides how to rank them. How it decides these things is a deep, dark secret – one of the best-kept secrets in the world, like the formula for Coca-Cola. Because people are far more likely to read and click on higher-ranked items, companies now spend billions of dollars every year trying to trick Google’s search algorithm – the computer program that does the selecting and ranking – into boosting them another notch or two. Moving up a notch can mean the difference between success and failure for a business, and moving into the top slots can be the key to fat profits. Related: Assange: Google Is Not What It Seems Late in 2012, I began to wonder whether highly ranked search results could be impacting more than consumer choices. Perhaps, I speculated, a top search result could have a small impact on people’s opinions about things. Early in 2013, with my associate Ronald E Robertson of the American Institute for Behavioral Research and Technology in Vista, California, I put this idea to a test by conducting an experiment in which 102 people from the San Diego area were randomly assigned to one of three groups.

In one group, people saw search results that favoured one political candidate – that is, results that linked to web pages that made this candidate look better than his or her opponent. In a second group, people saw search rankings that favoured the opposing candidate, and in the third group – the control group – people saw a mix of rankings that favoured neither candidate. The same search results and web pages were used in each group; the only thing that differed for the three groups was the ordering of the search results. To make our experiment realistic, we used real search results that linked to real web pages. We also used a real election – the 2010 election for the prime minister of Australia. We used a foreign election to make sure that our participants were ‘undecided’. Their lack of familiarity with the candidates assured this. Through advertisements, we also recruited an ethnically diverse group of registered voters over a wide age range in order to match key demographic characteristics of the US voting population. All participants were first given brief descriptions of the candidates and then asked to rate them in various ways, as well as to indicate which candidate they would vote for; as you might expect, participants initially favoured neither candidate on any of the five measures we used, and the vote was evenly split in all three groups.

Related: Got Chrome? Google Just Silently Downloaded This Onto Your Computer Then the participants were given up to 15 minutes in which to conduct an online search using ‘Kadoodle’, our mock search engine, which gave them access to five pages of search results that linked to web pages. People could move freely between search results and web pages, just as we do when using Google. When participants completed their search, we asked them to rate the candidates again, and we also asked them again who they would vote for. We predicted that the opinions and voting preferences of 2 or 3 per cent of the people in the two bias groups – the groups in which people were seeing rankings favouring one candidate – would shift toward that candidate. What we actually found was astonishing. The proportion of people favouring the search engine’s top-ranked candidate increased by 48.4 per cent, and all five of our measures shifted toward that candidate. What’s more, 75 per cent of the people in the bias groups seemed to have been completely unaware that they were viewing biased search rankings. In the control group, opinions did not shift significantly.

Google's own by-line was a piss take

This seemed to be a major discovery. The shift we had produced, which we called the Search Engine Manipulation Effect (or SEME, pronounced ‘seem’), appeared to be one of the largest behavioural effects ever discovered. We did not immediately uncork the Champagne bottle, however. For one thing, we had tested only a small number of people, and they were all from the San Diego area. Over the next year or so, we replicated our findings three more times, and the third time was with a sample of more than 2,000 people from all 50 US states. In that experiment, the shift in voting preferences was 37.1 per cent and even higher in some demographic groups – as high as 80 per cent, in fact. We also learned in this series of experiments that by reducing the bias just slightly on the first page of search results – specifically, by including one search item that favoured the other candidate in the third or fourth position of the results – we could mask our manipulation so that few or even no people were aware that they were seeing biased rankings. We could still produce dramatic shifts in voting preferences, but we could do so invisibly.

Still no Champagne, though. Our results were strong and consistent, but our experiments all involved a foreign election – that 2010 election in Australia. Could voting preferences be shifted with real voters in the middle of a real campaign? We were skeptical. In real elections, people are bombarded with multiple sources of information, and they also know a lot about the candidates. It seemed unlikely that a single experience on a search engine would have much impact on their voting preferences. To find out, in early 2014, we went to India just before voting began in the largest democratic election in the world – the Lok Sabha election for prime minister. The three main candidates were Rahul Gandhi, Arvind Kejriwal, and Narendra Modi. Making use of online subject pools and both online and print advertisements, we recruited 2,150 people from 27 of India’s 35 states and territories to participate in our experiment. To take part, they had to be registered voters who had not yet voted and who were still undecided about how they would vote. Participants were randomly assigned to three search-engine groups, favouring, respectively, Gandhi, Kejriwal or Modi. As one might expect, familiarity levels with the candidates was high – between 7.7 and 8.5 on a scale of 10. We predicted that our manipulation would produce a very small effect, if any, but that’s not what we found.

This prick is all over the place

On average, we were able to shift the proportion of people favouring any given candidate by more than 20 per cent overall and more than 60 per cent in some demographic groups. Even more disturbing, 99.5 per cent of our participants showed no awareness that they were viewing biased search rankings – in other words, that they were being manipulated. SEME’s near-invisibility is curious indeed. It means that when people – including you and me – are looking at biased search rankings, they look just fine. So if right now you Google ‘US presidential candidates’, the search results you see will probably look fairly random, even if they happen to favour one candidate. Even I have trouble detecting bias in search rankings that I know to be biased (because they were prepared by my staff).

They can't get rid of you Donald

Yet our randomised, controlled experiments tell us over and over again that when higher-ranked items connect with web pages that favour one candidate, this has a dramatic impact on the opinions of undecided voters, in large part for the simple reason that people tend to click only on higher-ranked items. This is truly scary: like subliminal stimuli, SEME is a force you can’t see; but unlike subliminal stimuli, it has an enormous impact – like Casper the ghost pushing you down a flight of stairs. We published a detailed report about our first five experiments on SEME in the prestigious Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS) in August 2015. We had indeed found something important, especially given Google’s dominance over search. Google has a near-monopoly on internet searches in the US, with 83 per cent of Americans specifying Google as the search engine they use most often, according to the Pew Research Center. So if Google favours one candidate in an election, its impact on undecided voters could easily decide the election’s outcome.

Keep in mind that we had had only one shot at our participants. What would be the impact of favouring one candidate in searches people are conducting over a period of weeks or months before an election? It would almost certainly be much larger than what we were seeing in our experiments. Other types of influence during an election campaign are balanced by competing sources of influence – a wide variety of newspapers, radio shows and television networks, for example – but Google, for all intents and purposes, has no competition, and people trust its search results implicitly, assuming that the company’s mysterious search algorithm is entirely objective and unbiased. This high level of trust, combined with the lack of competition, puts Google in a unique position to impact elections. Even more disturbing, the search-ranking business is entirely unregulated, so Google could favour any candidate it likes without violating any laws. Some courts have even ruled that Google’s right to rank-order search results as it pleases is protected as a form of free speech. Does the company ever favour particular candidates? In the 2012 US presidential election, Google and its top executives donated more than $800,000 to President Barack Obama and just $37,000 to his opponent, Mitt Romney.

And in 2015, a team of researchers from the University of Maryland and elsewhere showed that Google’s search results routinely favoured Democratic candidates. Are Google’s search rankings really biased? An internal report issued by the US Federal Trade Commission in 2012 concluded that Google’s search rankings routinely put Google’s financial interests ahead of those of their competitors, and anti-trust actions currently under way against Google in both the European Union and India are based on similar findings. In most countries, 90 per cent of online search is conducted on Google, which gives the company even more power to flip elections than it has in the US and, with internet penetration increasing rapidly worldwide, this power is growing. In our PNAS article, Robertson and I calculated that Google now has the power to flip upwards of 25 per cent of the national elections in the world with no one knowing this is occurring. In fact, we estimate that, with or without deliberate planning on the part of company executives, Google’s search rankings have been impacting elections for years, with growing impact each year. And because search rankings are ephemeral, they leave no paper trail, which gives the company complete deniability.

Power on this scale and with this level of invisibility is unprecedented in human history. But it turns out that our discovery about SEME was just the tip of a very large iceberg. Recent reports suggest that the Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton is making heavy use of social media to try to generate support – Twitter, Instagram, Pinterest, Snapchat and Facebook, for starters. At this writing, she has 5.4 million followers on Twitter, and her staff is tweeting several times an hour during waking hours. The Republican frontrunner, Donald Trump, has 5.9 million Twitter followers and is tweeting just as frequently. Is social media as big a threat to democracy as search rankings appear to be? Not necessarily. When new technologies are used competitively, they present no threat. Even through the platforms are new, they are generally being used the same way as billboards and television commercials have been used for decades: you put a billboard on one side of the street; I put one on the other. I might have the money to erect more billboards than you, but the process is still competitive. What happens, though, if such technologies are misused by the companies that own them? A study by Robert M Bond, now a political science professor at Ohio State University, and others published in Nature in 2012 described an ethically questionable experiment in which, on election day in 2010, Facebook sent ‘go out and vote’ reminders to more than 60 million of its users.

The reminders caused about 340,000 people to vote who otherwise would not have. Writing in the New Republic in 2014, Jonathan Zittrain, professor of international law at Harvard University, pointed out that, given the massive amount of information it has collected about its users, Facebook could easily send such messages only to people who support one particular party or candidate, and that doing so could easily flip a close election – with no one knowing that this has occurred. And because advertisements, like search rankings, are ephemeral, manipulating an election in this way would leave no paper trail. Are there laws prohibiting Facebook from sending out ads selectively to certain users? Absolutely not; in fact, targeted advertising is how Facebook makes its money. Is Facebook currently manipulating elections in this way? No one knows, but in my view it would be foolish and possibly even improper for Facebook not to do so. Some candidates are better for a company than others, and Facebook’s executives have a fiduciary responsibility to the company’s stockholders to promote the company’s interests. The Bond study was largely ignored, but another Facebook experiment, published in 2014 in PNAS, prompted protests around the world. In this study, for a period of a week, 689,000 Facebook users were sent news feeds that contained either an excess of positive terms, an excess of negative terms, or neither.

Those in the first group subsequently used slightly more positive terms in their communications, while those in the second group used slightly more negative terms in their communications. This was said to show that people’s ‘emotional states’ could be deliberately manipulated on a massive scale by a social media company, an idea that many people found disturbing. People were also upset that a large-scale experiment on emotion had been conducted without the explicit consent of any of the participants. Facebook’s consumer profiles are undoubtedly massive, but they pale in comparison with those maintained by Google, which is collecting information about people 24/7, using more than 60 different observation platforms – the search engine, of course, but also Google Wallet, Google Maps, Google Adwords, Google Analytics, Chrome, Google Docs, Android, YouTube, and on and on. Gmail users are generally oblivious to the fact that Google stores and analyses every email they write, even the drafts they never send – as well as all the incoming email they receive from both Gmail and non-Gmail users. Related: Make Them Forget: How ‘Irrelevant’ News Disappears From Google Searches According to Google’s privacy policy – to which one assents whenever one uses a Google product, even when one has not been informed that he or she is using a Google product – Google can share the information it collects about you with almost anyone, including government agencies. But never with you. Google’s privacy is sacrosanct; yours is nonexistent. Could Google and ‘those we work with’ (language from the privacy policy) use the information they are amassing about you for nefarious purposes – to manipulate or coerce, for example? Could inaccurate information in people’s profiles (which people have no way to correct) limit their opportunities or ruin their reputations?

Certainly, if Google set about to fix an election, it could first dip into its massive database of personal information to identify just those voters who are undecided. Then it could, day after day, send customised rankings favouring one candidate to just those people. One advantage of this approach is that it would make Google’s manipulation extremely difficult for investigators to detect. Extreme forms of monitoring, whether by the KGB in the Soviet Union, the Stasi in East Germany, or Big Brother in 1984, are essential elements of all tyrannies, and technology is making both monitoring and the consolidation of surveillance data easier than ever. By 2020, China will have put in place the most ambitious government monitoring system ever created – a single database called the Social Credit System, in which multiple ratings and records for all of its 1.3 billion citizens are recorded for easy access by officials and bureaucrats. At a glance, they will know whether someone has plagiarised schoolwork, was tardy in paying bills, urinated in public, or blogged inappropriately online.

As Edward Snowden’s revelations made clear, we are rapidly moving toward a world in which both governments and corporations – sometimes working together – are collecting massive amounts of data about every one of us every day, with few or no laws in place that restrict how those data can be used. When you combine the data collection with the desire to control or manipulate, the possibilities are endless, but perhaps the most frightening possibility is the one expressed in Boulding’s assertion that an ‘unseen dictatorship’ was possible ‘using the forms of democratic government’. Since Robertson and I submitted our initial report on SEME to PNAS early in 2015, we have completed a sophisticated series of experiments that have greatly enhanced our understanding of this phenomenon, and other experiments will be completed in the coming months. We have a much better sense now of why SEME is so powerful and how, to some extent, it can be suppressed.

We have also learned something very disturbing – that search engines are influencing far more than what people buy and whom they vote for. We now have evidence suggesting that on virtually all issues where people are initially undecided, search rankings are impacting almost every decision that people make. They are having an impact on the opinions, beliefs, attitudes and behaviours of internet users worldwide – entirely without people’s knowledge that this is occurring. Related: Check Out The Creepy Picture Google Paints Of Your Daily Habits This is happening with or without deliberate intervention by company officials; even so-called ‘organic’ search processes regularly generate search results that favour one point of view, and that in turn has the potential to tip the opinions of millions of people who are undecided on an issue. In one of our recent experiments, biased search results shifted people’s opinions about the value of fracking by 33.9 per cent. Perhaps even more disturbing is that the handful of people who do show awareness that they are viewing biased search rankings shift even further in the predicted direction; simply knowing that a list is biased doesn’t necessarily protect you from SEME’s power.

Remember what the search algorithm is doing: in response to your query, it is selecting a handful of webpages from among the billions that are available, and it is ordering those webpages using secret criteria. Seconds later, the decision you make or the opinion you form – about the best toothpaste to use, whether fracking is safe, where you should go on your next vacation, who would make the best president, or whether global warming is real – is determined by that short list you are shown, even though you have no idea how the list was generated.

Related: Google Should Apply ‘Right To Be Forgotten’ Worldwide – EU Watchdogs Meanwhile, behind the scenes, a consolidation of search engines has been quietly taking place, so that more people are using the dominant search engine even when they think they are not. Because Google is the best search engine, and because crawling the rapidly expanding internet has become prohibitively expensive, more and more search engines are drawing their information from the leader rather than generating it themselves. The most recent deal, revealed in a Securities and Exchange Commission filing in October 2015, was between Google and Yahoo! Inc.

Looking ahead to the November 2016 US presidential election, I see clear signs that Google is backing Hillary Clinton. In April 2015, Clinton hired Stephanie Hannon away from Google to be her chief technology officer and, a few months ago, Eric Schmidt, chairman of the holding company that controls Google, set up a semi-secret company – The Groundwork – for the specific purpose of putting Clinton in office. The formation of The Groundwork prompted Julian Assange, founder of Wikileaks, to dub Google Clinton’s ‘secret weapon’ in her quest for the US presidency. We now estimate that Hannon’s old friends have the power to drive between 2.6 and 10.4 million votes to Clinton on election day with no one knowing that this is occurring and without leaving a paper trail. They can also help her win the nomination, of course, by influencing undecided voters during the primaries. Swing voters have always been the key to winning elections, and there has never been a more powerful, efficient or inexpensive way to sway them than SEME.

We are living in a world in which a handful of high-tech companies, sometimes working hand-in-hand with governments, are not only monitoring much of our activity, but are also invisibly controlling more and more of what we think, feel, do and say. The technology that now surrounds us is not just a harmless toy; it has also made possible undetectable and untraceable manipulations of entire populations – manipulations that have no precedent in human history and that are currently well beyond the scope of existing regulations and laws. The new hidden persuaders are bigger, bolder and badder than anything Vance Packard ever envisioned. If we choose to ignore this, we do so at our peril.

Unleashing GCSB To Spy On Kiwis One More Step On Road To Police State March 15 2016 | From: TheDailyBlog

The Anti-Bases Campaign is appalled by the recommendations made in the newly-released Intelligence Agencies review.

The authors have proposed overthrowing a basic tenet of spy operations in this country and paved the way for a massive expansion in surveillance of NZ citizens. This is just another retrograde step on the road to a police state. Previous restrictions on domestic spying by the Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) are to be removed; the basic democratic protection against the spies turning their cutting edge mass surveillance machinery on domestic life is to be eliminated. The report justifies the increasing power of the agencies by proposing more transparency and oversight. Ironically, Sir Michael Cullen, the key author of the report, is the man who exemplifies the inadequacy of trying to monitor these organisations as he was the person who, when he was in Government, continually gave false assurances denying illegal activity in the past.

The glaring deficiency in the review is the complete lack of consideration of the activities of the Five Eyes system which are the major part of the GCSB activities. The super-secret group carries out operations designed to give Washington the means to manipulate political, economic and diplomatic activities around the world. NZ’s part in this is despicable and reprehensible. Any suggestion that oversight by a handful of Kiwi commissioners will reveal the truth about the operations being carried out by Five Eyes is laughable. New Zealand, instead, needs to follow the example of Canada, one of our four Big Brothers in Five Eyes. Canada has suspended sharing Canadians’ metadata with its Five Eyes partners until it is satisfied about safeguards.

Related: Canada stops sharing Five Eyes data NZ can only restore its reputation in the world by closing down the Waihopai spy base and pulling out of the Five Eyes system. Plus it needs to close down the SIS and transfer its functions to the Police who (theoretically at least) have to justify their actions in a court of law.

Oliver Stone Reveals Clandestine Meetings With Edward Snowden, NSA Worries March 15 2016 | From: HollywoodReporter

“We moved to Germany, because we did not feel comfortable in the U.S.,” the director says about his upcoming movie about government whistle-blower Edward Snowden, played by Joseph Gordon-Levitt.

Fears of interference by the National Security Agency led Oliver Stone to shoot Snowden, his upcoming movie about government whistle-blower Edward Snowden, outside the United States.

"We moved to Germany, because we did not feel comfortable in the U.S.,” Stone said on March 6, speaking before an audience at the Sun Valley Film Festival in Idaho, in a Q&A moderated by The Hollywood Reporter’s Stephen Galloway. "We felt like we were at risk here. We didn’t know what the NSA might do, so we ended up in Munich, which was a beautiful experience.”

Even there, problems arose with companies that had connections to the U.S., he said: “The American subsidiary says, ‘You can’t get involved with this; we don’t want our name on it.’ So BMW couldn’t even help us in any way in Germany.” While in Sun Valley, the three-time Oscar winner held a private screening of Snowden for an invited audience of around two dozen. Those who attended the screening, at the former home of Ernest Hemingway, included actress Melissa Leo, who plays documentary filmmaker Laura Poitras.

Guests were required to sign non-disclosure agreements, but that did not prevent three of them from speaking to this

reporter. All praised the work-in-progress. “What he did that’s so brilliant is, he gave this kid’s whole back story, so you really like him,” said one audience member. When Stone (whose films include Platoon, Born on the Fourth of July and Wall Street) was first approached to make the movie, he hesitated. He had been working on another controversial subject, about the last few years in the life of Martin Luther King Jr., and did not immediately wish to tackle something that incendiary again.

“Glenn Greenwald [the journalist who worked with Poitras to break the Snowden story] asked me some advice and I just wanted to stay away from controversy,” he said. “I didn’t want this. Be that as it may, a couple of months later, the Russian lawyer for Snowden contacts me via my producer. The Russian lawyer told me to come to Russia and wanted me to meet him. One thing led to another, and basically I got hooked.” In Moscow, Stone met multiple times with Snowden, who has been living in exile in Russia since evading the U.S. government’s attempts to arrest him for espionage. “He’s articulate, smart, very much the same,” he said. “I’ve been seeing him off and on for a year - actually, more than that. I saw him last week or two weeks ago to show him the final film.” He added: “He is consistent: he believes so thoroughly in reform of the Internet that he has devoted himself to this cause… Because of the Russian hours, he stays up all night. He’s a night owl, and he’s always in touch [with the outside world], and he’s working on some kind of constitution for the Internet with other people. So he’s very busy. And he stays in that 70-percent-computer world. He’s on another planet that way. His sense of humor has gotten bigger, his tolerance. He’s not really in Russia in his mind - he’s in some planetary position up there. And Lindsay Mills, the woman he’s loved for 10 years - really, it’s a serious affair - has moved there to be with him.” Spending time with Snowden, and researching what happened to him, Stone said, “It’s an amazing story. Here’s a young man, 30 years old at that time, and he does something that’s so powerful. Who at 30 years old would do that, sacrificing his life in that way? We met with him many times in Moscow, and we did a lot more research, and we went ahead.” He added, “I think he’s a historical figure of great consequence.” Despite the director’s involvement in the movie, which stars Joseph Gordon-Levitt as Snowden and Shailene Woodley as Mills, “No studio would support it,” he said. “It was extremely difficult to finance, extremely difficult to cast. We were doing another one of these numbers I had done before, where preproduction is paid for by essentially the producer and myself, where you’re living on a credit card.” Eventually, financing came through from France and Germany. “The contracts were signed, like eight days before we started,” he noted. “It’s a very strange thing to do [a story about] an American man, and not be able to finance this movie in America. And that’s very disturbing, if you think about its implications on any subject that is not overtly pro-American. They say we have freedom of expression; but thought is financed, and thought is controlled, and the media is controlled. This country is very tight on that, and there’s no criticism allowed at a certain level. You can make movies about civil rights leaders who are dead, but it’s not easy to make one about a current man.”

Snowden opens in the U.S. on September 16.

Why Are These 25 Carcinogens Still Being Sold? March 15 2016 | From: Sott

The FDA is a killer organization. So superior are they, and so very post-modern, that it seems they've transcended meaning, analysis, and the law of cause and effect.

Given their exalted status, should it really surprise that they've not noticed the myriad ways they've advanced the march of carcinogens? After all, it's not like they run studies, check results, or have some sort of mandate to protect, right? With this in mind, let's examine a few of the carcinogens approved, ignored, and/or excused by the FDA; whose motto really ought to be, "move along, there's nothing to see, here". 1. Baby Powder. The talc in this powder is linked to ovarian cancer. The FDA's response? Too much money at stake to investigate. Very nihilistic, FDA! Nietzsche would approve. 2. Cosmetics. It's a beautiful thing that the cosmetics industry uses industrial factory cleaners to pulchrify womankind, don't you think? No regulation needed here, folks. Even though said chemicals have been found to cause cancer, disrupt hormones, and presage early puberty. I mean, the FDA is really busy. You can't expect them to examine everything, can you?

3. Birth control. The estrogen and progesterone within birth control have been found to "lead to cancer". But since there's no "smoking gun", why "rock the boat"? After all, "the show must go on". "It's just business". And an investigation might just "kill profit margins". Priorities, folks. Priorities. 4. Fluoride. Harvard scientists have found that boys in their 6th, 7th, and 8th years, are highly susceptible to osteosarcomas related to fluoride. Add to this the fact that fluoride is a mutagen, which means it alters DNA, and a neurotoxin, and it becomes quite clear the FDA is right to be unconcerned about allowing fluoride in our drinking water. Good job, old sport. Keep earning our trust.

5. Pesticides. Roughly 60% of pesticides lead directly to cancer. But the EPA seems rather bored with this statistic. Now, there has been "some news lately", about a "new standard", that's "less deadly". Whatever. It's the circle of life. We have to put toxins on our crops that will kill us, so that the food we reap can keep us alive till we die. Can't you people understand this?! 6. Sugar. A large part of the Standard American Diet (S.A.D.), sugar makes America go! Oh, did I mention sugar exponentially increases the growth of cancer cells? Well, too bad. We have to have it, cells or no. Whether it's in soda, candy, or children's cereal (aka sugar), the FDA is right to sleep on this one. Otherwise, how could people stay awake during the endless forty-hour work week? 7. Aspartame. This sweetener/carcinogen was rescued from oblivion by Monsanto, who bought out the agency that was challenging it's production. Listed as "toxic poison" by those in the know, Aspartame causes so many disorders it would take a separate article to cover to them all. Suffice it to say, the FDA and Monsanto are class acts, that obviously care deeply about human life. You stay classy, San Diego.

8. Ersatz Sugar and Diet Cola. Aspartame, Aspartame, Aspartame. People reason taking this toxic carcinogen (which many KNOW is such) makes more sense than consuming real sugar, which might cause them to put on weight. At least I think that's why they do it. After all, who in their right mind would choose Aspartame for its flavor? To summarize, many otherwise bright individuals voluntarily put a foul tasting chemical into their bodies, that might kill them, to (potentially) keep trim. Ironically, Aspartame may just be making Americans a lot fatter. 9. Smoking. Fifteen different types of cancer are caused by cigarettes, which contain six-hundred "ingredients", that when burned, turn into seven-thousand chemicals, sixty-nine of which cause cancer. Too bad you can't smoke Aspartame, eh, Phillip Morris? 10. Cell Phones. The WHO believes cell phones are "possibly carcinogenic", and French researchers have found there is a threefold added risk of brain tumor growth in cell users with 900 plus hours exposure. Swedish researchers have concluded there is a similar risk for those who've used them twenty-five years or more. The main stream governmental and scientific community's response to this? "Yeah, right! Nobody messes with progress." It's business before pleasure, and by pleasure, I mean human life.

11. Soy. Eating soy "may" turn on genes linked to cancer growth. And right now, I "may" be thinking of sarcastic things to say about our regulatory agencies. But I digress.

12. BPA. According to Forbes, BPA is not harmful. (Thanks, guys; clearly there's no conflict of interest.) Now, on to what real scientists are saying. Apparently BPA disrupts genes that defend against cancer. So, okay, maybe it doesn't CAUSE cancer, but it helps the things that cause cancer cause cancer. So please be sure not to touch or eat from plastic containers anymore, or handle glossy receipts. (Oh, wait, that's impossible.) Now, moving on to more things Forbes probably isn't worried about. 13. Acetaminophen. Risk of blood cancer doubles for users of this pain-killer. 14. Statins. Speaking of drugs that effect the blood, several statins have been found to be carcinogenic. Now if that doesn't raise your pressure, nothing will.

15. GMOs. A major study found recently that GMO maize caused cancer in lab rats. Surprisingly, the study was tabled. They say money doesn't grow on trees, but the way Monsanto and the GMO crowd create organic anomalies, I'm starting to wonder. And where was the FDA in all of this? Oh, right! Drinking cocktails with Hillary Clinton at O'Malley's Irish Pub. Clearly there's something wrong with you if you don't favor crossing human genes with corn, or corn with the hepatitis virus. That's just progress. I mean, how could such things go wrong? 16. Pollution. File this one under "part of the cost of doing business". Seems we can't create profits without creating poison, or create poison without turning it into food. 17. Microwave ovens. Swiss researcher Hans Hertel has concluded that when we eat microwaved food, our cells form emergency anaerobic environments in response, the exact condition which leads to cancer cell growth. But don't worry, the internetz is full of edumacational articles saying the opposite. 18. Lead. Did you know that lead in lipstick may cause cancer? Why is lead in lipstick, anyway? Who was the first person who thought that would be a good idea? Perhaps it's inspired by Hamlet's famous quip, "Here's metal more attractive". Yes, that must be it. 19. Processed meats. These include hot dogs, ham, bacon, sausage, and some deli meats, which have been "treated" to "improve the flavor". Yummy.

20. Gardasil. This vaccine increases the risk of precancerous legions by 44.6%, if the person has already been exposed to HPV 16 or 18, before injection. 21. Research shows LED bulbs have tiny cracks in them that release UV rays, which burn skin cells, causing melanoma. (Too bad you can't find the old bulbs anymore.) 22. High fructose corn syrup. How many hundreds of products is this little monster hiding in? It's ubiquity doesn't erase the fact that it's known to cause pancreatic cancer. 23. McDonald's McRib Sandwich. First of all, the entire fast food industry is a disgrace. It puts things in food that just boggle the mind (such as azodicarbonamide, an ingredient Subway once put in their breads. By the way, it's also found in yoga mats.) But the disgusting McRib takes the cake. Chemicals used in soil fertilizer are found in it, as well as the aforementioned Subway chemical. Plus the pickles are carcinogenic. And the FDA just stands there, hands in its pockets, with a stupid expression, looking like Napoleon Dynamite. Can't you just hear them saying, "Tina you fat lard, come get dinner. Tina! Eat the FOOD!"?

24. Monsanto. Due to this wonderful organization's role in saving Aspartame from destruction, mass-producing GMO's, and filling the world with deadly toxins, I feel Monsanto deserves a special place on this list of carcinogens. Bravo. And props to the FDA for defending us from this monster. You guys are the best. 25. The Standard American Diet (S.A.D.). Let's add things up from the list. Processed meats? Check. Total sugar overload? Check. Aspartame? Check. GMO's, fake cheese, fake juice and brominated bread? Check, check, check, check. Put it in the microwave, and double down on the fun. Or you could just cook a frozen dinner. Everything is encouraged by our friends at the FDA, except cooking organic food, in a natural oven, with real butter and raw milk. In fact, if you produce raw milk, you might just get raided by the FBI. Why in the world are these twenty-five carcinogens still being sold? And why is proffering poison so fashionable, while pure products are priced out of reach? Our world is now suffused with corporately created carcinogens, which build up the bodies of abstract entities, but give living beings the shaft. And all Washington seems concerned with is running Trump vs. Hillary, and bombing the tar out of Syria. Meanwhile, the SAD American diet clearly leads to cancer, and the health machine's one response is to use toxic poison to "help solve the problem". All sarcasm aside, the FDA, EPA, and the myriad agencies responsible for monitoring food, health, and beauty, are doing such a terrible job, I think it not outlandish to question whether the whole system isn't corrupt, and designed for a tragic end?

Cosmetics, sugar, technology, and fast food: these attractive items are like the glistening fibers of a spider's web. "How could this lovely thing be dangerous", thinks the fly. Little does he know, his appetite for attractive objects is well known to the spider. The food we're eating is eating us. Our medicine bites, and its oversight sucks. Meanwhile, where has the spider gone? He's hiding behind the Board, looking respectably bespectacled. The last people you would expect to be monsters seem to be the first to profit from human misery. Let's face it, either they really are monsters, or they're so incompetent, they ought to be placed on a short bus. You tell me which alternative makes more sense? The good news is that, even though the FDA is just awful, we can make lists like this of products to avoid. We don't have to eat ourselves to death by imbibing the likes of Aspartame. And perhaps, with enough awareness, we can put these companies out of business. Viva la revolucion!

Comment: FDA approved additives in our food that are banned in other countries You have to ask why the United States still allows proven carcinogens to be added to our foods. Why they allow arsenic in chicken feed, and why it allows companies to lure in children with bright attractive packaging when they know those kids are going to be guzzling flame retardants... There are literally dozens of additives that are banned around the world that still find their way legally into the foods eaten in the United States. It amazes me that a government that considers itself able to police the world, who thinks they have the right to interfere in the lives of millions globally cannot ensure that it's own citizens are able to consume everyday foods in the sure knowledge that they are not being poisoned.

Vampire Technocrats Fly To Jekyll Island To Stop Trump March 14 2016 | From: JonRappoport

It’s such a secret place, only heavy hitters and big shots can fly in, from private airports - which, by the way, have no TSA security. So they could have been packing heat for all we know. Or bags

of blood for nighttime drink fests.

Sea Island is where they met. It’s in the same Georgia gaggle as the infamous Jekyll Island, where the Federal Reserve was born many moons ago. But now the goal was narrow: stop the crazy cowboy; stop Trump. Were secret effigy-burning rituals held? Hard to say. Did one of the tech giants unveil a new algorithm that would suddenly direct all Trump remarks to a new Hitler Facebook page? Here are some of the Island attendees, according to the Huffington Post (“At Secretive Meeting, Tech CEOs And Top Republicans Commiserate, Plot To Stop Trump,” 3/7/2016). Get this:

"Apple CEO Tim Cook, Google co-founder Larry Page, Napster creator and Facebook investor Sean Parker, and Tesla Motors and SpaceX honcho Elon Musk all attended. So did Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), political guru Karl Rove, House Speaker Paul Ryan, GOP Sens. Tom Cotton (Ark.), Cory Gardner (Colo.), Tim Scott (S.C.), Rob Portman (Ohio) and Ben Sasse (Neb.), who recently made news by saying he ‘cannot support Donald Trump.’ “Along with Ryan, the House was represented by Energy and Commerce Committee Chair Fred Upton (Mich.), Rep. Kevin Brady (Texas) and almost-Speaker Kevin McCarthy (Calif.), sources said, along with leadership figure Cathy McMorris Rodgers (Wash.), Budget Committee Chairman Tom Price (R-Ga.), Financial Services Committee Chairman Jeb Hensarling (Texas) and Diane Black (Tenn.). “Philp Anschutz, the billionaire GOP donor whose company owns a stake in Sea Island, was also there, along with Democratic Rep. John Delaney, who represents Maryland. Arthur Sulzberger, the publisher of The New York Times, was there, too, a Times spokeswoman confirmed.”

Quite a collection. And they all have hernias and a major case of red-ass about the crazy cowboy running for President.

At the confab, Karl Rove, the old grubby prince of darkness, opined that stopping Trump was a matter of emphasizing how un-Presidential he is. Karl’s come a long way down since his glory days with George W. I’m told he’s about to launch his own Daily Racing Form. Henry Miller, the American writer who, in his time, in his own way, was as reviled and infamous as Trump is now, once wrote (paraphrasing): People say America needs a President who will restore sanity to the country. That’s wrong. What America needs is a President who’ll drive everybody crazy.

Well, here he is. Trump. The gilded, self-inflating hustler who’s never met a success story (of his own) he didn’t love. Trump. The master of off-the-cuff. The ham-fisted swaggering hair stylist’s nightmare who pushes open the swinging doors to The Secret Club bar and strides in, bat-shit angry, to lecture snooty tight-ass titans on how to make America great again.

"I was telling my wife the other day I should buy Alaska. And by the way, we’re going to dump Common Core, and vaccines cause autism.”

What’s the algorithm that stops that? Regardless of what happens from this point on, Trump’s major contribution to Presidential elections is smashing standard political rhetoric; and that’s no small accomplishment. Next to him, Hillary and Obama and Mitt and Marco are 100% pharmaceutical-grade Thorazine on a slow Sunday afternoon. Hillary, in particular, can make bloodthirsty war-mongering with torn bodies lying everywhere come across like row-row-rowyour-boat at a picnic in the park, in between her coughing fits.

But here’s the thing, Donald. You haven’t gone far enough. To destroy the walking-dead politicians of our time, you need to get a lot crazier - on your own live-streaming webcasts, night and day, to five million, 10 million, 20 million people around the world. From your car, by your fireplace in Trump Tower, in a Burger King, in the men’s room at the Pierre Hotel, in a homeless encampment in San Diego, on a lonely snowy street in Cleveland at 3 in the morning. Ramp it up. You’re standing in the field of a family farm in the Midwest with a hollow-faced man whose life has been blown away by Monsanto, with its GMO crops and cancer-causing Roundup. There you are talking to him, the farmer, destitute, his family destitute, near a giant acre of weeds eight feet high that resisted Roundup and didn’t die. His crop yield shrank. His expenses, courtesy of Monsanto, grew. He went down. Talk to the man. Listen to his story. Beam it out to 20 million people. Tell him how you’re going to help him put himself back together. Lay out a plan to resurrect the small farmer in America.

Stand inside a building in Chicago where people have built their own urban farm and grow vegetables for the local poor community, for themselves. Show what a success it is. Listen to these people. Tell them how you’re going help them build 5000 of these urban farms in poverty-stricken inner cities across America. People are going to rise up. They’re not going to be a permanent underclass eating government cheese for the rest of their lives. Sit in a homeless camp with veterans of wars and listen to their stories, listen to how the VA threw them in the garbage heap, after they served their time. Get busy, Donald. These vets are all over America. They have something to say. Don’t hold back. Tell them what’s happened in Iraq and Afghanistan since they were there. Some of them already know. Let them tell you how those countries have gone down the toilet. Raise hell.

In a trailer park, talk to a few former members of the American middle-class, who were shoved down into debt and unemployment by the fanatic Globalist export of jobs to faraway hell holes where workers slave for 3 cents an hour. In fact, under heavy guard, visit a few of those overseas hell holes and expose what they look like and feel like and are. Go the distance. Travel the southern border of America. Live-stream what’s happening. Talk to US border personnel. Listen to their stories. Emphasize that the US already has 60 million immigrants living here, which makes it the most generous country, per capita, in the world. Talk to Mexican corn farmers coming up into America. Let them describe how 1.5 million of them were put into bankruptcy, because the NAFTA trade treaty allowed US companies to flood Mexico with cheap corn. Crack the egg of slumber in the Big Cocoon. With your live webcasts, pull in more viewers than NCIS and CSI. Drive your former employer, NBC, crazy. Talk to truckers and limo drivers and shoe salesmen and working wives and newly minted PhDs who can’t find work. Talk to people on the street, people in bars, people coming out churches and strip clubs and malls. Tear down the walls between politicians and people.

You’re starting to sound a bit mainstream these days. You’re not going to “work with Congress.” Congress isn’t going to work with you. Get off that horse. Okay, you want to sound like a “unifier” who “likes people”? Do that for a day. But then get back to doing what you were before. Mangling politicians and media buffoons. People talk like robots because they are robots. That’s your opening, Donald. Keep pressing it. Destroy political-speak. Rake it over the coals. Offend more human androids. Your numbers will keep rising. Improvise. I keep writing about the Trump phenomenon because it’s explosive. It intrudes on so much business-as-usual political life in America. I really want to drive home this point. People, so many people, are so timid and scared and provincial and tight - and they think that the usual parade of ghouls who run for office in this country is acceptable because the candidates mouth empty dead words.

People expect the walking smiling dead to run for office. Big grins, empty words. That’s considered safe, despite the fact that these hideous creatures are perfectly ready and willing to send planes anywhere to drop bombs on populations for no goddamn good reason. But as long as the candidate has a wan shit-eating grin, and as long as says he’s caring, it’s all right. Then Trump comes along and he’s suddenly the Dangerous One. He’s suddenly a threat. You mean all those other ghouls weren’t? He’s Hitler, and they were messiahs? Are you kidding? All of a sudden we have a dangerous Presidential candidate where there were none before? REALLY? People are getting so worked up about the first dangerous candidate in recent memory? REALLY? I see. Building a wall is the worst idea ever to occur in America? Nothing like it? Ever? What about Vietnam? 1.4 million dead bodies, countless wounded, and even more suffering cancers and birth defects from Agent Orange. That was nothing compared to the suggestion of building a wall on the southern border?

What about bombing Libya, ripping that country to shreds? Might have been a mistake, but it was nothing compared with the suggestion to build a wall? Putting in economic sanctions between the two wars in Iraq and thereby killing 500,000 children? Sad, but nothing compared to the suggestion of building a wall? The White House funding, backing, creating, arming ISIS in conjunction with US allies? Yes, perhaps a regrettable error in judgment, but nothing compared to the suggestion of building a wall? Bush 1, Clinton, Bush 2, Obama? Angels from heaven. Trump? The anti-Christ. Well, that settles that. Get busy, Donald, push harder. Do a webcast to 20 million people from a bar off Wall Street, where you chat with an exbroker about the giant ongoing con called investment banking, the astonishing ripoffs, the real details of the bailout.

Visit a half-deserted town where a factory closed and went to Asia to make their products on the cheap. Talk to the people of that town as they sit and wait for something to happen that’s never going to happen. Assemble a group of media people who were drummed out of their profession for speaking the truth about vital scandals and let them talk. Have a conversation about what lies under the surface of American life, about the themes the stuffed media shirts who still have their jobs are concealing, as they attack you around the clock. Break open the whole stinking mess and show it to the American people, and reveal what their robot-talking politicians have been doing to them.

For a long, long time. Coda - I realize I’m branching out into an area where the actual Donald Trump doesn’t exist. The disruptive force that he is may have, behind it all, severe limits. He may only want to upset a few apple carts. He’s only a moon rising, and never goes full. On the other hand, we’ve never seen a politician who is what he should be. And we need to flesh out a better idea about who that is, as an intensely disruptive radical force, in the best and original sense of that word. “Radical” equals “root.” Politics as it never was. But could be. Not the skunk-ridden Leftist hideous mask of “we care,” behind which commissars try to drive us all into a shit heap of senseless lowest-common-denominator equality.

Not the Rightest pork-fat scumbags pushing predatory corporations to make more weapons and take over more countries in the name of fatuous democracy. Not the Centrists who work both sides against the middle. No. Instead, radical. The root. The place where the individual has a vision and follows it. The place where such individuals come together and make futures of freedom.

And this is what the establishment are afraid of: And well they should be...

Secret Societies Are No Longer A Secret March 13 2016 | From: AlexJones

The New World Order is no longer hiding in the shadows. They are utilising their total domination of civilization [in an ongoing failing attempt] to bring your morality into a new dark age. Whether it's the United Nations / David Rockefeller / Lucius Trust roll out of demoralisation courtesy of Alice Bailey's 10 point plan.

The $USD5,000,000 injections are all that are keeping these abominations breathing.

Or the Ongoing force feeding of illuminati symbolism through entertainment. As Hollywood's romance with occultism has finally percolated to the surface. Hollywood, A shell of its former creative glory, where real talent and culture have been sacrificed on the altar of Luciferian progress. Offering performances by illuminati slaves akin to Kesha, for example, adorned with satanic regalia channeling Lucifer on the Today Show no less. But now, the powerful political elite. That have gradually lost the shield provided by a disintegrating public trust, can no longer hide from their mountains of crimes against humanity. Whether it's the crimes they committed under oath or the ones hidden in the shadows revolving around the child kidnapping rings that for decades have been fed their unrelenting hunger for power. As in the words of one of the NWO's chief engineers, former U.S. National security advisor Zbignew Brezinski said "History is much more the product of chaos than of conspiracy”.

The Queen 'Backs Brexit' [UK Exit Of From The European Union] + Who Controls The Central Banks? March 12 2016 | From: DailyMail / GlobalResearch

Buckingham Palace moved to deny extraordinary claims the Queen is backing a Brexit in the forthcoming referendum on EU membership

"Her Majesty" [rorting farce] reported to have revealed Eurosceptic views to former Deputy PM Nick Clegg at lunch during last parliament Buckingham Palace has moved to deny claims the Queen is backing Brexit Monarch, 89, said to have aired Eurosceptic views to Nick Clegg at a lunch Source told The Sun pro-EU then deputy PM was reprimanded by Queen Mr Clegg last night said he had ‘no recollection’ of such a conversation For more of the latest on the Queen visit www.dailymail.co.uk/thequeen Buckingham Palace last night moved to deny extraordinary claims that the Queen backs Brexit in the EU referendum. She is said to have told former Lib Dem leader Nick Clegg during a lunch at Windsor Castle that she thought Europe was going in the wrong direction, according to The Sun. A source told the paper the pro-EU then deputy PM was reprimanded by the Queen – who is politically neutral in public – for ‘quite a while’ over the issue of Europe.

Mr Clegg last night said he had ‘no recollection’ of such a conversation and branded the story ‘nonsense’ but did not offer an outright denial. The paper does not specify exactly when the meeting took place, other than it was in 2011. According to official Court Circular records, Mr Clegg was a guest at Windsor Castle for a Council with the Queen on April 7 that year.

"The Queen remains politically neutral, as she has for 63 years. We would never comment on spurious, anonymously-sourced claims. The referendum will be a matter for the British people."

However, the suggestion that the Queen is sympathetic to Euroscepticism will intrigue many people. Her intervention during the Scottish independence referendum in September 2014 proved explosive. She warned well-wishers after a Sunday church service that voters should ‘think very carefully’ before making a decision on whether to become independent.

With the EU referendum taking place on June 23, her every word is likely to be pored over for clues about her feelings towards a possible split. According to The Sun, the Queen told Mr Clegg she thought Europe was going the wrong way. However, from the report, it was not clear that the paper’s source actually heard the conversation.

"People who heard their conversation were left in no doubt at all about the Queen’s views on European integration,’ the unnamed source told the newspaper. "It was really something, and it went on for quite a while. The EU is clearly something Her Majesty feels passionately about."

The 89-year-old monarch is said to have told Nick Clegg during a lunch at Windsor Castle that she thought Europe was going in the wrong direction.

On another occasion, according to the paper, a Parliamentarian asked the Queen what her thoughts on Brussels, to which she replied: ‘I don’t understand Europe.’

A parliamentary source said: ‘It was said with quite some venom and emotion. I shall never forget it.’

Last night Mr Clegg told The Sun: ‘I have absolutely no recollection of it. I don’t have a photographic memory. But I would have remembered something as stark or significant as you have made it out to be.

‘No doubt you’ll speak to someone else and they’ll say, “I was there, I heard it”. Fine. But I really can’t remember it at all. ‘Anyway, without sounding pompous, I find it rather distasteful to reveal conversations with the Queen.’ Last night Mr Clegg tweeted: ‘As I told the journalist this is nonsense. I’ve no recollection of this happening and it’s not the sort of thing I would forget.’

Tory MP Jacob Rees-Mogg told the paper: ‘I’d be delighted if this was true and Her Majesty is a Brexiter. The reason we all sing God Save The Queen so heartily is we believe she is there to protect us from European encroachment.’

The Palace had no choice but to stop short of an outright public denial that the Queen was in favour of Brexit because of her constitutional political neutrality. Whoever reported her alleged comments will be deemed to have broken the convention that private conversations with the Queen are not publicly reported.

Who Controls The Central Banks? Mark Carney, Governor Of The… "Bank Of Goldman Sachs" In the event of a vote in favour of Brexit, The Governor of the Bank of England Dr. Mark Carney reassured the British public: “we will do everything in our power to discharge our responsibility to achieve monetary stability and financial stability…”

Carney intimated that “financial instability” and “poor economic outcomes” are associated with the Brexit process: a rather unsubtle message to investors, brokers as well as speculators. He also warned MPs that Brexit could lead to an exodus of banks and financial institutions from the City of London.

“[There is no] blanket assurance that there would not be issues in the short term with respect to financial stability and that potential reduction in financial stability could be associated – and normally would be associated – with poor economic outcomes, as we have seen in the past”.

The governor of the Bank of England Mark Carney is a former official of Goldman Sachs, the World’s foremost “institutional speculator”. He spent thirteen years with Goldman before heading the Bank of Canada. At the time of his 2013 appointment to the Bank of England, he was not a citizen of the United Kingdom: Mark Carney was the first foreigner to occupy that position since the founding of the Governor and Company of the Bank of England in 1694.

The Mark Carney mince

Were there powerful interests involved in the recruitment of the Governor of the BoE? Who was behind Carney’s candidacy? At the time of his appointment, the issue of U.K. “sovereignty” and Carney’s citizenship were hushed up by the British media.

Brexit and Financial Instability Carney was fully aware that an “authoritative statement” pertaining to “financial stability” would have an immediate impact on financial markets. On whose behalf was he acting when he made those statements? Tory MP Jacob Rees-Mogg has accused Mark Carney, of “speculative statements”:

“It is speculative and beneath the dignity of the Bank of England. To be making speculative pro-EU comments.”

The Goldman Sachs Report In February, Goldman Sachs warned that in the case of Brexit, the pound sterling “could lose 20 per cent of its value” Mark Carney’s statements at the House of Commons not only point in the same direction, they also provide legitimacy and “credibility” to Goldman’s assessment. As an institutional speculator, Goldman’s intent is to influence expectations regarding financial markets (backed by authoritative statements from the Bank of England).

Coinciding with Carney’s recent statements, Goldman Sachs released a report on the detrimental economic and financial impacts of Brexit:

“However, given the substantial unpredictability regarding the UK’s post-Brexit trading and regulatory arrangements, quite how damaging Brexit would be in the long term is subject to a great deal of uncertainty. Arguably of more immediate concern is the effect that the uncertainty itself would have on UK growth. The EU Treaty sets out a two-year timeframe for departure. During this period, the UK government would have to negotiate the terms upon which it could continue to trade with EU countries… Some of these trade negotiations and many of the regulatory/legal decisions would be relatively straightforward. But many would not… During this period, UK-based businesses would face considerable uncertainty: exporting companies would not know the terms on which they would be able to supply export markets abroad once Brexit is complete; importing companies would not know the terms on which they would be able to import; and all companies would be confronted with increased regulatory/legal uncertainty." (Excerpts of report)

Carney dismissed the claims of Goldman in early February. But now he supports them. Where do Mark Carney’s statements originate, from the Bank of England or from Goldman Sachs, his former employer? Goldman is known to be the World’s foremost “institutional speculator”. Foreknowledge of statements and decisions by central banks are often used by financial institutions in speculative operations. Inside knowledge and connections are part of this process, they are the “bread and butter” of the “institutional speculator”. The important question which the British media has not addressed: what is the relationship between Mark Carney and Goldman Sachs.

The Goldman Trojan Horse Is there a Trojan Horse within the Bank of England with Goldman Sachs sitting on the inside? While Carney was appointed by Her Majesty, unofficially, he still has “links” to Goldman Sachs.

Is he in conflict of interest?

“Next time there’s a financial meltdown, your money could be rescuing Goldman Sachs. Yes, thanks to a new deal struck by Mark Carney, the former Goldman man now running the Bank of England, the US investment bank could end up enjoying the next round of British taxpayer bailout money." (The Independent, 20 August 2015)

Moreover, several key senior positions within the Bank of England are held by former Goldman officials. Mark Carney was appointed in 2013. The following year (2014), Dr. Ben Broadbent, a Senior Economist for Goldman Sachs was appointed Deputy Governor in charge of Monetary Policy.

“Bankers from Goldman are strewn across key policy-making arenas across the world like no other financial institution. As well as the Governor of the Bank of England, his deputy Ben Broadbent is ex Goldman, as were two previous Monetary Policy Committee members, David Walton and Sushil Wadhwani. Across the Channel, European Central Bank chief Mario Draghi is a Goldman man, while in the US, Goldmanites make up a quarter of the Federal Reserve system’s regional presidents." (Ibid).

Conclusion Central Banks are complicit in the manipulation of financial markets including stock markets, commodities, gold and

currency markets, not to mention the oil and energy markets which have been the object of a carefully engineered “pump and dump” speculative onslaught. Who controls the central banks? Monetary policy does not serve the public interest.

Warning: New Zealand Government And Big Banks In Collusion For Farm Land Grab: The Same Scam As Run In The United States And Australia March 11 2016 | From: WakeUpKiwi / Various

We are about to see the mass sell off of NZ farms. And 95% of them will go to foreigners under the TPPA- timed to perfection of course. You are now watching the United Nations Agenda 21 / Agenda 2030 being rolled out before your eyes. Wake up. Share this information.

What you have seen happen in Auckland in the past 15-20 years was just the start- a test bed. The evidence here is irrefutable. Related: Fonterra Drops Forecast Milk Payout Possibly the most painful part of this will be watching all of the big bank / corporate sponsored 'experts' in the filthy corrupt media & Government try and explain it all away in terms of "interest rates" and "market forces". Farmers are enticed into taking out loans at low interest rates which are then intentionally later raised, in a blatantly criminal plan to seize land. It worked in the US. Copy and paste in Australia. And now copy and paste in New Zealand.

New Zealand company Fonterra is the worlds largest dairy exporter, exporting products to over 100 countries

The truth is, it is an agenda planned even before the inception of Fonterra, specifically for this end goal - the 'Globalization' of our land and all of our natural resources - using rigged (Libor) interest rates, market manipulations, fake printed debt and various other financial frauds.

Say good bye to 95% of your farm land Kiwis - thanks to the filthy inbred banking mafia and their army of soulless, bribed, sexual pervert CEO's and senior management. Unfortunately, the average Kiwi farmer is far too dumbed down with the All Blacks & Sky / Heaven TV financial news to figure any of this out. They are about as sophisticated as the cattle sitting outside their offices awaiting slaughter. You are what you eat. Chattel.

Related: Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks

It was spelt out on national television on TVNZ 'Seven Sharp' but still the fluoridated masses slept through it. Where was the backlash? And yes, it is a giant Rothschild-run Ponzi scheme and it doesn't have long left to go until Bernie Madoff time.

US Farm Claims Program: The Farmer Claim Program - Discuses how a class action lawsuit brought about in the early 1990's lead to the creation of NESARA, the National Economic Security and Reformation Act which will ultimately tear apart the New World Order and bankers plans right out from under their feet.

Oz Farm Foreclosures: ANZ Behaving Badly: Farmers whose properties were foreclosed on by the ANZ bank since 2010 have made explosive claims about the devastation suffered by those who defaulted. Two have given evidence at a parliamentary inquiry hearing, in Sydney, into the banking industry's practice involving loans. Rod Culleton, of Williams in Western Australia, and Margaret Menzel, representing sugar cane farmers, gave evidence. Mr Culleton was a cereal and sheep farmer until he lost the farm in 2013 and has been fighting the ANZ in the courts and in the media ever since. He said ANZ had admitted to overcharging in fees incurred during the transition [from Landmark to ANZ] and "is giving a lot of that back".

In answers to the committee, Mr Culleton said he, and others in positions of default to ANZ, were "held at gunpoint" after receivers were sent in.

"That's reality," Mr Culleton said. "Ten [police] came to my place that day [the receivers came in 2013]. At Bruce Dixon's it was caught on TV. There were four police with their pistols on us and there were SWAT teams up in the bush, and we were held at gunpoint that day, quite horrific really. "We went there to support Bruce Dixon," Mr Culleton said.

He also claimed another defaulter with ANZ was "victimised that much by receivers and police"… tipped 15 litres of petrol over his head and set himself on fire". According to Mr Culleton he was in a coma for six months. During the hearing, Mr Culleton asked Brett Fallon of the Whitsunday region to stand to demonstrate his maimed and burnt hands, after his self-immolation.

He submitted the story of Mr Fallon to the inquiry, describing him as a Queensland cane and cattle farmer who had a Landmark loan of $3.5 million and ANZ demanded it be repaid in 2010.

"Over the next three years Brett Fallon sold assets and all the proceeds [$3.7 million] were paid to the ANZ. Mr Fallon then attended the Ingham branch of the ANZ in May 2013 and was told his outstanding loan was $4 million, and his cattle and crops belonged to [someone else, name withheld]."

Mr Fallon claimed outside the hearing that a lot of people could not attend because they had taken their own lives. He echoed calls for a Royal Commission into banking practice and the establishment of a nationalised Rural Development Bank, to give a break to farmers who had seen their land devalued.

ANZ's (Australia and New Zealand Banking Group) Takeover of Landmark's Loan Book Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks? When ANZ took over Landmark's loan book in 2010, from the scandal-ridden Australian Wheat Board, Mr Culleton said he received a series of emails outlining the transition.

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group, Australian Head Office, Docklands, Melbourne

Reading from the emails he said, "'Landmark and ANZ will be working together to keep you informed of any changes'".

"You aren't required to do anything, and until 2010 your accounts and cheque book will work the same way as they always have. "If you have any questions please speak to your rural financial manager,'" Mr Culleton quoted from the email.

But he said there was no local manager in Bunbury and he could never speak to anyone on the phone to discuss the new ANZ bank terms.

ANZ tower, Auckland

Mr Culleton claimed he would have been able to repay the loan, but did not want to bank with ANZ.

"I never signed over to ANZ Bank," he said. "They created new bank accounts calling me a customer, and then they defaulted me on accounts that were foreign to my company and companies."

He explained in submissions that he wanted to have the freedom to move loans, but felt he was prevented from doing so.

"I have the right to go elsewhere," he said. "We're not on some conspiracy theory, we're telling the truth," Mr Culleton told the hearing.

ANZ and Commonwealth Bank of Australia are expected to give evidence in April, delaying a report which was due in March 2016.

Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It Uprooted & Evicted: World Bank-Funded Projects Force Millions Off Their Land New Zealand Member Of Parliament Is Concerned The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand Is Overseas-Owned NZ banks to come under pressure from second season of low dairy prices, Moody's says

Finally: Words of Wisdom In an Expose on the Banking System from a Smart Child in Canada:

Read What The Drug Companies Have Written About Their Own Drugs! + The Mission - Gwen Olsen - The Rx Reformer March 11 2016 | From: MMSnews

Many of us have seen these titles below in medical news around the world about how deadly prescription drugs are in the human body.

“How Pharmaceuticals Came to be the 4th Leading Cause Of Death In America”

“Prescription Painkillers Now the Leading Cause of Accidental Deaths” “Death from Prescription Drugs: The New Epidemic Sweeping Across America” “Prescriptions Drugs Now the Leading Cause of Death By Overdose” Before the advent of “Big Pharma” early in the 20th century, these statistics just did not exist but now we have to deal with so many needless deaths from toxins that are entering the body through prescribed medications. One thing people can do is to make a more informed decision in what they allow to be put in their bodies. Every pharmaceutical company that has an “approved” drug on the world market has to disclose a list of information good and bad about each drug it produces in publication called, “package insert”. Being “approved” doesn’t mean it is safe or nontoxic in your body as you will see from their own publications!

What is in the Package Insert? The package insert is a very detailed publication and filled with information provided by the drug manufacturer and approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Each country or region has its own agency that regulates drugs and provides the information that consumers receive with their prescriptions. In India, it is the Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO), which is commonly referred to as the Drugs Controller General (DCG). In Europe, it is the European Medicines Agency (EMA), where the package insert is known as the patient information leaflet (PIL).

Package inserts (also known as Prescribing Information or drug labels) are available for all prescription medications approved by the FDA. Similar information is available for nonprescription medicines and for some herbal medicines and dietary supplements as well. The package insert can usually be found online on the drug manufacturer's web site and also available in a reference book called the Physicians' Desk Reference (PDR). The information in a package insert is in technical language. It is usually very long and can be difficult to understand. It is a good idea to look through it, because it lists important information about the drug. The package insert follows a standard format for every drug. After some identifying information such as the drug's brand name, generic name, and initial year of FDA approval, the following sections appear:

1. Highlights of Prescribing Information 2. Indications and Usage 3. Dosage and Administration 4. Dosage Forms and Strengths Note: Pay special attention to these bolded sections. 5. Contraindications 6. Warnings and Precautions 7. Adverse Reactions 8. Drug Interactions 9. Use in Specific Populations 10. Over dosage 11. Description 12. Clinical Pharmacology 13. Nonclinical Toxicology 14. Clinical Studies 15. References 16. How Supplied/Storage and Handling 17. Patient Counseling Information

See more at: TheWellProject A woman here in Colombia whom we are giving “sacramental guidance” has been telling me about the symptoms she has been having the past few years from certain drugs. She is taking a drug called, “atenolol”. Below, is a list of the “Adverse Reactions” in the package insert from the Drug company.

See: NDC Code(s): 16571-430-11, 16571-431-11, 16571-441-11 Packager: Pack Pharmaceuticals LLC Category: HUMAN PRESCRIPTION DRUG LABEL DEA Schedule: None Adverse Reactions: NOTE: I bolded the symptoms this woman has been having from the package insert “adverse reactions” section found below. “Adverse Reactions” CARDIOVASCULAR • Bradycardia • Cold Extremities • Postural Hypotension • Leg Pain CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM NEUROMUSCULAR • Dizziness • Vertigo • Lightheadedness

• Tiredness • Fatigue • Lethargy • Drowsiness • Depression • Dreaming GASTROINTESTINAL • Diarrhea • Nausea RESPIRATORY (see WARNINGS) • Wheeziness • Dyspnea • Bradycardia • Hypotension • Bronchospasm • Heart Failure • Heart Block • BBB + Major • Axis Deviation • Supraventricular Tachycardia • Atrial Fibrillation • Atrial Flutter • Ventricular Tachycardia • Cardiac Reinfarction • Total Cardiac Arrests • Nonfatal Cardiac Arrests • Deaths • Cardiogenic Shock • Development of Ventricular • Septal Defect • Development of Mitral Regurgitation • Renal Failure • Pulmonary Emboli • Hypotension/Bradycardia (Low Blood Pressure) • Cardiogenic Shock • Reinfarction • Cardiac Arrest • Heart Block (> first degree) • Cardiac Failure • Arrhythmias • Bronchospasm • Hematologic: Agranulocytosis. Allergic: Fever, combined with aching and sore throat, laryngospasm, and respiratory distress. Central Nervous System: Reversible mental depression progressing to catatonia; an acute reversible syndrome characterized by disorientation of time and place; short-term memory loss; emotional lability with slightly clouded sensorium; and, decreased performance on neuropsychometrics. Gastrointestinal: Mesenteric arterial thrombosis, ischemic colitis. Other: Erythematous rash.

The woman we are guiding with our health sacraments decided to stop taking this medication which she had been taking for years. Her doctor had never shown her this information or told her it existed! It is not a good business practice to show how dangerous and toxic the product you are trying to sell to a patient is before they begin to take it, right? I’m being facetious in case you didn’t notice. They, (the drug company), doesn’t want you to know this information, because you probably would not take the drug.

Many of the symptoms that the drug itself was causing her are disappearing after a week! Also, she has begun with the Starting Procedure and working her way up to Protocol 2000 while she is with us for a month. This will detox any residual amount of this drug that has accumulated in the body over the years as well as pathogens to “restore her to health”. Below are the top 25 Prescribed drugs in the U.S. See if what you are being prescribed to take is on the list. If so, read the information in the package insert. I included a link. YOU decide if the doctor that prescribe it for you made the right choice for you!

The Most Popular Drugs in the United States - Primary Use

1. Hydrocodone/acetaminophen (Vicodin) pain - Pain 2. Simvastatin (Zocor) — High cholesterol 3. Lisinopril — High blood pressure 4. Levothyroxine sodium (Synthroid) - Hypothyroid 5. Amlodipine besylate (Norvasc) - High blood pressure 6. Omeprazole (Prilosec) - Acid reflux 7. Azithromycin (Zithromax) - Antibiotic 8. Amoxicillin - Antibiotic 9. Metformin HCL (Glucophage) - Diabetes 10. Hydrochlorothiazide - High blood pressure 11. Alprazolam (Xanax) - Anxiety 12. Lipitor (atorvastatin) - High cholesterol

13. Furosemide - High blood pressure 14. Metoprolol tartrate (Lopressor) - High blood pressure 15. Zolpidem tartrate (Ambien) - Insomnia 16. Atenolol - High blood pressure 17. Sertraline HCL (Zoloft) - Depression 18. Metoprolol succinate (Toprol) - Blood pressure 19. Citalopram (Celexa) - Depression 20. Warfarin sodium (Coumadin) - Blood thinner 21. Oxycodone/acetaminophen - Pain 22. Ibuprofen - Pain 23. Plavix (clopidogrel) - Heart disease 24. Gabapentin (Neurontin) - Seizures 25. Singulair (montelukast) - Allergies

Below is a link to the package insert from the Drug company that produced the “drug” to the top 25th most popular drugs in the U.S. CHECK IT OUT FOR YOURSELF!! I have made it easy for you to do that. Just click on the link of the drug you are taking and read what the drug companies say themselves about the drug they produce. You decide if you should be taking anyone of these drugs. It is not the doctor’s responsibility to check out this drug, but yours! You are the one ingesting it not the doctor. You have to dig to get to the sections:

• Contraindications • Warnings and Precautions • Adverse Reactions • Drug Interactions 1. Vicodin (Hydrocodone/acetaminophen) 2. Zocor (Simvastatin) 3. Lisinopril 4. Synthroid (Levothyroxine sodium) 5. Norvasc (Amlodipine besylate 6. Prilosec (Omeprazole) 7. Zithromax (Azithromycin) 8. Amoxicillin

9. Glucophage (Metformin HCL) 10. Hydrochlorothiazide 11. Xanax (Alprazolam) 12. Lipitor (atorvastatin) 13. Furosemide 14. Lopressor (Metoprolol tartrate) 15. Ambien (Zolpidem tartrate) 16. Atenolol 17. Zoloft (Sertraline HCL) 18. Toprol (Metoprolol succinate) 19. Celexa (Citalopram) 20. Coumadin (Warfarin sodium) 21. Oxycodone/acetaminophen 22. Ibuprofen 23. Plavix (clopidogrel) 24. Neurontin (Gabapentin) 25. Singulair (montelukast)

NOTE: You will notice that there are different package inserts from different drug companies producing the same drug so check out the company package insert of the drug you are taking and compare to the other companies to see if they agree. I have written this newsletter so people that are considering taking a certain drug can make an “informed” decision. You will notice that the drug companies tell you to ask your doctor if a certain drug is “good” for you. That would be like asking a used car salesman if this car is good for me. 99% of the time he will say, yes of course it is because he wants to sell you the car. He makes money off the car! I believe that the person being asked or told to take a certain drug, should do his or her “due diligence” and see what the drug companies say about the drug they are producing.

They are telling the world what drugs they are making and what results they are seeing from the people taking them. You need to listen to what they are putting in print! Now, if you decide that a certain drug being prescribed for you is “not good” for your health then you should have every right to deny taking it! The Genesis II Church of Health and Healing has sacraments that can protect our “temple” the body, from 99% of the things that can hurt it, i.e. toxins and pathogens. Each one of us personally needs to take responsibility for what enters our temples. I hope everyone will research what has been written to warn us all of the dangers of many pharmaceutical products whether they are in the form of pills, vaccines, intravenously or any other manner of entering the body!

MMS Products Are Not Medicines or Drugs MMS is used to make chlorine dioxide, a proven pathogen killing mineral used extensively in the hygiene and water treatment industries to destroy bacteria, viruses, pathogens and other harmful organisms in water. The human body is 60 - 70% water. MMS products are used in the sacraments of the Genesis II Church of Health and Healing. The Genesis II Church of Health and Healing is non-religious; and believes that taking control of our own health is a 'God given right' to be viewed as a 'sacrament' or 'sacred right' that each of us must freely enjoy. Restoring Health is like a journey, and the length of your journey will depend upon the particular ailment being dealt with, and other life style factors that may have an impact on your health.

If anyone needs help with a health issue, please feel free to contact us at: [email protected] We are going to change the world by the 10,000’s.

The Mission - Gwen Olsen - The Rx Reformer From: GwenOlsen

Gwen Olsen spent fifteen years as a sales rep in the pharmaceutical industry working for health care giants including Johnson & Johnson, Syntex Labs, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Abbott Laboratories and Forest Laboratories.

"In Confessions of an Rx Drug Pusher, Gwen Olsen brings together the knowledge of an “insider” trained to sell doctors on the merits of pills; the personal experience of having taken psychiatric medications and seen how they altered her life; and the deep grief of having lost her niece - following her treatment with psychiatric medications to suicide. This book has both an intellectual and emotional punch that readers will long remember." - Robert Whitaker, Author of “Anatomy of an Epidemic”

Everyone is at risk of a prescription drug tragedy: Gwen offers an insider’s knowledge of dangers from the pharmaceutical industry. Her poignant autobiographical journey through the darkness of mental illness and the catastrophic consequences that lurk in medicine cabinets around the country offers an honest glimpse into alarming statistics and a health care system ranked last among nineteen industrialized nations worldwide.

As a former sales rep for Pharma, Gwen learned firsthand how an unprecedented number of lethal drugs are unleashed onto an unsuspecting public.

"It is easy to disregard prescription drug deaths, medical errors, and U.S. health care crisis statistics as just numbers. However, they are not. In a well researched, impeccably documented, finely written manner Gwen Olsen has given us account of the gripping details of real people hurt by the failures of modern health care. A former pharmaceutical representative herself, the information is as credible as it is compelling. It is vital for those currently taking prescription medication to read and understand this book." - Dr. Ben Lerner, chiropractor and New York Times best selling author of “Body by God”

As a mental health activist, Gwen has testified before the Food and Drug Administration’s Psycho-pharmacology committee, as well as many legislative committees, and has led rallies and marches in protest against psychiatric abuse. Gwen’s message is a call to action and a plea for each of us to step up and do our part to help create a medical system that serves all and does harm to none!

"When you realize what is being sold to you as a “remedy” you will realize how you are playing Russian Roulette with yours and your children’s lives. This book is a MUST read for every American and every parent in the country." - Meria Heller, Producer/Host–The Meria Heller Show

Rothschild Bank Now Under Criminal Investigation After Baron David de Rothschild Indictment March 10 2016 | From: ActivistPost

Last year, Baron David de Rothschild was indicted by the French government after he was accused of fraud in a scheme that allegedly embezzled large sums of money from British pensioners.

It has taken many years to bring this case against Rothschild and his company the Rothschild Financial Services Group, which trapped hundreds of pensioners in a bogus loan scheme between the years of 2005 and 2008. Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan One by one the pensioners lost their money and pressed charges against the notorious banker, beginning a case that would take many years to get even an indictment. In June, Paris-based liaison judge Javier Gómez Bermudez ruled that Rothschild must face a trial for his crimes, and ordered local police to seek him out in his various mansions that are spread throughout the country.

“It is a good step in the right direction. The courts are now in agreement with us that there is enough evidence to interrogate Baron Rothschild. The first thing they will have to do is find him. Once they have done that they can begin to question him. It is a real breakthrough moment for everyone involved,” lawyer Antonio Flores of

Lawbird told the Olive Press after the ruling. “In short, independently of what happened to the investment, Rothschild advertised a loan aimed at reducing inheritance tax, which is a breach of tax law,” he added.

While news of a single Rothschild being indicted is certainly noteworthy, a particularly important announcement was made this Friday.

The French government announced that it has launched an investigation into the entire Swiss branch of the Rothschild’s banking empire. According to Bloomberg,

“The Swiss unit of Edmond de Rothschild said it’s the subject of a French probe regarding a former business relationship managed by a former employee. “Edmond de Rothschild (Suisse) SA is actively participating in the criminal investigation under way,” the Genevabased bank said in an e-mailed statement on Friday. “The bank denies all the allegations that have been made against it.” Edmond de Rothschild, a private banking and asset management firm established in Paris in 1953, oversees about 150 billion euros ($164 billion) and is led today by Baron Benjamin de Rothschild and his wife Ariane. The Swiss unit traces its roots to the acquisition of Banque Privee in Geneva in 1965. The company has no further comment at this time, according to the statement. Officials in Geneva weren’t immediately available to respond to a telephone call from Bloomberg News on Friday."

The Rothschild empire has been instrumental in helping move the global elite’s wealth from traditional tax havens like the Bahamas, Switzerland and the British Virgin Islands to the U.S.

Last month, the Free Thought Project reported on the above the law tax haven established inside the United States by the Rothschilds. After opening a trust company in Reno, Nev., Rothschild & Co. began ushering the massive fortunes of the world’s most wealthy individuals out of typical tax havens, and into the Rothschild run U.S. trusts, which are exempt from the international reporting requirements.

Jacob Rothschild. At least Evelyn de Rothschild has a sense of humour.. Remember the catnip meeting Evelyn? Haha... [Keenan]

The Rothschild banking dynasty is a family line that has been accused of pulling the political strings of many different governments through their control of various economic systems throughout the world. Historically, there is ample evidence to show that the family has used insider trading to bilk money from both private and public funds. During the Battle of Waterloo in the Napoleonic wars, Nathan Rothschild was responsible for one of the oldest cases of “insider trading,” which led to the Rothschild family robbing a whole nation blind. In 1815 when the battle of Waterloo took place, there were no quick methods of communication like we have today so messengers were used for communication in times of war.

The Rothschilds invented the concept of the courier - little wonder that they control FedEx, which ironically is about as federal as the Federal Reserve

The Rothschild’s took advantage of this by having spies on the frontlines of the battle who would return information to the family faster than the messengers used by the military. When the British won the war, Nathan Rothschild, was of course, the first to know, and he immediately went to the stock exchange and started selling stocks while putting out the rumor that the French had won the war. This created a panic on the floor of the stock exchange and investors all over England began frantically selling their stocks.

With the price of all stocks plummeting Rothschild was able to buy out the whole English market for a fraction of its cost. When word returned that the English had actually been victorious, the value of the market soared, and overnight Nathan Rothschild expanded his family’s wealth, and cemented their position as one of the richest families in the world.

U.S. Military Spending Millions To Make Cyborgs A Reality March 10 2016 | From: CNN

The U.S. military is spending millions on an advanced implant that would allow a human brain to communicate directly with computers.

If it succeeds, cyborgs will be a reality. The Pentagon's research arm, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), hopes the implant will allow humans to directly interface with computers, which could benefit people with aural and visual disabilities, such as veterans injured in combat. The goal of the proposed implant is to "open the channel between the human brain and modern electronics" according to DARPA's program manager, Phillip Alvelda. In January, DARPA announced it plans to spend up to $62 million on the project, which is part of its Neural Engineering System Design program. The implant would be small -- no larger than one cubic centimeter, or roughly the size of two stacked nickels -- according to DARPA. The implantable device aims to convert neurons in the brain into electronic signals and provide unprecedented "datatransfer bandwidth between the human brain and the digital world," according to a DARPA statement announcing the new project.

DARPA sees the implant as providing a foundation for new therapies that could help people with deficits in sight or hearing by "feeding digital auditory or visual information into the brain." A spokesman for DARPA told CNN that the program is not intended for military applications. Related: U.S. military is on its way to getting its Iron Man But some experts see such an implant as having the potential for numerous applications, including military ones, in the field of wearable robotics -- which aims to augment and restore human performance. Conor Walsh, a professor of mechanical and biomedical engineering at Harvard University, told CNN that the implant would "change the game," adding that "in the future, wearable robotic devices will be controlled by implants." Walsh sees the potential for wearable robotic devices or exoskeletons in everything from helping a medical patient recover from a stroke to enhancing soldiers' capabilities in combat.

Yep, they're doing Terminators too. And they aren't all so camp

The U.S. military is currently developing a battery-powered exoskeleton, the Tactical Assault Light Operator Suit, to provide superior protection from enemy fire and in-helmet technologies that boost the user's communications ability and vision. The suits' development is being overseen by U.S. Special Operations Command. In theory, the proposed neural implant would allow the military member operating the suit to more effectively control the armored exoskeleton while deployed in combat. However, Steven Pinker, a cognitive scientist and professor of psychology at Harvard, was skeptical of the proposed innovation, calling the idea a "bunch of hype with no results." He told CNN, "We have little to no idea how exactly the brain codes complex information" and cited the problems from foreign objects triggering brain inflammation that can cause serious neurological issues.

And this weird shit - a Terminator cow?

Pinker described "neural enhancement" for healthy brains as being a "boondoggle," but he suggested that there could be some benefit for people suffering from brain-related diseases such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), also known as Lou Gehrig's disease. In its announcement, DARPA acknowledged that an implant is still a long ways away, with breakthroughs in neuroscience, synthetic biology, low-power electronics, photonics and medical-device manufacturing needed before the device could be used. DARPA plans to recruit a diverse set of experts in an attempt to accelerate the project's development, according to its statement announcing the project. Pinker remained skeptical, however, telling CNN: "My guess is that it's a waste of taxpayer dollars."

The Complete History Of Monsanto, The World’s Most Evil Corporation March 9 2016 | From: WakingTimes

Of all the mega-corps running amok, Monsanto has consistently outperformed its rivals, earning the crown as “most evil corporation on Earth!”

Not content to simply rest upon its throne of death, atop a mountain of rotting corpses, it remains focused on newer, more scientifically innovative ways to harm the planet and its people. As true champions of evil, they won’t stop until… well, until they’re stopped! But what is Monsanto and how did they get to be so obscenely evil in the first place? I think that’s the best place to start this journey, so grab a few non-GMO snacks or beverages and let’s go for a ride into the deep, murky sewers of their dark past. 1901: The company is founded by John Francis Queeny, a member of the Knights of Malta, ((SMOM), which historically

has been the military arm of the Vatican) a thirty year pharmaceutical veteran married to Olga Mendez Monsanto, for which Monsanto Chemical Works is named. The company’s first product is chemical saccharin, sold to Coca-Cola as an artificial sweetener.

Related: The Knights Templar Even then, the government knew saccharin was poisonous and sued to stop its manufacture but lost in court, thus opening the Monsanto Pandora’s Box to begin poisoning the world through the soft drink. 1920's: Monsanto expands into industrial chemicals and drugs, becoming the world’s largest maker of aspirin, acetylsalicyclic acid, (toxic of course). This is also the time when things began to go horribly wrong for the planet in a hurry with the introduction of their polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).

“PCBs were considered an industrial wonder chemical, an oil that wouldn’t burn, impervious to degradation and had almost limitless applications. Today PCBs are considered one of the gravest chemical threats on the planet. Widely used as lubricants, hydraulic fluids, cutting oils, waterproof coatings and liquid sealants, are potent carcinogens and have been implicated in reproductive, developmental and immune system disorders. The world’s center of PCB manufacturing was Monsanto’s plant on the outskirts of East St. Louis, Illinois, which has the highest rate of fetal death and immature births in the state.”

Even though PCBs were eventually banned after fifty years for causing such devastation, it is still present in just about all animal and human blood and tissue cells across the globe. Documents introduced in court later showed Monsanto was fully aware of the deadly effects, but criminally hid them from the public to keep the PCB gravy-train going full speed!

1930's: Created its first hybrid seed corn and expands into detergents, soaps, industrial cleaning products, synthetic rubbers and plastics. Oh yes, all toxic of course! 1940's: They begin research on uranium to be used for the Manhattan Project’s first atomic bomb, which would later be dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, killing hundreds of thousands of Japanese, Korean and US Military servicemen and poisoning millions more.

The company continues its unabated killing spree by creating pesticides for agriculture containing deadly dioxin, which poisons the food and water supplies. It was later discovered Monsanto failed to disclose that dioxin was used in a wide range of their products because doing so would force them to acknowledge that it had created an environmental Hell on Earth. 1950's: Closely aligned with The Walt Disney Company, Monsanto creates several attractions at Disney’s Tomorrowland, espousing the glories of chemicals and plastics. Their “House of the Future” is constructed entirely of toxic plastic that is not biodegradable as they had asserted. What, Monsanto lied? I’m shocked!

“After attracting a total of 20 million visitors from 1957 to 1967, Disney finally tore the house down, but discovered it would not go down without a fight. According to Monsanto Magazine, wrecking balls literally bounced off the glass-fiber, reinforced polyester material. Torches, jackhammers, chain saws and shovels did not work. Finally, choker cables were used to squeeze off parts of the house bit by bit to be trucked away.”

Monsanto’s Disneyfied vision of the future:

1960's: Monsanto, along with chemical partner-in-crime DOW Chemical, produces dioxin-laced Agent Orange for use in the U.S.’s Vietnam invasion.

The results? Over 3 million people contaminated, a half-million Vietnamese civilians dead, a half-million Vietnamese babies born with birth defects and thousands of U.S. military veterans suffering or dying from its effects to this day!

Monsanto is hauled into court again and internal memos show they knew the deadly effects of dioxin in Agent Orange when they sold it to the government. Outrageously though, Monsanto is allowed to present their own “research” that concluded dioxin was safe and posed no negative health concerns whatsoever. Satisfied, the bought and paid for courts side with Monsanto and throw the case out. Afterwards, it comes to light that Monsanto lied about the findings and their real research concluded that dioxin kills very effectively.

A later internal memo released in a 2002 trial admitted:

“That the evidence proving the persistence of these compounds and their universal presence as residues in the environment is beyond question… the public and legal pressures to eliminate them to prevent global contamination are inevitable. The subject is snowballing. Where do we go from here? The alternatives: go out of business; sell the hell out of them as long as we can and do nothing else; try to stay in business; have alternative products.”

Monsanto partners with I.G. Farben, makers of toxic Bayer aspirin and Hitler’s go-to chemical manufacturer that exterminated millions with it Zyklon-B gas during World War II.

Together, the companies use their collective expertise in genocide to introduce aspartame, another extremely deadly neurotoxin, into the food supply. When questions surface regarding the toxicity of saccharin, Monsanto exploits this opportunity to introduce yet another of its deadly poisons onto an unsuspecting public.

1970's: Monsanto partner, G.D. Searle, produces over a hundred faked internal studies which claim aspartame to be safe, while the FDA’s own scientific research clearly reveals that aspartame causes tumors and massive holes in the brains of rats, before killing them. The FDA initiates a grand jury investigation into G.D. Searle for “knowingly misrepresenting findings and concealing material facts and making false statements” in regard to aspartame safety.

During this time, Searle strategically taps prominent Washington insider Donald Rumsfeld, who served as Secretary of Defense during the Gerald Ford and George W. Bush presidencies, to become CEO. The corporation’s primary goal is to have Rumsfeld utilize his political influence and vast experience in the killing business to grease the FDA to play ball with them.

A few months later, Samuel Skinner receives “an offer he can’t refuse,”withdraws from the investigation and resigns his post

at the U.S. Attorney’s Office to go work for Searle’s law firm. This mob tactic stalls the case just long enough for the statute of limitation to run out and the grand jury investigation is abruptly and conveniently dropped. Related: The Shocking Story of How Aspartame Became Legal + What Is Aspartame? Five Surprising Facts You Never Know About This Chemical Sweetener

1980's: Amid indisputable research that reveals the toxic effects of aspartame and as then FDA commissioner Dr. Jere Goyan was about to sign a petition into law keeping it off the market, Donald Rumsfeld calls Ronald Reagan for a favour the day after he takes office. Reagan fires the uncooperative Goyan and appoints Dr. Arthur Hayes Hull to head the FDA, who then quickly tips the scales in Searle’s favor and NutraSweet is approved for human consumption in dried products.

This becomes sadly ironic since Reagan, a known jelly bean and candy enthusiast, later suffers from Alzheimers during his second term, one of the many horrific effects of aspartame consumption. Searle’s real goal though was to have aspartame approved as a soft drink sweetener since exhaustive studies revealed that at temperatures exceeding 85 degrees Fahrenheit, it “breaks down into known toxins Diketopiperazines (DKP), methyl (wood) alcohol, and formaldehyde.”, becoming many times deadlier than its powdered form!

The National Soft Drink Association (NSDA) is initially in an uproar, fearing future lawsuits from consumers permanently injured or killed by drinking the poison. When Searle is able to show that liquid aspartame, though incredibly deadly, is much more addictive than crack cocaine, the NSDA is convinced that skyrocketing profits from the sale of soft drinks laced with aspartame would easily offset any future liability.

With that, corporate greed wins and the unsuspecting soft drink consumers pay for it with damaged health.

Coke leads the way once again (remember saccharin?) and begins poisoning Diet Coke drinkers with aspartame in 1983. As expected, sales skyrocket as millions become hopelessly addicted and sickened by the sweet poison served in a can. The rest of the soft drink industry likes what it sees and quickly follows suit, conveniently forgetting all about their initial reservations that aspartame is a deadly chemical. There’s money to be made, lots of it and that’s all that really matters to them anyway! In 1985, undaunted by the swirl of corruption and multiple accusations of fraudulent research undertaken by Searle, Monsanto purchases the company and forms a new aspartame subsidiary called NutraSweet Company.

Related: Rumsfeld & Monsanto Team Up To Bring You Neuro-Toxic Aspartame & Splenda When multitudes of independent scientists and researchers continue to warn about aspartame’s toxic effects, Monsanto goes on the offensive, bribing the National Cancer Institute and providing their own fraudulent papers to get the NCI to claim that formaldehyde does not cause cancer so that aspartame can stay on the market.

The known effects of aspartame ingestion are:

“Mania, rage, violence, blindness, joint-pain, fatigue, weight-gain, chest-pain, coma, insomnia, numbness, depression, tinnitus, weakness, spasms, irritability, nausea, deafness, memory-loss, rashes, dizziness, headaches, seizures, anxiety, palpitations, fainting, cramps, diarrhoea, panic, burning in the mouth. Diseases triggered/mimmicked include diabetes, MS, lupus, epilepsy, Parkinson’s, tumours, miscarriage, infertility, fibromyalgia, infant death, Alzheimer’s…" Source: U.S. Food & Drug Administration.

Further, 80% of complaints made to the FDA regarding food additives are about aspartame, which is now in over 5,000 products including diet and non-diet sodas and sports drinks, mints, chewing gum, frozen desserts, cookies, cakes, vitamins, pharmaceuticals, milk drinks, instant teas, coffees, yogurt, baby food and many, many more! Read labels closely and do not buy anything that contains this horrific killer!

Amidst all the death and disease, FDA stooge Arthur Hull resigns under a cloud of corruption and is immediately hired by Searle’s public relations firm as a senior scientific consultant. No, that’s not a joke! Monsanto, the FDA and many government health regulatory agencies have become one and the same! It seems the only prerequisite for becoming an FDA commissioner is that they spend time at either Monsanto or one of the pharmaceutical cartel’s organized crime corps.

Related: New Study Could Spell The End For Diet Soda And Aspartame

1990's: Monsanto spends millions defeating state and federal legislation that disallows the corporation of evil from continuing to dump dioxins, pesticides and other cancer-causing poisons into drinking water systems. Regardless, they are sued countless times for causing disease in their plant workers, the people in surrounding areas and birth defects in babies.

With their coffins full from the massive billions profits, the $100 million dollar settlements are considered the low cost of doing business and thanks to the FDA, Congress and White House, business remains very good. So good that Monsanto is sued for giving radioactive iron to 829 pregnant women for a study to see what would happen to them. In 1994, the FDA once again criminally approves Monsanto’s latest monstrosity, the Synthetic Bovine Growth Hormone (rBGH), produced from a genetically modified E. coli bacteria, despite obvious outrage from the scientific community of its dangers. Of course, Monsanto claims that diseased pus milk, full of antibiotics and hormones is not only safe, but actually good for you! Worse yet, dairy companies who refuse to use this toxic cow pus and label their products as“rBGH-free" are sued by Monsanto, claiming it gives them an unfair advantage over competitors that did. In essence, what Monsanto was saying is “yeah, we know rBGH makes people sick, but it’s not alright that you advertise it’s not in your products.”

The following year, the diabolical company begins producing GMO crops that are tolerant to their toxic herbicide Roundup. Roundup-ready canola oil (rapeseed), soybeans, corn and BT cotton begin hitting the market, advertised as being safer, healthier alternatives to their organic non-GMO rivals. Apparently, the propaganda worked as today over 80% of canola on the market is their GMO variety. A few things you definitely want to avoid in your diet are GMO soy, corn, wheat and canola oil, despite the fact that many “natural” health experts claim the latter to be a healthy oil. It’s not, but you’ll find it polluting many products on grocery store shelves. Because these GM crops have been engineered to ‘self-pollinate,’ they do not need nature or bees to do that for them. It’s like having sex with yourself to make a baby. Yes, Monsanto wants to take the fun out of that too. But all kidding aside, there is a very dark side agenda to this and that is to wipe out the world’s bee population.

Monsanto knows that birds and especially bees, throw a wrench into their monopoly due to their ability to pollinate plants, thus naturally creating foods outside of the company’s “full domination control agenda.” When bees attempt to pollinate a GM plant or flower, it gets poisoned and dies. In fact, the bee colony collapse was recognized and has been going on since GM crops were first introduced. To counter the accusations that they deliberately caused this ongoing genocide of bees, Monsanto devilishly buys out Beeologics, the largest bee research firm that was dedicated to studying the colony collapse phenomenon and whose extensive research named the monster as the primary culprit! After that, it’s “bees, what bees? Everything’s just dandy!” Again, I did not make this up, but wish I had! During the mid-90s, they decide to reinvent their evil company as one focused on controlling the world’s food supply through artificial, biotechnology means to preserve the Roundup cash-cow from losing market-share in the face of competing, lesstoxic herbicides. You see, Roundup is so toxic that it wipes out non-GMO crops, insects, animals, human health and the environment at the same time. How very efficient!

Because Roundup-ready crops are engineered to be toxic pesticides masquerading as food, they have been banned in the EU, but not in America! Is there any connection between that and the fact that Americans, despite the high cost and availability of healthcare, are collectively the sickest people in the world? Of course not! As was Monsanto’s plan from the beginning, all non-Monsanto crops would be destroyed, forcing farmers the world over to use only its toxic terminator seeds. And Monsanto made sure farmers who refused to come into the fold were driven out of business or sued when windblown terminator seeds poisoned organic farms. This gave the company a virtual monopoly as terminator seed crops and Roundup worked hand in glove with each other as GMO crops could not survive in a non-chemical environment so farmers were forced to buy both. Their next step was to spend billions globally buying up as many seed companies as possible and transitioning them into terminator seed companies in an effort to wipe out any rivals and eliminate organic foods off the face of the earth. In Monsanto’s view, all foods must be under their full control and genetically modified or they are not safe to eat!

They pretend to be shocked that their critics in the scientific community question whether crops genetically modified with the genes of diseased pigs, cows, spiders, monkeys, fish, vaccines and viruses are healthy to eat. The answer to that question is obviously a very big “no way!” You’d think the company would be so proud of their GMO foods that they’d serve them to their employees, but they don’t. In fact, Monsanto has banned GM foods from being served in their own employee cafeterias. Monsanto lamely responded “we believe in choice.” What they really means is “we don’t want to kill the help.” It’s quite okay though to force-feed poor nations and Americans these modified monstrosities as a means to end starvation since dead people don’t need to eat! I’ll bet the thought on most peoples’ minds these days is that Monsanto is clearly focused on eugenics and genocide, as opposed to providing foods that will sustain the world. Related: Eugenics & The Depopulation Agenda As in Monsanto partner Disney’s Sleeping Beauty, the wicked witch gives the people the poisoned GMO apple that puts them to sleep forever.

2000's: By this time Monsanto controls the largest share of the global GMO market. In turn, the US government spends hundreds of millions to fund aerial spraying of Roundup, causing massive environmental devastation.

Fish and animals by the thousands die within days of spraying as respiratory ailments and cancer deaths in humans spike tremendously. But this is all considered an unusual coincidence so the spraying continues. If you thought Monsanto and the FDA were one and the same, well you can add the gov’t to that sorry list now. The monster grows bigger: Monsanto merges with Pharmacia & Upjohn, then separates from its chemical business and rebrands itself as an agricultural company. Yes, that’s right, a chemical company whose products have devastated the environment, killed millions of people and wildlife over the years now wants us to believe they produce safe and nutritious foods that won’t kill people any longer. That’s an extremely hard-sell, which is why they continue to grow bigger through mergers and secret partnerships. Because rival DuPont is too large a corporation to be allowed to merge with, they instead form a stealth partnership where each agrees to drop existing patent lawsuits against one another and begin sharing GMO technologies for mutual benefit.

In layman’s terms, together they would be far too powerful and politically connected for anything to stop them from owning a virtual monopoly on agriculture; “control the food supply & you control the people!” Not all is rosy as the monster is repeatedly sued for $100s of millions for causing illness, infant deformities and death by illegally dumping all manner of PCBs into ground water, and continually lying about products safety – you know, business as usual. The monster often perseveres and proves difficult to slay as it begins filing frivolous suits against farmers it claims infringe on their terminator seed patents. In virtually all cases, unwanted seeds are windblown onto farmers’ lands by neighboring terminator-seeded farms. Not only do these horrendous seeds destroy the organic farmers’ crops, the lawsuits drive them into bankruptcy, while the Supreme Court overturns lower court rulings and sides with Monsanto each time.

At the same time, the monster begins filing patents on breeding techniques for pigs, claiming animals bred any way remotely similar to their patent would grant them ownership. So loose was this patent filing that it became obvious they wanted to claim all pigs bred throughout the world would infringe upon their patent. The global terrorism spreads to India as over 100,000 farmers who are bankrupted by GMO crop failure, commit suicide by drinking Roundup so their families will be eligible for death insurance payments. In response, the monster takes advantage of the situation by alerting the media to a new project to assist small Indian farmers by donating the very things that caused crop failures in the country in the first place! Forbes then names Monsanto "company of the year." Sickening, but true. More troubling is that Whole Foods, the corporation that brands itself as organic, natural and eco-friendly is proven to be anything but. They refuse to support Proposition 37, California’s GMO-labeling measure that Monsanto and its GMObrethren eventually helped to defeat.

Why? Because Whole Foods has been in bed with Monsanto for a long time, secretly stuffing its shelves with overpriced, fraudulently advertized “natural & organic” crap loaded with GMOs, pesticides, rBGH, hormones and antibiotics. So, of course they don’t want mandatory labelling as that would expose them as the Whole Frauds and Whore Foods that they really are! However, when over twenty biotech-friendly companies including WalMart, Pepsico and ConAgra recently met with FDA in favor of mandatory labelling laws, this after fighting tooth and nail to defeat Prop 37, Whole Foods sees an opportunity to save face and becomes the first grocery chain to announce mandatory labelling of their GMO products…in 2018! Uh, thanks for nothing, Whore.

And if you think its peers have suddenly grown a conscience, think again. They are simply reacting to the public’s outcry over the defeat of Prop 37 by crafting deceptive GMO-labelling laws to circumvent any real change, thus keeping the status quo intact. To add insult to world injury, Monsanto and their partners in crime Archer Daniels Midland, Sodexo and Tyson Foods write and sponsor The Food Safety Modernization Act of 2009: HR 875. This criminal “act” gives the corporate factory farms a virtual monopoly to police and control all foods grown anywhere, including one’s own backyard, and provides harsh penalties and jail sentences for those who do not use chemicals and fertilizers. President Obama decided this sounded reasonable and gave his approval.

With this Act, Monsanto claims that only GM foods are safe and organic or homegrown foods potentially spread disease, therefore must be regulated out of existence for the safety of the world. If eating GM pesticide balls is their idea of safe food, I would like to think the rest of the world is smart enough to pass. As further revelations have broken open regarding this evil giant’s true intentions, Monsanto crafted the ridiculous HR 933 Continuing Resolution, aka Monsanto Protection Act, which Obama robo-signed into law as well. This law states that no matter how harmful Monsanto’s GMO crops are and no matter how much devastation they wreak upon the country, U.S. federal courts cannot stop them from continuing to plant them anywhere they choose. Yes, Obama signed a provision that makes Monsanto above any laws and makes them more powerful than the government itself. We have to wonder who’s really in charge of the country because it’s certainly not him!

There comes a tipping point though when a corporation becomes too evil and the world pushes back… hard! Many countries continue to convict Monsanto of crimes against humanity and have banned them altogether, telling them to “get the f#
Even more conspiratorially interesting is that Freemasons and other esoteric societies assigned numbers to each letter in our latin-based alphabet system in a six system. Under that number system, what might Monsanto add up to? Why, of course 6-6-6! Know that all is not lost. Evil always loses in the end once it is widely exposed to the light of truth as is occurring now. The fact that the Monsanto-led government finds it necessary to enact desperate legislation to protect its true leader proves this point. Being evicted elsewhere, the United States is Monsanto’s last stand so to speak. Yet, even here many have begun striking back by protesting against and rejecting GMO monstrosities, choosing to grow their own foods and shop at local farmers markets instead of the Monsanto-supported corporate grocery chains.

The awakening people are also beginning to see they have been misled by corporate tricksters and federal government criminals poisoned by too much power, control and greed, which has resulted in the creation of the monstrous, out-of-control beast. And as the people vote against that by choosing not to buy GMO poisons, Monsatan’s limbs continue to get hacked away slowly but surely, driving it to its knees for the final organic sword thrust into its blackened heart. It is this that will end its reign of terror for good! Related: 5 Reasons Monsanto Is Crashing And Burning + 17 Countries Saying Goodbye To GM Crops & The Fight Against Genetic Armageddon

What They Want You To Fear Versus The Real Threats We Face March 8 2016 | From: WakingTimes

The uniting global culture of the 21st Century does have risks that it needs to address as it moves into a new era that can finally be classed as a civilized society. Yet, any report that identifies the threats to our species needs to be holistic and progressive in its approach; otherwise it is just fear propaganda manufactured to elicit our blind consent.

In an article on the well-recognized Australian propaganda site – news.com.au – the three biggest threats that were identified in the ‘Worldwide Threat Assessment of the US Intelligence Community’ report were outlined. Simply, this was a stunningly transparent piece of the establishment’s disinformation agenda. Allegedly, the three biggest threats to the world are: 1. ISIS 2. Cyber-Espionage 3. Nuclear North Korea

As stated in the second paragraph:

“US National Intelligence Director James Clapper and other officials warned an attack by Islamic State on US soil was imminent, that North Korea now had the capability to produce up to 100 nuclear bombs and that Russian and Chinese hackers could dismantle critical defence, supply and information networks and were in fact already starting to do this.”

We can see straight away the fear they’re trying to push: there are no internal threats; the big bad entities of the East are who we all need to be worried about. This would be hilarious if it wasn’t so dangerous, because as per design, it aims to keep the mainstream herd of breaking free from the false narratives which unfortunately characterize living in this day and age. As the post-mainstream community has long understood, the primary threat that we collectively face is the shadow power structure which has bought out our financial, informational, political, medicinal and educational systems.

The way in which money and resources are controlled in our society, as well as what information the matrix-media provides, is determined by this oligarchy which has long infiltrated western governments and the minds of the masses. Therefore, we all need to be concerned that we no longer have a representative government. Abraham Lincoln’s famous quote is regrettably being transformed for the worse: a government of the people, by the people, for the people, is perishing from the earth.

More On What They Want You to Fear Power is shifting from West to East. The reign of the American superpower is coming to an end which will be driven home after the death of the Petrodollar and the US dollar as the world’s reserve currency. Because the powers-that-be have foreseen this for a long time, they’re putting into place strategies, such as secret ‘resource and power consolidation’ agreements, to ensure their hegemony is not lost. As part of this agenda, Islamic State (IS) is a proxy army of this global cabal. IS is made up of Sunni radical extremists, and was directly massaged into a well-equipped army by Turkey, Saudi Arabia and other Sunni-dominated Middle Eastern states. Weaponry and other equipment were also directly and indirectly supplied to them by Western nations.

As I noted in the article, “The Risks for 2016: Economic Collapse, More False Flags and WWIII”: The prevailing view in the conscious society is that there is a shadow order thatcontrols US and other western foreign policy. It is believed that they created Al Qaeda, and it’s offshoot Islamic State (IS), as proxy armies to overthrow leaders of the Middle East and obtain control of the governments, banking sectors and resources, as part of their global unification plan. This is also known as the New World Order (NWO) and is thought to be controlled at its core by ancient bloodlines that are fronted by Zionist and / or Jesuit agents. The rise of terrorism has been a well planned ingredient to this recipe, officially beginning in 2001. In orchestrated stride, the ‘war-on-terror’ continued to escalate in 2015 with supposed terror attacks being carried out in dozens of areas across the Middle East and Africa, as well as the well-known ‘Paris Attacks’ and San Bernardino shootings later in the year. Of course, many of these incidents might well be false-flag operations carried out by these ruling elite, who are hell-bent on uniting the world under their impenetrable rule.

Because there has been a war in the Middle East between the Sunni’s and Shiites for centuries, the Israeli/US elites have picked a side to meet their own ideological and geopolitical goals. Syria and Iran are primarily Shiites, whilst Turkey and Saudi Arabia are Sunni nations that have been allies of the U.S for decades. Turkey is also a part of NATO, so they were always going to choose this particular side. It appears that Russia is the unplanned wildcard. They have allied with Iran and Syria because they have their own ideological, economical and geopolitical agendas. For this end, they have absolutely pumped the Sunni radical extremists since mid to late last year, which is why Saudi Arabia and their alliance have organized up to 350 thousand ground troops in early February to potentially enter Syria in a ground invasion.

They of course will say this is to fight IS, but that’s just pure deception; the real aim would be to ensure that they don’t lose the battle for supremacy that they’ve invested so much time, energy and pride in. Furthermore, Russia and China, among other nations, have collaborated to build new economic institutions for the future, including the BRICS bank and the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB). As noted in this Global Research article in February 2016:

“China and Russia are investing in neighboring economies on terms that cement Eurasian integration on the basis of financing in their own currencies and favoring their own exports. They also have created the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) as an alternative military alliance to NATO. And the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) threatens to replace the IMF and World Bank tandem in which the United States holds unique veto power.”

As stated, this is in direct opposition to the oligarchical-controlled IMF and World Bank, although it must be noted that originally there was some endorsement by these institutions. In any case, as noted in an article by former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, Dr. Paul Craig Roberts:

“The basis of US foreign policy is the commitment to prevent the rise of powers capable of constraining Washington’s unilateral action. The ability of Russia and China to do this makes them both a target. Washington is not opposed to terrorism. Washington has been purposely creating terrorism for many years. Terrorism is a weapon that Washington intends to use to destabilize Russia and China by exporting it to the Muslim populations in Russia and China.”

In other words, Washington and the gullibility of its European vassals have put humanity in a very dangerous situation, as the only choices left to Russia and China are to accept American vassalage or to prepare for war.

Based on this analysis, Russia and China are only threats because the US (and Israel) oligarchy has made them into exactly that.

The majority of people do not want further war, so the question then begs, will they stand up against this authoritarian agenda or will a well-orchestrated false flag convince the masses that it’s the only way forward to protect their freedoms? Note: for those who vehemently say NO TO WAR, please see this initiative led by the infamous war veteran Ken O’Keefe.

The Real Threats We Face As discussed, there is a shadow order that has taken control of the way that we organize and economize our societies. They use their corporate monopolies to enact their agenda. If we don’t do something to stop this tyranny then the “11 Toxic Realities Society is Finally Waking Up About” will continue its carnage across our collective minds and hearts. In addition, the global economy is tanking due to a saturation of debt and near worthless global currency. How this plays out in the coming months and years is hard to predict, yet the potential destruction of our current way of life, as well as massive social unrest, is very real. This is something we all need to hedge our bets against; hope for the best, but prepare for the worst.

Yet, there’s something even more powerful that if we don’t do something about, then nothing will change for the better. That threat is the ignorance of the masses. If the majority of people actually understood the issues, and were prepared to stand up and be counted in ensuring humanity’s next phase of evolution comes to fruition, then no matter how much money and resources are at the disposal of the despots, people power would inevitably reign supreme. As I explained in a recent article titled “The Control-Matrix is Crashing because the Truth-Seekers are Winning”, the last several decades have resulted with:

The Military - Industrial - Media - Politico - Banking Complex Increase their Power and Continue their Pillage Across the World:

Pharmaceutical monopolies amplifying the drugging of society, as well as keeping many of us sick so that they maximize their profits; Movements rise up only to be vilified and disassembled, such as the Occupy Movement; Science turned into a corporate institution, as well as further hijacked by an inaccurate and small-minded philosophy of reality; Wars purposely created with millions of people dying for the whims of the shadow empire; Radical extremists massaged into proxy armies to do dirty work for the collapsing power structure; Air, medicine, food and water becoming purposely more toxic; Governmental policy increasingly being determined by corporate/elite interests; Police being militarized all around the globe; The education model struggling to become less of an indoctrination system; and

The agenda of global governance becoming closer to fruition.

Once the tipping point occurs and the masses wake up to these and other realities that threaten the future of our species, the paradigm shift will be in full swing. To do so, apathy will need to be transcended so that the awareness of the dysfunctions leads to effective and sustained action and the transformation of our social systems. The goal? Design them so that we can truly say they are for the benefit of not just all of our fellow man, but our natural systems too.

Final Thoughts The original article cited above uses fear to sedate the masses. It claims that one of the biggest threats are attacks on US and European soil. Of course known false flags like 911, and suspected ones like the 2015 Paris attacks, are insider moves on the geopolitical chess board, so when the masses are warned that one might occur, its only natural for the indoctrinated to automatically believe that it was whoever the presstitute media says it is.

Therefore, we must be vigilant when it comes to any significant events which arise. To do so, just stay tuned into the alternative media because there are many independent truth-seekers and social commentators who are disproving the false narratives to ensure the truth really is out there. In addition, to save me reinventing the wheel, in my latest article I note that:

“There’s escalating conflict all across the planet. The global economy is deflating from a decades-old debt bubble. Ignorance, apathy, ill-health and suffering are commonplace. Politics has sold-out. Money rules the rules. Then of course the consolidation of power has been very successful by the oligarchs, who have taken primary control of how money and information is circulated throughout society.”

There is a bigger picture though. It is important to understand what we’re dealing with in all its forms, because if we align ourselves to it then we can co-create with it, no matter if it’s of positive or negative charge. Yet regardless of the exact

details of all these realities, this is all part of a deeper energetic shift which is not only organic, but being fueled by individual and community action. Ultimately, the potential for it to get worse before it gets better is something that we need to accept. Think smart, act smart. Do it for yourself and your loved ones, but also for the community that you call your home.

Because after all, we’re all on the same team; help those around you to realise it so that you can begin to build the future that you dream of in your own backyard, to the best of your ability. Much love and strength to you all.

The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash March 8 2016 | From: EpochTimes

It's another [planned] bank bailout and it won't end well.

James Grant, the chief editor of Grant’s Interest Rate Observer, recently said about negative interest rates and a ban on cash:

“What precedes implementation of these ideas is a discussion of them. I think this is coming.”

Related: Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks" Indeed, the orchestrated support from the usual suspects among the mainstream media, pundits, think tanks, banks, and governments around the world is astounding. Both editorial boards of Bloomberg and The New York Times wrote two pieces in favor of banning cash. Former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers and European Central Bank President Mario Draghi voiced their support for the elimination of large currency notes. Only The Wall Street Journal didn’t exactly endorse the idea.

Willem Buiter, the chief economist of Citigroup, summed up the benefits - at least from the government’s point of view: All financial transactions can be taxed by the government or charged a fee by the banks, and bank runs are eliminated because there is nothing in the bank that’s worth making a run for.

“Something is going to go wrong is what I’m saying." - James Grant

Germany wants to introduce an initiative in the European Union to ban the 500 euro note and also ban all transactions above 5,000 euros in cash. All of the proponents know that negative interest rates, a key element in central banks’ objective to achieve meaningful inflation, needed to reduce the debt burden of overextended speculators and businesses, won’t happen unless they also ban cash. That’s why the two ideas often go hand-in-hand in public discussion. Related: Secret War On Cash: “Discussions At Bilderberg Centered Around Capital Controls, Abolition of Cash”

Bank Bailout

“They will try negative rates to some extent. I think it’s going to be hard to push the Fed Funds rate below negative 1. That’s going to be difficult. People can basically take out cash and put it in a vault and they get a zero return on it,” said Joseph Gagnon, a senior fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics and former associate director at the Federal Reserve board.

Buiter and Gagnon are honest and cut straight to the chase of the economics involved. Banning cash and imposing negative rates allow one to tax and charge consumers even more than today, forcing them to either spend more in the process or invest in more speculative arenas, such as the stock market.

"'There is an alternative to saving which is called investment or speculation. It involves much greater risk. A negative interest rate is not only a tax on saving, it is the destruction of saving,”said Grant.

Related: James Grant: ‘Something Is Going to Go Wrong’ Book Review: ‘International Political Economy’

If I have $1,000 in the bank, the next year I will only have $990 because the bank takes the other $10. In fact, this policy is another bank bailout. Most other proponents of a ban on cash say the measure would reduce money laundering, crime, and terrorism. While this is essentially true, it is somewhat odd that the same people didn’t think about this 10, 20, or 30 years ago, as crime, money laundering, and terrorism unfortunately have been around since at least then. Instead, it took them until now: Conventional and unconventional monetary tools have reached their limit, and negative interest rates seem to be the only choice left.

“Radical monetary policy begets more of the same, that has been the rule. What doesn’t work… there’s more of it,” said Grant.

Unintended Consequences What is not astounding, however, is the way the general public meets the two ideas with wholesale skepticism. To illustrate Mr. Gagnon’s point, the sales of safes are booming in Japan, one of the countries further along in the quest to pass negative interest rates to the public.

In fact, there are many indicators that pushing negative interest rates on to consumers - many institutions are happily paying them in the form of negative yields on government bonds - will not be a linear move from 1 to 0 to -1. The system may break crossing the magical number zero. According to a survey undertaken by Dutch bank ING, 77 percent of respondents said they would take their money out of the bank if interest rates went negative, precisely the bank run that Buiter would like to avoid and precisely the reason negative interest rates would have to go hand-in-hand with a ban on cash.

In addition, lower rates don’t mean savers will spend more; instead, it seems to have the opposite effect. Data compiled by Bank of America shows that in countries with very low or negative deposit rates, savers tend to save more, not spend more. Related: Why The Powers That Be Are Pushing A Cashless Society In Switzerland, for example, as the deposit rate moved from a bit less than 1 percent in 2008 to close to 0 percent in 2015, the savings rate increased from 21 percent to 24 percent. The same move can be seen in Denmark and Sweden in more recent years. The motto: If I am getting a lower return on my savings, which lowers my total savings goal, I just have to save more to achieve my target.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

“So negative interest rates are a conceit of the academic economists who run the monetary institutions of the world. I think the theory is dubious and the practice, as we have seen it so far, is equally doubtful,” said Grant. “I think this is a terrifically bullish moment for gold. I think it’s a very sad moment for the institution of fiat money. But fiat money has never worked out well in the very long run. Maybe we’re in the very long run,” he added.

Even if all cash were banned and people were forced to accept negative rates on their bank deposits, it may well not lead to more consumption, but merely bid up the prices or other stores of value, like gold.

People may even prefer to own heavy pieces of machinery, art, diamonds, and musical instruments, which preserve purchasing power relatively better than a negative rate on banking deposits. People usually chose those methods to preserve purchasing power during times of hyperinflation, like in the Weimar Republic. And while stocks and real estate will certainly get a boost, most studies show that real, inflation-adjusted returns are often negative because wrong incentives distort the pricing mechanism. Capital is misallocated, and transactions slow down if people are trading goods and services in gold ingots rather than wire transfers.

Related: The World Is Stuck With Persistent Stagnation Fed ‘Missed the Mark’ With December Rate Hike

In short, the push for negative interest rates and a ban on cash has nothing to do with terrorists or money laundering. It has everything to do with bailing out the banks and trying to remedy central bank policy that didn’t work in the past. As James Grant put it: “Something is going to go wrong is what I’m saying.” Related: 'It's Time To Hold Physical Cash,' Says One Of Britain's Most Senior Fund Managers

The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal March 7 2016 | From: Geopolitics/ Various

When anybody doing a research on the multiple attacks against the human body, be it through our drinking water, supposedly breathable air, or even within the pseudo healthcare medical industry

itself, the answers would then lead us to our initial conclusion that this is only about economics, or capitalism in general, i.e.:

Companies’ main concern is the bottom-line, i.e just want to extract as much profit as possible, in order to survive the competition. Related: Pharma marketed antidepressants to children after hiding the risk of suicide and aggression revealed by clinical trials

But, when the researcher begins to consider the following readily observable facts: Public services are not only unsatisfactory but is outright deadly, e.g. lead poisoning is not only happening in Flint, Michigan, but is far more widespread than the media would like to entertain [here]; Government regulators adapting a policy of “approve first, recall later” in favor of a new drug that has undergone massive clinical test manipulations, making the rich drug companies even richer as the imposed penalties later on are not enough to bring them down but are serving only as added overhead for doing business [here, here]; … that same researcher will then begin to ask far and more broader questions that will hopefully carry him to the real answers, though uncomfortable they may be. Such broader questions like:

“How can the government regulate if the penalties for violations of its rules don’t serve as deterrence for future wrongdoings?" "Why the welfare of the people is always the last thing to be considered?" "Why was the bailout aimed only at rescuing the fate of the bankers and not the homeless people?" "What would exactly happen if it was the people that was bailed out instead of the bankers, after all, it was their bail out money to begin with?" "Will the economy shuts down when all the bankers have gone broke?" "Isn’t it a fact that the direct exchange of goods and services came in first before the banking industry and the illusion of wealth in money were even invented, and therefore, the people can better survive without the latter?"

"In response, why do we need to protest first before the wrongs are corrected, if it is even corrected?" "Who, if not the government, is there left to protect the people and serve its interest at last?" "How many can afford to file charges against these erring companies when the victim itself is systematically robbed of his capacity to access event he barest of necessities?"

Again, these are just simple questions that cannot be answered by endlessly describing the nature of the problem itself, as the media always do. These are the questions that can only be answered logically by considering that perhaps the government is simply not serving the interests of the people who, even if they are actually the ones paying for its existence, are really not in control of the government, but only the Bankers who, as documents and scholarly studies indicate, own every other corporations on the planet.

Here’s Forbes’ acknowledgment and apology about the fact;

“Three systems theorists at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich have taken a database listing 37 million companies and investors worldwide and analyzed all 43,060 transnational corporations and share ownerships linking them. They built a model of who owns what and what their revenues are and mapped the whole edifice of economic power. They discovered that global corporate control has a distinct bow-tie shape, with a dominant core of 147 firms radiating out from the middle. Each of these 147 own interlocking stakes of one another and together they control 40% of the wealth in the network. A total of 737 control 80% of it all. The top 20 are at the bottom of the post. This is, say the paper’s authors, the first map of the structure of global corporate control. The #occupy movement will eat this up as evidence for massive redistribution of wealth. The New Scientist talked to one systems theorist who is “disconcerted” at the level of interconnectedness, but not surprised. Such structures occur commonly in biology, things like fungus, lichen and weeds. Economists say the danger comes when you combine hyperconnection with the concentration of power. The Swiss scientists warn that this can lead to an unstable environment. No Scheisse, Sherlock.” - Forbes

And if one considers the fact that the government itself has gone from being a Republic into a mere corporation controlled

by, and serves, only the Select Few, then all the confusion as to why bad things are happening, and governments can only offer bad behavior and decisions in spite of the fact that it is manned supposedly by the best our society could offer.

Related: Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Strange 2014 Update The dire situation can only be properly explained if we consider all that’s been laid bare by those who refuse to take part of the greatest murder in the entire history of man, i.e.: Every human being is reduced into a dead corpse, a corporation that seeks profit in order to survive and a virtual slave that feeds the bigger corporation, i.e. government, with a portion of his profit, i.e. taxes; Corporate government itself is beholden to still another bigger government, i.e. private central bank, and has to protect all its alter egos and corporate friends, i.e. all other corporation that are serving the same generic purpose, e.g. social engineering, population regulation; To prevent intellectual dissent, the best minds must be assimilated into a core group of fraternities that extols exclusivity, and therefore, superiority over the rest of our society, and will serve as the breeding ground for future leaders that will later on occupy highest positions in all institutions of indoctrination and control, e.g. United Nations, World Health Organization, the entire school system, the media and the entire government, effectively feeding each of them the taste and illusion of power; Each potential leader must be inducted into the group through an initiation process, a ritual designed to put him in a very compromised position for easier control later on, i.e. through blackmail and other proven methods. Indeed, it is more profitable for the bankers to expend attractive compensation and resources on just a few smart, sweet talking crowd rousers than to care for the multitude. But then it still much wiser to not restrict the full potential of man through the institution of paper currency to limit access to such resources that are already provided for free by Nature. One can only wonder what level of advancements we could have achieve if all resources were made available to the thinking man.

But all those resources are hoarded and rendered unusable by the few who consider oppression as an exercise of power over another, and not an incapacity to understand that all things are One and the Same in Nature.

Power is the ultimate aphrodisiac for the Sociopathic Elite, and your kneeling inside their houses of worship gives them the ultimate and godly satisfaction. Still, this is not enough. They needed to wipe out those who will attempt to defeat their enterprise. They are actively murdering people who understand the cancer science used in vaccines that are mandated by law and required by your own caring government. Related: Holistic Doctors Researching Autism Detected Cancer Enzymes in Vaccines, Assassinated The well-documented depopulation agenda, cloaked inside some benevolent sounding anti-climate change agenda, or the upgraded Agenda 2030, as agreed upon by all United Nations member countries, is the only explanation why mainstream medicine can’t cure while being expensive and outright deadly. Depopulation agenda is the only stupid rationale why instead of decades of advancements in the realm of science and technology, the quality of life has instead deteriorated to its lowest levels and will continue to deteriorate because the majority refuse to entertain a new and untried system.

Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals If they are now selling water, soon, every ounce of air will be sold in bottles, too, when the massive chemtrailing is left unabated by passivity that is sure to worsen only by the nano-particulates that go with these government-sanctioned operations. The depopulation agenda can also be confirmed not just through the obvious, highly questionable behavior of our government, yet also by looking closely at who actually wrote the doctrines being imposed by the United Nations, particularly, the Codex Alimentarius. Here’s an extract from our eBook, Towards Healthcare Emancipation – Premium Edition;

“As we gain more insights into the grave dangers of genetically modified crops, fluoride, and vaccines, the impact of this less known document which the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization, through the Codex Alimentarius Commission, wrote in 1963 will become more apparent. Codex Alimentarius (Latin for “food book”) is a set of guidelines that is promoted to protect the consumers against faulty food products and procedures. But this codex has evolved over the years to include the following policies which will become, or is already, mandatory and binding among all members of the World Trade Organization [WTO]:

GMO food labelling not required; Banned pesticides, aluminium are among those deadly chemicals classified as food additives;

Codex recommended maximum levels of chemical which are astoundingly high as opposed to the extremely low daily recommended daily allowances for vitamins; Dietary supplements or natural health foods are to be classified as drugs; Codex would make vitamins and minerals illegal and not available with a prescription; Every dairy cow is required to have Monsanto’s recombinant bovine growth hormone and all other animals for food production must be treated with antibiotics, and; All food should be irradiated These are just among the more than 4,000 guidelines and regulations promulgated over the years regarding everything man can possibly put into his mouth with the exception of pharmaceuticals. While the UN-FAO may insists that codex compliance is voluntary, the World Trade Organization made it clear that in cases of trade disputes between two countries, codex compliance takes precedence over the merits of the case. This clever method of the author having plausible deniability because the mandatory clause is not written in the actual document itself while the other arm, in this case the WTO, trying to enforce it by using as the basis for resolving disputes effectively forces each member nation to be compliant for practical purposes, is a clear indication that both the UN and WTO are long tentacles of the same Giant Octopus that also has interests in Big Pharma. When a scheme is so huge, who among the maleducated, highly brainwashed members of our society could have a chance of figuring it out? The plot thickens when you consider whose brainchild was the codex. During the Nuremberg trial, 25 board members, executives, and chemists of the giant chemical manufacturer and poison gas supplier to the Nazi concentration camps, IG Farben, were convicted and sent to jail, but not for long. In 1951, they were all released and one of them proposed that if war can’t solve the problem of too much people, why not control food. Fritz den Meer, the executive manager of IG Farben in 1943 and convicted to crimes against humanity, who coined the phrase “Arbeit Mach Frei” which literally means “work sets you free” decorated in entrances of several concentration camps including Auschwitz, submitted this idea to his UN pals which resulted to the creation of a trade commission now known as the Codex Alementarius Commission. For crimes against humanity conviction, he served a very long sentence of six years.”

Another name that should be in everyone’s consciousness by now is Henry Kissinger, who wrote the justification to thin the herd by saying that the population of the world has been reaching critical levels in 1974:

“National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests (NSSM200) was completed on December 10, 1974 by the United States National Security Council under the direction of Henry Kissinger.

It was adopted as official U.S. policy by President Gerald Ford in November 1975.[citation needed] It was originally classified, but was later declassified and obtained by researchers in the early 1990s. The basic thesis of the memorandum was that population growth in the least developed countries (LDCs) is a concern to U.S. national security, because it would tend to risk civil unrest and political instability in countries that had a high potential for economic development. The policy gives “paramount importance” to population control measures and the promotion of contraception among 13 populous countries. This is to control rapid population growth which the U.S. deems inimical to the socio-political and economic growth of these countries and to the national interests of the United States, since the “U.S. economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad”, and these countries can produce destabilizing opposition forces against the United States. It recommends that U.S. leadership “influence national leaders” and that “improved world-wide support for population-related efforts should be sought through increased emphasis on mass media and other population education and motivation programs by the UN, USIA, and USAID.” - Wikipedia

These are established and verifiable facts that the guilty cannot rebut…

…and will worsen even further with the eventual implementation of the notorious Trans-Pacific Partnership trade agreement [TPP] that no lawmakers are allowed to discuss outside the boundaries of its pages.

There are more hard evidence that we have collected and for which you may have known already, than would fit into this article that should demand concrete action from all of us. Related: Big Pharma Scientists Successfully Grow SARS 2.0 Virus “to Protect Us” If we choose to not act today, can we therefore blame the corporate government for doing its best to make a profit by keeping the people dumb and as pliable as could be possible? Or, should we blame ourselves for our collective indifference to the real cause of the problems confronting the very survival of humanity itself even at the presence of many alternative and more viable systemic and technological solutions? Whoever else are we really waiting for before we take that first step towards our own salvation as a human species if not that same face we always see in the mirror?

Surely, the majority have been massively indoctrinated through the mass media ever since they were born to wait for a hero - an all too fearless, all too wise individual who will save the day and slay them all, sociopaths they are. But hero worship has not gotten us that far, and it won’t be. We must rise as an individual awake and aware, and as a collective bonded together by our common aspirations to live in great abundance, harmony through respect upon one another. This is the only scenario where everyone is motivated, by default, to contribute voluntarily what one is capable of, with the foreknowledge that honor and recognition are the only compensation and reward. By that time, service rendered in the spirit of mutual cooperation is the only valid currency.

Together, we can drive out all that is Evil, that entity who promised us heaven only when we die, and begin creating heaven here on Earth now that we are still breathing. The technologies that could make this possible is already here and now, but they have been suppressed. Related: British Medical Journal study exposes frightening facts about anti-depressant drugs & big pharma companies

Huckabee: Trump Phenomenon Is A ‘Peaceful Overthrow Of The Government’ + What The 'Trump Phenomenon' Actually Represents March 7 2016 | From: DCclothesline / Infowars

Former Governor of Arkansas Mike Huckabee told Fox News this morning that Donald Trump’s success represents a peaceful “overthrow of the government” and that the Republican establishment should be glad it’s being achieved with “ballots not bullets”.

Huckabee, who has not officially endorsed Trump, told Fox & Friends that “people in Washington need to recognize the reason that Trump is winning is because they (his supporters) feel like people in Washington have helped them lose and they’re sick of it.” Related: Trump: why the elite media were completely wrong about his chances Discussing Mitt Romney’s anti-Trump speech yesterday, Gingrich said it represented “the panic of the establishment wing of the (Republican) Party,” and that the prospect of Trump becoming the nominee “absolutely drives them crazy”. When asked why, Gingrich responded, “Well because he’s an outsider, he’s not them, he’s not part of the club, he’s uncontrollable, he hasn’t been through the initiation rites, he didn’t belong to the secret society.”

Gingrich is in a perfect position to know about “secret societies” given his affiliation with Bohemian Grove, an annual encampment that takes place every year in Monte Rio, California and is attended by some of the most powerful people in the world.

“The donor class runs the political environment in this country and people are waking up to that and they are tired of it,” added the former presidential candidate. “That’s what this election is largely about, it’s an overthrow of the government….we ought to be glad that it is a peaceful revolution with ballots rather than one with bullets,” said Huckabee, adding that the Trump phenomenon was a “political revolution in the Republican Party and in the country.”

Huckabee accused the Republican establishment of “bed-wetting” over Trump by treating his voters as stupid while trying to select a presidential candidate rather than let the American people elect one. The former Governor said that Trump’s supporters were coming out in droves to support him because “they’re angry at the very establishment who is going nuts because Donald Trump is doing so well – and they don’t get it that they are the problem.” Related: How the GOP Insiders Plan to Steal the Nod From Trump Huckabee made his comments in response to Paul Ryan and Mitch McConnell forcefully denouncing Trump over the David Duke controversy.

The People Want the Truth: What The 'Trump Phenomenon' Represents

The [Attempted] Final Control: TPP, TTIP, TISA Global Corporate Takeover March 6 2016 | From: 21stCenturyWire

This is a new geopolitical war, taking place between the United States and China.

The rise of the so-called BRICS countries – Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, along with countless other emerging economies, means that global power relations are gradually tipping away from the Anglo-American Axis, and towards Eurasia. Related: Brexit better for Britain than toxic TTIP, says Joseph Stiglitz The Anglo-American corporate confab will not allow this tectonic shift threaten their “interests.” Collectively, what the TPP, TTIP and TISA really are – is a new global governance super structure that overrides individual sovereign nations and their laws, and even the rights of their individual citizens. Under this new secretive regime, all are subservient to the transnational corporate hive…

WikiLeaks – The US strategy to create a new global legal and economic system: TPP, TTIP, TISA:

GMO's - A Planned Human Sterility Program March 5 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

Severe health risks of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) are not new. Studies by scientists among others in France, Germany, Austria, since at least the 1990s, pointing to several levels of

health dangers to mankind abound.

A recent study released by Egyptian researchers found that rats fed a GMO diet suffer from infertility, among other health issues. In the US similar studies were muzzled by Monsanto and the Monsanto staffed FDA. Related: Millions for GMO propaganda: the amount of money spent to keep you in the DARK will astound you In a 2011 paper the Institute for Responsible Technology - IRT refers to 19 animal studies linking GMOs to mostly liver and kidney organ disruption. In the early 2000 the first Russian studies revealed reduction in fertility and birth defects in hamsters and rats. In a 2013 Russian study, scientist have discovered that mammals that eat GMO foodstuffs have difficulties to reproduce.

The study concluded that “Campbell hamsters that have a fast reproduction rate were fed for two years with ordinary soya beans which are widely used in agriculture and those contain different percentages of GMOs. Another group of hamsters, the control group, was fed with pure soya [found in Serbia, as 95% of soya in the world is transgenic].” According to Dr. Alexei Surov, who led the study on behalf of the National Association for Gene Security;

“We selected several groups of hamsters, kept them in pairs in cells and gave them ordinary food as always. We did not add anything for one group, but the other was fed with soya that contained no GMO components, while the third group [was fed] with some content of GMOs and the fourth one with increased amounts of GMOs….. Originally everything went smoothly. However, we noticed quite a serious effect when we selected new pairs from their cubs and continued to feed them as before. These pairs’ growth rate was slower, and [they] reached their sexual maturity slowly. When we got some of their cubs, we formed the new pairs of the third generation. We failed to get cubs from these pairs which were fed with GMO foodstuffs. It was proven that these pairs lost their ability to give birth to their cubs."

Sterilization from GMOs is not an accident. Henry Kissinger, the protégé of the Rockefeller Foundation and one of the driving forces – still today – of the Bilderberg Society, not only is the author of the infamous proclamation in the early seventies:

“Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; and who controls money can control the world;"

He also said;

“Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the Third World."

This is still a (mostly unspoken) key objective of the elite, associated through different semi-secret organizations like the Bilderbergers, the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Trilateral Commission, the British Chatham House, the Economic Forum (Davos), and others.

GMO Seeds GMOs are based on two strands; one involves insect resistance, the other is herbicide resistant and more dangerous, because it is glyphosate-tolerant. Glyphosate, known under its trade name ‘Roundup’, is however absorbed in the food fibers and has devastating health effects. The herbicide is an endocrine-disruptor, a chemical that at certain doses can interfere with the hormone system of mammals. These disruptions may cause cancer, infertility, miscarriage, birth defects and full sterility by the third generation, as the Russian study clearly demonstrated.

In his eye-opening 2007 book Seeds of Destruction: The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation, F. William Engdahl points to food control and depopulation as the strategic key objectives of GMOs as put forward by Henry Kissinger already half a century ago. A less populated Third World will give the US and world elite easier and cheaper access to needed raw materials, allowing the ‘chosen few’ to maintain a lifestyle of exuberant luxury and resources abuse. Ellen Brown, referring to Gary Null’s documentary Seeds of Death: Unveiling the Lies of GMOs, quotes Dr. Bruce Lipton;

“We are leading the world into the sixth mass extinction of life on this planet... Human behavior is undermining the web of life.”

Worse is to come, if and when the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) agreement is ratified by the US and its eleven Pacific partners. The TPP – much like the TTIP (Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, linking the US with the 28 EU countries) – is negotiated behind closed doors.

The chief agricultural negotiator for the US is the former Monsanto lobbyist, Islam Siddique. The two monster trade agreements would deprive governments from regulating transnational corporations’ activities, to the point where the rights of corporations would supersede sovereign nations laws. Corporations would be able to set up private courts that may rule a country liable for lost profit due to legislation that may interfere with their activities. This would particularly apply to biotech agriculture. GMOs could no longer be forbidden by individual countries. They are integral parts of the two giant trade agreements which the US is attempting to ram down the throats of their ‘partners’ – and may do so in the general realm of vassalage which has been cultivated by Washington’s threat and sledgehammer politics – “You are either with us or you are against us” – and the latter is usually punished with devastating sanctions, if not with death of errant, non-compliant leaders. The objective of depopulation is alive and well – and being implemented under our eyes; and We, The People, are blinded by the steady drop-by-drop of propaganda that makes us believe that these trade agreements will resolve the world’s food problems, will eliminate famine. What they will eliminate after a few generations is peoples’ fertility. This, coupled with the constant and continuous wars on terror and financial assassinations of entire countries (see Greece) by the so-called Bretton Woods Organizations, IMF and World Bank, working hand-in-hand with the FED and Wall Street, may eventually succeed in drastically reducing world population – if We, The People, do not wake up.

Waking up to a new form of agriculture is crucial. Back to nature and earth-friendly farming, as well as away from globalization to the notion of ‘local production for local consumption’. Russia has a strict ban on GMOs. Russia is producing about 40% of its food by permaculture methods on simple garden plots. According to Natural Living, 80% of the country’s fruit and berries, and 66% of vegetables and about 50% of the nation’s milk are produced on dacha-type plots. It is not too late to get away from GMOs, from planned sterility and from depopulating the globe for the benefit of a tyrant elite. But, We the People, have to wake up, take back the sovereign control of our nations from the vassal leadership which Washington has discretely, almost imperceptibly placed at the helm of the 11 TPP and the 28 TTIP nations by stolen or manipulated elections or outright ‘regime change’. The breaking up of the Eurozone and the European Union – both of which are in dire straits – might be the beginning of a new era of self-determination.

GMO: Seeds of Death

How Billionaires Use Non-Profits To Bypass Governments And Force Their Agendas On Humanity March 4 2016 | From: Alternet

As wealth becomes concentrated in fewer hands, so does political and social power via foundations and non-profits.

As wealth becomes concentrated in fewer and fewer hands, the billionaire class is increasingly turning to foundations and non-profits to enact the change they would like to see in the world. Amid the rise of philanthrocapitalism, growing numbers of critics are raising serious questions about whether this outsized influence is doing more harm than good. In the January issue of the New York Review of Books, veteran journalist Michael Massing noted that, in the past 15 years alone, “the number of foundations with a billion dollars or more in assets has doubled, to more than eighty.” The philanthropic sector in the United States is far more significant than in Europe, fueled in part by generous tax write-offs, which the U.S. public subsidizes to the tune of $40 billion a year.

As Massing observes, billionaires are not just handing over their money, they have ideas about how it should be used, and their vision often aligns with their own economic interests. For this reason, the philanthropy industry deserves rigorous scrutiny, not a free pass because it is in the service of good. Massing’s argument followed a study released in January by the watchdog organization Global Policy Forum, which found that philanthropic foundations are so powerful they are allowing wealthy individuals to bypass governments and international

bodies like the United Nations in pursuit of their own agendas.

What’s more, this outsized influence is concentrated in the United States, where 19 out of the top 27 largest foundations are based. These 27 foundations together possess $360 billion, write authors Jens Martens and Karolin Seitz. Such dramatic wealth accumulation has disturbing implications.

“What is the impact of framing the problems and defining development solutions by applying the business logic of profit-making institutions to philanthropic activities, for instance by results-based management or the focus on technological quick-win solutions in the sectors of health and agriculture?" the report asks.

These questions are not new, as social movements have long raised the alarm about the global impact of the everexpanding philanthropy sector. In 2010, the international peasant movement La Via Campesina blasted the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation’s acquisition of Monsanto shares as proof that its role in privatizing the global food supply and exporting big agribusiness, from Africa to North America, should be viewed through a commercial rather than humanitarian lens.

“It is really shocking for the peasant organizations and social movements in Haiti to learn about the decision of the [Gates] Foundation to buy Monsanto shares while it is giving money for agricultural projects in Haiti that promote the company’s seed and agrochemicals,” said Chavannes Jean-Baptiste of the Haitian Peasant Movement of Papaye and Caribbean coordinator of La Via Campesina at the time.

“The peasant organizations in Haiti want to denounce this policy which is against the interests of 80 percent of the Haitian population, and is against peasant agriculture - the base of Haiti’s food production.”

The Gates Foundation more recently fell under scrutiny from the advocacy organization Global Justice Now, which released a report in January raising concerns about the institution’s track record on education, food and health care policies.

“The Gates Foundation has rapidly become the most influential actor in the world of global health and agricultural policies, but there’s no oversight or accountability in how that influence is managed,” said Polly Jones of Global Justice Now. “This concentration of power and influence is even more problematic when you consider that the philanthropic vision of the Gates Foundation seems to be largely based on the values of corporate America. The foundation is relentlessly promoting big business-based initiatives such as industrial agriculture, private health care and education. But these are all potentially exacerbating the problems of poverty and lack of access to basic resources that the foundation is supposed to be alleviating.”

Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg and his wife, Priscilla Chan, raised eyebrows in December when they announced they would give away 99 percent of their wealth. As it turned out, this was not a giveaway at all, but a shifting of funds into their own limited liability company (LLC). Just weeks later, Zuckerberg lashed out at Indian media justice advocates who raised concerns about his company’s efforts to undermine net neutrality protections in their country. Like many others, Massing is calling for greater transparency, not only for foundations but for think tanks, Hollywood, Silicon Valley and universities. Pointing to the website Inside Philanthropy, whose stated purpose is to “pull back the curtain on one of the most powerful and dynamic forces shaping society,” Massing argues that far greater and better-resourced scrutiny is needed. “There remains the question of how to pay for all this,” writes Massing, posing: “Is there perhaps a consortium of donors out there willing to fund an operation that would part the curtains on its own world?”

But some argue that we already have all the information we need to be concerned. In December, Vandana Shiva, an ecofeminist and activist, wrote in response to Zuckerberg’s move in India that a:

“Ccollective corporate assault is underway globally. Having lined up all their ducks, veterans of corporate America such as Bill Gates are being joined by the next wave of philanthro-corporate Imperialists, including Mark Zuckerberg.” “It is an enclosure of the commons,” she continued, “which are ‘commons’ because they guarantee access to the commoner, whether it be seed, water, information or internet.”

Auckland Council’s $1.2 Billion IT Shambles March 4 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Reports have filtered through about the $1.2 billion blowout by Auckland Council on IT since the supercity was formed in 2010.

This level of overspend is phenomenal and it is unclear whether the council has anything to show for it. What is clear is the council has failed in its governance responsibilities to Aucklanders and ratepayers. Last year, the auditor-general raised some serious concerns around the project – NewCore – which has received attention for its $100m overspend, saying the project carries “an almost certain” risk with a “major impact”. At the time the council responded by saying all was under control citing the following reasons: “this includes quarterly reporting to the finance and performance committee, project steering group meetings held each fortnight in line with best business practice, and independent ongoing quality assurance reporting from EY to identify issues.” So I took a look at the reporting mentioned, and while shocked, wasn’t surprised at what I found. A review of the finance and performance committee meeting agendas and minutes show just how badly our leaders have failed us in governance.

In 2015, the same information on the IT transformation programme was regurgitated four times when updating this committee (in February, May, September and December). A quick review of the minutes of each of those meetings shows

no overview of any discussions, except in September when the public were excluded for reasons of commercial confidentiality. There is no mention of how investment is turning up in actual operational savings, except broad statements around targeting savings. Any type of rigorous risk reporting framework is completely absent. Additionally, I find it astounding there was no mention of the vast gaps in governance highlighted by the auditor-general in 2015. This is a complete failure not just by council staff accountable but the governors of Auckland. Having worked in the IT and communications sector in senior management and governance positions during my 20-years in business, I have never seen such gross negligence at all levels of project management and people must be held accountable for this, including the cost blowout and lack of governance oversight.

For $1.2 billion, you would not only have transformed your IT systems and processes, migrated your whole staff to modernday computing solutions, such as cloud-based communications, and have built new network infrastructure, such as a mobile network. The fact the council is attempting to combine systems is an inaccurate justification for this level of investment. We need strong leadership focused on delivering results for Auckland. There’s quite a few steps that need to be taken in order to address this level of incompetence. Here is where I would start: Demand the appropriate level of reporting from those accountable in the council to governance. This includes updates on benefits realised, milestones and gating which decides whether the project is moved to the next phase, rigorous risk assessment and monitoring, and a thorough update on scope changes driving costs and benefits, as a start; If governance reporting is not addressed satisfactorily in a short time frame (i.e. 3-6 months), then replace those individuals to get the level of accountability that is a fundamental tenet of large capital investments like this; Ensure the risks highlighted by the auditor-general are taken onboard by council staff accountable for this programme and risk mitigation strategies are embedded not just in the programme but governance reporting; Ensure the benefits, outcomes, project scope, business and technical requirements were aligned and reported on regularly at both an operational and governance level; Not take at face value that management is doing this. It’s clear from the significant gaps in what the council says it is doing and what is turning up at the committee meetings that the most prudent assessment would be to assume the appropriate levels of reporting and risk management are just not in place; and

Ensure management is running an incredibly strict capital prioritisation process around scope changes required. This blowout is completely unjustifiable, especially when residents in Riverhead and Maraetai can’t even afford decent footpaths in their communities.

The irony of reading the committee meetings is the talk about deferring millions of dollars of desperately needed investment that has been put on hold while the IT funding goes unmonitored and ungoverned. I will provide strong leadership, fresh ideas, and deliver real results for Aucklanders. I have the governance and operational experience to ensure Auckland has the right level of reporting and questions in place to avoid debacles likes this.

How Big Pharma Greed Is Killing Tens Of Thousands Around The World M arch 3 2016 | From: TheDailyMail

Patients are over-medicated and often given profitable drugs with 'little proven benefits,' leading doctors warn.

The Queen's former doctor has called for an urgent public enquiry into drugs firms’ ‘murky’ practices. Sir Richard Thompson, former-president of the Royal College of Physicians and personal doctor to the Queen for 21 years, warned tonight that many medicines are less effective than thought. Queen's former doctor, Sir Richard Thompson, has backed new campaign Experts calling for urgent public enquiry into drugs firms' 'murky' practices They say too much medicine is doing more harm than good worldwide And claim many drugs such as statins are less effective than thought

The physician is one of a group of six eminent doctors who today warn about the influence of pharmaceutical companies on drugs prescribing. The experts, led by NHS cardiologist Dr Aseem Malhotra, claim that too often patients are given useless – and sometimes harmful – drugs that they do not need. They maintain drugs companies are developing medicines they can profit from, rather than those which are likely to be the most beneficial. And they accuse the NHS of failing to stand up to the pharmaceutical giants.

Too much medicine is doing more harm than good - and costing hundreds of thousands of lives worldwide, leading experts have warned. They maintain drugs companies are developing medicines they can profit from, rather than those which are likely to be the most beneficial

Sir Richard said:

“The time has come for a full and open public enquiry into the way evidence of the efficacy of drugs is obtained and revealed. There is real danger that some current drug treatments are much less effective than had previously been thought. He said the campaign highlights the ‘often weak and sometimes murky basis on which the efficacy and use of drugs, particularly in the elderly, are judged."

Writing for MailOnline, Dr Malhotra says commercial conflicts of interest are contributing to an;

“Epidemic of misinformed doctors and misinformed patients in the UK and beyond."

Furthermore, he adds the NHS is ‘over-treating’ its patients, and claimed that the side effects of too much medicine is leading to countless deaths. And he claims the full trial data on statins – cholesterol-lowering drugs prescribed to millions - has never been published, and also points to questions about the power of Tamiflu, a drug that has cost the NHS nearly £500 million. The group has called on Parliament’s Public Accounts Committee to conduct an independent enquiry into the safety of medicines. They claim public funding is often allocated to medical research because it is likely to be profitable, not because it will be beneficial for patients.

Sir Richard Thompson, former-president of the Royal College of Physicians and personal doctor to the Queen for 21 years, warned tonight that many medicines are less effective than thought.

He is one of a group of six eminent doctors, led by NHS cardiologist Dr Aseem Malhotra, who are concerned about the influence of pharmaceutical companies on drugs prescribing. Dr Malhotra said:

“There is no doubt that a “more medicine is better” culture lies at the heart of healthcare, exacerbated by financial incentives within the system to prescribe more drugs and carry out more procedures. But there’s a more sinister barrier to making progress to raise awareness of - and thus tackle - such issues that we should be most concerned about. And that’s the information that is being provided to doctors and patients to guide treatment decisions."

He accused drugs companies of ‘gaming the system’ by spending twice as much on marketing than on research. Dr Malhotra says that prescription drugs often do more harm than good, with the elderly particularly at risk. One in three hospital admissions among the over-75s a result of an adverse drug reaction, he claims. In addition to Sir Richard, Dr Malhotra is backed by Professor John Ashton, president of the Faculty of Public Health; psychiatrist Dr JS Bamrah, chairman of the British Association of Physicians of Indian Origin; cardiologist Professor Rita Redberg, editor of medical journal JAMA Internal Medicine; and Professor James McCormack, a pharmaceutical scientist. Dr Malhotra, who is launching the campaign in a personal capacity, is a trustee of the King's Fund health think tank, a member of the Academy of Medical Royal Colleges and advisor to the National Obesity Forum. He is particularly critical of the dramatic recent increase of the prescribing of statins.

Dr Malhotra also points to questions about the efficacy of Tamiflu – a flu drug the NHS spent £473m stockpiling. A 2014 report by a panel of eminent experts concluded it was no more effective than paracetamol

NICE – the NHS drugs rationing watchdog – lowered the threshold for prescribing statins in 2014 to encourage GPs to prescribe the drugs to more people.

The Industry's Response

But it later emerged that six of the 12-strong panel received funding from drugs manufacturers - either by being paid directly to give speeches or 'advice', or through funding for research.

A spokesman for the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry said:

Dr Malhotra claims that the full data on the power of statins and their side effects have never been published.

"All medicines undergo rigorous testing for quality, safety and efficacy by global regulators.

He also points to questions about the efficacy of Tamiflu – a flu drug that the NHS spent £473million stockpiling. A 2014 report by a panel of eminent scientists concluded that Tamiflu was no more effective than paracetamol.

‘The data is also subject to continuous scrutiny during trials, once licensed and throughout the life of the medicine, including after a patent has expired." The spokesman added:

Dr Malhotra also cites an investigation by the BMJ medical journal, which earlier this month suggested that major blood thinning drug Rivaroxaban is not as safe as its trial data suggests, although the regulator stands by the drug. He writes:

"For the sake of our future health and the sustainability of the NHS it’s time for real collective action against “too much medicine”, starting with the

"The assessment of a medicine – the benefits and risks it brings to patients as well as the value it provides to healthcare – is an ongoing process. "Innovating companies discover and develop new uses for these medicines over the life of these products, and regulators and health technology assessors continue to update their assessments based on new information.

Public Accounts Committee launching a full independent inquiry into the efficacy and safety of medicines." Professor Ashton added: "Public health relies on a comprehensive, accurate and cost effective evidence base to ensure we make decisions based on the best available research that improve and protect people’s health, as well as prioritise care in the best way for patients."

None of these procedures are “weak” or “murky” but by and large published for public scrutiny. However, we recognise that the discussion on the evaluation of medicines is timely, and we were pleased to contribute together with many other stakeholders to the “Evaluating Evidence” policy programme of the Academy of Medical Sciences. This dialogue is critical to achieve a shared constructive and progressive framework for the assessment of medicines." A spokesman for NHS England last night declined to comment on the allegations.

Mailonline Exclusive: Dr Malhotra's Comments in Full... There is no doubt that a 'more medicine is better' culture lies at the heart of modern healthcare. This is exacerbated by financial incentives within the system to prescribe more drugs and carry out more procedures regardless of whether it benefits patients, it seems. But there's a more sinister barrier to making progress that we should be most concerned about. And that's the information being provided to doctors and patients to guide treatment decisions. Several weeks ago I was a speaker the annual British Association of Physicians of Indian Origin medical conference in Birmingham. Other speakers included the chair of the Royal College of General Practitioners, the chair of the BMA and the chief executive of NHS England, Simon Stevens. In my speech, I warned of several things that deeply concern me about the state of medicine today. In short, these are: Biased funding of research - funded because it is likely to be profitable, not beneficial for patients Biased reporting in medical journals Commercial conflicts of interests and an inability of doctors and patients to understand health statistics and risk

Over-medication is 'causing unnecessary suffering of millions and costing billions to our national economies'

All of the above are contributing to an epidemic of misinformed doctors and misinformed patients in the UK and beyond. But most concerning of all, this desperate situation is costing tens of thousands of lives around the world. And not only that, it is causing unnecessary suffering of millions and costing billions to our national economies. A few months ago, the medical director of NHS England, Sir Bruce Keogh, admitted that one in seven NHS treatments including operations - are unnecessary and should not have been carried out on patients. And in the US, it is estimated that one third of all healthcare activity brings no benefit to patients. This is further backed up by a point made by former editor of the New England Journal of Medicine, Dr Marcia Angell. In a talk given at the University of Montana, in 2009, she revealed that of the 667 new drugs approved by the FDA between 2000 and 2007, only 11 per cent were were considered to be innovative or improvements on existing medications. And three quarters were essentially just copies of old ones.

Lining the Pocket of Big Pharma Given the fact that drug companies' primary responsibility is to provide profit for shareholders - rather than patient health - this is far from surprising. But apart from the colossal financial wastage that results from companies having go at flogging a drug twice - and therefore spending twice as much marketing drugs than they do on research and development - it's the considerable harm to patients and the public that should concern us the most. The Food and Drug Administration reports that adverse events from prescribed medications have more than tripled in the past decade in the United States.

Previous research has linked psychiatric drugs to thousands of deaths due to suicides and drowsiness

This has resulted in more than 123,000 deaths in 2014 and 800,000 total serious patient outcomes - including hospitalisations and life threatening disability. But this is likely to represent a gross underestimate. One person who has long been outspoken on the dangers of modern medication is Peter Gotzsche, professor of research design and analysis at the University of Copenhagen. He estimates prescription drugs are the third most common cause of death after heart disease and cancer. In particular, he is deeply concerned about the impact of psychiatric drugs including antidepressants and dementia drugs. Writing in the BMJ, he calculated they are responsible for more than half a million deaths in those aged over 65 in the US and European union. This is due to suicides but also because patients are over-medicated and drowsy. In fact, it is the elderly who are most at risk of so-called polypharmacy - where a patient is taking multiple drugs.

The Patients Rattling With Pills The problem with polypharmacy is that the more drugs you take, the more likely you are to experience side-effects that are then misinterpreted by a doctor or nurse as a symptom of disease that needs treating with additional medicine. I have lost count of the number of over-medicated elderly patients I have treated, with sometimes three or four blood pressure medications making them dizzy and fall over. It's a vicious cycle and one that costs lives each year. The elderly are particularly vulnerable to polypharmacy with one in three hospital admissions in the over 75s the result of an adverse drug reaction. Many of these patients will fall and suffer a hip fracture because of medication side effects and a quarter of these will die as a result. But what is most disturbing is that Professor Gotzsche claims much of the behaviour of the pharmaceutical industry that drives this over-prescription fulfils the criteria for 'organised crime' under US law.

'I have lost count of the number of over-medicated elderly patients I have treated, with sometimes three or four blood pressure medications making them dizzy and fall over,' Dr Malhotra told MailOnline

Between 2007 and 2012 the majority of the largest ten pharmaceutical companies all paid considerable fines for various misdemeanours that included marketing drugs for off-label uses, misrepresentation of research results, and hiding data on harm. But whether such fines act as deterrent is debatable when profit is the primary motivator. In 2012 GSK landed a $3 billion fine - the largest healthcare fraud settlement in US history - for illegally marketing several drugs including an anti-depressant, a diabetes drug and one for epilepsy. But in the period covered by the settlement, it posted profits of more than $25 billion in the sales of these drugs.

Medical journals and the media can also be manipulated to serve not only as marketing vehicles for the industry but be complicit in silencing those who call for greater transparency and more independent scrutiny of scientific data. Take a paper published by the Medical Journal of Australia (MJA) last June.

We Don't Know the Truth About Statins This claimed that a programme that aired in 2013 - which questioned the benefits of prescribing statins to those at low risk of heart disease - may have resulted in up to 2,900 people suffering a heart attack or death from stopping their medication.

I was asked to go on ABC News Australia to discuss this but unfortunately just 30 minutes before my interview was cancelled. Had I had the opportunity, I would have given my view - that the paper provided no robust evidence of increasing hospital admissions or recorded deaths to support such claims. On the contrary, the Catalyst documentary under scrutiny is one of the most brilliant pieces of medical journalism I have seen in recent times. A view shared by the vice president of the faculty of public health Professor Simon Capewell, who described it as 'informative, transparent, and raised legitimate concerns'. As he and I point out in an editorial published two weeks ago in medical journal BMC Medicine, community based studies reveal that almost 75 per cent of new users will stop taking their statin within a year of prescription with 62 per cent citing side effects as a reason. In fact, the emerging evidence suggests at best, the benefits of statins have been grossly exaggerated and side effects underplayed. In recent weeks, two separate research groups in Japan and France have, independently of each other, questioned the reliability of many of the earlier industry sponsored studies that show the benefit of statins. In fact the Japanese research went as far to even suggests that statins may be a cause of the increasing population burden of heart failure.

Dr Malhotra claims emerging evidence suggests the benefits of statins have been grossly exaggerated and side effects underplayed

Meanwhile the reputed French cardiologist Dr Michel De Lorgeril has claimed all studies published after 2006 reveal 'no benefit' of statins for cardiovascular prevention in all groups of patients. I fully support his calls for a full reassessment of all the statin studies and until then 'physicians should be aware that the present claims about the efficacy and safety of statins is not evidence based.' Furthermore we must demand that the Clinical Trial Service Unit at Oxford University releases the raw data on statins for independent scrutiny. It is these industry - sponsored studies that have resulted in the prescription of statins to millions worldwide, driving a multibillion industry.

The Drugs that Don't Live Up to the Hype But back to the wider the picture. It has been just over 10 years since John Ioannidis, professor of medicine and health policy at Stanford University, published a landmark paper explaining why most published medical research is likely to be false. But it's not just about studies being poorly designed or stats being manipulated. He went as far to claim 'the greater the financial interests in a given field, the less likely the research findings are to be true'. Unfortunately, there are multiple recent examples exposing that our so-called guardians and regulators, NICE and the MHRA, are not only ill-equipped to deal with these issues. Or, as the immediate past president of the Royal College of Physicians Sir Richard Thompson told me 'are "part of the problem rather than the solution".' NICE was called out when several leading doctors, including Sir Richard, wrote to the Secretary of State for health raising major concerns over the impartiality of the guideline development group on statins with 8 of its 12 members declaring financial ties to companies manufacturing statins and related drugs. And in April 2014 independent scientists of the Cochrane Collaboration - considered the gold standard body of independent scientists - concluded that Britain wasted more than £500 million on the influenza drug Tamiflu.

Many clinical trials have provided flawed data, argues Dr Malhotra, and patients have been incorrectly medicated accordingly

After gaining access to withheld clinical trials data, the body found Tamiflu was no better that paracetamol in relieving flu symptoms and had potentially serious side effects including kidney problems and psychiatric disturbance. Nice was criticised for failing to call for the full data to be released by the pharmaceutical company manufacturing the drug before giving its hasty approval. At the time, however, manufacturer Roche said it stood behind the wealth of data for Tamiflu.

Meanwhile an investigation by the BMJ revealed that the blood clotting test device used in a trial published in the New England Journal of Medicine was faulty giving falsely low blood thinning readings in the comparator drug warfarin. Thus 'casting doubt onto outcomes used to support the use of the World's best-selling new oral anti-coagulant' Rivoroxaban, the journal said. Of course NICE wouldn't have known about the faulty device but one has to question their judgement on recommending the use of the drug based upon one pharmaceutical company funded trial where there are now calls for the paper to be retracted.

Why We Need a Public Enquiry

The fact that prescriptions are at an all time high with more than 1 billion handed out every year - the figure has doubled in the past decade - should be regarded as a public health crisis in itself. Now, when a patient comes to see me with any new symptom my first thought is could this be a medication side effect? The system is broken and cannot be fixed by just pouring in more money. Corporate greed and systematic political failure has brought the NHS to its knees. Without full transparency and accountability no doctor can provide what we slogged through medical school and devote our heart and souls to - providing the best quality care for our patients. Last week, responding to a series of recent scandals - including failure of institutions and universities in the UK to tackle research misconduct - former editor of the BMJ, Richard Smith, wrote:

“Something is rotten in the state of British Medicine and has been for a long time."

For the sake of our future health and the sustainability of the NHS it's time for real collective action against 'too much medicine'. This can start with the public accounts committee launching a full independent inquiry into the efficacy and safety of medicines. I believe it is an underlying scandal that may likely to dwarf that of the Mid Staffordshire NHS scandal - where scores of patients died due to poor care, a public enquiry concluded. Medical science has taken a turn towards darkness. And sunlight will be its only disinfectant.

The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science March 2 2016 | From: ToolsForFreedom

Corporate junk science is an all-pervading presence in our society. It’s everywhere.

The scientific journals of the entire world, offline and online, have been flooded with so much fake science that it has, sad to say, become practically impossible for the average person to wade through all of it and sort out the wheat from the chaff. However, the fake science I am referring to here is not unintentional or sloppy work, which is more of a minor problem in the scheme of things (since it will eventually be corrected with due diligence), but rather the deliberately fraudulent “scientific studies” which are put out by major corporations with a definite agenda in mind – usually establishing a fake scientific basis of “safety” for their products, whether they be vaccines, mobile phones, GMOs, tobacco, fluoride, soda or soft drinks, etc. It’s nothing more than corporate junk science, and many people, including doctors, scientists and academics, have been taken in hook, line and sinker by it.

A case in point: The Volkswagen clean diesel lie

It’s time to shine the light on this ugly phenomenon. Science is meant to be about the pursuit of truth and understanding how our world works. It is truly sickening to see the extent to which it has been hijacked to serve corporate interests – to make a tiny, tiny 0.0001% rich at the expense of harming and killing the rest of mankind. A recent study published on JAMA entitled “Research Misconduct Identified by the US Food and Drug Administration” found some very disturbing things in its sample of 57 studies that it analyzed:

“Fifty-seven published clinical trials were identified for which an FDA inspection of a trial site had found significant evidence of 1 or more of the following problems: falsification or submission of false information, 22 trials (39%); problems with adverse events reporting, 14 trials (25%); protocol violations, 42 trials (74%); inadequate or inaccurate recordkeeping, 35 trials (61%); failure to protect the safety of patients and/or issues with oversight or informed consent, 30 trials (53%); and violations not otherwise categorized, 20 trials (35%).”

Take a look at this first finding. It states that 39% which is around 2/5 of studies committed data falsification! How can we possibly trust medical science when the fraud is so blatant and widespread? And it’s not as though the authors of these studies come out and admit it. The study also found that:

“Only 3 of the 78 publications (4%) that resulted from trials in which the FDA found significant violations mentioned the objectionable conditions or practices found during the inspection. No corrections, retractions, expressions of concern, or other comments acknowledging the key issues identified by the inspection were subsequently published.”

Another study at PLOS ONE entitled “How Many Scientists Fabricate and Falsify Research? A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Survey Data” concluded that:

“It is likely that, if on average 2% of scientists admit to have falsified research at least once and up to 34% admit other questionable research practices, the actual frequencies of misconduct could be higher than this.”

In light of all of this, if we want the truth, we need to look at the whole structure of how “science” works in the real world. We need to get wise to the methods that are used by unscrupulous groups to further their agenda. With that in mind, here is a list of the top 10 tricks used by the corporatocracy to pull the wool over your eyes by manipulating science and substituting their fake corporate junk science instead (thanks to Webster Kehr of CancerTutor.com for compiling his instructive list, from which the below points are derived).

1. Substituting Synthetic for Natural Versions of a Nutrient Those who know a little about nutrition probably realize by now that there is a vast difference between a nutrient found in a food or plant, and its synthetic counterpart artificially made in a lab. All vitamin C is not created equal; some versions are more equal than others. The same goes for other vitamins.

It also applies to minerals, since some are derived from plant or animal matter (“organic”) whereas others are derived from rock (“inorganic”). The body can’t assimilate inorganic minerals, so all those so-called “natural” supplements full of rock and fossil-derived calcium are useless, and are actually harming your body by causing calcification. When the corporatocracy wants a result skewed against an unpatentable natural solution and in favor of one of their patentable products, they simply use the synthetic (and less potent) version of that nutrient in the study and “find” that it is ineffective. Corporate junk science at its best!

2. Isolating Nutrients to Remove Their Power of Synergy Here’s another trick used by corporate junk science. If it’s trying to “scientifically prove” that a natural substance is ineffective, rather than testing the whole substance, it will isolate certain nutrients from it, declare them the only ones with any health benefit, then find them ineffective. This is like taking a clove of garlic, declaring that allicin is the only thing in it that could possibly do any good for human health, and then disregarding the whole plant when allicin doesn’t do everything you expected. The same goes for when corporate junk science, intentionally or not, tests the wrong nutrient and declares itself finished with testing.

Nature doesn’t work like this. Plants are complex organisms. Some are composed of hundreds of different phytonutrients which work together synergistically to produce wellness in the human body. Real science would test the whole plant openmindedly in a variety of ways to try to discover and unlock the secret to its healing potential.

3. Contaminating the Tests Webster Kehr mentions a case involving laetrile or amygdalin (colloquially called vitamin B17). He writes that the “NIH contaminated an already bogus pill being used in a study. Natural laetrile cannot and has never given a patient the symptoms of cyanide poisoning. It simply is impossible. The NIH refused to allow an alternative laetrile vendor to supply natural laetrile for the study – so they could create a custom pill for the study. In creating their custom bogus laetrile pill, it was not enough for them to not have any natural laetrile in the pill. A worthless pill would not have given any patient the symptoms of cyanide poisoning.

They also had to lace the pill with inorganic cyanide so that the patients would have the symptoms of cyanide poisoning. As explained in my article “Natural Cancer Cure Laetrile (Amygdalin, Vitamin B17) Works Better than Chemotherapy“, the cyanide contained in apricot kernels, apple seeds, etc. is a selective cancer cell killer. It leaves healthy cells alone, because they can disable the cyanide.

4. Altering the Treatment Plan If corporate junk science can’t prove a natural substance itself is ineffective, then it uses the trick of altering the treatment plan, so that people are getting the correct amount of that substance. This could be as simple as making the dosage too low or too high, or combining the substance with other foods or drink which disable its healing effects, or heating it, etc. Just like Big Pharma drugs, natural cures require a patient to follow a correct dosage and treatment plan for them to be successful in healing disease.

5. Getting Tricky with Statistics Mark Twain once said that there are “lies, damn lies and statistics”. Corporate junk science often plays around with the numbers to emphasize one thing and hide another thing. Big Biotech often does this with their GMO studies, for instance, never allowing a study to exceed 90 days (after which the deleterious effects of GMOs begin to emerge).

6. The False Worship of Double Blind Studies Are double blind studies always the gold standard? As Kehr points out, “in many cases, a double blind study makes no sense in the world. For example, how could you do a double blind study comparing a person who refuses all orthodox cancer treatments with someone who goes through chemotherapy?

It is a stupid concept, because after one day a person would know which group they were in… How can you compare chemotherapy to Vitamin C in a double blind study? The chemotherapy group would have intense pain, sickness, their hair will fall out, and so on. The Vitamin C group would have no added pain, no sickness (except perhaps diarrhea), and their hair will not fall out, etc.”

7. Selecting Patients Favorable to the Agenda The selection protocol in determining which patients to choose for a study is important, because by carefully selecting the patients in a study, you can to a large extent control the outcome of the study. Kehr gives examples of how the Mayo Clinic choose a narrow range of cancers as opposed to Pauling and Cameron when testing the efficacy of vitamin C as a natural cancer treatment.

8. Bribing the Peer-Review Group In my article “The Massive Flaw with the Scientific Hierarchy of Evidence“, I highlighted how a distinguished 20-year medical journal editor became so appalled with the flagrant corruption of corporate junk science, she declared that it was no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published. The peer review process has itself become too corrupted. This is from Webster Kehr:

“In June [2002], the New England Journal of Medicine, one of the most respected medical journals, made a startling announcement. The editors declared that they were dropping their policy stipulating that authors of review articles of medical studies could not have financial ties to drug companies whose medicines were being analyzed. The reason? The journal could no longer find enough independent experts. Drug company gifts and “consulting fees” are so pervasive that in any given field, you cannot find an expert who has not been paid off in some way by the industry. So the journal settled for a new standard: Their reviewers can have received no more than $10,000 [per year] from companies whose work they judge. Isn’t that comforting?"

9. Controlling the Publicisation of the Results Most scientists are given contracts by the corporatocracy which contain a clause forbidding them to publicize results that the funders don’t like. This means that Big Pharma, Bir Agra, Big Biotech or whoever it is has the legal right to suppress the results of any study they don’t like – including being able to stop scientists from submitting such studies to a journal.

10. Controlling the Funding and Hiding the Funders Science is, to some extent, by the admissions of one of its branches quantum physics, based on the state of the observer. So, it is unsurprising that it can be manipulated by placing the people who have your point of view in control. An outcome is more likely to be generated when you have people expecting (or subconsciously intending) that result. On top of this, results can be bought and the true finance behind that bribery can be hidden through front groups, think tanks, shell corporations, fake grassroots (astroturf) organizations and many other means.

The 10 tricks do, of course, exist in addition to the massive category of data falsification, where corporations omit and distort results at will through all sorts of chicanery (e.g. not reporting patients who suffer side effects and instead labeling them as “non-compliant”). Corporate junk science is like a cancer parasiting off the host and destroying humanity’s attempt for knowledge and objectivity. The time has come to expose it fully and restore truth.

Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK March 2 2016 | From: HumansAreFree / Various

The New World Order cult that rules the world administers a Satanic Pedophilia Network, including top-level politicians like Australian Prime Ministers and US Presidents.

The Satanic Pedophilia Network which underlies the New World Order was again exposed in the last few months by another brave whistleblower. Australian woman Fiona Barrett showed a ton of courage in going public at a Sydney press conference in October 2015 and naming names. Related: Major Satanic Ritual Abuse / Paedophile Network Exposed In Australia Fiona, a former victim of Satanic ritual abuse and part of an international VIP pedophile ring, not only exposed the existence of the Satanic pedophilia network and its international child trafficking ring, but actually named 3 former Australian Prime Ministers and 1 former US President as perpetrators. She reveals that this network, composed of famous actors, celebrities, judges, politicians and other high-flyers, has infiltrated all the key organizations and institutions in Australia – just as it has in the US and Britain. Warning: What follows is graphic and requires a great deal of maturity to swallow, but if you’re interested in the real truth of what’s going on in the world, read on. Fiona saw it all – Satanic ritual, rape, torture and murder – but actually says “the way I’ve been treated for reporting the crimes I’ve witnessed and experienced has been far worse than my original abuse experiences.” That speaks volumes about people’s collective denial and amnesia, doesn’t it?

Pedophiles Running Rampant Down Under Fiona proclaims that Australia is a pedophile haven. She explains how Australia took in a large number of Nazi war criminals, including her own step-grandparents. She was introduced by her own family to an international child trafficking pedophile ring based in Sydney.

Some victims are kidnapped off the street, some are “bred” for it (without ever getting birth certificates – more on this later) and some are brought into it through multigenerational abuse. These latter ones are trained and expected to become the perpetrators and future administrators of it. Fiona has had flashbacks to being abused as young as the age of 2. Later on, when she was still a little girl, she was dropped off at VIP parties, instructed to say “the starchild is here”, then watch as famous politicians, actors and celebrities snorted cocaine, raped her, had sex with each other, then pretended to drown her in a pool.

Fiona Barrett, right, with her family

She wasn’t just sexually abused and raped; she also suffered Satanic ritual abuse in the form of torture (e.g. suffering cattle prodding electroshock to cause disassociation).

She reveals how this pedophile ring goes to the highest levels, and included orgies at Parliament House (in Canberra) itself. Related: The Catholic Church Admitted in Writing to Satanic Ritual Sacrifice by Melbourne Priest

Naming the Names Fiona names the names of the people who sexually assaulted, raped and tortured her: Antony Kidman (actress Nicole Kidman’s father) (Nicole Kidman is a victim of the ring too, but was nasty towards fellow victim Fiona);

Dr. John Gittinger (Lithuanian Nazi concentration camp guard and CIA agent); Former US President Richard Nixon;

Former Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam; Former Australian Prime Minister Bob Hawke;

Former Australian Opposition Leader Kim Beazley;

Former Australian Prime Minister Paul Keating;

US Evangelist Pastor Billy Graham;

Former NSW Premier Bob Carr;

Ted Turner (CNN).

Barrett also mentions the brave Aussie politician Franca Arena, who got up in Parliament under parliamentary privilege and said there is a large pedophile ring involving politicians, judges, doctors and media moguls.

He named Kerry Packer, Bob Carr, Bob Hawke, Paul Keating, Robert Menzies, Alan Jones (radio announcer), Bernard King (cook), Molly Meldrum (TV presenter), Elton John (musician), John Kerr (Whitlam and Kerr were homosexual lovers) and Justice Lionel Murphy.

Fiona has drawn her abuse pictures here. She also recalls being at Bohemian Grove. On one occasion she was in a pink bubble room and raped. On another occasion she had to participate in “Teddy Bear’s Picnic” a child rape hunt party, where children were hunted like animals and raped (as also happened to Kathy Collins and Cathy O’Brien). Read: Australian Judge: Incest & Pedophilia ‘May be Accepted’ by Society

Witness at a Satanic Ritual in Bathurst, NSW, Australia, 1985 In this video, Barrett talks about being present at a real Satanic ritual with some of Australia’s famous people – Kim Beazley (later to become Australian Labour Party and Opposition leader) and Richie Benaud (famous Australian cricket captain and sports commentator). She reveals how Beazley and Benaud started the ritual by worshipping their Satanic gods, chanting “Baal”, “Lucifer”, “Satan”, “Son of the Morning” and other such appellations.

She then witnessed them ceremoniously killing a pregnant mother (a “breeder” to the Satanists) in the center of the circle. After that, they pulled out the unborn child, chopped it up with a knife, put it on a gold platter, and proceed to do a type of dark communion or Eucharist. (Barrett mentions here that the Catholic Church communion is based on this older Satanic version of a communion – in line with my article Are Parts of Organized Religion Satanic?) After that, she states that several hypnotized children came forward like robots, who were probably mind controlled or completely dazed. Benaud came forward with a samurai sword and sliced off the head of each child. Then, the entire crowd of Satanists, who were sexually aroused by everything that had just taken place, broke out into a bloody orgy. They had whipped everyone up into a frenzy, and then they drunk the adrenalized blood of the woman and child. (Satanists are addicted to and get high from adrenaline in human blood.) Lastly, Beazley forced her to take a bite of one of the decapitated heads …

Read: The Truth About Easter, Satanism and the Secret Worship of the Anunnaki

Why the Satanic Pedophilia Network? Some may wondering at this point why I and many others are calling this the “Satanic Pedophilia Network” and not just the “Pedophilia Network“. The answer is simple: Satanism is most definitely involved in it – in fact, it is the driving force behind it. Fiona herself mentions in this interview that some of the criminals who abused and raped her were “just” pedophiles, and she puts former Aussie PM Gough Whitlam in this category. Others, however, worship a dark religion called Satanism which involves the summoning of dark forces (most probably the Reptilians and/or Archons, but that is the subject of other articles) through channeling and twisted rituals, allowing these dark forces to overtake them and use them.

Then, filled with this Satanic energy (such as during rituals at Bohemian Grove), these adherents commit all sorts of perverted acts such as rape, necrophilia, torture, murder, sacrifice and cannibalism. Banned Discovery Channel Documentary Exposes: Highest US Government Officials are Part of Pedophilia Ring

The Satanic Hierarchy Fiona explains how the Satanic hierarchical pyramid works. Roughly speaking, at the lowest level, you have street gangs; next, you have organized crime and the mafia; next, you have recruits into the elite club; then, above that, you have “just” pedophiles (those who rape children but who have no Satanic connection); finally, at the very top, you have the elite VIPs who are full-fledged Satanists. Fiona states that only bloodliners can make it to the top. These people come from the 13 or so Illumanti bloodlines (as exposed by Fritz Springmeier, David Icke and other researchers). Related: The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati

These bloodlines are revered as demigods; and the roughly 300 bloodlines or so below that can never make it to the top echelon. (Probably because they don’t have pure blood, i.e. “royal” or reptilian DNA, but again, subject for another article.)

The OTO, the Freemasons, Scientology, Catholic Church, the CIA, the Australian military and many many others are all branches of the same Satanic Pedophilia Network. It lies at the heart of the international child trafficking ring and the New World Order.

The World is Run by a Satanic Cult It’s a tough and bitter pill to swallow, but we have to face the cold hard truth: the world is run by a Satanic cult, whose members have infiltrated the top layers and power centers of Australian, American and British society (and those of numerous other countries). They are inter-related, and they are bound together by bloodlines and Satanism – with pedophilia, rape, murder, war and genocide to follow. Fiona warns that every organization in Australia has been infiltrated, including hospitals, psychiatry, politics, child advocacy groups – everything.

Note the pyramid over the Australian Parliament House in Canberra

The Satanists have even created a False Memory Foundation, a fake organization set up by pedophiles, to stop true victims from coming forward with their stories, by convincing people they didn’t really experience what they experienced. Satanic black magic rules the world. Only when enough of us truly grasp the enormity, horror and shock of this fundamental truth – now exposed by a mountain of evidence and a ton of whistleblowers and victims – can we hope to heal it by bringing these psychopaths to justice and restoring some semblance of honesty, peace and freedom to our world.

Pedophiles Down Under Fiona Barnett and David Shurter on Cancel The Cabal Show

Related: How Black Magick is used in Mind Control

Doctors Who Discovered Cancer Enzymes In Vaccines All Found Murdered + Vaccines, Dead Doctors, And Depopulation: If You Haven’t Seen This Video, You Should March 1 2016 | From: DCclothesline / TruthstreamMedia Not long ago, Neon Nettle reported on the epidemic of doctors being murdered, most of which were in Florida, U.S. The scientists all shared a common trait, they had all discovered that nagalase enzyme protein was being added to vaccines which were then administrated to humans.

Nagalese is what prevents vitamin D from being produced in the body, which is the body’s main defense to naturally kill cancer cells. According to Thebigriddle.com: Nagalase is a protein that’s also created by all cancer cells. This protein is also found in very high concentrations in autistic children. And they’re PUTTING it in our vaccines! This prevents the body from utilising the Vitamin D necessary to fight cancer and prevent autism. Nagalese disables the immune system. It’s also known to cause Type 2 Diabetes. So basically…they weren’t killing these doctors because they had found the cure to cancer or were successfully treating autism… they’re killing them because these Dr’s had been researching and had the evidence that the vaccines they’re injecting our precious children with are CAUSING our current cancer and autism crisis!

And that it’s obviously being done knowingly and on purpose! The Doctors they killed in Florida had been collaborating and were getting ready to go public with the information. Depopulation 101.. add poison to vaccines… make it law that all children must be injected to attend school. Slow kill methods. They think they’re being fair with their “survival of the fittest” type mentality. Only the best genes survive? These people have no souls.

Dr. Ted Broer broke it on The Hagmann & Hagmann Report and it took them a whole hour just to get him on air because their 3 hour show was brought down and every line they tried to use kept disconnecting…and then their servers were brought down (this video is in the following article.) They asked a bunch of people to pray against the attack and then finally got him on a secured line.. and so a full hour into the show they were finally back on the air and connected to Dr Broer and the first thing he said was “I am in no way suicidal.”

He was super nervous holding onto this info… afraid he’d be taken out Hastings style before he got a chance to say it publicly. So listen to this short clip of him breaking the story. It’s a 19 min clip but the most important info is heard within the first 10 min. It is definitely some of the most important news I’ve ever heard. And it needs to go viral (see below). Related: Australian Government’s ‘no jab, no pay’ Law Sparks Run on Vaccines

Vaccines, Dead Doctors, And Depopulation: If You Haven’t Seen This Video, You Should Autism has now skyrocketed to ONE IN 45 in the US. That means if you walked down your street right now, it’s highly likely you wouldn’t even have to go a full block before you will have passed a home with at least one autistic child living in it.

What you are about to hear may be why. When the CDC Whistleblower story broke in the fall of 2014, the Establishment quickly went to work to black it out and cover it up. Regardless, it’s on record that a government epidemiologist admitted he and his cohorts massaged and omitted data in a study to hide a huge increase in autism following MMR vaccination. He then promptly lawyered up with one of the most high profile whistleblower attorneys money can buy in this country and issued a statement. Then the whole thing got swept under the rug in what appears to be a purposefully overblown ebola scare and forgotten by many. Fast forward to last summer, when a bunch of doctors began turning up dead around the country under mysterious circumstances. Some twelve doctors died within three months and many were found under suspicious circumstances (such as randomly out in the woods or suffering sudden heart attacks even though they were young and in otherwise great health).

Authorities quickly ruled some of the deaths suicides seemingly without even really investigating the circumstances surrounding the death. Some of the doctors were linked to each other through their research. These dead doctors all seem to have one thing in common: They were studying the effects of GcMAF and/or nagalase in regards to cancer patients or links in children with autism. We’ll get to what exactly those two things are in a moment. One of the more high profile murders was that of Dr. James Bradstreet, whose body was discovered floating in a North Carolina river, a single gunshot wound to his chest (via Natural News):

“Bradstreet, a renowned physician known for his skepticism of immunizations (particularly the MMR vaccine), and his progressive autism research, was raided by the FDA one week before his mysterious death. The details of the raid remain largely unknown. Personally affected by autism, as both his son and stepson were diagnosed with the condition, a significant portion of Dr. Bradstreet’s work was dedicated to this cause. He even testified twice before the U.S House of Representatives about the link between vaccines and autism. As Natural News‘ reported, leading up to his death, Dr. Bradstreet was working with a little-known molecule that occurs naturally in the human body. GcMAF (Globulin component Macrophage Activating Factor), which is the GC protein after it combines with vitamin D in the body, has the potential to be a universal cure for cancer."

As we all know, cancer is big business in this country. We’re talking about a 124 billion dollar industry. A number that big is naturally a matter of “national security”. One of our countries biggest products is cancer, so why anyone believes the system would ever allow a cure is beyond me. As such, it should come as no surprise information about groundbreaking research on GcMAF’s cancer-fighting ability has not been widely distributed. In fact, we didn’t learn about it at all until doctors started dying for researching it. While those who worked with it claimed it has reversed autism and cured cancer in studies (studies which had to be kept on

the low down), consider this on the flip side: if the body is somehow inhibited in any way from producing GcMAF, the person’s immune system is utterly compromised, allowing for all manner of diseases. Related: Watch As Amazing GcMAF Treatment Kills Cancer Cells In Real Time

This compound (or lack thereof) is linked to autism, cancer, diabetes, you name it. Without the body’s ability to produce GcMAF, a person is set up to get sick and eventually die. An enzyme called nagalase excreted by cancer cells (and which is also a component in the envelope protein of viruses like HIV and influenza) is known to inhibit the body’s production of GcMAF. Dr. Bradstreet et al. had all discovered in one way or another that nagalase is compromising the immune systems of people with autism and cancer etc. by inhibiting their bodies from producing GcMAF, but… Here’s the bombshell: many of these dead doctors believed nagalase was being PURPOSEFULLY ADDED to the vaccines. Why? Population control. If you haven’t heard about this, you have to listen to this 19 minutes of an interview with Dr. Ted Broer on Hagmann & Hagmann.

The full interview can be found here. The interview didn’t even happen for the first hour because the site kept having mysterious technical difficulties while the show was on and the doctor kept getting disconnected. He begins by letting the audience know he is not suicidal. Via Dr. Broer in this interview:

“This information I’m about to give you right now is extremely controversial and a bunch of people have exited the planet who were working with it. This information has been around for awhile. They knew the information they were working with and they were basically being very, very careful, supposedly and some of them were being accused of using GcMAF, and the

Food and Drug Administration apparently raided several of their offices several weeks before they committed suicide or suddenly died. …It’s going to sound complicated, but I’m going to break this down for everybody super, super easy tonight. When you first hear these terms they’re going to sound weird to you… GC protein is a protein in the body that is used by macrophages in the body. What it does is, macrophages in the body are the ones that kill cancer cells, they stop cytokines storms and can be involved in cytokines storms, we’ll explain all these terms in a few minutes. …Macrophages in the body are the ones that kill cancer cells. They stop cytokine storms… the GC protein in the body adds vitamin D to it… How many times have I told the listeners you have to take vitamin D every day? That’s super important. Remember GC protein gets vitamin D added to it and the GC protein becomes what’s called GcMAF (Gc proteinderived macrophage activating factor)… This GcMAF protein is human immune system enzyme protein also known as vitamin d binding protein… This GcMAF is probably the single most effective thing in the immune system to kill cancer cells …and what’s happening is, the immune system is being compromised by a product called nagalase."

Again, when GcMAF is inhibited, it compromises a person’s entire immune system. Period.

“What these doctors found was this… that this nagalase protein enzyme they felt was being introduced into the body either virally or directly through immunizations. This is the enzyme protein that destroys the immune system. I’m going to repeat this. Apparently since these guys are dead and I can’t talk to them. They have found that the nagalase enzyme protein that was made by cancer cells and viruses which causes immunodeficiency is being added through the immunizations either through viruses or through the immunization itself being given nagalase. This is such incredibly damning information to the entire medical profession and the immunological profession and those folks that [sic] are producing immunizations, that apparently they didn’t want these guys around. I’m not saying what happened to these guys, I’m just saying they’re not on this planet anymore. (Read more on this story at Natural News here and here.)"

Nagalase was, surprise surprise, being found in very high concentrations in children with autism. Nagalase testing is also done for cancer, AIDS, and other chronic infections.

“Nagalase is like a stealth bomber. The nagalase enzyme synthesized in or released from cancer cells or a virus particle pinpoints the GcMAF protein facilities on the surface of your T and B lymphocytes and simply wipes them out with an incredibly precise bomb."

Dr. Broer goes on to talk about how GcMAF given to autistic children has completely erased their symptoms. That it has cured cancer. Alzheimer’s. The list goes on and on. So, to sum it up, nagalase inhibits GcMAF, a lack of which compromises the immune system, and nagalase is linked to autism, cancer, and all manner of diseases, and the dead doctors had reportedly all figured out in one way or another that nagalase was purposefully being added to our vaccines as slow kill.

That’s the theory. Think about that for a second. Let it sink in. And we’re told we’re horrible monsters if we don’t shoot our kids up with massive doses of vaccines because they might get measles.

The United States has the most aggressive vaccination schedule on the planet, and yet, they have one of the highest rates of infant mortality, autism is skyrocketing year after year, cancer is one in three for women and one in two for men, and pretty much every disease you can think of is on the rise there. While the vaccine link to autism has been widely discussed in alternative circles as the incidences of autism have risen sharply over the past decade, many know there’s a connection but are unsure of just precisely how it works.

Is it the heavy metals? The genetically engineered DNA? The barrage of chemicals, including polysorbate which acts as a detergent to help the chemicals in vaccines cross the blood-brain barrier more easily? Or… is the answer much, much simpler?

Is it the addition of a known immune-system inhibiting enzyme that leaves all of us and our children immune compromised from birth and essentially set up to get sick and die?

“Depopulation 101… add poison to vaccines… make it law that all children must be injected to attend school. Slow kill methods. They think they’re being fair w/ their “survival of the fittest” type mentality. Only the best genes survive? These people have no souls." (source)

We could ask a dozen doctors what they think about that theory, but… they’re all dead. In the meantime, Dr. Broer suggests everyone take Vitamin D3 every day. Man this world is so beyond screwed up. And look, here’s a vaccination commercial now:

Dr. Kenneth Stoller: Vaccines Are Poisoning Children, American Pediatric Assoc. Knows It Dr. Stoller withdrew his membership from the American Pediatric Association due to the Associations involvement in injuring children with vaccines.

10 Ways To Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control March 1 2016 | From: UltraCulture

NLP or Neuro-Linguistic Programming is one of the world’s most prevalent methods of mind control, used by everyone from sales callers to politicians to media pundits, and it’s nasty to the core. Here’s ten ways to make sure nobody uses it on you… ever.

Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP) is a method for controlling people’s minds that was invented by Richard Bandler and John Grinder in the 1970s, became popular in the psychoanalytic, occult and New Age worlds in the 1980s, and advertising, marketing and politics in the 1990s and 2000s. Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program It’s become so interwoven with how people are communicated to and marketed at that its use is largely invisible. It’s also somewhat of a pernicious, devilish force in the world - nearly everybody in the business of influencing people has studied at least some of its techniques. Masters of it are notorious for having a Rasputin-like ability to trick people in incredible ways most of all themselves. After explaining a bit about what NLP is and where it came from, I’m going to break down 10 ways to inoculate yourself against its use. You’ll likely be spotting it left, right and center in the media with a few tips on what to look for. Full disclosure: During my 20s, I spent years studying New Age, magical and religious systems for changing consciousness. One of them was NLP. I’ve been on both ends of the spectrum: I’ve had people ruthlessly use NLP to attempt to control me, and I’ve also trained in it and even used it in the advertising world.

Despite early fascination, by 2008 or so I had largely come to the conclusion that it’s next to useless - a way of manipulating language that greatly overestimates its own effectiveness as a discipline, really doesn’t achieve much in the way of any kind of lasting change, and contains no real core of respect for people or even true understanding of how people work. After throwing it to the wayside, however, I became convinced that understanding NLP is crucial simply so that people can resist its use. It’s kind of like the whole PUA thing that was popular in the mid-00s - a group of a few techniques that worked for a few unscrupulous people until the public figured out what was going on and rejected it, like the body identifying and rejecting foreign material.

What is NLP, and Where Did it Come From? “Neuro-linguistic programming” is a marketing term for a “science” that two Californians - Richard Bandler and John Grinder - came up with in the 1970s. Bandler was a stoner student at UC Santa Cruz (just like I later was in the 00s), then a mecca for psychedelics, hippies and radical thinking (now a mecca for Silicon Valley hopefuls). Grinder was at the time an associate professor in linguistics at the university (he had previously served as a Captain in the US Special Forces and in the intelligence community, ahem not that this, you know, is important… aheh…). Together, they worked at modeling the techniques of Fritz Perls (founder of Gestalt therapy), family therapist Virginia Satir and, most importantly, the preternaturally gifted hypnotherapist Milton Erickson. Bandler and Grinder sought to reject much of what they saw as the ineffectiveness of talk therapy and cut straight to the heart of what techniques actually worked to produce behavioral change. Inspired by the computer revolution - Bandler was a computer science major - they also sought to develop a psychological programming language for human beings.

What they came up with was a kind of evolution of hypnotherapy - while classical hypnosis depends on techniques for putting patients into suggestive trances (even to the point of losing consciousness on command), NLP is much less heavy-handed: It’s a technique of layering subtle meaning into spoken or written language so that you can implant suggestions into a person’s unconscious mind without them knowing what you’re doing. Though mainstream therapists rejected NLP as pseudoscientific nonsense (it has been officially peer reviewed and discredited as an intervention technique - lots more on that here), it nonetheless caught on. It was still the 1970s, and the Human Potential Movement was in full swing - and NLP was the new darling. Immediately building a publishing, speaking and training empire, by 1980 Bandler had made over $800,000 from his creation - he was even being called on to train corporate leaders, the army and the CIA.

Self-help gurus like Tony Robbins used NLP techniques to become millionaires in the 1980s (Robbins now has an estimated net worth of $480 million). By the middle of the decade, NLP was such big business that lawsuits and wars had erupted over who had the rights to teach it, or even to use the term “NLP.”

But by that time, Bandler had bigger problems than copyright disputes: He was on trial for the alleged murder of prostitute Corine Christensen in November 1986.

The prosecution claimed that Bandler had shot Christensen, 34, point-blank in the face with a .357 Magnum in a drug deal gone bad. According to the press at the time, Bandler had discovered an even better way to get people to like him than NLP cocaine - and become embroiled in a far darker game, even, than mind control. A much-recommended investigation into the case published by Mother Jones in 1989 opens with these chilling lines:

“In the morning Corine Christensen last snorted cocaine, she found herself, straw in hand, looking down the barrel of a .357 Magnum revolver. When the gun exploded, momentarily piercing the autumn stillness, it sent a single bullet on a diagonal path through her left nostril and into her brain. Christensen slumped over her round oak dining table, bleeding onto its glass top, a loose-leaf notebook, and a slip of yellow memo paper on which she had scrawled, in red ink, DON’T KILL US ALL. Choking, she spit blood onto a wine goblet, a tequila bottle, and the shirt of the man who would be accused of her murder, then slid sideways off the chair and fell on her back. Within minutes she lay still. As Christensen lay dying, two men left her rented town house in a working-class section of Santa Cruz, California. One was her former boyfriend, James Marino, an admitted cocaine dealer and convicted burglar. The other, Richard Bandler, was known internationally as the cofounder of Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP), a controversial approach to psychology and communication. About 12 hours later, on the evening of November 3, 1986, Richard Bandler was arrested and charged with the murder.

Bandler’s defense was, simply, that Marino had killed Christensen, not him. Many at the time alleged he used NLP techniques on the stand to escape conviction.

Yet Bandler was also alleged to actually use a gun in NLP sessions in order to produce dramatic psychological changes in clients - a technique that was later mirrored by Hollywood in the movie Fight Club, in which Brad Pitt’s character pulls a gun on a gas station attendant and threatens to kill him if he doesn’t pursue his dreams in life. That was, many said, Bandler’s MO. Whatever the truth of the matter, Bandler was indeed let off, and the story was quickly buried - I’ve never spoken to a student of NLP who’s ever heard of the murder case, I’ll note, and I’ve spoken to a lot. The case hardly impeded the growing popularity of NLP, however, which was now big business, working its way not only into the toolkit of psychotherapists but also into nearly every corner of the political and advertising worlds, having grown far beyond the single personage of Richard Bandler, though he continued (and continues) to command outrageous prices for NLP trainings throughout the world. Today, the techniques of NLP and Ericksonian-style hypnotic writing can be readily seen in the world of Internet marketing, online get-rich-quick schemes and scams. (For more on this, see the excellent article Scamworld: ‘Get rich quick’ schemes mutate into an online monster by my friend Joseph Flatley, one of the best articles I’ve ever read on the Web.)

Their most prominent public usage has likely been by Barack Obama, whose 2008 “Change” campaign was a masterpiece of Ericksonian permissive hypnosis. The celebrity hypnotist and illusionist Derren Brown also demonstrates NLP techniques in his routine.

How Exactly Does this Thing Work? NLP is taught in a pyramid structure, with the more advanced techniques reserved for multi-thousand-dollar seminars. To oversimplify an overcomplicated subject, it more or less works like this: First, the user (or “NLPer,” as NLP people often refer to themselves - and I should note here that the large majority of NLP people, especially those who are primarily therapists, are likely well-meaning) of NLP pays very, very close attention to the person they’re working with. By watching subtle cues like eye movement, skin flush, pupil dilation and nervous tics, a skilled NLP person can quickly determine: a) What side of the brain a person is predominantly using; b) What sense (sight, smell, etc.) is most predominant in their brain; c) How their brain stores and utilizes information (ALL of this can be gleaned from eye movements); d) When they’re lying or making information up. After this initial round of information gathering, the “NLPer” begins to slowly and subtly mimic the client, taking on not only their body language but also their speech mannerisms, and will begin speaking with language patterns designed to target the client’s primary sense.

An NLP person essentially carefully fakes the social cues that cause a person to drop their guard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility.

For instance, a person predominantly focused on sight will be spoken to in language using visual metaphors - ”Do you see what I’m saying?” “Look at it this way” - while a person for which hearing is the dominant sense will be spoken to in auditory language - ”Hear me out,” “I’m listening to you closely.” By mirroring body language and linguistic patterns, the NLPer is attempting to achieve one very specific response: rapport. Rapport is the mental and physiological state that a human enters when they let their social guard down, and it is generally achieved when a person comes to the conclusion that the person they’re talking to is just like them. See how that works, broadly?

An NLP person essentially carefully fakes the social cues that cause a person to drop their guard and enter a state of openness and suggestibility. Once rapport is achieved, the NLPer will then begin subtly leading the interaction. Having mirrored the other person, they can now make subtle changes to actually influence the other person’s behavior. Combined with subtle language patterns, leading questions and a whole slew of other techniques, a skilled NLPer can at this point steer the other person wherever they like, as long as the other person isn’t aware of what’s happening and thinks everything is arising organically, or has given consent. That means it’s actually fairly hard to use NLP to get people to act out-of-character, but it can be used for engineering responses within a person’s normal range of behavior - like donating to a cause, making a decision they were putting off, or going home with you for the night if they might have considered it anyway.

From this point, the NLPer will seek to do two things - elicit and anchor. Eliciting happens when an NLPer uses leading and language to engineer an emotional state - for instance, hunger. Once a state has been elicited, the NLPer can then anchor it with a physical cue - for instance, touching your shoulder. In theory, if done right, the NLPer can then call up the hungry state any time they touch your shoulder in the same way. It’s conditioning, plain and simple.

How Can I Make Sure Nobody Pulls this Horseshit on Me? I’ve had all kinds of people attempt to “NLP” me into submission, including multiple people I’ve worked for over extended periods of time, and even people I’ve been in relationships with. Consequently, I’ve developed a pretty keen immune response to it. I’ve also studied its mechanics very closely, largely to resist the nonsense of said people. Here’s a few key methods I’ve picked up.

1. Be Extremely Wary of People Copying Your Body Language If you’re talking to somebody who may be into NLP, and you notice that they’re sitting in exactly the same way as you, or mirroring the way you have your hands, test them by making a few movements and seeing if they do the same thing. Skilled NLPers will be better at masking this than newer ones, but newer ones will always immediately copy the same movement. This is a good time to call people on their shit.

2. Move Your Eyes in Random and Unpredictable Patterns This is freaking hilarious to do to troll NLPers. Especially in the initial stages of rapport induction, an NLP user will be paying incredibly close attention to your eyes. You may think it’s because they’re intensely interested in what you’re saying. They are, but not because they actually care about your thoughts:

This could quite possibly be going too far, however

They’re watching your eye movements to see how you store and access information. In a few minutes, they’ll not only be able to tell when you’re lying or making something up, they’ll also be able to figure out what parts of your brain you’re using when you’re speaking, which can then lead them to be so clued in to what you’re thinking that they almost come across as having some kind of psychic insight into your innermost thoughts. A clever hack for this is just to randomly dart your eyes around - look up to the right, to the left, side to side, down… make it seem natural, but do it randomly and with no pattern. This will drive an NLP person utterly nuts because you’ll be throwing off their calibration.

3. Do Not Let Anybody Touch You This is pretty obvious and kind of goes without saying in general. But let’s say you’re having a conversation with somebody you know is into NLP, and you find yourself in a heightened emotional state - maybe you start laughing really hard, or get really angry, or something similar - and the person you’re talking to touches you while you’re in that state.

They might, for instance, tap you on the shoulder. What just happened? They anchored you so that later, if they want to put you back into the state you were just in, they can (or so the wayward logic of NLP dictates) touch you in the same place. Just be like, oh hell no you did not.

4. Be Wary of Vague Language One of the primary techniques that NLP took from Milton Erickson is the use of vague language to induce hypnotic trance. Erickson found that the more vague language is, the more it leads people into trance, because there is less that a person is liable to disagree with or react to. Alternately, more specific language will take a person out of trance. (Note Obama’s use of this specific technique in the “Change” campaign, a word so vague that anybody could read anything into it.)

5. Be Wary of Permissive Language “Feel free to relax.” “You’re welcome to test drive this car if you like.” “You can enjoy this as much as you like.” Watch the f*k out for this. This was a major insight of pre-NLP hypnotists like Erickson: The best way to get somebody to do something, including going into a trance, is by allowing them to give you permission to do so. Because of this, skilled hypnotists will NEVER command you outright to do something - i.e. “Go into a trance.” They WILL say things like “Feel free to become as relaxed as you like.”

6. Be Wary of Gibberish Nonsense phrases like “As you release this feeling more and more you will find yourself moving into present alignment with the sound of your success more and more.” This kind of gibberish is the bread and butter of the pacing-and-leading phase of NLP; the hypnotist isn’t actually saying anything, they’re just trying to program your internal emotional states and move you towards where they want you to go.

ALWAYS say “Can you be more specific about that” or “Can you explain exactly what you mean?” This does two things: It interrupts this whole technique, and it also forces the conversation into specific language, breaking the trance-inducing use of vague language we discussed in #4.

7. Read Between the Lines NLP people will consistently use language with hidden or layered meanings. For instance “Diet, nutrition and sleep with me are the most important things, don’t you think?” On the surface, if you heard this sentence quickly, it would seem like an obvious statement that you would probably agree with without much thought. Yes, of course diet, nutrition and sleep are important things, sure, and this person’s really into being healthy, that’s great. But what’s the layered-in message? “Diet, nutrition and sleep with me are the most important things, don’t you think?” Yep, and you just unconsciously agreed to it. Skilled NLPers can be incredibly subtle with this.

8. Watch Your Attention Be very careful about zoning out around NLP people - it’s an invitation to leap in with an unconscious cue. Here’s an example: An NLP user who was attempting to get me to write for his blog for free noticed I appeared not to be paying attention and was looking into the distance, and then started using the technique listed in #7 by talking about how he never has to pay for anything because media outlets send him review copies of books and albums for free. “Everything for free,” he began hissing at me. “I get everything. For. Free.” Obvious, no?

9. Don’t Agree to Anything If you find yourself being led to make a quick decision on something, and feel you’re being steered, leave the situation. Wait 24 hours before making any decisions, especially financial ones.

Do NOT let yourself get swept up into making an emotional decision in the spur of the moment. Sales people are armed with NLP techniques specifically for engineering impulse buys. Don’t do it. Leave, and use your rational mind.

10. Trust Your Intuition And the foremost and primary rule: If your gut tells you somebody is fucking with you, or you feel uneasy around them, trust it. NLP people almost always seem “off,” dodgy, or like used car salesmen. Flee, or request they show you the respect of not applying NLP techniques when interacting with you. Hopefully this short guide will be of assistance to you in resisting this annoying and pernicious modern form of black magic. Take it with you on your phone or a printout next time you’re at a used car sales lot, getting signed up for a gym membership, or watching a politician speak on TV. You’ll easily find yourself surprised how you allow yourself to notice more and more NLP techniques… more and more… don’t you think? (For more on NLP, check out the book Introducing NLP by Joseph O’Connor or the immensely useful Neuro-Linguistic Programming for Dummies. As a bonus, here’s a great video breaking down the use of NLP techniques by media outlets on both sides of the political spectrum, from FOX News to Stephen Colbert. It gets a bit into Christian conspiracy thinking, but is VERY good information.)

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-9.shtml

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Click here

Click here

Part 12:

Click here

Part 14: Click here

New York Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra? February 29 2016 | From: TheDailySheeple

A former New York Times reporter has been found murdered in the Dominican Republic following her exposure of MKUltra.

Sarah Kershaw was found asphyxiated due to strangulation on Monday at her apartment in Sosua. Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program Project MKUltra, often referred to as the CIA’s mind control program, was the code name given to an illegal program of experiments on human subjects, designed and undertaken by the the CIA. Ms Kershaw published an article with the New York Times exploring this subject in 2008 with her article Sharing their Demons on the Web, writing:

“For people who regularly visit and write on message boards on the mind-control sites, the idea that others would describe the sites as promoting delusional and psychotic thinking is simply evidence of a cover-up of the truth.”

Abreureport.com reports:

“In her article, Ms. Kershaw wrote that people who felt they were being targeted had found the support of Missouri Representative Jim Guest, who told the Times: “I’ve had enough calls, some from credible people - professors being targeted by nonlethal weapons. They become psychologically affected by it. They have trouble sleeping at night.”"

Sarah Kershaw

When Ms. Kershaw wrote her article, psychotronic warfare was not legal against US citizens, but that all changed with the National Defense Authorization Act 2013. In response to the legalization of psychotronic warfare, Abreu Report published an article, writing:

“Psychotronic weapons are those that act to take away a part of the information which is stored in a man’s brain. It is sent to a computer, which reworks it to the level needed for those who need to control the man, and the modified information is then reinserted into the brain. These weapons are used against the mind to induce hallucinations, sickness, mutations in human cells, ‘zombification,’ or even death. Included in the arsenal are VHF generators, X-rays, ultrasound, and radio waves.”

Is it possible that Ms. Kershaw stumbled upon some new information that made her dangerous? Considering the speed at which the capabilities of psychotronic weapons has improved, the possibility is extremely high.

TEDx: The Wireless Wake Up Call February 28 2016 | From: EMFAnalysis

Jeromy Johnson just gave the first-ever TED Talk on wireless / EMF / smart meter health effects. And it's a real eye-opener.

Jeromy has a Master's degree in Environmental Engineering. As a Silicon Valley tech-enthusiast, he was the last person to expect the debilitating health effects he experienced when 'smart' meters were installed where he lived. There are now thousands upon thousands of others just like him. Related: Wi-Fried? The other major video of the week is a doc called WI-FRIED?, produced by ABC Australia. It's excellent. And it's stirred up, predictably, the hornet's nest of deniers within industry. This prompted a fiery rebuttal from ABC Producer Maryanne Demasi on Huffington Post. Related: Sometimes Asking Questions Provides You With Answers That May Be Uncomfortable One thing is fore sure... the conversation is going mainstream.

Protect Your Family from EMF Pollution: TEDx Talk: Wireless Wake-Up Call On February 6th, I had the opportunity to speak at TEDxBerkeley. The title of my talk was “Wireless Wake-Up Call.” I discussed the health effects related to the explosion in wireless technology the past few years, along with solutions that can help everyone. Within the presentation, I also talked about how we can develop technology that is much safer for humanity. Here is the video:

The following are a few pictures and experiences from that day:

Zellerbach Hall on the UC Berkeley campus is an incredible venue. It seats 2,000 people and this event was sold-out. I was the second speaker of the day and the first couple minutes on stage were a bit nerve-racking. As you will see in my opening questions, there was an uncomfortable moment for everyone (it felt like the entire room needed to pause). It happened when I asked who knew that the fine print in every smart phone owner’s manual says to never put the phone within about 1 inch of the body. This is a truth that is currently taboo to discuss in our society, so few people know about it. However, once we got through this moment, the talk soon became fun and was well-received by many in the audience.

TEDxBerkeley hired artists to put each talk into images. It is such an incredible skill to do this in a short amount of time. Every speaker that day gave an amazing talk (it was so much fun to watch the other talks) and each presenter was given the painting of their talk as a gift that evening.

In my talk, I wanted to convey that people are indeed being harmed by this technology and that there is adequate science to show how and why this is happening. Most importantly though, I provided solutions that every family can utilize today to reduce their exposure and encouraged us all to help society wake-up. Once this happens, our technology industries will create safe products that will move our entire society toward a healthier future.

Cashless Crisis: “With Digital Payments, Civilization Comes To An End Until Power Is Restored” February 28 2016 | From: SHTFPlan

As most of the Western world is pushed into abandoning cash and embracing a fully digital cashless grid, it is apparent how vulnerable populations will become in times of crisis.

If the power grid were to go down in a storm or an attack, it is readily apparent that the system of commerce would go down with it; payments would stop and desperate people would line up for help. Related: Marc Faber On Cashless Society Insanity And Why Wall Street Hates Gold Those with their own supplies, barter items and physical commodities will remain the most comfortable, but the very fabric of society could come unglued. Will they really ban cash when so much could go wrong? Paul-Martin Foss writes for the Carl Menger Center:

“Cash is being displaced by credit and debit cards, which are themselves beginning to be displaced by new digital currencies and payment systems… But despite all the advances brought about by the digital revolution, there are still quite a few drawbacks. The most obvious is that it is reliant on electricity. One major hurricane knocking out power, a midsummer brownout, or a hacker attack on the power grid could bring commerce to a halt. With cash, transactions are still possible. With digital payments, civilization comes to an end until power is restored. Unless you have food stored or goods with which to barter, you’re out of luck. Just imagine a city like New York with no power and no way to buy or sell anything. It won’t be pretty. […] With digital currencies such as Bitcoin, there is the problem that they are created out of thin air. One bitcoin represents the successful completion of a cryptographic puzzle, but all that means is that some computing power was used up to create a unique electronic file. That’s all it is, just a series of ones and zeros. There is nothing tangible about Bitcoin and, indeed, if you lose the hard drive on which you stored your bitcoins, those bitcoins are lost forever."

On top of that, the potential for manipulation and the built-in assault of surveillance and tracking is enough to cripple liberties in the world that is cementing its patterns around this new technology.

Related: When Cash Is Outlawed... Only Outlaws Will Have Cash What happens when online platforms don’t like your speech or your rights? What happens if their policy blocks you from buying something – like a gun – that you have the right to buy, or prevents you from spending your money, potentially freezing your account without notice. Again, the Menger Center makes the point:

“Take a look at PayPal, for instance. PayPal’s terms of service forbid use of the service to buy or sell firearms, firearms parts, or firearms accessories. Many individuals who have used PayPal to sell firearms parts find their accounts frozen or shut down by PayPal. Similar things have happened to gun stores having their bank accounts frozen or having their credit card payment processors refuse to process… […] Cases such as this will only be more widespread in the future, especially as governments continue to pursue the war on cash. If cash is eliminated and electronic systems become the only way anyone can pay for anything, all it will take is a little bit of government pressure on payment system operators to stop processing payments for X or Y and voila, you can longer buy X or Y. What good is money in the bank if you can’t use it to buy what you want? In fact, governments may dispense with pressure on payment systems and just monitor transactions as they occur, automatically rejecting payments for goods they don’t want … Every transaction made electronically can be tracked and traced. If every purchase you make is done electronically, your entire purchase history is open to scrutiny."

The powerful banking lobby, of course, wants a digital cashless system, because it will enrich them with transaction fees and penalties, continue and expand fractional reserve lending, and give them the power to monitor all the transactions, at detailed levels with data for every purchase. But despite this monitoring, money and transactions will not necessarily be more secure. You cannot “hold” your money, you must be able to access it, and that depends upon authorization of the system. It can be hacked or erased in a split second. Can you keep the financial system from limiting your rights and invading your privacy?

Keiser Report: War on Cash And how would America under the digital grid – perhaps 10x worse than Greece when the ATM's are shut down, the banks closed, the grid off and cash eradicated, while the population is forced under the yoke. Not only is this grid vulnerable, but it is also becoming unavoidable. Read more: Banning Cash “Necessary to Give Central Banks More Power” Cash Ban: Greeks Face “Permanent Cash Controls and Compulsory Use of Plastic Money” Once Cash Is Banned They Will Be Able To Force You To Buy Products: “Just Tax Their Excess Account Balance” Americans Face Impoverishing War on Cash: “More Big Banks Are Shunning Cash” Want Cash? Next-Gen ATMs Demand Biometric Verification: “Smartphone and Eye Scan To Dispense Money”

The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It February 27 2016 | From: HealthyWildAndFree

Dr. Otto Warburg was the man who discovered the cause of cancer, he was awarded the nobel prize in 1931 for his work.

Initially it was my understanding that he discovered cancer but he actually discovered the cause which in my opinion is even more valuable than discovering cancer. Many people have recognised a problem, a disease, a tumorous lump growing on someone and labeling it a disease. The cause of that disease is even more important and relevant than the disease itself if you want to do something about it. His work came to be known as the “Warburg Effect” or the “Warburg Hypothesis” which basically entailed that cancer cells live off sugar (glycolysis) and that they also thrive in an anaerobic environment. These causes led me to believe the opposite would help to reverse the cancer growth. What do you think? He’s one of the most relevant figures in our history when it comes to cancer, what causes it and how to really treat it. Most people have no idea who this man is though, why is that? is it because of what he has to say about cancer and about disease in general? There’s no question that he was a brilliant man during his time.

The first man to discover the cause of cancer is somewhat like the first man landing on the moon! it’s just the micro and macro scale of things. His discovery led him to certain conclusions. These conclusions that he was led to may be true or false to you but i’m going to leave that up to you to decide. I trust this man (the discoverer of it) more than the American Cancer Society or any other medical organization though because he’s worked to get to a place of excellence and understanding of cancer. Large organisations that take your money for a ‘cure’ or to walk around in a circle wearing pink shirts haven’t done a whole lot with the BILLIONS of dollars poured in for research.

Oddly enough Dr. Otto Warburg gave his two cents on what can be done to treat and heal cancer and what changes need to take place in the human body for the human body to no longer have cancer. Let me say that again! the man who discovered cancer shared practical information on how cancer can cease to exist based on his understanding of cancer in his research. So what was his thoughts on cancer? First, he was quoted as saying: His first belief was that cancer itself cannot exist in an alkaline environment. What conclusion could you draw from this? Foods and drinks that are alkaline are beneficial for helping to remove cancer from the human body. From his research his conclusion was that cancer can not live in an alkaline environment. If you have cancer then wouldn’t it be a natural conclusion to put alkaline foods and drinks such as water into your body as much as possible as opposed to acidic foods which may in fact feed the cancer growth? It’s just a thought. Beyond this Dr. Otto Warburg also said…

“Cancerous tissues are acidic, whereas healthy tissues are alkaline. Water splits into H+ and OH- ions, if there is an excess of H+, it is acidic; if there is an excess of OH- ions, then it is alkaline.”

“All normal cells have an absolute requirement for oxygen, but cancer cells can live without oxygen – a rule without exception. Deprive a cell 35% of its oxygen for 48 hours and it may become cancerous.”

Dr. Warburg has made it clear that the root cause of cancer is oxygen deficiency, which creates an acidic state in the human body. Dr Warburg also discovered that cancer cells are anaerobic (do not breathe oxygen) and cannot survive in the presence of high levels of oxygen, as found in an alkaline state. Dr. Wargburg understood the importance of oxygen and an alkaline environment around the cancerous growth. He even went so far as to say that “No Disease, including cancer can live in an alkaline environment” too. So from Dr. Warburg some of the best cancer and disease prevention (and healing, according to him) advice would be to give your boxy more oxygen and an alkaline environment.

How do you do that? More deep breathing. More nature. If you live in the city you are being bombarded by chemicals and

decreasing oxygen levels. The country and nature have higher levels of pure oxygen and this was one of the keys according to Dr. Warbug to help the body be in an alkaline environment. Not only that but eating alkaline foods such as vegetables and fruits can help to alkalize the body environment as well. Believe it or not Dr. Otto Warburg also wrote a book entitled “Cancer: It’s cause and it’s Cure” which blows my mind. I recommend listening to the recent interview on my podcast with Ty Bollinger as well as reading the Top 6 Cancer Prevention Foods. Related: The Truth About Cancer

Reality Check: Why McAfee Says FBI Really Wants To End Encryption, Not Hack Just One iPhone February 26 2016 | From: TruthInMedia

By now you know that the FBI is demanding and a federal magistrate judge is ordering Apple to build a backdoor to its operating system.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation says they need it for only one phone, only this one time. But nobody is buying that, including the man who says if that is true, he can do it. This is a Reality Check you won’t see anywhere else. The case involves an iPhone belonging to one of the San Bernardino shooters, Syed Farook. Farook’s iPhone, which was given to him by his government employer, is locked and the FBI says they can’t get into it unless they get help from Apple. So what exactly is the FBI asking for?

To be clear, Apple cannot extract information directly from Farook’s - or anyone else’s - iPhone. That is because all data on an iPhone is encrypted. The security measures for iOS 8, which rolled out in 2014, ensure that no one, not even Apple, can access information on an iPhone by sneaking through a software “backdoor.” Now a federal judge says Apple has to create that backdoor. Apple says they fight this all the way to the Supreme Court.

John McAfee is the creator of McAfee security software and is one of the foremost cyber security experts in the world. I spoke to him by Skype, and he says this fight is really over encryption as a whole.

“The problem is that once you put a backdoor into a piece of software, every hacker in the world is going to find it and use it, and [then] we’re in a world of hurt,” he says.

McAfee says that if the FBI is telling the truth about their intentions and they really need to get into just this one, then he and his team of hackers have agreed to hack that San Bernardino shooter’s phone for the FBI for free. And he says they can do it in less than three weeks.

“But what I have done is said, look, you know, if in fact you are sincere in wanting to get access to just that one phone, my team and I will do it,” he says. “We can crack it - easily. I guarantee it. There is no un-crackable encryption. We all know that. They have not responded [to my offer] and I do not think they will because it’s not just that one phone they want. They want a key to everyone’s phone.”

McAfee does say there is a bigger issue at hand, because what the FBI and the federal government is actually doing here is a move that will destroy encryption. In an op-ed he writes;

“After years of arguments by virtually every industry specialist that back doors will be a bigger boon to hackers and to our nation’s enemies than publishing our nuclear codes. “We all say the same thing,” McAfee says. “You can’t do it and keep us safe as a nation. . . . And you can’t do it and keep us safe as individuals. ‘Cause I guarantee that once that backdoor goes in, all of our bank accounts are going to be emptied by the the bad hackers. All of our social security numbers are going to be known.”

What you need to know is that if McAfee is right, the FBI can demonstrate their true intentions easily. Let the nation’s best hackers open that one phone. But if this move is as many people believe - actually a move to force Apple to end encryption then the ramifications are much bigger than government and terrorists. Breaking encryption will impact every American’s privacy, banking, finances and online identity. Encryption isn’t the tool that bad guys use to hide. It is the only thing that actually can make you safe online.

River Stance: Water Pollution In New Zealand February 26 2016 | From: Listener

Ecologist Mike Joy’s unsanitised views of the sorry state of our fresh waterways make him a target of vitriol. But he’s not about to change his tune.

The cool water flowing around Mike Joy’s legs looks clear and clean. If it wasn’t for a stiff southerly blasting over the Canterbury Plains and across the bed of the Selwyn River, it might even look good enough for a quick dip. Related: Horowhenua Horowhenua pensioner bashed in late night attack after highlighting pollution of waterways to Council - not the first such incident But looks deceive. If the pollutants that leach through our intensively farmed soils and into lowland rivers such as the Selwyn made the water run red, we’d quickly grasp the scale of the problem, says Joy. Instead, the water at Coe’s Ford – a spot where he spent blissful days as a Christchurch schoolboy in the 1960s and 70s, and where he now stands as one of New Zealand’s loudest environmental whistleblowers – is polluted by invisible toxins. It’s high in nitrogen, which fuels the growth of slime and algae, and there are regular spikes of E coli, meaning the swimming water quality is ranked as “poor”.

Trout used to run in their tens of thousands up this stretch of the river. Christchurch anglers could knock off after a day’s work and half an hour later be casting their lines into a fishery that rivalled the fabled Turangi. But these days Fish & Game rangers count just dozens of trout. In the middle of the river bed there’s a tell-tale black streak. “It’s Phormidium,” says Joy. The naturally occurring algae thrives in rivers that have been altered by vegetation clearance and enriched by excess nutrients. It can quickly grow into a toxic mat across an entire river bed. Related: A Former Councillor Speaks Out: “Toe the line and deny any pollution by the HDC” was the clear message given by Mayor Within a fortnight of the Listener photographing Joy here, Environment Canterbury had issued a fresh alert warning people to stay away from the site, reporting “significant quantities” of the potentially toxic algae, which can cause rashes, nausea, cramps, tingling and numbness around the mouth and fingertips. And which can kill. There are instances in New Zealand of dogs dying after drinking contaminated river water and licking algae-covered rocks. “It seems it will only be a matter of time before a child dies after ingesting some of this,” Joy predicts.

Typical Joy – focusing on the negatives, looking past the postcard images of crystalline alpine rivers to shout about the ailing state of streams that flow through farmland, publicly undermining our clean green image. He became a household name three years ago after he was quoted in the New York Times on the eve of the release ofThe Hobbit saying the pristine environment portrayed in the film was at odds with this country’s poor showing against many international benchmarks. Previously, an article he’d written saying that New Zealand was “delusional” about its environmental performance was used to embarrass Prime Minister John Key in a high-profile interview with the BBC’s Stephen Sackur. After the New York Times story, political lobbyist Mark Unsworth emailed Joy, accusing the Massey University ecologist of economic sabotage and describing him and his cohorts as “the foot and mouth disease” of the tourism industry.

“Most ordinary people in NZ would happily have you lot locked up,” he wrote.

Political activist Cameron Slater blogged that Joy ought to be “taken out and shot at dawn” for his treachery. [Comment: Oh how the truth hurts. And shoot the messenger?] The New Zealand Herald accused Joy of overstatement, and scolded that his damaging analysis had reached an international audience. When challenged by Sackur, Key shrugged off Joy’s critique as merely a “view” that could be easily countered by other scientists, and insisted that “for the most part” it’s possible to “jump into any New Zealand river” for a swim. Looking back on the backlash, Joy says he was hurt but undeterred. “For every one Unsworth, there are 20 people who randomly email me or ring me and thank me for what I’m doing.”

A $1.27m clean-up to reverse environmental damage in Levin’s Lake Horowhenua began in 2014. The Listener had labelled it a “lake of shame” in 2013 when it was ranked 107th out of 114 lakes for water quality. Photo/Hagen Hopkins

The Way He Sees It He’s carried on putting his head above the parapet, increasingly abandoning the language of academic restraint to tell the story of what he sees as an environmental “crisis”. In the past two years alone he has delivered 102 public talks to environmental, farming, community and school groups. And this month, he has published the story in a long essay, “Polluted Inheritance”. Referencing monitoring reports and studies that normally lie beyond the public gaze in scholarly journals and the archives of regional councils, Niwa and other crown research institutes (CRIs), the essay is effectively a Mike Joy “state of the environment” report – one that paints a far bleaker picture than the official version published a month ago by the Ministry for the Environment. Of 112 monitored lakes, a 2010 Niwa study found 44% are eutrophic – so burdened by excess agricultural nutrients that they have become murky, smelly and inhospitable to many fish, reports Joy. Almost all (90%) our lowland wetlands – the “kidneys of our waterways” – have been destroyed.

Three-quarters of our native freshwater fish are threatened with extinction (up from 20% in the early 1990s), yet only one – the grayling, which has been extinct for decades – has legal protection. Digging through the data on more than 300 monitored river sites, he reports that more than two-thirds of those surrounded by farmland exceed Australasian guidelines for nitrogen levels in water, beyond which aquatic life starts to be affected. That’s up from 40% in 1990. Phosphorous – the other key agricultural pollutant, carried into rivers by soil erosion – exceeds guidelines in most intensively farmed areas (although levels have been slowly falling since the late 1990s). And then there are the tiny creatures whose presence signals the well-being of rivers – invertebrates such as mayflies and stoneflies, which are measured by the Macroinvertebrate Community Index (MCI).

Niwa has mapped MCI scores around the country, painting in red where low insect life denotes serious pollution: the map burns bright red throughout the intensively farmed regions of Canterbury, Southland, Auckland, Waikato and Taranaki. We’ve squandered our environmental riches, argues Joy, and ended up with a pattern of degradation that places an inequitable burden on the poorest communities. Yes, the pristine rivers and lakes still exist, but they are largely in national parks where people with time and money to drive or fly long distances can enjoy them, whereas the worst effects of intensive agriculture are concentrated in lowland rivers and estuaries close to where people live – places which, in the past, have been available to those with limited income for food gathering and cheap recreation.

Mike Joy inspects Phormidium on the gravel bed of the lower Selwyn River, in Canterbury. The felt-like algae can quickly take over a river bed, and can be toxic to animals and humans. Photo/Martin Hunter

Dairy Boom How has it come to this? Farmers, claims Joy, have been “incentivised to pollute”. The dairy-cow population has doubled since 1992 without there being regulation controlling the volume of nutrients and pathogens that flow from their free-range excrement through the soils and into waterways. This intensification has been enabled by new inputs such as palm-kernel expeller (PKE) and a 420% increase in nitrogen fertiliser use since 1990, leading to stocking rates than wouldn’t otherwise be possible. The ability of catchments to absorb the effects has simply been overwhelmed.

Twenty-five years after the dairy boom began, the Government has belatedly written environmental “bottom line” standards for freshwater into the rule book. But in Joy’s view (one shared by many others in the freshwater field), the proposed limits are so weak they would allow for further pollution, and crucial measures of aquatic health, such as the MCI index, have been left out altogether. The underlying problem, he says, is that those who pollute don’t pay to clean up the damage. Instead, the cost falls on the public in the form of a degraded environment and lost opportunities. In his most controversial offering yet, earlier this year he co-authored a paper (with masters’ student Kyleisha Foote and Massey University colleague Russell Death) that extrapolated from a raft of published research on the cost of environmental clean-ups to conclude that if the pollution caused by the dairy industry was properly accounted for it would exceed the industry’s total economic value. The farming sector was scandalised, and academics including Waikato University’s Jacqueline Rowarth and Frank Scrimgeour criticised Joy and his colleagues for naivety and sloppiness.

It's not our fault bro, all we did was turn up

But if it confirmed Joy’s reputation as a stirrer and a troublemaker for the dairy industry, it seems not to have affected his standing with New Zealand’s biggest farmer, Landcorp. Suddenly, Joy – just three years ago condemned as a traitor and saboteur – has found himself inside the room with the leaders of the most influential agri-business in the country. How did that happen? Landcorp chief executive Steven Carden says the strategy of the state-owned enterprise is to achieve both an economic return and environmental sustainability. Joy is one of six paid members of an environmental reference group to advise it on how to achieve that. “We thought we could take the safe path of finding experts who would tell us what we wanted to hear, or we could challenge ourselves and bring in people who are outspoken on the environmental impacts of dairying.” Other group members include veteran environmentalist Guy Salmon, innovative farm consultant Alison Dewes and maverick water campaigner and businessman Angus Robson. Carden says debate in the first couple of meetings was “ferocious”, but the search now is for farming solutions that will work. “We will listen to them … It’s not a green stamp.”

On The Inside Inside the room being listened to by influential people is a surprising place to be for a late-starting scientist who still sees himself as an outsider. Joy’s academic career didn’t begin until he was 33. He ditched school at 17, by which time his policeman father’s job had taken the family from Christchurch to Wellington. He was academically average and a bit of a bogan. “I was a hoon at school, always off chasing girls at lunchtime.”

His first job was in a bottle recycling factory in Petone. “It was rough as guts. I went from school to a full-time job there employing people coming out of jail, overstayers … I became the foreman at 17, running these guys driving trucks and forklifts.” He moved to Palmerston North in pursuit of a girlfriend and got a job on a 65-cow dairy farm, which he ended up managing. “I loved it – loved the cows and the job.” He moved on through a succession of jobs – labouring, truck driving, building. He did a stint driving taxis all night and spending his days doing up a 100-year-old yacht. He bought an empty section up 74 council steps in the Wellington suburb of Wadestown and built a kitset house on it, which is still there. He and his partner, Allie Hewitt, sailed across the Pacific to Tonga, and later found work on a remote outback farm in Australia. The place was owned by two estranged brothers who lived at opposite corners of the 40,000ha property, and it hadn’t seen rain for four years. “We killed 6000 ewes,” recalls Joy. “The farmers had $2 a head in their wool fund to get rid of them. The market was shot.” At night, he and Hewitt would go spotlighting for kangaroos, legally, to sell for dog tucker, which brought in enough cash for the farm to pay their wages.

Dogs are known to have died after contact with the algae on the Hutt River and the Ashley in North Canterbury

When they returned to New Zealand in 1993, jobs were scarce, and both decided to enrol at Massey. By the third year Joy was enrolled in Death’s freshwater ecology lectures, and he became immersed in the field of biomonitoring – using animals as a measure of ecological health.

That interest became the basis for a PhD using artificial intelligence to develop predictive models of fish populations, drawing on a raft of environmental variables including climate and geology. The models describe, with a high level of accuracy, the freshwater fish communities that ought to be present in any given spot, which can then be used as the benchmark from which to identify the reasons the actual population may be depleted. The work was published internationally and, according to Death, was globally “ground breaking”. Up to this point, Joy had no particular concerns about farming or the effect of land use on water.

“I was a fan of farming. I’d been a farmer.” But that started to change. “It was so frustrating, day after day, going to streams, setting up kit and finding the same old suspects – the three species that can handle any conditions instead of the 20 species that ought to have been there. At hundreds of sites, all you ever found were upland bullies and short-finned eels and a few trout.”

He started getting angry at the degradation he was seeing. Then he got angry about the failure of regulators to act on it.

Headline-Grabber

Fifteen years on, that anger has driven Joy onto the podium and into the media with a frequency and stridency that have attracted both respect and resentment from his peers. University of Otago ecologist Marc Schallenberg, president of the Freshwater Sciences Society, says for the most part Joy is simply reporting on publicly available data, and “the message he’s putting out there is right”.

Schallenberg says in his own field work on lakes and estuaries he sees the same decline in water quality that Joy describes, and the cause:

“Couldn’t really be anything else [other than agriculture], unless there is a climate-change signal that none of us has picked up yet… But when you see what’s going on the land and the sheer amount of waste that’s put onto the land – it’s not rocket science.”

But he says most scientists have no appetite for the advocacy role Joy has assumed.

“Scientists often are dispassionate people because part of our training is really just to look at the data and not get passionately involved in any particular outcome or finding … [Joy] has taken a lot of flak and that’s one of the reasons some of us would be reticent. But I appreciate what he does, and more than anyone he has brought these issues into the public perception.”

Given what’s at stake for New Zealand’s agricultural economy, Schallenberg says there’s a tendency among vested interests to “spin” the environmental data;

“So you need people to come out and call a spade a spade and engage with the misinformation that’s out there. I’m quite grateful that Mike is that person for us.”

Waikato University ecologist Kevin Collier vouches for Joy’s scientific credentials and says the message he communicates resonates with him.

“But people make contributions in different ways. Some are more comfortable doing the science through more conventional means and some are more comfortable being a bit more outspoken. Certainly Mike has taken a lot of hits where other people would have given up because it was too hard.”

Others are affronted by Joy’s methods. He has come out swinging against scientists from Niwa (the agency whose monitoring data he widely cites), accusing them, in the midst of the stoush over the proposed Ruataniwha irrigation scheme in Hawke’s Bay, of providing advice on nutrient limits in the Tukituki River that was biased in favour of the client:

“If you were working for Niwa and all your work came from these councils or the Ministry for the Environment … You’ve got to feed the kids and pay the mortgage. Are you going to say it’s a bad idea?”

Joy had breached a cardinal rule of scientific decorum – don’t slag off your peers in public. The Hawke’s Bay Regional Council strongly rejected his comments, and Niwa rejects the allegations as well. Ill-feeling between Joy and the CRI remains. When the Listener approached John Quinn, Niwa’s chief scientist (freshwater and estuaries) for comment on Joy, he politely refused.

“The behaviour we would like to see is where we talk about each other’s work in the context of [conferences and personal communications], not in the media … Having public spats is not helpful for the credibility of science.”

Waikato University’s Professor David Hamilton, immediate past president of the Freshwater Sciences Society, damns Joy with faint praise, calling his academic work “steady”. “He’s productive but he is not at the top of his field. If he was, he’d be a full professor.” Joy, he says, has raised the profile of water issues, but upset peers by casting aspersions on their independence and strayed beyond his core discipline by commenting on issues such as environmental economics and soil

contamination.

The Cost Of Speaking Out Death says his former student and long-time Massey University colleague has taken up the mantle of environmental advocate at considerable expense to his academic career. Joy is a senior lecturer and was declined for promotion to associate professor recently.

The university promotion system works on rewards for publication in scholarly journals, not for talking to community meetings or writing op-eds.

“Traditional science is meant to be about helping the wider public and communicating, but in reality there are so many barriers to doing that, that you have to make a conscious decision to do it.”

Meaning?

“New Zealand scientists tend to want to be like most Kiwis and not antagonise people, but if you go to conferences in the US it’s the complete opposite. They get up and criticise you – not personally – but the science. And that’s what science is meant to be. But New Zealand scientists tend not to want to do that. They tend to want to stay among the crowd and not speak out and upset anybody … The other unfortunate thing is funding. Most of the funding in New Zealand, in contrast to other countries, is very much tied to the Government directly or indirectly, and for whatever reason the Government is quite tightly linked with many of the industry lobby groups, particularly dairy, and dairy is certainly not very keen on us outlining that water quality in New Zealand is degrading as a result of what it is doing.”

Joy’s boss, Massey University vice-chancellor Steve Maharey, has backed the scientist through the various controversies, provided he can support his claims. (Maharey says he can.)

Steve Maharey

But for Joy, there is more at stake than tenure and job security. There’s a fight to be had with the Government over what he sees as bogus bottom-line standards for freshwater; there’s a battle to be won in boardrooms such as Landcorp’s to bring the true cost of environmental degradation to account; there’s a public to be enlightened.

“I’ve decided that this problem is more important to me than my career. This job is the longest job I’ve had in my life. I’m sure I’ll get by if I lose this job. I can go sailing or truck driving. It means far more to me to put guys like [Environment Minister] Nick Smith in the spotlight than it does to keep paying the mortgage. Maybe if I’d been a career academic I wouldn’t be like that … I’m looking for my next opportunity to tell New Zealand about this.” The academic has become an activist, he says, “not because I chose to be, but because I have to be”.

Mike Joy was awarded the Reo mo te Awa award at the Morgan Foundation NZ River Awards on November 26, which Rebecca Macfie helped judge.

Jumping The TPPA Gun Could Backfire [Depending On Your Point Of View] February 25 2016 | From: Greens [This is not a political endorsement but pertinent questions are asked with highly revealing answers]

Yesterday in Parliament I asked the Prime Minister if he is planning to change our laws to implement the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement (TPPA), even before it is clear if the US

Congress will ratify it.

The Prime Minister said he was going to push ahead with changing our laws and wouldn’t wait to see if the US was going to actually ratify the agreement. If Congress doesn’t agree to the TPPA, or if the Japanese Parliament doesn’t, the whole deal falls apart. This is because the TPPA requires ratification by countries representing at least 85 percent of the total GDP, and that means the US and Japan have to be on board. The problem is that it’s far from clear if the US Congress will ever ratify the TPPA in its current form.

A majority is currently opposed. Some members are demanding further concessions for the US tobacco industry or the big

pharmaceutical companies, which would be bad for New Zealand. While President Obama is supportive, none of the Democratic or Republican front-runners to replace him support the TPPA. We could find ourselves in a lose-lose situation where we’ve changed our laws to suit the TPPA, but the TPPA itself never comes into force so the tariffs and other trade barriers don’t disappear for our exporters. So then I asked, if the TPPA becomes null and void because the US Congress dumps it, will New Zealand reverse the changes to our laws that we’ll have already made? The Prime Minister’s answer was no. The Government won’t delay introducing and passing legislation to ratify the TPPA, and then won’t reverse the laws if it doesn’t go ahead.

Figure 1.1: Globalist minion bitches do as instructed

He seems to be saying that we could be left with several alarming changes to our laws, with absolutely no trade benefit in return. These include: Raising the threshold at which Overseas Investment Office approval is needed from $100 million to $200 million, making it easier for overseas investors to buy up our farmland and industry. Changing the length of copyright from 50 years to 70 years, with an annual cost of around $55 million. We’ll also need to establish new enforcement powers for Customs, and new civil and criminal penalties for copyright infringement [in part to shut down websites that expose the actions of the criminal cabal]. Changes to the Patents Act, which are likely to complicate Pharmac’s access to cheaper medicines. Changing the Plant Varieties Act, making it harder for farmers to save seeds for use in the following season, and the Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary Medicines Act to strengthen the rights of agricultural chemical manufacturers. Changes to the Tariff Act and the Customs and Excise Act – dropping our tariffs for other TPPA countries.

Changes to the Trade Marks Act. Thankfully, some of the most alarming aspects of the TPPA, such as the investor state dispute process that allows corporations to sue governments, don’t require legislative change. So if the TPPA does fall apart in the US Congress, we won’t have already swallowed that particular dead rat. But we will have swallowed others.

Mark Zuckerberg Is Claimed To Be David Rockefeller’s Grandson - Facebook Started With $500 Million From The C.I.A. February 24 2016 | From: GoldSilver / TapNewsWire

With all the talk about Facebook of late and the most recent bans / blocking / censorship I thought I would add my 2 cents and perhaps let people know a bit about this lad.

You know when this guy popped on the scene I was curious how he could do such a big start up. So I checked him out. Mark Kuckerberg was revealed by the TapNewsWire. His two grandfathers are David Rockefeller and Maurice (Hank) Greenberg of AIG fame. He has an agenda, in service to the Cabal. Hell, Bill Clinton is apparently the greatgrandson of JD Rockefeller. The change of name is I am sure deliberate to hide who he is as well as his arrest for pot. It doesn’t mean anything to me I was just curious and now with all the new nonsense I wanted to see if anyone else knew this? The Face on Facebook belongs to Mark Zukerberg the alleged homosexual from upstate New York. But what is the most important is that his Grandfather is the 100 year old David Rockefeller. You know the one from the Trilateral Commision, The Bilderberg Group, Owner of the Chase Manhatten Bank, Council on Foreign Relations.

You read this guys bio and its like a who’s who of the NWO planners. The Likes of Henry Kissenger, who refers to us as useless eaters, Allen Dulles who was implicated in the Kennedy assasination. Board of Directors of Exxon, J P Morgan Chase. This guy is friends with every piece of trash that wants us all dead. And then we have his son David who’s son is Mark Zukerberg whos net worth is estimated at 35.7 BILLION. Sick yet? Why he has a different name I have no idea. A search does not reveal the names of his parents. It does list his wife Pricella Chan. So he’s 31 years old with bags full of money and the son of David Rockefeller. I have known this for a long time and I just assumed everyone else knew. So if you did forgive me if you didn’t it should make a few balls fall into place. Zuckerberg means ‘sugar mountain’. That’s their secret word for Facebook no doubt. A mountain of information from which they can extract billions. Bill Gates comes from a multibillionaire eugenicist family, which was kept well hidden in the early years of Microsoft. The same families control it all. Yet is this story true?

That is actually what his business card says:

Related: Mark Zuckerberg Is Claimed To Be Grandson Of David Rockefeller It has been revealed that Mark Zuckerberg is the grandson of David Rockefeller. His true name is Jacob Greenberg, also grandson to Hank Greenberg. He is royalty. Some police records show a Jacob Greenberg was arrested for possession of marijuana when a much younger man. His mugshot was taken, which looks like a younger FaceBook icon with 99% reliability. It was later revealed that this could indeed be the man the world knows as Mark Zuckerberg. Also, the Rothschilds own 8% of FaceBook shares. The hidden agenda for the FaceBook social network is to aid the growth of the police state and one world government movement.

Jacob Rothschild and David Rockefeller

According to the TAP Blog, the venture Facebook was funded with $500 million from a CIA owned bank. One can only wonder if the other giant Googlehas similar disguised progeny. The adopted name Zuckerberg means sugar mountain in German. The fast rising social network is indeed a mountain of information from which they can extract $billions. In recent weeks, the face of FaceBook has been revealed, as numerous members making comments about their support for gun ownership have had their FB accounts frozen, Big Brother at work. The Tap Blog is a collective of motivated researchers and writers who join forces to distribute information and voice opinions avoided by the world’s media. Unless you wish to provide the nefarious leadership crew a constant trail for your life, complete with various control gates, close your FaceBook account.

See the YouTube video that sheds more light on Big Brother . For years the Jackass has refused all invitations, since many of them are actually generated from the FB kitchen in false manner, verified numerous times. FaceBook attempts to expand from computer derived invitations, not human ones, like an electronic cancer. Refusals for LinkedIn and other social media networks are also routinely done. The Jackass would like to add some other famous family lines. Jimmy Carter was fathered by Joe Kennedy Sr. Thus he is half brother to John, Robert, and Edward from Camelot. It seems that Miss Lillian the mother was Joe’s secretary, with more than dictation being taken by the woman when under the elder’s employ. That explains why Jimmy never had a father revealed during his presidency. Not to be outdone, William Jefferson Clinton is great grandson to John D Rockefeller the oil magnate.

John D Rockefeller

Bill Clinton was selected, due to his penchant for bond fraud and keen interest in cocaine binges. After his election and residence at the Arkansas governor mansion, the AirForce base nearby to Little Rock had its runway lengthened threefold by the CIA. It was then suitable to accommodate the larger aircraft that transported narcotics to Panama. The hidden Camelot US Royalty of elite scum goes on.

Stop Censorship: Time For Us All To Finally Break Google, Facebook and Twitter? February 23 2016 | From: TheLastGreatStand

As much as I hate to read that there are other people on the various different social platforms like Google, Facebook, and Twitter who are having the same kinds of problems I am facing when it comes to censorship, reading both the articles referenced below almost provided a sense of satisfaction that I’m not imagining things.

As the video and articles below detail, the level of censorship being used by Google, Facebook, and Twitter today is bordering on simply “unbelievable” to anyone who isn’t experiencing it first hand. When trying to explain to a person who isn’t being censored, the extent to which many of us are being silenced daily, often times we’re looked at like we have five heads. The news media’s job is to report “news,” and yet despite social media giants like Google, Facebook, and Twitter silencing an entire nations of people on social media, the mainstream media says nothing. Why? Because they’re all part of the same giant machine pushing for socialism. The United States is truly entering very troubling times right now, as we head full throttle towards the next iteration of a failed socialist state. Never before in history has a country the size of the United States had any measure of success under socialist principles, but that fact is completely lost on so many of today’s Americans whose only concern seems to be, “What can you do for ME?”

Thanks to the uber liberal Department of Indoctrination… excuse me… I mean Department of Education… our school system has become an abject failure. It shocks the conscious that young people are graduating from universities today with so little “knowledge” of history, that they are flocking to Bernie Sanders in droves because he’s promising them “free college tuition.” They lack the critical thinking skills that would enable them to see past the instant gratification “wants” that idiots like Obama, or Clinton, or Sanders provide for them. As a society, we have failed these young people. How is it that an entire generation cannot grasp the fact that, “there is no such thing as a free lunch?” Last century alone, the utopia promised by Socialist / Marxist / Communist politicians who promised a more “fair” and “equitable” lifestyle for their people came at a cost of almost 100 MILLION dead human beings. The notion that, “it will be different this time,’” is only further proof we’ve failed the youth and our education system is broken. George Santayana once famously said:

“When change is absolute there remains no being to improve and no direction is set for possible improvement: and when experience is not retained, as among savages, infancy is perpetual. Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”

In the following video, the narrator discusses a topic that is becoming all to familiar to some Americans. Luke Rudkowski talks about the shocking and sad news about Twitter’s new algorithm along with their new “Trust and Safety Council” that will be used to censor any conservative leaning voices on what was once a platform of free speech.

In the video above, Rudkowski refers to what he calls the “Death of Twitter.” Much like Facebook, and other social mediums he explains how Twitter is no longer interested in what YOU want to get information about. Instead, Twitter is now using brand new ad friendly and brand friendly algorithms that will TELL you what you should be interested in. If your belief system or values don't align with those of a far left persuasion, and you decide to voice those beliefs, you can expect to get your account suspended or thrown in the “Twitter Gulag” for some indefinite amount of time. Keep in mind, Twitter’s suspension ban, and locking notifications do not inform users which rule they have supposedly broken, instead Twitter simply states that the user has somehow impinged on the the terms of service, and their account is suspended.

Finding out the reason an account has been punished is generally impossible on Google, Facebook, or Twitter. After first receiving an email from Facebook with a survey saying I was one of their “most valuable advertisers,” I responded asking:

“As one of Facebook’s “most valuable advertisers,” why is it that every time ask for Facebook’s policy on posting in groups, so I can make certain I am not in violation of it, none of my emails are responded to?"

Here's the reality: If you openly favor conservative ideals like pro-life, the Second Amendment, or criticize the government’s violation of the Constitution, expect your posts to be censored heavily, or your account banned all together. Everywhere you look, Free Speech is being annihilated. Not only are companies like Facebook, Twitter, and Google, censoring you, they are reporting people to Obama's new Attorney General, Loretta Lynch, who has Created a Gestapo To Target Americans With “Anti-Government Views”. Anyone who reads, The Department Of Justice Prepares To Step Up War On "Domestic Extremists." will most likely be blown away at how militant the government has become about a person's belief system or their religious convictions. Per a Department of Defense training manual obtained by Judicial Watch in a Freedom of Information Act request, we learned that the criteria a SECRET UNELECTED OBAMA OFFICIAL has for determining a “domestic extremist” is as follows:

“Americans who are ‘reverent of individual liberty,’ and ‘suspicious of centralized federal authority’ are possible ‘extreme right-wing’ terrorists. The document linked above also lists people who embrace “individual liberties” and honor “states’ rights,” among other characteristics, as potential “extremists” who are likely to be members of “hate groups.” Finally, the document goes on to call the Founding Fathers, “extremists.”

Writing at Liberty Unyielding on Saturday, retired Naval Intelligence officer J. E. Dyer said that it’s time to “break” the Internet as we know it, starting with the big three social media and search engine sites, namely, Google, Facebook and Twitter.

“They’re all implementing policies to shut down the voices of freedom in their forums,” she said. “It’s one thing to police obscenity and personal attacks. It’s another thing entirely to define the word ‘gun’ as an offense, and bias content-oriented algorithms against it.” "It’s ridiculous to “suspend” users for posting politically conservative content – and yet, in the blogger forums I correspond with, such suspensions are now commonplace. “I’m in Facebook jail” for X number of days has become a constant refrain. We’re not talking about people who use expletives or make threats online. We’re talking about people who merely post conservative sentiments and memes, and links to (very mainstream) conservative websites. The social media and browsing giants are private companies. They can run things the way they want; it’s their dime. But that’s why they need to be broken. They can’t be allowed to become a vehicle for marginalizing non-compliant voices. The default model for social media and browsing needs to be variety, diversity, and freedom – not intellectual conformity. Freedom is what needs to pay off."

She makes a sound argument, citing the weekend’s explosion over Twitter’s arbitrary suspension of blogger Robert Stacy McCain.

Twitter, she notes, has a new policy where speech is monitored and controlled by a “Trust and Safety Council,” which is run by such distinguished enemies of free speech as “Feminist Frequency and the Dangerous Speech Project.” Orwellian? That’s putting it mildly.

Twitter, she adds, is a private company and “can live by delusional bias if it wants to; it should just have to pay a steep price for doing so.” Twitter is also engaging win what’s known as “shadowbanning.” According to Breitbart’s Milo Yiannopoulos, it’s very real:

"Shadowbanning, sometimes known as “Stealth Banning” or “Hell Banning,” is commonly used by online community managers to block content posted by spammers. Instead of banning a user directly (which would alert the spammer to their status, prompting them to create a new account), their content is merely hidden from public view. . . However, Twitter isn’t merely targeting spammers. For weeks, users have been reporting that tweets from populist conservatives, members of the alternative right, cultural libertarians, and other anti-PC dissidents have disappeared from their timelines."

A similar phenomenon is happening at Facebook, Dyer adds:

"Something similar to shadowbanning has been evident at Facebook in the last several weeks, to anyone who runs a conservative Facebook page. The trend that’s been especially noticeable to me is this one: meme images of the type that used to quickly get thousands of shares and likes, and dozens or hundreds of comments, can now go for days and gather only a few dozen shares and likes. What these images have in common is that they’re eye-catching, funny, meme-tastic – and pro-gun rights.

The conclusion is that such memes aren’t getting exposure, because Facebook’s algorithms have been biased against them. This is probably related to Facebook’s recent banning of private, non-dealer gun sales, and presumably is not inadvertent. “Again,” she notes, “Facebook is a private company.” Google, she wrote, has come up “with a new extension for the Chrome browser that will literally change, to suit the pro-abortion user, the language posted to the web by originators. The change this extension will make is to turn “pro-life” into “anti-choice.”"

She goes on to warn of a sort of “weaponised” Internet where those who do not opt in to the Orwellian thought-control can and ultimately will be made invisible and tracked like criminals.

“There was a time when it was enough for conservatives to have success with news and opinion content online. But the Internet is being transformed at a much less visible level now: at the level of basic browsing and social media algorithms, the dynamic but obscure arrangements that enable us to ‘see’ and connect with each other to exchange information,” she said. To deal with this, she said, we must develop an “alternet,” but that will require resources and the will to create something where freedom remains.

I’ve written time and again about the abuses meted out to users by Facebook. Facebook - recently called the world’s most dangerous censor - is already working to shape and control language in Europe, with the blessings of European governments.

“I know there are potential inventors and investors out there,” Dyer said in conclusion. “The market need is obvious, and will only become more so. Get your thinking caps on, and let’s break this thing.” Dyer continues: "What we need now is, literally, alternatives to the existing social media and browsing giants. The giants, acting as administrators of quasi-public spaces, are becoming hostile to intellectual freedom, in a way that will soon turn into predation against it. The model of “all the world” connecting via Facebook is going to have to be shattered, and replaced by a different model in which competition will penalize censorship."

Breaking The Web The good news is that we have a big, disruptive watershed coming up, possibly this year, when the central organization of the Internet is taken out of the hands of the United States government. This is (re)scheduled to happen on 1 October 2016, and it very well might. This will be an unmitigated disaster for today’s Internet freedom, if it does happen. The attacks on Web freedom will begin immediately (although they will be less visible in the U.S.). The shift will start small, but it will be real, and relentless. Within a short time – probably weeks, maybe even days – browsing, providing Internet service, and operating websites will become a significantly different experience for those in more-authoritarian as opposed to lessauthoritarian countries.

America won’t be immune. Without a publicly accountable department of the U.S. federal government in charge, more and more things will begin to happen that hardly anyone knows about, but that will affect everyone. Being surprised and confused that our Web experience is changing is something we can expect within months of the transfer date. So why do I say this is good news? Because it will force us to develop a true “alternet.” The technology is there, but the motivation has been lacking. The day is coming when it won’t be lacking anymore. The outlines of an Internet weaponized against us are already visible: an Internet by which we can be marginalized and punished, and over which we exert less and less discretion as to how much we want to interact with it. But that weaponizable Internet depends on being monolithic, and having the authorization-vetoes of governments hanging over it.

It’s time for a new paradigm of the Internet, one without the infrastructure features we have come to assume are inevitable. The role of the FCC, for example, needs to be fundamentally rethought. I’m not convinced we even need 95% of what the FCC does. A lot has to break to get to a new paradigm – but a lot is going to break. The reason for a customer revolt is scheduled on the calendar, and the giant companies are helping out by trying to make college-campus censorship the standard of dialogue on the Web. I know there are potential inventors and investors out there. The market need is obvious, and will only become more so. Get your thinking caps on, and let’s break this thing.

Vaccine Damage: Olivia's Long Road Back To Health + Media Blackout: France Opposes Vaccines February 23 2016 | From: Stuff / Infowars

"Isn't it crazy that life can be one thing – and in an instant it can be changed forever," a Timaru teenager blogged at the end of last year.

Olivia in Starship Hospital in Auckland in July this year, after her heart changed rhythm and caused her to keep blacking out

Since then she has come to the conclusion that it was no coincidence she fell acutely ill after getting the HPV vaccine. Related: Mainstream media blackout: Physicians in France join growing list of doctors who question vaccine safety Olivia, 16, cannot prove her belief is correct, despite going through 14 months of hell. A week after being vaccinated in July 2014 she become allergic to various foods. Then fatigue and breathing difficulties set in. Over the Christmas holidays she struggled to walk up stairs.

"Following this I got shingles, had poor vision and was dizzy every time I sat up. So basically, I spent those summer holidays in bed."

Back at school in February, Olivia had a breathing episode and her legs failed to hold her weight. She was taken to Timaru Hospital but no diagnosis was forthcoming.

Media Blackout: France Opposes Vaccines France has punched a gaping hole in the fake consensus about vaccines.

Get used to it. We live in an Orwellian landscape. When there is a really serious story that needs to be censored, it is. It gets little or no play. It’s buried. And vaccines is one of those stories. Here, from thevaccinereaction.org, is a shocker: “The French National Debate on Vaccines,” by Marco Caceres, August 19:

"Between 2005 and 2010, the proportion of French people in favour or very in favour of vaccination dropped from 90% to 60% (2013 INPES Peretti-Watel health barometer). The percentage of French people between the ages of 18 and 75 who are anti-vaccination increased from 8.5% in 2005 to 38.2% in 2010. In 2005, 58% of doctors questioned the usefulness of vaccines administered to children while 31% of doctors were expressing doubts about vaccine safety. These figures must surely have increased since then.”

France has punched a gaping hole in the fake consensus about vaccines. In the US and other countries, people are taught there is an overwhelming positive attitude about vaccines. Allowing this story about France to leak and bleed into major media would refute that lie in a second. Not only is consensus built through relentless propaganda, but when the consensus doesn’t exist because the propaganda fails, that fact is blacked out. To put it another way, major media exist to invent consensus, and when they can’t, they hide the fact. American medical reporters for mainstream outlets are among the worst journalists in the world. Over the years, I’ve spoken to some of them. They try to radiate scientific authority, but behind that front they’re a) brainwashed morons or b) sold-out pharmaceutical shills. The shills hype medical drugs, vaccines, and just-over-the horizon research breakthroughs with the phony conviction of latenight infomercial spokespeople.

One reason a high percentage of the French oppose vaccines is: out in the countryside, they still know what good clean food is. Based on several conversations I’ve had with people who live there, the fresh local produce makes American food, by comparison, taste like cardboard. The French understand that real nutrition is a key to preserving health. That’s why pharmaceutical giants are rooting hard for GMOs and pesticides, and are, in some cases, producing them. The more GMOs and chemical poisons on the land, the lower the level of general health, and the easier it is to peddle vaccines and drugs as a necessary answer. That’s how the game is played. Related: France Decides to Opt Out of Vaccines

1924 Newspaper Article Outlines Six Goals Of The Illuminati February 22 2016 | From: TruthStreamMedia

Of course, these days the concept of the Illuminati is much less a shadowy secret society bent on world domination than a cruel inside joke MTV has played out with borrowed symbolism.

But back in 1924, people were very worried about the Illuminati’s plans to take over the world by destroying it. This article in the June 21, 1924 edition of the Joplin Globe laid bare the six “principles” or goals of the Illuminati:

First, the abolition of government. Second, the abolition of patriotism. Third, the abolition of private property rights. Fourth, the abolition of all rights of inheritance. Fifth, the abolition of religion. — and finally — Sixth, the abolition of the family relations.

Marvin also notes that even though the order of the Illuminati had long since disappeared from public view by the 1920s, he was convinced it was alive and well and “responsible for all the radical efforts so well exemplified in recent years by Lenin and his followers in Russia”. The article goes on to spell it out:

“[Marvin] is assured it is operating in America today, seeking first to create mental attitude of unrest, then distrust, and finally, class hatred.”

In 1936, the Fred R. Marvin (1868-1939) mentioned by the Globe would go on to write Fools Gold: An Expose of UnAmerican Activities and Political Action in the United States Since 1860 (which listed him as the “Senator from Alaska” although he was not a Senator and he apparently wasn’t from Alaska either, plus Alaska didn’t even become a state officially until 1959). The chain of custody for these covert actions lands back in the circle surrounding the likes of scheming and well-connected family dynasties such as Harriman, Bush, Dulles, Rockefeller, Rothschild and other fellow travelers, through covert financierstyle foreign policy on behalf of the international banking circles to which they belong. Related: The Actual Structure And Bloodline Families Comprising The Leadership Of The Illuminati Read Antony Sutton’s Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution for detailed information and also Webster Tarpley’s unauthorized biography on George H.W. Bush and perhaps also the Isaacson/Thomas book The Wise Men for an unbelievable account of the behind the scenes power play by acting world architects in the lead up to and aftermath of WWII reordering.

The same characters built up other despotic regimes, not only during the 20th Century, but throughout their sordid and secret history, as with the Bavarian Illuminati‘s sponsorship of the French Revolution during which it worked to undermine the king and trampled over the masses of society. The accounts are detailed, but can be traced through time to the order of men who today congregate at Davos, Bilderberg and above, well inside the ring of power of those orchestrating — if no longer in name, then at least in deeds — as the “Illuminati.” But then again, there are many names; many of the groups are transient. It is a bit of a shell game, after all. Now fast forward to today and take a look around. Notice anything…?

Should I Keep All My Savings In A Bank Or Not? February 21 2016 | From: Jack

In answer to questions about investment and keeping money in the bank for a rainy day in anticipation of an impending global banking liquidity crisis;

Basically the global banks have been printing trillions of dollars out of thin air, and loaning it out to governments, corporations and individuals to buy shares and property thus massively inflating the value of those products. You can see numerous references to this in the Banking Crimes & Criminals section of this website. Related: Open Bank Resolution Policy a Scary Bank Secret This massive mountain of debt is now becoming unsustainable and to temporarily stop the stack of cards from collapsing, they are lowering interest rates down to even negative rates, to delay the inevitable which is now getting very close. Simplified, this unethical process works like this: A young farmer bought a farm at the end of WW2 for $NZ3000 dollars. In 2016, because of inflation in the currency it is now worth $10 million, but he is now too old to farm it so wants to sell it.

Another young farmer comes along who wants to buy it but hasn’t got the money to pay for it, so he goes to his local bank who loans him $10 million to buy it (which money the bank has created out of thin air). The bank give him a cheque, and the young farmer gives the old farmer his $10 million with the bank placing a mort-gage (death-bond in French) over the farm as security for the loan which they have created out of thin air. The old farmer, who by this time is financially well off retires to his holiday home at the beach, and says to his dear wife. Darling, what shall we do with the proceeds from the farm? Dear, she says, I think we will be conservative and just deposit it back in the bank. So they go to their local bank to deposit the $10 million back into the same bank that wrote the cheque for the young farmer in the first place. So all that has happened is that the ownership of the property has been transferred from the old farmer to the bank by way of their mortgage over the security. However, the increase in the deposits held by the bank has risen by $10 million. In New Zealand, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand calls this rise massive in deposits of money created out of thin air C17 Household Deposits.

Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks They keep a record each month of the growth in these deposits in all the banks registered with the Reserve Bank, as do all other countries controlled by the Bank for International Settlements in Switzerland, in turn controlled by the Bank of England. If banks did not take this counterfeit toilet paper out of the system, the whole system would collapse and we would have hyperinflation. When the system soon collapses, the banks are going to steal these C17 household deposits and recapitalise the banks with peoples’ saving through a devious system called Open Bank Resolution. Related: Reserve Bank of New Zealand: Open Bank Resolution Here are the current statistics of C17 Household deposits of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, which shows people are redepositing most of this massive growth in credit back into their savings accounts and superannuation funds – which all will be taken when Open Bank Resolution is implemented.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Note the growth in deposits currently is rising at about $1 to $2 billion per month at present – simply horrendous. now with $151 billion sitting in savings accounts or one and a half times the current market capitalisation of the NZ Stock market at present. They cannot allow this money to be withdrawn to go into share of property investment as it would again double its value over night. As they continue to drop interest rates to negative interest rates, the danger of this happening is guaranteed, and thus is the period that Open Bank Resolution will occur. Look at the list closely! But a house, commercial property or whatever, but do not leave your life savings in the bank or in a superannuation fund! Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money?

Trump Vows: ‘Elect Me And You’ll Find Out Who Really Knocked Down The Twin Towers’ February 21 2016 | From: InfoWars

GOP frontrunner Donald Trump has promised to make public currently guarded secrets surrounding the 9/11 attacks, should he be elected President.

Speaking at a campaign event in Bluffton, SC, Trump continued his onslaught on the Bush presidency by once again raising the issue of the attack on the World Trade Center on 9/11/2001. Related: Trump Correct About Secret 9/11 Report

"We went after Iraq, they did not knock down the World Trade Center.” Trump told those in attendance. “It wasn’t the Iraqis that knocked down the World Trade Center, we went after Iraq, we decimated the country, Iran’s taking over, okay.” Trump continued. “But it wasn’t the Iraqis, you will find out who really knocked down the World Trade Center. Because they have papers in there that are very secret, you may find it’s the Saudis, okay? But you will find out.” “But when I look at a guy like Lindsey Graham, you’ll end up being over in that war forever, you’ll start World War Three.” Trump also noted.

Trump was referring to the 28 pages of the original Joint Congressional Inquiry into 9/11, which remain classified and withheld from the public on grounds of ‘national security’. The pages are thought to implicate the Saudi Royal Family in financing the supposed hijackers in the United States prior to the attacks.

Speaking at a press conference regarding the missing pages in 2014, Rep. Thomas Massie lobbied for the release of the documents stating he read them and that they challenged him to reconsider everything he knew about the event.

"As I read it - we all had our own experience - I had to stop every couple pages and just sort of absorb and try to rearrange my understanding of history for the past 13 years and years leading up to that. It challenges you to rethink everything,” Massie said.

Donald Trump has repeatedly attacked Jeb Bush on the campaign trail and at debates by raising the issue of 9/11, and the intelligence warnings that were provided to the Bush administration and subsequently ignored. Jeb Bush has avoided the issue, and even mocked those who raise it:

Earlier in the week Trump doubled down on the 9/11 accusations, stating:

"I know that the CIA and various other agencies knew that something bad was going to happen and they did nothing about it. They got it wrong.” “The heads of the CIA and the various other agencies weren’t speaking and it was a big problem,” Trump added.

Trump’s comments have prompted establishment Republicans and conservative talking heads to label him a 9/11 truther and a “radical kook”. Related: Trump Insider: Trump Will Audit the Fed

The Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement: Obsolete, At Birth February 20 2016 | From: Werewolf

Already, the European Commission wants to scrap the TPP’s investor-state dispute mechanisms.

One of the great clichés of the Trans Pacific Partnership debate is that the deal is “a comprehensive, high quality, 21st century trade agreement.” Conveniently, this flatters the self-image of TPP proponents – who like to think of themselves as rational, forward-thinking economic realists, even as they dismiss TPP critics as misinformed, overly emotional, anti-American featherbrains with an ingrained hostility to all forms of free trade. Prime Minister John Key has gone out of his way to frame the debate in those terms . So then, what are we to make of the fact that one of the central elements of the TPP – the “investor state dispute settlement” (ISDS) mechanisms – is already obsolete? In November, barely two months after the TPP deal was completed, the European Trade Commission formally presented to the US its proposal to scrap the existing ISDS system, and to replace it in all future trade deals with an Investment Court System. The EC envisages for instance, that this new system – and not the ISDS tribunals enshrined in the TPP – should govern any and all trade disputes arising from the upcoming Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP).

"The EU has formally presented to the US its proposal for a reformed approach on investment protection and a new and more transparent system for resolving disputes between investors and states: the Investment Court System... The final text includes all the key elements of the Commission’s proposal of 16 September, which aims at safeguarding the right to regulate and create a court-like system with an appeal mechanism based on clearly defined rules, with qualified judges and transparent proceedings. The proposal also includes additional improvements on access to the new system by small and medium sized companies. The new system would replace the existing investor-to-state dispute settlement (ISDS) mechanism in TTIP and in all ongoing and future EU trade and investment negotiations. Today marks the end of a long internal process in the EU to develop a modern approach on investment protection and dispute resolution for the TTIP and beyond,” said EC Trade Commissioner Cecilia Malmstrom.

Malmstom has elaborated on the concerns that she has about the current ISDS system. Ironically, her concerns echo the same criticisms of the ISDS tribunals that TPP opponents in New Zealand have expressed, and that the likes of Key and Steven Joyce continue to pooh-pooh. As Malstrom puts it:

"From the start of my mandate almost a year ago, ISDS has been one of the most controversial issues in my brief. I met and listened to many people and organisations, including NGOs, which voiced a number of concerns about the old, traditional system. It’s clear to me that all these complaints had one common feature – that there is a fundamental and widespread lack of trust by the public in the fairness and impartiality of the old ISDS model. This has significantly affected the public’s acceptance of ISDS and of companies bringing such cases."

So how do we create public trust? Malmstrom asks herself:

"We need to introduce the same elements that lead citizens to trust their domestic courts. Concretely, I want to restore trust by setting up an Investment Court System under TTIP – one that is accountable, transparent and subject to democratic principles.

It will be judges, not arbitrators, who sit on these cases. They must have qualifications comparable to those found in national domestic courts, or in international courts such as the International Court of Justice or the WTO Appellate Body. Also – the judges will be publically appointed in advance. And, like in courts, you won’t be able to choose which judges hear your case. Furthermore, we will guarantee there is no conflict of interest. Again, like in domestic and international courts, the judges won’t be able to continue any activities which might interfere with their judicial functions. Finally, I want to introduce an Appeal Tribunal. Just like in domestic legal systems and the World Trade Organization. The Investment Court System will also enshrine governments’ right to regulate. Our proposal includes a direct instruction to the judges, which the appeal tribunal will ensure is properly respected. All this will be done in a system where there is even greater transparency than in domestic courts, with all documents online and all hearings open to the public. An overview of the proposal can be found here. The full text of the proposal along with a reader’s guide is also available."

In other words, the European Trade Commissioner has heard, and shares, many of the same concerns that TPP opponents have voiced about the foreign investment mechanisms contained in the TPP. Moreover, the EC has formally proposed a means to resolve them. So… why should New Zealand – which has two years to ratify the TPP – rush into: a) Ratifying an ISDS process that the European Commission has deemed to be faulty and b) Where an alternative system that resolves many of its faults is in train and which c) Is very likely to be included in the next cab off the global trade rank : the TTIP. Surely, even Phil Goff can see the wisdom of holding fire, and implementing what Malmstrom is advocating.

If we want a TPP that is truly a high quality, comprehensive, 21st century deal the answer is obvious : we should wait for as long as is possible within the two year window open to us, and seek to incorporate the Investment Court System within it. ( Probably, the US Congress won’t be voting to ratify the TPP until 2017.) That wouldn’t make the TPP an ideal document, or even a very good deal for the wider public. But it would improve it, and it would help to remove one of the central, entirely valid public objections to it. At the very least, we should not be rushing into rubber-stamping a deal whose most contentious feature is outmoded and out of step with where trade policy is now headed, via the upcoming TTIP. In the meantime, Key and Joyce should stop badmouthing the New Zealanders who feel concerned about ISDS. Because it is Key and Joyce who are pushing an out-of-date measure that was never fit for purpose.

Throughout the debate on the TPP, there have been claims and counter claims about whether ISDS mechanisms do pose a threat to this nation’s sovereignty. Proponents point to previous trade deals containing ISDS provisions that have not – yet – resulted in threats to sovereignty. These ‘so far, so good’ responses are illogical – in that they don’t follow the same logic that we pursue in areas such as arms proliferation, where we pre-emptively try to minimise the dissemination of potential dangers, rather than waiting for them to blow up in our face before deciding to act. In that respect, surprisingly little of the sovereignty debate on the TPP has mentioned the precedents that exist in ISDS case law, which give ample reason for concern about the ability of nation states to remain able to regulate in the public interest. The rest of this article will cite some of the relevant precedents.

1. Actions Against Government’s Regulating for Environmental Reasons Example : Bilcon of Delaware Inc v Canada et al. One of the most contentious areas of ISDS case law is the extent to which countries can be held liable after: a) Giving investors every indication that a project would be welcome and would proceed, but then b) Backtracking after factors such as the environmental impact (and the political reactions to it) have been assessed. Ultimately, it all hinges on the extent to which the early representations made by the host state (or region) are deemed to have aroused ‘legitimate expectations’ among the investors that then qualify them for compensation if the project is subsequently quashed.

Obviously, countries (and needy regions) routinely make rosy overtures to investors before the full implications (and the environmental impacts and political blowback) of the project become known. Not all of these enticements render the host country legally liable. Yet one can readily imagine the likes of John Key or Murray McCully or Steven Joyce promising the moon to a wealthy prospective foreign investor in New Zealand’s oil exploration or mining sectors, and then ordering public servants to make it happen. Any rash promises (that the permit system will be no problem etc) can return to bite a host country, in court.

Because under certain conditions, such enticements generate ‘legitimate expectations’ under the ‘fair and equitable treatment’ standard. The question becomes one of just how specific, and just how unambiguous those enticements must be in order to land the host country in multi-million dollar trouble. The relevant cases here are Waste Management v United Mexican States, Parkerings-Compagniet AS v Republic of Lithuania, and Sampra Energy International v the Argentine Republic. In that last case, the ruling confirmed that the ‘ legitimate expectations’ rule applies ‘when the investment has been attracted and induced by means of assurances and representations.’ The 2015 case that put major heat on the TPP negotiators to reach a consensus wording about when and how ISDS provisions should apply was Bilcon v Canada, a case taken under the NAFTA trade deal. In a majority opinion delivered last March, the courts found that Canada had to pay compensation to US investors who had been planning to build a quarry in Nova Scotia – that is, until regional and federal panels vetoed the quarry on the grounds that it would damage the environment and would ‘breach core community values.’ A Toronto Globe and Mail article on the Bilcon case can be found here.

This ruling now lays Canada open to a $300 million damages suit. It came just one month after Canada was ordered to pay $US17.3 million in compensation to Exxon Mobil (and its joint partner) after an ISDS panel ruled that the provinces of Newfoundland and Labrador had violated NAFTA by imposing research requirements retro-actively onto offshore oil producers, as part of a benefits package to the local regions adjacent to where the oil was being extracted. Good law, or a case of ‘corporate bullying’ being richly rewarded? As University of Vienna legal expert Stefan Dudas has pointed out, the Bilcon finding against Canada was all the more important given the ‘abundance’ of ISDS treaty disputes worldwide that are related to the mining sector.

"There are more than 130 cases registered with ICSID [World Bank}alone that deal with oil, gas and mining disputes, and broken promises by host state officials is a recurring issue.”

The Bilcon firm successfully argued that Nova Scotia and Canada had shifted the goalposts on the environmental standards for the quarry after the company had responded to their welcoming noises, and Bilcon further alleged that this change of heart had been politically driven.

In his minority dissent, as reported in the Toronto Globe and Mail article cited above, University of Ottawa law professor Donald McRae counter-claimed that the Bilcon ruling represents a ‘significant intrusion’ into domestic jurisdiction, and would ‘create a chill’ among environmental review panels that will now be reluctant to rule against projects that would cause undue harm to the environment, or to human health. Dudas, while sympathetic to the investors, reaches a not dissimilar conclusion about the Bilcon outcome :

"[It] confirms that host State representations, assurances or promises aimed at persuading a specific investor to make an investment commitment may give rise to reasonable expectations that can result in, or at least serve as starting point for a breach of the international minimum standard of treatment if the State does not live up to its word….. While one may understand the desire of capital-importing states to attract foreign investments….a lesson to be learnt from past experience is that encouragements to invest by state officials should not be taken lightly, especially when environmental-law concerns are at stake."

So how does this relate to the TPP? Last September, the influential US Congressman Sander Levin wrote a well publicised memo seeking re-assurance that TPP negotiators would devise language to shut the stable door on the ISDS provisions, in order to ensure: a) That the Bilcon findings could not be repeated and b) That the burden of proof was shifted onto the investor, by requiring them to prove that any damage done to their ‘realistic’ profit expectations had truly been due to ‘arbitrary’ changes of policy by the host country. Unfortunately, such sensible safeguards have not been built into the final TPP text – and safeguards that were contained in a leaked 2012 TPP draft of the ISDS provisions have now been dropped. Certainly, some side issues have been addressed. Tobacco health policy by governments has been exempted from ISDS challenge, and frivolous suits will be harder to bring – yet the ambit of what can be subject to ISDS challenge has actually been expanded. Financial regulation will now be subject to ISDS. This means that – for example – the government’s discretion to regulate the marketing of the kind of toxic instruments that

created the GFC only six years ago, will henceforth be liable to ISDS challenge. Also, under the finalized TPP, the World Trade Organization rules on the creation, limitation or revocation of intellectual property rights will be ISDS-actionable. Before now, this wasn’t the case.

The list goes on…under the final TPP text, no requirement has been placed on disgruntled foreign investors to first seek redress in the New Zealand courts before launching their ISDS actions. As a consequence, foreign firms will be free to bypassd our courts and shop around overseas for an ISDS tribunal with a track record of sympathy for their grievances. Even when governments win, they will remain be liable for ISDS tribunal costs, which as Public Citizen has pointed out, currently average around $US8 million per case. Crucially, the burden of proof in ISDS cases has not been shifted in line with the Levin memo. It is easy to see why multinational corporations – having just had their powers to challenge, punish and intimidate sovereign governments via the ISDS tribunals whose reach has just expanded by the TPP – would be hostile to the more impartial and more transparent judicial system that Malmstrom and the European Commission is proposing to replace the ISDS tribunals.

Obviously, any future court cannot allow itself to be shackled by the narrow and flawed precedents set by that system. In the coming weeks and months, John Key and his fellow travellers (eg, Phil Goff ) should explain why they would want to rush to ratify the TPP and the ISDS provisions it contains, when a fairer system that’s better able to allay public fears, is already waiting in the wings. Footnote : Here are some other cases that illustrate how the ISDS procedures pose a genuine risk to the sovereign right of governments to rule in the public good. Much of this subsequent information comes from Pia Eberhardt’s July 2014 report “Investment Protection At A Crossroads” published by Friedrich Ebert Stiftung, a think tank associated with the Social Democratic Party (SPD). Since December 2013, the SPD has been part of a grand coalition led by Angela Merkel. Where I can, I’ve updated Eberhardt’s paper.

2. ISDS Actions Against Governments Seeking to Phase out Nuclear Plants Example: Vattenfall v. Germany (II): Aberhardt’s precis: ‘Since 2012, the Swedish power company Vattenfall has been suing the German government on the basis of investment protection rules in the multilateral Energy Charter Treaty. Vattenfall wants over 3.7 billion euros in compensation for the decommissioning of the Krümmel and Brunsbuttel nuclear power plants in the context of the German nuclear phase-out following the Fukushima disaster. Both of these fault-prone reactors were already offline when the German parliament passed the law to phase out nuclear power.’

My footnote: A previous case brought against Germany by Vattenfall was settled via an agreement by the Germans to water down their environmental permit system, in favour of the corporation. The settlement of this previous Vattenfall case is summarised here:

"The Vattenfall I Dispute Case (2009–2011) Regarding Environmental Regulations Applying to the Coal-Fired Power Plant Hamburg-Moorburg In 2009, the company Vattenfall filed its first complaint against the German federal government with the ICSID in Washington, D.C. This was the first (known) investor-state arbitration procedure against Germany. At issue in that case was the construction of a new coal-fired power plant in Hamburg-Moorburg, situated on the River Elbe. The Hamburg Environmental Authority had issued a licence imposing water quality standards, which, according to Vattenfall, made the whole investment project “unviable.“ The corporation argued that the environmental permit violated the provisions set out in Part 3 of the Energy Charter Treaty regarding the promotion and protection of investments and proceeded to file a compensation claim against Germany of about €1.4 billion, plus arbitration costs and interest. The dispute between Germany and Vattenfall was settled in the spring of 2011, with Germany agreeing to a watered down environmental permit in favour of the corporation."

It should be noted that this watering down of government regulation occurred even though the claim that Vattenfall had suffered damage had been rejected by the ISDS panel.

3. ISDS Actions Against Governments Seeking to Regulate to Limit the Environmental Damage Caused by Fracking Example: Lone Pine v. Canada: Aberhardt summary: ‘The oil and gas company Lone Pine has been suing Canada since 2012 for $250 million in Canadian dollars in damages. Because of the danger of environmental destruction posed by fracking, the province of Quebec issued a moratorium on the controversial deep drilling technique and in this context revoked a number of drilling licenses.'

Lone Pine is headquartered in Canada, but it is suing the country through a letterbox company in the US tax haven of Delaware based on the investment protection provisions in the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) between the US, Canada and Mexico. My footnote : this case seems to be ongoing. This confidentiality order issued in March 2015 and the subsequent redactions perfectly illustrate the difficulty in the public gaining any transparency about the ISDS tribunal procedures, even though the public may end up footing the bill.

4. ISDS Actions Against Governments Seeking to Regulate to Ensure Water Protection Example: Pacific Rim v. El Salvador: Aberhardt : ‘Since 2009, the mining company Pacific Rim has been conducting a lawsuit against a mining moratorium in El Salvador based on the investment protection rules in the Central America Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA) between the United States and several Central American countries.

The moratorium was imposed following massive popular protests against environmental destruction and water pollution from mining activities. Because Pacific Rim cannot open its planned gold mine »El Dorado« as a result, the corporation wants 301 million US dollars in compensation for the loss of the expected profits, hence about 1 per cent of the gross domestic product of the country. Pacific Rim is headquartered in Canada (which is not a party to CAFTA) and is conducting its action through a subsidiary in the US state of Nevada.’ My footnote : a January 2016 Counterpunch article on the fracking/water protection issues in North America with respect to ISDS can be found here.

5. ISDS Actions to Limit Corporations Having to Pay Compensation for Environmental Crimes Example: Chevron v. Ecuador: Eberhardt: 'Since 2009, the US multinational oil company Chevron has been suing Ecuador on the basis of the United States-Ecuador investment agreement, because it had been sentenced by Ecuadorian courts to pay 9.5 billion US dollars in compensation to indigenous communities for massive environmental pollution – wrongly, according to Chevron. To date, the three-man tribunal which is hearing the case has found in favour of the corporation and has called upon the government of Ecuador not to carry out the sentence.

Lovin' their Loosh

The fact that Ecuador has rejected this by appeal to the separation of powers in its constitution is now being interpreted by Chevron as a violation of the standard of »fair and equitable negotiation« in investment law – for which Chevron is in turn seeking compensation.' My footnote. On January 20, 2016, a District Court of Justice panel in the Hague found in favour of Chevron on its counterclaim for a $106 million arbitration award against Ecuador. The International Court has not yet ruled on the central $9.5 billion claim. Ecuador is appealing the arbitration decision. Clearly, this case should be special interest to Maori in their role as kaitiaki over customary rights, in the event of an oil spill. Ecuador is not only being denied compensation for the pollution damage that its indigenous communities have suffered at the hands of Big Oil, but it has been successfully counter-sued by Chevron for the way it went about bringing its suit.

6. ISDS Actions Against Governments Trying to Regulate to Protect their Banking Systems Example: Poštová Banka & Istro-kapital v. Greece: Eberhardt: 'The Slovak Poštová Banka and its Cypriot shareholder Istrokapital have been suing Greece since 2013 on account of the haircut on the country’s sovereign debt. In 2010, Poštová Banka had bought Greek government bonds at a knockdown price.

When Greece was negotiating a reduction of the debts with its creditors two years later, the bank opposed the haircut. The legal basis for the action is provided by bilateral investment agreements between Greece and Slovakia and between Greece and Cyprus. The level of damages demanded is not known.' My footnote : In mid 2015, a court ruling found in favour of Greece, in a ruling that largely turned on the different treatment of loans and bonds under the relevant treaties. Again, this ruling should be of interest to New Zealand, given the widening of the TPP’s ambit to include financial regulation.

7. ISDS Actions to Prevent Governments from Regulating to Raise the Minimum Wage Example: Veolia v. Egypt: Eberhardt summary: 'Since 2012, the French utility company Veolia has been suing Egypt based on the bilateral investment agreement between France and Egypt for an alleged breach of a contract for waste disposal in the city of Alexandria.

The city had refused to make changes to the contract which Veolia wanted in order to meet higher costs – in part due to the introduction of a minimum wage. In addition, according to Veolia, the local police had failed to prevent the massive theft of dustbins by the local population. According to media reports, Veolia wants 82 million euros in compensation.'

My footnote : as far as I can tell, this case is still pending. But there is a more extensive account of the case – and that is more sympathetic to Veolia – available here.

8. ISDS Actions to Prevent Governments to Acting Reverse the Illegal Privatisation of State Assets Example: Indorama v. Egypt: Eberhardt summary : 'Since 2011, the Indonesian textile group Indorama has been suing Egypt because an Egyptian court ordered the re-nationalization of a textile factory that had been privatized – according to the court, unlawfully – under the Mubarak regime.

The judgement had been preceded by a strike and occupations by textile workers calling for the re-nationalization of the company and for better working conditions and wages.' (Perry 2011) My footnote : this case was finally settled in July 2015. The company claimed $150 million as compensation; the settlement awarded them $55 million.

9. ISDS Actions to Prevent Governments from Regulating to Ensure Cheaper Medicines Example : Eli Lilly v. Canada: Eberhardt: 'The US pharmaceutical company Eli Lilly has been conducting an action since 2013 against Canada’s patent law on the basis of the investor protection in NAFTA, because Canadian courts had declared two of its patents on medicines void.

The patents for Strattera to treat attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder and Zyprexa to treat schizophrenia were revoked because the promised benefit had not been adequately demonstrated in a short test phase with a small number of test persons. Eli Lilly wants 500 million US dollars in compensation and is also attacking Canadian patent law, according to which a patent is granted only if the promised benefits of an invention can be adequately proven at the time of the patent application.' My footnote : the progress of this case can be followed here. The latest manoeuvre – a belated jurisdictional challenge – suggests that Canada is running out of options to avoid another defeat under NAFTA.

10. ISDS Actions to Prevent Governments from Regulating in Favour of Environmental Protection Example: Renco v. Peru: Eberhardt: 'Because the mining company Doe Run had not satisfied the promised environmental protection measures at a metal smelting plant in the town of La Oroya in the Peruvian Andes, the government revoked its operating licence.

As a result, the corporation has been conducting a lawsuit since 2011 based on the bilateral United States-Peru free trade agreement through its US parent, the Renco Group, for 800 million US dollars in damages. Environmental organizations have repeatedly declared La Oroya to be one of the most polluted places in the world…'

My footnote: the outcome in this case seems to be still pending.

The Pyramids & Orion's Belt February 20 2016 | From: NassimHaramein / TheResonanceProject

Explore Orion's Belt and the pyramids with physicist Nassim Haramein as he points out the evidence showing the absurdity of the 'mainstream' version of reality of ancient structures - along with some mindblowing discoveries.

Nassim Haramein was born in Geneva, Switzerland in 1962. As early as 9 years old, Nassim was already developing the basis for a unified hyperdimensional theory of matter and energy, which he eventually called the 'Holofractographic Universe.' Haramein has spent most of his life researching the fundamental geometry of hyperspace, studying a variety of fields from theoretical physics, cosmology, quantum mechanics, biology and chemistry to anthropology and ancient civilizations. Combining this knowledge with a keen observation of the behavior of nature, he discovered a specific geometric array that he found to be fundamental to creation and from which the foundation for his Unified Field Theory emerged.

Read more at: TheResonanceProject

The Strangest Banking Trend that No One Thought Could Happen, Is Happening February 19 2016 | From: AtlasObscura

For centuries, if you gave someone a loan, that money usually came with a cost. This cost, otherwise known as interest, whether formalised in legal documents, agreed to with a handshake, or enforced with an implicit or explicit threat, was one of the few constants in banking.

But for some of the world’s largest government banks, an idea that was dismissed as outlandish has recently become a strange reality: negative interest rates. Related: Banking & Negative Interest Rates: The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer It's exactly as it sounds - Banks can now charge people for the privilege of holding their money. This would seem to de-incentivize formerly desired behavior. Why would depositors continue to buy government bonds if it made more financial sense, on paper, to stuff it in their mattress? In 2009, however, Sweden became the first country in modern times to lower interest rates below zero, both to fight the 2008 financial crisis and to avoid a so-called liquidity trap, when money becomes trapped in government banks.

Less than five years later, the European Central Bank, which administers monetary policy for the eurozone, also installed negative interest rates - currently at negative 0.3 percent. The Bank of Japan became the most recent government bank to do so, narrowly voting in January to adopt a negative 0.1 percent rate. Government banks for years encouraged spending by lowering interest rates on government bonds and other investments, getting ever closer to zero and, in the process, steering depositors toward spending money instead of stashing it away. The influential British economist John Maynard Keynes [cabal minion - pictured left] predicted decades ago that government banks might someday consider negative interest rates to hasten this process, in part to help fight low inflation or deflation. But Keynes didn’t actually think it would happen, not expecting that anyone would pay banks to hold their money instead of withdrawing it as cash. Yet, Sweden’s 2009 lowering of rates - seemingly without many of the negative consequences that some economists had predicted - paved the way for larger government banks to experiment with the approach. The European Central Bank lowered its rate twice more after initially going below zero in June 2014.

The phenomenon created ripples stateside even though negative interest rates remain a tough sell in the U.S. Investors felt the most immediate effects, as bank stocks in Europe took a dive after government banks went below zero. Consumers may see lower rates but negative interest rates doesn't mean that, say, banks will suddenly give you money when you take out loans. Retail banks probably won't be charging consumer depositors to hold their money any time soon, lest they risk a bank run.

Anything is possible, though. Their swift transformation from theoretical abstraction to real possibility seemed unlikely as soon as three years ago, when former Treasury Secretary Larry Summers floated the idea, only to be dismissed by many economists, who argued then that negative interest rates would unnecessarily spook investors.

“It could affect confidence and be a challenge to the animal spirits,” Joseph LaVorgna, the chief economist for Deutsche Bank, told Bloomberg then.

Other commentators insisted that negative interest rates would likely never happen on American soil, because, as economics blogger Felix Salmon said, they were possibly "un-American.” (Salmon did allow for the possibility that it was more of a psychological problem than a real one. If you pay fees on your checking account, he pointed out, you’re likely already paying a negative interest rate in real terms, even if you don’t know it.)

American officials also expressed skepticism. Negative interest rates weren’t an idea they considered “very seriously,” Federal Reserve Chair Janet Yellen said in September 2015. (Some experts, meanwhile, questioned whether negative rates could potentially expose the Fed to legal risk, though the courts have generally given the Fed wide latitude in administering monetary policy.) Just last week, however, Yellen walked back previous statements that going below zero wasn’t much of a possibility. Yellen said that a chance of a recession in 2016 meant that the Fed would be considering every option for boosting the economy, including negative interest rates.

“I wouldn’t take those off the table,” she said.

UK Minister Holds Top-Level Defence Talks In Wellington + MP Gareth Hughes Calls New Zealand Prime Minister John Key On Poor Leadership February 19 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

A British Foreign Office Minister is visiting New Zealand in the first top-level meeting since Foreign Secretary Philip Hammond was here a year ago.

Hugo Swire, Minister of State for Asia-Pacific, will hold talks with Foreign Minister Murray McCully, Defence Minister Gerry Brownlee and Climate Change and State Services Minister Paula Bennett. He will also address business leaders at a Trans-Tasman Circle function and discuss the UK’s expertise in infrastructure, innovation and Smart Cities in a roundtable with the regional “metro mayors.” While in Wellington, Mr Swire will lay a wreath at Pukeahu National War Memorial Park and visit the site of the proposed UK memorial there. At Weta Workshops, he will inspect design and engineering plans for the UK memorial and also visit the Great War Exhibition, designed by Sir Peter Jackson.

Mr Swire will attend the opening night on Friday of the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo in Wellington before visiting Christchurch to meet Mayor Lianne Dalziel to hear about the rebuild on the eve of the five-year anniversary of the February 22, 2011, earthquake.

Gareth Hughes On The NZ Prime Minister's Poor Leadership Shame on the politicians (esp. PM Key) who weren't in Parliament to hear this epic speech. Everyone should hear Gareth's wise words.

NASA-Funded Study: Over 32 Advanced Civilizations Have Collapsed Before Us, And We’re Next In Line February 18 2016 | From: WaldenLabs

As any long-time reader of this column knows, we routinely draw from historical lessons to highlight that this time is not different.

Throughout the 18th century, for example, France was the greatest superpower in Europe, if not the world. But they became complacent, believing that they had some sort of ‘divine right’ to reign supreme, and that they could be as fiscally irresponsible as they liked. The French government spent money like drunken sailors; they had substantial welfare programs, free hospitals, and grand monuments. They held vast territories overseas, engaged in constant warfare, and even had their own intrusive intelligence service that spied on King and subject alike.

Palace of Versailles

Of course, they couldn’t pay for any of this. French budget deficits were out of control, and they resorted to going heavily into debt and rapidly debasing their currency. Stop me when this sounds familiar. The French economy ultimately failed, bringing with it a 26-year period of hyperinflation, civil war, military conquest, and genocide. History is full of examples, from ancient Mesopotamia to the Soviet Union, which show that whenever societies reach unsustainable levels of resource consumption and allocation, they collapse. I’ve been writing about this for years, and the idea is now hitting mainstream. A Research paper funded by NASA highlights this same premise. According to the authors:

"Collapses of even advanced civilizations have occurred many times in the past five thousand years, and they were frequently followed by centuries of population and cultural decline and economic regression.”

The results of their experiments show that some of the very clear trends which exist today - unsustainable resource consumption, and economic stratification that favors the elite– can very easily result in collapse. In fact, they write that “collapse is very difficult to avoid and requires major policy changes.” This isn’t exactly good news. But here’s the thing - between massive debts, deficits, money printing, war, resource depletion, etc., our modern society seems riddled with these risks.

And history certainly shows that dominant powers are always changing. Empires rise and fall. The global monetary system is always changing. The prevailing social contract is always changing. But there is one FAR greater trend across history that supercedes all of the rest… and that trend is the RISE of humanity. Human beings are fundamentally tool creators. We take problems and turn them into opportunities. We find solutions. We adapt and overcome. The world is not coming to an end. It’s going to reset. There’s a huge difference between the two. Think about the system that we’re living under. A tiny elite has total control of the money supply. They wield intrusive spy networks and weapons of mass destruction. They can confiscate the wealth of others in their sole discretion. They can indebt unborn generations. Curiously, these are the same people who are so incompetent they can’t put a website together. It’s not working. And just about everyone knows it. We’re taught growing up that ‘We the People’ have the power to affect radical change in the voting booth. But this is another fairy tale.

Voting only changes the players. It doesn’t change the game. Technology is one major game changer. The technology exists today to completely revolutionize the way we live and govern ourselves. Today’s system is just a 19th century model applied to a 21st century society. I mean - a room full of men making decisions about how much money to print? It’s so antiquated it’s almost comical. But given that the majority of Western governments borrow money just to pay interest on money they’ve already borrowed, it’s obvious the current game is almost finished.

When it ends, there will be a reset… potentially a tumultuous one.

This is why you want to have a plan B, and why you don’t want to have all of your eggs in one basket. After all, why bother working so hard if everything you’ve ever achieved or provided for your children is tied up in a country with dismal fundamentals? If you agree with me, then feel free to share this article with your friends so they also can get a plan B in place. They’ll be glad they did. This is just one aspect of self-reliance. You'll find more in our 100% free online Self-Reliance Catalog, a carefully curated collection of the best in self-reliance & resilience The goal of The Self-Reliance Catalog is to help you know better what is worth getting and where and how to do the getting, whether that “thing” is a plant, a tool, a book, or even a design for a home or greenhouse.

Russia Bans All U.S. Corn And Soy Imports Due To GMO Contamination February 18 2016 | From: NaturalSociety

Russia’s food safety regulator Rosselkhoznadzor just announced a complete ban starting February 15 on all US corn and soy imports.

This is a huge blow to organic and GM farmers alike, though the ban will be instated due to genetically modified crop and microbial contamination. Though the total exports to Russia from the US are small in comparison to soybean exports, totaling over $156 million in recent years, with Russia importing only 4,742 metric tons of U.S. corn, the ban will still hurt US farmers. Assistant Director of the Rosselkhoznadzor, Alexey Alekseenko said:

“Restrictions will be imposed on imports starting from February 15. They (the US) have to establish a system to ensure safety of products imported to Russia.”

China has issued similar bans in the past due to GM contamination, and only recently did an “about face” on the issue. US corn exports to the country recently dropped by 85% after a report detailing GM contamination was released. Putin recently said that Russians need to be protected from GM crops. The food latest ban follows that credo. According to the regulator, the corn imported from the US is often infected with dry rot of maize. In addition, according to the Russian watchdog, corn can be used for transgenic crops in Russia. The potential damage from import and spread of quarantinable objects on the territory of Russia is estimated at 10-15 bln rubles ($126 mln-189 mln) annually.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

So, a combination of microbial disease and genetically mutated genes are both a concern for Russia, China, and multiple other countries who are refusing GM imports from the US. Just months ago, President Putin’s meeting with US Secretary of State John Kerry revealed the Russian leaders “extreme outrage” over the Obama regimes continued protection of global seed and plant bio-genetic giants Syngenta and Monsanto.

The Control-Matrix Is Crashing Because The Truth-Seekers Are Winning February 17 2016 | From: ZenGardner

The way the masses view the world is a farce. Every single mainstream perspective is either purposely deceptive, or completely misses the point. Even the people in places of influence who we’re meant to trust have either sold out, or are just plain ignorant to the facts.

There’s no need to have a heavy heart though; the matrix of control is crashing because the truth-seekers are dealing heavy blows to the false narratives that have for too long shaped the collective mindset of humanity. Of course the internet can be celebrated for being the primary mechanism which has amplified the sharing of information across location, race, culture and belief systems. In retrospect, the powers-that-will-no-longer-be would be kicking themselves for not trying harder to institute their insidious plan for humanity prior to the birth and growth of the worldwide-web. Make no mistake though; they have been very successful on many fronts. For example, try to imagine a world where: Most journalists don’t report the real news; The majority of doctors don’t truly understand the causes of poor health and how to legitimately resolve it; A high proportion of politicians don’t know how the money supply works and what the agenda is of those who control it; Many so-called expert scientists ‘believe’ in a discredited philosophy which resembles a dogmatic religion; The majority of teachers don’t realize they’re teaching a system of indoctrination that nowhere near gets close to the information and critical thinking that should be afforded our kids; and The masses are not only ill-informed, divided and feverishly fighting against each other over small and irrelevant topics, but they’re also sleepwalking through one of the most majestic and reverent realities that could have ever been conceptualized. Well, welcome to our world.

Example One: TVNZ 'News' at 6pm has degenerated to half an hour of agenda-spun cherry-picked utter bullshit, followed by half an hour of Breadand Circus distractionary sports in order to further placate the fluoridated, chemtrailed masses. This is the first of two examples of the laughable unbridled investigative journalism that spoon-feeds the sheeple here in New Zealand today. But don't worry - because after that there are hours and hours of cheap and nasty, brain-numbing 'talent', cooking and home renovation embarrassments too.

As we begin what we call the 21st Century, every system that should be designed to facilitate the health and vitality of the people has been hacked with lies, deception, dysfunction and disharmony. It’s easy to think that this is an embarrassment for our species because it’s beneath our intelligence and ethical capacity, yet there’s no need to lose faith in the inevitable betterment of humanity, including the way in which we organize and economize our societies. Why? Because all of this dysfunction has been an effective driver of the collective awakening that is rising in the hearts and minds of humanity. The inspiring fact is that more and more people are slowly waking up and realizing we all have the opportunity to come to our own, informed opinion on the truth, pertaining to both the spiritual and systemic realities. So many more people now understand the mainstream news is not to be taken seriously as its not where we can find information which is aligned with the deeper truths.

Example Two: TV3 'Newshub' at 6pm has degenerated to half an hour of agenda-spun cherry-picked utter bullshit, followed by half an hour of Breadand Circus distractionary sports in order to further placate the fluoridated, chemtrailed masses. For desert, another half hour of 'infotainment' twaddle follows.

They’re also acknowledging that we have the choice on what we decide to personally stand and fight for, as well as the legacy we leave for our children and our future generations. Beware though; once we exit the matrix of control we’re faced with some serious challenges. We have a lot of inner work to do, such as designing a philosophy that ensures we’re at peace, as well as exercising patience in the quest to take back our liberties and design a legitimate and honorable future for humanity. That’s why we’ve got to feel for those who have been long aware of the many dysfunctions of our world, especially those who have not learned peace and patience. Slowly they’ve watched: The military-industrial-media-politico-banking complex increase their power and continue their pillage across the world; Pharmaceutical monopolies amplifying the drugging of society, as well as keeping many of us sick so that they maximize their profits; Movements rise up only to be vilified and disassembled, such as the Occupy Movement; Science turned into a corporate institution, as well as further hijacked by an inaccurate and small-minded philosophy of reality; Wars purposely created with millions of people dying for the whims of the shadow empire; Radical extremists massaged into proxy armies to do dirty work for the collapsing power structure; Air, medicine, food and water becoming purposely more toxic; Governmental policy increasingly being determined by corporate/elite interests; Police being militarized all around the globe; The education model struggling to become less of an indoctrination system; and

The agenda of global governance becoming closer to fruition. Some people have known about much of this for decades, so we should commend them for continuing to fight the good fight. They might have witnessed some disheartening developments, yet as much as all this sounds dire, they’ve also seen millions of people disengage from the propaganda narratives and align themselves with the systemic and spiritual pathways that will be the next stage of our evolution.

The point is that even though we need to be patient and persevere, we should recognize and celebrate the achievements that have been made so far. As I discussed in a previous article called “Whilst the Old System Crashes a New One is Being Built”, there are: Economists who want to transform the Keynesian model to legitimate alternatives; Teachers who understand the massive holes in the indoctrination system called public education; Scientists who want to evolve the way energy is created and shared; Health practitioners who see the limits of mechanistic and pharmacological medicine and the need for the reintroduction of natural and plant-based therapies; Journalists who demand that the media monopolies need to be disassembled; Environmentalists who want to transition the way food is grown and distributed; Community leaders who aim to reintegrate them to better support its members; Politicians who understand the democratic system has been hijacked by big money; Activists who campaign for revolutions in our value systems; and Futurists who want to change the systemic template for our societal health and well-being. There are many beautiful souls who are leading the charge by attempting to redesign our society back into alignment with the natural laws of our universe. We should be one of them, regardless of which way we personally decide to contribute. To do that, we all need to be super clear within ourselves what we believe and what we want to change. There are many ways to do it too, so finding our passions and strengths is critical to playing our own small part in the shift.

It is simply no longer acceptable to keep our heads in the sand; either we’re a minion of the system or we’re not. Of course its difficult to completely disconnect from the way resources flow through the control channels, yet that needn’t stop us from talking about it, sharing information online and somehow contributing, no matter how small, to local and global movements which aim to transition humanity into the new paradigm of abundance. After all, the truth is what it is, and it is exposing itself to the world by powerfully flowing through all of us. Ultimately, we needn’t wait for the zombie apocalypse because its already arrived. Most people are good people, yet the masses have been brainwashed into thinking in ways that are absolutely nowhere near aligned to the truth. They might be sleepwalking through a time where the tipping point for the conscious society builds, but that doesn’t mean they’re not salvageable. That’s why we all have a responsibility to help facilitate waking up the collective so that together we’re more empowered and informed to really bring about a future of justice and honor that we can all be proud of.

To do so, let me give you some advice. Don’t get frustrated, don’t be rude, don’t belittle, don’t condemn. We all had to wake up at one stage so its hypocritical if we are. Instead, be calm, be cool, be real, be articulate. Know the information that you advocate like the back of your hand. If we want to be successful in helping others to face the delusions then we need to ensure their defense mechanisms aren’t raised so they’re more likely to be open and receptive to embrace the truth.

And one more thing; hang in there guys and be patient, we’ve still got a long, arduous way to go but we know all the effort will be worth every second.

Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations February 17 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

A Nobel prize winning economist, former chief economist and senior vice president of the World Bank, and chairman of the President’s council of economic advisers (Joseph Stiglitz) says that the International Monetary Fund and World Bank loan money to third world countries as a way to force them to open up their markets and resources for looting by the West.

Do central banks do something similar?

Related: Capitalism Has Become Socially Dysfunctional - How We Have Fallen Victim To "Economic Hit Men" Economics professor Richard Werner – who created the concept of quantitative easing – has documented that central banks intentionally impoverish their host countries to justify economic and legal changes which allow looting by foreign interests.

He focuses mainly on the Bank of Japan, which induced a huge bubble and then deflated it – crushing Japan’s economy in the process – as a way to promote and justify structural “reforms”. The Bank of Japan has used a heavy hand on Japanese economy for many decades, but Japan is stuck in a horrible slump.

But Werner says the same thing about the European Central Bank (ECB). The ECB has used loans and liquidity as a weapon to loot European nations. Indeed, Greece (more), Italy, Ireland (and here) and other European countries have all lost their national sovereignty to the ECB and the other members of the Troika. ECB head Mario Draghi said in 2012:

"The EU should have the power to police and interfere in member states’ national budgets. ... I am certain, if we want to restore confidence in the eurozone, countries will have to transfer part of their sovereignty to the European level. ... Several governments have not yet understood that they lost their national sovereignty long ago. Because they ran up huge debts in the past, they are now dependent on the goodwill of the financial markets."

And yet Europe has been stuck in a depression worse than the Great Depression, largely due to the ECB’s actions. What about America’s central bank… the Federal Reserve? Initially – contrary to what many Americans believe – the Federal Reserve had admitted that it is not really federal (more).

But – even if it’s not part of the government – hasn’t the Fed acted in America’s interest? Let’s have a look …

The Fed: Bailed out foreign banks … more than Main Street or the American people. The foreign banks bailed out by the Fed include Gaddafi’s Libyan bank, the Arab Banking Corp. of Bahrain, and the Banks of Bavaria and Korea Offered to bail out Mexico, if it would agree to join the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) Threw money at “several billionaires and tens of multi-millionaires”, including billionaire businessman H. Wayne Huizenga, billionaire Michael Dell of Dell computer, billionaire hedge fund manager John Paulson, billionaire private equity honcho J. Christopher Flowers, and the wife of Morgan Stanley CEO John Mack Bailed out wealthy corporations, including hedge funds, McDonald’s and Harley-Davidson Artificially “front-loaded an enormous [stock] market rally”. Professor G. William Domhoff demonstrated that the richest 10% own 81% of all stocks and mutual funds (the top 1% own 35%). The great majority of Americans – the bottom 90% – own less than 20% of all stocks and mutual funds. So the Fed’s effort overwhelmingly benefits the wealthiest Americans … and wealthy foreigninvestors Is largely responsible for creating the worst inequality in world history Turned its cheek and allowed massive fraud (which is destroying the economy). Fed chair Greenspan took the position that fraud could never happen. Fed chair Bernanke also falsely stated that the big banks receiving Tarp money were healthy when they were not Acted as cheerleader in chief for unregulated use of derivatives at least as far back as 1999 (see thisand this), and is now backstopping derivatives loss And for subprime loans Allowed the giant banks to grow into mega-banks, even though most independent economists and financial experts say that the economy will not recover until the giant banks are broken up. For example, Citigroup’s former chief executive says that when Citigroup was formed in 1998 out of the merger of banking and insurance giants,

Greenspan told him, “I have nothing against size. It doesn’t bother me at all” Argued that economists had conquered the business cycle, and that modern, technologically advanced financial markets are best left to police themselves Preached that a new bubble be blown every time the last one bursts Had a hand in Watergate and arming Saddam Hussein, according to an economist with the U.S. House of Representatives Financial Services Committee for eleven years, assisting with oversight of the Federal Reserve, and subsequently Professor of Public Affairs at the University of Texas at Austin. See this and this Intentionally discouraged banks from lending to Main Street, which has increased unemployment and stalled out the economy Moreover, the Fed’s main program for dealing with the financial crisis – quantitative easing – benefits the rich and hurts the little guy, as confirmed by former high-level Fed officials, the architect of Japan’s quantitative easing program and several academic economists. Indeed, a high-level Federal Reserve official says quantitative easing is “the greatest backdoor Wall Street bailout of all time”. And see this. Some economists called the bank bailouts which the Fed helped engineer the greatest redistribution of wealth in history.

Tim Geithner – as head of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York – was complicit in Lehman’s accounting fraud, (and see this), and pushed to pay AIG’s CDS counterparties at full value, and then to keep the deal secret. And as Robert Reich notes, Geithner was “very much in the center of the action” regarding the secret bail out of Bear Stearns without Congressional approval. William Black points out:

"Mr. Geithner as President of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York since October 2003, was one of those senior regulators who failed to take any effective regulatory action to prevent the crisis, but instead covered up its depth”

Timothy Getiner

Indeed, the non-partisan Government Accountability Office calls the Fed corrupt and riddled with conflicts of interest. Nobel prize-winning economist Joe Stiglitz says the World Bank would view any country which had a banking structure like the Fed as being corrupt and untrustworthy. The former vice president at the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas said said he worried that the failure of the government to provide more information about its rescue spending could signal corruption.

"Nontransparency in government programs is always associated with corruption in other countries, so I don’t see why it wouldn’t be here,” he said.

But aren’t the Fed and other central banks crucial to stabilize the economy? Not necessarily… the Fed caused the Great Depression and the current economic crisis, and many economists – including several Nobel prize winning economists – say that we should end the Fed in its current form. They also say that the Fed does not help stabilize the economy. For example:

"Thomas Sargent, the New York University professor who was announced Monday as a winner of the Nobel in economics … cites Walter Bagehot, who “said that what he called a ‘natural’ competitive banking system without a ‘central’ bank would be better…. ‘nothing can be more surely established by a larger experience than that a Government which interferes with any trade injures that trade. The best thing undeniably that a Government can do with the Money Market is to let it take care of itself.’”

Earlier U.S. central banks caused mischief, as well. For example, Austrian economist Murray Rothbard wrote:

"The panics of 1837 and 1839 … were the consequence of a massive inflationary boom fueled by the Whig-run Second Bank of the United States.

Indeed, the Revolutionary War was largely due to the actions of the world’s first central bank, the Bank of England.

Specifically, when Benjamin Franklin went to London in 1764, this is what he observed:

When he arrived, he was surprised to find rampant unemployment and poverty among the British working classes… Franklin was then asked how the American colonies managed to collect enough money to support their poor houses. He reportedly replied: “We have no poor houses in the Colonies; and if we had some, there would be nobody to put in them, since there is, in the Colonies, not a single unemployed person, neither beggars nor tramps.” In 1764, the Bank of England used its influence on Parliament to get a Currency Act passed that made it illegal for any of the colonies to print their own money. The colonists were forced to pay all future taxes to Britain in silver or gold. Anyone lacking in those precious metals had to borrow them at interest from the banks. Only a year later, Franklin said, the streets of the colonies were filled with unemployed beggars, just as they were in England. The money supply had suddenly been reduced by half, leaving insufficient funds to pay for the goods and services these workers could have provided. He maintained that it was “the poverty caused by the bad influence of the English bankers on the Parliament which has caused in the colonies hatred of the English and . . . the Revolutionary War.” This, he said, was the real reason for the Revolution: “the colonies would gladly have borne the little tax on tea and other matters had it not been that England took away from the colonies their money, which created unemployment and dissatisfaction.”

(For more on the Currency Act, see this.) And things are getting worse … rather than better. As Professor Werner tells Washington’s Blog:

"Central banks have legally become more and more powerful in the past 30 years across the globe, yet they have become de facto less and less accountable. In fact, as I warned in my book New Paradigm in Macroeconomics in 2005, after each of the ‘recurring banking crises’, central banks are usually handed even more powers. This also happened after the 2008 crisis. [Background here and here.] So it is clear we have a regulatory moral hazard problem: central banks seem to benefit from crises. No wonder the rise of central banks to ever larger legal powers has been accompanied not by fewer and smaller business cycles and crises, but more crises and of larger amplitude."

Georgetown University historian Professor Carroll Quigley argued that the aim of the powers-that-be is:

"Nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.” This system is to be controlled “in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements,” central banks that “were themselves private corporations.”

Given the facts set forth above, this may be yet another conspiracy theory confirmed as conspiracy fact.

In Syria, If You Can’t Find Moderates, Dress Up Some Extremists February 16 2016 | From: LandDestroyer

The BBC’s latest production is as absurd as it is transparent and abhorrent.

Upon reading the increasingly desperate headlines pumped out by the Western media as Western-backed terrorist forces begin to fold under an effective joint Syrian-Russian offensive to take the country back, readers will notice that though the term “moderate rebels” or “moderate opposition” is used often, the Western media is seemingly incapable of naming a single faction or leader among them. Related: Journalist Eva Bartlett: “I’m Back From Syria. The Media Is Lying To You!” The reason for this is because there are no moderates and there never were. Since 2007, the US has conspired to arm and fund extremists affiliated with Al Qaeda to overthrow the government of Syria and destabilize Iranian influence across the entire Middle East. Exposed in Seymour Hersh’s 2007 article, “The Redirection Is the Administration’s new policy benefitting our enemies in the war on terrorism?,” it stated explicitly that:

“The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda."

The “catastrophe” the Western media constantly cites in its increasingly hysterical headlines is the predictable manifestation of not Syrian and Russian security operations ongoing in Syria today, but of the conspiracy described by Hersh in 2007 that has indisputably been put into play, starting in 2011 under the guise of the so-called “Arab Spring.”

If Major Yaser Abdulrahim looks like he’s never wore his FSA uniform out into the field, that’s because he hasn’t. He is not a member of the FSA at all, and is instead a commander of the Fatah Halab, an umbrella group for Al Qaeda affiliates armed and funded by both the US and Saudi Arabia.

When the West does attempt to give names and faces to these so-called “moderates,” it is a simple matter to trace them directly back to Al Qaeda.

The BBC’s “Rebel Commander” Plays Dress-Up In a recent video report published by the BBC titled, “Syria conflict: Rebels ‘feel abandoned’ by Britain and US,” BBC’s Quentin Sommerville claims he “secretly” contacted US-backed rebels from Turkey. The alleged “remote” interview was covered in both locations by professional camera crews, despite Sommerville claiming the situation was so bad, the rebels could not be reached. The “senior rebel commander inside Aleppo” interviewed by the BBC was none other than Yaser Abdulrahim.

Faylaq Al-Sham’s flag is clearly seen in the video of the BBC’s fake FSA commander when out in the field. Yaser Abdulrahim is seen out among other terrorists, missing his crisp, brand new FSA uniform and devoid of any FSA insignia.

Despite appearing in a brand new, crisp “Free Syrian Army” uniform never worn once into the field, and sitting beside an equally pristine “Free Syrian Army” French colonial flag, Yaser Abdulrahim has absolutely no affiliations with the otherwise nonexistent “Free Syrian Army.” Despite appearing in a brand new, crisp “Free Syrian Army” uniform never worn once into the field, and sitting beside an equally pristine “Free Syrian Army” French colonial flag, Yaser Abdulrahim has absolutely no affiliations with the otherwise nonexistent “Free Syrian Army.”

Syria: Before and after US / NATO 'intervention'

Instead, he is a commander of Faylaq Al-Sham, composed of Al Qaeda terrorists and Muslim Brotherhood extremists. Faylaq Al-Sham and its commander Yaser Abdulrahim, according to Sommerville himself, are part of the larger Fatah Halab

umbrella group which also includes Al Qaeda affiliates Ahrar ash-Sham and Jaysh al-Islam – the latter of which literally placed civilians in metal cages on rooftops to use as human shields against Syrian-Russian airstrikes. Human Right Watch, in their report titled, “Syria: Armed Groups Use Caged Hostages to Deter Attacks,” would reveal that:

“In the course of fighting between armed groups and government forces in the nearby `Adra al-`Omalia in December 2013, Jabhat al-Nusra and Jaysh al-Islam abducted hundreds of civilians, mostly Alawites, according to the United Nations Commission of Inquiry on Syria. The hostages, many of them women and children, are being held in unidentified locations in Eastern Ghouta. The concern is that they are among those in these cages."

The Human Right Watch report is also very alarming, considering it implicates Jaysh al-Islam, a member of Yaser Abdulrahim’s Fatah Halab, as collaborating and fighting alongside US State Department listed terrorist group, Jabhat alNusra.

The US State Department’s official statement listing al-Nusra as a foreign terrorist organization, titled, “Terrorist Designations of the al-Nusrah Front as an Alias for al-Qa’ida in Iraq,” states:

“Since November 2011, al-Nusrah Front has claimed nearly 600 attacks – ranging from more than 40 suicide attacks to small arms and improvised explosive device operations – in major city centers including Damascus, Aleppo, Hamah, Dara, Homs, Idlib, and Dayr al-Zawr. During these attacks numerous innocent Syrians have been killed. Through these attacks, al-Nusrah has sought to portray itself as part of the legitimate Syrian opposition while it is, in fact, an attempt by AQI to hijack the struggles of the Syrian people for its own malign purposes."

It appears, ironically enough, that through the deception of the Western media, al Nusra has been amply assisted in fully

hijacking “the struggles of the Syrian people for its own malign purposes.”

BBC’s “US-backed rebel commander” heads a faction that includes the terrorist Jaysh al-Islam faction who caged civilians and used them as human shields outside of Damascus. The US insists that Syria and Russia must negotiate with such organizations and that such organizations should play a role in Syria’s future.

The BBC’s abhorrent dressing-up of literal members of Al Qaeda and their affiliates in their recent interview fits into a larger pattern of deceit aimed at salvaging the conspiracy described by Hersh in 2007, but upended when in late last year, the Russian Federation upon the invitation of the Syrian government, intervened in the conflict. With Aleppo teetering at the edge of liberation from what are clearly terrorist forces – the BBC’s propaganda and propaganda like it being propagated by the West represents a cynical attempt to perpetuate – not end – the suffering of the Syrian people. What is worse still, is that the BBC claims their Fatah Halab-Al Qaeda umbrella group commander dressed as a member of the “Free Syrian Army,” is “US-backed.”

This is either an attempt by the BBC to further deceive their audiences as to who the man they interviewed really was, or an inadvertent admission that the United States is in fact funding the very terrorist groups and their associates, populating their own US State Department list of foreign terrorist organizations. Whatever the case, the fact that even a carefully staged production like the one published by the BBC is easily exposed as a deliberate attempt to cover up the terroristic identity of what’s left of the West’s “rebels,” adds further imperative to the Syrian government and their Russian, Lebanese, Iraqi, and Iranian allies to end the war and fully restore order to the entirety of Syria’s territory. To negotiate with “rebels” who are clearly terrorists dressed in literal costumes, is an absurdity the West would never accept foisted upon them – thus, no other nation on Earth should accept the West foisting such terms upon them.

How Big Pharma Gets Away With Selling 'P' / Methamphetamine To Children: By Renaming It 'Adderall' February 16 2016 | From: NaturalNews

In a recent appearance on All In with Chris Hayes on MSNBC, drug abuse and addiction expert Carl Hart of Columbia University made a shocking claim:

There isn't much difference between the demonized street drug methamphetamine (also known as meth or crystal meth) and the prescription drug Adderall. In a recent appearance on All In with Chris Hayes on MSNBC, drug abuse and addiction expert Carl Hart of Columbia University made a shocking claim: There isn't much difference between the demonized street drug methamphetamine (also known as meth or crystal meth) and the prescription drug Adderall. It's not the first time Hart has raised this idea. In a 2014 report, Hart and co-authors Joanne Csete and Don Habibi, also from Columbia, examined in depth the effects of meth on the brain, concluding that there is no discernible difference in the effects of any amphetamine, whether prescription or illicit.

FDA Says Meth Okay for ADHD, Weight Loss First, some definitions: Amphetamines are a class of chemicals that are used both medically and recreationally. The street drug known as "meth" may refer to either methamphetamine or dextroamphetamine. "Crystal meth" is a more specific form, methamphetamine hydrochloride.

The authors of the report note that both popular and scientific literature regularly make meth out to be much stronger and more addictive than other amphetamines.

"Such statements, however, are inconsistent with the empirical evidence," they wrote. " In carefully controlled laboratory studies of human research participants, [dextroamphetamine] and methamphetamine produce nearly identical physiological and behavioral effects.... They both increase blood pressure, pulse, euphoria, and desire to take the drug in a dose-dependent manner. Essentially, they are the same drug."

That means amphetamine drugs such as Adderall - prescribed to treat narcolepsy and "attention deficit hyperactivity disorder" (ADHD) in children as young as two - are in fact no different in action from meth. In fact, the active ingredients of Adderall are actually 75 percent dextroamphetamine salts; the other 25 percent are other amphetamines. That's why the drug is also used to enhance mental and athletic performance, and recreationally to produce a euphoric "high."

There's another FDA-approved drug that's even closer to crystal meth: the active ingredient of Desoxyn is methamphetamine hydrochloride - which is, literally, crystal meth. Desoxyn is approved for treatment of ADHD (even in the absence of any nervous system dysfunction) and as a weight-loss drug.

The Absurdities of Drug War Politics

That means that Adderall, Desoxyn and other prescription amphetamines likely carry the same risks as meth. According to Hart and colleagues, one of the main risks of long-term amphetamine use is toxicity to the brain cells that produce dopamine and other monoamine neurotransmitters. This appears to occur because large doses of amphetamine abnormally boost dopamine levels in the brain, leading to the production of cell- and DNA-destroying free radicals.

"This, in turn, could lead to persistent deficits in the functioning of dopamine-containing cells," the researchers wrote.

They note that recreational drug users may be somewhat insulated from this effect, because they tend to start with small doses and increase their usage over time. The worst effects in animal studies were seen in drug-naive animals given a large dose repeatedly. The authors do not mention if this could happen to children abruptly given high doses of ADHD drugs. Related: 4 Facts About ADHD That Teachers & Doctors Never Tell Parents

Other known risks of long-term amphetamine use include stroke and "paranoia mimicking full-blown psychosis." Hart and colleagues note that the artificial division between meth and drugs such as Adderall is typical of the politics-driven "War on Drugs." In 1986, for example, Congress passed a law making the penalties for crack possession 50 times more severe than the penalties for cocaine. But these are chemically the same drug and produce identical effects. The only major difference is that crack is typically smoked rather than snorted, leading to higher blood concentrations of the active ingredient.

"To punish crack users more harshly than powder users is analogous to punishing those who are caught smoking marijuana more harshly than those caught eating marijuana-laced brownies," the researchers wrote.

Government Versus Anarchy February 14 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Insiders versus Outsiders:

The problem: Government is the problem, NOT the solution. After nine years of grinding deepening recession, it’s time to change course. In a democracy Governments are elected by the people to serve them, but not to be the authoritarian dictator as is the case. Governments have taken all the power, and means to intoxicate your way of living. They have got the power to tax, detain, imprison, torture, and send young men and women to fight wars in foreign countries that not even have been a threat. They regulate, hamper businesses, debase the money, obstruct trade by embargos, and control anything that comes to mind. Governments clearly are not serving the public, worse they are people’s enemy, Enforcing security checks at airports without any real protection, but creating business for its government pals. With the purpose leaving people to wonder who will safeguard them against theft and violence, convincing them that of course it is their Government as an institution that steals and aggress against them.

In virtually every Western country we see a 'red party" and a "blue party" - nothing more than two masks on the same face of the globalist agenda

People entrust the course of justice to an institution that obscenely corrupts it. People are made to remain under tutelage to surrender to government their liberties and opportunities; they wouldn’t dare be caught without. The power of modern representative government is that it cheats the masses into believing that they are insiders too. They are encouraged to vote and to believe that their vote really matters. Obviously, it matters not at all. Generally, voters have no idea what or whom they are voting for. Often, they get the opposite of what they thought they had voted for anyway. Government is a phenomenon, not a system. It is best understood as a fight between the outsiders and the insiders. The insiders always control the government, and use it to take control of the outsiders. Why do they want to do so? The usual reasons are Wealth, Power, and Status.” In short: Government is an institution wherein the “insiders” steal the wealth, power and status from the “outsiders.”

Monopoly: Government is a monopoly. And as far as monopolies go, it is the lowest strain in the field of management that hates competition. Government does not steer clear of competition because it is stronger, wiser and superior in providing value to human beings, but simply because it alone has the power to keep others from being stronger, wiser and superior over it, while setting the bar pretty low for itself. So it’s no surprise that government is often the embodiment of complacent, unsupervised corruption.

Government and Banks are insolvent. And as the ruin spreads, so does the modern blight of authoritarian globalisation. Apart from regime change, there are only three things that can correct this trend. That’s the competition of the free market, the removal of the legal tender monopoly of the Central Banks given by the government, and the elimination of all regulatory bodies. Fractional Reserve Banking: [Click on the image to open a larger version in a new window]

Most people may already understand today that banks are acting immorally. But their naive belief in government prevents them from seeing that the banks could not do what they do without the government. These are two different entities in collaboration of fleecing the people they should take care of!

Cabal’s Defeat: The day the cabal is defeated, people will see the system for what it is, as many times before on this site logically and understandably is explained. – Don’t stop waking up people until the cabal has surrendered, as they are the criminals “behind the curtain” and correctly people realise that their only intend is to ruin all outsiders. The more people are awake the easier it is to remove the cabal for once and forever. Most people have no idea how the financial world works. They think investments go up or down and one makes money depending on their luck or skill - just like in any other game. However they don’t know the game is rigged to the hilt.

Central banks make credit available to the big banks at preferential rates. The banks then earn a fat “spread” by making loans to government, industry, and households. They make money from lending, and with the debt of the lending they create new money out of nothing, then again by packaging and selling the debt to investors, pension funds, and insurance companies they make even more money, while their risk is sold off to someone else in the process. Everything is fine until the credit cycle turns down. Then marginal debtors can’t pay and marginal – subprime or junk – debt loses value. Stocks and real estate go down, too. Everybody loses money. And everyone wants the Fed and central banks to “do something.” What can they do? – Make credit even cheaper!

Central Banks’ Failure: The day the Fed and all other central banks will cease to exist that will be the first day with really good news for all of us. The world will encounter its first price stability and real growth since more than a century ago when the Fed was founded. – As result of the central control and market manipulation by these central banks the world’s financial system has proven its failure by its abysmal performance.

The biggest problem is that people generally think this system is more virtuous because of the very things that make it destructive. As its inability to create wealth or value in the markets, which is the only proof people need to judge its true honesty. Deceptively, these high and mighty institutions look something like this: 1. Steal productive wealth from people who help raise the standard of living 2. Use that money to regulate the disadvantaged and less productive and push them into poverty 3. Encourage much of the population in dependency 4. And subsequently point the finger at the outsiders from which the productive wealth has been stolen in the first place as the primary cause of the problems, to facilitate in the process the enrichment of the “evil capitalists” that are the insiders. French philosopher Bertrand de Jouvenel (1903 – 1987) explained:

"Only those who know nothing of anything but their own, are completely in the dark as to the manner of Power’s behaving through thousands of years, would regard these proceedings [nationalization, the income tax, etc.] as the fruit of a particular set of doctrines."

Whether it is Socialist or Democrat, the Power must always be at war with the capitalist authorities and plunder these capitalists of their accumulated wealth; in doing so, it obeys the law of its nature. Murray Rothbard (1926 – 1995) said:

"The last few centuries were times when men tried to place constitutional and other limits on the State, only to find that such limits, as with all other attempts, have failed.”

Friedrich von Hayek, (1899 – 1992) of the Austrian school of economics, wrote in his seminal work the Road to Serfdom:

"By giving the government unlimited powers, the most arbitrary rule can be made legal; and in this way a democratic elected government may set up the most complete despotism imaginable.”

Power Structure: The Khazarians – who number in the thousands – have much more power and authority than 100 million voters. Research shows that if they want legislation, they get it. Voters, on the other hand, get what they want only rarely, and probably only because the insiders want the same thing. Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...] This network of elites comprises the Hidden Government that rules in secrecy from behind the curtain. – Government are supposed to be “by, for, and of” the people. So people are tempted to believe that what it does is, ultimately, for their own good. It can be trusted, in other words, they look out for us. “The government is all of us.” – However the government is not all of us. It is only some of us.

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World The Hidden Government is a strange group, comprised of foreign governments, billionaire political donors, lobbyists, international corporations, global organisations, and supra-government agencies. Together, along with domestic favoured industries, the bureaucracy itself, special interests, and cronies of various stripes and persuasions, the Freemasons, the Jesuits, and other occults, run the government and control the police, the armed forces, the financial industry, the medical industry, the education industry, and other major parts of the economy. In the beginning, government started out small. But as time goes by, more and more people find ways to “game the system.”

They exploit the “government” to gain an advantage or privilege. As this happens, the system retains its outward appearance, but it is corrupted from the inside out so that it gradually ceases to serve the common interest that made it so successful in the first place and begins to serve, primarily, the interests of those who actually control it. In 1974 all what is happening today was already exposed and its importance explained by Robert Welch. A short summary of his speech is here.

"This may sound like a conspiracy. And it is, in a sense. But not the sort on which one could get a conviction.”

The hidden government doesn’t care what people want or whom people voted for. And it definitely doesn’t care about the nation’s safety. It cares only about its own safety. It just develops on its own as the insiders use the government for their own purposes. This is an important point in the context of today’s war on terror. More people probably die from peanut butter allergies than from terrorist attacks. But when terrorists kill people, it occupies a big and sensitive spot in the collective media imagination.

Terrorist Threat is Made: Terrorists pose no dangers to the Hidden Government system; they strengthen it. The threat of terrorism, then, helps scare citizens into transferring more of their money and liberty to the security industry. Those want to see terrorists flourish, not eliminated; they strengthen it. – To the contrary people might threaten it!

"If anyone gets on the government’s ‘enemies lists,’ then the NSA stored information will be used to target them.”

That is why the government so desperately wants to keep tabs on everyone. From Washington’s Blog:

"If anyone gets on the government’s “enemies lists,” then the stored information will be used to target them. Specifically, if the government decides it doesn’t like someone, it analyses all of the data it has collected on that person and his or her associates over the last 10 years to build a case against him."

Lavrentiy Beria headed Stalin’s secret police, had no access to an NSA-style database. Still, even with his limited resources, he only said; “Show me the man, and I will find the crime.” Today, the secret police never had it so good. And it could get a lot better for them. With the coming of a “cashless” economy, all transactions, no matter how small, may have to pass through the Hidden Government’s information technologies. With the flip of a switch, your secrets could be revealed and your money could be turned off in other words a 21st-century assassination.

How does the Hidden Government really affect us? There is no way to know for sure. But what we have found is that it is ‘not at all’ bound by the rules, goals, or financial restrictions that limit the rest of society. The question arises; do people really need a government? The straight answer is NO, what people need is Anarchy.

What is Anarchy? Anarchy is by the MSM purposely described for the public to be seen as hooligans rampaging through the streets, hurling bricks, stones and Molotov cocktails, generally making a nuisance for others. However in fact it means the opposite. The word has been appropriated by the official media to be used for what is exactly the opposite of what it stands for. What they made of it is a convenient confounding definition that serves the goals of

governments. Governments preside over the enslavement of individuals within their territory and frequently declare wars against those within foreign borders, like Iraq, Libya, Syria and soon Iran.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Properly understood the term anarchy derives from the Greek word anarchic, correctly translated meaning ‘without ruler’. Essentially it is ‘Freedom’ not to be enslaved and to be forced against one’s will. Freedom to act voluntarily, Freedom to associate with whomever one so desires under whatever conditions, provided they do not diminish the ability of others to enjoy the same Freedom. Instead to fear anarchy, it is in many ways, the natural solution to our troubles. Anyone who doubts this will have trouble reconciling the fact that 99% of his or her most critical life decisions are made in a private state of anarchy.

Aren’t we All Anarchists? Look at choosing your mate. Imagine if the government claimed the right to tell you whom to marry. What do you think would happen to the quality of human relationships under such a regime? Now imagine the government chose your friends for you too, scheduled your social events, dinner parties and planned your weekends. Imagine a panel of bureaucrats assigned you a hobby of their choosing, prescribed for you a television channel

and allotted you a specific time to watch it. Imagine the Minster of Gastronomy chose your restaurant for you, made your menu selections and decided on your wine. What do you suppose might happen to your overall quality of life? Few, if any, people would tolerate such intrusions on their personal liberties. And with good reason! Who would want to consummate a state-imposed marriage or, worse still, impose that obligation on an unwilling, state-selected partner? Decent individuals deserve and, should the need arise; will defend their right to chose these things for themselves.

When it comes to the most important things in life, when it comes to our family and friends and to deciding how we spend the precious time we have with them, we’re all anarchists. It’s high time we take the shackles off for the rest of our lives and start acting like individual freedom fighters, respecting all of them. Come to your senses and become a realist to understand and see that governments’ actions are downright nonsense, with the only purpose to curb your liberties, and enslave you. You must fight this now. Because once you are enslaved, you can’t just realise you don’t like it anymore and decide to free yourself. This kind of enslavement is a state of being. It’s what you are on a cellular level. When your children are barely human, they are mandatory vaccinates to be psychologically-altered, their nerve cells and synapses failing to connect, their neurodevelopmental processes dulled to the point of restricting them to sub-human level repetitive grunts and gormless beings, what are you going to do then? The Khazarians have [not] won [but they still could unless we make a stand]. You and your descendants are now officially slave class, no better than battery chickens, and will be used for whatever purpose the elite deem suitable for you. This is a prison you can’t escape from. We must fight and win this battle Forward this information to all your contacts to WAKE them UP in the interest of us all.

Voice of Europe: Defend our people from the Islamic invasion. Remember when watching this that the "cabal" have been using religion as a means to divide and conquer for many, many generations. Subtitles are in English, French, German, and Russian.

Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits February 14 2016 | From: RealFarmacy

Second cancers are on the rise in the United States, according to a new study, which found that one in five new cases involve someone who has had the disease before.

The study also found that second cancers, which don’t include reoccurring cancers, but are a completely new type of cancer, have increased 300 percent since the 1970s. First-time cancers have also spiked, increasing 70 percent in the same time frame. The Western world of medicine is going with their usual explanation, or rather lack thereof, claiming that they are unaware of the reason for the surge but pointing to the fact that people are living longer and are therefore more at risk for the disease. But living into your 80s and 90s shouldn’t guarantee that you’ll get cancer. While genetics are a factor, other influences such as your environment, the food you eat, the water you drink, the air you breathe, the vaccines you inject and even the kind of medical treatment you receive may contribute much more than your age when it comes to determining your risk for cancer.

Emerging research continues to show that pesticides, heavy metals and hormone mimickers such as BPA and BPS, as well as other environmental contaminants, greatly influence the risk of developing cancer. For those who are unfortunate enough to receive a second cancer diagnosis, the treatment you received for your first cancer may ultimately be to blame.

Are Cancer Treatments Causing More Cancer?

A document [PDF] by the American Cancer Society titled “Second Cancers in Adults” admits that second cancers may be caused by cancer treatment. “Radiation therapy was recognized as a potential cause of cancer many years ago,” according to the ACS, which also admits that most types of leukemia, including acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), can all be caused by radiation.

Most cancers caused by radiation therapy develop within just a few years of being irradiated, with the disease peaking at five to nine years following exposure. Similarly, chemotherapy drugs have also been linked to different kinds of second cancers, with the most common being myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and AML; ALL has also been linked to these cancer drugs.

Cancer Drugs Cause at Least 40,000 Cases of New Cancer each Year in the U.S. To help put that into perspective, about 13,000 people are diagnosed each year with MDS. Aside from radiation and chemotherapy, other causes include toxins present in tobacco smoke, and high levels of industrialtype chemicals such as benzene, a carcinogenic petrochemical that is widely used in plastics, synthetic fibers, rubber lubricants, resins, dyes, detergents, drugs and pesticides. Nearly another 20,000 people are diagnosed annually with AML, with more than half of those cases ending in death, and approximately 6,000 people are diagnosed with ALL each year.

This means that at least 40,000 cancer occurrences may be directly attributed to cancer drugs. Determining how many people perish from cancer drugs is extremely difficult, as most of the deaths are recorded as being from cancer, and not the treatment. Remember, the cancer industry is one of the world’s most lucrative businesses, generating $100 billion last year. Those profits are expected to increase at about 8 percent each year over the next three years as more and more Americans will be diagnosed and treated for cancer.

US Intelligence Chief: We Might Use The Internet Of Things To Spy On You February 13 2016 | From: TheGuardian

James Clapper did not name specific agency as being involved in surveillance via smart-home devices but said in congressional testimony it is a distinct possibility

The US intelligence chief has acknowledged for the first time that agencies might use a new generation of smart household devices to increase their surveillance capabilities. Related: 'Internet of Things' an Absolute Goldmine for Big Brother, Admits Top US Spy As increasing numbers of devices connect to the internet and to one another, the so-called internet of things promises consumers increased convenience – the remotely operated thermostat from Google-owned Nest is a leading example. But as home computing migrates away from the laptop, the tablet and the smartphone, experts warn that the security features on the coming wave of automobiles, dishwashers and alarm systems lag far behind. In an appearance at a Washington thinktank last month, the director of the National Security Agency, Adm Michael Rogers, said that it was time to consider making the home devices “more defensible”, but did not address the opportunities that increased numbers and even categories of connected devices provide to his surveillance agency.

However, James Clapper, the US director of national intelligence, was more direct in testimony submitted to the Senate on Tuesday as part of an assessment of threats facing the United States.

"In the future, intelligence services might use the [internet of things] for identification, surveillance, monitoring, location tracking, and targeting for recruitment, or to gain access to networks or user credentials,” Clapper said.

Clapper did not specifically name any intelligence agency as involved in household-device surveillance. But security experts examining the internet of things take as a given that the US and other surveillance services will intercept the signals the newly networked devices emit, much as they do with those from cellphones. Amateurs are already interested in easily compromised hardware; computer programmer John Matherly’s search engine Shodan indexes thousands of completely unsecured web-connected devices.

Online threats again topped the intelligence chief’s list of “worldwide threats” the US faces, with the mutating threat of lowintensity terrorism quickly following. While Clapper has for years used the equivocal term “evolving” when asked about the scope of the threat, he said Tuesday that Sunni violent extremism “has more groups, members, and safe havens than at any other point in history”. The Islamic State topped the threat index, but Clapper also warned that the US-backed Saudi war in Yemen was redounding to the benefit of al-Qaida’s local affiliate. Domestically;

"Homegrown extremists” are the greatest terrorist threat, rather than Islamic State or al-Qaida attacks planned from overseas. Clapper cited the San Bernardino and Chattanooga shootings as examples of lethal operations emanating from self-starting extremists “without direct guidance from [Isis] leadership”.

US intelligence officials did not foresee Isis suffering significant setbacks in 2016 despite a war in Syria and Iraq that the Pentagon has pledged to escalate. The chief of defense intelligence, Marine Lt Gen Vincent Stewart, said the jihadist army would “probably retain Sunni Arab urban centers” in 2016, even as military leaders pledged to wrest the key cities of Raqqa and Mosul from it. Contradicting the US defense secretary, Ashton Carter, Stewart said he was “less optimistic in the near term about Mosul”, saying the US and Iraqi government would “certainly not” retake it in 2016. The negative outlook comes as Carter traveled on Tuesday to meet with his fellow defense chiefs in Brussels for a discussion on increasing their contributions against Isis.

On the Iran nuclear deal, Clapper said intelligence agencies were in a “distrust and verify mode”, but added: “We have no evidence thus far that they’re moving toward violation.”

Clapper’s admission about the surveillance potential for networked home devices is rare for a US official. But in an overlooked 2012 speech, the then CIA director David Petraeus called the surveillance implications of the internet of things “transformational … particularly to their effect on clandestine tradecraft”. During testimony to both the Senate armed services committee and the intelligence panel, Clapper cited Russia, China, Iran, North Korea and the Islamic State as bolstering their online espionage, disinformation, theft, propaganda and datadestruction capabilities. He warned that the US’s ability to correctly attribute the culprits of those actions would probably diminish with “improving offensive tradecraft, the use of proxies, and the creation of cover organizations”. Clapper suggested that US adversaries had overtaken its online capabilities: “Russia and China continue to have the most sophisticated cyber programs.” The White House’s new cybersecurity initiative, unveiled on Tuesday, pledged increased security for nontraditional networked home devices. It tasked the Department of Homeland Security to “test and certify networked devices within the ‘Internet of Things’.” It did not discuss any tension between the US’s twin cybersecurity and surveillance priorities.

Connected household devices are a potential treasure trove to intelligence agencies seeking unobtrusive ways to listen and watch a target, according to a study that Harvard’s Berkman Center for Internet and Society released last week. The study found that the signals explosion represented by the internet of things would overwhelm any privacy benefits by users of commercial encryption – even as Clapper in his testimony again alleged that the growth of encryption was having a “negative effect on intelligence gathering”. The report’s authors cited a 2001 case in which the FBI had sought to compel a company that makes emergency communications hardware for automobiles – similar by description to OnStar, though the company was not named – to assist agents in Nevada in listening in on conversations in a client’s car. In February 2015, news reports revealed that microphones on Samsung “smart” televisions were “always on” so as to receive any audio that it could interpret as an instruction.

"Law enforcement or intelligence agencies may start to seek orders compelling Samsung, Google, Mattel, Nest or vendors of other networked devices to push an update or flip a digital switch to intercept the ambient communications of a target,” the authors wrote.

Australia Is Actively Trying To Approve A New Way Of Vaccinating You: By Air! February 12 2016 | From: OpenSourceTruth / YourNewsWire

Don’t wan’t to be vaccinated? well soon you may not have a choice as our loving Governments will just spray & vaccinate us through breath.

Would you like a complimentary forced vaccination with your chemtrails Sir / Ma'am?

Aircraft Information Registration: VH-OJU Type code: B744 Type: Boeing 747-438 S/N: 25566 Airline: Qantas Australia is actively trying to approve a new way of vaccinating It’s people: by air! The Office of the Gene Technology Regulator (OGTR) is looking at a licence application from PaxVax Australia (PaxVax) for the intentional release of a GMO vaccine consisting of live bacteria into the Australian environment According to the regulator, it qualifies as a limited and controlled release under section 50A of the Gene Technology Act 2000 (the Act). PaxVax is looking to get approval to conduct the clinical trial of a genetically modified live bacterial vaccine against cholera. Once underway the trial is expected to be completed within one year, with sites selected from local government areas (LGAs) in Queensland, South Australia, Victoria and Western Australia.

paxvax.com

PaxVax has proposed a number of control measures they say will restrict the spread and persistence of the GM vaccine and its introduced genetic material, however there is always a possibility of these restrictions failing and infecting wildlife and ecosystems. How can we know what’s really going on here, what’s being sprayed on us & how it will affect the natural environment? The Australian government along with their big Pharma buddies are looking to vaccinate every person living in Australia, no exceptions. There are large pockets throughout the country where people simply will not vaccinate & the numbers are growing so this represents a great way to silently vaccinate these communities right down to an individual level, no needles & no fuss but most importantly, no choice.

Aerial vaccines have been used in the United States directed towards animals by the use of plastic packets dropped by

planes or helicopters. Sanofi (who is one of the largest vaccine manufacturers in the world) has subsidiary companies such as Merial Limited who manufacture Raboral, an oral live-virus poisonous to humans yet distributed wildlife in the masses.

Forcibly Release Intentional and Controlled Release of Aerosolized GMO Vaccine File this under “we’re f*cked” – According to a few different sources, Australia is actively trying to approve a new way of vaccinating you: by air! An article in Prevent Disease: The Office of the Gene Technology Regulator (OGTR) is on its way to approve a licence application from PaxVax Australia (PaxVax) for the intentional release of a GMO vaccine consisting of live bacteria into the environment in Queensland, South Australia, Western Australia and Victoria.

Likely one of the preferred delivery agents

According to the regulator, it qualifies as a limited and controlled release under section 50A of the Gene Technology Act 2000 (the Act). PaxVax is seeking approval to conduct the clinical trial of a genetically modified live bacterial vaccine against cholera. Once underway the trial is expected to be completed within one year, with trial sites selected from local government areas (LGAs) in Queensland, South Australia, Victoria and Western Australia.

PaxVax has proposed a number of control measures they say will restrict the spread and persistence of the GM vaccine and its introduced genetic material, however there is always a possiblity of these restrictions failing and infecting wildlife and ecosystems. Aerial vaccines have used in the United States directed towards animals by the use of plastic packets dropped by planes or helicopters. Sanofi (who is one of the largest vaccine manufacturers in the world) has subsidiary companies such as Merial Limited who manufacture Raboral, an oral live-virus poisonous to humans yet distributed wildlife in the masses.

West Nile Virus Spraying In 2006 Michael Greenwood wrote an article for the Yale School of Public Health entitled, “Aerial Spraying Effectively Reduces Incidence of West Nile Virus (WNV) in Humans.” The article stated that the incidence of human West Nile virus cases can be significantly reduced through large scale aerial spraying that targets adult mosquitoes, according to research by the Yale School of Public Health and the California Department of Public Health. Under the mandate for aerial spraying for specific vectors that pose a threat to human health, aerial vaccines known as DNA Vaccine Enhancements and Recombinant Vaccine against WNV may be tested or used to “protect” the people from vector infection exposures. DNA vaccine enhancements specifically use Epstein-Barr viral capside’s with multi human complement class II activators to neutralize antibodies.

The recombinant vaccines against WNV use Rabbit Beta-globulin or the poly (A) signal of the SV40 virus. In early studies of DNA vaccines it was found that the negative result studies would go into the category of future developmental research projects in gene therapy. During the studies of poly (A) signaling of the SV40 for WNV vaccines, it was observed that WNV will lie dormant in individuals who were exposed to chicken pox, thus upon exposure to WNV aerial vaccines the potential for the release of chicken pox virus would cause a greater risk to having adult onset Shingles.

California Aerial Spraying for WNV and SV40 In February 2009 to present date, aerial spraying for the WNV occurred in major cities within the State of California. During spraying of Anaheim, CA a Caucasian female (age 50) was exposed to heavy spraying, while doing her daily exercise of walking several miles. Heavy helicopter activity occurred for several days in this area. After spraying, she experienced light headedness, nausea, muscle aches and increased low back pain.

She was evaluated for toxicological mechanisms that were associated with pesticide exposure due to aerial spraying utilizing advanced biological monitoring testing. The test results which included protein band testing utilizing Protein Coupled Response (PCR) methods were positive for KD-45. KD-45 is the protein band for SV-40 Simian Green Monkey virus. Additional tests were performed for Epstein-Barr virus capside and Cytomeglia virus which are used in bioengineering for gene delivery systems through viral protein envelope and adenoviral protein envelope technology. The individual was positive for both; indicating a highly probable exposure to a DNA vaccination delivery system through nasal inhalation.

Pentagon Document Revealed Aerial Vaccination Plans In the Quarterly FunVax Review in June, 2007, the report lists the objective of a project listed as ID: 149AZ2 as a preparation of a viral vector that will inhibit/decrease the expression of a specific disruption gene (VMAT2) within a human population.

It further indicates in the abstract that six method of virus dispersal were tested including high altitude release, water supply release, insect transmission, and various methods of diffusion.

Radio Station George FM Warns Staff About Max Key February 12 2016 | From: NZHerald

Radio DJs at George FM have been warned they will be taken off air if they say anything negative about the station's newest host, Max Key [son of Prime Minister John Key].

Key's new role at the station was unveiled last week, hosting a one-hour show on Tuesday nights. He will unveil his debut single Forget You on his first show next week. Comment: Obviously Max Key becoming a night time host for a show on George FM has stirred up some controversy. I know I sent them an email saying what a stupid decision it was and that I would never listen again to heir station as long as he was on it. It seems their management (Media Works owned by Rupert Murdoch) have instructed all their staff to stay mum about this on air and on social media. What are you scared of George? The truth? An unverified email reportedly sent to all George FM staff warned staff that "all social media relating to the new night George FM Night time residents must be positive.

"We will not tolerate any negativity relating to any of our new roster," the message continued. "Anyone who cannot adhere to this requirement will be taken off air instantly."

Mediaworks didn't respond to requests for comment about the statement. When contacted by the Herald last week, Max Key said he "wasn't doing media" and didn't want to comment.

George FM founder Thane Kirby

But George FM DJ Aroha Harawira spoke out in support of Key, saying he should be judged on his musical ability and not his father's politics.

"I haven't met Max Key yet myself, I've never seen him DJ, but I heard him on George FM last night and I thought he played a pretty sweet set," Harawira wrote on her blog site. "I value my friends' opinions and I'll give the guy a chance. I think you should too ... Say what you want about John Key, but leave his kids out of it."

Max Key's first show on George FM is on February 16, where he'll unveil his new single, Forget You, rumoured to be about his recent split from Amelia Finlayson. In an interview on the station, Key said he'd been working on his material on his own, and he was "super excited" to release it. Co-host Jay Bulletproof said he had heard the song, and it was an "absolute banger".

"I'm proud to say I'm releasing my first single Forget You. Previewing on my first show on George fm nights, Tuesday the 16th at 10pm ... I can't wait to drop this," he wrote on Instagram.

Conspiracy: This Is Why Brazil Is Ground Zero For The Latest Bio-Engineered Pandemic February 11 2016 | From: TheMilleniumReport

Every Major Disease Outbreak Has Been Manufactured in the Biological Weapons Laboratories of the Western Powers.

The U.S. and U.K. possess the most advanced scientific knowledge and applied technology for producing bioweaponry, which they routinely utilize to create bio-weapons of mass destruction. Related: Zika: Sex and Bloodsucking Vampire Bugs: the Movie Decades ago the Military-Industrial Complex (MIC) of the United States of America (in collaboration with their British counterparts) committed itself to the deliberate path of exerting full-spectrum dominance over the entire planetary realm. The essentially Anglo-American Military-Industrial Complex undertook various and sundry endeavors simultaneously in order to fulfill this ‘critical’ mission to attain and maintain world domination.

Related: SERCO: A Corporate Octopus With Tentacles Wrapped Around The Globe Not only did the MIC achieve nuclear superiority within the world community of nations, the U.S. Armed Services also created a global network of military bases unrivaled in world history. One of the key pillars of attaining full spectrum dominance is the capacity to execute bio-weaponry programs surreptitiously, quickly and efficiently… anywhere on Planet Earth.

Toward that end the many bio-weapons laboratories which now dot the landscape of the USA have worked assiduously to fabricate the perfect biological weapons for the ‘right’ applications and ‘perfect’ situations. It’s important to understand that the USA and UK form the very backbone of a supranational entity known as the AngloAmerican Axis[1]. This large group of countries, which is dedicated to maintaining the Anglo-American Empire - by every means possible - has been locked in a century-long war against the BRICS nations. As a matter of fact, the First and Second World Wars were both waged in an effort to establish the USA as the military arm of the New World Order.

NATO is merely an extension of the Anglo-American military juggernaut. Related: The USA: Military Arm Of The New World Order

What’s the Larger Point Here? Although it has not been declared, a full-blown World War III has been and is being waged under the radar between the AAA and the BRICS.

The entire Middle East is obviously just one major military theater of this ongoing global conflict. So are Africa and South America. Only on those two continents the preferred weapons of mass destruction are of a biological nature.

History of Genocide via Bio-Weapons You see, the white man learned long ago that the people of the African continent are deathly afraid of contagious diseases and infectious epidemics. The populations of many of the South American countries suffer from the very same phobia. They don’t understand illness and disease the way that the educated and industrialized nations of the Northern Hemisphere do. There is much superstition which still surrounds any kind of disease outbreak, especially throughout the rural areas. The resulting taboos run very deep throughout society.

With this hidden knowledge it is now quite easy to understand why so many disease outbreaks first occur in either Africa or South America. Whether it is Ebola in West Africa or the West Nile Virus in East Africa, HIV/AIDS in West Central Africa or Malaria anywhere in Africa, Chagas disease in South America or Dengue fever throughout the whole Southern Hemisphere, so many ‘pandemics’ find their origins “south of the border”. No one denies that the southern climes and predominant biota cultivate an extremely conducive environment for mosquitoborne diseases and the like. This scientific fact is quite well established. The point here is that because these ‘scary’ diseases are well known among the local populations, they can be furtively spread by those who wish to do them harm by their silent enemies to the north. The deliberate vector of disseminations are many to include stealth vaccinations, GMO mosquitoes, tainted prescriptions, contaminated water supplies, infected farm animals, toxic produce, corrupted restaurant food, chemtrail aerosols, etc.

This is a subtle but very important point. These diseases are known to be common in these regions of the world; therefore, no one suspects that they have been meticulously weaponized to make them much more deadly. They have also been precisely bio-engineered to target specific gene pools and bloodlines. In this fashion the Indigenous Peoples can be gradually killed off so that they no longer pose an obstacle to giving up their lands to the covetous Anglo-American corporate interests. This very same tactic was of course used against the Native American Indians by the U.S. Federal Government that was determined to wipe out the tribes across America in order to steal their lands. That strategy really worked like a charm for them. And they have never forgotten it.

After all, how could the Indian warriors, who contracted smallpox from the blankets provided to them by the ‘friendly’ white brothers, ever fight on the harsh battlefields? As for the Indigenous Peoples of Brazil, how are they expected to respond to a terrible disease that shrinks the human head and arrests brain development. Yes, that is what the Zika virus does, unless the public is being misled about the true source of this medical crisis.

Fast Forward to the 2016 Olympics in Brazil Whenever bio-weapons of mass destruction are used with such great effect there are always several goals on the agenda of the perpetrators. The Zika virus outbreak is no exception. Because of where the exact ground zero of this explosive epidemic is located in Brazil, it is certain that this public health disaster was quite purposefully manufactured there to disrupt the 2016 Summer Olympics.

Brazil has already been under continuous assault by the AAA, as it represents the South American cornerstone of the BRICS economic union. The Brazilian economy is also the largest in South and Central America, therefore, it provides a much-needed financial engine to keep the BRICS momentum going throughout the world. The AAA knew that if they took down Brazil economically, as they have been doing relentlessly on the political front, the BRICS union would be weakened considerably. The new world reserve currency would then likely stay with the still dominant petrodollar during this crucial period where it is also under serious assault. Both Russia and China have already undermined the petrodollar in profound and irreparable ways. So have Iran and India and other quieter BRICS-aligned nations

The important point about Brazil is that a substantial amount of public money and resources have been allocated to this formidable and demanding enterprise known as the Summer Olympics. The private sector, as always, has also dedicated much investment to making the Olympics a commercial success. With the Zika virus and ensuing epidemic raging in the back yard of Rio de Janeiro, what else could be expected but the second prong of the AAA strategy to sabotage the 2016 Summer Olympiad. See headlines below: Exclusive: U.S. athletes should consider skipping Rio if fear Zika - Officials Zika concerns could see Kenya withdraw from Rio 2016 Olympics U.S. Athletes Told to Skip Rio Olympics if Concerned About Zika Olympic fears over Zika: Athletes facing decision on whether they are willing to risk travelling to Rio for 2016 Games Researchers Weigh Risks of Zika Spreading at Rio Olympics Zika Virus Spurs Concerns Over Summer Olympic Games In Rio

Olympics in Brazil could spark spread of Zika virus abroad, Canadian dosc warn Olympic organizers deny Games under threat due to Zika virus Do you get it now? What better way to further destroy the fragile Brazilian economy and sap the spirit of the nation?!

Conclusion The Anglo-American corporatocracy has enjoyed the status of global hegemon since the advent of the Industrial Revolution. Because of the rapacious nature of the predatory capitalism that it systematically employs, it only knows how to take from those who have what they want. This is the way it has always been since the incorporation of the East India Company in London in 1600. The Huge difference between now and when India was pillaged, China was plundered and Africa was raped is that the BRICS are now well aware of the true enemy and its unrelenting tactics.

Russia and China, India and Brazil, Iran and South Africa are under constant attack by the AAA. However, they now have a very secret weapon that is being trained on the City of London and Washington, D.C. More accurately, the BRICS have a number of secret weapons which will be employed with great consequence and awesome effect on the primary nations of the AAA. Part II of this series will further discuss those secret weapons. In the meantime, the reader is encouraged to contemplate the overwhelming repercussions of just one of those weapons known as: Free Enegy

Editor’s Note It has been rightly pointed out by many that the looming Zika virus ‘pandemic’ may be to a great extent based on fraudulent data and false information. Inasmuch as it is being reported by those agencies like WHO which are completely controlled by the AAA, why should the MSM ever be believed? Because of all the fake false flags and fictitious disease outbreaks occurring over many decades such as the recent Ebola scare, it’s clear that these trumpeted pandemics have a huge component of purposefully deceptive reporting.

However, it is virtually impossible to ferret out the truth about a manufactured and bogus pandemic. To what degree is there a real mosquito-borne Zika virus causing the profiled symptoms is extremely difficult to say. Especially given the typical demographics of these types of mosquito-borne public health disasters, it’s even more challenging to arrive at the truth. After all, they ALL occur in virtually the same geographic areas. With that said, we leave it up to the reader to decide how much of this fastidiously ZIKA health scare is real disease and how much is phony baloney.

Author’s Note We almost forgot to mention what the original source of the Zika virus was, as well as who originally deposited it in 1947 - the Rockefeller Foundation.

Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

You can see for yourself here: Zika virus 'owned' by Rockefeller Foundation

Reference The Government-Corporate Complex Takes Complete Control Of The USA

Endnotes [1] Anglo-American Axis (AAA) The Anglo-American Axis is represented, first and foremost, by the major English-speaking countries of the world: USA, UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Israel. The European member nations of NATO, such as Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands are also closely aligned with the AAA as are all the Scandinavian countries. So are the Asian Pacific Rim nations of Japan, South Korea, Taiwan and the Philippines. Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Egypt, Pakistan, Kuwait, Jordan, Bahrain, United Arab Emirates, and Qatar also owe their allegiance to the AAA but some of these may be changing. The World Shadow Government is an ultra-secret, supranational organization which completely controls the Anglo-American Axis, as well as the European Union, NATO, among many other institutional entities which constitute the Global Control Matrix. (Source: Vladimir Putin’s Russia: Perfect Foil To The Anglo-American Axis And Their New World ‘Order’)

Some Of The Biggest Lies Of Science February 11 2016 | From: ActivistTeacher

The maintenance of the hierarchical structures that control our lives depends on Pinter’s “vast tapestry of lies upon which we feed.”

The maintenance of the hierarchical structures that control our lives depends on Pinter’s “vast tapestry of lies upon which we feed.” Therefore the main institutions that embed us into the hierarchy, such as schools, universities, and mass media and entertainment corporations, have a primary function to create and maintain this tapestry. This includes establishment scientists and all service intellectuals in charge of “interpreting” reality. In fact, the scientists and “experts” define reality in order to bring it into conformation with the always-adapting dominant mental tapestry of the moment.

“[T]he majority of politicians, on the evidence available to us, are interested not in truth but in power and in the maintenance of that power. To maintain that power it is essential that people remain in ignorance, that they live in ignorance of the truth, even the truth of their own lives. What surrounds us therefore is a vast tapestry of lies, upon which we feed.” – Harold Pinter, Nobel Lecture (Literature), 2005

They also invent and build new branches of the tapestry that serve specific power groups by providing new avenues of exploitation. These high priests are rewarded with high class status.

The Money Lie The economists are a most significant example. It is probably not an accident that in the United States at the end of the nineteenth century the economists were the first professional analysts to be “broken in,” in a battle that defined the limits of academic freedom in universities. The academic system would from that point on impose a strict operational separation between inquiry and theorizing as acceptable and social reform as unacceptable. Any academic wishing to preserve her position understood what this meant.

As a side product, academics became virtuosos at nurturing a self-image of importance despite this fatal limitation on their societal relevance, with verbiage such as: The truth is our most powerful weapon, the pen is mightier than the sword, a good idea can change the world, reason will take us out of darkness, etc.

So the enterprise of economics became devoted to masking the lie about money. Bad lending practice, price fixing and monopolistic controls were the main threats to the natural justice of a free market, and occurred only as errors in a mostly self-regulating system that could be moderated via adjustments of interest rates and other “safeguards.” Meanwhile no mainstream economic theory makes any mention of the fact that money itself is created wholesale in a fractional reserve banking system owned by secret private interests given a licence to fabricate and deliver debt that must be paid back (with interest) from the real economy, thereby continuously concentrating ownership and power over all local and regional economies.

The 'Federal Reserve' Bank of New York

The rest of us have to earn money rather than simply fabricate it and we never own more when we die. The middle class either pays rent or a mortgage. Wage slavery is perpetuated and degraded in stable areas and installed in its most vicious varieties in all newly conquered territories. It is quite remarkable that the largest exploitation scam (private money creation as debt) ever enacted and applied to the entire planet does not figure in economic theories.

Economists are so busy modeling the ups and downs of profits, returns, employment figures, stock values, and the benefits of mergers for mid-level exploiters that they don’t notice their avoidance of the foundational elements. They model the construction schedule while refusing to acknowledge that the terrain is an earthquake zone with vultures circling overhead. Meanwhile the financiers write and re-write the rules themselves and again this process does not figure in macroeconomic theories. The only human element that economists consider in their “predictive” mathematical models is low-level consumer behaviour, not high-level system manipulation.

Corruption is the norm yet it does not figure. The economies, cultures and infrastructures of nations are wilfully destroyed in order to enslave via new and larger national debts for generations into the future while economists forecast alleged catastrophic consequences of defaulting on these debts… Management tools for the bosses and smoke and mirrors for the rest of us – thank you expert economists.

The Medicine is Health Lie We’ve all heard some MD (medical doctor) interviewed on the radio gratuitously make the bold proposal that life expectancy has increased thanks to modern medicine. Nothing could be further from the truth. Life expectancy has increased in First World countries thanks to a historical absence of civil and territorial wars, better and more accessible food, less work and non-work accidents, and better overall living and working conditions. The single strongest indicator of personal health within and between countries is economy status, irrespective of access to medical technology and pharmaceuticals.

It’s worse than that because medicine actually has a negative impact on health. Medical errors (not counting misattributed deaths from correctly administered “treatments”) are the third leading cause of death in the US, after heart disease and cancer, and there is a large gap between this conservative underestimate in the number of medical error deaths and the fourth leading cause of death. Since medicine can do little for heart disease and cancer and since medicine has only a small statistical positive impact in the area of trauma interventions, we conclude that public health would increase if all MDs simply disappeared. And think of all the time loss and stress that sick people would save… One of the most dangerous places in society is the hospital. Medical errors include misdiagnoses, bad prescriptions, prescriptions of medications that should not be combined, unnecessary surgery, unnecessary or badly administered treatments including chemotherapy, radiation treatment, and corrective surgeries.

The lie extends to the myth that MDs anywhere near understand the human body. And this well guarded lie encourages us to put our faith in doctors, thereby opening the door to a well orchestrated profit bonanza for big pharma. The first thing that Doctors Without Borders (MSF) volunteers need to do in order to contribute significantly in disaster zones is to “forget their medical training” and get to work on the priority tasks at hand: water, food, shelter, and disease propagation prevention; not vaccinating, or operating, or prescribing medication… Public health comes from safety, stability, social justice, and economic buying power, not MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) units and prescription drugs. These bone heads routinely apply unproven “recommended treatments” and prescribe dangerous drugs for everything from high blood pressure from a sedentary lifestyle and bad nutrition, to apathy at school, to anxiety in public places, to postadolescence erectile function, to non-conventional sleep patterns, and to all the side effects from the latter drugs.

In professional yet nonetheless remarkable reversals of logic, doctors prescribe drugs to remove symptoms that are risk indicators rather than address the causes of the risks, thereby only adding to the assault on the body. It’s unbelievable the number that medicine has done on us: Just one more way to keep us stupid (ignorant about our own bodies) and artificially dependent on the control hierarchy. Economically disadvantaged people don’t die from not having access to medical “care” – They die from the life constraints and liabilities directly resulting from poverty. How many MDs have stated this obvious truth on the radio?

Environmental Science Lies Exploitation via resource extraction, land use expropriation, and wage slavery creation and maintenance are devastating to indigenous populations and to the environment on continental scales. It is therefore vital to cover up the crimes under a veil of expert analysis and policy development diversion. A valued class of service intellectuals here is composed of the environmental scientists and consultants.

Environmental scientists naively and knowingly work hand in hand with finance-corporate shysters, mainstream media, politicians, and state and international bureaucrats to mask real problems and to create profit opportunities for select power elites. Here are notable examples of specific cases.

Freon and Ozone Do you know of anyone who has been killed by the ozone hole? The 1987 Montreal Protocol banning chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) is considered a textbook case where science and responsible governance lead to a landmark treaty for the benefit of the Earth and all its inhabitants. How often does that happen? At about the time that the DuPont patent on Freon(TM), the most widely used CFC refrigerant in the world, was expiring the mainstream media picked up on otherwise arcane scientific observations and hypotheses about ozone concentration in the upper atmosphere near the poles.

There resulted an international mobilization to criminalize CFCs and DuPont developed and patented a replacement refrigerant that was promptly certified for use. A Nobel Prize in chemistry was awarded in 1995 for a laboratory demonstration that CFCs could deplete ozone in simulated atmospheric conditions. In 2007 it was shown that the latter work may have been seriously flawed by overestimating the depletion rate by an order of magnitude, thereby invalidating the proposed mechanism for CFC-driven ozone depletion.

Not to mention that any laboratory experiment is somewhat different from the actual upper atmosphere... Is the Nobel tainted by media and special interest lobbying? It gets better. It turns out that the Dupont replacement refrigerant is, not surprisingly, not as inert as was Freon. As a result it corrodes refrigerator cycle components at a much faster rate. Where home refrigerators and freezers lasted forever, they now burn out in eight years or so. This has caused catastrophic increases in major appliance contributions to land fill sites across North America; spurred on by the green propaganda for obscenely efficient electrical consumptions of the new appliances under closed door (zero use) conditions.

In addition, we have been frenzied into avoiding the sun, the UV index keeps our fear of cancer and our dependence on the medical establishment alive, and a new sun block industry a la vampire protection league has been spawned. And of course star university chemists are looking for that perfect sun block molecule that can be patented by big pharma. And as soon as it is, I predict a surge in media interviews with skin cancer experts…

Acid Rain on the Boreal Forest In the seventies it was acid rain. Thousands of scientists from around the world (Northern Hemisphere) studied this “most pressing environmental problem on the planet.” The boreal forest is the largest ecosystem on Earth and its millions of lakes were reportedly being killed by acid from the sky. Coal burning plants spewed out sulphides into the atmosphere causing the rain to be acidic. The acid rain was postulated to acidify the soils and lakes in the boreal forest but the acidification was virtually impossible to detect. Pristine lakes in the hearts of national parks had to be studied for decades in attempts to detect a statistically significant acidification.

Meanwhile the lakes and their watersheds were being destroyed by the cottage industry, agriculture, forestry, mining, over fishing and tourism. None of the local and regional destruction was studied or exposed. Instead, scientists turned their gaze to distant coal burning plants, atmospheric distribution, and postulated chemical reactions occurring in rain droplets. One study found that the spawning in aquarium of one fish species was extremely sensitive to acidity (pH). Long treatises about cation charge balance and transport were written and attention was diverted away from the destruction on the ground towards a sanitized problem of atmospheric chemistry that was the result of industrialization and progress rather than being caused by identifiable exploiters. As a physicist and Earth scientist turned environmental scientist, I personally read virtually every single scientific paper written about acid rain and could not find an example of a demonstrated negative impact on lakes or forests from acid rain.

In my opinion, contrary to the repeated claims of the scientist authors, the research on acid rain demonstrates that acid rain could not possibly have been the problem. This model of elite-forces-coordinated exploiter whitewashing was to play itself out on an even grander scale only decades later with global warming.

Global Warming as a Threat to Humankind n 2005 and 2006, several years before the November 2009 Climategate scandal burst the media bubble that buoyed public opinion towards acceptance of carbon credits, cap and trade, and the associated trillion dollar finance bonanza that may still come to pass, I exposed the global warming cooptation scam in an essay that Alexander Cockburn writing in The Nation called "one of the best essays on greenhouse myth-making from a left perspective".

My essay prompted David F. Noble to research the question and write The Corporate Climate Coup to expose how the media embrace followed the finance sector’s realization of the unprecedented potential for revenues that going green could represent. Introductory paragraphs from Global Warming: Truth or Dare? are as follows:

“I also advance that there are strong societal, institutional, and psychological motivations for having constructed and for continuing to maintain the myth of a global warming dominant threat (global warming myth, for short). I describe these motivations in terms of the workings of the scientific profession and of the global corporate and finance network and its government shadows.” “I argue that by far the most destructive force on the planet is power-driven financiers and profit-driven corporations and their cartels backed by military might; and that the global warming myth is a red herring that contributes to hiding this truth. In my opinion, activists who, using any justification, feed the global warming myth have effectively been co-opted, or at best neutralized.”

Other passages read this way:

“Environmental scientists and government agencies get funding to study and monitor problems that do not threaten corporate and financial interests. It is therefore no surprise that they would attack continental-scale devastation from resource extraction via the CO2 back door. The main drawback with this strategy is that you cannot control a hungry monster by asking it not to shit as much.” “Global warming is strictly an imaginary problem of the First World middleclass. Nobody else cares about global warming. Exploited factory workers in the Third World don’t care about global warming. Depleted uranium genetically mutilated children in Iraq don’t care about global warming. Devastated aboriginal populations the world over also can’t relate to global warming, except maybe as representing the only solidarity that we might volunteer.”

“It’s not about limited resources. [“The amount of money spent on pet food in the US and Europe each year equals the additional amount needed to provide basic food and health care for all the people in poor countries, with a sizeable amount left over.” (UN Human Development Report, 1999)] It’s about exploitation, oppression, racism, power, and greed. Economic, human, and animal justice brings economic sustainability which in turn is always based on renewable practices. Recognizing the basic rights of native people automatically moderates resource extraction and preserves natural habitats. Not permitting imperialist wars and interventions automatically quenches nation-scale exploitation. True democratic control over monetary policy goes a long way in removing debt-based extortion. Etc.”

And there is a thorough critique of the science as band wagon trumpeting and interested self-deception. Climategate only confirms what should be obvious to any practicing scientist: That science is a mafia when it’s not simply a sleeping pill. [Recent development (March 2011): Incisive deconstruction of the dominant climate science narrative - here.]

Conclusion It just goes on and on. What is not a lie? Look at the recent H1N1 scam – another textbook example. It’s farcical how far these circuses go: Antiseptic gels in every doorway at the blink of an eye; high school students getting high from drinking the alcohol in the gels; out datedness of the viral strain before the pre-paid vaccine can be mass produced; unproven effectiveness; no requirement to prove effectiveness; government guarantees to corporate manufacturers against client lawsuits; university safety officers teaching students how to cough; etc.

Pure madness. Has something triggered our genetically ingrained First World stupidity reflex? Is this part of our march towards fascism? Here is another one. Educators promote the lie that we learn because we are taught. This lie of education is squarely denounced by radical educators. University professors design curricula as though the students actually learn every element that is delivered whereas the truth is that students don’t learn the delivered material and everyone only learns what they learn. One could dramatically change the order in which courses are delivered and it would make no measurable difference in how much students learn.

Students deliver nonsense and professors don’t care. Obedience and indoctrination are all that matter so the only required skill is bluffing. Students know this and those that don’t don’t know what they know, don’t know themselves. Pick any expert opinion or dominant paradigm: It’s part of a racket. We can’t know the truth because the truth is brutal.

Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media February 10 2016 | From: Sott

There is a growing trend of skepticism on the internet right now as people start to call out mainstream media for its honesty (or rather, lack thereof).

It's an important move for people in general, as there are good reasons to question the talking heads that are gifted with such a reach and influence, via a brand whose survival is based upon getting and keeping your attention. To give someone, or some brand, the authority to tell you what is true, is one of the greatest mistakes a human being can make. Here's why. Yes, of course, I know I'm about to tell you how to think in this article, being written on a brand you recognize, that survives on getting and keeping your attention. But at least I'm honest about that. I'm not going to attempt to prove that I know everything about every newsroom on the planet. I can only tell you about some of the common things that I have seen, in the newsrooms I have been in. I worked in television news for 10 years from 2004 to 2015, working for primarily the finance channel of Canada, Business News Network, and since 2011, the now-deceased Sun News Network, which was an attempt at a conservative slanted broadcast in the Canadian market. It was called the 'Fox News North' by many critics, and rightfully so, to some degree.

Through this career, and especially at Sun News Network, I was privy to many off-camera conversations which really helped me see through the illusory idea that, just because you're on TV, you know what you're talking about. In fact, I grew terrified to keep producing it for that reason. Here's the first thing that many people don't truly understand about the news media. It is biased to those that fund it. There were many times when we were forced to cut an advertisement or cut a story or remove something from the website because an advertiser didn't want to be associated with it and, as a result, our financial livelihoods were threatened. TV is literally at the mercy of those that fund it because it's a business. TV, as it is, has no other way to survive except for advertising revenue, which depends on getting and keeping your attention. In effect, news media is a marketing tool for advertisers, and its content is sometimes designed to match the next best product coming out of these advertisers.

The second thing that many people don't really respect is that TV and mainstream news are almost always tied to political or religious agendas. Whether Liberal or Conservative, Republican or Democrat, there are news media outlets designed to serve the flavor of the person watching. This essentially means that the same story will be told two distinctly different ways, to match the audience watching. This means that the concept of non-media-bias is irrelevant in 2016. The moral idea of non-bias reporting has been thrown out, necessarily, because TV survives off money and that money often comes from large companies who are funding certain political sides, who require their side to win.

News isn't about news anymore, it's a marketing tool for politicians and larger corporations looking to buy votes through fear and buy customers with stupidity. I can't count the number of times I saw story after story being put out about how bad things are in the world, only to see the supporting political party start to speak about how they are going to solve these issues.

It's like walking up to someone and throwing coffee on them, staining their shirt, knowing full well that your buddy next to you has a shirt to sell to them. It's easy to win an election when you've already primed the people to believe in what you're saying, without ever saying it. The third thing that plagues the news media is sensationalism, and headlines that polarize audiences. It's important to 'tell it like it is and report the facts,' but often these facts are not fact checked enough and headlines get published that are later apologized for. One of my favorite games is to re-read the news to tell what actually happened, without the extra, juicy details. As an example, this headline - 'Councillors reject salary freeze for themselves' - could really be read as 'Councillors reject salary freeze.' Once you start taking out all of the descriptors and judgments, you realise that the world is a lot simpler to look at.

Media can easily make us believe that we should judge each other. I've seen this firsthand. Once you see, hear, or read something enough times, you start to think it's actually true. The truth is, by taking out the judgments, we can re-engage our curiosity instead of instantly activating our condemnation and resentment towards each other and the world. However, the media is again kept alive by your attention, and the fact is, most of us will pay more attention to things that make us hate than we will pay attention to things that make us love. The media knows this, and it's playing you like a violin, if you're paying attention. The fourth thing that occurs, almost daily, in the newsrooms is that people are constantly shifting roles. Yesterday, John (as an example) is an expert on social media. Today, John is now an expert on terrorism, since 8am this morning, and yet, even though John has no expertise in this field whatsoever, he's given the credibility of people who can't see the truth behind the camera. Or in another example, we'll hear from the financial executive coming to tell you how to invest your stocks despite having a bottle of Jack Daniels in his coat pocket and who is himself losing money behind the scenes.

This is a huge challenge in our culture, in my perception, and I'm glad it's slowly being called out. Giving power to a talking head who hates his or her life just as much as you, has no interest in anyone else's well-being except their own, and especially doesn't care about you, and who isn't truly doing what they really love or want to do, is delusional. Why would you pay attention to the lives of others who don't have your life's best interests in mind? This is like going to a 10 times divorcee for advice on how to stay in a marriage. And with that said, the fifth thing is that news media rarely actually matters in your life. With all honesty, what does the life of Jian Ghomeshi, for example, have to do with you? Does it really matter to you to know that Miley Cyrus moved in with her boyfriend? Does knowing these things actually help you live a better life?

If there's one thing I am certain of it's this - the more successful you are, the less you care about the lives of anyone except those that you serve, because you're too busy caring about your customers to care about people who aren't invested in your well being. My advice is this: Reword the headlines so that you see the facts, simply, without editorially presented emotion or judgment. This can keep you from adopting the judgments of someone who might have a life fulfillment level that's way worse than yours. Never take what is said as the full truth. Investigate for yourself what's really happening and see both sides. Pay attention to what actually matters to you. If you want to be successful, start paying attention to your own life. Start telling your own evening news about what you accomplished today. Get interested in yourself and your experience here on this planet, with the time you have. This is the only way to keep yourself sane and out of the clutches of those who want to manipulate your mind for their interests. Watch only what inspires you and helps you live and express your true calling. It's your choice to watch a worldview that's distorted by distorted people, or engage in creating a worldview that inspires you to act in it. Just because there are 'perceived problems' in the world, doesn't mean you don't have a role in doing something in it.

McDonald’s Franchisees Say That The Business Is In Its “Final Days” February 9 2016 | From: Ewao

It’s no secret that McDonald’s menu is not the healthiest food out there.

It seems that after Morgan Spurlock’s independent film called Super Size Me was released back in 2004, which documented his mental and physical health after eating only Mcdonald’s food after a 30-day period, McDonald’s started to see a decline in the amount of people interested in eating at their establishment. In more recent months, McDonalds have been losing favor from their customer base, as more of us are becoming aware of what types of food we allow into our bodies. There has been an abundance of hype now about GMO food in general and more people are quickly losing interest in consuming food that contains GMO’s. When interviewed about the condition and potential future of McDonald’s, one of their employees made mention that the company is in a “deep depression” and could be seeing its “final days.” Yet another employee stated that:

“We are in the throes of a deep depression, and nothing is changing,” and when on to say that “probably 30% of operators are insolvent.”

We have come such a long way in seeking out healthier food alternatives. As more of us are becoming aware of how unhealthy our food options are, we have insisted that we have healthier food, and in doing so businesses like McDonald’s are seeing a large decline in revenue. Why is that you might ask? It’s because they have chosen to stick with unhealthy food options while the rest of us strive for healthier options.

When asked why they thought the company was in the state that it was currently in, another employee had this to say on the matter;

“The CEO is sowing the seeds of our demise. We are a quick-serve fast-food restaurant, not a fast casual like Five Guys or Chipotle. The system may be facing its final days.”

A couple of McDonald’s executives also chose to come to the table about the condition of their company and share with us their concerns and views of their company, and said:

“The lack of consistent leadership from Oak Brook is frightening, we continue to jump from one failed initiative to another.”

Another executive also made a comment about McDonald’s;

“I have been in this business since the early 1970s but have not seen us this leaderless in all my time. The system is very lost at the moment. Our menu boards are still bloated, and we are still trying to be too many things to too many people. Things are broken from the franchisee perspective.”

It’s not too hard to see that McDonald’s is in a decline with no signs of getting better. I remember at one point, no matter where I went, McDonald’s establishments were always packed. From long lines at the drive-thru to packed eating areas on the insides. Also, the play areas always had birthday parties going on. Yet now, as I go through town Mcdonald’s is lucky to have the few sparse customers that they have, even when they are positioned in high traffic areas, there is hardly anyone there, even during busy hours. To start off the year 2015, McDonald’s would have to start by closing a whopping 700 of its locations, due to all of us simply requesting that instead of super fancy building and sleekly designed menu boards, we just want healthier food. Due to the

leadership of McDonald’s and its failed attempts to keep us consumers coming back, not only their local sales were seeing a decline but their global ones as well.

In the beginning months of 2015, McDonald’s had already seen a 28% drop in their overall operating revenue, and additionally they saw a 2.3% decrease in their sales. For years, McDonald’s has been experiencing a trending loss of their overall revenue, and the way future looks for McDonald’s, they may never recover. At this rate McDonald’s will be added to the list of entities that chose to continue to poison everyone with cheaply made or synthesized food, and are now nonexistent, because instead of pushing to stay with the consciousness of its consumers, as they seek for better food quality, chose the latter path and would rather become extinct instead of grow to something amazing.

Non-Dollar Trading: Emerging Economies Deal A Heavy Blow To Petrodollar February 8 2016 | From: Sputnik

Experts have given the petrodollar a fatal diagnosis. Falling crude prices have accelerated the petrodollar's demise, dealing a heavy blow to the system that has long facilitated the US dollar's world reserve currency status.

Emerging economies are abandoning the US dollar as a means of payment for oil, having shifted to national currencies.

“Ditching the dollar, Iran and India have agreed to settle all outstanding crude oil dues in rupees in preparation to future trade in their national currencies. The dollar dues - $6.5 billion equaling 55 per cent of oil payment - would be deposited in National Iranian Oil Co account with Indian banks," The Indian Express reported on January 5, 2016.

Half a year earlier, Russia's state-owned oil company Gazprom Neft announced that it had started settling shipments of crude to China in the renminbi (yuan). The strategy proved effective and Russia has become Beijing's top oil exporter, outpacing Saudi Arabia.

“Interestingly, part of Russia's success in China has been attributed to its willingness to accept Chinese yuan denominated currency for its oil. (And not, as others have suggested, because of any sort of allegiance to the SinoRusso friendship.)," Elena Holodny of Business Insider noted in one of her latest articles.

Incredible as it may seem, experts recommend Saudi Arabia to follow Russia's example and switch from dollars to yuans:

“If Saudi Arabia wants to recapture its number one ranking, it needs to accept the renminbi for oil payments instead of just the dollar," Gordon Kwan, the Hong Kong-based head of regional oil and gas research at Nomura Holdings Inc. told Bloomberg back in June 2015.

What does it mean for the petrodollar?

“Two years ago, in hushed tones at first, then ever louder, the financial world began discussing that which shall never be discussed in polite company - the end of the system that according to many has framed and facilitated the US Dollar's reserve currency status: the Petrodollar…," Tyler Durden of Zero Hedge, a news site for global finance, noted back in 2014.

It seems that the prognosis is about to come true. In January 2016 Zero Hedge reported that the petrodollar's demise is obvious, bolstered by falling crude prices.

“Citing Goldman Sachs, the global investment banking firm, the media outlet noted that "a new oil price 'equilibrium' (i.e. a sustained downturn) could result in a net petrodollar drain of $24 billion per month on the way to nearly $900 billion in total by 2018."

The end of the petrodollar recycling chain would affect the world's affairs tremendously, it added.

Simultaneously, China is pushing ahead with its Silk Road Fund and Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB)

“China will push for the yuan to play a prominent role in the settlement of AIIB transactions and may look to establish special reserves in both the AIIB and Silk Road fund to issue yuan-denominated loans," the mediaoutlet emphasized, adding that in November 2015 SWIFT data indicated clearly that 15 new countries had joined a list of nations settling more than ten percent of their trade deals with Beijing in the renminbi. “The oil price slump has contributed to the first net outflow of petrodollars from financial markets with the prospect of a further drain. Meanwhile, experts observe the ascendancy of the renminbi."

Apparently, it is time to say goodbye to the petrodollar-based world order.

UN Panel Rules Julian Assange Arbitrarily Detained, Entitled To Liberty & Compensation February 7 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RT

‘UN decision undeniable victory, Sweden & UK lost,’ Assange tells crowds in London.

The United Nations Working Group on Arbitrary Detention has ruled that Wikileaks’ Julian Assange has been arbitrarily detained by the “democratic” governments of Sweden and the UK and is entitled to his freedom and compensation for detention by the two “democratic” governments. Related: ‘UN decision undeniable victory, Sweden & UK lost,’ Assange tells crowds in London At the beginning of Assange’s arbitary detention, I said that the detention was in violation of the rights of asylum and is akin to the Soviet Government’s refusal to allow Cardinal Mindszenty free passage from the US Embassy in Hungary when he was granted political asylum by the US government. I pointed out that in our time Washington now behaves like the Soviet dictatorship half a century ago. The illegal actions of the Swedish and UK governments were on the orders of Washington, the corrupt government of which is determined to get Assange for publishing leaked documents revealing the criminality and mendacity of the US government.

Washington and its UK vassal claim to be defenders of the rule of law, but, of course, both governments are lawless. We will see if the rulihg has any effect on the behavior of “the two great champions of liberty.” My prediction is that the gang of criminals in Washington will not allow its vassal governments to abide by the UN decision. I hope that I am wrong. A UN panel has ruled that WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has been ‘arbitrarily detained’ in the Ecuadorian embassy in London, calling upon the UK and Sweden to end Assange’s deprivation of liberty.

“The Working Group on Arbitrary Detention (WGAD) … considered that Mr. Julian Assange was arbitrarily detained by the Governments of Sweden and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,” the statement said. The group concluded that the WikiLeaks founder “is entitled to his freedom of movement and to compensation.”

“The Working Group considered that Mr. Assange has been subjected to different forms of deprivation of liberty: initial detention in Wandsworth Prison [in London] which was followed by house arrest and his confinement at the Ecuadorian embassy.”

The panel said that it ruled that Assange’s detention “was arbitrary” as he was “held in isolation during the first stage of detention.” Also that “the lack of diligence" by the Swedish Prosecutor in its investigations resulted in the “lengthy detention of Mr. Assange.” The UN panel also called upon UK and Swedish authorities “to assess the situation” of the WikiLeaks founder and “ensure his safety and physical integrity” and to “facilitate the exercise of his right to freedom of movement in an expedient manner.”

“The Working Group also considered that the detention should be brought to an end,” the experts concluded.

Related: Freeing Julian Assange: The Last Chapter Read More at: RT

Major Satanic Ritual Abuse / Paedophile Network Exposed In Australia February 7 2016 | From: IndependentAustralia / FionaBarnett

This piece originated with the documentary at the end of this article "Candy Girl: Fiona Barnett". The information covered is shocking, as are the people and places identified.

Paedophile ring survivor Fiona Barnett shares her experiences since testifying before the Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Child Abuse, including involvement in a documentary, the discovery of key abusers and her ongoing fight to have authorities investigate her allegations. I left my 2013 Royal Commission hearing with dashed hopes and a reignited need for trauma counselling. So I applied for counselling through NSW Victim Services, who allocated a psychologist at Living Well Psychology and Counselling. Following my initial consultation and the disclosure of my Royal Commission statement, the psychologist wrote in a report to Victim Services that police investigated me for murdering the relative who abused me as a child - my step-grandfather and Nazi war criminal Peter Holowczak. (This paedophile actually committed suicide in Sydney whilst I was residing in Brisbane.) The psychologist’s bizarre allegation contradicted everything I said during our initial meeting, plus the content of the Royal Commission statement I had shared. My subsequent complaint resulted in the psychologist appearing before a professional conduct panel. NSW Victim Services subsequently approved a replacement psychologist. Soon after commencing therapy with me, Nerida Saunders was allegedly stalked by thugs who followed her home one night from her clinic to her remote property and circled her car. Saunders consequently provided a formal witness statement about the incident to Detective Terry Frost of the Tweed Heads police. The same men simultaneously stalked my two friends who also reported their experiences to police. The thugs then tailgated me to my daughter’s primary school, but I cut their car off and photographed its number plate.

I was again stalked and tailgated on the day of perpetrator Antony Kidman’s funeral. Journalist Jonica Bray, accompanied by a photographer and makeup artists, visited my home to interview me for a potential Woman’s Day magazine story. This team and my family witnessed, photographed and spoke with the two men who allegedly admitted they had been hired to "keep an eye on" me.

Related: Nicole Kidman’s Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations Since my 2013 hearing, I have fought to make formal witness statements to police. In May 2014, my husband accompanied me to Tweed Heads police station where I spent two days detailing multiple crimes of child sex trafficking, abduction, rape and murder. Detective Terry Frost omitted many crimes involving perpetrators known

to have since died. He concluded that while he found my allegations "left field", there were numerous unsolved historical murders in the locations I identified. He said he would immediately send my statements to Sutherland Shire police. Prior to making these statements, I had spent a year reliving my childhood abuse with my psychologist. The incidents of crime were so numerous and the therapy process so gruelling, my physical health was severely impacted. To illustrate, the therapy triggered vertigo and heart problems. On one occasion, these symptoms struck me in the surf and I nearly drowned. Consequently, my therapist was reluctant to work with my memories.

A drawing of one of the large banners Fiona recalls being used at satanic cermonies

This slowed the process down, so that by the time the precious opportunity to make witness statements with Detective Terry Frost arose, I had not finished processing everything. So I avoided addressing many crimes during my initial statement making, aware of my legal right to include them later under my allocated event number: 54671514. My subsequent attempts to report the remaining crimes were thwarted. My emails and phone calls to police were stonewalled for a year. Further, in contravention of my legal rights as a victim of crime, NSW police did not inform me of the progress of the statements I had made. On 6 March, 2015, I wrote to the NSW Police Commissioner and requested a chance to complete my witness statements. The Sex Crimes Squad replied on the Commissioner’s behalf, informing me that my initial statements were now with Sutherland Shire detectives.

Fairbairn Military Airport, Canberra

Also in March 2015, I contacted the Federal Police regarding the crimes I experienced in Canberra - including being prostituted under the name "Candy Girl" to Parliament House and to an international political leader in the back of a military airplane at Fairbairn Airport. My communication was ignored until I appealed to the Federal Police Commissioner. An Operation Attest officer named Louise Hawke contacted me and requested I email her details of my abuse. I did this and attached numerous crime scene illustrations. The officer subsequently phoned me and said that, while she believed my account, the historical nature of my complaints made them too difficult to prosecute. Officer Hawke assured me my information had been placed on file for future reference and referred me to ACT Victim Services, who said I qualified for counselling services but not compensation, because the ACT crimes committed against me had occurred prior to their 1985 cut-off date. In July 2014, Australia’s 60 Minutes aired a story about a Westminster paedophile ring titled, Spies, Lords and Predators. I was abused by an Australian equivalent of that UK ring, yet there are notable differences. I was trafficked to international VIPs both within Australia and overseas. This ring involved elements of the Australian military. My perpetrators operated in close collaboration with the USA government and they employed sophisticated methods for keeping their operation hidden.

Following the airing of their UK story, 60 Minutes were inundated with phone calls from Australian paedophile ring victims. A leading child abuse advocacy centre nominated me to 60 Minutes who are now working on an Australian version of their UK ring story. 60 Minutes told me they had narrowed their list of Australian victims to 30 possible interviewees. So, somewhere out there sit 29 alleged fellow victims of the same Australian VIP paedophile ring that abused me. I urge those potential interviewees to contact me via IA. It would be nice to have my memories validated by another human, instead of being constantly bashed by ignorance and denial. As requested, I sent 60 Minutes reporter Ross Coulthart the information I had so far supplied state and federal police. Whilst interviewing my friends and associates, Coulthart questioned the validity of my testimony. He described my memory of being assaulted by a USA politician in the back of a USA military plane at an Australian military airport as far-fetched.

Just what do people think international child trafficking looks like? If it is documented that the USA military and CIA have been involved in drugs and arms trafficking, would child trafficking be a physical or moral impossibility for these same people? Ross Coulthart also questioned my memory that a Governor-General raped me during a paedophile orgy at Parliament House, based on something that all journalists apparently knew - that this married man was a closet homosexual. Such a conclusion ignores the nature of perpetrators’ perverted fetishes and the various reasons why VIPs assault children. Within the context of the crime ring I witnessed, homosexuality, heterosexuality, paedophilia, bestiality and necrophilia were not mutually exclusive. Perpetrators did not always engage in these activities out of personal desire or preference, but rather as a means of exerting power and humiliating their victims.

This year, an independent documentary team began researching my child abuse experiences. These producers quickly found ample evidence to support my allegations. They discovered the identity of the man my siblings and I were instructed to call "Dr Mark". Leonas Petrauskas (pictured left) was the adopted son of a Lithuanian opera star, and he played basketball for Lithuania. (My Nazi war criminal grandmother was Lithuanian and friends with Petrauskas.) Petrauskas owned and worked at the Engadine Medical Centre on the corner of Boronia Ave and Old Princess Highway. The documentary team obtained copies of Petrauskas’ family photo albums, passports and Nazi papers. These documents show he was the Nazi doctor who matched the description of him I have been supplying to institutions for 25 years. Dr Petrasukas’ crimes were so numerous, evidence of them erupted wherever we looked - and even where we didn't. During the documentary excursion, I approached a couple in the Engadine McDonalds' car park and asked them for directions. Within minutes, the woman told me she was another victim of Dr Petrauskas, who referred her for deep sleep treatment with Harry Bailey at the notorious Chelmsford private hospital, which has reported links to Dr Ewan Cameron’s unethical electro shock experiments in Canada.

Dr Petrauskas attended Sydney University at the same time as another key perpetrator, Dr Antony Kidman. The documentary team located Antony Kidman’s former North Sydney home at 16 William Edward St, Longueville. This matched the description I provided the NSW Psychology Board in my complaint against him. Via realestate.com, I recognised the lounge room and pool in which I was sexually assaulted by Kidman and his famous stage actor friend who is still alive. The assault occurred during a post-production party held at Kidman’s house.

Nicole Kidman also gets mention in "Candy Girl". She is with her father in this picture

My researchers located and interviewed another perpetrator - a woman who assisted Dr Petrauskas while he performed an abortion on me. I witnessed this same woman lure, drug and murder a young male surfer at a remote Kurnell beach. If that is the type of information amateurs found in their spare time using a $60 internet connection, imagine what the NSW Police could achieve. My documentary producer contacted the NSW Police media liaison officer and asked why police refused to take my remaining witness statements. The Detective who took my initial statements immediately contacted me and said he would not take my remaining statements until he had heard what Sutherland Police were doing regarding my initial statements. I argued that I had far more information to add to the content of my original statements.

Therapy drawing by Fiona Barnett depicting a Fairbairn Airport aeroplane

The detective finally directed me to travel to Sydney to complete my witness statements there. Consequently, I approached a Sydney officer I trust and offered to attend Police Headquarters at my own expense. I am currently liaising with a Sutherland detective and have made tentative arrangements to meet her at Police Headquarters next month to finish my witness statements. I hope this occurs and that I can achieve some kind of closure to my child abuse history. Upon finding the identity of Leonas Petrauskas, as well as another offending medical doctor who is still alive, I contacted the NSW Coroner and suggested he investigate every birth and death certificate these doctors ever signed. I said I had witnessed Dr Petrauskas fabricate medical documentation to cover for crimes including murders. The NSW Coroner said he could not conduct such an investigation without the direction of the NSW Police.

So I forwarded the NSW Coroner’s response to the NSW Police Commissioner, asking him to direct the coroner to investigate my allegations. The Commissioner thanked me in writing for supplying the information and assured me it had been forwarded to the appropriate designation.

"What, the paper shredder?!"quipped my current Victim Services counsellor.

The corroborative evidence that my documentary makers continue to find in support of my allegations has been offered to the authorities. If the authorities are not interested in this evidence, perhaps the public is. Editor's note: Fiona Barnett has submitted a statutory declaration to IA to support all the statements and allegation she has made in this piece. Most names have been redacted for legal and privacy reasons. Anyone wishing to come forward with any further information is strongly encouraged to contact managing editor David Donovan via email at: [email protected]

Candy Girl: Fiona Barnett WARNING: This documentary containts extremely disturbing material. It may be triggering to satanic ritual abuse / mind control victims.

Part One:

Part Two:

Further articles and information may be found at: Pedophiles Down Under and IndependentAustralia.

The Truth About How The 'Refugee Crisis' Was Rigged From Start To Finish February 6 2016 | From: IshtarsGate

I show in this article how the ‘refugee crisis’ has been rigged, from start to finish, in a kind of multipincer movement which is using mass theatre and false social science to create a delusion in the minds of the masses.

It’s a complex web that has been weaved; so I’ve broken it down to its simplest components with links for those who want to drill down deeper. So where did it all begin? I find it ironic that many who support open borders and mass migration tell those who can see disaster writ large in such folly that they’re “stuck in the past” and that they should “move into the 21st century”. They don’t realise that they’re mind programmed victims of a staged roll-out of an agenda that follows a plan originally cooked up around 100 years ago, known as the Coudenhove-Kalergi plan.

The Kalergi plan's aim is the genocide of the white peoples of Europe; to replace the whites with the mixed brown races. Those who support its aims are rewarded annually with Coudenhove-Kalergi European Prize; two notable previous recipients have been Angela Merkel and Herman van Rompuy.

The author of the Kalergi plan was one Richard Coudenhove Kalergi, an Austrian diplomat who established the Pan European movement in Vienna in 1922, in order to create his envisaged “New World Order”. In his book, Praktischer Idealismus, he wrote:

“The man of the future will be of mixed race. The races and classes of today will gradually disappear due to the elimination of space, time, and prejudice. The Eurasian-negroid race of the future, similar in appearance to the Ancient Egyptians, will replace the diversity of peoples and the diversity of individuals… "

So all this talk about ever-closer union has not been just about the different states of Europe converging; it’s been about peoples merging.

The rise of fascism in Europe meant that Kalergi’s project had to be put on ice for a while. But after the Second World War, Winston Churchill took it up, along with the Jewish masonic lodge B’nai B’rith, and then the usual suspects grabbed it as the perfect way to create chaos out of which to bring order – their own New World Order with one world government.

How Kalergi’s Plan is Being Rolled out Today This so-called ‘humanitarian crisis’ is being sold to us under the bannerhead of “the Great Migration” in the same way that we were sold “the Arab Spring”; both pieces of mind programming depend upon the delusion that whole continents of people just up and spontaneously decide one morning to either rebel, or leave for pastures new. The mainstream media is in virtual lockstep behind the Kalergi plan, and so those who are unable to think critically for themselves are being sucked into the psy-op (psychological operation). The psy-ops and false flags supporting it are too many to list here, but here’s a couple… (although really, there only needs to be one for intelligent people to ask themselves why they are being lied to on a systemic basis.)

This photo (above) shows the full story behind the so-called ‘refugees at risk of drowning’ stories in our media, with babies being held up high, out of the deep water. As the man on the top far right shows, far from being at risk of drowning, the ‘swimmers’ are in mere feet of water, and could stand up and walk out on to the beach if they wanted to. What we were actually shown on television and the papers was just the area within the white box. In any kind of theatre, context is everything. The so-called riots at Dover in Kent, England, this weekend were also probably staged – I’d be willing to put money on it – not least because the mainstream media was very quick in its dividing of the participants into right-wing fascists and antifascists (antifa).

When is a Fascist not a Fascist? When he’s a Fascist. This is the narrative that they want us to swallow: those opposing enforced undemocratic mass migration into the UK are the fascists; those imposing enforced undemocratic mass migration into the UK are just very nice, caring people. Some of those journos need to go back to school! The media tried to divide the issue in the exact same way when the women of Cologne protested at the New Year over more than 800 of them being sexually assaulted by Muslims. These raped women were described by the media, the BBC among them, as ‘far right Islamophobes and xenophobes’ and then the police – now out in force after being practically invisible on the night of December 31st – turned the water cannons on them.

And most people are to stupified by fluoride and every other toxin they willingly consume to understand that the elite have used the principle of

incrementalisation for hundereds of years. The TPPA is just another increment...

Most of the dumbed-down consumers of mainstream media wouldn’t know a fascist if one jumped up and bit them on the bum. They have no clue that fascism is akin to having a whole new and much more dangerous way of life being imposed on you, which, in the case of opening our borders to migrants, no political party so much as mentioned, let alone stood on a platform for, at the general election less than a year ago. If it was really a battle between left and right, there would be a choice at the ballot box; there isn’t. Whoever you vote for, you get this staged mass migration. I’m wondering who paid for all those coaches to bus those hooligans into Dover? Did they get a slap-up steak meal and all the beer they could drink thrown in with their charabanc day out to the seaside? It reminded me of the old days of football hooliganism in the Eighties and Nineties, in which our boys used to terrorise most of the major football matches across Europe.

It might surprise some to learn that that was organised terror too; some of those ‘hooligans’ directing the Newcastle Brownfuelled fear ‘n loathing on the Euro-terraces had MI5 connections. There are dozens of examples of similar staged events in this recent crisis – the few women and children in a marching column of mainly male refugees are told to come to the front for the photographers; then there was the drowned baby that was moved and posed a certain way before his image was sent out across the world. This isn’t to say that there aren’t real refugees caught up in this theatre; but it is to say that the number of migrant opportunists from all over Africa, not just Syria, far outweighs the number of genuine refugees, including those at the camp at Calais. Even on a technical-legal basis, none of those at Calais are refugees because they don’t meet the UN’s criteria of claiming asylum in the first country they come to. The ‘jungle’ inhabitants have not claimed asylum in the first country they reached after crossing the Mediterranean – further, they are also not claiming asylum where they are, in France, because they want to come to Britain.

The truth is that those living in the cold and squalor on the Calais coast don’t have to; they are choosing to, for obvious reasons. They are being funded by the ‘charity’ No Borders, aka George Soros, and also encouraged by the Labour leader Jeremy Corbyn who told them, last weekend, that they should be allowed to come to Britain, after which about 400 of them stormed the P&O ferry.

How Else are they Selling it? The media narrative has been based upon a three-fold pincer movement; the employers are being seduced with a bright orange GM carrot of cheap, uncomplaining labour while the dumbed-down masses are having their egos flattered with the idea of “cultural enrichment”, whatever they think that is. The third component of this psy-op is a phoney war, designed to awaken the saviour complexes in those who’ve never gone within to face their own dark sides. If you’ve not seen it in yourself, you cannot recognise it in others and you live in a permanent rainbow-coloured fug as you blithely and blindly pave the road to hell with your good intentions. Here’s how the three components unravel …

The Economics In terms of economic benefits to a nation of mass migration, a recent report showed that this is a myth – that most migrants are unemployed for years, and that countries don’t see a benefit for at least a generation.

“The report for German paper Die Welt entitled “The Truth about the Refugee Job Wonder” asks if German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s pronouncement that migrants will be the “labour revitalisation” of Germany is actually true? It turns out Syrians, Afghans and Iraqis are more likely to be unemployed than the average German by a large margin. The Institute for Employment Research (IAB) has conducted research into migrant employment rates and found that in the case of Syrians their employment rate has dropped from 32 percent to only 9 percent as recently as last November. Afghanis and Iraqis, who are increasingly becoming a larger proportion of migrants coming into the EU according to Frontex, don’t fare much better, with Afghan employment participation going from 37.6 percent to 24.5 percent and Iraqi employment going from 34 percent to 25.3 percent over the same five year period. To put this in perspective, the employment rate of the average German is 67.3 percent.

Migrants have an especially difficult time and even those with professional qualifications tend to have a hard time becoming employed. It is actually easier, according to the report, for an unskilled native worker. According to IFO Institute for Economic Research migration expert Gabriel Felbermayr, “We know that people who come as refugees are much more difficult to integrate into the labor market than those who immigrate to work,” and said, “Usually it takes at least a generation,” until the employment rate, “has approached the domestic population.” This amount of time to enter the workforce presents huge problems for the welfare system that the migrants are thought to be able to prop up. Often the countries which they come from improve and conditions allow them to go back, meaning a zero return on investment from the costs associated with housing and education. Employers often fail to recognise the qualifications of migrants from Africa and the Middle East as they have found their education not comparable to a European equivalent qualification. This leads many former professionals to be forced into low paid work and the report says, “for companies, the refugees are mainly a source of unskilled, low cost labour and not the engineers and academics many media sources have said.”

The "Cultural Enrichment' As for ‘cultural enrichment’ … please see this article A Call to the Grailseekers and for a sense of national identity, check out a new genetic map of Britain which shows that there has been little movement of people in the British Isles from the original tribal kingdoms established 1,500 years ago.

Added to that, 89 per cent of our DNA derives from the early farmers that settled here about 10,000 years ago. In other words, our roots are burrowed deep into this land; we’ve fought off many invaders with their ‘cultural enrichment’ in the past – and we aim to keep it that way.

The Phoney War? So surely there are real refugees fleeing from our bombs in Syria and Iraq and therefore we owe it to them, to offer them refuge? Well, yes and no… and mainly no. First off, the smaller number of Syrian refugees who are mixed in with the mass migration of economic chancers are not fleeing from our bombs; they are fleeing from Russia’s bombs. There’s a reason why Putin has been able to make such huge inroads in destroying ISIS since he began bombing at the start of this ‘refugee crisis’. It was because our – aka the Nato coalition’s – attempts to destroy ISIS over the past couple of years have been at best pathetic, and at worst, utterly fraudulent.

Secondly, why would the Nato guys want to wipe out an army they had trained, funded and armed with stinger missiles on behalf of their Jewish allies? The answer is, they wouldn’t. But here’s one very telling example of the phoney war: the use, or rather non-use, of the Brimstone missile. The fact that the British RAF had this unique weapon, the Brimstone missile, was the keystone of the parliamentary debate last December. It was cited as the main reason for our allies needing our paltry few Tornado jets to enter the conflict in Syria because this £100,000 missile, with radar guidance on its nose, can take out a vehicle travelling at 70 mph.

However, it wasn’t deployed for more than a month after the debate, and questions were starting to be asked – even on mainstream political programmes . Why, some bolder journos dared to inquire, has there been such a lack of activity from the RAF over Syria since the debate, and much more importantly, why has it not yet deployed the all-important Brimstone missile? Finally, after much pressure, the RAF finally came to life a few weeks ago and, according to the Ministry of Defence, there were two sorties over Syria – one which took out an ISIS supply truck in Raqqa and another which targetted mobile cranes at an oilfield close to the Iraq/Syria border. With the truck at Raqqa, and possibly with the mobile cranes, (unconfirmed) the RAF finally used their famous Brimstone missile.

However, it soon became clear, and was even reported by the defence correspondent on the Daily Politics on BBC2, that there had been no tactical need to use the £100,000-a-throw Brimstone for either of these military targets. The truck at Raqqa and the mobile cranes at an oilfield on the Iraq/Syria were not travelling at anything like 70 mph and much lesser expensive missiles, like the lasar-guided Paveway, could have just as easily – and much more cheaply – been deployed. On top of that, the same BBC defence correspondent reported that there have been no reports of civilian casualties coming out of Syria; not that we want civilian casualties, of course, but in modern warfare, they are unavoidable. No civilian casualties = no military action. Last year, just before Putin stepped in, some American flyers were reporting that they were being sent out on missions over ISIS-held territories, and then just left to circle around the target area, until they were nearly out of fuel, before being called back to base. This means that in many cases, they were unable to drop their payloads. On top of that, we then had the spectacle of the drivers of the trucks which were carrying ISIS’s oil into Turkey being warned by an airdrop of leaflets to leave their vehicles, because they were going to be bombed.

Talking of Turkey… well that’s another whole can of worms that we don’t have the time to go into here. Suffice to say, Turkey has been acting as middle man for ISIS’s oil, and it has also been organising cheap flights for ‘refugees’ directly into Germany. To conclude, when you add up all the evidence – and there’s only a smidgen of it in this article – we carry very little responsibility for those that have got themselves mixed up in the so-called Great Migration. Having gone through all these arguments with those who are in favour of helping the refugees, and explaining it all thoroughly, this is usually the response:

“But it’s not about who’s to blame, nor about economics or legal technicalities! It’s about being human. Wouldn’t we hate to see ourselves as selfish and uncaring people? How can we turn them away? How could we sleep at night?”

To me, though, it’s not about a nice, cosy, satisfying self image; it’s about survival. The bald truth is, if we open up our borders to let in this so-called Great Migration, we’ll never sleep soundly in our beds again.

Effects And Implications For Consumers Of The Natural Health & Supplementary Products Bill February 6 2016 | From: Uncensored

A brief summary and extended discussion of the consequences of the pending Natural Health & Supplementary Products Bill (formerly the Natural Health Products Bill) currently in Parliament.

This is a very complex Bill with many unacceptable aspects. Due to the need for brevity and clarity we have restricted our comments mainly to aspects that will affect consumers.

Summary The third reading of the Natural Health and Supplementary Products Bill is imminent. This Bill will ban most Natural Health Product (NHP) ingredients without just cause. NHPs in NZ are presently regulated under a ‘Black-list’ (a short list of banned substances that have shown evidence of harm). We currently have the right to consume any Natural Health ingredients not on the ‘Black-list’, which gives us access to an unquantifiably high number of ingredients with no history of harm. Under the new Bill this present ‘Black-list’ approach will be replaced by a new ‘White-list’ approach, with a very limited ‘White-list’ of ‘permitted ingredients’. Any ingredient that is not on this permitted ‘White-list will not be allowed to be sold in NZ Many Natural Health Products will disappear if they contain even one ingredient that is not on their ‘Permitted White-list’. Many suppliers will also disappear as a result. Any NHP ingredient that is recognised as having therapeutic (health improving) effect can be re-classified as a medicine by the MoH. Once it is classed as a medicine, it will be black-listed for use in Natural Health products. (This is already happening) There is no accountability for harm or death as a result of consumers losing healthcare products that they depend on. There are no provisions in the Bill to make allowances for this if it does happen. You can provide feedback to the Government on the Bill, sign a petition on www.Change.org and sign up with HFNZ for updates on this important matter.

Discussion The passing of the Natural Health and Supplementary Products Bill will result in many Natural Health Products becoming either severely restricted (via new proposed low dosage limits), or being made outright illegal in NZ.

All of the following contain one or more ingredients that do not appear on the list provided by the Ministry of Health, meaning consumers will no longer be able to purchase these products. These are just a few examples that have been sent to us by consumers: Liposomal Vit C, Liposomal Glutathione, Truehope EMPowerplus, Hardy Nutritionals Daily Essential Nutrients, 5-HTP – all products, L-Methionine – all products, Metagenics Azeo-Pangen, MediHerb TyAdren Support, Pure Encapsulations Ascorbyl Palmitate, Go Healthy Go Prostate Protect, Syntol AMD, Douglas Laboratories De-Mer-Tox, Future Formulations Inner Healing. We invite readers to contribute to this list by emailing us at [email protected] Natural Health Practitioners will be unable to properly practice as they will no longer be able to prescribe to their patients’ needs. The Ministry has stated in the consultation document that products made by a practitioner for an individual patient will be exempt from the Bill – including Rongoā Māori and Traditional Chinese Medicine – but that these same products will not be allowed to be sold over the counter.

However New Zealand Health Trust’s interpretation of the Supplementary Order Paper (the most up-to-date version of the Bill) differs from this entirely in that Māori health practitioners and others using traditional herbal and other remedies to administer to an individual will be unable to use non-permitted ingredients. We feel this is a classic example of how unreliable and misleading the Ministry’s information is in relation to this Bill. To make matters even more uncertain the Bill is crafted to allow most of the detail to be added AFTER the Bill has been passed! Products presently classified as ‘Practitioner Only Range’ will not be exempt from the ingredient restrictions. The proposed financing model of the new system presents significant risk to the majority of NZ small business supplement manufacturers, an outcome likely to result in only a small handful of large manufacturers remaining viable. This will result in a significant loss of variety of product in the natural supplements market in NZ. The new regulatory system will be funded by industry on a Full Cost Recovery Basis by annual registration charges on all products. Note that there have never been any registration charges before. These charges will rise as the range of products decreases due to the ‘White-list’ restrictions. Short run products will become economically unviable and thus will be discontinued, forcing smaller operators to close.

Every time a manufacturer reduces its product range or closes its doors, the remaining products and remaining manufacturers will have to shoulder more of the financial burden of funding the agency. The biggest players will benefit from this approach, as they can afford the fees – and this approach will increase their market share. This is one reason why large manufacturers support this bill. Presently in Australia under the TGA it costs manufacturers $40,000 – $150,000 just to apply for one ingredient to be accepted on their White-list, with no guarantee of success. There is little incentive to make an application because, if successful, a manufacturers’ competitors are able to benefit at no cost to them. And as only one or two ingredients per year have ever been passed by the TGA, manufacturers are discouraged from even trying. There is no reason to believe that this will not also apply here in NZ should the Bill be passed. The Pharma based ‘single ingredient approach’, which is the framework of the Bill, is inappropriate and misleading for two reasons: 1. It does not reflect the fact that when NHP ingredients are consumed together, higher doses can be safely tolerated above the consumption of a single ingredient. 2. If any one ingredient in a product exceeds a specified dose, then the entire product will be outlawed in NZ. Most supplements have multiple ingredients, affecting a huge number of supplements that New Zealanders are already relying on for their health and well-being.

The Bill will allow Medsafe (the business unit of the Ministry of Health) to increase its control over NHPs by the following means: It will reverse the basic historic principle confirming our rights to consume any natural health ingredient that is absent from a short defined ‘Black-list’ of substances where there is robust evidence of harm. The number of ingredients we can currently access is too high to quantify, yet no deaths have been attributed to these ingredients or products (see “No Deaths from Supplements. No Deaths from Minerals. No Deaths from Amino Acids. No Deaths from Herbs” http://orthomolecular.org/resources/omns/v12n02.shtml) Our present system will be replaced by a ‘White-list’ of permitted ingredients and only ingredients on this list will be sold in NZ. Furthermore, many permitted ingredients have severe dosage and application restrictions placed upon them. There is no scientific reasoning or justification for such limitations, and no history of risk to human health. The proposed ‘White-list’ currently contains 5,545 ingredients. This may sound like a lot, but to indicate what this means in terms of what we stand to lose, we only need to add up a small handful of the numerous categories of currently permitted ingredients to appreciate the magnitude of loss. There are so far over 8,000 identified Polyphenols, over 3,000 Enzymes and over 12,000 Medicinal Plants. These few examples alone make it easy to see that only a small fraction of our current range of natural ingredients will remain, should this legislation be enacted.

Permitted Ingredients ‘White-list’ File It is vitally important for you to check if any ingredients that you presently use in your supplements are not on the permitted list.

Which ingredients do YOU rely on? Check them out here. Or here in Excel spreadsheet form. You can search the file by entering the ingredient name, or searching alphabetically in the Excel Spreadsheet. If the ingredient is not on the list at all, then it will not be permitted in over-the-counter products. Also check the maximum permitted daily dose, and whether it will be permitted for internal or external application only.

What the Columns Mean In the ‘Outcome’ column - ‘Y’ means ‘Permitted’ (but make sure you check the maximum permitted amount, and the application, e.g. Glutathione (an important antioxidant) is permitted, but only for applying to the skin), - ‘N’ means ‘Unaccepted’, - ‘U’ means ‘Under Review’. If the ‘Reason’ column states ‘rejected by IJEACCM on safety grounds’ – IJEACCM stands for ‘The Interim Joint Expert Advisory Committee on Complementary Medicines’, a NZ/Australian initiative.

What is the Background to this Bill? There has been a de facto pharmaceutical monopoly on medicines for almost 100 years. When we become ill we need medicines. But pharmaceutical medicines are dangerous and can cause substantial harm. The monopoly has endured and grown stronger due to laws that have been passed. There have been many discoveries made over those 100 years that offered safer, cheaper and more effective treatments than the pharmaceutical options, but the regulators have always stepped in to prosecute, confiscate product and even imprison the people who made or used the discovery.

Very occasionally the regulators’ attempts to destroy a new discovery are not completely successful, and a natural alternative flourishes for a few years. But the Big Pharma lobbyists respond and it doesn’t take long for new laws to be drafted that strengthen the monopoly and the status quo remains. We can’t prevent Big Pharma and their lobbyists from trying to maintain and strengthen their position. They are very much aware of the impact that an appropriately regulated Natural Health Product industry would have on their market share. They have a duty to their shareholders to prevent natural medicines from entering the market. But our elected MPs need to wake up and stop passing such laws. The Natural Health and Supplementary Products Bill is Pharma-based and hostile to the interests of the consumer and the Natural Health industry. Consumers stand to be the biggest losers if this Bill is passed. There are many importers, manufacturers and re-sellers who do not oppose the bill for fear of retribution, as a lot of the fine print will be decided after it has been passed. They hope to be able to stay in business with reduced ranges and less effective products.

Consumers on the other hand, stand to lose access to life saving Natural Health Products. NHPs can save lives in several ways, from helping people to stay well so the need for pharmaceutical intervention doesn’t arise (the death toll from adverse reactions to properly prescribed pharmaceutical medicines is over 100,000 a year in the USA alone) to products that are capable of returning seriously ill people back to good health. Health Freedom NZ supports the aims and proposed legislative model of the New Zealand Health Trust. Their mission is to ensure that the consumer comes first in all health regulation, and that Natural Health should be regulated through a standalone regulator, not as a division of a larger pharmaceutical or food regulator. When you run this bill through the NZHT checklist of appropriate regulation it fails on every count.

What Can You Do? This Bill will soon have its third and final reading to become law, and is expected to take effect around June 2016. The Regulations are expected to come into force shortly afterwards. The Government is asking for public feedback on the Bill The consultation document contains a list of 47 questions and a “consultation submission” can be filled out online. However HFNZ recommends that the questions should not be answered because the regime is fundamentally flawed and engaging in the detail implicitly validates this unsuitable regulatory model. For those who have limited time to prepare a submission and wish to oppose the Bill in principle, click the link below for a short pre-prepared submission. We recommend you personalise your submission as much as possible. SEND submissions to [email protected] Should you require additional time to make a submission, you should request an extension of time from the Ministry: 1. Submissions on the Consultation Document close at 5pm on Friday 4 March 2016 2. Submissions on the Draft List of Conditions about which a claim can be made & the Draft Permitted List will open on 6 Feb 2016 and close on 31 May 2016.

You can make a submission by emailing: [email protected] Or by posting your submission to: Natural Health Products Ministry of Health PO Box 5013 Wellington 6145

Sign and Share the Petition Started by Professor Julia Rucklidge This is on www.Change.org. Simply add your first name, last name, email, city (and reason if you like) to the text box on the right of the page, then click Sign. https://www.change.org/p/naturalhealthproducts-moh-govt-nz-keep-access-to-nutrients-innz-that-have-a-proven-safety-record-and-therapeutic-benefit We invite all consumers who want to be kept informed of developments and help to save our right of access to Natural Health ingredients to sign up for the Health Freedom Newsletter.

A Large Number Of Bank Accounts Have Been Seized With Regards To The 1MDBGoldman Sachs Laundering Scandal February 5 2016 | From: Geopolitics

Slowly but surely, Khazarian stooges are being taken down everywhere.

Since three days ago, Goldman Sachs Asia Chairman, Tim Leissner, has taken a “personal leave” obviously to escape from the recent money laundering and bribery scandals involving with no less than Malaysia Prime Minister Najib Razak, involving Saudi royal money.

It turns out that the unexplainable disappearance of some portion of the $681 million of Saudi royal family “donation” to Razak are scattered through various bank accounts throughout Asia.

Najib Razak

This is huge because now we can see a possible correlation of this scandal to the two Malaysian airliners’ disappearance in the Indian Ocean and false flag shot down inside Ukrainian airspace. Recently, Bloomberg reported;

“Singapore has seized “a large number” of bank accounts in connection with possible money-laundering in the country, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and Commercial Affairs Department said in a joint e-mailed statement in response to queries on 1Malaysia Development Bhd. In connection with these investigations, we have sought and are continuing to seek information from several financial institutions, are interviewing various individuals, and have seized a large number of bank accounts,” the agencies said on Monday. They added Singapore has been “actively investigating” possible money-laundering and other offenses since mid-2015."

1MDB, the debt-ridden government investment fund of neighboring Malaysia whose advisory board is headed by Prime Minister Najib Razak, has been the subject of overlapping investigations at home plus countries such as Switzerland and Hong Kong amid allegations of financial irregularities.

Swiss prosecutors said in a Jan. 29 statement they are seeking legal assistance from the Southeast Asian nation after a probe they conducted into 1MDB revealed “serious indications” that about $4 billion may have been misappropriated. Najib is “not one of the public officials under accusation” in that investigation, Andre Marty, a spokesman for the Swiss attorney general’s office, said Monday in a statement.

‘Illicit Funds’ Singapore is cooperating with relevant authorities including those in Malaysia, Switzerland and the U.S., the agencies said in their statement.

“We have responded to all foreign requests for information and have requested for information from relevant counterparts to aid in our investigations,” according to the statement. “Singapore does not tolerate the use of its financial system as a refuge or conduit for illicit funds.” - Bloomberg

RT recounted,

“A number of investigations into 1MDB’s activities are being carried out in various countries, prompted by claims of corruption involving Razak, who chairs 1MDB."

Switzerland’s chief prosecutor, Attorney General Michael Lauber, said in a statement on Friday that he has asked for Malaysia’s help in investigating possible violations of Swiss law by 1MDB, Reuters reported.

Michael Lauber

The suspected misappropriations reportedly amount to $4 billion and concern “bribery of foreign officials, misconduct in public office, money laundering and criminal mismanagement.” It was discovered this week that Leissner has moved from Singapore to his Los Angeles home, calling it a “personal leave,” Bloomberg reports.

Goldman orchestrated the $6.5 billion sale of three 1MDB bonds in 2012 and 2013, from which the bank earned $593 million in fees and expenses. The deal has raised questions, as such fees in Malaysia are usually much lower.

It has since emerged that Razak received a $681 million “donation” to his personal bank account, which his opponents say is linked to the deal. The results of an investigation into the matter by Malaysian Attorney General Mohamed Apandi Ali, who was appointed by Razak in 2015, were published this week, but found no wrongdoing.

The probe found that the money had come from a Saudi Arabian royal family and that $620 million was returned within the following five months. There was no indication in the report as to what happened to the unaccounted for $61 million. State agencies in Hong Kong and the United States are also investigating other deals involving 1MDB. Related: Goldman Sachs executive takes ‘personal leave’ amid Malaysian fund corruption probes Malaysian Prime Minister Najib Razak doesn’t have a respectable track record in governance and has been a perennial recipient of popular protests.

“Fed up with years of alleged corruption, Malaysian activists escalated their protests, demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Najib Razak and the overhaul of a political system its critics argue is racist and favors the few who are political connected. Police estimated that 25,000 people took to the streets of Kuala Lumpur for the weekend Bersih 4.0 rally, which unlike previous demonstrations passed off peacefully. Organizers said the numbers were much higher, at around 200,000.” - TheDiplomat

Razak is now negotiating for a face-saving exit,

“Fed up with years of alleged corruption, Malaysian activists escalated their protests, demanding the resignation of Prime Minister Najib Razak and the overhaul of a political system its critics argue is racist and favors the few who are political connected.

Police estimated that 25,000 people took to the streets of Kuala Lumpur for the weekend Bersih 4.0 rally, which unlike previous demonstrations passed off peacefully. Organizers said the numbers were much higher, at around 200,000.” - TheDiplomat

“Malaysia’s embattled Prime Minister Najib Razak has entered negotiations for a face-saving exit from the turbulence of his nation’s politics, according to independent reports, after the anti-corruption commission referred 37 charges to the attorney-general for prosecution. Sources told the London-based Sarawak Report and the Hong Kong-based Asia Sentinel that Najib entered talks to ensure his departure from a tenure blighted by allegations of massive corruption and three murders, including Kevin Morais, a lead investigator with the commission. That prospect has fed social media commentators and prompted a rear-guard offensive by Malaysia’s mainstream newspapers, who are trying to convince a troubled wider world that the country remains an island of Muslim moderation amid a sea of Islamic militancy and terrorism. While this may somehow be seen as mitigating Najib’s legacy, the costs seem absurdly high given the allegations enveloping him. Horrific photos of Morais were published earlier this week by Malaysia Chronicle. He had led investigations into the 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB) scandal before his remains were found in a cement filled oil drum, submerged in a swamp. This is not the first time Najib and those around him have been linked to murder.” - TheDiplomat

Is the more than half a billion dollar Saudi “donation” a payoff for the deafening Malaysian government’s silence of the two airliners’ disappearance?

How about the recent Islamic State terror attack against Indonesia? Was it financed by Saudi royal money, too? Will Tim Leissner be made to answer his complicity to the conspiracy?

Dear Western Peoples; There Is No Freedom Without Truth February 4 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Dwight D. Eisenhower was a five-star general in charge of the Normandy Invasion and a popular two-term President of the United States. Today he would be called a “conspiracy theorist.”

Were Ike to be issuing his warning from the White House today, conservative Republicans like Senators Lindsey Graham (R-SC) and Marco Rubio (R-FL) would be screaming at Ike for impugning the motives of “the patriotic industry that protects our freedom.”

“This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence - economic, political, even spiritual - is felt in every city, every statehouse, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military–industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists, and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals so that security and liberty may prosper together.” - President Dwight D. Eisenhower

Comment: Eisenhower was a card-carrying member of the cabal, but the statements he made in later years such as the on above indicate that he had reconsidered his actions and was trying to issue a warning. Dwight D. Eisenhower was a five-star general in charge of the Normandy Invasion and a popular two-term President of the United States. Today he would be called a “conspiracy theorist.”

Were Ike to be issuing his warning from the White House today, conservative Republicans like Senators Lindsey Graham (R-SC) and Marco Rubio (R-FL) would be screaming at Ike for impugning the motives of “the patriotic industry that protects our freedom.” Neoconservatives such as William Kristol would be demanding to know why President Eisenhower was issuing warnings about our own military-industrial complex instead of warning about the threat presented by the Soviet military. The presstitute media would be implying that Ike was going a bit senile in his old age, a tactic the presstitutes used against President Reagan as he struggled to end stagflation and the Cold War. By January 17, 1961, when Eisenhower issued his warning in his farewell address to the American People, it was already too late.

Cold Warriors had had their hooks into the American taxpayer for 15 years after the end of WW II, and the military-industrial complex had replaced “mom and apple pie” as the most venerated and entrenched US interest. The Dulles brothers ran the State Department and CIA and overthrew governments at will. (Read The Brothers) The military-industrial complex had learned that regardless of the protestations of high-ranking military officers, no costoverrun, no matter how egregious, went unpaid. Armaments industries and military bases were spread all over the country and were important considerations for every senator and many congressional districts. The chairmen of House and Senate military appropriations subcommittees and armed services committees were already dependent on campaign contributions from the military-industrial complex and for cushy jobs should they lose an election. The Cold War was a profitable business that served many, and that is why it lasted so long.

Not to be too literal, the cold war was not all about Siberia, of course

There was never any threat of the Red Army invading Europe. Stalin declared “socialism in one country” and purged the Communist Party of the Trotskyist element that preached world revolution. An accommodation could have been reached, except that for the first time ever the military-industrial complex saw that it could keep the war business going for decades and perhaps forever. George F. Kennan predicted that should the Soviet Union “sink tomorrow under the waters of the ocean;

”Another adversary would have to be invented. Anything else would be an unacceptable shock to the American economy.”

When the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991, the “Soviet threat” was replaced with the “Muslim threat” and the “War on Terror” took over from the Cold War. Despite a succession of false flag attacks and warnings of a “thirty years war,” a few thousand lightly armed jihadists were an insufficient replacement for the Soviet Union and its thousands of nuclear ICBMs. It was an uncomfortable notion that the “world’s only superpower” could not dispose of a few [manufactured] terrorists.

Related: War, Terrorism And The Global Economic Crisis In 2015: One Hundred And Thirteen Interrelated Concepts So we are back to the Cold War with Russia. The propaganda is fast and furious. “Putin is the new Hitler.” “Russia invaded Ukraine.” "Russia is about to invade the Baltics and Poland.” “Putin is a corrupt multi-billionaire.” “Putin is scheming to recreate the Soviet Union.” Comment: Nothing but crybaby Khazarian Nazi Zionist Mafia tantrum rhetoric - because they are being taken down and they know it - and now everyone can see it. Vladimir Putin has called; end exposed the corrupt Western faux 'leadership' for who and what they are.

The accusations made towards Putin became headlines despite US military spending being a dozen or more times higher than Russian military spending and the Russian government expressing no hegemonic aspirations. Eisenhower’s sucessor, John F. Kennedy, realized that the military-security complex was a threat, but he underestimated the threat and paid for it with his life when he stood up to the military-security complex. Related: Securing The Global Collateral Accounts: Neil Keenan Update In stating this fact I have joined Eisenhower as a conspiracy theorist. (For a hair-raising account of the threat posed to President Kennedy by General Lyman Lemnitzer, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, read chapter three in Richard Cottrell’s book, Gladio, NATO’s Dagger at the Heart of Europe.)

Conspiracies are real. There are many more of them than people are aware. Many government conspiracies are heavily documented by governments themselves with the official records demonstrating the conspiracies openly available to the public. Just google, for example, Operation Gladio or the Northwoods Project. These conspiracies alone are sufficient to chastise those uninformed Western peoples who go around saying;

”Our government would never kill its own people.”

Perhaps Russian studies provided my introduction to government conspiracies against their own people. I learned that the Tsar’s secret police set off bombs and killed people in order to blame and arrest labor agitators. I was skeptical of this account and wondered if it was a reflection of left-wing bias against Tsarist Russia. Some years later I asked my colleague, Robert Conquest, at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University if the account was true. He replied that the story is true as is known from the released secret police files that are part of the Hoover Institution’s archives. False flag attacks are used by governments in order to pursue secret agendas that they cannot publicly acknowledge. If President George W. Bush and Vice President Dick Cheney had said:

”We are going to attack Iraq and a half dozen other countries in order to exercise hegemony over the Middle East, steal their oil, and clear the path for Israel to steal the entirety of the West Bank of Palestine, diverting taxpayers’ resources from serving the American people into the pockets of the armaments industries and spilling the blood of your parents, spouses, children, and siblings, even the American sheeple would have resisted."

Instead, following the famous advice of Hitler’s chief propagandist, they said: “Our country has been attacked!”

Generally speaking, an observant person with a bit of education can recognize a false flag attack. Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag? However, few people pay attention beyond what the official media says, and the media no longer investigates and questions but simply repeats the official story. Therefore, only a few realize what has really happened, and when these few open their mouths they are discredited as “conspiracy theorists.” This method of control might be wearing thin. There have been so many false flag “terrorist attacks” in the 21st century that there are now thousands of experts labeled as “conspiracy theorist.” For example, the 9/11 Truth Movement consists of thousands of high rise architects, structural engineers, demolition experts, nano-chemists, physicists, firefighters and first responders, civilian and military pilots, and former high government officials.

Related: Jeremy Corbyn: 9/11 Was 'Manipulated' + Russia Presents Evidence Against US, UK And Israel As Being The Actual 9/11 Terrorists & RT Declares 9/11 An Inside Job Collectively these experts represent far more knowledge and experience than the 9/11 Commission, which did nothing but write down whatever the government told the commission, NIST, a collection of people whose incomes and careers depend on the government, and the presstitutes who can barely manage arithemetic, much less the mathematics of controlled demolition.

The neoconservatives, who conrolled the George W. Bush regime, called for a “New Pearl Harbor” so that they could begin their wars of conquest in the Middle East. A “New Pearl Harbor” is what 9/11 gave them. Was this a coincidence or a Gulf of Tonkin or a Reichstag fire or a Tzarist secret police or Operation Gladio bomb? The charge, “conspiracy theory,” is used to prevent investigation.

9/11 was not investigated. Indeed, as many experts have pointed out, there was a conscious effort to remove and destroy the evidence before it could be investigated. The 9/11 families had to lobby and protest for a solid year before the Bush regime consented to the totally controlled 9/11 Commission. The Boston Marathon Bombing was not investigated. A scripted story was issued and repeated by the media. The San Bernardino shootings were not investigated. Again, a pre-scripted story took the place of investigation. The success of false flag attacks in the US led to their use in the UK and France. The Charlie Hebdo affair was not investigated and the official explanation makes no sense. The story has been closed with all the loose ends dangling. For example, why did a French police official investigating the crime allegedly commit suicide in his police office in the early hours of the morning, and why was his family denied the autopsy report? What happened to this disappeared story? Why did the police finger a third participant in the attack as the “getaway driver” who had an iron clad alibi? If the police were so totally wrong about this member of the gang, how do we know they are right about the two men they shot to death. How come alleged perpetrators of “terrorist attacks” are always killed before they can talk? How come the only story we ever get is what the government says? How can people be so gullible after the Gulf of Tonkin, Operation Gladio, etc.? Apparently the Charlie Hebdo attack was insufficient for the purpose, and now France has had what is called “the Paris attack,” an even more unbelievable event, evidence for which is missing.

This false flag attack was too much for Kevin Barrett who assembled a collection of skeptical essays from 26 people into a book, Another French False Flag: Bloody Tracks From Paris To San Bernardino. Twenty-four of these contributors do not believe the official story. Does this make them “conspiracy theorists,” or does this make them brave souls who are concerned that Reichstag fire type events are replacing Western civil liberty with fascist police states? Ask yourself, why are those trying to preserve liberty denounced? What incentive does contributor A.K. Dewdney, Professor Emeritus at the University of Western Ontario, author of ten books about science and mathematics, have to be a conspiracy theorist? What incentive does Philip Giraldi, former CIA case officer and Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, have to be a conspiracy theorist? What incentive does Anthony Hall, Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada, whose latest book has been endorsed by the American Library Association as “a scholarly tour de force,” have to be a conspiracy theorist?

What incentive does Mujahid Kamran, Vice Chancellor of Punjab University, Lahore, Pakistan, a Fulbright Scholar and recipient of numerous awards, have to be a conspiracy theorist? What incentive does Stephen Lendman, syndicated columnist and host on the Progressive Radio News Hour, have to be a conspiracy theorist? What incentive does James Petras, Bartle Professor of Sociology at Binghamton University, have to be a conspiracy theorist? What incentive does Alain Soral, one of France’s public intellectuals, have to be a conspiracy theorist? What incentive does Robert David Steele, former CIA Clandestine Services Officer, have to be a conspiracy theorist?

Related: Ex-CIA Officer Claims That Open Source Revolution Is About To Overthrow Global Oligarchy The neocons’ whores in the Western media who call these people “conspiracy theorists” are so stupid and unintelligent as to be unqualified to express any opinion.

Dear Western Peoples, if you wish to be able to walk down the streets of your cities without being accosted by police, demanded to present identity papers, searched, detained indefinitely or assassinated without due process of law, if you wish to be able to express your opinion about “your” government and its use of your tax payments, if you wish to be able to discuss current affairs or your personal affairs without being recorded by the NSA or the equivalent in your own country or by both, if you wish to be able to act on your moral conscience and to protest the violence the West applies to Muslims and others unfavored by powerful Western interests, such as Palestinians, if you wish to live in the freedom that was achieved in the West after centuries of struggle, wake up, find time from less meaningful pursuits to become aware of what is being stolen from you. It is late in the game. If you do not stand up for truth, you will have no freedom as there is no freedom without truth.

Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

Maori Elder Kingi Taurua Sends TPPA Partners, Queen A Formal Notice Of Veto Of Trade Agreement February 4 2016 | From: NZFoodSecurity

Kingi Taurua, a prominent Nga Puhi elder at Waitangi’s Te Tii Marae, has sent a formal notice of veto of the Trans-Pacific Partnership agreement to the embassies and trade departments of its

proposed partner countries, and has requested that the Queen intervene on the issue. Related: The Long Awaited TPPAFacts.co.nz: The Facts Minus The Spin

The document cites the Treaty of Waitangi and the 1835 Declaration of Independence of New Zealand, and states that the New Zealand government does not have “due authority” to sign the TPPA without the agreement of Maori elders, “which [agreement] has not been given”. Related: What Is The Real Agenda Behind John Key's Drive To Change The New Zealand Flag: Due Authority - A Very Silent Coup? Mr Taurua claims that the TPPA would be void in respect of New Zealand’s involvement as a result, should it be signed. NZ Food Security has obtained a copy of the document sent by Mr Taurua, which is titled “Notice of Non-Assent to the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement and Exercise of Constitutional Power of Veto in Respect Thereof”. The public release of the document comes just as the TPPA is due to be signed in Auckland, New Zealand on February 4 by visiting politicians from countries around the Pacific.

Mr Taurua is currently meeting with other Maori elders at Te Tii Marae in preparation for a visit by John Key, prime minister of New Zealand, and other government officials on Waitangi Day, February 6, after the scheduled signing. He has previously stated that Mr Key would not be allowed onto the marae if the controversial trade agreement was signed, although a trustee for the marae stated on February 2 that Mr Key would be allowed onto the land. It is thought that the notice sent to the partner countries of the TPPA is being discussed at the marae in anticipation of the visit, as the document asks the Queen to stand in opposition to the agreement with Mr Taurua “and those other Rangatira o Te Whakaminenga o Ngā Hapū o Nu Tireni” – referring to the other chiefs gathered at the marae – that “agree to … my position”.

The document says that he “requests and requires” the Queen to intervene and act as “Protector” of New Zealand’s sovereignty from “attempts on the sovereignty of our Independent State” by “overseas corporate interests”. At least one other elder has already countersigned the document. The language of the document echoes that of the Declaration of Independence, which was signed by Mr Taurua’s ancestor, Pareha of Ngati Rehia. He says that another ancestor of his, Te Kemara, was a signatory of the Maori version of the Treaty of Waitangi 1840.

Last year the Waitangi Tribunal found that Maori did not cede sovereignty when they signed the Treaty of Waitangi, and it is

apparently this sovereignty by descent – or tino rangatiratanga – that Mr Taurua is claiming he is able to use to formally veto the trade agreement. The document closes by stating that Mr Taurua “does not give [his] permission to the Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement being signed in Auckland” by the visiting officials from overseas “which position I take to the full extent of my right to regulate trade in that district.” The Declaration of Independence, which was approved by the Queen’s predecessor King William IV and ratified by the British government, states that Maori elders would gather at Waitangi each autumn in order to regulate trade.

Big Changes Ahead In 2016 As The Status Quo Of The Power Elite Is Challenged February 3 2016 | From: Sott

Though pessimistic news still dominates and controls the headlines in both mainstream and alternative media worlds, a closer look at what's going on right now might reveal glimpses of profound changes occurring just below the surface echo chambers.

This presentation will focus on the most visible signs reflecting the current underlying transformative metamorphosis the earth is undergoing at what appears to be the most tumultuous, dangerous and exciting time in human history. Related: Very, Very Bad Things All high seas shipping around the entire globe has come to a screeching halt. The Baltic Dry Index, the foremost economic mechanism responsible for tracking international trade of industrial commodities like grain, iron ore, coal, cement and fertilizer, has been in a state of freefall. On Monday it plummeted to an all-time low of just 369 points. On Tuesday it fell even lower, another 1.63% to 363 points, taking a nosedive in the first three weeks of 2016's first month alone to a whopping 24% drop. A latest check of Vessel Finder shows absolutely no cargo ships are in transit anywhere on the planet, clearly a historic first in modern history.

Shipping companies are lamenting about the rising costs of transporting goods eating up their profits and thus keeping all cargo vessels worldwide sitting in their port docks. Brace yourself for depleted empty store shelves to start showing up in the coming weeks and months. But another far more plausible explanation as to why global shipping has suddenly come to a standstill is because China for the first time as the emerging Asian powerhouse giant is now demanding all trade payment be transacted in Chinese Yuan. Over the last six months China has been steadily dumping its massive dollar reserves and ordered its banks to stop buying in US dollars. And now suddenly dozens of Chinese billionaire bankers and executives have mysteriously gone missing without a trace. With the faltering Chinese economy, the question becomes whether this phenomenon is payback for China's economic woes or whether it's part of a larger cover-up of corruption that could implicate high government officials. Combine this latest development with last Friday's bombshell announcement that this year Walmart will be closing 269 of its stores globally, the majority of which will be in America at 154 outlets, and the rippling of major shockwaves to come are already being felt early on in 2016.

Walmart shares have plunged 30% in the last 12 months, reflecting the sobering reality that American consumers can no longer afford to indulge themselves buying up cheap junk from China they don't need. If you believe the Walmart CEO, the massive closures are but a drop in the bucket, accounting for less than 1% of both the world's largest retailer's revenue as well as its global square footage. Though that assurance may appease Walmart shareholders somewhat, it offers no consolation at all to the swelling class of Americans struggling desperately to feed their families and make ends meet. US malls that haven't already become ghost towns are near empty nowadays. The everyday masses that used to be a once thriving robust middle class and backbone of this nation are starting to really feel the hurt of chronic impoverishment and destitution. Under Obama's leadership, the number of Americans living in poverty has skyrocketed from 37 million to 47 million people. The wealthiest nation on earth is offering no more jobs beyond minimum wage. Near 40% of working age Americans are not participating in the labor force with a growing segment that's long given up and stopped looking for work. The Federal Reserve's folly to simply print more money to prosperity has finally caught up, and as a consequence America is now facing the realization that the Feds' longtime shortcut to cheating death has only hollowed out its doomed house of cards economy to the point of self-implosion.

For over a year oil has simultaneously plunged to a low of $20 a barrel with low grade Canadian at $8, undercutting the high-powered fossil fuel industry's global dominance it's racketeered for well over a century. Again, China is insisting that its enormous export trade for oil import be transacted through its Yuan, not the US petrodollar. India as part of the formidable BRICS alliance is also replacing the petrodollar... same with Russia and Iran and a host of other nations. There is an ongoing worldwide exodus abandoning the US dollar once and for all as the standard international currency. Financially and geopolitically the Western economy has run out of gas. The current oil surplus glut will likely run its course supplying the global market's diminishing demand as cleaner renewable energy sources like wind and solar power are finally able to viably compete and begin replacing the biggest single source of earthly pollution. The hand-in-hand destruction between oil and the usury Ponzi schemed, debt-based system of central banksters bleeding the planet and masses dry is now on the verge of total collapse. Every honest appraiser not part of the army of paid propaganda shills still spewing inflated faked optimism would agree that the Western oligarch run economy is hemorrhaging in its death throes.

The Federal Reserve Board as America's private central bank, its mother Bank of London and its big four - Chase, Bank of America, Wells Fargo and Citigroup - as criminal gamble-holics since their housing bubble debacle have now racked up an unfathomable 2 quadrillion dollars worth of a derivative debt bubble. But the criminal banksters have secretly prepared for this day of reckoning having already manipulated the passing of draconian laws that this time is bailing them out with so called "bail-ins," outright stealing your money directly from your private bank accounts. Meanwhile, the Washington crime cabal is bankrupt, unable any longer to kick the proverbial can down the road. The long term consequence of the Federal Reserve pumping fiat money out of thin air has produced an insurmountable debt that's pushing our nation off a fiscal cliff. The jig is up for US Empire hegemony that protects and enriches only the ruling elite's continued global theft and destruction. A week doesn't go by when the West isn't caught up in another humiliating defeat that ultimately uncovers its deceitful malaise consistently lined up on the wrong side of history. The latest embarrassment was the two US Navy gunboats armed with mounted .50 caliber machine guns and a crew of 10 that were detected by Iran to be violating its territorial waters in the Persian Gulf.

It turns out the Navy boats were on a covert spy mission transporting a top level ISIS commander from Saudi Arabia replacing a recently killed terrorist leader in Syria, proving once again that the US is the world's largest state sponsor of both terrorists and terrorism. Iran had to fire warning shot missiles at the intervening US aircraft carrier the USS Truman as Tehran authorities were in process of detaining the US crew. With the terrorist and US sailors safely in tow, the Obama regime quickly caved in, giving in to Iran's demand for a prisoner swap arranging the release of seven Iranian prisoners for four Americans. With the UN finally lifting the economic sanctions from Iran, Tehran immediately announced its deal to buy airbuses from Europe. These latest developments only demonstrate that Iran refuses to be intimidated by US Empire and much to the chagrin of the real axis of evil - the US-Israel-Saudi Arabia, like it or not Iran is emerging as a formidable regional power in the Middle East. The recent US hijinks also reflects the ongoing power shift moving squarely from a weakened West to an empowered East.

Accepting defeat in Syria with Putin helping Assad destroy the Islamic State terrorists, Skull & Bones-er John Kerry with tail between his legs is no longer doggedly pursuing regime change but now desperately trying to negotiate a peace settlement before his demon child the terrorists are completely wiped out. Like rats jumping from a sinking ship, they will be running for cover to every corner of the globe, like the half-ass attempt at terrorism last week in Jakarta. With its foothold now established in Southeast Asia, this way the US created Islamic State terrorist ally can hype up the mythical fear and paranoia amongst the global masses that its cancerous spread is unstoppable. In reality, if you cut off the head that feeds the beast, as Putin has achieved by drastically reducing ISIS' pirated oil revenue generated from the likes of Israel and Turkey's Erdogan and son, both bigtime peddlers of terrorism, you can stop international terrorism.

Of course that's the last thing the US neocons and their crime cabal allies want, without their endless war on terror, the military industrial complex might go broke. Be prepared for more waves of unrelenting MSM propaganda demonizing Russia, China and Iran as the Western elite attempts a last ditch effort to plunge the planet into all-out World War III. The balance of world power is currently in a state of unstable flux. More citizens of the world are becoming informed and motivated toward activism, or as the feds would describe "radicalized." The wicked Western psychopaths sense they are losing their power and are desperately attempting to bring down the entire planet before it wakes up, causing as much death, destruction and mayhem as their waning power still commands. The globalist designed wars in the Middle East and North Africa have manufactured the migration crisis tearing Europe apart right now. The people of the United States and Europe stand to suffer the most as a new global system amidst all the turmoil is in process of birthing. Meanwhile during this interim crisis, expect some cataclysmic growing pains. But the New World Disorder as both shaped and promised by the likes of such evil men as Bush, Brezhenski, Kissinger and David Rockefeller is already here, it's what we are now experiencing. The tyranny of a one world government that the ruling elite has been meticulously scheming for centuries may not materialize after all with the present behind-the-scenes restructuring rapidly unfolding. The defeat of TTP and TTIP will be the rallying cry delivering a crushing blow to their sinister agenda. It's worth noting that scientists have been detecting and observing a number of changes not only on earth but throughout our entire solar system. We are learning that atmospheric changes are ongoing on virtually every planet. These are measurable physical changes occurring.

We also know that electromagnetic changes in our immediate environment whether emanating from the ground below us or from the atmosphere above us do exert influences on our physical and mental processes. Thus, it would be no leap of faith to consider the possibility that these fundamental changes occurring on other planets in our solar system might also be potentially affecting us here on earth. And so might other intelligent life forms in the universe far superior in interspace technology as well as mental and spiritual advancement be influencing us earthlings. Credible scientists, pilots and astronauts have all boldly reported extraterrestrial activity and phenomena. Even NASA admits alien life is out there.

Claims have been made from these same sources and firsthand witnesses that various ET interventions have mysteriously neutralized and disarmed the dangerously reckless and destructive power of actively deployed human weapons systems. All this suggests we are not alone and that forces greater than us may be exerting powerful effects that we as a human species are not even aware of. Moreover, the power of prayer and group mind have also been documented. Thus, as the late baseball star Yogi Berra would say, "It aint over till it's over." Comment: It's interesting to see when a journalist whose primary focus is current events and geopolitics is approaching the reality outside the proverbial box. For an in-depth discussion and clarification of the above topics, do not miss this enlightening read: High Strangeness

So instead of buying into the doom and gloom endgame giving us humans little hope or strength to alter or change any outcome, if anything, inadvertently contributing to a negative self-fulfilling prophecy, the promise of free energy discovered more than a century ago by Tesla may literally give power and wisdom back to the people. An era of cooperation and peace may eventually emerge after the transformative changeover is complete. Granted, many cynics might be singing the "same as the old boss" blues. But opportunity for an emerging focus on building life anew from the local ground level up to global and beyond would enrich the surviving human population to unlimited heights and accomplishment.

We're only at the tip if the iceberg

A restored sense of vested interest and creative empowerment to achieve the impossible may yet await humanity on the other side of the dark clouds of chaos and destruction now forming - definitely worth sticking around for if humanly possible. It's precisely what we citizens of the world do right now to fight for truth, peace and justice that will determine the fate and kind of world we leave our children and grandchildren.

How The Nazi’s Won WWII And Are Running The USA February 3 2016 | From: BeforeItsNews

As Mark Twain enjoyed pointing out that “history may not repeat itself, but it sure does rhyme”.

It might as well look like this. Seriously

This statement has never been more true than it is today with the mainstream resurgence of the ideas of Adolph Hitler. Related: Were Hitler & Nazism Zionist Creations?

The Nazis Are Making An Historical Comeback Adolph Hitler’s book, Mein Kampf is sweeping through Germany and also through much of Europe. It is, once again, becoming a best-selling book. Why? Because in desperate times, people turn to desperate measures in an attempt to rectify the economic, social and political quagmire that people now find themselves stuck in.

The Civilized World Is Crumbling Europe is on fire. The global elite have exported and overwhelmed the culture and the infrastructure of Europe through uncontrolled Muslim immigration. France is still reeling from the ISIS attack that paralyzed Paris with only seven Jihadis participating, back in December of 2015. Sweden and Germany are becoming the well-documented rape capitals of the world with Muslim refugees who are increasingly targeting local women for assault and rape. Are all Muslim refugees involved? Of course not. However, even the FBI acknowledges the fact that 10% of all Muslims have been radicalized and should be considered to be a national security threat. The residents of Europe are learning this lesson and very soon, so will American citizens. Subsequently, in an attempt to protect themselves, the people of Europe have given resurgence to Hitler’s “solutions” in response to the problems that have befallen Europe, and these solutions are firmly taking hold among an increasing number of Europeans.

Related: The History And Mission Of The Nazi-Illuminati Bush (Scher(f)f) Crime Family With Canada presently plunging into the depth of a catastrophic depression, the Canadians will likely become the next major country to fall under the spell of Adolph Hitler. In The Common Sense Show’s interview with Steve Quayle, Steve also mentioned that Mein Kampf and the Nazi philosophy is enjoying an unparalleled resurgence. Consider what Yahoo News recently printed about the rise in interest of Hitler’s brand of politics in Europe:

"Berlin (AFP) – The first reprint of Hitler’s “Mein Kampf” in Germany since World War II has proved more popular than expected, its publisher said Thursday, with pre-orders almost four times above its first print-run.”

Steve Quayle Saw All of This Coming Steve Quayle Is the author of Empire Beneath the Ice-How the Nazis Won World War II. Steve Quayle was recently the special guest of The Common Sense Show. He is the author of a fascinating book that is sweeping the nation and the world. The book is entitled “Empire Beneath the Ice, How the Nazis won World War II. Dave Hodges and Steve discussed the fact that most of the key Nazis survived the end of World War II. Steve would argue that the Nazi’s never went away.

In his book, he documents how Hitler and several top Nazi’s escaped the hangman’s noose. Many prominent Nazi’s were brought to America and occupied many key positions in our government along with many of its key affiliated partners (e.g. Wernher Von Braun and NASA). Steve Quayle is absolutely correct as my own father worked with these captured Nazi scientists and my father predicted in 1985 that this “Nazification” had already been visited upon the United States and it was only going to get worse. In our interview, Steve pointed out that we are not just looking at the rebirth of Hitler’s ideas, we will also witness, as pointed out in the Book of Daniel, that Christians will soon be persecuted in this nation. One might reasonably believe that the globalists will use the rise of Hitler’s ideas to give birth to a new form of fascism that will become the standard bearer of planetary unification. Listen to Dave Hodges interview with Steve Quale here. Related: Russia's Had Enough: No More 'Business as Usual' With US

There Are 'Fracking' Chemicals In Your Toothpaste, Detergents And Ice Cream February 2 2016 | From: NaturalNews

Most people take measures to ensure that the items they use in their homes on a daily basis are not on par with things that are considered unsafe for their bodies or the environment.

However, researchers from the University of Colorado Boulder have discovered that the toxic substances in fracking fluid, which are going down wells, are essentially the same as what's going down the drain in people's households. Related: Frackman The Movie Trailer - See The Truth About The Devastation Caused By Fracking Their findings, which are published in the journal Analytical Chemistry, show that the same toxic substances exist in fracking fluid samples that are also in many of the everyday items that individuals use, from toothpaste and detergent to ice cream and laxatives. The findings reinforce what many people have thought all along: that contamination of ground and surface water supplies may be traceable to the chemicals used in the fracking (hydraulic fracturing) process.

Expert: fracking fluid samples have same chemicals that are going down drains at home

"This is the first published paper that identifies some of the organic fracking chemicals going down the well that companies use," says the paper's lead author and a co-founder of the Laboratory for Environmental Mass Spectrometry in CU-Boulder's College of Engineering and Applied Science, Michael Thurman. "We found chemicals in the samples we were running that most of us are putting down our drains at home."

The paper, titled "Analysis of Hydraulic Fracturing Flowback and Produced Waters Using Accurate Mass: Identification of Ethoxylated Surfactants," notes the specific surfactants found. It states;

"Two series of ethylene oxide (EO) surfactants, polyethylene glycols (PEGs from EO3 to EO33) and linear alkyl ethoxylates (LAEs C-9 to C-15 with EO3-EO28), were identified in hydraulic fracturing flowback and produced water . . . "

According to the Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA), ethylene oxide is present in a range of commonlyused household products ranging from detergents and antifreeze to cosmetics and spices. They also note that it's linked to a host of problems including dizziness, spontaneous abortion, nerve damage and impaired memory.

To conduct the study, researchers obtained fracking fluid samples from five states -- Colorado, Louisiana, Nevada,

Pennsylvania and Texas -- then analyzed the surfactants in these fluids at a mass spectrometry laboratory sponsored by Agilent Technologies, Inc., where state-of-the art instrumentation was provided.

Additional studies needed to consider variables in fracking process and address other concerns Because the chemicals in fracking fluid are considered to be proprietary mixtures designed to extract as much oil and gas as possible, hesitancy to reveal chemicals remain due to fracking industry competition. While state and federal regulations do require disclosure regarding the chemicals used, only broad chemical categories are typically provided. Furthermore, variations in the fluid mixtures also exist due to the differing geology surrounding different well sites, and as such, researchers involved with this study note that their findings are not necessarily applicable to all existing wells. Researchers in this study, however, say that they are moving forward with plans to conduct a larger study that will look into samples from other wells in an effort to address these matters further.

Additionally, Thurman expressed concern about other fracking-related issues that he says warrant investigation such as air pollution, the quantity of water used and earthquakes occurring from wastewater disposal. Air pollution as it pertains to fracking is a very real concern. In fact, recent findings in a study led by Dr. David Carpenter, director of the Institute for Health and the Environment at the University at Albany-State University of New York, show that air samples near fracking wells contain hydrogen sulfide levels that exceed federal standards by 90 to 60,000 times. Researchers also found there to be very high levels of benzene and formaldehyde around these areas. Formaldehyde is a known carcinogen linked to leukemia and nasopharyngeal cancer, while hydrogen sulfide has been associated with health hazards such as eye irritation and asthma.

Former Jesuit Priest Exposes How The Vatican Created Islam February 2 2016 | From: OmniThought

How the Vatican created Islam. The astonishing story from an ex-Jesuit priest, Alberto Rivera, which was told to him by Cardinal Bea while he was at the Vatican.

This information came from Alberto Rivera, former Jesuit priest after his conversion to Protestant Christianity. It is excerpted from “The Prophet,” published by Chick Publications, PO Box 662, Chino CA 91708. Since its publication, after several unsuccessful attempts on his life, he died suddenly from food poisoning. His testimony should not be silenced. Dr. Rivera speaks to us still … Comment: This is a contentious subject, and that is acknowledged. It is not intended to be insulting to any person of any religion; simply the sharing of information for the hisotical record. We have all been manipulated in so very many ways. “What I’m going to tell you is what I learned in secret briefings in the Vatican when I was a Jesuit priest, under oath and induction. A Jesuit cardinal named Augustine Bea showed us how desperately the Roman Catholics wanted Jerusalem at the end of the third century. Because of its religious history and its strategic location, the Holy City was considered a priceless treasure. A scheme had to be developed to make Jerusalem a Roman Catholic city.

“The great untapped source of manpower that could do this job was the children of Ishmael. The poor Arabs fell victim to one of the most clever plans ever devised by the powers of darkness. Early Christians went everywhere with the gospel setting up small churches, but they met heavy opposition. Both the Jews and the Roman government persecuted the believers in Christ to stop their spread. But the Jews rebelled against Rome, and in 70 AD, Roman armies under General Titus smashed Jerusalem and destroyed the great Jewish temple which was the heart of Jewish worship… in fulfillment of Christ’s prophecy in Matthew 24:2. “On this holy placed today where the temple once stood, the Dome of the Rock Mosque stands as Islam’s second most holy place. Sweeping changes were in the wind. Corruption, apathy, greed, cruelty, perversion and rebellion were eating at the Roman Empire, and it was ready to collapse. The persecution against Christians was useless as they continued to lay down their lives for the gospel of Christ.

“The only way Satan could stop this thrust was to create a counterfeit “Christian” religion to destroy the work of God. The

solution was in Rome. Their religion had come from ancient Babylon and all it needed was a face-lift. This didn’t happen overnight, but began in the writings of the ‘early church fathers’. “It was through their writings that a new religion would take shape. The statue of Jupiter in Rome was eventually called St. Peter, and the statue of Venus was changed to the Virgin Mary. The site chosen for its headquarters was on one of the seven hills called ‘Vaticanus’, the place of the diving serpent where the Satanic temple of Janus stood.

“The great counterfeit religion was Roman Catholicism, called ‘Mystery, Babylon the Great, the Mother of Harlots and Abominations of the Earth’ - Revelation 17:5.

She was raised up to block the gospel, slaughter the believers in Christ, establish religions, create wars and make the nations drunk with the wine of her fornication as we will see. “Three major religions have one thing in common – each has a holy place where they look for guidance. Roman Catholicism looks to the Vatican as the Holy City. The Jews look to the wailing wall in Jerusalem, and the Muslims look to Mecca as their Holy City. Each group believes that they receive certain types of blessings for the rest of their lives for visiting their holy place.

In the beginning, Arab visitors would bring gifts to the ‘House of God’, and the keepers of the Kaaba were gracious to all who came. Some brought their idols and, not wanting to offend these people, their idols were placed inside the sanctuary. It is said that the Jews looked upon the Kaaba as an outlying tabernacle of the Lord with veneration until it became polluted with idols. “In a tribal contention over a well (Zamzam) the treasure of the Kaaba and the offerings that pilgrims had given were dumped down the well and it was filled with sand – it disappeared. Many years later Adb Al-Muttalib was given visions telling him where to find the well and its treasure. He became the hero of Mecca, and he was destined to become the grandfather of Muhammad. Before this time, Augustine became the bishop of North Africa and was effective in winning Arabs to Roman Catholicism, including whole tribes. It was among these Arab converts to Catholicism that the concept of looking for an Arab prophet developed.

“Muhammad’s father died from illness and sons born to great Arab families in places like Mecca were sent into the desert to be suckled and weaned and spend some of their childhood with Bedouin tribes for training and to avoid the plagues in the cities.

“After his mother and grandfather also died, Muhammad was with his uncle when a Roman Catholic monk learned of his identity and said, “Take your brother’s son back to his country and guard him against the Jews, for by god, if they see him and know of him that which I know, they will construe evil against him. Great things are in store for this brother’s son of yours.” “The Roman Catholic monk had fanned the flames for future Jewish persecutions at the hands of the followers of Muhammad. The Vatican desperately wanted Jerusalem because of its religious significance, but was blocked by the Jews. “Another problem was the true Christians in North Africa who preached the gospel. Roman Catholicism was growing in power, but would not tolerate opposition. Somehow the Vatican had to create a weapon to eliminate both the Jews and the true Christian believers who refused to accept Roman Catholicism.

Lookng to North Africa, they saw the multitudes of Arabs as a source of manpower to do their dirty work. Some Arabs had become Roman Catholic, and could be used in reporting information to leaders in Rome. Others were used in an underground spy network to carry out Rome’s master plan to control the great multitudes of Arabs who rejected Catholicism. When ‘St Augustine’ appeared on the scene, he knew what was going on. His monasteries served as bases to seek out and destroy Bible manuscripts owned by the true Christians. “The Vatican wanted to create a messiah for the Arabs, someone they could raise up as a great leader, a man with charisma whom they could train, and eventually unite all the non-Catholic Arabs behind him, creating a mighty army that would ultimately capture Jerusalem for the pope. In the Vatican briefing, Cardinal Bea told us this story:

‘A wealthy Arabian lady who was a faithful follower of the pope played a tremendous part in this drama. She was a widow named Khadijah. She gave her wealth to the church and retired to a convent, but was given an assignment. She was to find a brilliant young man who could be used by the Vatican to create a new religion and become the messiah for the children of Ishmael. Khadijah had a cousin named Waraquah,, who was also a very faithful Roman Catholic and the Vatican placed him in a critical role as Muhammad’s advisor. He had tremendous influence on Muhammad. ‘Teachers were sent to young Muhammad and he had intensive training. Muhammad studied the works of St. Augustine which prepared him for his “great calling.” The Vatican had Catholic Arabs across North Africa spread the story of a great one who was about to rise up among the people and be the chosen one of their God. ‘While Muhammad was being prepared, he was told that his enemies were the Jews and that the only true Christians were Roman Catholic. He was taught that others calling themselves Christians were actually wicked impostors and should be destroyed. Many Muslims believe this. ‘Muhammad began receiving “divine revelations” and his wife’s Catholic cousin Waraquah helped interpret them. From this came the Koran. In the fifth year of Muhammad’s mission, persecution came against his followers because they refused to worship the idols in the Kaaba.

‘Muhammad instructed some of them to flee to Abysinnia where Negus, the Roman Catholic king accepted them because Muhammad’s views on the virgin Mary were so close to Roman Catholic doctrine. These Muslims received protection from Catholic kings because of Muhammad’s revelations. ‘Muhammad later conquered Mecca and the Kaaba was cleared of idols. History proves that before Islam came into existence, the Sabeans in Arabia worshiped the moon-god who was married to the sun-god. They gave birth to three goddesses who were worshipped throughout the Arab world as “Daughters of Allah” An idol excavated at Hazor in Palestine in 1950’s shows Allah sitting on a throne with the crescent moon on his chest. ‘Muhammad claimed he had a vision from Allah and was told, “You are the messenger of Allah.” This began his career as a prophet and he received many messages. By the time Muhammad died, the religion of Islam was exploding. The nomadic Arab tribes were joining forces in the name of Allah and his prophet, Muhammad. ‘Some of Muhammad’s writings were placed in the Koran, others were never published. They are now in the hands of high ranking holy men (Ayatollahs) in the Islamic faith.’

“When Cardinal Bea shared with us in the Vatican, he said, these writings are guarded because they contain information that links the Vatican to the creation of Islam. Both sides have so much information on each other, that if exposed, it could create such a scandal that it would be a disaster for both religions.

“In their “holy” book, the Koran, Christ is regarded as only a prophet. If the pope was His representative on earth, then he also must be a prophet of God. This caused the followers of Muhammad to fear and respect the pope as another “holy man.” “The pope moved quickly and issued bulls granting the Arab generals permission to invade and conquer the nations of North Africa. The Vatican helped to finance the building of these massive Islamic armies in exchange for three favors: 1. Eliminate the Jews and Christians (true believers, which they called infidels).

2. Protect the Augustinian Monks and Roman Catholics. 3. Conquer Jerusalem for “His Holiness” in the Vatican. “As time went by, the power of Islam became tremendous – Jews and true Christians were slaughtered, and Jerusalem fell into their hands. Roman Catholics were never attacked, nor were their shrines, during this time. But when the pope asked for Jerusalem, he was surprised at their denial! The Arab generals had such military success that they could not be intimidated by the pope – nothing could stand in the way of their own plan. “Under Waraquah’s direction, Muhammad wrote that Abraham offered Ishmael as a sacrifice. The Bible says that Isaac was the sacrifice, but Muhammad removed Isaac’s name and inserted Ishmael’s name.

As a result of this and Muhammad’s vision, the faithful Muslims built a mosque, the Dome of the Rock, in Ishmael’s honor on the site of the Jewish temple that was destroyed in 70 AD. This made Jerusalem the 2nd most holy place in the Islam faith. How could they give such a sacred shrine to the pope without causing a revolt? “The pope realized what they had created was out of control when he heard they were calling “His Holiness” an infidel. The Muslim generals were determined to conquer the world for Allah and now they turned toward Europe. Islamic ambassadors approached the pope and asked for papal bulls to give them permission to invade European countries. “The Vatican was outraged; war was inevitable. Temporal power and control of the world was considered the basic right of the pope. He wouldn’t think of sharing it with those whom he considered heathens.

“The pope raised up his armies and called them crusades to hold back the children of Ishmael from grabbing Catholic Europe. The crusades lasted centuries and Jerusalem slipped out of the pope’s hands. “Turkey fell and Spain and Portugal were invaded by Islamic forces. In Portugal, they called a mountain village “Fatima” in honor of Muhammad’s daughter, never dreaming it would become world famous. “Years later when the Muslim armies were poised on the islands of Sardinia and Corsica, to invade Italy, there was a serious problem. The Islamic generals realized they were too far extended. It was time for peace talks. One of the negotiators was Francis of Assisi.

“As a result, the Muslims were allowed to occupy Turkey in a “Christian” world, and the Catholics were allowed to occupy Lebanon in the Arab world. It was also agreed that the Muslims could build mosques in Catholic countries without interference as long as Roman Catholicism could flourish Arab countries. “Cardinal Bea told us in Vatican briefings that both the Muslims and Roman Catholics agreed to block and destroy the efforts of their common enemy, Bible-believing Christianm missionaries. Through these concordats, Satan blocked the children of Ishmael from a knowledge of Scripture and the truth. “A light control was kept on Muslims from the Ayatollah down through the Islamic priests, nuns and monks. The Vatican also engineers a campaign of hatred between the Muslim Arabs and the Jews. Before this, they had co-existed peacefully. “The Islamic community looks on the Bible-believing missionary as a devil who brings poison to the children of Allah. This explains years of ministry in those countries with little results.

“The next plan was to control Islam. In 1910, Portugal was going Socialistic. Red flags were appearing and the Catholic Church was facing a major problem. Increasing numbers were against the church. “The Jesuits wanted Russia involved, and the location of this vision at Fatima could play a key part in pulling Islam to the Mother Church.Lucia de Santos, Francisco Marco and Jacinta Maro in 1917. “In 1917, the Virgin appeared in Fatima. “The Mother of God” was a smashing success, playing to overflow crowds. As a result, the Socialists of Portugal suffered a major defeat. “Roman Catholics world-wide began praying for the conversion of Russia and the Jesuits invented the Novenas to Fatima which they could perform throughout North Africa, spreading good public relations to the Muslim world. The Arabs thought they were honoring the daughter of Muhammad, which is what the Jesuits wanted them to believe.

“As a result of the vision of Fatima, Pope Pius XII ordered his Nazi army to crush Russia and the Orthodox religion and make Russia Roman Catholic.” A few years after he lost World war II, Pope Pius XII startled the world with his phoney dancing sun vision to keep Fatima in the news. It was great religious show biz and the world swallowed it. “Not surprisingly, Pope Pius was the only one to see this vision. As a result, a group of followers has grown into a Blue Army world-wide, totaling millions of faithful Roman Catholics ready to die for the blessed virgin. “But we haven’t seen anything yet. The Jesuits have their Virgin Mary scheduled to appear four or five times in China, Russia, and major appearance in the U.S.

“What has this got to do with Islam? Note Bishop Sheen’s statement: “Our Lady’s appearances at Fatima marked the turning point in the history of the world’s 350 million Muslims. After the death of his daughter, Muhammad wrote that she “is the most holy of all women in Paradise, next to Mary.” “He believed that the Virgin Mary chose to be known as Our Lady of Fatima as a sign and a pledge that the Muslims who believe in Christ’s virgin birth, will come to believe in His divinity. “Bishop Sheen pointed out that the pilgrim virgin statues of Our Lady of Fatima were enthusiastically received by Muslims in Africa, India, and elsewhere, and that many Muslims are now coming into the Roman Catholic Church.” Related: Religion: How It Was Employed As A Control System To Divide & Conquer

Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering? February 1 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Various

They’ve been through A with AIDS, C with cancer, D with diabetes, E with Ebola, H1N1, superbugs, etc. Now, they are down to Z with Zika virus.

Here’s the fear mongering channeled through Reuters;

"There is no treatment for Zika infection. Efforts to combat Zika are focused on protecting people from being bitten and on eradicating mosquitoes, a tough task in many parts of Latin America, where people live in poverty and there are plentiful breeding grounds for the insect. “We do not have a vaccine for Zika yet. The only thing we can do is fight the mosquito,” Brazilian President Dilma Rousseff said on Friday, reiterating her call for a national eradication effort. Rousseff said tests for the development of a vaccine would begin next week at the Butantan Institute, one of Brazil’s leading biomedical research centers in Sao Paulo. U.S. President Barack Obama spoke on Friday with Rousseff about the spread of the virus, the White House said. “The leaders agreed on the importance of collaborative efforts to deepen our knowledge, advance research and accelerate work to develop better vaccines and other technologies to control the virus,” the White House said in a statement. Zika has hit Brazil just as it prepares to host the Olympic Games in Rio de Janeiro on Aug. 5-21, an event that draws hundreds of thousands of athletes, team officials and spectators. The International Olympic Committee (IOC) assured teams on Friday the Olympics would be safe from Zika, but urged visitors to carefully protect themselves. U.S. lawmakers have begun to press the Obama administration for details of its response to Zika. At least 31 people in the country have been infected, all of them after travel to affected countries.”

We should not just be looking at the issue from the standpoint of healthcare only but also from its geopolitical implications. Because, as always, the enemies of humanity do have the skills, capability and appetite for inflicting pain and suffering into many aspects of our existence. With bioweapon Zika virus, they can: Shake up one of the pillars of the BRICS Collective, i.e. Brazil’s economy, to hasten its fall from grace [here, here, and here]; Continue thinning the herd through mass sterilizations via birth control virus-tainted vaccines in pursuant to their upgraded United Nations’ Sustainable Agenda 2030, and; Continue profiting from sales of more vaccines. The development and spread of the Zika virus in Brazil is never an act of nature.

Zika Outbreak Epicenter in Same Area Where GM Mosquitoes Were Released in 2015 The World Health Organization announced it will convene an Emergency Committee under International Health Regulations on Monday, February 1, concerning the Zika virus ‘explosive’ spread throughout the Americas. The virus reportedly has the potential to reach pandemic proportions - possibly around the globe. But understanding why this outbreak happened is vital to curbing it. As the WHO statement said: A causal relationship between Zika virus infection and birth malformations and neurological syndromes … is strongly suspected. [These links] have rapidly changed the risk profile of Zika, from a mild threat to one of alarming proportions. WHO is deeply concerned about this rapidly evolving situation for 4 main reasons: the possible association of infection with birth malformations and neurological syndromes; the potential for further international spread given the wide geographical distribution of the mosquito vector; the lack of population immunity in newly affected areas; and the absence of vaccines, specific treatments, and rapid diagnostic tests […]

The level of concern is high, as is the level of uncertainty. Zika seemingly exploded out of nowhere. Though it was first discovered in 1947, cases only sporadically occurred throughout Africa and southern Asia. In 2007, the first case was reported in the Pacific. In 2013, a smattering of small outbreaks and individual cases were officially documented in Africa and the western Pacific. They also began showing up in the Americas. In May 2015, Brazil reported its first case of Zika virus - and the situation changed dramatically. Brazil is now considered the epicenter of the Zika outbreak, which coincides with at least 4,000 reports of babies born with microcephaly just since October. When examining a rapidly expanding potential pandemic, it’s necessary to leave no stone unturned so possible solutions, as well as future prevention, will be as effective as possible. In that vein, there was another significant development in 2015.

Oxitec first unveiled its large-scale, genetically-modified mosquito farm in Brazil in July 2012, with the goal of reducing “the incidence of dengue fever,” as The Disease Daily reported. Dengue fever is spread by the same Aedes mosquitoes which spread the Zika virus - and though they “cannot fly more than 400 meters,” WHO stated, “it may inadvertently be transported by humans from one place to another.” By July 2015, shortly after the GM mosquitoes were first released into the wild in Juazeiro, Brazil, Oxitec proudly announced they had “successfully controlled the Aedes aegypti mosquito that spreads dengue fever, chikungunya and zika virus, by reducing the target population by more than 90%.” Though that might sound like an astounding success - and, arguably, it was - there is an alarming possibility to consider. Nature, as one Redditor keenly pointed out, finds a way - and the effort to control dengue, zika, and other viruses, appears to have backfired dramatically. Juazeiro, Brazil was the location where genetically-modified mosquitoes were first released into the wild.

The particular strain of Oxitec GM mosquitoes, OX513A, are genetically altered so the vast majority of their offspring will die before they mature - though Dr. Ricarda Steinbrecher published concerns in a report in September 2010 that a known survival rate of 3-4 percent warranted further study before the release of the GM insects. Her concerns, which were echoed by several other scientists both at the time and since, appear to have been ignored - though they should not have been. Those genetically-modified mosquitoes work to control wild, potentially disease-carrying populations in a very specific manner. Only the male modified Aedes mosquitoes are supposed to be released into the wild - as they will mate with their unaltered female counterparts. Once offspring are produced, the modified, scientific facet is supposed to ‘kick in’ and kill that larvae before it reaches breeding age - if tetracycline is not present during its development. But there is a problem. According to an unclassified document from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate Committee for Agriculture dated February 2015, Brazil is the third largest in “global antimicrobial consumption in food animal production” - meaning, Brazil is third in the world for its use of tetracycline in its food animals. As a study by the American Society of Agronomy, et. al., explained;

“It is estimated that approximately 75% of antibiotics are not absorbed by animals and are excreted in waste.”

One of the antibiotics (or antimicrobials) specifically named in that report for its environmental persistence is tetracycline. In fact, as a confidential internal Oxitec document divulged in 2012, that survival rate could be as high as 15% - even with low levels of tetracycline present. “Even small amounts of tetracycline can repress” the engineered lethality. Indeed, that 15% survival rate was described by Oxitec: After a lot of testing and comparing experimental design, it was found that [researchers] had used a cat food to feed the [OX513A] larvae and this cat food contained chicken. It is known that tetracycline is routinely used to prevent infections in chickens, especially in the cheap, mass produced, chicken used for animal food.

Is that you Liz?

The chicken is heat-treated before being used, but this does not remove all the tetracycline. This meant that a small amount of tetracycline was being added from the food to the larvae and repressing the [designed] lethal system. Even absent this tetracycline, as Steinbrecher explained, a “sub-population” of genetically-modified Aedes mosquitoes could theoretically develop and thrive, in theory;

"Capable of surviving and flourishing despite any further” releases of ‘pure’ GM mosquitoes which still have that gene intact. She added, “the effectiveness of the system also depends on the [genetically-designed] late onset of the lethality. If the time of onset is altered due to environmental conditions… then a 3-4% [survival rate] represents a much bigger problem…” As the WHO stated in its press release, “Conditions associated with this year’s El Nino weather pattern are expected to increase mosquito populations greatly in many areas.”

Incidentally, President Obama called for a massive research effort to develop a vaccine for the Zika virus, as one does not currently exist. Brazil has now called in 200,000 soldiers to somehow help combat the virus’ spread. Aedes mosquitoes have reportedly been spotted in the U.K. But perhaps the most ironic - or not - proposition was proffered on January 19, by the MIT Technology Review: An outbreak in the Western Hemisphere could give countries including the United States new reasons to try wiping out mosquitoes with genetic engineering. Yesterday, the Brazilian city of Piracicaba said it would expand the use of genetically modified mosquitoes…

The GM mosquitoes were created by Oxitec, a British company recently purchased by Intrexon, a synthetic biology company based in Maryland. The company said it has released bugs in parts of Brazil and the Cayman Islands to battle dengue fever. Here’s more to the Zika story…

Zika Freakout: The Hoax and the Covert Op Continue Thanks to reporters and researchers Jim Stone, Kathy Ford, the fullerton informer, Jim West, Martin Maloney, and Claus Jensen, who have moved this story forward and exposed the scam. If you want to hide anything on this planet, twist it into a (fake) story about a virus. You’re home free. This is my second article on the Zika-virus scam (article archive here). I’ve been to these rodeos before: HIV, West Nile, Swine Flu, SARS, Ebola. In each case, a virus is blamed for illness and death that actually arises from other causes.

The Zika virus, now being blamed for the birth of babies with very small heads and impaired brains, has been around for a long time - late 1940s, early 1950s - and suddenly, without warning or reason, after inducing, at best, mild illness, it’s producing horrendous damage? This is called a clue. A clue that scientific liars are lying. Furthermore, many of the women who are giving birth to deformed babies test negative for the presence of the Zika Virus. So, what is causing babies to be born with very small heads and brain damage? While researching my first book in 19878, AIDS INC., I concluded: don’t assume there is only one cause for illness. That can be very misleading. Various factors can combine to produce disease and death. For example, in the case of this “Zika” phenomenon:

One: Pesticide use in Brazil: Brazil, the center of the “Zika” crisis, uses more pesticides than any nation in the world. Some of these are banned in 22 other countries. And as for babies born with smaller heads, here is a study from Environmental Health Perspectives (July 1, 2011), “Urinary Biomarkers of Prenatal Atrazine Exposure…”:

"The presence versus absence of quantifiable levels of [the pesticide] atrazine or a specific atrazine metabolite was associated with fetal growth restriction… and small head circumference… Head circumference was also inversely associated with the presence of the herbicide metolachlor.” (emphasis added)

Atrazine and metolachlor are both used in Brazil.

Two: The TdaP vaccine: This is a case of suspicious correlation. A study posted in the US National Library of Medicine, “Pertussis in young infants: a severe vaccine-preventable disease,” spells it out:

“…in late 2014, the [Brazilian] Ministry of Health announced the introduction of the Tdap vaccine for all pregnant women in Brazil.”

Obviously, pregnant women are the target group; they are giving birth to babies with smaller heads and brain damage, and the recommendation for them to take the vaccine was recent; 2014.

Barbara Loe Fisher, of the National Vaccine Information Center, writes:

"Drug companies did not test the safety and effectiveness of giving influenza or Tdap vaccine to pregnant women before the vaccines were licensed in the U.S and there is almost no data on inflammatory or other biological responses to these vaccines that could affect pregnancy and birth outcomes… The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) lists influenza and Tdap vaccines as either Pregnancy Category B or C biologicals which means that adequate testing has not been done in humans to demonstrate safety for pregnant women and it is not known whether the vaccines can cause fetal harm or affect reproduction capacity. The manufacturers of influenza and Tdap vaccines state that human toxicity and fertility studies are inadequate and warn that the influenza and Tdap vaccines should ‘be given to a pregnant woman only if clearly needed.’” (emphasis added)

Three: Genetically engineered mosquitoes that have already been released in Brazil to “combat” dengue fever - a project implemented by Oxitec, a company supplied with grant money from Bill Gates: A town in Brazil has reported continuing elevated levels of dengue fever since the GE (genetically engineered) mosquitoes have been introduced to combat that disease. The scientific hypothesis is: the trickster GE bugs (males) will impregnate natural females, but no actual next generation will occur beyond the larval stage. However, this plummeting birth rate in mosquitoes is the only “proof” that the grand

experiment is safe. No long-term health studies have been done - this is a mirror of what happened when GMO crops were introduced: No science, just bland assurances.

Needless to say, without extensive lab testing, there is no way to tell what toxic elements these GE mosquitoes may actually be harboring, in addition to what researchers claim. That’s a major red flag. Wherever these GE mosquitoes have been introduced, or are about to be introduced, the human populations have not been consulted for their permission. It’s all being done by government and corporate edict. It’s human experimentation on a grand scale.

Four: Pesticide manufacturing in Brazil: Reuters, May 19, 2015, “Brazil prosecutors seek $16 million from pesticide makers”:

"Brazilian prosecutors said on Monday they would seek at least 50 million reais ($16.6 million) from multinational pesticide manufacturers for alleged safety violations at a collection facility for used pesticide containers… Those manufacturers, prosecutors said, include the Brazilian units of BASF, DuPont, Monsanto, Nufarm, Syngenta, Adama, FMC and Nortox… The charges come as scientists, regulators, public health officials and consumers increasingly complain that Brazil’s ascent as an agricultural powerhouse has led to unsafe and excessive use of pesticides. Reuters reported in April that at least four foreign manufacturers sell pesticides in Brazil that they are not allowed to sell in their home markets.” (emphasis added)

How convenient for these corporate giants to evade blame for horrific birth effects—out of nowhere a virus is touted as the cause.

Five: Severe and endemic malnutrition, lack of basic sanitation, and grinding poverty: These are major factors in all illness and death, in the areas where they are prevalent (e.g., major parts of Brazil). Suppression of the immune system is the result, and anything that then comes down the pipeline, germs or manmade toxic substances, become catastrophic to the body.

Six: Anti-Mosquito Sprays: The Guardian, January 26, 2015, "Brazil is ‘badly losing’ the battle against Zika virus, says health minister": Sprays are now being given out to 400,000 pregnant women in Brazil. Naturally, the sprays are toxic. What better way to multiply the attack on mothers and their unborn children? For example, widely used organophosphates in sprays can be highly disruptive to the nervous system. Some or all of these six elements I’ve listed, in combination, form a sustained attack on human life. And as I keep stressing, the virus becomes the formidable cover story that conceals the truth. And don’t forget the Rio Olympic Games, coming up in August. There are multiple scenarios which could play out in front of a global television audience. Will Zika be pushed as some sort of worldwide pandemic? Will a Zika vaccine be magically “discovered” and rushed into production, in time to show (as an advertisement) lines of people dutifully trudging up to receive shots?

Every fake epidemic is, in part, designed to create fear and induce blind compliance to medical and government dictates. The germ is positioned as the “tiny terrorist” in this stage play. In my first book, AIDS INC. (1988), I indicated that covert medical ops are the most dangerous, because they appear to be politically neutral, they fly under no flag, and they claim to forward only humanitarian aims. But in fact, modern “Rockefeller Medicine” is built as a vast partner in the Globalization of the planet. Its vision is a universal in-utero-to-cradle-to-grave system for the human race: every human walks a bleak lifelong path of disease-diagnosis after diagnosis, receiving toxic drugs and vaccines at every turn, which weaken his body and mind, and make him unable to consider what is happening outside his perimeter of suffering or resist political totalitarianism.

Medical freedom means: the freedom to refuse medical care, and it’s based on knowledge of destructive effects. This freedom must win, against any odds. “Official science” is a contradiction in terms, and a grand illusion. (To read about Jon’s mega-collection, Power Outside The Matrix, click here.) Like all other outbreaks before, we are calling this one just another fear mongering to divert our attention from more pressing global issues and for what they are about to do. We already have the effective means to defeat any known and unknown viral infections. We can mitigate the effects of any chemicals and neutralized all types of parasites without using highly toxic drugs and expensive procedures, but only with a very simple and complete protocol that defeats all known and unknown diseases for good, without any long-term side-effects. Find more about it here.

Nine Scientific Facts Prove The "Theory Of Evolution" Is False January 31 2016 | From: HumansAreFree

This article will prove that the Theory of Evolution fails many challenges, not simply one.

Sorry to anyone who finds this offensive, but humans did not evolve from apes into Chuck Norris

The Theory of Evolution will never become a law of science because it is wrought with errors. This is why it is still called a theory, instead of a law. The process of natural selection is not an evolutionary process. The DNA in plants and animals allows selective breeding to achieve desired results. Dogs are a good example of selective breeding. The DNA in all dogs has many recessive traits. A desired trait can be produced in dogs by selecting dogs with a particular trait to produce offspring with that trait. This specialized selective breeding can continue for generation after generation until a breed of dog is developed. This is the same as the "survival of the fittest" theory of the evolutionists.

Darwin's complete quote can be found here

Many different types of dogs can be developed this way, but they can never develop a cat by selectively breeding dogs. Natural selection can never extend outside of the DNA limit. DNA cannot be changed into a new species by natural selection. The same process of selective breeding is done with flowers, fruits, and vegetables. New variations of the species are possible, but a new species has never been developed by science. In fact, the most modern laboratories are unable to produce a left-hand protein as found in humans and animals. Evolutionist fail to admit that no species has ever been proven to have evolved in any way. Evolution is simply pie-in-the-sky conjecture without scientific proof. If natural selection were true, Eskimos would have fur to keep warm, but they don't. They are just as hairless as everyone else. If natural selection were true, humans in the tropics would have silver, reflective skin to help them keep cool, but they don't. They have black skin, just the opposite of what the theory of natural selection would predict.

If natural selection were true humans at northern latitudes would have black skin, but they have white skin instead, except the Eskimos who have skin that is halfway between white and black. The people from Russia and the Nordic countries have white skin, blood hair and blue eyes. This is the opposite of what one would predict if natural selection controlled skin color. Many evolutionists argue that melanin is a natural sunscreen that evolved in a greater amount to protect dark-skinned people who live near the Equator. They simply ignore the fact that dark-skinned Eskimos live north of the Arctic Circle. Melanin in the skin is not a sound argument in favor of evolution. Dark-skinned people have always lived near the Equator, not white-skinned people, even though the dark skin is more uncomfortable in the hot, sunny climate. Black skin absorbs the heat from the sun's rays more than white skin. Humans show no sign of natural selection based on the environment. The theory of natural selection is wrong because it cannot create something in the DNA that wasn't there in the beginning.

Animals like bears, tigers, lions, and zebras living near the equator have heavy fur while humans living north of the Artic Circle have bare skin. A leopard from the jungle near the equator has fur like the snow leopard of the Himalayas. The snow leopard grows thicker hair but the jungle leopard would also if moved to a cold climate. Horses and dogs grow a heavy winter coat in colder climates. Natural selection isn't working as falsely claimed by Charles Darwin. The cheetah in Africa is an example of an animal in the cat family with very limited variety in the DNA. Each cheetah looks like an identical twin. The cheetah DNA is so identical that the skin from one cheetah can be grafted into another cheetah without any rejection by the body. Evolution is a theory developed one hundred and forty years ago by Charles Darwin (N/A actually, by his grandfather in 1794 - before Charles was even born), before science had the evidence available to prove the theory false. His famous book, On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, has a title that is now known to be scientifically false. New species cannot evolve by natural selection. Modern scientific discoveries are proving evolution to be impossible. No new scientific discoveries have been found to support the Theory of Evolution.

Life did not start with a bolt of lightning striking a pond of water as claimed by the main stream scientists. Kids are taught that life can evolve given enough time. This is a false statement without any scientific support. They are taught that if given enough time, a monkey at a typewriter could punch keys at random and eventually type President's Abraham Lincoln Gettysburg Address. This is nonsense. Time does not make impossible things possible. As an example, a computer was programmed in an attempt to arrive at the simple 26-letter alphabet. After 35,000,000,000,000 (35 trillion) attempts it has only arrived at 14 letters correctly. What are the odds that a simple single cell organism could evolve given the complexity of more than 60,000 proteins of 100 different configurations all in the correct places? Never in eternity! Time does not make impossible things possible. (...)

The Indoctrination System Called "Education" The educational system teaches children not to think. Any student who uses logic and solid scientific evidence to question the Theory of Evolution is ridiculed and insulted into submission. The students who submit become non-thinking robots who dare not question the dogma presented. A forth-grade elementary school class was observed at the park playing a three-legged race game, where adjacent legs of the two kids were placed into a bag. The kids must cooperate with each step in order to run. The kids thought it was great fun. The teacher told them they were being trained to cooperate. Actually, it was brainwashing kids into conforming to a system in which they are not allowed to have individual thoughts or opinions. They must become a "team player" and submit to peer pressure. Communist countries have used this same brainwashing technique for decades.

Cheese

The brainwashing of school children continues by teaching them there is no absolute right or wrong, and the teacher is absolutely positive about it. Whatever the children think is right for them is OK. That is of course until they question evolution. They are then told they are wrong. This brainwashing results in children who are unable to think logically, scientifically, and accurately. (...) [Darwinian Evolution cannot be observed and replicated in order to be scientifically validated and also there is not one single known case of a change of kinds]:

Scientific Fact No. 1 - Birds Prove Natural Selection is Naturally Wrong The body and soul of Darwin's Theory of Evolution was the idea that evolution was made possible through natural selection. This concept is based on the suggestion that those members of a species that are a little stronger, a little larger, or run a little faster will live longer to procreate offspring with these superior adaptations. Darwin's theory suggests that millions of generations later the changes will result in new species. These adaptations are called links or intermediates between the old species and the new. The idea of natural selection sounds great when considering deer. The deer that can sense danger the quickest and run the fastest are able to escape the predator on a more consistent basis. However, other examples on the "evolutionary tree" have many flaws. ...

We are told by evolutionists that a fish wiggled out of the sea onto dry land and became a land creature. So let's examine this idea. OK, a fish wiggles out of the sea and onto the land, but he can't breathe air. This could happen. Fish do stupid things at times. Whales keep swimming up onto the beach where they die. Do you think the whales are trying to expedite a multi-million generation plan to grow legs? That concept is stupid, but let's get back to the fish story. The gills of the fish are made for extracting oxygen from water, not from air. He chokes and gasps before flipping back into the safety of the water. Why would he do such a stupid thing? This wiggling and choking continues for millions of generation until the fish chokes less and less. His gills evolve into lungs so he can breathe air on dry land, but now he is at risk of drowning in the water. One day he simply stays out on the land and never goes back into the water. Now he is a lizard.

Giant dinosaurs literally exploded onto the scene during the Triassic period. The fossil record (petrified bones found in the ground as at the Dinosaur National Park in Jensen, Utah, USA) shows no intermediate or transitional species. Where are the millions of years of fossils showing the transitional forms for dinosaurs? They do not not exist, because the dinosaurs did not evolve. Books published by evolutionists have shown the giant Cetiosaurus dinosaur with the long neck extending upright eating from the treetops. They claimed natural selection was the reason Cetiosaurus had a long neck. This gave them an advantage in reaching fodder that other species could not reach. One day during the assembly of a skeleton for a museum display someone noticed the neck vertebrae were such that the neck could not be lifted higher than stretched horizontally in front of them. The natural selection theory was proven to be a big lie.

The Cetiosaurus dinosaur was an undergrowth eater. The long neck actually placed the Cetiosaurus at a disadvantage in

his environment, just the opposite from the natural Theory of Natural Selection. Evolutionists will now claim the animal evolved a long neck because he had the advantage of eating from bushes on the other side of the river. This is typical logic of an evolutionist.

Scientific Fact No. 2 - Species Without a Link Prove Evolution Theory is Wrong The evolutionist will claim that the presence of many individual species proves evolution. This shallow statement is devoid of reason, logic, and scientific proof. Evolutionists line up pictures of similar-looking species and claim they evolved one from another. The human "family tree" is an example of this flawed theory. Petrified skulls and bones exist from hundreds of species of extinct monkeys and apes. Evolutionists line up the most promising choices to present a gradual progression from monkey to modern man. They simply fill in the big gaps with make-believe creatures to fit the picture. This procedure can be done with humans only because there are many extinct monkey and ape species. They never do this with giraffes, elephants or the Platypus. (...) The pictures are simply a grouping of individual species that does not prove evolution. Close to the Missing Link - Oldest Human Ancestor Discovered

Why do they claim the above discovery is "close to the missing link"? The answer is simple. Look at the picture: It is a monkey. A monkey species that has become extinct. Lots of species have become extinct. Millions of species have become extinct. It is obviously not similar to a human. Look at the feet with the big toe spread away from the smaller toes exactly like a modern chimpanzee, not like people. A newly discovered extinct species does not prove a "missing link" has been found. Charles Darwin admitted that fossils of the transitional links between species would have to be found in order to prove his "Theory of Evolution." Well, these transitional links have never been found. We only find individual species.

Evolutionists try to form these individual species into a link according to similar major features such as wings or four legs, but this simply proves the Theory of Evolution to be a fraud. Darwin was hopeful that future fossils would prove his theory correct, but instead, the lack of transitional links has proven his theory to be wrong. The presence of individual species actually proves they were not developed by an evolutionary process. If evolution were true, all plants, animals, and insects would be in a continual state of change. No two creatures would be identical, because they would not be separate species. All life forms would be a continual blend of characteristics without a clear definition among the species. Everything would be changing, and every animal, insect, and plant would be different. The cheetah above proves evolution does not exist. All species are locked solidly within their DNA code.

Evolutionists are Going Ape Over "Ape-Girl"

The fossilized bones of a new animal have been found in Ethiopia near the site where "Lucy" was discovered many years ago. By the way, Lucy was a monkey, not an early humanoid. The number of bones of the Ape-girl skeleton are unique because Lucy had only a few head fragments. This find gives us a lot of information about the animal because major parts of the skeleton were unearthed (assuming these are all from the same animal). It has teeth in the jaw and is said to also have unerupted teeth still within the jaw. The evolutionists call the animal a "human-like" female child about three years of age and an "individual." This is not a "human-like" fossil. It is an "ape-like" fossil because it was an ape. The evolutionists call the animal a "transitional species" and a human ancestor even though it has a head exactly like a modern-day ape. The jaw is thrust forward and the forehead pushed back and slanted. The true appearance is more easily seen from side picture below.

Ape-girl also has arms "that dangled down to just above the knees. It also had gorilla-like shoulder blades which suggest it could have been skilled at swinging through trees." So, it looks like an ape, it has a head like an ape, it has arms like an ape, it has shoulder blades like an ape - It is obviously an ape, not a human, pre-human or humanoid. This animal is simply a young ape. Its size is as would be expected for a young modern-day ape. The age of this fossilized animal is also very much in doubt. Scientists many years ago claimed a tooth found was Nebraska Man, a pre-human fossil millions of years old. They determined the age of the tooth. The scientists had sculptured an entire ape-like skeleton from information they found in one tooth. These lies were exposed when real scientists found the tooth to be from a peccary, an animal similar to (and closely related to) pigs.

"The 3.3-million-year-old fossilised remains of a human-like child have been unearthed in Ethiopia's Dikika region. The find consists of the whole skull, the entire torso, and important parts of the upper and lower limbs. CT scans reveal unerupted teeth still in the jaw, a detail that makes scientists think the individual may have been about three years old when she died." - 'Lucy's baby' found in Ethiopia - BBC News - September 21, 2006

Remarkably, some quite delicate bones not normally preserved in the fossilisation process are also present, such as the hyoid, or tongue, bone. The hyoid bone reflects how the voice box is built and perhaps what sounds a species can produce. Judging by how well it was preserved, the skeleton may have come from a body that was quickly buried by sediment in a flood, the researchers said.

"In my opinion, afarensis is a very good transitional species for what was before four million years ago and what came after three million years," Dr Alemseged told BBC science correspondent Pallab Ghosh. [The species had] a mixture of ape-like and human-like features. This puts afarensis in a special position to play a pivotal role in the story of what we are and where we come from."

Climbing Ability

"This early ancestor possessed primitive teeth and a small brain but it stood upright and walked on two feet. There is considerable argument about whether the Dikika girl could also climb trees like an ape. This climbing ability would require anatomical equipment like long arms, and the 'Lucy' species had arms that dangled down to just above the knees. It also had gorilla-like shoulder blades which suggest it could have been skilled at swinging through trees. But the question is whether such features indicate climbing ability or are just 'evolutionary baggage'."

Evolution is in trouble. The growth of biological knowledge is producing scientific facts that contradict the evolutionary theory, not confirm it, a fact that famous Prof. Steven Jay Gould of Harvard has described as "the trade secret of paleontology." The fossil record simply does not support the evolutionary theory, which claims there once existed a series of successive forms leading to the present-day organism. The theory states that infinitesimal changes within each generation evolve into a new species, but the scientific fact remains. They don't. Fossils prove the sudden emergence of a new species out of nowhere, complete with characteristics unknown in any other species. The fossil record has no intermediate or transitional forms. This is popularly known as the "missing link" problem, and it exists in all species. The missing link problem is getting worse, not better, with the discovery of more fossils.

The missing links are not being discovered, which proves they never existed. Darwin assumed transitional forms would be discovered in the fossil record over time, but that has not been the case. The fossil record, or lack thereof, is a major embarrassment to evolutionists. The fossil record is a serious rebuke of the Theory of Evolution. New species explode onto the scene out of nowhere. New fossil discoveries continue to prove evolution to be wrong. Evolution: A Theory in Crisis by Michael Denton. He says;

"Despite the tremendous increase in geological activity in every corner of the globe and despite the discovery of many strange and hitherto unknown forms, the infinitude of connecting links has still not been discovered and the fossil record is about as discontinuous as it was when Darwin was writing the Origin."

A reader of the Michael Denton's book says;

"Denton a Molecular Biologist removes all of the supports (if there ever were any) from Darwin's theory of macroevolution (continuity of life). Denton blasts all of the previous arguments made by the pro-evolutionists showing that there is essentially no support of macro-evolution in the fossil record. He also, clearly demonstrates that there is no support coming from his specialty molecular biology. In the end the only sound explanation he can make is that life is profoundly discontinuous."

Harvard Professor Gould claims that evolution occurs in spurts, not gradually. This theory attempts to explain the lack of continuity in the fossil record. However, this theory is more troublesome than the gradual change theory. Large jumps or spurts in the fossil record don't prove evolution at all. In fact, they disprove evolution. The theory that evolution can occur in spurts, because the fossil record shows it did not occur gradually, is a wild stretch of the imagination. Species have some characteristics similar to other species, but similarity doesn't prove any evolutionary link whatsoever. There are more than missing links in biology. There are entire missing chains in 100% of the branches of the evolutionary tree. Many species are dependant upon another species for their coexistence.

Hummingbirds and flowers are a good example. The flower would not be pollinated and would become extinct without the bird. They are said to have coevolved together. That is a stretch of the imagination without any basis in science. There are hundreds of these examples that cannot be explained.

Charles Darwin had concern about his theory of natural selection. He knew that a failure to find the missing transitional links would seriously cripple his theory of evolution, but he was hopeful the missing links would be found some day. Well, guess what? He died not finding them. Evolutionists have never found the missing links. Each time they announce finding one, it is later proven to be false.

The "Living Fossil" Fish Proves Evolution is Wrong The Coelacanth fish was touted to be a transitional form with half-formed legs and primitive lungs, ready to transition onto land. This myth was exploded in December, 1938 when a live Coelacanth was caught in a fisherman's net off the eastern coast of South Africa. It is now known that the natives of the Comoro Islands had been catching and eating the fish for years.

It did not have half-formed legs or primitive lungs. It was simply a regular fish that people thought was extinct. Evolutionist claimed the 350 million-year-old Coelacanth evolved into animals with legs, feet, and lungs. This not the case. We now see that the fish recently caught is exactly like the 350 million-year-old fossil. It did not evolve at all. The Coelacanth is a star witness against the false theory of evolution. After 350 million years, the fish still doesn't have a leg to stand on. Fisherman catches 'living fossil' - BBC News - August 1, 2007;

"The 1.3m-long (4.3ft), 50kg (110lb) coelacanth is only the second ever to have been captured in Asia and has been described as a "significant find". An autopsy and genetic tests are now being carried out to determine more about the specimen. Coelacanths provide researchers with a window into the past; their fossil record dates back 350 million years."

The Archaeopteryx fossil was herald by evolutionists as a significant transitional missing link. The fossil was discovered in a limestone quarry in southern Germany in 1861 and has been debated ever since.

The dinosaur creature appears to be a reptile with bird characteristics of wings and feathers. It had the skeleton of a small dinosaur with a tail, fingers with claws on the leading edge of the wing, and teeth in the jaws. The owners of the property discovered six fossils of which only two had feathers. This inconsistency smells of fraud from the beginning. Upon close examination the feathers appear to be identical to modern chicken feathers. Click the picture to see an enlargement. The Archaeopteryx fossils with feathers have now been declared forgeries by scientists. "Allegedly, thin layers of cement were spread on two fossils of a chicken-size dinosaur, called Compsognathus. Bird feathers were then imprinted into the wet cement" according to Dr. Walt Brown. (...) This example would not have proven evolution even if the feathers had not been forgeries. Finding a few species with characteristics similar to two other species does not prove a link. There should be millions or billions of transitional links if evolution were true, not simply a few.

The Platypus (Ornithorhynchus anatinus), with its duck bill and webbed feet, is a unique Australian animal. It and the two species of echidna are the only monotremes or egg-laying mammals to be found on earth. The marsupials (mammals with pouches, e.g. kangaroos) and eutherians (placental mammals that give birth to welldeveloped young, e.g. humans) both give birth to live young. The monotremes have lower body temperatures than other mammals and have legs which extend out, then vertically below them. These features, together with their egg-laying ability, are more like that of a lizard than a mammal. Platypus are readily identified by their streamlined body, webbed feet, broad tail, and characteristic muzzle or bill which is soft and pliable. The Platypus males have spurs on their hind feet that deliver a poisonous venom like a snake. A Platypus sting is powerful enough to make people sick and kill a dog. The Platypus of Australia has characteristics of many species but certainly is not the missing link to all of them. In fact, it is not a link to any of them. The Platypus has made a joke of Charles Darwin's theory of evolution and his unproven theory of natural selection. April 6. 2006 - Tiktaalik is the latest fossil gap evolutionary fraud; Scientists fraudulently claim a newly-discovered fish is the second bridge fossil gap between sea and land creatures. The scientists have apparently forgotten that the first fossil gap, Archaeopteryx, shown above was also a fraud. Tiktaalik therefore becomes fossil gap fraud number 2.

"The 1.3m-long (4.3ft), 50kg (110lb) coelacanth is only the second ever to have been captured in Asia and has been described as a "significant find". An autopsy and genetic tests are now being carried out to determine more about the specimen. Coelacanths provide researchers with a window into the past; their fossil record dates back 350 million years."

"Called 'Tiktaalik' by scientists, the fish lived in shallow, swampy waters. Most remarkably, the creature, which was less than 3 feet long, had the body of a fish but the jaws, ribs, and limb-like fins seen in the earliest land mammals."

The claim that the stubby little fossil fins are "limb-like" is a real hoot. The fish doesn't even have fins as large as expected for its size. The scientists are claiming the fish walked around on the ground out of water and breathed air. This is pure make-believe speculation. No evidence exists that the fish is anything more than just another species. The excitement about the Tiktaalik fossil is puzzling. Modern-day seals have fins and waddle around on the ground. Modern-day catfish have fins and walk around on the ground. Catfish can live out of water for a long time. Tiktaalik does not provide any support for evolution. Evolutionists are now claiming that a dolphin captured with two little extra fins near the tail is proof that dolphins evolved from four-footed animals related to the dog.

"Experts believe that the dolphin's ancestor was a dog-like creature which roamed the earth many millions of years ago. And now the extraordinary discovery of a bottlenosed dolphin with an extra set of flippers has provided living proof of the theory. At first glance it looks like any other of its kind. But closer inspection reveals a rogue set of rear fins. Each the size of a human hand, the fins are thought to be the remains of a pair of hind legs, adding to evidence that dolphins once walked on all fours."

This is utter nonsense!

Scientific Fact No. 3 - Missing Inferior Evolutionary Branches The Theory of Evolution states that minute improvements in an individual within a species increases the likelihood of survival of the offspring. These small steps of improvements continue for countless years until the individuals are changed to such a large extent that a new species has appeared. This progression is an uninterrupted branch of the "evolutionary tree." These lines of progression can be seen in any biology text book for many species, including mankind. They almost look believable... The siblings of an individual on the uninterrupted branch may fail to develop the minute improvement and may even suffer from an inferior evolutionary change. Each of these individuals represents a new branch on the tree that is moving away from the uninterrupted branch.

Let us say we have 100,000 coexisting individuals in a species such as a horse. Only a few of these individuals will begin new branches that will eventually become a new species such as a Zebra. The other 99,999 individuals may each begin a neutral or inferior branch that may continue for millions of years but will eventually stop, because the last individual on the branch fails to produce an offspring. The odds that the branch will stop producing offspring is increased when the minute evolutionary changes are inferior. The theory of survival of the fittest or natural selection also works in reverse to produce death to the branch where the changes are inferior. The branch stops. This part of the tree is dead.

We see in Scientific Fact No. 2 above that the missing intermediary individuals in the branch of the evolutionary tree present a serious problem for the Theory of Evolution. One superior individual of the 100,000 is missing, but now we have an even more serious defect in the theory. Where are the 99,999 inferior branches? How could 99,999 branches go missing? Actually, the fossil record shows that everything is missing. No individuals of the species existed. None. Most layers of the earth's crust are completely devoid of all life, but then a layer will appear that is teaming with an absolute abundance of separate species, each containing millions of individuals. This hypothesis of the "missing inferior evolutionary branches" was developed and posted here by the author, Kent R. Rieske, on March 21, 2008. Thousands of biology professors at universities around the world, including Darwin, have completely missed this serious deficiency in the fossil record, because they have only been searching for the superior evolutionary branches, not the inferior branches. Where are the fossils of horses with weak bones that fractured early in life and thereby prevented an offspring from continuing the branch? They don't exist, but they should if the Theory of Evolution was true. In fact, the fossil record should be full of dead branches, which is not. The fossil record simply shows individual species that have become extinct.

Scientific Fact No. 4 - Single Cell Complexity Proves Evolution is Wrong Scientists a century ago believed the smallest single living cell was a simple life form. The theory developed that perhaps lightning struck a pond of water, causing several molecules to combine in a random way, which by chance resulted in a living cell. The cell then divided and evolved into higher life forms. This view is now proven to be immature to the degree of being ridiculous. The most modern laboratory is unable to create a

living cell. In fact, scientists have been unable to create a single left-hand protein molecule as found in all animals. The Theory of Evolution claims that organic life was created from inorganic matter. That is impossible. The top scientists in the world with unlimited laboratory resources cannot change inorganic matter into a single organic living cell. The smallest living cell has the complexity of a Boeing 747 jumbo jet airplane. The components of the smallest living cell have the obvious arrangement showing intelligent design, just as the Boeing 747 did not appear from random parts stacked near each other in a junk yard. The minimal cell contains more than 60,000 proteins of 100 different configurations.

The smallest single-cell creature has millions of atoms forming millions of molecules that must each be arranged in an exact pattern to provide the required functions. The cell has an energy-producing system, a protective housing, a security system to let molecules into and out of the housing, a reproductive system, and a central control system. This complexity required an intelligent design. It is much too complex to happen by chance. Evolution: A Theory in Crisis by Michael Denton page 263; The odds that the correct proteins could somehow come together in a functional configuration to make a living cell are so high that it will never happen. The concept that anything can be accomplished by chance given enough time is false. (...)

Darwin's "Tree of Life"

Charles Darwin made a sketch in his notebook in about July 1837 that has come to be known as the Tree of Life. Darwin developed the Tree of Life theory, claiming that some species were lower in the branches of the tree and evolved into the upper branches. He selected species that looked similar to each other and placed them together, like placing the zebra below the horse. Charles Darwin knew nothing about DNA, the true scientific key to life. He had no concept whatsoever regarding the complexity of DNA. Life did not originate by the accidental sticking together of a few molecules as Darwin taught. Darwin did not know that the key to a person's identity (DNA) is locked solid in every cell of the body. The DNA does not change because of external adaptation to the environment as taught by Darwin and still falsely taught in universities by biology professors. The DNA changes only when an egg and sperm are joined to form a new DNA with chromosomes coming from the male and female donors. The DNA of the baby is strictly controlled by the parents' chromosomes. It cannot be changed by external environmental influences either. The DNA of all life forms, including plants and trees, absolutely destroys Darwin's Theory of Evolution by

Natural Selection. Environmental influence does not change the DNA in plants, animals or humans. Scientists have now solidly proven that 80% of the life forms in Darwin's Tree of Life have DNA much different from the adjacent lower DNA and could not have evolved from the predecessor. Some animals have DNA sequences that are identical to sequences in plant DNA, but they obviously could not be related according to the Theory of Evolution.

Intelligent Design can be Seen in the Smallest Bacteria and the Largest Galaxy. The scientific study of complex biological structures has made enormous strides in revealing Intelligent design in nature. One example is the motor and propeller propulsion system, called a bacterial flagellum, found in many bacteria, including the common E. coli. The propulsion system of the bacteria has 40 moving parts made from protein molecules, including a motor, rotor, stator, drive shaft, bushings, universal joint, and flexible propeller. The motor is powered by ions and can rotate at up to 100,000 rpm. It can reverse direction in only 1/4 of a revolution and has an automatic feedback control mechanism. The size is 1/100,000 of an inch (1/4,000 mm) in width, much too small to see with the human eye. One cannot deny the obvious conclusion that this system has an Intelligent Designer. Molecular Motors in Bacterium - University of Michigan;

"The ATP Synthase motor has the classic stator and rotor structure familiar in man-made motors. It spans a cellular membrane which admits protons (H+) one at a time. For each proton, the motor turns once, adding a phosphate to adenosine di-phosphate and converting it to adenosine tri-phosphate, the universal fuel source of cells." - Molecular Motor in Algae Cells Work Together - Science Daily - February 25, 2009;

Scientific Fact No. 5 - Human Egg and Sperm Prove Evolution is Wrong The evolutionist ignores the problem surrounding the human female egg and the male sperm in the evolutionary theory. The human female like other mammals has XX sex chromosomes, and the male has XY sex chromosomes. The female egg contains the X-chromosome, and the male sperm contains either an X-chromosome for the reproduction of a female or a Y-chromosome for the reproduction of a male. The female eggs all develop within the ovaries while she is a baby (fetus) within her mother's womb. Evolutionists claim environmental factors cause small changes in the offspring in the evolutionary chain. However, the environmental experience of the female cannot change the chromosomes within her eggs and cannot have any effect upon her offspring. Her body cannot go into the eggs contained within her ovaries at her birth to make an intelligent genetic change. Females cannot be a part of the evolutionary theory for these reasons. The male sperm are created very differently from the female egg. The sperm are created in the testes of a male on a daily basis. This short time period between the creation of the sperm and conception within the female precludes any possibility that the male can be a part of the evolutionary process. A harsh winter, or some other environmental condition does not affect the testes in any way that would alter the chromosomes in the sperm. Therefore, the male could not possibly contribute to evolutionary change caused by the environment. This fact applies to humans as well as all other mammals. There are no ways possible whereby environmental adaptation could occur through the male part of the chromosome. Neither is there any scientific evidence that environmental experiences change the genetic code within the sperm.

Males cannot be a part of the evolutionary process for these reasons. These scientific facts prove evolution of the human species caused by environmental adaptation or any other reason is impossible.

... [Alexander: In my opinion, there is not enough evidence to support the author's conclusion regarding "Scientific Fact No. 5." Based on my knowledge, the DNA, which is the software of all living things, can bring improvements to a species, though I agree that it cannot change it into an entirely different kind. The DNA is also responsible for our appearance, otherwise we would all look the same. The fact that the DNA works as a software, making humans - for example - better adapted to the environment, can be easily proven. Those who walk bare foot develop extra layers of skin on their soles, or those who work the land with their hands, develop extra layers of skin on their palms. Increased resistance to cold can be observed in the descendants of the nomadic tribes, such as gypsies, even though they are no longer living in harsh conditions. In conclusion, based on my knowledge, improvements are to be expected, but never radical mutations which would result into an entirely different kind]. ...

Scientific Fact No. 6 - DNA Error Checking Proves Evolution is Wrong The scientific fact that DNA replication, including a built-in error checking method and a DNA repair process, proves the evolutionary theory is wrong. The fact is, any attempt by the DNA to change is stopped and reversed. Chromosomes, Chromatin, DNA Replication and Repair; "Replication also contains built-in error checking. The frequency of errors is about 1 per 100 million bonds (1 x 10-8). Over the entire human genome, that works out to roughly 30 errors every single time the genome replicates. But! There are really only around three errors per replication because of DNA repair. If a repair enzyme finds a mistake, it can fix it, and it can tell which strand is wrong because it can tell which strand is the newly synthesized strand by at the extent of cytosine methylation.

As DNAs exist in cells, many of the cytosines have a methyl group added to them by enzymes called methylases. A new DNA will have relatively few methylated cytosines because it has not been around long enough to have picked up that many methyl groups."

"Without DNA repair there can be some major problems. Xeroderma pigmentosum is a serious ailment caused by mutations in the gene for DNA repair. People with xp develop many skin tumors and other problems because of the number of errors in their DNA."

Mutation, Mutagens, and DNA Repair Outline; Mutations (DNA replication errors) are the result of DNA that is replicated with damage that passes on to the offspring. Mutations are very rare because of DNA checking and repair. However, one in every ten million duplications of a DNA molecule can result in a mutation (error). The mutation changes are random, unpredictable errors that cause crippling diseases, loss of function and the destruction of the host person or animal. Mutations destroy the species. They do not improve the species. Mutations never lead to a new species as falsely claimed by evolutionists. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences; Evolutionists believe in the "mutation theory" for the origin of the many species. (...) They believe that the "time god" makes mistake after mistake after mistake until VOILA -- we have a hummingbird that can fly backwards. They claim that multiple mutation mistakes eventually led to humans with color vision that can focus at different lengths and two eyes that are coordinated by the brain in order to judge distances.

Scientific Fact No. 7 - Chaos From Organization Proves Evolution is Wrong

The second law of thermodynamics proves that organization cannot flow from chaos. Complex live organisms cannot rearrange themselves into an organism of a higher form as claimed by evolutionists. This is scientifically backwards according to the second law of thermodynamics, which has never been proven wrong. The universe is slowing down to a lower state, not higher. The genes of plants, insects, animals, and humans are continually becoming defective, not improving. Species are becoming extinct, not evolving. Order will always move naturally towards disorder or chaos. Quoting from the book, Evolution and Human Destiny, by Kohler;

"One of the most fundamental maxims of the physical sciences is the trend toward greater randomness - the fact that, on the average, things will get into disorder rather than into order if left to themselves. This is essentially the statement that is embodied in the Second Law of Thermodynamics."

This scientific law actually refutes and contradicts the Theory of Evolution in its entirety.

Scientific Fact No. 8 - Chromosome Count Proves Evolution is Wrong There is no scientific evidence that a species can change the number of chromosomes within the DNA. The chromosome count within each species is fixed. This is the reason a male from one species cannot mate successfully with a female of another species. Man could not evolve from a monkey. Each species is locked into its chromosome count that cannot be changed. If an animal developed an extra chromosome or lost a chromosome because of some deformity, it could not successfully mate. The defect could not be passed along to the next generation. Evolving a new species is scientifically impossible. (For example) a dog has only 22 chromosomes, whereas a monkey has 54 and a cat has 38. Half of the total number of chromosomes are contained in the female reproductive cells and half are contained in the male, so the exact total number is brought together in the offspring. Humans have 46 chromosomes. This chromosome count is a steady factor. This determines what is called the "fixity of species" because the chromosome count doesn't vary. People always give birth to people. Dogs always give birth to dogs, etc. The genes can produce variety within the species but cannot result in a different species. (N/A Exactly my point bellow "Fact No. 5").

Genes allow for people to be short, tall, fat, thin, blond, brunette, etc., but they are still all human beings. The chromosomes make crossing of the species an un-crossable barrier. This certainly would hinder any evolution. Dogs cannot breed with cats. This fact stops evolution dead in its tracks. Sometimes two species are close enough to crossbreed, but the offspring are usually sterile. This is the case when horses and donkeys crossbreed. A male donkey (jackass) and a female horse (mare) will produce a mule. Farmers often preferred mules as work animals prior to the development of the farm tractor. A hinny is the offspring of a female donkey (jenny) and a male horse (stallion). The hinny and mule usually cannot produce offspring. These animals show that evolution is not possible.

Scientific Fact No. 9 - Origin of Matter and Stars Proves Evolution is Wrong Evolutionists just throw up their hands at the question of the origin of matter because they know something cannot evolve from nothing. They stick their heads in the sand and ignore the problem. The fact that matter exists in outrageously large quantities simply proves evolution is wrong. The "Big Bang Theory" doesn't solve the problem either. Matter and energy have to come from somewhere.

"We know that matter can be created out of energy, and energy can be created out of matter. This doesn't resolve the dilemma because we must also know where the original energy came from." - Why the Big Bang is a fizzle and stars cannot evolve out of gas;

Disclaimer The above is an excerpt of a larger article promoting creationism (the religious belief that life, the Earth, and the universe are the creation of a supernatural being), but without bringing any kind of evidence to support it. The author brings solid scientific arguments to disprove the "Theory of Evolution" as it is today, but disproving it does not implicitly prove the biblical "Creation Story" is correct. In fact, there are many more arguments to disprove the biblical stories, than there are to disprove the theory of evolution. Personally, I do believe that all living things adapt and perfect, hence evolve given enough time, but there is simply no evidence of a species mutating into an entirely different kind, and for a good reason: it cannot happen. Unfortunately for the extremely rigid scientific community (which has gradually become a religion in its own right), the fact that we are here (an obvious change of kinds), cannot be explained. The way the scientific community sees things is, if science cannot explain how we came to be, then someone or something must have made us, which would fuel even further the baseless and damaging religious dogma.

Consequently, the scientific community will never let go of Darwin's theory of evolution, even though it will never prove that a species can change kinds, hence becoming an entirely different one. The author, Mr. Rieske, is also stating that there is no evidence whatsoever to support extraterrestrial life, and presents this statement as further evidence that the Biblical stories are correct. Even though from a scientific point of view there is no official proof yet to attest the existence of advanced extraterrestrial life elsewhere in the Multiverse, even the most conservative scientific estimates say there should be at least tens or hundreds of intelligent civilizations within our own galaxy. Personally, I'm sure that somewhere in the near future the existence of intelligent life "out there" will be disclosed to the public. Also, there are plenty of interesting cases of human-alien contact that should have been openly investigated by the main stream scientific communities - which did not happen. For example, the case of Giovana, an Italian woman who was allegedly kidnapped by the so called "grays" multiple times since she was a child. Her claims were supported by the testimonies of her family, medical accounts, pictures and videos of flying saucers, an alien implant and even an aborted human-alien hybrid fetus. (Video) All those who involuntarily became involved in her case, including medical doctors, vowed for the veracity of her claims, yet no official investigation was held. How can we claim to be searching for intelligent life "out there" and at the same time ignore a huge case "in here"? Isn't this evidence of a cover-up?

And this is not a lone case. In fact, anonymous polls (anonymous for obvious reasons) suggest that there might be hundreds of thousands of alien abductees worldwide. Why isn't there an - open - official investigation taking place? If there is nothing to hide, then why is the government doing its best to suppress this kind of information, instead of the opposite? Just as important is the historical evidence supporting the hypothesis of human-alien contact in the past. Based on evidence, it is possible that all of the world's religions have been founded as a result of misunderstood alien contact. Today's so called "cargo cults" are rock-solid evidence that it CAN happen. Though some of the evidence can be easily ignored or dismissed by science (for example, crop circles are considered to be hoaxes by the main stream scientific communities, even though there are scientists who brought solid evidence proving otherwise), there is still plenty of evidence that there is more to the story that we are being told.

Lastly, the hypothesis that vastly more intelligent life forms are seeding planets with life and gradually improving their creation, is a very logical assumption to make, in my opinion. If you think about it, even our very young species is planning to make Mars habitable in the near future, while genetically engineering plants and animals. One day we will be able to make distant planets habitable and genetically improve the existing native species.

Before concluding this article, I want to thank Mr. Kent R. Rieske for his work and all the scientific data gathered to disprove the "Theory of Evolution" as it is today, which was fervently pushed onto us by the high ranking Freemasons as a disinformation weapon and control tool, in order to mask the intervention of their Anunnaki masters and those who genetically engineered the human species. Are you searching for the missing link? Here it is, forbidden by both history and science! For as long as we are not allowed to know our true history, the Secret Societies are in control. For as long as the "Theory of Evolution" as it is today stands, we are nothing else than slightly more evolved "working apes."

Why Heating Food With Microwave Radiation Is Harmful To Your Health January 31 2016 | From: EnergyFanatics

A few decades from now, will it be common knowledge that using microwave radiation to heat food is harmful to human health?

It’s certainly a possibility, and information is already emerging which shows cause for concern. Microwaves work by causing water molecules to resonate at very high frequencies, converting them into steam and thereby heating your food. While this might be a convenient way to prepare your food, using microwave radiation in this way actually changes the chemical structure of that food. The fact that they are approved as safe doesn’t mean much these days, as we’ve seen with several other examples from Tobacco, PCBs and Asbestos and Glyphosate. Just because a government agency, like the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), or a government health agency approves something as safe, doesn’t necessarily mean it’s safe.

You might be wondering how this is any different from heating your food on the stove or steaming it, and that’s a fair question. The difference is that microwaves deform and distort the molecules in food, while conventional heating methods do not. This is problematic in the medical field as well. We know, for example, that during blood transfusions, microwaves are often used to heat the blood before it is transferred to the patient. But using microwave radiation to this actually damages components found in blood. In fact, one woman even died after receiving a blood transfusion of microwaved blood. (source) It is starting to look like microwaving can completely rid your food of most essential nutrients, but more research on this phenomenon needs to be done. That being said, there are some publications we can refer to if you’d like to find out more information regarding the harmful effects of microwaves on nutrients. One example comes from 2003. A study published in The Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture examined what microwaves do to broccoli, finding that broccoli, after being microwaved, lost up to 97 percent of its beneficial antioxidants. By comparison, when researchers steamed broccoli, they discovered that it only lost 11 percent or fewer of its antioxidants. (source) A study out of Australia showed that microwaves cause a greater level of “protein unfolding” than conventional heating. It found that;

"Microwaves cause a significantly higher degree of unfolding than conventional thermal stress for protein solutions heating to the same maximum temperature.” (source)

A study using garlic found that just 60 seconds in a microwave can render its principle active ingredient (alliinase) as useless. Microwaves have also been found to destroy immune-boosting agents that are found in breast milk. These are disease fighting nutrients which are essential to the health and development of the child.

For example, one study found that microwaving breast milk caused a decrease in lysozyme activity and antibodies, and aided the growth of more pathogenic bacteria. (source) The interesting thing about this study is that the researchers found that more damage was done to the milk from microwaving compared to any other method of heating.

"Microwaving appears to be contraindicated at high-temperatures, and questions regarding its safety even exist at low temperatures.” (source)

A Japanese study found that only 6 minutes of microwave heating turned approximately 40 percent of the B12 found in milk dead and completely void of any nutritional value. (source) Three recent studies of historical food composition have shown up to 40 percent declines in some of the minerals commonly found in fresh produce, and another one found the same thing for their protein source. (source) A Scandinavian study conducted in 1999 also found that cooking asparagus in the microwave results in a reduction in vitamins. (Kidmose U and Kaack K. Acta. Agriculturae Scandinavica B1999:49(2).110-117.)

What Type of Container Are You Using To Microwave Your Food? Not heating your food in plastic containers should be a no brainer at this point. This is precisely why the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) recommends that any plastic containers should be labelled for microwave use, but even if they are labeled as safe, it’s still probably not a good idea. For more more information on what happens when you microwave your food in plastic containers, you can check out this article. Many studies have shown that multiple plastic products contain various hormone disrupting chemicals, and heat is the worst culprit when it comes to increasing the rate of chemical transfer from the container to your food. As written in the journal Toxicology Letters: Using a sensitive and quantitative competitive enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, BPA was found to migrate from polycarbonate water bottle at rates ranging from 0.20 ng/h to 0.79/h. . . . At room temperature the migration of BPA was independent of whether or not the bottle had been perviously used. Exposure to boiling water increased the rate of BPA migration by up to 55-fold.

Again, heat increases chemical leaching, so be cautious of what you use to heat your food. Even plastic containers which are labelled as microwave safe (or even BPA free, which does not account for other worrisome chemicals) are still dangerous. According to the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC):

"What the term ‘microwave-safe’ basically means is that any chemicals leaching from the container into food do so at levels far below those shown to have any health effects. There is cause to be wary of this claim, however. In particular, #7 polycarbonate plastic should not be used in a microwave, even if it is labeled ‘microwave-safe,’ because it leaches hormone-disrupting bisphenol A (BPA), especially when heated.” (source)

This may be frightening to consider, but examining the products we choose to use on a daily basis is important. We have seen many examples in recent human history of information coming to light about a product or drug which completely changes our understanding and attitude towards it. We only have to look at cigarettes to see the proof of that.

The Trans-Pacific Partnership Agreement: She'll Be Right Rings True January 30 2016 | From: BruceBisset [Link not available: This article was re-hand typed by hand for you from the print version as the publisher has for some reason decided not to syndicate it online as they usually do...]

Fitting New Zealand should be the location for the signing of the TPPA, because the country could be help up to be the crowning glory of the Friedman "Chicago School" economic doctrines - the first where the more brutal methods of shock and awe have had to be used to cow and enslave the

population.

Instead we have gone willingly to our subservience, embracing the corporations as they strip our natural and sovereign rights, beseeching them to drip a few pennies into our outstretched hands while they pillage the bulk of our nation's intrinsic wealth. Related: TPPA activist visited by Dunedin police And in return all we have had to do is meekly accept the sale of our primary assets, and extra hundred billion dollars debt (to date), and the fact that the sub-class - the unemployable, the sick, the disabled, the tragically bankrupt - are beyond redemption, but thankfully, a relatively small percentage of the population. Not for us the "test case" genocidal generals of Chile or Argentina, the repressions of Thatcher's Britain, the civil wars of Russia or the "reconstruction" of Iraq. No, here we are all-but unscathed in the scale of things, a blissful wanton land where Milton Friedman's neo-liberal economics can finally boast some apparent success.

We're even English-speaking and notionally developed and democratic! Why, it's so good that billionaires by the dozen are snapping up private spots to build "getaway retreats" - places they can hole up when the proverbial hits the big fans in their own countries, which (ironically thanks to the same policies) it is doing with increasing regularity. Whereas here, we may be dipped in it but we come up smiling. That's the Kiwi way: she'll be right. If yesterday our troubles seemed so far away, today they are on our doorstep and here to stay - or even right in our homes, should we happen to be in any way protesting the fact. Which, next Thursday, I expect a sizeable horde of citizens to do outside Sky City while the pens stroke and the teeth glisten within as the bought and paid for politicians of a dozen nations place their countries irrevocably in corporate hands. In almost any other place it would be a day of civil uprising, of armed mayhem and blood on the streets - and clearly that's what is expected of us, since everyone from John Key down has been talking up the threat of violence. However, I suspect all that riot training the police have undertaken will not be needed. At least, not unless some "plants" in the crowd start throwing things.

But why trigger the violent phase (complete with its internment camps and CIA torture manuals) of these "economic reforms" when we are, to all intents and purposes , already willing to have our jewels cut off? Adding a few more names on the "to be harassed and raided and maybe disappeared" list is small beer in comparison, one of the most right-thinking New Zealanders you will accept with a sigh of relief. Yes, anger with restraint, and a quiet celebration with both sides after, is likely more they way of it. We are a passionless people. The shock doctrine which author Naomi Klein has so graphically exposed as the method of choice for disempowering the world's masses while creating a super-elite is something that happens "over there". Even when it's happening right right here, and we're having our noses rubbed in it. So don't expect war. That won't happen for a generation or so, after we've run out of everything else the oligarchs can take money from. [Comment: All is not lost but do whatever you can to voice opposition to this treasonous "trade deal]. Related: TTIP Enters New and Dangerous Stage As Democracy is Dismantled in Secret

The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire January 30 2016 | From: Geopolitics

The Khazarian Empire’s defeat in the Middle East coupled with migration and financial crises back home have all contributed to the massive failure of its hegemonic ambitions.

This massive defeat is also made possible when the myth about its military superiority was unmasked when both Russia and China displayed portions of their covert military arms development during its 70th Victory Parade, and the highly publicized space age technologies. Not to mention, the successful flybys of two Sukhoi warplanes a few meters away from USS Donald Cooked whereby the latter’s Aegis advanced electronics were rendered totally useless to the point of its crew tendering their resignations once ashore. Most Russian war equipments are now equipped with advanced electronic jammers. For the first time in the history of modern commerce, no ship transporting physical goods from the East to the West is at sea. What we’re seeing instead is the continuing crash of the derivatives market which is the lifeline of the fiat currency which some Western analysts are considering to be another deliberate action pursuant to the original NWO agenda.

It is our understanding that the ongoing march towards the Khazarian version of the New World Order against Western population is to mitigate the resulting fallout from the BRICS Initiative of instituting a separate economic system that is assetbacked. EU Abolishing Cash to Facilitate Technocratic Dictatorship; BRICS Using Asset-backed In short, while the Western Oligarchy is putting out every measure, i.e. cash ban, mass surveillance, highly militarized police force, to counter a growing dissent resulting from the worsening economy attributed to the covert recovery of the Collateral Accounts lent to them 80 years ago, the East is laying the groundwork for a post-Khazarian massive economic development dubbed as the “One Belt, One Road”. New Silk Road Development Continues Amidst Nazionists’ Regressive Actions Massive Resignations Have Started This turning point in our history should teach everyone a lesson how not to run a planet, and why we should not allow anyone to systematically take our freedoms away. At this very moment, people all over the globe can have a rare chance of creating a totally different world free of wars, poverty, disease, and planetary destruction.

The Fall of Europe: EU Infighting, Refugee Crisis Signal Historic Collapse

"The migration crisis reflects the weakness of the EU’s architecture, which is leading to the rapid disintegration of the supranational union’s member states, according to the German newspaper Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. Europe is swiftly falling to pieces as EU countries remain at odds over many pressing issues, including those related to the ongoing migration crisis, political analyst Berthold Kohler Migration wrote in an article for the German newspaper Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung. According to the author, the migration gridlock and a raft of other problems inside the EU may finally result in the biggest disintegration of Europe in history. “The struggle to preserve the currency union forced Europeans to realize how strongly political ideas differ in EU countries, where a variety of mentalities, experience and cultures is still in place,” Kohler said.

He added that even the location of countries and their size can cause discrepancies in terms of national interest, while disparities in standards of living between rich and poor EU members have led some to envy others. The fall of Europe will be followed by the Federal Reserve’s collapse. Here’s why: The Federal Reserve’s Multi-Trillion Dollar Dilemma Countries Resume Withdrawing Gold Reserves From “Last” Federal Reserve RIP-OFF BY THE FEDERAL RESERVE: Charges of Multi-Trillion Fraud Filed vs. Bankers The Vatican has also apologized for its past mistakes excluding only the planned population reduction and Satanic practices. “Pope Francis apologised on Wednesday for scandals within the church at a general audience in St. Peter’s Square.

“I would like to ask for forgiveness in the name of the church for the scandals that have happened in this last period both in Rome and at the Vatican,” the Pope said, the New York Times reports. “I ask for your forgiveness.”

While it remains unclear what the Pope was referring to - Pope Francis did not clarify what scandals he was apologizing for the Times cites reports in Italian media that a priest in Rome had sexual relations with men with the knowledge of his bosses. In another recent incident, an Italian priest said in an interview that many child-sexual-abuse victims were at fault for their abuse because they sought affection that priests could not always resist.” Native Americans also scored big, although not that big compared to the damage done to them by the colonialists, when the US government was told to pay $554 million:

“US to Pay Largest Native American Nation $554 mn in Landmark Settlement"

The Obama administration will pay the Navajo Nation a record $554 million to settle claims by the most populous Native American tribe that funds and natural resources on its reservation were mismanaged by the US government for decades. The agreement will be formally signed on Friday at Window Rock, Arizona, the capital of the Navajo reservation, the largest in the US by land mass. The accord was borne from litigation that accused the government of mishandling Navajo funds and natural resources on its more than 14 million acres across Arizona, New Mexico, and Utah, all held in trust for the tribe and leased out for purposes of farming, energy development, logging, and mining. The Navajo claims date back as far as 50 years.

In return for $554 million, the Navajo have agreed to drop its lawsuit and forego any future litigation over past US management of Navajo funds or resources held by the federal government, Reuters reported. The deal does not, though, negate future trust claims or any other claims over water and uranium pollution on the reservation, Navajo Attorney General Harrison Tsosie said. Based on non-disclosure clauses, he could not say how much the Navajo had claimed it was owed ahead of the settlement.” Surprisingly, the once Cabalist online magazine on finance prefers to take the matter lightly.

How to Get Over Losing an Empire | Financial Times There are some post-imperial techniques to make you feel great. The best is winning a small war’. For Brits of a certain age, Donald Trump’s campaign slogan, “Make America great again”, rings a bell. In the 1987 British elections, Margaret Thatcher’s campaign slogan was “Britain is great again. Don’t let Labour wreck it.” Of course, I’m not accusing Trump of plagiarism. America’s next president is a winner, a magnanimous figure who has even won the praise of Vladimir Putin. However, his echo of Thatcher is not coincidental. Like Britain before it, the US is now losing its empire.

This is a painful problem that’s hard to talk about. Often it’s accompanied by feelings of shame. The fading empire’s leaders always pretend that the loss isn’t happening. Proud imperialists, such as today’s Republican candidates, insist the loss could be easily reversed if only certain leaders weren’t pygmies and traitors. The anger just worsens the pain. However, it is possible to be post-imperial and happy. The British are, at least on our good days. Here are some tips for coping with loss of empire. The first step is to be straight with yourself. Look in the mirror and say: “I am losing my empire, but it needn’t be traumatic.” Accept the loss as inevitable. True, the US still has the world’s strongest military but that’s like Kodak being the world’s leading maker of camera film: it’s an obsolete skill.

Only once since the second world war has the US secured its national interests through war: the defeat of Saddam Hussein in 1991. If Americans want to keep a large military as a jobs project, or a Keynesian stimulus programme that dare not speak its name, that’s fine. But having lived through the past 14 years, they must know that a military isn’t much use at fighting a

global terrorist franchise. Nor can it stop Russia from invading former Soviet republics, unless Americans are willing to fight world war three. When you lose your empire, it’s perfectly normal to worry that you will become poorer.

"The prosperity of our people”, argued the British conservative politician Julian Amery in 1962, “rests really on the oil in the Persian Gulf, the rubber and tin of Malaya, and the gold, copper and precious metals of south and central Africa.” If those went, he warned, “we would lose the lot”.

This kind of argument (now echoed in Trump’s scheme to grab Iraqi oil) makes psychological sense. After all, it’s an empirical fact that economic wealth and imperial acquisition go together. However, Americans needn’t worry: it’s the wealth that prompts the acquisition, not the other way round. Having an empire doesn’t necessarily make you rich. Indeed, when Britain and France shed their empires, their economies boomed. Buying other countries’ stuff is easier than grabbing it through conquest. But the damage done by loss of empire is, above all, psychological. The post-imperial country is left feeling futile and pointless. I recently met an old British army officer at his gentleman’s club in London. Sitting beneath portraits of Victorian generals who had conquered places like Sudan, he scoffed that today’s Britons were softies who preferred creature comforts to greatness. He missed the empire like a lost limb.

Luckily, there are some simple post-imperial techniques to make you feel great again. The best is probably winning a small war. Thatcher did it in the Falklands (hence her 1987 slogan) but the textbook example was the American invasion of tiny Grenada (population 90,000) under President Ronald Reagan in 1983. This was an un-losable war. Reagan’s biographer Garry Wills noted:

"Two-thirds of American casualties were inflicted by other Americans or by accident.”

Coming two days after a terrorist truck bomb killed 241 US service personnel in Beirut, the invasion helped to cheer up Americans. Having restored military pride, Reagan then quietly withdrew US troops from Lebanon. The sequence was a masterclass in post-imperialism. No wonder British politicians now reach hopefully for their sabres whenever a Spanish politician mentions our pocket-sized imperial remnant, Gibraltar. … There are other routes to post-imperial glory. You can win a football World Cup. Since the Suez debacle of 1956, the British have also found their kicks in what historian Robert Skidelsky calls “vicarious imperialism”. This is usually safe - a simple matter of banging on about the “special relationship” whenever the US bombs somebody - but, as Tony Blair found in Iraq, vicarious imperialism can go horribly wrong. The most enjoyable way to cope with post-imperialism is to laugh at yourself. The British have been doing this since Suez. In 1957, in his play The Entertainer, John Osborne created the faded old comedian Archie Rice to symbolise a faded old country. Rice boasts:

"I’ve played in front of them all. The Queen, the Duke of Edinburgh, the Prince of Wales, and the . . . what was the name of that other pub?”

Ideally, the US would now replace Trumpian anger with humour about national decline. The TV comedian John Oliver - a Briton raised on post-imperialism - could lead the way, until, eventually, declinist jokes become so clichéd that they reach the big networks. That will be the sign the US has gotten over empire. We will continue to document the ongoing hard fall of the Khazarian Empire and the continuing covert operations of the Reformist Collective, together with our own independent analysis on their possible objectives.

Waihopai Spy Base Protesters Talk GCSB, Five Eyes And Democracy In Marlborough January 29 2016 | From: MarlboroughExpress

An annual protest has drawn a colourful crowd to Marlborough to protest against mass surveillance.

About 60 people from across New Zealand gathered in Marlborough on Saturday to take a peaceful stand against Waihopai Station, southwest of Blenheim. The day began with a march through the centre of Blenheim, with one marcher dressed as Uncle Sam and another wearing an oversized mask in the likeness of Prime Minister John Key. Green Party co-leader and intelligence spokesperson Metiria Turei spoke at the march about the Government Security Communications Bureau.

"The GCSB has acted illegally. Our spy agencies are being used for political purposes like helping ministers get international jobs, New Zealanders in the Pacific are being spied on and the SIS lacks a proper compliance system," Turei said. "We cannot let their arrogance erode our civil liberties away."

The protest moved to the Waihopai spy base about 1.30pm where six police officers took shifts standing in the 30 degree Celsius heat between the protesters and the spy base.

Teacher Adrian Leason, one of the 'Waihopai three', calls for the Waihopai spy base to be closed.

Anti-Bases Campaign spokesman Murray Horton said the spy base was controlled by the United States, adding even New Zealand's prime minister knew little about its operations.

"Five Eyes is the reason for the existence of both the GCSB and Waihopai ... Its satellite interception dishes intercept a huge volume of civilian telephone calls, email and computer data communications," he said. "The collection of private information was anti-democratic and destructive", he said.

Aros Diodi travelled from Coromandel to help raise awareness at the protest.

"People need to know. It's like a big secret," she said.

There were about seven people from Marlborough at the protest.

"Marlborough does not get in behind this the way it should," Horton said.

One man jumped the fence to give police a close-up view of his placard, but there were no arrests.

"We will keep coming here as long as that [spy base] is still there. So book the overtime, boys," Horton said to police at the protest's conclusion.

Read More: Spy scandal: What we know and what we don't Waihopai three walk free Protesters call for Waihopai spy base closure Waihopai spy-base verdict irks locals

Why The Fascist US Can Never Defeat Mother Russia January 29 2016 | From: Sott

White-supremacist American imperialists have dreamed of defeating and dismembering Russia since at least the 1920's and early '30's when most of America's elite.

Consisting of the likes of John D. Rockefeller, J.P. Morgan, Andrew Mellon, Henry Ford, William Randolph Hearst, Joseph Kennedy (father of JFK and RFK), and Prescott Bush (father of George H.W. Bush and grandfather of George W. Bush) - decided to massively bankroll Hitler and the Nazi Party, with a view to eradicating the "mongrel" Soviet Union and the Jews of Europe along the way (as documented here, here, and here) - although their attempted coup against FDR miserably failed (and FDR still pardoned his fellow patricians "for the good of the country." What else?) Once Germany's massive rearmament got under way, it was the German factories of Ford, General Motors, General Electric, and Alcoa that built most of the tanks and warplanes of Hitler's dreaded Wehrmacht, while Dupont and

Standard Oil (now Exxon) supplied the synthetic fuel.

For their part, Coca-Cola provided tons of Germany's favorite caffeinated soft drink to keep Luftwaffe pilots "coked up" for their long bombing runs. IBM's punch-card record-keeping, in turn, made the Holocaust possible on an industrial scale: which by one estimate led to the deaths not just of 6 million Jews, but also 5.5 - 7 million Ukrainians, 3.3 million Russian POWs, 2 million Russian civilians, 3 million Poles, and 1.5 million Yugoslavs. What marked these non-Jewish populations for extermination was that they were all assumed to be either "pure blood" or "mixed blood" Slavs - whom Hitler lumped together with Jews as untermenschen (i.e. subhumans) in Mein Kampf. (Which the Neo-Nazis of "Aryan" Ukraine often quote with approval in relation to Slavic Ukrainians and Russians to this day.) The American Aryan imperialists took it for granted, of course, that the German Wehrmacht would roll right over their those Russian Orthodox "subhumans." But after months of house to house, even room to room fighting, it was the Nazis who surrendered at Stalingrad on February 2, 1943.

At that point, the head of the US Office of Strategic Services, former wealthy Wall Street lawyer, Allen Dulles, realized that Hitler would soon lose the war; and that it was now up to the United States, as the sole remaining capitalist superpower, to don the invisible mantle of fascism as the only ideology tough enough to defend Godly Capitalism against Godless Communism with its demonic dream of economic equality. What poor peasant or worker would not vote for equal wealth if he had the chance?

That's why democracies are disastrous for the 1%, Dulles reasoned. Fascism is the only way. Make the masses feel exceptional - not equal. And if they still demand their own fair share, shoot em dead! The Nazis had that part down pat. "So why not use these fellow Aryans?" Dulles thought. And he came up with a treasonous plan for the benefit of the 1% which he hid from the dying FDR. That was to have the top Nazi generals, intelligence officials, scientists, and the like surrender to the Americans, rather than the Soviets. Then after their files were "scrubbed" clean of any atrocities they might have committed for the Third Reich (or their own amusement), they'd be shipped off in the "right" direction. The best and brightest were sent to America to work in Intelligence or Defense or, in the case of Werner Von Braun, they were put in charge of our missile program. Whereas the worst of the worst were smuggled into South America to start fascist movements there.

Or if they were really, really bad and high-profile figures too - like Josef Mengele or Adolf Eichmann, say - they might simply be told: "Just lie on a beach and enjoy your memories." The rest were placed in positions of power and influence in the Postwar German government or elsewhere.

Comment: "Under Operation Paperclip, which began in May of 1945, the scientists who helped the Third Reich wage war continued their weapons-related work for the U.S. government, developing rockets, chemical and biological weapons, aviation and space medicine (for enhancing military pilot and astronaut performance), and many other armaments at a feverish and paranoid pace that came to define the Cold War," Jacobsen writes. Her book is titled Operation Paperclip: The Secret Intelligence Program that Brought Nazi Scientists to America. See more: CIA's denial of protecting Nazis is blatant lie America hired Nazis to test LSD and CIA interrogation techniques on Soviet spies, new book claims Operation Nazification: How the Third Reich lived on through the USA

Flash forward to today, and American imperialists have much to be proud of. Communism is dead, and so is Arab nationalism, except in Syria under Bashar al-Assad. Sadly for me as a Christian, so too is Liberation Theology in South America. Can you picture Archbishop Romero being shot through the heart as he said Mass at the altar? His life's blood mixing with the Blood of Christ? Is there nothing that our fascist elites will not order their death squads to do? And laugh about it too? Watch Hillary Clinton crack up at the breaking news of Muammar Gaddafi's mutilation-murder at the hands of our "moderate" terrorists.

"We came. We saw. He died." She crows with Satanic glee - using the royal "We." What a monster of depravity! The man has just had his throat slit-after being sodomized with a bayonet, and she's downright giddy about it! She even wants to claim all the credit for herself. This Satanic atrocity! By linking his mutilation/murder to her trip to Benghazi. What would she have us think? That she gave "our" terrorists strict instructions to rape him with a bayonet first? She even mangles Caesar's famous line to drive her sick claim home She does believe she's another Caesar. She's that demonically deranged. She wants to show the world she's got the biggest "balls" around--when she has none. Her pant suits fool no one.

Comment: His description of Killary Hillary Clinton is quite accurate, however history, when critically analyzed, paints a different portrait of Caesar, who actually bears much more of a resemblance to Putin: [?!] SOTT Talk Radio: Julius Caesar - Evil Dictator or Messiah for Humanity? Caesar's Rome and today The Gospel of Caesar: Documentary reveals true origins of the 'Passion of Christ'

Putin would never behave like that. Not in a million years! He's far too moral a man - too compassionate a man - too Orthodox a man - to brag that he somehow incited a lynch-mob to mutilate and murder a helpless man. As Jesus tells us in Matthew 25:40: it is the same as inciting a lynch-mob to mutilate and murder Christ Himself. Indeed Putin's friends report that Putin felt extreme guilt over Gaddafi's mutilation/murder, having allowed himself to be fooled by those fork-tongued Americans into approving a UN Resolution which he believed only authorized NATO to keep Gaddafi from committing genocide against the people of Benghazi, but which was actually intentionally so vaguely worded as to give NATO carte blanche to do what it pleased--even to murdering Gaddafi in this sickest of ways. Is it carrying a sense of responsibility too far, to blame himself for being deceived? Many psychologists might say so. But as a Christian psychologist myself, with over 40 years of training and experience (if that Biblical number tells you something), I would say that the depth of his guilt shows the depth of his compassion. And the depth of his compassion shows the depth of Putin's Orthodox faith.

Not that Putin is exceptional in this regard. Quite the contrary. He is a typical Orthodox man in the depth of his faith. That is the basis of his enormous popularity and power. He is just like them. He is Everyman.. And this is why the Orthodox faithful have such trust in him. He is a plain-spokenman of his word. And while that fact may have led him to assume too readily that Americans can be trusted to live up to their word as well, Putin is a quick learner; and will not be fooled by them again. Did not Jesus Himself warn him in Matthew 7:15 to beware of such men who: " come to you in sheep's clothing," but are "ravening wolves within?" Putin thought Erdogan could be trusted as well. But after the Russian plane was shot down, he saw the "ravening wolf" in Erdogan too. And when it comes to meting out just punishment, Putin has as much Christian patience as anyone. This is why the Satanic West can never defeat Holy Russia. Though the West has long since lost its Christian moorings, as Hillary Clinton shows so well, patience is not a weakness. Nor are modesty, humility, and compassion. These are Putin's personal qualities. (If you watch RT, you can see them). But they are not his uniquely. Though I'm not Russian, I would say from my dealings with many Russians over the years as a psychologist that these particular qualities typify devout Russian Orthodox men like Putin. That's why most Russians trust Putin - whether they themselves are Orthodox or not. They know the type. And men possessed of Orthodox virtues make for undefeatable Christian warriors: just ask Hitler.

Whereas our generals drew the wrong lesson from World War II; and decided that the Allies would have beaten the Nazis single-handedly (or so the Serpent whispered in their ears) all the quicker if only our troops had embraced the Satanic "virtues" of pride, cruelty, and demonization-of-the-enemy. And we've been demonizing our troops ever since--with the results one can see. But Russia also has a loving kind of weapon that has long protected it. It sees all of Russia as Mother Russia (In Russian: Россия-Матушка). Think about it for a sec. Germany has no motherland, just a fatherland. And the USA doesn't even have that. If one goes to a patriotic film here about, say, an American sniper blowing off the heads of defenseless "towel-heads," a bunch of tattooed ex-Marines may get up and shout: "USA! USA! USA!" But we have no motherland. France tried to plant the seed with the Statue of Liberty in New York Harbor. But a mother is supposed to open her arms to all her children--even brown ones. And the US government didn't want those brown "tired and poor" on our shores, so the idea of a motherland never really stuck. In fact, we've tended to exterminate or enslave all nonewhites. Hitler even said he took his racial policies from us!

Russia, on the other hand, has always been a multi-religious, multi-cultural, multi-ethnic land of abundant resources, stretching across 12 time zones. So it's always been natural to think of "her" as a mother. For what is a mother? One who feeds and shelters her children. And when they grow to adulthood, her sons and daughters, in turn, protect and care for her. Thus the concept of Mother Russia elicits feelings of love, loyalty and protectiveness that go far, far beyond postRenaissance notions of the nation-state and the kind of patriotism a given nation-state--especially under the aegis of austerity--might arouse. Those who see Russia as their Mother will give back the very lives she once gave them to defend her.

The author is a licensed clinical psychologist and long-time activist for progressive causes, who lives and practices in New York. He wrote this article specially for Russia Insider Comment: As Edgar Cayce predicted over 80 years ago, Russia has become the hope of the world and a beacon of light in the dark times that have been brought on by US/NATO western imperialism with the ruling psychopaths at the helm:

"In Russia there comes the hope of the world, not as that sometimes termed of the communistic, or Bolshevik, no; but freedom, freedom! That each man will live for his fellow man! The principle has been born. It will take years for it to be crystallised, but out of Russia comes again the hope of the world." - Edgar Cayce, 1944, No. 3976-29

The Strawman Is The Ego: The Parasite Cleanse Begins At Home January 28 2016 | From: KitWalker

Humanity needs a parasite cleanse, I think that’s not difficult to see at this point. It’s becoming more and more obvious that, no, it is NOT “human nature” to kill, steal, rape, destroy.

Anyone with their eyes and heart open can see that some of us have in fact been infected by a kind of virus, a parasitic cancer of the soul, which is also contagious, and is spreading rapidly.

And those of us who have contracted this sickness can be recognized by a cold blooded lack of compassion and basic humanity, a lack of true sense of humor or humility, and the tendency to put oneself and one’s greed first, with no concern for the effects of our actions on others, or on the planet. It sounds “corporate”, doesn’t it? We should probably be asking ourselves: Am I becoming like this? In case you have never heard the term, in Native American traditions they have a word for this malignant virus of the psyche and soul. It is called “Wetiko”. More about it here. In this essay i am going to endeavor to bring to light to just how we can begin to deal with this malignancy, before it overtakes us completely. In order to do that, we will need to see how it has infected us, and how it is using our energy. Although this is not a pleasant topic, take heart. It must be done, and my feeling is that to SEE it clearly is most of the battle. We can see the “nuts and bolts” of how it works in the system of corporate commerce.

The Strawman and the Ego are two sides of the same coin What is the Strawman? You may have heard this term, and you may even be familiar with what it is, but perhaps you are not really aware of how it works in your life, or, why it is something that you need to be aware of. But if you are concerned about the encroaching corporatism that is enslaving humanity and destroying the planet, and you want to be able to be effective in helping to stop this, then your Strawman is the place to start, because it is the corporation that you are supposed to think is you. Yes, that’s right, “you” are a corporation. The parasite cleanse begins at home, by taking responsibility for your “corporate self”. But when i say “you”, i mean your ego, not the infinite being that you truly are.

Here is a great introduction, a very short video called “Meet Your Strawman” The way to identify your Strawman is that it is simply your name in all capital letters. It is the name that is used in all business, on your passport, driver’s license, bills, bank account information, and so forth. Just like your ego, your Strawman is an artificial person. But the trick, the deception, is that you are never told that your name in all capital letters is not really you, but a fictitious corporate entity. And you are tricked, time and time again, to sign for this entity, all the while thinking it is you. In the same way, most humans walk around thinking that they are the mental duality construct in their heads, which is kept in place by unconscious reactivity, and built on uninspected assumptions about “reality”, inherited from parents, schools,

religions, and so forth. This psycho-somatic infection of unconscious society, just going through the motions, like a machine, is called ego.

They Work Together Let’s notice the correlations between the strawman and the ego. They reinforce each other. The ego is a false persona, i.e., a mask, a fictitious entity that we have been inculcated from birth to believe is us. It is just an idea, the “I thought”.

“That which rises as ‘I’ in the body is the mind. If one inquires as to where in the body the thought ‘I’ rises first, one would discover that it rises in the Heart. That is the place of the mind’s origin. Even if one thinks constantly ‘I’, ‘I’, one will be led to that place. Of all the thoughts that arise in the mind, the ‘I’ thought is the first. It is only after the rise of the “I-thought” that other thoughts occur.” - Sri Ramana Maharshi

This ego persona has a name, a nationality, and later, religious beliefs, job, and so forth. It identifies itself by what it does, how much money it has in the bank, whether it is a father, mother, sister, brother, husband, wife, etc. It exists as a part of time, because there is no place for it in timelessness. It is how we are bound in time. Time is ruled in astrology by Saturn, which is also the ruling planet of the ego. It is Satan, and the sense of separate self. It is the planet of Capricorn, which has to do with business, the corporate world, and the structures of society. No wonder so much Satanic activity exists in the upper echelons of government, religion, and the entertainment (illusion) business! Saturn is the “ring-pass-not”, the walls of society, outside of which you pass at your own risk. It is the rules, written and unwritten, that are enforced outwardly by the “legal” system, and inwardly by group-think.

Scared, or Sacred This is what i am noticing, and I am not seeing anyone mentioning this: the Strawman is the “real-world” representation of the ego. It is a fictitious entity ascribed to you at birth, without your knowledge. When your parents signed your birth certificate, and registered you with the state, your Strawman came into being. It is the corporate version of you. It is what binds you into the system of commerce.

When you really start to contemplate and comprehend the correlations between the strawman and the ego, everything falls into place. It is the only way the “matrix” is able to interact with you and steal your energy. And every time it does interact with you it steals your energy. And ego is the way that your energy gets robbed psychologically, because it places a limit on your infinite being. It locks you in fear. The strawman is the scarecrow. Its purpose is to keep you in fear and without a soul. Made of straw. Scared, not sacred.

Ego is Self-Contraction The ego is the self-CONTRACTion. When you begin to understand exactly how ego works, you see how there is a subtle contraction going on in the subtle energy bodies, as well as in the physical body, which gives the sense of “I” and “other”, the sense of duality and separation, which is really the primal wound. So we have to see how the system is constantly inviting, and moreover, coercing us to “contract” with it, in SO many different ways, from gross to subtle. Any time you sign any kind of official document, or license, that contains your straw man all-caps name, you are entering into a contract, you are “contracting” within the system of commerce.

Saturn is Satan, ego, and the principle of contraction, and rules contracts in general. All these things are really of the same energy, that of limitation, and the binding force of duality and separation. We say we are “bound” by a “contract”. You may say, well, so what, that doesn’t affect me at all. Don’t be so sure. Remain open. Investigate for yourself. Notice how you feel. You may begin to recognize that in whatever contract you enter into within that system, you will be giving consent for the system to use your energy, to use your life-force like a battery.

The Parasite The system has been referred to in many shamanic teachings and traditions as the Parasite, and for good reason. We have to see beyond the presentation it shows us, into what it is really doing with our energy. Why? Because, the more we “contract” with it, the more it is eating our souls, and thus destroying our capacity to be creative and truly alive. Negative emotions of all kinds are food for it. From the Toltec tradition :

“The Parasite is a garbage eater. It loves fear and drama; it loves anger, jealousy, and envy; it loves any emotion that makes you suffer.” - Don Miguel Ruiz : The Four Agreements

Notice how many of your problems are centered around money, and the commercial system. Notice the way it is designed to keep you in fear, through the scarcity paradigm. If money was not an issue, how many of our problems would be left? This is done by design. When someone has no soul, they have lost connection to the Primal Source Consciousness beyond all duality, which is the true source of all energy. The Sun we see in the sky is but a reflection of this Source Consciousness.

So when we begin to unravel the deceptions that fuel the whole ego process, we will inevitably come up against their “realworld” applications, and we will find the roots of those applications in the Uniform Commerce Code, the commercial system. Remember as well, that the legal system used all over the world, and centered in the private city-state within London called the “City of London”, in the form of the BAR Association, is completely tied into the UCC as well. We will see how ego is reinforced by conditions of the system, and our relationships with others. We will begin to understand how unwelcome we have become in the land of the walking dead. It can be a very frightening experience for the awakening soul to really get the ramifications of this. As John Lennon said: “the more real you get, the more unreal the world gets”. We begin to see that this is a massive deception going on here, much like in the Truman Show movie. A hologram, a dream (even a nightmare), a virtual reality.

Uniform Commerce Code (UCC) The Uniform Commerce Code is the system by which all corporations interact, and it is in effect all over the planet. Since corporations can only interact with other corporations, and not with living beings, using this “code”, it became necessary that each human being become a mini-corporation of one. Related: The Birth Certificate Odyssey Since that is something no human being in their right mind would want to be, and since our consent is necessary for it to happen, our consent has to be obtained by way of deception. Why would anyone agree to having their energy stolen? Imagine if farm animals could understand how they were being used? Do you think they would agree to that?

One way to get your consent is to get it right when you are born, before you know better. And it is done by tricking your parents into signing you away, “regis”tering you to the state, as property of the state, much like cattle, or chattel, through the birth certificate. This is what the term “human resources” refers to. But your parents are not told that. The truth of what is really happening is hidden from them, so they simply think they are doing the right thing. But then also we have to understand how the language of the legal system has been twisted, by assigning alternate meanings to words we use all the time. So that when we agree to one thing, we are in fact agreeing to something else entirely, which, if it were fully disclosed to us, we would never otherwise consent to.

There is so much great information available now about all of this, that i encourage you to do your own research, to understand exactly how this works.

Check your Cheques Here is a dead giveaway. Seemingly small, but the implications are huge. If you have a chequing account at a bank, take a look at one of your personal checks. Notice the line where you are supposed to sign the cheque. Notice at the end of the line it says “MP”. What does MP mean? It means Micro Print. In other words, that line on which you would sign your name is not really a line, it is actually micro print of some words. But in order to see those words you need a magnifying glass. And what do they say? “Authorized Signature”. Don’t believe me? Check your checks! Let’s look at the crux of the issue. Why is it, that you are not supposed to know that the strawman is not you? Why does it say “authorized signature” SO small on your checks, that you can’t read it without a magnifying glass? The “official” answer is that it prevents fraud. Well, of course, like all official answers, the truth is the exact opposite. Actually, it IS fraud, and you are not supposed to see that.

Look, if you are the financial officer of a large corporation, and it is your job to sign the checks, there’s no problem. You know what you are doing. You know that you aren’t that corporation, and that it is just your job to sign the checks. It says “authorized signature” in big letters, so you can see that the person who is signing is administrating the account. On the checks of a company or corporation, “authorized signature” is written large enough to see. It is only on personal checks that you have to use a magnifying glass. So in the case of your own checking account, you are not supposed to recognize that it is the exact same process going on ! WHY? inquiring minds want to know!

Your Natural Sign It is because in fact, the state wants to be the administrator of your account, because in the state’s mind, it OWNS you. But, in order to activate your account in the myriad ways it wants to, it needs your signature. It needs the SIGN of your NATURE. Your natural, living self. Your ALIVENESS. It needs your CONSENT. And when you put that signature there, the state, and whatever it is behind that, receives your infinite energy.

In many cases, like when you are receiving a bank loan, your signature represents years of your time, energy, and attention, and you are receiving “money” that was created out of thin air, with a couple of clicks in a computer. Now, THAT is fraud.

Artificial Intelligence The entity behind the corporate state is parasitic. It is artificial intelligence. It has no infinite energy of its own. It NEEDS your energy, and it needs you to remain UNCONSCIOUS. It does not like conscious energy. Consciousness Itself is KRYPTONITE to these entities. It is like sunlight to mold, it kills it. This entity survives by being hidden, and in the dark. Like a vampire, it cannot go out in the sun. It will die. Think of the wizard in the Wizard of Oz. There is a big sleight-of-hand light show going on, that is mesmerizing everyone. And where does this light show get its electricity? From you, from us, from those of us who unconsciously consent to being used as batteries. As you watch TV, your consciousness is the electricity that lights it up, as it is drained out of you.

So to me, the crux of the issue, more than anything, is that if you are going to enter the commercial system, you need to do it consciously. You need to understand exactly what is happening, and what are the far reaching ramifications of engaging with it, for yourself, and for others. Understand the ways that it is powered by your energy, and take responsibility for that. When you understand that YOU are the administrator of the straw man account, rather than the trustee, YOU are the one in control of it. So it is your decision to enter into a contract or not, fully understanding the ramifications. You remain in your power. But you also are aware of the risks.

Ego as Servant Similarly, sometimes we need to use the ego, as a protective shield, as a vehicle for navigating 3D reality, and so forth. When ego is the servant, its true function is restored. When someone awakens to the Divine Reality, it is as if the King has returned home, much like Odysseus in the Greek masterwork, the Odyssey. The King regains His throne, in the heart. And the impostor ego-mind is pushed out of the throne he has been occupying “illegally”. He is pushed back down to the floor and simply Outshone. The Sun Heart King says, “I am the administrator here, and you are the servant. Get thee behind me.” But it is not desirable to “the state” that you enter into the contract consciously, because you will immediately perceive the fraud, and you will have taken back your power. You are no longer the trustee, or the slave, the pawn, the one acted upon. And then the state is restored to its true function, as nothing more than servant.

Understanding this is key to understanding how commerce can steal your soul, and thus cut you off from the source of creation. And if you are a creative artist, then your art will gradually take on the quality of the corporate system, which is imitation. Artificial intelligence, not real human intelligence. It will happen incrementally, so you won’t ever really notice until it’s gone, and then of course, you won’t have the capacity to notice any more. Source Creation: Spontaneous Unlimited Manifestation

“The enlightened view includes the process of manifestation, includes this constant effulgence that creates all the things in the world from the void, that materializes each thing from nothing. In that sense, reality is a wizard. Out of complete nothingness appears all that we perceive and experience. And it’s as simple and as easy as dreaming something. When you dream, you create a whole universe that feels like solid matter; people get hurt and various things happen, but it’s really not taking any effort. You are completely asleep, completely resting, and it is all happening. It is the same with Quintessence; it is completely still and silent, and at the same time it is unfolding everything with effortless ease and spontaneity.” - From Diamond Heart Book Five: Inexhaustible Mystery, ch. 13, by A.H. Almaas

Source creation is the spontaneous abundance of infinite Life. It knows no end, it knows no limitation. It is this unlimited abundance that the Parasite needs to feed off of, because it has no direct access itself to this energy. So its main purpose is to keep you, through the process of attention, distracted from your connection to Source. It does this through commerce, as well as religion and many other means. Ultimately it would prefer to see you permanently disconnected, with it acting as “middle man”, so it can use your eternal energy without any interference from you. That’s why it needs to obtain your consent through deceptive means.

Strawman as Corpse Just as some original cultures feel that every photograph would steal their soul (careful, selfie-takers!!), every time you sign whatever legal or financial documents, it is important to see the process that happens, through your corporation, your corporate persona, your corpse, your straw man.

The straw man is a corpse. A dead body. A corp(se)oration. It is worth nothing to the state without your consent. It needs the LIVING SIGNATURE to receive the energy it needs to survive. Please recognize this!

And understand, as well, that merely seeing this thoroughly, completely changes the game. We do not need to fight against the state. That is exactly what it wants, actually. It can just as easily steal your energy if you are fighting against it, as if you are cooperating with it. When you SEE what is really happening, you can choose to participate or not. Sometimes it will be to your advantage to participate in some way, sometimes not. But you will be able to make an informed decision. And ultimately, when you refuse to play the game, the Parasite loses one more food source.

Going Truly Off-Grid This ups the ante considerably on the whole process of going “off-grid”. It is so much more than just having a solar panel, although perhaps having the solar panel could be a metaphor for having your own direct connection to the Invisible and Indivisible Sun of Divine Reality. To withdraw from the entire system at once is tricky. Since there is no alternative yet to that game, it’s the only game in town. Leaving it, is to truly go “off-grid”.

This requires a total transformation on all levels at once, which is not something that is going to happen for most of us overnight. But there are steps that can be taken, once we recognize the nature of this game. We can gradually plug the leaks, so to speak, by eliminating all the ways that energy is taken, one by one. Being in debt, especially to a bank, is the first and very obvious one. All debt needs to be eliminated.

Cooperation is the Antidote to the Corporation Also, wherever possible, pass money from hand to hand, without running it through the commercial system. Simplify your life. If we can’t grow our own food, we can perhaps buy it from people we know who do grow it. Whenever possible pass money directly to people who are making a real contribution. Avoid giving your money to large corporations, and avoid getting it through large corporations.

All of this requires a major reorientation of your life. But every little bit helps to starve the beast. And, we have to work together. Cooperation is the antidote to the corporation. But the most important part is to go “off-grid” within. To drop back from the grid of the mind and time, into the mirror state of the witness, and simply reflect, until all dissolves. The outer will follow suit, especially if enough of us practice this and we sustain it.

Realisation and Renunciation As the great masters have said, realization and renunciation are two sides of the same coin. To really see through and dissolve the ego leads to the dismantling of the ego’s part in creating the false construct that is overlaid on Reality. The Strawman is the ego’s “evil twin”. Without the energy of the ego, the straw man falls down, dead. Then one sees through the illusion of ownership, worldly success, power over others, control, and the binding power of the “ten thousand things” on the soul is dissolved. As far as i can tell, to have a fully embodied enlightenment that becomes actualization, the inner and outer aspects of our lives need to coincide, and in fact, will, since outside is a reflection of inside.

It is not that in “renouncing the world”, one pushes the world away through an act of will. This is just more ego. It is just simply that one sees that they can no longer participate in the fruitless and illusory drama of having and doing for its own sake. One wakes up from the dream, which is habitually superimposed on Reality, and one sees things as they truly are.

The Power of Witnessing Let’s not be afraid to look at this. And let’s understand how powerfully transformational it is to the entire morphogenetic field, just to simply see, to simply reflect, to BE the Witness and see all of it, as in a mirror, unclouded by any agenda, whether someone else’s, or our own.

Yes, maybe something will need to be done, but it is important to understand that all the so-called “power” that this parasitic system has comes from it being hidden, occult, a secret. Bringing it fully into the light will kill it, just like sunlight kills a vampire. It is counting on your denial, and your unwillingness to face it head on, with open eyes. Until we all do that, en masse, nothing will truly change. And when we do, EVERYTHING will change in an instant.

'CYFS Need To Listen To Carers' January 28 2016 | From: RadioNewZealand

A Porirua family took in a baby so neglected he showed no emotion. Now he's full of life. They also took in a baby born at 25 weeks and turned her into a happy, healthy wee girl who's off to school soon.

And because they've taken on the children permanently - giving both them and the children the security of knowing they have a family for life - they lose all Child Youth and Family Service (CYFS) support and allowances and receive just $19 a day per child from Work and Income. They can't change the children's surnames, they can't take them out of the country without permission and, if their birth parents want contact, they have to make it happen.

"So why would anyone sane do that?" carer Jude Pointon says. "The only people who would do that are people who have had a background like mine [Jude was fostered and adopted as a child], who have gained through having a background in fostering or adoption."

In his first annual report on CYFs, State of Care 2015, released today, Children's Commissioner Russell Wills found systemic failures in the service and said it was doubtful children were better off in state care. He strongly criticised CYF for what he calls a "dump and run" culture of neglect. Read the full report here.

Jude and her husband have first-hand experience of that culture.

Before they became permanency carers, they fostered children and Jude tells of having siblings aged one and three in their care for two months, who then had to go back to their parents for a few days because CYF didn't have its court documents in order.

"I said 'what do I tell them? They need to know what's happening,' and they said 'tell them they're going for a ride in the car'. "So I had an absolute hissy fit ... and said 'that's not okay, the system is making me into a long line of adults who have failed these children and we're creating this country's future criminals and they have been let down over and over and over again'."

Jude told the social worker they would have the kids back when the situation was sorted, but, she says, because she had spoken her mind the children were sent to another home.

So it was a three-year-old's fourth foster home and it was a one-year-old's second foster home. And that happens over and over again," she says.

Jude's sister - a social worker and CYF emergency care foster parent - recently had two children arrive in the middle of the night. They were with her for a few days but then weren't returned after school one day.

"She was told 'they've gone to another placement' and she said 'well that's really not okay because they were told they were coming here, they've had an unsettling time and suddenly they're not coming here, they're going somewhere else they don't know, again and all their precious belongings that they've managed to take from their home are here'."

Those belongings might just be a teddy bear or a book but to a child with nothing they are everything.

We have a serious national problem here in New Zealand with child abuse and satanic paedophile organisations. It is hideous to comprehend, but the reality has to be faced - and those responsible, and even those that have been commiting these crimes for over 50 years - should know that they will be held to account for their heinous actions.

Social workers shocked. Jude's sister arranged a meeting with about 20 Porirua social workers and she, Jude and another foster parent told them what was wrong with the system.

"Some of them were actually shocked to hear from a carer's perspective how it feels to the carer and the children," she says. "It makes me annoyed because the foster carers and the permanency carers are the experts. Sure, the children who have been who've been through the system are the experts but often they're too young to put across coherently their point of view. We know what's wrong with the system. We're happy to tell you. We're happy to tell the policymakers. I'm happy to talk to the minister. Listen to us."

And that, simply, is Jude's message to the powers that be who want to fix the care system.

"Listen to the foster carers and ... the permanency carers, because we are here every day dealing with it every day, and we know what can be done to try and fix the situation and make it work for these vulnerable children. It really infuriates me when I hear on all media people talking about CYFs looking after these children. CYFs don't have some big warehouse somewhere with all these children slotted in it, it's actually families who are looking after

these children who are often damaged, going out of their way to try and help these children have as normal a life as they can given the neglect they've had to start with. It's like we're these invisible people."

The "Minister" Must Step Up Former ward of the state Tracey said the State care system was broken beyond repair.

Tracey was removed from her family in the late 1970s when she was 11 because of abuse and said she lost track of how many foster homes she lived in. She told Checkpoint nothing has changed.

"They've lost track of over 1000 children - they don't know where they are, what's happened to them. "How can you lose 1000 kids? The Minister of Social Welfare is their guardian, is their parent, so that person has better step up and look after these kids."

Tracey said society would have to live with the consequences if children in care were not properly looked after.

Another former ward of the State, Tupua Urlich, said more support was needed for people when they left care.

Mr Urlich said although he felt like a prisoner when he was in care, he had no support when he left and developed alcohol and drug problems. He also tried to take his own life. People needed a home environment to fall back on well into their 20s.

"The average age of leaving home in New Zealand is 23. You have the luxury of being at home, parents helping you out," he said. "I know some people will hear this and think 'I didn't do that for my children' - sure but at least they knew they had the option of going home, getting their washing done, getting given a meal or support, real important things."

Mr Urlich now works with child support group the Dingwall Trust.

Related: Kids probably no better off in state care CYF calls review after fatal dairy robbery Minister affirms need for CYF overhaul Dismay at lack of Maori on CYF review panel

A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful? January 27 2016 | From: InvestigateMagazine

It could be the most fundamental New Zealand issue of the century: if a group of Australian lawyers and researchers is correct, the Treaty of Waitangi ceased to be valid on January 10, 1920, and the New Zealand Government does not, lawfully, exist. In an even bigger potential crisis – nor do the laws. As Ian Wishart reports, even New Zealand constitutional lawyers can’t rule out the possibility they may be right.

If it sounds like the Coalition Government’s worst nightmare multiplied by a factor of ten, you’d be right. Every three years for more than a century, New Zealanders have gone to the polls to elect governments believing, for lack of any reason not to believe, that this was how democracy worked. You elect a government, they make your life hell, you vote them out again. We were told, as a nation, that the Government’s powers derived from our status as a constitutional monarchy. But now, important new legal research is threatening to turn our perception of who we are, as a nation, on its head. The establishment view of constitutional law is that New Zealand, lacking a written constitution, is a country where the Government holds the ultimate power to make laws and regulations. Just how entrenched that establishment view is, can be demonstrated in a current debate in New Zealand legal and judicial circles about the powers of the Courts to rein in bad Government. Lord Cooke of the Privy Council, formerly New Zealand’s Chief Appeal Court judge, has suggested the Courts do have some power to control the Government. He argues that if the New Zealand Government re-introduced slavery, for example, that the Courts could strike it down. Unfortunately for those who believe the judiciary is a check on Government power, Lord Cooke is a lone voice in New Zealand’s legal community. Other judges and lawyers have indicated they have a constitutional duty to uphold legislation passed by the Government, however damaging that law might be.

Related: Australia republic move: Leaders begin push Even so, there is evidence from Australia that the mainstream legal and judicial view may be totally wrong – not because the Courts have special powers to ignore legislation, but because New Zealand and Australia’s governments are not lawfully constituted. Leading academics and judges in Australia are lending their support to research showing that both countries failed to constitutionally validate their legal sovereignty when they became independent from Britain early this century. If it sounds impossible that the laws of New Zealand and Australia are invalid, read on. The Australian Government has based its current lawmaking powers on the Australian Constitution Act of 1900. That Act was passed by the British Parliament while Australia was still a Dominion.

The important fact to remember is this: the Australian Constitution is a British law.

New Zealand was granted Dominion status in 1907. The title Dominion meant nothing significant, in British law and legislation the term was synonymous with colony. It wasn’t until January 10, 1920, however that Australia became a sovereign nation in its own right when both Australia and New Zealand became foundation members of the League of Nations – the forerunner to the United Nations. Membership of the League of Nations was restricted only to sovereign countries, and Article XX of the Covenant of the League of Nations required the extinguishment of any colonial laws applying to a member state pre-Sovereignty. That meant the Constitution Acts in New Zealand and Australia passed prior to independence became legally void under international law. It was a condition of membership of the League of Nations and later the United Nations. But no new constitutions were ever forthcoming in either country. It continues to be a founding principle of the United Nations charter that the laws of one state cannot be used in another unless ratified by a mutual treaty, so while the Australian Government has relied on a colonial act passed by the British in 1900, Britain has said otherwise, saying the Australian Constitution Act (UK) is null and void.

“No Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, or an Act that looks to the Parliament of the United Kingdom for its authority, is valid in Australia or its territories in accordance with the laws of the United Kingdom and the Charter of the United Nations," wrote British officials responding to an information request.

For decades, Australians have obeyed federal laws seemingly passed with full legal authority on a raft of issues from law and order to taxation. In all cases the Australian Government has claimed its powers from the 1900 Constitution Act.

That fundamental reliance took a knock however, when the United Nations’ International Law Commission ruled that Australia could not rely on Section 61 of its Constitution to provide the power to enter into international treaties, because the Constitution was a British law, not an Australian one. Instead, said the UN, Australia needed to look to its membership of the League of Nations in 1920 as providing proof of its sovereignty.

The flag of the League of Nations, the failed NWO power grab prior to the United Nations.

An Australian group calling itself the Institute of Taxation Research has used that ruling and others to mount a serious challenge to the constitutional authority of the Australian Government, saying that if the Constitution Act did not give the Government power to sign international treaties because it was void, nor could it be used as the basis for domestic law. In 1992, the Australian High Court held that:

“The very concept of representative government and representative democracy signifies government by the people through their representatives. Translated into constitutional terms, it denotes that the sovereign power which resides in the people is exercised on their behalf by their representatives. "In the case of the Australian Constitution, one obstacle to the acceptance of that view is that the Constitution owes its legal force to its character as a statute of the Imperial Parliament enacted in the exercise of its legal sovereignty; the Constitution was not a supreme law proceeding from the people’s inherent authority to constitute a government."

In other words, the Australian Constitution does not establish the sovereignty of Australians or their government.

That ruling has been enough for the Institute of Taxation Research to hit the Australian Tax Office right between the eyes, point blank. In what began as a Freedom of Information request to the ATO, the group pointed out:

“For the Constitution to make the transition in status to that of a ‘supreme law’ as mentioned by [Chief Justice] Mason, mere opinion is not enough. "Some legally recognisable instrument is required such as a Memorandum of Transfer from the UK Government, or the record of a referendum in which the Australian people have given informed consent to the new arrangements, or some other form of document recognisable under international law. Since the ATO is claiming this has occurred would their counsel, who as a practising barrister must know of this document and where it can be found, please produce it. In the presence of such documentary evidence I would be quite happy to acknowledge the continued existence of the constitution and the laws deriving from it."

Despite the request, the ATO could not produce any documentation proving its lawful authority to levy tax on Australian citizens.

“Firstly it was asked to present us evidence of the documents setting up the ATO," explains ITR spokesman Ian Henke from the organisation’s Melbourne headquarters. "We’ve finally got a document that says ‘the documents do not exist’ signed by Erin Holland, Deputy Commissioner, on behalf of the Commissioner."

That letter was sent on 27 October 1999. "There are several issues here," says Henke. "We also searched the Commonwealth Gazette, and there was no evidence at all of the ATO having been gazetted into existence. Finally in a court on the 20th of October, counsel for the ATO finally admitted that it wasn’t."

It is ITR, a group of lawyers, the occasional judge, business executives and researchers, that is making all the running on the issue, and it’s an issue whose repercussions will be felt not just in Canberra, but Wellington and Ottawa too.

“The point is, under international law once you get a change in sovereignty then there is a break in legal continuity. The best example we can give you is Hong Kong. June 1997. On 30 June there was still British police, British law, British taxes, British Army, British Queen and so on. On the 1st of July, one minute past midnight, all of those things still existed – but they no longer had authority in Hong Kong."

In the United States, the transference of sovereignty from the King of England to the American people was also marked by a break in legal continuity – the War of Independence – followed by the establishment of the Constitution. The Australian Government, allegedly realising its difficult constitutional position, passed the Australia Act in 1986 to repeal a range of Imperial laws and shore up its status. New Zealand, in the same boat as Australia, did likewise with the Imperial Laws Application Act of 1988. However ITR argues that both Acts are also void, as it is impossible under international law and the UN Charter for one nation to pass legislation repealing the laws of another nation. So could there really be a major constitutional crisis facing New Zealand? Or is it a technical "tilting at windmills" that will lead nowhere?

New Zealand’s Constitution, like Australia’s, arose from Westminster in 1852 to provide authority for the colonial administration to govern on Queen Victoria’s behalf. New Zealand was accorded "Dominion" status in 1907 and was therefore still a British colony when the Land and Income Tax of 1908 was passed. Like Australia, NZ signed the League of Nations Covenant in 1920 and, like Australia and Canada, was given legal separation from Britain in 1931 with the Statute of Westminster. However, New Zealand chose not to ratify the 1931 Statute, falsely believing that it could still function as a British colony despite having signed the League of Nations Covenant. This was despite this speech from British Prime Minister Lloyd George at the Imperial Conference of 1921:

“In recognition of their service and achievements during the war, the British Dominions have now been accepted fully into the comity of the nations of the whole world. They are signatories to the Treaty of Versailles and all other treaties of peace. "They are members of the Assembly of the League of Nations, and their representatives have already attended meetings of the League. In other words, they have achieved full national status and they now stand beside the United Kingdom as equal partners in the dignities and responsibilities of the British Commonwealth. "If there are any means by which that status can be rendered even more clear to their own communities and to the world at large, we shall be glad to have them put forward."

The last paragraph should have sent clear signals to New Zealand that a change of constitutional status had taken place, whether the New Zealand government liked it or not. Colonies could not sign treaties, only sovereigns could.

But it wasn’t until after World War II, and the formation of the United Nations in 1947, that New Zealand formally severed its colonial ties from Britain by ratifying the 1931 Statute of Westminster in a ceremony on November 25, 1947. Britain then drafted a new Constitution for New Zealand, again passed in Westminster, authorising its colony to change any provisions of the old 1852 colonial constitution. Except, as the Australian Government has already learnt at great cost, no laws passed by Britain are valid in New Zealand or Australia, nor have they been since 1920. The British confirmation to Australia that:

"No Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom, or an Act that looks to the Parliament of the United Kingdom for its authority, is valid in Australia or its territories in accordance with the laws of the United Kingdom and the Charter of the United Nations," could equally be applied to the 1947 New Zealand Constitution Act passed in Britain for use in New Zealand. “What principle of international law lets the parliament of one sovereign country amend the law of another sovereign country? It doesn’t," argues Henke.

One to disagree, however, is University of Canterbury constitutional expert Philip Joseph, who says the gentle devolution of power from Westminster to the three colonies of Canada, Australia and New Zealand was legally effective, even if not as definitive as more traditional transfers of sovereignty.

Joseph believes international law, as set out in treaties signed by Australia and New Zealand, does not define how a nation must deal with sovereignty issues at a domestic level.

“Unlike all the other more newly emerged Commonwealth countries which have become sovereign, these three old colonies acquired full powers of legal continuity through an ongoing gift of legal powers from Westminster to the countries concerned."

This, of course, puts Joseph somewhat at odds with Henke and others who take a more fundamentalist view of constitutional law, and even Joseph admits that his views – shared by other mainstream constitutional lawyers in New Zealand – may be wrong at the end of the day. The reason for that is that it places an enormous amount of faith in Britain’s legal ability to devolve power that way. Ninetynine percent of countries have achieved independence either by physical revolution or by declaration of independence. The fact that only the three Dominions didn’t, and are now facing major constitutional challenges, illustrates how the "gentle" way may in fact have failed miserably to deliver lawful government.

"It never properly tells us when we exactly became an independent sovereign nation, and insofar as we trace our powers through this continuity line back to Westminster yes, it is a problem," says Joseph.

The question of whether New Zealand’s Government has been passing laws since 1920 without pure Constitutional authority to do so now lies open for legal debate and challenge, raising issues about the possible illegality of major policy decisions like state-asset sales or Waitangi Treaty settlements, not to mention the tax laws. The problem is even more volatile, as an unconstitutional parliamentary system would mean New Zealand has an unconstitutional court system, bringing more headaches over whether any New Zealand court has jurisdiction to hear such a case.

Some lawyers suggest the New Zealand Government had the power, during the transfer of sovereignty, to ratify by legislation the earlier colonial constitution as remaining in force.

"If you wanted to argue the case," says Victoria University constitutional law expert Tony Angelo, "you’d say that on that date, 1920, when the cut off comes, that there has been an implicit affirmation or re-affirmation of certain rules as the laws of this ‘newly independent state’."

Ian Henke doesn’t buy that argument for a second. He points out that in the recent Australian referendum on becoming a republic, the voters were asked to vote on a specific question that would also have provided a break in legal continuity. And they were asked to ratify it because there was no legal authority for the government to simply rubber-stamp it.

"We, the Australian people, commit ourselves to this constitution," was the referendum issue. "By 61% to 39%, the people of Australia said ‘no’," says Henke. "so they can’t just ‘ratify’ it. The people said no."

But doesn’t a government have the lawful authority, while it is becoming independent, to simply ignore its population and say ‘We know what’s best because we’re the Government’?

"Of course not, because ‘lawful authority’ in independence, comes from the people. It’s the only place lawful authority can come from."

Canterbury University’s Philip Joseph agrees, saying the Government cannot claim a constitutional mandate simply because it was voted in during an election.

"That’s too mechanistic in a sense. You’ve actually got to go back to the fundamentals: what gives them the right to be there to begin with, to actually put policies to the people?"

At a point during the interview, Philip Joseph acknowledges that what is being challenged is not whether an individual statute is constitutional or not – which has been ruled on many times in the past – but a much bigger challenge: if the entire system has not been lawfully constituted, no national court can possibly adjudicate on it.

"I take your point on what you are saying," says Joseph, "and at this point you do step beyond the ‘safe’ parameters of constitutional analysis. You are actually asking now: what are the bases of a people, of a state, of a constitution."

The ramifications are huge. After all, you are asking lawyers who you may seek advice from to accept that their admission to the Bar and expensive law degree may not be valid.

Mainstream constitutional thought in this country has always been that sovereignty did not come in a definable moment as it has in other nations, but that the slow legal transition from Britain to New Zealand over a period of decades was lawful. To ask lawyers, judges and politicians to accept that the core of their constitutional beliefs and their power base is wrong in

law is like asking the Titanic to stop on a dime. It is still a foreign concept in New Zealand legal thought that "the people" hold sovereignty in anything other than name only. The New Zealand and Australian people, when independence from Britain came in 1920, were never asked by their Governments what laws they wished their new nations to operate under. Yet only the people can be sovereign, not the Government.

"Every country in the world has a constitution which is its law," stresses Henke. "The key about your constitution, and the key about our constitution, is that they are Acts of the British Westminster Parliament. They have never been passed by the domestic parliaments down here. They are not the will of these peoples."

In essence, he argues, the moves by Australia, New Zealand and Canada to simply continue their existing government systems without asking the citizens of the new nations for their views, were akin to building a skyscraper without getting a building permit or planning permission.

Sovereignty, whether the governments realised it or not, had not passed from Britain to the former colonial governments, but instead had passed directly into the hands of the people by virtue of the international covenants that all three countries signed. Yet the governments acted as if they now had the power. There are still lawyers who argue that international law has no domestic force. Again, the lawyers at ITR vehemently disagree.

"Certainly, in the early part of the century, sovereign states’ rights were the only thing that was important. There was no such thing as individual human rights," says Henke.

The reason for this was simple. Until World War I, the world was essentially a collection of imperial powers – many of them controlled by monarchs with absolute, divine right of kings, power. Sovereignty rested with the monarchs, and was exercised via their governments.

But the first world war brought that state of affairs to an end, destroying the Austro-Hungarian empire, Prussian aspirations and the Ottoman empire of Turkey that had once stretched from India to Spain. From the wreckage of the war, new nations emerged where the people were suddenly free – sovereigns in their own right. The idea of absolute government sovereignty died in the trenches of the war, and this is the background that led to the League of Nations being formed – a group of free countries, each respecting the others’ sovereignty and their citizens rights to shake off colonial shackles.

"Now probably the major development of the last half of the 20th century has been the swap from the emphasis on sovereign states’ rights, to individual human rights. At this point in history, that’s the dominant shift that’s occurred," opines Henke. "In Europe – and this is the problem that the people in Australasia have – human rights, the 1966 Covenant, the 1947 Universal Declaration, and the European Covenant on Human Rights, are all by treaty part of European law and are binding on all of the parties to the European Union, including England. So human rights are now binding, under international law and international agreement, on the United Kingdom. Yet we have governments in Australia who claim they operate on the basis of British law, namely our Constitutions, but at the same time want to not be bound by the sections relating to human rights. In fact, the remarkable thing is that two countries [Aust & NZ] whose governments speak so loudly about other people’s abuse of human rights are very careful to avoid having human rights, of the international variety which are universal, being applied to their citizens."

Henke says the bizarre situation has arisen where Australia has sworn to uphold the international declarations on human rights, but where Australian courts have ruled the declarations do not apply domestically. New Zealand too, is guilty of the same action by virtue of Government policy. According to Philip Joseph, the New Zealand Government, like Australia, has not allowed our domestic law to automatically recognise international law even if NZ is a signatory to it.

"There is this dichotomy between the international legal order and our national legal order. It is still one of the foundation principles of our constitutional law that an international treaty which we sign and ratify – does not become part of our domestic legal system unless it is specifically incorporated by an Act of Parliament."

Which, as Henke argues, makes it a lot easier for two constitutionally unlawful governments to continue in power, without giving their subjects any rights of appeal under normal international legal channels.

"We actually had a judge say on the weekend, in discussion with a QC, that he didn’t give a damn whether individuals were hurt – his job was to uphold ‘the system’ – the system as opposed to the law. Now that’s the second judge we’ve heard say that. Justice Haine of the Australian High Court said this back in December of 1998. His job was to ‘uphold the system’. I was in court when he uttered it."

But ITR admits there’s another problem: if, as the evidence now strongly suggests, the Australian Constitution is invalid and the government has no powers to pass laws or enforce them, then the Australian courts also lack jurisdiction to hear such arguments. By failing to consult their citizens – their new bosses – about what kind of system of government they wanted from 1920 onwards, and simply assuming that the laws that existed the day before were still legal, Henke’s researchers believe the Governments acted illegally.

When America gained sovereign nation status, the new Constitution expressly provided that British common law precedent would continue to form the basis of American law, except where it was inconsistent with the principles of the Constitution. In this way, Americans ensured that they still had access to a code of laws.

But New Zealanders and Australians were not asked if they wanted British common law dating from the Magna Carta to continue as their legal basis.

Related: Magna Carta: Our Founding Document Holds It's 800th Anniversary Today: June 15, 2015 And without that permission, it is constitutionally possible that the New Zealand courts have no power to draw legal precedent from colonial times or earlier. In effect, there is a solid argument that virtually no laws exist in New Zealand, and that even the 1688 Bill of Rights protecting MPs from being sued may have no effect, as ITR points out.

"The only constitutional authority for British legal precedent is the authority on which the British courts rest: the legal authority of the British people as expressed through the British parliament. Now that lawful authority does not apply in Australia. It doesn’t apply in New Zealand. "So all of the court decisions made in relation to that, unless we choose voluntarily and explicitly to take it into our laws, is no more valid for us than laws used in France, the United States or China."

Again, looked at objectively, there is no constitutional reason that British colonial law should have any more force in New Zealand, than Ottoman law from last century should have any force in modern Turkey or Egypt. The only way this legal crisis could be dealt with is for the New Zealand Government to seek a mandate from the voters to be granted temporary emergency powers whilst a new Constitution is drafted for public approval.

Unlike Hong Kong, freedom downunder was not marked by a break in legal continuity while one side relinquished power and the other took command. Instead the former colonial governments did not understand the constitutional issues facing them. As New Zealand constitutional law expert Tony Angelo, of Victoria University, points out, sovereignty up until that time had normally been transferred only at the point of a gun, usually after agitation. In contrast, British colonial citizens were loyal and not actively seeking independence.

"The British constitutional pattern, particularly for the old Commonwealth, was normally an evolutionary rather than revolutionary process, so the idea that there is a specific date before which you are ‘dependent’ and after which you are ‘independent’, as I understand it, was not part of British constitutional thinking. It is certainly a feature of some constitutional systems in continental Europe. In other words, if you wanted independence from France, everything would stop and start on a given date."

As you saw earlier, Britain had told Australia and New Zealand on many occasions that they were now fully independent, but it appears the colonials were not listening. In Resolution 9 of the Imperial Conference of 1917, the colonies were told "there is a necessity to alter the constitutional arrangements of the empire. The conference feels it must put on record that such rearrangements will be on the basis of equality of nationhood." Australia’s Prime Minister Hughes tried, in 1921, to draft a new Constitution for Australia to reflect the new nationhood. But his plans were torpedoed by British-owned commercial interests lobbying politicians against it. Hughes was voted out soon afterward, and the idea of a new Australian Constitution never arose until the Republican Referendum last year. New Zealand politicians were even more backward, failing to realise they were legally independent for 27 years, and failing to implement a Constitution right up to the present day.

Although the Lange government did pass the 1986 Constitution Act, it was an Act of Parliament not a people’s constitution. It is also strongly arguable that the Constitution Act is void because the Government had no sovereign power delegated to it by the New Zealand people. Leading British constitutional law expert, Professor D P O’Connell, a recognised international expert, says transfers of sovereignty must be marked by a break in legal continuity. But the former Dominions, thinking stability was the most important factor, ignored the need to re-codify the laws and constitutional basis of the government.

"There is a law called the Law of State Succession," says Henke, "which is basically the mechanics by which those breaks are overcome to ensure that you don’t end up with total chaos. But nothing was ever done. "All they’ve done is ignored the existence of the break and run a PR job on the people telling them everything is fine, deliberately made sure they never told them the truth, and just let it run from there."

The issue is so grave, that even New Zealand constitutional law expert, Victoria University’s Tony Angelo, doubts that New Zealand courts would have any powers to even hear legal argument if their jurisdiction was challenged. He cites the case of Simpson v Attorney General, a New Zealand case from the 1950s where Simpson alleged the Government was unconstitutional because he discovered the electoral writs had not been issued within the timeframe required for the election.

"The court said ‘well, this is all very fine, but we’re not in a position to re-establish a parliament. We can say yes, everything’s invalid because the process wasn’t followed as it should have been, but we’re not in a position to restart the machine’.

"The judges said ‘actually, if what you say is true, none of us have been lawfully appointed and therefore we can’t validly decide your case’."

To get around the problem, the court opted for a novel solution, ruling that the word "must" in the Act could also mean "may". Whether the verdict was legally correct was irrelevant, as Philip Joseph points out.

"They managed to find a way around that, because it would have brought the system crashing down on its head, otherwise. That was a pragmatic response to a pressing constitutional challenge."

It is issues like this, Joseph concedes, that demonstrate how the sovereignty of the people of New Zealand has arguably been usurped by Parliament and by the Courts.

Both institutions will attest to the constitutionality of the other if either faces a challenge, whilst the people must accept their verdicts or actions.

"That is an argument that you could put, but ultimately if you test it in the courts you won’t succeed, I can tell you that, because our Court of Appeal would simply say ‘we can trace our authorities back’."

As for the arguments by other New Zealand constitutional experts that the Government’s power to make statute law overrides everything else, Henke’s attitude is "prove it".

"The question is: where does it get its power from? A very simple question. Every Government has to get its power based on something. It can’t be based on the divine right of kings, because that ended when they chopped Charles’ head off. The current Royal Family will be sovereigns only if they obey the specific requirements of English statutory law. Now try and think about this one: the courts have tried to push the idea that it’s like dual citizenship – you can have the Queen of New Zealand and the Queen of the United Kingdom. But if you have dual citizenship you can surrender either one without affecting the other. However in this case it’s an a priori requirement that to be Queen of New Zealand, somebody must already be the Queen of the United Kingdom. They could not abdicate as Queen of the United Kingdom and remain Queen of New Zealand, so trying to separate the British authority component is an impossibility. You can’t do it."

Which raises an even more dramatic possibility, according to Tony Angelo:

"May we still be a colony? I mean, the person of our sovereign is in the UK. Our final court of appeal is in the UK. We have not localised those two things. Internationally we would say we are independent and we have a Queen of New Zealand who is different from the Queen of England, and the Privy Council advises the Queen of New Zealand not the Queen of England, but that is a total mystery – it is an act of faith to accept that." "He could be absolutely right," says Henke. "That’s one of the possibilities – that we are all still colonies of Britain and not independent. Now if that is so, then every one of the treaties we have signed, and in Australia’s case that’s about 4000, are null and void. And we’re all British citizens again, except that British law says we’re not, so we become stateless people. "As you can see, it’s a fascinating series of twists. And we did not believe when we started out that we would find anything like this."

The problem now facing citizens of New Zealand, Australia and Canada is how to regain constitutional control of their governments.

The only previous attempt at drafting anything close to a real constitution in New Zealand was Sir Geoffrey Palmer’s Bill of Rights, which codified a number of basic rights but said "notwithstanding" those rights, nothing in the Bill could remove the Government’s statutory powers. Ian Henke says attempts to draw up lists of rights are futile.

"Look, the issue is very simple. Once you become a sovereign nation, all of the rights belong to the people. And they delegate to a parliament and a government so much of their rights as are necessary to keep government going. And that’s all. Anything that is not so delegated remains the rights of the people. "In other words, you don’t have to draft a Bill of Rights to say what rights the people have got. All you have to draft, in any decent democracy, is a Constitution that says which of the rights, belonging to the people, the government is allowed to exercise." So New Zealand’s new Constitution could say, "We the people retain all rights, but we delegate the following powers to the Government…"

Allowing for the fact that future Governments could face some unforeseen problem and require extra power, Henke suggests that the Government should be forced to ask its citizens, via binding referenda, to vote on constitutional amendments if necessary. Such a constitution could even provide for the Government to be allowed to exercise emergency powers, for a maximum of six weeks, in order to deal with an unexpected crisis. The time limit allows enough time for the issue to be put to the vote.

"The Government doesn’t need all our rights to do things. It only needs some. So the Government must have no

rights over the freedom of individuals, and so you just never give it to them. Then, in order to enforce something, the Government has got to prove that what they’re trying to enforce falls under the context of what they have been granted by the Constitution. It puts the onus of proof on the Government to prove that they are acting lawfully, rather than as it currently exists where individuals must prove that the Government is acting unlawfully."

Angelo believes the recent push by New Zealanders for more control over their governments is driven by a subconscious realisation that we’ve been flying blind, in a constitutional sense.

"We have only one protection, and that is the semi-entrenched requirement of elections every three years. Intuitively, why people have consistently said ‘we’ll keep the term short’ is, I think, because they’ve realised that it is their only hold on the system. Because logically you’d look for a four or five year term, but if you look at those referenda the populace consistently say ‘no, don’t change it’. "The Ombudsman came out of that desire for greater control, Official Information came out of that, MMP came out of that, but the basic issue is not being addressed and that is because it is not part of the Anglo-Saxon constitutional tradition to do things this way. "The fact is that now we’re probably the only nation that thinks like that, Britain is now so caught up with the European Union that even if it hasn’t set its own constitution it is falling within other people’s structures. It seems we’re closest to the ‘pure model’. "But until you can get some popular groundswell, no politician is going to run with it."

In Australia, however, it’s a different story. The Institute of Taxation Research is playing hardball with the Australian Government.

"An application for the appointment of an International Criminal Tribunal has been submitted to the UN, for Australia. We have forwarded copies to every single country who has a delegation to the UN. No country has returned the document to us. "Copies went to the Secretary-General as well as the Security Council. A number of countries have offered active support in bringing the matter to a head. It is currently being worked through by the [UN] Human Rights Commission. It is currently being worked on by a number of the other countries who were signatories to the treaties that gave Australia and New Zealand their independence. They have indicated to us that as signatories to those treaties they are duty bound to push the matter before the International Court. "We are, despite what the politicians here are saying, moving down the track to a declaration by the International Court that this current government is nothing but an illegal offshoot of the United Kingdom Government. "Even the UK Government is saying now ‘It’s not us! It’s them. We’ve given them the legislation saying they’re independent. If these people are doing it it’s them, they’re doing it wrong. We’re actually asking the International Court, amongst other things, to have the United Kingdom repeal the Constitution Act, just to strike it right out so there can be no pretence any longer that it still exists."

What Investigate expected when we began this research was to find strong and forceful legal opinion that this constitutional timebomb claim was wrong – that it was merely the ramblings of a few cranks. Instead, of all the leading New Zealand constitutional lawyers we spoke to, both on and off the record, one comment sums them up:

"It is very problematic, and there is no clear answer to these questions you are posing."

That such an admission carries with it the possibility that our courts are invalid, our government has no constitutional right to pass laws, that the Waitangi Treaty became null and void on 10 January 1920 when we signed the League of Nations Covenant, that the new drivers licence laws are invalid – pick any issue you like – all of this means New Zealand faces some very serious decisions in the very near future.

This question is likely to get a major airing when constitutional experts meet in Parliament’s Legislative Chamber in April to debate whether New Zealand needs a written constitution. At this point, one might be tempted to say the question is not "whether", but "when".

Winston Churchill: Britain’s “Greatest Briton” Left A Legacy Of Global Conflict And Crimes Against Humanity January 27 2016 | From: GlobalResearch

Sunday January 24th 2016 marks the anniversary of the death of one of the most lionized leaders in the Western world: Sir Winston Churchill.

The current British Prime Minister, David Cameron, has called Churchill “the greatest ever Prime Minister”, and Britons have recently voted him as the greatest Briton to have ever lived. The story that British schoolbooks tell children about Churchill is of a British Bulldog, with unprecedented moral bravery and patriotism. He, who defeated the Nazis during World War II and spread civilisation to indigenous people from all corners of the globe. Historically, nothing could be further from the truth. To the vast majority of the world, where the sun once never set on the British empire, Winston Churchill remains a great symbol of racist Western imperialist tyranny, who stood on the wrong side of history. The myth of Churchill is Britain’s greatest propaganda tool because it rewrites Churchill’s true history in order to whitewash Britain’s past imperialist crimes against humanity. The Churchill myth also perpetuates Britain’s ongoing neo-colonial and neo-liberal policies, that still, to the is day, hurt the very people around the world that Churchill was alleged to have helped civilise.

The same man whose image is polished and placed on British mantelpieces as a symbol of all that is Great about Britain was an unapologetic racist and white supremacist. “I hate Indians, they are a beastly people with a beastly religion”, he once bellowed. As Churchill put it, Palestinians were simply “barbaric hordes who ate little but camel dung.” In 1937, he told the Palestine Royal Commission:

“I do not admit for instance, that a great wrong has been done to the Red Indians of America or the black people of Australia. I do not admit that a wrong has been done to these people by the fact that a stronger race, a highergrade race, a more worldly wise race to put it that way, has come in and taken their place.”

It is unsurprising that when Barack Obama became President, he returned to Britain a bust of Churchill which he found on his desk in the Oval office. According to historian Johann Hari, Mr. Obama’s Kenyan grandfather, Hussein Onyango Obama, was imprisoned without trial for two years and was tortured on Churchill’s watch, for daring to resist Churchill’s empire. Apart from being an unrepentant racist, Churchill was also a staunch proponent of the use of terrorism as a weapon of war. During the Kurdish rebellion against the British dictatorship in 1920, Churchill remarked that he simply did not understand the “squeamishness” surrounding the use of gas by civilized Great Britain as a weapon of terror. “I am strongly in favour of using gas against uncivilised tribes, it would spread a lively terror,” he remarked. In the same year, as Secretary of State for War, Churchill sent the infamous Black and Tans to Ireland to fight the IRA. The group became known for vicious terrorist attacks on civilians which Churchill condoned and encouraged.

While today Britons celebrate Churchill’s legacy, much of the world outside the West mourns the legacy of a man who insisted that it was the solemn duty of Great Britain to invade and loot foreign lands because in Churchill’s own words Britain’s “Aryan stock is bound to triumph”. Churchill’s legacy in the Far East, Middle East, South Asia and Africa is certainly not one of an affable British Lionheart, intent on spreading civilization amongst the natives of the world. To people of these regions the imperialism, racism, and fascism of a man like Winston Churchill can be blamed for much of the world’s ongoing conflicts and instability. As Churchill himself boasted, he “created Jordan with a stroke of a pen one Sunday afternoon,” thereby placing many Jordanians under the brutal thumb of a throneless Hashemite prince, Abdullah. Historian Michael R. Burch recalls how the huge zigzag in Jordan’s eastern border with Saudi Arabia has been called “Winston’s Hiccup” or “Churchill’s Sneeze” because Churchill carelessly drew the expansive boundary after a generous lunch. Churchill also invented Iraq. After giving Jordan to Prince Abdullah, Churchill, the great believer in democracy that he was, gave Prince Abdullah’s brother Faisal an arbitrary patch of desert that became Iraq. Faisal and Abdullah were war buddies of Churchill’s friend T. E. Lawrence, the famous “Lawrence of Arabia”. Much like the clumsy actions in Iraq of today’s great Empire, Churchill’s imperial foreign policy caused decades of instability in Iraq by arbitrarily locking together three warring ethnic groups that have been bleeding heavily ever since. In Iraq, Churchill bundled together the three Ottoman vilayets of Basra that was predominantly Shiite, Baghdad that was Sunni, and Mosul that was mainly Kurd.

Ask almost anyone outside of Iraq who is responsible for the unstable mess that Iraq is in today and they are likely to say one word, either “Bush” or “America”. However, if you asked anyone within Iraq who is mainly responsible for Iraq’s problems over the last half century and they are likely to simply say “Churchill”. Winston Churchill convened the 1912 Conference in Cairo to determine the boundaries of the British Middle Eastern mandate and T.E. Lawrence was the most influential delegate. Churchill did not invite a single Arab to the conference, which is shocking but hardly surprising since in his memoirs Churchill said that he never consulted the Arabs about his plans for them. The arbitrary lines drawn in Middle Eastern sand by Churchillian imperialism were never going to withstand the test of time. To this day, Churchill’s actions have denied Jordanians, Iraqis, Kurds and Palestinians anything resembling true democracy and national stability.

The intractable Israeli-Palestinian conflict can also be traced directly back to Churchill’s door at number 10 Downing Street and his decision to hand over the “Promised Land” to both Arabs and Jews. Churchill gave practical effect to the Balfour declaration of 1917, which expressed Britain’s support for the creation of a Jewish homeland, resulting in the biggest single error of British foreign policy in the Middle East. Churchill’s legacy in Sub-Saharan Africa and Kenya in particular is also one of deep physical and physiological scars that endure to this day. Of greater consequence to truth and history should be a man’s actions, not merely his words. Whilst Churchill has become one of the most extensively quoted men in the English speaking world, particularly on issues of democracy and freedom, true history speaks of a man whose actions revolved around, in Churchill’s own words, “a lot of jolly little wars against barbarous peoples”. One such war was when Kikuyu Kenyans rebelled for their freedom only to have Churchill call them “brutish savage children” and force 150,000 of them into “Britain’s Gulag”.

Pulitzer-prize winning historian, Professor Caroline Elkins, highlights Churchill’s many crimes in Kenya in her book Britain’s Gulag: The Brutal End of Empire in Kenya. Professor Elkins explains how Churchill’s soldiers “whipped, shot, burned, and mutilated Mau Mau suspects”, all in the name of British “civilization”. It is said that President Obama’s grandfather Hussein Onyango Obama never truly recovered from the torture he endured from Churchill’s men. The Nobel Prize-winning economist Amartya Sen has proved how in Bengal in 1943 Churchill engineered one of the worst famines in human history for profit. Over three million civilians starved to death whilst Churchill refused to send food aid to India. Instead, Churchill trumpeted that “the famine was their own fault for breeding like rabbits.” Churchill intentionally hoarded grain to sell for profit on the open market after the Second World War instead of diverting it to starving inhabitants of a nation controlled by Britain. Churchill’s actions in India unquestionably constituted a crime against humanity.

Churchill was also one of the greatest advocates of Britain’s disastrous divide-and-rule foreign policy.

Churchill’s administration deliberately created and exacerbated sectarian fissures within India’s independence movement, between Indian Hindus and Muslims that have had devastating effects on the region ever since. Prior to India’s independence from Britain, Churchill was eager to see bloodshed erupt in India, so as to prove that Britain was the benevolent “glue holding the nation together”. For Churchill, bloodshed also had the added strategic advantage that it would also lead to the partition of India and Pakistan. Churchill’s hope was this partition would result in Pakistan remaining within Britain’s sphere of influence. This, in turn, would enable the Great Game against the Soviet empire to continue, no matter the cost to innocent Indian and Pakistanis. The partition of India with Pakistan caused the death of about 2.5 million people and displaced some 12.5 million others. According to writer, Ishaan Tharoor, Churchill’s own Secretary of State for India, Leopold Amery, compared his boss’s understanding of India’s problems to King George III’s apathy for the Americas. In his private diaries Amery vented that “on the subject of India, Churchill is not quite sane” and that he didn’t “see much difference between Churchill’s outlook and Hitler’s.”

Churchill shared far more ideologically in common with Hitler than most British historians care to admit. For instance, Churchill was a keen supporter of eugenics, something he shared in common with Germany’s Nazi leadership, who were estimated estimated to have killed 200,000 disabled people and forcibly sterilised twice that number. Churchill drafted a highly controversial piece of legislation, which mandated that the mentally ill be forcibly sterilized. In a memo to the Prime Minister in 1910, Winston Churchill cautioned, “the multiplication of the feeble-minded is a very terrible danger to the race”.

He also helped organise the International Eugenics Conference of 1912, which was the largest meeting of proponents of eugenics in history. Churchill had a long standing belief in racial hierarchies and eugenics. In Churchill’s view, white protestant Christians were at the very top of the pyramid, above white Catholics, while Jews and Indians were only slightly higher than Africans. Historian, Mr. Hari, rightfully points out, “the fact that we now live in a world where a free and independent India is a superpower eclipsing Britain, and a grandson of the Kikuyu ‘savages’ is the most powerful man in the world, is a repudiation of Churchill at his ugliest – and a sweet, ironic victory for Churchill at his best.”

Amid today’s Churchillian parades and celebratory speeches, British media and schoolbooks may choose to only remember Churchill’s opposition to dictatorship in Europe, but the rest of the world cannot choose to forget Churchill’s imposition of dictatorship on darker skinned people outside of Europe. Far from being the Lionheart of Britain, who stood on the ramparts of civilisation, Winston Churchill, all too often, simply stood on the wrong side of history. Churchill is indeed the Greatest Briton to have ever lived, because for decades, the myth of Churchill has served as Britain’s greatest propaganda tool to bolster national white pride and glorify British imperial culture.

John Key Wants War Between Maori And Pakeha. Are You Going To Let Him? January 25 2016 | From: AotearoaAWiderPerspective

On the 4th of February 2016 two days before Waitangi day. John Key intends to sign the TPPA. The treaty will allow international corporations to usurp most of New Zealand’s sovereignty. It will deregulate the financial industry, allow corporations to sue our government for loss of profit if we don’t let them run rough shod over what is left of our fragile ecological systems and destroy what is left of our social support systems.

It will also destroy one of the most important social documents and contracts of this country: the Treaty of Waitangi. And John Key knows this. The ruling elite knows this and they like the idea! What is more, most Pakeha who identify with the ruling elite rather than face reality and realise they are part of the 99%, like that idea too! And it’s an easy fault line for the 1% to aggravate the 99% into an all out civil war between Maori and Pakeha and here is what is being done to make sure they get what they want. The signing of the TPPA in Auckland two days before Waitangi day guaranteed to incite a heated emotional response. John Key intending to attend the Commemorations at Waitangi Marae which is the mother of all shit stirring exercises. Opinion Pieces in major news papers inciting racial division and Mike Hosking pandering to the basest of prejudices as ususal! Releasing information about riot police being trained to deal with political unrest to inflame emotions. People inciting violence in comments on political blogs to make sure the people who own those blogs can be arrested or made redundant as part of the aggressive political fringe loonies when they try to inform people. Putting up the rag touted as the new flag to inflame emotions. And here is what is traditionally done to make sure unrest will arise even if the people keep their cool:

So what can you do to help the people in Waitangi to speak truth to power and make sure this can not be pinned on Maori being obstinate? For starters if you are Pakeha, Chinese, Indian, European, Muslim ,Christian, in short not Maori and against the TPPA, you can go to Waitangi in support of the refusal of The Waitangi Marae Kaumatua to receive government officials in protest of the signing. Show them you won’t be played against each other and that New Zealanders of any creed and background are against the corporate take over of New Zealand! Do so in peace and respect for the treaty and the people there. Maori or otherwise: prevent anybody from becoming violent or aggressive and keep it dignified and silent and allow the

sheer number of people to speak rather than individual voices. Even if they sign the TPPA they have to implement it and that will only happen if we let them. Take mirrors and let the trained government thugs have a goo long look at themselves! It works in Ukraine! We need the people authorised by the banker usurper John Key to commit violence, to realise that they are also part of the 99% being sucked dry by the banksters!

And remember all of us living on these Islands: This is our home! We can make it heaven or hell. The international banksters are hell-bent on making it hell. Let’s not give it to them! Let’s commit to make peace and abundance for all!

2016 Market Meltdown: We Have Never Seen A Year Start Quite Like This January 25 2016 | From: TheEconomicCollapse

We are about three weeks into 2016, and we are witnessing things that we have never seen before.

There were two emergency market shutdowns in China within the first four trading days of this year, the Dow Jones Industrial Average has never lost this many points within the first three weeks, and just yesterday we learned that global stocks had officially entered bear market territory. Related: Global Stocks Enter Bear Market: One-Fifth Of All Worldwide Stock Market Wealth Is Already Gone Overall, more than 15 trillion dollars of global stock market wealth has been wiped out since last June. And of course the markets are simply playing catch up with global economic reality. The Baltic Dry Index just hit another new all-time record low today, Wal-Mart has announced that they are shutting down 269 stores, and initial jobless claims in the U.S. just surged to their highest level in six months. So if things are this bad already, what will the rest of 2016 bring? The Dow was up just a little bit on Thursday thankfully, but even with that gain we are still in unprecedented territory. According to CNBC, we have never seen a tougher start to the year for the Dow than we have in 2016…

“The Dow Jones industrial average, which was created in 1896, has never begun a year with 12 worse trading days. Through Wednesday’s close, the Dow has fallen 9.5 percent. Even including the 1.3 percent gains as of noon Thursday, the Dow is still down nearly 8 percent in 2016."

But even with the carnage that we have seen so far, stocks are still wildly overpriced compared to historical averages. In order for stocks to no longer be in a “bubble”, they will still need to decline by about another one-third. The following comes from MarketWatch…

“Data from the U.S. Federal Reserve, meanwhile, say U.S. nonfinancial corporate stocks are now valued at about 90% of the replacement cost of company assets, a metric known as “Tobin’s Q.” But the historic average, going back a century, is in the region of 60% of replacement costs. By this measure, stocks could fall by another third, taking the Dow all the way down toward 10,000. (On Wednesday it closed at 15,767.) Similar calculations could be reached by comparing share prices to average pershare earnings, a measure known as the cyclically adjusted price-to-earnings ratio, commonly known as CAPE, after Yale finance professor Robert Shiller, who made it famous."

Of course the mainstream media doesn’t seem to understand any of this. They seem to be under the impression that the bubble should have lasted forever, and this latest meltdown has taken them totally by surprise.

Ultimately, what is happening should not be a surprise to any of us. The financial markets always catch up with economic reality eventually, and right now evidence continues to mount that economic activity is significantly slowing down. Here is some analysis from Brandon Smith…

“Trucking freight in the U.S. is in steep decline, with freight companies pointing to a “glut in inventories” and a fall in demand as the culprit. Morgan Stanley’s freight transportation update indicates a collapse in freight demand worse than that seen during 2009. The Baltic Dry Index, a measure of global freight rates and thus a measure of global demand for shipping of raw materials, has collapsed to even more dismal historic lows. Hucksters in the mainstream continue to push the lie that the fall in the BDI is due to an “overabundance of new ships.” However, the CEO of A.P. Moeller-Maersk, the world’s largest shipping line, put that nonsense to rest when he admitted in November that “global growth is slowing down” and “[t]rade is currently significantly weaker than it normally would be under the growth forecasts we see.”

In addition, another very troubling sign is the fact that initial jobless claims are starting to surge once again…

“The number of Americans applying for unemployment benefits in mid-January reached seven-month highs, perhaps a sign that the rate of layoffs in the U.S. has risen slightly from record lows. Initial jobless claims climbed a seasonally adjusted 10,000 to 293,000 in the seven days stretching from Jan. 10 to Jan 16, the government said Thursday. That’s the highest level since last July."

Since the last recession, the primary engine for the creation of good jobs in this country has been the energy industry. Unfortunately, the “oil boomtowns” are now going bust, and workers are being laid off in droves. As I mentioned the other day, 42 North American oil companies have filed for bankruptcy and 130,000 good paying energy jobs have been lost in this country since the start of 2015. And as long as the price of oil stays in this neighborhood, the worse things are going to get. A lot of people out there still seem to think that this is just going to be a temporary downturn. Many are convinced that we will just go through another tough recession and then we will come out okay on the other side. What they don’t realize is that a number of long-term trends are now reaching a crescendo.

For decades, we have been living wildly beyond our means. The federal government, state and local governments, corporations and consumers have all been going into debt far faster than our economy has been growing. Of course this was never going to be sustainable in the long run, but we had been doing it for so long that many of us had come to believe that our exceedingly reckless debt-fueled prosperity was somehow “normal”. Unfortunately, the truth is that you can’t consume far more than you produce forever. Eventually reality catches up with you. This is a point that Simon Black made extremely well in one of his recent articles…

“Economics isn’t complicated. The Universal Law of Prosperity is very simple: produce more than you consume. Governments, corporations, and individuals all have to abide by it. Those who do will thrive. Those who don’t will fail, sooner or later. When the entire financial system ignores this fundamental rule, it puts us all at risk. And if you can understand that, you can take simple, sensible steps to prevent the consequences."

Sadly, the time for avoiding the consequences of our actions is now past. We are now starting to pay the price for decades of incredibly bone-headed decisions, and anyone that is looking to Barack Obama, the Federal Reserve or anyone else in Washington D.C. to be our savior is going to be bitterly disappointed. And as bad as things have been so far, just wait until you see what happens next. 2016 is the year when everything changes. Related: The Last 16 Times This Happened There Was A Recession

Neil Keenan Update: Indonesia At Bat: Connect The Dots January 24 2016 | From: NeilKeenan

The Prelude: I believe you know me by now and realize that I like cracking jokes, despite the pressure. And to be frank, if I have a choice on how to handle things I would rather joke about the entire mess and deal with it without your having to face it, or even know it is being dealt with – and then finally reappear making light of the entire issue.

There is no need for everyone to feel the pressure if a few can make it go away. I would rather be the one that faces that music. It is apparent that the music playing today is a familiar song to me and understand this game we have been playing for years now always would determine the outcome of our civilization. First of all our opposition has had their side picked for a long time, while we are near formation of ours and about ready to let things fly, so the best I can think of saying is “give me that damn bat we are not losing today or any day”… I just have to be ready for the spitter, you see, they do not play fair… Raymond Reddington is taking out the cabal in his world (in the television series “The Blacklist”) and now it is time for us to do the same in our world, the “real” world.

I have said for many years that Indonesia is at the epicenter of everything that needs to transpire. It had to be. It has been at the center since the 1950’s when the Western Alliance and Japan moved their stolen assets (mostly from China) throughout Asia to be used by them at a later date. With the stolen assets being the real prize of the war which coincidentally was planned no later than 1921 by Emperor Hirohito and the Western Powers in London. No sooner had the First World War ended and we had conspiracies beginning for a Second World War. Soon after the Second World War and the theft and rape of many nations we had the Bretton Woods agreement which only gave the West, who created their own financial system, the opportunity to steal whatever it is and was they tucked away. And they did tuck it away for a rainy day and that day is now, and the place is Indonesia. Without the stolen assets placed in locations such as Indonesia the West is going to suffer a horrible defeat. China is up on its heels, along with Russia, India and others including usual friends England and Germany and to be frank “they are not going to put up with Western bullshit any longer”. They have been stripping them down without firing a shot and magnificently so at that. Then again the United States voted in a layman as President and he will be the one in the history books to take the blame for all that has happened and although unjust it is rightful seeing the mouthpiece of the West has no idea what he is doing (or does he?). In the following preface you will see not only do the dots connect with what is happening now in Indonesia but how it all coincides with the Presidential election of Donald Trump; the only man that can and will be able to help us. We no longer need Democrats or Republicans, both are of the same smelly ilk anyway (Soros/Rothschild) and although Mr. Trump is running as a Republican you can quickly reflect back a couple of months when he was ready to leave the party if it continued playing games. He is not one of their boys simply because he is his own man paying his own way. And on this worldwide stage and with the entire game at stake and Indonesia at bat you can clearly see a repetition of the Sukarno/Kennedy alliance emanating in the very near future between Trump and Widodo (the current President of Indonesia).

I have spent a lot of time in Indonesia and I see how they can be (not just they but all) joined at the hips, thereby making this world a better place as it was meant to be.

There are necessary steps that have to be taken and things that have to be done by the Indonesian people in order to bring about certain specific outcomes; but when this is all over with not only Indonesia and the East win this ballgame, but we all win. Yet the Key to winning is the same as in any game and that is the Trump card and be sure the United States holds the one and only unique Trump card in the world.

The Preface In his typical lighthearted fashion, on this occasion Neil begins by introducing us to his Snow Woman, Thasja; who is blessed with M&M’s for eyes and shells from Bali as buttons. Neil notes that this post has been, unfortunately, a bit of a rushed job but there are a few serious matters that need to be tabled. The mall attack in Jakarta had nothing to do with foreigners. This attack was another attempt to spread the cabalengineered brand of the “Islamic State” and Islamic extremism further around the world. It was also a message from the cabal that they do not want the Global Collateral Accounts’ assets released. But they have no choice in the matter. The truth is that this latest false flag event was carried out by an Indonesian national – who used to work for the “Islamic State” in Syria. This man had previously spent over two years in jail in Indonesia on terrorism charges.

Neil also reminds us about the insurrection in Indonesia that was financed by Rothschild bagman George Soros - that the Indonesian military had to put an end to. He recalls Bill Clinton’s Arkansas Foundation funneling drug money into the country so that they could try to assassinate the Vice President of Indonesia – with a plan to plant a western cabal-run Vice President in his place there. Neil reminds us that the Japanese military mobilized for the first time since WW2, in an attempt to invade and steal the Indonesian Gold; only to be derailed by Keenan who publicly exposed the planned attack. Neil further exposes the plot regarding Colombian drug money being sent by the Clinton Arkansas Foundation directly to Indonesian globalists and politicians, in their attempt to create panic and chaos in Indonesia and to manufacture a cabalcontrolled government. Remember, the plan was to assassinate the Indonesian Vice President. The Clinton Gang had flown in on their private jets, the Japanese Emperor’s sister had also flown in on her jet with her Indonesian husband, and money transfers had taken place through Bill Clinton’s Arkansas Foundation – directly to a political party. Said funds were illegal, confiscated Colombian drug funds which somehow found their way from the US Drug Enforcement Agency coffers through the Arkansas Foundation into Indonesia with the main objective being to steal what does not belong to either the Clintons nor the Japanese Emperor’s sister. The assets belong to the depositors.

We advised long ago that this was the plan, and of course that the Japanese Military is on standby. Should they not be able to purchase the gold, the West and their allies will attempt to take the assets one way or another. Neil recalls the World Economic Forum meeting in Jakarta and their efforts to get their sticky mitts further into Indonesia. It is important to acknowledge that the World Economic Forum is another name for the Bilderberg network. These organizations are the same but different, in some respects.

In any event, we know for sure that the way that these thugs infiltrate countries is by way of heavy investment – investment with certain devious terms. And then soon enough, when a nation cannot repay the debt owed to said WEF, demand for payment will be made in terms of resources and assets, including political placements. Neil reiterates that China and other countries have made it very clear that they no longer want any of these US dollar “Federal Reserve Notes”. They are dumping them and they are working towards taking down the US dollar as the global reserve currency, by requiring that payments for goods and services rendered be made in their own national currencies. This further serves to weaken the grip of the cabal with regards to their already-sinking ship. The US corporation dollar could have been saved once upon a time but now it has to go; as it is too far gone. Everybody is fed up with the puppet Obama and the machinations of his handlers. These “people”; the likes of Barack Obama in the US, David Cameron in the UK, John Key in New Zealand, and whomever the current Prime Minister of the day happens to be in Australia – do only what their handlers instruct them to do.

Neil reflects upon the current Presidential race in the US and asserts his belief only one of the candidates that is going to be of any assistance to the people of America and the world that being Donald Trump. While there are many people still trying to get their heads around the concept of a ‘President Trump’; he is the only candidate that refuses to deal with moneyed lobbyists and corporate funding. He is fully self-funded and will not let anybody attach strings to him, such that they would like to pull. The rest of the candidates are hopeless “bipartisan system” cut-out phonies – and Hillary is going to wind up in jail. Neil states that without a President Trump, it would be extremely difficult to get assets from the Global Collateral Accounts into the United States without said resources being swiped by the cabal. Therefore; Donald Trump should not only be the officially elected President of the United States of America; but as for “We The People” of America, and “We The People” of the World – he should become known as the Trump card. And as we understand the Trump card supersedes all others. He will rid us of the vermin that reside within, and who occupy and control the system. And in essence, we talk about the Pied Piper often, but this is one individual who will clean up the mess that others created. He is a winner, but most of all he is Donald Trump, and that is what makes him unique.

Neil notes again the increasing number of properties being purchased in New Zealand, because the cabal now realize that the strongholds they had established in places such as Costa Rica are now not far away enough for them; from the mess that they intentionally created. And the cabal are keenly aware that this mess is soon to catch up with them. It has emerged that many members of the cabal have planned to relocate to remote New Zealand locations and to exterminate the Maori population – they intend to take control of their remote tribal landholdings in order to establish strongholds there. But the Maori are a warrior race; and there are many in NZ who are all too well aware of the game that is afoot. Neil notes that the funding and projects that will come to New Zealand from the Global Collateral Accounts will come only by way of Richard, who is a member of Group K, and who was born in, and who lives in New Zealand. In New Zealand, as in all places, the Global Collateral Account assets will be distributed by way of foundations that will be especially established in order that the cabal and their minions cannot gain access to any GCA assets. Neil reflects upon the point that we could have had this whole thing done earlier, and that in the early days resources were not perhaps always used in the best possible ways – but this is to be expected when one is gaining an assessment of the lay of the land – and who’s who in the zoo, so to speak.

Additionally, contributing to the fact that we are not out of this bind yet are the actions of the numerous shills such as the Italian Daniel dal Bosco, who got in the way and created trouble on the behalf of the P2 Lodge / Vatican. This is all covered in the recently published ‘History and Events Timeline’ section of our website. (There are now PDF download versions of this material available, and at the time of writing these are available in English and Russian. We also have further translations in the works for other recent posts). Neil reminds us of the threat made by John Kerry when he visited Indonesia; that he wanted the gold – and when he was told that he could not have any gold - he remarked about the weather and earthquake technologies that the West (the Zionist Nazi faction of the Cabal) have access to. Kerry indirectly threatened to ‘sink’ Indonesia (and any other country that attempts to stand in their way) and this threat is on the record… just so you know. One further note; Indonesia has already felt the wrath of the HAARP machines, as have Turkey and a number of South American nations.

The cabal will not be taking over Indonesia. Neil notes that he is very clear on the steps that need to be taken from here. We are just about there, and we will win. There are no second thoughts, we will win. Neil recalls that when John F. Kennedy returned home from his last meeting with President Sukarno in Indonesia relating to efforts to establish a new US financial system – that at that time, JFK already had two strikes against him. The first being Kennedy’s return of West Papua from the Dutch, to the Indonesians; thereby alienating the oil and corporate magnates that had significant control over strategic locations, also noted for gold deposits. Secondly, Kennedy overlooked the deception with regards to his very own Vice President Lyndon Johnson who was receiving all information pertaining to the proceedings in Indonesia and who was forwarding this information to his handlers; information relating to the dissolution of both the CIA and the Federal Reserve Banks. This directly led to to John F. Kennedy’s assassination. Both Presidents Kennedy and Sukarno were working on numerous projects to make their nations stronger and greater; but one such project in particular was the new American financial system; eliminating all privately owned Federal Reserve FIAT currency printing – and returning the power of issuance of the nation’s currency to the American government itself.

“On June 4, 1963, a virtually unknown Presidential decree, Executive Order 11110, was signed with the authority to basically strip the Bank of its power to loan money to the United States Federal Government at interest. With the stroke of a pen, President Kennedy declared that the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank would soon be out of business.

The text of Executive Order President Kennedy’s Executive Order (E.O.) 11110 modified the pre-existing Executive Order 10289 issued by U.S. President Harry S. Truman on September 17, 1951, and stated the following: The Secretary of the Treasury is hereby designated and empowered to perform the following-described functions of the President without the approval, ratification, or other action of the President… The order then lists tasks (a) through (h) which the Secretary may now do without instruction from the President. None of the powers assigned to the Treasury in E.O. 10289 relate to money or to monetary policy. Kennedy’s E.O. 11110 then instructs that: SECTION 1. Executive Order No. 10289 of September 9, 1951, as amended, is hereby further amended (a) By adding at the end of paragraph 1 thereof the following subparagraph: The authority vested in the President by paragraph (b) of section 43 of the Act of May 12, 1933, as amended (31 U.S.C. 821(b)), to issue silver certificates against any silver bullion, silver, or standard silver dollars in the Treasury not then held for redemption of an outstanding silver certificates, to prescribe the denominations of such silver certificates, and to coin standard silver dollars and subsidiary silver currency for their redemption,’ and (b) By revoking subparagraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph 2 thereof. SECTION 2. The amendments made by this Order shall not affect any act done, or any right accruing or accrued or any suit or proceeding had or commenced in any civil or criminal cause prior to the date of this Order but all such liabilities shall continue and may be enforced as if said amendments had not been made. John F. Kennedy, THE WHITE HOUSE, June 4, 1963.”

And in concluding this update, Neil touches on the point that he has a number of “Irons in the fire” and it is simply a matter of time until he gets things moving either now and / or once he is back in Indonesia. We are very close to our goal now and so Neil is choosing his words with great consideration. Neil Keenan and Group K.

Video Part One

Video Part Two

The Big Squeeze vs. Khazarian Mafia January 22 2016 | From: Geopolitics

The result of the well-coordinated operation to cut-off the Khazarian Mafia from the rest of the global economy is now undeniable.

The fiat FED dollar denominated economy is effectively shut down as indicated in the free-falling Baltic Dry Index. Related: International Shipping Shuts Down; Baltic Dry Index Freefalling We have warned that bank deposits are already being skimmed by the retreating parasites, and it’s prudent that necessary preparations should have been made already. Iran cannot be intimidated anymore. It has repelled Israel and Saudi Arabia’s big brother, i.e. the United States. If your child is being held back and being denied even the possibility of entering a gifted program based on the fact that they have attention issues, then there is problem. Related: Captured US Navy Boats Were Carrying Top ISIS Leader, USS Truman Intervened Again, we are featuring another summary of the information that’s already been in this site and some new information detailing the personalities involved that should facilitate the understanding of what’s been going on for at least the last eight years.

Big Squeeze Now On Khazarian Mafia This article builds on past articles on this subject. For those who haven’t read those, reading this article is likely a waste of time and it will be difficult to fit this information into their heads. This is a long article and is written as a two-tiered piece. Those short of time can read the bold print and pass over the rest, and then finish with the conclusion. Many thanks to my sources, some still living but most passed. None have been associated with Veterans Today in any way. I do not enjoy writing this type of article for a number of reasons not appropriate to be discussed here. But I do feel an obligation to get this information out. ] Numerous nations around the World have now ganged up on the Khazarian Mafia (KM). It is cornered and it is losing power by the day. Expect increased surveillance and harassment by local police who take orders from Homeland Security (DHS) and receive their ridiculous conjured up Domestic Terror Watch Lists. How much real power does the Khazarian Mafia have left and for how long can it hold out? Is the Khazarian Mafia still powerful enough to start another major war in the Mideast, or even a nuclear WW3 to serve as a covering event for their impending loss of World hegemony?

There are recent reports from China that the Chinese Government has ordered that its international cargo shipping in both the Pacific and the Atlantic be restricted. One source with connections to mainland Chinese sources has verified this claim that China has given an ultimatum that there will be a big reduction in their cargo ships unloading any products until the USG begins to honor the Secret Reset Agreement they entered into in 2013 during G-20 meetings. Related: The Unfolding Global Reset that Only Few Understand The Baltic Dry Shipping Index is way down, less than half of what it was at its peak. Crude oil has dropped to $30 a barrel or less, and in Canada shale oil is even as low at $10 a barrel. American retail sales were low during Christmas and many retail chains plan to close stores at multiple locations, including the notorious Walmart. Related: International Shipping Shuts Down; Baltic Dry Index Freefalling And oil derivatives of the big Wall Street Banks are under extreme stress due to these oil prices which has now placed several of the largest in jeopardy. The US Petro Dollar is now under stress as never before and the massive continued issuing and printing after the bailouts (repetitive Quantitative Easings, #7 and counting), the secret US Treasury Exchange Stabilization Fund (ESF) direct foreign bank bailouts of trillions, and the secret direct USG Plunge Protection Team stock purchases in mass no longer seem to mitigate this slide.

Several foreign nations have asked for their Gold back that has been stored at the Federal Reserve, but only a portion has been shipped because the vaults are now apparently empty.

Chinese and Russian purchases of massive quantities of Gold and Silver are fact, not theory, giving them a huge advantage as the Federal Reserve System’s Ponzi scheme approaches collapse. Comex paper Gold which is supposed to be backed 100% by real Gold is not. This is just another part of the Federal Reserve System’s massive Ponzi scheme which has probably already hit the iceberg and is taking on water. The Khazarian Mafia’s top leadership is being squeezed and now seems cornered. They claim to each other to work directly for Lucifer who they describe as their new “rising god” (they call this “Lucifer Rising”). Others in this small circle describe Lucifer as a renegade Third Force who will cut these folks loose in a NY Minute as soon as they serve no useful purpose anymore. And that is what now seems to be happening. Looks like their “god” is going to let them down. Oh well, should they have expected less from pure evil?

When you dance with the devil, you are going to get burned. That’s the function of Doofus Cutouts that are propelled to the top and given power, status and riches beyond imagination. They are there to serve as disposables when it’s all said and done and they are no longer needed. They will never see it coming when they are abandoned and “cut-loose”. If there is going to be new monetary system set up for the World and that’s the way it looks, and it likely will not include the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins. As best we can determine before Chinese cargo shipping decreased, China was demanding that their Renminbi be included in a basket of currencies. And we know that the Renminbi will be backed by Gold and this basket of currencies will replace the current exclusiveness of the US Petro Dollar which functions as the World’s Reserve Currency. This same source has claimed that the Japanese Government has just agreed to be part of the Chinese created Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB). If these reports are accurate then this means that Khazarian Mafia is being squeezed economically.

For the G-20 nations and especially the USA to honor this Secret Reset Agreement made in 2013, the Khazarian Mafia must be removed from its position controlling the World’s Central Banking. It also apparently requires the acceptance of the Chinese Renminbi based on Gold and Silver as a part of an international basket of currencies and the removal of the US Petro Dollar as the World’s Reserve Currency. Looks like the Khazarian Mafia is now being squeezed from many directions. And it is rapidly losing control which makes it desperate and dangerous. When the World’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate the Khazarian Mafia feels cornered one would expect that it would become desperate to re-establish control and take even more drastic actions that it has in the past, unless too much force is arrayed against them from more than one enemy. And now for the first time numerous enemies have arisen against the Khazarian Mafia. And two of them are quite powerful. The first and most powerful enemy appears to be the Russian Federation.

Putin and the Russian Federation have now completely checkmated the Khazarian Mafia both in the Ukraine and in Syria and is now annihilating ISIS by deployment of its superior air power. The second most powerful appears to be the American People, a very well-armed sleeping giant that is now rapidly awaking. This new exigent power of the American Masses is due to the Alternative Media of the Internet. The Internet has provided incredible speed and the fact that so many Americans are finally figuring out everything out of our elected Politicians’ mouths via the CMMM is their propaganda, big lies and false-narratives. And the recent dire economy, and massive unemployment since 2008 brought about by all these traitorous Free Trade Agreements and two illegal, unConstitutional “Wall Street Bailouts” have created a spontaneously emerging populism in the American Masses.

This massive populism is not only unprecedented but it is now accompanied by a rising anger towards the DC “doofus” career politicians and this new populism is increasingly powerful. The Khazarian Mafia has deployed false-flag attacks all around the World and in America using Cutouts. Some were massshootings in gun-free zones hyped in the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM), and others were major bombings like at the Murrah Building in Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995 or the World Trade Center in NYC on 9-11-01.

The purpose is always to justify more power to central government in order to help the Khazarian Mafia protect itself and its Evil Agenda. But now that the Khazarian Mafia is being squeezed from all sides, will we see increased harassment of investigative journalists, known truth tellers and dissidents who run counter to the Khazarian Mafia’s propaganda, big lies and falsenarratives they dispense through their CMMM? Might we start seeing mysterious and increasingly frequent disappearances like what occurred in the South American Death Squads? After all these Death Squads were all trained by the US Military and the CIA inside the USA, and these schools for torture and murder are still active.

And recently Chicago was caught running a black site for DHS to disappear Targeted Individuals. Other cities have these too. And the Pentagon and the CIA still run the Black Prison sites in East European nations and also have black prison ships which are still active. Check this for more information. We should expect the DHS to put out increasingly negative smear reports to the local Police Departments creating increased fear of known truth tellers, dissidents, patriots and gun owners? This will include folks who have been illegally placed on Domestic terror Watch lists with instructions to begin increased surveillance and harassment against them? We now know for certain that the Khazarian Mafia’s actions in the past in America have included the Bombing of the Murrah Building, first attempted bombing of the NYC Twin towers by the FBI setting up and supplying the Blind Sheikh. This was actually an acoustics test to establish needs for the devices the Khazarian Mafia used in Twin Towers attack on 9-11-01.

And the FBI (with help of the CIA and crooked US Customs agents) placed a stolen barrel of cyanide stolen from Louis Champon’s Natural Cherry Flavoring Company in Boca Raton Florida through a tunnel under the street by Wackem’out World Security. This was done to see what the effects on folks near the blast in the basement parking ramp would be. Actually the blast destroyed the toxicity of the cyanide. Naturally the FBI tried to secretly and wrongly frame Louis Champon for this and only failed through the incredible detective work of James Rothstein (NYCPD Gold Shield, police Intel and key part of the infamous NY State Crime Commission Secret 15 man Intel Task Force - now long retired for arresting Frank Sturgis aka Frank Fiorini in NYC for trying to terminate Marita Lorenz right before her secret appearance at the HSCA and turning over of photos with Ruby, Sturgiss, Oswald at the motel the night before the JFK Assassination and more). Detective Rothstein, a German Catholic, is the only member of this secret 15 man task force who has survived (most were terminated with extreme prejudice by the CIA) to suppress what they found out. Detective Rothstein is one of the greatest American Heroes in Law Enforcement we have ever had anywhere in America. His investigations led to more prosecutions of CIA pedophiles, their pedophile murders, and the CIA drug dealers than any other LE person in the history of America and his record still stands.

None of this ever was allowed into the CMMM of course. Rothstein’s astoundingly frank book is expected to be published this year and it will be very interesting. His long term efforts to bring St. John’s Abbey to justice for the pedophile sheepdipped, rat-lined ex-Nazi priests that have been kept there and protected from prosecution are well known, and he is still at it. Too bad the local police are crooked, and the FBI continues to look the other way and do their usual assigned job, cover up for the “Process”. So this World’s largest organized Crime Syndicate the Khazarian Mafia is truly capable of untold evil against the American people as well as the whole World as long as it is allowed to exist and occupy and parasitize the USG for its own purposes. Every large urban police dept. and the alphabets, especially the FBI has an Intel plant embedded there to run cover-ups for the “Process” Satanic Cult and the CIA drug trafficking, both protected by being deputized as agents of National Security”. Inside America the Khazarian Mafia has controlled the Alphabets including the FBI, its main cover up agency and entrapment/setup agency and the BATF, as well as the CIA; and they have always done a lot of the Khazarian Mafia’s illegal dirty work.

And of course after the Khazarian Mafia attacked America on 9-11-01 to create a New Pearl Harbor event, they were now in a position to establish Homeland Security (DHS) the foundation of the long planned American Police State. This plan to establish DHS was already written and ready to push through Congress awaiting a major catalytic event such as the major terrorist attack of 9-11-01 which was run by the Khazarian Mafia and its stateside assets deep inside the Administration and the Pentagon. The attack on America of 9-11-01 was designed to consolidate all American Law Enforcement under one central command directly controlled by the Khazarian Mafia, a known foreign based power, and justify becoming a nation based on preemptive wars of aggression.

The secret agenda of DHS is to transform America into a total surveillance society, a Police State rivaling East Germany under the Stasi. That is why Marcus Wolfe (former head of the Stasi) was hired as a consultant to set up DHS two years before he mysteriously died. The ultimate end game here is for the Khazarian Mafia to use DHS to transform America into GAZA II, the World’s largest open-air prison camp and to make Americans the New Palestinians. This is all part of the “Greater Israel Plan” which is no longer theory but established fact.

And the “Greater Israel Plan” is the cover story used by the Khazarian Mafia’s top leadership (aka the “Select Few”) to use its Cutouts and main action agent the American-Israeli “Israeli-first” Dual Citizen Traitors and the Likudists in Israel to do their dirty work. The American Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) has been losing its credibility for years, and its popularity is at an alltime low.

Since the CMMM is the main mouthpiece and propaganda/mind-kontrol agent for the Khazarian Mafia, its demise poses a big loss of power for the Khazarian Mafia. And we now know for certain its demise is being engendered by the increasing popularity of the Alternative News of the Internet. The Khazarian Mafia is now cornered and you can bet that Homeland Security (DHS) is busy at work creating smear reports at their fusion centers to send to local police with the instructions to increase the harassment of suspected domestic terrorists. Expect greatly increased surveillance and spying on all Americans even the Khazarian Mafia’s underling yes men and women and major doofuses who have been appointed to high positions of power and to provide a twisted sort of inside humor to the very top controllers that run the Khazarian Mafia System. Spying and Intel collection has become remarkably advanced and will continue to increase in frequency, scope and intrusiveness.

Much of it is used for banal entertainment by bored “no longer give a damn” NSA and NRO employees who dig watching and listening to bedroom type scenes. The NSA and NRO are collecting far more raw data than they can adequately process effectively, and it has become mostly a money-making means to asset strip more and more money from We The People and make a big show of power by the Khazarian Mafia. Some deep black and top secret technologies include; use of one’s own AC house wiring, smart TV’s, personal especially laptop and handheld computers, cell phones, wired phones, remote phones, smart TV’s and smart appliances; remote outdoor to indoor thermometers and weather meters and stations for homeowners; some TV remote controls with voice activation; really spooky new methods like driving by and shooting a special micro-transceiver nail in the siding that is matched for color and texture; wall penetrating drive-by radar systems (also used along major highways in unmarked white step vans and 18-wheelers; vehicle, aircraft, and satellite based special infrared sensors); high powered close-by receivers for picking up brain waves and decoding thought and emotional states; …

…embedded transceiver chips in all cell phones ad auto GPS and blue-tooth communication and “seek help” systems which can be remotely activated and easily traced and used a GPS tracking and used for microphones; orbital super HD electronic day and night vision cameras than can sense an ant on the ground and many license plates; deep black variable and synthetic aperture ground penetrating radar, advance gamma ray and neutron particle sensors and other even more secret means involved ground, truck, tower and satellite antennas designed to pick up brainwave transmissions which have been altered by ingested nano-particles in the atmospherically sprayed aerosol chem-trails and gasoline which include nanoparticles of aluminum and barium and other magnetic and electrical compounds which can be flashed, id’ed and used to alter brainwave transmissions for external monitoring (referred to as the “prime freak”). There are other even more advance psi-power means that are so far down the rabbit-hole they would be too discrediting to discuss in this article. But they do exist and can be effective in many situations. More on those in another article perhaps. But even worse DHS uses the special deniable contractor squads and retired miltel, FBI and CIA to gang-stalk, do personal surveillance, walk-bys, and moving in next door or as close as possible to key targeted individuals who are deemed as first line threat to their system of lies.

Paranoid yet? Haha

And as if that wasn’t enough, these special squads have specialists that deploy advanced psychotronic warfare against USG, Intel, military and corporate whistle-blowers on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia kingpins that is designed to cause chronic health problems, lethal medical disorders and suppression of thinking and acting.

Mark Novitsky Some of these devices are cell tower activated, some by doppler weather radar, some closely custom placed transmitters triangulated in from close-by spy cell and corporate proprietaries. For those that claim this is all pure fantasy and bs I can strongly reply you are wrong, dead wrong. How can I say that? Well I have personally swept Mark Novitsky’s residence with sensors used by the German Health Department and found it way over the allowable European accepted limits with some equipment red-lined. Some sources inside the home were disabled or removed, and we found strong external sources. As we started tracing and triangulating their location of external transmissions, they were suddenly turned off preventing location. Novitsky is as important in what he knows and has attempted to disclose as Snowden. 60 Minutes was going to do a big story on him but backed out at the last minute because they said it had become too complicated.

Other top Federal and Intel whistle-blowers have told Novitsky what he knows about is above their pay grade. Most avoid him like the plague. All his local Senators and Congresspersons were notified by Novitsky (evidence in writing I have seen) and all deny it and did nothing, except for Governor Mark Dayton who was a Senator at the time. Dayton has a good reputation with his staff and when terrorism struck in DC he immediately placed the safety of his staff first. He did what he could for Novitsky and We The People but was stepped on hard. Now Dayton is the Governor of Minnesota and appears to be doing his best to get the the states decaying infrastructure repaired. Novitsky has been placed on the top secret DHS “No Work under any Circumstances List” by the FBI, which follows him around and tells any employer where he applies that he is a Domestic Terrorist, “please do not hire him, he is on our Domestic Terror Watch List and under surveillance - you wouldn’t want to be put on our Watch List now, would you?” The one good job Novitsky had in a non-Intel related area after leaving the Teletech Holdings related company he worked for was ruined when the FBI showed up and delivered a National Security Letter (NSL) which his employer was allowed to read but not keep, and which threatened a $10,000 fine and up to 10 years in a federal prison if he ever disclosed anything about this NSL letter or why he was going to have to separate Novitsky. And Mark has had strange but very real recent medical problems and his first doctors were either dirty, Khazarian Mafia worker bees, Sayanims or just plain uncaring and medically lousy. The lab was either dirty or had folks inside that tampered with his blood work. Finally, he was able to find a top physician who is 100% ethical with a top academic reputation and will not kowtow to illegal government manipulations.

And who are DHS’s listed domestic terrorists? Gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, Veterans, libertarians, Christians, Islamics, Patriots, anti-war activists, dissidents and alternative media reporters and journalists and many many more individuals and groups that can be placed on the list by any supervisory agent after even one complaint of any kind and these watch lists have no oversight or appeal process. Once you are on these Watch Lists you are doomed to be on forever. Even Senator Ted Kennedy was put on the “No Fly List” by mistake and despite expensive legal efforts and big political muscle he could never get off of it. Why you wonder? Because these Terror Watch lists are creations of the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins. They are visible indicators of their unbridled twisted, sick, evil power produced by their infiltration and hijacking of America through their private pernicious usury debt-note private Fiat counterfeit Ponzi-type central banking system.

We may see increased harassment and abuse of phony domestic terror watch lists. We may see increased harassment by local police, alphabets as ordered by DHS, according to their whacked out “watch lists” that include almost everyone but the real domestic terrorists who are the Khazarian Mafia leaders and the top officials of DHS, whose job is to terrorize Americans into subservience and compliance and take away all our Constitutional Rights.

On the other hand, we may see such a rapid loss of functional day to day power by the Khazarian Mafia and their police state mechanism, DHS, that we do not see a big increase in surveillance and harassment. Maybe we will even see less now that the Khazarian Mafia is cornered and being pressed from all sides by the World and by We The People.

The confidential domestic terror “Watch Lists” lists were personally prepared under the watchful direction of Janet Napolitano while she was head of DHS. These were leaked and published on the Internet by DHS insiders who thought she and DHS was a joke but wanted to keep their pay and benefits, so we know for certain they exist and what is on them. Even though she resigned her position at DHS, she is being sued by subordinate men for sexual harassment and for moving their office into the men’s lavatory, among other things. A couple of nights ago while driving at night in the early evening, I was pulled over and needlessly rousted by a local police Officer, who claimed I crossed over the line three times on a stretch of road with no other traffic close by.

This fine very young lady police officer tailed me for a couple miles and then pulled me over. I don’t drink, use drugs, speed or drive carelessly, nor did I did not cross over any lines. After the usual license and insurance check, the Officer let me go with no ticket. But she asked me a question about something irrelevant that could she have only known about from information gained by a local stingray tap or from the local DHS Fusion Center. Not very professional. She was rousting me, and it was a message that I received and am now responding to.

A Deal with the Devil at Langley? In this same Department some years back, the prior Police Chief was provided a free trip to Langley for a special meeting. During that meeting, he was asked by the CIA to sign a secret Jurisdictional Agreement on behalf of his Department in which he agreed to submit jurisdiction on any case to the Feds that they requested.

Major amounts of military grade equipment was to be provided in exchange, including two armored cars, grenade launchers, full-auto real assault rifles and machine guns, body armor, bullet proof barriers and lots of military grade ammo. The Chief was an honorable man with integrity and refused to sign the agreement. Did he develop a strange neurological condition soon after that and have to resign? Did the CIA keep secretly working with a couple corrupt officers to distribute illegal drugs to high school kids from “DEA controlled deliveries”, a local smaller “feeder airport” through a seafood import “proprietary”, with a local drug task force (with special license plates to identify each other) either looking the other way or involved. Betcha this hasn’t stopped.

The department got a new Chief and now has the equipment offered. You can be sure that this secret transaction has already been successfully made in almost every large Urban Police Department. So far, a significant number of Sheriff’s offices have refused. The County Sheriff is the supreme law enforcement officer in any county and has authority even over the Feds. Be clear about this, these deals with the Devil at Langley to get jurisdiction over your local police are all driven by the Khazarian Mafia Kingpins who are Neo-Bolsheviks who plan to use DHS and our local Police to terrorize us, tyrannize us, completely asset strip us and then mass-murder us.

Supposedly all these “1033 Program” military equipment transfers for the big stuff have been stopped. Don’t believe it, that is mere propaganda, and the only big stuff going back is for updated electronic warfare systems, new advanced weaponry or for repair and major maintenance. For now until the Khazarian Mafia’s back is broken, expect increased surveillance and harassment by local police if you are in one of the categories on their watch lists (which is about half of the American people). This is the kind of surveillance and increased harassment Gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, Veterans, libertarians, Christians, Islamics, Patriots, anti-war activists, dissidents and alternative media reporters and journalists can expect more of as the Khazarian Mafia’s power is choked off by the whole World that is now ganging up on it.

DHS is here to militarize the American Police and turn America into a Neo-Bolshevik Stasi-style Police State and transform it into GAZA II with all Americans the New Palestinians. Once that is accomplished the Khazarian Mafia plans to treat Americans the same way Bolsheviks treated innocent Russian civilians. It raped, tortured and mass murdered 100 million of them. The Khazarian Mafia is Neo-Bolshevik and its top Policy-Makers are from the same age old bloodlines. They have recorded their intentions in stone at the Georgia Guidestones so we know this for certain. But here’s the deal. America is not Russia in 1917 and is the most armed up populace in the World. Despite all the recent efforts of the Khazarian Mafia to force our so-called “elected politicians” to disarm Americans, it will never happen. Americans have been buying guns at an increasing rate ever since the Khazarian Mafia deployed all these mass-shootings in gun free zones and major efforts to grab our guns began in earnest. Of course, most County Sheriffs in America are populist oriented and part of their local communities and elected because of the respect they have gained and maintained. But even large urban police are starting to wake up.

They have a dangerous enough job already thanks to the CIA drug trafficking into urban cities for black ops money and theirs and the BATF’s continuing gun sales to gangs, especially MS 13 and the Las Zetas who were trained by the US Military inside the USA. Most American urban police officers have no intention of going door to door to fulfill some crazy unConstitutional Presidential PDD or even a new Congressional law passed. They do not want to turn honest law-abiding American Gunowners, hunters and Veterans into a Solzenitzen-type spontaneously erupting vigilante counter-force that shoots with bigger bore, more accurate, longer reaching rifles than they can. Most police officers want to go home to their families at the end of the day, and they know that the anger of the average American is now growing against the out of control militarized swat teams that attack the wrong homes and often kill and maim innocent women and young children. Smart Officers and chiefs want to establish good community relations and be seen as the community as helpers and public servants, not their oppressors working for the ADL and DHS. By the way, most large urban police departments are trained by the ADL to view the average civilian as real or potential domestic terrorists, especially gun owners. Now because of the recent public concern for increased mass-shootings and terrorism, many police are changing their minds on gun control and actually favor conceal-carry by law abiding citizens who have met the standards and have proper training.

Too many Chiefs of big urban departments are given free junkets to Israel for such training, and while there are served some very special Koolaide in their drinks and given some sophisticated psychotronic mind-kontrol indoctrination training. Take the recent case when a dumb swat team broke in the wrong home with no proper warrant and threw a stun grenade into a baby’s crib, burning and blowing off part of the young child’s face. Or the many cases where the wrong homes are stormed by out of control savage swat looking for a few $10 rocks, and innocent life is criminally taken in an instant. Or all the illegal, unConstitutional seizures of cash and autos from innocent non-drug dealers, taken and placed into police and Federal coffers often into the private pockets of corrupt supervisors and chiefs and judges.

Related: Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ And many Americans are starting to catch on to the fact that some of these mass-shootings in gun-free zones are real with real dead victims, while others like Sandy Hook are faked.

But that all are engineered, staged false-flag attacks on the Second Amendment. This has kept folks confused up until now, but thanks to the efforts of hundreds of tireless researchers the truth is now being published all over the Internet and is now readily available for all.

Conclusion: One thing is certain, the Khazarian Mafia is now cornered and its hegemony is rapidly being eroded. Its false-flag efforts to disarm Americans and any other efforts to do so will fail. The Khazarian Mafia is now doomed by the whole World which is building massive financial firewalls against it and gangingup on it. The Khazarian Mafia is being deconstructed bit by bit and you can expect they will have a hard landing and because they are such two-faced psychopaths, they will keep lying and murdering until the end.

Undoubtedly the Big Squeeze is now on the Khazarian Mafia, they are cornered and increasingly desperate and their private Fiat pernicious usury debt-based counterfeit money system has become a Ponzi scheme nearing collapse. And the BRICS System is just one of many new financial firewalls being built up against the Khazarian Mafia’s financial hegemony which is now destined to fail. There are certain factions in the Pentagon and American Intel which have so far been strong enough to place strong limits on what the Khazarian Mafia can do to retaliate, and they have been blocked from starting a nuclear WW3 with Russia as intended. Efforts by Senator John McCain and other Traitors like the retired General commanding ISIS have also failed. And all their recent efforts to attack Russia through Crimea and to destroy Syria and Iran have also failed because of the new military power and technological supremacy of the Russian Federation under the dynamic leadership of President Putin.

If these reports are true that China is severely restricting their container shipping companies until the Khazarian Mafia honors the Secret Reset Agreement, this is indeed a very interesting development. And if true it suggests that all the hype in the CMMM that China’s economy is worse than ours is likely exaggerated. A better guess is that China has prepared for this for quite a while and is no longer so dependent on American sales, perhaps already having established some lucrative new markets with Russia, South America, Malaysia and other trading partners. Is this part of a major economic trap for the Khazarian Mafia and its US Petro Dollar? In time we shall find out, and it make not take too long.

How The Oil Industry Conquered Medicine, Finance And Agriculture January 22 2016 | From: Mercola

"How Big Oil Conquered the World" is a brilliant piece of investigative journalism presented by James Corbett, revealing the immense extent to which the oil industry has shaped and is ruling the world as we know it.

"From farm to pharmaceutical, diesel truck to dinner plate, pipeline to plastic product, it is impossible to think of an area of our modern-day lives that is not affected by the petrochemical industry."

"The story of oil is the story of the modern world. And this is the story of those who helped shape that world, and how the oil-igarchy they created is on the verge of monopolizing life itself."

Corbett carefully details the sordid back story of today's "oiligarchy." While most people are well-acquainted with the Rockefeller name, few probably know the true history of the Rockefellers' rise to power.

Big Oil - An Industry Founded on Treachery and Deceit As noted by Corbett, certain details of the Big Oil story are well known. Others are more obscure. The story begins in rural New York state in the early 19th century, with William Avery Rockefeller, an authentic "snake oil salesman" going by the fictional name of "Dr. Bill Livingston. While neither a doctor nor a cancer specialist, Rockefeller, aka "Dr. Livingston," aka "Devil Bill," traveled the country's back roads conning people into buying his "Rock Oil" tonic for cancer - "a useless mixture of laxative and petroleum that had no effect whatsoever," according to Corbett William Avery Rockefeller fathered numerous children with three women, and took the name Livingston after being indicted for rape in 1849. One of those children was John D. Rockefeller, who became the world's first billionaire after founding Standard Oil. As noted by Corbett:

“When he wasn't running away from them or disappearing for years at a time, [William Avery Rockefeller] would teach his children the tricks of his treacherous trade. He once bragged of his parenting technique: 'I cheat my boys every chance I get. I want to make 'em sharp' ..

The world we live in today is the world created in 'Devil' Bill's image. It's a world founded on treachery, deceit, and the naïveté of a public that has never wised up to the parlor tricks that the Rockefellers and their ilk have been using to shape the world for the past century and a half."

The Birth of the Oil Industry Another character with a similarly dubious background is "Colonel" Edwin Drake, an unemployed railroad conductor who managed to secure himself a job with the Pennsylvania Rock Oil Company after running into the founders, George Bissell and James Townsend, at a hotel. The title "Colonel" was bestowed on him by Bissell and Townsend, who thought it might help him "win the respect of the locals" as he went about the company's business, collecting Seneca oil, which the company distilled into kerosene (lamp oil). His mission was to collect enough Seneca oil to make the business profitable - a task that turned out to be more difficult than expected, as mere gallons could be collected using the standard collection methods. Eventually, he tried drilling through the shale bedrock to reach greater reservoirs of oil, and on August 28, 1859 - literally the day he'd used up the last of his funds - the oil began to flow from the ground. And with that, a new industry was born. It didn't take long before homes and factories around the world were using lamp oil refined from crude, and prospectors from around the country flocked to Pennsylvania in search of the "black gold.

Among them was John D. Rockefeller, a Cleveland bookkeeper who, according to Corbett, had two ambitions in life: "To make $100,000 and to live to 100 years old." With a $1,000 loan from his father, "Devil Bill," John D. Rockefeller set off to make his fortune.

The Standard Oil Monopoly After a series of partnerships and mergers over a seven-year period, John D. Rockefeller eventually incorporated Standard Oil of Ohio in 1870. According to the report.

“The next year, he quietly put what he called 'our plan' - his campaign to dominate the volatile oil industry - into devastating effect. Rockefeller knew that the refiner with the lowest transportation cost could bring rivals to their knees. He entered into a secret alliance with the railroads, called the South Improvement Company. In exchange for large, regular shipments, Rockefeller and his allies secured transport rates far lower than those of their bewildered competitors. Ida Tarbell, the daughter of an oil man, later remembered how men like her father struggled to make sense of events: 'An uneasy rumor began running up and down the Oil Regions,' she wrote.

'Freight rates were going up. … Moreover … all members of the South Improvement Company - a company unheard of until now - were exempt. … On every lip there was but one word and that was 'conspiracy.'

By the time he was 40, John D. Rockefeller controlled 90 percent of the global oil refineries. Within another few years (early 1880s), he also controlled 90 percent of the marketing of oil, and one-third of all oil wells. His power and influence cannot be overstated at this point. He had an international monopoly on what was to become the most important commodity in the world economy. Following in Rockefeller's footsteps were a handful of other wealthy families, including the Nobels, the Rothschilds, the Dutch Royal family, and millionaire William Knox D'arcy, who was the first to strike oil in Persia.

These early "oil barons" became enormously wealthy. And as billions of people became increasingly dependent on oil for virtually every aspect of life, they gained tremendous power and influence. However, oil could have been replaced by other resources, were it not for the shrewd manipulation by these early "oiligarchs."

The Death of the Electric Car, and Other Lucky Breaks .The advent of the electric light bulb took a good chunk out of the lamp oil market and temporarily threatened the oil monopoly. But lamp oil was quickly replaced by the need for gasoline to run the two-stroke internal combustion engine, invented by German engineer Karl Benz.

In 1888, Benz Motorwagen became the first commercially available automobile, and with that, the petroleum industry's profits were again secured. But even then their ongoing monopoly was not guaranteed. The first electric car had been built in 1884, and by 1897, electric cars were gaining popularity in London. In the early 20th century, 28 percent of cars sold in the U.S. were also electric. As noted by Corbett:

“The electrics had advantages over the internal combustion engine: they required no gear shifting or hand cranking, and had none of the vibration, smell or noise associated with gasoline-powered cars. Lady Luck intervened again on January 10, 1901, when prospectors struck oil at Spindletop in East Texas. The gusher blew 100,000 barrels a day and set off the next great oil boom, providing cheap, plentiful oil to the American market and driving down gas prices. It wasn't long before the expensive, low range electric engines were abandoned altogether and big, loud, gas-guzzling engines came to dominate the road ..."

Interestingly, the event that made John D. Rockefeller into the world's first billionaire was supposed to rein in his unbridled power. He'd come under intense scrutiny as his wealth increased and, on May 15, 1911, the U.S. Supreme Court declared Standard Oil a monopoly "in restraint of trade" and ordered its dissolution. But by dissolving the company into multiple entities, shares of Standard Oil tripled in value, and in a few short years, Rockefeller's worth equaled nearly 2 percent of the total U.S. economy.

“For the oiligarchy, the lesson of the rise and rise of Rockefeller was obvious: the more ruthlessly that monopoly was pursued, the tighter that control was grasped, the greater the lust for power and money, the greater the reward would be in the end. From now on, no invention would derail the oil majors from their quest for total control. No competition would be tolerated. No threat to the oiligarchs would be allowed to rise."

The Continued Squashing of Competition While the electric car had been successfully eliminated, thereby securing Big Oil profits, another competing resource was on the horizon: alcohol. Henry Ford designed his Model T automobile to run on either gasoline or alcohol, stating that just about anything that could be fermented could be used for fuel, predicting the future of fuel was wide open to a number of alternatives. However, the oil industry succeeded in eliminating the competition yet again, this time by supporting the anti-alcohol movements and the formation of the Prohibition Party in 1869.

While Rockefeller avoided alcohol, his chief concern was not to uphold morality in the U.S. The prohibition served his agenda by creating burdensome restrictions on ethanol producers, and as ethanol became more costly, its attraction as an alternate fuel ceased. Also, as detailed in my previous article about Clair Patterson's fight to eliminate leaded gasoline, once the high compression engine was invented, car manufacturers started running into performance problems. General Motors diagnosed the problem, realizing that the problem originated with the fuel. General Motors tried about 15,000 different combinations of elements to find a solution to the engine knocking.

Adding benzene from coal to gasoline was found to work. Ditto for adding grain alcohol. Adding 10 percent alcohol to gasoline raised the quality of the fuel, causing less knocking in the engine. It also had other benefits, including clean combustion, which eliminated soot emissions, and increased horsepower without engine knocking. But as research continued, General Motors determined that adding lead to the gasoline produced "an ideal anti-knock fuel" ideal mostly because manufacturing the lead additive, tetraethyl lead, would allow them to make the greatest profits. Were they to add alcohol to the gasoline, the oil industry stood to lose a large amount of petroleum sales, anywhere from 10 to 20 percent, depending on how much alcohol was added.

By adding lead, the oil industry had a product it could again control in its entirety. So Standard Oil partnered with General Motors, creating a joint corporation known as Ethyl Corporation. Leaded gasoline became the norm, and over the next 80 years, countless people were sickened and harmed by this neurotoxic fuel additive, thrust upon the people for no other reason than it created the greatest profits.

Big Oil Secretly Buys Up and Dismantles Public Transportation System In 1936, Standard Oil and General Motors also took part in the reformation of public transportation. Only 10 percent of Americans owned a car, and most city dwellers relied on electric trolley networks. By replacing the electric streetcars with gasoline-guzzling buses, the oil industry secured an even greater foothold within the U.S. economy. As detailed in Corbett's report:

“The cartel had been careful to hide their involvement in National City Lines, but it was revealed to the public in 1946 by ... Edwin J. Quinby ... He uncovered the oiligarchs' stock ownership of National City Lines and its

subsidiaries and detailed how they had step by step bought up and destroyed the public transportation lines in Baltimore, Los Angeles, St. Louis and other major urban centres... [I]n 1947 National City Lines was indicted for conspiring to form a transportation monopoly and conspiring to monopolize sales of buses and supplies. In 1949, GM, Firestone, Standard Oil of California and their officers and corporate associates were convicted on the second count of conspiracy. The punishment for buying up and dismantling America's public transportation infrastructure? A $5,000 fine. H. C. Grossman, who had been the director of Pacific City Lines when it oversaw the scrapping of LA's $100 million Pacific Electric system, was fined exactly $1."

Next came the undermining of the railway system. In 1953, General Motor President Charles Wilson was appointed Secretary of Defense, and Wilson, along with Francis DuPont, Chief Administrator of Federal Highways, set into motion the largest public works project in U.S. history with the creation of the interstate highway system. As a result, railway travel declined by 84 percent between 1945 and 1964, while private car ownership soared, and along with it, gasoline sales, which rose 300 percent in that same time frame. Similar social engineering feats took place in Europe, further securing the future of the oil business as a primary force to be reckoned with.

The report also goes into the details behind the gas shortages that sent the U.S. into a financial tailspin in the early 1970s, revealing how the secretive Bilderberg Group, created by Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands in 1954, successfully created a new financial system based on the petrodollar - a system that granted the oiligarchs unprecedented control over the economy.

The Rockefeller Transformation In his day, John D. Rockefeller was a despised man. This all changed when he hired Ivy Ledbetter Lee, who essentially invented the public relations industry as we now know it. John D. was filmed handing out dimes to the poor, and was

publicly portrayed as a kind and warm-hearted man. While hokey by today's standards, such simple stunts worked. Yet, Rockefeller needed to go even further to truly gain the public's trust. As Corbett notes:

“In order to win the public over, he was going to have to give them what they wanted. And what they wanted wasn't difficult to understand: money. But just as his father, Devil Bill, had taught him to do in all his business dealings, Rockefeller made sure to get the better end of the bargain. He would 'donate' his great wealth to the creation of public institutions, but those institutions would be used to bend society to his will. As every would-be ruler throughout history has realized, society has to be transformed from the ground up. Americans in the 19th century still prized education and intellectual pursuits ... with a remarkable 93 to 100 percent literacy rate. Before the first compulsory schooling laws in Massachusetts in 1852, education was private and decentralized, and as a result ... a solid grounding in history and science was widespread. But a nation of individuals who could think for themselves was an anathema to the monopolists. The oiligarchs needed a mass of obedient workers..."

The Takeover of Education John D. Rockefeller's first great act of charity was the establishment of the University of Chicago, followed later by a $180 million donation to the establishment of the General Education Board. But contrary to what you might think, these acts of generosity were not to further education, but to control and impoverish it. Frederick Taylor Gates became a trusted ally, and in "The Country School of Tomorrow," Gates lays out Rockefeller's plan for the education of future Americans:

“In our dream, we have limitless resources, and the people yield themselves with perfect docility to our molding hand. The present educational conventions fade from our minds; and, unhampered by tradition, we work our own good will upon a grateful and responsive folk. We shall not try to make these people or any of their children into philosophers or men of learning or science. We are not to raise up from among them authors, orators, poets, or men of letters. We shall not search for embryo great artists, painters, musicians. Nor will we cherish even the humbler ambition to raise up from among them lawyers, doctors, preachers, politicians, statesmen, of whom we now have ample supply."

The Effective Strategy That Eliminated Natural Medicine Other oil-backed schemes to mold and reshape the American education system followed, including a scheme to alter the teaching of American history to promote a view of collectivism, as well as a program culminating in the transformation of the practice of medicine.

Naturopathic-based herbal medicine was the norm, and Rockefeller set out to shift the medical industry toward using oilderived pharmaceuticals. To this end, the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research was established in 1901, headed up by Simon Flexner.

“His brother, Abraham, was an educator who was contracted by the Carnegie Foundation to write a report on the state of the American medical education system. His study, 'The Flexner Report,' along with the hundreds of millions of dollars that the Rockefeller and Carnegie Foundations were to shower on medical research in the coming years, resulted in a sweeping overhaul of the American medical system. Naturopathic and homeopathic medicine, medical care focused on unpatentable, uncontrollable natural remedies and cures was now dismissed as quackery; only drug-based allopathic medicine requiring expensive medical procedures and lengthy hospital stays was to be taken seriously ... The fortunes of Carnegie, Morgan and Rockefeller financed surgery, radiation and synthetic drugs. They were to become the economic foundations of the new medical economy ... The oiligarchy birthed entire medical industries from their own research centers and then sold their own products from their own petrochemical companies as the 'cure.'"

The Takeover of America's Financial System and the Creation of a Food Monopoly The financial power of these oil industry giants is by now near-unfathomable, but the aim was to control the entire financial system. This was effectively accomplished with the creation of the Federal Reserve, established in 1913 following a secret meeting on Jekyll Island, during which the details were ironed out. Attendants at this meeting included John D. Rockefeller Jr.'s father-in-law, Senator Nelson Aldrich, and various banking representatives.

Related: The Creature from Jekyll Island Later, in the 1950s, James Stillman Rockefeller, the grandson of John D.'s brother, became the head of National City Bank, while David Rockefeller, John D.'s grandson, took over Chase Manhattan Bank. Still, they were not satisfied.

“Springboarding from success to success as they consolidated monopolies across every field of human activity, the oiligarchs' ambitions became even larger. This time, their goal was to consolidate control over the very food supply of the world itself, and once again they would use philanthropy as the cover for their business takeover,"Corbett explains.

The Rockefeller Foundation funded the Green Revolution that led to the introduction of petroleum-based agricultural chemicals, which quickly transformed agriculture, both in the U.S. and abroad.

President Lyndon Johnson's "Food for Peace" program actually mandated the use of petroleum-dependent technologies and chemicals by aid recipients, and countries that could not afford it were granted loans from the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. The "Gene Revolution" was next, and as noted by Corbett:

“The players involved in this 'Gene Revolution' are almost identical to the players in the Green Revolution, with I.G. Farben offshoots Bayer CropScience and BASF Plant Science mingling with traditional oiligarch associate companies like Dow AgroScience, DuPont Biotechnology and, of course, Monsanto, all funded by the Rockefeller Foundation ..."

The Final End Game: Monopolising Life In his usual style, Corbett manages to squeeze in an incredible amount of information in as compact a timeframe as is humanly possible, and I highly recommend taking the time to watch the video in full. What I've included here is but a summary overview of the many details he brings forth in this fascinating report. Those who are ignorant of history are bound to repeat it, and if this story tells us anything, it is that unless we realize what has been done, we'll be deceived again and again, because the oil oligarchy's end game is yet to be realized - if we let them. As Corbett notes in closing:

“The takeover of education, of medicine, of the monetary system, of the food supply itself, showed that the aim was much greater than a mere oil monopoly: it was the quest to monopolize all aspects of life, to erect the perfect system of control over every aspect of society, every sector from which any threat of competition to their power could emerge ... But the oiligarchs are not done yet. Their next project, launched in the late 20th century, is almost too ambitious to be comprehended ... It is about the monopolization of life itself. They have spent decades preparing the path for this takeover and marshaled their mind-boggling resources in service of the task. And the vast majority of the world's population, still playing the shell game that the oiligarchs perfected and abandoned long ago, are about to fall right into their hands yet again."

4 Facts About ADHD That Teachers & Doctors Never Tell Parents January 21 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution

Putting a child in a classroom for 8 hours a day, for more than a decade, and expecting them to listen while remaining ‘obedient’ is very unrealistic.

From day one we are taught that this is the only path to success and we are shown the consequences of not paying attention. Related: Before His Death, Father Of ADHD Admitted It Was A Fictitious Disease It’s important to recognize that it’s perfectly normal for children to struggle with paying attention to something that they are not even remotely interested in; this doesn’t necessarily mean they have a disorder and it doesn’t mean they require (potentially quite harmful) prescription medications.

It’s Okay If Your Child Struggles With Attention - This Does’t Mean They Have A Disorder Many doctors and teachers are already aware of this, but I would like to reiterate the point - just because your child struggles with paying attention in school or sitting still in the classroom does not mean there is an underlying disorder to blame. It’s perfectly natural for your child to want to be active and to want to focus on things which actually interest them. Sure, low grades might come as a result of not paying attention, but it is possible for a 2.0 student to know more than a 4.0 student; grades don’t necessarily equate with intelligence. In many cases, they reflect an ability to follow rules and memorize information - both important skills, but perhaps less important than critical thinking and creativity. Some students may have a better ability to buckle down, pay attention, and do their work, while other, equally as intelligent students, may struggle with this model. This, again, is perfectly normal, and could actually be a marker of something really positive.

If your child is being held back and being denied even the possibility of entering a gifted program based on the fact that they have attention issues, then there is problem. New data from the National Center for Learning Disabilities shows that only 1 percent of students who receive services for their apparent learning disabilities (some of which are completely and unquestionably valid) are enrolled in gifted or talented programs. The report concluded that “students with learning and attention issues are shut out of gifted and AP programs, held back in grade level and suspended from school at higher rates than other students.” (source)

Disorder Or Creativity? The last point in the above paragraph is pretty disturbing, particularly given the fact that recent work in cognitive neuroscience shows us that both those with an ADHD diagnosis, and creative thinkers, have difficulty in suppressing brain activity that comes from the “Imagination Network.” There are no school assessments to evaluate creativity and imagination; these are admittedly difficult to measure and, accordingly, receive very little attention in the education system. Yet a lot of research is pointing to the fact that people who show characteristics of ADHD are more likely to reach higher levels of creative thought and achievement compared to those who don’t show these characteristics.

“By automatically treating ADHD characteristics as a disability– as we so often do in an educational context– we are unnecessarily letting too many competent and creative kids fall through the cracks.” - Scott Barry Kaufman, Scientific Director of The Imagination Institute in the Positive Psychology Center at the University of Pennsylvania (source)

While brain scans of people diagnosed with ADHD do show structural differences, it is a scary reality that a large portion of ADHD diagnoses are derived from the observations teachers make in school. Too often, children are diagnosed based on perceived behaviour alone, and then encouraged to take medication right away. These children are not actually tested or scanned; they and their parents are simply told that they have ADHD.

“I think the big mistake in schools is trying to teach children anything, and by using fear as the basic motivation. Fear of getting failing grades, fear of not staying with your class, etc. Interest can produce learning on a scale compared to fear as a nuclear explosion to a firecracker.” - Stanley Kubrick

Did They Tell You This About The Pharmaceutical Industry?

“Over the past two decades the pharmaceutical industry has moved very far from its original high purpose of discovering and producing useful new drugs. Now primarily a marketing machine to sell drugs of dubious benefit, this industry uses its wealth and power to coopt every institution that might stand in its way, including the US Congress, the FDA, academic medical centers, and the medical profession itself. (Most of its marketing efforts are focused on influencing doctors, since they must write the prescriptions.)"

- Marcia Agnell, former editor of The New England Jopurnal of Medicine

The quote to your left comes from Harvard Medical professor and the former Editor-in-Chief of The New England Journal of Medicine, Dr. Marcia Angell. She joins a long and growing list of some very ‘credible’ people within the medical profession who are trying to tell the world something important. She has said on several occasions that it is no longer possible to believe much of the published research, or even to rely on the judgement of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. (source)

Another great example is Dr. Richard Horton, who is currently the Editor-in-Chief of The Lancet, which is considered to be one of the top ranked medical journals in the world. He said that:

“The case against science is straightforward, much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. . . . Science has taken a turn towards darkness.” (source)

The reason why these professionals are saying such things is because, as Dr. Angell puts it, “the pharmaceutical industry likes to depict itself as a research-based industry, as the source of innovative drugs. Nothing could be further from the truth. This is their incredible PR and their nerve.”

“The medical profession is being bought by the pharmaceutical industry, not only in terms of the practice of medicine, but also in terms of teaching and research. The academic institutions of this country are allowing themselves to be the paid agents of the pharmaceutical industry. I think it’s disgraceful.” - Arnold Seymour Relman, Harvard Professor of Medicine

The percentage of children with an ADHD diagnosis continues to increase; it went from 7.8 percent in 2003 all the way up to 11.0 percent in 2011. According to a recent analysis, ADHD in children has surged by 43 percent since 2003. (source) The quotes above aren’t just opinions, clearly these few (out of many) examples are from people who know a thing or two about the industry, and it is troublesome to think that people still believe pharmaceutical corruption and manipulation of scientific literature are conspiracy theories.

The most recent real world example of this comes from a few months ago, when an independent review found that the commonly prescribed antidepressant drug Paxil is not safe for teenagers - all after the fact that a large amount of literature had previously suggested this. The 2001 drug trial that took place, funded by GlaxoSmithKline (also maker of the Gardasil Vaccine), found that these drugs were completely safe, and used that ‘science’ to market Paxil as safe for teenagers. The study came from John Ioannidis, an epidemiologist at the Stanford University School of Medicine.

Ioannidis is also the author of the most widely accessed article in the history of the Public Library of Science (PLoS), titled “Why Most Published Research Findings Are False.” In the report, he stated that most current published research findings are false. And this was more than 10 years ago. ADHD is classified as a mental disorder, which is interesting because the definition of these types of disorders in particular have been shown to be heavily influenced by the pharmaceutical industry. American psychologist Lisa Cosgrove and others investigated financial ties between the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) panel members and the pharmaceutical industry.

They found that, of the 170 DSM panel members, 95 (56%) had one or more financial associations with companies in the pharmaceutical industry. One hundred percent of the members of the panels on ‘mood disorders’ and ‘schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders’ had financial ties to drug companies. The connections are especially strong in those diagnostic areas where drugs are the first line of treatment for mental disorders. In the next edition of the manual, it’s the same thing.

“The DSM appears to be more a political document than a scientific one. Each diagnostic criteria in the DSM is not based on medical science. No blood tests exist for the disorders in the DSMN. It relies on judgements from practitioners who rely on the manual.” - Lisa Cosgrove, PhD, Professor of Counselling and School Psychology at the University of Massachusetts, Boston

“The very vocabulary of psychiatry is now defined at all levels by the pharmaceutical industry.” - Dr. Irwin Savodnik, an Assistant Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at the University of California at Los Angeles (source)

These are definitely some facts to take into consideration when it comes to dealing with your child’s ADHD diagnosis. It’s a ‘disease’ - one which I was also diagnosed with - that I personally don’t even think is real. I think it was made up strictly for the purpose of making money.

There Are Other Methods To Help Your Child Focus & Improve Your Child’s Ability To Pay Attention

It’s becoming clear that we need a new approach to ADHD. Apart from examining the truth behind that label, as I hope I have done in the above paragraphs, it’s important to note that there does not appear to be much room in our school system for children who do not fit the ‘normal’ mould of the majority. The fact that we basically point a finger at them and label them does not really help anything. As much as we’ve been marketed to believe that medication can help solve the problem, I really believe they only worsen it. Many of these medications seem to dull the emotions and energy of the children taking them, ultimately making for a less positive and rich life experience.

One great way to improve your child’s ability to focus is to change their diet. It’s a shame that hardly any research has been published examining the relationship between mental ‘disabilities’ and diet, since many medical professionals strongly believe there is a direct link between them. Some studies have, indeed, emerged which show a link between a gluten/casein free diet and improvement in autistic symptoms, and some parents have already seen the benefits of implementing this research. (source) The Mayo Clinic claims that certain food preservatives and colourings could increase hyperactive behaviour in some children. It would be best to avoid these, regardless of whether they are linked to ADHD or not. It has also been suggested that EEG biofeedback (electroencephalographic) could help. It’s a type of neurotherapy that measures brainwaves. You can read more about that here.

In 2003, a study published in the journal Adolescence looked at how regular massages for 20 minutes twice a week could improve behaviour in the classroom. This is interesting because studies have also suggested that tai chi and yoga may also help improve ADHD symptoms. According to the studies, children with ADHD that practiced tai chi became less anxious or hyperactive. (source) So, one thing you could try is observing what your child is eating. You can limit their intake of harmful, hormone disrupting, disease causing foods like sugar, limit their exposure to pesticides, and encourage their consumption of fruits, vegetables, and whole foods (rather than processed foods). When it comes down to it, developing methods for your child to pay attention to something they find boring and/or useless is a difficult task, and for parents who struggle with this, it’s important to remember that most likely your child is perfectly normal. It will help to choose to look at it in a positive light. The fact that children are forced into these institutions, told how the world works, made to follow certain rules, and pressured to complete education out of fear of not having a job, is a truly unfortunate reality of today’s world. It is not the best environment for a child. Perhaps things will change in the future, but right now it seems children are encouraged to complete education out of fear, out of necessity, and out of the mentality that “this is just the way the world is.”

“When we can’t say ‘No,’ we become a sponge for the feelings of everyone around us and we eventually become saturated by the needs of everyone else while our own hearts wilt and die. We begin to live our lives according to the forceful should of others, rather than the whispered, passionate want of our own hearts. We let everyone else tell us what story to live and we cease to be the author of our own lives. We lose our voice we lose the desire planted in our souls and the very unique way in which we might live out that desire in the world. We get used by the world instead of being useful in the world.” - Dr. Kelly M. Flanagan, a licensed clinical psychologist, Ph.D. in clinical psychology (source)

Perhaps sitting down and talking to your child, letting them know that there is nothing wrong with them and that they don’t have a ‘disorder’ is a good start, at least for those who have already been labeled. Again, just because one person struggles with paying attention does not mean they have a disorder. If the information above is any indication, it could actually mean the opposite. Having your child even believe in that type of label could be harmful. Given the recent developments in neuroplasticity and parapsychology, it has become clear that how a person thinks alone can change their biology. Speaking with educators and finding a differentiated type of instruction more tailored to your child’s needs and interests could also be a solution. One of the biggest solutions, in my opinion, is not accepting labels for your children in the first place.

This is a big problem in modern day education, and solutions are limited. The issue here really seems to be the environment the children are surrounded by, not the children themselves. Another thing parents could address are the feelings of the child. Part of growing up is learning to handle our emotions and tackle whatever challenges life throws at us, but in school we are only taught content, and that is all we seem to focus on. Humans are made up of more than just bits of learned information; we all perceive a certain way and if emotions and thoughts are not openly discussed and dealt with, it can create problems in other areas.

“I don’t know about you, but in my adult life, I have never had to use geometry once… yet I experience emotions and challenges every day. If school is designed to prepare you for life… why not teach actual life skills?” - Elina St. Onge

How Mnemonic Is Used To Program And Control Your Mind January 20 2016 | From: Omnithought

The adjective definition of the word mnemonic is “assisting or intended to assist the memory.” As for the noun definition, mnemonic means “something intended to assist the memory, as a verse or formula.”

The word mnemonic originated from the Greek word mnemonikos, meaning “of or pertaining to memory”. Based on these definitions, mnemonic is something that affects the memory. Mnemonic is used in many different media, such as video games, TV commercials, cell phone apps, computers, and movies. The techniques used in mnemonic can be used for good or evil purposes. Unfortunately, most mnemonics of today are used to program our minds in negative ways and control how we think to a large degree. One of the most popular media used for mnemonic is television (TV). Have you ever wondered why TV shows are sometimes called TV programs? They are called TV programs because they are using them to program your mind with mnemonics and subliminal messages. They did not call them TV programs for no reason. It is right in your face and hidden in plain sight. Do you need more evidence that TV shows are being used to program your mind? TV is the acronym for the word television. Phonetically, the word television sounds like tell-a-vision. They are using TV programs to “tell you a vision,” so they can brainwash you to think the way that they want you to think.

Mnemonics are effective for manipulating your mind because they utilize sacred geometry, sigil, sound, and light to create magic effects to control your thought patterns. Because of their effectiveness, many corporations are replacing conventional subliminal messages with mnemonics in their advertising campaigns. One of the most effective ways to prevent mnemonics from affecting your mind is to become aware of how they are being used to program your mind. The video at the end of this article will show you how to do this. In addition, learn to strengthen your awareness and free your mind. Below is a summary of a great video from YouTube about mnemonic titled “Mnemonic Mind Control – Who Owns Your Thoughts?”

Presentation by Bonnie and John Mitchell for the 3rd Free Your Mind Conference 2015 This presentation by John and Bonnie Mitchell looks at the technology now being used against all people who watch television, mainstream movies, play video games, use cell phones and computers. This is the culmination of the illuminati’s mind control and behavioral research programs; the easiest way to hypnotize and program a human being’s subconscious mind. It combines electromagnetic pulsing, manipulation of sound and light frequencies, hypnotic trance induction, brainwave entrainment, and digital dark sigil magick. This tool is being used to keep the majority of people in a constant trance state, rewrite memories, control behavior, and insert demonic energy. Ultimately, it aids in the manifestation of the dark, fearbased reality the illuminati desire. Quotes from the film “Mnemonic Mind Control – Who Owns Your Thoughts?”

“The subconscious mind is the data storage center of the brain. It recognizes simple shapes and colors and takes in any information the conscious mind cannot figure out. The subconscious is not just a storage center, however; it is in control of our five senses and it makes important decisions even before the conscious mind becomes aware of them. The subconscious mind is what determines our view of reality and how we manifest it.”

“Sigils are everywhere; our subconscious mind recognizes the meanings of the sigils, having seen them over and over again. Sigils that have been around a long time have more power, especially if they are seen by millions of people every day. This is why advertisers and others who want to program your mind with their wishes use sigils on television, in the movies, on cell phones, on the Internet, in video games, on billboards, in magazines…everywhere.” “The neural pathways of the brain are constantly reforming themselves, based on the information that comes in; the pathways are set according to what your daily habits are. When you change your habits or just change your mind, you begin to form new pathways; you can actually “train your brain” this way. However, if you are allowing someone else to train your brain, you are giving them the ability to reform and reshape the neural pathways of your brain for you. You begin to accept new perceptions as your own, not realizing it was an outside source that programmed your thoughts.”

Couple Receives Notice Of Search 12 Months After It Happened And Why That Should Worry You To The Extreme January 19 2016 | From: AotearoaAWiderPrespective

A golden bay couple received a letter from the police. Attached to that was a signed search warrant. What was also attached was a “postponement” notice. The search had taken place, without their presence, 12 months earlier.

It appears that the police felt they could have something to do with a threat issued against Fonterra. the threat was

that milk powder would be contaminated with 1080. Related: Satanists Escape Plan Involves Killing Natives Of New Zealand The couple, who had an impeccable record of non-violence and peaceful activism both here and in their native country Germany, was stunned to learn that the police had been in their house and had gathered hair tooth paste swabs and computer printouts. They had also downloaded telephone data and other storage data from their computers, and Ipads. They were also stunned that the police had been allowed to do so without their presence and been able to keep it secret for 12 months. During the period National has been in power several draconian law changes where pushed through. One of them the the way the police can search your home and the way they can spy on you. While most law abiding citizens assumed that it was to help the police find real nasty criminals such as drug dealers and gang members involved in crime or dangerous terrorists, for those of us political activists and bloggers it was just a matter of time for these powers to be used for the intimidation of people involved in activism of any kind.

The Kleinen family being a perfect example of people who are active and politically aware and who still had a modicum of trust in the system. From the article you will learn that they are no longer willing to cooperate with the police or even contact them. For them to find out a year after the fact that the police had been in their home secretly in January 2015 and had taken personal and private information as well as samples of their DNA without their knowledge as well as raiding their home another time in March 2015 when they were present broke whatever trust they have and it will do so for a lot more people. While the fact that the police can enter your home without your presence, secretly and without supervision is terrifying in and of itself just imagine what could happen if this becomes the norm and the police see this as a normal part of their investigation.

What is next? Will they start planting evidence if they don’t like your political views? Will they, as we witnessed in the Nicky Hager raid, lie to the judge to get search warrants for their political masters and set people the government doesn’t like up to be jailed after kangaroo court proceedings? Some 20 million Russians were killed in Russia by Stalin whose secret police and KGB torture centres and kangaroo court judges were willingly complicit in doing just that! The experience this couple has had will paly out ever more brutally in the coming years if we don’t fight this tooth and nail!

World Market Turmoil: NZ Braces For Big Share Market Drop January 19 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview

Local investors and fund managers are braced for what could be the biggest drop in share prices this year as world market turmoil continues.

Wall Street tumbled 390.9 points on Friday and is down 8.2% so far this year on concerns a further decline in the Chinese economy and weak US shopping data in December. US markets are closed today for the Martin Luther King Day and the three-day holiday weekend at a time of falling international markets added to investor nervousness. The Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 15,988.08, the first time since August 25 that it has dropped below 16,000. This occurred after the New Zealand market finished the week on a high at 6169 on the S&P/NZX 50 index.

Oil prices continue to fall Elsewhere, the Chinese market is down 18%. Energy shares have led the worldwide drop, reflecting reduced demand for oil, which has fallen below $US30 a barrel in the US.

Oil has fallen 20% this year and is off 52% from its 2015 peak. Low oil prices have resulted in a supply glut, which will be exacerbated by the lifting of sanctions against Iran. But it is the situation in China that has dominated thinking among market analysts. China has borrowed huge amounts to stimulate its economy, leading to serious overcapacity in everything from factories to luxury apartments. This has fuelled concerns of a hard landing in the Chinese economy, one of the main drivers of world economic growth. Although the US is slowly recovering [horseshit], investors have turned their attention to how it might be affected by overseas events. Some say this could lead to a rerun of the 2008 global financial crisis. But others point out this was caused by heavy indebtedness and this is no longer a feature of the US economy [more horseshit].

Household debt is well below 2007 levels, when borrowing equalled 130% of income. Today that is down to 103% as of last year’s third quarter. Further, super-low interest rates mean households are now devoting 15.3% of income to meeting debt and other financial obligations versus 18.1% in 2007. Banks are also in a far better position to absorb losses than during the global financial crisis. Countering this is the lack of monetary or other tools to stimulate the economy. So investors have sought safe-haven assets, including US government bonds, which have dropped to below 2%, and gold, which surged 1.6% on Friday to $US1091.50 an ounce.

New “X-Files” Will Take On 9/11 Conspiracy, World Government And NSA Spying January 18 2016 | From: ActivistPost

Government corruption was always one of the main themes that played out in the classic television show X-Files, and it was typically shown in the form of UFO and alien cover-ups.

However, the show’s creator said in a recent interview that the new revival of the series will also touch on some of the more political conspiracies that take place in our world. X-Files creator Chris Carter said Edward Snowden and issues like the 9/11 conspiracy will be fair game in the new revival of the show. The new series will feature the same classic characters, David Duchovny as Fox Mulder and Gillian Anderson as Dana Scully.

“A lot of the rights and liberties that were signed away [with the Patriot Act] are being abused now, and no one seems to care,” Carter said. “We see the admitted spying by the government. These are not things we’re making up and it informs everything Mulder and Scully are doing,” he added.

Entertainment Weekly reported that the new series featured issues like, “war in the Middle East, NSA spying, chem-trails (here called ‘aerial contaminants’), police militarization, supposed FEMA prison camps, and the eventual military ‘takeover of America’ by a UN-like group of ‘multinational elites.’” “The idea of a New World Order is relevant,” Carter says. The article states that this elaborate web of conspiracies will tie back to the alien cover-up that took center stage in the older series. Carter continued;

“I’ve kept my finger to the wind and trying to figure out what’s relevant and possible credible. People know the show deals with science and fact and also deals with far-flung theories about not only the supernatural but government conspiracies. It throws out as many questions as it does answers. And I have to say what it’s done for me and the writers it has

given us a whole new open field which to run. It’s given the show an interesting new life and context that it might not have had in 2002."

Bankers Charged In Euro Rate-Rigging Case + Six Ex-Barclays, Deutsche Bank Traders To Stand Trial In 2017 January 18 2016 | From: DW / Bloomberg

Nearly a dozen former top bankers have been charged with colluding to rig a key euro benchmark borrowing rate. But almost half the defendants didn't appear in court.

A group of former bankers on Monday became the first to be formally charged with manipulating the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (Euribor) - a daily reference rate compiled from estimates that Eurozone banks give of their cost of borrowing. The case involves former employees of Deutsche Bank, Barclays and Societe Generale, and includes former middle managers, traders and rate submitters of six nationalities. However, nearly half of the defendants were no-shows in the London court, with just six of the total 11 suspects appearing for the preliminary hearing. A first hearing was scheduled for Wednesday. Lawyers for the absentees, four of them German and one French, cited different reasons for their clients' nonattendance, including ongoing investigations in Germany.

The six who did appear - Christian Bittar, Colin Bermingham, Philippe Moryoussef, Sisse Bohart, Achim Kraemer and Carlo Palombo - were released on conditional bail. Bittar, a Singapore-based star trader who was once one of Deutsche Bank's most profitable money markets managers, was set a bail of 1 million British pounds (1.34 million euros, $1.45 million). None of the others was ordered to pay more than 150,000. The case is the latest legal effort to hold accountable dozens of bankers involved in a global rate-fixing scheme, which also involved the Euribor's British counterpart, the London Interbank Offered Rate (Libor). The benchmark rates are used to set terms for $450 trillion (414 trillion euros) in securities worldwide. Global investigations into the money-making scheme, which was first revealed in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, have so far culminated in banks and brokerages paying some $9 billion in regulatory settlements, and more than 30 individuals being charged.

Six Ex-Barclays, Deutsche Bank Traders To Stand Trial In 2017 Trial scheduled for September 2017 by London judge Wednesday Five other defendants in case yet to appear in U.K. court Six defendants accused of conspiring to manipulate a key interest-rate benchmark while working at Deutsche Bank AG and Barclays Plc will stand trial in September 2017 in a London court. Former Deutsche Bank trader Christian Bittar and one-time colleague Achim Kraemer, as well as ex-Barclays employees Philippe Moryoussef, Colin Bermingham, Carlo Palombo and Sisse Bohart appeared in court Wednesday in front of Judge Nicholas Loraine-Smith. All six are scheduled to enter pleas in December.

The group is among 11 traders accused of conspiring among themselves and with other bank employees between Jan. 1, 2005, and Dec. 31, 2009, to "procure or make submissions" in relation to the euro interbank offered rate that were false, according to court documents. They are the first to face charges globally in relation to Euribor, the euro counterpart of the London interbank offered rate. A number of former traders are facing prosecution for allegedly rigging Libor. The other five defendants in the Euribor case worked at Deutsche Bank and Societe Generale SA and live in Germany and France. They didn’t appear at the first court hearing Monday to face the charges from the U.K. Serious Fraud Office.

Clockwise from top L-R: Kraemer, Bohart, Bermingham, Moryoussef,

Loraine-Smith said the SFO must inform the court how it would proceed with those five at a hearing in March.

Bittar and Palombo

Declassified Emails Reveal NATO Killed Gaddafi To Stop Libyan Creation Of GoldBacked Currency January 18 2016 | From: ActivistPost

In spite of French-led U.N. Security Council Resolution 1973 creating a no-fly zone over Libya with the express intent of protecting civilians, one of the over 3,000 new Hillary Clinton emails released by the State Department on New Year’s Eve, contain damning evidence of Western nations using NATO as a tool to topple Libyan leader Muammar al-Gaddafi.

The NATO overthrow was not for the protection of the people, but instead it was to thwart Gaddafi’s attempt to create a gold-backed African currency to compete with the Western central banking monopoly. The emails indicate the French-led NATO military initiative in Libya was also driven by a desire to gain access to a greater share of Libyan oil production, and to undermine a long term plan by Gaddafi to supplant France as the dominant power in the Francophone Africa region.

The April 2011 email, sent to the Secretary of State Hillary Clinton by unofficial adviser and longtime Clinton confidante Sidney Blumenthal with the subject line “France’s client and Qaddafi’s gold,” reveals predatory Western intentions. The Foreign Policy Journal reports:

“The email identifies French President Nicholas Sarkozy as leading the attack on Libya with five specific purposes in mind: to obtain Libyan oil, ensure French influence in the region, increase Sarkozy’s reputation domestically, assert French military power, and to prevent Gaddafi’s influence in what is considered “Francophone Africa.” Most astounding is the lengthy section delineating the huge threat that Gaddafi’s gold and silver reserves, estimated at “143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver,” posed to the French franc (CFA) circulating as a prime African currency."

The email makes clear that intelligence sources indicate the impetus behind the French attack on Libya was a calculated move to consolidate greater power, using NATO as a tool for imperialist conquest, not a humanitarian intervention as the public was falsely led to believe.

According to the email:

“This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA). (Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued at more than $7 billion. French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicolas Sarkozy’s decision to commit France to the attack on Libya.)"

The email provides a peek behind the curtain to reveal how foreign policy is often carried out in practice. While reported in the media that the Western-backed Libyan military intervention is necessary to save human lives, the real driving factor behind the intervention was shown to be the fact that Gaddafi planned to create a high degree of economic independence with a new pan-African currency, which would lessen French influence and power in the region.

The evidence indicates that when French intelligence became aware of the Libyan initiative to create a currency to compete with the Western central banking system, the decision to subvert the plan through military means began, ultimately including the NATO alliance.

Lowest Ever: The Baltic Dry Index Plunges To 394 As Global Trade Grinds To A Standstill January 17 2016 | From: ActivistPost

For the first time ever, the Baltic Dry Index has fallen under 400. As I write this article, it is sitting at 394. To be honest, I never even imagined that it could go this low.

Back in early August, the Baltic Dry Index was sitting at 1,222, and since then it has been on a steady decline. Of

course the Baltic Dry Index crashed hard just before the great stock market crash of 2008 too, but at this point it is already lower than it was during that entire crisis. This is just more evidence that global trade is grinding to a halt and that 2016 is going to be a “cataclysmic year” for the global economy. If you are not familiar with the Baltic Dry Index, here is a helpful definition from Wikipedia…

“The Baltic Dry Index (BDI) is an economic indicator issued daily by the London-based Baltic Exchange. Not restricted to Baltic Sea countries, the index provides “an assessment of the price of moving the major raw materials by sea. Taking in 23 shipping routes measured on a timecharter basis, the index covers Handysize, Supramax, Panamax, and Capesize dry bulk carriers carrying a range of commodities including coal, iron ore and grain."

The BDI is one of the key indicators that experts look at when they are trying to determine where the global economy is heading. And right now, it is telling us that we are heading into a major worldwide economic downturn.

Some people try to dismiss the recent drop in the Baltic Dry Index by claiming that shipping rates are down because there is simply too much capacity out there these days. And I don’t dispute that. Without a doubt, too many vessels were built during the “boom years”, and now shipbuilders are paying the price. For example, Chinese shipyards reported a 59 percent decline in orders during the first 11 months of 2015…

“Total orders at Chinese shipyards tumbled 59 percent in the first 11 months of 2015, according to data released Dec. 15 by the China Association of the National Shipbuilding Industry. Builders have sought government support as excess vessel capacity drives down shipping rates and prompts customers to cancel contracts. Zhoushan Wuzhou Ship Repairing & Building Co. last month became the first stateowned shipbuilder to go bankrupt in a decade."

But that doesn’t explain everything. The truth is that exports are way down all over the world. China, the United States, South Korea and many other major exporting nations have all been reporting extremely dismal export numbers. Global trade is contracting quite rapidly, and I don’t see how anyone could possibly dispute that.

The global economy is a mess, but many people are not paying any attention to the economic fundamentals because they are too busy looking at the stock market.

The stock market does not tell us how the economy is doing. If the stock market is up today that does not mean that the economy is doing well, and if the stock market is down tomorrow that does not mean that it is doing poorly. Yes, the health of the financial markets can greatly affect the overall economy. We saw this back in 2008. When there is a tremendous amount of panic, that can cause a credit crunch and make it very difficult for money to flow through our system. The end result is a rapid slowdown of economic activity, and it is something that we will be experiencing again very soon. But don’t let the day to day fluctuations of the stock market fool you. Just because the Dow was up 227 points today does not mean that the crisis is over. It is important to remember that stocks are not going to go down every single day. On Thursday, the Dow didn’t even regain two-thirds of what it lost on Wednesday. Even in bear markets there are up days, and some of the biggest up days in stock market history were right in the middle of the crash of 2008.

It is critical that we take a long-term view of things and not let our vision be clouded by every tick up and down in the financial markets. Initial jobless claims just hit their highest level in about six months, and companies like Macy’s and GoPro are laying off thousands of workers. Things are already bad, and they are rapidly getting worse. And let us not forget the great amount of financial carnage that has already happened so far this year. According to CNBC, approximately 3.2 trillion dollars of stock market wealth was wiped out globally during the first 13 days of 2016…

“Almost $3.2 trillion has been wiped off the value of stocks around the world since the start of 2016, according to calculations by a top market analyst. It has also been the worst-ever start to a year for U.S. equities, said Howard Silverblatt, senior index analyst at S&P Dow Jones Indices, as both the S&P 500 and the blue-chip Dow Jones industrial average have posted their steepest losses for the first eight days trading of a year."

Over the past six months, there have now been two 10 percent “corrections” for U.S. stocks. The only other times we have seen multiple corrections like this were in 1929, 2000 and 2008. If those years seem familiar to you, that is because they should. In all three years, we witnessed historic stock market crashes. The stunning collapse of the Baltic Dry Index is just more evidence that we have entered a global deflationary crisis. Goods aren’t moving, unemployment is rising all over the planet, and commodity prices have fallen to levels that we have not seen in over a decade. Around the globe, there have been dramatic stock market crashes to begin the year, and we should expect to see much more market turmoil during the weeks and months to come.

If the markets have calmed down a bit for the moment, we should be very thankful for that, because we could all use some additional time to prepare for what is coming. The debt-fueled standard of living that so many of us are enjoying today is just an illusion. And many of us won’t even understand what we have been taking for granted until it is taken away from us. A great shaking is coming to the global economy, and the pain is going to be unimaginable. So let us enjoy every single day of relative “normalcy” while we still can, because there aren’t too many of them left.

Putin: Human Evolution Under Threat By Big Pharma, GMO, Vaccines January 17 2016 | From: YourNewsWire

A report prepared by the Security Council (SCRF) circulating in the Kremlin today states that President Putin has issued orders that his people must be protected from GMO “food” and Western pharmaceuticals “at all costs.”

The Western government-controlled people are an "intensively vaccinated borderline autistic fat man slumped in front of a screen battling a high-fructose corn syrup comedown", claims Putin who says that Russians "must be protected ... at all costs". Related: Putin’s New Plan To Become #1 Scares Monsanto Big Time The report says that President Putin believes the next stage of human evolution is currently in “grave risk” and that Western and global powers are “intentionally decelerating the process for their personal gain.”

“We as a species have the choice to continue to develop our bodies and brains in a healthy upward trajectory, or we can follow the Western example of recent decades and intentionally poison our population with genetically altered food, pharmaceuticals, vaccinations, and fast food that should be classified as a dangerous, addictive drug.” “We must fight this. A physically and intellectually disabled population is not in our interests,” the report states.

Describing the average government-controlled Westerner as an;

“Intensively vaccinated borderline autistic fat man slumped in front of a screen battling a high-fructose corn syrup comedown,” the report states that such tactics used by governments to subjugate their citizens are not only “dark/evil” but “counter-productive in the medium to long term.”

Russia under President Putin has been giving away land for free in the past few years to people willing to farm organically and sustainably. The goal is to become the world’s “leading exporter” of non-GMO foods that are based on “ecologically

clean” production.

The Security Council report comes just months after the Kremlin announced a stop to the production of all GMO-containing foods, which was seen by the international community as a major step in the fight against multinationals like Monsanto. Russia continues to lead the way in the realm of natural, organic farming.

Manifesto Of The Awakened January 16 2016 | From: ZenGardner

To the Few Whom This Concerns:

Re: The deliberate subjugation of our people and planet While you continue to hypocritically blame humanity for the dire plight of our world, we hereby put you on notice that we are well aware that it is you, the financial, corporate, military, scientific and governmental agents and most of all the dark shadow forces behind you, that we know full well comprise and empower the destructive global power grid, that are responsible for our current engineered crises and overall social condition. You’ve brought us and our planet to the precipice. If you do not cease and desist, what is soon to come will be blood on your hands, cause untold suffering, and all for naught as far as your designs are concerned. You too will shrivel up in the dustbin of history as just another invasive parasite that couldn’t succeed in its self-serving designs for all its efforts.

Know that: We hereby officially notify all those complicit in this massive control program that: We are aware of your efforts to dumb down, anesthetize and control the world’s populations.

We are aware of your destructive programs to sicken and alter humanity through the chemical, electromagnetic

and genetic modification of our food, plants, animals and ourselves. We are aware of your wanton destruction of our earth, skies and oceans through resource exploitation, geoengineering and weather modification. We are aware of your many false flag events and surreptitious “strategy of tension” schemes purposely designed to keep the world in perpetual fear and continual wars against fabricated outside enemies for control and profit. We are aware of your fascist medical designs to drain and destroy humanity via the decrepit allopathic medical system based on profit and ill health at every level, including the proliferation of pharmaceuticals, invasive and debilitating treatments and deliberately damaging vaccines.

We are aware of your moves toward a worldwide police state based on hyperbolized fear and disinformation to manipulate humanity in order to get an unspoken imprimatur to execute your program of control and subjugation. We are aware that your political crony establishment is all staged and designed to distract from the real issues and keep the populace occupied and feeling like participants while you work your nefarious program. We are aware of your falsely imposed vampiristic taxation system to fund further bureaucratic bloat, controls and an overarching agenda of genocidal wars on innocent peoples, and that it is arbitrary and our sovereign choice to simply not participate in any longer. We are aware that a select few major corporations with vested interests in this global agenda now control almost all media and that mass media is nothing more than a mouthpiece of propaganda to these ends.

We are aware that your “entertainment” industry is simply socially engineered entrainment towards personal and social distraction, chaos and degradation. We are aware of your AI, electromagnetic grid and mind manipulating designs and technologies that are being imposed to further expand your psychopathic control program. We are aware that you repress emerging technologies that threaten existing parasitic profitable ones, such as the hazardous petroleum and nuclear industries, when alternative energy sources and other such solutions have arisen for many decades which you have suppressed. We are aware that you sequester knowledge and information in a vast array of fields to keep the general populace in the dark and thereby disempowered as to our true historical context, while you are coveting secret information and carrying out advanced covert research for your own ends.

We are aware that you have stigmatized, marginalized and seek to outlaw any form of criticism, questioning or dissent using whatever excuse you can manufacture. We are aware of your oppressive, enslaving monetary and legal control scams, private fractionalized banking pillaging, and twisted cravings for money and power in an imposed control system that never needed to exist in the first place. We are aware of your falsely postured institutions, foundations, institutes, charitable organizations and international bodies such as the so-called United Nations and its many agencies and agendas being used to further develop your global control plans and programs. We are aware of your secret societies, blood line allegiances and luciferian, freemasonic, Babylonian and otherworldy roots that propel the wickedness of your self appointed leaders. We are aware of your ritual sacrifices, paedophelia and bestiality inclinations and other sordid practices, all of which are anathema to our conscious race.

Ad nauseum… This will be tolerated no longer. Furthermore… We are aware that you know we are on to you. We stand fearless, fully committed to humanity’s well being. You are shallow, self-serving and seriously misled guns for hire working for a control system being engineered by powers beyond your knowledge that will devour you, just as you seek to devour us. We are aware of who you are. Your days are numbered. Your designs will soon be visited upon your heads if you do not drastically change your ways. Universal law dictates it. You know it, and we know it. Hence your sloppy, miscreant behavior being so thoroughly exposed which you so furiously attempt to deny and suppress. This futile lashing out only works toward the exposure of open truth and the awakening’s favor. If there is an ounce of humanity left in any of you, defect and help us expose and bring down these life ending forces. You, your children, your grandchildren and anything you may still hold dear are already suffering and will also perish in the catastrophe we are soon destined for if you do not respond. Now. A last warning. We are aware. We are awake and activated. We will do everything within and without our personal power to see our race and planet survive and shake this parasitic invasion. Our planet itself will not take this attempted overthrow. Know that, and expect repercussions from Her, as well as us, a gathering storm of sacred truth you cannot possibly fathom.

Your opposition, resistance and puny, short-sighted efforts are dwarfed by what awaits you.

Will you find your humanity in time? We think many of you could, and those of you who do will be welcomed amongst the awakened. However, we realize many are beyond redemption. But don’t try to fool us. We’re more on to you than you could ever imagine. Just watch and see. We will surprise you, just as you fear. We’re here. We live. We cannot be stopped nor thwarted by any means despite your flimsy efforts. The truth and love we bear are coming for you. Truth and cosmic resonance cannot be denied and any aberration from it will be mitigated. That’s just the way it is. Think about it. If you dare. Signed, The Eternally Awakened

Official Science: The Grand Illusion January 16 2016 | From: JonRappoport

Since 1987, one of my goals as a reporter has been to educate the public about false science.

Between then and now, I have found that, with remarkably few exceptions, mainstream reporters are studiously indifferent to false science. They shy away from it. They pretend “it couldn’t be.” They refuse to consider facts. They and their editors parrot “the experts.”

“Government science exists because it is a fine weapon to use, in order to force an agenda of control over the population. We aren’t talking about knowledge here. Knowledge is irrelevant. What counts is: ‘How can we fabricate something that looks like the truth?’ I keep pointing this out: we’re dealing with reality builders. In this case, they make their roads and fences out of data, and they massage and invent the data out of thin air to suit their purposes. After all, they also invent money out of thin air.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport

Official science has a stranglehold on major media. It has the force of a State religion. When you stop and think about it, official science is, in a significant sense, a holy church. Therefore, it is no surprise that the church’s spokespeople would wield power over major information outlets. These prelates invent, guard, and dispense “what is known.” That was precisely the role of the Roman Church in times past. And those professionals within the modern Church of Science are severely punished when they leave the fold and accuse their former masters of lies and crimes. They are blackballed, discredited, and stripped of their licenses. At the very least.

Totalitarian science lets you know you’re living in a totalitarian society. The government, the press, the mega-corporations, the prestigious foundations, the academic institutions, the “humanitarian” organizations say:

“This is the disease. This is its name. This is what causes it. This is the drug that treats it. This is the vaccine that prevents it.” “This is how accurate diagnosis is done. These are the tests. These are the possible results and what they mean.” “Here are the genes. This is what they do. This is how they can be changed and substituted and manipulated. These are the outcomes.” “These are the data and the statistics. They are correct. There can be no argument about them.” “This is life. These are the components of life. All change and improvement result from our management of the components.” “This is the path. It is governed by truth which our science reveals. Walk the path. We will inform you when you stray. We will report new improvements.” “This is the end. You can go no farther. You must give up the ghost. We will remember you.”

We are now witnessing the acceleration of Official Science. Of course, that term is an internal contradiction. But the State shrugs and moves forward. The notion that the State can put its seal on favored science, enforce it, and punish its competitors, is anathema to a free society. For example: declaring that psychiatrists can appear in court as expert witnesses, when none of the so-called mental disorders listed in the psychiatric literature are diagnosed by laboratory tests.

For example: stating that vaccination is mandatory, in order to protect the vaccinated (who are supposed to be immune) from the unvaccinated. An absurdity on its face. For example: announcing that the science of climate change is “settled,” when there are, in fact, huge numbers of researchers who disagree. —And then, drafting legislation and issuing executive orders based on the decidedly unsettled science. For example: officially approving the release and sale of medical drugs (“safe and effective”) which go on to kill, at a conservative estimate, 100,000 Americans every year. And then refusing to investigate or punish the purveyors of these drug approvals (the FDA).

For example: permitting the widespread use of genetically modified food crops, based on no long-term studies of their impact on human health. And then, arbitrarily announcing that the herbicide, Roundup, for which many of these crops are specifically designed, is non-toxic. For example: declaring and promoting the existence of various epidemics, when the viruses purportedly causing them are not proven to exist and/or not proven to cause human illness (Ebola, SARS, West Nile, Swine Flu, etc.)

A few of you reading this have been with me since 1988, when I published my first book, AIDS INC., Scandal of the Century. Among other conclusions, I pointed out that HIV had never been shown to cause human illness; the front-line drug given to AIDS patients, AZT, was overwhelmingly toxic; and what was being called AIDS was actually a diverse number immunesuppressing conditions. Others of you have found my work more recently. I always return to the subject of false science, because it is the most powerful long-term instrument for repression, political control, and destruction of human life. As I’ve stated on many occasions, medical science is ideal for mounting and launching covert ops aimed at populations - because it appears to be politically neutral, without any allegiance to State interests. Unfortunately, medical science, on many fronts, has been hijacked and taken over. The profit motive is one objective, but beyond that, there is a more embracing goal: Totalitarian control. On the issue of vaccines, I’ve written much about their dangers and ineffectiveness. But also consider this: the push for mandatory vaccination goes a long way toward creating a herd effect - which is really a social construction. In other words, parents are propagandized to think of themselves a kind of synthetic artificial “community.”

“Here we are. We are the fathers and mothers. We must all protect our children against the outliers, the rebels, the defectors, the crazy ones who refuse to vaccinate their own children. We are all in this together. They are the threat. The enemy. We are good. We know the truth. They are evil.”

This “community of the willing” are dedicated to what the government tells them. They are crusaders imbued with group-think. They run around promoting “safety and protection.” This group consciousness is entirely an artifact, propelled by “official science.”

The crusaders are, in effect, agents of the State. They are created by the State. Androids. They live in an absurd Twilight Zone where fear of germs (the tiny invisible terrorists) demands coercive action against the individuals who see through the whole illusion. This is what official science can achieve. This is how it can enlist obedient foot soldiers and spies who don’t have the faintest idea about how they’re being used. This is a variant on Orwell’s 1984. The citizens are owned by the all-embracing State, but they aren’t even aware of it.

That’s quite a trick. One of my favorite examples of double-think or reverse-think is the antibody test. It is given to diagnosis diseases. Antibodies are immune-system scouts sent out to identify germ-intruders, which can then be wiped out by other immunesystem troops. Prior to 1985, the prevailing view of a positive test was: the patient is doing well; his body detected the germ and dispensed with it. After 1985, the view was suddenly: this is bad news; the patient is sick or he is on the verge of getting sick; he has the germ in his body; it does harm. Within the medical community, no one (with very few exceptions) raised hell over this massive switch. It was accepted. It was actually good for business. Now, many more people could be labeled “needs treatment,” whereas before, they would have been labeled “healthy.” While I was writing my first book, AIDS INC., in 1987-8, I wrote the FDA asking about a possible AIDS vaccine. I was told the following: every person given such a vaccine would, of course, produce antibodies against HIV. That is the whole purpose of a vaccine: to produce antibodies.

However, I was informed, patients receiving this vaccine would be given a letter to carry with them, in case they were ever tested for HIV and came up positive. The letter would explain that the antibodies causing the positive test were the result of the vaccine, not the result of “natural” action inside the patient’s body. In other words, the very same antibodies were either protective against AIDS (good) or indicative of deadly disease (bad). This was the contradictory and ridiculous and extraordinary pronouncement of official science. It carries over into every disease for which an antibody test is administered. If a vaccine against disease X is given, it delivers immunity, because it produces antibodies. But if a diagnostic test for disease X reveals the presence of the same antibodies, this is taken a sign of illness. Extrapolated to a more general level, the Word is: synthetic medical treatment is good; the action of the body to heal itself is incompetent. This is a type of superstition that would astonish even the most “primitive” societies. It no longer astonishes me. I see it everywhere in official science. From the medical establishment’s point of view, being alive is a medical condition. We are now living in a society where an incurable itch to meddle everywhere and at all times is the standard. A new definition of Reality emerges: “that which needs to be monitored and surveilled.”

9 Lies About Fat That Destroyed The World's Health January 16 2016 | From: Sott

The areas of nutrition and disease prevention are full of incompetence.

We have been wrongly advised to avoid saturated fat and cholesterol, despite no evidence of harm. Here are the top 9 biggest lies, myths and misconceptions about dietary fat and cholesterol.

1. A Low-Fat, High-Carb Diet is The Optimal Human Diet Back in 60s and 70s, many prominent scientists believed that saturated fat was the main cause of heart disease, by raising the "bad" cholesterol in the blood. This idea was the cornerstone of the low-fat diet. Because of a few bad studies and misguided political decisions, this diet was recommended to all Americans in the year 1977 (1). However, there wasn't a single study on this diet at the time. The American public became participants in the largest uncontrolled experiment in history. This experiment didn't turn out very well and we are still suffering the consequences. This graph shows how the obesity epidemic started at almost the exact same time the low-fat guidelines came out:

The diabetes epidemic followed soon after. Of course, a graph like this doesn't prove anything. Correlation does not equal causation. But it seems plausible that the low-fat recommendations made things worse because people started eating less of healthy foods like meat, butter and eggs, while eating more processed foods high in sugar and refined carbohydrates. Even though there was little evidence at the time, the low-fat diet has actually been thoroughly studied in the past few years and decades. It was put to the test in the biggest controlled trial in nutrition history, the Women's Health Initiative. In this study, 48,835 postmenopausal women were split into two groups. One group ate a low-fat diet (with the whole grains and all that) while the other group continued to eat "normally."

After a period of 7.5-8 years, the low-fat group weighed only 0.4 kg (1 lb) less than the control group and there was no

difference in the rate of heart disease or cancer between groups (3, 4, 5, 6). Other huge studies also found no advantages for the low-fat diet (7, 8, 9). But it doesn't end there, unfortunately... the low-fat diet recommended by most nutrition organizations is not only ineffective, it may even be downright harmful. In multiple human studies, the low-fat diet has actually made some important risk factors worse, raising triglycerides, lowering HDL (the good) cholesterol and making the LDL particles smaller (10, 11, 12, 13). Despite miserable results in the studies, many nutritionists all over the world continue to recommend the low-fat diet that is hurting more people than it helps. Bottom Line: There is no evidence that low-fat diets have any benefits. They do not cause weight loss in the long-term or reduce the risk of chronic diseases. Some studies show that they may even cause harm.

2. Cholesterol Rich Foods (Like Eggs) Are Bad For You Nutrition professionals have had remarkable success with demonizing perfectly healthy foods. Probably the worst example of that is eggs, which are among the healthiest foods on the planet. Just think about it... the nutrients in an egg are enough to turn a single fertilized cell into an entire baby chicken.

Even so... because eggs contain large amounts of cholesterol, they were believed to cause heart disease. However, studies actually show that the cholesterol in the diet does NOT raise the bad cholesterol in the blood. Eggs raise HDL (the good) cholesterol and are not associated with an increased risk of heart disease (14, 15,16, 17, 18). What we're left with is an incredibly healthy food... loaded with vitamins, minerals and powerful nutrients that are important for the eyes and brain (19, 20,21). Keep in mind that almost all the nutrients are found in the yolk... the white is nothing but protein. Telling people to ditch the yolks may be just be the most ridiculous nutrition advice in history. Bottom Line: Eggs were demonized because of the high amount of cholesterol, but new studies show that they don't raise cholesterol in the blood or contribute to heart disease. Eggs are among the most nutritious foods on the planet.

3. Your Total and LDL Cholesterol Levels Are Good Indicators of Heart Attack Risk Probably the biggest mistake in modern medicine is focusing too much on Total and LDL cholesterol levels as indicators of heart attack risk. Well... it is true that elevated levels of both are associated with increased risk (22). But the whole picture is much more complicated than that. Total cholesterol actually includes lots of things... including HDL, also known as the "good" cholesterol.

Having high HDL actually raises your Total cholesterol number. LDL cholesterol isn't just LDL either... there are subtypes. We have the small, dense LDL particles (very bad) and then we have the large, fluffy LDL (good). The small particles are associated with heart disease, while the large ones are mostly benign (23, 24, 25, 26, 27). Studies actually show that Total and LDL cholesterol are poor indicators of risk compared to other markers, like the Triglyceride:HDL ratio (28, 29). One study found that out of 231,986 patients hospitalized for heart disease, half of them actually had normal LDL levels (30)! There are also studies showing that high cholesterol can be protective. In old individuals, the higher the cholesterol, the lower your risk of heart disease (31,32). Not to mention that cholesterol levels that are too low are actually associated with increased risk of death... from other causes, like cancer and suicide (33, 34). Despite the weak predictive value of Total and LDL cholesterol, people with elevated numbers are often instructed to lower cholesterol by any means necessary... including a low-fat diet (which doesn't work) and statin drugs. Right now, millions of people all around the world are taking cholesterol lowering drugs without needing them, unnecessarily suffering the risk of serious side effects. Bottom Line: Total and LDL cholesterol levels are actually quite poor markers of heart disease risk. Many people are being unnecessarily medicated because doctors tend to focus on these numbers.

4. Processed Seed- and Vegetable Oils Are Healthy For some very strange reason, processed seed and vegetable oils became recognized as health foods. Humans only started consuming them about a 100 years ago, because we didn't have the technology to process them until then. Yet, somehow the nutrition geniuses figured that these would somehow be very healthy for humans and certainly better than the "dangerous" saturated fats.

These oils, which include soybean, corn and cottonseed oils, are very high in polyunsaturated Omega-6 fatty acids, which are harmful in excess and can contribute to inflammation (35, 36, 37). Despite these oils being recommended to reduce heart disease, there are actually multiple studies showing that they increase the risk (38, 39, 40, 41). In a study that looked at common cooking oils on the U.S. market, they found that 0.56% to 4.2% of the fatty acids in them were highly toxic trans fats (42)! However... these oils are actually recommended by the beloved organizations that are supposed to be in charge of protecting our health. This is one example of where blindly following the conventional nutritional wisdom can put you in an early grave. Bottom Line: Processed seed- and vegetable oils are very unhealthy, loaded with Omega-6 fatty acids and trans fats that can contribute to disease.

5. Saturated Fat Raises Your Bad Cholesterol and Causes Heart Disease The "war on saturated fat" has been a miserable failure. It was initially based on flawed studies, but somehow became public policy (with disastrous consequences). The worst part is... the governments and health organizations have yet to change their position despite overwhelming evidencethat they've been wrong all along. Actually, saturated fat doesn't really raise LDL that much. The effect is weak and inconsistent and appears to depend on the individual (43, 44, 45).

When saturated fat does affect LDL, it changes the particles from small, dense (very, very bad) to Large LDL, which is mostly benign (46, 47, 48). Saturated fat also raises HDL cholesterol, which is associated with a reduced risk of heart disease (49, 50). If anything, saturated fats actually improve the lipid profile, NOT the other way around. In the past few years, many massive studies have examined the link between saturated fat and heart disease risk. One of these studies included 347,747 participants and looked at data from 21 studies. The conclusion: there is no evidence that saturated fat increases the risk of heart disease (51). Many other studies confirm these findings. Saturated fat is harmless (52, 53). The truth is... saturated fat never has been and never will be proven to cause heart disease, because it simply isn't true. Bottom Line: Despite decades of anti-fat propaganda, saturated fat has never been proven to cause heart disease. In fact, saturated fat improves some of the most important risk factors for heart disease.

6. Saturated Fats and Trans Fats Are Similar Trans fats are unsaturated fats that have been chemically modified to be more solid and have a longer shelf life. They are also known as partially hydrogenated fats. The manufacturing process is very disgusting... involving high pressure, high heat, a metal catalyst and hydrogen gas. The fact that anyone thought these nasty fats would be suitable for human consumption is baffling. Some of the major health organizations have started to confuse people by grouping trans fats together with saturated fats, calling them the "bad fats" (54).

However... like I outlined above, saturated fat is completely harmless, but the same can NOT be said for trans fats. Trans fats are highly toxic and can cause insulin resistance, inflammation and significantly raise the risk of serious diseases like heart disease (55, 56, 57, 58). Even though consumption has gone down, trans fats are still found in processed foods and the FDA still categorizes them as "Generally Regarded as Safe" (GRAS). If you want to avoid chronic disease... then eat your butter, meat and coconut oil, but avoid trans fats as if your life depended on it (it does). Bottom Line: Trans fats resemble saturated fat in consistency and shelf life, but the chemical composition is still very different. While saturated fats are harmless, trans fats are highly toxic and should be avoided.

7. Eating Fat Makes You Fat and High-Fat Diets Are Dangerous Fat is the stuff that lodges under our skin and makes us look soft and puffy. Therefore, eating more fat should make us store more of it. You are what you eat, right? Well, it actually isn't that simple. Even though fat has more calories per gram compared to protein and carbs, foods that are naturally high in fat are very fulfilling and hard to overeat. In fact, studies on diets that are high in fat (and low in carbs) show that these diets cause more weight loss than diets that are low in fat (59, 60, 61).

Low-carb, high-fat diets also lead to all sorts of other benefits... increased HDL cholesterol, lower triglycerides, lower blood sugar and insulin levels, more abdominal fat loss and improved size of LDL particles (62, 63, 63, 65). Despite this, many nutrition professionals still have the audacity to call low-carb diets harmful, then continue to peddle the failed low-fat diet that has been proven, time and time again, to be completely ineffective. Bottom Line: Despite fat having more calories per gram than carbs or protein, studies show that high-fat (and low-carb) diets actually lead to more weight loss than low-fat diets.

8. Processed Margarine is Better Than Natural Butter Because of the war on saturated fat, butter became recognized as an unhealthy food. Food manufacturers jumped on the bandwagon and started producing butter replicates like margarine. Most margarines contain large amounts of processed vegetable oils, often with trans fats added to the mix. It is hard to imagine how people could think that processed, factory made margarine would be healthier than butter, which is completely natural and humans have been eating for a long time.

The studies also do NOT support the idea that margarine is healthier than butter. In the Framingham Heart Study, margarine was associated with an increased heart disease risk compared to butter (66): Many other studies have looked at high-fat dairy products and found no evidence that they contribute to any disease... in fact, high fat dairy is associated with a lower risk of obesity (67, 68). Despite all the fear mongering, high fat dairy products like butter are extremely healthy, especially if they are derived from grass-fed cows. Bottom Line: Margarine is an unhealthy fake food produced in factories, usually containing trans fats and processed vegetable oils. Butter is a much healthier choice, especially if it comes from grass-fed cows.

9. Processed Low-Fat Foods Are Healthy Options Because of the ridiculous low-fat advice, food manufacturers removed the fat from some of their foods. But there was a major problem... natural foods taste terrible without the fat. The food manufacturers realized this and added a whole bunch of sugar to compensate for the missing fat. For this reason, most "low fat" foods are actually loaded with sugar, which is seriously harmful (69, 70, 71).

If a food has "low fat"or "diet" on the label, then you will probably find sugar, corn syrup and various artificial chemicals on the ingredients list. However, sales of these foods have skyrocketed because many nutrition professionals still advise people to eat them... even though the "normal fat" alternatives are much healthier! Comment: When we allow industry lobbyists to intimidate politicians by threatening to withhold campaign funds unless they do as they're told, and when we allow so-called "scientists" to do alleged "scientific studies" designed to fit the facts around predetermined outcomes, the result is that people are fed what amounts to poisonous substances mistakenly referred to as "food," and people are lied to about what is and isn't truly healthy. And, in the process of people being slowly sickened and killed by such evil behavior big agriculture and big pharma rake in billions making their leaders rich - at the expense of everyone's health. This entire scenario is probably one of the biggest human atrocities ever perpetrated in all of the recorded history of man.

This Time It’s Serious: Monsanto Is Sued For Crimes Against Humanity January 15 2016 | From: TheDawn

Several dozens of non-commercial organizations and human rights activists have sued biotech transnational Monsanto for crimes against humanity and ecocide, and they will have to stand trial in the international court in The Hague, in October next year.

The announcement of the trial was carried out in a press conference in the context of the COP21 Climate Summit being held in Paris, as was informed by the environmental and health advocate OCA (Organic Consumers Association). Related: Monsanto’s Chemicals Make Their Way Into 85% of Personal Hygiene Cotton Products According to the plaintiffs, Monsanto has been developing, since the early twentieth century, toxic products that are causing irreparable damage to both the environment and human health. Among the substances is Roundup, a highly toxic herbicide which is the most used in the world; Polychlorinated biphenyls persistent organic pollutants that affect human and animal fertility - , Lasso - a herbicide that is now banned in Europe -, and 2,4,5-T - a component of Agent Orange that was used by the US military during the Vietnam War that causes cancer and congenital malformations. The trial is scheduled to be held between October 12 and 16 2016, after The Hague’s court has studied the facts alleged against Monsanto.

The trial will be based on the Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, adopted by the UN in 2011. The plaintiffs are the OCA, International Foundation for Organic Agriculture (IFOAM), Navdanya and Regeneration International (RI) and Millions Against Monsanto, among other groups. OFFICIAL STATEMENT Global Food, Farming and Environmental Justice Groups to Put Monsanto on Trial for Crimes Against Human Health and the Environment in the International People’s Court in The Hague Organic Consumers Association, IFOAM, Navdanya, Regeneration International and others form Monsanto Tribunal Foundation in advance of World Food Day 2016 PARIS – The Organic Consumers Association (OCA), IFOAM International Organics, Navdanya, Regeneration International (RI), and Millions Against Monsanto, joined by dozens of global food, farming and environmental justice groups announced today that they will put Monsanto MON (NYSE), a US-based transnational corporation, on trial for crimes against nature and humanity, and ecocide, in The Hague, Netherlands, next year on World Food Day, October 16, 2016. The announcement was made at a press conference held in conjunction with the COP21 United Nations Conference on Climate Change, November 30 – December 11, in Paris.

Speaking at the press conference, Ronnie Cummins, international director of the OCA (US) and Via Organica (Mexico), and member of the RI Steering Committee, said: “The time is long overdue for a global citizens’ tribunal to put Monsanto on trial for crimes against humanity and the environment. We are in Paris this month to address the most serious threat that humans have ever faced in our 100-200,000 year evolution - global warming and climate disruption. Why is there so much carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide in the atmosphere and not enough carbon organic matter in the soil? Related: Top Scientist Resigns From His Post At The University Of California Admitting Global Warming Is A Big Scam Corporate agribusiness, industrial forestry, the garbage and sewage industry and agricultural biotechnology have literally killed the climate-stabilizing, carbon-sink capacity of the Earth’s living soil.” Vandana Shiva, physicist, author, activist and founder of Navdanya, and member of the RI Steering Committee said:

“Monsanto has pushed GMOs in order to collect royalties from poor farmers, trapping them in unpayable debt, and pushing them to suicide. Monsanto promotes an agro-industrial model that contributes at least 50 percent of global anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions. Monsanto is also largely responsible for the depletion of soil and water resources, species extinction and declining biodiversity, and the displacement of millions of small farmers worldwide.”

Andre Leu, president of IFOAM and a member of the RI Steering Committee, said: “Monsanto is able to ignore the human and environmental damage caused by its products, and maintain its devastating activities through a strategy of systemic concealment: by lobbying regulatory agencies and governments, by resorting to lying and corruption, by financing fraudulent scientific studies, by pressuring independent scientists, and by manipulating the press and media. Monsanto’s history reads like a text-book case of impunity, benefiting transnational corporations and their executives, whose activities contribute to climate and biosphere crises and threaten the safety of the planet.” Marie-Monique Robin, journalist and author of the best-selling documentary (and book by the same name), “The World According Monsanto,” said:

“This International Citizens’ Tribunal is necessary because the defense of the safety of the planet and the conditions of life on Earth is everyone’s concern. Only through a collective resurgence of all living forces will we stop the engine of destruction. That’s why today I am calling on all citizens of the world to participate in this exemplary tribunal.”

Also speaking at the conference were Valerie Cabanes, lawyer and spokesperson for End Ecocide on Earth; Hans Rudolf Herren, president and CEO of the Millennium Institute, president and founder of Biovision, and member of the RI Steering Committee; Arnaud Apoteker, creator of the anti-GMO campaign in France, which became one of the priority campaigns of Greenpeace France, and author of “Fish in Our Strawberries: Our Manipulated Food;” and Olivier De Schutter, co-chair of the International Panel of Experts on Sustainable Food Systems (IPESFood) and former UN Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food.

Since the beginning of the twentieth century, Monsanto has developed a steady stream of highly toxic products which have permanently damaged the environment and caused illness or death for thousands of people. These products include: PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyl), one of the 12 Persistent Organic Pollutants (POP) that affect human and animal fertility; 2,4,5 T (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid), a dioxin-containing component of the defoliant, Agent Orange, which was used by the US Army during the Vietnam War and continues to cause birth defects and cancer;

Lasso, an herbicide that is now banned in Europe; And RoundUp, the most widely used herbicide in the world, and the source of the greatest health and environmental scandal in modern history. This toxic herbicide, designated a probable human carcinogen by the World Health Organization, is used in combination with genetically modified (GM) RoundUp Ready seeds in large-scale monocultures, primarily to produce soybeans, maize and rapeseed for animal feed and biofuels. Relying on the “Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights” adopted by the UN in 2011, an international court of lawyers and judges will assess the potential criminal liability of Monsanto for damages inflicted on human health and the environment.

The court will also rely on the Rome Statute that created the International Criminal Court in The Hague in 2002, and it will consider whether to reform international criminal law to include crimes against the environment, or ecocide, as a prosecutable criminal offense. The International Criminal Court, established in 2002 in The Hague, has determined that prosecuting ecocide as a criminal offense is the only way to guarantee the rights of humans to a healthy environment and the right of nature to be protected. Full list of founding organizations (so far) here. Full list of Monsanto Tribunal Foundation organizing members here. More information will be available at monsanto-tribunal.org, after 2:30 p.m. EU time on December 3, 2015. The Organic Consumers Association (OCA) is an online and grassroots non-profit 501(c)3 public interest organization campaigning for health, justice, and sustainability. The Organic Consumers Fund is a 501(c)4 allied organization of the Organic Consumers Association, focused on grassroots lobbying and legislative action. Regeneration International is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit dedicated to building a global network of farmers, scientists, businesses, activists, educators, journalists, governments and consumers who will promote and put into practice regenerative agriculture

and land-use practices that: provide abundant, nutritious food; revive local economies; rebuild soil fertility and biodiversity; and restore climate stability by returning carbon to the soil, through the natural process of photosynthesis.

'Cancer Screening Has Never Saved Lives' - BMJ Study Concludes January 14 2016 | From: GreenMedInfo

Millions have marched for "cancer causes." Millions more have been diagnosed "early" and now believe screening saved their lives.

But a new study confirms something we have been reporting on since our inception: In most cases, screening not only has not "saved lives," but actually increases your risk of dying. Related: American Cancer Society admits conventional cancer treatment causes more cancer An extremely important new study published in the British Medical Journal titled, "Why cancer screening has never been shown to "save lives" - and what we can do about it," confirms something we have been reporting upon at GreenMedInfo.com since our inception, namely, cancer screening has not lived up to its long held promise of "saving lives" because disease-specific reductions in mortality do not equate to reductions in overall mortality. Worse, in some cases overall mortality actually increased because of screening. In the new study, Vinay Prasad and colleagues, argue that the real benchmark for the success of any cancer screening program is if the "early stage" cancers being diagnosed and treated actually result in a reduction in the overall mortality.

For instance, we have reported extensively on the widespread misclassification of ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) as a bono fide malignant cancer, as well as its epidemic level overdiagnosis and overtreatment. Tens of fhousands of women are diagnosed each year with these so-called "early stage breast cancers," even though the National Cancer Institute itself acknowledges it should be classified as a benign or indolent lesions of epithelial origin. The New England Journal of Medicine published a study in 2012 shows that approximately 1.3 million women were diagnosed with DCIS in the past 30 years, with most receiving either mastectomy, lumpectomy, radiation, chemotherapy, or some combination thereof. Ironically, many of these women ardently believe that their lives were "saved" by the screening and treatment, succumbing to the biomedical equivalent of Stockholm syndrome where identifying with the 'aggressor' becomes palliative. In reality, most suffered irreparable harm not from the "cancer," but from both the psychological and physical effects of being wrongly diagnosed and treated. If the end point were not breast cancer specific mortality ('invasive' breast cancer has not declined but increased with screening, indicating overdiagnosis), but overall mortality, it is likely that these DCIS diagnosed women's lives were significantly truncated because of screening programs; at the very least, the quality of their lives would have been significantly negatively impacted.

Related: Majority of cancer drugs that FDA has recently approved don’t work An extremely important new study published in the British Medical Journal titled, "Why cancer screening has never been shown to "save lives"—and what we can do about it," confirms something we have been reporting upon at GreenMedInfo.com since our inception, namely, cancer screening has not lived up to its long held promise of "saving lives" because disease-specific reductions in mortality do not equate to reductions in overall mortality. Worse, in some cases overall mortality actually increased because of screening. In the new study, Vinay Prasad and colleagues, argue that the real benchmark for the success of any cancer screening program is if the "early stage" cancers being diagnosed and treated actually result in a reduction in the overall mortality. For instance, we have reported extensively on the widespread misclassification of ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) as a bono fide malignant cancer, as well as its epidemic level overdiagnosis and overtreatment. Tens of fhousands of women are diagnosed each year with these so-called "early stage breast cancers," even though the National Cancer Institute itself acknowledges it should be classified as a benign or indolent lesions of epithelial origin.

The New England Journal of Medicine published a study in 2012 shows that approximately 1.3 million women were diagnosed with DCIS in the past 30 years, with most receiving either mastectomy, lumpectomy, radiation, chemotherapy, or some combination thereof. Ironically, many of these women ardently believe that their lives were "saved" by the screening and treatment, succumbing to the biomedical equivalent of Stockholm syndrome where identifying with the 'aggressor' becomes palliative. In reality, most suffered irreparable harm not from the "cancer," but from both the psychological and physical effects of being wrongly diagnosed and treated. If the end point were not breast cancer specific mortality ('invasive' breast cancer has not declined but increased with screening, indicating overdiagnosis), but overall mortality, it is likely that these DCIS diagnosed women's lives were significantly truncated because of screening programs; at the very least, the quality of their lives would have been significantly negatively impacted.

“Despite growing appreciation of the harms of cancer screening,1 2 3 advocates still claim that it "saves lives. "This assertion rests, however, on reductions in disease specific mortality rather than overall mortality. Using disease specific mortality as a proxy for overall mortality deprives people of information about their chief concern: reducing their risk of dying.5 6 Although some people may have personal reasons for wanting to avoid a specific diagnosis, the burden falls on providers to provide clear information about both disease specific and overall mortality and to ensure that the overall goal of healthcare - to improve quantity and quality of life - is not undermined.7 In this article we argue that overall mortality should be the benchmark against which screening is judged and discuss how to improve the evidence upon which screening rests."

And so, without the proper benchmark or end point, all the educational and fund-raising efforts going towards "reducing deaths" or "saving lives" from breast, prostate, lung, skin, brain, [insert body part], become misleading, if not overtly propagandist in nature.

Indeed, the extant scientific evidence itself reveals that at best the present disease specific agenda for "cancer prevention" is pseudo-scientific. In the section of the study subtitled, "Why cancer screening might not reduce overall mortality," the authors summarize what the literature reveals on the topic:

“Discrepancies between disease specific and overall mortality were found in direction or magnitude in seven of 12 randomised trials of cancer screening.8 Despite reductions in disease specific mortality in the majority of studies, overall mortality was unchanged or increased. In cases where both mortality rates were reduced the improvement was larger in overall mortality than in disease specific mortality. This suggests an imbalance in non-disease specific deaths, which warrants examination and explanation. A systematic review of meta-analyses of cancer screening trials found that three of 10 (33%) showed reductions in disease specific mortality and that none showed reductions in overall mortality. "

The implications of this are profound. As we reported previously with Anjelina Jolie's decision to have her breasts and ovaries prophylactically removed, ostensibly to "reduce her risk of dying," removing healthy body parts to prevent disease-specific mortality is unlikely to reduce the overall risk of dying.

Related: Millions Fall Prey To This Deadly Breast Cancer Myth And yet, the "Jolie effect" is a well established phenomena. Her decision was lauded the world over as courageous and an "evidence-based" precautionary step, with tens of thousands of women (and some men) following suit. We hope the new BMJ study raises a flag of true caution for those who may habitually and uncritically follow the celebrity-centric herd mentality. The significant harms of screening overdiagnosis and overtreatment extend to men as well. For instance, aggressive prostate screening programs over the past few decades have resulted in the removal and/or irradiation of millions of men's prostates. A 2004 study found that an astounding 200,000 men are being diagnosed annually with prostate cancer.

Tragically, the 2013 National Cancer Institute report referenced above also found that so-called "early stage prostate cancer," high grade intraepithelial prostatic neoplasia (HGPIN), is also essentially a benign lesion within prostatic epithelial tissue, not unlike DCIS in women's breasts. In other words, millions of men were diagnosed with a potentially lethal "precancer" or "early stage cancer" they never had. As an aside, it should be noted that even in the case of lesions of true concern for malignancy, there is always hope. Cancer is not an inexorably lethal, genetic mutation-driven process that happens in an environmental, nutritional, and psychospiritual/emotional vacuum. Related: The Top Seven Natural Cures For Cancer That Got Buried By The FDA, AMA, CDC Instead of viewing it as the biological equivalent of a terrorist, and cutting, burning, and poisoning the target tissue (and, collaterally, the entire body of the host), we need to abandon the warfare model of allopathic medicine and adopt one that focuses on targeting cancer stem cells in non-toxic ways, looking at carcinogenesis through the lens of the informational dysregulation of genetic and epigenetic pathways in the cell; informational "disease" in contradistinction to physiochemicallybased disease is, of course, more prone to being reversed.

Cancer, in this view, can be halted in its tracks, and even regressed, assuming that, along with informational corrections (e.g. "nanopharmacological" approaches like homeopathy, "energy healing," high quality food (which is also informationcontaining)), the tumor microenvironment can be adjusted back to healthier conditions through detoxification, lifestyle modifications, mind-body interventions, and targeted, "high dose" nutritional support. The new study explained how prostate screening programs have created "off target" deaths, primarily through the high rate of false positives, overdiagnosis of non-harmful cancers (e.g. HGPIN), and detection of incidental findings (i.e. unintentionally discovered conditions):

“For example, prostate specific antigen (PSA) testing yields numerous false positive results, which contribute to over one million prostate biopsies a year. Prostate biopsies are associated with serious harms, including admission to hospital and death. Moreover, men diagnosed with prostate cancer are more likely to have a heart attack or commit suicide in the year after diagnosis or to die of complications of treatment for cancers that may never have caused symptoms."

Shockingly, PSA-based prostate screening has been found to have a false positive rate of about 75%.2 Obviously, given this finding, there is nothing specific at all about the prostate "specific" antigen test, which is why the United States Preventive Services Task Force now strongly recommends against it.

How the Public Is Misled Into Believing "Screening Saves Lives" As we have explored in previous writings, such as "The Dark Side of Breast Cancer Awareness Month" and "A DIRE WARNING: The Cancer Industry Owns The Media And Your Mind," the public is intentionally misled into believing a priori cancer screening saves lives even when no real, independent scientific evidence exists to support it.

The new study reveals just how truly inflated the public's expectations have become:

“A systematic review has shown that the public has an inflated sense of the benefits and discounted sense of the harms of mammography screening, the cervical smear test, and PSA screening. In one study 68% of women thought that mammography would lower their risk of getting breast cancer, 62% thought that screening at least halved the rate of breast cancer, and 75% thought that 10 years of screening would prevent 10 breast cancer deaths per 1000 women. Even the most optimistic estimates of screening do not approach these numbers. The most recent Cochrane review of randomised controlled trials of PSA screening failed to show a reduction in disease specific death. The Cochrane review of mammography did not show reduced breast cancer deaths when adequately randomised trials were analysed. Advocates of screening have emphasised its benefits, sometimes verging on fear mongering. Others, including us, think that shared decision making should be the focus. But as long as we are unsure of the mortality benefits of screening we cannot provide people with the information they need to make an informed choice. We must be honest about this uncertainty. A summary of the Swiss medical board's decision not to recommend mammography shows that for every 1000 women who undergo screening one breast cancer death is averted (from five to four), while non-breast cancer deaths either remain at 39 or may increase to 40. If non-breast cancer deaths remain the same, a woman must weigh net benefit against harms. If screening increases non-breast cancer deaths to 40, women would simply be trading one type of death for another, at the cost of serious morbidity, anxiety, and expense.

Women should be told that to date, with over 600 000 women studied, there is no clear evidence of a reduction in overall mortality with mammography screening."

The public's uncritical trust in screening programs help keep hidden the significant harm they produce; harms that are further obfuscated by industry-sponsored research. The study cites the fact that, "of 57 studies [reviewed] only 7% quantified overdiagnosis and just 4% reported the rate of false positive results." They also found that, "When researchers do examine the harms of screening the results are typically sobering":

“False positive results on breast cancer screening have been associated with psychosocial distress as great as a breast cancer diagnosis 6 months after the event. False positive results affect over 60% of women undergoing screening mammography for a decade or more, and 12-13% of all men who have undergone three or four screening rounds with PSA. In the NLST [National Lung Screening Trial] 39.1% of people had at least one positive test result, of which 96.4% were false positives. Overdiagnosis affected 18% of people diagnosed with lung cancer on low dose CT in the NLST, and researchers have found that as many as one in three diagnoses of invasive breast cancer (or one in two for invasive cancer and carcinoma in situ) by mammography constitute overdiagnosis. These numbers are broadly equivalent to those found with most major screening tests."

There are also well-known, though rarely acknowledged, harms associated with the screening technologies themselves. For instance, x-ray mammography uses a particular type of gamma radiation that has been found to have as much as a six fold increased carcinogenicity.

Related: Covering Up The Causes of Breast Cancer Since 1985: AstraZeneca's BCAM Another example is CT scans. It has been estimated that .4% of all cancers in the U.S. are caused by them. Clearly cancer screening programs that rely on intrinsically carcinogenic diagnostic technologies (as well as carcinogenic treatments like chemotherapy and radiotherapy) must be halted if they can not actually be proven to "save lives," which, I believe, the study clearly demonstrates. The study concludes, powerfully:

“We encourage healthcare providers to be frank about the limitations of screening—the harms of screening are certain, but the benefits in overall mortality are not. Declining screening may be a reasonable and prudent choice for many people. Providers should also encourage participation in open studies. We call for higher standards of evidence, not to satisfy an esoteric standard, but to enable rational, shared decision making between doctors and patients. As Otis Brawley, chief scientific and medical officer of the American Cancer Society, often states: "We must be honest about what we know, what we don't know, and what we simply believe."

For additional learning listen to the lead author Vinay Prasad's interview from the British Medical Journal's website below:

Shocker: Hillary Email Blows Cover Off Massive Obama Plot To Promote Terrorism January 14 2016 | From: BeforeItsNews

What a crazy election season it’s been so far, and we are not even a quarter of the way through the first round yet.

Expect what you once considered “unthinkable” as an American to become the “ordinary”, as the campaigns on both sides continue to progress. Allow me to explain why the news about Barack and Hillary’s plot to promote terrorism should not come as a surprise to anyone. In addition to all the allegations being levied against the President in a Drafted Resolution Consisting of 48 Separate Criminal Charges Drafted For Obama’s Impeachment, it should have been obvious to everyone a over a week ago when the news originally broke that Obama Defied a Judge’s Order and Covered For Clinton. This act alone should have landed him in the slammer, especially since it is the third time Obama has defied a judge’s order. It is significantly important that we fully understand why Obama is covering for Hillary. It is my belief that you would have to trace the Hillary email and personal server story all the way back to its origins. It has been reported that within Washington’s inner circles it is well known that the devastating leaks about Clinton’s server came from none other than Valerie Jarrett. That means you KNOW the leaks were done with the full knowledge and approval of Barack Obama.

Ask yourself something. Why on earth would Obama be leaking devastating information about the only viable Democrat candidate running? What could he POSSIBLY gain from that, because there is no way Bernie Sanders will win the presidency. That means one of two scenarios would play out. Most people would agree it is likely the House and Senate will remain under GOP control. So, by sinking Hillary, Obama is either:

1. Perfectly willing to let a Republican president succeed him, and watch his presidency and his life’s work unwind almost within hours of his replacement taking office. Think about it: Obama’s executive orders could be undone with the stroke of a pen, and the first day Congress is in session, the new president will have a bill to repeal Obamacare on their desk. When has Mr. “I’ll just go around Congress” EVER let something go, let alone his life’s work?

Furthermore, it CANNOT be forgotten that it was Obama himself who has personally put Hillary in this position with the leaks in the first place. So, we’re supposed to believe Obama would sabotage his own life’s work on purpose? PLEASE!

OR 2.Sinking Hillary is Proof Obama Has No Plans of Leaving Office, and His Third Term Is Unfolding Right Before Us. People say that’s not possible. Why not? Obama can’t do that because it’s not legal? Uh, when has that stopped him before? Neither is “going around Congress.” Furthermore, when has ANYONE, Republican or Democrat, EVER stood up to this president and seriously tried to stop him before? EXACTLY! Have you stopped and asked yourself why the
At this point, it has been reported that everyone from Obama’s OWN APPOINTEE for Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency, General Michael Flynn, to Four Star Navy Admiral Lyons, Lieutenant General ThomasMcInerney, Former a CIA Director James Woolsey, and Former FBI assistant director James Kallstrom, have all gone on record either directly accusing Obama of treason or implying as much, and then tomorrow the RNC votes on whether to take up Resolution Drafted For Obama’s Impeachment Consisting of 48 Separate Criminal Charges. So, tell me, if Obama wasn’t up to something horrible, why else would he be taking out Hillary, UNLESS he has a backup plan already in place! Keeping all that in mind, up until Obama Defied a Judge’s Order Last Week, and Covered For Clinton, it seemed pretty obvious which direction things were heading. Why the sudden about face.

As the author of that article points out, after leaking all this information and getting Hillary in THIS much hot water, what reason could Obama possibly have to reverse course and cover for her now? Simply put, the author suggests;

“The answer is becoming increasingly clear: what’s on that hard drive could possibly take down both Clinton and Obama, and it has to be sanitized and obfuscated before it’s released to the courts.”

And there you have it. Barack and Hillary are both very bad actors, and are both unfit for Presidential Office!

The Right Scoop Writes: The Free Beacon caught a pretty remarkable email that went to Hillary and recommended that she sparked fake protests among Palestinians in order to pressure Israel:

“Former secretary of state Hillary Clinton considered a secret plan created by her then-advisers to foment unrest among Palestinian citizens and spark protests in order to push the Israeli government back to the negotiating table, according to emails released as part of the investigation into the Democratic presidential frontrunner’s private email server. In a Dec, 18, 2011, email, former U.S. ambassador to Israel Thomas Pickering suggested that Clinton consider a plan to restart then-stalled peace negotiations by kickstarting Palestinian demonstrations against Israel. Pickering described the effort as a potential “game changer in the region,” recommending that the United States undertake a clandestine campaign to generate unrest. Clinton requested that his email be printed.

What will change the situation is a major effort to use non-violent protests and demonstrations to put peace back in the center of people’s aspirations as well as their thoughts, and use that to influence the political leadership,” Pickering wrote. “This is far from a sure thing, but far, in my humble view, from hopeless,” he continued. “Women can and ought to be at the center of these demonstrations. Many men and others will denigrate the idea. I don’t and I don’t think that was your message.” Palestinian women, he noted, are less likely than men to resort to violence. “It must be all and only women. Why? On the Palestinian side the male culture is to use force,” Pickering wrote, comparing the effort to the protests in Egypt that deposed former leader Hosni Mubarak. “Palestinian men will not for long patiently demonstrate - they will be inclined over time and much too soon to be frustrated and use force. Their male culture comes close to requiring it.”

Hillary simply asks for the email to be printed, but doesn’t say anything about it via electronic correspondence. So this begs the question of what OTHER unrest the State Department might be sparking in order to pressure others to do Hillary’s will.

Ed Morrissey at Hot Air adds more interesting but frightening possible consequences to this email:

“Gee, I wonder how many other foreign protests were facilitated by the State Department? Were any others sparked against American allies in that region? One has to wonder after reading this how much the State Department might have had to do with some of the “Arab Spring” protests, too. (In fact, at one point Pickering says that the effort must be “just like Tahrir Square,” a mention

that might interest our allies in Egypt.) This e-mail thread doesn’t indicate whether Hillary took Pickering’s advice, but she certainly appeared to take it under advisement. And while the e-mail itself wasn’t classified, it’s yet another example of how these kinds of communications can harm American interests when transmitted in the open. This would be enough to create a massive backlash among our allies, and in fact may still do so."

Consider one mystery in light of this new information – why was Hillary so insistent the attack on Benghazi wasn’t coordinated, but just “some guys walking down the street who decided it’d be a good time to kill some Americans”?

Now how long will it take for the left-loving media to actually get of their Obamas and ask Hillary about this? Don’t hold your breath.

Six Huge Stories The Mainstream Media Don’t Want You To Know About January 13 2016 | From: TrueActivist

You might have heard about a few of them, but not as much as you should. Here's our pick of the last 12 month's top news stories, all pretty much ignored by the corporate press.

Whistleblowers, Ecocide, top secret trade deals, and shady ties between the Islamic State and the West’s closest allies…here are a few hot topics the mainstream media barely covered in 2015.

1. Any Tragedy That’s Not Western-Centric The outpouring of fury, despair and grief by the corporate press over the November 13 Paris attacks highlighted the bias of the mainstream media towards western victims of terrorism. There were two suicide bombings in Lebanon the day before the events in Paris, killing 37 and wounding 180, but they were not mentioned much in the sensationalist coverage of France’s tragedy, nor were they mentioned in the minutes’ silences and vigils conducted across the Western world in the aftermath.

From the horrors of the Congo’s bloody civil war to Erdogan’s persecution of Turkish Kurds, from Boko Haram’s ongoing reign of terror in Nigeria, Chad, and Cameroon to the plight of Sudanese refugees, the mainstream media seems to pick and choose which human lives deserve our empathy and which aren’t quite so important.

2. Indonesia Burning As we previously reported, the Indonesian wildfires that caused devastation to the country’s people and wildlife last year were largely ignored by the mainstream media until several months after the devastating event began. The fires were started by loggers to clear the way for controversial palm oil plantations and caused health problems for over one million people.

The World Bank estimates that the fires destroyed 2.6 million hectares (6.4m acres) of rainforest between June and October, costing $16.1bn and causing untold loss of life to the endangered animals who depend on the forests for their survival. Terrified orang-utans fleeing the disaster were abused in a sickening way by some Indonesian villagers.

Ecocide on this scale should have been one of the biggest stories of 2015, but with the exception of Guardian columnist and environmental activist George Monbiot (who attacked his industry for censorship of the event), the tragedy was largely ignored to protect corporate interests.

3. France’s Slip Into Martial Law The terrorist attacks in Paris were used as justification by the French, British and German governments to join military strikes in Syria. They were also used as justification by the French government to severely restrict freedoms at home. As we reported, immediately after the terrible events of November 13, the French government began closing down alternative news sites.

The President also declared that anyone’s house could be searched without a warrant, websites could be blocked without warning, and citizens could be put under house arrest without a trial. Activists hoping to march in Paris at last month’s Climate Conference were disappointed to learn that France’s state of emergency also included a ban on protests. Some French politicians are pushing to install GPS trackers in rental cars, re-write the Constitution to allow for martial law, block free wifi and Tor, and combine state databases, which would give the state access to citizens’ personal medical records.

Amnesty International, along with many French bloggers, expressed concern that the Government had imposed martial law in response to the terrorist attack. They have a point: Isn’t a restriction of freedoms at home exactly what extremists would want? John Dalhuisen, Amnesty International’s Director of Europe and Central Asia, said in November: “It is a paradox to suspend human rights in order to defend them.” Many bloggers agreed and said they were scared about the situation in France. One wrote:

“I’m currently living in Paris, the city where some fanatics killed people because they were listening to music, watching a football match, or simply enjoy beers in a bar. I was living in the neighbourhood of where those tragic event happened. Now I’m scared. I’m not scared of terrorists. I’m scared of my own country. I’m scared because different is now starting to mean dangerous.” The anonymous man goes on: “It seems that being an ecologist is enough to get house arrest. Before its 20th November reform, this sentence was reserved to people ‘whose activity is dangerous’, now it’s ‘serious reason to believe that his behaviour constitutes a threat’. We’re almost at the thought crime.”

France’s emergency measures were reported by the mainstream media, but there was little analysis or debate about whether they are justified: the myth we have to trade in our freedoms to get security has become a normal part of everyday life.

4. The Truth About ISIS

In 2015, True Activist reported on a growing body of evidence that strongly suggests the Islamic State:

Would not exist at all if it weren’t for the Pentagon’s terrible handling of the illegal 2003 Iraq invasion Is funded and armed by Western allies Turkey and Saudi Arabia Continues to grow due to oil sales to Turkey May have ties to the British government and Israel Could be part of a bigger geo-political plan by the USA and Britain to destabilise the region, using the corporatepress to lie to the public in order to gain popular support for more endless oil wars. The mainstream media continues to peddle the tired old narrative that the Western coalition are in Syria specifically to fight the I.S. If this were true, it would be logical for these countries to support Russia in its war against the terrorist organization. Yet coverage of Vladimir Putin in the corporate press continues to be entirely negative, despite the fact Russia singlehandedly took out 40% of the Islamic State’s infrastructure in just one week. The revelations above have been completely censored by the corporate press, which is becoming less credible by the day.

5. The British Parliament Voted Against Democracy Last month, an English politician stood up in the Houses of Parliament and gave a speech calling for electoral reform. His request, backed by thousands of citizens, was blocked. The UK has an archaic system of voting which is unfit for purpose and entirely undemocratic: after unpopular Prime Minister David Cameron won the 2015 election with just 36% of the vote, millions of British people felt cheated.

A petition was launched to demand proportional representation rather than the co-called ‘first past the post’ system, which benefits the major political parties but never the alternatives. In short, Britain is not the fair, democratic nation it pretends to be. News that Jonathan Reynold’s request (video here) for a fairer system was rejected should have been a big story in the UK, but the British media barely covered it.

6. The Reality Of Top-Secret Free Trade Deals The TTIP (Trans-Atlantic Partnership Agreement) TISA, (Trade in Services Agreement) and TPP (Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement) are highly controversial and top secret deals that will affect the lives of every citizen of the planet, yet we apparently have no right to decide whether we want them- or even to know the exact details of the draft legislation.

TTIP, in particular, is of huge concern. As we have reported, the deal threatens to allow corporations to sue governments who don’t do as they are told, kill online privacy, make fracking standard procedure across 28 countries, privatise European health systems, force GMO food on unwilling citizens, strip us of our civil liberties, and ensure that corporations have control over the European parliament. Julian Assange called TTIP “The most important thing happening in Europe right now,” which is why Wikileaks is raising a 100,000 euro reward for any information relating to the deal. The site says of TTIP:

“It remains secret almost in its entirety, closely guarded by the negotiators, and only big corporations are given special access to its terms. The TTIP covers half of global GDP and is one of the largest agreements of its kind in history. The TTIP aims to create a global economic bloc outside of the WTO framework, as part of a geopolitical economic strategy against the BRICS countries of Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa.”

Considering the impact all three of these trade deals will have on democracy, human rights, food safety and the environment, public awareness should be widespread. Worryingly, a huge number of people know next to nothing about TTIP, TISA and TPP.

Far from questioning the secrecy of such important agreements or inciting a crucial public debate about whether these deals are ethical and democratic, mainstream coverage has glossed over the negatives and generally provided a biased view of the benefits of this corporate take-over of the world.

New Hillary Emails Reveal Propaganda, Executions, Coveting Libyan Oil And Gold January 13 2016 | From: LevantReport

Throughout the Libyan War there were widespread reports of field executions and torture of black Libyans carried out by militias aligned with the National Transition Council (some NTC aligned fighters shown below.

Comment: The important point this article raises is that any country that attempts to implement a gold / physical asset - backed (i.e. NOT a FIAT) based currency is summarily attacked by the United States under the guise of some manufactured bullshit threat. This is because the cabal can only keep control of the world by having their FIAT currency system employed in every country. Related: The Truth Of Libya & Gaddafi: What NATO Really Did

New Emails Expose Hillary’s Dirty War in Libya The New Year’s Eve release of over 3000 new Hillary Clinton emails from the State Department has CNN abuzz over gossipy text messages, the “who gets to ride with Hillary” selection process set up by her staff, and how a “cute” Hillary photo fared on Facebook.

But historians of the 2011 NATO war in Libya will be sure to notice a few of the truly explosive confirmations contained in the new emails: admissions of rebel war crimes, special ops trainers inside Libya from nearly the start of protests, Al Qaeda embedded in the U.S. backed opposition, Western nations jockeying for access to Libyan oil, the nefarious origins of the absurd Viagra mass rape claim, and concern over Gaddafi’s gold and silver reserves threatening European currency.

Hillary’s Death Squads A March 27, 2011 intelligence brief on Libya, sent by long time close adviser to the Clintons and Hillary’s unofficial intelligence gatherer, Sidney Blumenthal, contains clear evidence of war crimes on the part of NATO-backed rebels. Citing a rebel commander source “speaking in strict confidence” Blumenthal reports to Hillary [emphasis mine]:

“Under attack from allied Air and Naval forces, the Libyan Army troops have begun to desert to the rebel side in increasing numbers. The rebels are making an effort to greet these troops as fellow Libyans, in an effort to encourage additional defections. (Source Comment: Speaking in strict confidence, one rebel commander stated that his troops continue to summarily execute all foreign mercenaries captured in the fighting…).”

While the illegality of extra-judicial killings is easy to recognize (groups engaged in such are conventionally termed “death squads”), the sinister reality behind the “foreign mercenaries” reference might not be as immediately evident to most. While over the decades Gaddafi was known to make use of European and other international security and infrastructural contractors, there is no evidence to suggest that these were targeted by the Libyan rebels.

There is however, ample documentation by journalists, academics, and human rights groups demonstrating that black Libyan civilians and sub-Saharan contract workers, a population favored by Gaddafi in his pro-African Union policies, were targets of “racial cleansing” by rebels who saw black Libyans as tied closely with the regime.[1]

Black Libyans were commonly branded as “foreign mercenaries” by the rebel opposition for their perceived general loyalty to Gaddafi as a community and subjected to torture, executions, and their towns “liberated” by ethnic cleansing. This is demonstrated in the most well-documented example of Tawergha, an entire town of 30,000 black and “dark-skinned” Libyans which vanished by August 2011 after its takeover by NATO-backed NTC Misratan brigades. These attacks were well-known as late as 2012 and often filmed, as this report from The Telegraph confirms:

“After Muammar Gaddafi was killed, hundreds of migrant workers from neighboring states were imprisoned by fighters allied to the new interim authorities. They accuse the black Africans of having been mercenaries for the late ruler. Thousands of sub-Saharan Africans have been rounded up since Gaddafi fell in August."

It appears that Clinton was getting personally briefed on the battlefield crimes of her beloved anti-Gaddafi fighters long before some of the worst of these genocidal crimes took place.

Al-Qaeda and Western Special Forces Inside Libya The same intelligence email from Sydney Blumenthal also confirms what has become a well known theme of Western supported insurgencies in the Middle East: the contradiction of special forces training militias that are simultaneously suspected of links to Al Qaeda.

Blumenthal relates that “an extremely sensitive source” confirmed that British, French, and Egyptian special operations units were training Libyan militants along the Egyptian-Libyan border, as well as in Benghazi suburbs. While analysts have long speculated as to the “when and where” of Western ground troop presence in the Libyan War, this email serves as definitive proof that special forces were on the ground only within a month of the earliest protests which broke out in the middle to end of February 2011 in Benghazi.

By March 27 of what was commonly assumed a simple “popular uprising” external special operatives were already “overseeing the transfer of weapons and supplies to the rebels” including “a seemingly endless supply of AK47 assault rifles and ammunition.” Yet only a few paragraphs after this admission, caution is voiced about the very militias these Western special forces were training because of concern that, “radical/terrorist groups such as the Libyan Fighting Groups and Al Qa’ida in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM) are infiltrating the NLC and its military command.”

The Threat of Libya’s Oil and Gold to French Interests Though the French-proposed U.N. Security Council Resolution 1973 claimed the no-fly zone implemented over Libya was to protect civilians, an April 2011 email sent to Hillary with the subject line “France’s client and Qaddafi’s gold” tells of less noble ambitions.

The email identifies French President Nicholas Sarkozy as leading the attack on Libya with five specific purposes in mind:

To obtain Libyan oil, ensure French influence in the region, increase Sarkozy’s reputation domestically, assert French military power, and to prevent Gaddafi’s influence in what is considered “Francophone Africa.”

Most astounding is the lengthy section delineating the huge threat that Gaddafi’s gold and silver reserves, estimated at “143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver,” posed to the French franc (CFA) circulating as a prime African currency. In place of the noble sounding “Responsibility to Protect” (R2P) doctrine fed to the public, there is this “confidential” explanation of what was really driving the war [emphasis mine]:

“This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA). (Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued at more than $7 billion. French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicolas Sarkozy’s decision to commit France to the attack on Libya.)"

Though this internal email aims to summarize the motivating factors driving France’s (and by implication NATO’s) intervention in Libya, it is interesting to note that saving civilian lives is conspicuously absent from the briefing.

Instead, the great fear reported is that Libya might lead North Africa into a high degree of economic independence with a new pan-African currency. French intelligence “discovered” a Libyan initiative to freely compete with European currency through a local alternative, and this had to be subverted through military aggression.

The Ease of Floating Crude Propaganda Early in the Libyan conflict Secretary of State Clinton formally accused Gaddafi and his army of using mass rape as a tool of war. Though numerous international organizations, like Amnesty International, quickly debunked these claims, the charges were uncritically echoed by Western politicians and major media. It seemed no matter how bizarre the conspiracy theory, as long as it painted Gaddafi and his supporters as monsters, and so long as it served the cause of prolonged military action in Libya, it was deemed credible by network news.

Two foremost examples are referenced in the latest batch of emails: The sensational claim that Gaddafi issued Viagra to his troops for mass rape, and the claim that bodies were “staged” by the Libyan government at NATO bombing sites to give the appearance of the Western coalition bombing civilians. In a late March 2011 email, Blumenthal confesses to Hillary that,

“I communicated more than a week ago on this story—Qaddafi placing bodies to create PR stunts about supposed civilian casualties as a result of Allied bombing—though underlining it was a rumor. But now, as you know, Robert Gates gives credence to it. (See story below.) Sources now say, again rumor (that is, this information comes from the rebel side and is unconfirmed independently by Western intelligence), that Qaddafi has adopted a rape policy and has even distributed Viagra to troops. The incident at the Tripoli press conference involving a woman claiming to be raped is likely to be part of a much larger outrage. Will seek further confirmation."

Not only did Defense Secretary Robert Gates promote his bizarre “staged bodies” theory on CBS News’ “Face The Nation,” but the even stranger Viagra rape fiction made international headlines as U.S. Ambassador to the UN Susan Rice made a formal charge against Libya in front of the UN Security Council. What this new email confirms is that not only was the State Department aware of the spurious nature of what Blumenthal calls “rumors” originating solely with the rebels, but did nothing to stop false information from rising to top officials who then gave them “credence.”

It appears, furthermore, that the Viagra mass rape hoax likely originated with Sidney Blumenthal himself.

[1] The most comprehensive and well-documented study of the plight of black Libyans is contained in Slouching Towards Sirte: NATO’s War on Libya and Africa (publ. 2012, Baraka Books) by Maximilian Forte, Professor Anthropology and Sociology at Concordia University in Montréal, Québec. Related: Afghan Ghost Soldiers: Just One of Many “War on Terror” Scams

The Proof Is In: The US Government Is The Most Complete Criminal Organization In Human History January 12 2016 | From: Infowars

Washington asserts the power of US courts over foreign nationals and claims extra-territorial jurisdiction of US courts over foreign activities

Unique among the countries on earth, the US government insists that its laws and dictates take precedence over the sovereignty of nations. Washington asserts the power of US courts over foreign nationals and claims extra-territorial jurisdiction of US courts over foreign activities of which Washington or American interest groups disapprove. Perhaps the worst results of Washington’s disregard for the sovereignty of countries is the power Washington has exercised over foreign nationals solely on the basis of terrorism charges devoid of any evidence. Consider a few examples. Washington first forced the Swiss government to violate its own banking laws. Then Washington forced Switzerland to repeal its bank secrecy laws. Allegedly, Switzerland is a democracy, but the country’s laws are determined in Washington by people not elected by the Swiss to represent them.

Consider the “soccer scandal” that Washington concocted, apparently for the purpose of embarrassing Russia. The soccer organization’s home is Switzerland, but this did not stop Washington from sending FBI agents into Switzerland to arrest Swiss citizens. Try to imagine Switzerland sending Swiss federal agents into the US to arrest Americans. Consider the $9 billion fine that Washington imposed on a French bank for failure to fully comply with Washington’s sanctions against Iran. This assertion of Washington’s control over a foreign financial institution is even more audaciously illegal in view of the fact that the sanctions Washington imposed on Iran and requires other sovereign countries to obey are themselves strictly illegal. Indeed, in this case we have a case of triple illegality as the sanctions were imposed on the basis of concocted and fabricated charges that were lies. Or consider that Washington asserted its authority over the contract between a French shipbuilder and the Russian government and forced the French company to violate a contract at the expense of billions of dollars to the French company and a large number of jobs to the French economy. This was a part of Washington teaching the Russians a lesson for not following Washington’s orders in Crimea.

Try to imagine a world in which every country asserted the extra-territoriality of its law. The planet would be in permanent chaos with world GDP expended in legal and military battles. Neoconned Washington claims that as History chose America to exercise its hegemony over the world, no other law is relevant. Only Washington’s will counts. Law itself is not even needed as Washington often substitutes orders for laws as when Richard Armitage, Deputy Secretary of State (an unelected position) told the President of Pakistan to do as he is told or “we will bomb you into the stone age.” Try to image the Presidents of Russia or China giving such an order to a soverign nation. In fact, Washington did bomb large areas of Pakistan, murdering thousands of women, children, and village elders. Washington’s justification was the assertion of the extra-territoriality of US military actions in other countries with which Washington is not at war.

As horrendous as all of this is, the worst of Washington’s crimes against other peoples is when Washington kidnaps citizens of other countries and renditions them to Guantanamo in Cuba or to secret dungeons in criminal states such as Egypt and Poland to be held and tortured in violation both of US law and international law. These egregious crimes prove beyond any doubt that the US government is the worst criminal enterprise that has ever existed on Earth. When the criminal neoconservative George W. Bush regime launched its illegal invasion of Afghanistan, the criminal regime in Washington desperately needed “terrorists” in order to provide a justification for an illegal invasion that constitutes a war crime under international law. However, there were not any terrorists. So Washington dropped leaflets over warlord territories offering thousands in dollars in bounty money for “terrorists.” The warlords responded to the opportunity and captured every unprotected person and sold them to the Americans for the bounty. The only evidence that the “terrorists” were terrorists is that the innocent people were sold to the Americans by warlords as “terrorists.” Yesterday Fayez Mohammed Ahmed Al-Kandari was released after 14 years of torture by “freedom and democracy America.” The United States military officer, Col. Barry Wingard, who represented Al-Kandari said that:

“There simply is no evidence other than he is a Muslim in Afghanistan at the wrong time, other than double and triple hearsay statements, something I have never seen as justification for incarceration.”

Much less, said Col. Wingard, was there cause for a litany of multi-year torture in an effort to force a confession to the alleged offenses. Do not expect the Western prostitute media to report these facts to you. To find out, you must go to RT or to Stephen Lendman or here to this site.

The presstitute Western media are part of Washington’s criminal operation.

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.

The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil January 12 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview

What the West sees as a symbol of evil, the Hindus perceive as a sign of good luck. Before Hitler used it to express his ideology the swastika was an ubiquitous symbol of goodness throughout the East.

Swastika is a Sanskrit word and it is translated as “fortune,” or “well-being.” For Hindus, this symbol represents auspiciousness, good fortune and prosperity, but also the sun and the cycle of life. Comment: It is very common for the dark ones to take positive symbols and invert them, turn them upside down, or otherwise corrupt them - this is part of how their black magic works. In Loving Ganesha, Satguru Sivaya Subramuniyaswami explained that:

“The swastika’s right-angled arms reflect the fact that the path toward our objectives is often not straight, but takes unexpected turns. They denote also the indirect way in which Divinity is reached – through intuition and not by intellect. Symbolically, the swastika’s cross is said to represent God and creation. The four bent arms stand for the hour human aims, called Purushartha: Dharma (virtue), Artha (wealth), Kama (pleasure) and Moksha (liberation). This is a potent emblem of Sanatana Dharma, the eternal truth.”

Hindus use this symbol to mark the opening pages of account books, offerings and doors and no sacrifice or ceremony is considered complete without the swastika, because they believe it has the power to ward off misfortune and negative forces. The swastika reminds the Jains that during the cycles of birth and death they may be born with any of the four destinies: heavenly beings, human beings, animal beings and hellish beings. People’s aim should be the liberation – not the rebirth. The swastika tells them that they should become the four pillars of Jain Sangh, namely sadhus, sadhvis, shravaks and shravikas if they want to achieve liberation.

Modern Tibetan Buddhists use the swastika as a clothing decoration and in China and Japan it represents abundance and long life. Before the Nazis transformed this sign of good luck into a symbol of evil, various cultures throughout Europe, Asia and the Americas perceived the swastika as an auspicious sign. In his book titled The Swastika: Symbol Beyond Redemption? U.S. graphic design writer Steven Heller revealed how this symbol was adopted in the West on advertising and product design.

“Coca-Cola used it. Carlsberg used it on their beer bottles. The Boy Scouts adopted it and the Girls’ Club of America called their Magazine Swastika. They would even send out swastika badges to their young readers as a prize for selling copies of the magazine,” Heller wrote.

The Nazis started using the swastika in the 19th century when German scholars translated old Indian texts and noticed similarities between their language and Sanskrit. They believed that the two cultures must have had a shared ancestry and quickly imagined a race of white god-like warriors called Aryans.

They symbol became the most hated sign of the 20th century because it was linked to the atrocities committed under the Third Reich. In Mein Kampf, Hitler explained the meaning of the Nazi flag:

“In red we see the social idea of the movement, in the white the nationalistic idea, in the swastika the mission of the struggle for the victory of the Aryan man and, by the same token, the victory of the idea of creative work, which as such always has been and always will be anti-Semitic.”

The swastika was banned in Germany at the end of the war.

Fiat Bankers’ Massive Layoffs Now, Potential Bail-Ins Soon; Withdraw Bank Deposits While You Can January 11 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Various

The fiat banking industry continues its downward spiral as manifested by its cost cutting measures including computerization and laying off of bank employees, but it doesn’t mean that the monster is already dead.

Aside from those mitigating measures, bank depositors are also being targeted just like what happened in Cyprus where deposits of certain threshold amount are being skimmed literally to feed and sustain the system of interest fraud and swindle. The planned automation would also tie in nicely with the Bilderbergers planned technocratic dictatorship where paper based slavery [fiat currency] is replaced with virtual currency starting this year that could easily be erased from your account at will. This would mean that the Khazarian Mafia still has the motivation to implement their globalist ambitions, although the BRICS are interfering on their capacity to do so at the moment. China’s initial financial attack in 2007 that led to the West’s economic plunge a year later can still be felt until today.

“Wall Street banks are getting smaller. Around the world, banks have been cutting down on their workforce in the face of new regulation and declining profits, the Wall Street Journal reported Friday. Since 2010, the number of workers in the front office has fallen by 20 percent globally, according to a report from Coalition Ltd. These cuts are happening across the world’s largest investment banks. For the top ten banks, the number has fallen four percent since last year, a total loss of 2,100 workers. This is the fourth consecutive year of a declining workforce on Wall Street, continuing a trend in which bankers and traders are no longer on top. Among the disappearing are bankers, traders, salespeople, and analysts. Meanwhile, banks are stocking up in cybersecurity, IT, and compliance departments. “

- Business Insider

Half a Million Bank Jobs Have Vanished Since 2008 Crisis: Chart

Yalman Onaran Yalman_Onaran, December 31, 2015 — 6:00 PM HKT Staff reductions at some of the world’s biggest banks are far from over. Deutsche Bank AG, which has held employment close to its 2010 peak, plans to slash 26,000 positions by 2018, following a trend that began with the financial crisis.

“Announced cuts in the fourth quarter total at least 47,000, following 52,000 lost jobs in the first nine months of 2015. That would bring the aggregate figure since 2008 to about 600,000. UniCredit SpA says it will eliminate about 18,200 positions. Citigroup Inc., which has reduced its workforce by more than a third, plans to eliminate at least 2,000 more jobs next year.“

- Bloomberg

“U.S. Treasury yields are below where we thought they would be a year ago” as a decline in oil prices capped inflation, Francesco Garzarelli, Goldman Sachs’s co-head of macro and markets research in London, wrote in a report Wednesday. Higher policy rates in the U.S., a pickup in inflation and economic growth will propel yields higher in 2016, Garzarelli said. An investor would lose about 3.2 percent if Goldman Sachs’s yield forecast proves to be accurate, data compiled by Bloomberg show. Goldman Sachs and JPMorgan are both primary dealers, the 22 firms that trade directly with the Fed and underwrite the U.S. debt. Yields may “move up slowly,” said Tony Crescenzi, a market strategist at Pimco, which has $1.47 trillion in assets and manages the world’s biggest actively run bond fund. Ten-year yields will probably be in a range of about 2.25 percent to 2.75 percent, with the band rising from 2 percent to 2.50 percent, Crescenzi, who is based in Newport Beach, California, said in an interview with Bloomberg Wednesday.“

- Bloomberg

Why I’m Closing My Bank Accounts While I Still Can From: MoneyMorning Not long ago I walked into a local branch of my bank – the 13th largest bank in the United States based on consolidated banking assets, according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC) second-quarter 2015 data.

I wanted to cash a check for a few thousand dollars. It was a business check made out to cash; it was my business account and there was plenty of money in it. What happened next was, frankly, frightening. And it has profound implications for everyone. That’s because it means capital controls, courtesy of the government and the U.S. Federal Reserve, could be right around the corner. They’re already in effect in some form. That means you might not be able to get the money you want out of an ATM. You might not be able to cash a check when you have plenty of money in your account. Or worse… your bank could take your deposited cash and convert it to shares of stock in that bank. In other words, if you think you’ll always be able to get your money out of your bank, you’re wrong. Here’s what happened… It Started Innocently Enough

When I went to cash the check, a routine activity that must happen millions of times every day in the United States, the woman behind the big, thick glass partition said:

"I’m sorry. I can’t cash this for you.” “Pardon me,” I said. “What do you mean you can’t cash that?” She replied matter-of-factly, “I don’t know you.” “You don’t know me because you’re new here,” I replied. “Please get the branch manager,” I requested politely. “I’ll call her, but you’ll have to fill out this form,” she told me as she reached into a drawer under the counter. Just then the branch manager came over to the teller inside the cage. “Hi Mr. Gilani, is there a problem?” she asked. “Yes, there is a problem,” I replied. “I’m trying to cash a check and first this young lady said she didn’t know me and couldn’t cash the check, then she said I’d have to fill out some forms to get my money out. What’s going on?” The manager told me there were some “new rules” they had to follow. She acknowledged she knew me, telling the teller I was okay, but told me I’d still have to fill out the form. “I am not filling out any form ever to take my money out of my account,” I stated. “Is that a federal law or is that this bank’s idea of customer service?” “It’s just what we have to do now,” the manager replied. So I looked at her as if to say, “Really? You’re not going to tell me why I have to fill out a form to take cash out of my account?” Then I said, very calmly, “I’m sorry – and I don’t want to be a jerk – but if you don’t cash this check or if I’m ever asked to fill out a form again when I cash a check, I’ll close all my accounts here.”

I got my cash… and a seriously creepy feeling. No one has ever been able to tell me why the teller wouldn’t cash my check, not even my friends who own banks. The best answer I got was, it was a new teller and she probably didn’t understand the SARs rules and figured she’d better not cash the check, in case she got in trouble. Which begs the question, what are SARs? They are Suspicious Activity Reports. And according to the FDIC’s website…

“A bank shall file a suspicious activity report with the appropriate federal law enforcement agencies and the Department of the Treasury, in accordance with the form’s instructions, by sending a completed suspicious activity report to FinCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network) in the following circumstances: Insider abuse involving any amount. Transactions aggregating $5,000 or more where a suspect can be identified. Transactions aggregating $25,000 or more regardless of potential suspects.

Transactions aggregating $5,000 or more that involve potential money laundering or violations of the Bank Secrecy Act.”

Banks fill out these reports regularly. They have to. In fact, according to a post on the well-respected ZeroHedge.com site;

“Banks have minimum quotas of SARs they need to fill out and submit to the federal government. If they don’t file enough SARs, they can be fined. They can lose their banking charter. And yes, bank executives and directors can even be imprisoned for noncompliance.”

As annoyed as I was with the difficulty of getting my money out of my account (and the teller no doubt filing a SAR on me), at least I was able to get my money. But that can change. There are two scenarios where depositors could either be restricted from withdrawing their cash or have their deposits confiscated and converted into bank stock shares. What if they replace all bank branch managers, too, so that the new ones could say, “I don’t know you… “, so you can’t cash out your own check? Will the massive lay-offs and system automaton be able to avert an impending fiat banking collapse? Honestly, we don’t really think so, because that’s the whole idea of why the BRICS Alliance are establishing their own financial system.

A sizable number of [not just] Americans already know that the Internal Revenue Service is a private corporation based in Puerto Rico and its collection of income taxes is grossly unconstitutional, we are wondering what keeps them from paying taxes still. It is our definite conclusion that the only measure that could finally slay the beast for good is the public’s non-participation to the whole fiat system charade by withdrawing their money while they can and invest on real estate, or other hard currencies. This is the least they could do. Will these freedom loving people rise to the occasion this year? The Swiss are already moving towards that direction…

"Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money. The Swiss federal government confirmed on Thursday that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system. The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits." - The Telegraph

The Occult Definition Of Convict And The Hidden Role Of Judges January 10 2016 | From: OmniThought

The word convict is often used in the legal system to identify people who have been found “guilty” of a crime and is serving a sentence in prison.

What most people do not know about the word convict is that there is a deeper meaning to this word. Its deeper meaning is used by the Dark Forces and their minions to mock people who were in prison or are serving a sentence in prison. After reading this article, you will know the occult definition of convict and why the legal system likes to use this word to mock convicts. The overt definition of convict is “a person proved or declared guilty of an offense.” This definition only defines the word convict at the surface level. To find the deeper meaning of the word convict, you need to split the word into two words “con-vict” and switch them around. When you do this, the words become “vict-con”.

The Occult Definition of Convict The prefix “vict” comes from the Latin root word vict, meaning “conquer.” It is related to the root word vinc. This is where we get the word victim from. The definition of victim is “a person who is deceived or cheated, as by his or her own emotions or ignorance, by the dishonesty of others, or by some impersonal agency” or “a person or animal sacrificed or regarded as sacrificed”. To connect the dots, a “con-vict” or “vict-con” is a victim of a con who has been conquered and deceived due to his or her ignorance. This is the covert or occult definition of convict. So, what is the con? The con is the legal system. Convicts are victims of the con known as the legal system.

The legal system is a fraud because it is based on presumption and is run by a bunch of criminals that are using it to con people to pay them money, and therefore it is a con system. Most people who are in prison are in prison because they have been conned by the legal system. The legal system mocks them by calling them convicts. Are you starting to see the big picture here? For proof of that the legal system is a big fat fraud, read these three articles titled Federal Tax Case Shows Evidence the U.S. Legal System is a Fraud, 32 Shocking Facts About the Legal System that They Don’t Want You to Know, and Proof that the USA is Controlled by Foreign Corporations.

The Hidden Role of Judges Judges are religious priests that have a strong connection to the Jesuits. Their hidden role is to charge you with something, so that you can be used as a battery to charge the corporations (corpses or dead entities) of the Dark Forces (groups of demons) and their New World Order. For strong evidence of this, read my empowering article titled The Esoteric Definition of Battery. Did you know the word corporation (corp-o-ration) has the word corpse in it, and therefore its hidden definition is “a dead body“. The word corporation can also be written as corp. Phonetically, the root word corp sounds similar to the word corpse, which is defined as “a dead body, usually of a human being.” Do you still need more evidence? According to Black’s Law Dictionary 6th Edition, a corporation is “an artificial person or legal entity created by or under the authority of the laws of a state.” An artificial person is considered a dead entity, because it does not exist in the real world.

Have you ever wondered why judges wear black robes? The black robe uniform is the symbol representing a “Jesuit” priest that worships the god Saturn. During the ancient times, Saturn was associated with the god of law and justice. Today, many secret societies still worship Saturn as the god of law and justice. According to Jordan Maxwell, the symbol that was used in the religious context for Saturn was the square and its symbolic color was black. This is why judges wear a black robe. It is their way of showing respect to Saturn, the god of law and justice. Whether judges realize it or not, they are religious priests who have been brainwashed by the Dark Forces to cast dark magic spells on people when they are in court.

The legal system is saturated with dark magic. This is why the letter that the court used to notify you to appear in court is called a summons letter. What do witches do when they need to call spirits to appear in front of them? They summon them! They did not call it a summons letter by accident. A lot of court documents also have seals on them. These seals are sigils that are used for real magic rituals. Be aware that magic can be used for good or evil purposes.

Did You Know Bar Attorneys are Templar Agents? As for attorneys, especially Bar attorneys, they are Templar agents. These agents are committing crimes in the USA, Canada, Australia, New , New Zealand, and other certain countries under the guise and color of law. Bar attorneys work for the same secret organizations (the Crown of England and the Crown Temple) that tried to enslave the American people in the 1700s. Related: What is "The Crown"?

These two secret organizations were heavily involved in the killing of Americans during the American War of Independence. Today, the Crown of England and the Crown Temple still have the same dark agendas. Unfortunately, they have already taken over the court and political system of the USA over 100 years ago. These two secret organizations are controlled by the Vatican, which is the religious center for the Dark Forces.

People who work for the legal system are unknowingly or knowingly abetting FRAUD. This system is run by a bunch of CRIMINALS working for the CROWN OF ENGLAND, the CROWN TEMPLE, and the VATICAN. Because of this, nearly all judges and Bar attorneys are traitors to the human race. However, there are some judges and attorneys who are working for the legal system, because they want to learn how it really works, so that they can expose the corruption in the legal system and teach others how to prevent it from enslaving the human race. To find good solutions to a problem, you need to be aware of it and know how it works.

Here’s How Putin Will Defeat The Khazarian Mafia January 9 2016 | From: Sputnik

Near the end of 2015, Russia under Vladimir Putin committed herself to defeating all its aggressors, and by extension defeating the enemies of humanity because we all have a common enemy.

The organized crime syndicate abhors geopolitical stability, economic prosperity, strengthening of endemic culture and tradition, and peaceful cooperation among nations. The Khazarian Mafia promotes perpetual wars, hunger and famine, spread of disease, and intrusion to privacy, etc. Related: “I’m going to defeat the Illuminati with my bare hands” | Putin 2016 Any country seeking independence from the established system is branded a rogue nation of terrorists and be subjected to military intervention. This is what they did to Iran, Iraq, Russia, Libya and Syria. But they could not do the same thing again to Russia under Putin. The Russians have learned a lot from their short lesson on democracy during the “free market” rule of the oligarchs behind the shadow of Yeltsin.

Since then, Russia’s economy prospered and its military reinvigorated to the point of being able to repel provocations along its perimeter. Its $400 billion energy deal with China decisively rendered the Brzezinski’s Grand Chessboard plan for Eurasia in quandary. The Khazarian Mafia is in a panic mode, while grandmaster Putin is not taking chances. He wants to do exactly the opposite of what the Khazarian Mafia has been doing.

Russian National Security Strategy for 2016: Key Updated Points

On the very last day of 2015, President Putin signed Russia’s National Security Strategy for 2016, updating the existing strategic planning document, which established the country’s national priorities until 2020. Here are the major points of the new edition.

“The Strategy is a key strategic planning document that establishes the national interests and strategic national priorities of the Russian Federation, and home and foreign policy goals, targets and measures directed at strengthening national security and ensuring the country’s stable long-term development,” the very first paragraph of the General Provisions states.

The National Security Strategy until 2020, which was approved by the president back in 2009, was a rather short list of priorities and apparently needed an update due to the changing environment Russia has found itself in. Here are the major points of the new edition.

Russia in the Modern World The document acknowledges that the strengthening of Russia, its independent foreign and internal policy prompts the US and its allies to initiate counteraction, as they are striving to maintain their dominant position in the world. Thus they pursue a policy of constrain of Russia, which envisages exerting political, economic, military and information pressure. Therefore, Russia’s national priority is consolidating its position as one of the leading world powers. The country’s long-term national interests are:

“…consolidating the Russian Federation’s status as one of the leading world powers, whose actions are aimed at ensuring strategic stability and mutually beneficial partnerships in the context of a multi-polar world,” the document states.

When it comes to national priorities, it emphasizes strengthening the country’s defenses, protecting its constitutional system, sovereignty and territorial integrity, strengthening the national consensus, raising the quality of life, preserving and developing culture, improving economic competitiveness, and other principles of national security. Strategic tasks listed in the document include ensuring food security through “ensuring Russia’s food independence.” In addition, it calls for the accelerated development of Russia’s agriculture, increasing the effectiveness of government support for agribusiness, preventing the uncontrolled traffic of GMO foods, and also training highly prepared specialists for the agricultural sector.

Forming a New Polycentric World Order

“The process of forming a new polycentric world order is accompanied by a rise in global and regional instability. Conflicts are escalating due to the uneven global development and the growing differences between various countries’ levels of well-being, the struggle over resources and market access, [and] control over trade routes,” the Strategy states. “Competition between states is being extended to values and societal development models, human, technological, and scientific potential.” “The struggle for influence in the international arena involves the whole range of political, financial/economic, and information instruments. The potential of secret services is being utilized more actively,” the document notes.

Role of Force, Relations With NATO and Block Approach The document acknowledges that the role of force continues to dominate in the international relationship. The strive to increase and modernize the offensive weapons only weakens the global security system and the system of international treaties and agreements on arms control. The principles of equal and indivisible security are not being observed in the Euro-Atlantic, Eurasian and Asia-Pacific regions.

The expansion of NATO and its approach to Russia’s borders has created a threat to national security.

“Expanding the force potential of NATO and endowing it with global functions which are implemented in violation of international legal norms, the block’s military activation, its continued expansion, and the approach of its military infrastructure to Russian borders, all create a threat to national security.” “The still-evident block approach to resolving international problems is not facilitating their response to a whole range of challenges and threats. The growth of migration from Africa and the Middle East to Europe has revealed the bankruptcy of the regional system of security in the Euro-Atlantic region that was built on the basis of NATO and the EU.”

Colour Revolutions and the Practice of Overthrowing Legitimate Political Authorities

The instigation of “colour revolutions” is one of the main threats to Russia’s security, the document states. The regions neighboring Russia are characterized by growing militarization and arms races. The most important threats to Russia’s state and societal security are:

“The activity of radical societal groups and organizations which are using nationalist and extremist religious ideology, of foreign and international NGOs and financial and economic organizations, as well as private individuals, aimed at undermining the unity and territorial integrity of the Russian Federation, destabilizing the political and social situation inside the country, including through inspiring ‘color revolutions’ and destroying traditional Russian spiritual and moral values.”

The document notes that the practice of overthrowing legitimate political authorities is becoming more widespread.

“The practice of overthrowing legitimate political authorities, provoking internal instability and conflict, is becoming more widespread. In addition to the still-existing areas of instability in the Middle and Far East, in Africa, South Asia, and the Korean Peninsula, new “hot spots” have appeared and the territory not controlled by any government authority has expanded."

The US Military-Biological Lab Network The document states that the US is expanding its network of military-biological laboratories on the territory of countries neighboring Russia. The world still faces a high risk of proliferation and use of chemical weapons, “and also the uncertainty as to which foreign countries have biological weaponry or the means to develop and produce it.”

There is also the danger that the number of nuclear weapons states will increase. Politically unstable countries run a high risk of seeing conventional weapons fall into terrorist hands, and the “physical protection of dangerous objects and materials” is in a critical state.

The Schism in the Ukrainian Society The Strategy blames the US and EU for supporting the 2014 Euromaidan coup.

“US and EU support for the anti-constitutional coup d’etat in Ukraine led to a deep schism in the Ukrainian society and an armed conflict.”

The document notes that the West’s effort to counter the integration processes and to create hot spots in the Eurasian region is having a negative influence on Russia’s pursuit of its national interests.

“The consolidation of an extreme right nationalist ideology, the deliberate effort to create a public image of Russia as an enemy…is turning Ukraine into a long-term source of European instability located right next to Russia’s borders,” the document emphasizes.

Of course, the above litany is just for public consumption. The nitty-gritty details we will only know as we go along. It is enough for now that the Russians will be using “The potential of secret services…”

Secrets Of The Rothschild “The World In 2016” Economist Cover Decoded January 9 2016 | From: BeforeItsNews

Well, here it is! The latest encoded message is out and it comes in the form of The Economists front cover for “The World In 2016” edition. This is becoming an annual event for conspiracy analysts & researchers of the occult on a par with ComiCon for the Sci-Fi fans.

This is the wider full version

The Economist is 50% owned by the Rothschilds, and that in itself should be reason enough for us to take some time out to see just what it is they are predicting for the year ahead, and just what else they have encoded into their encrypted pictorial view of 2016. The art itself was produced by artist Matt Herring and comes in two forms. There is the actual cover, which is a condensed version of a larger double spread. Both images are included below and should be used alongside the podcast to make it more understandable. We get into why some people are in black and white & some are in color, and some are a mixture of both – but what is it that the Economist are trying to hint at? Angela Merkel is out in front and this should be no surprise due to the ongoing migration crisis and ongoing Euro troubles. Hilary Clinton is the only 2016 Presidential candidate to appear on the front cover of the magazine and we discuss whether this is a hint that the Rothchilds have picked their puppet for the next 4 to 8 years ahead? When we look at the bigger spread, we see Bill Clinton out in front on the right hand side of the image and we discuss just what this signifies.

This is the cropped version narrowed to fit on the magazine cover

We go over some of the more interesting characters to appear in the image and then get into the strange iconography, symbols and occult messages that are hidden in plain sight throughout the image.

One image that caught my eye is the sun-dial at the top. There is a butterfly and if you are to count round the dial, it appears between the 3 and 4 – could this be some kind of “transformation” or “metamorphosis” of the sun due to take place? Or with this being a Rothschild publication and concerned with economics, could it spell some turmoil or change in the money world? Nano gets into the strange image at the bottom with the baby apparently inheriting the world. I also found a similar image on the Economist Facebook page and I have included it below at number 4! What are they trying to depict? The end of the old age, and the ushering in of the new one?

There is another image that goes along with the story and that can be found below at number 3 – and this is a plethora of information to be decoded. We give it our best go but there’s so much in there that we would love you to leave your finding in the comments section below. I also went and watched the beginning of The Economists video that goes along with the article and what i found in the opening sequence is truly fascinating. I have included the video below, and i have taken a still image *number 5* that shows what can only be described as two suns! Whats more intriguing is the fact that at the time it appears, the commentator is talking about “big stories in the year ahead”!

Are they hinting that we are finally going to discover that we are in a binary star system? Could it be to signify an incoming planetary body? Who know, but it makes for great discussion!

For more analysis see: BeforeItsNews

Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists

Part 1: Click here

Part 2: Click here

Part 3: Click here

Part 4:

Click here

Part 5:

Click here

Part 6:

Part 7:

Part 8:

Click here

Part 9:

Click here

Part 10:

Part 13: Click here

Click here

Click here

Part 11:

Part 14: Click here

http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/cabal-nwo-watch-8.shtml

Click here

Click here

Part 12:

Click here